Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 8-K

 

 

CURRENT REPORT

Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d)

of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

Date of Report (Date of earliest event reported): May 3, 2016

 

 

 

LOGO

V ALERITAS H OLDINGS , I NC .

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   333-198807   46-5648907

(State or Other Jurisdiction

of Incorporation)

 

(Commission

File Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

750 Route 202 South, Suite 600

Bridgewater, NJ 08807

(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)

+1-908-927-9920

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

1370 Sawleaf Ct.

San Luis Obispo, California 93401

(Former name or former address, if changed since last report)

 

 

Check the appropriate box below if the Form 8-K filing is intended to simultaneously satisfy the filing obligation of the registrant under any of the following provisions (see General Instruction A.2. below):

 

¨ Written communications pursuant to Rule 425 under the Securities Act (17 CFR 230.425)

 

¨ Soliciting material pursuant to Rule 14a-12 under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14a-12)

 

¨ Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 14d-2(b) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14d-2(b))

 

¨ Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 13e-4(c) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.13e-4(c))

 

 

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     1   

EXPLANATORY NOTE

     3   

ITEM 1.01 ENTRY INTO A MATERIAL DEFINITIVE AGREEMENT

     5   

ITEM 2.01 COMPLETION OF ACQUISITION OR DISPOSITION OF ASSETS

     5   

THE MERGER AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

     5   

DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

     10   

RISK FACTORS

     40   

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     71   

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

     89   

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, PROMOTERS AND CONTROL PERSONS

     90   

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     97   

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

     110   

MARKET PRICE OF AND DIVIDENDS ON COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

     113   

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

     114   

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

     117   

ITEM  2.03 CREATION OF A DIRECT FINANCIAL OBLIGATION OR AN OBLIGATION UNDER AN OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENT OF A REGISTRANT

     118   

ITEM 3.02 UNREGISTERED SALES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

     118   

ITEM 3.03 MATERIAL MODIFICATION TO RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS

     121   

ITEM 4.01 CHANGES IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT

     124   

ITEM 5.01 CHANGES IN CONTROL OF REGISTRANT

     125   

ITEM 5.07 SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

     125   

ITEM 9.01 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS

     125   


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Current Report contains forward-looking statements, including, without limitation, in the sections captioned “Description of Business,” “Risk Factors,” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Plan of Operations,” and elsewhere. Any and all statements contained in this Report that are not statements of historical fact may be deemed forward-looking statements. Terms such as “may,” “might,” “would,” “should,” “could,” “project,” “estimate,” “pro-forma,” “predict,” “potential,” “strategy,” “anticipate,” “attempt,” “develop,” “plan,” “help,” “believe,” “continue,” “intend,” “expect,” “future,” and terms of similar import (including the negative of any of the foregoing) may be intended to identify forward-looking statements. However, not all forward-looking statements may contain one or more of these identifying terms. Forward-looking statements in this Report may include, without limitation, statements regarding (i) the plans and objectives of management for future operations, including plans or objectives relating to the development of commercially viable new products, (ii) a projection of income (including income/loss), earnings (including earnings/loss) per share, capital expenditures, dividends, capital structure or other financial items, (iii) our future financial performance, including any such statement contained in a discussion and analysis of financial condition by management or in the results of operations included pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC, and (iv) the assumptions underlying or relating to any statement described in points (i), (ii) or (iii) above.

The forward-looking statements are not meant to predict or guarantee actual results, performance, events or circumstances and may not be realized because they are based upon our current projections, plans, objectives, beliefs, expectations, estimates and assumptions and are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties and other influences, many of which we have no control over. Actual results and the timing of certain events and circumstances may differ materially from those described by the forward-looking statements as a result of these risks and uncertainties. Factors that may influence or contribute to the inaccuracy of the forward-looking statements or cause actual results to differ materially from expected or desired results may include, without limitation:

 

    our history of operating losses and uncertainty regarding our ability to achieve profitability;

 

    our reliance on V-Go to generate all of our revenue;

 

    our inability to retain a high percentage of our patient customer base or our significant wholesale customers;

 

    the failure of V-Go to achieve and maintain market acceptance;

 

    competitive products and other technological breakthroughs that may render V-Go obsolete or less desirable;

 

    our inability to maintain or expand our sales and marketing infrastructure;

 

    our inability to operate in a highly competitive industry and to compete successfully against competitors with greater resources;

 

    any inaccuracies in our assumptions about the insulin-dependent diabetes market;

 

    manufacturing risks, including risks related to manufacturing in Southern China, damage to facilities or equipment and failure to efficiently increase production to meet demand;

 

    our dependence on limited source suppliers and our inability to obtain components for our product;

 

    our failure to secure or retain adequate coverage or reimbursement for V-Go by third-party payors;

 

    our inability to enhance and broaden our product offering, including through the successful commercialization of the pre-fill V-Go;

 

    our inability to protect our intellectual property and proprietary technology;


Table of Contents
    our failure to comply with the applicable governmental regulations to which our product and operations are subject;

 

    our expectations related to the use of proceeds from the Offering (as defined below); and

 

    other risks and uncertainties, including those listed under the section titled “Risk Factors.”

Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on forward-looking statements because of the risks and uncertainties related to them and to the risk factors. We disclaim any obligation to update the forward-looking statements contained in this Report to reflect any new information or future events or circumstances or otherwise, except as required by law.

Readers should read this Report in conjunction with the discussion under the caption “Risk Factors,” our financial statements and the related notes thereto in this Report, and other documents which we may file from time to time with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).

 

2


Table of Contents

EXPLANATORY NOTE

We were incorporated as Cleaner Yoga Mat, Inc. in Florida on May 9, 2014. Prior to the Merger and Split-Off (each as defined below), we were engaged in the sale of sanitizing solutions for Yoga and Pilates studios as well as conventional gyms.

We reincorporated in the State of Delaware by merging with and into Valeritas Holdings, Inc., our newly-formed, wholly-owned Delaware subsidiary, which was the surviving corporation in such merger and our successor-in-interest (the “Reincorporation”). As a result of the Reincorporation, among other things:

 

    we changed our jurisdiction of incorporation from Florida to Delaware; (the “Re-Domicile”)

 

    we changed our name from Cleaner Yoga Mat, Inc., to Valeritas Holdings, Inc.;

 

    each share of Cleaner Yoga Mat, Inc.’s common stock outstanding at the time of the Reincorporation was automatically converted into 4.0486 issued and outstanding and fully paid and non-assessable shares of the surviving corporation’s common stock, with the result that the aggregate 10,247,000 shares of Cleaner Yoga Mat, Inc.’s common stock outstanding immediately prior to the Reincorporation were converted into an aggregate of 41,486,004 shares of our common stock (the “Share Conversion”); and

 

    we increased our authorized capital stock from 100,000,000 shares of common stock, no par value per share, to 300,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (our “Common Stock”) and 10,000,000 shares of “blank check” preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share (our “Preferred Stock”).

All share and per share numbers in this Report relating to our Common Stock have been adjusted to give effect to the Share Conversion, unless otherwise stated.

On May 3, 2016, we adopted an Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and filed it with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and adopted Amended and Restated Bylaws. Additional information concerning our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws is presented below under Item 3.03, “Material Modification to Rights of Security Holders.”

Also on May 3, 2016, our wholly owned subsidiary, Valeritas Acquisition Corp., a corporation formed in the State of Delaware on April 27, 2016 (“Acquisition Sub”) merged (the “Merger”) with and into Valeritas, Inc., a corporation originally formed in 2006 as a limited liability company and converted in 2007 to a corporation, both in the state of Delaware (“Valeritas”). Valeritas was the surviving corporation in the Merger and became our wholly owned subsidiary. All of the outstanding stock of Valeritas was converted into shares of our Common Stock, as described in more detail below.

In connection with the Merger and pursuant to a Split-Off Agreement (as defined below), we transferred our pre-Merger assets and liabilities to our pre-Merger majority stockholder, in exchange for the surrender by her and cancellation of 41,486,004 shares of our Common Stock. See Item 2.01, “Split-Off,” below.

As a result of the Merger and Split-Off, we discontinued our pre-Merger business, acquired the business of Valeritas and will continue the existing business operations of Valeritas as a publicly-traded company under the name Valeritas Holdings, Inc.

Also on May 3, 2016, we closed a private placement offering of 5,039,000 shares of our Common Stock, at a purchase price of $5.00 per share (the “Offering”). Additional information concerning the Offering is presented below under Item 2.01, “Merger and Related Transactions—the Offering” and “Description of Securities,” and Item 3.02, “Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities.”

In accordance with “reverse merger” or “reverse acquisition” accounting treatment, our historical financial statements as of period ends, and for periods ended, prior to the Merger will be replaced with the historical financial statements of Valeritas, prior to the Merger, in all future filings with the SEC.

 

3


Table of Contents

As used in this Report henceforward, unless otherwise stated or the context clearly indicates otherwise, the terms the “Company,” the “Registrant,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Valeritas Holdings, Inc., incorporated in Delaware, after giving effect to the Merger and the Split-Off.

This Report contains summaries of the material terms of various agreements executed in connection with the transactions described herein. The summaries of these agreements are subject to, and are qualified in their entirety by, reference to these agreements, which are filed as exhibits hereto and incorporated herein by reference.

This Report is being filed in connection with a series of transactions consummated by the Company and certain related events and actions taken by the Company.

This Report responds to the following Items in Form 8-K:

 

Item 1.01    Entry into a Material Definitive Agreement
Item 2.01    Completion of Acquisition or Disposition of Assets
Item 2.03    Creation of a Direct Financial Obligation or an Obligation under an Off-Balance Sheet Arrangement of a Registrant
Item 3.02    Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities
Item 3.03    Material Modification to Rights of Security Holders
Item 4.01    Changes in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant
Item 5.01    Changes in Control of Registrant
Item 5.07    Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
Item 9.01    Financial Statements and Exhibits

 

4


Table of Contents
IT EM 1.01 ENTRY INTO A MATERIAL DEFINITIVE AGREEMENT

The information contained in Item 2.01 below relating to the various agreements described therein is incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 2.01 COMPLETION OF ACQUISITION OR DISPOSITION OF ASSETS

THE MERGER AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

Merger Agreement

On May 3, 2016 (the “Closing Date”), the Company, Acquisition Sub and Valeritas entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization (the “Merger Agreement”), which closed on the same date. Pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, Acquisition Sub merged with and into Valeritas, which was the surviving corporation and thus became our wholly-owned subsidiary.

Pursuant to the Merger, we discontinued our prior business of engaging in the sale of sanitizing solutions for Yoga and Pilates studios as well as conventional gyms and acquired the business of Valeritas, which is a commercial-stage medical technology company focused on developing innovative technologies to improve the health and quality of life of people with Type 2 diabetes. See “Description of Business” below.

At the Closing Date, each of the shares of Valeritas’s Series AB Preferred Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the closing of the Merger was converted into 0.23856 shares of our Common Stock. As a result, an aggregate of approximately 6,600,000 shares of our Common Stock were issued to the holders of Valeritas’s capital stock. All other outstanding capital stock of Valeritas was cancelled upon consummation of the Merger as a result of the liquidation preference provisions related to the capital stock.

In addition, pursuant to the Merger Agreement all outstanding warrants and options for shares of common stock and preferred stock of Valeritas were cancelled in consideration for the issuance of new options or restricted stock under a new plan adopted by the Company.

See “Description of Securities—Warrants” and “—Options” below for more information.

The pre-Merger stockholders of the Company, other than our former sole officer and director retained an aggregate of 1,000,004 shares of Common Stock.

The Merger Agreement contained customary representations and warranties and pre- and post-closing covenants of each party and customary closing conditions. Breaches of the representations and warranties will be subject to indemnification provisions.

The Merger was treated as a recapitalization and reverse acquisition of the Company for financial accounting purposes. Valeritas is considered the acquirer for accounting purposes, and our historical financial statements before the Merger will be replaced with the historical financial statements of Valeritas before the Merger in future filings with the SEC.

The Merger is intended to be treated as a tax-free reorganization under Section 368(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Internal Revenue Code”).

The issuance of shares of our Common Stock to holders of Valeritas’s capital stock in connection with the Merger was not registered under the Securities Act, in reliance upon the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, which exempts transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering, and/or Regulation D promulgated by the SEC under that section. These securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an applicable exemption from the registration requirement, and are subject to further contractual restrictions on transfer as described below.

The form of the Merger Agreement is filed as an exhibit to this Report. All descriptions of the Merger Agreement herein are qualified in their entirety by reference to the text thereof filed as an exhibit hereto, which is incorporated herein by reference.

 

5


Table of Contents

Split-Off

Upon the closing of the Merger, under the terms of a Split-Off Agreement and a General Release Agreement, the Company transferred all of its pre-Merger operating assets and liabilities to its wholly-owned special-purpose subsidiary, CYGM Operating Corp., a Florida corporation (“Split-Off Subsidiary”), formed on April 28, 2016. Thereafter, pursuant to the Split-Off Agreement, the Company transferred all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of Split-Off Subsidiary to Leisa Swanson, the pre-Merger majority stockholder of the Company, and the former sole officer and director of the Company (the “Split-Off”), in consideration of and in exchange for (i) the surrender and cancellation of an aggregate of 41,486,004 shares of our Common Stock held by Ms. Swanson (which were cancelled and will resume the status of authorized but unissued shares of our Common Stock) and (ii) certain representations, covenants and indemnities. All descriptions of the Split-Off Agreement and the General Release Agreement herein are qualified in their entirety by reference to the text thereof filed as exhibits hereto, which are incorporated herein by reference.

The Offering

Concurrently with the closing of the Merger, and as a condition to the Merger, we held a closing of our Offering in which we sold 5,039,000 shares of our Common Stock, at a purchase price of $5.00 per share (the “Offering Price”).

Investors in the Offering will have anti-dilution protection with respect to the shares of Common Stock sold in the Offering such that if within six months after the closing of the Merger the Company issues additional shares of Common Stock or Common Stock equivalents (the “Additional Shares of Common Stock”) (subject to customary exceptions, including but not limited to shares of Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to an acquisition, joint venture or technology license agreement; securities issued to financial institutions or lessors in connection with credit arrangements, equipment financings, lease arrangements, etc., in the aggregate not exceeding 10% of the Common Stock outstanding; and issuances of awards under our 2016 Incentive Compensation Plan (the “2016 Plan”)) for a consideration per share less than the Offering Price (the “Lower Price”), then each such investor will be entitled to receive from the Company additional shares of Common Stock in an amount such that, when added to the number of shares of Common Stock initially purchased by such investor in the Offering and still held by such investor at the time of the dilutive issuance (the “Held Shares”), will equal the number of shares of Common Stock that such investor’s Offering subscription amount for the Held Shares would have purchased at the Lower Price. Holders of a majority of the then Held Shares may waive the anti-dilution rights of all Offering investors with respect to a particular issuance by the Company.

The aggregate gross proceeds from the Offering were $25,194,980 (before deducting placement agent fees and expenses of the offering estimated at approximately $1,542,890).

The Offering was exempt from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated by the SEC thereunder. The Common Stock in the Offering was sold to “accredited investors,” as defined in Regulation D, and was conducted on a “reasonable best efforts” basis.

The closing of the Offering and the closing of the Merger were conditioned upon each other.

In connection with the Offering, we agreed to pay Wedbush Securities, as lead placement agent, and Roth Capital Partners and Katalyst Securities, LLC, as co-placement agents, each a U.S. registered broker-dealer (the “Placement Agents”) a cash commission of 8% of the gross proceeds raised from investors in the Offering, and to issue to the Placement Agents warrants to purchase a number of shares of Common Stock equal to 8% of the number of shares of Common Stock sold in the Offering, with a term of five years and an exercise price of $5.00 per share (the “Placement Agent Warrants”); however, only a 1% cash commission was payable and no Placement Agent Warrants were issuable in connection with the sale in the Offering of 4,000,000 shares of Common Stock that were purchased by pre-Merger Valeritas shareholders. Any sub-agent of the Placement Agents that introduced investors to the Offering was entitled to share in the cash fees and warrants attributable to those investors as described above.

As a result of the foregoing, the Placement Agents and their sub-agents were paid an aggregate commission of $615,600 and were issued Placement Agent Warrants to purchase an aggregate of 83,120 shares of our Common Stock. We were also required to reimburse the Placement Agents $1,085 of expenses and $190,000 for legal fees incurred in connection with the Offering.

 

6


Table of Contents

We have agreed to indemnify the Placement Agents and their sub-agents to the fullest extent permitted by law, against certain liabilities that may be incurred in connection with the Offering, including certain civil liabilities under the Securities Act, and, where such indemnification is not available, to contribute to the payments the Placement Agents and their sub-agents may be required to make in respect of such liabilities.

All descriptions of the Placement Agent Warrants herein are qualified in their entirety by reference to the text thereof filed as an exhibit hereto, which is incorporated herein by reference.

Registration Rights

In connection with the Offering, we entered into a Registration Rights Agreement, pursuant to which we have agreed that promptly, but no later than 60 calendar days from the final closing of the Offering, the Company will file a registration statement with the SEC (the “Registration Statement”) covering (a) the shares of Common Stock issued in the Offering, (b) the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Placement Agent Warrants, , (c) the shares of Common Stock issued in exchange for all of the equity securities of Valeritas that were outstanding immediately prior to the Merger and (d) shares of Common Stock held by certain pre-Merger security holders of the Company (collectively, the “Registrable Shares”). The Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that such Registration Statement is declared effective within 120 calendar days after the final closing of the Offering (the 60 and 120 day time periods are subject to the Offering subscribers providing timely and accurate information required to be included in the Registration Statement). If (a) the Company is late in filing the Registration Statement, (b) the Registration Statement is not declared effective within 120 days after the final closing of the Offering, (c) the Registration Statement ceases for any reason to remain effective or the holders of Registrable Shares are otherwise not permitted to utilize the prospectus therein to resell the Registrable Shares for a period of more than fifteen consecutive trading days; or (d) the Registrable Shares are not listed or included for quotation on OTC Markets, Nasdaq, NYSE or NYSE MKT, or trading of the Common Stock is suspended or halted for more than three consecutive trading days, the Company will make payments to each holder of Registrable Shares as monetary penalties at a rate equal to 12% of the Offering Price per annum for each share affected during the period of such failure; provided, however, that in no event will the aggregate of any such penalties exceed 5% of the Offering Price per share. No monetary penalties will accrue with respect to any Registrable Shares removed from the Registration Statement in response to a comment from the staff of the SEC limiting the number of shares of Common Stock which may be included in the Registration Statement (a “Cutback Comment”) or after the shares may be resold under Rule 144 under the Securities Act or another exemption from registration under the Securities Act.

The Company must keep the Registration Statement effective until the earlier of (i) two years from the date it is declared effective by the SEC and (ii) the date Rule 144 is available to the holders of Registrable Shares with respect to all of their Registrable Shares without volume or other limitations.

The holders of Registrable Shares (including any shares of Common Stock removed from the Registration Statement as a result of a Cutback Comment) and the holders of shares of Common Stock of the Company prior to the Merger (but not holders of the shares issued to the stockholders of Valeritas in consideration for the Merger) will have “piggyback” registration rights for such shares with respect to any registration statement filed by the Company following the effectiveness of the Registration Statement that would permit the inclusion of such shares, subject to customary cutback pro rata in an underwritten offering.

We will pay all expenses in connection with any registration obligation provided in the Registration Rights Agreement, including, without limitation, all registration, filing, stock exchange fees, printing expenses, all fees and expenses of complying with applicable securities laws, and the fees and disbursements of our counsel and of our independent accountants. Each investor will be responsible for its own sales commissions, if any, transfer taxes and the expenses of any separate counsel or other advisor such investor decides to employ.

All descriptions of the Registration Rights Agreement herein are qualified in their entirety by reference to the text thereof filed as an exhibit hereto, which is incorporated herein by reference.

 

7


Table of Contents

Lock-up Agreements and Other Restrictions

In connection with the Merger, (a) all officers and directors of the Company immediately after the closing of the Merger, (b) stockholders holding 10% or more of the Common Stock of the Company after giving effect to the Merger, the Split-Off and the Offering, , and (c) certain other stockholders of the Company prior the Merger (the “Restricted Holders”), holding at the Closing Date an aggregate of 10,467,763 shares of our Common Stock, entered into lock-up agreements (the “Lock-Up Agreements”), whereby they are restricted for a period of six months after the Merger (subject to earlier termination (a) upon listing of the Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange, NYSE MKT or Nasdaq or (b) with the written approval of the lead underwriter of any underwritten public offering of the Company’s securities for gross proceeds of at least $50 million) (the “Restricted Period”) from certain sales or dispositions (including pledge) of all of our Common Stock held by (or issuable to) them (or in the case of the stockholders referred to in (d) above, 80% of the shares of the Common Stock held by them prior to the Merger), excluding any shares purchased in the Offering (the “Lock-Up”).

In addition, each Restricted Holder agreed, for a period of 12 months following the Closing Date, that it will not, directly or indirectly, effect or agree to effect any short sale (as defined in Rule 200 under Regulation SHO of the Exchange Act), whether or not against the box, establish any “put equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) under the Exchange Act) with respect to the Common Stock, borrow or pre-borrow any shares of Common Stock, or grant any other right (including, without limitation, any put or call option) with respect to the Common Stock or with respect to any security that includes, relates to or derives any significant part of its value from the Common Stock or otherwise seek to hedge its position in the Common Stock.

2016 Incentive Compensation Plan

Before the Merger, our Board of Directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, Valeritas Holdings, Inc. 2016 Incentive Compensation Plan, or the 2016 Plan, which provides for the issuance of incentive awards of up to 3,000,000 shares (subject to a 4% per annum evergreen provision) of our Common Stock to officers, employees, consultants and directors. See “Market Price of and Dividends on Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters—Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans” and Executive Compensation—2016 Incentive Compensation Plan” and “—2014 Incentive Compensation Plan” below for more information about the 2016 Plan and the outstanding stock options.

Departure and Appointment of Directors and Officers

Our Board of Directors is authorized to consist of seven members and currently consists of, six members. On the Closing Date, Leisa Swanson, our sole director before the Merger, resigned her position as a director, and John Timberlake, Nathan D. Hukill, Luke Düster, Cameron Hui, Peter Devlin, and Rodney Altman, M.D. were appointed to our Board of Directors.

Also on the Closing Date, Ms. Swanson, our President, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Director, Secretary and Treasurer, and our principal executive, financial and accounting officer for SEC reporting purposes, before the Merger, resigned from these positions, and John Timberlake was appointed as our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Commercial Officer, and President, Mark Conley was appointed as our Vice President, Corporate Controller and Treasurer, Geoffrey Jenkins was appointed as our Executive Vice President, Manufacturing, Operations and Research & Development, and Matthew Nguyen was appointed as our Senior Vice President, Commercial by our Board of Directors. Mr. Timberlake will be our principal executive officer and Mr. Conley will be our principal financial and accounting officer for SEC reporting purposes. Within a reasonable time after the closing of the Merger, we intend to appoint a Chairman of the Board of Directors.

See “Management – Directors and Executive Officers” below for information about our new directors and executive officers.

Pro Forma Ownership

Immediately after giving effect to (i) the Merger and (ii) the cancellation of 41,486,004 shares in the Split-Off, and (iii) the closing of the Offering, there were 12,638,991 shares of our Common Stock issued and outstanding, as follows:

 

    the stockholders of Valeritas prior to the Merger hold approximately 6,600,000 shares of our Common Stock;

 

8


Table of Contents
    the stockholders of the Company prior to the Merger hold 1,000,004 shares of our Common Stock;

 

    investors in the Offering hold 5,039,000 shares of our Common Stock (including shares purchased by stockholders of Valeritas prior to the Merger).

In addition,

 

    the Placement Agents and their sub-agents hold Placement Agent Warrants to purchase 83,120 shares of our Common Stock; and

 

    3,000,000 shares of our Common Stock are reserved for issuance under the 2016 Plan as future incentive awards, including the grant of restricted stock, to executive officers, key employees, consultants and directors; as of the date hereof.

No other securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our Common Stock are outstanding.

Our Common Stock is quoted on the OTC Markets under the symbol “CYGMD” and is expected to change to the symbol “VLRX” on May 27, 2016.

Accounting Treatment; Change of Control

The Merger is being accounted for as a “reverse merger” or “reverse acquisition,” and Valeritas is deemed to be the acquirer in the reverse merger. Consequently, the assets and liabilities and the historical operations that will be reflected in the financial statements prior to the Merger will be those of Valeritas, and will be recorded at the historical cost basis of Valeritas, and the consolidated financial statements after completion of the Merger will include the assets and liabilities of Valeritas, historical operations of Valeritas, and operations of the Company and its subsidiaries from the closing date of the Merger. As a result of the issuance of the shares of our Common Stock pursuant to the Merger, a change in control of the Company occurred as of the date of consummation of the Merger. Except as described in this Report, no arrangements or understandings exist among present or former controlling stockholders with respect to the election of members of our Board of Directors and, to our knowledge, no other arrangements exist that might result in a change of control of the Company.

We continue to be a “smaller reporting company,” as defined under the Exchange Act, and an “emerging growth company” under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (the “JOBS Act”), following the Merger.

 

9


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

Immediately following the Merger, the business of Valeritas became our business.

Corporate Information

As described above, we were originally incorporated in Florida as Cleaner Yoga Mat, Inc. on May 9, 2014. Our original business was selling sanitizing solutions for Yoga and Pilates studios as well as conventional gyms. As a result of the Merger, we have acquired the business of Valeritas. Valeritas commenced operations as a Delaware corporation on August 2, 2006. The description provided below refers to Valeritas post-Merger.

Our authorized capital stock currently consists of 300,000,000 shares of Common Stock, and 10,000,000 shares of the preferred stock. Our Common Stock is quoted on the OTC Markets under the symbol “CYGMD” and is expected to change to the symbol “VLRX” on May 27, 2016.

Our principal executive offices are located at 750 Route 202 South, Suite 600, Bridgewater, NJ 08807. Our telephone number is +1-908-927-9920. Our website address is www.valeritas.com. The information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not a part of this Report.

Overview

We are a commercial-stage medical technology company focused on developing innovative technologies to improve the health and quality of life of people with Type 2 diabetes. We designed our first commercialized product, the V-Go Disposable Insulin Delivery Device, or V-Go, to help patients with Type 2 diabetes who require insulin to achieve and maintain their target blood glucose goals. V-Go is a small, discreet and easy-to-use disposable insulin delivery device that a patient adheres to his or her skin every 24 hours. V-Go enables patients to closely mimic the body’s normal physiologic pattern of insulin delivery throughout the day and to manage their diabetes with insulin without the need to plan a daily routine around multiple daily injections.

We currently focus on the treatment of patients with Type 2 diabetes—a pervasive and costly disease that, according to the 2014 National Diabetes Statistics Report released by the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, or CDC, currently affects 90% to 95% of the approximately 22 million U.S. adults diagnosed with diabetes. The CDC estimates that the combined direct medical and drug costs and indirect lost productivity costs of diabetes in the United States are approximately $245 billion annually. We believe the majority of the 12.8 million U.S. adults treating their Type 2 diabetes with more than one daily oral anti-diabetic drug, or OAD, or an injectable diabetes medicine can benefit from V-Go’s innovative approach to Type 2 diabetes management. Our near-term market consists of the approximately 5.8 million of these patients who currently take insulin, which includes 4.6 million patients who have not been able to achieve their target blood glucose goal.

Insulin therapies using syringes, pens and programmable insulin pumps are often burdensome to a Type 2 diabetes patient’s daily routine, which can lead to poor adherence to prescribed insulin regimens and, as a result, ineffective diabetes management. We developed V-Go utilizing our h-Patch platform as a patient-focused solution to address the challenges of traditional insulin therapies. Our h-Patch platform facilitates the simple and effective subcutaneous delivery of injectable medicines to patients across a broad range of therapeutic areas. V-Go enables patients to closely mimic the body’s normal physiologic pattern of insulin delivery by releasing a single type of insulin at a continuous preset background, or basal, rate over a 24-hour period and on demand around mealtime, or bolus dosing. We believe V-Go is an attractive management tool for patients with Type 2 diabetes requiring insulin because it only requires a single fill of insulin prior to use and provides comprehensive basal-bolus therapy without the burden and inconvenience associated with multiple daily injections. V-Go is available in three different dosages depending on the patient’s needs and is generally cost competitive for both patients and third-party payors when compared to insulin pens or programmable insulin pumps.

V-Go was the first insulin delivery device cleared by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, under its Infusion Pump Improvement Initiative, which established additional device manufacturing requirements designed to foster the development of safer, more effective infusion pumps, and is the only FDA-cleared mechanical basal-bolus insulin delivery device on the market in the United States. Unlike many other insulin delivery devices, V-Go is not

 

10


Table of Contents

classified as durable medical equipment by the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, or CMS, allowing for potential Medicare reimbursement under Medicare Part D. The Medicare Part D outpatient drug benefit defines V-Go and certain other supplies used for injecting insulin as “drugs,” which allows V-Go to be available for coverage by Part D Plans under Medicare Part D. In addition to Medicare, a majority of commercially insured patients are currently covered for V-Go under their insurance plans.

We commenced commercial sales of V-Go in the United States during 2012. During the first half of 2012, we initiated an Early Access Program to provide a limited number of physicians with free V-Go products for patients and began shipments to major wholesalers in anticipation of commercial launch. In the second half of 2012, we began hiring sales representatives in selected U.S. markets. At the end of 2015, our sales team, which consisted of 63 sales representatives, covered 63 territories primarily within the East, South, Midwest and Southwest regions of the United States. In February 2016, we underwent a reduction-in-force to focus our resources on prioritized higher-volume territories. As of March 31, 2016 we had 28 sales representatives who covered 28 prioritized territories.

Our revenue increased from $0.6 million in 2012 to $6.2 million in 2013, to $13.5 million in 2014, and to $18.1 million in 2015, reflecting our territorial expansion. Our net loss was $65.6 million and $67.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively. Our accumulated deficit as of December 31, 2015 was $377.9 million. Since launching V-Go, the total number of prescriptions for, and the number of patients using, V-Go have increased each quarter. Based on prescription data, we estimate that there were approximately 92,000 prescriptions reported for V-Go filled during the year ended December 31, 2015, and we estimate that approximately 11,500 patients with Type 2 diabetes were using V-Go as of December 31, 2015. We estimate that as of December 31, 2015, V-Go had been used for over 6.5 million cumulative patient days.

Market Opportunity

Diabetes is a chronic, life-threatening disease that impacts an estimated 371 million people worldwide and is characterized by the body’s inability to properly metabolize glucose. Management of glucose is regulated by insulin, a hormone that allows cells in the body to absorb glucose from blood and convert it into energy. In people without diabetes, the body releases small amounts of insulin regularly over 24 hours and additional amounts of insulin when eating meals. Diabetes is classified into two main types. Type 1 diabetes is caused by an autoimmune response in which the body attacks and destroys the insulin-producing cells of the pancreas. As a result, the pancreas can no longer produce insulin, requiring patients to administer daily insulin injections to survive. Type 2 diabetes, the more prevalent form of the disease, occurs when either the body does not produce enough insulin to regulate the amount of glucose in the blood or cells become resistant to insulin and are unable to use it effectively. Type 1 diabetes is frequently diagnosed during childhood or adolescence, and the onset of Type 2 diabetes generally occurs in adulthood, but its incidence is growing among the younger population primarily due to the increasing incidence of childhood obesity. In addition, other factors commonly thought to be contributing to the prevalence and growth of Type 2 diabetes include aging populations, sedentary lifestyles, worsening diets and increased adult obesity.

The CDC estimates that there are approximately 20.9 million adults in the United States with diagnosed Type 2 diabetes. The CDC further estimates that 86 million Americans had “pre-diabetes,” which means a higher than normal blood glucose level that, without intervention, is likely to result in Type 2 diabetes within 10 years. An additional 1.9 million individuals in the United States are diagnosed with diabetes every year, a rate that would result in one in every three Americans having diabetes by 2050. The CDC estimates the total cost of diagnosed diabetes of both types in the United States to be $245 billion annually, which includes direct medical costs of $176 billion.

Type 2 diabetes is a progressive disease. Data from the United Kingdom Prospective Diabetes Study suggest that individuals with Type 2 diabetes lose on average approximately 50% of the function of their beta cells, the cells that produce insulin, prior to diagnosis. If not closely monitored and properly treated, diabetes can lead to serious medical complications. According to the National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases, or NIDDK, diabetes is the leading cause of kidney failure, non-traumatic lower limb amputations and new cases of blindness in the United States. The prevalence of other chronic disorders commonly occurring in patients with Type 2 diabetes, including high blood pressure and high cholesterol, can significantly impact a patient’s lifestyle given the various daily treatment regimens often used to treat these conditions. Diabetes has a significant impact on overall patient mortality; according to the CDC the risk for death among people with diabetes is approximately one and a half that of similarly aged people without diabetes.

 

11


Table of Contents

A hemoglobin A1C test, which measures a patient’s trailing three-month average blood glucose level, or A1C level, is a key indicator of how well a patient is controlling his or her diabetes. Specifically, the A1C test measures the percentage of a patient’s hemoglobin, a protein in red blood cells that carries oxygen that is coated with sugar. A higher A1C level correlates with poorer blood sugar control and an increased risk of diabetes complications. The American Diabetes Association, or ADA, recommends a goal A1C goal of no more than 7% for most patients.

Once Type 2 diabetes has been diagnosed, physicians and patients often first seek to manage the disease through meal planning and physical activity before progressing to medications designed to manage A1C levels. Patients often begin medical treatment with a once-daily OAD. Within five years of diagnosis, patients with Type 2 diabetes generally move past one OAD per day to multiple daily OADs, which could also include an injectable glucagon-like peptide-1 receptor agonist, or GLP-1, which, among other actions, stimulates the release of insulin by the body. Within 10 years of diagnosis, patients generally add injectable insulin to their regimen.

The following diagram depicts an illustrative treatment progression of a typical patient with Type 2 diabetes, as well as the number of patients currently in each category according to the 2012 U.S. Roper Diabetes Patient Market Study.

 

LOGO

Our near-term target market consists of the approximately 5.8 million patients with Type 2 diabetes in the United States who currently take insulin, which includes 4.6 million patients who have not been able to achieve their target A1C goal. In addition, we believe the majority of the other 7.0 million U.S. adults treating their Type 2 diabetes with more than one OAD per day or an injectable diabetes medicine can benefit from V-Go’s innovative approach to Type 2 diabetes management.

Therapeutic Challenges and Limitations of Current Insulin Delivery Mechanisms

Multiple studies indicate that, when taken as prescribed, a basal-bolus insulin regimen is a very effective means for lowering blood glucose levels of patients with Type 2 diabetes because it most closely mimics the body’s normal physiologic pattern of insulin delivery throughout the day:

 

    basal insulin provides approximately 50% of the daily insulin requirement—insulin is released regularly over 24 hours to control blood glucose—however, this nearly constant rate of insulin release is inadequate to handle post-prandial glucose excursions (the change in blood glucose concentration from before to after a meal); and

 

12


Table of Contents
    bolus insulin provides the remaining, approximately 50%, of the daily insulin requirement and occurs in response to food intake or a meal to control post-prandial hyperglycemia—the exaggerated rise in blood glucose following a meal.

Patient adherence and compliance with basal-bolus insulin therapy using syringes and/or pens has proven difficult as these therapies require the use of various forms of insulin (long- and short-acting insulin preparations) and planning a routine around multiple daily injections.

The Diabetes Control and Complications Trial, a study of patients with Type 1 diabetes conducted by the NIDDK, the results of which were published in the New England Journal of Medicine in 1993, indicated that conventional insulin therapy, defined as one or two insulin injections per day without changing the insulin dose in response to blood glucose levels, is less effective in achieving recommended blood glucose levels over time than intensive insulin therapy in which a patient administers three or more insulin injections per day with varying doses depending upon blood glucose levels. Additionally, the Treating to Target in Type 2 Diabetes study of 708 men and women with suboptimal A1C levels published in The New England Journal of Medicine in 2009, found that 81.6% of patients on a basal insulin-based regimen required the addition of mealtime insulin three times daily in order to reach their A1C goal by year three of the study. We believe the outcome of these studies confirm that an important factor of any insulin therapy is its ability to mimic the body’s normal physiologic pattern of insulin delivery.

Challenges Associated with Type 2 Diabetes Management

Regardless of the type of insulin therapy, many patients with Type 2 diabetes on insulin fail to reach their A1C goal. Adding mealtime insulin to a basal-only regimen can help but patient adherence to the prescribed treatment regimen is often a challenge. In a database analysis of 27,897 adult patients on insulin in the United States, the results of which were published in the journal Clinicoeconomics and Outcomes Research , only 20% of patients had reached the ADA’s recommended A1C goal of less than 7%. Similarly poor results were demonstrated across each patient group in the study regardless of whether they were prescribed basal-only insulin, basal-bolus insulin or a combination of both long-acting and fast-acting insulin.

Patient non-adherence to prescribed insulin therapy is often an important contributing factor in a patient’s failure to achieve target A1C goals. In a 2012 survey of 1,250 physicians who treat patients with diabetes and 1,530 insulin-treated patients (180 with Type 1 diabetes and 1,350 with Type 2 diabetes) published in Diabetic Medicine , patients reported insulin omission/non-adherence an average of 3.3 days per month. Additionally, 72.5% of physicians in the study reported that a typical patient did not take his or her insulin as prescribed, with an average of 4.3 days per month of non-compliance with a basal insulin regimen and 5.7 days per month of noncompliance with mealtime administration of insulin. The most common reasons cited by patients for failing to comply with a prescribed treatment regimen include the burden of multiple daily injections, the potential embarrassment about injecting medication around family and friends or in public, and interference with the patient’s daily activities and resulting loss of freedom. Similarly, in the 2011 US Roper Diabetes Patient Market Study, or the 2011 Roper Study, of 2,104 patients with diabetes, of which 692 were on insulin, 72% of respondents who had been prescribed to take three or more insulin injections per day did not inject themselves when they were away from home. Failure to comply with prescribed insulin therapy, particularly mealtime insulin therapy, reduces the overall efficacy of insulin treatment in managing a patient’s Type 2 diabetes.

Limitations of Current Insulin Therapy

Oral Antidiabetic Drugs, or OADs, are the first line of diabetic therapy for patients with Type 2 diabetes, along with diet and lifestyle changes. However, given the progressive nature of Type 2 diabetes, most patients require insulin therapy within 10 years of diagnosis because oral agents fail to maintain their glycemic control. Depending on the progression of an individual patient’s diabetes, there are four primary types of insulin therapy prescribed today for Type 2 diabetes that seek to control or manage patients’ blood glucose levels:

 

    a once-daily dose of basal insulin, typically a long-acting insulin such as Levemir ® or Lantus ® ;

 

13


Table of Contents
    a twice-daily injection regimen comprised of either a daily injection of long-acting basal insulin in addition to a dose of insulin, typically a short- or fast-acting insulin, such as Humalog ® , Apidra ® or NovoLog ® , with the largest meal or two injections of premixed insulin, which combines long-acting and fast-acting formulations within a single insulin dose;

 

    intensive therapy requiring multiple daily injections, or MDI, with syringes or preloaded insulin pens; and

 

    continuous subcutaneous insulin infusion using programmable insulin pumps.

Conventional insulin therapy is among the least expensive insulin-based diabetes treatments and is typically initiated with a once-daily dose of a long-acting insulin. MDI intensive therapy with syringes can be effective and less costly than other therapies. MDI intensive therapy with insulin pens offers a more convenient alternative to syringes but is more expensive. In addition, programmable insulin pumps offer an effective means of implementing intensive diabetes management with the goal of achieving near-normal blood glucose levels. However, we believe that patient concerns with lifestyle factors, ease of use, convenience and high costs have limited overall adherence to insulin regimens, resulting in a significant number of patients with Type 2 diabetes failing to meet their A1C goals with MDI or the use of programmable insulin pumps.

Current insulin therapies present the following advantages and limitations for patients with Type 2 diabetes.

Basal Insulin

Description: A once-daily dose of long-acting insulin (such as Lantus ® and Levemir ® ) at bedtime or in the morning, although some patients require two injections (morning and bedtime).

 

Advantages

 

Limitations/Challenges

     Easiest to train, learn and correctly administer insulin as injections and can be performed at home        Insulin delivery has some variability from day to day or between different patients such that insulin is not released over the entire intended delivery period
     Least costly analog insulin therapy, which uses genetically altered (or chemically altered) human insulin designed to release injected insulin to more closely mimic human insulin, for patients with most favorable reimbursement coverage  

 

    

Basal insulin only, no impact on mealtime glucose increases

 

Most patients eventually need mealtime insulin to achieve their A1C goal

     Lowest risk for patient error       

Basal Insulin + 1 or Premixed Insulin

Description: Considered a transition regimen towards MDI or intensive therapy typically consisting of a twice-daily injection regimen of either: (i) a daily injection of long-acting insulin (such as Lantus ® and Levemir ® ) at bedtime (basal rate) plus an injection of fast acting insulin (such as Humalog ® and NovoLog ® ), or basal + 1, before the day’s largest meal; or (ii) premixed insulin injections before breakfast and dinner.

 

Advantages

 

Limitations/Challenges

Basal +1 and Premix   Basal +1 and Premix
     Compared to basal only insulin regimens, provides insulin for at least one, or in the case of premix, two of the patient’s meals        No insulin coverage for at least one meal each day, or in the case of Basal+1, two meals each day
Premix   Basal +1
     Injections can normally be performed at home       

Additional patient co-pay for additional dose of mealtime insulin

 

 

    

 

Single type of insulin used in a single device

      
       Premix
            Patients typically use more insulin, may be at increased risk of hypoglycemia, and may gain more weight
            Requires planning activities and eating around injections

 

14


Table of Contents

Multiple Daily Injections - MDI (Intensive Therapy)

Description: A once- or twice-daily injection of long-acting insulin at bedtime or in the morning (basal rate) plus an

injection of fast-acting insulin before meals and, if appropriate, with snacks (bolus dose).

 

Advantages

  

Limitations/Challenges

    

With strict adherence, can closely mimic the body’s normal physiologic pattern of insulin delivery

 

        Frequent injections (usually at least four per day)
       

 

    

 

Requires training around two different types of

insulin and the need to carry two types of insulin or insulin pens

     Allows dosing each insulin type and meal individually        
     Lower cost with favorable reimbursement coverage compared to programmable insulin pumps         Requires significant planning of meals and other activities
     Easier to teach, learn and correctly administer compared to programmable insulin pumps   

 

 

 

    

 

Injections often administered outside the home

creating adherence challenges especially around meals

 

Requires two patient co-pays

Programmable Insulin Pumps

Description: A continuous low dose of fast-acting insulin (basal rate) and delivery of fast-acting insulin before all

meals and, as needed, snacks (bolus dose), based upon programmable settings and patient input.

 

Advantages

  

Limitations/Challenges

     When used properly, can most closely mimic the body’s normal physiologic pattern of insulin delivery         Most complicated to teach, learn and correctly administer and normally requires a proactive and adherent patient
     Customized basal and bolus insulin doses        

Bothersome to wear and least discreet alternative

 

     Eliminates the need for daily needle injections         Most significant risk of dosing errors due to the wide range of programmable functions and features
            
       

 

    

 

Highest up-front and maintenance cost

             Reimbursement coverage for patients with Type 2 diabetes significantly less accessible than for injections

Given the reasons cited by patients for non-adherence to and the limitations of currently prescribed insulin therapy, we believe simplicity of insulin delivery contributes to adherence with therapy. In turn, when patients more fully comply with their prescribed treatment regimen, we believe that insulin therapy will be more effective. While insulin syringes, insulin pens and programmable insulin pumps are capable of facilitating basal-bolus therapy, we believe these methods of administration generally lack the simplicity of operation and lifestyle adaptability desired by patients with Type 2 diabetes. In general, programmable insulin pump therapies tend to have more advantages for Type 1 patients who may require varying basal rates over a 24-hour period or more complex bolus dosing regimens. These complexities are generally not encountered by patients with Type 2 diabetes.

 

15


Table of Contents

The following diagram demonstrates the benefits of V-Go as compared to other currently available insulin therapies in terms of simplicity of use and ability to mimic the body’s normal physiologic pattern of insulin delivery.

 

LOGO

We believe V-Go is appealing to healthcare providers and patients because it combines the benefits of basal-bolus therapy with the convenience of a once-daily injection using just one type of insulin and less of it. Our internal studies indicate that these characteristics help support patient compliance with basal-bolus regimens, thereby improving glycemic control. We also believe V-Go is an attractive option because it is discreet and simple to operate, yet mimics the body’s normal physiologic pattern of insulin delivery without the inconvenience associated with syringes and pens or the complexities associated with programmable pumps.

Our Solution

Simple, Discreet and Effective Type 2 Diabetes Management

V-Go fills a critical need of patients with Type 2 diabetes who, we believe, desire and benefit from an easy-to-use, more discreet, basal-bolus insulin regimen. As depicted in the below image, V-Go is designed to be worn on the skin under clothing and measures just 2.4 inches wide by 1.3 inches long by 0.5 inches thick, weighing approximately one ounce when filled with insulin.

 

LOGO

Specifically Designed for Patients with Type 2 Diabetes

Patients with Type 2 diabetes who are prescribed intensive insulin therapy report the burden of multiple injections, embarrassment of injection and interference with daily activities as key factors for non-compliance with insulin therapy. Unlike programmable insulin pumps, V-Go is a 24 hours-disposable mechanical device that operates without electronics, batteries, infusion sets or programming and with less injections then using insulin syringes or pens. In the 2011 Roper Study, 72% of patients with Type 2 diabetes prescribed basal-bolus injectable insulin regimens reported not taking injections away from home, making it difficult for many of them to remain in compliance with their prescribed therapy. V-Go was designed to facilitate basal-bolus therapy compliance by removing the complexity and stigma of insulin injections in patients with Type 2 diabetes.

 

16


Table of Contents

The following diagram demonstrates the basal and bolus functions of V-Go. The bolus operation can be completed through the patient’s shirt or blouse.

 

LOGO

Simple, Effective and Innovative Approach to Insulin-Based Diabetes Management

V-Go utilizes our proprietary h -Patch drug delivery technology to enable patients to closely mimic the body’s normal physiologic pattern of insulin delivery by predictably delivering a single type of insulin at a continuous preset basal rate over a 24-hour period and convenient and discreet on-demand bolus dosing at mealtimes. We believe V-Go’s simple and effective approach to insulin therapy facilitates patient adherence to basal-bolus insulin regimens, which leads to better patient results. In a series of clinical studies examining patients with Type 2 diabetes using V-Go, we observed clinically relevant reductions in A1C levels from prior to initiation of V-Go therapy, otherwise known as the baseline, as well as reductions in the prescribed total daily insulin dose.

User-Friendly Design

In addition to its small size and dosage versatility, V-Go offers many additional user-friendly features designed to treat and improve the quality of life of patients with Type 2 diabetes requiring insulin, including:

 

    using a single fast-acting insulin, such as Humalog ® or NovoLog ® , rather than a combination of multiple types or premixed insulin;

 

    not requiring patients to carry syringes, pens or other supplies for mealtime bolus dosing;

 

    offering the convenience of pressing buttons for on-demand bolus dosing through clothing;

 

    allowing patients to easily maintain their daily routines and activities, including showering, exercising and sleeping;

 

    only requiring application of a new V-Go every 24 hours, which offers patients the flexibility to selectively choose an application site that best suits the day’s activities; and

 

    not burdening patients with the complexities associated with learning to use an electronic device or programming a pump.

Cost Effective for Payor and Patient Alike

V-Go is generally a cost competitive option for payors and patients when compared to insulin pens, which are the delivery method prescribed for a majority of all insulin therapies and approximately 58% of newly prescribed basal analog and mealtime analog insulin therapies. V-Go is available at retail and mail order pharmacies and is covered by Medicare as well as commercial insurance plans covering a majority of patients. As a result, out-of-pocket costs for covered patients using V-Go are generally equivalent to what they would pay if taking basal-bolus injections

 

17


Table of Contents

with insulin pens or syringes. We believe that from a payor’s perspective, using V-Go for insulin delivery will be associated with an approximate equal or lower cost, net of rebates and co-pays, to treat a patient compared to the cost of using multiple daily injections to deliver basal-bolus insulin therapy. Moreover, insulin delivery with V-Go is significantly less expensive, especially in the first year, than treatment with programmable insulin pumps. This cost difference in the first year is attributed to the programmable durable medical component associated with electronic insulin pumps that are not needed for V-Go. This durable medical component can cost approximately $5,000 per device. In addition, daily consumable such as tubing and insertion sets are required to be on electronic pump therapy and not on V-Go.

Comprehensive Customer Support

The majority of patients using V-Go are trained to use the device by their healthcare provider or Clinical Diabetes Educator, or CDE, who has been trained by our sales force using a “train the trainer” approach. Our sales force trains physicians, physicians’ assistants, nurse practitioners, CDEs and any other staff in a healthcare provider’s office, who then train their patients to properly use V-Go. Additionally, we provide starter kits for new V-Go patients, which contain all the materials a patient needs to initiate basal-bolus insulin therapy with V-Go. We also offer supplemental training support and resources when healthcare providers or patients need additional V-Go training assistance including online resources from a learning management system to online videos.

Our Valeritas Customer Care Center, or VCC, is a live customer care center operating 24 hours a day, seven days a week. The VCC provides broad-based V-Go operational assistance to healthcare providers, patients, caregivers and pharmacists. Every patient is encouraged to call the VCC in order to opt-in for support and, once a patient does opt- in, a VCC staff-member proactively contacts the patient at various times to provide additional patient support and promote proper use of V-Go. VCC can also train patients on the operational aspects of V-Go either via phone or 1-way video connect. The VCC also maintains a reimbursement team to answer a patient’s reimbursement-related questions.

Demonstrated Results and Enhanced Patient Experience and Customer Support

The V-Go solution to Type 2 diabetes management is focused both on A1C management and on providing patients the requisite support to achieve their goal of improved health. We have conducted several studies, analyses, and research surveys to evaluate the role of V-Go in A1C management. These studies include user preference studies, observational studies, retrospective analyses of diabetic patient’s electronic medical records and surveys, and did not include any prospectively randomized studies. The results of these studies and analyses are described below.

User Preference Program

In 2008, we conducted a user preference program, or UPP, designed to gain feedback about V-Go. We surveyed 10 healthcare professionals and 31 patients to determine their impressions about usability, convenience, comfort, educational materials, and effectiveness of V-Go. Patients were asked to rate, on a 10-point scale, their overall experience as well as their impressions of various parameters associated with V-Go, such as ease of use, how discreet it was, how comfortable the device was to wear, whether they would recommend V-Go to a friend or family member and how helpful our patient education teams were. For each measure evaluated, V-Go received an average score of between 8.7 and 9.4 on a 10-point scale, which we consider to be highly positive. We also surveyed patients about their adherence to V-Go therapy as part of the UPP and found a patient-reported adherence rate of 98%.

To obtain information on the efficacy of V-Go in helping to manage blood glucose control, we performed a retrospective analysis of 23 of the patients who participated in the UPP, 22 of which had had Type 2 diabetes and one had Type 1 diabetes, the results of which were published in the journal Endocrine Practice in 2012. Data was collected before V-Go initiation, after 12 weeks of V-Go use, at the end of V-Go treatment, and 12 weeks after discontinuing V-Go. After 12 weeks of V-Go use, compared to before V-Go initiation, the average A1C level improved to 7.6% from 8.8% and patients reported an average of 13% less daily insulin. Once they stopped using V-Go and were switched to other diabetes therapies however, their average A1C level rebounded to 8.2%, and their average daily insulin dosing increased.

 

18


Table of Contents

In terms of safety and tolerability V-Go was generally well tolerated during the UPP. The average body weight of patients was steady through use of V-Go and increased slightly after treatment cessation. Two instances of low blood glucose, or hypoglycemia, were reported during the UPP and were classified as serious adverse events. No other serious adverse events were observed during V-Go use based on the retrospective analysis. A total of seven patients in the retrospective analysis reported at least one application site reaction, such as irritation, redness, rash, itching, tenderness or discomfort, while one patient reported pain at injection.

This analysis suggested that average A1C improved when insulin was delivered using V-Go. The investigators suggested that a possible reason for the improvements in blood glucose levels was due to better patient adherence with this insulin regimen due to the simplicity of V-Go.

The SIMPLE Study

A multicenter study of 89 patients to evaluate the effectiveness of V-Go for patients with diabetes was conducted in a real-world setting. The primary objective was to compare changes of average glycemic control as measured by A1C from baseline to the end of V-Go use. Patients with Type 2 diabetes on one or more insulin injections per day not meeting target glycemic control of less than 7% were included in the study. The patient types are listed below:

 

Basal:    Patients receiving once or twice daily injection of an intermediate, or long, acting insulin regardless of oral anti-diabetes medication use.
Premix:    Patients receiving one to three daily injections of premix insulin regardless of oral anti-diabetes medication use.
MDI:    Patients receiving any insulin therapy with three or more insulin injections a day regardless of oral anti-diabetes medication use.

The mean A1C change from the first month to month three was 8.8% to 8.1% representing a significant improvement of 0.7% and a P value of less than 0.0001. An experimental result, such as those derived from a clinical or non-clinical study, is statistically significant if it is unlikely to have occurred by chance. The statistical significance of experimental results is determined by a widely used statistical method that establishes the P value of the results. A “P value” is a statistical measure of the probability that the difference in results between treatment and control groups in a study could have occurred by chance. Under this method, the smaller the P value the greater the confidence that the results are significant, and a P value of 0.05 or less is generally considered by the FDA to represent statistical significance. Significant A1C changes from the first month to month three were also observed in the basal and MDI subgroups. In addition to the significant improvements in blood glucose, the average daily dose of insulin was also reduced by 18% in patients on V-Go, or from 62.4 to 51.0 units per day. There were no clinically meaningful changes in the patient’s weight. Overall, the incidence of hypoglycemia after three months of V-Go use was low with 90% of patients reporting no hypoglycemia. Data from a 9-month interim analysis of a subgroup of patients from the SIMPLE study who switched to V-Go were also observed. As summarized in the graph below, patients who switched from basal insulin or OADs to V-Go demonstrated a progressive improvement and significant 1% reduction in A1C which was persistent at 9 months.

 

19


Table of Contents

LOGO

The Diabetes America Study: Use of V-Go in Patients with Sub-Optimally Controlled Diabetes

Diabetes America, a group of 13 specialized diabetes care clinics located across the major metropolitan areas of Texas, conducted a study to evaluate the effect of switching patients with sub-optimally controlled diabetes to V-Go, the electronic medical records and analyses of which were disclosed in three separate presentations at the American Association of Clinical Endocrinologists’ 24th Annual Scientific and Clinical Congress. The study was conducted as a retrospective review of patients treated at the various Diabetes America treatment facilities. Patients treated at these facilities were prescribed V-Go by health care providers with the goal of improving A1C levels. The study evaluated the change in A1C from baseline in addition to changes in daily insulin dose, body weight and hypoglycemic events.

Patients diagnosed with diabetes (Type 1, Type 2, or Latent Autoimmune Diabetes in Adults, or LADA) at least 21 years old and A1C’s between 7% and 14% were switched to V-Go. The overall analysis included 204 patients. Twenty-four of these patients were naïve to insulin at baseline and the remainder were already using insulin at baseline. Of these patients, 175 were diagnosed with Type 2 diabetes and 29 were diagnosed with Type 1 diabetes or LADA. The average time from starting the use of V-Go to the first follow-up visit was almost 14 weeks and the average time to the second follow-up visit was almost 27 weeks.

The A1C change for the overall patient population and by patient type of diabetes were evaluated and, as summarized in the graphs below, there was a significant improvement in A1C after switching to V-Go across all patient types.

 

20


Table of Contents

Effect on All Patients

   Effect on Patients with Type 2 Diabetes
LOGO    LOGO
Effect on Patients with Type 1 or LADA Diabetes
LOGO

 

 

(1) The “*” denotes a p-value less than 0.05.

Within the overall group, A1C improved and was significantly reduced by approximately 1.5% at 14 weeks and 1.8% at 27 weeks. In patients with Type 2 diabetes, significant reductions in A1C of 1.6% at 14 weeks and 1.8% at 27 weeks were demonstrated. Patients previously receiving MDI therapy at baseline had a significant 1.2% reduction in A1C while patients previously on basal insulin at baseline had a significant 2.3% reduction. For patients with Type 1 diabetes or LADA, significant reductions in A1C of 1% at 14 weeks and 1.5% at 27 weeks were also seen. Importantly, since many patients currently on insulin do not achieve the desired A1C goals, the investigators evaluated what happened to patients when they switched to V-Go. In patients receiving insulin at baseline there were significant reductions in A1C of 1.3% at 14 weeks and 1.6% at 27 weeks. Patients not on insulin prior to baseline, insulin naïve patients, experienced the most substantial decrease in mean A1C after switching to V-Go with significant reductions in A1C of 3.1% at 14 weeks and 3.3% at 27 weeks.

In addition to the A1C improvements, there were also significant reductions in the daily insulin requirements for patients receiving V-Go. At 27 weeks the total daily insulin dose for patients on V-Go was at least 33% to 41% lower than the prescribed baseline insulin dose ranges prior to receiving V-Go. Basal insulin rates were 39% to 46% lower than the prescribed baseline insulin dose range. The average daily insulin dose administered with V-Go at

 

21


Table of Contents

week 27 was 0.6 units per kilogram per day. Patients not receiving insulin at baseline, the insulin naïve cohort, received an average of 54 units per day on V-Go. Another analysis of the data from the Diabetes America study was done to evaluate insulin dose changes in patients receiving lower and higher baseline insulin doses. The aim of this analysis was to evaluate the clinical impact of the baseline insulin total daily dose when switching to insulin delivery with V-Go compared to subcutaneous insulin injections. One hundred four patients were evaluated who had moderate baseline insulin doses less than 100 units per day) before V-Go or high baseline insulin doses (greater than 100 units per day) before V-Go. Significant improvements in A1C and decreased insulin requirements were observed after an average of 6 months of switching to V-Go for insulin delivery in patients previously not using controlled insulin injections. Further, as shown in the below graph, the results demonstrated that reductions in A1C of 1.5% and 1.7% were similar between those on moderate baseline insulin doses or high baseline insulin doses at baseline, respectively and, despite significant differences in baseline insulin doses before V-Go, both groups required a similar total daily insulin dose of approximately 0.6 units per kilogram after switching to V-Go, 54 units/day and 67 units/day for the low and high insulin dose groups.

 

LOGO

Among all subjects there was a significant albeit minor change in body weight of approximately 1.5 kg after switching to V-Go. Hypoglycemia during V-Go use was similar to that experienced with the previous baseline therapies. Of the 204 subjects included in the study, 32 discontinued use of V-Go after an average of 6 months for reasons including: skin irritation; cost and/or lack of adequate insurance coverage; transitioned to traditional pump; weight gain; undetermined reason; and did not prefer V-Go, pain, GI effect, hyperglycemia, hypoglycemia and lack of adherence to skin.

Diabetes America Comparative Study; Clinical and Cost Effectiveness of Insulin Delivery with V-Go Disposable Insulin Delivery Device versus Multiple Daily Injections in Patients with Type 2 Diabetes Inadequately Controlled on Basal Insulin

The objective of this study was to compare two methods of delivering intensified insulin therapy, or IIT, in patients with Type 2 diabetes inadequately controlled on basal insulin or concomitant antihyperglycemic agents in a real world clinical setting. A retrospective analysis was conducted utilizing the electronic medical records from Diabetes America. One hundred sixteen patients were evaluated, 56 patients receiving V-Go, and 60 patients receiving MDI. At 27 weeks, both groups experienced significant improvements in A1C from baseline with an A1C change decrease of 1.98% with V-Go and 1.34% with MDI for a significant treatment difference of 0.64% in favor of V-Go. On average there was a significant difference in insulin dose between the two groups. Patients using V-Go administered 28% less insulin compared to patients using MDI, 56 versus 78 units per day. Additionally, monthly diabetes-related direct pharmacy costs were $55.70 per patient less with V-Go compared to MDI and the monthly per patient cost inferential per 1% reduction in A1C was significantly less with V-Go at $118.84 compared to $217.16 with MDI, as demonstrated in the below graph.

 

22


Table of Contents

V-Go Reduced Direct Pharmacy Costs by 45% per 1% Reduction in A1C

 

LOGO

Another consideration is out-of-pocket costs for patients with different diabetes regimens. Pharmacy formularies are separated into multiple tiers, of which Tier 2 and Tier 3 are most applicable to the V-Go. Tier 1 products are the lowest cost tier of prescription products, which mainly consists of generic drugs; Tier 2 products are generally preferred brand name products of which co-pays are more than Tier 1; and Tier 3 consists mainly of non-preferred brand name products which are more expensive than tier 2. We believe that patient costs can be neutral when switching from basal-bolus pen therapy with needles to V-Go therapy and insulin vials that will be used in conjunction with EZ-Fill. In reaching this conclusion, we estimated co-pays for insulin pens and pen needles to be $73 per month which assumes national Tier 2 co-pay equal to $31 for each pen box and $11 for pen needles. V-Go co-pay can be $31 for Tier 2 or $53 for Tier 3 for a month supply. Insulin vials would be similar to insulin pens at $31 per month. Therefore, expected co-pay for V-Go can be $62 or $84 per month which averages $73 per month and essentially neutral costs to patients.

Early Access Program

V-Go therapy was provided to patients as part of an early access research survey. Clinicians provided detailed treatment histories for the patients that had access to receive treatment with V-Go. After initiating V-Go the average A1C decreased from 9.3% before V-Go to 7.4% after V-Go initiation, representing a 1.9% improvement. Clinicians who participated in this survey also reported a 22% reduction in daily basal insulin dose in patients receiving V-Go.

The University of Massachusetts Clinical Evaluation

In 2013, researchers at the University of Massachusetts examined 21 patients with Type 2 diabetes who lacked glycemic control and switched from MDI therapy to V-Go. The clinical evaluation observed that, after 88 days of V-Go use, based on data from 14 of the 21 patients observed, A1C levels decreased from 10.7% to 8.3% and total daily doses of insulin decreased from 119 units to 64 units, in each case with statistical significance at a p-value less than 0.01. These results were also presented at the 73rd Scientific Sessions of the ADA in June 2013.

The Jones Center for Diabetes & Endocrine Wellness Clinical Evaluation

A retrospective clinical evaluation was conducted to evaluate clinical experience with V-Go in 91 patients. Using electronic medical record data, clinical data was collected at V-Go initiation and up to one year of follow-up. Prior

 

23


Table of Contents

to V-Go initiation, 39.6% of patients were receiving insulin only and 58.2% were receiving combination therapy that included insulin. Of the 86 patients with type 2 diabetes, 69, or 80%, had at least one follow-up visit. Mean baseline A1C in this group was 9.1 and 8.3% at follow-up for an average improvement in A1C of 0.8%. The mean total daily dose of insulin at baseline was 76 units and decreased to 61 units, a 20% reduction, on V-Go.

Clinical Evidence Summaries

Across multiple clinical studies, analyses, and surveys using both prospective and retrospective study designs, switching patients who had suboptimal glycemic control to V-Go for insulin delivery resulted in significant improvements in A1C, or blood glucose control, with A1C reductions ranging from 1% to 3.4%, depending on the patient population. Moreover, across multiple clinical studies, analyses, and surveys switching patients who had suboptimal glycemic control to V-Go for insulin delivery resulted in significant improvements in blood glucose control with less insulin. Daily insulin dose reductions ranged from 13% to 43%, depending on the study and the amount of insulin patients were prescribed prior to using V-Go.

Our Current and Future Products

We believe our technologies represent a fundamentally different approach to basal-bolus insulin delivery. To facilitate therapy compliance, we have sought to eliminate the need for complex electronics and software by utilizing mechanical technology that delivers prescribed dosages of insulin and other injectable drugs with great accuracy.

V-Go Disposable Insulin Delivery Device

V-Go is a disposable insulin delivery device for basal-bolus therapy that deploys our innovative proprietary h -Patch technology. Unlike programmable insulin pumps, V-Go is a small, discreet, daily-disposable insulin delivery device that operates without electronics, batteries, infusion sets or programming. V-Go measures just 2.4 inches wide by 1.3 inches long by 0.5 inches thick and weighs approximately one ounce when filled with insulin.

V-Go enables patients to closely mimic the body’s normal physiologic pattern of insulin delivery by delivering a single type of insulin at a continuous preset basal rate over a 24-hour period and also providing for on-demand bolus dosing at mealtimes, without the need for electronics or programming. A patient adheres V-Go to his or her skin and presses a button that inserts a small needle that commences a continuous preset basal rate of insulin. At mealtimes, a patient can discreetly press the bolus-ready button through clothing to unlock V-Go’s bolus function and another button to deliver on-demand bolus dosing.

Each day prior to applying V-Go, a patient fills it with insulin using a filling accessory known as EZ Fill, which is included with each monthly supply of V-Go. V-Go uses a single type of fast-acting insulin, such as Humalog ® or NovoLog ® , and is available in a preset basal rate to continuously deliver 20, 30 or 40 units of insulin in one 24-hour period (0.83, 1.25 or 1.67 units per hour, respectively) and on-demand bolus dosing in two unit increments (up to 36 units per 24-hour time period). Our proprietary Floating Needle is deployed with the press of a button after V-Go is applied to the skin making the connection between the insulin reservoir and the patient’s tissue. The Floating Needle then pivots with the body’s natural movements, allowing for maximum comfort. After 24 hours of use, a patient presses a button that retracts the needle and then removes V-Go from the skin, throws it away in regular trash and replaces it with a new insulin-filled V-Go for the next 24 hours.

h-Patch Controlled Delivery Technology Platform

Our proprietary hydraulic h -Patch drug delivery technology, which is a critical component of V-Go, facilitates the simple and effective delivery of injectable medicines to patients across a broad range of therapeutic areas. V-Go’s deployment of our h -Patch technology results in a device specifically designed for patients with Type 2 diabetes who, we believe, do not require complex and costly programmable insulin pumps generally designed to meet the needs of Type 1 patients.

 

24


Table of Contents

The hydraulic approach of our h -Patch technology can be used to deliver constant basal or on-demand bolus dosing of any drug than can be delivered subcutaneously. We believe it combines the user advantages of transdermal patches with the accuracy and flexibility of conventional electronic pumps. Once activated, our h -Patch system places a custom-formulated viscous fluid under pressure, which is separately compartmentalized and therefore designed not to come into contact with the active drug. Once pressurized, the fluid is forced through a flow restrictor that is designed to control the flow rate. After passing through the flow restrictor, the viscous fluid couples with and moves a piston in a cartridge that contains active drug. The viscous fluid continually pushes the piston, dispensing the drug at the prescribed preset basal rate through a needle into the patient’s subcutaneous tissue. Bolus delivery on demand is similarly driven by viscous fluid dispensed from a separate side chamber, which allows a patient to dispense active drug in two unit increments through a user-activated bolus button. Our h -Patch basal drug delivery technology results in a simple, yet innovative, device that operates without complex controls or an infusion set.

The operation of our h -Patch technology is depicted in the graphic below:

 

LOGO

We will continue to explore the use of our h -Patch technology in other drug delivery applications beyond the use of insulin to treat Type 2 diabetes. We believe it has the potential to improve the utility of a variety of drugs that require frequent and cumbersome dosing regimens.

Next-Generation V-Go’s: V-Go PreFill™ & V-Go Link™

We are developing a next-generation, single-use disposable V-Go device that will feature a separate prefilled insulin cartridge that can be snapped in by the patient into V-Go. While the current V-Go simplifies the use of insulin for patients with Type 2 diabetes, we believe that a pre-filled V-Go will make insulin therapy even simpler by eliminating the device-filling process by the patient, which we expect could further promote adoption by patients with Type 2 diabetes. A pre-filled V-Go would also enable V-Go usage for other injectable therapeutic drugs beyond insulin that are used by patients who could benefit from simple, convenient and continuous drug delivery. Currently, the pre-fill V-Go is in the design-development stage, with a focus on ease of customer use and optimization of manufacturing efficiency.

V-Go Link™ will feature one-way communication to smart devices such as phones and tablets through RF/ Bluetooth technology. V-Go Link™ will provide real-time tracking information of basal and bolus dosing utilization, allowing patients and their healthcare professionals to have a deeper understanding of their current dosing habits.

Our Other Drug Delivery Platforms

Mini-Ject Needle-Free Technology

Mini-Ject is a fully disposable needle-free injection system that offers a variety of pre-filled options and comfortable administration within a patient-friendly, easy-to-use design. Mini-Ject can deliver a wide range of drugs, from small molecules to large proteins as well as antibodies and vaccines. Our Mini-Ject system has been cleared by the FDA under Section 510(k). While we have not yet commercialized a device with our Mini-Ject technology, we have developed devices that operate based on the technology, and we are pursuing additional applications of this technology for potential development and commercialization.

 

25


Table of Contents

Micro-Trans Microneedle Array Patch Technology

We have also developed our Micro-Trans microneedle array patch technology to deliver drugs into the dermis layer of the skin. Each Micro-Trans patch consists of multiple small, solid needles constructed with metal or biodegradable polymers and fabricated on a single surface. The patches can be manufactured in various lengths, diameters, wall thicknesses and shapes and can be used to deliver drugs without regard to drug size, structure or a patient’s skin characteristics. Micro-Trans patches are designed to penetrate only the shallow layers of the skin, avoiding close proximity to pain receptors. We believe this characteristic makes the Micro-Trans patch comfortable for a patient to wear. We have not yet commercialized a device with this technology and it has not received regulatory approval.

Our Strategy

Our long term goal is to significantly expand and further penetrate the Type 2 diabetes market and become a leading provider of simple to use insulin delivery devices designed for basal-bolus insulin therapy.

Business Strategy and Restructuring

Valeritas made a significant adjustment in its commercialization strategy by shifting its strategy from aggressively expanding sales representative headcount to focus on fewer prescribers and on maximizing its sales and marketing infrastructure’s frequency of interactions and contact points and methods with high prescribing physicians. This restructuring reduces the Company’s monthly cash burn rate significantly and results in a business plan that is much more capital efficient. Specifically, the Company reduced headcount and expenses and reduced the number of sales territories staffed by field sales professionals to 28 while at the same time it will be increasing the level of resources in each of these prioritized markets to garner higher share of voice and drive demand.

The Company has learned that in this competitive Type 2 diabetes market, those prescribers of diabetes products who had more contacts both directly and indirectly remember and prescribe the product to more and appropriate patients, and management believes that under the prior sales and marketing model, the Company had diluted its resources across too many sales territories. By focusing on fewer and prioritized markets with sales professionals while increasing the contacts the healthcare professional has through supplemental inside sales force, an inside peer to peer clinical sales team and through other marketing resources, the Company can be more competitive in those markets and drive strong growth.

 

26


Table of Contents

Our short-term business strategies include the following.

 

LOGO

 

    Focus the majority of the Company’s resources towards the prioritized markets through the use of sales professionals, inside sales, third party clinical sales, targeted Direct-to-Patient, customer care and additional promotional services. By focusing our resources, we will be significantly increasing our promotion on a per territory basis which will allow the Company to grow these markets.

 

    We will minimize the erosion of prescriptions in the deprioritized markets (markets no longer with field based sales professionals) by leveraging our inside sales team and 3 rd party clinical sales team to call prescribers who were active prior to the restructuring and will utilize our customer care team to support all offices and patients on V-Go.

 

    Leverage the clinical and economic data that has been published in the last year including several recent manuscripts, with healthcare professionals and payors. We believe this new data will help more prescribers see the value and understand the benefits or V-Go across a wider spectrum of patients.

 

    Expand third-party reimbursement for V-Go in the United States. We intend to expand patient coverage of V-Go by commercial insurance plans as a pharmacy benefit rather than a medical benefit. In addition, while more than 70% of the approximately 164 million commercially insured lives in the United States and more than 60% of the approximately 34 million lives insured by Medicare Part D are covered for V-Go, we intend to further expand payor adoption. We also intend to continue to deploy our reimbursement team that helps patients gain access to V-Go by supporting them throughout the reimbursement process.

 

    Assuming our new capital efficient sales model is validated, we intend to expand the number of field based sales representatives modestly up to approximately 43 in the first quarter of 2017 so that we can provide the same higher level of inside sales, clinical sales and promotion as we provide our current prioritized markets. We believe we can grow these markets quicker than our past hires have grown as they will have significantly more support into their territories with the Company’s new strategy.

Our long-term business strategies include the following.

 

    Continue to expand our U.S. sales force in a capital efficient and disciplined manner utilizing our new business model. Eventually establish a National Footprint, internally or through other means (contract sales organization, co-promotion or other strategic relationships) to ensure we can reach all the very high volume prescribers or explore other means to increase the number of prescribers we can reach.

 

27


Table of Contents
    Continue to and Explore International Expansion. We intend to continue exploring international expansion through strategic collaborations, in-licensing arrangements or alliances outside the U.S. which not only would provide a revenue stream, but as importantly it would increase our production volume thereby accelerating and increasing our gross margins in the U.S.

 

    Capture Improved Economics Through the Commercialization of V-Go PreFill™. We are developing and intend to commercialize our V-Go PreFill product, which we believe will offer patients an even more simplified user experience, thereby increasing our target market to include patients with Type 2 diabetes not currently on insulin. In addition, we expect to have additional opportunities to generate revenue through the sale of insulin in connection with V-Go PreFill. We believe a prefill option will also lay the foundation for using our proprietary h -Patch technology with other injectable therapies where patients could benefit from simple, convenient and continuous drug delivery.

 

    Advance our V-Go Link™ next generation technology which will feature one-way communication to smart devices such as phones and tablets through RF/Bluetooth technology. V-Go Link will provide real-time tracking information of basal and bolus dosing utilization, allowing patients and their healthcare professionals to have a deeper understanding of their current dosing habits.

 

    Advance our Proprietary Drug Delivery Technologies into Other Therapeutic Areas. We have built a significant portfolio of proprietary technologies designed to simply and effectively deliver injectable medicines to patients across a broad range of therapeutic areas. We intend to continue to advance these technologies, including our pre-fill V-Go product, either by working with third parties to incorporate them into existing commercial products or by licensing the rights to them to third parties for further development and commercialization.

 

    Leverage Our Scalable Manufacturing Operations to Increase Gross Margin. We intend to leverage our scalable and flexible manufacturing infrastructure and related operational efficiencies to increase our gross margin by reducing our product costs. We believe the existing production lines of our contract manufacturer, or CMO, will have the ability to meet our current and expected near-term V-Go demand. Our CMO also has the ability to replicate additional production lines within its current facility footprint. In addition, we believe that due to shared product design features with V-Go, our production processes are readily adaptable to the manufacture of new products, including a prefill V-Go.

Sales, Marketing and Distribution

In the first quarter of 2016, our sales team covered 26 territories primarily within the East, South, and Midwest regions of the United States including one representative to cover Kaiser Permamente should support be requested. We also have a Team of inside sales representatives to take incoming calls from interested healthcare professionals as well as a targeted list of V-Go prescribers around the country. To date, we have focused our sales and marketing efforts in the regions where we have the greatest reimbursement coverage for patients. Our sales representatives call on targeted, high-volume meal time insulin prescribers, which include endocrinologists and primary care physicians. Our sales team has been supplemented by our Valeritas Customer Care Center that provides support to customers and healthcare providers. Valeritas restructured the business as of February 2016 to focus on our prioritized markets which will allow the Company to significantly reduce its cash needs and has resulted in a business plan that is much more capital efficient. For additional information on our restructuring, see “Description of Business—Our Strategy” above.

V-Go is distributed primarily through retail pharmacies and, to a lesser extent, medical supply companies. Similar to a pharmaceutical company, our overall distribution strategy focuses on making V-Go available at retail and mail-order pharmacies. We have adopted this strategy because patients with Type 2 diabetes frequently visit their local retail pharmacies to fill other prescriptions prescribed for their other chronic conditions. We have distribution agreements with all of the national and many regional wholesalers, as well as with important medical supply companies. For the year ended December 31, 2015, the wholesale distributors McKesson Corporation, Cardinal Health and AmerisourceBergen Drug Corporation represented 38%, 26% and 27%, respectively, of our total product shipments. Our agreements with our distributors allow a patient whose insurance covers V-Go as either a pharmacy benefit or a medical benefit to be able to fill his or her V-Go prescription conveniently.

 

28


Table of Contents

A patient using V-Go requires two separate prescriptions, one for V-Go itself and one for fast-acting insulin, such as Humalog ® or NovoLog ® , in vials. As V-Go is only available by prescription, we believe that educating physicians and other healthcare providers regarding the benefits of V-Go is an important step in promoting its patient acceptance. In addition to calling on healthcare providers, our marketing initiatives include presentations and product demonstrations at local, regional and national tradeshows, including ADA Scientific Sessions and the American Association of Diabetes Educators Annual Meeting.

Reimbursement

In contrast to all other basal-bolus insulin infusion delivery devices currently on the market in the United States, V-Go is not classified as a durable medical device, allowing for potential Medicare reimbursement under Medicare Part D. As a result, a patient with Medicare, whose Medicare Part D Plan chooses to cover V-Go, can fill his or her V-Go prescription at a retail pharmacy that participates in the plan. Even for those Medicare patients whose Medicare Part D Plan elects not to cover V-Go on formulary, those patients can still sometime get V-Go at the pharmacy under a medical exception process which requires the completion of an additional step or process but still allows for access to the product for a co-pay at the pharmacy. In addition to the 60% of patients insured by Medicare who have V-Go covered under their plans, a majority of commercially insured patients currently are covered for V-Go under their plans as either a pharmacy benefit or a medical benefit. For the year ended December 31, 2015, over 90% of our V-Go prescriptions were filled by pharmacies and the remainder were filled by medical supply companies.

Manufacturing and Quality Assurance

We currently manufacture V-Go and EZ Fill in clean rooms at our CMO in Southern China in accordance with current good manufacturing practices, or cGMP. Our CMO uses Valeritas owned custom-designed, semi-automated manufacturing equipment and production lines to meet our quality requirements. Separate CMOs in Southern China perform release testing, sterilization, inspection and packaging functions.

V-Go is produced on flexible semi-automated production lines. In 2015, our CMO operated two manufacturing lines producing 4.7 million V-Go units. Our CMO produced approximately 3 million V-Go units in 2014. The company has two additional lines outfitted at our CMO on standby that can be quickly brought on-line as demand increases. We believe these production lines will have the ability to meet our current and expected near-term V-Go demand. We also believe our CMO has the ability to scale production even further by replicating these production lines within its current facility. We also believe that, due to shared product design features, our production processes are readily adaptable to new products, including a pre-fill V-Go.

V-Go is packaged with one EZ Fill accessory per 30 V-Go devices. Due to its lower-volume requirements, one manufacturing line is dedicated to EZ Fill production, with a second line on standby.

Both V-Go and its insulin filling accessory, EZ Fill, are assembled from components that are manufactured to our specifications. Each completed device is tested to ensure compliance with our engineering and quality assurance specifications. A series of automated inspection checks, including x-ray assessments and lot-released testing, are also conducted throughout the manufacturing process to verify proper assembly and functionality. When mechanical components are sourced from outside vendors, those vendors must meet our detailed qualification and process control requirements. We maintain a team of product and process engineers, supply chain and quality personnel who provide product and production line support for V-Go and EZ-Fill. We also employ a full-time professional, located at our CMO in China.

We have received ISO 13485 certification of our quality system from BSI Group, a Notified Body to the International Standards Organization, or ISO. This certification process requires satisfaction of design control requirements. The processes utilized in the manufacturing and testing of our devices have been verified and validated to the extent required by the FDA and other regulatory bodies. As a medical device manufacturer, our

 

29


Table of Contents

manufacturing facilities and the facilities of our sterilization and other critical suppliers are subject to periodic inspection by the FDA and corresponding state and foreign agencies. We believe that our manufacturing and quality systems are robust and ensure high product quality. To date, we have had no product recalls.

Some of the parts and components of V-Go and EZ Fill are purchased from sole-source vendors, and we manage any single-source components and suppliers through our global supply chain operation. We believe that, if necessary, alternative sources of supply would, in most cases, be available in a relatively short period of time and on commercially reasonable terms.

Research, Development and Engineering

Our research, development and engineering staff has significant experience in developing insulin-delivery systems and are focused on the continuous improvement and support of current product, as well as our products in development. We have a staff of experienced engineers specializing in mechanical engineering, material science and fluid mechanics. Because we do not incorporate electronics or software into our devices, our development and engineering teams are able to focus on these other technical areas. We utilize design and analysis tools to accelerate design times and reduce development risk. Through frequent usability testing, we seek to ensure that our product not only functions properly, but also meets patient needs and desires with respect to an insulin-delivery system, while at the same time reducing our development and commercialization risks.

We spent $6.3 million and $6.54 million on research, development and engineering activities for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

Intellectual Property

From our inception, we have understood that the strength of our competitive position will depend substantially upon our ability to obtain and enforce intellectual property rights protecting our technology, and we have developed what we consider to be a strong intellectual property portfolio, including patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets and know-how. We continue to actively pursue a broad array of intellectual property protection in the United States, and in significant markets elsewhere in North America, as well as in Europe, Australia and Asia, including China. We believe our intellectual property portfolio effectively protects the products we currently market and we are actively building our intellectual property portfolio to protect our next-generation products, as well as additional drug delivery technologies for those products.

As more fully described below, our patents and patent applications are primarily directed to our h-Patch technology or aspects thereof including the commercialized V-Go, a hydraulically driven ambulatory insulin delivery device.

We also have patents and patent applications directed to other drug delivery platforms, the Mini-Ject and the Micro-Trans microneedle array patch.

In addition to patent protection, we rely on materials and manufacturing trade secrets, and careful monitoring of our proprietary information to protect aspects of our business that are not amenable to, or that we do not consider appropriate for, patent protection.

We plan to continue to expand our intellectual property portfolio by filing patent applications directed to novel drug delivery systems and methods of their use.

Patents

As of March 28, 2016, we owned 18 U.S. and 34 international issued patents and 11 U.S. and 49 international patents pending directed to various features of our commercial V-Go device and our proprietary h-Patch drug delivery technology. These patents are directed to the hydraulic drive for a basal-bolus delivery system as well as many of the other features of the h-Patch technology.

 

30


Table of Contents

The following is a summary of our current and pending patents:

 

    U.S. Patent No. 7,530,968, 8,070,726, 8,992,478, 9,072,828 and 9,125,983 are directed to V-Go’s hydraulically driven pump system having basal and bolus fluid delivery. These patents are expected to expire in 2024, 2025 and 2027. Foreign counterparts to these patents have been granted in Australia, Canada and Japan, and we have patent applications pending in Australia, Japan and in Europe. One U.S. continuation application is pending.

 

    U.S. Patent Nos. 6,939,324, 7,481,792, and 8,858,511 are directed to the Floating Needle and bolus button configuration, and are expected to expire in each case in 2021 and 2022. Three Canadian and one European counterparts to these patents have been granted and patent applications are pending in Canada and Europe. One U.S. continuation application is pending.

 

    U.S. Patent 9,101,706 is directed to an ambulatory fluid delivery device in which transitioning the needle from the storage position to the armed position transitions the piston from the locked position to the released position and thermally coupling the hydraulic chamber to the patient. The Australian, Chinese, Japanese, Hong Kong and Singapore counterparts to this patent application have been granted. Patent applications are pending in Canada, Europe, India, Israel, Japan and Korea.

 

    U.S. Patent No. 8,667,996 is directed to the closed looped filling configuration of the EZ Fill device. This patent is expected to expire in October 2032. The Chinese and Japanese counterparts to this patent have been granted and patent applications are pending in Canada, China, Europe, Hong Kong, India, Japan and Korea. A U.S. continuation application has been allowed.

 

    U.S. Design Patent Nos. D667946, D687948 and D706415 are directed to the ornamental appearance of the EZ Fill device and are expected to expire in September 2026, August 2027 and June 2028, respectively. A Chinese counterpart to these patents has been granted.

 

    U.S. Patent No. 8,740,847 is directed to a fluid delivery device having a pre-filled cartridge. This patent is expected to expire in March 2032. Australian, Chinese, Japanese and Singapore counterparts to this patent have been granted and patent applications are pending in Australia, Canada, China, Europe, India, Israel, Japan and Korea and a U.S. continuation application is pending.

 

    U.S. Patent Nos. 7,914,499, 8,361,053 and 8,821,443 are directed to fluid delivery devices having two or more fluid delivery reservoirs covering both composition and methods. These patents expire in March 2027. Foreign counterparts to these patents have been granted in Australia, China, Korea, Japan, Russia and Singapore. We also have counterpart patent applications pending in Australia, Europe, Canada, Israel and India. One U.S. continuation applications is pending.

 

    We own 8 U.S. and 4 international patents for needle-free injection systems related to aspects of the Mini-Ject technology.

 

    We own 10 U.S. and 5 international patents and have 10 patents pending in the area of microneedle design, fabrication and drug delivery related to aspects of the Micro-Trans technology.

Trademarks

We believe we have protected our trademarks, including our trademark of V-Go, through applications in all major markets worldwide as well as the United States. Our trademark portfolio consists of 16 registered trademarks, six of which are registered in the United States, including our V-Go logo. We also have nine trademark applications pending registration in several major markets outside the United States.

Trade Secrets and Know-How

We rely, in some circumstances, on trade secrets and know-how to protect our proprietary manufacturing processes and materials critical to our product. We seek to preserve the integrity and confidentiality of our trade secrets and know-how in part by limiting the employees and third parties who have access to certain information and requiring

 

31


Table of Contents

employees and third parties to execute confidentiality and invention assignment agreements, under which they are bound to assign to us inventions made during the term of their employment. These agreements further require employees to represent that they have no existing obligations and hold no interest that conflicts with any of their obligations under their agreements with us. We also generally require consultants, independent contractors and other third parties to sign agreements providing that any inventions that relate to our business are owned by us, and prohibiting them from disclosing or using our proprietary information except as may be authorized by us.

Competition

The medical technology and biopharmaceutical industries are characterized by rapidly advancing technologies, intense competition and a strong emphasis on proprietary products. Competition in the diabetes market is particularly intense, due largely to the fact that products designed to treat diabetes currently compete with both traditional and new products. We compete with these products based on efficacy, price, reimbursement, ease of use and healthcare provider education.

Within the diabetes market, V-Go is cleared by the FDA for adult patients who require insulin, with either Type 1 or Type 2 diabetes, although we position V-Go to compete primarily in the market for adult patients with Type 2 diabetes requiring insulin, particularly as part of a basal-bolus insulin regimen. Our primary competitors in the basal-bolus insulin therapy market are manufacturers of insulin and insulin pens, such as Novo Nordisk, Sanofi S.A. and Eli Lilly and Company.

In addition to basal-bolus insulin therapy, glucagon-like peptide-1, or GLP-1, analog injection products are another potential competitor to V-Go. GLP-1 analog injection products are used in combination with OADs or basal insulin injection. Some physicians, when faced with a patient who is unable to reach or maintain glucose levels at his or her goal with OADs, will add a GLP-1 through twice-daily, once-daily or once-weekly injections. As a result, we also compete with pharmaceutical manufacturers of GLP-1 analog injection products, such as AstraZeneca, Novo Nordisk and GlaxoSmithKline plc. In addition, we may compete with inhaled insulin products for bolus therapy, which have been recently introduced to the market.

In the area of basal-bolus device competition, we do not consider programmable insulin pumps to be products that compete directly with V-Go, as those products, although cleared for both Type 1 and Type 2 diabetes, have been primarily designed and marketed for patients with Type 1 diabetes. We believe that the simple and discreet design and interface of V-Go more directly addresses the needs of patients with Type 2 diabetes. Patients with Type 2 diabetes, for example, are often taking many drugs for multiple diseases, including medications to treat high blood pressure and elevated cholesterol, and, as a result, they desire a simple to use and discreet method to deliver their insulin. We are not aware of any fully other disposable, mechanical, basal-bolus insulin delivery devices currently marketed or in development at this time.

Government Regulation

V-Go, our first commercialized product, received 510(k) clearance by the FDA in December 2010. Our product and our operations are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA and other federal and state authorities in the United States, as well as comparable authorities in foreign jurisdictions. Our product is subject to regulation as a medical device in the United States under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or FDCA, and related regulations enforced by the FDA. The FDA regulates, among other things, the development, design, non-clinical and clinical research, manufacturing, safety, efficacy, labeling, packaging, storage, installation, servicing, recordkeeping, premarket clearance or approval, import, export, adverse event reporting, advertising, promotion, marketing and distribution, and import and export of medical devices to ensure that medical devices distributed domestically are safe and effective for their intended uses and otherwise meet the requirements of the FDCA.

FDA Premarket Clearance and Approval Requirements

Unless an exemption applies, each medical device commercially distributed in the United States requires either FDA clearance of a 510(k) premarket notification submission, granting of a de novo classification request, or approval of a premarket approval application, or PMA. Under the FDCA, medical devices are classified into one of three

 

32


Table of Contents

classes—Class I, Class II or Class III—depending on the degree of risk associated with each medical device. Class I includes devices with the lowest risk to the patient and are subject to the FDA’s general controls for medical devices, which include compliance with the applicable portions of the Quality System Regulation, or QSR, facility registration and product listing, reporting of adverse medical events, and truthful and non-misleading labeling, advertising, and promotional materials. Class II devices are subject to the FDA’s general controls, and special controls as deemed necessary by the FDA to ensure the safety and effectiveness of the device. These special controls can include performance standards, post-market surveillance, patient registries and FDA guidance documents.

While most Class I devices are exempt from the 510(k) requirements, manufacturers of most Class II devices are required to submit to the FDA a premarket notification under Section 510(k) of the FDCA requesting permission to commercially distribute the device. The FDA’s permission to commercially distribute a device subject to a 510(k) premarket notification is generally known as 510(k) clearance. Devices deemed by the FDA to pose the greatest risks, such as life sustaining, life supporting or some implantable devices, or devices that have a new intended use, or use advanced technology that is not substantially equivalent to that of a legally marketed device, are placed in Class III, requiring approval of a PMA. Our currently marketed products are Class II devices subject to 510(k) clearance.

510(k) Marketing Clearance and De Novo Pathways

To obtain 510(k) clearance, a premarket notification submission must be submitted to the FDA demonstrating that the proposed device is “substantially equivalent” to a predicate device. A predicate device is a legally marketed device that is not subject to premarket approval, i.e., a device that was legally marketed prior to May 28, 1976 (pre-amendments device) and for which a PMA is not required, a device that has been reclassified from Class III to Class II or I, or a device that was found substantially equivalent another device cleared through the 510(k) process. The FDA’s 510(k) review process usually takes from three to six months, but may take longer. The FDA may require additional information, including clinical data, to make a determination regarding substantial equivalence.

If the FDA agrees that the device is substantially equivalent to a predicate device, it will grant 510(k) clearance to market the device. If the FDA determines that the device is “not substantially equivalent” to a previously cleared device, the device is automatically designated as a Class III device. The device sponsor must then fulfill more rigorous PMA requirements, or can request a risk-based classification determination for the device in accordance with the “de novo” process, which may determine that the new device is of low to moderate risk and that it can be appropriately be regulated as a Class I or II device. If a de novo request is granted, the device may be legally marketed and a new classification is established. If the device is classified as Class II, the device may serve as a predicate for future 510(k) submissions.

After a device receives 510(k) marketing clearance, any modification that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that would constitute a major change or modification in its intended use, will require a new 510(k) marketing clearance or, depending on the modification, PMA approval. The FDA requires each manufacturer to determine whether the proposed change requires submission of a 510(k) or a PMA in the first instance, but the FDA can review that decision and disagree with a manufacturer’s determination. If the FDA disagrees with a manufacturer’s determination, the FDA can require the manufacturer to cease marketing and/or request the recall of the modified device until 510(k) marketing clearance or PMA approval is obtained. Also, in these circumstances, we may be subject to significant regulatory fines or penalties. We have made and plan to continue to make additional product enhancements to our 510(k)-cleared products. We cannot be assured that the FDA would agree with any of our decisions to not submit 510(k) premarket notifications for these modified devices.

V-Go is the first insulin device to be cleared under the FDA’s Infusion Pump Improvement Initiative, which established additional device manufacturing requirements designed to foster the development of safer, more effective infusion pumps. The FDA launched this initiative in 2010 to support the benefits of external infusion pumps while minimizing the risks associated with these devices. As part of the initiative, FDA issued guidance requesting the inclusion of additional information in premarket submissions for infusion pumps beyond what has traditionally been provided, including detailed engineering information, a comprehensive discussion of steps taken to mitigate risks and additional design validation testing specific to the environment in which the device is intended to be used.

 

33


Table of Contents

PMA Approval Pathway

Class III devices require PMA approval before they can be marketed. The PMA process is more demanding than the 510(k) process. In a PMA the manufacturer must demonstrate that the device is safe and effective, and the PMA must be supported by extensive data, including data from preclinical studies and human clinical trials. The PMA must also contain, among other things, a full description of the device and its components, a full description of the methods, facilities and controls used for manufacturing, and proposed labeling. Following receipt of a PMA, the FDA determines whether the application is sufficiently complete to permit a substantive review. If FDA accepts the application for review, it has 180 days under the FDCA to complete its review of the PMA, although in practice, the FDA’s review often takes significantly longer, and can take up to several years. An advisory panel of experts from outside the FDA may be convened to review and evaluate the application and provide recommendations to the FDA as to the approvability of the device. The FDA may or may not accept the panel’s recommendation. In addition, the FDA will generally conduct a pre-approval inspection of the applicant or its third-party manufacturers’ or suppliers’ manufacturing facility or facilities to ensure compliance with the QSR. The FDA will approve the new device for commercial distribution if it determines that the data and information in the PMA constitute valid scientific evidence and that there is reasonable assurance that the device is safe and effective for its intended use(s). The FDA may approve a PMA with post-approval conditions intended to ensure the safety and effectiveness of the device, including, among other things, restrictions on labeling, promotion, sale and distribution, and collection of long-term follow-up data from patients in the clinical trial that supported PMA approval or requirements to conduct additional clinical trials post-approval. The FDA may condition PMA approval on some form of post-market surveillance when deemed necessary to protect the public health or to provide additional safety and efficacy data for the device in a larger population or for a longer period of use. In such cases, the manufacturer might be required to follow certain patient groups for a number of years and to make periodic reports to the FDA on the clinical status of those patients. Failure to comply with the conditions of approval can result in material adverse enforcement action, including withdrawal of the approval.

Certain changes to an approved device, such as changes in manufacturing facilities, methods, or quality control procedures, or changes in the design performance specifications, that affect the safety or effectiveness of the device, require submission of a PMA supplement. PMA supplements often require submission of the same type of information as a PMA, except that the supplement is limited to information needed to support any changes from the device covered by the original PMA and may not require as extensive clinical data or the convening of an advisory panel. Certain other changes to an approved device require the submission of a new PMA, such as when the design change causes a different intended use, mode of operation, and technical basis of operation, or when the design change is so significant that a new generation of the device will be developed, and the data that were submitted with the original PMA are not applicable for the change in demonstrating a reasonable assurance of safety and effectiveness. Our product is not currently subject to PMA requirements. However, we may in the future develop devices that will require the submission of a PMA.

Clinical Trials

Clinical trials are almost always required to support a PMA and are sometimes required to support a 510(k) submission. All clinical investigations of devices to determine safety and effectiveness must be conducted in accordance with the FDA’s investigational device exemption, or IDE, regulations which govern investigational device labeling, prohibit promotion of the investigational device, and specify an array of recordkeeping, reporting and monitoring responsibilities of study sponsors and study investigators. If the device presents a “significant risk,” to human health, as defined by the FDA, the FDA requires the device sponsor to submit an IDE application to the FDA, which must be approved prior to commencing human clinical trials. A significant risk device is one that presents a potential for serious risk to the health, safety or welfare of a patient and either is implanted, used in supporting or sustaining human life, substantially important in diagnosing, curing, mitigating or treating disease or otherwise preventing impairment of human health, or otherwise presents a potential for serious risk to a subject. An IDE application must be supported by appropriate data, such as animal and laboratory test results, showing that it is safe to test the device in humans and that the testing protocol is scientifically sound. The IDE will automatically become effective 30 days after receipt by the FDA unless the FDA notifies the company that the investigation may not begin. If the FDA determines that there are deficiencies or other concerns with an IDE for which it requires modification, the FDA may permit a clinical trial to proceed under a conditional approval.

 

34


Table of Contents

In addition, the clinical trial must be approved by, and conducted under the oversight of, an Institutional Review Board, or IRB, for each clinical site. The IRB is responsible for the initial and continuing review of the trial, and may pose additional requirements for the conduct of the trial. If an IDE application is approved by the FDA and one or more IRBs, human clinical trials may begin at a specific number of investigational sites with a specific number of patients, as approved by the FDA. If the device presents a non-significant risk to the patient, a sponsor may begin the clinical trial after obtaining approval for the trial by one or more IRBs without separate approval from the FDA, but must still certain IDE requirements, such as monitoring the investigation, ensuring that the investigators obtain informed consent, and labeling and record-keeping requirements. An IDE supplement must be submitted to, and approved by, the FDA before a sponsor or investigator may make a change to the investigational plan.

During a clinical trial, the sponsor is required to comply with applicable FDA requirements, and the clinical investigators are also subject to FDA’s regulations. Both must comply with good clinical practice requirements, or GCPs, which among other things requires that informed consent be obtained from each research subject, that the investigational plan and study protocol be followed, that the disposition of the investigational device be controlled, and that reporting and recordkeeping requirements are followed. Additionally, after a trial begins, we, the FDA or the IRB could suspend or terminate a clinical trial at any time for various reasons, including a belief that the risks to study subjects outweigh the anticipated benefits. Even if a clinical trial is completed, there can be no assurance that the data generated during a clinical trial will meet the safety and effectiveness endpoints or otherwise produce results that will lead the FDA to grant marketing clearance or approval.

Post-Market Regulation

After a device is cleared or approved for marketing, numerous and pervasive regulatory requirements continue to apply. These include:

 

    establishment registration and device listing with the FDA;

 

    Quality System Regulation, or QSR, requirements, which require manufacturers, including third-party manufacturers, to follow stringent design, testing, control, documentation and other quality assurance procedures during all aspects of the design and manufacturing process;

 

    labeling regulations and requirements related to promotional activities, including FDA prohibitions against the promotion of investigational products, or “off-label” uses of cleared or approved products;

 

    clearance or approval of product modifications to 510(k)-cleared devices that could significantly affect safety or effectiveness or that would constitute a major change in intended use of one of our cleared devices;

 

    medical device reporting requirements, which require that a manufacturer report to the FDA if a device it markets may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury, or has malfunctioned and the device or a similar device that it markets would be likely to cause or contribute to a death or serious injury, if the malfunction were to recur;

 

    correction, removal and recall reporting regulations, which require that manufacturers report to the FDA field corrections and product recalls or removals if undertaken to reduce a risk to health posed by the device or to remedy a violation of the FDCA that may present a risk to health;

 

    the FDA’s mandatory recall authority, whereby the agency can order device manufacturers to recall from the market a product that is in violation of governing laws and regulations; and

 

    post-market surveillance activities and regulations, which apply when deemed by the FDA to be necessary to protect the public health or to provide additional safety and effectiveness data for the device.

Our manufacturing processes are required to comply with the applicable portions of the QSR, which cover the methods and the facilities and controls for the design, manufacture, testing, production, processes, controls, quality

 

35


Table of Contents

assurance, labeling, packaging, distribution, installation and servicing of finished devices intended for human use. The QSR also requires, among other things, maintenance of a device master file, device history file, and complaint files. As a manufacturer, we and our third-party manufacturers are subject to periodic scheduled or unscheduled inspections by the FDA. Our failure to maintain compliance with the QSR requirements could result in the shut-down of, or restrictions on, our manufacturing operations and the recall or seizure of our product. The discovery of previously unknown problems with our product, including unanticipated adverse events or adverse events of increasing severity or frequency, whether resulting from the use of the device within the scope of its clearance or off-label by a physician in the practice of medicine, could result in restrictions on the device, including the removal of the product from the market or voluntary or mandatory device recalls.

The FDA has broad enforcement powers. If the FDA determines that we failed to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, it can take a variety of or enforcement actions, which may result in any of the following sanctions:

 

    warning letters, fines, injunctions, consent decrees and civil penalties;

 

    recalls, withdrawals, or administrative detention or seizure of our product;

 

    operating restrictions or partial suspension or total shutdown of production;

 

    refusing or delaying requests for 510(k) marketing clearance or PMA approvals of new products or modified products;

 

    withdrawing 510(k) clearances or PMA approvals that have already been granted;

 

    refusal to grant export approvals for our product; or

 

    criminal prosecution.

U.S. Anti-Kickback, False Claims and Other Healthcare Fraud and Abuse Laws

We are also subject to healthcare regulation and enforcement by the federal government and the states and foreign governments and authorities in the locations in which we conduct our business. These other agencies include, without limitation, the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, or CMS, other divisions of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, the U.S. Department of Justice and individual U.S. Attorney offices within the Department of Justice, as well as state and local governments. Such agencies enforce a variety of laws which include, without limitation, state and federal anti-kickback, fraud and abuse, false claims, data privacy and security, and physician sunshine laws and regulations.

The federal Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits, among other things, knowingly and willfully offering, paying, soliciting or receiving any remuneration (including any kickback, bribe or rebate), directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, to induce or in return for purchasing, leasing, ordering or arranging for or recommending the purchase, lease or order of any good, facility, item or service reimbursable, in whole or part by Medicare, Medicaid or other federal healthcare programs. The term “remuneration” has been broadly interpreted to include anything of value, including cash, improper discounts, and free or reduced price items and services. Among other things, the Anti-Kickback Statute has been interpreted to apply to arrangements between pharmaceutical manufacturers on one hand and prescribers, purchasers and formulary managers on the other. Although there are a number of statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors protecting some common activities from prosecution, the exceptions and safe harbors are drawn narrowly. Practices that involve remuneration that may be alleged to be intended to induce prescribing, purchases or recommendations may be subject to scrutiny if they do not qualify for an exception or safe harbor. Failure to meet all of the requirements of a particular applicable statutory exception or regulatory safe harbor does not make the conduct per se illegal under the Anti-Kickback Statute. Instead, the legality of the arrangement will be evaluated on a case-by-case basis based on a cumulative review of all of its facts and circumstances. Several courts have interpreted the statute’s intent requirement to mean that if any one purpose of an arrangement involving remuneration is to induce referrals of federal healthcare covered business, the Anti-Kickback Statute has been violated. The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010, as amended by the Health Care and Education

 

36


Table of Contents

Reconciliation Act, collectively the Affordable Care Act, among other things, amended the intent requirement of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute such that a person or entity no longer needs to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate, in order to have committed a violation.

The federal civil False Claims Act prohibits, among other things, any person or entity from knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, a false or fraudulent claim for payment to or approval by the federal government or knowingly making, using or causing to be made or used a false record or statement material to a false or fraudulent claim to the federal government. A claim includes “any request or demand” for money or property presented to the U.S. government. In addition, the Affordable Care Act codified case law that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the federal civil False Claims Act. Several pharmaceutical and other healthcare companies have been prosecuted under the federal civil False Claims Act for, among other things, allegedly providing free product to customers with the expectation that the customers would bill federal programs for the product. Other companies have been prosecuted for causing false claims to be submitted because of the companies’ marketing of products for unapproved, and thus non-covered, uses. In addition, the federal civil monetary penalties statute imposes penalties against any person or entity that, among other things, is determined to have presented or caused to be presented a claim to a federal health program that the person knows or should know is for an item or service that was not provided as claimed or is false or fraudulent.

The federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, created federal criminal statutes that prohibit knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private third-party payors and knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services. Similar to its amendment of the Anti-Kickback Statute, the Affordable Care Act also broadened the reach of certain criminal healthcare fraud statutes created under HIPAA by amending the intent requirement such that a person or entity no longer needs to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation.

Also, many states have similar fraud and abuse statutes or regulations that may be broader in scope and may apply regardless of payor, in addition to items and services reimbursed under Medicaid and other state programs.

There has been a recent trend of increased federal and state regulation of payments made to physicians and other healthcare providers. The Affordable Care Act imposed, among other things, new annual reporting requirements for covered manufacturers for certain payments and “transfers of value” provided to physicians and teaching hospitals, as well as ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members. Failure to submit timely, accurately and completely the required information for all payments, transfers of value and ownership or investment interests may result in civil monetary penalties of up to an aggregate of $150,000 per year and up to an aggregate of $1 million per year for “knowing failures.” Covered manufacturers were required to report detailed payment data for the first reporting period (August 1, 2013—December 31, 2013) under this law and submit legal attestation to the completeness and accuracy of such data by June 30, 2014. Thereafter, covered manufacturers must submit reports by the 90th day of each subsequent calendar year. In addition, certain states require implementation of commercial compliance programs and compliance with the pharmaceutical industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government, impose restrictions on marketing practices, and/or tracking and reporting of gifts, compensation and other remuneration or items of value provided to physicians and other healthcare professionals and entities.

If our operations are found to be in violation of any of the health regulatory laws described above or any other laws that apply to us, we may be subject to penalties, including potentially significant criminal, civil and/or administrative penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, exclusion from participation in government healthcare programs, contractual damages, reputational harm, administrative burdens, diminished profits and future earnings, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations.

Healthcare Reform

A primary trend in the U.S. healthcare industry is cost containment. The federal government and state legislatures have attempted to control healthcare costs in part by limiting coverage and the amount of reimbursement for

 

37


Table of Contents

particular drug products, including implementing price controls, restrictions on coverage and reimbursement and requirements for substitution of generic products. By way of example, the Affordable Care Act contains provisions that may reduce the profitability of drug products.

Other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted since the Affordable Care Act was enacted. On August 2, 2011, the President signed into law the Budget Control Act of 2011, which, among other things, created the Joint Select Committee on Deficit Reduction to recommend to Congress proposals in spending reductions. The Joint Select Committee did not recommend and Congress did not enact legislation to reduce the deficit by at least $1.2 trillion for the years 2013 through 2021, triggering the legislation’s automatic reduction to several government programs. This includes reductions to Medicare payments to providers of 2% per fiscal year, which went into effect on April 1, 2013 and will remain in effect through 2025 unless additional Congressional action is taken.

We expect that additional state and federal healthcare reform measures will be adopted in the future, any of which could limit the amounts that federal and state governments will pay for healthcare products and services, which could result in reduced demand for our product or additional pricing pressures.

Coverage and Reimbursement

Sales of our product depend, in significant part, on the extent to which our product is covered and reimbursed by third-party payors, such as government healthcare programs, including, without limitation, Medicare Part D plans, commercial insurance and managed healthcare organizations. Patients who use V-Go generally rely on these third-party payors to pay for all or part of the costs of our product. The containment of healthcare costs has become a priority of federal, state and foreign governments, and the prices of drug products have been a focus in this effort. Third-party payors are increasingly challenging the prices charged for drug products and medical services, examining the medical necessity, reviewing the cost effectiveness, and questioning the safety and efficacy of such products and services. If these third-party payors do not consider our product to be cost-effective compared to other available therapies, they may not cover our product or, if they do, the level of payment may not be sufficient to allow us to sell our product at a profit. In addition, the U.S. government, state legislatures and foreign governments have continued implementing cost-containment programs, including price controls, restrictions on reimbursement and requirements for substitution of generic products. Adoption of price controls and cost-containment measures, and adoption of more restrictive policies in jurisdictions with existing controls and measures, could further limit our net revenue and results.

Currently, a number of third-party payors have coverage policies that permit coverage for V-Go, either under the pharmacy or medical benefit. For example, a majority of Medicare Part D plans make coverage for our product available under the outpatient prescription drug benefit. A number of private payors and Medicaid programs also permit coverage for V-Go under the pharmacy benefit. The process for determining whether a third-party payor will provide coverage for a drug product typically is separate from the process for establishing the reimbursement rate that the payor will pay for the product once coverage is approved. Third-party payors, including, without limitation, Medicare Part D plans, may limit coverage to specific drug products on an approved list, also known as a formulary, which might not include all of the FDA-approved drugs for a particular indication. Continued placement on formularies is therefore critical for reimbursement. A decision by a third-party payor not to cover our product could reduce physician utilization of our product. Moreover, a third-party payor’s decision to provide coverage for a drug product does not imply that an adequate reimbursement rate will be approved. Adequate third-party reimbursement may not be available to enable us to maintain price levels sufficient to realize an appropriate return on our investment in product development, sales and marketing. Additionally, coverage and reimbursement for drug products can differ significantly from payor to payor. One third-party payor’s decision to cover a particular drug product or service does not ensure that other payors will also provide coverage for the medical product or service, or will provide coverage at an adequate reimbursement rate. As a result, the coverage determination process will require us to provide scientific and clinical support for the use of our product to each payor separately and will continue to be a time-consuming process.

V-Go currently is not covered under Medicare Part B because V-Go is a disposable insulin dispensing device, which is not a recognized Part B benefit. In addition, some private third-party payors have determined that there is insufficient data for coverage and concluded that V-Go is investigational or experimental. Those payors may determine at a future date that our product, including V-Go, will be covered and because coverage and reimbursement varies significantly from payor to payor, the process to obtain favorable recognition is time-consuming.

 

38


Table of Contents

We currently have contracts establishing reimbursement for V-Go with national and regional third-party payors in the United States. While we anticipate entering into additional contracts with third-party payors, we cannot guarantee that we will succeed in doing so or that the reimbursement contracts we are able to negotiate will enable us to sell our product on a profitable basis. In addition, contracts with third-party payors generally can be modified or terminated by the third-party payor without cause and with little or no notice to us. Moreover, compliance with the administrative procedures or requirements of third-party payors may result in delays in processing approvals by those third-party payors for customers to obtain coverage for V-Go. Failure to secure or retain adequate coverage or reimbursement for V-Go by third-party payors, or delays in processing approvals by those payors, could result in the loss of sales, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

Employees

As of December 31, 2015, we had one part-time employee, and 117 full-time employees, including 23 in our manufacturing, quality, compliance and research organization, 88 in our commercial organization and six in general and administrative functions. Our restructuring efforts during the first quarter of 2016 resulted in a net total reduction-in-force of 43% of our sales representatives. As of March 31, 2016, our total full-time employee count was 67, consisting of 18 in our manufacturing, quality compliance and research organization, 44 in our commercial organization, and five in general and administrative functions.

Properties

Our corporate headquarters are located in Bridgewater, New Jersey, where we currently lease approximately 9,700 square feet of office space under a lease that expires on June 30, 2018. We also maintain a research and development facility in Shrewsbury, Massachusetts, where we currently lease approximately 73,000 square feet of space for offices, lab and pilot facilities and process and engineering under a lease that expires on October 31, 2017.

Legal Proceedings

We, and our subsidiaries, are currently not a party to, and our property is not the subject of, any material legal proceedings; however, we may become involved in various claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business.

 

39


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

AN INVESTMENT IN OUR SECURITIES IS HIGHLY SPECULATIVE AND INVOLVES A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK. WE FACE A VARIETY OF RISKS THAT MAY AFFECT OUR OPERATIONS OR FINANCIAL RESULTS AND MANY OF THOSE RISKS ARE DRIVEN BY FACTORS THAT WE CANNOT CONTROL OR PREDICT. BEFORE INVESTING IN THE SECURITIES YOU SHOULD CAREFULLY CONSIDER THE FOLLOWING RISKS, TOGETHER WITH THE FINANCIAL AND OTHER INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS REPORT. IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING RISKS ACTUALLY OCCURS, OUR BUSINESS, PROSPECTS, FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS COULD BE MATERIALLY ADVERSELY AFFECTED. IN THAT CASE, THE TRADING PRICE OF OUR COMMON STOCK WOULD LIKELY DECLINE AND YOU MAY LOSE ALL OR A PART OF YOUR INVESTMENT. ONLY THOSE INVESTORS WHO CAN BEAR THE RISK OF LOSS OF THEIR ENTIRE INVESTMENT SHOULD CONSIDER AN INVESTMENT IN OUR SECURITIES.

If any of the following or other risks materialize, the Company’s business, financial condition, and results of operations could be materially adversely affected which, in turn, could adversely impact the value of our Common Stock. In such a case, investors in our Common Stock could lose all or part of their investment.

Prospective investors should consider carefully whether an investment in the Company is suitable for them in light of the information contained in this Report and the financial resources available to them. The risks described below do not purport to be all the risks to which the Company or the Company could be exposed. This section is a summary of certain risks and is not set out in any particular order of priority. They are the risks that we presently believe are material to the operations of the Company. Additional risks of which we are not presently aware or which we presently deem immaterial may also impair the Company’s business, financial condition or results of operations.

Risks Related to Our Business

We have incurred significant operating losses since inception and cannot assure you that we will achieve profitability.

Since our inception in 2006, we have incurred significant net losses. As of December 31, 2015, we had an accumulated deficit of $377.9 million. To date, we have financed our operations primarily through sales of our preferred stock, debt financings and limited sales of our product. We have devoted substantially all of our resources to the research, development and engineering of our product, the commercial launch of V-Go, the development of a sales and marketing team and the assembly of a management team to lead our business.

To implement our business strategy we need to, among other things, increase sales of our product with our existing sales and marketing infrastructure, fund ongoing research, development and engineering activities, expand our manufacturing capabilities, and obtain regulatory clearance in other markets outside the U.S. and European Union or approval to commercialize our products currently under development. We expect our expenses to increase significantly as we pursue these objectives. The extent of our future operating losses and the timing of profitability are highly uncertain, especially given that we only recently commercialized V-Go, which makes predicting our sales more difficult. Any additional operating losses will have an adverse effect on our stockholders’ equity/(deficit), and we cannot assure you that we will ever be able to achieve or sustain profitability.

We currently rely on sales of V-Go to generate all of our revenue, and any factors that negatively impact our sales of V-Go would also negatively impact our financial condition and operating results.

V-Go is our only revenue-producing commercial product, which we introduced into the market in the first quarter of 2012. In the near term, we expect to continue to derive all of our revenue from the sale of V-Go. Accordingly, our ability to generate revenue is highly dependent on our ability to market and sell V-Go.

 

40


Table of Contents

Sales of V-Go may be negatively impacted by many factors, including:

 

    problems relating to our manufacturing capabilities, including, but not limited to the destruction, loss, or temporary shutdown of our manufacturing facility;

 

    failure to become or remain the preferred basal-bolus insulin therapy among patients with Type 2 diabetes;

 

    failure by patients to use V-Go as directed, which could limit its effectiveness and could have an adverse impact on repeat use;

 

    inadequate coverage and reimbursement or changes in reimbursement rates or policies relating to V-Go or similar products or technologies by third-party payors;

 

    our inability to enter into contracts with additional third-party payors on a timely basis and on acceptable terms;

 

    claims that V-Go, or any component thereof, infringes on patent rights or other intellectual property rights of third parties; and

 

    adverse regulatory or legal actions relating to V-Go or similar products or technologies.

Because we currently rely on V-Go to generate all of our revenue, any factors that negatively impact our sales of V-Go, or that result in sales of V-Go increasing at a lower rate than expected, would also negatively impact our financial condition and operating results.

Our ability to maintain and grow our revenue depends both on retaining a high percentage of patients using V-Go and on preserving our relationships with a few significant wholesale customers that account for nearly all of our sales.

A key to maintaining and growing our revenue is the retention of a high percentage of patients using V-Go, as a significant and increasing proportion of our business is generated through refill prescriptions. During the year ended December 31, 2015, three wholesale customers accounted for approximately 90% of our total product shipments. If demand for our product fluctuates as a result of the introduction of competitive products, negative perceptions with respect to the effectiveness of V-Go, changes in reimbursement policies, manufacturing problems, perceived safety issues with our or our competitors’ products, the failure to secure regulatory clearance or approvals or for other reasons, our ability to attract and retain customers and ultimately patients could be harmed. The failure to retain a high percentage of patients using V-Go could negatively impact our revenue growth. Furthermore, the loss of any one of our significant wholesale customers or a sustained decrease in demand by any of these wholesale customers could result in a substantial loss of revenue or patients losing convenient access to V-Go, either of which would hurt our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The failure of V-Go to achieve and maintain market acceptance could result in our achieving sales below our expectations.

Our current business strategy is highly dependent on V-Go achieving and maintaining market acceptance. In order for us to sell V-Go to people with Type 2 diabetes who require insulin, we must convince them, their caregivers and healthcare providers that V-Go is an attractive alternative to other insulin delivery devices for the treatment of diabetes, including insulin pens and traditional syringes. Market acceptance and adoption of V-Go depends on educating people with diabetes, as well as their caregivers and healthcare providers, as to the distinct features, ease-of-use, positive lifestyle-impact and other perceived benefits of V-Go as compared to competitive products. If we are not successful in convincing existing and potential customers of the benefits of V-Go, or if we are not able to achieve the support of caregivers and healthcare providers for V-Go, our sales may decline or we may fail to increase our sales in line with our anticipated levels.

 

41


Table of Contents

Achieving and maintaining market acceptance of V-Go could be negatively impacted by many factors, including:

 

    the failure of V-Go to achieve wide acceptance among people with Type 2 diabetes who require insulin, their caregivers, insulin-prescribing healthcare providers, third-party payors and key opinion leaders in the diabetes treatment community;

 

    lack of availability of adequate coverage and reimbursement for patients and health care providers;

 

    lack of evidence supporting the safety, ease-of-use or other perceived benefits of V-Go over competitive products or other currently available insulin treatment methods;

 

    lack of long-term persistency of patients who do start V-Go, as future sales are heavily dependent on patient refills;

 

    perceived risks associated with the use of V-Go or similar products or technologies generally;

 

    the introduction of competitive products and the rate of acceptance of those products as compared to V-Go; and

 

    any negative results of clinical studies relating to V-Go or similar competitive products.

In addition, V-Go may be perceived by people with Type 2 diabetes requiring insulin, their caregivers or healthcare providers to be more complicated, only marginally more effective or even less effective than traditional insulin-delivery methods, and people may be unwilling to change their current treatment regimens. Moreover, we believe that healthcare providers tend to be slow to change their medical treatment practices because of perceived liability risks arising from the use of new products and the uncertainty of third-party payor reimbursement. Accordingly, healthcare providers may not recommend V-Go until there is sufficient evidence to convince them to alter the treatment methods they typically recommend, such as receiving recommendations from prominent healthcare providers or other key opinion leaders in the diabetes treatment community that our product is effective in providing insulin therapy.

If V-Go does not achieve and maintain widespread market acceptance, we may fail to achieve sales at or above our anticipated levels. If our sales do not meet anticipated levels, we may fail to meet our strategic objectives.

We operate in a very competitive industry, and if we fail to compete successfully against our existing or potential competitors, many of whom have greater resources than we have, our revenue and operating results may be negatively affected.

The diabetes market, and especially the market for patients with Type 2 diabetes, is intensely competitive, subject to change and highly sensitive to promotional effort, the number of sales force representatives, the introduction of new products or technologies, or other activities of industry and diabetes-related associations and participants. V-Go competes directly with a number of insulin-delivery devices, primarily insulin pens and syringes, but also indirectly with any other currently marketed or future marketed diabetes therapeutic intervention such as oral anti-diabetic medications, other injectable anti-diabetic medications such as glucagon-like peptide-1, or GLP-1, and analogs. We do not consider programmable insulin pumps or programmable insulin patch pumps to be products that compete directly with V-Go, as those products have been primarily designed and marketed for patients with Type 1 diabetes. There are a significant number of very large global pharmaceutical companies that promote and sell anti-diabetic products that are aimed to be used either instead of insulin or to deliver insulin using insulin pens or syringes. Many of our existing and potential competitors are major global companies that are either publicly traded companies or divisions or subsidiaries of publicly traded companies that have significant resources available.

These competitors also enjoy several competitive advantages over us, including:

 

    greater financial and human resources for sales and marketing, managed care and reimbursement, medical affairs and product development;

 

42


Table of Contents
    established relationships with healthcare providers and third-party payors;

 

    established reputation and name recognition among healthcare providers and other key opinion leaders in the diabetes treatment community;

 

    in some cases, an established base of repeat, long-time customers;

 

    products supported by a large volume of short-term and long-term clinical data;

 

    larger and more established distribution networks;

 

    greater ability to cross-sell products or provide incentives to healthcare providers to use their products; and

 

    more experience in conducting research, development and engineering activities, manufacturing, clinical trials, and obtaining regulatory approval or clearance.

For these and other reasons, we may not be able to compete successfully against our current or potential future competitors. If this occurs, we may fail to meet our strategic objectives, and our revenue and operating results could be negatively affected.

Competitive products or other technological breakthroughs for the treatment or prevention of diabetes may render our product obsolete or less desirable.

Our ability to achieve our strategic objectives will depend, among other things, on our ability to develop and commercialize products for the treatment of diabetes, in both specialist and primary care settings, which are easy-to-train and easy-to-use, provide clinical benefits as well as equivalent or improved patient adherence and persistency, receive adequate coverage and reimbursement from third-party payors with reasonable out-of-pocket costs to patients, and are more appealing than available alternatives. Our current competition is primarily with other non-electronic insulin delivery devices such as insulin pens and syringes, but the insulin-delivery methods of patients with Type 2 diabetes could change if other non-invasive formulations of insulin are approved and successfully commercialized, such as oral insulin in pill form, inhaled insulin or buccal insulin. If longer-acting and safer GLP-1 analogs with fewer side effects are approved and successfully commercialized, they could reduce or delay the use of basal/bolus insulin in patients with Type 2 diabetes. In addition, a number of other companies are pursuing new electronic or mechanical delivery devices, delivery technologies, drugs and other therapies for the treatment and prevention of diabetes. Any technological breakthroughs in diabetes treatment or prevention could reduce the potential market for V-Go or render V-Go obsolete altogether, which would significantly reduce our sales.

Because of the size of the Type 2 diabetes market, we anticipate that companies will continue to dedicate significant resources to developing competitive products, including both drugs and devices. The frequent introduction of non-insulin drugs, for example, may delay the introduction of insulin to patients and create market confusion for us to capture the prescribers’ or payors’ attention or reduce our ability to capture sufficient patient share to realize our business objectives. In addition, the entry of multiple new products or the loss of market exclusivity on some diabetes drugs, including insulin delivered in pens, may lead some of our competitors to employ pricing strategies that could adversely affect the pricing of our product. If a competitor develops a product that is similar or is perceived to be superior to V-Go, or if a competitor employs strategies that place downward pressure on pricing within our industry, our sales may decline significantly or may not increase in line with our anticipated levels.

If we are unable to leverage our current sales and marketing infrastructure, we may fail to increase our sales to meet our anticipated levels.

In order to reduce our expenses, in February 2016, we underwent a reduction-in-force that reduced our sales force by 53%, from 63 individuals to 28. We currently utilize sales professionals along with an inside sales team to focus on select healthcare providers with the most revenue potential. Our profitability will depend on the success of this new capital efficient sales model.

 

43


Table of Contents

Because we began commercialization of V-Go in 2012, and because our current sales force is not deployed in every state or major market in the United States, we have less experience marketing and selling our product, as well as training healthcare providers and new customers on the use of V-Go compared to other Type 2 diabetes companies. We derive all of our revenue from the sale of V-Go and we expect that this will continue for the next several years. As a result, our financial condition and operating results are and will continue to be highly dependent on the ability of our sales representatives to adequately promote, market and sell V-Go and the ability of our sales force and other training personnel to successfully train healthcare providers and new customers on the use of V-Go. If our sales and marketing representatives or training personnel fail to achieve their objectives, our sales could decrease or may not increase at levels that are in line with our anticipated levels.

A key element of our business strategy is for our sales and marketing infrastructure to drive adoption of our product. The majority of patients using V-Go are trained to use the device by their healthcare provider who has been trained by our sales force using a “train the trainer” approach. Our sales force trains physicians, physicians’ assistants, nurse practitioners and any other staff in a healthcare provider’s office who interact with patients, on how V-Go works and how to train their patients to properly use V-Go. We can expect to face challenges in recruiting and hiring top personnel as we manage our sales and marketing infrastructure and work to retain the individuals who make up those networks due to the very competitive diabetes industry. If a sales and marketing representative were to depart and be retained by one of our competitors, we may fail to prevent them from helping competitors solicit business from our existing customers, which could further adversely affect our sales. In addition, if we are not able to maintain a sufficient network of training and customer care personnel, we may not be able to successfully train healthcare providers to train new patients on the use of V-Go, which could delay new sales and harm our reputation.

As we increase our sales and marketing expenditures with respect to existing or planned products, we will need to further expand the reach of our sales and marketing networks. Our future success will depend largely on our ability to continue to hire, train, retain and motivate skilled sales and marketing representatives with significant industry-specific knowledge in various areas, such as diabetes treatment techniques and technologies, as well as the competitive landscape for our products. Recently hired sales representatives require training and take time to achieve full productivity. If we fail to train recent hires adequately, or if we experience high turnover in our sales force in the future, we cannot be certain that new hires will become as productive as may be necessary to maintain or increase our sales. In addition, the expansion of our sales and marketing personnel will continue to place significant burdens on our management team.

If important assumptions about the potential market for our product are inaccurate, or if we have failed to understand what people with Type 2 diabetes who require insulin are seeking in a treatment, we may not be able to increase our revenue or achieve profitability.

Our business strategy was developed based on a number of important assumptions about the diabetes market in general, and the Type 2 diabetes market in particular, any one or more of which may prove to be inaccurate. For example, we believe that the benefits of V-Go as compared to other common insulin delivery devices, such as traditional insulin injection pens, will continue to drive growth in the market for V-Go. In addition, we believe the incidence of diabetes in the United States and worldwide is increasing rapidly. However, each of these trends is uncertain and limited sources exist to obtain reliable market data. The actual incidence of diabetes, and the actual demand for our product or competitive products, could differ materially from our anticipated levels if our assumptions are incorrect. In addition, our strategy of focusing exclusively on patients with Type 2 diabetes who require insulin may limit our ability to increase sales or achieve profitability, especially if there are any significant clinical breakthroughs or product or drug introductions that significantly delay or reduce the need for insulin therapy in patients with Type 2 diabetes.

Manufacturing risks, including risks related to manufacturing in China, may adversely affect our ability to manufacture our product and could reduce our gross margin and our profitability.

Our business strategy depends on our ability to manufacture our current and future products in sufficient quantities and on a timely basis so as to meet consumer demand, while adhering to product quality standards, complying with regulatory requirements and managing manufacturing costs. We are subject to numerous risks relating to our manufacturing capabilities, including:

 

    quality or reliability defects in product components that we source from third-party suppliers;

 

44


Table of Contents
    our inability to secure product components in a timely manner, in sufficient quantities or on commercially reasonable terms;

 

    our failure to increase production of products to meet demand;

 

    our inability to modify production lines to enable us to efficiently produce future products or implement changes in current products in response to regulatory requirements;

 

    difficulty identifying and qualifying alternative suppliers for components in a timely manner; and

 

    potential damage to or destruction of our manufacturing equipment or manufacturing facility.

In addition, we rely on our contract manufacturer in Southern China to manufacture our product. As a result, our business is subject to risks associated with doing business in China, including:

 

    adverse political and economic conditions, particularly those negatively affecting the trade relationship between the United States and China;

 

    trade protection measures, such as tariff increases, and import and export licensing and control requirements;

 

    potentially negative consequences from changes in tax laws;

 

    difficulties associated with the Chinese legal system, including increased costs and uncertainties associated with enforcing contractual obligations in China;

 

    historically lower protection of intellectual property rights;

 

    unexpected or unfavorable changes in regulatory requirements;

 

    changes and volatility in currency exchange rates;

 

    possible patient or physician preferences for more established pharmaceutical products and medical devices manufactured in the United States; and

 

    difficulties in managing foreign relationships and operations generally.

These risks are likely to be exacerbated by our limited experience with our current products and manufacturing processes. As demand for our product increases, we will have to invest additional resources to purchase components, hire and train employees, and enhance our manufacturing processes. If we fail to increase our production capacity efficiently, our sales may not increase in line with our forecasts and our operating margins could fluctuate or decline. In addition, although we expect some of our product candidates in development to share product features and components with V-Go, manufacturing of these product candidates may require the modification of our production lines, the hiring of specialized employees, the identification of new suppliers for specific components, or the development of new manufacturing technologies. It may not be possible for us to manufacture these product candidates at a cost or in quantities sufficient to make these product candidates commercially viable. Any of these factors may affect our ability to manufacture our product and could reduce our gross margin and profitability.

 

45


Table of Contents

We depend on a limited number of third-party suppliers for some of the components of V-Go, and the loss of any of these suppliers, or their inability to provide us with an adequate supply of materials, could harm our business.

We rely on a limited number of third-party suppliers to supply components of V-Go. For our business strategy to be successful, our suppliers must be able to provide us with components and finished products in sufficient quantities, in compliance with regulatory requirements and quality control standards, in accordance with agreed upon specifications, at acceptable costs and on a timely basis. Increases in our product sales, whether forecasted or unanticipated, could strain the ability of our suppliers to deliver an increasingly large supply of components in a manner that meets these various requirements.

We do not have long-term supply agreements with most of our suppliers and, in many cases, we make our purchases on a purchase order basis. Under most of our supply agreements, we have no obligation to buy any given quantity of products, and our suppliers have no obligation to manufacture for us or sell to us any given quantity of products. As a result, our ability to purchase adequate quantities of the components for our product may be limited. Additionally, our suppliers may encounter problems that limit their ability to manufacture components for us, including financial difficulties or damage to their manufacturing equipment or facilities. If we fail to obtain sufficient quantities of high quality components to meet demand on a timely basis, we could lose customer orders, our reputation may be harmed and our business could suffer.

We generally use a small number of suppliers for our product, some parts and components of which are purchased from single-source vendors. Depending on a limited number of suppliers exposes us to risks, including limited control over pricing, availability, quality and delivery schedules. Moreover, due to the recent commercialization of our product and the limited amount of our sales to date, we do not have long-standing relationships with our manufacturers and may not be able to convince suppliers to continue to make components available to us unless there is demand for such components from their other customers. If any one or more of our suppliers cease to provide us with sufficient quantities of components in a timely manner or on terms acceptable to us, we would have to seek alternative sources of supply. Because of factors such as the proprietary nature of our product, our quality control standards and regulatory requirements, we cannot quickly engage additional or replacement suppliers for some of our critical components. Failure of any of our suppliers to deliver products at the level our business requires would limit our ability to meet our sales commitments, which could harm our reputation and could have a material adverse effect on our business. We may also have difficulty obtaining similar components from other suppliers that are acceptable to the FDA or other regulatory agencies, and the failure of our suppliers to comply with strictly enforced regulatory requirements could expose us to regulatory action including warning letters, product recalls, termination of distribution, product seizures or civil penalties. It could also require us to cease using the components, seek alternative components or technologies and modify our product to incorporate alternative components or technologies, which could result in a requirement to seek additional regulatory approvals. Any disruption of this nature or increased expenses could harm our commercialization efforts and adversely affect our operating results.

We operate at facilities in three locations, and any disruption at any of these facilities could harm our business.

Our principal offices are located in Bridgewater, New Jersey, and our only manufacturing operations are located at a contract manufacturing facility in Southern China. We also operate a facility in Shrewsbury, Massachusetts, which we primarily use for research and development. Substantially all of our operations are conducted at these locations, including our manufacturing processes, research, development and engineering activities, customer and technical support and management and administrative functions. In addition, substantially all of our inventory of component supplies and finished goods is held at these locations or held with our distributors. Vandalism, terrorism or a natural or other disaster, such as an earthquake, fire or flood, at any of these facilities could damage or destroy our manufacturing equipment or our inventory of component supplies or finished goods, cause substantial delays in our operations, result in the loss of key information and cause us to incur additional expenses. Our contract manufacturing facility in Southern China is our only manufacturing facility, and if damaged or rendered inoperable or inaccessible due to political, social, or economic upheaval or due to natural or other disasters, would make it difficult or impossible for us to manufacture our product for a period of time and may lead to a loss of customers and significant impairment of our financial condition and operating results.

We take precautions to safeguard these facilities, including acquiring insurance, employing back-up generators, adopting health and safety protocols and utilizing off-site storage of computer data. Our insurance may not cover our losses in any particular case. In addition, regardless of the level of insurance coverage, damage to our facilities may harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

 

46


Table of Contents

If we do not enhance our product offerings through our research, development and engineering efforts, including the successful commercialization of our pre-fill V-Go, we may fail to effectively compete in our market or become profitable.

In order to increase our sales and market share in the Type 2 diabetes market, we must enhance and broaden our product offerings, including by commercializing our pre-fill V-Go, in response to the evolving demands of people with Type 2 diabetes who require insulin and healthcare providers and competitive pressures from new technologies and market participants. We may not be successful in developing, obtaining regulatory approval for, or marketing our product candidates, including our pre-fill V-Go. In addition, notwithstanding our market research efforts, our future products may not be accepted by consumers, their caregivers, healthcare providers or third-party payors who reimburse consumers for our product. The success of any of our product candidates, including our pre-fill V-Go, will depend on numerous factors, including our ability to:

 

    identify the product features that people with Type 2 diabetes, their caregivers and healthcare providers are seeking in an insulin treatment and successfully incorporate those features into our product;

 

    develop and introduce our product candidates in sufficient quantities and in a timely manner;

 

    offer products at a price that is competitive with that of other products on the market;

 

    adequately protect our intellectual property and avoid infringing upon the intellectual property rights of third parties;

 

    demonstrate the safety and efficacy of our product candidates;

 

    secure adequate financing to fund the research, development, engineering and marketing and sales efforts necessary to commercialize new product offerings; and

 

    obtain the necessary regulatory approvals for our product candidates.

With respect to our pre-fill V-Go in particular, we anticipate that we will need to seek additional sources of capital following this offering to complete its development and commercialization, which we cannot assure you we will be able to procure at reasonable terms, if at all. Any delays in our anticipated product launches may significantly impede our ability to successfully compete in our markets. In particular, such delays could cause customers to delay or forego purchases of our product, or to purchase our competitors’ products. Even if we are able to successfully develop proposed product candidates when anticipated, these product candidates, including our pre-fill V-Go, may not produce sales in excess of the costs of development, and they may be quickly rendered obsolete by changing consumer preferences or the introduction by our competitors of products embodying new technologies or features.

The safety and efficacy of our product is not supported by long-term clinical data, which could limit sales, and our product could cause unforeseen negative effects.

V-Go, the only product we currently market in the United States, has received pre-market clearance under Section 510(k) of the U.S. Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or FDCA. This process is shorter and typically requires the submission of less supporting documentation than other FDA approval processes and does not always require long-term clinical studies. As a result, we currently lack significant published long-term clinical data supporting the safety and efficacy of our product and the benefits they offer that might have been generated in connection with other approval processes. For these reasons, people with Type 2 diabetes who require insulin and their healthcare providers may be slower to adopt or recommend our product, we may not have comparative data that our competitors have or are generating and third-party payors may not be willing to provide coverage or reimbursement for our product. Further, future studies or clinical experience may indicate that treatment with our product is not superior to treatment with competitive products. Such results could slow the adoption of our product and significantly reduce our sales, which could prevent us from achieving our forecasted sales targets or achieving or sustaining profitability. Moreover, if future results and experience indicate that our product causes unexpected or serious complications or other unforeseen negative effects, we could be subject to mandatory product recalls, suspension or withdrawal of FDA clearance or approval, significant legal liability or harm to our business reputation.

 

47


Table of Contents

Undetected errors or defects in V-Go or our future product candidates could harm our reputation, decrease market acceptance of our product or expose us to product liability claims.

V-Go or our future product candidates may contain undetected errors or defects. Disruptions or other performance problems with V-Go or these other product candidates may damage our customers’ businesses and could harm our reputation. If that occurs, we may incur significant costs, the attention of our key personnel could be diverted or other significant customer relations problems may arise. We may also be subject to warranty and liability claims for damages related to errors or defects in V-Go or our future product candidates. A material liability claim or other occurrence that harms our reputation or decreases market acceptance of V-Go or these other product candidates could harm our business and operating results.

The sale and use of V-Go or our other product candidates could lead to the filing of product liability claims if someone were to allege that V-Go or one of our product candidates contained a design or manufacturing defect. A product liability claim could result in substantial damages and be costly and time consuming to defend, either of which could materially harm our business or financial condition. While we currently maintain product liability insurance covering claims up to $5 million per incident, we cannot assure you that such insurance would adequately protect our assets from the financial impact of defending a product liability claim. Any product liability claim brought against us, with or without merit, could increase our product liability insurance rates or prevent us from securing insurance coverage in the future.

We may enter into strategic collaborations, in-licensing arrangements or alliances with third parties that may not result in the development of commercially viable products or the generation of significant future revenue.

In the ordinary course of our business, we may enter into strategic collaborations, in-licensing arrangements or alliances to develop product candidates and to pursue new markets. Proposing, negotiating and implementing strategic collaborations, in-licensing arrangements or alliances may be a lengthy and complex process. Other companies, including those with substantially greater financial, marketing, sales, technology or other business resources, may compete with us for these opportunities or arrangements. We may not identify, secure, or complete any such transactions or arrangements in a timely manner, on a cost-effective basis, on acceptable terms or at all. We have limited institutional knowledge and experience with respect to these business development activities, and we may also not realize the anticipated benefits of any such transaction or arrangement. In particular, these collaborations may not result in the development of products that achieve commercial success or result in significant revenue and could be terminated prior to developing any products.

Additionally, we may not be in a position to exercise sole decision making authority regarding the transaction or arrangement, which could create the potential risk of creating impasses on decisions, and our collaborators may have economic or business interests or goals that are, or that may become, inconsistent with our business interests or goals. We have limited control over the amount and timing of resources that our current collaborators or any future collaborators devote to our collaborators’ or our future products. Disputes between us and our collaborators may result in litigation or arbitration that would increase our expenses and divert the attention of our management. Further, these transactions and arrangements are contractual in nature and may be terminated or dissolved under the terms of the applicable agreements and, in such event, we may not continue to have rights to the products relating to such transaction or arrangement or may need to purchase such rights at a premium.

We may seek to grow our business through acquisitions of complementary products or technologies, and the failure to manage acquisitions, or the failure to integrate them with our existing business, could impair our ability to execute our business strategies.

From time to time, we may consider opportunities to acquire other products or technologies that may enhance our product platform or technology, expand the breadth of our markets or customer base, or advance our business strategies. Potential acquisitions involve numerous risks, including:

 

    problems assimilating the acquired products or technologies;

 

48


Table of Contents
    issues maintaining uniform standards, procedures, controls and policies;

 

    unanticipated costs associated with acquisitions;

 

    diversion of management’s attention from our existing business;

 

    risks associated with entering new markets in which we have limited or no experience; and

 

    increased legal and accounting costs relating to the acquisitions or compliance with regulatory matters.

We have no current commitments with respect to any acquisition. We do not know if we will be able to identify acquisitions we deem suitable, whether we will be able to successfully complete any such acquisitions on favorable terms or at all, or whether we will be able to successfully integrate any acquired products or technologies. Our inability to integrate any acquired products or technologies effectively could impair our ability to execute our business strategies.

If there are significant disruptions in our information technology systems, our reputation, financial condition and operating results could be harmed.

The efficient operation of our business depends on our information technology systems. We rely on our information technology systems to effectively manage sales and marketing data, accounting and financial functions, inventory management, product development tasks, research, development and engineering data, customer service and technical support functions. Our information technology systems are vulnerable to damage or interruption from earthquakes, fires, floods and other natural disasters, terrorist attacks, attacks by computer viruses or hackers, power losses, and computer system or data network failures.

The failure of our or our service providers’ information technology systems to perform as we anticipate or our failure to effectively implement new information technology systems, could disrupt our operations, which could have a negative impact on our reputation, financial condition and operating results.

If we fail to properly manage our anticipated growth, our business could suffer.

We expect that any potential growth in our business will place a significant strain on our management team and on our financial resources. Failure to manage our growth effectively could cause us to misallocate management or financial resources, and result in losses or weaknesses in our infrastructure. Additionally, our anticipated growth will increase the demands placed on our suppliers, resulting in an increased need for us to manage our suppliers and monitor for quality assurance. Any failure by us to manage our growth effectively could impair our ability to achieve our business objectives.

We depend on the knowledge and skills of our senior management and other key employees, and if we are unable to retain and motivate them or recruit additional qualified personnel, our business may suffer.

We have benefited substantially from the leadership and performance of our senior management, as well as other key employees. Our success will depend on our ability to retain our current management and key employees, and to attract and retain qualified personnel in the future. Competition for senior management and key employees in our industry is intense and we cannot guarantee that we will be able to retain our personnel or attract new, qualified personnel. The loss of the services of members of our senior management or key employees could prevent or delay the implementation and completion of our strategic objectives, or divert management’s attention to seeking qualified replacements. We do not maintain key man life insurance on any of our senior management or key employees. Each of our executive officers may terminate employment without notice and without cause or good reason. Our executive officers are subject to non-competition agreements. Accordingly, the adverse effect resulting from the loss of our senior management could be compounded by our inability to prevent them from competing with us.

 

49


Table of Contents

In addition, the sale of V-Go is logistically complex, requiring us to maintain a highly integrated, extensive sales, marketing and training infrastructure consisting of sales and marketing representatives, training personnel and customer care personnel. We face considerable challenges in recruiting, training, managing, motivating and retaining the members of these teams, including managing geographically dispersed efforts. These challenges are exacerbated by the fact that our strategic plan requires us to rapidly grow our sales, with limited marketing and training infrastructure growth, while generating increased demand for our product. If we fail to maintain and grow a dedicated team of sales representatives and are unable to retain our sales and marketing, managed care, medical and other personnel, we could fail to take advantage of an opportunity to enhance our brand recognition and grow our revenue.

Risks Related to Our Financial Condition and Capital Requirements

Our future capital needs are uncertain and we may need to raise additional funds in the future, and these funds may not be available on acceptable terms or at all.

At December 31, 2015, we had $2.8 million in cash and cash equivalents, and we have since received an additional $13.2 million in net proceeds from the financings related to our Series AB Preferred Stock. We believe that our cash on hand in the amount of approximately $1.8 million as of May 3, 2016, prior to the Offering, together with the net proceeds of approximately $23.7 million received from the Offering and the restructuring of our term loan agreement with Capital Royalty Partners, both in connection with the Merger, will be sufficient to satisfy our liquidity requirements for at least the next 12 months. However, the continued growth of our business, including the expansion of our research, development and engineering activities, including our efforts to commercialize our pre-fill V-Go, and expansion of manufacturing capabilities, will significantly increase our expenses. In addition, the amount of our future product sales is difficult to predict, especially in light of the recent commercialization of V-Go, and actual sales may not be in line with our forecasts. As a result, we expect to be required to seek additional funds in the future. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including:

 

    the revenue generated by sales of V-Go and any other future product candidates that we may develop and commercialize;

 

    the costs associated with expanding our sales and marketing infrastructure;

 

    the expenses we incur in maintaining our manufacturing facility and adding further manufacturing equipment and capacity;

 

    the cost associated with developing and commercializing our proposed products or technologies, including our pre-fill V-Go;

 

    the cost of obtaining and maintaining regulatory clearance or approval for our current or future products;

 

    the cost of ongoing compliance and regulatory requirements;

 

    expenses we incur in connection with potential litigation or governmental investigations;

 

    anticipated or unanticipated capital expenditures; and

 

    unanticipated general and administrative expenses.

As a result of these and other factors, we do not know whether and the extent to which we may be required to raise additional capital. We may, in the future, seek additional capital from public or private offerings of our capital stock, borrowings under credit lines or other sources. If we issue equity or debt securities to raise additional funds, our existing stockholders may experience dilution, and the new equity or debt securities may have rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of our existing stockholders. In addition, if we raise additional funds through collaborations, licensing, joint ventures, strategic alliances, partnership arrangements or other similar arrangements, it may be necessary to relinquish valuable rights to our potential future products or proprietary technologies, or grant licenses on terms that are not favorable to us.

 

50


Table of Contents

If we are unable to raise additional capital, we may not be able to expand our sales and marketing infrastructure, enhance our current products or develop new products, take advantage of future opportunities, or respond to competitive pressures, changes in supplier relationships, or unanticipated changes in customer demand. Any of these events could adversely affect our ability to achieve our strategic objectives.

Our operating results may fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter.

We began commercial sales of V-Go in the first quarter of 2012. Due to our limited operating history, there has been and there may continue to be meaningful variability in our operating results among quarters, as well as within each quarter. Our operating results, and the variability of these operating results, will be affected by numerous factors, including:

 

    our ability to increase sales of V-Go and to commercialize and sell our future products, if any, and the number of our products sold in each quarter;

 

    acceptance of our product by people with Type 2 diabetes who require insulin, their caregivers, healthcare providers and third-party payors;

 

    the pricing of our product and competitive products, the effect of third-party coverage and reimbursement policies, and the amount and level of sales discounts or rebates required to obtain or retain effective third-party payor coverage and reimbursement;

 

    our ability to establish and grow an effective sales and marketing infrastructure;

 

    the amount of, and the timing of the payment for, insurance deductibles required to be paid by patients and potential patients under their existing insurance plans;

 

    interruption in the manufacturing or distribution of our product;

 

    seasonality and other factors affecting the timing of purchases of our product;

 

    timing of new product offerings, acquisitions, licenses or other significant events by us or our competitors;

 

    the ability of our suppliers to timely provide us with an adequate supply of components that meet our requirements;

 

    regulatory clearance or approvals affecting our product or those of our competitors;

 

    changes in healthcare rules, coverage and reimbursement under government healthcare programs, including Medicare and Medicaid; and

 

    the timing of revenue recognition associated with our product sales pursuant to applicable accounting standards.

As a result of our limited operating history, and due to the complexities of the industry in which we operate, it will be difficult for us to forecast demand for our current or future products with any degree of certainty, which means it will be difficult for us to forecast our sales. In addition, we will be significantly increasing our operating expenses as we expand our business. Accordingly, we may experience substantial variability in our operating results from quarter to quarter, including unanticipated quarterly losses. If our quarterly or annual operating results fall below the expectations of investors or securities analysts, the price of our common stock could decline substantially.

 

51


Table of Contents

Furthermore, any quarterly or annual fluctuations in our operating results may, in turn, cause the price of our common stock to fluctuate substantially. We believe that quarterly comparisons of our financial results are not necessarily meaningful and should not be relied upon as an indication of our future performance.

We may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service our credit facility with Capital Royalty Group. If we fail to comply with the obligations under our credit facility, the lender may be able to accelerate amounts owed under the facility and may foreclose upon the assets securing our obligations.

As of the date of this filing, the aggregate principal amount of our term loan with Capital Royalty Group, and certain of its affiliates, or our Term Loan, was $50.0 million. Borrowings under our credit facility are secured by substantially all of our assets, including our material intellectual property. Our ability to make scheduled payments or to refinance our debt obligations depends on numerous factors, including the amount of our cash reserves and our actual and projected financial and operating performance. These amounts and our performance are subject to numerous risks, including the risks in this section, some of which may be beyond our control. We cannot assure you that we will maintain a level of cash reserves or cash flows from operating activities sufficient to permit us to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on our existing or future indebtedness. If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we may be forced to reduce or delay capital expenditures, sell assets or operations, seek additional capital or restructure or refinance our indebtedness. We cannot assure you that we would be able to take any of these actions, or that these actions would permit us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations. In addition, in the event of our breach of the Term Loan, we may be required to repay any outstanding amounts earlier than anticipated. If we fail to comply with our obligations under the Term Loan, the lender would be able to accelerate the required repayment of amounts due and, if they are not repaid, could foreclose upon our assets securing our obligations under the Term Loan. In addition, certain events of default have already occurred under a prior term loan with Capital Royalty Group on or around March 31, 2015 and we cannot assure you similar future events of default will not occur under the Term Loan. For a full description of the events of default that occurred and the remedies available to Capital Royalty Partners, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation – Indebtedness – Capital Royalty Group Term Loan”.

Our Term Loan contains a financial covenant that may limit our operating flexibility.

Our Term Loan contains a certain restrictive covenant that requires us to maintain an end-of-day balance of $5 million in cash or cash equivalents, which may limit our ability to engage in new lines of business, make certain investments, pay dividends, or enter into various transactions. We therefore may not be able to engage in any of the foregoing transactions unless we obtain the consent of the lender or terminate our Term Loan. Furthermore, there is no guarantee that future working capital, borrowings or equity financing will be available to repay or refinance the amounts outstanding under the agreement. For additional information about the Term Loan, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Indebtedness—Capital Royalty Partners Term Loan.”

Prolonged negative economic conditions could adversely affect us, our customers and suppliers, which could harm our financial condition.

We are subject to the risks arising from adverse changes in general economic and market conditions. Economic turmoil and uncertainty about future economic conditions could adversely impact our existing and potential customers, the financial ability of health insurers to pay claims, patients’ ability or willingness to pay out-of-pocket costs, our ability to obtain financing for our operations on favorable terms, or at all, and our relationships with key suppliers.

Healthcare spending in the United States has been, and is expected to continue to be, negatively affected by the recent recession and continuing economic uncertainty. For example, patients who have lost their jobs or healthcare coverage may no longer be covered by an employer-sponsored health insurance plan, and patients reducing their overall spending may eliminate healthcare-related purchases. The recent recession and continuing economic uncertainty has also impacted the financial stability of many commercial health insurers. As a result, we believe that some insurers are scrutinizing insurance claims more rigorously and delaying or denying reimbursement more often. Since the sale of V-Go generally depends on the availability of third-party reimbursement, any delay or decline in reimbursement will adversely affect our sales.

 

52


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Intellectual Property

Intellectual property rights may not provide adequate protection, which may permit third parties to compete against us more effectively.

Our success depends significantly on our ability to maintain and protect our proprietary rights in the technologies and inventions used in or embodied by our product. To protect our proprietary technology, we rely on patent protection, as well as a combination of copyright, trade secret and trademark laws, as well as nondisclosure, confidentiality, and other contractual restrictions in our manufacturing, consulting, employment and other third party agreements. These legal means afford only limited protection, however, and may not adequately protect our rights or permit us to gain or keep any competitive advantage.

If we are unable to secure sufficient patent protection for our proprietary rights in our product and processes, and to adequately maintain and protect our existing and new rights, competitors will be able to compete against us more effectively, and our business will suffer.

The process of applying for patent protection itself is time consuming and expensive and we cannot assure you that we have prepared or will be able to prepare, file and prosecute all necessary or desirable patent applications at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner. It is also possible that we will fail to identify patentable aspects of inventions made in the course of development and commercialization activities before it is too late to obtain patent protection on them. In addition, our patents and applications may not be prosecuted and enforced in a manner consistent with the best interests of our business. It is possible that defects of form in the preparation or filing of our patents or patent applications may exist, or may arise in the future, for example, with respect to proper priority claims, inventorship, claim scope or patent term adjustments. Moreover, we cannot assure you that all of our pending patent applications will issue as patents or that, if issued, they will issue in a form that will be advantageous to us. We own numerous issued patents and pending patent applications that relate to insulin-delivery methods and devices. The rights granted to us under our patents, however, including prospective rights sought in our pending patent applications, may not be of sufficient scope or strength to provide us with any meaningful exclusivity or commercial advantage, and competitors may be able to design around our patents or develop products that provide outcomes comparable to ours without infringing on our intellectual property rights. In addition, we may in the future be subject to claims by our former employees or consultants asserting an ownership right in our patents or patent applications, as a result of the work they performed on our behalf. If any of our patents are challenged, invalidated or legally circumvented by third parties, and if we do not exclusively own other enforceable patents protecting our product, competitors could market products and use processes that are substantially similar to, or superior to, ours, and our business will suffer.

The patent position of medical technology companies is generally highly uncertain. The degree of patent protection we require may be unavailable or severely limited in some cases and may not adequately protect our rights or permit us sufficient exclusivity, or to gain or keep our competitive advantage. For example:

 

    we might not have been the first to invent or the first inventor to file patent applications on the inventions covered by each of our pending patent applications and issued patents;

 

    others may independently develop similar or alternative technologies or duplicate any of our technologies;

 

    other companies hold patents stating broad claims in the drug delivery device field which, if construed to cover our products and held to be valid and enforceable, could have a material adverse effect on our business;

 

    any patents we obtain or license from others in the future may not encompass commercially viable products, may not provide us with any competitive advantages or may be challenged by third parties;

 

53


Table of Contents
    any patents we obtain or license from others in the future may not be valid or enforceable; and

 

    we may not develop additional proprietary technologies that are patentable.

Patents have a limited lifespan. In the United States, the natural expiration of a utility patent typically is 20 years after it is filed. Various extensions may be available; however, the life of a patent, and the protection it affords, is limited. Without patent protection for our insulin-delivery methods and devices, we may be open to competition from generic versions of such methods and devices.

Changes in patent law could diminish the value of patents in general, thereby impairing our ability to protect our product and our technologies.

Recent patent reform legislation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents. On September 16, 2011, the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act, or the Leahy-Smith Act, was signed into law. The Leahy-Smith Act includes a number of significant changes to U.S. patent law. These include provisions that affect the way patent applications are prosecuted, redefine prior art, may affect patent litigation, and switch the U.S. patent system from a “first-to-invent” system to a “first-to-file” system. Under a “first-to-file” system, assuming the other requirements for patentability are met, the first inventor to file a patent application generally will be entitled to the patent on an invention regardless of whether another inventor had made the invention earlier. The U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, or USPTO, recently developed new regulations and procedures to govern administration of the Leahy-Smith Act, and many of the substantive changes to patent law associated with the Leahy-Smith Act, in particular, the first-to-file provisions, only became effective on March 16, 2013. Accordingly, it is not clear what, if any, impact the Leahy-Smith Act will have on the operation of our business. However, the Leahy-Smith Act and its implementation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents.

In addition, patent reform legislation may pass in the future that could lead to additional uncertainties and increased costs surrounding the prosecution, enforcement, and defense of our patents and applications. Furthermore, the U.S. Supreme Court and the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit have made, and will likely continue to make, changes in how the patent laws of the United States are interpreted. Similarly, foreign courts have made, and will likely continue to make, changes in how the patent laws in their respective jurisdictions are interpreted. We cannot predict future changes in the interpretation of patent laws or changes to patent laws that might be enacted into law by United States and foreign legislative bodies. Those changes may materially affect our patents or patent applications and our ability to obtain and enforce or defend additional patent protection in the future.

Obtaining and maintaining our patent protection depends on compliance with various procedural, document submission, fee payment and other requirements imposed by governmental patent agencies, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated for non-compliance with these requirements.

Moreover, the USPTO and various foreign governmental patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment and other similar provisions during the patent application process. In addition, periodic maintenance fees on issued patents often must be paid to the USPTO and foreign patent agencies over the lifetime of the patent. While an unintentional lapse can in many cases be cured by payment of a late fee or by other means in accordance with the applicable rules, there are situations in which noncompliance can result in abandonment or lapse of the patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. Non-compliance events that could result in abandonment or lapse of a patent or patent application include, but are not limited to, failure to respond to official actions within prescribed time limits, non-payment of fees and failure to properly legalize and submit formal documents. If we fail to maintain the patents and patent applications covering our product or procedures, we may not be able to stop a competitor from marketing products that are the same as or similar to our product and technologies.

 

54


Table of Contents

We may not be able to adequately protect our intellectual property rights throughout the world.

Filing, prosecuting and defending patents on our product and technologies in all countries throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive. The requirements for patentability may differ in certain countries, particularly developing countries, and the breadth of patent claims allowed can be inconsistent. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries may not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as laws in the United States. Consequently, we may not be able to prevent third parties from practicing our inventions in all countries outside the United States. Competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent protection to develop their own products and, further, may export otherwise infringing products to territories where we have patent protection, but enforcement on infringing activities is inadequate.

We do not have patent rights in certain foreign countries in which a market may exist in the future. Moreover, in foreign jurisdictions where we do have patent rights, proceedings to enforce such rights could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business, could put our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly, and our patent applications at risk of not issuing, and could provoke third parties to assert claims against us. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially meaningful. Thus, we may not be able to stop a competitor from marketing and selling in foreign countries products that are the same as or similar to our product.

We may in the future become involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our intellectual property, which could be expensive, time consuming and unsuccessful.

The medical device industry has been characterized by frequent and extensive intellectual property litigation. Our competitors or other patent holders may assert that our product and the methods employed in our product are covered by their patents. For example, other companies hold patents stating broad claims in the drug delivery device field which, if construed to cover our products and held to be valid and enforceable, could have a material adverse effect on our business. Although we believe we have adequate defenses available if faced with any allegations that we infringe third-party patents, it is possible that V-Go could be found to infringe these patents. If our product or methods are found to infringe, we could be prevented from manufacturing or marketing our product.

We do not know whether our competitors or potential competitors have patents, or have applied for, will apply for, or will obtain patents that will prevent, limit or interfere with our ability to make, have made, use, sell, import or export our product. Competitors may infringe our patents or misappropriate or otherwise violate our intellectual property rights. To stop any such infringement or unauthorized use, litigation may be necessary. Our intellectual property has not been tested in litigation. A court may declare our patents invalid or unenforceable, may refuse to stop the other party from using the technology at issue on the grounds that our patents do not cover the technology in question, or may interpret the claims of our patents narrowly, thereby substantially narrowing the scope of patent protection they afford.

In addition, third parties may initiate legal proceedings against us to challenge the validity or scope of our intellectual property rights, or may allege an ownership right in our patents, as a result of their past employment or consultancy with us. Many of our current and potential competitors have the ability to dedicate substantially greater resources to defend their intellectual property rights than we can. Accordingly, despite our efforts, we may not be able to prevent third parties from infringing upon or misappropriating our intellectual property. Competing products may also be sold in other countries in which our patent coverage might not exist or be as strong. If we lose a foreign patent lawsuit, alleging our infringement of a competitor’s patents, we could be prevented from marketing our product in one or more foreign countries.

Litigation related to infringement and other intellectual property claims such as trade secrets, with or without merit, is unpredictable, can be expensive and time-consuming, and can divert management’s attention from our core business. If we lose this kind of litigation, a court could require us to pay substantial damages, treble damages, and attorneys’ fees, and could prohibit us from using technologies essential to our product, any of which would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition. If relevant patents are upheld as valid and enforceable and we are found to infringe, we could be prevented from selling our product unless we can obtain licenses to use technology or ideas covered by such patents. We do not know whether any necessary licenses would be available to us on satisfactory terms, if at all. If we cannot obtain these licenses, we could be forced to design around those patents at additional cost or abandon the product altogether. Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some

 

55


Table of Contents

of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation. There could also be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments. If securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could cause the price of our common stock to decline.

We may be subject to damages resulting from claims that we or our employees have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets of our competitors or are in breach of non-competition or non-solicitation agreements with our competitors.

We could in the future be subject to claims that we or our employees have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed alleged trade secrets or other proprietary information of former employers, competitors, or other third parties. Although we endeavor to ensure that our employees and consultants do not use the intellectual property, proprietary information, know-how or trade secrets of others in their work for us, we may in the future be subject to claims that we caused an employee to breach the terms of his or her non-competition or non-solicitation agreement, or that we or these individuals have, inadvertently or otherwise, used or disclosed the alleged trade secrets or other proprietary information of a former employer or competitor. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. Even if we are successful in defending against these claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and could be a distraction to management. If our defense to those claims fails, in addition to paying monetary damages, a court could prohibit us from using technologies or features that are essential to our product, if such technologies or features are found to incorporate or be derived from the trade secrets or other proprietary information of the former employers or other third parties. An inability to incorporate technologies or features that are important or essential to our product may prevent us from selling our product. In addition, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel. Moreover, any such litigation or the threat thereof may adversely affect our ability to hire employees or contract with independent sales representatives. A loss of key personnel or their work product could hamper or prevent our ability to commercialize our product.

Our trademarks may be infringed or successfully challenged, resulting in harm to our business.

We rely on our trademarks as one means to distinguish our product from the products of our competitors, and we have registered or applied to register many of these trademarks. The USPTO or foreign trademark offices may deny our trademark applications, however, and even if published or registered, these trademarks may be ineffective in protecting our brand and goodwill and may be successfully opposed or challenged. Third parties may oppose our trademark applications, or otherwise challenge our use of our trademarks. In addition, third parties may use marks that are confusingly similar to our own, which could result in confusion among our customers, thereby weakening the strength of our brand or allowing such third parties to capitalize on our goodwill. In such an event, or if our trademarks are successfully challenged, we could be forced to rebrand our product, which could result in loss of brand recognition and could require us to devote resources to advertising and marketing new brands. Our competitors may infringe our trademarks and we may not have adequate resources to enforce our trademark rights in the face of any such infringement.

If we are unable to protect the confidentiality or use of our trade secrets, our competitive position may be harmed.

In addition to patent and trademark protection, we also rely on trade secrets, including unpatented know-how, technology and other proprietary information, to maintain our competitive position. We seek to protect our trade secrets, in part, by entering into non-disclosure and confidentiality agreements with parties who have access to them, such as our manufacturers, consultants and vendors, and our former or current employees. We also enter into invention or assignment agreements with our employees. Despite these efforts, any of these parties may breach the agreements and disclose our trade secrets and other unpatented or unregistered proprietary information. Monitoring unauthorized uses and disclosures of our intellectual property is difficult, and we do not know whether the steps we have taken to protect our intellectual property will be effective. In addition, we may not be able to obtain adequate remedies for any such breaches. Enforcing a claim that a party illegally disclosed or misappropriated a trade secret is difficult, expensive and time-consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. In addition, some courts inside and outside the United States are less willing or unwilling to protect trade secrets. Moreover, our competitors may independently develop equivalent knowledge, methods and know-how. Competitors could purchase our product and attempt to replicate some or all of the competitive advantages we derive from our development efforts, willfully infringe our intellectual property rights, design around our protected technology or develop their own competitive

 

56


Table of Contents

technologies that fall outside of our intellectual property rights. If any of our trade secrets were to be lawfully obtained or independently developed by a competitor, we would have no right to prevent them, or those to whom they communicate it, from using that technology or information to compete with us. If our intellectual property is not adequately protected so as to protect our market against competitors’ products and methods, our competitive position could be adversely affected.

Risks Related to Our Legal and Regulatory Environment

Our product and operations are subject to extensive governmental regulation, and failure to comply with applicable requirements could cause our business to suffer.

The medical technology industry is regulated extensively by governmental authorities, principally the FDA and corresponding state regulatory agencies. The regulations are very complex, have become more stringent over time, and are subject to rapid change and varying interpretations. Regulatory restrictions or changes could limit our ability to carry on or expand our operations or result in higher than anticipated costs or lower than anticipated sales. The FDA and other U.S. governmental agencies regulate numerous elements of our business, including:

 

    product design and development;

 

    pre-clinical and clinical testing and trials;

 

    product safety;

 

    establishment registration and product listing;

 

    labeling and storage;

 

    marketing, manufacturing, sales and distribution;

 

    pre-market clearance or approval;

 

    servicing and post-marketing surveillance, including reporting of deaths or serious injuries and malfunctions that, if they recurred, could lead to death or serious injury;

 

    advertising and promotion;

 

    post-market approval studies;

 

    product import and export; and

 

    recalls and field-safety corrective actions.

Before we can market or sell a new regulated product or a significant modification to an existing product in the United States, we must obtain either clearance under Section 510(k) of the FDCA, grant of a de novo classification request, or approval of a pre-market approval, or PMA, application from the FDA, unless an exemption from pre-market review applies. In the 510(k) clearance process, the FDA must determine that a proposed device is “substantially equivalent” to a device legally on the market, known as a “predicate” device, with respect to intended use, technology and safety and effectiveness, in order to clear the proposed device for marketing. Clinical data is sometimes required to support substantial equivalence. In the de novo request process, the FDA must determine that general and special controls are sufficient to provide reasonable assurance of the safety and effectiveness of a device, which is low to moderate risk and has no predicate. The PMA pathway requires an applicant to demonstrate the safety and effectiveness of the device based on extensive data, including, but not limited to, technical, preclinical, clinical trial, manufacturing and labeling data. The PMA process is typically required for devices that are deemed to pose the greatest risk, such as life-sustaining, life-supporting or implantable devices. Products that are

 

57


Table of Contents

approved through a PMA application generally need FDA approval before they can be modified. Similarly, some modifications made to products cleared through a 510(k) may require a new 510(k). Both the 510(k) and PMA processes can be expensive and lengthy and require the payment of significant fees, unless an exemption applies. The FDA’s 510(k) clearance process usually takes from three to 12 months, but may take longer. FDA’s goal is to review a de novo classification request within 120 days, but the process generally takes longer. The process of obtaining a PMA is much more costly and uncertain than the 510(k) clearance process and generally takes from one to three years, or longer, from the time the application is submitted to the FDA until an approval is obtained. The process of obtaining regulatory clearances or approvals to market a medical device can be costly and time-consuming, and we may not be able to obtain these clearances or approvals on a timely basis, or at all for our proposed products.

We obtained initial pre-market clearance for V-Go under Section 510(k) of the FDCA in December 2010. If the FDA requires us to go through a lengthier, more rigorous examination for future products or modifications to our existing product than we had expected, our product introductions or modifications could be delayed or canceled, which could cause our sales to decline or to not increase in line with our forecasts. In addition, the FDA may determine that future products will require the more costly, lengthy and uncertain PMA process. Although we do not currently market any devices under PMA, the FDA may demand that we obtain a PMA prior to marketing certain of our future products. Further, even with respect to those future products where a PMA is not required, we cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain the 510(k) clearances with respect to those products.

The FDA can delay, limit or deny clearance or approval of a device for many reasons, including:

 

    we may not be able to demonstrate that our product is safe and effective for its intended users;

 

    the data from our clinical trials may be insufficient to support clearance or approval; and

 

    the manufacturing process or facilities we use may not meet applicable requirements.

In addition, the FDA may change its clearance and approval policies, adopt additional regulations or revise existing regulations, or take other actions which may prevent or delay approval or clearance of our products under development or impact our ability to modify our currently cleared product on a timely basis.

Any delay in, or failure to obtain or maintain, clearance or approval for our products under development could prevent us from generating revenue from these products and adversely affect our business operations and financial results. Additionally, the FDA and other regulatory authorities have broad enforcement powers. Regulatory enforcement or inquiries, or other increased scrutiny on us, could dissuade some customers from using our product and adversely affect our reputation and the perceived safety and efficacy of our product.

Failure to comply with applicable regulations could jeopardize our ability to sell our product and result in enforcement actions such as fines, civil penalties, injunctions, warning letters, recalls of products, delays in the introduction of products into the market, refusal of the FDA or other regulators to grant future clearances or approvals, and the suspension or withdrawal of existing clearances or approvals by the FDA or other regulators. Any of these sanctions could result in higher than anticipated costs or lower than anticipated sales and negatively impact our reputation, business, financial condition and operating results.

Furthermore, we may evaluate international expansion opportunities in the future. If we expand our operations outside of the United States, we will become subject to various additional regulatory and legal requirements under the applicable laws and regulations of the international markets we enter. These additional regulatory requirements may involve significant costs and expenditures and, if we are not able to comply with any such requirements, our international expansion and business could be significantly harmed.

 

58


Table of Contents

Modifications to our product may require new 510(k) clearances or pre-market approvals, or may require us to cease marketing or recall the modified products until clearances are obtained.

Any modification to a 510(k)-cleared device that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that would constitute a major change in its intended use, design, or manufacture, requires a new 510(k) clearance or, possibly, a PMA. The FDA requires every manufacturer to make this determination in the first instance, but the FDA may review any manufacturer’s decision. The FDA may not agree with our decisions regarding whether new clearances or approvals are necessary. We have made modifications to our 510(k) cleared product, and have determined based on our review of the applicable FDA guidance that in certain instances new 510(k) clearances or pre-market approvals are not required. If the FDA disagrees with our determination and requires us to submit new 510(k) notifications or PMAs for modifications to our previously cleared or approved products for which we have concluded that new clearances or approvals are unnecessary, we may be required to cease marketing or to recall the modified product until we obtain clearance or approval, and we may be subject to significant regulatory fines or penalties.

If we or our third-party suppliers fail to comply with the FDA’s good manufacturing practice regulations, this could impair our ability to market our product in a cost-effective and timely manner.

We and our third-party suppliers are required to comply with the FDA’s Quality System Regulation, or QSR, which covers the methods and documentation of the design, testing, production, control, quality assurance, labeling, packaging, sterilization, storage and shipping of our product. The FDA audits compliance with the QSR through periodic announced and unannounced inspections of manufacturing and other facilities. The FDA may impose inspections or audits at any time. If we or our suppliers have significant non-compliance issues or if any corrective action plan that we or our suppliers propose in response to observed deficiencies is not sufficient, the FDA could take enforcement action against us, including any of the following sanctions:

 

    untitled letters, warning letters, fines, injunctions, consent decrees and civil penalties;

 

    customer notifications or repair, replacement, refunds, recall, detention or seizure of our product;

 

    operating restrictions or partial suspension or total shutdown of production;

 

    refusing or delaying our requests for 510(k) clearance or pre-market approval of new products or modified products;

 

    withdrawing 510(k) clearances or pre-market approvals that have already been granted;

 

    refusal to grant export approval for our product; or

 

    criminal prosecution.

Any of the foregoing actions could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, financial condition and operating results.

A recall of our product, or the discovery of serious safety issues with our product, could have a significant adverse impact on us.

The FDA has the authority to require the recall of commercialized products in the event of material deficiencies or defects in design or manufacture or in the event that a product poses an unacceptable risk to health. Manufacturers may, under their own initiative, recall a product if any material deficiency in a device is found. A government-mandated or voluntary recall by us or one of our distributors could occur as a result of an unacceptable risk to health, component failures, manufacturing errors, design or labeling defects or other deficiencies and issues. Recalls of our product would divert managerial and financial resources and have an adverse effect on our reputation, financial condition and operating results, which could impair our ability to produce our product in a cost-effective and timely manner.

 

59


Table of Contents

Further, under the FDA’s medical device reporting, or MDR, regulations, we are required to report to the FDA any incident in which our product may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or in which our product malfunctioned and, if the malfunction were to recur, would likely cause or contribute to death or serious injury. Repeated product malfunctions may result in a voluntary or involuntary product recall, which could divert managerial and financial resources, impair our ability to manufacture our product in a cost-effective and timely manner and have an adverse effect on our reputation, financial condition and operating results.

Depending on the corrective action we take to redress a product’s deficiencies or defects, the FDA may require, or we may decide, that we will need to obtain new approvals or clearances for the device before we may market or distribute the corrected device. Seeking such approvals or clearances may delay our ability to replace the recalled devices in a timely manner. Moreover, if we do not adequately address problems associated with our devices, we may face additional regulatory enforcement action, including FDA warning letters, product seizure, injunctions, administrative penalties, or civil or criminal fines. We may also be required to bear other costs or take other actions that may have a negative impact on our sales as well as face significant adverse publicity or regulatory consequences, which could harm our business, including our ability to market our product in the future.

Any adverse event involving our product could result in future voluntary corrective actions, such as recalls or customer notifications, or regulatory agency action, which could include inspection, mandatory recall or other enforcement action. Any corrective action, whether voluntary or involuntary, will require the dedication of our time and capital, distract management from operating our business and may harm our reputation and financial results.

If we are unable to achieve and maintain adequate levels of coverage and reimbursement for V-Go or any future products we may seek to commercialize, their commercial success may be severely hindered.

We have derived all of our revenue from the sale of V-Go in the United States and expect to continue to do so for the next several years. Patients who use V-Go generally rely on third-party payors, including governmental healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, and commercial health insurers, health maintenance organizations and other healthcare-related organizations, to reimburse all or part of the costs associated with V-Go. Successful sales of V-Go and any future products depend, therefore, on the availability of adequate coverage and reimbursement from third-party payors.

Securing coverage for new technologies is challenging and uncertain. Third-party payors render coverage decisions based upon clinical and economic standards that disfavor new products when more established or lower cost therapeutic alternatives are already available or subsequently become available. Unless our product demonstrates superior efficacy profiles, it may not qualify for coverage and reimbursement. Even if we obtain coverage for a given product, the resulting reimbursement payment rates might not be adequate or may require co-payments, deductibles or co-insurance payments that patients find unacceptably high.

Not only are third-party payors, whether governmental or commercial, developing increasingly sophisticated methods of controlling healthcare costs, in addition, no uniform policy of coverage and reimbursement for medical products, including V-Go, exists among third-party payors. Therefore, coverage and reimbursement for our product can and does differ significantly from payor to payor. As a result, the coverage determination process is often a time-consuming and costly process that requires us to provide economic, scientific and clinical support for the use of our product to each payor separately, with no assurance that coverage and adequate reimbursement will be obtained. Even where favorable coverage and reimbursement status has been attained for V-Go, less favorable coverage policies and reimbursement rates may be implemented in the future. Moreover, a third-party payor’s decision to provide coverage does not imply that an adequate reimbursement rate will be paid. There can be no assurance that our clinical data will allow for satisfactory pricing of V-Go at current levels, and the failure to obtain and maintain coverage and adequate reimbursement for V-Go would materially and adversely affect our business.

V-Go currently is covered and reimbursed under the policies of a number of third-party payors. The Medicare program recognizes V-Go under the Medicare Part D prescription drug benefit, and a number of Part D drug plans have placed our product on their pharmacy formularies or otherwise allow for individual consideration. Although V-Go is not covered under Medicare Part B, an outpatient medical benefit, that does not recognize disposable insulin delivery devices, other third-party payors may have adopted different coverage policies, classifying a disposable insulin delivery device as a coverable device. Some commercial payors, however, have declined to offer any

 

60


Table of Contents

coverage for V-Go, whether on a pharmacy formulary or as a medical benefit, concluding that the delivery system is experimental or investigational, or that the current evidence is insufficient. In addition, coverage policies developed by third-party payors generally can be modified or terminated by the third-party payor without cause and with little or no notice to us.

We believe that future coverage and reimbursement will likely be subject to increased restrictions both in the United States and in international markets. Healthcare cost containment initiatives that limit or deny reimbursement for V-Go would also materially and adversely affect our business. If reimbursement is not available or is available only to limited levels, we may not be able to commercialize our product profitably.

We are subject to additional federal, state and foreign laws and regulations relating to our healthcare business; our failure to comply with those laws could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Although we do not provide healthcare services, submit claims for third-party reimbursement, or receive payments directly from Medicare, Medicaid or other third-party payors for our product, we are subject to healthcare fraud and abuse regulation and enforcement by federal and state governments, which could significantly impact our business. Healthcare fraud and abuse laws potentially applicable to our operations include:

 

    the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which applies to our marketing practices, educational programs, pricing policies and relationships with healthcare providers, by prohibiting, among other things, soliciting, receiving, offering or providing remuneration intended to induce the purchase or recommendation of an item or service reimbursable under a federal healthcare program, such as the Medicare or Medicaid programs;

 

    federal civil and criminal false claims laws and civil monetary penalty laws, including civil whistleblower or qui tam actions, that prohibit, among other things, knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, claims for payment or approval to the federal government that are false or fraudulent, knowingly making, or causing to be made, a false statement material to an obligation to pay or transmit money or property to the federal government or knowingly concealing or knowingly and improperly avoiding or decreasing an obligation to pay or transmit money or property to the federal government;

 

    the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, and its implementing regulations, which created federal criminal laws that prohibit, among other things, executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program or making false statements relating to healthcare matters;

 

    federal “sunshine” requirements imposed by the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act, or collectively the ACA, on device manufacturers regarding any “transfer of value” made or distributed to physicians and teaching hospitals. Failure to submit required information may result in civil monetary penalties of up to an aggregate of $150,000 per year (or up to an aggregate of $1 million per year for “knowing failures”), for all payments, transfers of value or ownership or investment interests that are not timely, accurately, and completely reported in an annual submission. The period between August 1, 2013 and December 31, 2013 was the first reporting period, and manufacturers were required to report aggregate payment data by March 31, 2014, and to report detailed payment data and submit legal attestation to the accuracy of such data by June 30, 2014. Thereafter, manufacturers must submit reports by the 90th day of each subsequent calendar year;

 

    federal consumer protection and unfair competition laws, which broadly regulate marketplace activities and activities that potentially harm consumers; and

 

   

state law equivalents of each of the above federal laws, such as anti-kickback and false claims laws that may apply to items or services reimbursed by any third-party payor, including commercial insurers; state laws that require device and pharmaceutical companies to comply with the industry’s

 

61


Table of Contents
 

voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government or otherwise restrict payments that may be made to healthcare providers; and state laws that require drug and device manufacturers to report information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians and other healthcare providers or marketing expenditures.

The risk of our being found in violation of these laws and regulations is increased by the fact that many of them have not been fully interpreted by the regulatory authorities or the courts, and their provisions are open to a variety of interpretations. Moreover, recent health care reform legislation has strengthened these laws. For example, the ACA, among other things, amended the intent requirement of the federal anti-kickback and criminal health care fraud statutes; a person or entity no longer needs to have actual knowledge of these statutes or specific intent to violate them. In addition, the ACA provided that the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal anti-kickback statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the false claims statutes. We are unable to predict what additional federal or state legislation or regulatory initiatives may be enacted in the future regarding our business or the healthcare industry in general, or what effect such legislation or regulations may have on us. Federal or state governments may impose additional restrictions or adopt interpretations of existing laws that could have a material adverse effect on us.

Because of the breadth of these laws and the narrowness of the statutory exceptions and safe harbors available under such laws, it is possible that some of our business activities, including without limitation certain of the marketing and distribution programs for V-Go, as well as our relationships with physicians and other health care providers, some of whom recommend, purchase and/or prescribe our product, could be subject to challenge under one or more of such laws. Any action against us for violation of these laws, even if we successfully defend against it, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses and divert our management’s attention from the operation of our business. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of the laws described above or any other governmental regulations that apply to us, we may be subject to penalties, including civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, exclusion from governmental health care programs, disgorgement, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings, suspension or revocation of certifications or licenses that are required to operate our business, injunctions and other associated remedies, denial or withdrawal of product clearances, private “qui tam” actions brought by individual whistleblowers in the name of the government, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations, any of which could impair our ability to operate our business and our financial results.

We may be liable if the FDA or other U.S. enforcement agencies determine we have engaged in the off-label promotion of our product or have disseminated false or misleading labeling or promotional materials.

Our promotional materials and training methods must comply with FDA and other applicable laws and regulations, including laws and regulations prohibiting marketing claims that promote the off-label use of our product or that make false or misleading statements. Healthcare providers may use our product off-label, as the FDA does not restrict or regulate a physician’s choice of treatment within the practice of medicine. For example, although V-Go is only cleared for insulin delivery in adult patients, a physician might independently choose to use it for insulin delivery in children. FDA also could conclude that a performance claim is misleading if it determines that there are inadequate non-clinical and/or clinical data supporting the claim. If the FDA determines that our promotional materials or training promote of an off-label use or make false or misleading claims, it could request that we modify our training or promotional materials or subject us to regulatory or enforcement actions, including the issuance of an untitled letter, a warning letter, injunction, seizure, civil fine and criminal penalties. It is also possible that other federal, state or foreign enforcement authorities might take action if they determine that our promotional or training materials promote an unapproved use or make false or misleading claims, which could result in significant fines or penalties. Although our policy is to refrain from statements that could be considered off-label promotion of our product or false or misleading, the FDA or another regulatory agency could disagree. Violations of the FDCA may also lead to investigations alleging violations of federal and state health care fraud and abuse laws, as well as state consumer protection laws, which may lead to costly penalties and may adversely impact our business. In addition, the off-label use of our product may increase the risk of product liability claims. Product liability claims are expensive to defend and could result in substantial damage awards against us and harm our reputation.

 

62


Table of Contents

Legislative or regulatory healthcare reforms may make it more difficult and costly for us to obtain reimbursement for our product or regulatory clearance or approval of our future products, and to produce, market and distribute those products after clearance or approval is obtained.

Recent political, economic and regulatory influences are subjecting the healthcare industry to fundamental changes. Both the federal and state governments in the United States and foreign governments continue to propose and pass new legislation and regulations designed to contain or reduce the cost of healthcare. Such legislation and regulations may result in decreased reimbursement for our product, which may further exacerbate industry-wide pressure to reduce the prices charged for our product. This could harm our ability to market our product and generate sales. In addition, FDA regulations and guidance are often revised or reinterpreted by the FDA in ways that may significantly affect our business and our current product and future products. Any new regulations or revisions or reinterpretations of existing regulations may impose additional costs or lengthen review times of our products. Delays in receipt of or failure to receive regulatory clearances or approvals for any future products would negatively impact our long-term business strategy.

In the U.S., there have been a number of legislative and regulatory changes and proposed changes regarding the healthcare system that restrict or regulate post-approval activities, which may affect our ability to profitably sell V-Go or any other product candidates for which we obtain marketing approval. Such government-adopted reform measures may adversely impact the pricing of healthcare products and services in the United States or internationally and the amount of reimbursement available from third-party payors.

For example, in March 2010, the ACA was signed into law. While the goal of healthcare reform is to expand coverage to more individuals, it also involves increased government price controls, additional regulatory mandates and other measures designed to constrain medical costs. The ACA substantially changes the way healthcare is financed by both governmental and commercial insurers, encourages improvements in the quality of healthcare items and services and significantly impacts the medical device industries. The ACA, among other things, established annual fees and taxes on manufacturers of certain branded prescription drugs and medical devices (discussed in more detail below), requires manufacturers to participate in a discount program for certain outpatient drugs under Medicare Part D, and promotes programs that increase the federal government’s comparative effectiveness research. As the healthcare financing system continues to evolve in response to the ACA, it could have a material adverse impact on numerous aspects of our business.

In the future there may continue to be additional proposals relating to the reform of the U.S. healthcare system generally, or operation of the Medicare Part D program specifically. Certain of these proposals could limit the prices we are able to charge for our product, or the amount of reimbursement available for our product, and could limit the acceptance and availability of our product.

Our financial performance may be adversely affected by medical device tax provisions in the ACA.

Beginning in 2013 through the end of 2015, the ACA imposed, among other things, an annual excise tax of 2.3% on any entity that manufactures or imports medical devices offered for sale in the United States beginning in 2013. Congress suspended this tax on December 18, 2015 for two years, for sales of devices during the period January 1, 2016 through December 31, 2017. We do not believe that V-Go was subject to this tax based on the retail exemption under applicable Treasury Regulations. However, the guidance regarding this exemption as applied to V-Go is not clear, and the availability of this exemption is subject to interpretation by the IRS, and the IRS may disagree with our analysis. We do not know if there will be changes to the retail exemption when the suspension of the device tax ends at the end of 2017. The financial impact this tax may have on our business is unclear and there can be no assurance that our business and financial results will not be negatively impacted.

Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock

You could lose all of your investment.

An investment in our securities is speculative and involves a high degree of risk. Potential investors should be aware that the value of an investment in the Company may go down as well as up. In addition, there can be no certainty that the market value of an investment in the Company will fully reflect its underlying value.

 

63


Table of Contents

The price of our common stock may be volatile and fluctuate substantially, which could result in substantial losses for purchasers of our common stock in this offering.

Our stock price is likely to be volatile. The stock market in general and the market for smaller medical device and pharmaceutical companies in particular have experienced extreme volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. As a result of this volatility, you may not be able to sell your common stock at or above the initial public offering price. The market price for our common stock may be influenced by many factors, including:

 

    the success of competitive products or technologies;

 

    developments related to our existing or any future collaborations;

 

    regulatory or legal developments in the United States and other countries;

 

    developments or disputes concerning patent applications, issued patents or other proprietary rights;

 

    the recruitment or departure of key personnel;

 

    the level of expenses related to any of our product candidates;

 

    the results of our efforts to discover, develop, acquire or in-license additional product candidates or products;

 

    actual or anticipated changes in estimates as to financial results, development timelines or recommendations by securities analysts;

 

    variations in our financial results or those of companies that are perceived to be similar to us;

 

    changes in the structure of healthcare payment systems;

 

    market conditions in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology sectors;

 

    general economic, industry and market conditions; and

 

    the other factors described in this “Risk Factors” section.

We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this offering and may not use them effectively.

Our management and board of directors will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds from this offering and could spend the proceeds in ways that do not improve our results of operations or enhance the value of our common stock. You may not agree with our decisions, and our use of the proceeds may not yield any return on your investment. We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering for working capital and general corporate purposes, including to expand and support our sales and marketing infrastructure and activities for V-Go, and fund research, development and engineering activities and manufacturing capabilities. However, our use of these proceeds may differ substantially from our current plans. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could result in financial losses that could have a material adverse effect on our business, cause the price of our common stock to decline and delay the development of our product candidates. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value. You will not have the opportunity to influence our decisions on how to use our net proceeds from this offering.

 

64


Table of Contents

You may experience dilution of your ownership interests because of the future issuance of additional shares of our common or preferred stock or other securities that are convertible into or exercisable for our common or preferred stock.

In the future, we may issue our authorized but previously unissued equity securities, resulting in the dilution of the ownership interests of our present stockholders and the purchasers of our Common Stock offered hereby. The Company is authorized to issue an aggregate of 300,000,000 shares of Common Stock and 10,000,000 shares of “blank check” preferred stock. We may issue additional shares of our Common Stock or other securities that are convertible into or exercisable for our Common Stock in connection with hiring or retaining employees, future acquisitions, future sales of our securities for capital raising purposes, or for other business purposes. The future issuance of any such additional shares of our Common Stock may create downward pressure on the trading price of the Common Stock. We will need to raise additional capital in the near future to meet our working capital needs, and there can be no assurance that we will not be required to issue additional shares, warrants or other convertible securities in the future in conjunction with these capital raising efforts, including at a price (or exercise prices) below the price you paid for your stock.

The ability of our Board of Directors to issue additional stock may prevent or make more difficult certain transactions, including a sale or merger of the Company.

Our Board of Directors will be authorized to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock with powers, rights and preferences designated by it. See “Preferred Stock” in the section of this Report titled “Description of Securities.” Shares of voting or convertible preferred stock could be issued, or rights to purchase such shares could be issued, to create voting impediments or to frustrate persons seeking to effect a takeover or otherwise gain control of the Company. The ability of the Board to issue such additional shares of preferred stock, with rights and preferences it deems advisable, could discourage an attempt by a party to acquire control of the Company by tender offer or other means. Such issuances could therefore deprive stockholders of benefits that could result from such an attempt, such as the realization of a premium over the market price for their shares in a tender offer or the temporary increase in market price that such an attempt could cause. Moreover, the issuance of such additional shares of preferred stock to persons friendly to the Board of Directors could make it more difficult to remove incumbent managers and directors from office even if such change were to be favorable to stockholders generally.

There currently is only a very limited public market for our Common Stock and there can be no assurance that a public market will ever develop. Failure to develop or maintain a trading market could negatively affect the value of our Common Stock and make it difficult or impossible for you to sell your shares.

There is currently only a very limited public market for shares of our Common Stock and one may never develop. Our Common Stock is quoted on the OTC Markets. The OTC Markets is a thinly traded market and lacks the liquidity of certain other public markets with which some investors may have more experience. We may not ever be able to satisfy the listing requirements for our Common Stock to be listed on a national securities exchange, which is often a more widely-traded and liquid market. Some, but not all, of the factors which may delay or prevent the listing of our Common Stock on a more widely-traded and liquid market include the following: our stockholders’ equity may be insufficient; the market value of our outstanding securities may be too low; our net income from operations may be too low; our Common Stock may not be sufficiently widely held; we may not be able to secure market makers for our Common Stock; and we may fail to meet the rules and requirements mandated by the several exchanges and markets to have our Common Stock listed. Should we fail to satisfy the initial listing standards of the national exchanges, or our Common Stock is otherwise rejected for listing, and remains listed on the OTC Markets or is suspended from the OTC Markets, the trading price of our Common Stock could suffer and the trading market for our Common Stock may be less liquid and our Common Stock price may be subject to increased volatility.

We are an “emerging growth company,” and we cannot be certain whether the reduced reporting requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our Common Stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act. For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act’s reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

 

65


Table of Contents

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of our first sale of common equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, which occurred in May 2015 (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.0 billion or (c) in which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer,” which means the market value of our Common Stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30th and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period. We cannot predict if investors will find our Common Stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our Common Stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our Common Stock and our stock price may suffer or be more volatile.

Section 102 of the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. An “emerging growth company” can therefore delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. However, we are choosing to “opt out” of such extended transition period, and as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that our decision to opt out of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards is irrevocable.

As an emerging growth company, we may delay adoption of new or revised accounting standards, which may make our stock less attractive and our trading price more volatile.

Pursuant to the JOBS Act, as an emerging growth company, we have elected to take advantage of an extended transition period for any new or revised accounting standards that may be issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) or the SEC, which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, we, as an emerging growth company, can delay adoption of the standard until it applies to private companies. This may make a comparison of our financial statements with any other public company that is either not an emerging growth company or is an emerging growth company that has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult, as different or revised standards may be used. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile and could decline.

We are a smaller reporting company, and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to smaller reporting companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are currently a “smaller reporting company”, meaning that we are not an investment company, an asset-backed issuer, or a majority-owned subsidiary of a parent company that is not a smaller reporting company and have a non-affiliated public float of less than $75 million and annual revenues of less than $50 million during the most recently completed fiscal year. In the event that we are still considered a “smaller reporting company,” at such time as we cease being an “emerging growth company,” we will be required to provide additional disclosure in our SEC filings. However, similar to “emerging growth companies”, “smaller reporting companies” are able to provide simplified executive compensation disclosures in their filings; are exempt from the provisions of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requiring that independent registered public accounting firms provide an attestation report on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting; and have certain other decreased disclosure obligations in their SEC filings, including, among other things, only being required to provide two years of audited financial statements in annual reports and in a registration statement under the Exchange Act on Form 10. Decreased disclosures in our SEC filings due to our status as a “smaller reporting company” may make it harder for investors to analyze our results of operations and financial prospects.

 

66


Table of Contents

We do not have a class of our securities registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act. Until we do or we become subject to Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act, we will be a “voluntary filer.”

We are not currently required under Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act to file periodic reports with the SEC. We have in the past voluntarily elected to file some or all of these reports to ensure that sufficient information about us and our operations is publicly available to our stockholders and potential investors. Because we are a voluntary filer, we are considered a non-reporting issuer under the Exchange Act. Until we become subject to the reporting rules under the Exchange Act, we are not required to file annual, quarterly or current reports and could cease doing so at any time. Additionally, until we register a class of our securities under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, we are not subject to the SEC’s proxy rules, and large holders of our capital stock will not be subject to beneficial ownership reporting requirements under Sections 13 or 16 of the Exchange Act and their related rules. As a result, our stockholders and potential investors may not have available to them as much or as robust information as they may have if and when we become subject to those requirements.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or if they issue an adverse or misleading opinion regarding our stock, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. We do not currently have and may never obtain research coverage by securities and industry analysts. If no or few securities or industry analysts commence coverage of us, the trading price for our stock would be negatively impacted. In the event we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage, if any of the analysts who cover us issue an adverse or misleading opinion regarding us, our business model, our intellectual property or our stock performance, or if our operating results fail to meet the expectations of analysts, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

Our Common Stock may be subject to the “penny stock” rules of the SEC, and the trading market in the securities may be limited, which may make transactions in the stock cumbersome and may reduce the value of an investment in the stock.

Rule 15g-9 under the Exchange Act establishes the definition of a “penny stock,” for the purposes relevant to us, as any equity security that has a market price of less than $5.00 per share or with an exercise price of less than $5.00 per share, subject to certain exceptions. For any transaction involving a penny stock, unless exempt, the rules require: (a) that a broker or dealer approve a person’s account for transactions in penny stocks; and (b) the broker or dealer receive from the investor a written agreement to the transaction, setting forth the identity and quantity of the penny stock to be purchased.

In order to approve a person’s account for transactions in penny stocks, the broker or dealer must: (a) obtain financial information and investment experience objectives of the person and (b) make a reasonable determination that the transactions in penny stocks are suitable for that person and the person has sufficient knowledge and experience in financial matters to be capable of evaluating the risks of transactions in penny stocks.

The broker or dealer must also deliver, prior to any transaction in a penny stock, a disclosure schedule prescribed by the SEC relating to the penny stock market, which, in highlight form: (a) sets forth the basis on which the broker or dealer made the suitability determination; and (b) confirms that the broker or dealer received a signed, written agreement from the investor prior to the transaction. Generally, brokers may be less willing to execute transactions in securities subject to the “penny stock” rules. This may make it more difficult for investors to dispose of our Common Stock and cause a decline in the market value of our Common Stock.

Disclosure also has to be made about the risks of investing in penny stocks in both public offerings and in secondary trading and about the commissions payable to both the broker or dealer and the registered representative, current quotations for the securities and the rights and remedies available to an investor in cases of fraud in penny stock transactions. Finally, monthly statements have to be sent disclosing recent price information for the penny stock held in the account and information on the limited market in penny stocks.

 

67


Table of Contents

Our stock may be traded infrequently and in low volumes, so you may be unable to sell your shares at or near the quoted bid prices if you need to sell your shares.

Until our Common Stock is listed on a national securities exchange such as the New York Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq Stock Market, we expect our Common Stock to remain eligible for quotation on the OTC Markets, or on another over-the-counter quotation system, or in the “pink sheets.” In those venues, however, the shares of our Common Stock may trade infrequently and in low volumes, meaning that the number of persons interested in purchasing our common shares at or near bid prices at any given time may be relatively small or non-existent. An investor may find it difficult to obtain accurate quotations as to the market value of our Common Stock or to sell his or her shares at or near bid prices or at all. In addition, if we fail to meet the criteria set forth in SEC regulations, various requirements would be imposed by law on broker-dealers who sell our securities to persons other than established customers and accredited investors. Consequently, such regulations may deter broker-dealers from recommending or selling our Common Stock, which may further affect the liquidity of our Common Stock. This would also make it more difficult for us to raise capital.

Our principal stockholders own a significant percentage of our stock and will be able to exert significant control over matters subject to stockholder approval.

Upon completion of the Offering, our 5% stockholders and their affiliates will beneficially own an aggregate of 10,467,763 shares of our outstanding common stock, excluding any shares of common stock that may be purchased in the Offering. As a result, these stockholders will have significant influence and may be able to determine all matters requiring stockholder approval. For example, these stockholders may be able to control elections of directors, amendments of our organizational documents, or approval of any merger, sale of assets, or other major corporate transactions. This concentration of ownership could delay or prevent any acquisition of our company on terms that other stockholders may desire, and may adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market by our existing stockholders could cause our stock price to fall.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that these sales might occur, could depress the market price of our common stock and could impair our ability to raise adequate capital through the sale of additional equity securities. We are unable to predict the effect that sales may have on the prevailing market price of our common stock. Upon completion of the Merger and the Offering, we will have outstanding 12,638,991 shares of common stock. Subject to the conditions and limitations of Rule 144, all of these shares will be available for sale in the public market. Sales of stock by these stockholders could have a material adverse effect on the market price of our common stock.

We may be exposed to additional risks as a result of “going public” by means of a reverse acquisition transaction.

We may be exposed to additional risks because the business of Valeritas has become a public company through a “reverse merger” transaction. There has been increased focus by government agencies on transactions such as the Merger in recent years, and we may be subject to increased scrutiny by the SEC and other government agencies and holders of our securities as a result of the completion of the Merger. We do not consider the public company to have been a “shell company” under applicable rules of the SEC prior to the closing of the Merger. However, the SEC may disagree with our analysis and, if so, we may become subject to certain restrictions and limitations for certain specified periods of time relating to potential future issuances of our securities and compliance with applicable SEC rules and regulations. Additionally, our “going public” by means of a reverse merger transaction may make it more difficult for us to obtain coverage from securities analysts of major brokerage firms following the Merger because there may be little incentive to those brokerage firms to recommend the purchase of our common stock. Further, investment banks may be less likely to agree to underwrite secondary offerings on our behalf than they might if we became a public reporting company by means of an initial public offering because they may be less familiar with our company as a result of more limited coverage by analysts and the media, and because we became public at an early stage in our development. The failure to receive research coverage or support in the market for our shares will have an adverse effect on our ability to develop a liquid market for our common stock. The occurrence of any such event could cause our business or stock price to suffer.

 

68


Table of Contents

We do not anticipate paying dividends on our Common Stock, and investors may lose the entire amount of their investment.

Cash dividends have never been declared or paid on our Common Stock, and we do not anticipate such a declaration or payment for the foreseeable future.

We expect to use future earnings, if any, to fund business growth. Therefore, stockholders will not receive any funds absent a sale of their shares of Common Stock. If we do not pay dividends, our Common Stock may be less valuable because a return on your investment will only occur if our stock price appreciates. We cannot assure stockholders of a positive return on their investment when they sell their shares, nor can we assure that stockholders will not lose the entire amount of their investment.

Being a public company is expensive and administratively burdensome.

As a public reporting company, and particularly if and after we cease to be a “voluntary filer,” an “emerging growth company” or a “smaller reporting company,” we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that Valeritas did not incur as a private company. We may be subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and other federal securities laws, rules and regulations related thereto, including compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Complying with these laws and regulations will require the time and attention of our Board of Directors and management, and increases our expenses. Among other things, we may be required to:

 

    maintain and evaluate a system of internal controls over financial reporting in compliance with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the related rules and regulations of the SEC and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board;

 

    maintain policies relating to disclosure controls and procedures;

 

    prepare and distribute periodic reports in compliance with our obligations under federal securities laws;

 

    institute a more comprehensive compliance function, including with respect to corporate governance; and

 

    involve, to a greater degree, our outside legal counsel and accountants in the above activities.

The costs of preparing and filing annual and quarterly reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC and furnishing audited reports to stockholders is expensive and much greater than that of a privately-held company, and compliance with these rules and regulations may require us to hire additional financial reporting, internal controls and other finance personnel, and will involve a material increase in regulatory, legal and accounting expenses and the attention of management. There can be no assurance that we will be able to comply with the applicable regulations in a timely manner, if at all. In addition, being a public company makes it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance. In the future, we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain this coverage. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified executives and members of our Board of Directors, particularly directors willing to serve on an audit committee which we expect to establish.

Our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting until we are no longer an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act and we are not an “accelerated filer” or a “large accelerated filer.” If we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which could harm our business.

 

69


Table of Contents

Any failure to maintain effective internal control over our financial reporting could materially adversely affect us.

Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 requires us to include in our annual reports on Form 10-K an assessment by management of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. In addition, at such time, if any, as we are an “accelerated filer” or a “large accelerated filer,” and no longer an “emerging growth company,” our independent registered public accounting firm will have to attest to and report on management’s assessment of the effectiveness of such internal control over financial reporting. Based upon the last evaluation conducted as of December 31, 2015, our management at the time concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of such date to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms. However, as a result of the consummation of the Merger, we will have implemented a new management team. Our new management has not yet conducted a formal evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting and has not been able to make an assessment on whether the internal controls are effective.

While we intend to diligently and thoroughly document, review, test and improve our internal control over financial reporting in order to ensure compliance with Section 404, management may not be able to conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is effective. Furthermore, even if management were to reach such a conclusion, if at that time an attestation report of our independent registered public accounting firm is required and such firm is not satisfied with the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting, or if the independent auditors interpret the requirements, rules or regulations differently than we do, then they may decline to attest to management’s assessment or may issue a report that is qualified. Any of these events could result in a loss of investor confidence in the reliability of our financial statements, which in turn could negatively affect the price of our Common Stock.

In particular, we must perform system and process evaluation and testing of our internal control over financial reporting to allow management and (if required in future) our independent registered public accounting firm to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, as required by Section 404. Our compliance with Section 404 may require that we incur substantial accounting expense and expend significant management efforts. We currently do not have an internal audit group, and we will need to retain the services of additional accounting and financial staff or consultants with appropriate public company experience and technical accounting knowledge to satisfy the ongoing requirements of Section 404. We intend to review the effectiveness of our internal controls and procedures and make any changes management determines appropriate, including to achieve compliance with Section 404 by the date on which we are required to so comply.

We could be subject to securities class action litigation.

In the past, securities class action litigation has often been brought against a company following a decline in the market price of its securities. This risk is especially relevant for us because biotechnology companies have experienced significant stock price volatility in recent years. If we face such litigation, it could result in substantial costs and a diversion of management’s attention and resources, which could harm our business.

***

The risks above do not necessarily comprise all of those associated with an investment in the Company. This Report contains forward looking statements that involve unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause the actual results, financial condition, performance or achievements of the Company to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward looking statements. Factors that might cause such a difference include, but are not limited to, those set out above.

 

70


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following management’s discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the historical financial statements and the related notes thereto contained in this report. The management’s discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements, such as statements of our plans, objectives, expectations and intentions. Any statements that are not statements of historical fact are forward-looking statements. When used, the words “believe,” “plan,” “intend,” “anticipate,” “target,” “estimate,” “expect” and the like, and/or future tense or conditional constructions (“will,” “may,” “could,” “should,” etc.), or similar expressions, identify certain of these forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties, including those under “Risk Factors” in this Report, that could cause actual results or events to differ materially from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. The Company’s actual results and the timing of events could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of several factors. The Company does not undertake any obligation to update forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances occurring after the date of this report .

On May 3, 2016, our wholly-owned subsidiary, Valeritas Acquisition Corp., a corporation formed in the State of Delaware on April 27, 2016 (“Acquisition Sub”), merged with and into Valeritas, Inc., a corporation incorporated on August 26, 2008 in the state of Delaware (“Valeritas”). Pursuant to this transaction, Valeritas was the surviving corporation and became our wholly-owned subsidiary. All of the outstanding stock of Valeritas was converted into shares of our Common Stock.

In connection with the Merger and pursuant to the Split-Off Agreement, we transferred our pre-Merger assets and liabilities to our pre-Merger majority stockholder, in exchange for the surrender by her and cancellation of 41,486,004 shares of our Common Stock.

As a result of the Merger and Split-Off, we discontinued our pre-Merger business and acquired the business of Valeritas and will continue the existing business operations of Valeritas as a publicly-traded company under the name Valeritas Holdings, Inc. Following the Merger and Split-Off, the shareholders of Valeritas effectively control the combined companies, and as such, Valeritas is deemed to be the accounting acquirer in the merger.

As the result of the Merger and the change in business and operations of the Company, a discussion of the past financial results of the Company is not pertinent, and under applicable accounting principles the historical financial results of Valeritas, the accounting acquirer, prior to the Merger are considered the historical financial results of the Company.

The following discussion highlights Valeritas’s results of operations and the principal factors that have affected our financial condition as well as our liquidity and capital resources for the periods described, and provides information that management believes is relevant for an assessment and understanding of the statements of financial condition and results of operations presented herein. The following discussion and analysis are based on Valeritas’s audited and unaudited financial statements contained in this Report, which we have prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles. You should read the discussion and analysis together with such financial statements and the related notes thereto.

Basis of Presentation

The audited financial statements of Valeritas for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 contained herein include a summary of our significant accounting policies and should be read in conjunction with the discussion below. In the opinion of management, all material adjustments necessary to present fairly the results of operations for such periods have been included in these audited financial statements. All such adjustments are of a normal recurring nature.

Overview

We are a commercial-stage medical technology company focused on developing innovative technologies to improve the health and quality of life of people with Type 2 diabetes. We designed our first commercialized product, the V-Go Disposable Insulin Delivery Device, or V-Go, to help patients with Type 2 diabetes who require insulin to

 

71


Table of Contents

achieve and maintain their target blood glucose goals. V-Go is a small, discreet and easy-to-use disposable insulin delivery device that a patient adheres to his or her skin every 24 hours. V-Go enables patients to closely mimic the body’s normal physiologic pattern of insulin delivery throughout the day and to manage their diabetes with insulin without the need to plan a daily routine around multiple daily injections.

We currently focus on the treatment of patients with Type 2 diabetes—a pervasive and costly disease that, according to the 2014 National Diabetes Statistics Report released by the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, or CDC, currently affects between 90% to 95% of the approximately 22 million U.S. adults diagnosed with diabetes. The CDC estimates that the combined direct medical and drug costs and indirect lost productivity costs of diabetes in the United States are approximately $245 billion annually. We believe the majority of the 12.8 million U.S. adults treating their Type 2 diabetes with more than one daily oral anti-diabetic drug, or OAD, or an injectable diabetes medicine can benefit from V-Go’s innovative approach to Type 2 diabetes management. Our near-term market consists of the approximately 5.8 million of these patients who currently take insulin, which includes 4.6 million patients who have not been able to achieve their target blood glucose goal.

We commenced commercial sales of V-Go in the United States during 2012. In the second half of 2012, we began hiring sales representatives in selected U.S. markets. At the end of 2015, our sales team covered 63 territories primarily within the East, South, Midwest and Southwest regions of the United States.

Since launching V-Go, the total number of prescriptions for, and the number of patients using, V-Go have increased each year. Based on prescription data, we estimate there were approximately 92,000 V-Go prescriptions filled during the year ended December 31, 2015, and we estimate that approximately 11,500 patients with Type 2 diabetes were using V-Go during 2015.

2014 Reorganization

During the second quarter of 2014, Valeritas consummated a series of transactions designed to facilitate future capital raising by simplifying its capitalization, or the 2014 Reorganization. On June 19, 2014, Valeritas Merger Sub, Inc. and Valeritas Holdings, LLC, or Holdings LLC, merged with and into us. Prior to the 2014 Reorganization, Holdings LLC was Valeritas’s direct wholly owned subsidiary. Valeritas survived the 2014 Reorganization as a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Holdings LLC. In connection with the 2014 Reorganization, all of the pre-merger holders of Valeritas’s Series A, B, C, C-1 and C-2 preferred stock, common stock, options to purchase common stock and preferred stock warrants converted these securities into preferentially equivalent units in Holdings LLC, and Valeritas issued 6,923,076 shares of its common stock to Holdings LLC, which represented Holdings LLC’s sole asset. These shares of common stock were distributed to unit holders of Holdings LLC upon the cancellation of Holdings LLC and the liquidation of its assets in March 2016 in accordance with the liquidation preferences applicable to Holdings LLC’s units.

 

72


Table of Contents

Financial Overview

Results of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2015

The following is a comparison of revenue and expense categories for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Change  
     2014      2015      $      %  
(in thousands except percentages)                            

Revenue

   $ 13,493      $ 18,097      $ 4,604        34  

Costs of goods sold

     17,773        14,237        (3,536      (20
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Gross Margin

     (4,280      3,860         8,140        190  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Operating expense:

           

Research and development

     6,265        6,523        (258      (4

Selling, general and administrative

     48,488        44,680        3,808        8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total operating expense

     54,753        51,203        3,550        6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Operating loss

     (59,033      (47,343      11,690        20  

Other income (expense), net:

           

Interest income

     3        1        (2      (67

Interest expense

     (7,545      (16,318      (8,773      (116

Change in fair value of prepayment features

     802        443        (359      (45

Other income (expense)

     201        —           (201      (100

Offering Costs (including 2014 capitalized IPO Costs)

     —           (3,978      (3,978      (100
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

     (6,539      (19,852      (13,313      (204
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net Loss

   $ (65,572    $ (67,195    $ (1,623      (2
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Revenue

We generate revenue from sales of V-Go to third-party wholesalers and medical supply distributors that take delivery and ownership of V-Go and, in turn, sell it to retail pharmacies or directly to patients with Type 2 diabetes. Our revenue is generated in the United States, and we view our operations as one operating segment. Financial information is reviewed on a consolidated basis to allow management to make decisions regarding resource allocations and assess performance. V-Go’s 30-day packages are sold to wholesalers at wholesale acquisition cost, which was $263 and $284 as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2015, respectively. The increase in V-Go prescribed to patients and, to a lesser extent price increases, contributed to a revenue increase of 34% on a period over period, comparative basis.

Our revenue increased from $13.5 million in 2014 to $18.1 million in 2015, as a result of our territorial expansion. We commenced commercial sales of V-Go in the United States during the first half of 2012 and hired sales representatives to cover selected U.S. markets.

Cost of Goods Sold

Cost of goods sold includes raw materials, labor costs, manufacturing overhead expenses and reserves for anticipated scrap and inventory obsolescence. Due to our relatively low production volumes of V-Go and the accompanying filling accessory known as EZ Fill, compared to our potential capacity for those products, the majority of our per-unit costs are manufacturing overhead expenses. These expenses include quality assurance, manufacturing engineering, material procurement, inventory control, facilities, equipment and operations supervision and management.

Our cost of goods sold for 2015 was approximately $14.2 million on revenue of approximately $18.1 million, compared to approximately $17.8 million in cost of goods sold on revenue of approximately $13.5 million during 2014. As a percentage of revenue, cost of goods sold decreased from approximately 132% during 2014 to approximately 79% during 2015.

 

73


Table of Contents

We currently manufacture V-Go and the EZ Fill accessory in cleanrooms at a contract manufacturing organization, or CMO, in Southern China. We also have a relationship with a separate CMO that performs our final inspection and packaging functions. Any single-source components and suppliers are managed through our global supply chain operation. During 2015, we worked with our manufacturing CMO to refine our manufacturing processes and production lines to improve efficiencies and reduce labor cost. These improvements, combined with production volume growth from 3.7 million units in 2014 to 4.7 million units in 2015, were the primary drivers in the reduction in cost of goods sold per unit.

We expect our overall gross margin, which is calculated as revenue less cost of goods sold for a given period, to fluctuate in future periods as a result of increased manufacturing output as well as changes in and improvements to our manufacturing processes and expenses. We expect that improvements in manufacturing efficiencies and increases in volume up to our current capacity will generally improve our gross margins.

Research and Development

Our research and development activities primarily consist of engineering and research programs associated with products under development as well as activities associated with our core technologies and processes. They are primarily related to employee compensation, including salary, fringe benefits, share-based compensation and contract employee expenses.

Total research and development expenses increased by 4.1% during the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the prior year. The unfavorable variance of $0.3 million was comprised of increased employee related costs and contract labor.

We expect our research, development and engineering expenses to increase from current levels as we initiate and advance our development projects, including the prefill V-Go.

Selling, General and Administrative

Selling, general and administrative expenses consist primarily of salary, fringe benefits and share-based compensation for our executive, financial, marketing, sales, business development, regulatory affairs and administrative functions. Other significant expenses include product demonstration samples, trade show expenses, professional fees for our contracted customer support center, external legal counsel, independent auditors and other consultants, insurance, facilities and information technologies expenses. We expect our selling, general and administrative expenses to increase as our business expands.

Our selling, general and administrative expenses decreased in the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to 2014 by $3.8 million. Our net cost of V-Gos made up $3.1 million of this reduction. This was driven by a significant drop in the production volume of these V-Gos during 2015, as we had built an adequate supply from which to distribute to physicians. These sample V-Gos are expensed when produced. The remaining savings of $0.7 million was attributed to a combination of reduced headcount and related expenses, and our reduced reliance on external consulting services used to assist with our marketing initiatives and other professional services.

Other Income (Expense), Net

Other income (expense), net primarily consists of interest expense and amortization of debt discount associated with our term loan agreements with Capital Royalty Partners and WCAS Capital Partners IV, L.P. See “—Indebtedness” below for more information.

The increase in interest expense during the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to the prior year was attributable to borrowings under our senior secured debt and our senior subordinated note payable, both of which bear compounded, payment-in-kind, or PIK, interest. In May, 2015 we entered into a forbearance agreement with the senior secured debt holder, at which time the interest rate rose from 11% to 15%. In addition, a 4% prepayment premium was established and charged to interest expense. The increased interest resulting from the forbearance agreement, and associated troubled debt restructuring, or TDR, which included the acceleration of all debt discounts and fees from the exercise of the prepayment provision over the restructuring period, combined to drive the $8.8 million expense increase.

 

74


Table of Contents

The year over year variances of other income and changes in prepayment features are primarily caused by fluctuations in period end valuations of derivative liabilities associated with our debt. In addition, 2015 results included $3.9 million of direct legal and accounting fees associated with our attempted initial public offering in the first quarter of 2015.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

We are subject to a number of risks similar to those of early stage companies, including dependence on key individuals, the difficulties inherent in the development of a commercial market, the potential need to obtain additional capital necessary to fund the development of our products, and competition from larger companies. These factors along with our cash position prior to the consummation of the Offering and debt restructuring in connection with the Merger raised substantial doubt regarding our ability to continue as a going concern. Our consolidated financial statements in 2015 highlight this uncertainty but were prepared with the assumption that we will continue as a going concern and will be able to realize our assets and discharge our liabilities in the normal course of business.

At December 31, 2015, we had $2.8 million in cash and cash equivalents, and we received an additional $13.2 million in net proceeds from our Series AB financing conducted in 2016 which, together with the expected cash used in operations and debt service requirements, raised substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. We believe that our cash on hand in the amount of approximately $1.8 million as of May 3, 2016, prior to the Offering, together with the net proceeds of approximately $23.7 million received from the Offering and the restructuring of our term loan agreement, or Term Loan, with Capital Royalty Partners, or CRG, both in connection with the Merger, will be sufficient to satisfy our liquidity requirements for at least the next 12 months. We expect that our sales performance and the resulting operating income or loss, as well as the status of each of our new product development programs, will significantly impact our cash management decisions. We have utilized, and may continue to utilize, debt arrangements with debt providers and financial institutions to finance our operations. Factors such as interest rates and available cash will impact our decision to continue to utilize debt arrangements as a source of cash. In the event we do not consummate the Offering or we are not able to restructure our debt, we will need to seek alternative financing sources, including from debt issuance or private equity, in order to execute our business strategies and continue as a going concern. See “—Indebtedness—Debt Restructuring” below for more information regarding the restructuring of the Term Loan.

Historically, our sources of cash have included private placements of equity securities, debt arrangements, and cash generated from operations, primarily from the collection of accounts receivable resulting from sales. Our historical cash outflows have primarily been associated with cash used for operating activities such as the purchase and growth of inventory, expansion of our sales and marketing and research and development activities and other working capital needs; the acquisition of intellectual property; and expenditures related to equipment and improvements used to increase our manufacturing capacity and improve our manufacturing efficiency and for overall facility expansion.

The following table shows a summary of our cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2014      2015  
(in thousands)              

Net cash provided by (used in):

     

Operating activities

   $ (48,015    $ (40,884

Investing activities

     (2,495      (987

Financing activities

     40,440        23,716   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ (10,070    $ (18,155
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

75


Table of Contents

Operating Activities

The decrease in net cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2014 was primarily associated with increased product revenue and lower cost of goods sold as a result of manufacturing efficiencies. In addition, 2015 operating expense benefited from internal efforts and improvements in managing cash flows.

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 was primarily related to purchases of capital equipment for our production lines. The use of cash in both 2014 and 2015 was related to augmenting the already existing production lines and corresponding capacity with our CMO built during prior years.

Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2015 was the result of gross proceeds from our Series D, AA, and AB financing rounds of $2.8 million, $15.2 million, and $8.5 million respectively. These were partially offset by issuance costs of $0.2 million, capital lease repayments of $0.2 million, and the remaining deferred costs from our attempted initial public offering, or IPO, in the first quarter of 2015 of $2.0 million. Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2014 was primarily the result of gross proceeds from the Series D Financing of $43.0 million, partially offset by issuance costs of $0.7 million and debt and capital lease repayments of $0.4 million. In addition, 2014 cash expenditures of $1.6 million included deferred costs related to our attempted IPO conducted in the first quarter of 2015.

Indebtedness

Capital Royalty Partners Term Loan

On May 23, 2013, we entered into the Term Loan, which provides for total potential borrowings of up to $100 million, structured as a senior secured loan with a six-year term. The Term Loan is secured by substantially all of our assets, including our material intellectual property. The agreement provides for the issuance of notes in three separate tranches. The Term Loan bears interest at 11% per annum and compounds annually. Until the third anniversary of the Term Loan, we have the option to pay quarterly interest of 7.5% in cash and 3.5% paid-in-kind, or PIK, interest which is added to the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loan on the last day of each quarter. Thereafter, interest on the Term Loan is payable only in cash. The first tranche of the Term Loan was $50 million, and was drawn on August 15, 2013. The potential second and third tranches of the Term Loan were $25 million each and could have been drawn if we had achieved specified revenue milestones for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and September 30, 2014. We did not meet the respective revenue thresholds for the second and third tranches on those dates and therefore only drew down a total of $50.0 million under the Term Loan. The Term Loan contains a minimum revenue covenant, which was $25.0 million for 2014 and originally $50.0 million for 2015.

In connection with entering into the Term Loan in May 2013, we issued warrants to CRG, or the Original CRG Warrants, to purchase 3,588,870 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.013. The Original CRG Warrants were deemed to be permanent equity. We recorded the loan net of an original issuance discount of $3.3 million, relating to the issuance of the Original CRG Warrants and net of deferred financing costs paid directly to CRG of $0.5 million. During June 2014, and in connection with the 2014 Reorganization, the Original CRG Warrants cancelled and on August 5, 2014, December 8, 2014 and February 28, 2015, we issued CRG new warrants to purchase 152,821, 24,526 and 1,802 shares of our common stock, respectively, in each case exercisable at $0.013 per share, or the New CRG Warrants issued in 2014. The incremental fair value of the New CRG Warrants issued in 2015 in relation to the Original CRG Warrants was $1.7 million and was treated as an additional debt discount during 2014. The fair value of the New CRG Warrants was less than $0.1 million and has been treated as an additional debt discount. The total debt discount associated with the New CRG Warrants is being amortized over the term of the Term Loan using the effective interest method and was $3.9 million and $0.3 million at December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively. The amortization in 2015 was impacted by the Forbearance Agreement, as discussed in more detail below.

 

76


Table of Contents

Upon a change in control or certain asset sales, the Term Loan must be prepaid in an amount equal to the outstanding principal balance plus accrued and unpaid interest, taking into account a prepayment premium that starts at 5% of the balance and decreases to 0% over time. We determined that the prepayment feature qualified as an embedded derivative requiring bifurcation from the debt. The derivative was initially valued at $0.6 million and recorded as a long-term liability within derivative liabilities on our consolidated balance sheet, with a corresponding discount on the note. The fair value of the derivative liability was $0.4 million at December 31, 2014. The change in fair value of $0.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, was recorded to “change in fair value of prepayment features” in our consolidated statement of operations. The original issue discount related to the prepayment feature is being amortized using the effective interest method over the term of the Term Loan and was $0.5 million and less than $0.1 million as of December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively. The amortization in 2015 was impacted by the Forbearance Agreement, as discussed in more detail below.

Forbearance Agreement

On or around March 31, 2015, certain events of default occurred under the Term Loan, including our:

 

    failure to pay interest when due;

 

    failure to conduct an anticipated IPO;

 

    failure to generate revenue of $25 million during the 12 month period ended December 31, 2014;

 

    failure to procure a strategic investment from a public company;

 

    failure to maintain reasonably adequate operating cash and working capital;

 

    failure to raise additional capital from our existing shareholders; and

 

    failure to provide adequate assurance of (i) making interest payment under the Term Loan due on March 31, 2015, (ii) maintaining a minimum daily balance of cash and cash equivalents required under the Term Loan, and (iii) remaining solvent.

On May 18, 2015 we entered into a limited forbearance agreement with CRG pursuant to which CRG agreed to forbear in pursuing its remedies under the Term Loan. The forbearance agreement has subsequently been amended five times and was last amended on March 25, 2016. The forbearance agreement, as amended, contains a number of terms and conditions in exchange for CRG’s agreement to forbear. The forbearance agreement requires us to pay interest under the Term Loan at the default interest rate of 15% per annum. The agreement implements heightened reporting requirements and requires the company to operate within a projected 13-week budgeted cash flow which has been updated pursuant to the amendments to the forbearance agreement. The forbearance agreement has required us to obtain three rounds of bridge financing, the first for which we effected the Series AA Preferred Stock financing on May 18, 2015 for aggregate consideration of $15.2 million, the second for which we effected the first closing of the Series AB Preferred Stock financing on September 28, 2015 for aggregate consideration of $3.3 million, and the third for which we effected the fourth closing of the Series AB Preferred Stock financing on January 29, 2016 for aggregate consideration of $5.3 million. The forbearance agreement also required us to issue warrants to purchase up to $20 million of Series AB preferred stock with a strike price of $1.25 per share. Under the terms of the forbearance agreement the proceeds of the bridge equity financings and the Series AB preferred stock warrants are to be used to meet the projections set out in the budgeted cash flow and we are not permitted to use cash held in the Valeritas Security Control Account until we have first used all of the bridge equity and Series AB preferred stock proceeds.

The forbearance agreement initially provided for a forbearance period that would end on September 29, 2015, however, the forbearance period was subsequently lengthened pursuant to the amendments. The forbearance agreement as amended provides for a forbearance period terminating on the earlier to occur of April 30, 2016 or upon the occurrence of certain other specified events, such as: (i) the occurrence of a material adverse effect under the Term Loan; (ii) the bridge equity financings; (iii) the preferred Series AB stock warrants; (iv) termination of any placement agent under the Placement Agent Agreement, dated as of March 17, 2016, or the Placement Agent

 

77


Table of Contents

Agreement; (v) failure of the Merger to occur; (vi) failure of certain specified events under the Placement Agent Agreement to occur by May 3, 2016; and (vii) any shareholder asserting dissenters’ rights to the Merger or any person challenging the legality of the Merger.

For financial reporting purposes, the forbearance agreements signed during 2015 accelerated the timing of repayment of the Term Loan to January 22, 2016. We accelerated the amortization of the debt discounts to coincide with the forbearance period which triggered a troubled debt restructuring and, as such, $3.6 million was amortized in 2015. Further, the prepayment feature was extinguished with the accrual of the full prepayment penalty. The change in fair value of $0.4 million of the prepayment derivative for the year ended December 31, 2015, was recorded to other income in our consolidated statement of operations. In addition, we are obligated to pay a prepayment premium of $2.4 million which represents 4% of the aggregate outstanding amount of the Term Loan at the agreed repayment date (i.e. at the expiration date of forbearance agreement) which was recognized at December 31, 2015.

WCAS Capital Partners Note Payable

In 2011, concurrently with the issuance of Series C Preferred Stock, we issued a $5.0 million senior subordinated note, or the WCAS Note, to WCAS Capital Partners IV, L.P., or WCAS. Amounts due under the WCAS Note originally bore interest at 10% per annum, payable semi-annually, and the full principal amount is due in September 2021. We may pay off the WCAS Note at any time without penalty.

On May 23, 2013, in connection with the entry into the Term Loan, the WCAS Note was amended such that the note now bears interest at 12% per annum, and all interest accrues as compounded PIK interest and is added to the aggregate principal amount of the loan semi-annually. The then outstanding principal amount of the note, including accrued PIK interest, is due in full in September 2021.

Upon a change in control, the WCAS Note must be prepaid in an amount equal to the outstanding principal balance, plus accrued and unpaid interest. We determined that the prepayment feature qualified as an embedded derivative requiring bifurcation from the debt. On May 18, 2015, WCAS and CRG entered into a Subordination Agreement, referred to as the Subordination Agreement, to subordinate in right and time of payment of the WCAS Note to payment in full of the Term Loan and prohibit WCAS from obtaining any security interests in the collateral to secure the WCAS Note. The derivative was initially valued at $0.7 million and recorded as a long-term liability within derivative liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets, with a corresponding discount on the WCAS Note. We determined that the fair value of WCAS’ put option derivative was de-minimus as of December 31, 2015. The change in fair value for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 of $0.6 million and $0.1 million, respectively was recorded to “change in fair value of prepayment features” on our consolidated statement of operations. The original issue discount for the prepayment feature is being amortized over the term of the loan using the effective interest method and was $0.5 million and $0.3 million as of December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

2016 Debt Restructuring

We restructured our outstanding debt in connection with the Merger. As part of this restructuring, we renegotiated our Term Loan with CRG, with such amended and restated term loan referred to as the Revised Term Loan, and the WCAS Note, with such amended and restated note referred to as the Revised WCAS Note. Pursuant to such negotiations, of the total amount of interest, fees, and expenses accrued as of immediately prior to the Merger equal to $18,650,266.84, $5,812,323.91 was converted into shares of Valeritas’s common stock and $12,837,942.93 was converted into shares of Valeritas’s Series AB Preferred Stock, each at a conversion price equal to $1.25 per share. These shares of Series AB Preferred Stock issued to CRG and WCAS as a result of such conversion were subsequently exchanged for shares of our common stock as part of the Merger. For further information regarding the shares of our common stock received in the Merger, see “Item 2.01–Completion of Acquisition or Disposition–The Merger and Related Transactions–Merger Agreement”.

 

78


Table of Contents

Revised Term Loan

The material aspects of the Revised Term Loan are as follows:

 

    The Revised Term Loan will mature and the principal and all accrued paid-in-kind interest will amortize in a single bullet payment, on the twentieth quarterly payment date following the consummation of the Merger.

 

    Interest on the Revised Term Loan will accrue at a rate of 11% per annum paid quarterly. Interest is payable, in our discretion, as eight percent cash interest and three percent paid-in-kind interest; provided, however, that before the eighth quarterly payment date, interest will be payable, in our discretion, in its entirety as paid-in-kind interest. All cash interest will otherwise be paid quarterly. During any period in which an event of default has occurred and is continuing, the interest rate will increase by four percent, per annum, and payable entirely in cash.

 

    The Revised Term Loan is secured by a first priority security interest and right of payment in all of our current global assets, accounts and proceeds, or those to be acquired.

 

    All existing defaults under the Term Loan have been permanently waived.

 

    We may, in our discretion, repay the Revised Term Loan in whole or in part without any penalty or prepayment fees.

 

    The Revised Term Loan includes only one financial liquidity operating covenant, which requires that we maintain an end-of-day cash balance greater than $5 million.

Revised WCAS Note

The material aspects of the Revised WCAS Note are as follows:

 

    The Revised WCAS Note will mature and the principal and all accrued paid-in-kind interest will amortize in a single bullet payment, on September 8, 2021.

 

    The Revised WCAS Note will accrue interest at a rate of ten percent per annum payable entirely as paid-in-kind interest.

 

    Pursuant to the Subordination Agreement, WCAS’s right to payment under the Revised WCAS Note is subject to CRG’s payment of the Revised Term Loan.

 

    All existing defaults under the WCAS Note have been permanently waived.

Contractual Obligations

The following summarizes our significant contractual obligations as of December 31, 2015:

 

     Payment Due by Period  
            Less than      1 to 3      3 to 5      More than  

(in thousands)

   Total      1 Year      Years      Years      5 Years  

Purchase commitments(1)

   $ 3,959       $ 3,959       $ —         $ —         $ —     

Operating lease obligations(2)

     2,302         1,161         1,141         —           —     

Capital lease obligations(3)

     26         26         —           —           —     

Senior secured debt(4)

     60,956         60,956         —           —           —     

Other note payable(5)

     6,804         6,804         —           —           —     

Interest payments on debt(6)

     9,548         9,548         —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

          

Total

   $ 83,595       $ 82,454       $ 1,141       $ 0       $ 0   

 

(1) Represents purchase commitments with suppliers for raw materials and finished goods.
(2) Represents operating lease commitments for office and manufacturing space in Shrewsbury, Massachusetts and Bridgewater, New Jersey and small office equipment.
(3) Represents capital lease commitments for manufacturing equipment that expire in March 2016.
(4) Represents a term loan agreement with Capital Royalty Partners for $50.0 million, including accrued interest through December 31, 2015. As part of the Merger, outstanding accrued interest and fees in the amount of $5,812,323.91 were converted into shares of Valeritas’s common stock and outstanding accrued interest and fees in the amount of $10,762,280.21 were converted into shares of Valeritas’s Series AB Preferred Stock.

 

79


Table of Contents
(5) Represents a $5.0 million Senior Subordinated Note Payable to WCAS Capital Partners IV, L.P., including accrued interest through December 31, 2015.
(6) Represents interest expense as well as the 4% prepayment premium on senior secured debt and future interest owed on the other note payable. As of December 31, 2015, the other note payable was considered in cross default, and under the terms of the Forbearance Agreement, the balance on the senior secured debt was considered due on January 22, 2016. Accordingly, all interest due has been presented as short term. As part of the Merger, outstanding accrued interest and fees in the amount of $5,812,323.91 were converted into shares of Valeritas’s common stock and outstanding accrued interest and fees in the amount of $10,762,280.21 were converted into shares of Valeritas’s Series AB Preferred Stock.

Related Party Transactions

We transact business with certain parties related to the Company, primarily with key stakeholders with the intent of managing working capital through additional debt or equity financing. See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.”

Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We are not currently required to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and are therefore not required to make an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Further, our independent registered public accounting firm has not been engaged to express, nor have they expressed, an opinion on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. In connection with our becoming a public company, we intend to focus on implementing appropriate internal controls and other procedures. Beginning with the year ending December 31, 2016, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, management will be required to deliver a report that assesses the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Under Section 103 of the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (“JOBS Act”), as an Emerging Growth Company (“EGC”), we will not be required to receive an auditor’s attestation report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act for as long as we qualify as an EGC.

Critical Accounting Policies and Use of Estimates

Our management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations is based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, or U.S. GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, as well as the reported revenue and expenses during the reporting periods. These items are monitored and analyzed by us for changes in facts and circumstances, and material changes in these estimates could occur in the future. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Changes in estimates are reflected in reported results for the period in which they become known. Actual results may differ materially from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

While our significant accounting policies are more fully described in the notes to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this filing, we believe that the following accounting policies are critical to the process of making significant judgments and estimates in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements and understanding and evaluating our reported financial results.

Revenue Recognition

Our revenue is primarily generated from the sales in the United States of V-Go to third-party wholesalers and medical supply distributors that, in turn, sell it to retail pharmacies or directly to patients.

We recognize revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred and title passed, the price is fixed or determinable, and collectability is reasonably assured. These criteria are applied as follows:

 

    The evidence of an arrangement generally consists of contractual arrangements with our third-party wholesalers and medical supply distributor customers.

 

80


Table of Contents
    Transfer of title and risk and rewards of ownership are passed upon shipment of product to distributors or upon delivery to patients. However, due to uncertainty of customer returns and insufficient historical data that would enable us to estimate returns, we do not consider this element to have been achieved until the prescription has been dispensed to the patient.

 

    The selling prices are fixed and agreed upon based on the contracts with distributors, the customer and contracted insurance payors, if applicable. For sales to customers associated with insurance providers with whom we do not have a contract, we recognize revenue upon collection of cash at which time the price is determinable. Provisions for discounts and rebates to customers are established as a reduction to revenue in the same period the related sales are recorded.

 

    We consider the overall creditworthiness and payment history of the distributor, customer or the contracted payor in concluding whether collectability is reasonably assured.

We have entered into agreements with wholesalers, distributors and third-party payors throughout the United States. These agreements may include product discounts and rebates payable by us to third-party payors upon dispensing V-Go to patients. Additionally, these agreements customarily provide such wholesalers and distributors with rights to return purchased products within a specific timeframe, as well as prior to such timeframe if the product is damaged in the normal course of business. Our wholesaler and medical supply distributor customers can generally return purchased product during a period that begins six months prior to the purchased V-Go’s expiration date and ends one year after the expiration date. V-Go’s expiration date is determined by adding 36 months to the date of manufacture. Returns are no longer honored after delivery to the patient. Therefore, with respect to each unit of V-Go sold, we record revenue when a patient takes possession of the product.

Revenue from product sales is recorded net of adjustments for managed care rebates, wholesale distributions fees, cash discounts, and prompt pay discounts, all of which are established at the time of sale. In order to prepare our consolidated financial statements, we are required to make estimates regarding the amounts earned or to be claimed on the related product sales, including the following:

 

    managed care rebates, which are based on the estimated end user payor mix and related contractual rebates; and

 

    prompt pay discounts, which are recorded based on specified payment terms, and which vary by customer.

We believe our estimates related to managed care rebates and prompt pay discounts do not have a higher degree of estimation complexity or uncertainty as the related amounts are settled within a relatively short period of time.

We are currently unable to reasonably estimate future returns due to lack of sufficient historical return data for V-Go. Accordingly, we invoice our customers, record deferred revenue equal to the gross invoice sales price less estimated cash discounts and distribution fees, and record a related deferred cost of goods sold. We defer recognition of revenue and the related cost of goods sold on shipments of V-Go until a customer’s right of return no longer exists, which is once we receive evidence that the product has been distributed to patients based on our analysis of third-party information. When we believe we have sufficient historical data to develop reasonable estimates of expected returns based upon historical returns, we plan to recognize product sales upon shipment to our customers.

Inventories

Inventories consists of raw materials, work in process and finished goods, which are valued at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined on a first in, first out, or FIFO, basis and includes material costs, labor and applicable overhead. We perform a review regarding our excess or obsolete inventory and write down any inventory that has no

 

81


Table of Contents

alternative uses to its net realizable value. Economic conditions, customer demand and changes in purchasing and distribution can affect the carrying value of inventory. As circumstances warrant, we record lower of cost or market inventory adjustments. In some instances, these adjustments can have a material effect on the financial results of an annual or interim period. In order to determine such adjustments, we evaluate the age, inventory turns and estimated fair value of product inventory by stage of completion and record an adjustment if estimated market value is below cost.

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes using the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax reporting purposes and for operating loss and tax credit carry forwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply in the years in which these temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. A valuation allowance is established to reduce net deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in results of operations in the period that includes the enactment date. We recognize the effect of income tax positions only if those positions are more likely than not of being sustained. Recognized income tax positions are measured at the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely of being recognized. Changes in recognition and measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in judgment occurs.

At December 31, 2015, we had net operating loss carryforwards for federal income tax purposes of $302.7 million that were available to offset future federal taxable income, if any. The federal net operating losses begin to expire in 2028. We also had net operating loss carryforwards for state income tax purposes of $46.2 million that are available to offset future state taxable income, if any. The state net operating loss carryforwards begin to expire in 2027.

The valuation allowance for deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2014 and 2015 was $102.7 million and $125.2 million, respectively. The valuation allowance is primarily related to net operating loss carryforwards that, in the judgment of our management, are not more likely than not to be realized. In making this assessment, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion of all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Based upon the level of historical taxable income and projections for future taxable income over the periods in which the deferred tax assets are deductible, management believed that a full valuation allowance was necessary at December 31, 2015. Utilization of the net operating loss carryforwards and research and development tax credit carryforwards may be subject to substantial annual limitation under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or the Code, and corresponding provisions of state law, due to ownership changes that have occurred previously or that could occur in the future. These ownership changes may limit the amount of carryforwards that can be utilized annually to offset future taxable income. In general, an ownership change, as defined by Section 382 of the Code, results from transactions increasing the ownership of certain stockholders or public groups in the stock of a corporation by more than 50% over a three-year period. We have not conducted a study after December 31, 2014 to determine whether a change of control has occurred or whether there have been multiple changes of control since December 31, 2014 due to the significant complexity and cost associated with such a study. If we experience a change of control, as defined by Section 382 of the Code, utilization of the net operating loss carryforwards or research and development tax credit carryforwards would be subject to an annual limitation under Section 382 of the Code, which is determined by first multiplying the value of the Company’s stock at the time of the ownership change by the applicable long-term tax-exempt rate, and then could be subject to additional adjustments, as required. Any limitation may result in expiration of a portion of the net operating loss carryfowards or research and development tax credit carryforwards before utilization. Further, until a study is completed and any limitation is known, no amounts are being presented as an uncertain tax position.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

We assess the impairment of long-lived assets, on an ongoing basis and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Our impairment review process is based

 

82


Table of Contents

upon an estimate of future undiscounted cash flow. Factors we consider that could trigger an impairment review include the following:

 

    significant underperformance relative to expected historical or projected future operating results,

 

    significant changes in the manner of our use of the acquired assets or the strategy for our overall business

 

    significant negative industry or economic trends

 

    significant technological changes, which would render equipment and manufacturing processes obsolete

Recoverability of assets that will continue to be used in our operations is measured by comparing the carrying value to the future net undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset or asset group. Future undiscounted cash flows include estimates of future revenues, driven by market growth rates, and estimated future costs. There were no impairment charges recorded during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014.

Share-Based Compensation and Common Stock Valuation

Share-Based Compensation

We measure the cost of awards of equity instruments based on the grant date fair value of the awards. That cost is recognized on a straight-line basis over the period during which the employee is required to provide service in exchange for the entire award.

The fair value of stock options on the date of grant is calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, based on key assumptions such as the fair value of common stock, expected volatility and expected term. Our estimates of these important assumptions are primarily based on third-party valuations, historical data, peer company data and our judgment regarding future trends and other factors. Through May 2014, our board of directors used the purchase price of the Series C Preferred Stock of $1.866 as the exercise price on issuances of options to purchase our common stock. This exercise price for grants made during this period was, in all instances, above the fair value of the common stock. After the 2014 Recapitalization, our board of directors took into account a contemporaneous valuation as of June 1, 2014, but which gave effect to the 2014 Recapitalization, to establish the exercise price of option grants issued during July and September of 2014. These option grants were issued with an exercise price of $11.14, which our board determined to be the fair market value of our common stock at each grant date. We granted stock options on December 11, 2014 with an exercise price of $11.60 and January 5, 2015 with an exercise price of $12.78, which our board determined to be the fair market value of our common stock on those respective dates. There were no other options granted in 2015.

Common Stock Valuation

We have historically granted stock options at exercise prices not less than the fair value of our common stock. As there has been no public market for our common stock to date, the estimated fair value of our common stock has been determined by our board of directors. Prior to this offering, we have been a private company with no active public market for our common stock. Therefore, we have periodically determined for financial reporting purposes the estimated per share fair value of our common stock at various dates using contemporaneous valuations performed in accordance with the guidance outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation, also known as the Practice Aid. We performed these contemporaneous valuations on an as-needed basis. In conducting the contemporaneous valuations, we considered all objective and subjective factors that we believed to be relevant for each valuation conducted, including our best estimate of our business condition, prospects and operating performance at each valuation date. Within the contemporaneous valuations performed, a range of factors, assumptions and methodologies were used. The significant factors included:

 

    the prices of our preferred stock sold to or exchanged between outside investors in arm’s length transactions, and the rights, preferences and privileges of our preferred stock as compared to those of our common stock, including the liquidation preferences of our preferred stock;

 

83


Table of Contents
    our results of operations, financial position and the status of research and development efforts;

 

    the composition of, and changes to, our management team and board of directors;

 

    the lack of liquidity of our common stock as a private company;

 

    our stage of development and business strategy and the material risks related to our business and industry;

 

    the achievement of enterprise milestones, including entering into collaboration and license agreements;

 

    the valuation of publicly traded companies in the life sciences and biotechnology sectors, as well as recently completed mergers and acquisitions of peer companies;

 

    any external market conditions affecting the life sciences, biopharmaceutical or medical technology industry sectors;

 

    the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the holders of our common stock and stock options, such as an initial public offering, or IPO, or a sale of our company, given prevailing market conditions;

 

    the state of the IPO market for similarly situated privately held medical technology companies; and

 

    any recent contemporaneous valuations prepared by an independent valuation specialist in accordance with methodologies outlined in the Practice Aid.

Common Stock Valuation Methodologies

The contemporaneous valuations discussed below were prepared in accordance with the guidelines in the Practice Aid, which prescribes several valuation approaches for setting the value of an enterprise, such as the cost, market and income approaches, and various methodologies for allocating the value of an enterprise to its common stock. The dates of our contemporaneous valuations have not always coincided with the dates of our stock-based compensation grants. In determining the fair value of our common shares, our board of directors considered, among other things, the most recent valuations of our common stock and our assessment of additional objective and subjective factors we believed were relevant as of the grant date. The additional factors considered when determining any changes in fair value between the most recent contemporaneous valuation and the grant dates included, when available, the prices paid in recent transactions involving our equity securities, as well as our stage of development, our operating and financial performance and current business conditions.

We generally used the income and market approaches in our contemporaneous valuations, and then allocate our enterprise value using a hybrid approach, as discussed below. The income approach utilizes a discounted cash flow, or DCF, analysis, to determine the enterprise value of the company. The DCF analysis involves applying appropriate discount rates to estimated cash flows that were based on forecasts of revenue, costs and capital requirements. Our assumptions underlying the estimates were consistent with the plans and estimates that we use to manage the business. The risks associated with achievement of our forecasts were assessed in selecting the appropriate discount rates and selecting probability weightings for forecasted cash flows. The market approach utilizes the public company method to determine the enterprise value of the company. Under the public company method, the business

 

84


Table of Contents

is valued by comparing it with publicly-held companies engaged in reasonably similar lines of business. Market multiples based on current market prices are utilized together with historical and forecasted financial data of the publicly-traded guideline companies. These derived market multiples are then applied to the company’s historical or projected results to arrive at indications of enterprise value.

Methods Used to Allocate Our Enterprise Value to Classes of Securities

In accordance with the Practice Aid, we considered the various methods for allocating the enterprise value across our classes and series of capital stock to determine the fair value of our common stock at each valuation date. The methods we considered consisted of the following:

 

    Current Value Method. Under the current value method, once the fair value of the enterprise is established, the value is allocated to the various series of preferred and common stock based on their respective seniority, liquidation preferences or conversion values, whichever is greatest.

 

    Option Pricing Method, or OPM. Under the option pricing method, shares are valued by creating a series of call options with exercise prices based on the liquidation preferences and conversion terms of each equity class. The values of the preferred and common stock are inferred by analyzing these options.

 

    Probability-Weighted Expected Return Method, or PWERM. The probability-weighted expected return method, or PWERM is a scenario-based analysis that estimates the value per share based on the probability-weighted present value of expected future investment returns, considering each of the possible outcomes available to us, as well as the economic and control rights of each share class.

 

    Hybrid Method. The hybrid method is a PWERM where the equity value in one of the scenarios is calculated using an OPM. In the hybrid method used by us, two types of future-event scenarios were considered: an IPO and an unspecified liquidity event. The enterprise value for the IPO scenario was determined using a market approach. The enterprise value for the unspecified liquidity event scenario was determined using the OPM approach. The relative probability of each type of future-event scenario was determined by our board of directors based on an analysis of market conditions at the time, including then-current IPO valuations of similarly situated companies, and expectations as to the timing and likely prospects of the future-event scenarios.

Private Placement Offering

Concurrently with the closing of the Merger, and as a condition to the Merger, we held a closing of our Offering in which we sold 5,039,000 shares of Valeritas common stock at a purchase price of $5.00 per share. In comparison, our estimate of the fair value of our common stock was $12.78 per share as of the January 5, 2015 stock option grants. We note that, as is typical in private placement offerings, the estimated price for the Offering was not derived using a formal determination of fair value, but was determined by negotiation between us and the placement agents. Among the factors that were considered in establishing the offering price of the Offering were the following:

 

    the general condition of the securities markets and the recent market prices of, and the demand for, publicly traded common stock of generally comparable companies;

 

    an assumption that there would be a receptive public trading market for biotechnology and medical device companies such as us; and

 

    an assumption that there would be sufficient demand for our common stock to support an offering of the size contemplated by this filing.

 

85


Table of Contents

Changes in Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

Valeritas elected to change accounting firms during the year ended December 31, 2015 to Friedman LLP. Year ended December 31, 2014 results were audited by KPMG LLP.

B F Borgers CPA PC, or B F Borgers, audited the financial results of Cleaner Yoga Mat, Inc. during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015. In connection with the Merger, B F Borgers was dismissed and Friedman LLP will continue as our independent registered public accounting firm. See Item 4.01, “Changes in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant” for further information.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Interest Rate Risk

We are exposed to financial market risks in the ordinary course of our business. Our cash and cash equivalents include cash in readily available checking and money market accounts, as well as certificates of deposit. These securities are not dependent on interest rate fluctuations that may cause the principal amount of these assets to fluctuate. Additionally, the interest rate on our outstanding indebtedness is fixed and is therefore not subject to changes in market interest rates.

Inflation Risk

Inflation generally affects us by increasing our cost of labor and pricing of contracts. We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations during the years ended December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2015.

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards

In July 2013, FASB issued ASU No. 2013-11, Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists , or ASU 2013-11. ASU 2013-11 clarifies guidance and eliminates diversity in practice on the presentation of unrecognized tax benefits when a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward exists at the reporting date. The amendments to ASU 2013-11 are effective for interim and annual fiscal periods beginning after December 15, 2013, with early adoption permitted. We adopted ASU 2013-11 on January 1, 2014. Its adoption did not have a material impact on our results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

On May 28, 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers , which requires an entity to recognize the amount of revenue to which it expects to be entitled for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers. The ASU will replace most existing revenue recognition guidance in U.S. GAAP when it becomes effective. In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-14, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Deferral of the Effective Date, which delayed the effective date of the new standard from January 1, 2017 to January 1, 2018. The FASB also agreed to allow entities to choose to adopt the standard as of the original effective date. This ASU permits the use of either the retrospective or cumulative effect transition method. We are evaluating the effect that ASU 2014-09 will have on our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. We have not yet selected a transition method nor have we determined the effect of the standard on our ongoing financial reporting.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements-Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40)—Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern, or ASU 2014-15. ASU 2014-15 provides guidance about management’s responsibility to evaluate whether there is a substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern and to provide related footnote disclosures. Specifically, ASU 2014-15 defines the term substantial doubt, requires an evaluation of every reporting period including interim periods, provides principles for considering the mitigating effect of management’s plan, requires certain disclosures when substantial doubt is alleviated as a result of consideration of management’s plans, requires an express statement and other disclosures when substantial doubt is not alleviated, and requires an assessment for a period of one year after the date that the financial statements are issued or available to be issued. The amendments in ASU 2014-15 are effective for annual periods ending after December 15, 2016 and interim periods thereafter. Earlier adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact this guidance may have on our consolidated financial statements.

 

86


Table of Contents

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-11, Inventory (Topic 330): Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory . The new standard applies only to inventory for which cost is determined by methods other than last-in, first-out and the retail inventory method, which includes inventory that is measured using first-in, first-out or average cost. Inventory within the scope of this standard is required to be measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Net realizable value is the estimated selling prices in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal, and transportation. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017. The adoption of this standard is not expected to have a material effect on our consolidated financial position and results of operations and statements of cash flows.

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-01, Financial Instruments-Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities . The amendments in ASU 2016-01, among other things, requires equity investments (except those accounted for under the equity method of accounting, or those that result in consolidation of the investee) to be measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in net income Requires public business entities to use the exit price notion when measuring the fair value of financial instruments for disclosure purposes; Requires separate presentation of financial assets and financial liabilities by measurement category and form of financial asset (i.e., securities or loans and receivables); Eliminates the requirement for public business entities to disclose the method(s) and significant assumptions used to estimate the fair value that is required to be disclosed for financial instruments measured at amortized cost. The amendments in this ASU are effective for non-public companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning December 15, 2019. Early adoption of the amendments in the ASU is permitted as early as the fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The adoption of this standard is not expected to have a material effect on our consolidated financial position and results of operations and statements of cash flows.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). The new guidance relates to how an entity should recognize lease assets and lease liabilities. The guidance specifies that an entity who is a lessee under lease agreements should recognize lease assets and lease liabilities for those leases classified as operating leases under previous FASB guidance. The guidance is effective for us beginning in the first quarter of 2019. Early adoption is permitted. In transition, lessees and lessors are required to recognize and measure leases at the beginning of the earliest period presented using a modified retrospective approach. We are currently evaluating the impact of adopting this guidance on our consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-06, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Contingent Put and Call Options in Debt Instruments . The amendments in this Update clarify the requirements for assessing whether contingent call (put) options that can accelerate the payment of principal on debt instruments are clearly and closely related to their debt hosts, which is one of the criteria for bifurcating an embedded derivative. An entity performing the assessment under the amendments in this Update is required to assess the embedded call (put) options solely in accordance with the four-step decision sequence. The guidance is effective for us beginning in the first quarter of 2018. Early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact of adopting this guidance on our consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting . The new guidance includes the income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, and classification on the statement of cash flows. Under the new standard, income tax benefits and deficiencies are to be recognized as income tax expense or benefit in the income statement and the tax effects of exercised or vested awards should be treated as discrete items in the reporting period in which they occur. An entity should also recognize excess tax benefits regardless of whether the benefit reduces taxes payable in the current period. Excess tax benefits should be classified along with other income tax cash flows as an operating activity. In regards to forfeitures, the entity may make an entity-wide accounting policy election to either estimate the number of awards that are expected to vest or account for forfeitures when they occur. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016 including interim periods within that reporting period, however early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating the guidance to determine our adoption method and the effect it will have on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

87


Table of Contents

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We did not engage in any “off-balance sheet arrangements” (as that term is defined in Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of Regulation S-K) as of December 31, 2015.

 

88


Table of Contents

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and generally includes voting or investment power with respect to securities. In accordance with Securities and Exchange Commission rules, shares of our common stock which may be acquired upon exercise of stock options or warrants which are currently exercisable or which become exercisable within 60 days of the date of the applicable table below are deemed beneficially owned by the holders of such options and warrants and are deemed outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage of ownership of such person, but are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage of ownership of any other person. Subject to community property laws, where applicable, the persons or entities named in the tables below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of our common stock indicated as beneficially owned by them.

The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our Common Stock as of May 3, 2016 (the “Determination Date”) following the consummation of the Merger and the initial closing of the Offering, by (i) each stockholder known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our Common Stock (our only classes of voting securities), (ii) each of our directors and executive officers, and (iii) all of our directors and executive officers as a group. To the best of our knowledge, except as otherwise indicated, each of the persons named in the table has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares of our Common Stock beneficially owned by such person, except to the extent such power may be shared with a spouse. To our knowledge, none of the shares listed below are held under a voting trust or similar agreement, except as noted. Other than the Merger, to our knowledge, there is no arrangement, including any pledge by any person of securities of the Company or any of its parents, the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change in control of the Company.

Unless otherwise indicated in the following table, the address for each person named in the table is c/o Valeritas Holdings, Inc., 750 Route 202 South, Suite 600, Bridgewater, NJ 08807.

 

Title of class   

Name and address

of beneficial owner (1)

   Amount and
nature of beneficial
ownership
     Percent of
class  (2)
 
Common Stock   

Capital Royalty L.P.(3)

1000 Main St.

Suite 2500

Houston, TX 77002

     9,487,763         75.06
Common Stock   

Mark Tompkins

APP 1 Via Giudino 23

6900 Lugano-Paradiso

Switzerland

     980,000         7.7

 

(1) No director or executive officer of the Company beneficially owns any shares of our Common Stock.
(2) Applicable percentage ownership is based on 12,638,991 shares of Common Stock outstanding as of the Determination Date, together with securities exercisable or convertible into shares of Common Stock within 60 days after the Determination Date, for each shareholder. Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and generally includes voting or investment power with respect to securities.
(3) Includes (a) 1,138,315 shares of common stock held by Capital Royalty Partners II L.P. (“Capital Royalty Partners II”), (b) 479,196 shares of common stock held by Capital Royalty Partners II (Cayman) L.P. (“Capital Royalty Partners Cayman”), (c) 1,268,654 shares of common stock held by Capital Royalty Partners II Parallel Fund “A” L.P. (“Capital Royalty Partners A”), (d) 4,351,402 shares of common stock held by Capital Royalty Partners II Parallel Fund “B” (Cayman) L.P. (“Capital Royalty Partners B”), and (e) 1,301,525 shares of common stock held by Parallel Investment Opportunities Partners II, L.P. (“Parallel Partners”). Capital Royalty Partners II, Capital Royalty Partners Cayman, Capital Royalty Partners A, Capital Royalty Partners B, and Parallel Partners are indirectly wholly-owned by Capital Royalty L.P. (“Capital Royalty”). As the sole and managing member of Capital Royalty, Charles Tate may be deemed to beneficially own such shares of common stock held by Capital Royalty Partners II, Capital Royalty Partners Cayman, Capital Royalty Partners A, Capital Royalty Partners B, and Parallel Partners.

 

89


Table of Contents

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, PROMOTERS AND CONTROL PERSONS

Directors and Executive Officers

Below are the names of and certain information regarding the Company’s current executive officers and directors who were appointed effective as of the closing of the Merger:

 

Name

   Age     

Position

John Timberlake

   51      Chief Executive Officer, Chief Commercial Officer, President and Director

Mark Conley

   54      Vice President, Corporate Controller and Treasurer

Geoffrey Jenkins

   64      Executive Vice President, Manufacturing, Operations and Research & Development

Matthew Nguyen

   46      Senior Vice-President Commercial

Nathan D. Hukill

   44      Director

Luke Düster

   41      Director

Cameron Hui

   27      Director

Rodney Altman, M.D.

   53      Director

Peter Devlin

   48      Director

Executive officers are appointed by the Board of Directors and serve at its pleasure.

The principal occupation and business experience during the past five years for our executive officers and directors is as follows:

John Timberlake has served as our Chief Executive Officer, President and Chief Commercial Officer and a member of our Board of Directors since February 2016, prior to which he served as President and Chief Commercial Officer since August 2008. Before becoming Chief Executive Officer, President and Chief Commercial Officer, Mr. Timberlake was a General Manager with our company from September 2006 to August 2008. Prior to joining Valeritas, Mr. Timberlake held positions of increasing responsibility from 1991 to 2006 at Sanofi-Aventis (now Sanofi), with his last role as Vice President of Diabetes Marketing, where he was responsible for the diabetes franchise, including the brands Lantus, Apidra and Amaryl. Prior to Sanofi, Mr. Timberlake had extensive experience and commercial responsibilities for new products in development across multiple therapeutic areas, including inhaled insulin and other metabolic products. Prior to working in the healthcare industry, Mr. Timberlake was a manager with Deloitte & Touche LLP, from 1986 to 1991, and was both a Certified Management Accountant and a Certified Public Accountant. He earned a B.S. in Accounting at Northwest Missouri State University, an M.S. in Management from Purdue University and an M.B.A. from E.S.C. Rouen in France. Mr. Timberlake is qualified to serve as a director because of his role with us, and her extensive operational knowledge of, and executive level management experience in, the biopharmaceutical and medical technology industries.

Mark Conley has served as Vice President, Corporate Controller and Treasurer since February 2016, prior to which he served as our Director of Financial Planning & Analysis since joining Valeritas in August 2012. Prior to joining Valeritas, Mark was Global Finance Director of the radiation instrumentation business at Thermo Fisher Scientific from 2007 to 2012. In addition, he served at Iron Mountain, Inc. as Vice President, Financial Planning & Analysis from 2005 to 2007 and Division Controller from 1998 to 2004, as Chief Financial Officer & Controller at HoltraChem Group from 1996 to 1998 and in successive financial leadership roles including Operations Controller at Haemonetics Corporation from 1991 to 1996. Mr. Conley earned a BS in Accounting from Oklahoma State University, a MBA from Bryant College, and is a Certified Public Accountant.

Geoffrey Jenkins has served as our Executive Vice President, Manufacturing, Operations and Research & Development since he joined Valeritas in April 2009. Prior to joining Valeritas, Mr. Jenkins was Vice President of Worldwide Operations for Inverness Medical, a healthcare technology company, from 2005 to 2009. From 2000 to 2005, he was President and Founding Partner of UV-Solutions, LLC, a healthcare technology company, and from 1997 to 1999 he was Chief Operating Officer of MDI Instruments, Inc., a healthcare technology company. Mr. Jenkins

 

90


Table of Contents

was also Corporate Vice President of Operations of MediSense, Inc. from 1991 to 1997. Prior to becoming Corporate Vice President of Operations, he held various other positions in Operations and Engineering Management with MediSense from 1984 to 1991. Mr. Jenkins earned a B.A. and a B.S. from Clarkson University.

Matthew Nguyen served as Sr. Vice President, Commercial since February 2016, prior to which he served as Vice President for Integrated Healthcare Management since joining Valeritas in September 2006. Prior to joining Valeritas, Mr. Nguyen was a New Business Development Director for Janssen, LP, a division of Johnson & Johnson, from 2005 to 2006. Prior to joining Janssen, LP, he served as head of health economics research for metabolism, new product marketing, and head of analytics and commercial effectiveness for the CNS business unit at Sanofi from 2000 to 2005. Mr. Nguyen earned a B.S. in Pharmacy and a Doctor of Pharmacy from the Philadelphia College of Pharmacy and Science. He also completed a Fellowship in Health Economics and Outcomes Research in conjunction with Thomas Jefferson University Hospital and Janssen Pharmaceutical, Inc. and earned an M.B.A. from Rutgers University in New Jersey.

Nate Hukill has served as a member of our board of directors since January 2016. Mr. Hukill is the current President of Capital Royalty Group and Chairman of Capital Royalty Group’s investment committee and serves as a member of the board of directors of AFT Pharmaceuticals. Prior to joining Capital Royalty Group in 2009, Mr. Hukill was a Portfolio Manager at Highland Capital from 2005 to 2009, where he invested and managed approximately $4.5 billion in the healthcare, consumer products, and technology sectors. Prior to joining Highland Capital, Mr. Hukill co-founded a pharmaceutical-focused enterprise software company called OpenQ, Inc., which he served in an executive position from 2004 to 2005. In addition, Mr. Hukill has served on the board of directors of Epocal, Inc. and Complete Genomics from 2007 to 2009 and OpenQ from 2003 to 2005. Mr. Hukill received his B.S. in Business Administration Phi Beta Kappa, summa cum laude from the University of Colorado at Boulder and an M.B.A. from the Darden Graduate School of Business at the University of Virginia. Mr. Hukill is qualified to serve as a director because of his extensive financial background and experience with working with growth-stage healthcare companies.

Luke Düster has served as a member of our board of directors since January 2016. Since 2009, Mr. Düster has worked for Capital Royalty Group investing in healthcare companies across a wide range of product technologies and therapeutic areas. Prior to joining Capital Royalty Group, Mr. Düster was at Harris Williams & Co. from 2004 to 2009, where he served as Vice President and advised private equity and corporate clients across a broad range of M&A assignments. Mr. Düster also held investment banking roles at the Wallach Company a regional investment banking boutique, from 2000 to 2002, and at the Nord Companies, a healthcare advisory firm, from 1998 to 2000. Mr. Düster received his B.S. summa cum laude from the University of Colorado at Boulder and an M.B.A. with honors from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania. Mr. Düster is qualified to serve as a director because of his significant experience working with companies backed by private equity investors, particularly in the healthcare industry, as well as his experience with healthcare investing.

Cameron Hui has served as a member of our board of directors since January 2016. Mr. Hui is currently an associate with the investment management firm of Capital Royalty Group. Prior to joining Capital Royalty Group in 2012, Mr. Hui was an analyst with Stifel’s Healthcare Investment Banking Group from 2010 to 2012, where he focused on capital markets and M&A transactions primarily in the life sciences and medical technology sectors. Mr. Hui received his B.S. in Business Administration cum laude from the University of Southern California. Mr. Hui is qualified to serve as a director because of his experience working with healthcare companies in both corporate finance and M&A capacities.

Rodney Altman, M.D. has served as a member of our board of directors since April 2016. Dr. Altman is currently the regional medical director for TeamHealth. Dr. Altman also currently serves in advisory roles for Carrum Health, Business Development Bank of Canada Healthcare Fund, and Spindletop Capital. Prior to joining TeamHealth in 2013, Dr. Altman was a senior partner at the venture capital firm, CMEA Capital, LLC from 2006 to 2011, where he built and managed the firm’s medical device practice. Dr. Altman has also held managing roles at other venture funds including Aphelion Capital, LLC, Piper Jaffray Ventures, and TVM Techno Venture Management since 2000. Dr. Altman received his undergraduate and medical degree from McGill University and an M.B.A. with honors from the University of Chicago, Graduate School of Business. Dr. Altman is qualified to serve as a director because of his extensive clinical and venture capital experience.

 

91


Table of Contents

Peter Devlin has served as a member of our board of directors since April 2016. From August 2009 to September 2014, Mr. Devlin was the Chief Commercial Officer at Insulet Corporation, a manufacturer of diabetes insulin device products, where he was responsible for the company’s worldwide commercial operations. Prior to joining Insulet, Mr. Devlin held several leadership roles at Abbott Laboratories, Inc. From February 2008 to July 2009, he served as Divisional Vice President of Abbott’s Global Strategic Marketing in the diabetes care unit, prior to which he served as General Manager, Hospital & Government in the diabetes care unit from December 2006 to February 2008, and prior to which he served as Director of Abbott’s Canadian diabetes unit from September 2003 to December 2006. Mr. Devlin received his Bachelor of Science degree from the University of Massachusetts. Mr. Devlin is qualified to serve as a director because of his extensive business experience in the field of diabetes.

Board Composition

Our business and affairs are organized under the direction of our board of directors, which currently consists of 6 members. The primary responsibility of our board of directors is to provide oversight, strategic guidance, counseling, and direction to our management team. Our board of directors meets on a regular basis and additionally as required. Three of our directors were elected to serve on our board of directors pursuant to the Third Amended and Restated voting Agreement, dated as of January 29, 2016, by and among Valeritas and certain of Valeritas’s stockholders. Pursuant to the voting agreement, Messrs. Düster, Hukill, and Hui were selected to serve on our board of directors as designated by Capital Royalty Partners II L.P. or its affiliates.

Directors are elected to serve until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until their successors are elected and qualified. Directors are elected by a plurality of the votes cast at the annual meeting of stockholders and hold office until the expiration of the term for which he or she was elected and until a successor has been elected and qualified.

A majority of the authorized number of directors constitutes a quorum of the Board of Directors for the transaction of business. The directors must be present at the meeting to constitute a quorum. However, any action required or permitted to be taken by the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors individually or collectively consent in writing to the action.

Director Independence

We are not currently subject to listing requirements of any national securities exchange that has requirements that a majority of the board of directors be “independent.” Accordingly, our board of directors has determined that none of our directors, other than Peter Devlin and Rodney Altman, M.D. qualify as “independent” in accordance with listing requirements of The Nasdaq Stock Market, or Nasdaq. The Nasdaq independence definition includes a series of objective tests, such as that the director is not, and has not been for at least three years, one of our employees and that neither the director nor any of his family members has engaged in various types of business dealings with us. In addition, as required by Nasdaq rules, our board of directors has made a subjective determination as to each independent director that no relationships exist, which, in the opinion of our board of directors, would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. In making these determinations, our board of directors reviewed and discussed information provided by the directors and us with regard to each director’s business and personal activities and relationships as they may relate to us and our management.

Family Relationships

There are no family relationships among our directors or executive officers.

Role of the Board in Risk Oversight

One of the key functions of our board of directors is informed oversight of our risk management process. The board of directors does not have a standing risk management committee, but rather administers this oversight function directly through the board of directors as a whole, as well as through various standing committees of our board of directors that address risks inherent in their respective areas of oversight. In particular, our board of directors is responsible for monitoring and assessing strategic risk exposure and our audit committee has the responsibility to consider and discuss our major financial risk exposures and the steps our management has taken to monitor and control these exposures, including guidelines and policies to govern the process by which risk assessment and

 

92


Table of Contents

management is undertaken. Within a reasonable time after the closing of the Merger, we intend to establish an audit committee, compensation committee, and nominating and corporate governance committee. The audit committee also monitors compliance with legal and regulatory requirements. Our nominating and corporate governance committee monitors the effectiveness of our corporate governance practices, including whether they are successful in preventing illegal or improper liability-creating conduct. Our compensation committee assesses and monitors whether any of our compensation policies and programs has the potential to encourage excessive risk-taking. While each committee is responsible for evaluating certain risks and overseeing the management of such risks, the entire board is regularly informed through committee reports about such risks.

Classified Board of Directors

In accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will go into effect upon the closing of the Merger, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered, three-year terms. At each annual meeting of stockholders, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following election. Effective upon the closing of this offering, our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

 

    the Class I directors will be Nathan D. Hukill and Cameron Hui, and their terms will expire at our first annual meeting of stockholders following the Offering;

 

    the Class II directors will be Peter Devlin and Rodney Altman, M.D., and their terms will expire at our second annual meeting of stockholders following the Offering; and

 

    the Class III directors will be Luke Düster and John Timberlake, and their terms will expire at the third annual meeting of stockholders following the Offering.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will go into effect upon the closing of the Merger will provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control of our company. Our directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of our outstanding voting stock entitled to vote in the election of directors.

Involvement in Certain Legal Proceedings

None of our directors or executive officers has been involved in any of the following events during the past ten years:

 

    any bankruptcy petition filed by or against any business of which such person was a general partner or executive officer either at the time of the bankruptcy or within two years prior to that time;

 

    any conviction in a criminal proceeding or being subject to a pending criminal proceeding (excluding traffic violations and other minor offences);

 

    being subject to any order, judgment, or decree, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any court of competent jurisdiction, permanently or temporarily enjoining, barring, suspending or otherwise limiting his or her involvement in any type of business, securities or banking activities; or

 

    being found by a court of competent jurisdiction (in a civil action), the Commission or the Commodity Futures Trading Commission to have violated a federal or state securities or commodities law, and the judgment has not been reversed, suspended, or vacated.

 

93


Table of Contents

Board Committees

Audit Committee

Within a reasonable time after the closing of the Merger, we intend to establish an audit committee to oversee our corporate accounting and financial reporting process. Among other matters, the audit committee will be responsible for:

 

    appointing our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

    evaluating our independent registered public accounting firm’s qualifications, independence and performance;

 

    determining the engagement of our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

    reviewing and approving the scope of the annual audit and the audit fee;

 

    discussing with management and our independent registered public accounting firm the results of the annual audit and the review of our quarterly financial statements;

 

    approving the retention of our independent registered public accounting firm to perform any proposed permissible non-audit services;

 

    monitoring the rotation of partners of our independent registered public accounting firm on our engagement team as required by law;

 

    reviewing our financial statements and our management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations to be included in our annual and quarterly reports to be filed with the SEC;

 

    reviewing our critical accounting policies and estimates; and

 

    annually reviewing the audit committee charter and the committee’s performance.

The audit committee will operate under a written charter, to be established within a reasonable time by the board of directors after the closing of the Merger, that will satisfy the applicable standards of the SEC and Nasdaq.

Compensation Committee

Within a reasonable time after the closing of the Merger, we intend to establish a compensation committee that will review and recommend policies relating to the compensation and benefits of our officers and employees. The compensation committee will review and recommend corporate goals and objectives relevant to compensation of our chief executive officer and other executive officers, evaluate the performance of these officers in light of those goals and objectives and recommend to our board of directors the compensation of these officers based on such evaluations. The compensation committee will also recommend to our board of directors the issuance of stock options and other awards under our stock plans. The compensation committee will be expected to review and evaluate, at least annually, the performance of the compensation committee and its members, including compliance by the compensation committee with its charter, to be established by the board of directors within a reasonable time after the closing of the Merger.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Within a reasonable time after the closing of the Merger, we intend to establish a nominating and corporate governance committee that will be responsible for making recommendations to our board of directors regarding candidates for directorships and the size and composition of our board of directors. In addition, the nominating and corporate governance committee will be responsible for overseeing our corporate governance policies and reporting and making recommendations to our board of directors concerning governance matters. The nominating and corporate governance committee will operate under a written charter to be established by the board of directors within a reasonable time after the closing of the Merger.

 

94


Table of Contents

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers on our board of directors or compensation committee.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We have adopted a written code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. Upon completion of the Merger, our code of business conduct and ethics will be available under the Corporate Governance section of our website at www.valeritas.com . In addition, we intend to post on our website all disclosures that are required by law or the listing standards of The NASDAQ Global Market concerning any amendments to, or waivers from, any provision of the code. The reference to our website address does not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained at or available through our website, and you should not consider it to be a part of this filing.

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

 

    any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

    any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

    unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

 

    any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that we are required to indemnify our directors and officers, in each case to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our bylaws also provide that we are obligated to advance expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his, her or its actions in that capacity regardless of whether we would otherwise be permitted to indemnify him, her or it under Delaware law.

In addition to the indemnification required in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, we have entered or intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors, officers and certain other employees prior to the consummation of the Merger. These agreements will provide for the indemnification of our directors, officers and certain other employees for all reasonable expenses and liabilities incurred in connection with any action or proceeding brought against them by reason of the fact that they are or were our agents. We believe that these provisions in our certificate of incorporation, bylaws and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. This description of the limitation of liability and indemnification provisions of our certificate of incorporation, of our bylaws and of our indemnification agreements is qualified in its entirety by reference to these documents, each of which is attached as an exhibit to this Report.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our certificate of incorporation may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and our stockholders. A stockholder’s investment may be harmed to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and

 

95


Table of Contents

damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. There is no pending litigation or proceeding naming any of our directors, officers or employees as to which indemnification is being sought, nor are we aware of any pending or threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification by any director, officer or employee.

 

96


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

From our inception to the date of this Report, no compensation was paid to our sole named executive officer, Leisa Swanson, who served as our principal executive officer. All salary payments earned by Ms. Swanson prior to the consummation of the Merger were waived and, as such, we will have no liability for such payments subsequent to the Merger. Ms. Swanson resigned as our sole officer and director effective as of May 3, 2016 in connection with the Merger.

Valeritas became our wholly owned subsidiary upon the closing of the Merger on May 3, 2016. The following summarizes the compensation earned in each of Valeritas’s fiscal years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 and includes a discussion of compensation arrangements by the individuals who would have been deemed its named executive officers, or NEOs, had Valeritas been a reporting company on December 31, 2015, which would have been as follows:

 

    Kristine Peterson, Chief Executive Officer;

 

    John Timberlake, President and Chief Commercial Officer; and

 

    Geoffrey Jenkins, Executive Vice President, Manufacturing Operations & R&D.

Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation of the NEOs for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014. All amounts reflect compensation received from Valeritas. No figures referenced in this section have been adjusted to reflect the exchange ratio after consummation of the Merger.

 

Name and Principal

Position

   Year    Salary
($)
     Option
Awards
($) (4) 
     Non-Equity
Incentive
Plan
Compensation
($) (5) 
     All Other
Compensation
($) (6) 
     Total
($)
 

Leisa Swanson (1)

   2015

2014

    

 

60,000

35,000

  

  

    

 

—  

—  

  

  

    

 

—  

—  

  

  

    

 

—  

—  

  

  

    

 

60,000

35,000

  

  

Kristine Peterson (2)

   2015      448,619         —           112,659         5,200         561,278   

Chief Executive Officer

   2014      437,514         2,982,949         153,130         5,200         3,578,793   

John Timberlake (3)

   2015      371,794         —           65,356         5,200         437,150   

Chief Commercial Officer

   2014      361,406         1,055,950         88,500         5,200         1,511,056   

Geoffrey Jenkins

   2015      357,221         —           62,795         5,200         420,016   

Executive Vice President,

   2014      346,687         1,303,905         90,937         5,200         1,746,729   

Manufacturing Operations and R&D

                 

 

(1)   Resigned as our sole executive officer effective as of May 3, 2016 in connection with the Merger. All salary payments earned prior to the consummation of the Merger have been waived by Ms. Swanson and we will have no liability for such payments subsequent to the Merger.
(2)   Resigned as Chief Executive Officer on February 22, 2016.
(3)   Appointed as Chief Executive Officer on February 22, 2016. Mr. Timberlake retained his title as President and Chief Commercial Officer.
(4)   Represents the aggregate grant-date fair value of stock options granted during the indicated year computed in accordance with ASC Topic 718, excluding the effect of estimated forfeitures. For a description of the assumptions used in valuing these awards, see Note 9 to the Valeritas audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this filing.
(5)   Represents amounts earned for the indicated year under our annual performance bonus program. For additional information, see “Annual Performance Bonuses” below.
(6)   Represents company matching contributions to 401(k) plan accounts.

 

97


Table of Contents

Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table

The primary elements of compensation for the NEOs are base salary, cash bonuses and long-term equity-based compensation awards. The NEOs also participate in employee benefit plans and programs that are offered to other full-time employees on the same basis.

Base Salaries

The NEOs receive a base salary to compensate them for the satisfactory performance of services rendered to our company. The base salary payable to each NEO is intended to provide a fixed component of compensation reflecting the executive’s skill set, experience, role and responsibilities. Base salaries for the NEOs have generally been set at levels deemed necessary to attract and retain individuals with superior talent and were originally established in each NEO’s employment agreement, described in more detail below in the section titled “Employment Agreements.”

In February 2014, the compensation committee of Valeritas’s board of directors, or Valeritas’s Compensation Committee, reviewed the annual salaries of the NEOs and approved a 2% increase for Ms. Peterson and Mr. Timberlake and a 3% increase for Mr. Jenkins from their respective base salaries, effective March 2014. Following the increases, the new base salary for Mr. Timberlake was $362,591 and for Mr. Jenkins was $348,378. Ms. Peterson did not receive a base salary increase in 2014.

In February 2015, Valeritas’s Compensation Committee reviewed the annual salaries of the NEOs and approved a 3% increase for Ms. Peterson, Mr. Timberlake and Mr. Jenkins of their respective base salaries, effective March 2015. Following the increases, the new base salary for Ms. Peterson was $450,639, for Mr. Timberlake is $373,468 and for Mr. Jenkins is $358,829.

The 2014 and 2015 increases in base salary were made in recognition of our NEOs’ individual performance and contributions to company performance in those years.

Annual Performance Bonuses

We offer our NEOs the opportunity to earn annual cash bonuses that are intended to compensate them for achieving short-term company and individual performance goals. Valeritas’s Compensation Committee establishes the target bonuses of our NEOs, which are evaluated from time to time.

Each NEO’s target annual bonus is typically expressed as a percentage of base salary. For 2015, Ms. Peterson’s target bonus was 50% of her base salary and Messrs. Timberlake’s and Jenkins’s target bonuses were 35% of their respective base salaries.

For 2015, annual cash bonuses were based on achievement of a combination of individual and corporate objectives. The 2015 corporate objectives related to revenue, manufacturing efficiency and quality, financial management and fundraising. The 2015 individual objectives for each NEO related to each NEO’s areas of responsibility within Valeritas and the NEO’s ability to influence the success of those areas.

Actual payouts of Valeritas’s 2015 cash bonuses were determined by multiplying each NEO’s respective target amount by their base pay earnings for the fiscal year, multiplied by an individual bonus multiplier (0-150%), which was then multiplied by the company bonus multiplier (0-150%). The bonus multipliers represent Valeritas’s Compensation Committee’s evaluation of company performance and each NEO’s individual performance against the established targets.

Notwithstanding the establishment of the performance components and the formula for determining the cash bonus payment amounts as described above, Valeritas’s Compensation Committee may exercise positive or negative discretion in determining the levels of achievement of performance goals or elect to award a greater or lesser amount to the NEOs than the amount determined by the annual cash bonus formula if, in the exercise of its business judgment, Valeritas’s Compensation Committee determines that adjustments are warranted under the circumstances.

 

98


Table of Contents

The actual cash bonuses earned by our NEOs for 2015 and 2014 are reported under the “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” column of the Summary Compensation Table above.

Equity Compensation

We offer stock options to our key employees, including our NEOs, as the long-term incentive component of our compensation program, which we consider necessary to enable us and certain of our affiliates to obtain and retain services of these individuals, which we believe is essential to our long-term success. We typically grant stock options to key employees when they commence employment with us and may thereafter grant additional awards in the discretion of our board of directors. Our stock options generally allow key employees to purchase shares of our common stock at a price per share equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant, as determined by the board of directors, and may be intended to qualify as incentive stock options under the Internal Revenue Code.

On June 20, 2014, Valeritas adopted the Valeritas, Inc. 2014 Incentive Compensation Plan, or the 2014 Plan, to facilitate the grant of cash and equity incentives to directors, employees (including NEOs) and consultants of Valeritas and certain of its affiliates. Prior to the adoption of the 2014 Plan, Valeritas granted stock options under the 2008 Plan.

Stock options under the 2014 Plan and the 2008 Plan typically vested as to 25% of the shares subject to the option on the initial vesting date and in equal monthly installments over the following 36 months, subject to the holder’s continued employment with Valeritas.

In connection with the 2014 Reorganization, each outstanding option to purchase shares of Valeritas’s common stock was converted into an option to purchase one common unit of Valeritas Holdings, LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Valeritas), or Holdings LLC. In March 2016, Holdings LLC was dissolved and all options to purchase common units of Holdings LLC were cancelled.

In connection with the Merger, the 2014 Plan was terminated and we adopted the Valeritas Holdings, Inc. 2016 Incentive Compensation Plan (the “2016 Plan”), and options to purchase 992,663 shares of Valeritas common stock under the 2014 Plan were cancelled. For additional information about the 2016 Plan, see the section titled “2016 Incentive Compensation Plan” below.

From time to time, our board of directors may also construct alternate vesting schedules as it determines are appropriate to motivate particular employees. Stock options granted to our key employees may be subject to accelerated vesting in certain circumstances, including as described below for the NEOs in the section titled “Potential Payments Upon a Change in Control.”

No stock options were granted to our NEOs during 2015 under the 2014 Plan.

The following table sets forth the stock options granted to the NEOs during 2014 under the 2014 Plan.

 

    

2014 Options

Granted

 

Named Executive Officer

   (#) (1)  

Kristine Peterson

     393,308 (2)  

John Timberlake

     139,231 (3)  

Geoffrey Jenkins

     171,923 (4)  

 

(1)   These options were granted under the 2014 Plan with exercise prices equal to the fair market value of Valeritas common stock as of the latest contemporaneous valuation available at the date of grant.
(2)   The options vest as to (i) 171,538 shares subject to the option on January 8, 2015 and an additional 171,538 shares subject to the option in equal monthly installments over the ensuing 24 months; and (ii) 25,115 shares subject to the option on June 11, 2015 and an additional 25,115 shares subject to the option in equal monthly installments over the ensuing 24 months.
(3)   The options vest as to (i) 60,769 shares subject to the option on January 8, 2015 and an additional 60,769 shares subject to the option in equal monthly installments over the ensuing 24 months; and (ii) 8,846 shares subject to the option on June 11, 2015 and an additional 8,846 shares subject to the option in equal monthly installments over the ensuing 24 months.

 

99


Table of Contents
(4)   The options vest as to (1) 60,000 shares subject to the option on January 8, 2015 and an additional 90,000 shares subject to the option in equal monthly installments over the ensuing 24 months; and (ii) 8,769 shares subject to the option on June 11, 2015 and an additional 13,154 shares subject to the option in equal monthly installments over the ensuing 24 months.

Retirement, Health, Welfare and Additional Benefits

The NEOs are eligible to participate in our employee benefit plans and programs, including medical and dental benefits, flexible spending accounts and short- and long-term disability and life insurance, to the same extent as other full-time employees, subject to the terms and eligibility requirements of those plans. The NEOs are also eligible to participate in a tax qualified 401(k) defined contribution plan to the same extent as other full-time employees. Currently, we match contributions made by participants in the 401(k) plan up to 2% of the employee contributions, and these matching contributions fully vest on the fifth anniversary of the date on which the contribution is made.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

The following table summarizes the outstanding equity awards held by the NEOs as of December 31, 2015.

 

          Option Awards (1)

Name

   Initial
Vesting
Date
   Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Exercisable
     Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options (#)
Unexercisable
    Option
Exercise
Price
($)
     Option
Expiration
Date

Kristine Peterson

   6/11/2015      31,396         18,835 (2)       11.60       12/11/2024
   1/8/2015      250,162         92,915 (2)       11.15       7/8/2024
   3/1/2014      2,191,208         996,004 (3)       1.67       3/1/2023
   9/8/2012      2,662,595         —          1.435       2/13/2022
   8/30/2012      545,000         —          0.52       8/30/2021
   6/1/2010      3,500,000         —          0.25       8/5/2019

John Timberlake

   6/11/2015      11,057         6,636 (2)       11.60       12/11/2024
   1/8/2015      88,623         32,915 (2)       11.14       7/8/2024
   3/1/2014      899,066         408,667 (3)       1.43       3/1/2023
   9/8/2012      873,983         —          1.43       2/13/2022
   8/30/2012      152,750         —          0.52       8/30/2021
   7/15/2011      125,000         —          0.31       7/15/2020
   8/26/2009      875,000         —          0.25       8/5/2019
   5/1/2008      175,000         —          0.32       5/1/2018

Geoffrey Jenkins

   6/11/2015      12,059         9,864 (4)       11.60       12/11/2024
   1/8/2015      101,250         48,750 (4)       11.14       7/8/2024
   10/31/2014      650,000         550,000 (3)       1.43       10/31/2023
   3/1/2014      799,019         363,190 (3)       1.43       3/1/2023
   9/8/2012      776,721         —          1.43       2/13/2022
   8/30/2012      180,000         —          0.52       8/30/2021
   7/15/2011      135,000         —          0.31       7/15/2020
   4/16/2010      865,000         —          0.25       8/5/2019

 

(l)   In connection with the 2014 Reorganization, each outstanding option to purchase shares of Valeritas common stock was converted into an option to purchase one common unit of Valeritas Holdings, LLC (a wholly owned subsidiary of Valeritas that was liquidated in March 2016), or Holdings LLC. As a result, the options shown in this table that were granted prior to July 2014 represent options to purchase common units in Holdings LLC. Each common unit of Holdings LLC represented an indirect interest in the 6,923,076 shares of Valeritas common stock held by Holdings LLC. These shares of common stock were distributed to unitholders of Holdings LLC upon the cancellation of Holdings LLC and the liquidation of its assets in March 2016 in accordance with the liquidation preferences applicable to Holdings LLC’s units. At such time, each option to purchase common units in Holdings LLC was also cancelled.
(2)   Represents an option to purchase shares of Valeritas common stock granted under the 2014 Plan. Unvested options vest as to 50% of the total shares subject to the option on the initial vesting date and in equal monthly installments over the ensuing 24 months, subject to the holder’s continued employment with Valeritas through the applicable vesting date and potential accelerated vesting as described in the section titled “Potential Payments Upon a Change in Control” below.

 

100


Table of Contents
(3)   Represents an option to purchase common units in Holdings LLC. The award was granted under the 2008 Plan and assumed by Holdings LLC in connection with the 2014 Reorganization. Each option to purchase common units in Holdings LLC was cancelled upon the cancellation of Holdings LLC and the liquidation of its assets in March 2016.
(4)   Represents an option to purchase shares of Valeritas common stock granted under the 2014 Plan. Unvested options vest as to 40% of the total shares subject to the option on the initial vesting date and in equal monthly installments over the ensuing 24 months, subject to the holder’s continued employment with us through the applicable vesting date and potential accelerated vesting as described in the section titled “Potential Payments Upon a Change in Control” below.

Employment Agreements

In March 2015, we entered into new employment agreements with each of the NEOs, These employment agreements supersede the employments agreements with the NEOs existing prior to March 2015. Certain key terms of those prior employment agreements are described below. Each of the NEOs also signed agreements pursuant to which they agreed to refrain from disclosing our confidential information indefinitely.

Ms. Peterson

The prior employment agreement with Ms. Peterson, who resigned as the Chief Executive Officer of Valeritas on February 22, 2016, was entered into on April 22, 2009. This agreement entitled Ms. Peterson to receive an initial annual base salary of $400,000, subject to adjustment pursuant to Valeritas employee compensation policies in effect from time to time, and an annual target bonus opportunity of 50% of her annual salary, with the amount of any such bonus based on individual and company performance, measured against objectives mutually established by Ms. Peterson and Valeritas’s Compensation Committee annually.

If Ms. Peterson’s employment had been terminated without cause (other than in connection with a change in control), she would have been entitled to receive 12 months of base salary continuation and 12 months of health and dental insurance benefit continuation. If Ms. Peterson’s employment had been terminated by us without cause or if she had resigned her employment for good reason, in either case, within one year following a change in control, Ms. Peterson would have been entitled to receive an amount equal to her target bonus.

Cause was defined in Ms. Peterson’s prior employment agreement as (i) unauthorized use or disclosure of the company’s confidential information or trade secrets, which causes material harm to the company, (ii) material breach of any agreement between the company and Ms. Peterson, (iii) material failure to comply with the company’s written policies or rules, (iv) conviction of, or plea of guilty or no contest to, a felony, (v) gross negligence or willful misconduct, (vi) continuing failure to perform assigned duties after receiving written notification of such failure, or (vii) failure to cooperate in good faith with a governmental or internal investigation of the company, if requested. A condition was not considered “cause” under (ii), (iii), (vi) and (vii) unless the company had provided written notice of the condition within 90 days of its existence and Ms. Peterson had failed to remedy such condition within 30 days of receiving such notice.

Good reason was defined in Ms. Peterson’s prior employment agreement as her resignation within 6 months after the occurrence of (i) a material reduction in base salary or bonus, unless such reduction applies to all members of executive management, (ii) a material diminution in her authority, duties or responsibilities, or (iii) relocation of her principal workplace resulting in an increase in distance from her residence to her workplace of more than 30 miles. A condition was not considered “good reason” unless Ms. Peterson had given written notice of the condition within 90 days of its existence and the company had failed to remedy such condition within 30 days of receiving such notice.

Mr. Timberlake

The prior employment agreement with Mr. Timberlake was entered into on August 20, 2008. The agreement provided an annual initial base salary of $325,000, subject to adjustment pursuant to Valeritas’s employee compensation policies in effect from time to time, and an annual target bonus opportunity of 30% of Mr. Timberlake’s base salary based upon achievement of mutually agreed goals for each year.

 

101


Table of Contents

If Mr. Timberlake had been terminated without cause or had resigned for good reason, provided that he timely executed a release of claims, he would have been entitled to receive 6 months of base salary continuation, an amount equal to 6 months of his equivalent target bonus and payment of a portion of COBRA premiums for up to 6 months of continued health insurance coverage, based on active employee cost-sharing rates. In addition, in such an event, Mr. Timberlake would have also been entitled to 6 months of vesting acceleration of his unvested stock option awards and would have had 6 months following his termination to exercise his vested stock options.

Cause and good reason were defined for purposes of Mr. Timberlake’s prior employment agreement in substantially the same manner as described above for Ms. Peterson’s prior employment agreement.

Mr. Timberlake was appointed as Chief Executive Officer and entered into an employment agreement with the Company effective as of February 22, 2016 and retained his title as President and Chief Commercial Officer at such time.

Mr. Jenkins

The prior employment agreement with Mr. Jenkins was entered into on April 2, 2009. The agreement provided an initial annual base salary of $300,000, subject to adjustment pursuant to Valeritas’s employee compensation policies in effect from time to time, and an annual target bonus opportunity of 30% of Mr. Jenkins’s base salary based upon achievement of mutually agreed goals for each year.

If Mr. Jenkins had been terminated without cause or had resigned for good reason, provided that he had timely executed a release of claims, he would have been entitled to receive 9 months of base salary continuation and payment of a portion of COBRA premiums for up to 6 months of continued health insurance coverage, based on active employee cost-sharing rates.

Cause and good reason were defined for purposes of Mr. Jenkins’s prior employment agreement in substantially the same manner as described above for Ms. Peterson’s prior employment agreement.

March 2015 Employment Agreements

Valeritas entered into a new employment agreement with each of the NEOs on March 4, 2015, which are still in effective after the Merger. The agreements have initial terms of three years and automatically renew for successive one-year periods following the initial term unless either party gives at least 30 days advance written notice of non-renewal prior to the end of the applicable term.

The agreements entitled Ms. Peterson prior to her resignation and entitle Mr. Timberlake and Mr. Jenkins to initial annual base salaries of $450,639, $373,468 and $358,829, respectively, and annual target bonus opportunities of 50%, 35% and 35%, respectively, of their annual base salaries, with the amount of any such bonus based on the level of attainment of performance goals established by our board of directors.

In the event we terminate an NEO’s employment without cause or the NEO resigns for good reason (other than in connection with a change in control or due to death or disability), the NEO is entitled to receive (i) 9 months of base salary continuation (12 months for Ms. Peterson); (ii) a prorated portion of the annual bonus the NEO would otherwise have earned for the year of termination, based on actual performance for the full year and payable when such bonus would have otherwise been paid; (iii) any annual bonus earned but not yet paid for the completed fiscal year immediately prior to the termination date; and (iv) reimbursement for the our cost of providing continued health coverage for a period of 9 months (12 months for Ms. Peterson) or until the NEO is offered benefits from a subsequent employer, if earlier.

In the event we terminate an NEO’s employment without cause or the NEO resigns for good reason (other than due to death or disability), in either case, within 3 months prior to a change in control (but within the “pre-closing period” described below) or within 12 months following a change in control, the NEO is entitled to receive (i) 12 months of base salary continuation (18 months for Ms. Peterson); (ii) a pro-rated portion of the NEO’s target annual bonus for the year of termination; (iii) any annual bonus earned but not yet paid for the completed fiscal year

 

102


Table of Contents

immediately prior to the termination date; and (iv) reimbursement for the our cost of providing continued health coverage for a period of 12 months (18 months for Ms. Peterson) or until the NEO is offered benefits from a subsequent employer, if earlier. “Pre-closing period” means the period commencing with our execution of a definitive agreement for a change in control transaction and ending on the earlier to occur of the closing of the change in control or the termination of such definitive agreement without the consummation of the change in control.

In the event an NEO’s employment terminates on account of death or disability, the NEO (or the NEO’s estate in the case of death) is entitled to receive 3 months of base salary continuation.

The severance payments and benefits described above are subject to the NEO timely executing a release of claims in our favor (except in the event of the NEO’s death) and to reduction in the event that the payments and benefits received in connection with a change in control would result in the imposition of excise taxes under Section 4999 of the Code and such reduction results in the NEO retaining a greater after-tax amount.

“Cause” is generally defined in the employment agreements as the NEO’s (i) misappropriation of funds with respect to our company or affiliates; (ii) material violation of the employment agreement or the company’s employment policies; (iii) breach of any written confidentiality, nonsolicitation or noncompetition covenant with our company or affiliates; (iv) conviction of a felony; or (v) misconduct that has a material adverse effect on the business, operations, assets, properties, or financial condition of our company or affiliates.

“Good reason” is generally defined in the employment agreements as the occurrence of any of the following, subject to notice requirements and cure rights, without the NEO’s written consent (i) a material diminution in duties, authority or responsibilities; (ii) relocation of the NEO’s principal office location to a location more than 50 miles from the NEO’s principal office location immediately before the change; (iii) a material diminution by the company of the NEO’s base salary or target annual bonus; or (iv) any material breach by the company of the employment agreement.

The employment agreements contain restrictive covenants pursuant to which each NEO has agreed to refrain from competing with us or soliciting our clients, customers or employees, in each case, while employed and following the NEO’s termination of employment for a period of 9 months (12 months for Ms. Peterson) or 12 months (18 months for Ms. Peterson) if such termination is in connection with a change in control.

Potential Payments Upon a Change in Control

As described above, under the terms of their employment agreements, Ms. Peterson, may have become prior to her resignation and Mr. Jenkins and Mr. Timberlake may become entitled to certain payments or benefits for certain terminations of employment that occur in connection with a change in control. In addition, the agreements governing the NEOs’ unvested stock options provide for full accelerated vesting upon a change in control. For these purposes, change in control has the same meaning as in the 2014 Plan.

Long-term Incentive Plans

The following summarizes the material terms of the long-term incentive plans in which our employees, including the NEOs, participate. The summaries below are not intended to be a complete description of the long-term incentive plans and are qualified in their entirety by the actual text of the plans to which reference is made.

2014 Incentive Compensation Plan and 2008 Equity Compensation Plan

Valeritas had previously adopted the 2014 Incentive Compensation Plan and the 2008 Equity Compensation Plan, collectively referred to as, the Previous Plans. All outstanding options issued under the Previous Plans were cancelled as of the consummation of the Merger. Following the Merger, we expect to grant equity awards under our 2016 Incentive Compensation Plan from time to time, as described more fully below.

 

103


Table of Contents

2016 Incentive Compensation Plan

The company adopted the 2016 Plan on the Closing Date. The 2016 Plan permits the company to grant cash, stock and stock-based awards to eligible service providers. The 2016 Plan is intended to promote the interests of the company by providing eligible service providers with the opportunity to participate in incentive compensation programs designed to encourage their continued service to the company.

Eligibility and Administration

Company employees, consultants and directors, and employees, consultants and directors of our parent or subsidiaries are eligible to receive awards under the 2016 Plan. The 2016 Plan will be administered by a committee of two or more non-employee directors who qualify as independent under applicable stock exchange rules, 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, except that the board of directors will administer the 2016 Plan with respect to awards made to non-employee directors. The committee may delegate authority to one or more subcommittees. The particular entity administering the plan is referred to in this summary as the plan administrator.

The plan administrator will have the authority (subject to the provisions of the 2016 Plan) to establish such rules and regulations as it may deem appropriate for proper administration of the 2016 Plan and to make such determinations under, and issue such interpretations of, the provisions of the 2016 Plan and any outstanding awards thereunder as it may deem necessary or advisable. The plan administrator will also set the terms and conditions of all awards under the 2016 Plan, including any vesting and vesting acceleration conditions. Decisions of the plan administrator are final and binding on all parties having an interest under the 2016 Plan or any award thereunder.

Nothing in the 2016 Plan confers on the participant any right to continue in service for any period of time, or restricts our right, or the right of the participant, to terminate such person’s service at any time for any reason.

Limitation on Awards and Shares Available

An aggregate of 3,000,000 shares of our common stock are currently available for issuance under awards granted pursuant to the 2016 Plan. The number of shares available for issuance will be automatically increased on the first trading day in January of each calendar year during the term of the 2016 Plan, beginning in the first calendar year following the consummation of this offering, by an amount equal to 4% of the shares of common stock outstanding on the final trading day of the immediately preceding calendar year, subject to an annual increase limit of 1,500,000 shares. No more than 3,000,000 shares of common stock may be issued upon the exercise of incentive stock options, which amount will automatically be increased on the first trading day in January each calendar year by the number of shares of our common stock added to the share reserve on that day pursuant to automatic share increase feature of the 2016 Plan. Shares issued under the 2016 Plan may be authorized but unissued or reacquired shares, or shares purchased in the open market.

If an award under the 2016 Plan expires, terminates or is forfeited or cancelled, any shares subject to such award may, to the extent of such expiration, termination, forfeiture or cancellation, be used again for new grants under the 2016 Plan. If the exercise price of an option granted under the 2016 Plan is paid with shares of common stock, then the number of shares available for issuance under the 2016 Plan will be reduced by the net number of shares issued under the exercised option and not by the gross number of shares for which the option was exercised. Upon the exercise of a stock appreciation right under the 2016 Plan, the number of shares available for issuance under the 2016 Plan will be reduced by the net number of shares issued under the stock appreciation right and not by the gross number of shares for which the stock appreciation right was exercised. If shares of common stock are withheld in satisfaction of withholding taxes incurred in connection with the issuance, exercise or vesting of an award, then the authorized number of shares available for issuance under the 2016 Plan will be reduced by the net number of shares issued, exercised or vested under such award.

 

104


Table of Contents

The 2016 Plan imposes the following limitations on the size of the awards which may be made on a per participant basis:

 

    No one person may receive stock options and stand-alone stock appreciation rights for more than 1,500,000 shares of our common stock in the aggregate per calendar year.

 

    No one person may receive direct stock issuances or stock-based awards (other than stock options and stand-alone stock appreciation rights) for more than 1,500,000 shares of our common stock in the aggregate per calendar year.

 

    The maximum dollar amount for which a participant may receive awards denominated in dollars and subject to one or more performance measures will be limited to $3,000,000 in the aggregate per calendar year within the applicable performance measurement period.

Awards

The 2016 Plan is divided into three incentive programs, which include (i) the discretionary grant program under which eligible persons may be granted options, including incentive stock options, or ISOs, and nonqualified stock options, or NSOs, or stock appreciation rights, or SARs; (ii) the stock issuance program under which eligible persons may be issued direct stock, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units, performance shares or other stock-based awards; and (iii) the incentive bonus program under which eligible persons may be issued performance unit awards, dividend equivalent rights or cash incentive awards.

Certain awards under the 2016 Plan may constitute or provide for a deferral of compensation, subject to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, which may impose additional requirements on the terms and conditions of such awards. Awards under the 2016 Plan will be set forth in award agreements, which will detail the terms and conditions of the awards, including any applicable vesting and payment terms and post-termination exercise limitations. Awards other than cash awards generally will be settled in shares of our common stock, but the plan administrator may provide for cash settlement of any award. A brief description of each award type available for issuance under each of the discretionary grant program, stock issuance program and incentive bonus program follows.

Discretionary Grant Program

 

    Stock Options . Stock options provide for the purchase of shares of our common stock in the future at an exercise price set on the grant date. ISOs, by contrast to NSOs, may provide tax deferral beyond exercise and favorable capital gains tax treatment to their holders if certain holding period and other requirements of the Internal Revenue Code are satisfied. ISOs may only be granted to our employees. Anyone eligible to participate in the 2016 Plan may receive an award of NSOs. The exercise price of a stock option may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the underlying share on the date of grant (or 110% in the case of ISOs granted to certain significant stockholders), except with respect to certain substitute options granted in connection with a corporate transaction. The term of a stock option may not be longer than ten years (or five years in the case of ISOs granted to certain significant stockholders). To the extent that the aggregate fair market value of shares of our common stock, determined on the date of grant, with respect to which ISOs become exercisable for the first time by an option holder during any calendar year exceeds $100,000, such ISOs will be treated as NSOs. The plan administrator may determine the time or times when a stock option is to become exercisable, the vesting schedule (if any) applicable to a stock option and whether a granted stock option is an ISO or NSO. In general, an option may only be exercised while an option holder is employed by, or providing service to, us or our subsidiaries, unless provided otherwise in the option holder’s award agreement. An option holder may exercise an option by delivering notice of exercise to us. The option holder will pay the exercise price (in the form as provided in the 2016 Plan and the award agreement) and any withholding taxes for the option. The Plan Administrator will have the authority to effect, at any time and from time to time, with the consent of the affected option holders, the cancellation of any or all outstanding options under the 2016 Plan and to grant in substitution therefore new options covering the same or different number of shares with an exercise price per share based on the fair market value per share on the new option grant date.

 

105


Table of Contents
    SARs . Two types of SARs are authorized for issuance under the 2016 Plan, tandem SARs and stand-alone SARs. Tandem SARs entitle their holder to elect to exercise the underlying option in exchange for shares of common stock or, with the consent of the plan administrator, to surrender the option in exchange for an amount equal to the excess of the fair market value of the shares on the date of surrender over the aggregate exercise price of such shares. Stand-alone SARs entitle their holder, upon exercise, to receive from us an amount equal to the excess of the fair market value of the shares on the date of exercise over the aggregate base price of such shares. The base price of a stand-alone SAR will not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the underlying share on the date of grant and the term may not be longer than ten years. The plan administrator may determine the time or times when a SAR is to become exercisable and the vesting schedule (if any) applicable to a SAR. SARs may be settled in cash, shares of common stock or a combination of the two, as determined by the plan administrator.

 

    Rights as a Stockholder . Participants will not have any stockholder rights with respect to the shares subject to options or SARs until the award vests and the shares are actually issued.

Stock Issuance Program

 

    Restricted Stock, RSUs, Performance Shares and Stock Payments . Restricted stock is an award of nontransferable shares of our common stock that remain forfeitable unless and until specified conditions are met, and which may be subject to a purchase price. RSUs are contractual promises to deliver shares of our common stock in the future, which may also remain forfeitable unless and until specified conditions are met. Delivery of the shares underlying RSUs may be deferred under the terms of the award or at the election of the participant, if the plan administrator permits such a deferral. Performance shares are contractual rights to receive a range of shares of our common stock in the future based on the attainment of specified performance goals, in addition to other conditions which may apply to these awards. Conditions applicable to restricted stock, RSUs and performance shares may be based on continuing service, the attainment of performance goals and/or such other conditions as the plan administrator may determine. Stock payments are awards of fully vested shares of our common stock that may be issued for any of the following items of consideration: cash or check, past services rendered to the company or any other valid consideration.

 

    Rights as a Stockholder . Participants will have full stockholder rights with respect to any shares of stock issued under the stock issuance program, whether or not the participant’s interest in those shares is vested. Accordingly, participants will have the right to vote such shares and to receive any regular cash dividends paid on such shares, subject to any applicable vesting requirements, including (without limitation) the requirement that any dividends paid on shares subject to performance vesting conditions will be held in escrow by us and will not vest or be paid prior to the time those shares vest. Participants will not have any stockholder rights with respect to the shares subject to restricted stock units or share right awards until that award vests and the shares are actually issued. However, dividend equivalents (as described below) may be paid or credited, either in cash or in actual or phantom shares of stock, on outstanding restricted stock unit or share right awards, subject to terms and conditions the plan administrator deems appropriate. No dividend equivalents relating to restricted stock units or share right awards subject to performance vesting conditions will vest or otherwise become payable prior to the time the underlying award (or portion thereof to which the dividend equivalents units relate) vests.

Incentive Bonus Program

 

    Cash Awards and Performance Unit Awards . Cash awards are cash incentive bonuses subject to vesting conditions or performance goals as determined by the plan administrator. Performance unit awards represent the holder’s right to receive cash or participate in a bonus pool, the value of which is tied to the attainment of pre-established corporate objectives and receipt of which may be based on continuing service as determined by the plan administrator.

 

    Dividend Equivalents . Dividend equivalents represent the right to receive the equivalent value of dividends paid on shares of our common stock and may be granted alone or in tandem with awards. Dividend equivalents are credited as of dividend record dates during the period between the date an award is granted and the date such award vests, is exercised, is distributed or expires, as determined by the plan administrator.

 

106


Table of Contents

Performance Awards

Performance awards include any of the foregoing awards that are granted subject to vesting and/or payment based on the attainment of specified performance objectives that may include but are not limited to: (i) revenue, organic revenue, net sales, or new-product revenue or net sales, (ii) achievement of specified milestones in the discovery and development of the company’s technology or of one or more of the company’s products, (iii) achievement of specified milestones in the commercialization of one or more of the company’s products, (iv) achievement of specified milestones in the manufacturing of one or more of the company’s products, (v) expense targets, (vi) share price, (vii) total shareholder return, (viii) earnings per share, (ix) operating margin, (x) gross margin, (xi) return measures (including, but not limited to, return on assets, capital, equity, or sales), (xii) productivity ratios, (xiii) operating income, (xiv) net operating profit, (xv) net earnings or net income (before or after taxes), (xvi) cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow, free cash flow and cash flow return on capital), (xvii) earnings before or after interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and/or stock-based compensation expense, (xviii) economic value added, (xix) market share, (xx) working capital targets, (xxi) achievement of specified milestones relating to corporate partnerships, collaborations, license transactions, distribution arrangements, mergers, acquisitions, dispositions or similar business transactions, and (xxii) employee retention and recruiting and human resources management. Performance goals may be based upon the attainment of specified levels of performance under one or more of these measures relative to the performance of other entities and may also be based on the performance of any of our business units or divisions or any of our affiliates. Each applicable performance goal may be structured at the time of grant to provide for appropriate adjustments or exclusions for unusual or infrequently occurring items or events, and such other events as set forth in the 2016 Plan.

The plan administrator has the authority, consistent with section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, to structure awards under the stock issuance program so that the awards vest upon the achievement of certain pre-established corporate performance objectives based on one or more of the performance goals described above and measured over the performance period specified by the plan administrator.

Certain Transactions

The plan administrator has broad discretion to take action under the 2016 Plan, as well as to make adjustments to the terms and conditions of existing and future awards, to prevent the dilution or enlargement of intended benefits and facilitate necessary or desirable changes in the event of certain transactions and events affecting our common stock, such as stock dividends, stock splits, mergers, acquisitions, consolidations and other corporate transactions. In addition, in the event of certain non-reciprocal transactions with our stockholders, the plan administrator will make equitable adjustments to the 2016 Plan and outstanding awards. In the event of a change in control of our company (as defined in the 2016 Plan), each outstanding award under the discretionary grant program and stock issuance program may, as determined by the plan administrator, be continued or assumed by the successor entity, be replaced with a cash incentive program of the successor entity or be subject to other limitations as imposed by the plan administrator at the time of grant. However, if the plan administrator determines that any outstanding award is not to be continued, assumed or replaced, such award shall become fully vested and exercisable. Awards under the incentive bonus program may be structured by the plan administrator such that those awards automatically vest upon a change in control of our company or upon the holder’s subsequent termination within a specified period following a change in control and any performance-based vesting conditions may be converted into service-based vesting conditions that will vest upon the completion of a service period coterminous with the portion of the performance period remaining at the time of the change in control. Individual award agreements may provide for additional accelerated vesting and payment provisions as determined by the plan administrator.

No award under the 2016 Plan affects the right of the company to adjust, reclassify, reorganize or otherwise change its capital or business structure or to merge, consolidate, dissolve, liquidate or sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

 

107


Table of Contents

Foreign Participants, Clawback Provisions, Transferability, and Participant Payments

The plan administrator has authority to adopt and implement from time to time such addenda or subplans to the 2016 Plan as it deems necessary in order to bring the 2016 Plan into compliance with applicable laws and regulations of any foreign jurisdictions in which grants or awards are to be made under the Plan or to obtain favorable tax treatment in those foreign jurisdictions for the individuals to whom the grants or awards are made. All awards will be subject to the provisions of any clawback, recoupment or similar policy implemented by our company to the extent set forth in such policy and/or in the applicable award agreement. With limited exceptions for estate planning, domestic relations orders, certain beneficiary designations and the laws of descent and distribution, awards under the 2016 Plan are generally non-transferable prior to vesting, and are exercisable only by the participant.

With regard to tax withholding, exercise price and purchase price obligations arising in connection with awards under the 2016 Plan, the plan administrator may, in its discretion, accept cash or check, shares of our common stock that meet specified conditions, a market sell order or such other consideration as it deems suitable.

Plan Expiration, Amendment and Termination

The board of directors may amend or terminate the 2016 Plan at any time; however, stockholder approval will be required for any amendment that increases the number of shares available under the 2016 Plan or to the extent such approval is required under applicable law, regulation or stock exchange listing rule. No amendment of the 2016 Plan may adversely affect the rights and obligations of outstanding awards without the award holder’s consent. The 2016 Plan will expire on the first to occur of (i) May 2, 2026, (ii) the date on which all shares available for issuance under the 2016 Plan shall have been issued as fully vested shares or (iii) the termination of all outstanding awards in connection with a change in control. Should the 2016 Plan terminate on May 2, 2026, then all awards outstanding at that time will continue to have force and effect in accordance with the provisions of the documents evidencing the awards.

Director Compensation

Directors who are employees of us or our principal stockholders have not historically received compensation for their services on our board of directors. During 2015, certain of our non-employee directors who were not employees of our principal stockholders received annual cash retainers of $30,000 as compensation for their services on our board as indicated in the table below. In addition, we have from time to time granted stock option awards to certain non-employee directors as compensation for their service on our board.

The following table provides information regarding the compensation earned by our non-employee directors during the year ended December 31, 2015:

 

Name

  

Fee Earned or
Paid in Cash

($)

     Option
Awards
($) (1)
     Total
($)
 

Daniel Pelak

     —           —           —     

John Barr

     —           —           —     

Ittai Harel

     —           —           —     

Vaughn Kailian

     —              —     

Steven LaPorte

     30,000         —           30,000   

Paul Queally

     —           —           —     

John Ryan

     —           —           —     

Sean Traynor

     —           —           —     

Todd Foley

     —           —           —     

 

(1) Represents the aggregate grant-date fair value of stock options granted during 2015 computed in accordance with ASC Topic 718, excluding the effect of estimated forfeitures. For a description of the assumptions used in valuing these awards, see Note 9 to the Valeritas audited financial statements included elsewhere in this filing.

 

108


Table of Contents

The table below shows the aggregate numbers of option awards (exercisable and unexercisable) and unvested stock awards held as of December 31, 2015 by each non-employee director who served on our board of directors during 2015.

 

Name

   Options Outstanding at Fiscal
Year End (1)

Daniel Pelak

   —  

John Barr

   303,462 (2)

Ittai Harel

   —  

Vaughn Kailian

   150,837 (3)

Steven LaPorte

   303,462 (2)

Paul Queally

   —  

John Ryan

   —  

Sean Traynor

   —  

Todd Foley

   —  

 

(1) In connection with the 2014 Reorganization, each outstanding option to purchase shares of Valeritas common stock was converted into an option to purchase one common unit of Holdings. As a result, some of the options shown in this table represent options to purchase common units in Holdings. Each common unit of Holdings represents an indirect interest in the 6,923,076 shares of our common stock held by Holdings. These shares of common stock were distributed to unitholders of Holdings upon the cancellation of Holdings and the liquidation of its assets in March 2016 in accordance with the liquidation preferences applicable to Holdings’ units. At such time, each option to purchase common units in Holdings was also cancelled.
(2) Represents options to purchase 288,462 common units in Holdings and options to purchase 15,000 shares of our common stock.
(3) Represents options to purchase common units in Holdings.

 

109


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

SEC rules require us to disclose any transaction or currently proposed transaction in which the Company is a participant and in which any related person has or will have a direct or indirect material interest involving the lesser of $120,000 or 1% of the average of the Company’s total assets as of the end of last two completed fiscal years. A related person is any executive officer, director, nominee for director, or holder of 5% or more of the Company’s common stock, or an immediate family member of any of those persons. The descriptions set forth above under the captions “The Merger and Related Transactions—Merger Agreement,” “—Split-Off,” “—the Offering,” “—Registration Rights,” “—2016 Equity Incentive Plan,” “—Lock-up Agreements and Other Restrictions” and “Executive Compensation—Employment Agreements” and “—Director Compensation” and below under “Description of Securities—Options” are incorporated herein by reference.

2014 Reorganization

During the second quarter of 2014, we consummated a series of transactions designed to facilitate future capital raising by simplifying our capitalization. See “Management Discussion and Analysis – 2014 Reorganization.”

Preferred Stock Financings

Series D Preferred Stock Financing

In June 2014, in connection with the 2014 Recapitalization, we issued and sold to investors in private placements an aggregate of 2,195,122 shares of our Series D Preferred Stock at a purchase price of $10.00 per share, for aggregate consideration of $22.0 million. In July 2014, we issued and sold to investors in private placements an aggregate of 548,780 shares of our Series D Preferred Stock at a purchase price of $10.00 per share, for aggregate consideration of $5.4 million. In addition, the second Series D closing, the third Series D closing and the fourth Series D closing occurred in December 2014, January 2015 and February 2015, respectively.

Series AA Financing

On May 18, 2015, we issued and sold to investors in private placements an aggregate of 12,145,168 shares of Series AA Preferred Stock for aggregate consideration of $15.2 million.

Series AB Financing

On September 28, 2015, we issued and sold to investors in private placements an aggregate of 2,614,767 shares of Series AB Preferred Stock for aggregate consideration of $3.3 million. On November 13, 2015, we sold an additional 2,215,462 shares of Series AB Preferred Stock for aggregate consideration of $2.8 million. On December 24, 2015, we sold an additional 2,009,631 shares of Series AB Preferred Stock for aggregate consideration of $2.5 million. In addition, on January 29, 2016, we closed the sale of an additional 4,400,000 shares of Series AB Preferred Stock and warrants to purchase an additional 16,000,000 shares of Series AB Preferred Stock for aggregate consideration of $5.8 million, and on February 29, 2016, the sale of an additional 255,430 shares of Series AB Preferred Stock and warrants to purchase an additional 928,838 shares of Series AB Preferred Stock for aggregate consideration of $319,287. During February, March and April of 2016, Capital Royalty Partners exercised warrants with respect to 5,900,000 Series AB Preferred Stock for aggregate consideration of $7,375,000.

 

110


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the aggregate number of shares of Series D Preferred Stock, Series AA Preferred Stock and Series AB Preferred Stock acquired by entities affiliated with certain of our directors and the listed holders of more than 5% of our capital stock at the time of acquisition.

 

Participants

   Series D
Preferred
Stock (1) (2)
     Series AA
Preferred
Stock (2)
     Series AB
Preferred
Stock (2)
 

5% or Greater Stockholders and Entities Affiliated with Certain of our Directors

        

Entities affiliated with Capital Royalty Group

     —           4,000,000         14,393,596   

Entities affiliated with of Welsh, Carson, Anderson  & Stowe

     1,738,412         2,400,000         —     

Entities affiliated with Pitango Venture Capital (3)

     936,828         1,200,000         1,011,492   

Entities affiliated with MPM Capital (4)

     455,509         820,088         411,662   

Entities affiliated with ONSET Ventures (5)

     182,203         492,048         334,113   

Entities affiliated with Auda Capital

     413,202         948,592         —     

Abingworth Ventures V, L.P.

     303,326         819,136         —     

Full Succeed International Limited

     553,347         —           —     

 

(1) These shares of Series D Preferred Stock include accrued dividends as of December 31, 2015.
(2) Upon the consummation of the Merger, all shares of Series AA Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock were cancelled and all shares of Series AB Preferred Stock were converted into shares of our common stock.
(3) Former director Ittai Harel, who resigned from the Board on January 29, 2016, is a General Partner of Pitango Venture Capital.
(4) Former director Todd Foley, who resigned from the Board on January 4, 2016, is as a Managing Partner of MPM Capital.
(5)   Former director John Ryan, who resigned from the Board on January 29, 2016, is a Managing Partner of ONSET Ventures, and former director Steven LaPorte, who resigned from the Board on January 29, 2016, is a Venture Partner of ONSET Ventures.

Investors’ Rights Agreement

We entered into an Investors’ Rights Agreement on June 19, 2014, with Holdings LLC and the other holders of our preferred stock, including entities with which certain of our former directors are affiliated, and the holders of units of Holdings LLC, including entities with which certain of our former directors are affiliated. This agreement was terminated upon the cancellation of Holdings LLC in March 2016. This agreement provided for certain rights relating to the registration of the shares of common stock held by Holdings, the common stock distributable to holders of units of Holdings LLC upon liquidation of Holdings LLC and common stock issuable upon conversion of the preferred stock, and a right of first offer to our preferred shareholders and the holders of units of Holdings LLC to purchase future securities sold by us.

Capital Royalty Partners Term Loan

On May 23, 2013, we entered into a term loan agreement with one of our investors, Capital Royalty Partners, which provides for total potential borrowings of up to $100 million. Subsequently, on May 18, 2015, we entered into a limited forbearance agreement with Capital Royalty Partners pursuant to which Capital Royalty Partners agreed to forbear pursuing any remedies it may have had against us in connection with certain events of default that occurred. The forbearance agreement has since been amended six times with the last amendment occurring on April 30, 2016. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation – Indebtedness.”

Management Services Agreement with Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe XI, L.P

On September 8, 2011, we entered into a Management Services Agreement with Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe XI, L.P., a Series D Preferred shareholder. Certain affiliates of Welsh Carson, Anderson & Stowe XI, L.P. are also Series D Preferred shareholders. Under the terms of this agreement, we received strategic, managerial and operational advice in exchange for an annual fee of $0.5 million. We paid cash and incurred an expense of $0.5 million and $0.1 million related to this management fee for years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively. On May 15, 2015, both parties terminated the Management Services Agreement.

WCAS Capital Partners Note Payable

In 2011, concurrently with the issuance of Series C Preferred Stock, we issued a $5.0 million senior subordinated note to one of our investors, WCAS Capital Partners IV, L.P. On May 23, 2013, in connection with our entering into a term loan agreement with Capital Royalty Partners, our note with WCAS Capital Partners IV, L.P. was amended in connection with the interest rate. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation – Indebtedness”.

 

111


Table of Contents

Employment Agreements

We have entered into employment agreements with our named executive officers. For more information regarding the agreements with our named executive officers, see “Executive Compensation—Employment Agreements.”

Indemnification Agreements

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. These agreements, among other things, require us to indemnify each director (and in certain cases their related venture capital funds) and executive officer to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, including indemnification of expenses such as attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by the director or executive officer in any action or proceeding, including any action or proceeding by or in right of us, arising out of the person’s services as a director or executive officer. For further information, see “Description of Capital Stock—Limitations on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors.”

Stock Option Grants to Executive Officers and Directors

We have granted stock options to our executive officers and certain of our directors as more fully described in the section entitled “Executive Compensation.”

Policies and Procedures for Related Person Transactions

Our board of directors has adopted a written related person transaction policy, to be effective upon the closing of this offering, setting forth the policies and procedures for the review and approval or ratification of related person transactions. This policy will cover, with certain exceptions set forth in Item 404 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, any transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships, in which we were or are to be a participant, where the amount involved exceeds $120,000 in any fiscal year and a related person had, has or will have a direct or indirect material interest, including without limitation, purchases of goods or services by or from the related person or entities in which the related person has a material interest, indebtedness, guarantees of indebtedness and employment by us of a related person. In reviewing and approving any such transactions, our audit committee is tasked to consider all relevant facts and circumstances, including, but not limited to, whether the transaction is on terms comparable to those that could be obtained in an arm’s length transaction and the extent of the related person’s interest in the transaction. All of the transactions described in this section occurred prior to the adoption of this policy.

 

112


Table of Contents

MARKET PRICE OF AND DIVIDENDS ON COMMON EQUITY AND

RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Our Common Stock is quoted on the OTC Markets under the symbol “CYGMD” and is expected to change to the symbol “VLRX” on May 27, 2016.

Our Common Stock began trading on February 9, 2015; however, there has been very limited trading to date, and an active trading market may never develop.

As of the date of this Report, we have 12,638,991 shares of Common Stock outstanding held by 83 stockholders of record.

Dividend Policy

We have never paid any cash dividends on our capital stock and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our Common Stock in the foreseeable future. We intend to retain future earnings to fund ongoing operations and future capital requirements. Any future determination to pay cash dividends will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will be dependent upon financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements and such other factors as the Board of Directors deems relevant.

Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans

On the Closing Date, our Board of Directors adopted, and on the same date our stockholders approved, the Valeritas, Inc. 2016 Incentive Compensation Plan, or the 2016 Plan which reserves a total of 3,000,000 shares (subject to a 4% per annum evergreen provision) of our Common Stock for issuances of incentive awards. If an incentive award granted under the 2016 Plan expires, terminates, is unexercised or is forfeited, or if any shares are surrendered to us in connection with an incentive award, the shares subject to such award and the surrendered shares will become available for further awards under the 2016 Plan.

In addition, the number of shares of our Common Stock subject to the 2016 Plan, any number of shares subject to any numerical limit in the 2016 Plan, and the number of shares and terms of any incentive award are expected to be adjusted in the event of any change in our outstanding our Common Stock by reason of any stock dividend, spin-off, split-up, stock split, reverse stock split, recapitalization, reclassification, merger, consolidation, liquidation, business combination or exchange of shares or similar transaction.

 

113


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

We have authorized capital stock consisting of 300,000,000 shares of Common Stock and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock. As of the date of this Report, we had 12,638,991 shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding, and no shares of preferred stock issued and outstanding.

Common Stock

The holders of outstanding shares of Common Stock are entitled to receive dividends out of assets or funds legally available for the payment of dividends of such times and in such amounts as the board from time to time may determine. Holders of Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. There is no cumulative voting of the election of directors then standing for election. The Common Stock is not entitled to pre-emptive rights and is not subject to conversion or redemption. Upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our company, the assets legally available for distribution to stockholders are distributable ratably among the holders of the Common Stock after payment of liquidation preferences, if any, on any outstanding payment of other claims of creditors. Each outstanding share of Common Stock is duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

Preferred Stock

Shares of preferred stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series, each of which will have such distinctive designation or title as shall be determined by our Board of Directors prior to the issuance of any shares thereof. Preferred stock will have such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights and such qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, as shall be stated in such resolution or resolutions providing for the issue of such class or series of preferred stock as may be adopted from time to time by the Board of Directors prior to the issuance of any shares thereof. The number of authorized shares of preferred stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all the then outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of the directors, voting together as a single class, without a separate vote of the holders of the preferred stock, or any series thereof, unless a vote of any such holders is required pursuant to any preferred stock designation.

While we do not currently have any plans for the issuance of additional preferred stock, the issuance of such preferred stock could adversely affect the rights of the holders of common stock and, therefore, reduce the value of the common stock. It is not possible to state the actual effect of the issuance of any shares of preferred stock on the rights of holders of the common stock until the Board of Directors determines the specific rights of the holders of the preferred stock; however, these effects may include:

 

    restricting dividends on the common stock;

 

    diluting the voting power of the common stock;

 

    impairing the liquidation rights of the common stock; or

 

    delaying or preventing a change in control of the Company without further action by the stockholders.

Other than in connection with shares of preferred stock (as explained above), which preferred stock is not currently designated nor contemplated by us, we do not believe that any provision of our charter or By-Laws would delay, defer or prevent a change in control.

Warrants

As of the date hereof:

 

    the Placement Agent Warrants entitle their holders to purchase 83,120 shares of Common Stock, with a term of five years and an exercise price of $5.00 per share; and

 

114


Table of Contents

The Placement Agent Warrants contain “weighted average” anti-dilution protection in the event that we issue Common Stock or securities convertible into or exercisable for shares of Common Stock at a price lower than the subject warrant’s exercise price, subject to certain customary exceptions, as well as customary provisions for adjustment in the event of stock splits, subdivision or combination, mergers, etc. In lieu of making a cash payment otherwise contemplated to be made upon such exercise of such warrant, the holders of the Placement Agent Warrants may elect instead to receive (either in whole or in part) the number of shares of common stock determined according to a formula set forth in the Placement Agent Warrants.

See Item 2.01, “Completion of Acquisition or Disposition of Assets—The Merger and Related Transactions—Registration Rights” for a description of the registration rights granted to (among others) the holders of the Placement Agent Warrants, which description is incorporated herein by reference.

This summary descriptions of the warrants described above is qualified in their entirety by reference to the forms of such warrants filed as an exhibit to this Current Report.

Options

No Options to purchase shares of our Common Stock have been granted under our 2016 Plan as of the Closing Date.

Other Convertible Securities

As of the date hereof, other than the securities described above, the Company does not have any outstanding convertible securities.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions of our Certificate of Incorporation, our Bylaws and Delaware Law

Some provisions of Delaware law, our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws that will be in effect immediately prior to the consummation of the Merger contain provisions that could make the following transactions more difficult: acquisition of us by means of a tender offer; acquisition of us by means of a proxy contest or otherwise; or removal of our incumbent officers and directors. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish or could deter transactions that stockholders may otherwise consider to be in their best interest or in our best interests, including transactions that might result in a premium over the price of our Common Stock.

These provisions, summarized below, are expected to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure us outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging these proposals because negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute

We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which regulates corporate takeovers. The existence of this provision may have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions not approved in advance by the board of directors, such as discouraging takeover attempts that might result in a premium over the price of our Common Stock.

Undesignated Preferred Stock

The ability to authorize undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change control of the company. These and other provisions may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control or management of the company.

Special Stockholder Meetings

Our bylaws provide that a special meeting of stockholders may be called only by our board of directors, chairperson of the board, our chief executive officer, or in the absence of a chief executive officer, the president.

 

115


Table of Contents

Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals

Our bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of the board of directors or a committee of the board of directors.

Elimination of Stockholder Action by Written Consent

Our certificate of incorporation eliminates the right of stockholders to act by written consent without a meeting.

Classified Board; Election and Removal of Directors

Our board of directors is divided into three classes. The directors in each class will serve for a three-year term, one class being elected each year by our stockholders, with staggered three-year terms. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. Because our stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights, our stockholders holding a majority of the shares of our Common Stock outstanding will be able to elect all of our directors. In addition, our directors may not be removed without cause, and removal of our directors for cause will require a majority stockholder vote. For more information on the classified board of directors, see the section titled “Management—Board Composition.” This system of electing and removing directors may tend to discourage a third party from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us, because it generally makes it more difficult for stockholders to replace a majority of the directors.

Choice of Forum

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty; any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws; or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine.

The provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws could have the effect of discouraging others from attempting hostile takeovers and, as a consequence, they may also inhibit temporary fluctuations in the price of our Common Stock that often result from actual or rumored hostile takeover attempts. These provisions may also have the effect of preventing changes in our management. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

Limitations of Liability and Indemnification Matters

For a discussion of liability and indemnification, please see the section titled “Directors, Executive Officers, Promoters and Control Persons—Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters.”

Transfer Agent

The transfer agent and registrar for our Common Stock is West Coast Stock Transfer, Inc.. The transfer agent and registrar’s address is 721 N. Vulcan Ave., Ste. 205, Encinitas, California 92024 and its telephone number is (619) 664-4780.

 

116


Table of Contents

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

From time to time, we may become involved in various lawsuits and legal proceedings which arise in the ordinary course of business. However, litigation is subject to inherent uncertainties, and an adverse result in these or other matters may arise from time to time that may harm business.

We are currently not aware of any pending legal proceedings to which we are a party or of which any of our property is the subject, nor are we aware of any such proceedings that are contemplated by any governmental authority.

 

117


Table of Contents
ITEM 2.03 CREATION OF A DIRECT FINANCIAL OBLIGATION OR AN OBLIGATION UNDER AN OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENT OF A REGISTRANT

The information regarding our direct financial obligations in connection with the Merger set forth under Item 2.01 “Completion of Acquisition or Disposition of Assets” is incorporated in this Item 2.03 by reference.

 

ITEM 3.02 UNREGISTERED SALES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

All share and per share stock numbers in this section are after giving effect to the 4.0486 conversion of our Common Stock in connection with the Re-Domicile of the Company on April 14, 2016, and the Merger on May 3, 2016, in which each share of Valeritas stock outstanding at the time of the Merger was automatically converted into shares of our Common Stock at the conversion ratio described above.

The Offering

The information regarding the Offering and the Placement Agent Warrants set forth in Item 2.01, “Completion of Acquisition or Disposition of Assets—The Merger and Related Transactions—The Offering” and “Description of Securities” is incorporated herein by reference.

Shares Issued in Connection with the Merger

On May 3, 2016, pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, all of the shares of stock of Valeritas, were exchanged for approximately 6,600,000 restricted shares of our Common Stock. This transaction was exempt from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act as not involving any public offering. None of the securities were sold through an underwriter and, accordingly, there were no underwriting discounts or commissions involved.

Shares Issued to Pre-Merger Majority Stockholder

On May 9, 2014, we issued 41,486,004 shares of our Common Stock, to Leisa Swanson, our initial sole officer and director, for $15,000. The sale of these shares was exempt from registrations pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act as not involving any public offering.

Sales of Unregistered Securities of Valeritas

Set forth below is information regarding shares of capital stock issued by Valeritas since January 1, 2014. Also included is the consideration received by us for such shares and information relating to the section of the Securities Act, or rule of the Securities and Exchange Commission, under which exemption from registration was claimed.

(a) Issuance of Capital Stock.

 

    On June 19, 2014, in connection with the 2014 Reorganization, we issued 6,923,076 shares of our common stock to Valeritas Holdings, LLC, which is owned by the pre-2014 Reorganization holders of our Series A, B, C, C-1 and C-2 Preferred Stock, pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 thereunder.

 

    On June 23, 2014, we issued 2,195,122 shares of Series D Preferred Stock for aggregate consideration of $22.0 million to accredited investors pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 thereunder.

 

    On July 9, 2014, we issued 548,780 shares of Series D Preferred Stock for aggregate consideration of $5.4 million to accredited investors pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 thereunder.

 

    On August 5 and December 8, 2014, we issued warrants to purchase 152,821 shares and 24,526 shares, respectively, of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.013 per share to accredited investors pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 thereunder.

 

118


Table of Contents
    On December 8, 2014, we issued 1,560,976 shares of Series D Preferred Stock for aggregate consideration of $15.6 million to accredited investors pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 thereunder.

 

    On January 2, 2015, we issued 195,122 shares of Series D Preferred Stock for aggregate consideration of $2.0 million to an accredited investor pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 thereunder.

 

    On February 27, 2015, we issued 85,000 shares of Series D Preferred Stock for aggregate consideration of $0.9 million to accredited investors pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 thereunder.

 

    On February 27, 2015, we issued warrants to purchase 1,802 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.013 per share to accredited investors pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 thereunder.

 

    On February 28, 2015, we issued warrants to purchase 3,750 shares of our Series D Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $13.00 per share to accredited investors pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 thereunder.

 

    On May 18, 2015, we issued 12,145,168 shares of Series AA Preferred Stock for aggregate consideration of $15.1 million to accredited investors pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 thereunder.

 

    On September 28, 2015, we issued 2,614,767 shares of Series AB Preferred Stock for aggregate consideration of $3.3 million to accredited investors pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 thereunder.

 

    On November 13, 2015, we issued 2,215,462 shares of Series AB Preferred Stock for aggregate consideration of $2.8 million to accredited investors pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 thereunder.

 

    On December 24, 2015, we issued 2,009,631 shares of Series AB Preferred Stock for aggregate consideration of $2.5 million to accredited investors pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 thereunder.

 

    On January 29, 2016, we issued 4,400,000 shares of Series AB Preferred Stock for aggregate consideration of $5.5 million to accredited investors pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 thereunder.

 

    On January 29, 2016, we issued warrants to purchase 16,000,000 shares of our Series AB Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $1.25 per share to accredited investors pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 thereunder.

 

    On February 29, 2016, we issued 255,430 shares of Series AB Preferred Stock for aggregate consideration of $319,287 to accredited investors pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 thereunder.

 

    On February 29, 2016, we issued warrants to purchase 928,838 shares of our Series AB Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $1.25 per share to accredited investors pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 thereunder.

 

119


Table of Contents
    On March 30, 2016, we issued 1,320,600 shares of Series AB Preferred Stock for aggregate consideration of $1.7 million resulting from the exercise of warrants at a price of $1.25 per share to accredited investors pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 thereunder.

 

    On May 3, 2016, in connection with the Merger, we issued approximately 6,600,000 restricted shares of our Common Stock to the holders of shares of Valeritas’s Series AB Preferred Stock. This transaction was exempt from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act as it did not involve a public offering.

 

    On April 15, 2016, we issued 279,400 shares of Series AB Preferred Stock for aggregate consideration of $1.25 million resulting from the exercise of warrants at a price of $1.25 per share to accredited investors pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 thereunder.

(b) Stock Option Grants.

From January 1, 2013 through June 19, 2014, we granted stock options to purchase an aggregate of 16,224,482 shares of our common stock at a weighted-average exercise price of $2.43 per share, to certain of our employees, directors and consultants in connection with services provided to us by such persons. Of these, 20,798 options to purchase shares of common stock have been exercised through December 31, 2015, at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.38 per share.

In connection with the 2014 Reorganization, all of the outstanding options to purchase our common stock granted prior to June 19, 2014 were converted into options to purchase limited liability company units of Valeritas Holdings, LLC, or Holdings. Each common unit of Holdings represents an indirect interest in the 6,923,076 shares of our common stock held by Holdings. These shares of common stock were distributed to unitholders of Holdings upon the cancellation of Holdings and the liquidation of its assets in March 2016 in accordance with the liquidation preferences applicable to Holdings’ units. At such time, each option to purchase common units in Holdings was also cancelled.

From June 19, 2014 through December 31, 2015, we granted options to purchase an aggregate of 1,174,231 shares of our common stock at a weighted-average exercise price of $11.22 per share, to certain of our employees and directors in connection with services provided to us by such persons. At the time of the Merger, none of these options had been exercised. On the Closing Date, each outstanding option for Valeritas common stock was cancelled.

The issuances of stock options and the shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of the options were issued pursuant to written compensatory plans or arrangements with our employees, directors and consultants, in reliance on the exemption provided by Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, or pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) under the Securities Act, relative to transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering, to the extent an exemption from such registration was required.

All of the foregoing securities are deemed restricted securities for purposes of the Securities Act. All certificates representing the issued shares of capital stock described in this Item 15 included appropriate legends setting forth that the securities have not been registered and the applicable restrictions on transfer.

 

120


Table of Contents
ITEM 3.03 MATERIAL MODIFICATION TO RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS.

Effective as of May 3, 2016, prior to the Merger, our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and our Amended and Restated Bylaws became effective. The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation were previously approved by the sole director of the Company and by written consent of majority of the stockholders of the Company on May 3, 2016. The Amended and Restated Bylaws were previously approved by the sole director of the Company and by written consent of majority of the stockholders of the Company on May 3, 2016.

Although the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and the Amended and Restated Bylaws contain some similar provisions to the Company’s prior Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, they also include certain different provisions. The following discussion briefly summarizes the significant differences between our prior Bylaws and the Amended and Restated Bylaws.

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation

The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, among other things:

 

    specifies certain voting rights of holders of shares of Common Stock;

 

    provides parameters relating to the Company’s issuance of shares of preferred stock;

 

    states that the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors;

 

    states that, subject to certain exceptions, the number of authorized shares of the Company’s preferred stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the capital stock of the Company entitled to vote, voting together as a single class, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware;

 

    states that the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall be established from time to time by the Board of Directors;

 

    states that the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall be fixed from time to time exclusively pursuant to a resolution adopted by the Board of Directors, subject to certain exceptions;

 

    states that, subject to certain exceptions, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or any vacancies on the Board of Directors shall be filled only by a majority vote of the directors then in office or by a sole remaining director and not by stockholders;

 

    establishes three classes of directors, with each class serving a staggered three-year term, except that (i) the initial Class I Directors will serve for a term expiring at the first annual meeting of stockholders following the filing of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, (ii) the initial Class II Directors will serve for a term expiring at the second annual meeting of stockholders following the filing of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and (iii) the initial Class III Directors will serve for a term expiring at the third annual meeting of stockholders following the filing of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation;

 

    provides that directors may be removed only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds in voting power of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company entitled to vote in the election of directors;

 

    specifies that stockholders are not entitled to cumulative voting in the election of directors;

 

    limits directors’ liability to the Company;

 

    specifies that the Company is authorized to indemnify and advance expenses to, and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company’s directors and officers under certain circumstances;

 

    provides that stockholders may take action only at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Company and may not take action by consent in writing;

 

    provides that, subject to certain exceptions, special meetings of stockholders of the Company may be called only by (a) the Board of Directors, (b) the chairperson of the Board of Directors, (c) the chief executive officer or, in the absence of a chief executive officer, the president, of the Company;

 

    states that, unless the Company consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for certain actions brought against the Company or any of its Directors;

 

    provides that the Company may, from time to time, alter, amend or repeal any provision of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation as provided by the laws of the State of Delaware;

 

121


Table of Contents
    provides that the Board of Directors may, but the stockholders may not, alter, amend or repeal any provision of the bylaws of the Company; and

 

    provides that certain provisions of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation may be altered, amended or repealed in any respect (including by merger, consolidation or otherwise) only if such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least in voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company entitled to vote thereon.

Amended and Restated Bylaws

The Amended and Restated Bylaws, among other things, provides that:

 

    each annual meeting of stockholders of the Company may be held at any place designated by the Board of Directors;

 

    only such business shall be conducted at an annual meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the advance notice procedures set forth in Section 2.4 of the Amended and Restated Bylaws;

 

    nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors must follow the advance notice procedures set forth in Section 2.4 of the Amended and Restated Bylaws;

 

    special meetings of the stockholders may be called at any time by the Board, chairperson of the Board, chief executive officer or president (in the absence of a chief executive officer), (the previous provision of the bylaws provided that special meetings of stockholders may be called by the President, any two Directors, or the holders of more than sixty percent (60%) of the shares of the capital stock of the Company);

 

    at all duly called or convened meetings of stockholders, at which a quorum is present, for the election of directors, a plurality of the votes cast shall be sufficient to elect a director, and subject to certain exceptions, all other elections and questions presented to the stockholders at a duly called or convened meeting, at which a quorum is present, shall be decided by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the votes cast affirmatively or negatively (excluding abstentions) at the meeting by the holders entitled to vote thereon;

 

    special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the chairperson of the Board, the chief executive officer, the president, the secretary or a majority of the authorized number of directors (the previous provision of the bylaws provided that special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by two directors);

 

    at any meeting of the Board of Directors, all matters shall be determined by the vote of a majority of the directors present, except as otherwise provided in the Amended and Restated Bylaws or required by law;

 

    the Board of Directors may take action without a meeting if all members thereof consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission;

 

    the Board shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors (the previous provision of the bylaws required unanimous consent of the Board of Directors to provide compensation to directors);

 

    the Board of Directors may from time to time designate committees of the Board of Directors, which, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board or in the Amended and Restated bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Company;

 

    the Company will indemnify and advance expenses to, and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company’s directors and officers under certain circumstances;

 

    the Company may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss;

 

    the Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the bylaws of the Company, and. the stockholders also shall have power to adopt, amend or repeal the bylaws of the Company; provided, however, that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Company required by law or by the certificate of incorporation, such action by stockholders shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds in voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon (the previous provision of the bylaws provided that the bylaws could be amended by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the Company’s capital stock).

 

122


Table of Contents

Unlike the prior version of the Company’s bylaws, the Amended and Restated Bylaws do not provide that:

 

    the vote on any matter, including the election of directors, shall be by written ballot;

 

    action may be taken by stockholders telephonically; or

 

    vacancies in the Board of Directors due to death, resignation or other causes shall be filled by the remaining directors choosing from among the stockholders.

The foregoing description of our Amended and Restated Bylaws does not purport to be complete and is qualified in their entirety by reference to the full text of our Amended and Restated Bylaws, a copy of which are filed as an exhibit hereto and incorporated herein by reference.

 

123


Table of Contents
ITEM 4.01 CHANGES IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT.

On May 3, 2016, B F Borgers CPA PC (“B F Borgers”), was dismissed as our independent registered public accounting firm. On the same date, Friedman LLP was engaged as our new independent registered public accounting firm. The Board of Directors of the Company approved the dismissal of B F Borgers and approved the engagement of Friedman LLP as our independent registered public accounting firm.

None of the reports of B F Borgers on our financial statements for either of the past two years or subsequent interim period contained an adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion, or was qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principles, except that our audited financial statements contained in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015, filed with the SEC, included a going concern qualification in the report of B F Borgers.

During the Company’s most recent fiscal year ended December 31, 2015 and for the period from May 9, 2014 (inception) through December 31, 2014, and the subsequent interim periods preceding their dismissal, there were no disagreements with B F Borgers, whether or not resolved, on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedure, which, if not resolved to the satisfaction of B F Borgers, would have caused them to make reference to the subject matter of the disagreement in connection with their report on the Company’s financial statements.

The Company provided B F Borgers with a copy of the disclosures it is making in this Report and has requested that B F Borgers furnish it with a letter addressed to the SEC stating whether they agree with the above statements. The letter is filed as an exhibit to this Form 8-K.

During the two most recent fiscal years and the interim periods preceding the engagement, and through the date of this Report, neither the Company nor anyone on its behalf has previously consulted with Friedman LLP regarding either (a) the application of accounting principles to a specified transaction, either completed or proposed; or the type of audit opinion that might be rendered on the Company’s financial statements, and neither a written report was provided nor oral advice was provided to the Company that Friedman LLP concluded was an important factor considered by the Company in reaching a decision as to the accounting, auditing or financial reporting issue; or (b) any matter that was either the subject of a disagreement (as defined in paragraph 304(a)(1)(iv) of Regulation S-K and the related instructions thereto) or a reportable event (as described in paragraph 304(a)(1)(v)) of Regulation S-K).

 

124


Table of Contents
ITEM 5.01 CHANGES IN CONTROL OF REGISTRANT.

The information regarding change of control of the Company in connection with the Merger set forth in Item 2.01, “Completion of Acquisition or Disposition of Assets—The Merger and Related Transactions” is incorporated herein by reference.

The information regarding departure and election of directors and departure and appointment of principal officers of the Company in connection with the Merger set forth in Item 2.01, “Completion of Acquisition or Disposition of Assets—The Merger and Related Transactions” is incorporated herein by reference.

The information regarding amendments to the Company’s certificate of incorporation, bylaws in connection with the Merger set forth in Item 3.03 “Material Modification to Rights of Security Holders is incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 5.07 SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

On May 3, 2016, the Merger Agreement, the Split-Off Agreement, the General Release Agreement and our 2016 Plan were approved by written consent of a majority of our stockholders holding 41,486,004 shares of our Common Stock.

 

ITEM 9.01 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS.

 

(a) Financial statements of business acquired.

In accordance with Item 9.01(a), Valeritas’s audited consolidated financial statements as of, and for the fiscal years ended, December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the accompanying notes, are included in this Report beginning on Page F-1.

 

(b) Pro forma financial information.

In accordance with Item 9.01(b), unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements as of, and for the fiscal years ended, December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the accompanying notes, are included in this Report beginning on Page F-37.

 

(d) Exhibits

In reviewing the agreements included or incorporated by reference as exhibits to this Current Report on Form 8-K, please remember that they are included to provide you with information regarding their terms and are not intended to provide any other factual or disclosure information about the Company or the other parties to the agreements. The agreements may contain representations and warranties by each of the parties to the applicable agreement. These representations and warranties have been made solely for the benefit of the parties to the applicable agreement and:

 

    should not in all instances be treated as categorical statements of fact, but rather as a way of allocating the risk to one of the parties if those statements prove to be inaccurate;

 

125


Table of Contents
    have been qualified by disclosures that were made to the other party in connection with the negotiation of the applicable agreement, which disclosures are not necessarily reflected in the agreement;

 

    may apply standards of materiality in a way that is different from what may be viewed as material to you or other investors; and

 

    were made only as of the date of the applicable agreement or such other date or dates as may be specified in the agreement and are subject to more recent developments.

Accordingly, these representations and warranties may not describe the actual state of affairs as of the date they were made or at any other time. Additional information about the Company may be found elsewhere in this Current Report on Form 8-K and the Company’s other public filings, which are available without charge through the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov .

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

  2.1*    Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization, dated as of May 3, 2016, by and among the Registrant, Acquisition Sub and Valeritas, Inc.
  3.1    Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant (incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s Periodic Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 3, 2016)
  3.2*    Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant
  3.3*    Certificate of Merger of Acquisition Sub with and into Valeritas, Inc., filed May 3, 2016
  3.4*    Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant
10.1*    Split-Off Agreement, dated as of May 3, 2016, by and among the Registrant, CYGM Operating Corp. and Leisa Swanson
10.2*    General Release Agreement, dated as of May 3, 2016, by and among the Registrant, CYGM Operating Corp. and Leisa Swanson
10.3*    Form of Lock-Up and No Short Selling Agreement between the Registrant and the officers, directors and shareholders party thereto
10.4*    Form of Subscription Agreement between the Registrant and the investors party thereto
10.5*    Form of Placement Agent Warrant for Common Stock of the Registrant
10.6*    Form of Registration Rights Agreement
10.7*†    The Registrant’s 2016 Equity Incentive Plan
10.8*†    Form of Stock Option Agreement under 2016 Equity Incentive Plan
10.9*    Term Loan Agreement, dated May 24, 2013, by and between Valeritas, Inc., Capital Royalty Partners II L.P., Capital Royalty Partners II—Parallel Fund “A” L.P. and Parallel Investment Opportunities Partners II L.P., as lenders, and the guarantors party thereto
10.10*    Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated August 5, 2014, among Valeritas, Inc., as borrower, Capital Royalty Partners II L.P., Capital Royalty Partners II—Parallel Fund “A” L.P. and Parallel Investment Opportunities Partners II L.P., as lenders, and the guarantors party thereto

 

126


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

10.11*    Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated as of May 3, 2016, by and between Valeritas, Inc., a borrower, Valeritas Holdings, Inc., as Guarantor, Capital Royalty Partners II L.P., Capital Royalty Partners II – Parallel Fund “A” L.P., Parallel Investment Opportunities Partners II L.P., Capital Royalty Partners II – Parallel Fund “B” (Cayman) L.P., Capital Royalty Partners II (Cayman) L.P., as lenders, and the guarantors party thereto
10.12*    Joinder Agreement to Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated as of May 3, 2016, in favor of Capital Royalty Partners II L.P., Capital Royalty Partners II – Parallel Fund “A” L.P., Parallel Investment Opportunities Partners II L.P., Capital Royalty Partners II (Cayman) L.P., and Capital Royalty Partners II – Parallel Fund “B” (Cayman) L.P., as the Secured Parties, and Capital Royalty Partners II L.P., as Control Agent
10.13*    Limited Forbearance Agreement, dated May 18, 2015, by and between the Valeritas, Inc., Valeritas Holdings, LLC, Valeritas Security Corporation, Capital Royalty Partners II L.P., Parallel Investment Opportunities Partners II, L.P., Capital Royalty Partners II—Parallel Fund “A” L.P., Capital Royalty Partners II (Cayman) L.P. and Capital Royalty Partners II—Parallel Fund “B” (Cayman) L.P
10.14*    Amendment No. 1 to Limited Forbearance Agreement, dated September 28, 2015, by and among Valeritas, Inc., Valeritas Holdings, LLC, Valeritas Security Corporation, Capital Royalty Partners II L.P., Parallel Investment Opportunities Partners II, L.P., Capital Royalty Partners II—Parallel Fund “A” L.P., Capital Royalty Partners II (Cayman) L.P. and Capital Royalty Partners II—Parallel Fund “B” (Cayman) L.P.
10.15*    Amendment No. 2 to Limited Forbearance Agreement, dated November 13, 2015, by and among Valeritas, Inc., Valeritas Holdings, LLC, Valeritas Security Corporation, Capital Royalty Partners II L.P., Parallel Investment Opportunities Partners II, L.P., Capital Royalty Partners II—Parallel Fund “A” L.P., Capital Royalty Partners II (Cayman) L.P. and Capital Royalty Partners II—Parallel Fund “B” (Cayman) L.P.
10.16*    Amendment No. 3 to Limited Forbearance Agreement, dated December 21, 2015, by and among Valeritas, Inc., Valeritas Holdings, LLC, Valeritas Security Corporation, Capital Royalty Partners II L.P., Parallel Investment Opportunities Partners II, L.P., Capital Royalty Partners II—Parallel Fund “A” L.P., Capital Royalty Partners II (Cayman) L.P. and Capital Royalty Partners II—Parallel Fund “B” (Cayman) L.P.
10.17*    Amendment No. 4 to Limited Forbearance Agreement, dated January 29, 2016, by and among Valeritas, Inc., Valeritas Holdings, LLC, Valeritas Security Corporation, Capital Royalty Partners II L.P., Parallel Investment Opportunities Partners II, L.P., Capital Royalty Partners II—Parallel Fund “A” L.P., Capital Royalty Partners II (Cayman) L.P. and Capital Royalty Partners II—Parallel Fund “B” (Cayman) L.P.
10.18*    Amendment No. 5 to Limited Forbearance Agreement, dated March 25, 2016, by and among Valeritas, Inc., Valeritas Security Corporation, Capital Royalty Partners II L.P., Parallel Investment Opportunities Partners II, L.P., Capital Royalty Partners II—Parallel Fund “A” L.P., Capital Royalty Partners II (Cayman) L.P. and Capital Royalty Partners II—Parallel Fund “B” (Cayman) L.P.
10.19*    Amendment No. 6 to Limited Forbearance Agreement, dated April 30, 2016, by and among Valeritas, Inc. and Valeritas Security Corporation, as Guarantor and the undersigned Lenders.

 

127


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

10.20*    Termination of Forbearance Agreement, dated May 3, 2016, by and among Valeritas, Inc., Valeritas Security Corporation, Capital Royalty Partners II L.P., Parallel Investment Opportunities Partners II, L.P., Capital Royalty Partners II—Parallel Fund “A” L.P., Capital Royalty Partners II (Cayman) L.P. and Capital Royalty Partners II—Parallel Fund “B” (Cayman) L.P.
10.21*    Lease, dated October 20, 2009, by and between the Company and BTCT Associates, L.L.C., as amended on January 17, 2013, in respect of the building located at 750 Route 202, Bridgewater, New Jersey 08807
10.22*    Lease, dated December 22, 2006, by and among Valeritas, LLC, The Taming of the Shrewsbury, LLC, O’Neill Partners, LLC and Chanski, LLC, as amended on April 24, 2009, in respect of the building located at 800 Boston Turnpike, Shrewsbury, Massachusetts 01545
10.23*    Promissory Note, dated September 8, 2011, issued by the Company to WCAS Capital Partners IV, L.P., in the original principal amount of $5,000,000, by Amendment No. 1 to Note, dated May 24, 2013
10.24*†    Employment Agreement, dated February 18, 2016, by and between Valeritas, Inc. and John Timberlake
10.25*†    Employment Agreement, dated March 23, 2015, by and between Valeritas, Inc. and Matthew Nguyen
10.26*†    Employment Agreement, dated March 4, 2015, by and between Valeritas, Inc. and Geoffrey Jenkins
10.27*†    Employment Agreement, dated February 19, 2016, by and between Valeritas, Inc. and Mark Conley
16.1*    Letter from BF Borgers CPA PC to the Securities and Exchange Commission dated May 9, 2016.

 

* Filed herewith
Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement

 

128


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned hereunto duly authorized.

 

    VALERITAS HOLDINGS INC.
Dated: May 9, 2016     By:  

/s/ John Timberlake

    Name:   John Timberlake
    Title:   Chief Executive Officer


Table of Contents

VALERITAS, INC.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page(s)  

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms

     F-2   

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2014 and 2015

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December  31, 2014 and 2015

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Deficit for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015

     F-6   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December  31, 2014 and 2015

     F-7   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-8   

Proforma Financial Statements

     F-37   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and

Stockholders’ of Valeritas, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Valeritas, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2015, and the related consolidated statement of operations, stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2015. The Company’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. The company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2015, and the results of its operations, and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2015, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has recurring losses, a working capital deficiency and is in default of its senior secured debt with forbearance only until April 30, 2016. These conditions raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 2. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty. If the Company is unable to obtain financing and restructure its default debt, there could be a material adverse effect on the Company.

/s/ Friedman LLP

East Hanover, New Jersey

April 11, 2016

 

F-2


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

Valeritas, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Valeritas, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2014, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity/(deficit), and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2014. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) and in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Valeritas, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2014, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2014, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has suffered recurring losses and negative cash flows from operations, and has a net capital deficiency that raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in note 2. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Boston, Massachusetts

February 23, 2015

 

F-3


Table of Contents

VALERITAS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

     December 31,  
     2014     2015  

Assets

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 20,944     $ 2,789  

Accounts receivable, net

     2,677       3,142  

Other receivables

     310       493  

Inventories, net (note 5)

     8,705       10,784  

Deferred cost of goods sold

     813       863  

Deferred initial public offering costs

     1,965       —    

Prepaid expense and other current assets

     833       735  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     36,247       18,806  

Property and equipment, net (note 6)

     12,784       12,091  

Other assets

     324       279  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 49,355     $ 31,176  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and stockholders’ deficit

    

Current liabilities:

    

Current portion of long-term debt, related parties (note 4)

   $ 52,845     $ 69,107  

Current portion of capital lease obligation (note 13)

     153       26  

Accounts payable

     4,076       7,419  

Accrued expense and other current liabilities (note 7)

     7,701       5,931  

Deferred revenue

     1,632       1,895  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     66,407       84,378  

Capital lease obligation, less current portion (note 13)

     26       —    

Deferred rent liability

     198       143  

Derivative liabilities (note 12)

     443       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     67,074       84,521  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (note 13)

    

Stockholders’ deficit

    

Convertible preferred stock:

    

Series AB preferred stock, $0.00001 par value per share, 0 shares authorized at December 31, 2014 and 9,600,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2015; no shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2014. 6,839,860 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2015; (aggregate liquidation value of $0 and $17,100 at December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively)

     —          8,549  

Series AA preferred stock, $0.00001 par value, 0 and 16,000,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively; 0 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2014 ; 12,145,268 shares issued and 6,529,536 were outstanding at December 31, 2015; (aggregate liquidation value of $0 and $16,324 at December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively)

     —          8,161  

Series D preferred stock, $0.00001 par value, 6,000,000 shares were authorized; 4,304,878 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2014 and 4,585,000 issued and 1,340,865 outstanding at December 31, 2015; (aggregate liquidation value of $44,255 and $14,855 at December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively)

     43,049       13,409  

Common stock, $0.00001 par value, 38,461,538 and 60,000,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively; 6,923,076 and 15,243,205 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively

     —          —     

Additional paid-in capital

     249,909       294,408  

Accumulated deficit

     (310,677 )     (377,872 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (17,719 )     (53,345 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ deficit

   $ 49,355     $ 31,176  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

VALERITAS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In thousands)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2014     2015  

Revenue, net

   $ 13,493     $ 18,097  

Cost of goods sold

     17,773       14,237  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross margin

     (4,280 )     3,860  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expense:

    

Research and development

     6,265       6,523  

Selling, general and administrative

     48,488       44,680  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expense

     54,753       51,203  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

     (59,033 )     (47,343 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense), net:

    

Interest income

     3       1  

Interest expense

     (7,545 )     (16,318 )

Change in fair value of prepayment features

     802       443  

Other income

     201       —     

Offering costs (including 2014 capitalized IPO costs)

     —          (3,978
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

     (6,539 )     (19,852 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (65,572 )   $ (67,195 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

VALERITAS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

(In thousands, except share data)

 

     Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Common Stock      Additional
Paid-in
capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
stockholders’
deficit
 
     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount         

Balance—December 31, 2013

     183,422,465     $ 245,533       635,374     $  —        $ (1,441 )   $ (245,105 )   $ (1,013 )

Exercise of common stock options

     —         —         98,089       —          38       —         38  

Share-based compensation expense

     —         —         —         —          4,786       —         4,786  

Warrants issued in connection with senior secured debt

     —         —         —         —          1,728       —         1,728  

Retirement of preferred and common stock in connection with Valeritas Holdings merger (note 1)

     (183,422,465 )     (245,533 )     (733,463 )     —          245,533       —         —    

Issuance of common stock in connection with Valeritas Holdings merger (note 1)

     —         —         6,923,076       —          —         —         —    

Sales of Series D Preferred Stock in June 2014, net of expense (note 9)

     2,195,122       21,951       —         —          (475 )     —         21,476  

Sales of Series D Preferred Stock in July 2014, net of expense (note 9)

     548,780       5,488       —         —          (222 )     —         5,266  

Sales of Series D Preferred Stock in December 2014, net of expense (note 9)

     1,560,976       15,610       —         —          (38 )     —         15,572  

Net loss

     —         —         —         —          —         (65,572 )     (65,572 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance—December 31, 2014

     4,304,878     $ 43,049       6,923,076     $ —        $ 249,909     $ (310,677 )   $ (17,719 )

Share-based compensation expense

     —         —         —         —          5,425        —         5,425   

Sales of Series D Preferred Stock in January 2015 (note 9)

     195,122        1,951        —         —          (116 )     —         1,835   

Sales of Series D Preferred Stock in February 2015 (note 9)

     85,000        850        —         —          (50 )     —         800   

Warrants issued in connection with senior secured debt

     —         —         —         —          17        —          17   

Sales of Series AA Preferred Stock in May 2015 (note 9)

     12,145,168        15,181        —         —          (3 )     —         15,178   

Sales of Series AB Preferred Stock in September 2015, net of expense (note 9)

     2,614,767        3,268        —         —          (90 )     —         3,178   

Sales of Series AB Preferred Stock in November 2015, net of expense (note 9)

     2,215,462        2,769        —          —           (76     —          2,693   

Sales of Series AB Preferred Stock in December 2015, net of expense (note 9)

     2,009,631        2,512        —          —           (69     —          2,443   

Conversion of Series D and Series AA Preferred Stock to Common Stock, net of Series D PIK shares of 271,712 issued prior to conversion

     (8,859,767     (39,461     8,320,129        —           39,461        —          —     

Net loss

     —         —         —         —          —         (67,195     (67,195
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance—December 31, 2015

     14,710,261      $ 30,119        15,243,205      $  —         $ 294,408      $ (377,872   $ (53,345
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

VALERITAS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2014     2015  

Operating activities

    

Net loss

   $ (65,572 )   $ (67,195 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment

     1,422       1,680  

Amortization of financing costs

     1,149       4,632  

Noncash interest expense

     2,491       11,647  

Obsolete inventory reserve

     (1,357 )     (883 )

Share-based compensation expense

     4,786       5,425  

Offering costs (including 2014 capitalized IPO costs)

     —          3,978   

Decrease in fair value of mandatory prepayment features

     (802 )     (443 )

Other noncash

     (17 )     —     

Changes in:

    

Accounts receivable

     (866 )     (465 )

Other receivables

     (152 )     (184 )

Inventories

     8,210       (1,196 )

Deferred cost of goods sold

     457       (50 )

Prepaid expense and other current assets

     (243 )     99  

Other assets

     27       45  

Accounts payable

     1,084       3,343  

Accrued expense

     1,047       (1,525 )

Deferred revenue

     363       263  

Deferred rent liability

     (42 )     (55 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (48,015 )     (40,884 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing activities

    

Acquisition of property and equipment

     (2,495 )     (987 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (2,495 )     (987 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing activities

    

Repayment of debt

     (199 )     —     

Repayment of capital lease

     (153 )     (153 )

Proceeds from issuance of Series D Preferred Stock ($15,643 from related party WCAS in 2014. See note 8)

     43,049       2,801  

Proceeds from issuance of Series AA Preferred Stock ($3,000 and $5,000 from related parties WCAS and CRG respectively in 2015. See note 8)

     —          15,181   

Proceeds from issuance of Series AB Preferred Stock ($5,117 from related party CRG in 2015)

     —          8,549   

Preferred stock issuance costs

     (735 )     (244 )

Offering costs

     (1,560 )     (2,418 )

Proceeds from exercise of stock options and stock warrants

     38       —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     40,440       23,716  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

     (10,070 )     (18,155 )

Cash and cash equivalents—beginning of period

     31,014       20,944  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents—end of period

   $ 20,944     $ 2,789  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information

    

Interest paid

   $ 3,898     $ —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noncash investing and financing transactions

    

Accrued property and equipment additions

   $ 71     $ —    

Accrued offering costs

     405       (405 )

Accrued issuance costs

     —          160   

Conversion of Series D preferred stock to common stock

     —          32,441  

Conversion of Series D preferred stock to common stock

     —          7,020   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

VALERITAS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

1. NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND ORGANIZATION

Organization and Nature of Operations

Valeritas, Inc. (Valeritas or the Company), was incorporated in the state of Delaware on December 27, 2007 when it changed its organization form and name from Valeritas, LLC, which was formed on August 2, 2006. The Company is engaged in developing innovative technologies to improve the health and quality of life of people with Type 2 diabetes. In December 2010, the FDA cleared the V-Go Disposable Insulin Delivery Device (V-Go) for certain uses.

During the second quarter of 2014, the Company consummated a series of transactions designed to facilitate future capital raising by simplifying its capitalization. On June 19, 2014, Valeritas Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Valeritas Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, or Holdings, merged with and into the Company (the 2014 Reorganization). Prior to the 2014 Reorganization, Holdings was the Company’s direct wholly owned subsidiary. Valeritas survived the 2014 Reorganization as a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Holdings. In connection with the 2014 Reorganization, all of the pre-merger holders of the Company’s Series A, B, C, C-1 and C-2 preferred stock, common stock, options to purchase common stock and preferred stock warrants converted their securities into preferentially equivalent units in Holdings, and the Company issued 6,923,076 shares of common stock to Holdings. Additionally, in connection with the 2014 Reorganization, warrants to purchase 3,588,870 shares of the Company’s common stock held by Capital Royalty Partners were cancelled. As a result of the Series D Financing (see note 9), on August 5 and December 8, 2014 the Company issued Capital Royalty Partners warrants to purchase 152,821 and 24,526, respectively, shares of Valeritas, Inc. common stock exercisable at $0.013 per share. Immediately following the 2014 Reorganization, the Company’s issued and outstanding capital stock solely consisted of 6,923,076 shares of common stock held by Holdings.

Pursuant to Holdings’ Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement, upon liquidation of Holdings, holders of Holdings’ limited liability company units will be entitled to an allocable portion of Valeritas, Inc. common stock held by Holdings. The amount of Valeritas, Inc. common stock distributed to a particular unit holder upon a liquidation of Holdings will be determined based upon the aggregate liquidation preference of the units held by such unit holder and the market value of Valeritas, Inc. common stock at the time of liquidation. As a result, certain Holdings members may directly receive shares of Valeritas, Inc. common stock upon a liquidation of Holdings.

On March 7, 2016, the Company dissolved Holdings (Valeritas Holdings, LLC). Prior to the dissolution, Valeritas Holdings, LLC distributed all its assets, including 6,923,076 shares of Valeritas, Inc. common stock, pro-ratably to Series C holders, based on the aggregate liquidation preference of the units held by each holder as set out in the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement. Based upon the aggregate liquidation preference of the units on March 7, 2016, the common stockholders as well as the Series A and Series B preferred stockholders did not receive common shares of Valeritas, Inc. upon dissolution. As a result of the dissolution, the 2008 Employee Equity Compensation Plan was terminated and all options outstanding thereunder were cancelled.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

VALERITAS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

2. LIQUIDITY, UNCERTAINTIES AND GOING CONCERN

The Company is subject to a number of risks similar to those of early stage companies, including dependence on key individuals, the difficulties inherent in the development of a commercial market, the potential need to obtain additional capital necessary to fund the development of its products, and competition from larger companies.

The Company has incurred losses each year since inception and has experienced negative cash flows from operations in each year since inception. As of December 31, 2014 and 2015, the Company had an accumulated deficit of $310,677 and $377,872, respectively. In April 2015, the Company defaulted on its Senior Secured Debt resulting in its major lender calling the outstanding loan and accrued interest of $57,654 for immediate repayment. The Company entered into a series of forbearance agreements with the major lender which have deferred the repayment of the loan and accrued interest until April 30, 2016. As of December 31, 2015, the Company had $2,789 in cash and cash equivalents which will not be sufficient to fund the operations of the Company over the next twelve months from the balance sheet date. These factors raise substantial doubt regarding the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

The Company is actively pursuing additional sources of financing to fund its operations, including scheduled obligations, working capital and capital equipment requirements. These sources could include a private placement of the Company’s common stock, or additional issuances of debt or equity to new or existing investors. In addition, the Company is currently in negotiations with its major Senior Secured lender to restructure the debt. However, the Company can provide no assurances that these additional financings will be available on acceptable terms, or at all.

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared with the assumption that the Company will continue as a going concern and will be able to realize its assets and discharge its liabilities in the normal course of business and do not include any adjustments to reflect the possible future effects on the recoverability and classification of assets or the amounts and classification of liabilities that may result from the inability of the Company to continue as a going concern.

 

3. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements reflect the operations of Valeritas, Inc. and its subsidiary, Valeritas Security Corporation. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP generally requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expense during the period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Basis of presentation

The Company has reclassified certain prior-period amounts to conform to the current-period presentation.

Deferred offering costs

Deferred offering costs, which primarily consisted of direct incremental legal and accounting fees relating to the Initial Public Offering (IPO), were capitalized at December 31, 2014. In 2015 the offering was terminated and the previously capitalized deferred offering costs of $1,965 were expensed.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

VALERITAS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

Segment and Geographic Information

Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate discrete financial information is available for evaluation by the chief operating decision-maker (CODM) or decision-making group in making decisions regarding resource allocation and assessing performance. The Company generates its revenue and has employees only in the United States and views its operations as one operating segment as the CODM reviews financial information on a consolidated basis in making decisions regarding resource allocations and assessing performance. The Company owns assets in Asia that are utilized by its contract manufacturer (CMO) in the manufacture of the Company’s products.

Geographic information for property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation at December 31, 2014 and 2015 is as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2014      2015  

North America

   $ 2,802      $ 2,067  

Asia

     9,982        10,024  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total property and equipment, net

   $ 12,784      $ 12,091  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

The Company considers investments and interest-bearing deposits with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents. At December 31, 2014 and 2015, there was $1,092 and $2,309, respectively, on deposit at banks in excess of Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) insured limits and $19,075 and $2, respectively, in a U.S. Treasury money market fund and U.S. government Agency notes that are not federally insured. No losses have been experienced on such bank deposits, money market fund or notes. The Company does not believe that it is subject to any unusual credit risk beyond the normal credit risk associated with commercial banking relationships.

Restricted Cash

The Company held restricted cash of $554 and $209 as at December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively as part of its lease and debt agreements. The amounts are included within Cash and cash equivalents balance.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

VALERITAS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

Revenue recognition

The Company’s revenue is generated from V-Go sales in the United States to third-party wholesalers and medical supply distributors that, in turn, sell this product to retail pharmacies or directly to patients with diabetes.

Revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred and title passed, the price is fixed or determinable, and collectability is reasonably assured. These criteria are applied as follows:

 

    The evidence of an arrangement generally consists of contractual arrangements with third-party wholesalers and medical supply distributor customers.

 

    Transfer of title and risk and rewards of ownership are passed upon shipment of product to distributors or upon delivery to patients.

 

    The selling prices are fixed and agreed upon based on the contracts with distributors, the customer and contracted insurance payors, if applicable. For sales to customers associated with insurance providers with whom the Company does not have a contract, the Company recognizes revenue upon collection of cash, at which time the price is determinable. Provisions for discounts and rebates to customers are established as a reduction to revenue in the same period the related sales are recorded.

 

    The Company considers the overall creditworthiness and payment history of the distributor, customer and the contracted payor in concluding whether collectability is reasonably assured.

The Company has entered into agreements with wholesalers, distributors and third-party payors throughout the United States. These agreements may include provisions allowing for product discounts and rebates payable by us to third party payors upon dispensing V-Go to patients. Additionally, these agreements customarily provide such wholesalers and distributors with rights to return purchased products within a specific timeframe, as well as prior to such timeframe if the product is damaged in the normal course of business. Subject to certain restrictions, the Company’s wholesaler and distributor customers can return purchased product during a period that begins six months prior to V-Go’s expiration date and ends one year after the expiration date. The V-Go expiration date is determined by adding 36 months to the date of manufacture. Additionally, returns are no longer honored after delivery to the patient.

The Company is currently unable to reasonably estimate future returns due to lack of sufficient historical return data for V-Go. Accordingly, it invoices customers, records deferred revenue at gross invoice sales price less estimated cash discounts and distribution fees, and records a related deferred cost of goods sold. The Company defers recognition of revenue and the related cost of goods sold on shipments of V-Go until the product has been distributed to patients based on an analysis of third-party information. When the Company believes there is sufficient historical data to develop reasonable estimates of expected returns based upon historical returns, it plans to recognize product sales upon shipment to customers.

Major Customers and Concentration of Credit Risk

As discussed above, the Company ships product to third-party wholesalers and medical supply distributors that, in turn, sell this product to retail pharmacies or directly to patients with diabetes. Upon shipment, the Company records deferred revenue and a related receivable.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

VALERITAS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

Estimated revenue from significant customers as a percentage of the Company’s consolidated gross revenue was as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2014     2015  

Customer 1

     35.7 %     37.8 %

Customer 2

     26.8 %     26.7 %

Customer 3

     25.9 %     25.5 %

The Company’s three largest customers accounted for receivables in excess of ten percent of gross accounts receivable at December 31, 2014 and 2015:

 

     December 31,  
     2014     2015  

Customer 1

     32.1 %     35.5 %

Customer 2

     30.1 %     31.2 %

Customer 3

     25.0 %     21.5 %

The Company believes that these customers are of high credit quality and that the Company is not subject to unusual risk with respect to such customers, and generally does not require collateral. The Company does not maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts based on its assessment of the collectability of accounts receivable as all receivables due are current and the Company has not had any instances of being unable to collect the accounts receivable.

Inventories

Inventories consists of raw materials, work in process and finished goods, which are valued at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined on a first in, first out, or FIFO, basis and includes material costs, labor and applicable overhead. The Company reviews its inventory for excess or obsolescence and writes down inventory that has no alternative uses to its net realizable value.

Property and equipment

Property and equipment are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is recorded on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful life of the asset. Maintenance and repairs are expensed when incurred.

Construction-in-Progress

Assets under construction at manufacturing facilities are capitalized as construction-in-progress. The cost of construction-in-progress comprises its purchase price and any costs directly attributable to bringing it into working condition for its intended use. Construction-in-progress amounts incurred at manufacturing facilities are presented as a separate asset within PP&E. Construction-in-progress is not depreciated. Once the asset is complete and available for use, depreciation is commenced.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

VALERITAS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived tangible assets with finite lives are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of long-lived tangible assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of the asset to future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount exceeds the undiscounted cash flows, the impairment to be recognized is measured by determining the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the fair value of the asset. Fair value may be determined using appraisals, management estimates and discounted cash flow calculations.

Warrants

The Company has issued warrants in connection with financing arrangements. Warrants that do not qualify to be recorded as permanent equity are recorded as liabilities at their fair value using the Black- Scholes option pricing model. Warrants that do qualify to be recorded as permanent equity are recorded based on the relative fair value of the instrument using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The relative fair value of the warrants is recorded in additional paid-in capital and as a debt discount. The debt discount is amortized over the life of the loan.

Income taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax reporting purposes and for operating loss and tax credit carry forwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply in the years in which these temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. A valuation allowance is established to reduce net deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in results of operations in the period that includes the enactment date. The Company recognizes the effect of income tax positions only if those positions are more likely than not of being sustained. Recognized income tax positions are measured at the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely of being recognized. Changes in recognition and measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in judgment occurs. Interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits are included in income tax expense.

Research and development expenses

Research and development expenses are expensed as incurred and are primarily comprised of the following types of costs incurred in performing research and development activities:

 

    contract services;

 

    testing samples and supplies;

 

    salaries and benefits; and

 

    overhead and occupancy costs.

Advertising

Advertising costs, which include promotional expenses, are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations and are expensed as incurred. Advertising expenses were $11.6 million and $12.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

VALERITAS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

Share-based compensation

The Company measures the cost of awards of equity instruments based on the grant date fair value of the awards. That cost is recognized on a straight-line basis over the period during which the employee is required to provide service in exchange for the entire award.

The fair value of stock options on the date of grant is calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, based on key assumptions such as the fair value of common stock, expected volatility and expected term. The Company’s estimates of these important assumptions are primarily based on third-party valuations, historical data, peer company data and the judgment of management regarding future trends and other factors.

Fair Value Measurements

The Company’s financial instruments consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities, debt instruments, derivative liabilities, and a warrant liability. The carrying amounts of these financial instruments excluding long-term debt, the current portion of long-term debt in short-term borrowings approximate fair value due to their short-term nature. The fair values of the rest are approximate fair value and are principally measured using quoted market prices or pricing models using current market rates for these securities.

Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The fair value accounting guidance establishes a fair value hierarchy based on three levels of inputs, of which the first two are considered observable and the last unobservable, that may be used to measure fair value:

 

    Level 1—Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

 

    Level 2— Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. Level 2 inputs include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability (i.e., interest rates, yield curves, etc.), and inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means (market corroborated inputs).

 

    Level 3— Inputs are unobservable and reflect the Company’s assumptions as to what market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. The Company develops these inputs based on the best information available.

It is our policy to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when developing fair value measurements. When available, we use quoted market prices to measure fair value. If market prices are not available, the fair value measurement is based on models that use primarily market based parameters including interest rate yield curves, option volatilities and currency rates. In certain cases where market rate assumptions are not available, we are required to make judgments about assumptions market participants would use to estimate the fair value of a financial instrument. Changes in the underlying assumptions used, including discount rates and estimates of future cash flows could significantly affect the results of current or future values. The results may not be realized in an actual sale or immediate settlement of an asset or liability.

Please refer to note 12 Fair Value Measurements for further discussion of the fair value of financial instruments.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

VALERITAS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

On May 28, 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, which requires an entity to recognize the amount of revenue to which it expects to be entitled for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers. The ASU will replace most existing revenue recognition guidance in U.S. GAAP when it becomes effective. In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-14, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Deferral of the Effective Date, which delayed the effective date of the new standard from January 1, 2017 to January 1, 2018. The FASB also agreed to allow entities to choose to adopt the standard as of the original effective date. This ASU permits the use of either the retrospective or cumulative effect transition method. The Company is evaluating the effect that ASU 2014-09 will have on our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. The Company has not yet selected a transition method nor have we determined the effect of the standard on our ongoing financial reporting.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements-Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40)—Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern, or ASU 2014-15. ASU 2014-15 provides guidance about management’s responsibility to evaluate whether there is a substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern and to provide related footnote disclosures. Specifically, ASU 2014-15 defines the term substantial doubt, requires an evaluation of every reporting period including interim periods, provides principles for considering the mitigating effect of management’s plan, requires certain disclosures when substantial doubt is alleviated as a result of consideration of management’s plans, requires an express statement and other disclosures when substantial doubt is not alleviated, and requires an assessment for a period of one year after the date that the financial statements are issued or available to be issued. The amendments in ASU 2014-15 are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016 and interim periods within those reporting periods. Earlier adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact this guidance may have on our consolidated financial statements.

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-11, Inventory (Topic 330): Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory. The new standard applies only to inventory for which cost is determined by methods other than last-in, first-out and the retail inventory method, which includes inventory that is measured using first-in, first-out or average cost. Inventory within the scope of this standard is required to be measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Net realizable value is the estimated selling prices in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal, and transportation. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017. The adoption of this standard is not expected to have a material effect on the consolidated financial position and results of operations and statements of cash flows.

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-01, Financial Instruments-Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities. The amendments in ASU 2016-01, among other things, requires equity investments (except those accounted for under the equity method of accounting, or those that result in consolidation of the investee) to be measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in net income; Requires separate presentation of financial assets and financial liabilities by measurement category and form of financial asset (i.e., securities or loans and receivables); Eliminate the requirement to disclose the fair value of financial instruments measured at amortized cost for entities that are not public business entities. The amendments in this ASU are effective for non-public companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning December 15, 2019. Early adoption of the amendments in the ASU is permitted as early as the fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The adoption of this standard is not expected to have a material effect on the consolidated financial position and results of operations and statements of cash flows.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

VALERITAS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

Recently Issued Accounting Standards (continued)

In February 2016, the FASB issued new guidance related to how an entity should recognize lease assets and lease liabilities. The guidance specifies that an entity who is a lessee under lease agreements should recognize lease assets and lease liabilities for those leases classified as operating leases under previous FASB guidance. The guidance is effective for us beginning in the first quarter of 2019. Early adoption is permitted. In transition, lessees and lessors are required to recognize and measure leases at the beginning of the earliest period presented using a modified retrospective approach. The Company is evaluating the impact of adopting this guidance on our consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

In March 2016, the FASB issued new guidance which involves several aspects of the accounting for share-based payment transactions including the income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, and classification on the statement of cash flows. Under the new standard, income tax benefits and deficiencies are to be recognized as income tax expense or benefit in the income statement and the tax effects of exercised or vested awards should be treated as discrete items in the reporting period in which they occur. An entity should also recognize excess tax benefits regardless of whether the benefit reduces taxes payable in the current period. Excess tax benefits should be classified along with other income tax cash flows as an operating activity. In regards to forfeitures, the entity may make an entity-wide accounting policy election to either estimate the number of awards that are expected to vest or account for forfeitures when they occur. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016 including interim periods within that reporting period, however early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the guidance to determine the Company’s adoption method and the effect it will have on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

4. DEBT

At December 31, 2014 and 2015, the Company had the following debt outstanding (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2014      2015  

Senior secured debt, net

   $ 45,209      $ 49,699  

Prepayment fee

     —           2,438   

Payment-in-kind (PIK) interest

     2,495        10,956  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total senior secured debt, net

     47,704        63,093  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other note payable, net

     4,095        4,210  

Payment-in-kind (PIK) interest

     1,046        1,804  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other note payable, net

     5,141        6,014  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt

   $ 52,845      $ 69,107  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt, short-term

   $ 52,845      $ 69,107  

Total debt, long-term

   $ —        $ —    

Presentation

The Senior Secured Debt contains a minimum revenue covenant for 2014 of $25 million and 2015 of $50 million which the Company did not meet. The Company also did not to meet the capital financing targets and was not able to maintain adequate operating cash and working capital all of which triggered the occurrence of a Material Adverse Change as stipulated within the Senior Secured Debt Agreement. Due to the covenant failures and an associated cross-default covenant in the Other Note Payable that refers to defaults on other debt instruments held by the Company, both debt balances are being presented as short-term debt in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2014 and 2015. The Company has entered into a series of forbearance agreements as described below, which extended the repayment terms through April 30, 2016.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

VALERITAS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

Senior Secured Debt

On May 23, 2013, the Company entered into a term loan agreement with Capital Royalty Partners (“CRG”) (the “Term Loan” or “Senior Secured Debt”) for a total of up to $100 million in potential borrowings, structured as a senior secured loan with a six year term. The agreement provides for the issuance of notes in three separate tranches. The Term Loan bears interest at 11% per annum and compounds annually. Until the third anniversary of the Term Loan, the Company has the option to pay quarterly interest of 7.5% in cash and 3.5% paid-in-kind, or PIK, interest, which is added to the aggregate principal amount of the loan on the last day of each quarter. The first tranche was for $50 million and was drawn on August 15, 2013. The second and third tranches were for $25 million each and could be drawn after reaching revenue milestones of $6 million and $15 million over the three consecutive months prior to March 31, 2014 and September 30, 2014, respectively. The Company did not meet the revenue thresholds for the second and third tranches.

Absent a change in control (see discussion below), the outstanding principal and accrued PIK interest will be repaid in twelve quarterly installments during the final three years of the term. Additionally, the Term Loan contains a minimum cash balance covenant which requires the Company to maintain a balance of at least $2 million in cash and cash equivalents at all times.

In addition, the Term Loan contains a minimum revenue covenant for 2014 of $25 million which the Company did not meet. The agreement requires the Company to repay the Term Loan principal in an amount that is equal to two times the revenue shortfall, or $23 million, by April 30, 2015 using proceeds from either newly obtained subordinated debt or an equity financing. In conjunction with the 2014 Reorganization (see note 1), the Company and CRG entered into an agreement amending the Term Loan to provide for conditional waivers of the agreement’s financial covenants, including the minimum revenue covenant for 2014, which would be waived and a prior breach cured as well as lowering the 2015 minimum revenue covenant to $20 million if the Company consummates either an initial public offering (“IPO”) with net proceeds to the Company of at least $40 million by March 31, 2015; private financing of $35 million plus greater of zero or $35 million less aggregate proceeds received from Series D financing with an IPO of $40 million before June 30, 2015; or strategic investment by a publicly listed company of at least $20 million before December 2014 with an IPO of $40 million before June 30, 2015.

On April 3, 2015, it was determined that the Company would not be able to meet the abovementioned capital financing targets. As a result, the waiver to the minimum revenue covenant for 2014 and the reduction in the 2015 minimum revenue covenant were overridden and the Company was in default of the Term Loan. CRG called for an immediate repayment of Term Loan with an additional 4% of default interest rate applied to December 31, 2014 outstanding principal and accrued PIK interest, compounding through to the date of repayment. A 4% prepayment premium was also charged on the aggregate outstanding balance on the date of the repayment.

On May 18, 2015, the Company and CRG entered into a forbearance agreement whereby CRG agreed not to take any actions during the Forbearance Period, which expired on September 29, 2015. During this period, an aggregate interest rate of 15% was applied to aggregate outstanding loan amount, compounded quarterly and capitalized as PIK interest. In addition, a 4% prepayment premium will be charged at the date of repayment of the Term Loan.

On September 28, 2015, the Company and CRG amended the forbearance expiration date to October 30, 2015. On November 31, 2015, both parties amended the forbearance expiration date to December 18, 2015 and on December 21, 2015, the parties deferred the forbearance expiration date again to January 22, 2016. The terms on interest rate and prepayment premium remain the same in the subsequent amendments made to the forbearance agreement. The deferral of the loan repayment dates were considered to be a concession granted by the Lenders. As such, the Company has accounted for the forbearance agreements during 2015 as a troubled debt restructuring (TDR). There was no gain associated with the TDR, however the modified effective interest rate was applied prospectively.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

VALERITAS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

On January 29, 2016, both parties entered into the fourth amendment of the forbearance agreement which deferred the expiration date to March 31, 2016. This was followed by the fifth amendment of the forbearance agreement, dated March 25, 2016, that extended the expiration date of the forbearance period to April 30, 2016. The details of this subsequent event are discussed in note 14 below.

Warrant

On May 23, 2013, 3,588,870 warrants for the purchase of common stock were issued at an exercise price of $0.013. The warrants issued in conjunction with the drawdown of the Term Loan were deemed to be permanent equity. The Company recorded the loan net of an original issuance discount of $3,267, which was the calculated fair value of the issued warrants. During June 2014, and in connection with the 2014 Reorganization, these warrants were cancelled in conjunction with a pledge by the Company to issue new warrants in the Company’s common stock post 2014 Reorganization (see note 1). On August 5 and December 8, 2014, the Company issued Capital Royalty Partners new warrants to purchase 152,821 and 24,526 shares, respectively, of common stock exercisable at $0.013 per share. The incremental fair value of the new warrants in relation to the cancelled warrants was $1,729 and was treated as an additional debt discount during 2014. On February 27, 2015, the Company further issued warrants to purchase 1,802 shares of common stock with the same exercise price and terms to those issued in 2014. The fair value of the warrants issued during 2015 was $17 and has been treated as an additional debt discount.

The total debt discount associated with the warrants is being amortized over the term of the loan using the effective interest method and was $3,944 and $282 at December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively. The forbearance agreements entered into during 2015 accelerated the timing of repayment of the Term Loan to January 22, 2016. The Company accelerated the amortization of the debt discount to coincide with the forbearance period which triggered a TDR and as such, $3,662 was amortized in 2015.

Financing costs

The Company recorded the Term Loan net of deferred financing costs paid directly to the creditor (and therefore treated as a discount to the debt) of $500 relating to the lender finance fee of 1%. The discount related to the issuance costs is being amortized over the term of the loan using the effective interest method. The forbearance agreements entered into during 2015 triggered a TDR and accelerated the timing of repayment of the Term Loan to January 22, 2016. The Company accelerated the amortization of the debt discount to coincide with the forbearance period. The carrying amount of the debt discount relating to deferred financing costs was $383 and $28 at December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

Lenders Put Option

Upon a change in control or certain asset sales, the Capital Royalty Partners loan must be prepaid in an amount equal to the outstanding principal balance plus accrued and unpaid interest, taking into account a prepayment premium that starts at 5% of the balance and decreases to 0% over time. The Company determined that the prepayment feature qualified as an embedded derivative requiring bifurcation from the debt. The derivative was initially valued at $607 and recorded as a long term liability within “derivative liabilities” in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet with a corresponding discount on the Term Loan. The fair value of the derivative liability was $387 at December 31, 2014. The change in fair value of $208 for the year ended December 31, 2014, was recorded to other income in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations. Refer to Note 12 for further details on fair value measurements.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

VALERITAS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

As a result of the default of the Term Loan and the subsequent forbearance agreements entered, the Lenders Put Option was extinguished with the accrual of the full prepayment penalty. The change in fair value of $387 for the year ended December 31, 2015, was recorded to other income in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations. The Company is obligated to pay a prepayment premium of 4% of the aggregate outstanding amount of the Term Loan at the agreed repayment date (i.e. at the expiration date of forbearance agreement). At December 31, 2015, the prepayment premium obligation was $2,438 and recognized as part of the Senior Secured Debt balance as at December 31, 2015. The original issue discount for the prepayment feature is being amortized over the term of the loan using the effective interest method. The forbearance agreements entered into during 2015 accelerated the timing of repayment of the Term Loan to January 22, 2016. The Company accelerated the amortization of the debt discount to coincide with the forbearance period. The carrying value of the debt discount related to the prepayment feature was $464 and $35 as of December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

Other Note Payable

In 2011, concurrent with the issuance of Series C Preferred Stock, the Company issued a Senior Subordinated Note Payable to WCAS Capital Partners IV, L.P. in the principal amount of $5.0 million (WCAS Note). The WCAS Note originally bore interest at 10% per annum, which was paid semi-annually, and its principal is due in September 2021. The Company may pay off the WCAS Note at any time without penalty. The Company recorded the WCAS Notes net of an original issue discount of $560, equal to the fair value of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock issued to WCAS concurrent with the financing. The original issue discount on the WCAS Note is being amortized over the term of the loan using the effective interest method and was $437 and $392 as of December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

On May 23, 2013, the WCAS Note was amended such that the note now bears interest at 12% but is accrued solely as compounded PIK interest, added to the aggregate principal amount of the loan semi-annually. The outstanding principal amount and accrued PIK interest is due September 2021.

Lenders Put Option

Upon a change in control, the WCAS Note must be prepaid in an amount equal to the outstanding principal balance plus accrued and unpaid interest. The Company determined that the prepayment feature qualified as an embedded derivative requiring bifurcation from the debt. The derivative was initially valued at $700 and recorded as a long term liability within “derivative liabilities” in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet with a corresponding discount on the WCAS Note. On May 18, 2015, WCAS and CRG entered into a Subordination Agreement to subordinate in right and time of payment of WCAS Note to payment in full of the Senior Secured Debt and prohibit WCAS from obtaining any security interests in the Collateral to secure WCAS Note. The fair value of the derivative liability was $56 and $0 as of December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively. The change in fair value of $594 and $56 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively, was recorded to “change in fair value of prepayment features” in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations. Refer to Note 12 for further details on fair value measurements. The original issue discount for the prepayment feature is being amortized over the term of the loan using the effective interest method and was $468 and $302 as of December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

 

5. INVENTORY

Inventory at December 31, 2014 and 2015 consists of:

 

     December 31,  
     2014      2015  

Raw materials

   $ 1,908      $ 1,587   

Work in process

     3,030        2,659   

Finished goods

     3,767        6,538   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 8,705      $ 10,784   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The inventory reserves at December 31, 2014 and 2015 were $3,224 and $2,341.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

VALERITAS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

6. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment consisted of the following at December 31, 2014 and 2015:

 

          December 31,  
     Useful lives    2014      2015  

Machinery and equipment

   5-10    $ 9,518      $ 10,594  

Computers and software

   3      1,285        1,312  

Leasehold improvements

   6-10      181        212  

Office equipment

   5      89        89  

Furniture and fixtures

   5      206        206  

Construction in process

        5,078        4,931  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

        16,357        17,344  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accumulated depreciation

        (3,573 )      (5,253 )
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

      $ 12,784      $ 12,091  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 was $1,422 and $1,680 respectively.

 

7. ACCRUED EXPENSE AND OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES

At December 31, 2014 and 2015, the Company’s accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2014      2015  

Compensation

   $ 3,728      $ 2,932  

Marketing services

     1,277        863  

Distribution agreements and managed care costs

     1,235        867  

Professional fees

     643        623  

Franchise taxes

     415        263  

Travel expenses

     269        144  

Manufacturing overhead

     86        46  

Other accruals

     48        193  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 7,701      $ 5,931  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-20


Table of Contents

VALERITAS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

8. RELATED PARTIES

On September 8, 2011, the Company entered into a Management Services Agreement with Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe XI, L.P., a Series D Preferred shareholder. Certain affiliates of Welsh Carson, Anderson & Stowe XI, L.P. are also Series D Preferred shareholders. Under the terms of this agreement, the Company will receive strategic, managerial and operational advice in exchange for an annual fee of $500. The Company paid cash and incurred an expense of $500 and $125 related to this management fee for years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively. On May 15, 2015, both parties terminated the Management Services Agreement.

On September 8, 2011, the Company issued a $5,000 note payable to WCAS Capital Partners IV, L.P., a Series D Preferred shareholder (See discussion of “Other Note Payable” in note 4). Certain affiliates of WCAS Capital Partners IV, L.P. are also Series D and Series AA Preferred shareholders.

In 2015, Capital Royalty Partners (“CRG”), who are the lenders of Senior Secured Debt, purchased 4,000,000 shares of Series AA Preferred Stock and 4,093,596 shares of Series AB Preferred Stock of the Company for gross proceeds of $5,000 and $5,117 respectively. CRG also participated in additional Series AB financings in 2016. Refer to note 14 for discussion of CRG’s participation subsequent to year end.

 

9. STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

On March 6, 2015, the Company effected a 1-for-1.3 reverse stock split of its issued and outstanding common stock. All share and per share amounts related to issued and outstanding common stock and outstanding options and warrants exercisable for common stock included in these financial statements and notes to the financial statements have been retroactively adjusted for all periods presented to reflect the reverse stock split. The conversion ratios of the Company’s preferred stock have also been adjusted to reflect the reverse stock split.

At December 31, 2015, the Company was authorized to issue up to 91,600,000 shares of stock, consisting of 6,000,000 shares of Series D Preferred Stock, par value $0.00001 per share; 16,000,000 shares of Series AA Preferred Stock, par value of $0.00001; 9,600,000 shares of Series AB Preferred Stock, par value of $0.00001 and 60,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.00001 per share. On January 29, 2016, the Company filed an Eighth Restated Certificate of Incorporation to increase the authorized number of shares of common stock to 92,000,000 and the shares of Series AB Preferred Stock to 32,000,000. Refer to note 14 for details of the Eighth Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

Common Stock

Immediately following the 2014 Reorganization (see note 1) the Company’s issued and outstanding capital stock solely consisted of 6,923,076 shares of common stock held by Holdings.

Series D Convertible Preferred Stock

Following the 2014 Reorganization, the Company entered into a preferred stock purchase and sale agreement for the private placement of up to 4,500,000 shares of the Company’s Series D Preferred Stock, or the Series D Financing. The Company closed the sale of the first 2,195,122 shares of Series D Preferred Stock on June 23, 2014 for gross proceeds of $22.0 million and the sale of an additional 548,780 shares on July 9, 2014 for gross proceeds of $5.4 million. The Company closed the sale of an additional 1,560,976 shares of Series D Preferred Stock on December 8, 2014 for gross proceeds of $15.6 million. In January and February 2015, the Company sold 195,122 and 85,000 shares of Series D Preferred Stock for gross proceeds of $1,951 and $850 respectively.

On May 18 and September 28, 2015, 514,321 and 3,001,526 shares of Series D and accrued PIK dividends were converted to common stock for not participating in the full pro-rata amount stated within the respective stock purchase agreements in the subsequent Series AA and Series AB financing. As of December 31, 2015, there were 1,340,865 Series D shares outstanding.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

VALERITAS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

Series D Dividend Rights

Holders of Series D Preferred Stock are entitled to receive cumulative dividends at the dividend rate per annum of 8% compounded semi-annually, payable when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors. In the event dividends are declared and paid, the dividends will be paid through the delivery of a number of shares of Series D Preferred stock equal to the amount of the dividend paid divided by $10.00. Holders of Series D are not entitled to receive any other dividends.

Series D Conversion

Shares of Series D Preferred Stock are convertible at any time after issuance at the option of the holder into a number of shares of common stock equal to the Series D Invested Amount ($10.00) plus the Series D accruing dividends through the date of conversion divided by the Series D Conversion Price then in effect (currently $13.00), subject to certain adjustments.

Shares of Series D Preferred Stock mandatorily converts into common stock in the event that the holders do not participate in the subsequent Series D Second Tranches, Series AA Preferred Stock financings and Series AB Preferred Stock financings based upon their proportionate ownership percentage prior to the financing.

Each share of Series D Preferred Stock will automatically convert into shares of common stock upon the closing of the sale of shares of common stock in an underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or the date and time, specified by vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting as a single class on an as converted to common stock basis, immediately prior to closing of an IPO.

Modification of Series D terms

The Series D Conversion Price was subject to certain adjustments including price protection provisions. In contemplation of the Series AA Preferred Stock issuance in May 2015, the Series D holders consented to waive certain contractual preemptive rights including the price protection provisions.

Series D Liquidation

Holders of Series D Preferred Stock will receive an amount equal to the greater of (a) the original issue price of $10.00 per share plus the Series D Preferred Stock accruing dividends through the date of the liquidation event but unpaid thereon, whether or not declared or (b) amount per share as would have been payable had each such share been converted into common stock immediately prior to the liquidation event. Series D Preferred Stock has liquidation preference over Common Stock but after Series AA and Series AB Preferred Stock (discussed below).

Series D Redemption

The Series D Preferred Stock is not redeemable at the option of the holder.

Series D Voting Rights

Holders of each share of Series D Preferred Stock have the right to one vote for each share of common stock into which such Series D Preferred Stock would then have been converted.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

VALERITAS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

Series AA Convertible Preferred Stock

In May 2015, 16,000,000 shares of Series AA Preferred Stock were authorized and the Company raised gross proceeds of $15,181 through the issuance of 12,145,168 shares of Series AA Preferred Stock. On September 28, 2015, 5,615,632 shares of Series AA were converted to common stock for not participating to the full pro-rata amount stated within respective stock purchase agreement in the subsequent Series AB financing. As of December 31, 2015, there were 6,529,536 shares of Series AA Preferred Stock outstanding.

Series AA Dividend Rights

Holders of Series AA Preferred Stock are not entitled to any dividends.

Series AA Conversion

Shares of Series AA Preferred Stock are convertible at any time after issuance at the option of the holder into a number of shares of common stock, at a defined conversion ratio, which was set at one-for-one, subject to certain adjustments.

Series AA mandatorily converts to common stock in the event that the holders do not participate in the subsequent Series AB financing.

Each share of Series AA Preferred Stock will automatically convert into shares of common stock upon the closing of the sale of shares of common stock in an underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or the date and time, specified by vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting as a single class on an as converted to common stock basis, immediately prior to closing of an IPO.

Modification of Series AA terms

The Series AA Preferred Stock conversion price was subject to certain anti-dilution provisions including price protection provisions. On September 25, 2015, the Series AA holders consented to waive certain contractual preemptive rights and the anti-dilution provisions.

Series AA Liquidation

Holders of Series AA Preferred Stock will receive an amount equal to two times the Series AA Invested Amount prior to the proceeds from liquidation event being distributed to the holders of Series D Preferred Stock and Common Stock. The Series AA Preferred Stock has a liquidation preference over Series D Preferred Stock and Common Stock but after Series AB Preferred Stock (discussed below).

Series AA Redemption

The Series AA Preferred Stock is not redeemable at the option of the holder.

Series AA Voting Rights

Holders of each share of Series AA Preferred Stock have the right to one vote for each share of common stock into which such Series AA Preferred Stock would then have been converted.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

VALERITAS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

Series AB Convertible Preferred Stock

Series AB Preferred Stock

In September 2015, 9,600,000 shares of Series AB Preferred Stock were authorized and the Company raised $3,268, $2,768 and $2,512 in September, November and December 2015 respectively through the issuance of 2,614,767, 2,215,462 and 2,009,631 shares of Series AB Preferred Stock, respectively. On January 29, 2016, the Company filed an Eighth Restated Certificate of Incorporations to increase the authorized number shares of Series AB Preferred Stock to 32,000,000. Refer to note 14 for details of the Eighth Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

Series AB Dividend Rights

Holders of Series AB Preferred Stock are not entitled to any dividends.

Series AB Conversion

Shares of Series AB Preferred Stock are convertible at any time after issuance at the option of the holder into a number of shares of common stock , at a defined conversion ratio, which was set at one-for-one, adjustable for certain events. No such adjustment had occurred as of December 31, 2015.

Each share of Series AB Preferred Stock will automatically convert into shares of common stock the closing of the sale of shares of common stock in an underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or the date and time, specified by vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting as a single class on an as converted to common stock basis, immediately prior to closing of an IPO.

Series AB Liquidation

Holders of Series AB Preferred Stock will receive an amount equal to two times the Series AB Invested Amount prior to the proceeds from liquidation event being distributed to holders of Series AA Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Common Stock.

Series AB Redemption

The Series AB Preferred Stock is not redeemable at the option of the holder.

Series AB Voting Rights

Holders of each share of Series AB Preferred Stock have the right to one vote for each share of common stock into which such Series AB Preferred Stock would then have been converted.

Equity Compensation Plans

The 2008 Plan

The 2008 Plan (the 2008 Plan) is administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors. The 2008 Plan provides for the granting of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, stock awards, stock appreciation rights, and other equity awards to employees, consultants, advisors, and nonemployee members of the Board of Directors. Following an amendment to the 2008 Plan that was adopted on May 24, 2013, the Company may grant securities which are exchangeable for up to 24,565,450 shares of common stock under the 2008 Plan. The exercise price of stock options or stock appreciation rights must be equal to or greater than the fair market value at the time of the grant. Options vest as determined by the Compensation Committee and as specified in the individual grant instrument. Options granted have initial vesting periods for the first 25% that vary for each grantee with vesting of approximately 2% per month thereafter for the following three years. Options expire ten years from the date of the grant.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

VALERITAS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

The entirety of the 2008 Plan was transferred to Holdings as part of the 2014 Reorganization (see note 1). Options outstanding, vesting provisions and all terms of the 2008 Plan remained intact. The existing options were exercisable for Holdings LLC units in the same proportion within the plan as they had been just prior to the transfer. Individuals holding options in the 2008 Plan are all employees of the Company and as such the Company continues to benefit from their employment and accordingly, continues to recognize the compensation expense associated with those options in its Consolidated Statements of Operations and provide all required disclosures in the notes to the consolidated financial statements. Holdings LLC was dissolved on March 7, 2016 and the 2008 Plan was terminated. All outstanding options of 20,307,149 units were cancelled. See note 14 for details of the cancellation of the 2008 Plan upon dissolution of Holdings LLC.

The fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The fair value is then amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the awards, which is generally the vesting period. Use of a valuation model requires management to make certain assumptions with respect to selected model inputs. Expected volatility was estimated based on historical volatility of companies that are similar to the Company. The expected term was estimated based on managements’ knowledge and expectations, and issuances at similar public companies. The risk-free interest rate is based on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with a term which approximates the expected term of the option.

The weighted average assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model related to awards issued under the 2008 Plan for the year ended Dec 31, 2014 are as follows. No awards were issued in 2015 under this plan.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2014  

Dividend yield

     —     

Expected volatility

     99

Risk-free rate of return

     1.7

Expected term (years)

     6.1   

The Company recognized share based compensation expense related to awards issued under the 2008 Plan for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 of $2,304 and $1,883, respectively. The Plan was terminated in on March 7, 2016 and all outstanding options then were cancelled.

Stock option activity under the 2008 Plan as of December 31 2014 and December 31, 2015 was as follows:

 

     Number of shares      Weighted
average exercise
price
     Weighted
average
remaining life
     Aggregate
intrinsic
value
 

Outstanding—December 31, 2013

     22,208,215        1.27         7.71 years         —    
  

 

 

          

Granted

     842,641        1.87         

Exercised

     (98,089 )      0.39            18   

Canceled/forfeited

     (1,295,085 )      0.92         
  

 

 

          

Outstanding—December 31, 2014

     21,657,682        1.33         6.85 years         —    
  

 

 

          

Granted

     —          —           

Exercised

     —             

Canceled/forfeited

     (1,350,532 )      1.74         
  

 

 

          

Outstanding—December 31, 2015

     20,307,149        1.30         5.75 years         —    
  

 

 

          

 

F-25


Table of Contents

VALERITAS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

The weighted average grant date fair value of options granted under the 2008 Plan during the year ended December 31, 2014 was $0.07. No options were granted under the 2008 Plan during the year ended December 31, 2015.

The cash received upon the exercise of options for the years ended December 31, 2014 was $38. The cash received from any future exercises of these options will be recorded by Holdings. Following the 2014 Reorganization no more options may be granted under the 2008 Plan. The final option grant under the 2008 Plan was made on May 27, 2014.

The 2014 Plan

The Company has a 2014 Equity Compensation Plan (the 2014 Plan), which is administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors. The 2014 Plan provides for the granting of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, stock awards, stock appreciation rights, and other equity awards to employees, consultants, advisors, and nonemployee members of the Board of Directors. The exercise price of stock options or stock appreciation rights must be equal to or greater than the fair market value at the time of the grant. Options vest as determined by the Compensation Committee and as specified in the individual grant instrument. Options granted have initial vesting periods that vary for each grantee with monthly vesting thereafter. Options expire ten years from the date of the grant.

The fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The fair value is then amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the awards, which is generally the vesting period. Use of a valuation model requires management to make certain assumptions with respect to selected model inputs. Expected volatility was estimated based on historical volatility of publically traded companies that are similar to the Company. The expected term was estimated based on managements’ knowledge and expectations, and issuances at similar public companies. The risk-free interest rate is based on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with a term which approximates the expected term of the option.

The weighted average assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model related to awards issued under the 2014 Plan for the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 are as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31
 
     2014     2015  

Dividend yield

     —          —     

Expected volatility

     78     80

Risk-free rate of return

     0.9     1.7

Expected term (years)

     6.0        6.0   

 

F-26


Table of Contents

VALERITAS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

The Company recognized share based compensation expense related to awards issued under the 2014 Plan for the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 of $2,482 and $3,542 As of December 31, 2015, there remained $1,731 of unrecognized share-based compensation expense related to unvested stock options issued under the 2014 Plan to be recognized as expense over a weighted average period of 1.29 years. Stock option activity under the 2014 Plan for the years ended December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2015 was as follows:

 

    Number of shares     Weighted
average exercise
price
    Weighted
average
remaining life
    Aggregate
intrinsic
value
 

Outstanding—December 31, 2013

    —       $ —         —       $ —    

Granted

    1,167,615        11.21        —      

Exercised

    —         —        

Canceled/forfeited

    (6,307     11.14       
 

 

 

       

Outstanding—December 31, 2014

    1,161,308      $ 11.21        9.59 years     $ 1,827  
 

 

 

       

Granted

    6,616        12.78        —       

Exercised

    —         —        

Canceled/forfeited

    (52,089 )     11.26       
 

 

 

       

Outstanding—December 31, 2015

    1,115,855        11.23        8.59 years       —     
 

 

 

       

Exercisable December 31, 2015

    777,694        11.21        8.58 years       —    
 

 

 

       

Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2015

    1,022,000        11.22        8.58 years       —     
 

 

 

       

The weighted average grant date fair value of options granted under the 2014 Plan during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 was $7.58 and $8.81, respectively. There have been no option exercises under the 2014 Plan.

Warrants

Common Stock Warrants

Common stock warrant activity for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 is as follows:

 

    Number of shares     Weighted
average exercise
price
    Weighted
average
remaining life
    Aggregate
intrinsic
value
 

Outstanding and exercisable—December 31, 2013

    3,588,870       0.013        9.70 years        —    

Warrants cancelled in reorganization (see note 4)

    (3,588,870 )     0.013       

Warrants issued in conjunction with Series D financing (see note 4)

    152,821       0.013       

Warrants issued in conjunction with Series D financing (see note 4)

    24,526       0.013       
 

 

 

       

Outstanding and exercisable—December 31, 2014

    177,347       0.013        9.55 years        2,223   

Warrants issued in conjunction with Series D financing (see note 4)

    1,802        0.013       
 

 

 

       

Outstanding and exercisable—December 31, 2015

    179,149          8.66 years        892   
 

 

 

       

 

F-27


Table of Contents

VALERITAS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

The Company used the Black-Scholes option pricing model to calculate the fair value of its equity-classified warrants issued in 2014 and February 2015. Key assumptions used to apply this model upon issuance were as follows:

 

     2014     2015  

Dividend yield

     —         —    

Expected volatility

     70.0 %     80.0 %

Risk-free rate of return

     2.64 %     2.00 %

Expected term (years)

     10.0       10.0  

Preferred Stock Warrants

In February 2015, the Company issued warrants to a Series D investor warrants to purchase 3,750 Series D shares. The exercise price of the warrants are $10.00 per share and the remaining life of the warrants are 9.16 years. The warrants were still outstanding as of December 31, 2015.

 

10. INCOME TAXES

Income tax expense attributable to pretax loss from continuing operations differed from the amounts computed by applying the U.S. federal income tax rate of 34% to pretax loss from continuing operations as a result of the following:

 

     Year ended
December 31,
 
     2014      2015  

Computed “expected” tax expense

   $ (22,294 )    $ (22,845 )

Increase (reduction) in income taxes resulting from:

  

Change in the valuation allowance

     22,249        22,501  

State taxes, net of federal benefit

     (223 )      (254 )

Federal research and development credits

     (125 )      (35 )

Change in state rate

     (106 )      (5 )

Other, net

     499        638  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total income tax expense/(benefit)

   $ —        $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-28


Table of Contents

VALERITAS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at December 31, 2014 and 2015 are presented below (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2014      2015  

Deferred tax assets:

  

Intangible assets

   $ 9,893      $ 10,222  

Net operating loss carryforwards

     84,995        105,304  

Federal and state credit carryforwards

     2,131        2,173  

Plant and equipment, due to depreciation and impairment

     1,038        1,023  

Inventory reserves

     1,071        927  

Other deductible temporary differences

     3,569        5,548  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total gross deferred tax assets

     102,697        125,197  

Less valuation allowance

     (102,697 )      (125,197 )
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $ —        $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2015, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards for federal income tax purposes of $302,695 which are available to offset future federal taxable income, if any. The federal net operating losses begin to expire in 2028. The Company had net operating loss carryforwards for state income tax purposes of $46,152 which are available to offset future state taxable income, if any. The state net operating losses begin to expire in 2027. Utilization of the net operating loss carryforwards and research and development tax credit carryforwards may be subject to substantial annual limitation under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, and corresponding provisions of state law, due to ownership changes that have occurred previously or that could occur in the future. These ownership changes may limit the amount of carryforwards that can be utilized annually to offset future taxable income. In general, an ownership change, as define by Section 382, results from transactions increasing the ownership of certain stockholders or public groups in the stock of a corporation by more than 50% over a three-year period. The Company has not conducted a study subsequent to December 31, 2014 to determine whether a change of control has occurred or whether there have been multiple changes of control since December 31, 2014 due to the significant complexity and cost associated with such a study. If the Company has experienced a change of control, as defined by Section 382, utilization of the net operating loss carryforwards or research and development tax credit carryforwards would be subject to an annual limitation under Section 382. Any limitation may result in expiration of a portion of the net operating loss carryforwards or research and development tax credit carryforwards before utilization. Further, until a study is completed and any limitation is known, no amounts are being presented as an uncertain tax position.

The deferred tax asset related to intangible assets includes the tax effect of the excess of liabilities over assets on the date of conversion from an LLC to a C corporation, which became the stepped-up tax basis for the Company. The increase in intangible assets at December 31, 2015 compared to December 31, 2014 relates to research and development expenses capitalized for tax purposes, which will be amortized over a period of ten years.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

VALERITAS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

The valuation allowance for deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2014 and 2015 was $102,697 and $125,197, respectively. The net change in the total valuation allowance was an increase of $22,500 in 2015 and an increase of $22,249 in 2014. The valuation allowance is primarily related to net operating loss carryforwards that, in the judgment of management, are not more likely than not to be realized. In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion of all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Based upon the level of historical taxable income and projections for future taxable income over the periods in which the deferred tax assets are deductible, management believes that a full valuation allowance is necessary at December 31, 2015.

The Company did not have any unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2014 and 2015.

The statute of limitations for assessment by the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, and state tax authorities is closed for tax years prior to December 31, 2012 for federal tax purposes and for years prior to December 31, 2012 or 2011 for state tax purposes, although carryforward attributes that were generated in years prior to 2011 may still be adjusted upon examination by the IRS or state tax authorities if they either have been or will be used in a future period. The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal and various state jurisdictions. There are currently no federal or state audits in progress.

On December 18, 2015 President Obama signed the P.A.T.H. Act of 2015 (H.R. 2029), a measure that permanently renews a group of expired tax credits for businesses and individuals, including R&D credit. In December 2015, the Company recorded a benefit of $35 for the 2015 R&D Credit.

 

11. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

The Company sponsors a defined contribution retirement plan for employees pursuant to Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code under which eligible employees can defer a portion of their annual compensation. The Company provides an annual matching contribution based on a percentage of the employee’s contributions. The Company recorded an expense for the matching contributions to the plan for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 of $313 and $310, respectively.

 

12. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS AND FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Fair Value Measurements

The Company uses the market approach technique to value its financial instruments and there were no changes in valuation techniques during 2014 or 2015. The Company’s financial instruments consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities, debt instruments and derivative liabilities. For accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities, the carrying amounts of these financial instruments as of December 31, 2014 and 2015 were considered representative of their fair values due to their short term to maturity. Cash equivalents are carried at cost which approximates their fair value. The carrying values of long-term debt, including the current portion of long-term debt in short-term borrowings, approximate fair value and are principally measured using Level 2 inputs based on quoted market prices or pricing models using current market rates.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

VALERITAS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

The following tables set forth the Company’s financial assets and liabilities that were measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2014. No financial assets or liabilities were measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2015.

 

     December 31,
2014
     Quoted prices in
active markets
(Level 1)
     Significant other
observable inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
unobservable
inputs
(Level 3)
 

Liabilities:

           

Derivative liability—WCAS

   $ 56        —          —          56   

Derivative liability—Capital Royalty Partners

     387        —          —          387   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 443        —          —          443   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company’s derivative liabilities are classified within Level 3 because they are valued with an option pricing model, where certain inputs to the model are unobservable and reflect the Company’s assumptions as to what market participants would use.

As at December 31, 2014, the derivative liabilities for the WCAS and Capital Royalty Partners notes were valued using the modified Black Scholes model for a puttable bond option and were classified as long-term liabilities in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet making up the balance of “derivative liabilities”. Certain assumptions were made by management and used in this valuation technique that are considered unobservable inputs. The risk free rates are based upon the yield on US Treasury STRIPS corresponding to the payment dates. The bond prices are equal to the fair value of the notes at issuance. The strike prices are equal to the aggregate principal amounts of the notes plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon, plus a prepayment premium which varies based on the dates of redemption. Volatility utilized was 10%, which is the historical volatility of the Credit Suisse High Yield Bond. Upon default of the Term Loan, the Lenders called for immediate repayment of the Term Loan including a 4% prepayment penalty. As such, the derivative liability associated with the Term Loan prepayment provision was considered to be extinguished and the prepayment penalty has been accrued at December 31, 2015. The Company has also determined that the fair value of WCAS put option derivative to be deminimus as of December 31, 2015.

The following table presents the Company’s liabilities measured at fair value using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3), as of December 31, 2014 and 2015:

 

Balance, December 31, 2013

   $ 1,262   

Decrease for fair value adjustment of derivative liability—Capital Royalty

     (208 )

Decrease for fair value adjustment of derivative liability—WCAS

     (594 )

Decrease for fair value adjustment of warranty liability

     (17 )
  

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2014

   $ 443  

Decrease for fair value adjustment of derivative liability—Capital Royalty

     (387 )

Decrease for fair value adjustment of derivative liability—WCAS

     (56 )
  

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2015

     —     
  

 

 

 

 

F-31


Table of Contents

VALERITAS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

The carrying values of the senior secured debt and WCAS Note at December 31, 2014 and 2015 were $47,704 and $5,141, and $63,093 and $6,014, respectively. The fair value of the senior secured debt was approximately $49,620 December 31, 2014, which was based on a discounted cash flow model. The fair value of the senior secured debt approximate its carrying value as of December 31, 2015. The carrying value of the WCAS note approximated its respective fair value at December 31, 2014 and 2015. The long-term debt, including the portion of long-term debt in short-term borrowings is principally measured using Level 2 inputs based on quoted market prices or pricing models using current market rates.

 

13. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Operating Leases

The Company leases buildings in Shrewsbury, Massachusetts and Bridgewater, New Jersey and equipment under operating lease agreements, expiring through 2017. In addition to rental expense, the Company is obligated to pay costs of insurance, taxes, repairs and maintenance pursuant to the terms of the leases. The rental payments include the minimum rentals plus common area maintenance charges. Some of the leases include renewal options. Rental expense under operating leases amounted to $1,095 and $1,258 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

At December 31, 2015, the Company had the following minimum lease commitments:

 

Year ending December 31:

  

2016

   $ 1,161  

2017

     1,020  

2018

     121  
  

 

 

 
   $ 2,302  
  

 

 

 

Capital Leases

The Company is the lessee of manufacturing equipment under a capital lease that began in January 2014 and expires in March 2016. The asset under this capital lease was recorded at the present value of the minimum lease payments, which amounted to $332 upon commencement and is depreciated over the term of the lease. Depreciation expense for assets under capital leases amounted to $153 for both years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 respectively. The carrying value of the asset at December 31, 2014 and 2015 was $179 and $26 respectively.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

VALERITAS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

Licensing Agreement

Pursuant to a formation agreement, dated as of August 22, 2006 (the Formation Agreement), BioValve and BTI Technologies Inc. (BTI), a wholly owned subsidiary of BioValve, contributed to Valeritas, LLC all of their right, title and interest in and to all of the assets, properties and rights of BioValve and BTI to the extent related to BioValve’s drug delivery/medical device initiative, consisting of patents and equipment, hereafter referred to as the Device Assets (Device Assets).

On August 22, 2008, the Formation Agreement was amended and the Company agreed to pay BioValve an amount equal to 9% of any cash upfront license or signing fees and any cash development milestone payments received by the Company in connection with licenses or grants of third party rights to the use in development or commercialization of the Rapid Infuser Technology. In certain circumstances the Company would owe 10% of such payments received. As of December 31, 2014 and 2015, no amounts were owed under this agreement. Although the Company believes the intellectual property rights around this technology have value, the technology licensed under this agreement is not used in the V-Go or any current products under development.

 

14. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company has performed an evaluation of subsequent events through April 11, 2016 the date that the audited annual consolidated financial statements were issued.

On January 22, 2016, the Company and CRG amended the forbearance agreement (Amendment No.4) to extend the forbearance period to March 31, 2016. As part of the terms within the forbearance agreement, on January 29, 2016, the Company issued warrants to CRG exercisable into 16,000,000 shares of Series AB Preferred Stock at $1.25 per share. The warrant has term of one year. On March 25, 2016, the Company and CRG amended forbearance agreement (Amendment No.5) to extend the expiration of the forbearance period to April 30, 2016 and included a number of events that will trigger an earlier expiration of the forbearance agreement.

On January 29, 2016, the Company filed an Eighth Restated Certificate of Incorporation to increase the authorized number of shares to 146,000,000 shares which consists increasing common stock to 92,000,000 shares and the Series AB Preferred Stock to 32,000,000 shares. The Special Mandatory Conversion clause within the Eighth Restated Certificate of Incorporation states Series AB holders that did not participate in the January 2016 Series AB financing will have their Series D and Series AA shares converted to common stock.

The Company issued an additional 4,655,430 of Series AB Preferred Stock on January 29, 2016 for gross proceeds of $5,800. As of the date of this report, an additional 1,416,422 shares of Series D and 2,041,376 shares of Series AA were converted to 3,127,059 shares of common stock. The remaining outstanding Series D and Series AA shares are 80,080 and 4,488,160. The warrant issued to acquire 3,750 Series D shares was exercised and converted to common as part of the conversion outlined above.

During February and March of 2016, CRG exercised warrants with respect to 5,620,600 Series AB Preferred Stock for gross proceeds of $7,000.

On March 7, 2016, the Company dissolved Holdings (Valeritas Holdings, LLC). Prior to the dissolution, Valeritas Holdings, LLC distributed all its assets, including 6,923,076 shares of Valeritas, Inc. common stock, pro-ratably to Series C holders, based on the aggregate liquidation preference of the units held by each holders sets out in the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement. As a result of the dissolution, the 2008 Employee Equity Compensation Plan was terminated and all options outstanding thereunder were cancelled.

In February 2016, as part of the Company’s restructuring plan, approximately 51 employees were made redundant. The total severance expense was estimated at $1,200 of which $300 was paid immediately and $900 is expected to be paid over the next 6 to 18 months.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

VALERITAS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

15. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (unaudited)

On May 3, 2016, the Company filed an Ninth Restated Certificate of Incorporation to increase the authorized number of shares to 166,451,154 shares which consists increasing common stock to 102,225,577 shares and the Series AB Preferred Stock to 42,225,577 shares.

On April 15, 2016, CRG exercised additional warrants for 279,400 shares of Series AB Preferred Stock, providing additional funds of $350 to Valeritas, Inc.

Merger

On May 3, 2016, pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization, dated May 3, 2016 (the “Merger Agreement”), by and among Valeritas Holdings, Inc. (formerly Cleaner Yoga Mat, Inc.), a Delaware corporation (the “Parent”), Valeritas Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation and a direct wholly owned subsidiary of Parent (the “Acquisition Subsidiary”) and Valeritas, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), Acquisition Subsidiary was merged with and into the Company, with the Company remaining as the surviving entity and as a wholly owned subsidiary of the Parent (the “Merger”).

The Company entered into and executed several contemporaneous transactions related to the Merger, as described below.

Merger and Split-Off

The Parent was incorporated in the State of Florida on May 9, 2014 as company that engages in the sale of sanitizing solutions for Yoga and Pilates studios as well of conventional gyms of all sizes. The Parent is a “shell company” as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. The parent ceased to be a shell company upon the consummation of the transaction.

Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Parent, Acquisition Subsidiary, was merged with and into the Company, with the Company continuing after the Merger as the surviving entity and a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Parent. At the Closing Date, 27,665,645 shares of the Company’s pre-Merger Series AB Preferred Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the closing of the Merger was converted into 6,600,000 shares of the Parent’s Common Stock. All outstanding Series AA Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Common Stock were retired and cancelled prior to the Merger. In addition, pursuant to the Merger Agreement, all outstanding warrants and options for shares of common stock and Series AB preferred stock of the Company were cancelled. The pre-Merger stockholders of the Parent retained an aggregate of 1,000,004 shares of common stock.

Upon the closing of the Merger, under the terms of a split-off agreement and a general release agreement, the Parent transferred all of its pre-Merger operating assets and liabilities to its wholly-owned special purpose subsidiary (“Split-Off Subsidiary”), and transferred all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of Split-Off Subsidiary to the pre-Merger majority stockholder of the Parent (the “Split-Off”), in consideration of and in exchange for (i) the surrender and cancellation of 40,486,000 shares of the Parent’s common stock held by such stockholder (which will be cancelled and will resume the status of authorized but unissued shares of the Parent’s common stock) and (ii) certain representations, covenants and indemnities.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

VALERITAS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

Following the Merger and Split-Off, the shareholders of the Company effectively control the combined companies, and as such, the Company is deemed to be the accounting acquirer in the Merger. The Merger is being treated as a reverse merger and recapitalization.

Private Placement Offering

Concurrently with the closing of the Merger, and as a condition to the Merger, the Company closed a private placement offering (the “Private Placement”) of approximately 5 million shares of common stock at a purchase price of $5.00 per share, for gross proceeds of approximately $25 million. Existing investors of the Company invested $20 million of the Private Placement.

In connection with the Private Placement, the Company incurred costs of approximately $1.0 million in fees, of which $0.3 million is in the form of warrants to purchase 83,120 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $5.00 to the placement agents. The warrants issued to the placement agents are accounted as a derivative liability on the pro-forma balance sheet of the combined company as the warrant exercise price is subject to adjustment upon additional issuances of equity securities at a price per share lower than the exercise price of the warrant. $0.6 million are fees paid in cash to the placement agents whilst the remainder $0.1 million are reimbursed expenses (including legal fees incurred by placement agent) paid to the placement agents.

Term Loan and Subsequent Forbearance Agreement with Capital Royalty Partners

The Company currently has outstanding a principal amount of $50 million of senior indebtedness held by Capital Royalty Group and certain of its affiliates (collectively, “CRG”) pursuant to an Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement by and between the Company and CRG dated as of August 5, 2014 by (as amended, the “Term Loan Agreement”). Accrued interest, fees and expenses on the principal indebtedness held by CRG pursuant to the Term Loan Agreement as of May 3, 2016 was $16.6 million (“CRG Outstanding Interest”). The outstanding principal indebtedness of $50 million held by CRG under the Term Loan Agreement will remain outstanding following the Merger. The Revised Term Loan shall mature on March 31, 2021 following the closing date of the Merger (the “Maturity Date”). Principal, inclusive of all accrued paid-in-kind interest, on the Revised Term Loan are due in full on the Maturity Date. Interest on the Revised Term Loan will accrue at a rate of eleven percent (11%) per annum (other than when in default, in which case the Term Loan bears interest at 15% per annum) paid quarterly. The Revised Term Loan shall be secured by a first priority security interest and right of payment in all of the Company’s assets, accounts and proceeds now existing or to be acquired. To permit the Merger, all existing defaults under the Term Loan Agreement were permanently waived.

Immediately prior to the Closing Date, CRG converted $5.8 million of the accumulated outstanding interest to 4,649,859 common stock of the Company, at conversion price equal to $1.25 per share and the remaining $10.8 million of the accumulated outstanding interest were converted of the into shares of Series AB Preferred Stock, at a conversion price equal to $1.25 per share for a total of 8,609,824 shares. Upon the closing of the Merger, the aggregate CRG shares of Series AB Preferred Stock were exchanged for 5,487,766 common stock in the Parent.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

VALERITAS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

Subordinated Debt held by WCAS Capital Partners IV, L.P.

The Company currently has a principal amount of $5 million of subordinated indebtedness held by WCAS Capital Partners IV, L.P. (“WCAS”), an affiliate of Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe, pursuant to a Note issued by The Company to WCAS, dated September 8, 2011 (as amended, the “WCAS Note”). Accrued interest, fees and expenses on the principal indebtedness held by WCAS pursuant to the WCAS Note as of May 3, 2016 was $2.1 million (“WCAS Outstanding Interest”). The outstanding principal indebtedness held by WCAS under the WCAS Note will remain outstanding and the Amended WCAS Note will mature on September 8, 2021. Principal, inclusive of all accrued paid-in-kind interest, on the Amended WCAS Note are due in full on the maturity date. The Amended WCAS Note shall accrue interest at a rate of ten percent (10%) per annum payable entirely as paid-in-kind interest. WCAS’s right to payment under the Amended WCAS Note shall be subject to CRG’s payment of the Revised Term Loan pursuant to a subordination agreement by and between WCAS and CRG. To permit the Merger, all existing defaults under the WCAS Note were permanently waived.

Immediately prior to the Closing Date, WCAS $2.1 million of the WCAS outstanding interest into 1,660,530 shares of Series AB Preferred Stock, at a conversion price equal to $1.25 per share. Upon the closing of the Merger, the shares of Series AB Preferred Stock were exchanged for 396,141 common stock in the Parent.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

On May 3, 2016, pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization, (the “Merger Agreement”), by and among Valeritas Holdings, Inc. (formerly Cleaner Yoga Mat, Inc.), a Delaware corporation (the “Parent”), Valeritas Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation and a direct wholly owned subsidiary of Parent (the “Acquisition Subsidiary”) and Valeritas, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), Acquisition Subsidiary was merged with and into the Company, with the Company remaining as the surviving entity and as a wholly owned subsidiary of the Parent (the “Merger”).

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet is presented as if the reverse merger had occurred as of December 31, 2015. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2015 are presented as if the merger had occurred on January 1, 2015. As a result of the Merger, the Parent discontinued their pre-Merger business, acquired the business of the Company and will continue the existing business operations of the Company under the name Valeritas Holdings, Inc. as a publicly-traded company. The Company is considered the acquirer for accounting purposes, and the Parent’s historical financial statements before the Merger will be replaced with the historical financial statements of the Company before the Merger in future filings with the SEC. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet and pro forma condensed combined statement of operations give effect to the Merger as if it had been completed at the beginning of the period presented. The historical financial information has been adjusted in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements to give effect to pro forma events that are (1) directly attributable to the Merger, (2) factually supportable, and (3) with respect to the statements of operations, expected to have a continuing impact on the combined company.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements presented are based on the assumptions and adjustments described in the accompanying notes. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements are presented for illustrative purposes and do not purport to represent what the financial position or results of operations would actually have been if the Merger occurred as of the dates indicated or what such financial position or results would be for any future periods for the combined company. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements are based upon the respective historical consolidated financial statements of the Company and the Parent, and should be read in conjunction with the:

 

    accompanying notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements;

 

    separate historical audited financial statements of the Parent included in their annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015 filed with the SEC on April 14, 2016;

 

    separate historical audited financial statements of the Company as of and for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 included elsewhere in this current report on Form 8-K;

 

    management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations and “Risk Factors” included elsewhere in this Form 8-K.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

The accounting for certain transactions reflected in these unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements is dependent upon certain significant estimates that have yet to be completed or have not progressed to a stage where there is sufficient information for a definitive measurement. Accordingly, the pro forma adjustments are preliminary and are subject to further revision as additional information becomes available and additional analyses are performed. Differences between these preliminary estimates and the final accounting may occur and these differences could have a material impact on the accompanying unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements and the combined companies’ future financial position and results of operations. To the extent there are significant changes to the combined company’s business, or as new information becomes available, the assumptions and estimates herein could change significantly. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements do not reflect certain transactions that occurred subsequent to December 31, 2015.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED BALANCE SHEET

As of December 31, 2015

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

     Historical     Pro Forma
Adjustments
    Note   Pro Forma
Combined
 
     Valeritas, Inc.     Cleaner Yoga
Mat, Inc.
       

Assets

          

Current assets:

          

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 2,789       20       

 

 

 

5,819

7,375

24,245

(20

  

  

  

  (A)

(C)

(G)

(I)

    40,228   

Accounts receivable, net

     3,142       —             3,142   

Other receivables

     493       —             493   

Inventories, net

     10,784       —             10,784   

Deferred cost of goods sold

     863       —             863   

Prepaid expense and other current assets

     735       —             735   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total current assets

     18,806       20        37,419          56,245   

Property and equipment, net (note 6)

     12,091       —             12,091   

Other assets

     279       —             279   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 31,176       20        37,419          68,615   

Liabilities and stockholders’ deficit

          

Current liabilities:

          

Current portion of long-term debt

   $ 69,107       38       

 
 

 

 

 

 

(4,000

5,073
3,470

(12,838

(5,812

(55,000

(38


  
  

  (B)

(B)

(D)

(E)

(E)

(E)

(I)

    —     

Current portion of capital lease obligation

     26       —             26   

Accounts payable

     7,419       5        (5   (I)     7,419   

Accrued expense and other current liabilities

     5,931       95       

 

(95

543


  

  (I)

(G)

    6,474   

Deferred revenue

     1,895       —             1,895   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     84,378       138        (68,702       15,814   

Long Term Debt

     —         —         55,000      (E)     55,000   

Deferred rent liability

     143       —             143   

Derivative liabilities

     —         —        

 

 

 

4,000

(2,443

(1,557

266

  

  

  (B)

(C)

(C)

(F)

    266  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     84,521       138        (13,436       71,223   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Stockholders’ deficit

          

Convertible preferred stock:

          

Series AB preferred stock, $0.00001 par value

     8,549       —        
 
 

 

5,819
7,375
12,838

(34,581

  
  
  

  (A)

(C)

(E)

(G)

    —     

Series AA preferred stock, $0.00001 par value

     8,161       —         (8,161   (G)     —     

Series D preferred stock, $0.00001 par value

     13,409       —         (13,409   (G)     —     

Common stock - Valeritas ($0.00001 par value)

     —         —             —    

Common stock - Yoga ($0.001 par value, 12,638,991 shares issued and outstanding upon completion of the Merger )

     —         —        

 

6

8

  

  

  (F)

(G)

    14   

Additional paid-in capital

     294,408       50       
 
 
 
 

 

23,971
2,443
1,557
5,812
56,145

(50

  
  
  
  
  

  (F)

(C)

(C)

(E)

(G)

(I)

    384,336   

Accumulated deficit

     (377,872 )     (168    

 

 

 

(543

168

(5,073

(3,470


  

  (F)

(I)

(B)

(D)

    (386,958
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (53,345 )     (118     50,855          (2,608
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ deficit

   $ 31,176       20        37,419          68,615   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

For the year ended December 31, 2015

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

     Historical     Pro Forma
Adjustments
        Pro Forma
Combined
 
     Valeritas,
Inc.
    Cleaner Yoga
Mat, Inc.
      Note  

Revenue, net

   $ 18,097       2        (2   (H)     18,097   

Cost of goods sold

     14,237       —             14,237   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Gross margin

     3,860       2        (2       3,860   

Operating Expense

       —          

Research and development

     6,523       —             6,523   

Selling, general and administrative

     44,680       (87     87      (H)     44,680   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total operating expense

     51,203       (87     87          51,203   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Operating Loss

   $ (47,343 )     (85     85          (47,343

Other income (expense), net:

          

Interest income

   $ 1       (18     18      (H)     1   

Interest expense

     (16,318 )     —             (16,318

Change in fair value of prepayment features

     443       —             443   

Other income

     —         —             —     

Offering costs (including 2014 capitalized IPO costs)

     (3,978 )     —             (3,978
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

     (19,852 )     (18 )     18          (19,852
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net loss

     67,195       (104 )     104          (67,195
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common shareholders – basic and diluted

             (6.14

Weighted average shares outstanding – basic and diluted

             10,950,755   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements

 

1. Description of the Merger and Related Transactions and Basis of Pro Forma Presentation

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements were prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and pursuant to the rules and regulations of Regulation S-X, and present the pro forma financial position and results of operations of the combined companies based upon the historical data of the Company and the Parent, after giving effect to the Merger and related transactions.

In April 2016, the Company entered into and executed several contemporaneous transactions related to the Merger, as described below.

Merger and Split-Off

The Parent was incorporated in the State of Florida on May 9, 2014 as company that engages in the sale of sanitizing solutions for Yoga and Pilates studios as well of conventional gyms of all sizes. The Parent is a “shell company” as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. The parent ceased to be a shell company upon the consummation of the transaction.

The Company was incorporated in the state of Delaware on December 27, 2007 when it changed its organization form and name from Valeritas, LLC, which was formed on August 2, 2006. The Company is engaged in developing innovative technologies to improve the health and quality of life of people with Type 2 diabetes.

Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Parent, Acquisition Subsidiary, was merged with and into the Company, with the Company continuing after the Merger as the surviving entity and a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Parent. At the Closing Date, 27,665,645 shares of the Company’s pre-Merger Series AB Preferred Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the closing of the Merger was converted into approximately 6,600,000 shares of the Parent’s Common Stock. All outstanding Series AA Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Common Stock were retired and cancelled prior to the Merger. In addition, pursuant to the Merger Agreement, all outstanding warrants and options for shares of common stock and Series AB preferred stock of the Company were cancelled. The pre-Merger stockholders of the Parent retained an aggregate of 1,000,004 shares of common stock. On a pro forma basis, based upon the number of shares of the Company common stock issued in the Merger, immediately following the Merger, (i) pre-existing stockholders of the Parent and their designees have 8% ownership of the combined company and pre-existing stockholders of the Company and their designees owned approximately 84% (but open until final raise) of the combined company.

Upon the closing of the Merger, under the terms of a split-off agreement and a general release agreement, the Parent transferred all of its pre-Merger operating assets and liabilities to its wholly-owned special purpose subsidiary (“Split-Off Subsidiary”), and transferred all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of Split-Off Subsidiary to the pre-Merger majority stockholder of the Parent (the “Split-Off”), in consideration of and in exchange for (i) the surrender and cancellation of an aggregate of 40,486,000 shares of the Parent’s common stock held by such stockholder (which will be cancelled and will resume the status of authorized but unissued shares of the Parent’s common stock) and (ii) certain representations, covenants and indemnities.

Following the Merger and Split-Off, the shareholders of the Company effectively control the combined companies, and as such, the Company is deemed to be the accounting acquirer in the Merger. The Merger is being treated as a reverse merger and recapitalization. The Parent’s historical financial statements before the Merger will be replaced with the historical financial statements of the Company before the Merger in future filings with the SEC. The assets and liabilities and the historical operations that will be reflected in the financial statements prior to the Merger will be those of the Company, and will be recorded at the historical cost basis of the Company. The consolidated financial statements after completion of the Merger will include the assets and liabilities of the Company, historical operations of the Company, and operations of the Company and its subsidiaries from the closing date of the Merger.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

Private Placement Offering

Concurrently with the closing of the Merger, and as a condition to the Merger, the Company closed a private placement offering (the “Private Placement”) of approximately 5 million shares of common stock at a purchase price of $5.00 per share, for gross proceeds of approximately $25 million. Existing investors of the Company invested $20 million of the Private Placement for a total of 4,000,000 additional shares.

In connection with the Private Placement, the Company incurred costs of approximately $1.0 million in fees, of which $0.3 million is in the form of warrants to purchase 83,120 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $5.00 to the placement agents. The warrants issued to the placement agents are accounted as a derivative liability on the pro-forma balance sheet of the combined company as the warrant exercise price is subject to adjustment upon additional issuances of equity securities at a price per share lower than the exercise price of the warrant. $0.6 million are fees paid in cash to the placement agents whilst the remainder $0.1 million are reimbursed expenses (including legal fees incurred by placement agent) paid to the placement agents.

Term Loan and Subsequent Forbearance Agreement with Capital Royalty Partners

The Company currently has outstanding a principal amount of $50 million of senior indebtedness held by Capital Royalty Group and certain of its affiliates (collectively, “CRG”) pursuant to an Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement by and between the Company and CRG dated as of August 5, 2014 by (as amended, the “Term Loan Agreement”). Accrued interest, fees and expenses on the principal indebtedness held by CRG pursuant to the Term Loan Agreement as of May 3, 2016 was $16.6 million (“CRG Outstanding Interest”). The outstanding principal indebtedness of $50 million will remain outstanding following the Merger. The Revised Term Loan shall mature on March 31, 2021 following the closing date of the Merger (the “Maturity Date”). Principal, inclusive of all accrued paid-in-kind interest, on the Revised Term Loan are due in full on the Maturity Date. Interest on the Revised Term Loan will accrue at a rate of eleven percent (11%) per annum (other than when in default, in which case the Term Loan bears interest at 15% per annum) paid quarterly. The Revised Term Loan shall be secured by a first priority security interest and right of payment in all of the Company’s assets, accounts and proceeds now existing or to be acquired. To permit the Merger, all existing defaults under the Term Loan Agreement were permanently waived.

Under the Forbearance Agreement with CRG that preceded the Merger, the Company issued warrants to CRG for the purchase of $16 million of series AB preferred stock with a strike price of $1.25 per share. In January and March 2016, CRG exercised warrants with respect to 5.9 million of the Series AB Preferred Stock for gross proceeds of $7.4 million. Immediately prior to the Closing Date, CRG converted $5.8 million of the accumulated CRG Outstanding Interest to 4,649,859 common stock of the Company, at conversion price equal to $1.25 per share and the remaining $10.8 million of the accumulated outstanding interest were converted of the into shares of Series AB Preferred Stock, at a conversion price equal to $1.25 per share for a total of 8,609,824 shares. Also, prior to the closing date, the Company issued 4,655,430 shares of Series AB Preferred to CRG for cash consideration of $5.8 million. Upon the closing of the Merger, the shares of Series AB Preferred Stock were exchanged for 5,487,766 common stock in the Parent. The exchange ratio was 4.19.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

Subordinated Debt held by WCAS Capital Partners IV, L.P.

The Company currently has a principal amount of $5 million of subordinated indebtedness held by WCAS Capital Partners IV, L.P. (“WCAS”), an affiliate of Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe, pursuant to a Note issued by The Company to WCAS, dated September 8, 2011 (as amended, the “WCAS Note”). Accrued interest, fees and expenses on the principal indebtedness held by WCAS pursuant to the WCAS Note as of May 3, 2016 was $2.1 million (“WCAS Outstanding Interest”). The outstanding principal indebtedness held by WCAS under the WCAS Note will remain outstanding and the Amended WCAS Note will mature on September 8, 2021. Principal, inclusive of all accrued paid-in-kind interest, on the Amended WCAS Note are due in full on the maturity date. The Amended WCAS Note shall accrue interest at a rate of ten percent (10%) per annum payable entirely as paid-in-kind interest. WCAS’s right to payment under the Amended WCAS Note shall be subject to CRG’s payment of the Revised Term Loan pursuant to a subordination agreement by and between WCAS and CRG. To permit the Merger, all existing defaults under the WCAS Note were permanently waived.

Immediately prior to the Closing Date, WCAS will convert their portion of the WCAS Outstanding Interest into shares of Series AB Preferred Stock, at a conversion price equal to $1.25 per share for a total of 1,660,530 shares. Upon the closing of the Merger, the shares of Series AB Preferred Stock were exchanged for 396,141 common stock in the Parent. The exchange ratio was 4.19.

 

2. Accounting Policies and Merger Pro Forma Adjustments

Based on the Company’s review of the Parent’s summary of significant accounting policies disclosed in the Parent’s financial statements, the nature and amount of any adjustments to the historical financial statements of the Parent to conform its accounting policies to those of the Company are not expected to be significant. Further review of the Parent’s accounting policies and financial statements may result in required revisions to the Parent’s policies and classifications to conform to the Company’s accounting policies.

The following pro forma adjustments are based on preliminary estimates, which may change significantly as additional information is obtained:

 

  (A) To record the issuance of an additional 4,655,430 of Series AB Preferred Stock by the Company on January 29, 2016 for gross proceeds of $5.8 million.

 

  (B) To record the issuance of warrants by the Company to CRG, exercisable into 16,000,000 shares of Series AB Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $1.25 per share. The warrants were issued as part of Amendment No.4 Forbearance Agreement of the Term Loan Agreement between the Company and CRG. The fair value of the warrants were determined to be $4 million upon issuance and were recorded as a discount to the carrying value of Term Loan Agreement. The warrant discount was fully amortized prior to the Merger. Together with the amortization of other debt discount, this results in $5.1 million expense being recognized in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations.

 

  (C) To record the exercise of the abovementioned warrants by CRG in January, March and April of 2016. The exercise resulted in the issuance of 5,900,000 shares of Series AB Preferred Stock for gross proceeds of $7.4 million. $2.4 million of the warrant derivative liability relating to the exercised warrants were charged to additional paid in capital. The remaining warrants that were not exercised were cancelled as part of the Merger. These warrants had a derivative fair value of $1.6 million which was reversed additional paid in capital upon cancellation.

 

  (D) To record the interest expense of Senior Secured Debt and Amended Senior Subordinated Note Payable from January 1, 2016 through to May 3, 2016.

 

F-43


Table of Contents
  (E) To record the conversion of $5.8 million accumulated CRG Outstanding Interest to 4,649,859 common stock of the Company at a conversion price equal to $1.25 per share and the remaining $12.8 million accrued interest and prepayment fees on both CRG term loan and WCAS subordinated debt as of May 3, 2016 into 10,270,354 shares of Series AB Preferred Stock at a conversion price equal to $1.25 per share, as part of the terms loan restructuring described in item 1 above. To record the restated principle of the Senior Secured Debt and Amended Senior Subordinated Note Payable to $50 million and $5 million respectively. Defaults on both term loans have been permanently waived and both are payable in 2021, as such both have been reclassified to long term debt.

 

  (F) To record the sale of 5 million shares of the Company’s common stock for $5.00 per share, resulting in gross proceeds of $25.2 million (the “Private Placement”), net of issuance costs of $1.0 million, including $0.6 million of placement agents fees, $0.1 million expenses reimbursed to placement agents and $0.3 million in warrant derivative liability for warrants issued to placement agents. Also included in the adjustment is an estimate of other costs related to Merger of $0.5 million and also to record the conversion of 1,000,004 shares of the Parent’s pre-merger common stock to the common stock of the combined company upon the Merger.

 

  (G) To record the retirement and cancellation pre-Merger of the Company’s Series D, AA, Common Stock and warrants outstanding prior to the merger and the issuance of approximately 6,600,000 shares of common stock of the Company’s common stock upon conversion of the Company’s pre-merger Series AB shares.

 

  (H) To reflect the elimination of the Parent’s revenue and expenses as if the Merger and Split-Off occurred on January 1, 2015.

 

  (I) To record the effect of the Split-Off of the Parent’s pre-Merger assets and liabilities for consideration in the form of the surrender by the Split-Off purchaser of 40,486,000 shares of the Parent’s common stock, and to record the elimination of the Company’s pre-Merger accumulated deficit. 1,000,004 shares of the Parent’s pre-merger common stock remained outstanding and converts to the common share of the combined company at conversion ratio of 1:1.

 

  (J)

The pro forma combined basic and diluted earnings per share have been adjusted to reflect the pro forma combined net loss for the year ended December 31, 2015. In addition, the numbers of shares used in calculating the pro forma combined basic and diluted net loss per share for each period have been adjusted to reflect the estimated total number of shares of common stock of the combined company that would be outstanding as of the closing of the Merger. The estimated total numbers of shares of common stock of the combined company that would be outstanding as of the closing of the Merger is calculated as the estimated adjusted total shares of common stock of the combined company of 12,638,991. The

 

F-44


Table of Contents
  following table sets forth the calculation of the pro forma weighted average number of common shares outstanding — basic and diluted:

 

            Proforma WA shares  
     All Shares         
     Issued/Issuable      Year Ended December 31,  
     upon Merger      2015  

Valeritas shares: issued and outstanding:

     

Preconversion basis:

     

Common

     22,988,374         —     

Preferred D

     83,088         —     

Preferred AA

     4,488,160         —     

Preferred AB

     27,665,645         21,836,229   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     55,225,267         21,836,229   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Post conversion basis at the Exchange Ratio of [4.1918]

     6,599,991         5,209,317   

Portion of private placement subscribed by new investors

     1,039,000         1,039,000   

Portion of private placement subscribed by Valeritas shareholders

     4,000,000         4,000,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal of former Valeritas (carryover) equity interests at the date of the Merger

     11,638,991         10,248,317   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Parent’s Shares outstanding at the time of the Merger

     40,486,000         40,837,219   

Shares issued in Parent prior to the Merger

     1,000,000         351,219   

Shares surrendered in connection with the Split-Off

     (40,486,000      (40,486,000
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     1,000,000         702,438   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     12,638,991         10,950,755   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-45

Exhibit 2.1

EXECUTION VERSION

 

 

 

AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER AND REORGANIZATION

among

VALERITAS HOLDINGS, INC.

(formerly Cleaner Yoga Mat, Inc.), a Delaware corporation

VALERITAS ACQUISITION CORP., a Delaware corporation

and

VALERITAS, INC., a Delaware corporation

May 3, 2016

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

ARTICLE I THE MERGER

     2   

1.1

  The Merger      2   

1.2

  The Closing      2   

1.3

  Actions at the Closing      2   

1.4

  Additional Actions      3   

1.5

  Conversion of Company Securities      3   

1.6

  Surrender and Payment      4   

1.7

  Dissenting Shares      5   

1.8

  Fractional Shares      5   

1.9

  Distributions with Respect to Unexchanged Shares      6   

1.10

  Options and Warrants      6   

1.11

  Directors and Officers      6   

1.12

  Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws      7   

1.13

  Withholding Rights      7   

1.14

  Closing of Transfer Books      7   

1.15

  Exemption from Registration; Rule 144      7   

1.16

  Certain Tax Matters      8   

ARTICLE II REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

     8   

2.1

  Organization, Qualification and Corporate Power      8   

2.2

  Capitalization      8   

2.3

  Authorization of Transaction      9   

2.4

  Non-contravention      10   

2.5

  Subsidiaries      10   

2.6

  Compliance with Laws      11   

2.7

  Financial Statements      12   

2.8

  Absence of Certain Changes      12   

2.9

  Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements      13   

2.10

  Tax Matters      13   

2.11

  Title      14   

2.12

  Agreements; Action      14   

2.13

  Accounts Receivable      14   

 

i


2.14

  Insurance      14   

2.15

  Litigation      15   

2.16

  Employees      15   

2.17

  Employee Benefits      15   

2.18

  Environmental Matters      15   

2.19

  Legal Compliance      16   

2.20

  Certain Business Relationships with Affiliates      16   

2.21

  Brokers’ Fees      16   

2.22

  Books and Records      17   

2.23

  Intellectual Property      17   

2.24

  Permits      18   

2.25

  Accountants      18   

2.26

  FDA and Related Matters      18   

2.27

  Foreign Corrupt Practices      19   

2.28

  Investment Company      19   

ARTICLE III REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PARENT AND THE ACQUISITION SUBSIDIARY

     19   

3.1

  Organization, Qualification and Corporate Power      19   

3.2

  Capitalization      20   

3.3

  Authorization of Transaction      21   

3.4

  Noncontravention      21   

3.5

  Subsidiaries      22   

3.6

  SEC Reports and Prior Registration Statement Matters      22   

3.7

  Compliance with Laws      23   

3.8

  Financial Statements      23   

3.9

  Absence of Certain Changes      24   

3.10

  Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements      24   

3.11

  Tax Matters      24   

3.12

  Title      24   

3.13

  Accounts Receivable      24   

3.14

  Insurance      25   

3.15

  Litigation      25   

3.16

  Employees      25   


3.17

  Employee Benefits      25   

3.18

  Environmental Matters      25   

3.19

  Legal Compliance      25   

3.20

  Certain Business Relationships with Affiliates      26   

3.21

  Tax-Free Reorganization      26   

3.22

  Active Business Operations      27   

3.23

  Split-Off      27   

3.24

  Brokers’ Fees      27   

3.25

  Interested Party Transactions      27   

3.26

  Foreign Corrupt Practices      27   

3.27

  Accountants      28   

3.28

  Minute Books      28   

ARTICLE IV COVENANTS

     28   

4.1

  Closing Efforts      28   

4.2

  Governmental and Thirty Party Notices and Consents      28   

4.3

  Super 8-K      28   

4.4

  Operation of Company Business      29   

4.5

  Access to Company Information      29   

4.6

  Operation of Parent Business      29   

4.7

  Access to Parent Information      29   

4.8

  Expenses      30   

4.9

  Indemnification      30   

4.10

  Quotation of Merger Shares      31   

4.11

  Name and Fiscal Year Change; Reincorporation      31   

4.12

  Split-Off      31   

4.13

  Parent Board; Amendment of Charter Documents      31   

4.14

  Parent Equity Plan      31   

4.15

  Information Provided to Stockholders      31   

4.16

  Cancellation of Share Contribution      32   

ARTICLE V CONDITIONS TO CONSUMMATION OF MERGER

     32   

5.1

  Conditions to Each Party’s Obligations      32   

5.2

  Conditions to Obligations of the Parent and the Acquisition Subsidiary      33   

5.3

  Conditions to Obligations of the Company      34   


ARTICLE VI TAX MATTERS

     35   

6.1

  Termination of Existing Tax Sharing Agreements      35   

5.3

  Cooperation and Exchange of Information      35   

ARTICLE VII DEFINITIONS

     36   

ARTICLE VIII TERMINATION

     38   

8.1

  Termination in General      38   

8.2

  Termination by Mutual Agreement      38   

8.3

  Termination for Failure to Close      38   

8.4

  Termination by Operation of Law      38   

8.5

  Termination for Failure to Perform Covenants or Conditions      39   

8.6

  Effect of Termination or Default; Remedies      39   

8.7

  Remedies; Specific Performance      39   

ARTICLE IX MISCELLANEOUS

     39   

9.1

  Press Releases and Announcements      39   

9.2

  No Third Party Beneficiaries      40   

9.3

  Entire Agreement      40   

9.4

  Succession and Assignment      40   

9.5

  Counterparts and Facsimile Signature      40   

9.6

  Headings      40   

9.7

  Notices      40   

9.8

  Governing Law      41   

9.9

  Amendments and Waivers      41   

9.10

  Severability      41   

9.11

  Submission to Jurisdiction      41   

9.12

  Waiver of Jury Trial      42   

9.13

  Construction      42   

EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit A

  

Form of Subscription Agreement

Exhibit B

  

Form of Split-Off Agreement

Exhibit C

  

Form of General Release Agreement

Exhibit D

  

Letter of Transmittal

Exhibit E

  

Officers and Directors

Exhibit F

  

Surviving Corporation Charter

Exhibit G

  

Surviving Corporation Bylaws

Exhibit H

  

Form of 2016 Equity Incentive Plan

Exhibit I

  

Debt Conversion

Exhibit J

  

Signatories to Lock-Up and No-Shorting Agreements

Exhibit K

  

Form of Lock-Up and No-Shorting Agreement


AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER AND REORGANIZATION

Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of May 3 2016, by and among Valeritas Holdings, Inc. (formerly Cleaner Yoga Mat, Inc.), a Delaware corporation (the “ Parent ”), Valeritas Acquisition Corp. , a Delaware corporation and a direct wholly owned subsidiary of Parent (the “ Acquisition Subsidiary ”), and Valeritas , Inc. , a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”). The Parent, the Acquisition Subsidiary and the Company are each a “ Party ” and referred to collectively herein as the “ Parties .”

WHEREAS , this Agreement contemplates a merger of the Acquisition Subsidiary with and into the Company, with the Company remaining as the surviving entity and as a wholly owned subsidiary of Parent (the “ Merger ”); and

WHEREAS , the Board of Directors of the Company has unanimously (a) determined that this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including, without limitation, the Merger, are fair to and in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders, (b) approved and declared advisable this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including, without limitation, the Merger, (c) directed that this Agreement be submitted to the stockholders of the Company for adoption, and (d) resolved to recommend the approval of the adoption of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including, without limitation, the Merger, by the stockholders of the Company; and

WHEREAS , the respective boards of directors of the Parent and the Acquisition Subsidiary have unanimously (a) determined that this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including, without limitation, the Merger, are fair to and in the best interests of the Parent, the Acquisition Subsidiary and their stockholders, respectively, (b) approved and declared advisable this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including, without limitation, the Merger, and (c) with respect to the Acquisition Subsidiary, (i) directed that this Agreement be submitted to the sole stockholder of Acquisition Subsidiary for adoption, and (ii) resolved to recommend the approval of the adoption of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including, without limitation, the Merger, by the sole stockholder of the Acquisition Subsidiary; and

WHEREAS, immediately prior to the closing of the Merger, the Company shall execute a Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement relating to the conversion and restructuring of its debt (“ Restated Term Loan ”); and

WHEREAS , simultaneously with the closing of the Merger, the Parent will complete a private placement offering (the “ Private Placement Offering ”) of a minimum of $25,000,000 (the “ Minimum Amount ”) of the Parent’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “ Parent Common Stock ”) at a purchase price of $5.00 per share (the “ Purchase Price ”) upon the terms and subject to the conditions of a subscription agreement in the form of Exhibit   A attached hereto (the “ Subscription Agreement ”); and

WHEREAS , immediately following the closing of the Merger, the Parent shall assign of all of the Parent’s assets and liabilities (other than those under this Agreement and the other related agreements and transactions contemplated hereby) to its wholly owned subsidiary CYGM Operating Corp., a Florida corporation (the “ Split Off Subsidiary ”), and exchange the Share Contribution (as defined below) for all of the outstanding capital stock of the Split-Off Subsidiary (the “ Split-Off ”) upon the terms and conditions of a split-off agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit   B attached hereto (the “ Split-Off Agreement ”), by and among the Parent, the Split-Off Subsidiary and Leisa Swanson (the “ Split-Off Purchaser ”); and


WHEREAS , immediately following the closing of the Merger, the Parent, Split-Off Subsidiary and Split-Off Purchaser shall enter into a general release agreement in substantially the form of  Exhibit C attached hereto (the “ General Release Agreement ”); and

WHEREAS , the Parent, the Acquisition Subsidiary and the Company intend for the Merger to qualify as a “reorganization” under Section 368(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), and that this Agreement constitute a “plan of reorganization” within the meaning of Sections 1.368-2(g) and 1.368-3(a) of the United States Treasury Regulations and not subject the holders of equity securities of the Company to tax liability under the Code;

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the representations, warranties and covenants herein contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt, adequacy and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereto, intending legally to be bound, agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

THE MERGER

1.1 The Merger . Upon and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ Delaware Act ”), the Acquisition Subsidiary shall merge with and into the Company at the Effective Time (as defined below). From and after the Effective Time, the separate corporate existence of the Acquisition Subsidiary shall cease and the Company shall continue as the surviving corporation in the Merger and as a wholly owned subsidiary of Parent (the “ Surviving Corporation ”). The “ Effective Time ” shall be the date and time at which a certificate of merger in proper form and duly executed, effecting the Merger (the “ Certificate of Merger ”) pursuant to Section 251(c) of the Delaware Act is filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware or such later date and time as may be agreed by the Company and the Parent in writing and specified in the Certificate of Merger in accordance with the Delaware Act. The Merger shall have the effects set forth herein and in the applicable provisions of the Delaware Act.

1.2 The Closing . The closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the “ Closing ”) shall take place at the offices of CKR Law LLP, in New York, New York, commencing at 10:00 a.m. local time (or such other place and time as is mutually agreed to by the Parties) on or before May 3, 2016, or, if all of the conditions to the obligations of the Parties to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby have not been satisfied or waived by such date, on such mutually agreeable later date as soon as practicable (and in any event not later than three (3) Business Days) after the satisfaction or waiver of all conditions (excluding the delivery of any documents to be delivered at the Closing by any of the Parties) set forth in Article V hereof (the “ Closing Date ”). As used in this Agreement, the term “ Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banks in the state of New York are required or authorized by applicable Law to close.

1.3 Actions at the Closing . At the Closing:

(a) the Company shall deliver to the Parent and the Acquisition Subsidiary the various certificates, instruments and documents to be delivered by the Company pursuant to Sections 5.1 and 5.2 ;

(b) the Parent and the Acquisition Subsidiary shall deliver to the Company the various certificates, instruments and documents to be delivered by the Parent and/or Acquisition Subsidiary pursuant to Sections 5.1 and 5.3 ;

 

2


(c) the Surviving Corporation shall file the Certificate of Merger with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware;

(d) the Split-Off Purchaser shall surrender for cancellation to the Parent 40,486,000 shares of Parent Common Stock (the “ Share Contribution ”) in connection with the Split-Off; and

(e) the Surviving Corporation and Parent shall execute guarantee and security agreements relating to the Restated Term Loan; and

(f) Parent shall contribute the proceeds of the Private Placement Offering to the Company, less $5,000,000.

1.4 Additional Actions . If at any time after the Effective Time the Surviving Corporation or Parent shall consider or be advised that any deeds, bills of sale, assignments or assurances or any other acts or things are necessary, desirable or proper (a) to vest, perfect or confirm, of record or otherwise, in the Surviving Corporation or Parent, its right, title or interest in, to or under any of the rights, privileges, powers, franchises, properties or assets of either the Company or the Acquisition Subsidiary or (b) otherwise to carry out the purposes of this Agreement, the Surviving Corporation, Parent and its officers and directors or their designees shall be authorized (to the fullest extent allowed under applicable Law) to execute and deliver, in the name and on behalf of either the Company, Parent or the Acquisition Subsidiary, all such deeds, bills of sale, assignments and assurances and do, in the name and on behalf of the Company, Parent or the Acquisition Subsidiary, all such other acts and things necessary, desirable or proper to vest, perfect or confirm its right, title or interest in, to or under any of the rights, privileges, powers, franchises, properties or assets of the Company, Parent or the Acquisition Subsidiary, as applicable, and otherwise to carry out the purposes of this Agreement.

1.5 Conversion of Company Securities . The shares of Company Stock (as defined below) issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be cancelled or converted as set forth in this Section 1.5 into the right to receive a number of shares of Parent Common Stock such that the aggregate number of shares of Parent Common Stock issuable pursuant to this Agreement as a result of the Merger equals no more than 6,600,000 shares of Parent Common Stock. At the Effective Time, by virtue of the Merger and without any action on the part of any Party or the holder of any of the following securities:

(a) Each share of the Company common stock, par value $0.00001 per share (“ Company Common Stock ”), and the Company Preferred Stock (as defined below, and together with the Company Common Stock, the “ Company Stock ”) that is owned immediately prior to the Effective Time by Parent, the Acquisition Subsidiary or the Company (as treasury stock or otherwise) or any of their respective direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiaries shall automatically be cancelled and retired and shall cease to exist, and no consideration shall be delivered in exchange therefor.

(b) Each share of Series AB Preferred Stock, par value $0.00001 per share (the “ Series AB Preferred Stock ”), issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (other than any (i) shares of Series AB Preferred Stock to be cancelled and retired in accordance with Section   1.5(a) , and (ii) Dissenting Shares) shall be converted into the right to receive 0.23856 shares of Parent Common Stock (in the aggregate, the “ Merger Shares ”).

(c) Each share of Series AA Preferred Stock, par value $0.00001 per share (the “ Series AA Preferred Stock ”), issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (other than any (i) shares of Series AA Preferred Stock to be cancelled and retired in accordance with Section   1.5(a) , and (ii) Dissenting Shares) shall be cancelled and retired and shall cease to exist, and no consideration shall be delivered in exchange therefor.

 

3


(d) Each share of Series D Preferred Stock, par value $0.00001 per share (the “ Series D Preferred Stock ”, and together with the Series AB Preferred Stock and the Series AA Preferred Stock, the “ Company Preferred Stock ”), issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (other than any (i) shares of Series D Preferred Stock to be cancelled and retired in accordance with Section   1.5(a) , and (ii) Dissenting Shares) shall be cancelled and retired and shall cease to exist, and no consideration shall be delivered in exchange therefor.

(e) Each share of Company Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (other than any (i) shares of Company Common Stock to be cancelled and retired in accordance with Section   1.5(a) , and (ii) Dissenting Shares) shall be cancelled and retired and shall cease to exist, and no consideration shall be delivered in exchange therefor.

(f) Each share of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Acquisition Subsidiary issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be converted into and become one validly issued, fully paid, and nonassessable share of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Surviving Corporation.

1.6 Surrender and Payment .

(a) At the Effective Time, each share of Company Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall automatically be cancelled and retired and shall cease to exist, and, subject to Section 1.7 , each holder of a certificate formerly representing any share of Company Stock (each, a “ Company Stock Certificate ”) shall cease to have any rights as a Company stockholder except (other than with respect to any (i) Company Stock to be cancelled and retired in accordance with Section 1.5(a) , and (ii) Dissenting Shares) for the right to receive the applicable portion of the Merger Shares attributable to such Company Stock (if any) pursuant to Section 1.5(b) and any distribution or dividend pursuant to Section 1.9 .

(b) Prior to the Effective Time, Parent shall appoint an exchange agent reasonably acceptable to the Company (the “ Exchange Agent ”) to act as the exchange agent in the Merger.

(c) As promptly as practicable following the date hereof and in any event not later than two (2) Business Days thereafter, the Exchange Agent shall mail to each holder of Series AB Preferred Stock a letter of transmittal in substantially the form attached as Exhibit D (a “ Letter of Transmittal ”) and instructions for use in effecting the surrender of Company Stock Certificates in exchange for the applicable portion of the Merger Shares attributable to such holder’s Series AB Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 1.5(b) . The Exchange Agent shall, no later than the later of (i) the Closing Date or (ii) two (2) Business Days after receipt of a Company Stock Certificate, together with a Letter of Transmittal duly completed and validly executed in accordance with the instructions thereto, and any other customary documents that the Exchange Agent may reasonably require in connection therewith, transfer to the holder of such Company Stock Certificate the applicable portion of the Merger Shares attributable to such holder’s Series AB Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 1.5(b) with respect to such Company Stock Certificate so surrendered and the Company Stock Certificate shall forthwith be cancelled. Until so surrendered, each outstanding Company Stock Certificate that prior to the Effective Time represented shares of Series AB Preferred Stock (other than any (i) Company Stock to be cancelled and retired in accordance with Section 1.5(a) , and (ii) Dissenting Shares) shall be deemed from and after the Effective Time, for all purposes, to evidence the right to receive the applicable portion of the Merger Shares attributable to such Series AB Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 1.5(b) and any distribution or dividend pursuant to Section 1.9 . If after the Effective Time, any Certificate is presented to the Exchange Agent, it shall be cancelled and exchanged as provided in this Section 1.6 .

 

4


(d) If any portion of the Merger Shares is to be paid to a Person other than the Person in whose name the surrendered Company Stock Certificate is registered, it shall be a condition to such payment that such Company Stock Certificate shall be properly endorsed or shall otherwise be in proper form for transfer. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Person ” means an individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, Governmental Entity (as defined below), unincorporated organization, trust, association or other entity.

(e) If any portion of the Merger Shares issued by the Parent remains unclaimed by a Company stockholder who has not exchanged Company Stock Certificates for the Merger Shares in accordance with this Section 1.6 as of the date that is one (1) year after the Effective Time (or immediately prior to such earlier date on which the Merger Shares would otherwise escheat to or become the property of any Governmental Entity), despite the Exchange Agent’s commercially reasonable efforts to deliver the payment to a holder, any such Merger Shares shall be delivered to the Parent, and any such Company stockholder shall thereafter look only to the Parent for satisfaction of such Company stockholder’s claims for the Merger Shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither the Parent nor the Exchange Agent shall be liable to any person in respect of the Merger Shares delivered to a public official pursuant to any applicable abandoned property, escheat or similar Law.

(f) Any portion of the Merger Shares made available to the Exchange Agent in respect of any Dissenting Shares shall be returned to the Parent, upon demand.

1.7 Dissenting Shares .

(a) For purposes of this Agreement, “ Dissenting Shares ” means shares of Company Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time that are held by any holder who has not voted such Company Stock in favor of, or consented to, the adoption of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including, without limitation, the Merger and who is entitled to demand and properly demands appraisal of such shares pursuant to, and who complies in all respects with, the provisions of Section 262 of the Delaware Act. Dissenting Shares shall not be converted into or represent the right to receive shares of Parent Common Stock as provided in Section   1.5 , but instead the holder of such Dissenting Shares shall be entitled to payment of the fair value of such shares as shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 262 of the Delaware Act. If any such holder shall fail to perfect or otherwise shall effectively waive, withdraw, or otherwise lose the right to appraisal of such shares, then (i) such Dissenting Shares shall cease to be Dissenting Shares and shall be deemed to have been converted into as of the Effective Time the right to receive the Merger Shares issuable in respect of such Company Stock pursuant to Section   1.5 upon surrender of the applicable Company Stock Certificates or proper documentary evidence pursuant to Section 1.6 .

(b) The Company shall give the Parent prompt notice of any written demands for appraisal of any Company Stock, withdrawals of such demands, and any other instruments that relate to such demands received by the Company. The Company shall not, except with the prior written consent of the Parent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld), make any payment with respect to any demands for appraisal of Company Stock or offer to settle or settle any such demands unless required by the court of the State of Delaware having jurisdiction thereof.

1.8 Fractional Shares . No certificates or scrip representing fractional Merger Shares shall be issued to Company stockholders on the surrender for exchange of shares of Company Stock, and such Company stockholders shall not be entitled to any voting rights, rights to receive any dividends or

 

5


distributions or other rights as a stockholder of the Parent with respect to any fractional Merger Shares that would have otherwise been issued to such Company stockholders. In lieu of any fractional Merger Shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Company shall pay the holder cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the Purchase Price.

1.9 Distributions with Respect to Unexchanged Shares . All shares of Parent Common Stock to be issued as a portion of the Merger Shares shall be deemed issued and outstanding as of the Effective Time and whenever a dividend or other distribution is declared by the Parent in respect of Parent Common Stock, the record date for which is at or after the Effective Time, the declaration shall include dividends or other distributions in respect of all shares of Parent Common Stock issuable pursuant to this Agreement. No dividends or other distributions in respect of shares of Parent Common Stock shall be paid to any holder of Company Stock Certificates until the instructions for transfer and cancellation provided for in this Article I and in accordance with the terms of the Letter of Transmittal, and such other documents as may reasonably be required by the Exchange Agent pursuant to Section 1.6 , have been delivered to the Exchange Agent. Subject to the effect of applicable Laws, following delivery to the Exchange Agent of such Company Stock Certificate(s), there shall be issued to the holder of shares of Parent Common Stock issued in exchange thereof, without interest, (i) at the time of such surrender or delivery of such Company Stock Certificate(s), the dividends or other distributions with the record date after the Effective Time theretofore payable with respect to such shares of Parent Common Stock and not paid and (ii) at the appropriate payment date, the dividends or other distributions payable with respect to such shares of Parent Common Stock with a record date after the Effective Time but with a payment date subsequent to surrender.

1.10 Options and Warrants .

(a) Immediately after the Debt Conversion (as defined below) and prior to the Merger, all outstanding Company Options (as defined below) that remain unexercised, whether vested or unvested, shall be cancelled with no consideration pursuant to the term of the Company Equity Plan (as defined below).

(b) Prior to the Effective Time, the Company shall adopt such resolutions as are necessary to effect the treatment of the Company Options as contemplated by this Section   1.10 .

(c) As soon as practicable after the Effective Time, the Parent or the Surviving Corporation shall take appropriate actions (i) to collect the Company Options and the agreements evidencing the Company Options, which shall be deemed to be canceled, and (ii) to issue new shares of Parent restricted stock and/or new Parent Common Stock, including the delivery by the Parent to such holders of new option agreements, to those employees, directors and consultants granted restricted stock or stock options pursuant to the Parent Equity Plan (as defined below), as amended by the Board of Directors of the Company and approved by the Board of Directors of the Parent, which initial stock option grants shall be at an exercise price of $5.00 per share.

(d) As of the Effective Time, all outstanding Company Warrants (as defined below) that remain unexercised shall be shall be cancelled automatically with no consideration in accordance with their terms.

1.11 Directors and Officers . At the Effective Time, by virtue of the Merger and without any action on the part of Parent, Acquisition Subsidiary, the Company or the holders of any shares of capital stock of any of the foregoing, the directors and officers of the Company shall be the directors and officers of the Surviving Corporation until the earlier of their resignation or removal or until their respective successors are duly elected or appointed and qualified, as the case may be, and the Surviving Corporation

 

6


and the Parent shall take any necessary actions (whether prior to, at or after the Effective Time) as shall be necessary or appropriate to effectuate or carry out the purpose of this Section   1.11 . Following the Closing, Parent shall cause the individuals set forth on Exhibit   E to be elected or appointed as officers and directors of the Company.

1.12 Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws . At the Effective Time, by virtue of the Merger:

(a) the certificate of incorporation of the Surviving Corporation shall be amended and restated to read in its entirety as set forth on Exhibit F hereto (“ Surviving Corporation Charter ”) and, as so amended and restated shall be the certificate of incorporation of the Surviving Corporation until thereafter amended in accordance with the terms thereof and applicable Law; and

(b) the bylaws of the Surviving Corporation shall be amended and restated to read in their entirety as set forth on Exhibit G hereto (“ Surviving Corporation Bylaws ”) and, as so amended and restated, shall be the bylaws of Acquisition Subsidiary in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be the bylaws of the Surviving Corporation until duly amended or repealed.

1.13 Withholding Rights . Each of the Exchange Agent, Parent, Acquisition Subsidiary and the Surviving Corporation shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from the consideration otherwise payable to any Person pursuant to this Article I such amounts as may be required to be deducted and withheld with respect to the making of such payment under any provision of Tax Law. To the extent that amounts are so deducted and withheld by the Exchange Agent, Parent, Acquisition Subsidiary or the Surviving Corporation, as the case may be, such amounts shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to the Person in respect of which the Exchange Agent, Parent, Acquisition Subsidiary or the Surviving Corporation, as the case may be, made such deduction and withholding.

1.14 Closing of Transfer Books . At the Effective Time, the stock transfer books of the Company shall be closed and no transfer of Company Stock shall thereafter be made. If, after the Effective Time, Company Stock Certificates are presented to Parent, the Parent’s transfer agent, or the Surviving Corporation, they shall be cancelled and exchanged for Merger Shares in accordance with Section 1.6 , subject to the provisions hereof and applicable Law in the case of Dissenting Shares.

1.15 Exemption from Registration; Rule 144 . The Parent and the Company intend that the shares of Parent Common Stock to be issued pursuant to Section   1.5(b) hereof will be issued in a transaction exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), by reason of Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”) thereunder and/or Regulation S promulgated by the SEC and that all recipients of such shares of Parent Common Stock shall either be “accredited investors” or not “U.S. Persons” as such terms are defined in Regulation D and Regulation S, respectively. The shares of Parent Common Stock to be issued pursuant to Section   1.5(b) hereof will be “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act and may not be offered, sold, pledged, assigned or otherwise transferred unless (i) a registration statement with respect thereto is effective under the Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws, or (ii) an exemption from such registration exists and either the Parent receives an opinion of counsel to the holder of such securities, which counsel and opinion are satisfactory to the Parent, that such securities may be offered, sold, pledged, assigned or transferred in the manner contemplated without an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or applicable state securities laws, or the holder complies with the requirements of Regulation S, if applicable; and the certificates representing such shares of Parent Common Stock will bear an appropriate legend and restriction on the books of the Parent’s transfer agent to that effect.

 

7


1.16 Certain Tax Matters . Each of the Parties shall use its Reasonable Best Efforts (as defined below) to cause the Merger to qualify as a reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code. None of the Parties shall (and each of the Parties shall cause their respective Subsidiaries not to) take any action, or fail to take any action, that could reasonably be expected to cause the Merger to fail to qualify as a reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code. The Parties intend to report and, except to the extent otherwise required by a “final determination” within the meaning of Section 1313(a) of the Code, shall report, for all tax purposes, the Merger as a reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code.

ARTICLE II

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

The Company represents and warrants to the Parent that the statements contained in this Article II are true and correct, except as set forth in the disclosure schedule provided by the Company to the Parent on the date hereof (the “ Company Disclosure Schedule ”). The Company Disclosure Schedule shall be arranged in paragraphs corresponding to the numbered and lettered paragraphs contained in this Article II; and to the extent that it is reasonably apparent from the context thereof that such disclosure also applies to any other numbered paragraph contained in this Article II, the disclosures in any numbered paragraph of the Company Disclosure Schedule shall qualify such other corresponding numbered paragraph in this Article II.   For purposes of this Article   II , the phrase “ to the knowledge of the Company ” or any phrase of similar import shall be deemed to refer to the actual knowledge of John Timberlake and Mark Conley.

2.1 Organization, Qualification and Corporate Power . The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. The Company is duly qualified to conduct business and is in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction in which the nature of its businesses or the ownership or leasing of its properties requires such qualification, except where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing, individually or in the aggregate, has not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect (as defined below). The Company has all requisite corporate power and authority to carry on the businesses in which it is engaged and to own and use the properties owned and used by it. The Company has furnished or made available to the Parent complete and accurate copies of its certificate of incorporation and bylaws. The Company is not in default under or in violation of any provision of its certificate of incorporation, as amended to date, or its bylaws, as amended to date, except where such default or violation would not be reasonably expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Company Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect on the assets, business, financial condition or results of operations of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries (as defined below) taken as a whole; provided, that, in no event shall any effects (whether alone or in combination) resulting from or arising in connection with any of the following be deemed to constitute, nor shall any of the following be taken into account in determining whether there has occurred, a Company Material Adverse Effect: (a) conditions generally affecting the industries in which the Company or the Company Subsidiaries participate or the U.S. or global economy or capital markets as a whole; (b) any failure by the Company to meet internal projections or forecasts or revenue or earnings predictions; (c) the execution, delivery, announcement or performance of the obligations under this Agreement or the announcement, pendency or anticipated consummation of the Merger; (d) any natural disaster or any acts of terrorism, sabotage, military action or war or any escalation or worsening thereof; (e) any changes (after the date of this Agreement) in GAAP, other applicable accounting rules or applicable Law, or changes or developments in political, regulatory or legislative conditions, or (f) the taking of any action required by this Agreement.

2.2 Capitalization . The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 102,225,577 shares of Company Common Stock and 64,225,577 shares of Company Preferred Stock, of which (i) six million (6,000,000) shares are designated as Series D Preferred Stock; (ii) sixteen million (16,000,000)

 

8


shares are designated as Series AA Preferred Stock; and (iii) forty-two million two hundred twenty-five thousand five hundred seventy-seven (42,225,577) shares are designated as Series AB Preferred Stock. As of April 27, 2016, and without giving effect to the transactions contemplated any of the Transaction Documentation (including this Agreement), the Restated Term Loan, and the Debt Conversion, 20,778,690 shares of Company Common Stock, 63,192 shares of Series D Preferred Stock, 4,488,160 shares of Series AA Preferred Stock and 32,125,577 shares of Series AB Preferred Stock are issued and outstanding, and no other shares of Company Preferred Stock are issued and outstanding, and no shares of Company Stock are held in the treasury of the Company. As of the date of this Agreement and as of immediately prior to the Effective Time, there are and will be outstanding, options to purchase shares of Company Common Stock as set forth on Section 2.2 of the Company Disclosure Schedule (“ Company Options ”). As of the date of this Agreement and as of immediately prior to the Effective Time, there are and will be outstanding, warrants to purchase shares of Company Stock as set forth on Section 2.2 of the Company Disclosure Schedule (“ Company Warrants ”). Section 2.2 of the Company Disclosure Schedule sets forth a complete and accurate list of (i) all stockholders of the Company, indicating the number and class of Company Stock held by each stockholder, and (ii) all stock option plans and other stock or equity-related plans of the Company (“ Company Equity Plans ”) and the number of shares of Company Common Stock remaining available for future awards thereunder. All of the issued and outstanding shares of Company Stock are, and all shares of Company Common Stock that may be issued upon exercise of Company Options or Company Warrants or conversion of convertible debt will be (upon issuance in accordance with their terms), duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid, nonassessable and, effective as of the Effective Time, free of all preemptive rights, and have been or will be issued in accordance with applicable laws, including but not limited to, the Securities Act. Other than the Company Options and Company Warrants and convertible debt listed in Section 2.2 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, there are no outstanding or authorized options, warrants, securities, rights, agreements or commitments to which the Company is a party or which are binding upon the Company providing for the issuance or redemption of any of Company Stock or pursuant to which any outstanding Company Stock is subject to vesting. There are no outstanding or authorized stock appreciation, phantom stock or similar rights with respect to the Company. Other than as listed in Section 2.2 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, there are no agreements to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound with respect to the voting (including without limitation voting trusts or proxies), registration under the Securities Act, or sale or transfer (including without limitation agreements relating to pre-emptive rights, rights of first refusal, co-sale rights or “drag-along” rights) of any securities of the Company. To the knowledge of the Company, there are no agreements among other parties, to which the Company is not a party and by which it is not bound, with respect to the voting (including without limitation voting trusts or proxies) or sale or transfer (including without limitation agreements relating to rights of first refusal, co-sale rights or “drag-along” rights) of any securities of the Company. All of the issued and outstanding shares of Company Common Stock were issued in compliance in all material respects with applicable securities laws.

2.3 Authorization of Transaction . The Company has all requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder. The execution and delivery by the Company of this Agreement and the Transaction Documentation, and, subject to the adoption of this Agreement and (a) the approval of the adoption of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including, without limitation, the Merger, by the stockholders of the Company required by the certificate of incorporation of the Company and under Delaware law and (b) the approvals and waivers set forth in Section 2.3 of the Company Disclosure Schedule (collectively, the “ Company Consents ”), the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Board of Directors of the Company has unanimously (a) determined that this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including, without limitation, the Merger, are fair to and in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders, (b) approved and declared advisable this

 

9


Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including, without limitation, the Merger, (c) directed that this Agreement be submitted to the stockholders of the Company for adoption, and (d) resolved to recommend the approval of the adoption of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including, without limitation, the Merger, by the stockholders of the Company. This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by the Company and constitutes a valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited under applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws, rules or regulations affecting creditors’ rights and remedies generally and to general principles of equity, whether applied in a court of law or a court of equity.

2.4 Non-contravention . Subject to the receipt of Company Consents and the filing of the Certificate of Merger as required by the Delaware Act, neither the execution and delivery by the Company of this Agreement or the Transaction Documentation, nor the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby will (a) conflict with or violate any provision of the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of the Company, as amended to date, (b) require on the part of the Company or any Company Subsidiary any filing with, or any permit, authorization, consent or approval of, any court, arbitrational tribunal, administrative agency or commission or other governmental or regulatory authority or agency (a “ Governmental Entity ”), except for such permits, authorizations, consents and approvals for which the Company is obligated to use its Reasonable Best Efforts to obtain pursuant to Section 4.2(a), (c) conflict with, result in a breach of, constitute (with or without due notice or lapse of time or both) a default under, result in the acceleration of obligations under, create in any party the right to terminate, modify or cancel, or require any notice, consent or waiver under, any contract or instrument to which the Company or any Company Subsidiary is a party or by which the Company or any Company Subsidiary is bound or to which any of their assets is subject, except for (i) any conflict, breach, default, acceleration, termination, modification or cancellation in any contract or instrument set forth in Section 2.4 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, for which the Company is obligated to use its Reasonable Best Efforts to obtain waiver, consent or approval pursuant to Section   4.2(b) , (ii) any conflict, breach, default, acceleration, termination, modification or cancellation which would not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect and would not reasonably be expected to adversely affect the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or (iii) any notice, consent or waiver the absence of which would not have a Company Material Adverse Effect and would not reasonably be expected to adversely affect the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or (d) violate any federal, state, local, municipal, foreign, international, multinational, Governmental Entity or other constitution, law, statute, ordinance, principle of common law, rule, regulation, code, governmental determination, order, writ, injunction, decree, treaty, convention, governmental certification requirement or other public limitation, U.S. or non-U.S., including Tax and U.S. antitrust laws (collectively, “ Laws ”) applicable to the Company, any Company Subsidiary or any of their properties or assets, except for any violation which would not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect.

2.5 Subsidiaries .

(a) Section 2.5(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule sets forth: (i) the name of each Company Subsidiary; (ii) the number and type of outstanding equity securities of each Company Subsidiary and a list of the holders thereof; (iii) the jurisdiction of organization of each Company Subsidiary; (iv) the names of the officers and directors of each Company Subsidiary; and (v) the jurisdictions in which each Company Subsidiary is qualified or holds licenses to do business as a foreign corporation or other entity. For purposes of this Agreement, a “ Subsidiary ” shall mean any corporation, partnership, joint venture or other entity in which a Party has, directly or indirectly, an equity interest representing 50% or more of the equity securities thereof or other equity interests therein; a “ Company Subsidiary ” is a Subsidiary of the Company and a “ Parent Subsidiary ” is a Subsidiary of the Parent.

 

10


(b) Each Company Subsidiary is an entity duly organized, validly existing and in corporate and tax good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation. Each Company Subsidiary is duly qualified to conduct business and is in corporate and tax good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction in which the nature of its businesses or the ownership or leasing of its properties requires qualification to do business, except where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing, individually or in the aggregate, has not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect. Each Company Subsidiary has all requisite power and authority to carry on the businesses in which it is engaged and to own and use the properties owned and used by it. The Company has delivered or made available to the Parent complete and accurate copies of the charter, bylaws or other organizational documents of each Company Subsidiary. No Company Subsidiary is in default under or in violation of any provision of its charter, bylaws or other organizational documents. All of the issued and outstanding equity securities of each Company Subsidiary (i) are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid, nonassessable and free of preemptive rights, (ii) are held of record and beneficially by either the Company or any other Company Subsidiary and (iii) are held or owned free and clear of any restrictions on transfer (other than restrictions under the Securities Act and state or other applicable securities laws), claims, Security Interests (as defined below), options, warrants, rights, contracts, calls, commitments, equities and demands. Except as set forth in Section 2.5(b) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, there are no outstanding or authorized options, warrants, rights, agreements or commitments to which the Company or any Company Subsidiary is a party or which are binding on any of them providing for the issuance, disposition or acquisition of any equity securities of any Company Subsidiary. There are no outstanding stock appreciation, phantom stock or similar rights with respect to any Company Subsidiary. To the knowledge of the Company, there are no voting trusts, proxies or other agreements or understandings with respect to the voting of any equity securities of any Company Subsidiary. For purposes of this Agreement: “ Security Interest ” means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, charge or other lien (whether arising by contract or by operation of law), other than (i) mechanic’s, materialmen’s and similar Security Interests, (ii) Security Interests arising under worker’s compensation, unemployment insurance, social security, retirement and similar legislation, or (iii) Security Interests on goods in transit incurred pursuant to documentary letters of credit, in each case arising in the Ordinary Course of Business (as defined below) of the Company and not material to the Company; and “ Ordinary Course of Business ” means the ordinary course of the Company’s business, consistent with past practice (including with respect to frequency and amount).

(c) Except as set forth in Section 2.5(c) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, the Company does not control directly or indirectly or have any direct or indirect equity participation or similar interest in any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other business association which is not a Company Subsidiary.

2.6 Compliance with Laws . Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries:

(a) and the conduct and operations of their respective businesses, are in compliance with each Law applicable to the Company, any Company Subsidiary or any of their properties or assets, except for any violations or defaults that, individually or in the aggregate, have not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect;

(b) has complied with all federal and state securities laws and regulations, except for any violations or defaults that, individually or in the aggregate, have not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect, and all prior issuances of its securities have been either registered under the Securities Act or exempt from registration;

 

11


(c) has not been the subject of any voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy proceeding, nor has it been a party to any material litigation or, within the past two years, the subject of any threat of material litigation; and

(d) is not and has not been, and the past and present officers and directors (in their capacities as such) are not and have not been, the subject of, and to the knowledge of the Company, neither the Company nor any of its officers or directors (in their capacities as such) are the subject of, any civil, criminal or administrative investigation or proceeding brought by any federal or state agency having regulatory authority over such entity or person or alleging a violation of securities laws.

2.7 Financial Statements . The Company has provided or made available to the Parent: the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Company (the “ Company Balance Sheet ”) at December 31, 2015 (the “ Company Balance Sheet Date ”), and the related consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 (collectively, the “ Company Financial Statements ”). The Company Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles (“ GAAP ”) applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods covered thereby, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis as of the respective dates thereof and for the periods referred to therein, comply as to form with the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC for inclusion of such Company Financial Statements in the Parent’s filings with the SEC as required by the Exchange Act, and are consistent in all material respects with the books and records of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries.

2.8 Absence of Certain Changes . Since the Company Balance Sheet Date, and except as set forth in Section 2.8 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, to the knowledge of the Company, (i) there have been no events, occurrences or developments that have had or would reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect, (ii) the Company has not incurred any material liabilities (contingent or otherwise) other than (A) trade payables, accrued expenses and other liabilities incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business and (B) liabilities not required to be reflected in the financial statements of the Company, pursuant to GAAP or to be disclosed in filings made with the SEC, (iii) the Company has not materially altered its method of accounting or the manner in which it keeps its accounting books and records, (iv) the Company has not declared or made any dividend or distribution of cash or other property to its stockholders or purchased, redeemed or made any agreements to purchase or redeem any shares of its capital stock (other than in connection with repurchases of unvested stock issued to employees of the Company), (v) the Company has not issued any equity securities to any officer, director or Affiliate, except Common Stock issued in the Ordinary Course of Business to existing Company stock option or stock purchase plans or executive and director corporate arrangements as would be disclosed under applicable securities laws at the time this representation is made, (vi) there has not been any change or amendment to, or any waiver of any material right under, any material contract under which the Company or any of its assets are bound or subject, and (vii) except for the issuance of the Company Shares contemplated by this Agreement, no event, liability or development has occurred or exists with respect to the Company or any of its business, property, operations or financial condition that would be required to be disclosed by the Company under applicable securities laws at the time this representation is made. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Affiliate ” of a Person means any other Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person. The term “ control ” (including the terms “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with ”) means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

12


2.9 Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements . Neither the Company nor any Company Subsidiary is a party to, or has any commitment to become a party to, any joint venture, off balance sheet partnership or any similar contract or arrangement (including any contract or arrangement relating to any transaction or relationship between or among the Company or any of the Company Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and any unconsolidated affiliate, including any structured finance, special purpose or limited purpose entity or person, on the other hand, or any “off balance sheet arrangements” (as defined in Item 303(a) of Regulation S-K under the Exchange Act)), where the result, purpose or intended effect of such contract is to avoid disclosure of any material transaction involving, or material liabilities of, the Company or any Company Subsidiary in the Super 8-K (as defined below).

2.10 Tax Matters .

(a) For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(i) “ Tax ” or Taxes ” means all taxes, levies or other similar assessments or liabilities, including without limitation income, gross receipts, ad valorem, premium, value-added, excise, real property, personal property, sales, use, transfer, withholding, employment, unemployment insurance, social security, business license, business organization, environmental, workers compensation, payroll, profits, license, lease, service, service use, severance, stamp, occupation, windfall profits, customs, duties, franchise and other taxes imposed by the United States of America or any state, local or foreign government, or any agency thereof, or other political subdivision of the United States or any such government, and any interest, fines, penalties, assessments or additions to tax resulting from, attributable to or incurred in connection with any tax or any contest or dispute thereof.

(ii) “ Tax Returns ” means all United States of America, state, local or foreign government reports, returns, declarations, statements or other information required to be supplied to a taxing authority in connection with the Taxes.

(b) The Company and each Company Subsidiary has made and filed (taking into account any valid extensions) all federal and state income and all other Tax Returns, reports and declarations required by any jurisdiction to which it is subject and (unless and only to the extent that the Company or such Company Subsidiary has set aside on its books provisions reasonably adequate for the payment of all unpaid and unreported taxes) has paid all Taxes and other governmental assessments and charges that are material in amount, shown or determined to be due on such returns, reports and declarations, except those being contested in good faith and has set aside on its books provision reasonably adequate for the payment of all Taxes for periods subsequent to the periods to which such returns, reports or declarations apply. To the knowledge of the Company, there are no unpaid taxes in any material amount claimed to be due from the Company or any Company Subsidiary by the taxing authority of any jurisdiction, and the officers of the Company know of no basis for any such claim.

(c) To the knowledge of the Company, no examination or audit of any Tax Return of the Company or any Company Subsidiary by any Governmental Entity is currently in progress or threatened or contemplated. Neither the Company nor any Company Subsidiary has been informed by any jurisdiction that the jurisdiction believes that the Company or Company Subsidiary was required to file any Tax Return that was not filed. Neither the Company nor any Company Subsidiary has waived any statute of limitations with respect to Taxes, or agreed to an extension of time with respect to a Tax assessment or deficiency, which waiver or extension is still in effect.

 

13


2.11 Title . Neither the Company nor any Company Subsidiary owns any real property. Except as set forth on Section 2.11 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, each of the Company and each Company Subsidiary has good and marketable title to all of its personal property and assets, free and clear of any restriction, mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, lien, security interest or other charge, claim or encumbrance which would have a Company Material Adverse Effect. Except as set forth on Section 2.11 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, with respect to properties and assets it leases, each of the Company and each Company Subsidiary is in compliance with such leases and holds a valid leasehold interest free of any liens, claims or encumbrances which would have a Company Material Adverse Effect.

2.12 Agreements; Action .

(a) Except for agreements explicitly contemplated hereby and by the Transaction Documentation, there are no agreements, understandings or proposed transactions between the Company and any of its stockholders, officers, directors, Affiliates or any Affiliate thereof.

(b) Section 2.12 of the Company Disclosure Schedule sets forth all agreements, understandings, instruments or to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound (i) that are material contracts as defined by item 601(b)(1) of Regulation S-K or (ii) the breach or termination of which would have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company (each a “ Material Contract ” and collectively, the “ Material Contracts ”). Each Material Contract is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except to the extent that enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles. There has not occurred any material breach, violation or default or any event that, with the lapse of time, the giving of notice or the election of any person, or any combination thereof, would constitute a material breach, violation or default by the Company under any such contract or, to the knowledge of the Company, by any other person to any such contract. The Company has not been notified that any party to any Material Contract intends to cancel, terminate, not renew or exercise an option under any Material Contract, whether in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby or otherwise.

(c) The Company has not (i) declared or paid any dividends or authorized or made any distribution upon or with respect to any class or series of its capital stock (except as set forth in Section 2.12 of the Company Disclosure Schedule), (ii) made any loans or advances to any person, other than ordinary advances for travel expenses, or (iii) sold, exchanged or otherwise disposed of any of its assets or rights, other than the sale of its inventory in the ordinary course of business.

(d) For the purposes of subsections (b) and (c) above, all liabilities, agreements, understandings, instruments, contracts and proposed transactions involving the same person or entity (including persons or entities the Company has reason to believe are affiliated therewith) shall be aggregated for the purpose of meeting the individual minimum dollar amounts of such subsections.

2.13 Accounts Receivable . All accounts receivable of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries reflected on the Company Balance Sheet are valid receivables subject to no setoffs or counterclaims and are current and collectible (within 90 days after the date on which it first became due and payable), net of the applicable reserve for bad debts on the Company Balance Sheet.

2.14 Insurance . The Company has insurance policies of the type and in amounts customarily carried by organizations conducting businesses or owning assets similar to those of the Company and each Company Subsidiary. There is no material claim pending under any such policy as to which coverage has been questioned, denied or disputed by the underwriter of such policy.

 

14


2.15 Litigation .   Except as set forth in Section 2.15 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, as of the date of this Agreement, there is no action, suit, claim, inquiry, notice of violation, proceeding (including any partial proceeding such as a deposition) or investigation before or by any court, public board, governmental or administrative agency, self-regulatory organization, arbitrator, regulatory authority, stock market, stock exchange or trading facility (an “ Action ”) now pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened, against or affecting the Company or any Company Subsidiaries.

2.16 Employees . Neither the Company nor any Company Subsidiary is involved in any labor dispute nor, to the knowledge of the Company, is any such dispute threatened. Neither the Company nor any Company Subsidiary is party to any collective bargaining agreement. The Company’s and/or any Company Subsidiaries’ employees are not members of any union, and the Company believes that its and its Subsidiaries’ relationship with their respective employees is good.

2.17 Employee Benefits .

(a) For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(i) “ Employee Benefit Plan ” means any “employee pension benefit plan” (as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA), any “employee welfare benefit plan” (as defined in Section 3(1) of ERISA), and any other written or oral plan, agreement or arrangement providing direct or indirect compensation for services rendered, including without limitation insurance coverage, severance benefits, disability benefits, deferred compensation, bonuses, stock options, stock purchase, phantom stock, stock appreciation or other forms of incentive compensation or post-retirement compensation.

(ii) “ ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

(iii) “ ERISA Affiliate ” means any entity which is, or at any applicable time was, a member of (1) a controlled group of corporations (as defined in Section 414(b) of the Code), (2) a group of trades or businesses under common control (as defined in Section 414(c) of the Code), or (3) an affiliated service group (as defined under Section 414(m) of the Code or the regulations under Section 414(o) of the Code), any of which includes or included the Company or a Company Subsidiary.

(b) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries or ERISA Affiliates maintains, sponsors or contributes to or in the past has maintained, sponsored or contributed to any Employee Benefit Plan or multiemployer plan (as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA).

2.18 Environmental Matters .

(a) The Company and each Company Subsidiary has complied with all applicable Environmental Laws (as defined below), except for violations of Environmental Laws that, individually or in the aggregate, have not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect. There is no pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened civil or criminal litigation, notice of violation, formal administrative proceeding, or investigation, inquiry or information request, relating to any Environmental Law involving the Company or any Company Subsidiary, except for litigation, notices of violations, formal administrative proceedings or investigations, inquiries or information requests that, individually or in the aggregate, have not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Environmental

 

15


Law ” means any national, state, provincial or local law, statute, rule or regulation or the common law relating to the environment or occupational health and safety, including without limitation any statute, regulation, administrative decision or order pertaining to (i) treatment, storage, disposal, generation and transportation of industrial, toxic or hazardous materials or substances or solid or hazardous waste; (ii) air, water and noise pollution; (iii) groundwater and soil contamination; (iv) the release or threatened release into the environment of industrial, toxic or hazardous materials or substances, or solid or hazardous waste, including without limitation emissions, discharges, injections, spills, escapes or dumping of pollutants, contaminants or chemicals; (v) the protection of wild life, marine life and wetlands, including without limitation all endangered and threatened species; (vi) storage tanks, vessels, containers, abandoned or discarded barrels, and other closed receptacles; (vii) health and safety of employees and other persons; and (viii) manufacturing, processing, using, distributing, treating, storing, disposing, transporting or handling of materials regulated under any law as pollutants, contaminants, toxic or hazardous materials or substances or oil or petroleum products or solid or hazardous waste. As used above, the terms “ release ” and “ environment ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended.

(b) To the knowledge of the Company, there is no material environmental liability with respect to any solid or hazardous waste transporter or treatment, storage or disposal facility that has been used by the Company or any Company Subsidiary.

(c) The Company and each Company Subsidiary (i) have received all permits, licenses or other approvals required of them under applicable Environmental Laws to conduct their respective businesses except to the extent that the failure to have such permits, licenses or other approvals would not have a Material Adverse Effect, and (ii) are in compliance, in all material respects, with all terms and conditions of any such permit, license or approval.

2.19 Legal Compliance . Each of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries, and the conduct and operations of their respective businesses, are in compliance with each Law applicable to the Company, any Company Subsidiary or any of their properties or assets, except for any violations or defaults that, individually or in the aggregate, have not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect.

2.20 Certain Business Relationships with Affiliates . Except for arm’s length transactions pursuant to which the Company or any Company Subsidiary makes payments in the ordinary course of business upon terms no less favorable than it could obtain from third parties, none of the officers, directors, or employees of the Company or any Company Subsidiary is a party to any transaction with the Company or any Company Subsidiary (other than for services as employees, officers and directors), including any contract, agreement or other arrangement providing for the furnishing of services to or by, providing for rental of real or personal property to or from, or otherwise requiring payments to or from any officer, director or such employee or, to the knowledge of the Company, any corporation, partnership, trust or other entity in which any officer, director, or any such employee has a substantial interest or is an officer, director, trustee or partner.

2.21 Brokers Fees . Other than obligations arising under the Engagement Agreement dated March 17, 2016, among the Company and Wedbush Securities, Inc., Roth Capital Partners, LLC, and Katalyst Securities LLC (the “ Placement Agents ”), and except as listed in Section 2.21 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, neither the Company nor any Company Subsidiary has any liability or obligation to pay any fees or commissions to any broker, finder or agent with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

16


2.22 Books and Records . The minute books and other similar records of the Company and each Company Subsidiary made available to the Parent contain, in all material respects, complete and accurate records in all material respects of all actions taken at any meetings of the Company’s or such Company Subsidiary’s stockholders, Board of Directors or any committees thereof and of all written consents executed in lieu of the holding of any such meetings.

2.23 Intellectual Property . Section 2.23 of the Company Disclosure Schedule contains a summary list of patents and pending patent applications and registrations and applications for trademarks, copyrights and domain names owned by, or exclusively licensed to, the Company. The Company and each Company Subsidiary owns, possesses, or has rights to, all Intellectual Property necessary for the conduct of the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ business as now conducted, except as such failure to own, possess or have such rights would not reasonably be expected to result in a Company Material Adverse Effect, and (ii) there are no unreleased liens or security interests which have been filed, or which the Company has received notice of, against any of the patents owned or licenses to the Company. Furthermore, (A) to the Company’s knowledge, there is no infringement, misappropriation or violation by third parties of any such Intellectual Property, except as such infringement, misappropriation or violation would not result in a Company Material Adverse Effect; (B) there is no pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened, action, suit, proceeding or claim by others challenging the Company’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ rights in or to any such Intellectual Property, and the Company is unaware of any facts which would form a reasonable basis for any such claim; (C) the Intellectual Property owned by the Company and each Company Subsidiary, and to the Company’s knowledge, the Intellectual Property licensed to the Company and each Company Subsidiary, has not been adjudged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and there is no pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others challenging the validity, enforceability or scope of any such Intellectual Property, and, to the Company’s knowledge, there are no facts which would form a reasonable basis for any such claim; (D) there is no pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others that the Company or any Company Subsidiary infringes, misappropriates or otherwise violates any Intellectual Property or other proprietary rights of others, neither the Company nor any Company Subsidiary has received any notice of such claim; and (E) to the Company’s knowledge, no employee of the Company or any Company Subsidiary is in or has ever been in violation of any term of any employment contract, patent disclosure agreement, invention assignment agreement, non-competition agreement, non-solicitation agreement, nondisclosure agreement or any restrictive covenant to or with a former employer where the basis of such violation relates to such employee’s employment with the Company or any Company Subsidiary or actions undertaken by the employee while employed with the Company or any Company Subsidiary, except as such violation would not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect. Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect, (A) the Company and each Company Subsidiary have disclosed to the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office (“ USPTO ”) all information known to the Company to be relevant to the patentability of its inventions in accordance with 37 C.F.R. Section 1.56, and (B) neither the Company nor any Company Subsidiary made any misrepresentation or concealed any information from the USPTO in any of the patents or patent applications owned or licensed to the Company, or in connection with the prosecution thereof, in violation of 37 C.F.R. Section 1.56. Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect and to the Company’s knowledge, (A) there are no facts that are reasonably likely to provide a basis for a finding that the Company or any Company Subsidiary does not have clear title or valid license or sublicense rights to the patents or patent applications owned or licensed to the Company or other proprietary information rights as being owned by, or licensed or sublicensed to, as the case may be, the Company or any Company Subsidiary, (B) no valid issued U.S. patent is or would be infringed by the activities of the Company or any Company Subsidiary relating to products currently or proposed to be manufactured, used or sold by the Company or any Company Subsidiary and (C) there are no facts with respect to any issued patent owned or licensed to the Company that would cause any claim of any such patent not to be valid and enforceable in accordance with

 

17


applicable regulations. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Intellectual Property ” means all patents, patent applications, trade and service marks, trade and service mark registrations, trade names, copyrights, licenses, inventions, trade secrets, domain names, technology and know-how.

2.24 Permits . To the knowledge of the Company, all authorizations, approvals, clearances, licenses, permits, certificates or exemptions (including, without limitation, manufacturing approvals and authorizations, pricing and reimbursement approvals, labeling approvals, registration notifications or their foreign equivalent, and including those issued or required under Environmental Laws and those relating to the occupancy or use of owned or leased real property) from any Governmental Entity (“ Permits ”) issued to or held by the Company or any Company Subsidiary are the only material Permits that are required for the Company and the Company Subsidiaries to conduct their respective businesses as presently conducted except for those the absence of which, individually or in the aggregate, have not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect.

2.25 Accountants . Friedman LLP (the “ Company Auditor ”) is and has been throughout the periods covered by the Company Financial Statements (a) a registered public accounting firm (as defined in Section 2(a)(12) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002) and (b) “independent” with respect to the Company within the meaning of Regulation S-X. Except as set forth on Section 2.25 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, the reports of the Company Auditor (or any prior auditor) on the financial statements of the Company for the past two (2) fiscal years and any subsequent interim period did not contain an adverse opinion or a disclaimer of opinion, or were qualified as to uncertainty, audit scope, or accounting principles. During the Company’s most recent fiscal year and the subsequent interim periods, there were no disagreements with the Company Auditor on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedures. None of the reportable events listed in Item 304(a)(1)(iv) or (v) of Regulation S-K occurred with respect to the Company Auditor.

2.26 FDA and Related Matters . The Company and each Company Subsidiary holds, and is operating in compliance with, all authorizations, licenses, permits, clearances, registrations, exemptions, consents, certificates and orders of any governmental authority (collectively, “ Authorizations ”) required under the Health Care Laws (as defined below) for the conduct of its business and all such Authorizations are valid and in full force and effect, except, in each case, such as would not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect; and neither the Company nor any Company Subsidiary has received notice of any revocation or modification of any such Authorization, or has reason to believe that any such Authorization will not be renewed in the ordinary course, except to the extent that any such revocation, modification, or non-renewal would not be reasonably expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor any Company Subsidiary has received any unresolved FDA Form 483, notice of adverse filing, warning letter, untitled letter or other correspondence or notice from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“ FDA ”), or any other federal, state, local, or foreign governmental or regulatory authority, alleging or asserting noncompliance with the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. § 301 et seq.). The Company and each Company Subsidiary, and to the Company’s knowledge, each of their respective directors, officers, employees and agents, is and has been in material compliance with applicable health care laws, including, to the extent applicable, without limitation, the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. § 301 et seq.), the federal Anti-kickback Statute (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7b(b)), the civil False Claims Act (31 U.S.C. § 3729 et seq.), the criminal False Claims Law (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7b(a)), the Civil Monetary Penalties Law (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7a), the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (42 U.S.C. § 1320d et seq.), as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009 (42 U.S.C. § 17921 et seq.), the exclusion laws (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7), Medicare (Title XVIII of the Social Security Act), Medicaid (Title XIX of the Social Security Act), and the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010, as amended by the Health Care and Education Affordability Reconciliation Act of 2010, including without limitation the Physician Payments Sunshine Act (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7h), and the regulations

 

18


promulgated pursuant to such laws, and comparable state laws (collectively, “ Health Care Laws ”). Neither the Company nor any Company Subsidiary has, either voluntarily or involuntarily, initiated, conducted, or issued or caused to be initiated, conducted or issued, any recall, market withdrawal or replacement, safety alert, post sale warning, “dear doctor” letter, or other notice or action relating to the alleged lack of safety or efficacy of any product or any alleged product defect or violation and, to the Company’s knowledge, no third party has initiated or conducted any such notice or action. Neither the Company nor any Company Subsidiary is a party to any corporate integrity agreement, deferred prosecution agreement, monitoring agreement, consent decree, settlement order, or similar agreements, or has any reporting obligations pursuant to any such agreement, plan or correction or other remedial measure entered into with any Governmental Authority. Neither the Company, nor any Company Subsidiary nor their officers, directors, employees, agents or contractors has been or is currently excluded from participation in the Medicare and Medicaid programs or any other state or federal health care program.

2.27 Foreign Corrupt Practices . Neither the Company nor each Company Subsidiary, nor to the Company’s knowledge, any agent or other person acting on behalf of the Company and each Company Subsidiary, has: (i) directly or indirectly, used any funds for unlawful contributions, gifts, entertainment or other unlawful expenses related to foreign or domestic political activity, (ii) made any unlawful payment to foreign or domestic government officials or employees or to any foreign or domestic political parties or campaigns from corporate funds, (iii) failed to disclose fully any contribution made by the Company (or made by any person acting on its behalf of which the Company is aware) which is in violation of law or (iv) violated in any material respect any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.

2.28 Investment Company . The Company is not required to be registered as, and is not an Affiliate of, and immediately following the Closing will not be required to register as, an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

ARTICLE III

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PARENT

AND THE ACQUISITION SUBSIDIARY

The Parent represents and warrants to the Company that the statements contained in this Article   III are, after giving effect to the Split-Off (unless otherwise stated to the contrary), true and correct, except as set forth in the disclosure schedule provided by the Parent to the Company on the date hereof (the “ Parent Disclosure Schedule ”). The Parent Disclosure Schedule shall be arranged in paragraphs corresponding to the numbered and lettered paragraphs contained in this Article III; and to the extent that it is reasonably apparent from the context thereof that such disclosure also applies to any other numbered paragraph contained in this Article III, the disclosures in any numbered paragraph of the Parent Disclosure Schedule shall qualify such other corresponding numbered paragraph in this Article   III .   For purposes of this Article III, the phrase “ to the knowledge of the Parent ” or any phrase of similar import shall be deemed to refer to the actual knowledge of Leisa Swanson.

3.1 Organization, Qualification and Corporate Power . The Parent is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and the Acquisition Subsidiary is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. The Parent is duly qualified to conduct business and is in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction in which the nature of its businesses or the ownership or leasing of its properties requires such qualification, except where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing, individually or in the aggregate, has not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Parent Material Adverse Effect (as defined below). The Parent has all requisite corporate power and authority to

 

19


carry on the businesses in which it is engaged and to own and use the properties owned and used by it. The Parent has furnished or made available to the Company complete and accurate copies of its certificate or articles of incorporation and bylaws. Neither the Parent nor the Acquisition Subsidiary is in default under or in violation of any provision of its certificate or articles of incorporation, as amended to date, its bylaws, as amended to date, except where such default or violation would not reasonably be expected to have a Parent Material Adverse Effect. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Parent Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect on the assets, business, financial condition, or results of operations of the Parent and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, provided that in no event shall any effects (whether alone or in combination) resulting from or arising in connection with any of the following be deemed to constitute, nor shall any of the following be taken into account in determining whether there has occurred, a Parent Material Adverse Effect: (a) conditions generally affecting the industries in which the Parent or its subsidiaries participate or the U.S. or global economy or capital markets as a whole; (b) any failure by the Parent to meet internal projections or forecasts or revenue or earnings predictions; (c) the execution, delivery, announcement or performance of the obligations under this Agreement or the announcement, pendency or anticipated consummation of the Merger; (d) any natural disaster or any acts of terrorism, sabotage, military action or war or any escalation or worsening thereof; (e) any changes (after the date of this Agreement) in GAAP, other applicable accounting rules or applicable Law, or changes or developments in political, regulatory or legislative conditions; or (f) the taking of any action required by this Agreement.

3.2 Capitalization . As of immediately prior to the Effective Time, but prior to giving effect to the issuance of the Merger Shares or the Share Contribution (as defined below), the authorized capital stock of the Parent will consist of 300,000,000 shares of Parent Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share, of which 40,486,000, shares will be issued and outstanding, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share, of which no shares will be outstanding. The Parent Common Stock is presently eligible for quotation and trading on the OTCQB market of the OTC Markets Group Inc. (“ OTC Markets ”) and is not subject to any notice of suspension or delisting. All of the issued and outstanding shares of Parent Common Stock are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid, nonassessable and free of all preemptive rights and have been issued in accordance with applicable laws, including, but not limited to, the Securities Act. Except as expressly contemplated by the Transaction Documentation or as described in Section 3.2 of the Parent Disclosure Schedule, there are no outstanding or authorized options, warrants, rights, agreements or commitments to which the Parent is a party or which are binding upon the Parent providing for the issuance or redemption of any of its capital stock. There are no outstanding or authorized stock appreciation, phantom stock or similar rights with respect to the Parent. Except as expressly contemplated by the Transaction Documentation, there are no agreements to which the Parent is a party or by which it is bound with respect to the voting (including without limitation voting trusts or proxies), registration under the Securities Act, or sale or transfer (including without limitation agreements relating to pre-emptive rights, rights of first refusal, co-sale rights or “drag-along” rights) of any securities of the Parent. There are no agreements among other parties, to which the Parent is not a party and by which it is not bound, with respect to the voting (including without limitation voting trusts or proxies) or sale or transfer (including without limitation agreements relating to rights of first refusal, co-sale rights or “drag-along” rights) of any securities of the Parent. All of the issued and outstanding shares of Parent Common Stock were issued in compliance in all material respects with applicable federal and state securities laws. The Merger Shares to be issued at the Closing pursuant to Section 1.5 hereof, when issued and delivered in accordance with the terms hereof and of the Certificate of Merger, shall be duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free of all preemptive rights and will be issued in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws. At the Effective Time, after giving effect to the surrender by the Split-Off Purchaser of 40,486,000 shares of Parent Common Stock (the Share Contribution) in connection with the Split-Off and the cancellation thereof, but prior to giving effect to the issuance of the Merger Shares, there will be 1,000,000 shares of Parent Common Stock issued and outstanding.

 

20


3.3 Authorization of Transaction .

(a) The respective boards of directors of the Parent and the Acquisition Subsidiary have unanimously (a) determined that this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including, without limitation, the Merger, are fair to and in the best interests of the Parent, the Acquisition Subsidiary and their stockholders, respectively, (b) approved and declared advisable this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including, without limitation, the Merger, and (c) with respect to the Acquisition Subsidiary, (i) directed that this Agreement be submitted to the sole stockholder of Acquisition Subsidiary for adoption, and (ii) resolved to recommend the approval of the adoption of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including, without limitation, the Merger, by the sole stockholder of the Acquisition Subsidiary.

(b) Each of the Parent and the Acquisition Subsidiary has all requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and (in the case of the Parent) the Split-Off Agreement and the General Release Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder. The execution and delivery by the Parent and the Acquisition Subsidiary of this Agreement and (in the case of the Parent) the Split-Off Agreement and the General Release Agreement and the agreements contemplated hereby and thereby (collectively, the “ Transaction Documentation ”), and the consummation by the Parent and the Acquisition Subsidiary of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Parent and the Acquisition Subsidiary, respectively, subject to the approval of the adoption of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including, without limitation, the Merger, by the sole stockholder of the Acquisition Subsidiary. Each of the documents included in the Transaction Documentation has been duly and validly executed and delivered by the Parent or the Acquisition Subsidiary, as the case may be, and constitutes a valid and binding obligation of the Parent or the Acquisition Subsidiary, as the case may be, enforceable against them in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited under applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws, rules or regulations affecting creditors’ rights and remedies generally and to general principles of equity, whether applied in a court of law or a court of equity.

3.4 Noncontravention . Subject to the filing of the Certificate of Merger as required by the Delaware Act, neither the execution and delivery by the Parent or the Acquisition Subsidiary, as the case may be, of this Agreement or the Transaction Documentation, nor the consummation by the Parent or the Acquisition Subsidiary, as the case may be, of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, will (a) conflict with or violate any provision of the organizational documents or bylaws of the Parent or the Acquisition Subsidiary, as the case may be, (b) require on the part of the Parent or the Acquisition Subsidiary, as the case may be, any filing with, or permit, authorization, consent or approval of, any Governmental Entity, other than required notification to the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“ FINRA ”), (c) conflict with, result in a breach of, constitute (with or without due notice or lapse of time or both) a default under, result in the acceleration of obligations under, create in any party any right to terminate, modify or cancel, or require any notice, consent or waiver under, any contract or instrument to which the Parent or the Acquisition Subsidiary, as the case may be, is a party or by which either is bound or to which any of their assets are subject, except for (i) any conflict, breach, default, acceleration, termination, modification or cancellation which would not reasonably be expected to have a Parent Material Adverse Effect and would not reasonably be expected to adversely affect the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or (ii) any notice, consent or waiver the absence of which would not reasonably be expected to have a Parent Material Adverse Effect and would not reasonably be expected to adversely affect the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, (d) result in the imposition of any Security Interest upon any assets of the Parent or the Acquisition Subsidiary or (e) violate any Laws applicable to the Parent or the Acquisition Subsidiary or any of their properties or assets, except for any violation which would not reasonably be expected to have a Parent Material Adverse Effect.

 

21


3.5 Subsidiaries .

(a) The Parent has no Subsidiaries other than the Acquisition Subsidiary and the Split-Off Subsidiary. Each of the Acquisition Subsidiary and the Split-Off Subsidiary is an entity duly organized, validly existing and in corporate and tax good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization. The Acquisition Subsidiary was formed solely to effectuate the Merger, the Split-Off Subsidiary was formed solely to effectuate the Split-Off, and neither of them has conducted any business operations since its organization. The Parent has delivered or made available to the Company complete and accurate copies of the charter, bylaws or other organizational documents of the Acquisition Subsidiary and the Split-Off Subsidiary. The Acquisition Subsidiary has no assets other than minimal paid-in capital, has no liabilities or other obligations, and is not in default under or in violation of any provision of its charter, bylaws or other organizational documents. All of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Acquisition Subsidiary are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid, nonassessable and free of preemptive rights. All shares of the Acquisition Subsidiary are owned by the Parent free and clear of any restrictions on transfer (other than restrictions under the Securities Act and state securities laws), claims, Security Interests, options, warrants, rights, contracts, calls, commitments, equities and demands. There are no outstanding or authorized options, warrants, rights, agreements or commitments to which the Parent or the Acquisition Subsidiary is a party or which are binding on any of them providing for the issuance, disposition or acquisition of any capital stock of the Parent, the Acquisition Subsidiary or the Split-Off Subsidiary (except as contemplated by this Agreement and the Split-Off Agreement). There are no outstanding stock appreciation, phantom stock or similar rights with respect to the Acquisition Subsidiary. There are no voting trusts, proxies or other agreements or understandings with respect to the voting of any capital stock of the Acquisition Subsidiary.

(b) At all times from May 9, 2014 (inception) through the date of this Agreement, the business and operations of the Parent have been conducted exclusively through the Parent.

(c) The Parent does not control directly or indirectly or have any direct or indirect participation or similar interest in any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other business association which is not a Subsidiary.

3.6 SEC Reports and Prior Registration Statement Matters . The Parent has furnished or made available to the Company complete and accurate copies, as amended or supplemented, of its (a) Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015, as filed with the SEC, which contained audited balance sheets of the Parent as of December 31, 2015, and the related statements of operation, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the two years then ended; and (b) Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the quarterly periods ended March 31, June 30 and September 30, 2015 and March 31, 2016, and (c) all other reports filed by the Parent under Section 13 or subsections (a) or (c) of Section 14 of the Exchange Act with the SEC (such reports are collectively referred to herein as the “ Parent Reports ”). The Parent Reports constitute all of the documents required to be filed or furnished by the Parent with the SEC, including under Section 13 or subsections (a) or (c) of Section 14 of the Exchange Act, through the date of this Agreement. The Parent Reports complied in all material respects with the requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder when filed, including that all agreements that are required to be filed with the SEC have been so filed. As of the date hereof, there are no outstanding or unresolved comments in comment letters received from the staff of the SEC with respect to any of the Parent Reports. As of their respective dates, the Parent Reports, including any financial statements, schedules or exhibits included or incorporated by reference therein, did not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. None of the Parent Subsidiaries is required to file or furnish any forms, reports or other documents with the SEC. No order suspending the effectiveness of any registration statement of Parent under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act has been issued by the SEC and, to Parent’s knowledge, no proceedings for that purpose have been initialed or threatened by the SEC.

 

22


3.7 Compliance with Laws . Each of the Parent and its Subsidiaries:

(a) and the conduct and operations of their respective businesses, are in compliance with each Law applicable to the Parent, any Parent Subsidiary or any of their properties or assets, except for any violations or defaults that, individually or in the aggregate, have not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Parent Material Adverse Effect;

(b) has complied with all federal and state securities laws and regulations, including being current in all of its reporting obligations under such federal and state securities laws and regulations, except for any violations or defaults that, individually or in the aggregate, have not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Parent Material Adverse Effect, and all prior issuances of its securities have been either registered under the Securities Act or exempt from registration;

(c) has not been the subject of any voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy proceeding, nor has it been a party to any material litigation or, within the past two years, the subject of any threat of material litigation;

(d) is not and has not, and the past and present officers, directors and Affiliates of the Parent are not and have not, been the subject of, and to the knowledge of the Parent, neither the Parent nor any of its Affiliates have any reason to believe that the Parent or any of its officers, directors or Affiliates are the subject of, any civil, criminal or administrative investigation or proceeding brought by any federal or state agency having regulatory authority over such entity or person or alleging a violation of securities laws;

(e) except as set forth in Section 3.7(e) of the Parent Disclosure Schedule, does not and will not on the Closing, have any liabilities, contingent or otherwise, including but not limited to notes payable and accounts payable, exclusive of professional fees and expenses related to the Merger and Private Placement Offering transactions, including brokers’ fees, and is not a party to any executory agreements;

(f) is not a “blank check company” as such term is defined by Rule 419 of the Securities Act; and

(g) is not currently, and never has been, a “shell company” (as such term is defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”)).

3.8 Financial Statements . The audited financial statements and unaudited interim financial statements of the Parent included in the Parent Reports (collectively, the “ Parent Financial Statements ”) (i) complied as to form in all material respects with applicable accounting requirements and, as appropriate, the published rules and regulations of the SEC with respect thereto when filed, (ii) were prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods covered thereby (except as may be indicated therein or in the notes thereto, and in the case of quarterly financial statements, as permitted by Form 10-Q under the Exchange Act), (iii) fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Parent as of the respective dates thereof and for the periods referred to therein, and (iv) are consistent in all material respects with the books and records of the Parent.

 

23


3.9 Absence of Certain Changes . Since the date of the balance sheet contained in the most recent Parent Report, (a) there has occurred no event or development which, individually or in the aggregate, has had, or could reasonably be expected to have in the future, a Parent Material Adverse Effect and (b) neither the Parent nor the Acquisition Subsidiary has taken any of the actions set forth in paragraphs (a) through (m) of Section   4.6 .

3.10 Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements . Neither the Parent nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to, or has any commitment to become a party to, any joint venture, off balance sheet partnership or any similar contract or arrangement (including any contract or arrangement relating to any transaction or relationship between or among the Parent and any of its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and any unconsolidated affiliate, including any structured finance, special purpose or limited purpose entity or person, on the other hand, or any “off balance sheet arrangements” (as defined in Item 303(a) of Regulation S-K under the Exchange Act)), where the result, purpose or intended effect of such contract is to avoid disclosure of any material transaction involving, or material liabilities of, the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries in the Parent’s or such Subsidiary’s published financial statements or other Parent Reports.

3.11 Tax Matters .

(a) The Parent and each Subsidiary of the Parent has made and filed (taking into account any valid extensions) all federal and state income and all other Tax Returns, reports and declarations required by any jurisdiction to which it is subject and (unless and only to the extent that the Parent or any Subsidiary of the Parent has set aside on its books provisions reasonably adequate for the payment of all unpaid and unreported taxes) has paid all Taxes and other governmental assessments and charges that are material in amount, shown or determined to be due on such returns, reports and declarations, except those being contested in good faith and has set aside on its books provision reasonably adequate for the payment of all Taxes for periods subsequent to the periods to which such returns, reports or declarations apply. To the knowledge of the Parent, there are no unpaid taxes in any material amount claimed to be due from the Parent or any Subsidiary of the Parent by the taxing authority of any jurisdiction, and the officers of the Parent know of no basis for any such claim.

(b) No examination or audit of any Tax Return of the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries by any Governmental Entity is currently in progress or, to the knowledge of the Parent, threatened or contemplated. Neither the Parent nor any of its Subsidiaries has been informed by any jurisdiction that the jurisdiction believes that the Parent or its Subsidiaries was required to file any Tax Return that was not filed. Neither the Parent nor any of its Subsidiaries has waived any statute of limitations with respect to Taxes or agreed to an extension of time with respect to a Tax assessment or deficiency.

3.12 Title . Neither the Parent nor any Subsidiary of the Parent owns any real property. Except as set forth on Section 3.12 of the Parent Disclosure Schedule, each of the Parent and each Parent Subsidiary has good and marketable title to all of its personal property and assets, free and clear of any restriction, mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, lien, security interest or other charge, claim or encumbrance which would have a Parent Material Adverse Effect. Except as set forth on Section 3.12 of the Parent Disclosure Schedule, with respect to properties and assets it leases, each of the Parent and each Parent Subsidiary is in compliance with such leases and holds a valid leasehold interest free of any liens, claims or encumbrances which would have a Parent Material Adverse Effect.

3.13 Accounts Receivable . All accounts receivable of the Parent and its Subsidiaries reflected on the Parent Reports are valid receivables subject to no setoffs or counterclaims and are current and collectible (within 90 days after the date on which it first became due and payable), net of the applicable reserve for bad debts on the balance sheet contained in the most recent Parent Report.

 

24


3.14 Insurance . The Parent has insurance policies of the type and in amounts customarily carried by organizations conducting businesses or owning assets similar to those of the Parent and each Subsidiary of the Parent. There is no material claim pending under any such policy as to which coverage has been questioned, denied or disputed by the underwriter of such policy.

3.15 Litigation . Except as disclosed in Section 3.15 of the Parent Disclosure Schedule, as of the date of this Agreement, there is no Action now pending or, to the knowledge of the Parent, threatened, against or affecting the Parent or any Subsidiary of the Parent.

3.16 Employees .

(a) The Parent and Parent Subsidiaries have no employees.

(b) Neither the Parent nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to or bound by any collective bargaining agreement, nor have any of them experienced any strikes, grievances, claims of unfair labor practices or other collective bargaining disputes. The Parent has no knowledge of any organizational effort made or threatened, either currently or since the date of organization of the Parent, by or on behalf of any labor union with respect to employees of the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries.

3.17 Employee Benefits . Neither the Parent nor any of its Subsidiaries or ERISA Affiliates maintains, sponsors or contributes to or in the past has maintained, sponsored or contributed to any Employee Benefit Plan or multiemployer plan (as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA).

3.18 Environmental Matters .

(a) The Parent and each Subsidiary of the Parent has complied with all applicable Environmental Laws (as defined below), except for violations of Environmental Laws that, individually or in the aggregate, have not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Parent Material Adverse Effect. There is no pending or, to the knowledge of the Parent, threatened civil or criminal litigation, notice of violation, formal administrative proceeding, or investigation, inquiry or information request, relating to any Environmental Law involving the Parent or any Subsidiary of the Parent, except for litigation, notices of violations, formal administrative proceedings or investigations, inquiries or information requests that, individually or in the aggregate, have not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Parent Material Adverse Effect.

(b) To the knowledge of the Parent, there is no material environmental liability with respect to any solid or hazardous waste transporter or treatment, storage or disposal facility that has been used by the Parent or any Subsidiary of the Parent.

(c) The Parent and each Subsidiary of the Parent (i) have received all permits, licenses or other approvals required of them under applicable Environmental Laws to conduct their respective businesses except to the extent that the failure to have such permits, licenses or other approvals would not have a Parent Material Adverse Effect, and (ii) are in compliance, in all material respects, with all terms and conditions of any such permit, license or approval.

3.19 Legal Compliance . Each of the Parent and the Subsidiaries of the Parent, and the conduct and operations of their respective businesses, are in compliance with each Law applicable to the Parent, any Subsidiary of the Parent or any of their properties or assets, except for any violations or defaults that, individually or in the aggregate, have not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Parent Material Adverse Effect.

 

25


3.20 Certain Business Relationships with Affiliates . Except for arm’s length transactions pursuant to which the Parent or any Subsidiary of the Parent makes payments in the ordinary course of business upon terms no less favorable than it could obtain from third parties, none of the officers, directors, or employees of the Parent or any Subsidiary of the Parent is a party to any transaction with the Parent or any Subsidiary of the Parent (other than for services as employees, officers and directors), including any contract, agreement or other arrangement providing for the furnishing of services to or by, providing for rental of real or personal property to or from, or otherwise requiring payments to or from any officer, director or such employee or, to the knowledge of the Parent, any corporation, partnership, trust or other entity in which any officer, director, or any such employee has a substantial interest or is an officer, director, trustee or partner.

3.21 Tax-Free Reorganization .

(a) The Parent (i) is not an “investment company” as defined in Section 368(a)(2)(F)(iii) and (iv) of the Code; (ii) has no present plan or intention to liquidate the Surviving Corporation or to merge the Surviving Corporation with or into any other corporation or entity, or to sell or otherwise dispose of the stock of the Surviving Corporation which the Parent will acquire in the Merger, or to cause the Surviving Corporation to sell or otherwise dispose of its assets, all except in the ordinary course of business or if such liquidation, merger or disposition is described in Section 368(a)(2)(C) or Treasury Regulation Section 1.368-2(d)(4) or Section 1.368-2(k); and (iii) has no present plan or intention, following the Merger, to issue any additional shares of stock of the Surviving Corporation or to create any new class of stock of the Surviving Corporation.

(b) The Acquisition Subsidiary is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Parent, formed solely for the purpose of engaging in the Merger, and will carry on no business prior to the Merger.

(c) Immediately prior to the Merger, the Parent will be in control of Acquisition Subsidiary within the meaning of Section 368(c) of the Code.

(d) Immediately following the Merger, the Surviving Corporation will hold at least 90% of the fair market value of the net assets and at least 70% of the fair market value of the gross assets held by the Company immediately prior to the Merger (for purposes of this representation, amounts used by the Company to pay reorganization expenses, if any, will be included as assets of the Company held immediately prior to the Merger).

(e) The Parent has no present plan or intention to reacquire any of the Merger Shares.

(f) The Acquisition Subsidiary will have no liabilities assumed by the Surviving Corporation and will not transfer to the Surviving Corporation any assets subject to liabilities in the Merger.

(g) Following the Merger, the Surviving Corporation will continue the Company’s historic business or use a significant portion of the Company’s historic business assets in a business as required by Section 368 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

(h) Each of the Split-Off Agreement and the General Release Agreement will constitute a legally binding obligation among the Parent, the Split-Off Subsidiary and the Split-Off Purchaser prior to the Effective Time; immediately following consummation of the Merger, the Parent will distribute the stock of the Split-Off Subsidiary to the Split-Off Purchaser in cancellation of the Purchase Price Securities (as such term is defined in the Split-Off Agreement); no property other than the

 

26


capital stock of Split-Off Subsidiary will be distributed by the Parent to the Split-Off Purchaser in connection with or following the Merger; upon execution and delivery of the Split-Off Agreement and the General Release Agreement, the Split-Off Purchaser will have no right to sell or transfer the Purchase Price Securities to any person without the Parent’s prior written consent, and the Parent will not consent (nor will it permit others to consent) to any such sale or transfer; upon execution of the Split-Off Agreement and the General Release Agreement, there will be no other plan, arrangement, agreement, contract, intention or understanding, whether written or verbal and whether or not enforceable in law or equity, that would permit the Split-Off Purchaser to vote the Purchase Price Securities or receive any property or other distributions from the Parent with respect to the Purchase Price Securities other than the capital stock of the Split-Off Subsidiary.

3.22 Active Business Operations . Until immediately prior to the Effective Time, the Parent has conducted active business operations, including but not limited to, conducting sales and marketing for its products and operating its website.

3.23 Split-Off . Immediately after the Effective Time, the Parent will discontinue all of its business operations which it conducted prior to the Effective Time by closing the transactions contemplated by the Split-Off Agreement and the General Release Agreement. Upon the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Split-Off Agreement and the General Release Agreement, the Parent will have no liabilities, contingent or otherwise, in any way related to its pre-Effective Time business operations or to the Split-Off Subsidiary.

3.24 Brokers Fees . Except as set forth on Section 3.24 of the Parent Disclosure Schedule, neither the Parent nor any of its Subsidiaries has any liability or obligation to pay any fees or commissions to any broker, finder or agent with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

3.25 Interested Party Transactions . Except for the Split-Off Agreement and the General Release Agreement, to the knowledge of the Parent, no officer, director or stockholder of the Parent or any “affiliate” (as such term is defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act) or “associate” (as such term is defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) of any such person currently has or has had, either directly or indirectly, (a) an interest in any person that (i) furnishes or sells services or products that are furnished or sold or are proposed to be furnished or sold by the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries or (ii) purchases from or sells or furnishes to the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries any goods or services, or (b) a beneficial interest in any contract or agreement to which the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which it may be bound or affected. Neither the Parent nor any of its Subsidiaries has extended or maintained credit, arranged for the extension of credit, or renewed an extension of credit, in the form of a personal loan to or for any director or executive officer (or equivalent thereof) of the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries.

3.26 Foreign Corrupt Practices . Neither the Parent nor the Acquisition Subsidiary, nor to the Parent’s knowledge, any agent or other person acting on behalf of the Parent and the Acquisition Subsidiary, has: (i) directly or indirectly, used any funds for unlawful contributions, gifts, entertainment or other unlawful expenses related to foreign or domestic political activity, (ii) made any unlawful payment to foreign or domestic government officials or employees or to any foreign or domestic political parties or campaigns from corporate funds, (iii) failed to disclose fully any contribution made by the Company (or made by any person acting on its behalf of which the Parent is aware) which is in violation of law or (iv) violated in any material respect any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.

 

27


3.27 Accountants . B F Borgers CPA PC (the “ Parent Auditor ”) is and has been throughout the periods covered by the financial statements of the Parent for the most recently completed fiscal year and through the date hereof (a) a registered public accounting firm (as defined in Section 2(a)(12) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002), (b) “independent” with respect to the Parent within the meaning of Regulation S-X and (c) in compliance with subsections (g) through (l) of Section 10A of the Exchange Act and the related rules of the SEC and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board. Schedule 3.27 of the Parent Disclosure Schedule lists all non-audit services performed by Parent Auditor for the Parent and/or any of its Subsidiaries. Except as set forth on Section 3.27 of the Parent Disclosure Schedule, the report of the Parent Auditor on the financial statements of the Parent for the past fiscal year did not contain an adverse opinion or a disclaimer of opinion, or was qualified as to uncertainty, audit scope, or accounting principles, although it did express uncertainty as to the Parent’s ability to continue as a going concern. During the Parent’s most recent fiscal year and the subsequent interim periods, there were no disagreements with the Parent Auditor on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedures. None of the reportable events listed in Item 304(a)(1)(iv) or (v) of Regulation S-K occurred with respect to the Parent Auditor.

3.28 Minute Books . The minute books and other similar records of the Parent and each of its Subsidiaries contain, in all material respects, complete and accurate records of all actions taken at any meetings of directors (or committees thereof) and stockholders or actions by written consent in lieu of the holding of any such meetings since the time of organization of each such corporation through the date of this Agreement. The Parent has provided true and complete copies of all such minute books and other similar records to the Company’s representatives.

ARTICLE IV

COVENANTS

4.1 Closing Efforts . Each of the Parties shall use its reasonable best efforts, to the extent commercially reasonable in light of the circumstances (“ Reasonable Best Efforts ”), to take all actions and to do all things necessary, proper or advisable to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including without limitation using its Reasonable Best Efforts to ensure that (i) its representations and warranties remain true and correct in all material respects through the Closing Date and (ii) the conditions to the obligations of the other Parties to consummate the Merger are satisfied.

4.2 Governmental and Third-Party Notices and Consents .

(a) Each Party shall use its Reasonable Best Efforts to obtain, at its expense, all waivers, permits, consents, approvals or other authorizations from Governmental Entities, and to effect all registrations, filings and notices with or to Governmental Entities, as may be required for such Party to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and to otherwise comply with all applicable Laws in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(b) The Company shall use its Reasonable Best Efforts to obtain, at its expense, all such waivers, consents or approvals from third parties, and to give all such notices to third parties, as are required to be listed in Section 2.4 of the Company Disclosure Schedule.

4.3 Super 8-K . Promptly after the execution of this Agreement, the Parties shall complete a Current Report on Form 8-K relating to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby (including the “Form 10 information” required by Items 2.01(f) and 5.01(a)(8) of Form 8-K and the financial statements required thereby) (the “ Super 8-K ”). Each of the Company and the Parent shall cause the Super 8-K to be filed with the SEC within four (4) Business Days of the execution of this Agreement and to otherwise comply with all requirements of applicable federal and state securities laws.

 

28


4.4 Operation of Company Business . Except as contemplated by this Agreement, during the period from the date of this Agreement to the Effective Time, the Company shall (and shall cause each Company Subsidiary to) conduct its operations in the Ordinary Course of Business and subject to and in compliance with that certain Amendment No. 6 to Limited Forbearance Agreement, dated April 30, 2016, by and among the Company and the other parties thereto.

4.5 Access to Company Information .

(a) During the period from the date of this Agreement to the Effective Time, the Company shall (and shall cause each Company Subsidiary to) permit representatives of the Parent to have reasonable access (at all reasonable times, and in a manner so as not to interfere with the normal business operations of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries) to all premises, properties, financial and accounting records, contracts, other records and documents, and personnel, of or pertaining to the Company and each Company Subsidiary.

(b) The Parent and each of its Subsidiaries (i) shall treat and hold as confidential any Company Confidential Information (as defined below), (ii) shall not use any of the Company Confidential Information except in connection with this Agreement, and (iii) if this Agreement is terminated for any reason whatsoever, shall return to the Company all tangible embodiments (and all copies) thereof which are in its possession. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Company Confidential Information ” means any information of the Company or any Company Subsidiary that is furnished to the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries by the Company or any Company Subsidiary in connection with this Agreement; provided, however, that it shall not include any information (A) which, at the time of disclosure, is available publicly other than as a result of non-permitted disclosure by the Parent, any of its Subsidiaries or their respective directors, officers, or employees, (B) which, after disclosure, becomes available publicly through no fault of the Parent, any of its Subsidiaries or their respective directors, officers, or employees, (C) which the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries knew or to which the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries had access prior to disclosure, provided that the source of such information is not known by the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries to be bound by a confidentiality obligation to the Company or any Company Subsidiary, or (D) which the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries rightfully obtains from a source other than the Company or a Company Subsidiary, provided that the source of such information is not known by the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries to be bound by a confidentiality obligation to the Company or any Company Subsidiary.

4.6 Operation of Parent Business . Except as contemplated by this Agreement, during the period from the date of this Agreement to the Effective Time, the Parent shall (and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to) conduct its operations in the Ordinary Course of Business.

4.7 Access to Parent Information .

(a) The Parent shall (and shall cause the Acquisition Subsidiary to) permit representatives of the Company to have full access (at all reasonable times, and in a manner so as not to interfere with the normal business operations of the Parent and the Acquisition Subsidiary) to all premises, properties, financial and accounting records, contracts, other records and documents, and personnel of or pertaining to the Parent, the Acquisition Subsidiary and the Split-Off Subsidiary.

(b) Each of the Company and any Company Subsidiary (i) shall treat and hold as confidential any Parent Confidential Information (as defined below), (ii) shall not use any of the Parent

 

29


Confidential Information except in connection with this Agreement, and (iii) if this Agreement is terminated for any reason whatsoever, shall return to the Parent all tangible embodiments (and all copies) thereof which are in its possession. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Parent Confidential Information ” means any information of the Parent or any Parent Subsidiary that is furnished to the Company or any Company Subsidiary by the Parent or its Subsidiaries in connection with this Agreement; provided, however, that it shall not include any information (A) which, at the time of disclosure, is available publicly other than as a result of non-permitted disclosure by the Company, any Company Subsidiary or their respective directors, officers, or employees, (B) which, after disclosure, becomes available publicly through no fault of the Company or any Company Subsidiary or their respective directors, officers, or employees, (C) which the Company or any Company Subsidiary knew or to which the Company or Company Subsidiary had access prior to disclosure, provided that the source of such information is not known by the Company or any Company Subsidiary to be bound by a confidentiality obligation to the Parent or any Subsidiary of the Parent or (D) which the Company or any Company Subsidiary rightfully obtains from a source other than the Parent or a Subsidiary of the Parent, provided that the source of such information is not known by the Company or any Company Subsidiary to be bound by a confidentiality obligation to the Parent or any Subsidiary of the Parent.

4.8 Expenses . The costs and expenses of the Parent and the Company (including legal fees and expenses of the Parent and the Company) incurred in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be paid by the Party incurring such costs and expenses; provided, that in the event that the Merger and Private Placement Offering are consummated, such costs and expenses shall be payable at Closing from the proceeds of the Private Placement Offering.

4.9 Indemnification .

(a) The Parent shall not, and shall cause the Surviving Corporation not to, after the Effective Time, take any action to alter or impair any exculpatory or indemnification provisions now existing in the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of the Company for the benefit of any individual who served as a director or officer of the Company at any time prior to the Effective Time, except for any changes which may be required to conform with changes in applicable Law and any changes which do not affect the application of such provisions to acts or omissions of such individuals prior to the Effective Time.

(b) From and after the Effective Time, the Parent agrees that it will, and will cause the Surviving Corporation to, indemnify and hold harmless the individuals who on or prior to the Closing Date were directors or officers of the Company (the “ Indemnified Executives ”) against any costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, losses, claims, damages, liabilities or amounts paid in settlement incurred in connection with any claim, action, suit, proceeding or investigation, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, arising out of or pertaining to matters existing or occurring at or prior to the Effective Time, whether asserted or claimed prior to, at or after the Effective Time, to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law (and the Parent and the Surviving Corporation shall also advance expenses as incurred to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law, provided the Indemnified Executive to whom expenses are advanced provides an undertaking to repay such advances if it is ultimately determined that such Indemnified Executive is not entitled to indemnification).

(c) The provisions of this Section   4.9 shall survive the Closing and are intended to be for the benefit of, and enforceable by, each Indemnified Executive, and nothing in this Agreement shall affect any indemnification rights that any such Indemnified Executive may have under the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of the Company or any Company Subsidiary or any contract or instrument or applicable Law. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the obligations under this Section   4.9 shall not be terminated or modified in such a manner as to adversely affect any Indemnified Executive without the consent of such Indemnified Executive.

 

30


4.10 Quotation of Merger Shares . The Parent shall take whatever steps are necessary to cause the Merger Shares, and any shares of Parent Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to Sections   1.5 and 1.10 to be eligible for quotation on the OTC Markets.

4.11 Name and Fiscal Year Change; Reincorporation . The Parent shall take all necessary steps to enable it to change its corporate name to such name as is agreeable to the Company as of the Effective Time, if the Parent has not already done so prior to the Effective Time. The Parent shall change its fiscal year end to December 31 on or promptly after the Effective Time, if the Parent’s fiscal year end is not December 31 as of immediately prior to the Effective Time.

4.12 Split-Off . The Parent shall take, and shall cause the Acquisition Subsidiary to take, whatever steps are necessary to enable it to effect the Split-Off pursuant to the terms of the Split-Off Agreement immediately prior to the Effective Time.

4.13 Parent Board; Amendment of Charter Documents . The Parent shall take such actions as are necessary, if the Parent has not already done so prior to the Effective Time, (a) to authorize the Parent’s Board of Directors to consist of at least five (5) but no more than seven (7) members, with the Board of Directors of the Parent able to fill any vacancy, and (b) to amend its certificate of incorporation and bylaws in a manner satisfactory to the Company.

4.14 Parent Equity Plan . Prior to or as of the Effective Time, the Board of Directors and shareholders of Parent shall adopt the equity incentive plan attached hereto as Exhibit   H (the “ Parent Equity Plan ”) reserving for issuance 3,000,000 shares of Parent Common Stock for equity awards to be made thereunder.

4.15 Information Provided to Stockholders . The Company shall prepare, with the cooperation of the Parent, information to be sent to the holders of shares of Company Stock in connection with soliciting their approval of the adoption of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including, without limitation, the Merger and a substantially complete draft of the Super 8-K), and the Parent shall prepare, with the cooperation of the Company, information to be sent to the holders of shares of Parent Common Stock in connection with soliciting their approval of the adoption of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including, without limitation, the Merger. The Parent and the Company shall each use Reasonable Best Efforts to cause information provided to such party’s stockholders to comply with applicable federal and state securities laws requirements. Each of the Parent and the Company agrees to provide promptly to the other such information concerning its business and financial statements and affairs as, in the reasonable judgment of the providing party or its counsel, may be required or appropriate for inclusion in the information sent, or in any amendments or supplements thereto, and to cause its counsel and auditors to cooperate with the other’s counsel and auditors in the preparation of the information to be sent to the stockholders of each Party. The Company will promptly advise the Parent, and the Parent will promptly advise the Company, in writing if at any time prior to the Effective Time either the Company or the Parent shall obtain knowledge of any facts that might make it necessary or appropriate to amend or supplement the information sent in order to make the statements contained or incorporated by reference therein not misleading or to comply with applicable Law. The information sent by the Company shall contain the recommendation of the Board of Directors of the Company that the holders of shares of Company Stock approve the adoption of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the Merger. The information sent by the Parent shall contain the recommendation of the Board of Directors of the Parent that the holders of shares of Parent Common Stock approve the adoption of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including,

 

31


without limitation, the Merger. Anything to the contrary contained herein notwithstanding, neither the Company nor the Parent shall include in the information sent to its stockholders any information with respect to the other party or its affiliates or associates, the form and content of which information shall not have been approved by such party in its reasonable discretion prior to such inclusion. To the extent required by the Delaware Act, the Company shall, promptly following the Company’s receipt of the Requisite Stockholder Approval (as defined below), deliver to any Company stockholder who has not executed the Written Stockholder Consent (as defined below) (i) a notice of the taking of the actions described in the Written Stockholder Consent in accordance with Section 228(e) of the DGCL and (ii) a notice of appraisal rights in accordance with Section 262 of the Delaware Act.

4.16 Cancellation of Share Contribution . The Parent shall cause its transfer agent to cancel the shares of Parent Common Stock included in the Share Contribution promptly following the Effective Time.

ARTICLE V

CONDITIONS TO CONSUMMATION OF MERGER

5.1 Conditions to Each Party s Obligations . The respective obligations of each Party to consummate the Merger are subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:

(a) the Company shall have obtained (and shall have provided a copy thereof to the Parent) the written consent (the “ Written Stockholder Consent ”) of Company stockholders holding shares of Company Stock representing at least a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of (i) the Company Common Stock and the Company Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, and in the case of the Company Preferred Stock, on an as-converted to Company Common Stock basis, (ii) the Company Preferred Stock, voting as a single class on an as-converted to Company Common Stock basis, entitled to vote hereon, and (iii) the Company Common Stock, voting as a single class, entitled to vote hereon (the “ Requisite Stockholder Approval ”), approving this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including, without limitation, the Merger, and the execution, delivery, adoption and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including, without limitation, the Merger, and the other Transaction Documentation to which the Company is a party, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Parent;

(b) the Parent, Split-Off Subsidiary and the Split-Off Purchaser shall have executed and delivered the Split-Off Agreement and a General Release Agreement, and all other documents anticipated by such agreements, and the Split-Off shall be effective immediately prior to the Effective Time;

(c) the Split-Off Purchaser shall have surrendered to the Parent the certificates for Parent Common Stock representing the Share Contribution, duly endorsed to the Parent or in blank, with Medallion Signature Guaranteed stock powers;

(d) the Parent shall have delivered to the Split-Off Purchaser certificates representing the Shares (as defined in the Split-Off Agreement) of stock of Split-Off Subsidiary deliverable to the Split-Off Purchaser under the Split-Off Agreement, duly registered in the name of the Split-Off Purchaser or as directed by the Split-Off Purchaser;

(e) Leisa Swanson shall have resigned as a director, officer and employee from the Parent, effective upon the Effective Time;

 

32


(f) John Timberlake, as Chief Executive Officer, and such other employees as are designated by the Company shall have entered into employment agreements with the Parent mutually satisfactory to the Company, the Parent and to the respective employees; and

(g) the Company’s debt conversion and restructuring as described in Exhibit I shall have been effective (the “ Debt Conversion ”);

(h) the closing of at least the Minimum Amount of the Private Placement Offering shall have occurred, or shall occur simultaneously with the Closing, on the terms and conditions set forth in the Subscription Agreement; and

(i) each of the individuals set forth on Exhibit   J to this Agreement shall have executed and delivered to the Parent an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit   K attached hereto (the “ Lock-Up and No-Shorting Agreements ”).

5.2 Conditions to Obligations of the Parent and the Acquisition Subsidiary . The obligation of each of the Parent and the Acquisition Subsidiary to consummate the Merger is subject to the satisfaction (or waiver by the Parent) of the following additional conditions:

(a) the Company and the Company Subsidiaries shall have obtained (and shall have provided copies thereof to the Parent) all other waivers, permits, consents, approvals or other authorizations, and effected all of the registrations, filings and notices, referred to in Section   4.2 which are required on the part of the Company or any Company Subsidiary, except such waivers, permits, consents, approvals or other authorizations the failure of which to obtain or effect does not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Company Material Adverse Effect or a material adverse effect on the ability of the Parties to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

(b) the representations and warranties of the Company set forth in this Agreement (when read without regard to any qualification as to materiality or Company Material Adverse Effect contained therein) shall be true and correct as of the date of this Agreement and shall be true and correct as of the Effective Time as though made as of the Effective Time ( provided , however , that to the extent such representation and warranty expressly relates to an earlier date, such representation and warranty shall be true and correct as of such earlier date), except for any untrue or incorrect representations and warranties that, individually or in the aggregate, do not have a Company Material Adverse Effect or a material adverse effect on the ability of the Parties to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

(c) the Company shall have performed or complied with its agreements and covenants required to be performed or complied with under this Agreement as of or prior to the Effective Time, except for such non-performance or non-compliance as does not have a Company Material Adverse Effect or a material adverse effect on the ability of the Parties to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

(d) no Action, before any Governmental Entity or before any arbitrator shall be pending wherein an unfavorable judgment, order, decree, stipulation or injunction would (i) prevent consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or (ii) cause any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement to be rescinded following consummation, and no such judgment, order, decree, stipulation or injunction shall be in effect;

(e) the Company shall have delivered to the Parent and the Acquisition Subsidiary a copy of the Written Stockholder Consent together with a certification from each Company

 

33


stockholder that executed such consent that such person is either an “accredited investor” or not a “U.S. Person” as such terms are defined in Regulation D and Regulation S, respectively, under the Securities Act;

(f) the Company shall have delivered to the Parent and the Acquisition Subsidiary a certificate to the effect that each of the conditions specified in Section   5.1(a) and clauses (a) through (d) (insofar as clause (d) relates to Actions involving the Company or a Company Subsidiary) of this Section   5.2 is satisfied in all respects; and

(g) the Company shall have delivered to the Parent audited and interim unaudited financial statements of the Company pro forma in respect of the Merger, compliant with applicable SEC regulations for inclusion under Item 2.01 (f) and/or 5.01(a)(8) of Form 8-K, in substantially final form.

5.3 Conditions to Obligations of the Company . The obligation of the Company to consummate the Merger is subject to the satisfaction of the following additional conditions:

(a) the Parent shall have obtained (and shall have provided copies thereof to the Company) the written consents of (i) the sole stockholder of Acquisition Subsidiary, (ii) all of the members of the Board of Directors of Split-Off Subsidiary, (iii) the sole stockholder of Split-Off Subsidiary, and (iv) holders of more than 50% of the Parent Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time, in each case, approving the adoption of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including, without limitation, the Merger and approving the execution, delivery and performance by the each such entity of this Agreement and/or the other Transaction Documentation to which each such entity a party, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company;

(b) the Parent shall have obtained (and shall have provided copies thereof to the Company) all of the other waivers, permits, consents, approvals or other authorizations, and effected all of the registrations, filings and notices, referred to in Section   4.2 which are required on the part of the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, except for waivers, permits, consents, approvals or other authorizations the failure of which to obtain or effect does not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Parent Material Adverse Effect or a material adverse effect on the ability of the Parties to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

(c) the representations and warranties of the Parent set forth in this Agreement (when read without regard to any qualification as to materiality or Parent Material Adverse Effect contained therein) shall be true and correct as of the date of this Agreement and shall be true and correct as of the Effective Time as though made as of the Effective Time ( provided , however , that to the extent such representation and warranty expressly relates to an earlier date, such representation and warranty shall be true and correct as of such earlier date), except for any untrue or incorrect representations and warranties that, individually or in the aggregate, do not have a Parent Material Adverse Effect or a material adverse effect on the ability of the Parties to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

(d) each of the Parent and the Acquisition Subsidiary shall have performed or complied with its agreements and covenants required to be performed or complied with under this Agreement as of or prior to the Effective Time, except for such non-performance or non-compliance as does not have a Parent Material Adverse Effect or a material adverse effect on the ability of the Parties to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

(e) Parent shall have delivered to the Company the duly executed written resignation of Leisa Swanson as a director, officer and employee of the Parent, effective upon the Effective Time;

 

34


(f) all debts, adverse claims, liabilities, judgments and obligations, including tax obligations, of the Parent and the Acquisition Subsidiary, whether accrued, contingent or otherwise and whether known or unknown, including those that may arise after the Closing but were incurred prior to the Closing Date, and excluding in all cases the obligations of the Parent under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, have been discharged or waived by the Parent or the Acquisition Subsidiary prior to the Closing Date;

(g) no Action shall be pending wherein an unfavorable judgment, order, decree, stipulation or injunction would (i) prevent consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or (ii) cause any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement to be rescinded following consummation, and no such judgment, order, decree, stipulation or injunction shall be in effect;

(h) the Board of Directors of the Parent shall have adopted, and the stockholders of the Parent shall have approved, the Parent Equity Plan;

(i) neither the Company nor the Parent has determined in good faith that the Parent is a “shell company” (as such term is defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act);

(j) the Parent shall have delivered to the Company a certificate (the “ Parent Certificate ”) to the effect that each of the conditions specified in clauses (a) through (i) (insofar as clause (g) relates to Actions involving the Parent or the Acquisition Subsidiary and clause (i) relates to the determination of the Parent) of this Section   5.3 is satisfied in all respects;

(k) the Company shall have received an official stockholder list from Parent’s transfer agent and registrar showing that as of immediately prior to the Effective Time there are 1,000,000 shares of Parent Common Stock issued and outstanding (without giving effect to the cancellation of 40,486,000 shares of Parent Common Stock in connection with the Share Contribution); and

(l) the Parent shall have delivered to the Company (i) evidence that the Parent’s Board of Directors is authorized to consist of at least five (5) but no more than seven (7) individuals, with the Board able to fill any vacancy, (ii) evidence of the resignations of all individuals who served as directors and/or officers of the Parent immediately prior to the Effective Time, which resignations shall be effective as of the Effective Time, (iii) evidence of the appointment of the following persons to serve as directors immediately following the Effective Time: John Timberlake, Luke Düster, Nathan D. Hukill, Cameron Hui, Rodney D. Altman and Peter Devlin, with one seat left vacant, and (iv) evidence of the appointment of such executive officers of the Parent to serve immediately following the Effective Time as shall have been designated by the Company, including John Timberlake as Chief Executive Officer.

ARTICLE VI

TAX MATTERS

6.1 Termination of Existing Tax Sharing Agreements . Any and all existing Tax sharing agreements (whether written or not) binding upon the Parent shall be terminated as of the Closing Date. After such date, neither the Parent nor any Parent Subsidiary shall have any further rights or liabilities thereunder.

6.2 Cooperation and Exchange of Information . The Company and the Parent shall provide each other with such cooperation and information as either of them reasonably may request of the others in filing any Tax Return pursuant to this ARTICLE VI or in connection with any audit or other proceeding in respect of Taxes of the Company or the Parent. Such cooperation and information shall include providing copies of relevant Tax Returns or portions thereof, together with accompanying

 

35


schedules, related work papers and documents relating to rulings or other determinations by tax authorities. Each of the Company and Parent shall retain all Tax Returns, schedules and work papers, records and other documents in its possession relating to Tax matters of the Company or the Parent for any taxable period beginning before the Closing Date until the expiration of the statute of limitations of the taxable periods to which such Tax Returns and other documents relate, without regard to extensions except to the extent notified by any of the other Parties in writing of such extensions for the respective Tax periods. Prior to transferring, destroying or discarding any Tax Returns, schedules and work papers, records and other documents in its possession relating to Tax matters of the Company or the Parent for any taxable period beginning before the Closing Date, the Company or Parent (as the case may be) shall provide the other Parties with reasonable written notice and offer the other Parties the opportunity to take custody of such materials.

ARTICLE VII

DEFINITIONS

For purposes of this Agreement, each of the following defined terms is defined in the Section of this Agreement indicated below.

 

Defined Term

  

Section

Acquisition Subsidiary    Introduction
Action    2.15
Affiliate    2.8
Agreement    Introduction
Authorizations    2.26
Business Day    1.2
Certificate of Merger    1.1
Closing    1.2
Closing Date    1.2
Code    Recitals
Company    Introduction
Company Auditor    2.25
Company Balance Sheet    2.7
Company Balance Sheet Date    2.7
Company Common Stock    1.5(a)
Company Confidential Information    4.5(b)
Company Consents    2.3
Company Disclosure Schedule    Article II
Company Equity Plan(s)    2.2
Company Financial Statements    2.7
Company Material Adverse Effect    2.1
Company Options    2.2
Company Preferred Stock    1.5(d)
Company Stock    1.5(a)
Company Stock Certificate(s)    1.6(a)
Company Subsidiary    2.5(a)
Company Warrants    2.2
Contemplated Transactions    8.4
control    2.8
Debt Conversion    5.1(g)
Defaulting Party    8.7

 

36


Defined Term

  

Section

Delaware Act    1.1
Dissenting Shares    1.7(a)
Effective Time    1.1
Employee Benefit Plan    2.17(a)(i)
Environmental Law    2.18(a)
ERISA    2.17(a)(ii)
ERISA Affiliate    2.17(a)(iii)
Exchange Act    3.7(g)
Exchange Agent    1.6(b)
FDA    2.26
FINRA    3.4
GAAP    2.7
General Release Agreement    Recitals
Governmental Entity    2.4
Health Care Laws    2.26
Indemnified Executives    4.9(b)
Intellectual Property    2.23
Laws    2.4
Letter of Transmittal    1.6(c)
Lock-Up and No Shorting Agreements    5.1(i)
Material Contract(s)    2.12(b)
Merger    Recitals
Merger Shares    1.5(b)
Minimum Amount    Recitals
Ordinary Course of Business    2.5(b)
OTC Markets    3.2
Parent    Introduction
Parent Auditor    3.27
Parent Certificate    5.3(j)
Parent Common Stock    Recitals
Parent Confidential Information    4.7(b)
Parent Disclosure Schedule    Article III
Parent Equity Plan    4.14
Parent Financial Statements    3.8
Parent Material Adverse Effect    3.1
Parent Reports    3.6
Parent Subsidiary    2.5(a)
Party    Introduction
Permits    2.24
Person    1.6(d)
Placement Agent    2.21
Private Placement Offering    Recitals
Purchase Price    Recitals
Reasonable Best Efforts    4.1
Requisite Stockholder Approval    5.1(a)
Restated Term Loan    Recitals
SEC    1.15
Securities Act    1.15
Security Interest    2.5(b)

 

37


Defined Term

  

Section

Series AA Preferred Stock    1.5(c)
Series AB Preferred Stock    1.5(b)
Series D Preferred Stock    1.5(d)
Share Contribution    1.3(d)
Split-Off    Recitals
Split-Off Agreement    Recitals
Split-Off Purchaser    Recitals
Split-Off Subsidiary    Recitals
Subscription Agreement    Recitals
Subsidiary    2.5(a)
Super 8-K    4.3
Surviving Corporation    1.1
Surviving Corporation Bylaws    1.12(b)
Surviving Corporation Charter    1.12(a)
Tax Returns    2.10
Taxes    2.10
To the knowledge of the Company    ARTICLE II
To the knowledge of the Parent    ARTICLE III
Transaction Documentation    3.3(b)
USPTO    2.23
Written Stockholder Consent    5.1(a)

ARTICLE VIII

TERMINATION

8.1 Termination in General . This Agreement may be terminated and the transactions contemplated hereby, including the Merger, may be abandoned at any time prior to the Effective Time, whether before or after the adoption of this Agreement by the Requisite Stockholder Approval or by the sole stockholder of the Acquisition Subsidiary, to the fullest extent permitted by law, if authorized by the board of directors of the Company or the Acquisition Subsidiary as provided in Sections 8.2 , 8.3 , 8.4 and 8.5 .

8.2 Termination by Mutual Agreement . This Agreement may be terminated at any time by mutual consent of the Parties, provided that such consent to terminate is in writing and is signed by each of the Parties.

8.3 Termination for Failure to Close . This Agreement shall automatically be terminated if the Closing Date shall not have occurred by May 20, 2016; provided, that the right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section   8.3 shall not be available to any Party whose breach of any provision of this Agreement results in the failure of the Closing to have occurred by such time.

8.4 Termination by Operation of Law . This Agreement may be terminated by any Party hereto if there shall be any statute, rule or regulation issued by a Governmental Entity of competent jurisdiction that renders consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the “ Contemplated Transactions ”) illegal or otherwise prohibited, or a court of competent jurisdiction or any Governmental Entity of competent jurisdiction shall have issued an order, decree or ruling, or has taken any other action restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the consummation of such transactions and such order, decree, ruling or other action shall have become final and non-appealable.

 

38


8.5 Termination for Failure to Perform Covenants or Conditions . This Agreement may be terminated prior to the Effective Time:

(a) by the Parent and the Acquisition Subsidiary if the Company shall have breached or failed to observe or perform in any material respect any of its covenants or obligations under this Agreement or if any representation or warranty of the Company contained in this Agreement shall be inaccurate or shall have become inaccurate as of a date subsequent to the date of this Agreement (as if made on such subsequent date), in each case, such that any condition set forth in Section 5.2 would not be satisfied; provided, that such breach is not cured within ten (10) days of written notice of such breach from Parent (to the extent such breach is curable); provided, further, that Parent and Acquisition Subsidiary may not exercise the right in this Section   8.5(a) if either of them are then in breach in any material respect of this Agreement; or

(b) by the Company if the Parent or the Acquisition Subsidiary shall have breached or failed to observe or perform in any material respect any of their respective covenants or obligations under this Agreement or if any representation or warrant of the Parent or the Acquisition Subsidiary contained in this Agreement shall be inaccurate or shall have become inaccurate as of a date subsequent to the date of this Agreement (as if made on such subsequent date), in each case, such that any condition set forth in Section 5.3 would not be satisfied; provided, that such breach is not cured within ten (10) days of written notice of such breach from the Company (to the extent such breach is curable); provided, further, that the Company may not exercise the right in this Section   8.5(b) if it is then in breach in any material respect of this Agreement;.

8.6 Effect of Termination or Default; Remedies . In the event of termination of this Agreement as set forth above, this Agreement shall forthwith become void and there shall be no liability on the part of any Party hereto, provided that the termination of this Agreement shall not relieve any Party for its fraud or from any liability for any willful and material breach of any term or provision of this Agreement.

8.7 Remedies; Specific Performance . The rights and remedies of the Parties shall be cumulative (and not alternative). The Parties agree that irreparable damage would occur if any provision of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with the terms hereof and that the Parties (on behalf of themselves and the third party beneficiaries of this Agreement) shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement or to enforce specifically the performance of the terms and provisions of this Agreement in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled to at law or in equity, in each case without the requirement of posting any bond or other type of security. Each of the Parties agrees that it will not oppose the granting of an injunction, specific performance and other equitable relief on the basis that any other party has an adequate remedy at law or that any award of specific performance is not an appropriate remedy for any reason at law or in equity.

ARTICLE IX

MISCELLANEOUS

9.1 Press Releases and Announcements . No Party shall issue any press release or public announcement relating to the subject matter of this Agreement without the prior written approval of the other Parties; provided , however , that any Party may make any public disclosure it believes in good faith is required by applicable Law or stock market rule (in which case the disclosing Party shall use reasonable efforts to advise the other Parties and provide them with a copy of the proposed disclosure prior to making the disclosure).

 

39


9.2 No Third Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement shall not confer any rights or remedies upon any person other than the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns; provided , however , that (a) the provisions in Article I concerning issuance of the Merger Shares is intended for the benefit of the Company stockholders and (b) the provisions in Section   4.9 concerning indemnification are intended for the benefit of the Indemnified Executives and their successors and assigns.

9.3 Entire Agreement . This Agreement (including the documents referred to herein) constitutes the entire agreement among the Parties and supersedes any prior or (other than as set forth in the Transaction Documentation) contemporaneous understandings, agreements or representations by or among the Parties, written or oral, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

9.4 Succession and Assignment . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties named herein and their respective successors and permitted assigns. No Party may assign either this Agreement or any of its rights, interests or obligations hereunder without the prior written approval of the other Parties.

9.5 Counterparts and Facsimile Signature . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Facsimile signatures delivered by fax and/or e-mail/.pdf transmission shall be sufficient and binding as if they were originals and such delivery shall constitute valid delivery of this Agreement.

9.6 Headings . The section headings contained in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

9.7 Notices . All notices, requests, demands, claims and other communications hereunder shall be in writing. Any notice, request, demand, claim or other communication hereunder shall be deemed duly delivered four Business Days after it is sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or one Business Day after it is sent for next Business Day delivery via a reputable nationwide overnight courier service, in each case to the intended recipient as set forth below:

 

If to the Company or the Company

Stockholders:

 

Valeritas, Inc

750 Route 202 South, Suite 600

Bridgewater, New Jersey 08807

Attn: John Timberlake, CEO

Facsimile: (908) 927-9927

  

Copy to (which copy shall not constitute

notice hereunder):

 

Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP

502 Carnegie Center

Princeton, New Jersey 08540-6241

Main: (609) 919-6604

Attn: Steven M. Cohen

Facsimile: (609) 919-6701

 

If to the Parent or the Acquisition Subsidiary

(prior to the Closing):

 

Leisa Swanson

1370 Sawleaf Court

San Luis Obispo, CA 93401

  

 

Copy to (which copy shall not constitute

notice hereunder):

 

CKR Law LLP

1330 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10019

Attn: Barrett S. DiPaolo

Facsimile: (212) 259-8200

Any Party may give any notice, request, demand, claim or other communication hereunder using any other means (including personal delivery, expedited courier, messenger service, telecopy, telex, ordinary

 

40


mail or electronic mail), but no such notice, request, demand, claim or other communication shall be deemed to have been duly given unless and until it actually is received by the Party for whom it is intended. Any Party may change the address to which notices, requests, demands, claims and other communications hereunder are to be delivered by giving the other Parties notice in the manner herein set forth.

9.8 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to any choice or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of laws of any jurisdictions other than those of the State of Delaware.

9.9 Amendments and Waivers . This Agreement may only be amended, whether before or after approval of the adoption of this Agreement by the Company stockholders or by the sole stockholder of Acquisition Subsidiary, by an agreement in writing signed by the Parent, Acquisition Subsidiary and Company at any time prior to the Effective Time; provided, however, that after the approval of the adoption of this Agreement by the Company stockholders or by the sole stockholder of Acquisition Subsidiary, there shall be no amendment that, pursuant to applicable Law, requires further approval or authorization of the Company stockholders or the sole stockholder of Acquisition Subsidiary, without the receipt of such further approval or authorization. Any failure of the Parent or Acquisition Subsidiary, on the one hand, or the Company, on the other hand, to comply with any obligation, covenant, agreement or condition herein may be waived by the Company (with respect to any failure by the Parent or Acquisition Subsidiary) or by the Parent or Acquisition Subsidiary (with respect to any failure by the Company), respectively, only by a written instrument signed by the Party granting such waiver, but such waiver or failure to insist upon strict compliance with such obligation, covenant, agreement or condition shall not operate as a waiver of, or estoppel with respect to, any subsequent or other failure. No waiver by any Party with respect to any default, misrepresentation or breach of warranty or covenant hereunder shall be deemed to extend to any prior or subsequent default, misrepresentation or breach of warranty or covenant hereunder or affect in any way any rights arising by virtue of any prior or subsequent such occurrence.

9.10 Severability . Any term or provision of this Agreement that is invalid or unenforceable in any situation in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the remaining terms and provisions hereof or the validity or enforceability of the offending term or provision in any other situation or in any other jurisdiction. If the final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction declares that any term or provision hereof is invalid or unenforceable, the Parties agree that the court making the determination of invalidity or unenforceability shall have the power to limit the term or provision, to delete specific words or phrases, or to replace any invalid or unenforceable term or provision with a term or provision that is valid and enforceable and that comes closest to expressing the intention of the invalid or unenforceable term or provision, and this Agreement shall be enforceable as so modified.

9.11 Submission to Jurisdiction . Each of the parties hereto irrevocably consents to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the Delaware Court of Chancery and any state appellate court therefrom within the State of Delaware (or, if the Delaware Court of Chancery declines to accept jurisdiction over a particular matter, any state or federal court within the State of Delaware) in connection with any matter based upon or arising out of this Agreement or the matters contemplated herein, agrees that process may be served upon them in any manner authorized by the laws of the State of Delaware for such persons and irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, and covenants not to assert or plead any objection it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding in any such court or that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Any Party may make service on another Party by sending or delivering a copy of the process to the Party to be served at the address and in the manner provided for the giving of notices in Section   9.7 . Nothing in this Section   9.11 , however, shall affect the right of any Party to serve legal process in any other manner permitted by law.

 

41


9.12 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH OF THE PARTIES IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING BETWEEN THE PARTIES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT.

9.13 Survival . None of the representations or warranties in this Agreement or in any certificate delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall survive the Effective Time.

9.14 Construction .

(a) The language used in this Agreement shall be deemed to be the language chosen by the Parties to express their mutual intent, and no rule of strict construction shall be applied against any Party.

(b) Any reference to any federal, state, local or foreign statute or law shall be deemed also to refer to all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, unless the context requires otherwise.

[ Signature Page to Follow ]

 

42


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Parties have executed this Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization as of the date first above written.

 

PARENT:
VALERITAS HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Leisa Swanson

Name:   Leisa Swanson
Title:   President
ACQUISITION SUBSIDIARY:
VALERITAS ACQUISITION CORP.
By:  

/s/ Leisa Swanson

Name:   Leisa Swanson
Title:   President
COMPANY:
VALERITAS, INC.
By:  

/s/ John Timberlake

Name:   John Timberlake
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

[ Signature Page to the Merger Agreement ]


Exhibit A

Form of Subscription Agreement

SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

This Subscription Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) has been executed by the purchaser set forth on the signature page hereof (the “ Purchaser ”) in connection with the private placement offering (the “ Offering ”) by Valeritas Holdings, Inc. (f/k/a Cleaner Yoga Mat, Inc.), a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), of a minimum of $25,000,000 (the “ Minimum Offering ”) and a maximum of $40,000,000 (the “ Maximum Offering ”) of shares (the “ Shares ”) of the Company’s common stock, par value $[0.001] per share (“ Common Stock ”), issued, at a purchase price of $5.00 per Share (the “ Purchase Price ”), plus up to an additional $10,000,000 of Shares at the Purchase Price to cover over-subscriptions (the “ Over-Subscription Option ”). This subscription is being submitted to you in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions described in this Agreement, the Confidential and Non-Binding Summary Term Sheet of the Company dated April 18, 2016, relating to the Offering (as the same may be amended or supplemented, the “ Term Sheet ”), and any other Disclosure Materials (as defined below). The minimum subscription is $50,000 (10,000 Shares). The Company may accept subscriptions for less than $50,000 in its sole discretion.

The Shares being subscribed for pursuant to this Agreement have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”). The Offering is being made on a reasonable best efforts basis to “accredited investors,” as defined in Regulation D (“ Regulation D ”) as promulgated by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”) under the Securities Act in reliance upon the exemption from securities registration afforded by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 of Regulation D.

The Shares are being offered and sold in connection with a reverse triangular merger (the “ Merger ”) between a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company and Valeritas, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Valeritas ”), and certain other transactions, on the terms and conditions described in the Term Sheet, pursuant to which Valeritas will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, and all of the outstanding capital stock of Valeritas will be cancelled in exchange for shares of the Company’s Common Stock (“ Merger Shares ”), and the outstanding Valeritas stock options and warrants will be assumed and converted into the right to receive Common Stock of the Company at the same ratio at which shares of outstanding Valeritas capital stock are exchanged, as further described in the Term Sheet.

Contemporaneously with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the parties hereto are executing and delivering a Registration Rights Agreement, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit A hereto (the “ Registration Rights Agreement ”), pursuant to which, among other things, the Company agrees to provide certain registration rights with respect to the Shares, the shares of Common Stock underlying the Placement Agent Warrants (as such term is defined below) (the “ Underlying Shares ”), shares of Common Stock held by certain pre-Merger stockholders and Merger Shares, under the Securities Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder and applicable state securities laws.

Each closing of the Offering (a “ Closing ,” and the date on which such Closing occurs hereinafter referred to as the “ Closing Date ”) shall take place at the offices of CKR Law LLP, at 1330 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10019 (or such other place as is mutually agreed to by the Company and the Placement Agents (as defined below)). The closing of the Merger and at least the Minimum Offering is anticipated on or before April 29, 2016 (the “ Initial Closing Date ”). If the Initial Closing Date occurs on or before April 29, 2016, stockholders of Valeritas prior to the Merger (the “ Pre-Merger


Stockholders ”) shall purchase a minimum aggregate amount of $20,000,000 of the Offering. If the Initial Closing Date occurs after April 29, 2016, the Pre-Merger Stockholders shall purchase a minimum aggregate amount of $15,000,000 of the Offering; provided, however, that the Pre-Merger Stockholders shall purchase a sufficient amount of the Over-Subscription Option so that the Pre-Merger Stockholders shall have purchased a minimum aggregate amount of $20,000,000 of the Maximum Offering, if applicable.

Any subsequent closing in connection with the Offering will occur, in the Company’s sole discretion, and without notice to any Purchaser, past, current or prospective, within thirty (30) days of the Initial Closing Date, including the closing of the Over-Subscription Option, if exercised in whole or in part (each, a “ Subsequent Closing ”).

The Initial Closing will not occur unless:

 

  a. funds deposited in escrow as described in Section 2b below equal at least the Minimum Offering, and corresponding documentation with respect to such amounts has been delivered by Purchasers as described in Section 2a below;

 

  b. the Merger and the related split-off transaction shall have been effected or is simultaneously effected;

 

  c. Valeritas’ debt conversion and restructuring as described in Schedule 4c shall have been completed; and

 

  d. the other conditions set forth in Sections 7 and 8 shall have been satisfied.

The Term Sheet and any supplement or amendment thereto, and any disclosure schedule or other information document, delivered to the Purchaser prior to Purchaser’s execution of this Agreement, and any such document delivered to the Purchaser after Purchaser’s execution of this Agreement and prior to the Closing of the Purchaser’s subscription hereunder (including, without limitation, a substantially complete draft of the Current Report on Form 8-K describing the Merger, the Offering and the related transactions, including “Form 10 information” (as defined in Rule 144(i)(3) under the Securities Act), to be filed by the Company with the SEC within four (4) Business Days after the closing of the Merger and the Initial Closing of the Offering (the “ Super 8-K ”), are collectively referred to as the “ Disclosure Materials .” For purposes of this Agreement, “ Business Day ” means a day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, on which banks in New York City are open for the general transaction of business.

Subscription. The undersigned Purchaser hereby subscribes to purchase the number of Shares set forth on the Omnibus Signature Page attached hereto, for the aggregate Purchase Price as set forth on such Omnibus Signature Page, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and on the basis of the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained herein.

 

  1. Subscription Procedure.  To complete a subscription for the Shares, the Purchaser must fully comply with the subscription procedure provided in paragraphs a. through c. of this Section on or before the Closing Date.

 

  a.

Subscription Documents . On or before the Closing Date, the Purchaser shall review, complete and execute the Omnibus Signature Page to this Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement, Investor Profile, Anti-Money Laundering Form and Investor Certification, attached hereto following the Omnibus Signature Page (collectively, the “ Subscription Documents ”), and deliver the Subscription Documents to CKR Law LLP (“ CKR ”), at the

 

2


  address set forth under the caption “ How to subscribe for Shares in the private offering of Valeritas Holdings, Inc . ” attached hereto as Annex A . Executed documents may be delivered to CKR by facsimile or .pdf sent by electronic mail (e-mail), if the Purchaser delivers the original copies of the documents to CKR as soon as practicable thereafter.

 

  b. Purchase Price . Simultaneously with the delivery of the Subscription Documents to CKR as provided herein, and in any event on or prior to the Closing Date, the Purchaser shall deliver to Delaware Trust Company, in its capacity as escrow agent (the “ Escrow Agent ”), the full Purchase Price by certified or other bank check or by wire transfer of immediately available funds, pursuant to the instructions set forth under the caption “ How to subscribe for Shares in the private offering of Valeritas Holdings, Inc. ” attached hereto as Annex A . Such funds will be held for the Purchaser’s benefit in the escrow account established for the Offering (the “Escrow Account” ) and will be returned promptly, without interest or offset, if this Agreement is not accepted by the Company or the Offering is terminated pursuant to its terms by the Company prior to the Closing.

 

  c. Company Discretion . The Purchaser understands and agrees that the Company in its sole discretion reserves the right to accept or reject this or any other subscription for Shares, in whole or in part, notwithstanding prior receipt by the Purchaser of notice of acceptance of this subscription. The Company shall have no obligation hereunder until the Company shall execute and deliver to the Purchaser an executed copy of this Agreement. If this subscription is rejected in whole, or the Offering is terminated, all funds received from the Purchaser will be returned without interest or offset, and this Agreement shall thereafter be of no further force or effect. If this subscription is rejected in part, the funds for the rejected portion of this subscription will be returned without interest or offset, and this Agreement will continue in full force and effect to the extent this subscription was accepted.

 

  3. Placement Agents.

 

  a. Wedbush Securities, Inc. (“ Wedbush ”), Roth Capital Partners, LLC (“ Roth ”) and Katalyst Securities LLC (“ Katalyst ”), each a broker-dealer licensed with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“ FINRA ”), have been engaged on a co-exclusive basis as placement agents (the “ Placement Agents ”), with Wedbush acting as the lead Placement Agent, for the Offering on a reasonable best efforts basis. The Placement Agents will be paid at each Closing an aggregate cash commission of eight percent (8%) of gross proceeds raised from investors in the Offering introduced by them (“ Cash Fee ”) and will receive warrants to purchase an aggregate number of shares of Common Stock equal to eight percent (8%) of the number of Shares sold to the investors in the Offering introduced by the Placement Agents, with a term of five (5) years from the Initial Closing Date or any Subsequent Closing, as applicable, and an exercise price of $5.00 per share (the “ Placement Agent Warrants ”); provided, however, that funds raised from certain existing shareholders of Valeritas will be subject to a Cash Fee of one percent (1%) and will have no Placement Agent Warrants coverage.

 

  b. The Placement Agent Warrants will have “weighted average” anti-dilution protection, subject to customary exceptions. Any sub-agent of a Placement Agent that introduces investors to the Offering will be entitled to share in the Cash Fees and/or Placement Agent Warrants attributable to those investors, pursuant to the terms of an executed sub-agent agreement.

 

  c. The Company will pay certain expenses of the Placement Agents in connection with the Offering.

 

3


  4. Representations and Warranties of the Company . Except as set forth on the Disclosure Schedule delivered to the Purchasers concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, the Company hereby represents and warrants to the Purchaser, as of the Initial Closing Date and after giving effect to the Merger (unless otherwise specified) and as of each Subsequent Closing, the following:

 

  a. Organization and Qualification . The Company and each of its subsidiaries is a corporation or other business entity duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation, and has the requisite corporate power to own its properties and to carry on its business as now being conducted. The Company and each of its subsidiaries is duly qualified as a foreign corporation to do business and is in good standing in every jurisdiction in which the nature of the business conducted by it makes such qualification necessary, except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or be in good standing would not have a material adverse effect on the assets, business, conditions (financial or otherwise), results of operations or future prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole (a “ Material Adverse Effect ”). Each subsidiary of the Company is identified on Schedule 4a attached hereto.

 

  b. Authorization, Enforcement, Compliance with Other Instruments . (i) The Company has the requisite corporate power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Escrow Agreement and each of the other agreements and documents that are exhibits hereto or thereto or are contemplated hereby or thereby or necessary or desirable to effect the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby (the “Transaction Documents”) and to issue the Shares, in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; (ii) the execution and delivery by the Company of each of the Transaction Documents and the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including, without limitation, the issuance of the Shares, have been, or will be at the time of execution of such Transaction Document, duly authorized by the Company’s Board of Directors, and no further consent or authorization is, or will be at the time of execution of such Transaction Document, required by the Company, its respective Board of Directors or its stockholders; (iii) each of the Transaction Documents will be duly executed and delivered by the Company; and (iv) the Transaction Documents when executed will constitute the valid and binding obligations of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by general principles of equity or applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, liquidation or similar laws relating to, or affecting generally, the enforcement of creditors’ rights and remedies.

 

  c.

Capitalization . The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 300,000,000 shares of Common Stock and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock. Immediately before giving effect to the Merger and the initial Closing of the Offering, the Company has 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock and no preferred stock issued and outstanding. All of the outstanding shares of Common Stock and of the stock of each of the Company’s subsidiaries have been duly authorized, validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable. Immediately after giving effect to the Merger and the Closing of the Minimum Offering or the Maximum Offering plus the Over-Subscription Option, the pro forma outstanding capitalization of the Company will be as set forth under “ Pro Forma Capitalization ” in Schedule 4c . After giving effect to the Merger: (i) no shares of capital stock of the Company or any of its subsidiaries will be subject to preemptive rights or any other similar rights or any liens or encumbrances suffered or permitted by the Company; (ii) except as set forth on Schedule 4c(ii) there will be no outstanding options, warrants, scrip, rights to subscribe to, calls or commitments of any

 

4


  character whatsoever relating to, or securities or rights convertible into, any shares of capital stock of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or contracts, commitments, understandings or arrangements by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is or may become bound to issue additional shares of capital stock of the Company or any of its subsidiaries; (iii) there will be no outstanding debt securities other than indebtedness as set forth in Schedule 4c(iii) ; (iv) other than pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement or as set forth in Schedule   4c(iv) , there will be no agreements or arrangements under which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is obligated to register the sale of any of their securities under the Securities Act; (v) there will be no outstanding registration statements, and there will be no outstanding comment letters from the SEC or any other regulatory agency; (vi) except as provided in this Agreement or as set forth in Schedule 4c(vi) , there will be no securities or instruments containing anti-dilution or similar provisions, including the right to adjust the exercise, exchange or reset price under such securities, that will be triggered by the issuance of the Shares as described in this Agreement; and (vii) no co-sale right, right of first refusal or other similar right will exist with respect to the Shares or the issuance and sale thereof. Upon request, the Company will make available to the Purchaser true and correct copies of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, as in effect as of the date hereof (the “ Certificate of Incorporation ”), and the Company’s By-laws, as in effect as of the date hereof (the “ By-laws ”), and the terms of all securities exercisable for Common Stock and the material rights of the holders thereof in respect thereto other than stock options issued to officers, directors, employees and consultants.

 

  d. Issuance of Shares . The Shares are duly authorized and, upon issuance in accordance with the terms hereof, shall be duly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and are free and clear from all taxes, liens and charges with respect to the issue thereof. The Underlying Shares have been duly authorized and reserved for issuance and, upon exercise of the Placement Agent Warrants in accordance with their terms, including payment of the exercise price therefor, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and are free and clear from all taxes, liens and charges with respect to the issue thereof.

 

  e.

No Conflicts . The execution, delivery and performance of each of the Transaction Documents by the Company, and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will not (i) result in a violation of the Certificate of Incorporation or the By-laws (or equivalent constitutive document) of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or (ii) violate or conflict with, or result in a breach of any provision of, or constitute a default (or an event which with notice or lapse of time or both would become a default) under, or give to others any rights of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation of, any agreement, indenture or instrument to which the Company or any subsidiary is a party, except for those which would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or (iii) result in a material violation of any law, rule, regulation, order, judgment or decree (including U.S. federal and state securities laws and regulations) applicable to the Company or any subsidiary or by which any property or asset of the Company or any subsidiary is bound or affected. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is in violation of any term of or in default under its Certificate of Incorporation, By-laws or any other constitutive documents. Except for those violations or defaults which would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, neither the Company nor any subsidiary is in violation of any term of or in default under any contract, agreement, mortgage, indebtedness, indenture, instrument, judgment, decree or order or any statute, rule or regulation applicable to the Company or any subsidiary. The business of the Company and its subsidiaries is not being conducted, and shall not be conducted in violation of any law, ordinance or regulation of any governmental entity, except for any violation which would not

 

5


  reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as specifically contemplated by this Agreement and as required under the Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is required to obtain any consent, authorization or order of, or make any filing or registration with, any court or governmental agency in order for it to execute, deliver or perform any of its obligations under or contemplated by this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents in accordance with the terms hereof or thereof. Except as set forth on Schedule 4e , neither the execution and delivery by the Company of the Transaction Documents, nor the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, will require any notice, consent or waiver under any contract or instrument to which the Company or any subsidiary is a party or by which the Company or any subsidiary is bound or to which any of their assets is subject. All consents, authorizations, orders, filings and registrations which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is required to obtain pursuant to the preceding two sentences have been or will be obtained or effected on or prior to the Closing. The Company is unaware of any facts or circumstance, which might give rise to any of the foregoing.

 

  f. Absence of Litigation . Except as set forth on Schedule 4f , there is no action, suit, claim, inquiry, notice of violation, proceeding (including any partial proceeding such as a deposition) or investigation before or by any court, public board, governmental or administrative agency, self-regulatory organization, arbitrator, regulatory authority, stock market, stock exchange or trading facility (an “ Action ”) now pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened, against or affecting the Company or any of its subsidiaries. For the purpose of this Agreement, the knowledge of the Company means the knowledge of the officers of the Company and Valeritas (both actual or knowledge that they would have had upon reasonable investigation).

 

  g. Acknowledgment Regarding Purchaser’s Purchase of the Shares . The Company acknowledges and agrees that each Purchaser is acting solely in the capacity of an arm’s length purchaser with respect to the Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The Company further acknowledges that no Purchaser is acting as a financial advisor or fiduciary of the Company (or in any similar capacity) with respect to the Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated thereby and any advice given by any Purchaser or any of their respective representatives or agents in connection with the Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated thereby is merely incidental to the Purchasers’ purchase of the Shares.

 

  h. No General Solicitation . Neither the Company, nor any of its Affiliates, nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any person acting on its or their behalf, has engaged in any form of general solicitation or general advertising (within the meaning of Regulation D) in connection with the offer or sale of the Shares. With respect to a Purchaser, any investment fund or managed account that is managed on a discretionary basis by the same investment manager as such Purchaser will be deemed to be an Affiliate of such Purchaser. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Affiliate ” means, with respect to any person, any other person that, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such person, as such terms are used in and construed under Rule 144 under the Securities Act (“ Rule 144 ”).

 

  i.

No Integrated Offering . Neither the Company, nor any of its Affiliates, nor to the knowledge of the Company, any person acting on its or their behalf has, directly or indirectly, made any offers or sales of any security or solicited any offers to buy any security, under circumstances

 

6


  that would require registration of the Shares under the Securities Act or cause this offering of the Shares to be integrated with prior offerings by the Company for purposes of the Securities Act.

 

  j. Employee Relations . Neither Company nor any subsidiary is involved in any labor dispute nor, to the knowledge of the Company, is any such dispute threatened. Neither Company nor any subsidiary is party to any collective bargaining agreement. The Company’s and/or its subsidiaries’ employees are not members of any union, and the Company believes that its and its subsidiaries’ relationship with their respective employees is good.

 

  k.

Intellectual Property Rights . Except as set forth on Schedule 4k , the Company and each of its subsidiaries owns, possesses, or has rights to, all Intellectual Property necessary for the conduct of the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ business as now conducted, except as such failure to own, possess or have such rights would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect and (ii) there are no unreleased liens or security interests which have been filed, or which the Company has received notice of, against any of the patents owned or licenses to the Company. Furthermore, (A) to the Company’s knowledge, there is no infringement, misappropriation or violation by third parties of any such Intellectual Property, except as such infringement, misappropriation or violation would not result in a Material Adverse Effect; (B) there is no pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened, action, suit, proceeding or claim by others challenging the Company’s or any of its subsidiaries’ rights in or to any such Intellectual Property, and the Company is unaware of any facts which would form a reasonable basis for any such claim; (C) the Intellectual Property owned by the Company and its subsidiaries, and to the Company’s knowledge, the Intellectual Property licensed to the Company and its subsidiaries, has not been adjudged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and there is no pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others challenging the validity, enforceability or scope of any such Intellectual Property, and, to the Company’s knowledge, there are no facts which would form a reasonable basis for any such claim; (D) there is no pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others that the Company or any of its subsidiaries infringes, misappropriates or otherwise violates any Intellectual Property or other proprietary rights of others, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any notice of such claim and, to the Company’s knowledge, there are no other facts which would form a reasonable basis for any such claim, except for any action, suit, proceeding or claim as would not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (E) to the Company’s knowledge, no employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is in or has ever been in violation of any term of any employment contract, patent disclosure agreement, invention assignment agreement, non-competition agreement, non-solicitation agreement, nondisclosure agreement or any restrictive covenant to or with a former employer where the basis of such violation relates to such employee’s employment with the Company or any of its subsidiaries or actions undertaken by the employee while employed with the Company or any of its subsidiaries, except as such violation would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (A) the Company and its subsidiaries have disclosed to the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office ( USPTO ) all information known to the Company to be relevant to the patentability of its inventions in accordance with 37 C.F.R. Section 1.56, and (B) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries made any misrepresentation or concealed any information from the USPTO in any of the patents or patent applications owned or licensed to the Company, or in connection with the prosecution thereof, in violation of 37 C.F.R. Section 1.56. Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and to the Company’s knowledge, (A) there are no facts that

 

7


  are reasonably likely to provide a basis for a finding that the Company or any of its subsidiaries does not have clear title or valid license or sublicense rights to the patents or patent applications owned or licensed to the Company or other proprietary information rights as being owned by, or licensed or sublicensed to, as the case may be, the Company or any of its subsidiaries, (B) no valid issued U.S. patent is or would be infringed by the activities of the Company or any of its subsidiaries relating to products currently or proposed to be manufactured, used or sold by the Company or any of its subsidiaries and (C) there are no facts with respect to any issued patent owned or licensed to the Company that would cause any claim of any such patent not to be valid and enforceable in accordance with applicable regulations. “ Intellectual Property ” shall mean all patents, patent applications, trade and service marks, trade and service mark registrations, trade names, copyrights, licenses, inventions, trade secrets, domain names, technology and know-how.

 

  l. Environmental Laws .

(i) The Company and each subsidiary has complied with all applicable Environmental Laws (as defined below), except for violations of Environmental Laws that, individually or in the aggregate, have not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There is no pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened civil or criminal litigation, notice of violation, formal administrative proceeding, or investigation, inquiry or information request, relating to any Environmental Law involving the Company or any subsidiary, except for litigation, notices of violations, formal administrative proceedings or investigations, inquiries or information requests that, individually or in the aggregate, have not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. For purposes of this Agreement, “Environmental Law” means any national, state, provincial or local law, statute, rule or regulation or the common law relating to the environment or occupational health and safety, including without limitation any statute, regulation, administrative decision or order pertaining to (i) treatment, storage, disposal, generation and transportation of industrial, toxic or hazardous materials or substances or solid or hazardous waste; (ii) air, water and noise pollution; (iii) groundwater and soil contamination; (iv) the release or threatened release into the environment of industrial, toxic or hazardous materials or substances, or solid or hazardous waste, including without limitation emissions, discharges, injections, spills, escapes or dumping of pollutants, contaminants or chemicals; (v) the protection of wild life, marine life and wetlands, including without limitation all endangered and threatened species; (vi) storage tanks, vessels, containers, abandoned or discarded barrels, and other closed receptacles; (vii) health and safety of employees and other persons; and (viii) manufacturing, processing, using, distributing, treating, storing, disposing, transporting or handling of materials regulated under any law as pollutants, contaminants, toxic or hazardous materials or substances or oil or petroleum products or solid or hazardous waste. As used above, the terms “release” and “environment” shall have the meaning set forth in the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended.

(ii) To the knowledge of the Company, there is no material environmental liability with respect to any solid or hazardous waste transporter or treatment, storage or disposal facility that has been used by the Company or any subsidiary.

(iii) The Company and its subsidiaries (i) have received all permits, licenses or other approvals required of them under applicable Environmental Laws to conduct their respective businesses except to the extent that the failure to have such permits, licenses or other approvals would not have a Material Adverse Effect, and (ii) are in compliance, in all material respects, with all terms and conditions of any such permit, license or approval.

 

8


  m.

Authorizations; Regulatory Compliance . The Company and each of its subsidiaries holds, and is operating in compliance with, all authorizations, licenses, permits, approvals, clearances, registrations, exemptions, consents, certificates and orders of any governmental authority and supplements and amendments thereto (collectively, “Authorizations”) required for the conduct of its business and all such Authorizations are valid and in full force and effect and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is in material violation of any terms of any such Authorizations, except, in each case, such as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received notice of any revocation or modification of any such Authorization, or has reason to believe that any such Authorization will not be renewed in the ordinary course, except to the extent that any such revocation, modification, or non-renewal would not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Company and each of its subsidiaries is in compliance with all applicable federal, state, local and foreign laws, regulations, orders and decrees, except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any unresolved FDA Form 483, notice of adverse filing, warning letter, untitled letter or other correspondence or notice from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”), or any other federal, state, local, or foreign governmental or regulatory authority, alleging or asserting noncompliance with the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. § 301 et seq.). The Company and each of its subsidiaries, and to the Company’s knowledge, each of their respective directors, officers, employees and agents, is and has been in material compliance with applicable health care laws, including, to the extent applicable, without limitation, the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. § 301 et seq.), the federal Anti-kickback Statute (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7b(b)), the civil False Claims Act (31 U.S.C. § 3729 et seq.), the criminal False Claims Law (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7b(a)), the Civil Monetary Penalties Law (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7a), the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (42 U.S.C. § 1320d et seq.), as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009 (42 U.S.C. § 17921 et seq.), the exclusion laws (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7), Medicare (Title XVIII of the Social Security Act), Medicaid (Title XIX of the Social Security Act), and the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010, as amended by the Health Care and Education Affordability Reconciliation Act of 2010, including without limitation the Physician Payments Sunshine Act (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7h), and the regulations promulgated pursuant to such laws, and comparable state laws (collectively, “Health Care Laws”). Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received notice of any ongoing claim, action, suit, proceeding, hearing, enforcement, investigation, arbitration or other action from any Governmental Authority or third party alleging that any product operation or activity is in material violation of any Health Care Laws or Authorizations and has no knowledge that any such Governmental Authority or third party is considering any such claim, litigation, arbitration, action, suit, investigation or proceeding. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received notice that any governmental authority has taken, is taking or intends to take action to limit, suspend, modify or revoke any Authorizations and has no knowledge that any such governmental authority is considering such action. The Company and each of its subsidiaries has filed, obtained, maintained or submitted all reports, documents, forms, notices, applications, records, claims, submissions and supplements or amendments thereto as required by any Health Care Laws or Authorizations and that all such reports, documents, forms, notices, applications, records, claims, submissions and supplements or amendments were complete, correct and not misleading on the date filed (or were corrected or supplemented by a subsequent submission). Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has, either voluntarily or involuntarily, initiated, conducted, or issued or caused to be initiated, conducted or issued, any recall, market withdrawal or replacement, safety alert, post sale warning, “dear doctor” letter, or

 

9


  other notice or action relating to the alleged lack of safety or efficacy of any product or any alleged product defect or violation and, to the Company’s knowledge, no third party has initiated or conducted any such notice or action. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is a party to any corporate integrity agreement, deferred prosecution agreement, monitoring agreement, consent decree, settlement order, or similar agreements, or has any reporting obligations pursuant to any such agreement, plan or correction or other remedial measure entered into with any Governmental Authority. Neither the Company, its subsidiaries nor their officers, directors, employees, agents or contractors has been or is currently excluded from participation in the Medicare and Medicaid programs or any other state or federal health care program.

 

  n. Title . Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries owns any real property. Except as set forth on Schedule 4n , each of the Company and its subsidiaries has good and marketable title to all of its personal property and assets, free and clear of any restriction, mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, lien, security interest or other charge, claim or encumbrance which would have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as set forth on Schedule 4n , with respect to properties and assets it leases, each of the Company and its subsidiaries is in compliance with such leases and holds a valid leasehold interest free of any liens, claims or encumbrances which would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  o. No Material Restrictions, Breaches, etc . Neither Company nor any subsidiary is subject to any charter, corporate or other legal restriction, or any judgment, decree, order, rule or regulation which in the judgment of the Company’s officers has had, or is reasonably expected in the future to have, a Material Adverse Effect. Neither Company nor any subsidiary is in breach of any contract or agreement which breach, in the judgment of the Company’s officers, has had, or is reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  p. Tax Status . The Company and each subsidiary has made and filed (taking into account any valid extensions) all federal and state income and all other tax returns, reports and declarations required by any jurisdiction to which it is subject and (unless and only to the extent that the Company or such subsidiary has set aside on its books provisions reasonably adequate for the payment of all unpaid and unreported taxes) has paid all taxes and other governmental assessments and charges that are material in amount, shown or determined to be due on such returns, reports and declarations, except those being contested in good faith and has set aside on its books provision reasonably adequate for the payment of all taxes for periods subsequent to the periods to which such returns, reports or declarations apply. To the knowledge of the Company, there are no unpaid taxes in any material amount claimed to be due from the Company or any subsidiary by the taxing authority of any jurisdiction, and the officers of the Company know of no basis for any such claim.

 

  q. Certain Transactions . Except for arm’s length transactions pursuant to which the Company or any subsidiary makes payments in the ordinary course of business upon terms no less favorable than it could obtain from third parties, none of the officers, directors, or employees of the Company or any subsidiary is a party to any transaction with the Company or any subsidiary (other than for services as employees, officers and directors), including any contract, agreement or other arrangement providing for the furnishing of services to or by, providing for rental of real or personal property to or from, or otherwise requiring payments to or from any officer, director or such employee or, to the knowledge of the Company, any corporation, partnership, trust or other entity in which any officer, director, or any such employee has a substantial interest or is an officer, director, trustee or partner.

 

10


  r. Rights of First Refusal . Except as set forth on Schedule 4c(i) or Schedule 4r , the Company is not obligated to offer the securities offered hereunder on a right of first refusal basis or otherwise to any third parties including, but not limited to, current or former stockholders of the Company, underwriters, brokers, agents or other third parties.

 

  s. Insurance . The Company has insurance policies of the type and in amounts customarily carried by organizations conducting businesses or owning assets similar to those of the Company and its subsidiaries. There is no material claim pending under any such policy as to which coverage has been questioned, denied or disputed by the underwriter of such policy.

 

  t. SEC Reports . The Company has filed all reports, schedules, forms, statements and other documents required to be filed by the Company under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), including pursuant to Section 15(d) thereof (or that it would have been required to file by Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act if its duty to file thereunder had not been automatically suspended) (collectively, together with the Super 8-K, the “ SEC Reports ”) for the two (2) years preceding the date hereof (or such shorter period since the Company was first required by law or regulation to file such material). To the Company’s knowledge, the draft Super 8-K furnished to each Purchaser prior to the Initial Closing will not materially deviate from the Super 8-K.

 

  u. Financial Statements . The financial statements of the Company included in the SEC Reports comply in all material respects with applicable accounting requirements and the rules and regulations of the SEC with respect thereto as in effect at the time of filing. Such financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis during the periods involved, except as may be otherwise specified in such financial statements or the notes thereto and except that unaudited financial statements may not contain all footnotes required by GAAP, and fairly present in all material respects the financial position of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries taken as a whole as of and for the dates thereof and the results of operations and cash flows for the periods then ended, subject, in the case of unaudited statements, to normal, year-end audit adjustments. The pro forma financial information and the related notes, if any, included in the SEC Reports have been properly compiled and prepared in accordance with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder and fairly present in all material respects the information shown therein, and the assumptions used in the preparation thereof are reasonable and the adjustments used therein are appropriate to give effect to the transactions and circumstances referred to therein.

 

  v.

Material Changes . Since the respective date of the latest balance sheet of the Company and the latest balance sheet of Valeritas included in the financial statements contained within the SEC Reports, except as specifically disclosed in the SEC Reports, (i) there have been no events, occurrences or developments that have had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect with respect to the Company or Valeritas, (ii) neither the Company nor Valeritas has incurred any material liabilities (contingent or otherwise) other than (A) trade payables, accrued expenses and other liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice and (B) liabilities not required to be reflected in the financial statements of the Company or of Valeritas, as applicable, pursuant to GAAP or to be disclosed in filings made with the SEC, (iii) neither the Company nor Valeritas has materially altered its method of accounting or the manner in which it keeps its accounting books and records, (iv) neither the Company nor Valeritas has declared or made any dividend or distribution of cash or other property to its stockholders or purchased, redeemed or made any agreements to purchase or redeem any shares of its capital stock (other than in connection

 

11


  with repurchases of unvested stock issued to employees of the Company), (v) neither the Company nor Valeritas has issued any equity securities to any officer, director or Affiliate, except Common Stock issued in the ordinary course pursuant to existing Company or Valeritas stock option or stock purchase plans or executive and director corporate arrangements disclosed in the SEC Reports and Common Stock issued pursuant to the Merger, (vi) there has not been any change or amendment to, or any waiver of any material right under, any material contract under which the Company, Valeritas or any of their assets are bound or subject, and (vii) except for the issuance of the Shares and Placement Agent Warrants contemplated by this Agreement, no event, liability or development has occurred or exists with respect to the Company, Valeritas or each of their businesses, properties, operations or financial condition, as applicable, that would be required to be disclosed by the Company or Valeritas under applicable securities laws at the time this representation is made that has not been publicly disclosed in the SEC Reports.

 

  w. Transactions With Affiliates and Employees . None of the officers or directors of the Company and, to the Company’s knowledge, none of the employees of the Company, is a party to any transaction with the Company or to a transaction contemplated by the Company (other than for services as employees, officers and directors) that would be required to be disclosed by the Company pursuant to Item 404 of Regulation S-K promulgated under the Securities Act, except as contemplated by the Transaction Documents or set forth in the SEC Reports.

 

  x. Sarbanes-Oxley . The Company is in compliance in all material respects with all of the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 which are applicable to it.

 

  y. Disclosure Controls . The Company has established and maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14 under the Exchange Act) and such controls and procedures are effective in ensuring that material information relating to the Company, including its subsidiaries, is made known to the principal executive officer and the principal financial officer.

 

  z. Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements . There is no transaction, arrangement, or other relationship between the Company and an unconsolidated or other off-balance sheet entity that is required to be disclosed by the Company in its SEC Reports (including, for purposes hereof, any that are required to be disclosed in a Form 10) and is not so disclosed or that otherwise would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  aa. Foreign Corrupt Practices . Neither the Company and its subsidiaries, nor to the Company’s knowledge, any agent or other person acting on behalf of the Company and its subsidiaries, has: (i) directly or indirectly, used any funds for unlawful contributions, gifts, entertainment or other unlawful expenses related to foreign or domestic political activity, (ii) made any unlawful payment to foreign or domestic government officials or employees or to any foreign or domestic political parties or campaigns from corporate funds, (iii) failed to disclose fully any contribution made by the Company (or made by any person acting on its behalf of which the Company is aware) which is in violation of law or (iv) violated in any material respect any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.

 

  bb. Brokers’ Fees . Neither of the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has any liability or obligation to pay any fees or commissions to any broker, finder or agent with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except for the payment of fees to the Placement Agents as described in Section 3 above.

 

12


  cc. Disclosure Materials . The SEC Reports and the Disclosure Materials taken as a whole do not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.

 

  dd. Investment Company . The Company is not required to be registered as, and is not an Affiliate of, and immediately following the Closing will not be required to register as, an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

  ee. Reliance . The Company acknowledges that the Purchaser is relying on the representations and warranties made by the Company hereunder and that such representations and warranties are a material inducement to the Purchaser purchasing the Shares. The Company further acknowledges that without such representations and warranties of the Company made hereunder, the Purchasers would not enter into this Agreement.

 

  5. Representations, Warranties and Agreements of the Purchaser.   The Purchaser represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Company the following:

 

  a. The Purchaser has the knowledge and experience in financial and business matters necessary to evaluate the merits and risks of its prospective investment in the Company, and has carefully reviewed and understands the risks of, and other considerations relating to, the purchase of Shares and the tax consequences of the investment.

 

  b. The Purchaser is acquiring the Shares for investment for its own account and not with the view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof. The Purchaser understands and acknowledges that the Offering and sale of the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act or any state securities laws, by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws, which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent as expressed herein. The Purchaser further represents that it does not have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any person to sell, transfer or grant participation to any third person with respect to any of the Shares. The Purchaser understands and acknowledges that the offering of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement will not be registered at the time of their acquisition by the Purchaser, and may never be registered, under the Securities Act nor under the state securities laws on the ground that the sale provided for in this Agreement and the issuance of securities hereunder is exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws.

 

  c. The Purchaser is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D as promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act, for the reason(s) specified on the Accredited Investor Certification attached hereto as completed by Purchaser, and Purchaser shall submit to the Company such further assurances of such status as may be reasonably requested by the Company. The Purchaser resides in the jurisdiction set forth on the Purchaser’s Omnibus Signature Page affixed hereto.

 

13


  d. The Purchaser (i) if a natural person, represents that he or she is the greater of (A) 21 years of age or (B) the age of legal majority in his or her jurisdiction of residence, and has full power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and all other related agreements or certificates and to carry out the provisions hereof and thereof; (ii) if a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or partnership, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or other entity, represents that such entity was not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the Shares, such entity is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the state or jurisdiction of its organization, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby is authorized by, and will not result in a violation of state law or its charter or other organizational documents, such entity has full power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and all other related agreements or certificates and to carry out the provisions hereof and thereof and to purchase and hold the Shares, the execution and delivery of this Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary action, this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered on behalf of such entity and is a legal, valid and binding obligation of such entity; or (iii) if executing this Agreement in a representative or fiduciary capacity, represents that it has full power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement in such capacity and on behalf of the subscribing individual, ward, partnership, trust, estate, corporation, or limited liability company or partnership, or other entity for whom the Purchaser is executing this Agreement, and such individual, partnership, ward, trust, estate, corporation, or limited liability company or partnership, or other entity has full right and power to perform pursuant to this Agreement and make an investment in the Company, and represents that this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such entity. The execution and delivery of this Agreement will not violate or be in conflict with any order, judgment, injunction, agreement or controlling document to which the Purchaser is a party or by which it is bound.

 

  e. The Purchaser understands that the Shares are being offered and sold to it in reliance on specific exemptions from the registration requirements of United States federal and state securities laws and that the Company is relying in part upon the truth and accuracy of, and such Purchaser’s compliance with, the representations, warranties, agreements, acknowledgments and understandings of such Purchaser set forth herein in order to determine the availability of such exemptions and the eligibility of such Purchaser to acquire such securities. The Purchaser further acknowledges and understands that the Company is relying on the representations and warranties made by the Purchaser hereunder and that such representations and warranties are a material inducement to the Company to sell the Shares to the Purchaser. The Purchaser further acknowledges that without such representations and warranties of the Purchaser made hereunder, the Company would not enter into this Agreement with the Purchaser.

 

  f. The Purchaser understands that no public market exists for the Company’s Common Stock and that there can be no assurance that any public market for the Common Stock will exist or continue to exist.

 

  g.

The Purchaser has received and reviewed information about the Company, including all Disclosure Materials, and has had an opportunity to discuss the Company’s business, management and financial affairs with the Company’s

 

14


  management. The Purchaser understands that such discussions, as well as any Disclosure Materials provided by the Company, were intended to describe the aspects of the Company’s business and prospects which the Company believes to be material, but were not necessarily a thorough or exhaustive description, and except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, the Company makes no representation or warranty with respect to the completeness of such information and makes no representation or warranty of any kind with respect to any information provided by any entity other than the Company. Some of such information may include projections as to the future performance of the Company, which projections may not be realized, may be based on assumptions which may not be correct and may be subject to numerous factors beyond the Company’s control. Additionally, the Purchaser understands and represents that it is purchasing the Shares notwithstanding the fact that the Company may disclose in the future certain material information the Purchaser has not received, including (without limitation) financial statements of the Company and/or Valeritas for the current or prior fiscal periods, and any subsequent period financial statements that will be filed with the SEC, that it is not relying on any such information in connection with its purchase of the Shares and that it waives any right of action with respect to the nondisclosure to it prior to its purchase of the Shares of any such information. Each Purchaser has sought such accounting, legal and tax advice as it has considered necessary to make an informed investment decision with respect to its acquisition of the Shares.

 

  h. The Purchaser acknowledges that none of the Company or the Placement Agents is acting as a financial advisor or fiduciary of the Purchaser (or in any similar capacity) with respect to the Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, and no investment advice has been given by the Company, the Placement Agents or any of their respective representatives or agents in connection with the Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The Purchaser further represents to the Company that the Purchaser’s decision to enter into the Transaction Documents has been based solely on the independent evaluation by the Purchaser and its representatives.

 

  i. As of the Closing, all actions on the part of Purchaser, and its officers, directors and partners, if applicable, necessary for the authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement and the performance of all obligations of the Purchaser hereunder and thereunder shall have been taken, and this Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement, assuming due execution by the parties hereto and thereto, constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Purchaser, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, subject to: (i) judicial principles limiting the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief, and other equitable remedies and (ii) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect generally relating to or affecting creditors’ rights.

 

  j.

Purchaser represents that neither it nor, to its knowledge, any person or entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with it, nor any person having a beneficial interest in it, nor any person on whose behalf the Purchaser is acting: (i) is a person listed in the Annex to Executive Order No. 13224 (2001) issued by the President of the United States (Executive Order Blocking Property

 

15


  and Prohibiting Transactions with Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism); (ii) is named on the List of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons maintained by the U.S. Office of Foreign Assets Control; (iii) is a non-U.S. shell bank or is providing banking services indirectly to a non-U.S. shell bank; (iv) is a senior non-U.S. political figure or an immediate family member or close associate of such figure; or (v) is otherwise prohibited from investing in the Company pursuant to applicable U.S. anti-money laundering, anti-terrorist and asset control laws, regulations, rules or orders (categories (i) through (v), each a “ Prohibited Purchaser ”). The Purchaser agrees to provide the Company, promptly upon request, all information that the Company reasonably deems necessary or appropriate to comply with applicable U.S. anti-money laundering, anti-terrorist and asset control laws, regulations, rules and orders. The Purchaser consents to the disclosure to U.S. regulators and law enforcement authorities by the Company and its Affiliates and agents of such information about the Purchaser as the Company reasonably deems necessary or appropriate to comply with applicable U.S. anti-money laundering, anti-terrorist and asset control laws, regulations, rules and orders. If the Purchaser is a financial institution that is subject to the USA Patriot Act, the Purchaser represents that it has met all of its obligations under the USA Patriot Act. The Purchaser acknowledges that if, following its investment in the Company, the Company reasonably believes that the Purchaser is a Prohibited Purchaser or is otherwise engaged in suspicious activity or refuses to promptly provide information that the Company requests, the Company has the right or may be obligated to prohibit additional investments, segregate the assets constituting the investment in accordance with applicable regulations or immediately require the Purchaser to transfer the Shares. The Purchaser further acknowledges that the Purchaser will have no claim against the Company or any of its Affiliates or agents for any form of damages as a result of any of the foregoing actions.

If the Purchaser is an Affiliate of a non-U.S. banking institution (a “ Foreign Bank ”), or if the Purchaser receives deposits from, makes payments on behalf of, or handles other financial transactions related to a Foreign Bank, the Purchaser represents and warrants to the Company that: (i) the Foreign Bank has a fixed address, other than solely an electronic address, in a country in which the Foreign Bank is authorized to conduct banking activities; (ii) the Foreign Bank maintains operating records related to its banking activities; (iii) the Foreign Bank is subject to inspection by the banking authority that licensed the Foreign Bank to conduct banking activities; and (iv) the Foreign Bank does not provide banking services to any other Foreign Bank that does not have a physical presence in any country and that is not a regulated Affiliate.

 

  k. The Purchaser or its duly authorized representative realizes that because of the inherently speculative nature of businesses of the kind conducted and contemplated by the Company, the Company’s financial results may be expected to fluctuate from month to month and from period to period and will, generally, involve a high degree of financial and market risk that could result in substantial or, at times, even total losses for investors in securities of the Company.

 

  l. The Purchaser has adequate means of providing for its current and anticipated financial needs and contingencies, is able to bear the economic risk for an indefinite period of time and has no need for liquidity of the investment in the Shares and could afford complete loss of such investment.

 

16


  m. The Purchaser is not subscribing for Shares as a result of or subsequent to any advertisement, article, notice or other communication, published in any newspaper, magazine or similar media or broadcast over television, radio, or the internet, or presented at any seminar or meeting, or any solicitation of a subscription by a person not previously known to the Purchaser in connection with investments in securities generally.

 

  n. The Purchaser acknowledges that no U.S. federal or state agency or any other government or governmental agency has passed upon the Shares or made any finding or determination as to the fairness, suitability or wisdom of any investments therein.

 

  o. Other than consummating the transactions contemplated hereunder, the Purchaser has not directly or indirectly, nor has any individual or entity acting on behalf of or pursuant to any understanding with such Purchaser, executed any purchases or sales, including Short Sales, of the securities of the Company during the period commencing as of the time that such Purchaser first received a term sheet (written or oral) from the Company or any other individual or entity representing the Company setting forth the material terms of the transactions contemplated hereunder and ending immediately prior to the execution hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of a Purchaser that is a multi-managed investment vehicle whereby separate portfolio managers manage separate portions of such Purchaser’s assets and the portfolio managers have no direct knowledge of the investment decisions made by the portfolio managers managing other portions of such Purchaser’s assets, the representation set forth above shall only apply with respect to the portion of assets managed by the portfolio manager that made the investment decision to purchase the Shares covered by this Agreement. Other than to other individuals or entities party to this Agreement, such Purchaser has maintained the confidentiality of all disclosures made to it in connection with this transaction (including the existence and terms of this transaction). Notwithstanding the foregoing, for avoidance of doubt, nothing contained herein shall constitute a representation or warranty, or preclude any actions, with respect to the identification of the availability of, or securing of, available shares to borrow in order to effect Short Sales or similar transactions in the future. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Short Sales ” means all “short sales” as defined in Rule 200 of Regulation SHO under the Exchange Act (but shall not be deemed to include the location and/or reservation of borrowable shares of Common Stock).

 

  p. The Purchaser agrees to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of the Registration Rights Agreement and to perform all obligations thereby imposed upon it.

 

  q. The Purchaser is aware that the anti-manipulation rules of Regulation M under the Exchange Act may apply to sales of the Shares and other activities with respect to the Shares by the Purchasers.

 

  r. All of the information that the Purchaser has heretofore furnished or which is set forth herein is true, correct and complete as of the date of this Agreement, and, if there should be any material change in such information prior to the admission of the undersigned to the Company, the Purchaser will promptly furnish revised or corrected information to the Company.

 

17


  s. (For ERISA plans only)  The fiduciary of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ ERISA ”), plan (the “ Plan ”) represents that such fiduciary has been informed of and understands the Company’s investment objectives, policies and strategies, and that the decision to invest “plan assets” (as such term is defined in ERISA) in the Company is consistent with the provisions of ERISA that require diversification of plan assets and impose other fiduciary responsibilities. The Purchaser fiduciary or Plan (a) is responsible for the decision to invest in the Company; (b) is independent of the Company or any of its Affiliates; (c) is qualified to make such investment decision; and (d) in making such decision, the Purchaser fiduciary or Plan has not relied primarily on any advice or recommendation of the Company or any of its Affiliates.

 

  6. Transfer Restrictions . The Purchaser acknowledges and agrees as follows:

 

  a. The Shares have not been registered for sale under the Securities Act, in reliance on the private offering exemption in Section 4(a)(2) thereof; other than as expressly provided in the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company does not currently intend to register the Shares under the Securities Act at any time in the future; and the undersigned will not immediately be entitled to the benefits of Rule 144 with respect to the Shares.

 

  b. The Purchaser understands that there are substantial restrictions on the transferability of the Shares that the certificates representing the Shares shall bear a restrictive legend in substantially the following form (and a stop-transfer order may be placed against transfer of such certificates or other instruments):

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND NEITHER SUCH SECURITIES NOR ANY INTEREST THEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED, ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS (1) A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WITH RESPECT THERETO IS EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, OR (2) AN EXEMPTION FROM SUCH REGISTRATION EXISTS AND THE COMPANY RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, THAT SUCH SECURITIES MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED, ASSIGNED OR TRANSFERRED IN THE MANNER CONTEMPLATED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS..

In addition, if any Purchaser is an Affiliate of the Company, certificates evidencing the Shares issued to such Purchaser shall bear a customary “Affiliates” legend.

The legend set forth above shall be removed and the Company shall issue a certificate without such legend to the holder of the Shares upon which it is stamped, if (a) such Shares are sold pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act, or (b) such holder delivers to the Company an opinion of counsel, reasonably acceptable to the Company, that a disposition of the Shares is being made pursuant to an exemption from such registration and that the Shares, after such transfer, shall no longer be “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144.

 

18


  c. Subject to the Company’s right to request an opinion of counsel as set forth in Section 6b , the legend set forth in Section 6b above shall be removable and the Company shall issue or cause to be issued a book entry position or a certificate without such legend or any other legend to the holder of the applicable Shares upon which it is stamped or issue or cause to be issued to such holder by electronic delivery at the applicable balance account at The Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”) as provided in this Section 6c , if (i) such Shares and Underlying Shares are registered for resale under the Securities Act and the Purchaser is selling pursuant to the effective registration statement the Shares for resale (the Purchaser hereby agrees to only sell such Shares during such time that such registration statement is effective and not withdrawn or suspended, and only as permitted by such registration statement), (ii) such Shares are sold or transferred in compliance with Rule 144 (if the transferor is not an Affiliate of the Company), or (iii) such Shares are eligible for sale without the requirement for the Company to be in compliance with the current public information requirements of Rule 144 as to such securities and without volume or manner-of-sale restrictions if applicable to the Company at the time of such sale or transfer, and the holder and its broker have delivered customary documents reasonably requested by the Company’s transfer agent and/or Company counsel in connection with such sale or transfer. All costs and expenses related to the removal of the legends and the reissuance of any Shares or Underlying Shares, including but not limited to costs and expenses with respect to the transfer agent, Company counsel or otherwise, shall be borne by the Company. Following the date on which the Registration Statement (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) is first declared effective by the SEC, or at such other time as a legend is no longer required for certain Shares, the Company will no later than three (3) Trading Days (as defined below) following the delivery by a Purchaser to the Company or the transfer agent (with concurrent notice and delivery of copies to the Company) of a legended certificate representing such Shares (endorsed or with stock powers attached, signatures guaranteed, and otherwise in form necessary to affect the reissuance and/or transfer, and together with such other customary documents as the transfer agent and/or Company counsel shall reasonably request), deliver or cause to be delivered to the transferee of such Purchaser or such Purchaser, as applicable, a book entry position or a certificate representing such Shares that is free from all restrictive and other legends. The Company may not make any notation on its records or give instructions to the transfer agent that enlarge the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Section 6 . Certificates for Shares subject to legend removal hereunder shall be transmitted by the transfer agent to the Purchasers, as applicable, by crediting the account of the transferee’s Purchaser’s prime broker with DTC. “ Trading Day ” means (i) a day on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and traded on its principal trading market (unless the principal trading market is the OTC Bulletin Board or the OTC Pink tier of the OTC Markets Group, Inc.), or (ii) if the Common Stock is not listed on a trading market (other than the OTC Bulletin Board or the OTC QB, OTC QX or OTC Pink tier of the OTC Markets Group, Inc.), a day on which the Common Stock is traded in the over-the-counter market, as reported by the OTC Bulletin Board, or (iii) if the Common Stock is not quoted on any trading market (other than the OTC QB, OTC QX or OTC Pink tier of the OTC Markets Group, Inc.), a day on which the Common Stock is quoted in the over-the-counter market as reported by the OTC QB, OTC QX or OTC Pink tier of the OTC Markets Group, Inc. (or any similar organization or agency succeeding to its functions of reporting prices); provided, that in the event that the Common Stock is not listed or quoted as set forth in (i), (ii) and (iii) hereof, then Trading Day shall mean a Business Day.

 

  d.

If the Company shall fail for any reason or for no reason to issue to a Purchaser a book-entry position or a certificate not bearing the legend set forth in Section 6b within three (3) Trading Days after receipt by the Company and the Transfer Agent of all documents necessary for the

 

19


  removal of the legend as set forth in Section 6c at a time at which such removal is not prohibited under applicable law (the “ Deadline Date ”) (such certificate, the “ Unlegended Certificate ”), then, in addition to all other remedies available to such Purchaser, if on or after the Trading Day immediately following such three (3) Trading Day period, such Purchaser purchases (in an open market transaction or otherwise) shares of Common Stock to deliver in satisfaction of a sale by such Purchaser of the shares of Common Stock to be represented by the Unlegended Certificate that such Purchaser anticipated receiving from the Company without any restrictive legend as a result of such Purchaser’s full compliance with Section 6c (a “ Buy-In ”), then the Company shall, within three (3) Trading Days after such Purchaser’s request and in such Purchaser’s sole discretion, either (i) pay cash to the Purchaser in an amount equal to such Purchaser’s total purchase price (including brokerage commissions, if any) for the shares of Common Stock so purchased (the “ Buy-In Price ”), at which point the Company’s obligation to deliver such Unlegended Certificate representing such number of shares of Common Stock so purchased (and to issue such shares of Common Stock) shall terminate, or (ii) promptly honor its obligation to deliver to such Purchaser a certificate or certificates representing such shares of Common Stock and pay cash to the Purchaser in an amount equal to the excess (if any) of the Buy-In Price over the product of (a) such number of shares of Common Stock, times (b) the closing price of the Common Stock on the Deadline Date as reported by the principal trading market on which the Common Stock is primarily listed or quoted for trading. The Purchaser of shares of Common Stock shall provide the Company written notice indicating the amounts payable to such Purchaser in respect of the Buy-In, together with applicable confirmations and other evidence reasonably requested by the Company.

Conditions to Company s Obligations at Closing . The Company’s obligation to complete the sale and issuance of the Shares and deliver the Shares to each Purchaser, individually, at each Closing shall be subject to the following conditions to the extent not waived by the Company:

 

  a. Receipt of Payment.  The Company shall have received payment, by certified or other bank check or by wire transfer of immediately available funds, in the full amount of the purchase price for the number of Shares being purchased by such Purchaser at such Closing.

 

  b. Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties made by the Purchasers in Section   5 hereof shall be true and correct in all material respects when made, and shall be true and correct in all material respects on such Closing Date with the same force and effect as if they had been made on and as of said date. The Purchaser shall have performed in all material respects all obligations and covenants herein required to be performed by them on or prior to such Closing Date.

 

  c. Receipt of Executed Documents.  Such Purchaser shall have executed and delivered to the Company the Omnibus Signature Page, the Purchaser Questionnaire and the Selling Stockholder Questionnaire.

 

  d. Effectiveness of the Merger.  The Merger and the related split-off transaction shall have been effected (or is simultaneously effected).

 

  e. Minimum Offering.  The Initial Closing shall be at least for the number of shares of Common Stock in the Minimum Offering at the Purchase Price.

 

20


Conditions to Purchasers’ Obligations at Closing . Each Purchaser’s obligation to accept delivery of the Shares and to pay for the Shares shall be subject to the following conditions to the extent not waived by the Placement Agents on behalf of the Purchasers:

 

  f. Representations and Warranties Correct.  The representations and warranties made by the Company in Section   4 hereof shall be true and correct in all material respects (except to the extent any such representation and warranty is qualified by materiality or reference to Material Adverse Effect, in which case, such representation and warranty shall be true and correct in all respects as so qualified) as of, and as if made on, the date of this Agreement and as of such Closing Date, except to the extent any such representation or warranty expressly speaks as of an earlier date, in which case such representation or warranty shall be true and correct as of such earlier date. The Company shall have performed in all material respects all obligations and covenants herein required to be performed by it on or prior to such Closing Date.

 

  g. Receipt of Executed Transaction Documents.  The Company shall have executed and delivered to the Placement Agents the Registration Rights Agreement and the Escrow Agreement.

 

  h. Effectiveness of the Merger.  The Merger and the related split-off transaction shall have been effected (or is simultaneously effected).

 

  i. Minimum Offering.  The Initial Closing shall be at least for the number of shares of Common Stock in the Minimum Offering at the Purchase Price.

 

  j. Legal Opinion.  Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP, counsel to the Company, shall deliver to the Placement Agents an opinion addressed to the Purchasers, dated as of such Closing Date, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Purchasers.

 

  k. Certificate.  The Chief Executive Officer of the Company shall execute and deliver to the Placement Agents a certificate addressed to the Purchasers to the effect that the representations and warranties of the Company in Section   4 hereof are true and correct (except to the extent any such representation and warranty is qualified by materiality or reference to Material Adverse Effect, in which case, such representation and warranty shall be true and correct in all respects as so qualified) as of, and as if made on, the date of this Agreement and as of such Closing Date and that the Company has satisfied in all material respects all of the conditions set forth in this Section   8 .

 

  l. Good Standing.  The Company and each of its subsidiaries is a corporation or other business entity duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation.

 

  m. OTC Markets Approval.  The Company shall be quoted on either the OTC QX or OTC QB.

 

  n. Judgments.  No judgment, writ, order, injunction, award or decree of or by any court, or judge, justice or magistrate, including any bankruptcy court or judge, or any order of or by any governmental authority, shall have been issued, and no action or proceeding shall have been instituted by any governmental authority, enjoining or preventing the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

21


  o. No Suspension.  No suspension of trading shall have been imposed by the OTC QB, the SEC or any other governmental regulatory body with respect to public trading in the Common Stock.

 

  p. Lock-up Agreements.  Each of the lock-up agreements, duly executed by the persons listed on  Exhibit B hereto, in the form attached as  Exhibit C  hereto shall have been delivered to the Placement Agents on behalf of the Purchasers.

 

  q. Delivery of Draft of Super 8-K . A substantially complete draft of the Super 8-K, including audited financial statements of Valeritas for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and interim unaudited financial statements and pro forma financial statements have been delivered to the Placement Agents on behalf of the Purchasers.

 

  r. Debt Restructuring . Valeritas’s debt conversion and restructuring described as described in Schedule 4c shall have been completed.

 

  7. Indemnification.

 

  a. The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Purchaser, and its directors, officers, shareholders, members, partners, employees and agents (and any other persons with a functionally equivalent role of a person holding such titles notwithstanding a lack of such title or any other title), each person who controls such Purchaser (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act and Section 20 of the Exchange Act), and the directors, officers, shareholders, agents, members, partners or employees (and any other persons with a functionally equivalent role of a person holding such titles notwithstanding a lack of such title or any other title) of such controlling person, from and against all losses, liabilities, claims, damages, costs, fees and expenses whatsoever (including, but not limited to, any and all expenses incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation commenced or threatened) based upon or arising out of the Company’s actual or alleged false acknowledgment, representation or warranty, or misrepresentation or omission to state a material fact, or breach by the Company of any covenant or agreement made by the Company, contained herein or in any other any other Disclosure Materials; provided, however, that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent and only to the extent that any such loss, liability, claim, damage, cost, fee or expense arises out of or is based upon the inaccuracy of any representations made by such indemnified party in this Agreement, or the failure of such indemnified party to comply with the covenants and agreements contained in Section 7. The liability of the Company under this paragraph shall not exceed the total Purchase Price paid by the Purchaser hereunder, except in the case of fraud.

 

  b.

Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 9 of notice of the commencement of any Action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this Section 9 , notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party will not relieve it from any liability which it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 9 . In case any such Action is brought against any indemnified party, and it notifies the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate therein, and to the extent that it may elect by written notice delivered to the indemnified party promptly after receiving the aforesaid notice from such indemnified party, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to such indemnified party; provided, however, if the defendants in any such Action include both the

 

22


  indemnified party and the indemnifying party and either (i) the indemnifying party or parties and the indemnified party or parties mutually agree or (ii) representation of both the indemnifying party or parties and the indemnified party or parties by the same counsel is inappropriate under applicable standards of professional conduct due to actual or potential differing interests between them, the indemnified party or parties shall have the right to select separate counsel to assume such legal defenses and to otherwise participate in the defense of such Action on behalf of such indemnified party or parties. Upon receipt of notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense of such Action and approval by the indemnified party of counsel, the indemnifying party will not be liable to such indemnified party under this Section 9 for any reasonable legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof unless (i) the indemnified party shall have employed counsel in connection with the assumption of legal defenses in accordance with the proviso to the next preceding sentence (it being understood, however, that the indemnifying party shall not be liable for the expenses of more than one separate counsel in such circumstance), (ii) the indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party within a reasonable time after notice of commencement of the Action or (iii) the indemnifying party has authorized the employment of counsel for the indemnified party at the expense of the indemnifying party. No indemnifying party shall (i) without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened Action in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties to such Action) unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such Action, or (ii) be liable for any settlement of any such Action effected without its written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), but if settled with its written consent or if there be a final judgment of the plaintiff in any such Action, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify and hold harmless any indemnified party from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment.

 

  8. Revocability; Binding Effect. The subscription hereunder may be revoked prior to the Closing thereon, provided that written notice of revocation is sent and is received by the Company or a Placement Agent at least three (3) Business Days prior to the Closing on such subscription. The Purchaser hereby acknowledges and agrees that this Agreement shall survive the death or disability of the Purchaser and shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns. If the Purchaser is more than one person, the obligations of the Purchaser hereunder shall be joint and several and the agreements, representations, warranties and acknowledgments herein shall be deemed to be made by and be binding upon each such person and such person’s heirs, executors, administrators, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns.

 

  9.

Independent Nature of Purchasers’ Obligations and Rights . The obligations of each Purchaser under this Agreement are several and not joint with the obligations of any other Purchaser, and no Purchaser shall be responsible in any way for the performance of the obligations of any other Purchaser under this Agreement. Nothing contained herein and no action taken by any Purchaser pursuant hereto, shall be deemed to constitute the Purchasers as a partnership, an association, a joint venture or any other kind of entity, or create a presumption that the Purchasers are in any way acting in concert or as a group, or are deemed affiliates (as such term is defined under the Exchange Act) with respect to such obligations or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Each Purchaser shall be entitled to independently protect and

 

23


enforce its rights, including without limitation the rights arising out of this Agreement, and it shall not be necessary for any other Purchaser to be joined as an additional party in any proceeding for such purpose.

Third-Party Beneficiary . The Placement Agents shall be the third party beneficiary of the representations and warranties included in this Agreement. This Agreement is intended for the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns and is not for the benefit of, nor may any provision hereof be enforced by, any other Person, except as otherwise set forth in Section 9 and this Section 12 .

 

  10. Modification.  This Agreement shall not be modified or waived except by an instrument in writing signed by the party against whom any such modification or waiver is sought to be enforced.

 

  11. Immaterial Modifications to the Registration Rights Agreement.  The Company and the Placement Agents may, at any time prior to the initial Closing, amend the Registration Rights Agreement if necessary to clarify any provision therein, without first providing notice or obtaining prior consent of the Purchaser.

Notices. Any notice, consents, waivers or other communication required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing and will be deemed to have been delivered: (i) upon receipt, when personally delivered; (ii) upon receipt when sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; (iii) upon receipt, when sent by facsimile (provided confirmation of transmission is mechanically or electronically generated and kept on file by the sending party); (iv) when sent, if by e-mail, (provided that such sent e-mail is kept on file (whether electronically or otherwise) by the sending party and the sending party does not receive an automatically generated message from the recipient’s e-mail server that such e-mail could not be delivered to such recipient); or (v) one (1) Business Day after deposit with an overnight courier service with next day delivery specified, in each case, properly addressed to the party to receive the same. The addresses, facsimile numbers and email addresses for such communications shall be:

 

  (a) if to the Company, at

Valeritas Holdings, Inc.

750 Route 202 South, Suite 600

Bridgewater, NJ 08807

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

Facsimile: 908-927-9927

E-mail:  JTimberlake@valeritas.com

with copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:

CKR Law LLP

1330 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10019

Attention: Barrett S. DiPaolo

Facsimile: +1-212-259-8200

E-mail:  bdipaolo@ckrlaw.com

 

24


and

Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP

502 Carnegie Center

Princeton, NJ 08540-6241

Attention: Emilio Ragosa

Facsimile: 609-919-6701

Email:  eragosa@morganlewis.com ,

or

 

  (b) if to the Purchaser, at the address set forth on the Omnibus Signature Page hereof.

(or, in either case, to such other address as the party shall have furnished in writing in accordance with the provisions of this Section 15 ). Any notice or other communication given by certified mail shall be deemed given at the time of certification thereof, except for a notice changing a party’s address which shall be deemed given at the time of receipt thereof.

 

  12. Assignability. This Agreement and the rights, interests and obligations hereunder are not transferable or assignable by the Purchaser, and the transfer or assignment of the Shares shall be made only in accordance with all applicable laws.

 

  13. Applicable Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without reference to the principles thereof relating to the conflict of laws.

 

  14. Arbitration. The parties agree to submit all controversies to arbitration in accordance with the provisions set forth below and understand that:

 

  a. Arbitration shall be final and binding on the parties.

 

  b. The parties are waiving their right to seek remedies in court, including the right to a jury trial.

 

  c. Pre-arbitration discovery is generally more limited and different from court proceedings.

 

  d. The arbitrator’s award is not required to include factual findings or legal reasoning and any party’s right to appeal or to seek modification of rulings by arbitrators is strictly limited.

 

  e. The panel of arbitrators will typically include a minority of arbitrators who were or are affiliated with the securities industry.

 

  f.

All controversies which may arise between the parties concerning this Agreement shall be determined by arbitration pursuant to the rules then pertaining to the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority in New York City, New York. Judgment on any award of any such arbitration may be entered in the Supreme Court of the State of New York or in any other court having jurisdiction of the person or persons against whom such award is rendered. Any notice of such arbitration or for the confirmation of any award in any arbitration shall be sufficient if given in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. The parties agree that the determination of the arbitrators shall be binding and conclusive upon them. The prevailing party, as determined by such arbitrators, in a legal proceeding shall be entitled to collect any costs, disbursements and reasonable attorney’s fees from the other party. Prior to filing an arbitration, the parties hereby agree that they will attempt to resolve their differences first by submitting the matter for resolution to a mediator, acceptable to all parties, and whose

 

25


  expenses will be borne equally by all parties. The mediation will be held in the County of New York, State of New York, on an expedited basis. If the parties cannot successfully resolve their differences through mediation within sixty (60) days from the receipt of the written notice of a matter from the notifying party, the matter will be resolved by arbitration. The arbitration shall take place in the County of New York, State of New York, on an expedited basis.

 

  15. Form D; Blue Sky Qualification. The Company agrees to timely file a Form D with respect to the Securities and to provide a copy thereof, promptly upon request of any Purchaser. The Company shall take such action as the Company shall reasonably determine is necessary in order to obtain an exemption for, or to qualify the Securities for, sale to the Purchaser at such Closing under applicable securities or “Blue Sky” laws of the states of the United States, and shall provide evidence of such actions promptly upon request of any Purchaser.

 

  16. Use of Pronouns. All pronouns and any variations thereof used herein shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine, neuter, singular or plural as the identity of the person or persons referred to may require.

 

  17. Securities Laws Disclosure; Publicity . By 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the trading day immediately following the execution of this Agreement, the Company shall issue a press release (the “ Press Release ”) disclosing all material terms of the Offering. Within the time required by the Exchange Act, the Company will file the Super 8-K (and including as exhibits to such Super 8-K, the material Transaction Documents (including, without limitation, this Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement)). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not publicly disclose the name of any Purchaser or an Affiliate of any Purchaser, or include the name of any Purchaser or an Affiliate of any Purchaser in any press release or filing with the SEC (other than the Registration Statement) or any regulatory agency or principal trading market, without the prior written consent of such Purchaser, except (i) as required by federal securities law in connection with (A) any registration statement contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement and (B) the filing of final Transaction Documents with the SEC or (ii) to the extent such disclosure is required by law, request of the staff of the SEC or of any regulatory agency or principal trading market regulations, in which case the Company shall provide the Purchasers with prior written notice of such disclosure permitted under this sub-clause (ii) from and after the issuance of the Press Release, no Purchaser shall be in possession of any material, non-public information received from the Company or any of its respective officers, directors, employees or agents, that is not disclosed in the Press Release unless a Purchaser shall have executed a written agreement regarding the confidentiality and use of such information. Each Purchaser, severally and not jointly with the other Purchasers, covenants that until such time as the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are publicly disclosed by the Company as described in this Section   21 , such Purchaser will maintain the confidentiality of all disclosures made to it in connection with such transactions (including the existence and terms of such transactions).

 

  18. Non-Public Information . Except for information (including the terms of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby) that will be disclosed in the Super 8-K and filed with the SEC within four (4) Business Days of the Initial Closing, the Company shall not and shall cause each of its officers, directors, employees and agents, not to, provide any Purchaser with any material, non-public information regarding the Company without the express written consent of such Purchaser.

 

  19.

Anti-Dilution. If within six (6) months after the Initial Closing of the Offering the Company shall issue Additional Shares of Common Stock (as defined below) for a consideration per share,

 

26


  or with an exercise or conversion price per share, less than the Purchase Price (adjusted proportionately (or if it cannot be adjusted proportionately, then equitably) for any event described in clause (iii) of the following paragraph occurring after the first Closing of the Offering) (the “ Lower Price ”), the Purchaser shall be entitled to receive from the Company (for no additional consideration) additional Shares in an amount such that, when added to the number of shares of Common Stock initially purchased by the Purchaser in the Offering and still held by such Purchaser at the time of the dilutive issuance (the “ Held Shares ”), will equal the number of shares of Common Stock that such Purchaser’s aggregate Purchase Price for the Held Shares would have purchased at the Lower Price. Holders of a majority of the then Held Shares may waive the anti-dilution rights of all Purchasers with respect to a particular issuance by the Company.

Additional Shares of Common Stock ” shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued by the Company after the Initial Closing of the Offering (including without limitation any shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exchange of any convertible securities or upon exercise of any option, warrant or other right, on an as-converted or as-exercised basis, as of the date of issuance of such security, option, warrant or right), other than: (i) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion or exchange of any convertible securities or exercise of any options or warrants outstanding as of immediately following the Merger and the initial Closing; (ii) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon exercise of the Placement Agent Warrants; (iii) shares of Common Stock issued in a Subsequent Closing; (iv) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable by reason of a dividend, stock split, split-up or other distribution on shares of Common Stock relating to any recapitalization, reclassification or reorganization of the capital stock of the Company or otherwise, or any consolidation or merger of the Company with another corporation, or the sale of all or substantially all of its assets or other transaction effected in such a way that there is no change of control of the Company; (v) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to the acquisition of another entity or business by the Company by merger, purchase of substantially all of the assets or other reorganization or pursuant to a joint venture or technology license agreement, but not including a transaction in which the Company is issuing securities primarily for the purpose of raising capital or to an entity whose primary business is investing in securities; (vi) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable to officers, directors and employees of, or consultants to, the Company pursuant to stock grants, option plans, purchase plans or other employee stock incentive programs or arrangements approved by the Board of Directors, or upon exercise of options or warrants granted to such parties pursuant to any such plan or arrangement; and (vii) securities issued to financial institutions, institutional investors or lessors in connection with credit arrangements, equipment financings, lease arrangements or similar transactions, in the aggregate not exceeding ten percent (10%) of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at any time, and in case of clauses (iv) through (vii) above, such issuance is approved by a majority of disinterested directors of the Company and includes no “death spiral” provision of any kind.

 

  20. Miscellaneous.

 

  a. This Agreement, together with the Registration Rights Agreement and any confidentiality agreement between the Purchaser and the Company, constitute the entire agreement between the Purchaser and the Company with respect to the Offering and supersede all prior oral or written agreements and understandings, if any, relating to the subject matter hereof. The terms and provisions of this Agreement may be waived, or consent for the departure therefrom granted, only by a written document executed by the party entitled to the benefits of such terms or provisions.

 

27


  b. The representations and warranties of the Company and the Purchaser made in this Agreement shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and delivery of the Shares.

 

  c. If the Shares are certificated and any certificate or instrument evidencing any Shares or Placement Agent Warrants is mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed, the Company shall issue or cause to be issued in exchange and substitution for and upon cancellation thereof, or in lieu of and substitution therefor, a new certificate or instrument, but only upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Company’s transfer agent of such loss, theft or destruction and the execution by the holder thereof of a customary lost certificate affidavit of that fact and an agreement to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and the Company’s transfer agent for any losses in connection therewith or, if required by the transfer agent, a bond in such form and amount as is required by the transfer agent. The applicants for a new certificate or instrument under such circumstances shall also pay any reasonable third-party costs associated with the issuance of such replacement Shares or Placement Agent Warrants. If a replacement certificate or instrument evidencing any Shares or Placement Agent Warrants is requested due to a mutilation thereof, the Company may require delivery of such mutilated certificate or instrument as a condition precedent to any issuance of a replacement.

 

  d. Each of the parties hereto shall pay its own fees and expenses (including the fees of any attorneys, accountants, appraisers or others engaged by such party) in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated.

 

  e. This Agreement may be executed in one or more original or facsimile or by an e-mail which contains a portable document format (.pdf) file of an executed signature page counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall together constitute one and the same instrument and which shall be enforceable against the parties actually executing such counterparts. The exchange of copies of this Agreement and of signature pages by facsimile transmission or in .pdf format shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Agreement as to the parties and may be used in lieu of the original Agreement for all purposes. Signatures of the parties transmitted by facsimile or by e-mail of a document in pdf format shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.

 

  f. Each provision of this Agreement shall be considered separable and, if for any reason any provision or provisions hereof are determined to be invalid or contrary to applicable law, such invalidity or illegality shall not impair the operation of or affect the remaining portions of this Agreement.

 

  g. Paragraph titles are for descriptive purposes only and shall not control or alter the meaning of this Agreement as set forth in the text.

 

  h. The Purchaser understands and acknowledges that there may be multiple Closings for the Offering.

 

  i. The Purchaser hereby agrees to furnish the Company such other information as the Company may request prior to the Closing with respect to its subscription hereunder.

 

  21.

Omnibus Signature Page.  This Agreement is intended to be read and construed in conjunction with the Registration Rights Agreement. Accordingly, pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement, it is hereby agreed that the execution by

 

28


  the Purchaser of this Agreement, in the place set forth on the Omnibus Signature Page below, shall constitute agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions hereof and the terms and conditions of the Registration Rights Agreement, with the same effect as if each of such separate but related agreement were separately signed.

 

  22. Public Disclosure. Neither the Purchaser nor any officer, manager, director, member, partner, stockholder, employee, Affiliate, affiliated person or entity of the Purchaser shall make or issue any press releases or otherwise make any public statements or make any disclosures to any third person or entity with respect to the transactions contemplated herein and will not make or issue any press releases or otherwise make any public statements of any nature whatsoever with respect to the Company without the Company’s express prior approval. The Company has the right to withhold such approval in its sole discretion.

 

  23. Potential Conflicts.   The Placement Agents, their sub-agents, legal counsel to the Company or Valeritas and/or their respective Affiliates, principals, representatives or employees may now or hereafter own shares of the Company.

[Signature page follows.]

 

29


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has duly executed this Agreement as of the      day of             , 2016.

 

V ALERITAS H OLDINGS , I NC .
By:  

 

  Name:   John Timberlake
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

30


Annex A

How to subscribe for Shares in the private offering of

Valeritas Holdings, Inc.

(f/k/a Cleaner Yoga Mat, Inc.):

 

1. Date and Fill in the number of Shares being purchased and complete and sign the Omnibus Signature Page.

 

2. Initial the Accredited Investor Certification in the appropriate place or places.

 

3. Complete and sign the Investor Profile .

 

4. Complete and sign the Anti-Money Laundering Information Form .

 

5. Fax or email all forms and then send all signed original documents to:

CKR LAW LLP

1330 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10019

Facsimile Number: (212) 259-8200

Telephone Number: (212) 259-7300

Attn: Kathleen L. Rush

E-mail Address: krush@CKRlaw.com

 

6. If you are paying the Purchase Price by check , a certified or other bank check for the exact dollar amount of the Purchase Price for the number of Shares you are purchasing should be made payable to the order of “Delaware Trust Company, as Escrow Agent for Valeritas Holdings, Inc., Acct. # 79-2652” and should be sent directly to Delaware Trust Company, 2711 Centerville Road, One Little Falls Centre, Wilmington, DE   19808, Attn:   Alan R. Halpern .

Checks take up to five (5) business days to clear. A check must be received by the Escrow Agent at least six (6) business days before the closing date.

 

7. If you are paying the Purchase Price by wire transfer , you should send a wire transfer for the exact dollar amount of the Purchase Price for the number of Shares you are purchasing according to the following instructions :

 

Bank:   

PNC Bank

300 Delaware Avenue

Wilmington, DE 19899

ABA Routing #:    031100089
SWIFT CODE:    PNCCUS33
Account Name:    Delaware Trust Company
Account #:    5605012373
Reference:   

“FFC: Valeritas Holdings, Inc. Escrow Acct.

# 79-2652 – [INSERT SUBSCRIBER’S NAME]

Delaware Trust Contact:    Alan R. Halpern

Thank you for your interest,

Valeritas Holdings, Inc.


Valeritas Holdings, Inc. (f/k/a Cleaner Yoga Mat, Inc.)

OMNIBUS SIGNATURE PAGE TO

SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT AND REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

The undersigned, desiring to: (i) enter into the Subscription Agreement, dated as of                  , 1 2016 (the “Subscription Agreement”), between the undersigned, Valeritas Holdings, Inc. (f/k/a Cleaner Yoga Mat, Inc.), a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the other parties thereto, in or substantially in the form furnished to the undersigned, (ii) enter into the Registration Rights Agreement (the “Registration Rights Agreement”), among the undersigned, the Company and the other parties thereto, in or substantially in the form furnished to the undersigned, and (iii) purchase the Shares of the Company’s securities as set forth in the Subscription Agreement and below, hereby agrees to purchase such Shares from the Company and further agrees to join the Subscription Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement as a party thereto, with all the rights and privileges appertaining thereto, and to be bound in all respects by the terms and conditions thereof. The undersigned specifically acknowledges having read the representations section in the Subscription Agreement entitled “Representations and Warranties of the Purchaser” and hereby represents that the statements contained therein are complete and accurate with respect to the undersigned as a Purchaser.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Purchaser hereby executes this Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement.

Dated:             , 2016

 

 

     X  

$5.00

   =    $  

 

Number of Shares        Purchase Price per Share         Total Purchase Price

 

SUBSCRIBER (individual)     SUBSCRIBER (entity)

 

   

 

Signature     Name of Entity

 

   

 

Print Name     Signature

 

   
Signature (if Joint Tenants or Tenants in Common)     Print Name:  

 

    Title:  

 

Address of Principal Residence:     Address of Executive Offices:

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

Social Security Number(s):     IRS Tax Identification Number:

 

   

 

Telephone Number:     Telephone Number:

 

   

 

Facsimile Number:     Facsimile Number:

 

   

 

E-mail Address:     E-mail Address:

 

   

 

 

1   Will reflect the Closing Date. Not to be completed by Purchaser.


Valeritas Holdings, Inc. (f/k/a Cleaner Yoga Mat, Inc.)

ACCREDITED INVESTOR CERTIFICATION

For Individual Investors Only

(all Individual Investors must INITIAL where appropriate):

 

Initial        

I have a net worth of at least US$1 million either individually or through aggregating my individual holdings and those in which I have a joint, community property or other similar shared ownership interest with my spouse. (For purposes of calculating your net worth under this paragraph, (a) your primary residence shall not be included as an asset ; (b) indebtedness secured by your primary residence, up to the estimated fair market value of your primary residence at the time of your purchase of the securities, shall not be included as a liability (except that if the amount of such indebtedness outstanding at the time of your purchase of the securities exceeds the amount outstanding sixty (60) days before such time, other than as a result of the acquisition of your primary residence, the amount of such excess shall be included as a liability); and (c) indebtedness that is secured by your primary residence in excess of the estimated fair market value of your primary residence at the time of your purchase of the securities shall be included as a liability.)

Initial        

I have had an annual gross income for the past two (2) years of at least US$200,000 (or US$300,000 jointly with my spouse) and expect my income (or joint income, as appropriate) to reach the same level in the current year.

Initial        

I am a director or executive officer of Valeritas Holdings, Inc.

For Non-Individual Investors (Entities)

(all Non-Individual Investors must INITIAL where appropriate):

Initial        

The investor certifies that it is a partnership, corporation, limited liability company or business trust that is 100% owned by persons who meet at least one of the criteria for Individual Investors set forth above (in which case each such person must complete the Accreditor Investor Certification for Individuals above as well the remainder of this questionnaire).

Initial        

The investor certifies that it is a partnership, corporation, limited liability company or business trust that has total assets of at least US$5 million and was not formed for the purpose of investing the Company.

Initial        

The investor certifies that it is an employee benefit plan whose investment decision is made by a plan fiduciary (as defined in ERISA §3(21)) that is a bank, savings and loan association, insurance company or registered investment advisor.

Initial        

The investor certifies that it is an employee benefit plan whose total assets exceed US$5,000,000 as of the date of this Agreement.

Initial        

The undersigned certifies that it is a self-directed employee benefit plan whose investment decisions are made solely by persons who meet at least one of the criteria for Individual Investors.

Initial        

The investor certifies that it is a U.S. bank, U.S. savings and loan association or other similar U.S. institution acting in its individual or fiduciary capacity.

Initial        

The undersigned certifies that it is a broker-dealer registered pursuant to §15 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Initial        

The investor certifies that it is an organization described in §501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code with total assets exceeding US$5,000,000 and not formed for the specific purpose of investing in the Company.

Initial        

The investor certifies that it is a trust with total assets of at least US$5,000,000, not formed for the specific purpose of investing in the Company, and whose purchase is directed by a person with such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that such person is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the prospective investment.

Initial        

The investor certifies that it is a plan established and maintained by a state or its political subdivisions, or any agency or instrumentality thereof, for the benefit of its employees, and which has total assets in excess of US$5,000,000.

Initial        

The investor certifies that it is an insurance company as defined in §2(13) of the Securities Act of 1933, or a registered investment company.


Valeritas Holdings, Inc. (f/k/a Cleaner Yoga Mat, Inc.)

Investor Profile

(Must be completed by Investor)

Section A - Personal Investor Information

 

Investor Name(s):  

 

Individual executing Profile or Trustee:  

 

Social Security Numbers / Federal I.D. Number:  

 

Date of Birth:   

 

     Marital Status:   

 

Joint Party Date of Birth:   

 

     Investment Experience (Years):   

 

Annual Income:   

 

     Liquid Net Worth:   

 

Net Worth*:   

 

       
Tax Bracket:             15% or below               25% - 27.5%             Over 27.5%
Home Street Address:  

 

Home City, State & Zip Code:  

 

Home Phone:  

 

  Home Fax:  

 

  Home Email:  

 

Employer:  

 

Employer Street Address:  

 

Employer City, State & Zip Code:  

 

Bus. Phone:  

 

  Bus. Fax:  

 

  Bus. Email:  

 

Type of Business:  

 

Outside Broker/Dealer:  

 

Section B – Certificate Delivery Instructions

         Please deliver certificate to the Employer Address listed in Section A.

         Please deliver certificate to the Home Address listed in Section A.

         Please deliver certificate to the following address:                                          

Section C – Form of Payment – Check or Wire Transfer

         Check payable to Delaware Trust Company, as Escrow Agent for Valeritas Holdings, Inc., ACCT# 79-2652

         Wire funds from my outside account according to Section 2(b) of the Subscription Agreement.

         The funds for this investment are rolled over, tax deferred from                      within the allowed sixty (60) day window.

Please check if you are a FINRA member or Affiliate of a FINRA member firm:                     

 

 

   

 

Investor Signature     Date

 

* For purposes of calculating your net worth in this form, (a) your primary residence shall not be included as an asset ; (b) indebtedness secured by your primary residence, up to the estimated fair market value of your primary residence at the time of your purchase of the securities, shall not be included as a liability (except that if the amount of such indebtedness outstanding at the time of your purchase of the securities exceeds the amount outstanding sixty (60) days before such time, other than as a result of the acquisition of your primary residence, the amount of such excess shall be included as a liability); and (c) indebtedness that is secured by your primary residence in excess of the estimated fair market value of your primary residence at the time of your purchase of the securities shall be included as a liability.


ANTI MONEY LAUNDERING REQUIREMENTS

The USA PATRIOT Act

The USA PATRIOT Act is designed to detect, deter, and punish terrorists in the United States and abroad. The Act imposes new anti-money laundering requirements on brokerage firms and financial institutions. Since April 24, 2002 all brokerage firms have been required to have new, comprehensive anti-money laundering programs.

To help you understand these efforts, we want to provide you with some information about money laundering and our steps to implement the USA PATRIOT Act.

What is money laundering?

Money laundering is the process of disguising illegally obtained money so that the funds appear to come from legitimate sources or activities. Money laundering occurs in connection with a wide variety of crimes, including illegal arms sales, drug trafficking, robbery, fraud, racketeering, and terrorism.

How big is the problem and why is it important?

The use of the U.S. financial system by criminals to facilitate terrorism or other crimes could well taint our financial markets. According to the U.S. State Department, one recent estimate puts the amount of worldwide money laundering activity at $1 trillion a year.

What are we required to do to eliminate money laundering?

Under rules required by the USA PATRIOT Act, our anti-money laundering program must designate a special compliance officer, set up employee training, conduct independent audits, and establish policies and procedures to detect and report suspicious transaction and ensure compliance with such laws. As part of our required program, we may ask you to provide various identification documents or other information. Until you provide the information or documents we need, we may not be able to effect any transactions for you.


ANTI-MONEY LAUNDERING INFORMATION FORM

The following is required in accordance with the AML provision of the USA PATRIOT ACT.

(Please fill out and return with requested documentation.)

 

INVESTOR NAME:  

 

    
LEGAL ADDRESS:  

 

    
SSN# or TAX ID# OF INVESTOR:  

 

    
YEARLY INCOME:  

 

    
NET WORTH:  

 

   *

 

* For purposes of calculating your net worth in this form, (a) your primary residence shall not be included as an asset ; (b) indebtedness secured by your primary residence, up to the estimated fair market value of your primary residence at the time of your purchase of the securities, shall not be included as a liability (except that if the amount of such indebtedness outstanding at the time of your purchase of the securities exceeds the amount outstanding sixty (60) days before such time, other than as a result of the acquisition of your primary residence, the amount of such excess shall be included as a liability); and (c) indebtedness that is secured by your primary residence in excess of the estimated fair market value of your primary residence at the time of your purchase of the securities shall be included as a liability.

 

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE(S) (FOR ALL INVESTORS):  

 

ADDRESS OF BUSINESS OR OF EMPLOYER:  

 

 

 

FOR INVESTORS WHO ARE  INDIVIDUALS : AGE:  

 

FOR INVESTORS WHO ARE  INDIVIDUALS : OCCUPATION:  

 

FOR INVESTORS WHO ARE  ENTITIES : TYPE OF BUSINESS:  

 

IDENTIFICATION & DOCUMENTATION AND SOURCE OF FUNDS:

 

1. Please submit a copy of non-expired identification for the authorized signatory(ies) on the investment documents, showing name, date of birth, address and signature.  The address shown on the identification document MUST match the Investor’s address shown on the Investor Signature Page.

 

  Current Driver’s License   or    Valid Passport   or    Identity Card   

( Circle one or more)

 

2. If the Investor is a corporation, limited liability company, trust or other type of entity, please submit the following requisite documents: (i) Certificate of Incorporation, By-Laws, Certificate of Formation, Operating Agreement, Trust or other similar documents for the type of entity; and (ii) Corporate Resolution or power of attorney or other similar document granting authority to signatory(ies) and designating that they are permitted to make the proposed investment.

 

3. Please advise where the funds were derived from to make the proposed investment:

 

  Investments   Savings    Proceeds of Sale    Other  

 

  

(Circle one or more)

 

Signature:  

 

Print Name:  

 

Title (if applicable):  

 

Date:  

 


DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE

TO THE

SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

by and among

VALERITAS HOLDINGS, INC.

and

THE PURCHASERS PARTY THERETO

This is the Disclosure Schedule (the “ Disclosure Schedule ”) to the Subscription Agreement (the “ Subscription Agreement ”) executed by each purchaser (collectively the “ Purchasers ”) in connection with the private placement offering by Valeritas Holdings, Inc. (f/k/a Cleaner Yoga Mat, Inc.), a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), of a minimum of $25,000,000 and a maximum of $40,000,000 of shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “ Common Stock ”), plus up to an additional $10,000,000 of shares of Common Stock to cover over-subscriptions.

To the extent that any representation or warranty contained in the Subscription Agreement is limited or qualified by the materiality of the matters to which the representation or warranty is given, the inclusion of any matter in this Disclosure Schedule does not constitute a determination that such matters are material. Nothing in this Disclosure Schedule constitutes an admission of any liability or obligation of the Company or the Purchasers to any third party.

The representations and warranties set forth in the Subscription Agreement shall be modified by the exceptions, limitations, clarifications and other matters set forth in this Disclosure Schedule. Any fact or matter discussed in one or more of the items in any section of this Disclosure Schedule shall be deemed to be disclosed for purposes of all other representations and warranties in the Subscription Agreement, whether or not specifically cross-referenced, to the extent the relevance is reasonably apparent from the disclosure. Unless otherwise specified herein, capitalized terms set forth herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Subscription Agreement.


Schedule 4a

Subsidiaries

The Company’s only subsidiary is Valeritas, Inc., a Delaware corporation.


Schedule 4c

Pro Forma Capitalization 1

For purposes of this Disclosure Schedule, the term “ Issuer ” shall mean the Company, and the term “ Valeritas ” shall have the meaning as provided in the Subscription Agreement.

 

Minimum Offering

 
                   Actual     Fully Diluted  
                   Shares      %
Ownership
    Shares      %
Ownership
 

Valeritas Stockholders

           6,600,000         52.4     6,600,000         42.1

Offering Shares

     @       $ 5.00              

Existing Valeritas Investors 2

           4,000,000         31.7     4,000,000         25.5

New Investors

           1,000,000         7.9     1,000,000         6.4

Placement Agent Warrants

     @       $ 5.00              8,000         0.5

Issuer Pre-Merger Stockholders

           1,000,000         7.9     1,000,000         6.4

Equity Incentive Plan

                3,000,000         19.1
        

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

           12,600,000         100.0     15,680,000         100.0
        

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Maximum Offering plus Over-Subscription Option

 
                   Actual     Fully Diluted  
                   Shares      %
Ownership
    Shares      %
Ownership
 

Valeritas Stockholders

           6,600,000         37.5     6,600,000         31.3

Offering Shares

     @       $ 5.00              

Existing Valeritas Investors 3

           4,000,000         22.7     4,000,000         19.0

New Investors 4

           6,000,000         34.1     6,000,000         28.5

Placement Agent Warrants

     @       $ 5.00              480,000         2.3

Issuer Pre-Merger Stockholders

           1,000,000         5.7     1,000,000         4.7

Equity Incentive Plan

                3,000,000         14.2
        

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

           17,600,000         100.0     21,080,000         100.0
        

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

1   Assumes no exercise of the Issuer’s counsel’s option to receive up to 50% of its fees and expenses relating to the transactions in Common Stock.
2   Assumes participation of $20,000,000 from existing Valeritas investors in $30,000,000 Offering with no sales pursuant to Over-Subscription Option and a closing on or before April 29, 2016.
3   Assumes participation of $20,000,000 from existing Valeritas investors.
4   Assumes participation of $30,000,000 from new investors, including the $10,000,000 Over-Subscription Option.


Schedule 4c(i)

Preemptive Rights

None.


Schedule 4c(ii)

Options, Warrants, Other Stock Rights

Certain options and restricted stock to be issued pursuant to the 2016 Incentive Compensation Plan of Valeritas Holdings, Inc.


Schedule 4c(iii)

Indebtedness

Immediately prior to the Closing Date, Valeritas has outstanding a principal amount of $50 million of senior indebtedness held by Capital Royalty Group and certain of its affiliates (collectively, “ CRG ”) pursuant to an Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement by and between Valeritas and CRG dated as of August 5, 2014 by (as amended, restated or supplemented from time to time, the “ Term Loan Agreement ”), and a principal amount of $5 million of subordinated indebtedness held by WCAS Capital Partners IV, L.P. (“ WCAS ”), an affiliate of Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe, pursuant to a Note issued by Valeritas to WCAS, dated September 8, 2011, as amended by Amendment No. 1 to Note dated as of May 24, 2013 (as further amended, restated or supplemented from time to time, the “ WCAS Note ”).

Accrued interest, fees and expenses on the principal indebtedness held by CRG pursuant to the Term Loan Agreement and by WCAS pursuant to the WCAS Note as of April 29, 2016 will be $16,574,604.12 (the “ CRG Interest ”) and $2,075,662.72 (the “ WCAS Interest ”), respectively, for a total amount of $18,650,266.84. Pursuant to negotiations with CRG and WCAS, immediately prior to the Merger, CRG has agreed to convert $5,812,323.91 of the CRG Interest into common stock of Valeritas, at a price equal to $1.25 per share, which would result in Valeritas issuing 4,649,859 shares of common stock of Valeritas to CRG, and CRG and WCAS have agreed to convert $10,762,280.21 of the CRG Interest and $2,075,662.72 of the WCAS Interest into shares of Series AB Preferred Stock of Valeritas, at a price equal to $1.25 per share, which would result in Valeritas issuing 8,609,824 and 1,660,530 shares of Series AB Preferred Stock to CRG and WCAS, respectively. Thereafter, upon the closing of the Merger, the shares of Series AB Preferred Stock will be exchanged for stock in the Company and all common stock and preferred stock of Valeritas will be cancelled for no consideration. Each share of Series AB Preferred Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Closing Date will be converted into the right to receive 0.23856 shares of Company common stock.

The outstanding principal indebtedness held by CRG under the Term Loan Agreement will remain outstanding following the Merger in accordance with the following terms (the “ Revised Term Loan ”):

 

    The amount of the Revised Term Loan shall be the current $50.0 million outstanding principal indebtedness.

 

    The Revised Term Loan shall mature on the twentieth (20th) quarterly payment date following the closing date of the Merger (the “ Maturity Date ”). Principal, inclusive of all accrued paid-in-kind interest, on the Revised Term Loan will amortize in a single bullet payment on the Maturity Date.

 

    Interest on the Revised Term Loan will accrue at a rate of eleven percent (11%) per annum paid quarterly (on March 31, June 30, September 30, and December 31). Interest shall be payable, at the Company’s option, as eight percent (8%) cash interest and three percent (3%) paid in-kind interest; provided, however, that before the eighth (8 th ) quarterly payment date, interest shall be payable, at the Company’s option, in its entirety as paid-in-kind interest. All cash interest shall otherwise be paid quarterly. During any period in which an event of default has occurred and is continuing, the interest rate shall increase by four percent (4%) per annum and be payable entirely in cash.

 

    The Revised Term Loan shall be secured by a first priority security interest and right of payment in all of the Company’s global assets, accounts and proceeds now existing or to be acquired. The Revised Term Loan shall be guaranteed on a secured basis by the Company.


    To permit the Merger, all existing defaults under the Term Loan Agreement shall be permanently waived.

 

    The Company may, at its option, repay the Revised Term Loan in whole or in part without any penalty or prepayment fees.

 

    The Revised Term Loan includes only one operating covenant, which requires that the Company maintains an end-of-day cash balance greater than $5 million. The only other covenants are those usual and customary for this type of transaction.

The outstanding principal indebtedness held by WCAS under the WCAS Note will remain outstanding following the Merger in accordance with the following terms (the “ Amended WCAS Note ”):

 

    The Amended WCAS Note will mature on September 8, 2021 (the “ WCAS Note Maturity Date ”). Principal, inclusive of all accrued paid-in-kind interest, on the Amended WCAS Note will amortize in a single bullet payment on the WCAS Note Maturity Date.

 

    The Amended WCAS Note shall accrue interest at a rate of ten percent (10%) per annum payable entirely as paid-in-kind interest.

 

    WCAS’s right to payment under the Amended WCAS Note shall be subject to CRG’s payment of the Revised Term Loan pursuant to a subordination agreement by and between WCAS and CRG.

 

    To permit the Merger, all existing defaults under the WCAS Note shall be permanently waived.


Schedule 4c(iv)

Agreements to Register Securities

None.


Schedule 4c(vi)

Anti-Dilution Rights

None.


Schedule 4e

Required Notices and Consents

None.


Schedule 4f

Litigation

None.


Schedule 4k

Intellectual Property

The Company has been unable to locate the assignments to BioValve Technologies, Inc. for the following expired provisional patent applications, although all inventor assignments have been obtained with respect to all issued patents:

 

Application Number

  

Inventor Name

60/250,409

   Peter F. Marshall

60/250,927

   Peter F. Marshall

60/250,408

   Peter F. Marshall

60/250,403

   Peter F. Marshall

60/250,422

   Peter F. Marshall

60/250,413

   Peter F. Marshall


Schedule 4n

Title to Personal Property and Assets

The Revised Term Loan shall be secured by a first priority security interest and right of payment in all of the Company’s global assets, accounts and proceeds now existing or to be acquired. The Revised Term Loan shall be guaranteed on a secured basis by the Company.


Schedule 4r

Rights of First Refusal

None.


EXHIBIT A

FORM OF REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT


EXHIBIT B

LOCK-UP AGREEMENT SIGNATORIES

 

    Capital Royalty Partners II L.P.

 

    Capital Royalty Partners II - Parallel Fund “A” L.P.

 

    Parallel Investment Opportunities Partners II L.P.

 

    Capital Royalty Partners II – Parallel Fund “B” (Cayman) L.P.

 

    Capital Royalty Partners II (Cayman) L.P.

 

    John Timberlake

 

    Mark Conley

 

    Geoff Jenkins

 

    Matthew Nguyen

 

    Montrose Capital Limited


EXHIBIT C

FORM OF LOCK-UP AGREEMENT


Exhibit B

Form of Split-Off Agreement

SPLIT-OFF AGREEMENT

This SPLIT-OFF AGREEMENT , dated as of                  , 2016 (this “ Agreement ”), is entered into by and among Valeritas Holdings, Inc., (formerly Cleaner Yoga Mat, Inc.), a Delaware corporation (the “ Seller ”), CYGM Operating Corp., a Florida corporation (“ Split-Off Subsidiary ”), and Leisa Swanson (“ Buyer ”).

R E C I T A L S:

WHEREAS , Seller is the owner of all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Split-Off Subsidiary; Split-Off Subsidiary is a wholly owned subsidiary of Seller which will acquire all the business assets and liabilities previously held by Seller; and Seller has no other businesses or operations prior to the Merger (as defined herein);

WHEREAS , contemporaneously with the execution of this Agreement, Seller, Valeritas, Inc. a Delaware corporation (“ PrivateCo ”), a newly formed wholly owned subsidiary of Seller, Valeritas Acquisition Corp. (“ Acquisition Sub ”), and certain other parties thereto, will enter into an Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization (the “ Merger Agreement ”) pursuant to which Acquisition Sub will merge with and into PrivateCo with PrivateCo remaining as the surviving entity (the “ Merger ”); and the equity holders of PrivateCo will receive securities of Seller in exchange for their equity interests in PrivateCo;

WHEREAS , the execution, delivery of this Agreement, and the consummation of the assignment, assumption, purchase and sale transactions contemplated by this Agreement are conditions to the completion of the Merger pursuant to the Merger Agreement, and Seller has represented to PrivateCo in the Merger Agreement that the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will be consummated prior to or contemporaneously with the closing of the Merger, and PrivateCo relied on such representation in entering into the Merger Agreement;

WHEREAS, in connection with and, in furtherance of the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement and the Merger, including consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Buyer has entered into that certain Split-Off Escrow Agreement, dated                  , 2016 (the “ Split-Off Escrow Agreement ) with Montrose Capital Limited, as Buyers’ Representative (as defined in the Split-Off Escrow Agreement) and CKR Law LLP, as the Escrow Agent, and executed and delivered the items required to be delivered thereunder;

WHEREAS , Buyer desires to purchase the Shares (as defined in Section 2.1) from Seller, and to assume, as between Seller and Buyer, all responsibility for any debts, obligations and liabilities of Seller and Split-Off Subsidiary, on the terms and subject to the conditions specified in this Agreement; and


WHEREAS , Seller desires to sell and transfer the Shares to Buyer, on the terms and subject to the conditions specified in this Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the covenants, promises and agreements herein set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending legally to be bound, agree as follows:

I. ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION OF SELLER’S ASSETS AND LIABILITIES.

Subject to the terms and conditions provided below:

1.1 Assignment of Assets . Seller hereby contributes, assigns, conveys and transfers to Split-Off Subsidiary, and Split-Off Subsidiary hereby receives, acquires and accepts, all assets and properties of Seller as of the Closing Date (as defined below) immediately after giving effect to the Merger at the Effective Time, including but not limited to the following, but excluding in all cases (i) the right, title and assets of Seller in, to and under the Transaction Documents), and (ii) the capital stock of PrivateCo and Split-Off Subsidiary :

(a) all pre-Merger cash and cash equivalents;

(b) all pre-Merger accounts receivable;

(c) all pre-Merger inventories of raw materials, work in process, parts, supplies and finished products;

(d) all right, title and interest, of record, beneficial or otherwise, in and to and stock, membership interests, partnership interests or other equity or ownership interests in any corporation, limited liability company, partnership or other entity, and all bonds, debentures, notes or other securities;

(e) all of Seller’s rights, title and interests in, to and under all contracts, agreements, leases, licenses (including software licenses), supply agreements, consulting agreements, commitments, purchase orders, customer orders and work orders, and including all of Seller’s rights thereunder to use and possess equipment provided by third parties, and all representations, warranties, covenants and guarantees related to the foregoing (provided that, to the extent any of the foregoing or any claim or right or benefit arising thereunder or resulting therefrom is not assignable by its terms or the assignment thereof shall require the consent or approval of another party thereto, this Agreement shall not constitute an assignment thereof if an attempted assignment would be in violation of the terms thereof or if such consent is not obtained prior to the Effective Time, and in lieu thereof Seller shall reasonably cooperate with Split-Off Subsidiary in any reasonable arrangement designed to provide Split-Off Subsidiary the benefits thereunder or any claim or right arising thereunder);

(f) all intellectual property, including but not limited to issued patents, patent applications (whether or not patents are issued thereon and whether modified, withdrawn or resubmitted), unpatented inventions, product designs, copyrights (whether registered or unregistered), know-how, technology, trade secrets, technical information, notebooks, drawings,


software, computer coding (both object and source) and all documentation, manuals and drawings related thereto, trademarks or service marks and applications therefor, unregistered trademarks or service marks, trade names, logos and icons and all rights to sue or recover for the infringement or misappropriation thereof;

(g) all fixed assets, including but not limited to the machinery, equipment, furniture, vehicles, office equipment and other tangible personal property owned or leased by Seller;

(h) all customer lists, business records, customer records and files, customer financial records, and all other files and information related to customers, all customer proposals, all open service agreements with customers and all uncompleted customer contracts and agreements; and

(i) to the extent legally assignable, all licenses, permits, certificates, approvals and authorizations issued by Governmental Entities and necessary to own, lease or operate the assets and properties of Seller and to conduct Seller’s business as it is presently conducted;

all of the foregoing being referred to herein as the “ Assigned Assets .”

1.2 Assignment and Assumption of Liabilities . Seller hereby assigns to Split-Off Subsidiary, and Split-Off Subsidiary hereby assumes and agrees to pay, honor and discharge all debts, adverse claims, liabilities, judgments and obligations, including tax obligations, of Seller as of the Closing Date immediately after the Effective Time, whether accrued, contingent or otherwise and whether known or unknown, including those that may arise post-Closing Date but were incurred prior to the Closing Date, and any liabilities associated with the Assigned Assets, including those arising under any law (including the common law) or any rule or regulation of any Governmental Entity or imposed by any court or any arbitrator in a binding arbitration resulting from, arising out of or relating to the assets, activities, operations, actions or omissions of Seller, or products manufactured or sold thereby or services provided thereby, or under contracts, agreements (whether written or oral), leases, commitments or undertakings thereof, which shall include but not be limited to those included on Exhibit A attached hereto, but excluding in all cases the obligations of Seller under the Transaction Documents (all of the foregoing being referred to herein as the “ Assigned Liabilities ”).

The assignment and assumption of Seller’s assets and liabilities provided for in this Article I is referred to as the “ Assignment .”

II. PURCHASE AND SALE OF STOCK.

2.1 Purchased Shares . Subject to the terms and conditions provided below, Seller shall sell and transfer to Buyer and Buyer shall purchase from Seller, on the Closing Date (as defined in Section 3.1), all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of Split-Off Subsidiary (the “Shares”), as set forth in Exhibit B attached hereto.

2.2 Purchase Price . The purchase price for the Shares shall consist of the transfer and delivery by Buyer to Seller of the type and number of shares of common stock and other securities of Seller that Buyer owns (the “ Purchase Price Securities ”), as set forth in Exhibit B attached hereto, deliverable as provided in Section 3.3.


III. CLOSING.

3.1 Closing . The closing of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement (the “ Closing ”) shall take place prior to or contemporaneously with the closing of the Merger immediately after the Effective Time. The date on which the Closing occurs shall be referred to herein as the “ Closing Date .”

3.2 Transfer of Shares . At the Closing, Seller shall deliver to Buyer certificates representing the Shares purchased by Buyer, duly endorsed to Buyer or as directed by Buyer, which delivery shall vest Buyer with good and marketable title to such Shares, free and clear of all liens and encumbrances.

3.3 Payment of Purchase Price . At the Closing, Buyer shall deliver to Seller a certificate or certificates representing Buyer’s Purchase Price Securities duly endorsed to Seller, which delivery shall vest Seller with good and marketable title to the Purchase Price Securities, free and clear of all liens and encumbrances.

3.4 Transfer of Records . On or before the Closing, Seller shall transfer to Split-Off Subsidiary all existing corporate books and records in Seller’s possession relating to Split-Off Subsidiary and its business, including but not limited to all agreements, litigation files, real estate files, personnel files and filings with governmental agencies; provided, however , when any such documents relate to both Seller and Split-Off Subsidiary, only copies of such documents need be furnished. On or before the Closing, Buyer and Split-Off Subsidiary shall transfer to Seller all existing corporate books and records in the possession of Buyer or Split-Off Subsidiary relating to Seller, including but not limited to all corporate minute books, stock ledgers, certificates and corporate seals of Seller and all agreements, litigation files, real property files, personnel files and filings with governmental agencies; provided, however , when any such documents relate to both Seller and Split-Off Subsidiary or its business, only copies of such documents need be furnished.

3.5 Instruments of Assignment . At the Closing, Seller and Split-Off Subsidiary shall deliver to each other such instruments providing for the Assignment as the other may reasonably request (the “ Instruments of Assignment ”).

IV. BUYER’S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES . Buyer represents and warrants to Seller and Split-Off Subsidiary that:

4.1 Capacity and Enforceability . Buyer has the legal capacity to execute and deliver this Agreement and the documents to be executed and delivered by Buyer at the Closing pursuant to the transactions contemplated hereby. This Agreement and all such documents constitute valid and binding agreements of Buyer, enforceable in accordance with their terms.

4.2 Compliance . Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby by Buyer will result in the breach of any term or provision of, or constitute a default under, or violate any agreement, indenture, instrument, order, law or regulation to which Buyer is a party or by which Buyer is bound.


4.3 Purchase for Investment . Buyer is financially able to bear the economic risks of acquiring the Shares and the other transactions contemplated hereby, and has no need for liquidity in his or her investment in the Shares. Buyer has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters in general, and with respect to businesses of a nature similar to the business of Split-Off Subsidiary (after giving effect to the Assignment), so as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of, and making an informed business decision with regard to, the acquisition of the Shares and the other transactions contemplated hereby. Buyer is acquiring the Shares solely for his or her own account and not with a view to or for resale in connection with any distribution or public offering thereof, within the meaning of any applicable securities laws and regulations, unless such distribution or offering is registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), or an exemption from such registration is available. Buyer has (i) received all the information he or she has deemed necessary to make an informed decision with respect to the acquisition of the Shares and the other transactions contemplated hereby; (ii) had an opportunity to make such investigation as he or she has desired pertaining to Split-Off Subsidiary (after giving effect to the Assignment) and the acquisition of an interest therein and the other transactions contemplated hereby, and to verify the information which is, and has been, made available to him or her; and (iii) had the opportunity to ask questions of Seller concerning Split-Off Subsidiary (after giving effect to the Assignment). Buyer acknowledges that Buyer is a director and officer of Seller and Split-Off Subsidiary immediately prior to the Effective Time and, as such, has actual knowledge of the business, operations and financial affairs of Split-Off Subsidiary (after giving effect to the Assignment). Buyer has received no public solicitation or advertisement with respect to the offer or sale of the Shares. Buyer realizes that the Shares are “restricted securities” as that term is defined in Rule 144 promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, the resale of the Shares is restricted by federal and state securities laws and, accordingly, the Shares must be held indefinitely unless their resale is subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available for their resale. Buyer understands that any resale of the Shares by him or her must be registered under the Securities Act (and any applicable state securities law) or be effected in circumstances that, in the opinion of counsel for Split-Off Subsidiary at the time, create an exemption or otherwise do not require registration under the Securities Act (or applicable state securities laws). Buyer acknowledges and consents that certificates now or hereafter issued for the Shares will bear a legend substantially as follows:

THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR QUALIFIED UNDER ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS (THE “STATE ACTS”), HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND QUALIFICATION UNDER THE STATE ACTS OR PURSUANT TO EXEMPTIONS FROM SUCH REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION REQUIREMENTS (INCLUDING, IN THE CASE OF THE SECURITIES ACT, THE EXEMPTIONS AFFORDED BY SECTION 4(1) OF THE SECURITIES


ACT AND RULE 144 THEREUNDER). AS A PRECONDITION TO ANY SUCH TRANSFER, THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES SHALL BE FURNISHED WITH AN OPINION OF COUNSEL OPINING AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF EXEMPTIONS FROM SUCH REGISTRATION AND QUALIFICATION AND/OR SUCH OTHER EVIDENCE AS MAY BE SATISFACTORY THERETO THAT ANY SUCH TRANSFER WILL NOT VIOLATE THE SECURITIES LAWS.

Buyer understands that the Shares are being sold to him or her pursuant to the exemption from registration contained in Section 4(1) of the Securities Act and that Seller is relying upon the representations made herein as one of the bases for claiming the Section 4(1) exemption.

4.4 Liabilities . Following the Closing, Seller will have no liability for any debts, liabilities or obligations of Split-Off Subsidiary or its business or activities, or the business or activities of Seller prior to the Closing that are unrelated to the business of PrivateCo, and there are no outstanding guaranties, performance or payment bonds, letters of credit or other contingent contractual obligations that have been undertaken by Seller directly or indirectly in relation to Split-Off Subsidiary or its business, or the business of Seller prior to the Closing that are unrelated to the business of PrivateCo, and that may survive the Closing.

4.5 Title to Purchase Price Securities . Buyer is the sole record and beneficial owner of the Purchase Price Securities. At Closing, Buyer will have good and marketable title to the Purchase Price Securities, which Purchase Price Securities are, and at the Closing will be, free and clear of all options, warrants, pledges, claims, liens and encumbrances, and any restrictions or limitations prohibiting or restricting transfer to Seller, except for restrictions on transfer as contemplated by applicable securities laws.

V. SELLER’S AND SPLIT-OFF SUBSIDIARY’S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES . Seller and Split-Off Subsidiary, as applicable, represent and warrant to Buyer that:

5.1 Organization and Good Standing . Each of Seller and Split-Off Subsidiary is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the State of their incorporation.

5.2 Authority and Enforceability . The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the documents to be executed and delivered at the Closing pursuant to the transactions contemplated hereby, and performance in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof, have been duly authorized by Seller and Split-Off Subsidiary and all such documents constitute valid and binding agreements of Seller and Split-Off Subsidiary enforceable in accordance with their terms.

5.3 Title to Shares . Seller is the sole record and beneficial owner of the Shares. At Closing, Seller will have good and marketable title to the Shares, which Shares are, and at the Closing will be, free and clear of all options, warrants, pledges, claims, liens and encumbrances, and any restrictions or limitations prohibiting or restricting transfer to Buyer, except for restrictions on transfer as contemplated by Section 4.3 above. The Shares constitute all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of Split-Off Subsidiary.


5.4 Representations in Merger Agreement . Split-Off Subsidiary represents and warrants that all of the representations and warranties by Seller, insofar as they relate to Split-Off Subsidiary, contained in the Merger Agreement are true and correct.

VI. OBLIGATIONS OF BUYER PENDING CLOSING . Buyer covenants and agrees that between the date hereof and the Closing:

6.1 Not Impair Performance . Buyer shall not take any intentional action that would cause the conditions upon the obligations of the parties hereto to effect the transactions contemplated hereby not to be fulfilled, including, without limitation, taking or causing to be taken any action that would cause the representations and warranties made by any party herein not to be true, correct and accurate as of the Closing, or in any way impairing the ability of Seller to satisfy its obligations as provided in Article VII.

6.2 Assist Performance . Buyer shall exercise reasonable best efforts to cause to be fulfilled those conditions precedent to Seller’s obligations to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby which are dependent upon actions of Buyer and to make and/or obtain any necessary filings and consents in order to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

VII. OBLIGATIONS OF SELLER AND SPLIT-OFF SUBSIDIARY PENDING CLOSING . Seller and Split-Off Subsidiary covenant and agree that between the date hereof and the Closing:

7.1 Business as Usual . Split-Off Subsidiary shall operate and Seller shall cause Split-Off Subsidiary to operate in accordance with past practices and shall use best efforts to preserve its goodwill and the goodwill of its employees, customers and others having business dealings with Split-Off Subsidiary. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, from the date of this Agreement until the Closing Date, Split-Off Subsidiary shall (a) make all normal and customary repairs to its equipment, assets and facilities, (b) keep in force all insurance, (c) preserve in full force and effect all material franchises, licenses, contracts and real property interests and comply in all material respects with all laws and regulations, (d) collect all accounts receivable and pay all trade creditors in the ordinary course of business at intervals historically experienced, and (e) preserve and maintain Split-Off Subsidiary’s assets in their current operating condition and repair, ordinary wear and tear excepted. From the date of this Agreement until the Closing Date, Split-Off Subsidiary shall not (i) amend, terminate or surrender any material franchise, license, contract or real property interest, or (ii) sell or dispose of any of its assets except in the ordinary course of business. Neither Split-Off Subsidiary nor Seller shall take or omit to take any action that results in Buyer incurring any liability or obligation prior to or in connection with the Closing.

7.2 Not Impair Performance . Seller shall not take any intentional action that would cause the conditions upon the obligations of the parties hereto to effect the transactions contemplated hereby not to be fulfilled, including, without limitation, taking or causing to be


taken any action which would cause the representations and warranties made by any party herein not to be materially true, correct and accurate as of the Closing, or in any way impairing the ability of Buyer to satisfy his obligations as provided in Article VI.

7.3 Assist Performance . Seller shall exercise its reasonable best efforts to cause to be fulfilled those conditions precedent to Buyer’s obligations to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby which are dependent upon the actions of Seller and to work with Buyer to make and/or obtain any necessary filings and consents. Seller shall cause Split-Off Subsidiary to comply with its obligations under this Agreement.

7.4 Indemnification of the Escrow Agent . In consideration of the benefits to be derived by Seller from the Split-Off Escrow Agreement, as a third-party beneficiary under the Split-Off Escrow Agreement, Seller shall, from and at all times after the date of the Split-Off Escrow Agreement, indemnify and hold harmless the Escrow Agent and each partner, director, officer, employee, attorney, agent and affiliate of Escrow Agent (collectively, the “Indemnified Parties”), to the fullest extent permitted by law and to the extent provided herein, against any and all actions, claims (whether or not valid), losses, damages, liabilities, costs and expenses of any kind or nature whatsoever (including without limitation reasonable attorney’s fees, costs and expenses) incurred by or asserted against any of the Indemnified Parties from and after the date hereof, whether direct, indirect or consequential, as a result of or arising from or in any way relating to any claim, demand, suit, action, or proceeding (including any inquiry or investigation) by any person, including without limitation the parties to the Split-Off Escrow Agreement, whether threatened or initiated, asserting a claim for any legal or equitable remedy against any person under any statute or regulation, including, but not limited to, any federal or state securities laws, or under any common law or equitable cause or otherwise, arising from or in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution, performance or failure of performance of the Split-Off Escrow Agreement or any transaction contemplated herein, whether or not any such Indemnified Party is a party to any such action or proceeding, suit or the target of any such inquiry or investigation; provided, however, that no Indemnified Party shall have the right to be indemnified hereunder for liability finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, subject to no further appeal, to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnified Party. The obligations of the parties under this section shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

VIII. SELLER’S AND SPLIT-OFF SUBSIDIARY’S CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CLOSING . The obligations of Seller and Split-Off Subsidiary to close the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are subject to the satisfaction at or prior to the Closing of each of the following conditions precedent (any or all of which may be waived by Seller and PrivateCo in writing):

8.1 Representations and Warranties; Performance . All representations and warranties of Buyer contained in this Agreement shall have been true and correct, in all material respects, when made and shall be true and correct, in all material respects, at and as of the Closing, with the same effect as though such representations and warranties were made at and as of the Closing. Buyer shall have performed and complied with all covenants and agreements and satisfied all conditions, in all material respects, required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with or satisfied by Buyer at or prior to the Closing.


8.2 Additional Documents . Buyer shall deliver or cause to be delivered such additional documents as may be necessary in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the performance of their obligations hereunder.

8.3 Release by Split-Off Subsidiary . At the Closing, Split-Off Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to Seller a general release which in substance and effect releases Seller and PrivateCo from any and all liabilities and obligations that Seller and PrivateCo may owe to Split-Off Subsidiary in any capacity, and from any and all claims that Split-Off Subsidiary may have against Seller, PrivateCo or their respective managers, members, officers, directors, stockholders, employees and agents (other than those arising pursuant to this Agreement or any document delivered in connection with this Agreement).

8.4 Completion of Merger . The closing of the Merger pursuant to the Merger Agreement, and all of the transactions contemplated thereby, shall occur simultaneously.

IX. BUYER’S CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CLOSING . The obligation of Buyer to close the transactions contemplated by this Agreement is subject to the satisfaction at or prior to the Closing of each of the following conditions precedent (any and all of which may be waived by Buyer in writing):

9.1 Representations and Warranties; Performance . All representations and warranties of Seller and Split-Off Subsidiary contained in this Agreement shall have been true and correct, in all material respects, when made and shall be true and correct, in all material respects, at and as of the Closing with the same effect as though such representations and warranties were made at and as of the Closing. Seller and Split-Off Subsidiary shall have performed and complied with all covenants and agreements and satisfied all conditions, in all material respects, required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with or satisfied by them at or prior to the Closing.

X. OTHER AGREEMENTS .

10.1 Expenses . Each party hereto shall bear its expenses separately incurred in connection with this Agreement and with the performance of its obligations hereunder.

10.2 Confidentiality . Buyer shall not make any public announcements concerning this transaction without the prior written agreement of PrivateCo, other than as may be required by applicable law or judicial process. If for any reason the transactions contemplated hereby are not consummated, then Buyer shall return any information received by Buyer from Seller or Split-Off Subsidiary, and Buyer shall cause all confidential information obtained by Buyer concerning Split-Off Subsidiary and its business to be treated as such.

10.3 Brokers’ Fees . In connection with the transaction specifically contemplated by this Agreement, no party to this Agreement has employed the services of a broker and each agrees to indemnify the other against all claims of any third parties for fees and commissions of any brokers claiming a fee or commission related to the transactions contemplated hereby.


10.4 Access to Information Post-Closing; Cooperation .

(a) Following the Closing, Buyer and Split-Off Subsidiary shall afford to Seller and its authorized accountants, counsel and other designated representatives, reasonable access (and including using reasonable efforts to give access to persons or firms possessing information) and duplicating rights during normal business hours to allow records, books, contracts, instruments, computer data and other data and information (collectively, “ Information ”) within the possession or control of Buyer or Split-Off Subsidiary insofar as such access is reasonably required by Seller. Information may be requested under this Section 10.4(a) for, without limitation, audit, accounting, claims, litigation and tax purposes, as well as for purposes of fulfilling disclosure and reporting obligations and performing this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby. No files, books or records of Split-Off Subsidiary existing at the Closing Date shall be destroyed by Buyer or Split-Off Subsidiary after Closing but prior to the expiration of any period during which such files, books or records are required to be maintained and preserved by applicable law without giving Seller at least 30 days’ prior written notice, during which time Seller shall have the right to examine and to remove any such files, books and records prior to their destruction.

(b) Following the Closing, Seller shall afford to Split-Off Subsidiary and its authorized accountants, counsel and other designated representatives reasonable access (including using reasonable efforts to give access to persons or firms possessing information) and duplicating rights during normal business hours to Information within Seller’s possession or control relating to the business of Split-Off Subsidiary insofar as such access is reasonably required by Buyer. Information may be requested under this Section 10.4(b) for, without limitation, audit, accounting, claims, litigation and tax purposes as well as for purposes of fulfilling disclosure and reporting obligations and for performing this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby. No files, books or records of Split-Off Subsidiary existing at the Closing Date shall be destroyed by Seller after Closing but prior to the expiration of any period during which such files, books or records are required to be maintained and preserved by applicable law without giving Buyer at least 30 days’ prior written notice, during which time Buyer shall have the right to examine and to remove any such files, books and records prior to their destruction.

(c) At all times following the Closing, Seller, Buyer and Split-Off Subsidiary shall use their reasonable efforts to make available to the other on written request, the current and former officers, directors, employees and agents of Seller or Split-Off Subsidiary for any of the purposes set forth in Section 10.4(a) or (b) above or as witnesses to the extent that such persons may reasonably be required in connection with any legal, administrative or other proceedings in which Seller or Split-Off Subsidiary may from time to be involved.

(d) The party to whom any Information or witnesses are provided under this Section 10.4 shall reimburse the provider thereof for all out-of-pocket expenses actually and reasonably incurred in providing such Information or witnesses.

(e) Seller, Buyer, Split-Off Subsidiary and their respective employees and agents shall each hold in strict confidence all Information concerning the other party in their possession or furnished by the other or the other’s representative pursuant to this Agreement with the same degree of care as such party utilizes as to such party’s own confidential information (except to the extent that such Information is (i) in the public domain through no fault of such


party or (ii) later lawfully acquired from any other source by such party), and each party shall not release or disclose such Information to any other person, except such party’s auditors, attorneys, financial advisors, bankers, other consultants and advisors or persons to whom such party has a valid obligation to disclose such Information, unless compelled to disclose such Information by judicial or administrative process or, as advised by its counsel, by other requirements of law.

(f) Seller, Buyer and Split-Off Subsidiary shall each use their best efforts to forward promptly to the other party all notices, claims, correspondence and other materials which are received and determined to pertain to the other party.

10.5 Guarantees, Surety Bonds and Letter of Credit Obligations . In the event that Seller is obligated for any debts, obligations or liabilities of Buyer or Split-Off Subsidiary by virtue of any outstanding guarantee, performance or surety bond or letter of credit provided or arranged by Seller or Buyer on or prior to the Closing Date, Buyer and Split-Off Subsidiary shall use their best efforts to cause to be issued replacements of such bonds, letters of credit and guarantees and to obtain any amendments, novations, releases and approvals necessary to release and discharge fully Seller from any liability thereunder following the Closing. Buyer and Split-Off Subsidiary, jointly and severally, shall be responsible for, and shall indemnify, hold harmless and defend the Seller Indemnified Parties (as defined in Section 12.1 below) from and against, any Losses (as defined in Section 12.1 below) incurred by such Seller Indemnified Parties arising from such bonds, letters of credit and guarantees and any liabilities arising therefrom and shall reimburse such Seller Indemnified Parties for any payments that such Seller Indemnified Parties may be required to pay pursuant to enforcement of its obligations relating to such bonds, letters of credit and guarantees.

10.6 Filings and Consents . Buyer, at her risk, shall determine what, if any, filings and consents must be made and/or obtained prior to Closing to consummate the purchase and sale of the Shares. Buyer shall indemnify the Seller Indemnified Parties against any Losses incurred by such Seller Indemnified Parties by virtue of the failure to make and/or obtain any such filings or consents. Recognizing that the failure to make and/or obtain any filings or consents may cause Seller to incur Losses or otherwise adversely affect Seller, Buyer and Split-Off Subsidiary confirm that the provisions of this Section 10.6 will not limit Seller’s right to treat such failure as the failure of a condition precedent to Seller’s obligation to close pursuant to Article VIII above.

10.7 Insurance . Buyer acknowledges that on the Closing Date, effective as of the Closing, any insurance coverage and bonds provided by Seller for Buyer or for Split-Off Subsidiary, and all certificates of insurance evidencing that Buyer or Split-Off Subsidiary maintain any required insurance by virtue of insurance provided by Seller, will terminate with respect to any insured damages resulting from matters occurring subsequent to Closing.

10.8 Agreements Regarding Taxes .

(a) Tax Sharing Agreements . Any tax sharing agreement between Seller and Split-Off Subsidiary is terminated as of the Closing Date and will have no further effect for any taxable year (whether the current year, a future year or a past year).


(b) Returns for Periods Through the Closing Date . Seller will include the income and loss of Split-Off Subsidiary (including any deferred income triggered into income by Reg. §1.1502-13 and any excess loss accounts taken into income under Reg. §1.1502-19) on Seller’s consolidated federal income tax returns for all periods through the Closing Date and pay any federal income taxes attributable to such income. Seller and Split-Off Subsidiary agree to allocate income, gain, loss, deductions and credits between the period up to Closing (the “ Pre-Closing Period ”) and the period after Closing (the “ Post-Closing Period ”) based on a closing of the books of Split-Off Subsidiary, and both Seller and Split-Off Subsidiary agree not to make an election under Reg. §1.1502-76(b)(2)(ii) to ratably allocate the year’s items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit. Seller, Split-Off Subsidiary and Buyer agree to report all transactions not in the ordinary course of business occurring on the Closing Date after Buyer’s purchase of the Shares on Split-Off Subsidiary’s tax returns to the extent permitted by Reg. §1.1502-76(b)(1)(ii)(B). Buyer agrees to indemnify Seller for any additional tax owed by Seller (including tax owed by Seller due to this indemnification payment) resulting from any transaction engaged in by Split-Off Subsidiary or Seller (not related to the Merger) during the Pre-Closing Period or on the Closing Date before Buyer’s purchase of the Shares. Split-Off Subsidiary will furnish tax information to Seller for inclusion in Seller’s consolidated federal income tax return for the period which includes the Closing Date in accordance with Split-Off Subsidiary’s past custom and practice.

(c) Audits . Seller will allow Split-Off Subsidiary and its counsel to participate at Split-Off Subsidiary’s expense in any audit of Seller’s consolidated federal income tax returns to the extent that such audit raises issues that relate to and increase the tax liability of Split-Off Subsidiary. Seller shall have the absolute right, in its sole discretion, to engage professionals and direct the representation of Seller in connection with any such audit and the resolution thereof, without receiving the consent of Buyer or Split-Off Subsidiary or any other party acting on behalf of Buyer or Split-Off Subsidiary, provided that Seller will not settle any such audit in a manner which would materially adversely affect Split-Off Subsidiary after the Closing Date unless such settlement would be reasonable in the case of a person that owned Split-Off Subsidiary both before and after the Closing Date. In the event that after Closing any tax authority informs Buyer or Split-Off Subsidiary of any notice of proposed audit, claim, assessment or other dispute concerning an amount of taxes which pertain to Seller, or to Split-Off Subsidiary during the period prior to Closing, Buyer or Split-Off Subsidiary must promptly notify Seller of the same within 15 calendar days of the date of the notice from the tax authority. In the event Buyers or Split-Off Subsidiary do not notify Seller within such 15 day period, Buyer and Split-Off Subsidiary, jointly and severally, will indemnify Seller for any incremental interest, penalty or other assessments resulting from the delay in giving notice. To the extent of any conflict or inconsistency, the provisions of this Section 10.8 shall control over the provisions of Section 12.2 below.

(d) Cooperation on Tax Matters . Buyer, Seller and Split-Off Subsidiary shall cooperate fully, as and to the extent reasonably requested by any party, in connection with the filing of tax returns pursuant to this Section and any audit, litigation or other proceeding with respect to taxes. Such cooperation shall include the retention and (upon the other party’s request) the provision of records and information which are reasonably relevant to any such audit, litigation or other proceeding and making employees available on a mutually convenient basis to provide additional information and explanation of any material provided hereunder. Split-Off


Subsidiary shall (i) retain all books and records with respect to tax matters pertinent to Split-Off Subsidiary and Seller relating to any taxable period beginning before the Closing Date until the expiration of the statute of limitations (and, to the extent notified by Seller, any extensions thereof) of the respective taxable periods, and abide by all record retention agreements entered into with any taxing authority, and (ii) give Seller reasonable written notice prior to transferring, destroying or discarding any such books and records and, if Seller so requests, Buyer agrees to cause Split-Off Subsidiary to allow Seller to take possession of such books and records.

10.9 ERISA . Effective as of the Closing Date, Split-Off Subsidiary shall terminate its participation in, and withdraw from, any employee benefit plans sponsored by Seller, and Seller and Buyer shall cooperate fully in such termination and withdrawal. Without limitation, Split-Off Subsidiary shall be solely responsible for (i) all liabilities under those employee benefit plans notwithstanding any status as an employee benefit plan sponsored by Seller, and (ii) all liabilities for the payment of vacation pay, severance benefits, and similar obligations, including, without limitation, amounts which are accrued but unpaid as of the Closing Date with respect thereto. Buyer and Split-Off Subsidiary acknowledge and agree that Split-Off Subsidiary is solely responsible for providing continuation health coverage, as required under the Consolidated Omnibus Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“ COBRA ”), to each person, if any, participating in an employee benefit plan subject to COBRA with respect to such employee benefit plan as of the Closing Date, including, without limitation, any person whose employment with Split-Off Subsidiary is terminated after the Closing Date.

XI. TERMINATION . This Agreement may be terminated at, or at any time prior to, the Closing by mutual written consent of Seller, Buyer and PrivateCo.

If this Agreement is terminated as provided herein, it shall become wholly void and of no further force and effect and there shall be no further liability or obligation on the part of any party except to pay such expenses as are required of such party.

XII. INDEMNIFICATION .

12.1 Indemnification by Buyer and Split-Off Subsidiary . Buyer and Split-Off Subsidiary, jointly and severally, covenant and agree to indemnify, defend, protect and hold harmless Seller and PrivateCo, and their respective officers, directors, employees, stockholders, agents, representatives and Affiliates (collectively, the “ Seller Indemnified Parties ”) at all times from and after the date of this Agreement from and against all losses, liabilities, damages, claims, actions, suits, proceedings, demands, assessments, adjustments, costs and expenses (including specifically, but without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses of investigation), whether or not involving a third party claim and regardless of any negligence of any Seller Indemnified Party (collectively, “ Losses ”), incurred by any Seller Indemnified Party as a result of or arising from (i) any breach of the representations and warranties of Buyer set forth herein or in certificates delivered in connection herewith, (ii) any breach or nonfulfillment of any covenant or agreement (including any other agreement of Buyer to indemnify set forth in this Agreement) on the part of Buyer under this Agreement, (iii) any Assigned Asset or Assigned Liability or any other debt, liability or obligation of Split-Off Subsidiary or Buyer, (iv) the conduct and operations, (A) prior to Closing, of the business of Seller unrelated to the assets that are the subject of the Merger, (B) whether before or after Closing, of (X) the business of Seller


pertaining to the Assigned Assets and Assigned Liabilities or (Y) the business of Split-Off Subsidiary, (v) claims asserted (including claims for payment of taxes), whether before or after Closing, (A) against Split-Off Subsidiary or Buyer or (B) pertaining to the Assigned Assets and Assigned Liabilities or to the business of Seller prior to the Closing, or (vi) any federal or state income tax payable by Seller or PrivateCo and attributable to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the business of Seller, or to the Buyer prior to the Closing. For the purposes of this Agreement, an “Affiliate” is a person or entity that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, another specified person or entity.

12.2 Third Party Claims .

(a) Defense . If any claim or liability (a “ Third-Party Claim ”) should be asserted against any of the Seller Indemnified Parties (the “ Indemnitees ”) by a third party after the Closing for which Buyer has an indemnification obligation under the terms of Section 12.1, then the Indemnitee shall notify Buyer (collectively, the “ Indemnitor ”) within 20 days after the Third-Party Claim is asserted by a third party (said notification being referred to as a “ Claim Notice ”) and give the Indemnitor a reasonable opportunity to take part in any examination of the books and records of the Indemnitee relating to such Third-Party Claim and to assume the defense of such Third-Party Claim and, in connection therewith, to conduct any proceedings or negotiations relating thereto and necessary or appropriate to defend the Indemnitee and/or settle the Third-Party Claim. The expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) of all negotiations, proceedings, contests, lawsuits or settlements with respect to any Third-Party Claim shall be borne by the Indemnitor. If the Indemnitor agrees to assume the defense of any Third-Party Claim in writing within 20 days after the Claim Notice of such Third-Party Claim has been delivered, through counsel reasonably satisfactory to Indemnitee, then the Indemnitor shall be entitled to control the conduct of such defense, and any decision to settle such Third-Party Claim, and shall be responsible for any expenses of the Indemnitee in connection with the defense of such Third-Party Claim so long as the Indemnitor continues such defense until the final resolution of such Third-Party Claim. The Indemnitor shall be responsible for paying all settlements made or judgments entered with respect to any Third-Party Claim the defense of which has been assumed by the Indemnitor. Except as provided in subsection (b) below, both the Indemnitor and the Indemnitee must approve any settlement of a Third-Party Claim. A failure by the Indemnitee to timely give the Claim Notice shall not excuse Indemnitor from any indemnification liability except only to the extent that the Indemnitor is materially and adversely prejudiced by such failure.

(b) Failure to Defend . If the Indemnitor shall not agree to assume the defense of any Third-Party Claim in writing within 20 days after the Claim Notice of such Third-Party Claim has been delivered, or shall fail to continue such defense until the final resolution of such Third-Party Claim, then the Indemnitee may defend against such Third-Party Claim in such manner as it may deem appropriate and the Indemnitee may settle such Third-Party Claim, in its sole discretion, on such terms as it may deem appropriate; provided however, that the Indemnitor shall, in the Indemnitee’s sole discretion, (i) promptly reimburse the Indemnitee for the amount of all settlement payments and expenses, legal and otherwise, incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with the defense or settlement of such Third-Party Claim, or (ii) pay, in advance of any settlement or proceedings and in installments as reasonably agreed to by the parties, such


sums and expenses reasonably expected to be incurred in connection with the defense of the Third-Party Claim and any settlement thereof. If no settlement of such Third-Party Claim is made, then the Indemnitor shall satisfy any judgment rendered with respect to such Third-Party Claim before the Indemnitee is required to do so, and pay all expenses, legal or otherwise, incurred by the Indemnitee in the defense against such Third-Party Claim.

12.3 Non-Third-Party Claims . Upon discovery of any claim for which Buyer has an indemnification obligation under the terms of Section 12.1 which does not involve a claim by a third party against the Indemnitee, the Indemnitee shall give prompt notice to Buyer of such claim and, in any case, shall give Buyer such notice within 30 days of such discovery. A failure by Indemnitee to timely give the foregoing notice to Buyer shall not excuse Buyer from any indemnification liability except to the extent that Buyer is materially and adversely prejudiced by such failure.

12.4 Survival . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 12.4, all representations and warranties made by Buyer, Split-Off Subsidiary and Seller in connection with this Agreement shall survive the Closing. Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, the liability of all Indemnitors under this Article XII shall terminate on the third (3rd) anniversary of the Closing Date, except with respect to (a) liability for any item as to which, prior to the third (3rd) anniversary of the Closing Date, any Indemnitee shall have asserted a Claim in writing, which Claim shall identify its basis with reasonable specificity, in which case the liability for such Claim shall continue until it shall have been finally settled, decided or adjudicated, (b) liability of any party for Losses for which such party has an indemnification obligation, incurred as a result of such party’s breach of any covenant or agreement to be performed by such party after the Closing, (c) liability of Buyer for Losses incurred by a Seller Indemnified Party due to breaches of its representations and warranties in Article IV of this Agreement, and (d) liability of Buyer for Losses arising out of Third-Party Claims for which Buyer has an indemnification obligation, which liability shall survive until the statute of limitation applicable to any third party’s right to assert a Third-Party Claim bars assertion of such claim.

XIII. MISCELLANEOUS .

13.1 Definitions . Capitalized terms used herein without definition have the meanings ascribed to them in the Merger Agreement.

13.2 Notices . All notices and communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and deemed given when received by means of the United States mail, addressed to the party to be notified, postage prepaid and registered or certified with return receipt requested, or personal delivery, or overnight courier, as follows:

 

  (a) If to Seller, addressed to:

Valeritas Holdings, Inc

750 Route 202 South, Suite 600

Bridgewater, New Jersey 08807

Main: 908-927-9920

Attn: John Timberlake, CEO


With a copy to (which shall not constitute notice hereunder):

Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP

502 Carnegie Center

Princeton, New Jersey 08540-6241

Main: 609-919-6600

Attn: Emilio Ragosa

 

  (b) If to Buyer or Split-Off Subsidiary, addressed to:

Leisa Swanson

1370 Sawleaf Ct.

San Luis Obispo, CA 93401

or to such other address as any party hereto shall specify pursuant to this Section 13.2 from time to time.

13.3 Exercise of Rights and Remedies . Except as otherwise provided herein, no delay of or omission in the exercise of any right, power or remedy accruing to any party as a result of any breach or default by any other party under this Agreement shall impair any such right, power or remedy, nor shall it be construed as a waiver of or acquiescence in any such breach or default, or of any similar breach or default occurring later; nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default occurring before or after that waiver.

13.4 Time . Time is of the essence with respect to this Agreement.

13.5 Reformation and Severability . In case any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, it shall, to the extent possible, be modified in such manner as to be valid, legal and enforceable but so as to most nearly retain the intent of the parties, and if such modification is not possible, such provision shall be severed from this Agreement, and in either case the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

13.6 Further Acts and Assurances . From and after the Closing, Seller, Buyer and Split-Off Subsidiary agree that each will act in a manner supporting compliance, including compliance by its Affiliates, with all of its obligations under this Agreement and, from time to time, shall, at the request of another party hereto, and without further consideration, cause the execution and delivery of such other instruments of conveyance, transfer, assignment or assumption and take such other action or execute such other documents as such party may reasonably request in order more effectively to convey, transfer to and vest in Buyer, and to put Split-Off Subsidiary in possession of, all Assigned Assets and Assigned Liabilities, and to convey, transfer to and vest in Seller and Buyer, and to them in possession of, the Purchase Price Securities and the Shares (respectively), and, in the case of any contracts and rights that cannot be effectively transferred without the consent or approval of another person that is unobtainable, to use its best reasonable efforts to ensure that Split-Off Subsidiary receives the benefits thereof to the maximum extent permissible in accordance with applicable law or other applicable restrictions, and shall perform such other acts which may be reasonably necessary to effectuate the purposes of this Agreement.


13.7 Entire Agreement; Amendments . This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter contained herein. This Agreement cannot be amended or changed except through a written instrument signed by all of the parties hereto and by PrivateCo. No provisions of this Agreement or any rights hereunder may be waived by any party without the prior written consent of PrivateCo.

13.8 Assignment . No party may assign his, her or its rights or obligations hereunder, in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of the other parties.

13.9 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to principles of conflicts or choice of laws thereof.

13.10 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, with the same effect as if all parties had signed the same document. Each such counterpart shall be an original, but all such counterparts taken together shall constitute a single agreement. In the event that any signature is delivered by facsimile transmission, such signature shall create a valid and binding obligation of the party executing (or on whose behalf such signature is executed) the same with the same force and effect as if such facsimile signature page was an original thereof.

13.11 Section Headings and Gender . The section headings used herein are inserted for reference purposes only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. All personal pronouns used in this Agreement shall include the other genders, whether used in the masculine, feminine or neuter and the singular shall include the plural, and vice versa, whenever and as often as may be appropriate.

13.12 Third-Party Beneficiary . Each of Seller, Buyer and Split-Off Subsidiary acknowledges and agrees that this Agreement is entered into for the express benefit of PrivateCo, and that PrivateCo is relying hereon and on the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in entering into and performing its obligations under the Merger Agreement, and that PrivateCo shall be in all respects entitled to the benefit hereof and to enforce this Agreement as a result of any breach hereof.

13.13 Specific Performance; Remedies . Each of the parties to this Agreement acknowledges and agrees that, if any provision of this Agreement is not performed in accordance with its specific terms or is otherwise breached, irreparable damages would be incurred by the other parties to this Agreement and by PrivateCo. Accordingly, the parties to this Agreement agree that any party or PrivateCo will be entitled to seek an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of the provisions of this Agreement and to enforce specifically this Agreement and its terms and provisions in any action instituted in any court of the United States or any state thereof having jurisdiction over the parties and the matter, subject to Section 13.9, in addition to any other remedy to which they may be entitled, at law or in equity. Except as expressly provided herein, the rights, obligations and remedies created by this Agreement are cumulative and are in addition to any other rights, obligations or remedies otherwise available at law or in equity, and nothing herein will be considered an election of remedies.


13.14 Submission to Jurisdiction; Process Agent; No Jury Trial .

(a) Each party to the Agreement hereby submits to the jurisdiction of any state or federal court sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, City and State of New York, in any action arising out of or relating to this Agreement, and agrees that all claims in respect of the action may be heard and determined in any such court. Each party to the Agreement also agrees not to bring any action arising out of or relating to this Agreement in any other court. Each party to the Agreement agrees that a final judgment in any action so brought will be conclusive and may be enforced by action on the judgment or in any other manner provided at law or in equity. Each party to the Agreement waives any defense of inconvenient forum to the maintenance of any action so brought and waives any bond, surety or other security that might be required of any other party with respect thereto.

(b) EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY AGREES TO WAIVE ITS RIGHTS TO JURY TRIAL OF ANY DISPUTE BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY DEALINGS AMONG THEM RELATING TO THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. The scope of this waiver is intended to be all encompassing of any and all actions that may be filed in any court and that relate to the subject matter of the transactions, including contract claims, tort claims, breach of duty claims and all other common law and statutory claims. Each party to the Agreement hereby acknowledges that this waiver is a material inducement to enter into a business relationship and that they will continue to rely on the waiver in their related future dealings. Each party to the Agreement further represents and warrants that it has reviewed this waiver with its legal counsel, and that each knowingly and voluntarily waives its jury trial rights following consultation with legal counsel. NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY HEREIN, THIS WAIVER IS IRREVOCABLE, MEANING THAT IT MAY NOT BE MODIFIED ORALLY OR IN WRITING, AND THE WAIVER WILL APPLY TO ANY AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS TO THIS AGREEMENT OR TO ANY OTHER DOCUMENTS OR AGREEMENTS RELATING HERETO. In the event of commencement of any action, this Agreement may be filed as a written consent to trial by a court.


13.15 Construction . The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. If an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement will be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto and no presumption or burden of proof will arise favoring or disfavoring any party because of the authorship of any provision of this Agreement. Any reference to any federal, state, local or foreign law will be deemed also to refer to law as amended and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, unless the context requires otherwise. The words “ include ,” “ includes ,” and “ including ” will be deemed to be followed by “ without limitation .” The words “ this Agreement ,” “ herein ,” “ hereof ,” “ hereby ,” “ hereunder ,” and words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular subdivision unless expressly so limited. The parties hereto intend that each representation, warranty and covenant contained herein will have independent significance. If any party hereto has breached any representation, warranty or covenant contained herein in any respect, the fact that there exists another representation, warranty or covenant relating to the same subject matter (regardless of the relative levels of specificity) which that party has not breached will not detract from or mitigate the fact that such party is in breach of the first representation, warranty or covenant.

[Signature page follows this page.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Split-Off Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

SELLER:
Valeritas Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as
Cleaner Yoga Mat, Inc.)
By:  

 

Name:   Leisa Swanson
Title:   President
SPLIT OFF SUBSIDIARY:
CYGM OPERATING CORP.
By:  

 

Name:   Leisa Swanson
Title:   President
BUYER:
LEISA SWANSON

 


EXHIBIT A

Liabilities


EXHIBIT B

Capital Stock of Split-Off Subsidiary

 

Buyer

   Purchase Price
Security
   Number of Shares    Certificate No(s).
   Common Stock      
        

 

Split-Off Subsidiary

   Shares    Number of Shares    Certificate No(s).
   Common Stock      


Exhibit C

Form of General Release Agreement

GENERAL RELEASE AGREEMENT

This GENERAL RELEASE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of             , 2016, is entered into by and among Valeritas Holdings, Inc., formerly known as Cleaner Yoga Mat, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Seller ”), CYGM Operating Corp., a Florida corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of Seller (“ Split-Off Subsidiary ”), and Leisa Swanson (“ Buyer ”). In consideration of the mutual benefits to be derived from this Agreement, the covenants and agreements set forth herein, and other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged by the execution and delivery hereof, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1. Split-Off Agreement . This Agreement is executed and delivered by Split-Off Subsidiary pursuant to the requirements of Section 8.3 of that certain Split-Off Agreement (the “ Split-Off Agreement ”) by and among Seller, Split-Off Subsidiary and Buyer, as a condition to the closing of the purchase and sale transaction contemplated thereby (the “ Transaction ”).

2. Release and Waiver by Split-Off Subsidiary .   For and in consideration of the covenants and promises contained herein and in the Split-Off Agreement, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Split-Off Subsidiary, on behalf of itself and its assigns, representatives and agents, if any, hereby covenants not to sue and fully, finally and forever completely releases Seller and Valeritas, Inc. (“ PrivateCo ”), along with their respective present, future and former officers, directors, stockholders, members, employees, agents, attorneys and representatives (collectively, the “ Seller Released Parties ”), of and from any and all claims, actions, obligations, liabilities, demands and/or causes of action, of whatever kind or character, whether now known or unknown, which Split-Off Subsidiary has or might claim to have against the Seller Released Parties for any and all injuries, harm, damages (actual and punitive), costs, losses, expenses, attorneys’ fees and/or liability or other detriment, if any, whenever incurred or suffered by Split-Off Subsidiary arising from, relating to, or in any way connected with, any fact, event, transaction, action or omission that occurred or failed to occur at or prior to the closing of the Transaction.

3. Release and Waiver by Buyer .   For and in consideration of the covenants and promises contained herein and in the Split-Off Agreement, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Buyer on behalf of herself and her assigns, representatives and agents, if any, hereby covenants not to sue and fully, finally and forever completely releases the Seller Released Parties of and from any and all claims, actions, obligations, liabilities, demands and/or causes of action, of whatever kind or character, whether now known or unknown, which Buyer has or might claim to have against the Seller Released Parties for any and all injuries, harm, damages (actual and punitive), costs, losses, expenses, attorneys’ fees and/or liability or other detriment, if any, whenever incurred or suffered by such Buyer arising from, relating to, or in any way connected with, any fact, event, transaction, action or omission that occurred or failed to occur on or prior to the date of the Closing.


4. Additional Covenants and Agreements .

(a) Each of Split-Off Subsidiary and Buyer, on the one hand, and Seller, on the other hand, waives and releases the other from any claims that this Agreement was procured by fraud or signed under duress or coercion so as to make this Agreement not binding.

(b) Each of the parties hereto acknowledges and agrees that the releases set forth herein do not include any claims the other party hereto may have against such party for such party’s failure to comply with or breach of any provision in this Agreement or the Split-Off Agreement.

(c) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, this Agreement shall not release or waive, or in any manner affect or void, any party’s rights and obligations under the following:

(i) the Split-Off Agreement; and

(ii) the Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization among Seller, PrivateCo, and Valeritas Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of Seller (the “ Merger Agreement ”), and the other the Transaction Documents.

5. Modification .  This Agreement cannot be modified orally and can only be modified through a written document signed by all parties and PrivateCo.

6. Severability .   If any provision contained in this Agreement is determined to be void, illegal or unenforceable, in whole or in part, then the other provisions contained herein shall remain in full force and effect as if the provision that was determined to be void, illegal or unenforceable had not been contained herein.

7. Expenses . The parties hereto agree that each party shall pay its respective costs, including attorneys’ fees, if any, associated with this Agreement.

8. Further Acts and Assurances . Each of Split-Off Subsidiary and Buyer agrees that it will act in a manner supporting compliance, including compliance by its Affiliates, with all of its obligations under this Agreement and, from time to time, shall, at the request of Seller or PrivateCo, and without further consideration, cause the execution and delivery of such other instruments of release or waiver and take such other action or execute such other documents as such party may reasonably request in order to confirm or effect the releases, waivers and covenants contained herein, and, in the case of any claims, actions, obligations, liabilities, demands and/or causes of action that cannot be effectively released or waived without the consent or approval of other Persons that is unobtainable, to use its best reasonable efforts to ensure that the Seller Released Parties receive the benefits thereof to the maximum extent permissible in accordance with applicable law or other applicable restrictions, and shall perform such other acts which may be reasonably necessary to effectuate the purposes of this Agreement.

9. Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to principles of conflicts or choice of laws thereof.

10. Third-Party Beneficiary . Each of Seller, Buyers and Split-Off Subsidiary acknowledges and agrees that this Agreement is entered into for the express benefit of PrivateCo, and that each PrivateCo is relying hereon and on the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in entering into and performing its obligations under the Merger Agreement, and that PrivateCo shall be in all respects entitled to the benefit hereof and to enforce this Agreement as a result of any breach hereof.

11. Specific Performance; Remedies . Each of Seller, Buyer and Split-Off Subsidiary acknowledges and agrees that each PrivateCo would be damaged irreparably if any


provision of this Agreement is not performed in accordance with its specific terms or is otherwise breached. Accordingly, each of Seller, Buyer and Split-Off Subsidiary agrees that PrivateCo will be entitled to seek an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of the provisions of this Agreement and to enforce specifically this Agreement and its terms and provisions in any action instituted in any court of the United States or any state thereof having jurisdiction over the parties and the matter, subject to Section 9 , in addition to any other remedy to which they may be entitled, at law or in equity. Except as expressly provided herein, the rights, obligations and remedies created by this Agreement are cumulative and are in addition to any other rights, obligations or remedies otherwise available at law or in equity, and nothing herein will be considered an election of remedies.

12. Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding and agreement of Seller, Split-Off Subsidiary and Buyer and supersedes prior understandings and agreements, if any, among or between Seller, Split-Off Subsidiary and Buyer with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, other than as specifically referenced herein. This Agreement does not, however, operate to supersede or extinguish any confidentiality, non-solicitation, non-disclosure or non-competition obligations owed by Split-Off Subsidiary to Seller under any prior agreement.

13. Definitions .  Capitalized terms used herein without definition have the meanings ascribed to them in the Merger Agreement.

[Signature page follows this page.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned have executed this General Release Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

SELLER:
Valeritas Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as Cleaner
Yoga Mat, Inc.)
By:  

 

Name:   Leisa Swanson
Title:   President
SPLIT OFF SUBSIDIARY:
CYGM OPERATING CORP.
By:  

 

Name:   Leisa Swanson
Title:   President
BUYER:
LEISA SWANSON

 


Exhibit D

Letter of Transmittal

LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL

For Certificates formerly representing Series AB Preferred Stock of

VALERITAS, INC.

Pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger among Valeritas, Inc.,

Valeritas Holdings, Inc. and

Valeritas Acquisition Corp.

This Letter of Transmittal is being sent in connection with the merger of Valeritas Acquisition Corp., a wholly owned subsidiary of Valeritas Holdings, Inc. with and into Valeritas, Inc. This Letter of Transmittal should be promptly (a) completed and signed in the space provided below and on the space provided on the W–9, Substitute Form W–8BEN or other appropriate IRS Form W–8 included in this Letter of Transmittal and (b) mailed or delivered with your certificate(s) (“ Certificate(s) ”) formerly representing shares of Series AB Preferred Stock of Valeritas, Inc. (“ Capital Stock ”) to West Coast Stock Transfer, as Exchange Agent (the “ Exchange Agent ”). Please read the accompanying instructions carefully .

This Letter of Transmittal, your Certificate(s) and any other required documents should be delivered to the Exchange Agent, by mail, hand or overnight courier at the following address:

West Coast Stock Transfer

721 N. Vulcan Ave, Suite 205

Encinitas, CA 92024

Attn: Frank Brickell

Telephone: (619) 664-4780

 

DESCRIPTION OF SHARES OF CAPITAL STOCK TENDERED

Names(s) and Address(es) of Registered

Holder(s) (please complete)

  

Share Certificate(s) and Shares(s) Tendered

(Please attach additional signed list, if necessary)*

  

Class of Stock

  

Stock Certificate Number(s)

  

Total Number of Shares

of Stock Represented by

Share Certificate(s

  

Series AB Preferred Stock

         

¨        Check here if Share Certificates have been lost or mutilated (and indicate which certificate has been lost or mutilated).

 

* Note : Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP has delivered to the Exchange Agent all stock certificates issues in the Series AB Preferred Stock financings on September 28, 2015, November 13, 2015, December 24, 2015, January 29, 2016 and February 29, 2016, and for the exercise of warrants for Series AB Preferred Stock.


PLEASE READ AND FOLLOW THE ACCOMPANYING INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY

Ladies and Gentlemen:

In accordance with the Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “ Merger Agreement ”) dated as of May 3, 2016, by and among Valeritas Holdings, Inc. (“ Valeritas ”), Valeritas Acquisition Corp. (“ Merger Sub ”), and Valeritas, Inc. (the “ Company ”), providing for the merger (the “ Merger ”) of Merger Sub with and into the Company (the “ Merger ”), with the Company becoming a wholly owned subsidiary of Valeritas, the undersigned, the registered holder(s) of the stock certificates (the “ Certificate(s) ”) formerly representing shares of Series AB Preferred Stock of the Company hereby surrenders such Certificate(s) to the Exchange Agent, in exchange for shares of Valeritas common stock (and cash in lieu of fractional shares) an amount determined in accordance with the terms of the Merger Agreement (the “ Consideration ”) and payable in the manner set forth in the Merger Agreement. Unless otherwise defined in this Letter of Transmittal, all defined terms contained in this Letter of Transmittal will have the meanings set forth in the Merger Agreement.

Effective upon the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, except for any rights expressly set forth in the Merger Agreement, including, but not limited to, the right to receive the undersigned’s Consideration with respect to the undersigned’s Common Stock of the Company, the undersigned hereby acknowledges that the undersigned is not aware of any claims of the undersigned against the Company or liabilities or obligations of the Company to the undersigned arising under any investor agreements of the Company or in connection with the issuance of any securities by the Company to its stockholders, or otherwise as a result of the undersigned having been a stockholder of the Company.

The undersigned acknowledges and agrees that it received notice as of its appraisal rights as required by Section 262 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (“ DGCL ”). By signing and delivering this Letter of Transmittal and surrendering the Certificate(s) herewith delivered to the Exchange Agent, the undersigned hereby waives any and all rights of appraisal and any dissenters’ rights to which the undersigned may have been entitled pursuant to Section 262 of the DGCL with respect to the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement.

The Exchange

The undersigned understands that the surrender of Certificate(s) will not be deemed to have been in acceptable form until receipt by the Exchange Agent of this Letter of Transmittal properly completed and signed, together with all required documents, in form satisfactory to the Exchange Agent acting reasonably. All questions as to the documents, validity, form, eligibility and acceptance for payment of any Certificate(s) surrendered pursuant to any of the procedures described in this Letter of Transmittal will be determined by the Exchange Agent, acting reasonably (which may delegate power to make such determination in whole or in part to its transfer agent), and such determination will be final and binding. Delivery of Certificate(s) will be effected, and risk of loss and title to Certificate(s) will pass, only upon proper delivery to the Exchange Agent.

The undersigned hereby irrevocably constitutes the Exchange Agent, or its designee or appointee, as the undersigned’s true and lawful attorney–in–fact with respect to the Certificate(s) surrendered herewith, to deliver such Certificates(s) together with all accompanying evidences of authority, against receipt therefore (as the undersigned’s agent) of the undersigned’s Consideration with respect to the undersigned’s Common Stock of the Company as provided in the Merger Agreement and this Letter of Transmittal. This power is irrevocable and coupled with an interest, and shall not be affected by the undersigned’s death, incapacity, illness, dissolution or other inability to act.

The undersigned represents that (a) the undersigned is or are the sole record and beneficial owner of the Certificate(s) surrendered herewith and identified in the box on the cover page of this Letter of Transmittal, (b) the undersigned has or have good title to the shares of capital stock of the Company represented by such Certificates, (c) the undersigned has or have the full right, power, legal capacity and authority to execute this Letter of Transmittal and sell, assign, transfer and surrender such Certificate(s), free and clear of all liens, claims and encumbrances and not subject to any adverse claim or any limitation or restriction on the sale, transfer or delivery of the Certificate(s), and (d) no consent, approval or notice of or to any third party is required to sell, assign, transfer or surrender such Certificate(s).

The undersigned shall, upon request, execute and deliver any additional documents deemed appropriate or necessary by Valeritas or the Exchange Agent (in each case, acting reasonably) in connection with the surrender of the

 

6


Certificate(s). All authority conferred or agreed to be conferred in this Letter of Transmittal shall not be affected by, and shall survive, the death or incapacity of the undersigned and any obligation of the undersigned will be binding upon the successors, assigns, heirs, executors, administrators and legal representatives of the undersigned and shall not be affected by, and shall survive, the death or incapacity of the undersigned.

INSTRUCTIONS

1. Guarantee of Signatures. No signature on this Letter of Transmittal is required to be guaranteed if (a) this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered holder(s) of the Certificate(s) transmitted herewith and such holder(s) has (have) not completed the instruction entitled “Special Payment Instructions” and/or “Special Delivery Instructions” on this Letter of Transmittal or (b) such Certificate(s) are transmitted for the account of a financial institution (including most banks, savings and loan associations and brokerage houses) that is a participant in the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program, the New York Stock Exchange Medallion Signature Program, or the Stock Exchange Medallion Program (each of the foregoing constituting an “ Eligible Institution ”). IN ALL OTHER CASES, ALL SIGNATURES ON THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL MUST BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE INSTITUTION. SEE INSTRUCTION 4.

2. Delivery of Letter of Transmittal and Certificates. Certificate(s) surrendered, as well as a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal, any signature guarantees, if necessary, and any other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal, must be delivered to the Exchange Agent at its address set forth on the cover of this Letter of Transmittal.  Please do not send the Certificate(s) directly to Valeritas . If any of the Certificate(s) of the undersigned have been lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed, please contact the Company who will send you an Affidavit of Lost Certificate and any additional documentation that you must complete in order to effectively surrender lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed Certificate(s). All questions as to the documents, validity, form, eligibility and acceptance for payment of any Certificate(s) surrendered pursuant to any of the procedures described in this Letter of Transmittal will be determined by Valeritas acting reasonably (which may delegate power to make such determination in whole or in part to the Exchange Agent), and such determination will be final and binding. Valeritas (which may delegate power in whole or in part to the Exchange Agent) also reserves the absolute right to waive any defect or irregularity in the surrender of any Certificate or delivery of any Letter of Transmittal, and its interpretations of other terms and conditions of the Merger Agreement and this Letter of Transmittal (including these instructions) with respect to such irregularities or defects will be final and binding. Delivery of Certificate(s) will be effected, and risk of loss and title to Certificate(s) will pass, only upon proper delivery to the Exchange Agent. No alternative, conditional, irregular or contingent surrender of Certificate(s) or this Letter of Transmittal will be accepted. Delivery of documents to an address other than the address set forth on the cover of this Letter of Transmittal does not constitute delivery to the Exchange Agent. The surrender of Certificate(s) will be deemed made only when this Letter of Transmittal and any other documents are actually received by the Exchange Agent.

You are encouraged to return this Letter of Transmittal and the other required documentation as soon as possible.

The method of delivery of Certificate(s) and the other required documents is at the option and risk of the tendering holder. If sent by mail, then registered mail with return receipt requested is recommended.

3. Inadequate Space . If there is inadequate space to complete any box or to sign this Letter of Transmittal, the information or signatures required to be provided must be set forth on additional sheets substantially in the form of the corresponding portion of this Letter of Transmittal and attached to this Letter of Transmittal.

4. Signature on Letter of Transmittal, Stock Powers and Endorsements.

(a) If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered holder(s) of the Certificate(s) surrendered hereby without any correction or change in the name of the registered holder(s), the signature(s) must correspond exactly with the name(s) as written on the face of the Certificate(s), without any change whatsoever. In the event the name of the registered holder(s) needs to be corrected or has changed (by marriage or otherwise), attach an additional sheet setting forth the change (see Instruction 3).

(b) If any Certificate surrendered hereby is held of record by two or more joint holders, all such holders must sign this Letter of Transmittal.

 

7


(c) If any Certificate surrendered hereby is registered in different names on several Certificates, it will be necessary to complete, sign and submit as many separate Letters of Transmittal as there are different registrations of Certificates.

(d) If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered holder(s) of the Certificate(s) listed and transmitted hereby, no endorsements of Certificate(s) or separate stock powers are required.

(e) If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by a person(s) other than the registered holder(s) of the Certificate(s) listed, the Certificate(s) must be endorsed or accompanied by appropriate stock powers, in either case signed exactly as the name of the registered holder(s) appears on the Certificate(s). Signatures on such Certificate(s) or stock powers must be guaranteed. See Instruction 1.

(f) If this Letter of Transmittal or any Certificate or stock power is signed by a person(s) other than the registered holder(s) of the Certificate(s) listed and the signer(s) is acting in the capacity of trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney–in–fact, officer of a corporation or any other person(s) acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such person(s) must so indicate when signing, and must submit proper evidence satisfactory to the Exchange Agent of authority to act.

5. Payment and Special Payment and Delivery Instructions.

(a) The undersigned understands that delivery of a check representing the cash in lieu of fractional shares will be made within approximately ten (10) business days after the receipt by the Exchange Agent of Certificate(s) and this Letter of Transmittal and any other necessary documents completed in acceptable form. The undersigned understands that the amount of any check representing the cash portion of the Consideration will be reduced by any applicable withholding taxes. No interest shall accrue on any cash payments to be delivered hereunder.

(b) If a check is to be issued in the name(s) of person(s) other than the signer(s) of this Letter of Transmittal or if a check is to be sent to someone other than the signer of this Letter of Transmittal or to an address other than that shown above, then the appropriate boxes on this Letter of Transmittal should be completed.

6. Requests for Assistance and Additional Copies. Request for assistance may be directed to Frank Brickell at West Coast Stock Transfer (the Exchange Agent) at (619) 664-4780 Monday–Friday 9:00 a.m. – 5:00 p.m. California time. Additional copies of this Letter of Transmittal and the Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W–9 may be obtained from the Exchange Agent at the addresses and telephone number set forth herein.

7. Form W–9. Each tendering holder who is a U.S. person is required to provide the Exchange Agent with a correct taxpayer identification number (“ TIN ”), generally the holder’s social security or federal employer identification number, on a Form W–9, which is provided below. You must cross out item (2) in the certification box on the Form W–9 if you are subject to backup withholding. The box in Part 3 of the form may be checked if the tendering holder has not been issued a TIN and has applied for a TIN or intends to apply for a TIN in the near future.

IRS Form W–8 . Each tendering holder who is not a U.S. person is required to provide the Exchange Agent with the appropriate IRS Form W–8, accurately filled in. A Form W–8 BEN can be obtained from the Exchange Agent or at the link below. Please note that there are additional Form W–8’s if the W–8BEN does not apply to your particular situation. The additional forms can be accessed at the following IRS links:

http://www.irs.gov/pub/irs-pdf/fw8ben.pdf

http://www.irs.gov/pub/irs-pdf/fw8eci.pdf

http://www.irs.gov/pub/irs-pdf/fw8imy.pdf

http://www.irs.gov/pub/irs-pdf/fw8exp.pdf

8. Indication of Certificate Numbers and Numbers of Old Shares . This Letter of Transmittal should indicate the certificate numbers of the Certificate(s) surrendered hereby and the number of shares represented by each such Certificate.

 

8


9. Miscellaneous . The Exchange Agent anticipates that it will provide notification of any defects in the deposit and surrender of any Certificate(s), but neither Valeritas nor the Exchange Agent shall incur any liability for failure to give such notice.

10. Stock Transfer Taxes . In the event that any transfer or other taxes become payable by reason of the issuance of a check in any name other than that of the record holder such transferee or assignee must pay such tax to Valeritas or must establish to the satisfaction of Valeritas that such tax has been paid or is not applicable.

 

SPECIAL PAYMENT INSTRUCTIONS (See Instructions 1, 4 and 5)
To be completed ONLY if the check for fractional shares is to be issued in the name of someone other than the undersigned, or payment by wire transfer is requested.
Issue check to:  
Name: (Please print):  

 

Address:  

 

(Zip Code)  

 

(Taxpayer Identification or Social Security No.)  

 

 

SPECIAL DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS (See Instructions 1, 4 and 5)
To be completed ONLY if the check for check for fractional shares is to be sent to someone other than the undersigned, or to the undersigned at an address other than that below.
Mail check to:
Name: (Please print)  

 

Address:  

 

(Zip Code)  

 

(Taxpayer Identification or Social Security No  

 

 

 

ALL STOCKHOLDERS MUST SIGN HERE

(Also complete Form W–9)

The undersigned acknowledges that the undersigned has thoroughly read this Letter of Transmittal and agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the accompanying materials.
The check representing the cash in lieu of fractional shares will be issued only in the name of the person(s) submitting this Letter of Transmittal and will be mailed to the address shown in the box on page one entitled “Name and Address of Registered Owner” unless the Special Payment Instructions or Special Delivery Instructions are completed.

 

Signature(s) of Registered Holder(s) or Agent
Dated:                     
(Must be signed by registered holder(s) exactly as name(s) on stock certificate(s) or on a security position listing or by person(s) authorized to become registered holder(s) by certificates and documents transmitted herewith. If signature is by an officer of a corporation, attorney–in–fact, executor, administrator, trustee, guardian or other person(s) acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, then please set forth full title and see Instruction 4.)
Name(s):(Please print):  

 

Capacity (Full Title):  

 

Address:  

 

  (ZIP Code)  

 

Area Code and Tel. No.:  

 

  Tax Identification or Social Security No.:  

 

GUARANTEE OF SIGNATURE(S)

(If Required–See Instructions 1 and 4)

Authorized Signature:  

 

Name(s): (Please print):  

 

Name of Firm:  

 

Address:  

 

  (ZIP Code)  

 

Area Code and Tel. No.:  

 

  Dated:  

 

 

9


If you have any questions about completing this form, please call

Frank Brickell at West Coast Stock Transfer at (619) 664-4780

 

10


[W-9 AND INSTRUCTIONS TO BE ATTACHED]

 

11


Exhibit E

Officers and Directors

Directors:

John Timberlake

Nathan D. Hukill

Luke Düster

Cameron Hui

Peter Devlin

Rodney Altman, M.D.

Officers:

 

John Timberlake    Chief Executive Officer, Chief Commercial Officer, President and Secretary
Mark Conley    Vice President, Corporate Controller and Treasurer
Geoffrey Jenkins    Executive Vice President, Manufacturing, Operations and Research & Development
Matthew Nguyen    Senior Vice President, Commercial by our Board of Directors


Exhibit F

Surviving Corporation Charter

1. Name . The name of the corporation is Valeritas, Inc.

2. Registered Office and Registered Agent . The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 1013 Centre Road, Suite 403-B in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle 19805. The name of its registered agent at such address is VCorp Services LLC.

3. Purposes . The purpose of the corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the DGCL.

4. Capital Stock . The total number of shares that the corporation is authorized to issue is 100 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share.

5. Bylaws . The board of directors of the corporation is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws of the corporation.

6. Director Liability .

 

  a) Limitation . To the fullest extent permitted by law, a director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the DGCL or any other law of the State of Delaware is amended after the date hereof to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as so amended. Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Section 6 by the stockholders of the corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the corporation existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any director of the corporation with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to, such repeal or modification.

 

  b) Indemnification . To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the corporation is authorized to provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) directors, officers and agents of the corporation (and any other persons to which DGCL permits the corporation to provide indemnification) through bylaw provisions, agreements with such agents or other persons, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, in excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by Section 145 of the DGCL.


  c) Modification . Any amendment, repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this section 4 shall not adversely affect any right or protection of any director, officer, or other agent of the corporation existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification.

7. Board Rights . In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, it is further provided that:

 

  a) The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

 

  b) The Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, alter, amend or repeal the bylaws of the Corporation.

8. Director Election . Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the bylaws of the corporation shall so provide.

9. Amendment . Subject to such limitations as may be from time to time imposed by other provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation, by the bylaws of the corporation, by the DGCL or by other applicable law, or by any contract or agreement to which the corporation is or may become a party, the corporation reserves the right to amend or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this express reservation.

 

14


Exhibit G

Surviving Corporation Bylaws

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

VALERITAS, INC.

(a Delaware corporation)

IDENTIFICATION; OFFICES

NAME . The name of the corporation is Valeritas, Inc. (the “Corporation”).

PRINCIPAL AND BUSINESS OFFICES . The Corporation may have such principal and other business offices, either within or outside of the state of Delaware, as the Board of Directors may designate or as the Corporation’s business may require from time to time.

REGISTERED AGENT AND OFFICE . The Corporation’s registered agent may be changed from time to time by or under the authority of the Board of Directors. The address of the Corporation’s registered agent may change from time to time by or under the authority of the Board of Directors, or the registered agent. The business office of the Corporation’s registered agent shall be identical to the registered office. The Corporation’s registered office may be but need not be identical with the Corporation’s principal office in the state of Delaware. The Corporation’s initial registered office shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.

PLACE OF KEEPING CORPORATE RECORDS . The records and documents required by law to be kept by the Corporation permanently shall be kept at the Corporation’s principal office or as the Board of Directors may designate.

STOCKHOLDERS

CERTIFICATES REPRESENTING STOCK . Certificates representing stock in the Corporation shall be signed by, or in the name of, the Corporation by the Chairperson or Vice-Chairperson of the Board of Directors, if any, or by the President or a Vice-President and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation. Any or all of the signatures on any such certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.


Whenever the Corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class of stock, and whenever the Corporation shall issue any shares of its stock as partly paid stock, the certificates representing shares of any such class or series or of any such partly paid stock shall set forth thereon the statements prescribed by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”). Any restrictions on the transfer or registration of transfer of any shares of stock of any class or series shall be noted conspicuously on the certificate representing such shares.

The Corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, and the Board of Directors may require the owner of the lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft, or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of any such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

UNCERTIFICATED SHARES . Subject to any conditions imposed by the DGCL, the Board of Directors of the Corporation may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of the stock of the Corporation shall be uncertificated shares. Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of any uncertificated shares, the Corporation shall send to the registered owner thereof any written notice prescribed by the DGCL.

FRACTIONAL SHARE INTERESTS . The Corporation may, but shall not be required to, issue fractions of a share. If the Corporation does not issue fractions of a share, it shall (1) arrange for the disposition of fractional interests by those entitled thereto, (2) pay in cash the fair value of fractions of a share as of the time when those entitled to receive such fractions are determined, or (3) issue scrip or warrants in registered form (either represented by a certificate or uncertificated) or bearer form (represented by a certificate) which shall entitle the holder to receive a full share upon the surrender of such scrip or warrants aggregating a full share. A certificate for a fractional share or an uncertificated fractional share shall, but scrip or warrants shall not unless otherwise provided therein, entitle the holder to exercise voting rights, to receive dividends thereon, and to participate in any of the assets of the Corporation in the event of liquidation. The Board of Directors may cause scrip or warrants to be issued subject to the condition that they shall become void if not exchanged for certificates representing the full shares or uncertificated full shares before a specified date, or subject to the condition that the shares for which scrip or warrants are exchangeable may be sold by the Corporation and the proceeds thereof distributed to the holders of scrip or warrants, or subject to any other conditions which the Board of Directors may impose.

STOCK TRANSFERS . Upon compliance with provisions restricting the transfer or registration of transfer of shares of stock, if any, transfers or registration of transfers of shares of stock of the Corporation shall be made only on the stock ledger of the Corporation by the registered holder thereof, or by the registered holder’s attorney thereunto authorized by power of attorney duly executed and filed with the Secretary of the Corporation or with a transfer agent or a registrar, if any, and, in the case of shares represented by certificates, on surrender of the certificate or certificates for such shares of stock properly endorsed and the payment of all taxes due thereon.

RECORD DATE FOR STOCKHOLDERS . In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall

 

16


not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which date shall not be more than ten days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by the DGCL, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by the DGCL, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion, or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

MEANING OF CERTAIN TERMS . As used herein in respect of the right to notice of a meeting of stockholders or a waiver thereof or to participate or vote thereat or to consent or dissent in writing in lieu of a meeting, as the case may be, the term “share” or “shares” or “share of stock” or “shares of stock” or “stockholder” or “stockholders” refers to an outstanding share or shares of stock and to a holder or holders of record of outstanding shares of stock when the Corporation is authorized to issue only one class of shares of stock, and said reference is also intended to include any outstanding share or shares of stock and any holder or holders of record of outstanding shares of stock of any class upon which or upon whom the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation (the “Certificate of Incorporation”) confers such rights where there are two or more classes or series of shares of stock or upon which or upon whom the DGCL confers such rights notwithstanding that the Certificate of Incorporation may provide for more than one class or series of shares of stock, one or more of which are limited or denied such rights thereunder; provided, however, that no such right shall vest in the event of an increase or a decrease in the authorized number of shares of stock of any class or series which is otherwise denied voting rights under the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, except as any provision of law may otherwise require.

STOCKHOLDER MEETINGS .

 

17


TIME . The annual meeting shall be held on the date and at the time fixed, from time to time, by the directors, provided, that the first annual meeting shall be held on a date within thirteen months after the organization of the Corporation, and each successive annual meeting shall be held on a date within thirteen months after the date of the preceding annual meeting. A special meeting shall be held on the date and at the time fixed by the directors.

PLACE . Annual meetings and special meetings may be held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as the directors may, from time to time, fix. Whenever the directors shall fail to fix such place, the meeting shall be held at the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware. The Board of Directors may also, in its sole discretion, determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211(a)(2) of the DGCL. If a meeting by remote communication is authorized by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion, and subject to guidelines and procedures as the Board of Directors may adopt, stockholders and proxyholders not physically present at a meeting of stockholders may, by means of remote communication participate in a meeting of stockholders and be deemed present in person and vote at a meeting of stockholders whether such meeting is to be held at a designated place or solely by means of remote communication, provided that (a) the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to verify that each person deemed present and permitted to vote at the meeting by means of remote communication is a stockholder or proxyholder, (b) the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to provide such stockholders and proxyholders a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the stockholders, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of the meeting substantially concurrently with such proceedings, and (c) if any stockholder or proxyholder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of remote communication, a record of such vote or other action shall be maintained by the Corporation.

CALL . Annual meetings and special meetings may be called by the directors or by any officer instructed by the directors to call the meeting.

NOTICE OR WAIVER OF NOTICE . Written notice of all meetings shall be given, which shall state the place, if any, date, and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. The notice of an annual meeting shall state that the meeting is called for the election of directors and for the transaction of other business which may properly come before the meeting, and shall (if any other action which could be taken at a special meeting is to be taken at such annual meeting) state the purpose or purposes. The notice of any meeting shall also include, or be accompanied by, any additional statements, information, or documents prescribed by the DGCL. Except as otherwise provided by the DGCL, the written notice of any meeting shall be given not less than ten days nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation. If a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, or if after the

 

18


adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. Whenever notice is required to be given under the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a written waiver signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a stockholder at a meeting of stockholders shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the stockholder attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

STOCKHOLDER LIST . The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting or during ordinary business hours at the principal place of business of the Corporation. In the event that the Corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting. The stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, the list required by this section or the books of the Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

CONDUCT OF MEETING . Meetings of the stockholders shall be presided over by one of the following officers in the order of seniority and if present and acting - the Chairperson of the Board, if any, the Vice-Chairperson of the Board, if any, the President, a Vice-President, or, if none of the foregoing is in office and present and acting, by a chairperson to be chosen by the stockholders. The Secretary of the Corporation, or in such Secretary’s absence, an Assistant Secretary, shall act as secretary of every meeting, but if neither the Secretary nor an Assistant Secretary is present the chairperson of the meeting shall appoint a secretary of the meeting.

PROXY REPRESENTATION . Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A stockholder may execute a writing authorizing another person or persons to act for such stockholder as proxy. Execution may be accomplished by the stockholder or such stockholder’s authorized officer, director, employee or agent signing such writing or causing such person’s signature to be

 

19


affixed to such writing by any reasonable means including, but not limited to, by facsimile signature. A stockholder may also authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder as proxy by transmitting or authorizing the transmission of a telegram, cablegram, or other means of electronic transmission to the person who will be the holder of the proxy or to a proxy solicitation firm, proxy support service organization or like agent duly authorized by the person who will be the holder of the proxy to receive such transmission, provided that any such telegram, cablegram or other means of electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder. If it is determined that such telegrams, cablegrams or other electronic transmissions are valid, the inspectors or, if there are no inspectors, such other persons making the determination shall specify the information upon which they relied. Any copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reliable reproduction of the writing or transmission created pursuant to Section 212(c) of the DGCL may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing or transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or transmission could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or transmission. A duly executed proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and, if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A proxy may be made irrevocable regardless of whether the interest with which it is coupled is an interest in the stock itself or an interest in the Corporation generally.

INSPECTORS . The directors, in advance of any meeting, may, but need not, appoint one or more inspectors of election to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof. If an inspector or inspectors are not appointed, the person presiding at the meeting may, but need not, appoint one or more inspectors. In case any person who may be appointed as an inspector fails to appear or act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment made by the directors in advance of the meeting or at the meeting by the person presiding thereat. Each inspector, if any, before entering upon the discharge of duties of inspector, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector at such meeting with strict impartiality and according to the best of such inspector’s ability. The inspectors, if any, shall determine the number of shares of stock outstanding and the voting power of each, the shares of stock represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, the validity and effect of proxies, and shall receive votes, ballots, or consents, hear and determine all challenges and questions arising in connection with the right to vote, count and tabulate all votes, ballots, or consents, determine the result, and do such acts as are proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all stockholders. On request of the person presiding at the meeting, the inspector or inspectors, if any, shall make a report in writing of any challenge, question, or matter determined by such inspector or inspectors and execute a certificate of any fact found by such inspector or inspectors. Except as may otherwise be required by subsection (e) of Section 231 of the DGCL, the provisions of that Section shall not apply to the Corporation.

QUORUM . The holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of stockholders for the transaction of any business. The stockholders present may adjourn the meeting despite the absence of a quorum.

VOTING . Each share of stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote. Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. Any other action shall be authorized by a majority of the votes cast except where the DGCL prescribes a different percentage of votes

 

20


and/or a different exercise of voting power, and except as may be otherwise prescribed by the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and these Bylaws. In the election of directors, and for any other action, voting need not be by ballot.

STOCKHOLDER ACTION WITHOUT MEETINGS . Except as any provision of the DGCL may otherwise require, any action required by the DGCL to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. A telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxyholder, or by a person or persons authorized to act for a stockholder or proxyholder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for the purposes of this section, provided that any such telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the Corporation can determine that the telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or proxyholder or by a person or persons authorized to act for the stockholder or proxyholder and the date on which such stockholder or proxyholder or authorized person or persons transmitted such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission. The date on which such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission is transmitted shall be deemed to be the date on which such consent was signed. No consent given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission shall be deemed to have been delivered until such consent is reproduced in paper form and until such paper shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which the proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded, to the extent and in the manner provided by resolution of the Board of Directors of the Corporation. Any copy, facsimile or other reliable reproduction of a consent in writing may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing for any and all purposes for which the original writing could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing. Action taken pursuant to this paragraph shall be subject to the provisions of Section 228 of the DGCL.

DIRECTORS

FUNCTIONS AND DEFINITION . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors of the Corporation. The Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of the members thereof. The use of the phrase “whole board” herein refers to the total number of directors which the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies.

QUALIFICATIONS AND NUMBER . A director need not be a stockholder, a citizen of the United States, or a resident of the State of Delaware. The initial Board of Directors shall consist of one person. Thereafter the number of directors constituting the whole board shall be at least one. Subject to the foregoing limitation and except for the first Board of Directors, such number may be fixed from time to time by action of the stockholders or of the directors, or, if the number is not fixed, the number shall be one. The number of directors may be increased or decreased by action of the stockholders or of the directors.

 

21


ELECTION AND TERM . The first Board of Directors, unless the members thereof shall have been named in the Certificate of Incorporation, shall be elected by the incorporator or incorporators and shall hold office until the first annual meeting of stockholders and until their successors are elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal. Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the Corporation. Thereafter, directors who are elected at an annual meeting of stockholders, and directors who are elected in the interim to fill vacancies and newly created directorships, shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until their successors are elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal. Except as the DGCL may otherwise require, in the interim between annual meetings of stockholders or of special meetings of stockholders called for the election of directors and/or for the removal of one or more directors and for the filling of any vacancy in that connection, newly created directorships and any vacancies in the Board of Directors, including unfilled vacancies resulting from the removal of directors for cause or without cause, may be filled by the vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by the sole remaining director.

MEETINGS .

TIME . Meetings shall be held at such time as the Board of Directors shall fix, except that the first meeting of a newly elected Board of Directors shall be held as soon after its election as the directors may conveniently assemble.

PLACE . Meetings shall be held at such place within or without the State of Delaware as shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.

NOTICE OR ACTUAL OR CONSTRUCTIVE WAIVER . No notice shall be required for regular meetings for which the time and place have been fixed. Written, oral, or any other mode of notice of the time and place shall be given for special meetings in sufficient time for the convenient assembly of the directors thereat. Whenever notice is required to be given under the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a written waiver signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of any such person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when such person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the directors need be specified in any written waiver of notice.

QUORUM AND ACTION . A majority of the whole Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum except when a vacancy or vacancies prevents such majority, whereupon a majority of the directors in office shall constitute a quorum, provided, that such majority shall constitute at least one-third of the whole Board of Directors. A majority of the directors present, whether or not a quorum is present, may adjourn a meeting to another time and place. Except as herein otherwise provided, and except as otherwise provided by the DGCL, the vote of the majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors. The quorum and voting provisions herein stated shall not be construed as conflicting with any provisions of the DGCL and these Bylaws which govern a meeting of directors held to fill vacancies and newly created directorships in the Board of Directors or action of disinterested directors.

 

22


Any member or members of the Board of Directors or of any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors, or any such committee, as the case may be, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other.

CHAIRPERSON OF THE MEETING . The Chairperson of the Board, if any and if present and acting, shall preside at all meetings. Otherwise, the Vice-Chairperson of the Board, if any and if present and acting, or the President, if present and acting, or any other director chosen by the Board of Directors, shall preside.

REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS . Except as may otherwise be provided by the DGCL, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.

COMMITTEES . The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of any member of any such committee or committees, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation with the exception of any power or authority the delegation of which is prohibited by Section 141 of the DGCL, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it.

WRITTEN ACTION . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

OFFICERS

The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer, and, if deemed necessary, expedient, or desirable by the Board of Directors, a Chairperson of the Board, a Vice-Chairperson of the Board, an Executive Vice-President, one or more other Vice-Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries, one or more Assistant Treasurers, and such other officers with such titles as the resolution of the Board of Directors choosing them shall designate. Except as may otherwise be provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors choosing such officer, no officer other than the Chairperson or Vice-Chairperson of the Board, if any, need be a director. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, as the directors may determine.

 

23


Unless otherwise provided in the resolution choosing such officer, each officer shall be chosen for a term which shall continue until the meeting of the Board of Directors following the next annual meeting of stockholders and until such officer’s successor shall have been chosen and qualified.

All officers of the Corporation shall have such authority and perform such duties in the management and operation of the Corporation as shall be prescribed in the resolutions of the Board of Directors designating and choosing such officers and prescribing their authority and duties, and shall have such additional authority and duties as are incident to their office except to the extent that such resolutions may be inconsistent therewith. The Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation shall record all of the proceedings of all meetings and actions in writing of stockholders, directors, and committees of directors, and shall exercise such additional authority and perform such additional duties as the Board of Directors shall assign to such Secretary or Assistant Secretary. Any officer may be removed, with or without cause, by the Board of Directors. Any vacancy in any office may be filled by the Board of Directors.

CORPORATE SEAL

The corporate seal shall be in such form as the Board of Directors shall prescribe.

FISCAL YEAR

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed, and shall be subject to change, by the Board of Directors.

CONTROL OVER BYLAWS

Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and the provisions of the DGCL, the power to amend, alter, or repeal these Bylaws and to adopt new Bylaws may be exercised by the Board of Directors or by the stockholders.

 

24


Exhibit H

Form of 2016 Equity Incentive Plan

VALERITAS HOLDINGS, INC. 2016 INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN

: GENERAL PROVISIONS

PURPOSE OF THE PLAN

This 2016 Incentive Compensation Plan is intended to promote the interests of Valeritas Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, by providing eligible persons in the Corporation’s service with the opportunity to participate in one or more cash or equity incentive compensation programs designed to encourage them to continue their service relationship with the Corporation.

Capitalized terms shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the attached Appendix.

STRUCTURE OF THE PLAN

The Plan shall be divided into three separate equity incentive programs:

the Discretionary Grant Program under which eligible persons may, at the discretion of the Plan Administrator, be granted options to purchase shares of Common Stock or stock appreciation rights tied to the value of such Common Stock;

the Stock Issuance Program under which eligible persons may, at the discretion of the Plan Administrator, be issued shares of Common Stock pursuant to restricted stock awards, restricted stock units or other stock-based awards which vest upon the completion of a designated service period or the attainment of pre-established performance milestones, or such shares of Common Stock may be issued through direct purchase or as a bonus for services rendered the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary); and

the Incentive Bonus Program under which eligible persons may, at the discretion of the Plan Administrator, be provided with incentive bonus opportunities through performance unit awards and special cash incentive programs tied to the attainment of pre-established performance milestones.

The provisions of Articles One and Five shall apply to all incentive compensation programs under the Plan and shall govern the interests of all persons under the Plan.

ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

The Plan shall be administered and interpreted by a committee consisting of members of the Board, which shall be appointed by the Board (the “Committee”). The Committee shall consist of two or more persons who are “outside directors” as defined under section 162(m) of the Code, and related Treasury regulations, “non-employee


directors” as defined under Rule 16b-3 under the 1934 Act, and “independent directors” as determined in accordance with the independence standards established by the Stock Exchange on which the Common Stock is at the time primarily traded. However, the Board may ratify or approve any Awards as it deems appropriate, and the Board shall approve and administer all Awards made to non-employee directors. The Committee may delegate authority to one or more subcommittees, as it deems appropriate. To the extent the Board, the Committee or a subcommittee administers the Plan, references in the Plan to the “Plan Administrator” shall be deemed to refer to the Board, the Committee or subcommittee.

Members of the Committee shall serve for such period of time as the Board may determine and may be removed by the Board at any time.

The Plan Administrator shall, within the scope of its administrative functions under the Plan, have full power and authority (subject to the provisions of the Plan) to establish such rules and regulations as it may deem appropriate for proper administration of the Discretionary Grant, Stock Issuance and Incentive Bonus Programs and to make such determinations under, and issue such interpretations of, the provisions of those programs and any outstanding Awards thereunder as it may deem necessary or advisable. Decisions of the Plan Administrator within the scope of its administrative functions under the Plan shall be final and binding on all parties who have an interest in the Discretionary Grant, Stock Issuance and Incentive Bonus Programs under its jurisdiction or any Award thereunder.

Service on the Committee shall constitute service as a Board member, and the members of the Committee shall accordingly be entitled to full indemnification and reimbursement as Board members for their service on the Committee. No member of the Committee shall be liable for any act or omission made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Award made thereunder.

ELIGIBILITY

The persons eligible to participate in the Plan are as follows:

Employees;

non-employee members of the Board or the non-employee members of the board of directors of any Parent or Subsidiary; and

consultants and other independent advisors who provide services to the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary).

The Plan Administrator shall have full authority to determine, (i) with respect to Awards made under the Discretionary Grant Program, which eligible persons are to receive such Awards, the time or times when those Awards are to be made, the number of shares to be covered by each such Award, the time or times when the Award is to become exercisable, the vesting schedule (if any) applicable to an Award, the maximum term for which such Award is to remain outstanding and the status of a granted option as either an Incentive Option or a Non-Statutory Option, (ii) with respect to Awards made under the Stock Issuance Program, which eligible persons

 

26


are to receive such Awards, the time or times when the Awards are to be made, the number of shares subject to each such Award, the vesting and issuance schedule (if any) applicable to the shares which are the subject of such Award and the cash consideration (if any) payable for those shares, and (iii) with respect to Awards under the Incentive Bonus Program, which eligible persons are to receive such Awards, the time or times when the Awards are to be made, the performance objectives for each such Award, the amounts payable at designated levels of attained performance, any applicable service vesting requirements, the payout schedule for each such Award and the form (cash or shares of Common Stock) in which the Award is to be settled.

The Plan Administrator shall have the absolute discretion to grant options or stock appreciation rights in accordance with the Discretionary Grant Program, to effect stock issuances and other stock-based awards in accordance with the Stock Issuance Program and to grant incentive bonus awards in accordance with the Incentive Bonus Program.

STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

The stock issuable under the Plan shall be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock, including treasury shares and shares repurchased by the Corporation on the open market. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section V.G, the number of shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance over the term of the Plan shall initially be limited to 3,000,000 shares.

Following the Underwriting Date, the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan shall automatically increase on the first trading day in January each calendar year during the term of the Plan, beginning on the first trading day in January of the first calendar year following the Underwriting Date, by an amount equal to four percent (4%) of the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding as measured as of the last trading day in the immediately preceding calendar year, but in no event shall any such annual increase exceed 1,500,000 shares.

Subject to adjustment as provided in Section V.G, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to Incentive Options granted under Plan shall not exceed 3,000,000 shares. Such share limitation shall automatically be increased on the first trading day in January each calendar year, beginning on the first trading day in January of the calendar year following the Underwriting Date, by the number of shares of Common Stock added to the share reserve on that day pursuant to the provisions of Section V.B of this Article One.

Each person participating in the Plan shall be subject the following limitations:

no one person participating in the Plan may receive stock options and stand-alone stock appreciation rights for more than 1,500,000 shares of Common Stock in the aggregate per calendar year;

 

27


no one person participating in the Plan may receive direct stock issuances (whether vested or unvested) or stock-based awards (other than stock options and stand-alone stock appreciation rights) for more than 1,500,000 shares of Common Stock in the aggregate per calendar year; and

for Awards denominated in terms of cash (whether payable in cash, Common Stock or a combination of both) and subject to one or more performance-vesting conditions, the maximum dollar amount for which such Awards may be made to such person in any calendar year shall not exceed 3,000,000 dollars for each calendar year within the applicable performance measurement period, with any such performance period not to exceed five (5) years and with pro-ration based on the foregoing dollar amount in the event of any fractional calendar year included within such performance period.

Shares of Common Stock subject to outstanding Awards made under the Plan shall be available for subsequent issuance under the Plan to the extent those Awards expire, terminate or are forfeited or cancelled for any reason prior to the issuance of the shares of Common Stock subject to those Awards. Such shares shall be added back to the number of shares of Common Stock reserved for award and issuance under the Plan as follows:

for each share of Common Stock subject to such an expired, forfeited, cancelled or terminated Award made under the Discretionary Grant Program, one share of Common Stock shall become available for subsequent award and issuance under the Plan;

for each share of Common Stock subject to a forfeited or cancelled Full Value Award made under the Stock Issuance or Incentive Bonus Program, one share shall become available for subsequent award and issuance; and

for each unvested share of Common Stock issued under the Discretionary Grant or Stock Issuance Program for cash consideration not less than the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the Award date and subsequently repurchased by the Corporation, at a price per share not greater than the original issue price paid per share, pursuant to the Corporation’s repurchase rights under the Plan, one share shall become available for subsequent award and issuance under the Plan.

Should the exercise price of an option under the Plan be paid with shares of Common Stock subject to such option, then the authorized reserve of Common Stock under the Plan shall be reduced by the net number of shares issued under the exercised stock option, and not by the gross number of shares for which that option is exercised. Upon the exercise of any stock appreciation right under the Plan, the share reserve shall be reduced by the net number of shares actually issued by the Corporation upon such exercise, and not the gross number of shares as to which such right is exercised. If shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable under the Plan are withheld by the Corporation in satisfaction of the Withholding Taxes incurred in connection with the issuance, exercise or vesting of an Award, then the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan shall be reduced by the net number of shares issued, exercised or vesting under such Award, calculated in each instance after any such share withholding.

 

28


Should any change be made to the Common Stock by reason of any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares, spin-off transaction, merger, reorganization, consolidation, reclassification or change in par value, or any other unusual or infrequently occurring event affecting the outstanding Common Stock as a class without the Corporation’s receipt of consideration, or if the value of outstanding shares of Common Stock is substantially reduced as a result of a spin-off transaction or the Corporation’s payment of an extraordinary dividend or distribution, then equitable adjustments shall be made by the Plan Administrator to (i) the maximum number and/or class of securities issuable under the Plan, (ii) the maximum number and/or class of securities by which the share reserve is to increase automatically each calendar year pursuant to the provisions of Article One, Section V.B, (iii) the maximum number and/or class of securities that may be issued pursuant to Incentive Options granted under the Plan, (iv) the maximum number and/or class of securities for which any one person may receive Common Stock-denominated Awards under the Plan per calendar year, (v) the maximum number and/or class of securities for which any one person may receive stock options and stock appreciation rights under the Plan per calendar year, (vi) the number and/or class of securities and the exercise or base price per share in effect under each outstanding Award under the Discretionary Grant Program, (vii) the number and/or class of securities subject to each outstanding Award under the Stock Issuance Program and the cash consideration (if any) payable per share, (viii) the number and/or class of securities subject to each outstanding Award under the Incentive Bonus Program denominated in shares of Common Stock and (ix) the number and/or class of securities subject to the Corporation’s outstanding repurchase rights under the Plan and the repurchase price payable per share. In the event of a Change in Control, the applicable Change in Control provisions of the Plan shall apply. The adjustments shall be made by the Plan Administrator in such manner as the Plan Administrator deems appropriate in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of benefits under the Plan and outstanding Awards. The adjustments shall be final, binding and conclusive.

Outstanding Awards under the Plan shall in no way affect the right of the Corporation to adjust, reclassify, reorganize or otherwise change its capital or business structure or to merge, consolidate, dissolve, liquidate or sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

REPRICING PROGRAMS

The Plan Administrator shall have the authority to effect, at any time and from time to time, with the consent of the affected option holders, the cancellation of any or all outstanding options under the Plan and to grant in substitution therefore new options covering the same or different number of Common Shares but with an exercise price per share based on the Fair Market Value per Common Share on the new option grant date.

 

29


: DISCRETIONARY GRANT PROGRAM

OPTION TERMS

Each option shall be evidenced by one or more documents in the form approved by the Plan Administrator; provided , however, that each such document shall comply with the terms specified below. Each option shall be designated in the document as either an Incentive Option or a Non-Statutory Option. Each document evidencing an Incentive Option shall, in addition, be subject to the provisions of the Plan applicable to such options.

Exercise Price.

The exercise price per share shall be fixed by the Plan Administrator; but shall not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the option grant date.

The exercise price shall become immediately due upon exercise of the option and shall, subject to the provisions of the documents evidencing the option, be payable in cash or check made payable to the Corporation. Should the Common Shares be publicly traded at the time the option is exercised, then the exercise price may also be paid as follows:

in shares of Common Stock held for the requisite period necessary to avoid a charge to the Corporation’s earnings for financial reporting purposes and valued at Fair Market Value on the Exercise Date;

in shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable under the option but withheld by the Corporation in satisfaction of the exercise price, with such withheld shares to be valued at Fair Market Value on the Exercise Date; or

to the extent the option is exercised for vested shares, through a special sale and remittance procedure pursuant to which the Optionee shall concurrently provide irrevocable instructions to (A) a brokerage firm (reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation for purposes of administering such procedure in compliance with the Corporation’s pre-clearance/pre-notification policies) to effect the immediate sale of the purchased shares and remit to the Corporation, out of the sale proceeds available on the settlement date, sufficient funds to cover the aggregate exercise price payable for the purchased shares plus all applicable income and employment taxes required to be withheld by the Corporation by reason of such exercise and (B) the Corporation to deliver the certificates for the purchased shares directly to such brokerage firm in order to complete the sale.

Except to the extent such sale and remittance procedure is utilized, payment of the exercise price for the purchased shares must be made on the Exercise Date.

 

30


Exercise and Term of Options . Each option shall be exercisable at such time or times, during such period and for such number of shares as shall be determined by the Plan Administrator and set forth in the documents evidencing the option. However, no option shall have a term in excess of ten (10) years measured from the option grant date.

Effect of Termination of Service . The following provisions shall govern the exercise of any options granted pursuant to the Discretionary Grant Program that are outstanding at the time of the Optionee’s cessation of Service or death:

Any option outstanding at the time of the Optionee’s cessation of Service for any reason other than death, Retirement, Permanent Disability and Misconduct shall remain exercisable for such period of time thereafter as shall be determined by the Plan Administrator and set forth in the documents evidencing the option, but no such option shall be exercisable after the expiration of the option term, and provided that if such documents do not include such a period of time, any such option shall remain so exercisable until the earlier of (i) the expiration of the three (3)-month period following the date of Optionee’s cessation of Service, and (ii) the expiration of the option term set forth in the documents evidencing the option.

Any option held by the Optionee at the time of the Optionee’s cessation of Service due to Retirement or Permanent Disability shall remain exercisable until the earlier of (i) the expiration of the twelve (12)-month period following the date of Optionee’s cessation of Service and (ii) the expiration of the option term set forth in the documents evidencing the option.

Any option held by the Optionee at the time of the Optionee’s death and exercisable in whole or in part at that time may be subsequently exercised by the personal representative of the Optionee’s estate or by the person or persons to whom the option is transferred pursuant to the Optionee’s will or the laws of inheritance or by the Optionee’s designated beneficiary or beneficiaries of that option. Any such option shall remain so exercisable until the earlier of (i) the expiration of the twelve (12)-month period following the date of Optionee’s death, and (ii) the expiration of the option term set forth in the documents evidencing the option.

Should the Optionee’s Service be terminated for Misconduct or should the Optionee otherwise engage in Misconduct while holding one or more outstanding options granted under this Article Two, then all of those options shall terminate immediately and cease to be outstanding.

During the applicable post-Service exercise period, the option may not be exercised for more than the number of vested shares for which the option is at the time exercisable. No additional shares shall vest under the option following the Optionee’s cessation of Service, except to the extent (if any) specifically authorized by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion pursuant to an express written agreement with the Optionee. Upon the expiration of the applicable exercise period or (if earlier) upon the expiration of the option term, the option shall terminate and cease to be outstanding.

 

31


The Plan Administrator shall have complete discretion, exercisable either at the time an option is granted or at any time while the option remains outstanding, to:

extend the period of time for which the option is to remain exercisable following the Optionee’s cessation of Service from the limited exercise period otherwise in effect for that option to such greater period of time as the Plan Administrator shall deem appropriate, but in no event beyond the expiration of the option term;

include an automatic extension provision whereby the specified post-Service exercise period in effect for any option granted under this Article Two shall automatically be extended by an additional period of time equal in duration to any interval within the specified post-Service exercise period during which the exercise of that option or the immediate sale of the shares acquired under such option could not be effected in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws, but in no event shall such an extension result in the continuation of such option beyond the expiration date of the term of that option; and/or

permit the option to be exercised, during the applicable post-Service exercise period, not only with respect to the number of vested shares of Common Stock for which such option is exercisable at the time of the Optionee’s cessation of Service but also with respect to one or more additional installments in which the Optionee would have vested had the Optionee continued in Service.

Stockholder Rights . The holder of an option shall have no stockholder rights with respect to the shares subject to the option until such person shall have exercised the option, paid the exercise price and become a holder of record of the purchased shares.

Repurchase Rights . The Plan Administrator shall have the discretion to grant options which are exercisable for unvested shares of Common Stock. Should the Optionee cease Service while such shares are unvested, the Corporation shall have the right to repurchase any or all of those unvested shares at a price per share equal to the lower of (i) the exercise price paid per share or (ii) the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock at the time of repurchase. The terms upon which such repurchase right shall be exercisable (including the period and procedure for exercise and the appropriate vesting schedule for the purchased shares) shall be established by the Plan Administrator and set forth in the document evidencing such repurchase right.

Transferability of Options . The transferability of options granted under the Plan shall be governed by the following provisions:

Incentive Options : During the lifetime of the Optionee, Incentive Options shall be exercisable only by the Optionee and shall not be assignable or transferable other than by will or the laws of inheritance following the Optionee’s death.

 

32


Non-Statutory Options . Non-Statutory Options shall be subject to the same limitation on transfer as Incentive Options, except that the Plan Administrator may structure one or more Non-Statutory Options so that the option may be assigned in whole or in part during the Optionee’s lifetime to one or more Family Members of the Optionee or to a trust established exclusively for the Optionee and/or one or more such Family Members, to the extent such assignment is in connection with the Optionee’s estate plan or pursuant to a domestic relations order. The assigned portion may only be exercised by the person or persons who acquire a proprietary interest in the option pursuant to the assignment. The terms applicable to the assigned portion shall be the same as those in effect for the option immediately prior to such assignment and shall be set forth in such documents issued to the assignee as the Plan Administrator may deem appropriate.

Beneficiary Designations . Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Optionee may designate one or more persons as the beneficiary or beneficiaries of his or her outstanding options under this Article Two (whether Incentive Options or Non-Statutory Options), and those options shall, in accordance with such designation, automatically be transferred to such beneficiary or beneficiaries upon the Optionee’s death while holding those options. Such beneficiary or beneficiaries shall take the transferred options subject to all the terms and conditions of the applicable agreement evidencing each such transferred option, including (without limitation) the limited time period during which the option may be exercised following the Optionee’s death.

Hedging . Prior to the date the Corporation first becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act, outstanding options under the Plan, together with the shares of Common Stock subject to those options during the period prior to exercise, shall not be the subject of any short position, put equivalent position (as such term is defined in Rule 16a-1(h) under the 1934 Act) or call equivalent position (as such term is defined Rule 16a-1(b) of the 1934 Act).

Pledges, Gifts and other Transfers . Except as otherwise provided in subparagraph (i), (ii) or (iii) above, until the date the Corporation first becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act, outstanding options under the Plan, together with the shares of Common Stock subject to those options during the period prior to exercise, shall not be the subject of any pledges, gifts, hypothecations or other transfers, other than pursuant to the Corporation’s repurchase rights or in connection with a Change in Control in which such options shall terminate and cease to be outstanding.

INCENTIVE OPTIONS

The terms specified below shall be applicable to all Incentive Options. Except as modified by the provisions of this Section II, all the provisions of Articles One, Two and Five shall be applicable to Incentive Options. Options which are specifically designated as Non-Statutory Options when issued under the Plan shall not be subject to the terms of this Section II.

 

33


Eligibility . Incentive Options may only be granted to Employees.

Dollar Limitation . The aggregate Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock (determined as of the respective date or dates of grant) for which one or more options granted to any Employee under the Plan (or any other option plan of the Corporation or any Parent or Subsidiary) may for the first time become exercisable as Incentive Options during any one calendar year shall not exceed the sum of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000).

To the extent the Employee holds two (2) or more such options which become exercisable for the first time in the same calendar year, the foregoing limitation on the exercisability of such options as Incentive Options shall be applied on the basis of the order in which such options are granted.

10% Stockholder . If any Employee to whom an Incentive Option is granted is a 10% Stockholder, then the exercise price per share shall not be less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the option grant date, and the option term shall not exceed five (5) years measured from the option grant date.

STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

Authority . The Plan Administrator shall have full power and authority, exercisable in its sole discretion, to grant stock appreciation rights in accordance with this Section III to selected Optionees or other individuals eligible to receive option grants under the Discretionary Grant Program.

Types . Two types of stock appreciation rights shall be authorized for issuance under this Section III: (i) tandem stock appreciation rights (“Tandem Rights”) and (ii) stand-alone stock appreciation rights (“Stand-alone Rights”).

Tandem Rights . The following terms and conditions shall govern the grant and exercise of Tandem Rights.

One or more Optionees may be granted a Tandem Right, exercisable upon such terms and conditions as the Plan Administrator may establish, to elect between the exercise of the underlying option for shares of Common Stock or the surrender of that option in exchange for a distribution from the Corporation in an amount equal to the excess of (i) the Fair Market Value (on the option surrender date) of the number of shares in which the Optionee is at the time vested under the surrendered option (or surrendered portion thereof) over (ii) the aggregate exercise price payable for such vested shares.

No such option surrender shall be effective unless it is approved by the Plan Administrator, either at the time of the actual option surrender or at any earlier time. If the surrender is so approved, then the distribution to which the Optionee shall accordingly become entitled under this Section III may be made in shares of Common Stock valued at Fair Market Value on the option surrender date, in cash or partly in shares and partly in cash, as the Plan Administrator shall in its sole discretion deem appropriate.

 

34


If the surrender of an option is not approved by the Plan Administrator, then the Optionee shall retain whatever rights the Optionee had under the surrendered option (or surrendered portion thereof) on the option surrender date and may exercise such rights at any time prior to the later of (i) five (5) business days after the receipt of the rejection notice or (ii) the last day on which the option is otherwise exercisable in accordance with the terms of the instrument evidencing such option, but in no event may such rights be exercised more than ten (10) years after the date of the option grant.

Stand-Alone Rights . The following terms and conditions shall govern the grant and exercise of Stand-alone Rights:

One or more individuals eligible to participate in the Discretionary Grant Program may be granted a Stand-alone Right not tied to any underlying option under this Discretionary Grant Program. The Stand-alone Right shall relate to a specified number of shares of Common Stock and shall be exercisable upon such terms and conditions as the Plan Administrator may establish. In no event, however, may the Stand-alone Right have a maximum term in excess of ten (10) years measured from the grant date. Upon exercise of the Stand-alone Right, the holder shall be entitled to receive a distribution from the Corporation in an amount equal to the excess of (i) the aggregate Fair Market Value (on the exercise date) of the shares of Common Stock underlying the exercised right over (ii) the aggregate base price in effect for those shares.

The number of shares of Common Stock underlying each Stand-alone Right and the base price in effect for those shares shall be determined by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion at the time the Stand-alone Right is granted. In no event, however, may the base price per share be less than the Fair Market Value per underlying share of Common Stock on the grant date. In the event outstanding Stand-alone Rights are to be assumed in connection with a Change in Control transaction or otherwise continued in effect, the shares of Common Stock underlying each such Stand-alone Right shall be adjusted immediately after such Change in Control so as to apply to the number and class of securities into which those shares of Common Stock would have been converted in consummation of such Change in Control had those shares actually been outstanding at that time. Appropriate adjustments to reflect such Change in Control shall also be made to the base price per share in effect under each outstanding Stand-alone Right, provided the aggregate base price shall remain the same. To the extent the actual holders of the Corporation’s outstanding Common Stock receive cash consideration for their Common Stock in consummation of the Change in Control, the successor corporation may, in connection with the assumption or continuation of the outstanding Stand-alone Rights under the Discretionary Grant Program, substitute, for the securities underlying those assumed rights, one or more shares of its own common stock with a fair market value equivalent to the cash consideration paid per share of Common Stock in the Change in Control transaction.

 

35


Stand-alone Rights shall be subject to the same transferability restrictions applicable to Non-Statutory Options and may not be transferred during the holder’s lifetime, except if such assignment is in connection with the holder’s estate plan and is to one or more Family Members of the holder or to a trust established for the holder and/or one or more such Family Members or pursuant to a domestic relations order covering the Stand-alone Right as marital property. In addition, one or more beneficiaries may be designated for an outstanding Stand-alone Right in accordance with substantially the same terms and provisions as set forth in Section I.F of this Article Two.

The distribution with respect to an exercised Stand-alone Right may be made in shares of Common Stock valued at Fair Market Value on the exercise date, in cash or partly in shares and partly in cash, as the Plan Administrator shall in its sole discretion deem appropriate.

The holder of a Stand-alone Right shall have no stockholder rights with respect to the shares subject to the Stand-alone Right unless and until such person shall have exercised the Stand-alone Right and become a holder of record of the shares of Common Stock issued upon the exercise of such Stand-alone Right.

Post-Service Exercise . The provisions governing the exercise of Tandem, and Stand-alone Stock Appreciation Rights following the cessation of the recipient’s Service shall be substantially the same as those set forth in Section I.C of this Article Two for the options granted under the Discretionary Grant Program.

Net Counting . Upon the exercise of any Tandem or Stand-alone Right under this Section III, the share reserve under Section V of Article One shall be reduced by the net number of shares actually issued by the Corporation upon such exercise and not by the gross number of shares as to which such right is exercised.

CHANGE IN CONTROL

Except as otherwise set forth in the applicable Award agreement, the following provisions shall be in effect in the event of a Change in Control transaction:

In the event of a Change in Control, each option or stock appreciation right outstanding under the Discretionary Grant Program on the effective date of the Change in Control may, as determined by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion, be (i) assumed by the successor corporation (or parent thereof) or otherwise continued in full force and effect pursuant to the terms of the Change in Control transaction, or (ii) replaced with a cash incentive program of the successor corporation which preserves the spread existing at the time of the Change in Control on any shares as to which the option or stock appreciation right is not otherwise at that time exercisable and provides for subsequent payout of that spread in accordance with the same exercise/vesting schedule applicable to those shares, but only if such

 

36


replacement cash program would not result in the treatment of the option or stock appreciation right as an item of deferred compensation subject to Code Section 409A. However, to the extent that the Plan Administrator determines in its sole discretion that any option or stock appreciation right outstanding under the Discretionary Grant Program on the effective date of such Change in Control transaction is not to be so assumed, continued or replaced, that option or stock appreciation right shall automatically accelerate so that each such option or stock appreciation right shall, immediately prior to the effective date of that Change in Control, become exercisable as to all the shares of Common Stock at the time subject to such option or stock appreciation right and may be exercised as to any or all of those shares as fully vested shares of Common Stock.

To the extent the Plan Administrator determines, in its sole discretion, that any option or stock appreciation right outstanding under the Discretionary Grant Program on the date of a Change in Control is not to be assumed by the successor corporation (or parent thereof) or otherwise continued in full force and effect or replaced with a cash incentive program in accordance with Section IV.A.1. of this Article Two, the holder of any such option or stock appreciation right shall be entitled to receive, upon consummation of the Change in Control, a lump sum cash payment in an amount equal to the spread, if any, existing on the shares of Common Stock subject to the option or stock appreciation right at the time of the Change in Control over the aggregate exercise or base price in effect for such option or stock appreciation right. The Plan Administrator shall have the authority to determine, in its sole discretion, that any option or stock appreciation right outstanding under the Discretionary Grant Program on the date of such Change in Control that is not to be assumed by the successor corporation (or parent thereof) or otherwise continued in full force and effect or replaced with a cash incentive program in accordance with Section IV.A.1. of this Article Two shall be subject to cancellation and termination, without cash payment or other consideration due the award holder, if the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the date of such Change in Control is less than the per share exercise or base price in effect for such option or stock appreciation right.

All outstanding repurchase rights under the Discretionary Grant Program shall automatically terminate, and the shares of Common Stock subject to those terminated rights shall immediately vest in full, in the event of a Change in Control, except to the extent: (i) the Plan Administrator determines in its sole discretion that those repurchase rights are to be assigned to the successor corporation (or parent thereof) or are otherwise to continue in full force and effect pursuant to the terms of the Change in Control transaction or (ii) such accelerated vesting is precluded by other limitations imposed by the Plan Administrator at the time the repurchase right is issued.

Each option or stock appreciation right which is assumed in connection with a Change in Control or otherwise continued in effect shall be appropriately

 

37


adjusted, immediately after such Change in Control, to apply to the number and class of securities which would have been issuable to the Optionee in consummation of such Change in Control had those shares actually been outstanding at the time. Appropriate adjustments to reflect such Change in Control shall also be made to (i) the exercise price payable per share under each outstanding option, provided the aggregate exercise price payable for such securities shall remain the same, (ii) the maximum number and/or class of securities available for issuance over the remaining term of the Plan, (iii) the maximum number and/or class of securities for which any one person may be granted Awards under the Plan per calendar year, (iv) the maximum number and/or class of securities for which Incentive Options may be granted under the Plan, and (v) the number and/or class of securities subject to the Corporation’s outstanding repurchase rights under the Plan and the repurchase price payable per share. To the extent the actual holders of the Corporation’s outstanding Common Stock receive cash consideration for their Common Stock in consummation of the Change in Control, the Plan Administrator may, in its sole discretion, provide in the document evidencing the Change in Control transaction that the successor corporation, in connection with the assumption or continuation of the outstanding options or stock appreciation rights under the Discretionary Grant Program, shall substitute one or more shares of its own common stock with a fair market value equivalent to the cash consideration paid per share of Common Stock in such Change in Control transaction.

Immediately following the consummation of the Change in Control, all outstanding options or stock appreciation rights under the Discretionary Grant Program shall terminate and cease to be outstanding, except to the extent assumed by the successor corporation (or parent thereof) or otherwise continued in full force and effect pursuant to the terms of the Change in Control transaction.

The Plan Administrator shall have the discretionary authority to structure one or more outstanding options or stock appreciation rights under the Discretionary Grant Program so that those options or stock appreciation rights shall, immediately prior to the effective date of a Change in Control, become exercisable as to all the shares of Common Stock at the time subject to those options or stock appreciation rights and may be exercised as to any or all of those shares as fully vested shares of Common Stock, whether or not those options or stock appreciation rights are to be assumed in the Change in Control transaction or otherwise continued in effect. In addition, the Plan Administrator shall have the discretionary authority to structure one or more of the Corporation’s repurchase rights under the Discretionary Grant Program so that those rights shall immediately terminate upon the consummation of the Change in Control transaction, and the shares subject to those terminated rights shall thereupon vest in full.

The Plan Administrator shall have full power and authority to structure one or more outstanding options or stock appreciation rights under the Discretionary Grant Program so that those options or stock appreciation rights shall become exercisable as to all the shares of Common Stock at the time subject to those options or stock

 

38


appreciation rights in the event the Optionee’s Service is subsequently terminated by reason of an Involuntary Termination within a designated period following the effective date of any Change in Control transaction in which those options or stock appreciation rights do not otherwise fully accelerate. In addition, the Plan Administrator may structure one or more of the Corporation’s repurchase rights so that those rights shall immediately terminate with respect to any shares held by the Optionee at the time of such Involuntary Termination, and the shares subject to those terminated repurchase rights shall accordingly vest in full at that time.

The portion of any Incentive Option accelerated in connection with a Change in Control shall remain exercisable as an Incentive Option only to the extent the applicable One Hundred Thousand Dollar ($100,000) limitation is not exceeded. To the extent such dollar limitation is exceeded, the accelerated portion of such option shall be exercisable as a Non-Statutory Option under the Federal tax laws.

: STOCK ISSUANCE PROGRAM

 

I. STOCK ISSUANCE TERMS

Shares of Common Stock may be issued under the Stock Issuance Program, either as vested or unvested shares, through direct and immediate issuances without any intervening option grants. Each such stock issuance shall be evidenced by a Stock Issuance Agreement which complies with the terms specified below. Shares of Common Stock may also be issued under the Stock Issuance Program pursuant to share right awards, restricted stock units or performance shares which entitle the recipients to receive the shares underlying those Awards upon the attainment of designated performance goals or the satisfaction of specified Service requirements or upon the expiration of a designated time period following the vesting of those awards or units.

Consideration . Shares of Common Stock may be issued under the Stock Issuance Program for any of the following items of consideration which the Plan Administrator may deem appropriate in each individual instance:

cash or check made payable to the Corporation,

past services rendered to the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary); or

any other valid consideration under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Transferability . Awards under the Stock Issuance Program shall be transferable by will and by the laws of descent and distribution, and during the lifetime of the recipient, such Awards shall be transferable, by gift or pursuant to a domestic relations order, to a Family Member to the extent and in the manner determined by the Plan Administrator and set forth in the applicable agreement evidencing the Award. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the recipient of an Award under the Stock Issuance Program may designate a beneficiary of the recipient’s Award in the event of the recipient’s death on a beneficiary designation form provided by the Plan Administrator.

 

39


Vesting Provisions.

Shares of Common Stock issued under the Stock Issuance Program may, in the discretion of the Plan Administrator, be fully and immediately vested upon issuance or may vest in one or more installments over the Participant’s period of Service or upon the attainment of specified performance objectives. The elements of the vesting schedule applicable to any unvested shares of Common Stock issued under the Stock Issuance Program shall be determined by the Plan Administrator and incorporated into the Stock Issuance Agreement. Shares of Common Stock may also be issued under the Stock Issuance Program pursuant to restricted stock units or performance shares which entitle the recipients to receive the shares underlying those Awards upon the attainment of designated performance goals or the satisfaction of specified Service requirements or upon the expiration of a designated time period following the vesting of those Awards, including (without limitation) a deferred distribution date following the termination of the Participant’s Service.

The Plan Administrator shall also have the discretionary authority, consistent with Code Section 162(m), to structure one or more Awards under the Stock Issuance Program so that the shares of Common Stock subject to those Awards shall vest (or vest and become issuable) upon the achievement of certain pre-established corporate performance objectives based on one or more Performance Goals and measured over the performance period (not to exceed five (5) years) specified by the Plan Administrator at the time of the Award.

Any new, substituted or additional securities or other property (including money paid other than as a regular cash dividend) which the Participant may have the right to receive with respect to the Participant’s unvested shares of Common Stock by reason of any transaction described in Section V.G of Article One shall be issued subject to (i) the same vesting requirements applicable to the Participant’s unvested shares of Common Stock and (ii) such escrow arrangements as the Plan Administrator shall deem appropriate.

The Participant shall have full stockholder rights with respect to any shares of Common Stock issued to the Participant under the Stock Issuance Program, whether or not the Participant’s interest in those shares is vested. Accordingly, the Participant shall have the right to vote such shares and to receive any regular cash dividends paid on such shares, subject to any applicable vesting requirements, including (without limitation) the requirement that any dividends paid on shares subject to performance-vesting conditions shall be held in escrow by the Corporation and shall not vest or actually be paid to the Award holder prior to the time those shares vest. The Participant shall not have any stockholder rights with respect to the shares of Common Stock subject to a restricted stock unit or share right award until that award vests and the shares of Common Stock are actually issued thereunder. However, dividend-equivalent units may be paid or

 

40


credited, either in cash or in actual or phantom shares of Common Stock, on outstanding restricted stock unit or share right awards, subject to such terms and conditions as the Plan Administrator may deem appropriate; provided, however, that no such dividend-equivalent units relating to restricted stock unit or share right awards subject to performance-vesting conditions shall vest or otherwise become payable prior to the time the underlying award (or portion thereof to which such dividend-equivalents units relate) vests upon the attainment of the applicable performance goals and shall accordingly be subject to cancellation and forfeiture to the same extent as the underlying award.

Should the Participant cease to remain in Service while holding one or more unvested shares of Common Stock issued under the Stock Issuance Program or should the performance objectives not be attained with respect to one or more such unvested shares of Common Stock, then those shares shall be immediately surrendered to the Corporation for cancellation, and the Participant shall have no further stockholder rights with respect to those shares. To the extent the surrendered shares were previously issued to the Participant for consideration paid in cash or cash equivalent, the Corporation shall repay to the Participant the lower of (i) the cash consideration paid for the surrendered shares or (ii) the Fair Market Value of those shares at the time of cancellation.

The Plan Administrator may in its discretion waive the surrender and cancellation of one or more unvested shares of Common Stock which would otherwise occur upon the cessation of the Participant’s Service or the non-attainment of the performance objectives applicable to those shares. Any such waiver shall result in the immediate vesting of the Participant’s interest in the shares of Common Stock as to which the waiver applies. Such waiver may be effected at any time, whether before or after the Participant’s cessation of Service or the attainment or non-attainment of the applicable performance objectives. However, no vesting requirements tied to the attainment of Performance Goals may be waived with respect to Awards which were intended at the time of grant to qualify as performance-based compensation under Code Section 162(m).

Outstanding Awards of restricted stock units or performance shares under the Stock Issuance Program shall automatically terminate, and no shares of Common Stock shall actually be issued in satisfaction of those Awards, if the performance goals or Service requirements established for such Awards are not attained or satisfied. The Plan Administrator, however, shall have the discretionary authority to issue vested shares of Common Stock under one or more outstanding Awards of restricted stock units or performance shares as to which the designated performance goals or Service requirements have not been attained or satisfied. However, no vesting requirements tied to the attainment of Performance Goals may be waived with respect to Awards which were intended, at the time those Awards were made, to qualify as performance-based compensation under Code Section 162(m).

 

41


The following additional requirements shall be in effect for any performance shares awarded under this Article Three:

At the end of the performance period, the Plan Administrator shall determine the actual level of attainment for each performance objective and the extent to which the performance shares awarded for that period are to vest and become payable based on the attained performance levels.

The performance shares which so vest shall be paid as soon as practicable following the end of the performance period, unless such payment is to be deferred for the period specified by the Plan Administrator at the time the performance shares are awarded or the period selected by the Participant in accordance with the applicable requirements of Code Section 409A.

Performance shares may be paid in (i) cash, (ii) shares of Common Stock or (iii) any combination of cash and shares of Common Stock, as set forth in the applicable Award agreement.

Performance shares may also be structured so that the shares are convertible into shares of Common Stock, but the rate at which each performance share is to so convert shall be based on the attained level of performance for each applicable performance objective.

CHANGE IN CONTROL

Except as otherwise set forth in the applicable Award agreement, the following provisions shall be in effect in the event of a Change in Control transaction:

Each Award outstanding under the Stock Issuance Program on the effective date of an actual Change in Control transaction may, as determined by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion, be (i) assumed by the successor corporation (or parent thereof) or otherwise continued in full force and effect pursuant to the terms of the Change in Control transaction, or (ii) replaced with a cash incentive program of the successor corporation which preserves the Fair Market Value of the underlying shares of Common Stock at the time of the Change in Control and provides for the subsequent vesting and payment of that value in accordance with the same vesting schedule in effect for those shares at the time of such Change in Control. However, to the extent that the Plan Administrator determines in its sole discretion that any Award outstanding under the Stock Issuance Program on the effective date of such Change in Control Transaction is not to be so assumed, continued or replaced, that Award shall vest in full immediately prior to the effective date of the actual Change in Control transaction and the shares of Common Stock underlying the portion of the Award that vests on such accelerated basis shall be issued in accordance with the applicable Award agreement, unless such accelerated vesting is precluded by other limitations imposed in the Stock Issuance Agreement.

 

42


Each outstanding Award under the Stock Issuance Program which is assumed in connection with a Change in Control or otherwise continued in effect shall be adjusted immediately after the consummation of that Change in Control so as to apply to the number and class of securities into which the shares of Common Stock subject to that Award immediately prior to the Change in Control would have been converted in consummation of such Change in Control had those shares actually been outstanding at that time, and appropriate adjustments shall also be made to the cash consideration (if any) payable per share thereunder, provided the aggregate amount of such cash consideration shall remain the same. To the extent the actual holders of the Corporation’s outstanding Common Stock receive cash consideration for their Common Stock in consummation of the Change in Control, the Plan Administrator may, in its sole discretion, provide in the document evidencing the Change in Control transaction that the successor corporation, in connection with the assumption or continuation of the outstanding Awards, shall substitute one or more shares of its own common stock with a fair market value equivalent to the cash consideration paid per share of Common Stock in such Change in Control transaction.

The Plan Administrator shall have the discretionary authority to structure one or more unvested Awards under the Stock Issuance Program so that the shares of Common Stock subject to those Awards shall automatically vest (or vest and become issuable) in whole or in part immediately upon the occurrence of a Change in Control or upon the subsequent termination of the Participant’s Service by reason of an Involuntary Termination within a designated period following the effective date of that Change in Control transaction. The Plan Administrator’s authority under this Section II.B shall also extend to any Awards under the Stock Issuance Program which are intended to qualify as performance-based compensation under Code Section 162(m), even though the actual vesting of those Awards pursuant to this Section II.B may result in their loss of performance-based status under Code Section 162(m).

SHARE ESCROW/LEGENDS

Unvested shares may, in the Plan Administrator’s discretion, be held in escrow by the Corporation until the Participant’s interest in such shares vests or may be issued directly to the Participant with restrictive legends on the certificates evidencing those unvested shares.

: INCENTIVE BONUS PROGRAM

INCENTIVE BONUS TERMS

Incentive Bonus Programs . The Plan Administrator shall have full power and authority to implement one or more of the following incentive bonus programs under the Plan:

cash bonus awards (“Cash Awards”),

performance unit awards (“Performance Unit Awards”), and

dividend equivalent rights (“DER Awards”)

 

43


Cash Awards . The Plan Administrator shall have the discretionary authority under the Plan to make Cash Awards which are to vest in one or more installments over the Participant’s continued Service with the Corporation or upon the attainment of specified performance objectives. Each such Cash Award shall be evidenced by one or more documents in the form approved by the Plan Administrator; provided however, that each such document shall comply with the terms specified below.

The elements of the vesting schedule applicable to each Cash Award shall be determined by the Plan Administrator and incorporated into the Incentive Bonus Award agreement.

The Plan Administrator shall also have the discretionary authority, consistent with Code Section 162(m), to structure one or more Cash Awards so that those Awards shall vest upon the achievement of pre-established corporate performance objectives based upon one or more Performance Goals measured over the performance period (not to exceed five (5) years) specified by the Plan Administrator at the time of the Award.

Outstanding Cash Awards shall automatically terminate, and no cash payment or other consideration shall be due the holders of those Awards, if the performance objectives or Service requirements established for those Awards are not attained or satisfied. The Plan Administrator may in its discretion waive the cancellation and termination of one or more unvested Cash Awards which would otherwise occur upon the cessation of the Participant’s Service or the non-attainment of the performance objectives applicable to those Awards. Any such waiver shall result in the immediate vesting of the Participant’s interest in the Cash Award as to which the waiver applies. Such wavier may be effected at any time, whether before or after the Participant’s cessation of Service or the attainment or non-attainment of the applicable performance objectives. However, no vesting requirements tied to the attainment of Performance Goals may be waived with respect to Awards which were intended, at the time those Awards were made, to qualify as performance-based compensation under Code Section 162(m), except in the event of the Participant’s cessation of Service by reason of death or Permanent Disability or as otherwise provided in Section II of this Article Four.

Cash Awards which become due and payable following the attainment of the applicable performance objectives or satisfaction of the applicable Service requirement (or the waiver of such goals or Service requirement) may be paid in (i) cash, (ii) shares of Common Stock valued at Fair Market Value on the payment date or (iii) a combination of cash and shares of Common Stock as set forth in the applicable Award agreement.

Performance Unit Awards . The Plan Administrator shall have the discretionary authority to make Performance Unit Awards in accordance with the terms of this Article Four. Each such Performance Unit Award shall be evidenced by one or more documents in the form approved by the Plan Administrator; provided however, that each such document shall comply with the terms specified below.

 

44


A Performance Unit shall represent either (i) a unit with a dollar value tied to the level at which pre-established corporate performance objectives based on one or more Performance Goals are attained or (ii) a participating interest in a special bonus pool tied to the attainment of pre-established corporate performance objectives based on one or more Performance Goals. The amount of the bonus pool may vary with the level at which the applicable performance objectives are attained, and the value of each Performance Unit which becomes due and payable upon the attained level of performance shall be determined by dividing the amount of the resulting bonus pool (if any) by the total number of Performance Units issued and outstanding at the completion of the applicable performance period.

Performance Units may also be structured to include a Service requirement which the Participant must satisfy following the completion of the performance period in order to vest in the Performance Units awarded with respect to that performance period.

Performance Units which become due and payable following the attainment of the applicable performance objectives and the satisfaction of any applicable Service requirement may be paid in (i) cash, (ii) shares of Common Stock valued at Fair Market Value on the payment date or (iii) a combination of cash and shares of Common Stock, as set forth in the applicable Award agreement.

DER Awards . The Plan Administrator shall have the discretionary authority to make DER Awards in accordance with the terms of this Article Four. Each such DER Award shall be evidenced by one or more documents in the form approved by the Plan Administrator; provided however, that each such document shall comply with the terms specified below.

The DER Awards may be made as stand-alone awards or in tandem with other Awards made under the Plan. The term of each such DER Award shall be established by the Plan Administrator at the time of grant, but no DER Award shall have a term in excess of ten (10) years.

Each DER shall represent the right to receive the economic equivalent of each dividend or distribution, whether in cash, securities or other property (other than shares of Common Stock), which is made per issued and outstanding share of Common Stock during the term the DER remains outstanding. A special account on the books of the Corporation shall be maintained for each Participant to whom a DER Award is made, and that account shall be credited per DER with each such dividend or distribution made per issued and outstanding share of Common Stock during the term of that DER remains outstanding.

Payment of the amounts credited to such book account may be made to the Participant either concurrently with the actual dividend or distribution made per issued and outstanding share of Common Stock or may be deferred for a period specified by the Plan Administrator at the time the DER Award is

 

45


made or selected by the Participant in accordance with the requirements of Code Section 409A. In no event, however, shall any DER Award made with respect to an Award subject to performance-vesting conditions under the Stock Issuance or Incentive Bonus Program vest or become payable prior to the vesting of that Award (or the portion thereof to which the DER Award relates) upon the attainment of the applicable performance goals and shall accordingly be subject to cancellation and forfeiture to the same extent as the underlying Award in the event those performance conditions are not attained.

Payment may be paid in (i) cash, (ii) shares of Common Stock or (iii) a combination of cash and shares of Common Stock, as set forth in the applicable Award agreement. If payment is to be made in the form of Common Stock, the number of shares of Common Stock into which the cash dividend or distribution amounts are to be converted for purposes of the Participant’s book account may be based on the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the date of conversion, a prior date or an average of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock over a designated period, as set forth in the applicable Award agreement.

The Plan Administrator shall also have the discretionary authority, consistent with Code Section 162(m), to structure one or more DER Awards so that those Awards shall vest only after the achievement of pre-established corporate performance objectives based upon one or more Performance Goals measured over the performance period (not to exceed five (5) years) specified by the Plan Administrator at the time the Award is made.

CHANGE IN CONTROL

The Plan Administrator shall have the discretionary authority to structure one or more Awards under the Incentive Bonus Program so that those Awards shall automatically vest in whole or in part immediately prior to the effective date of an actual Change in Control transaction or upon the subsequent termination of the Participant’s Service by reason of an Involuntary Termination within a designated period following the effective date of such Change in Control. To the extent any such Award is, at the time of such Change in Control, subject to a performance-vesting condition tied to the attainment of one or more specified performance goals, then that performance vesting condition shall automatically be cancelled on the effective date of such Change in Control, and such Award shall thereupon be converted into a Service-vesting Award that will vest upon the completion of a Service period co-terminous with the portion of the performance period (and any subsequent Service vesting component that was originally part of that Award) remaining at the time of the Change in Control.

The Plan Administrator’s authority under Section II.A above shall also extend to any Award under the Incentive Bonus Program intended to qualify as performance-based compensation under Code Section 162(m), even though the automatic vesting of that Award may result in the loss of performance-based status under Code Section 162(m).

 

46


: MISCELLANEOUS

DEFERRED COMPENSATION

The Plan Administrator may, in its sole discretion, structure one or more awards under the Stock Issuance Program so that the Participants may be provided with an election to defer the compensation associated with those awards for federal income tax purposes. Any such deferral opportunity shall comply with all applicable requirements of Code Section 409A.

To the extent the Corporation maintains one or more separate non-qualified deferred compensation arrangements which allow the participants the opportunity to make notional investments of their deferred account balances in shares of Common Stock, the Plan Administrator may authorize the share reserve under the Plan to serve as the source of any shares of Common Stock that become payable under those deferred compensation arrangements. In such event, the share reserve under the Plan shall be reduced on a share-for-share basis for each share of Common Stock issued under the Plan in settlement of the deferred compensation owed under those separate arrangements.

To the extent there is any ambiguity as to whether any provision of any award made under the Plan that is deemed to constitute a deferred compensation arrangement under Code Section 409A would otherwise contravene one or more requirements or limitations of such Code Section 409A and the Treasury Regulations thereunder, such provision shall be interpreted and applied in a manner that complies with the applicable requirements of Code Section 409A and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.

TAX WITHHOLDING

The Corporation’s obligation to deliver shares of Common Stock upon the issuance, exercise or vesting of an Award under the Plan shall be subject to the satisfaction of all applicable income and employment tax withholding requirements.

The Plan Administrator may, in its discretion, provide any or all holders of Non-Statutory Options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock units or any other share right awards pursuant to which vested shares of Common Stock are to be issued under the Plan and any or all Participants to whom vested or unvested shares of Common Stock are issued in a direct issuance under the Stock Issuance Program with the right to use shares of Common Stock in satisfaction of all or part of the Withholding Taxes to which such holders may become subject in connection with the exercise of their options or stock appreciation rights, the issuance to them of vested shares or the subsequent vesting of unvested shares issued to them. Such right may be provided to any such holder in either or both of the following formats:

Stock Withholding : The election to have the Corporation withhold, from the shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon the exercise of such Non-Statutory Option or stock appreciation right or upon the issuance of fully-vested shares, a portion of those shares with an aggregate Fair Market Value

 

47


equal to the percentage of the Withholding Taxes (not to exceed one hundred percent (100%), provided that such withholding amount may not exceed the maximum applicable Withholding Tax rate for federal (including FICA), state and local tax liabilities or such other amount required to avoid adverse accounting consequences to the Corporation, as determined by the Plan Administrator in its discretion). The shares of Common Stock so withheld shall reduce the number of shares of Common Stock authorized for issuance under the Plan.

Stock Delivery : The election to deliver to the Corporation, at the time the Non-Statutory Option or stock appreciation right is exercised, the vested shares are issued or the unvested shares subsequently vest, one or more shares of Common Stock previously acquired by such holder (other than in connection with the exercise, share issuance or share vesting triggering the Withholding Taxes) with an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the percentage of the Withholding Taxes (not to exceed one hundred percent (100%)) designated by the holder. The shares of Common Stock so delivered shall neither reduce the number of shares of Common Stock authorized for issuance under the Plan nor be added to the shares of Common Stock authorized for issuance under the Plan

ASSUMPTION OR SUBSTITUTION OF OPTIONS

The shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Plan may, in the sole discretion of the Plan Administrator, be used to fund one or more shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of (i) any Code Section 422 incentive stock option originally granted by a corporation or other entity acquired by the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary), whether by merger or asset or stock sale, and assumed by the Corporation in connection with that acquisition or (ii) any Incentive Option granted under this Plan in substitution for such incentive stock option of the acquired entity. Any such assumption or substitution of options shall not be deemed to contravene the option exercise price requirements of Section I.A of Article Two, even if the exercise price per share of Common Stock under the assumed or substituted option is less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the date such assumption or substitution is effected, provided all of the following requirements are satisfied:

The excess of the aggregate Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock subject to the assumed or substituted option immediately after the assumption or substitution over the aggregate exercise price in effect for those shares is not greater than the excess of the aggregate fair market value of the shares of stock subject to the option immediately prior to such assumption or substitution over the aggregate exercise price payable for those shares.

The ratio of the exercise price to the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock subject to the assumed or substituted option immediately after such assumption or substitution is no more favorable to the Optionee than the ratio of the exercise price to the fair market value per share immediately prior to such assumption or substitution.

 

48


The assumed or substituted option does not provide the Optionee with any additional benefits the Optionee did not otherwise have under the option immediately prior to the assumption or substitution.

In the case of a substitution, the option granted by the acquired entity must be cancelled at the time of such substitution, and the Optionee must have no further rights under that cancelled option.

SHARE ESCROW/LEGENDS

Unvested shares may, in the Plan Administrator’s discretion, be held in escrow by the Corporation until the Participant’s interest in such shares vests or may be issued directly to the Participant with restrictive legends on the certificates evidencing those unvested shares.

EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERM OF THE PLAN

The Plan became effective on the Plan Effective Date, and was approved by the Corporation’s stockholders on May 3, 2016.

The Plan shall terminate upon the earliest to occur of (i) May 2, 2026, (ii) the date on which all shares available for issuance under the Plan shall have been issued as fully vested shares or (iii) the termination of all outstanding Awards in connection with a Change in Control. Should the Plan terminate on May 2, 2026, then all Awards outstanding at that time shall continue to have force and effect in accordance with the provisions of the documents evidencing those Awards.

AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN

The Board shall have complete and exclusive power and authority to amend or modify the Plan in any or all respects. However, no such amendment or modification shall adversely affect the rights and obligations with respect to Awards at the time outstanding under the Plan unless the Optionee or the Participant consents to such amendment or modification. In addition, amendments to the Plan will be subject to stockholder approval to the extent required under applicable law or regulation or pursuant to the listing standards of the Stock Exchange on which the Common Stock is at the time primarily traded, and no amendment that would reduce or limit the scope of the prohibition on repricing programs set forth in Section VI of Article Two or otherwise eliminated such prohibition shall be effective unless approved by the stockholders.

The Committee shall have the discretionary authority to adopt and implement from time to time such addenda or subplans to the Plan as it may deem necessary in order to bring the Plan into compliance with applicable laws and regulations of any foreign jurisdictions in which grants or awards are to be made under the Plan and/or to obtain favorable tax treatment in those foreign jurisdictions for the individuals to whom the grants or awards are made.

Awards may be made under the Plan that involve shares of Common Stock in excess of the number of shares then available for issuance under the Plan, provided no shares shall

 

49


actually be issued pursuant to those Awards until the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan is sufficiently increased by stockholder approval of an amendment of the Plan authorizing such increase. If stockholder approval is required and is not obtained within twelve (12) months after the date the first excess Award is made, then all Awards granted on the basis of such excess shares shall terminate and cease to be outstanding.

The provisions of the Plan and the outstanding Awards under the Plan shall, in the event of any ambiguity, be construed, applied and interpreted in a manner so as to ensure that all Awards and Award agreements provided to Optionees or Participants who are subject to U.S. income taxation either qualify for an exemption from the requirements of Section 409A of the Code or comply with those requirements; provided, however, that the Corporation shall not make any representations that any Awards made under the Plan will in fact be exempt from the requirements of Section 409A of the Code or otherwise comply with those requirements, and each Optionee and Participant shall accordingly be solely responsible for any taxes, penalties or other amounts which may become payable with respect to his or her Awards by reason of Section 409A of the Code.

USE OF PROCEEDS

Any cash proceeds received by the Corporation from the sale of shares of Common Stock under the Plan shall be used for general corporate purposes.

REGULATORY APPROVALS

The implementation of the Plan, the grant of any Award and the issuance of shares of Common Stock in connection with the issuance, exercise or vesting of any Award made under the Plan shall be subject to the Corporation’s procurement of all approvals and permits required by regulatory authorities having jurisdiction over the Plan, the Awards made under the Plan and the shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to those Awards.

No shares of Common Stock or other assets shall be issued or delivered under the Plan unless and until there shall have been compliance with all applicable requirements of applicable securities laws.

NO EMPLOYMENT/SERVICE RIGHTS

Nothing in the Plan shall confer upon the Optionee or the Participant any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining such person) or of the Optionee or the Participant, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate such person’s Service at any time for any reason, with or without cause.

RECOUPMENT

Optionees and Participants shall be subject to any clawback, recoupment or other similar policy adopted by the Board as in effect from time to time, and Awards and any cash, shares of Common Stock or other property or amounts due, paid or issued to the holder of an Award shall be subject to the terms of such policy, as in effect from time to time.

 

50


APPENDIX

The following definitions shall be in effect under the Plan:

Award shall mean any of the following awards authorized for issuance or grant under the Plan: stock options, stock appreciation rights, direct stock issuances, restricted stock or restricted stock unit awards, performance shares, performance units, dividend-equivalent rights and cash incentive awards.

Board shall mean the Corporation’s Board of Directors.

Change in Control shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Award agreement for the particular Award or in any other agreement incorporated by reference into the Award agreement for purposes of defining such term, and in the absence of such a Change in Control definition shall mean a change in ownership or control of the Corporation effected through any of the following transactions:

the closing of a merger, consolidation or other reorganization approved by the Corporation’s stockholders, unless securities representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the voting securities of the successor corporation are immediately thereafter beneficially owned, directly or indirectly and in substantially the same proportion, by the persons who beneficially owned the Corporation’s outstanding voting securities immediately prior to such transaction;

the closing of a stockholder-approved sale, transfer or other disposition (including in whole or in part through one or more licensing arrangements) of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets; or

a change in the composition of the Board over a period of thirty-six (36) consecutive months or less such that a majority of the Board members ceases, by reason of one or more contested elections for Board membership, to be comprised of individuals who either (A) have been Board members continuously since the beginning of such period or (B) have been elected or nominated for election as Board members during such period by at least a majority of the Board members described in clause (A) who were still in office at the time the Board approved such election or nomination.

Unless otherwise determined by the Board, in no event shall (i) any public offering of the Company’s securities (whether directly or via a reverse merger with a public shell company) be deemed to constitute a Change in Control, (ii) a Change in Control be deemed to have occurred for purposes of the Plan as a result of a majority of the Board being designated by Capital Royalty Partners II, L.P. and/or its affiliates or Capital Royalty Partners II, L.P. and/or its affiliates acquiring, directly or indirectly, beneficial ownership of securities (or interests convertible into or exercisable for securities) of the Corporation as a result of one or more equity financing transactions, (iii) a change in the Stock Exchange in which the Common Stock is listed or (iv) the merger of Valeritas, Inc. with and into a subsidiary of the Corporation, in each case, be deemed to constitute a Change in Control.

Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

51


Common Stock shall mean the Corporation’s common stock.

Corporation shall mean Valeritas Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any corporate successor to all or substantially all of the assets or voting stock of Valeritas Holdings, Inc. which has by appropriate action assumed the Plan.

Discretionary Grant Program shall mean the discretionary grant program in effect under Article Two of the Plan pursuant to which stock options and stock appreciation rights may be granted to one or more eligible individuals.

Employee shall mean an individual who is in the employ of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary, whether now existing or subsequently established), subject to the control and direction of the employer entity as to both the work to be performed and the manner and method of performance.

Exercise Date shall mean the date on which the Corporation shall have received written notice of the option exercise.

Fair Market Value per Common Share on any relevant date shall be determined in accordance with the following provisions:

If the Common Stock is at the time listed on any Stock Exchange, then the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on any relevant date shall be the closing selling price per share of Common Stock at the close of regular trading hours (i.e., before after-hours trading begins) on the date in question on the Stock Exchange determined by the Plan Administrator to be the primary market for the Common Stock, as such price is reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers (if primarily traded on the Nasdaq Global or Global Select Market) or as officially quoted in the composite tape of transactions on any other Stock Exchange on which the Corporation’s common stock is then primarily traded. If there is no closing selling price for the Common Stock on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

If the Common Stock is not at the time listed on any Stock Exchange, then the Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Plan Administrator through the reasonable application of a reasonable valuation method that takes into account the applicable valuation factors set forth in the Treasury Regulations issued under Section 409A of the Code; provided, however, that with respect to an Incentive Option, such Fair Market Value shall be determined in accordance with the standards of Section 422 of the Code and the applicable Treasury Regulations thereunder.

Family Member means, with respect to a particular Optionee or Participant, any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law.

 

52


Full Value Award means any of the following Awards made under the Stock Issuance or Incentive Bonus Programs that are settled in shares of Common Stock: restricted stock awards (unless issued for cash consideration equal to the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the award date), restricted stock unit awards, performance shares, performance units, cash incentive awards and any other Awards under the Plan other than (i) stock options and stock appreciation rights issued under the Discretionary Grant Program and (ii) dividend equivalent rights under the Incentive Bonus Program.

Incentive Bonus Program shall mean the incentive bonus program in effect under Article Four of the Plan.

Incentive Option shall mean an option which satisfies the requirements of Code Section 422.

Involuntary Termination shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Award agreement for the particular Award or in any other agreement incorporated by reference into the Award agreement for purposes of defining such term. In the absence of such an Involuntary Termination definition, such term shall mean the termination of the Service of any individual which occurs by reason of:

such individual’s involuntary dismissal or discharge by the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) for reasons other than Misconduct, or

such individual’s voluntary resignation following (A) a change in his or her position with the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) which materially reduces his or her duties and responsibilities or the level of management to which he or she reports, (B) a reduction in his or her level of compensation (including base salary, fringe benefits and target bonus under any corporate-performance based bonus or incentive programs) by more than fifteen percent (15%) or (C) a relocation of such individual’s place of employment by more than fifty (50) miles, provided and only if such change, reduction or relocation is effected by the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) without the individual’s consent.

Misconduct shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Award agreement for the particular Award or in any other agreement incorporated by reference into the Award agreement for purposes of defining such term, and in the absence of such, Misconduct shall mean the commission of any act of fraud, embezzlement or dishonesty by the Optionee or Participant, any unauthorized use or disclosure by such person of confidential information or trade secrets of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary), or any other intentional misconduct by such person adversely affecting the business or affairs of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) in a material manner. The foregoing definition shall not in any way preclude or restrict the right of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) to discharge or dismiss any Optionee, Participant or other person in the Service of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) for any other acts or omissions, but such other acts or omissions shall not be deemed, for purposes of the Plan, to constitute grounds for termination for Misconduct.

1933 Act shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

1934 Act shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

53


Non-Statutory Option shall mean an option not intended to satisfy the requirements of Code Section 422.

Optionee shall mean any person to whom an option is granted under the Discretionary Grant Program.

Parent shall mean any corporation (other than the Corporation) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Corporation, provided each corporation in the unbroken chain (other than the Corporation) owns, at the time of the determination, stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

Participant shall mean any person who is issued (i) shares of Common Stock, restricted stock units, performance shares, performance units or other stock-based awards under the Stock Issuance Program or (ii) an incentive bonus award under the Incentive Bonus Program.

Performance Goals shall mean any of the following performance criteria upon which the vesting of one or more Awards under the Plan may be based: (i) revenue, organic revenue, net sales, or new-product revenue or net sales, (ii) achievement of specified milestones in the discovery and development of the Corporation’s technology or of one or more of the Corporation’s products, (iii) achievement of specified milestones in the commercialization of one or more of the Corporation’s products, (iv) achievement of specified milestones in the manufacturing of one or more of the Corporation’s products, (v) expense targets, (vi) share price, (vii) total shareholder return, (viii) earnings per share, (ix) operating margin, (x) gross margin, (xi) return measures (including, but not limited to, return on assets, capital, equity, or sales), (xii) productivity ratios, (xiii) operating income, (xiv) net operating profit, (xv) net earnings or net income (before or after taxes), (xvi) cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow, free cash flow and cash flow return on capital), (xvii) earnings before or after interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and/or stock-based compensation expense, (xviii) economic value added, (xix) market share, (xx) working capital targets, (xxi) achievement of specified milestones relating to corporate partnerships, collaborations, license transactions, distribution arrangements, mergers, acquisitions, dispositions or similar business transactions, and (xxii) employee retention and recruiting and human resources management. In addition, such performance goals may be based upon the attainment of specified levels of the Corporation’s performance under one or more of the measures described above relative to the performance of other entities and may also be based on the performance of any of the Corporation’s business units or divisions or any Parent or Subsidiary. Performance goals may include a minimum threshold level of performance below which no award will be earned, levels of performance at which specified portions of an award will be earned and a maximum level of performance at which an award will be fully earned. Each applicable performance goal may be structured at the time of the Award to provide for appropriate adjustments or exclusions for one or more of the following items: (A) asset impairments or write-downs; (B) litigation or governmental investigation expenses and any judgments, verdicts and settlements in connection therewith; (C) the effect of changes in tax law, accounting principles or other such laws or provisions affecting reported results; (D) accruals for reorganization and restructuring programs; (E) any unusual or infrequently occurring item or event; (F) items of income,

 

54


gain, loss or expense attributable to the operations of any business acquired by the Corporation or costs and expenses incurred in connection with mergers and acquisitions; (G) items of income, gain, loss or expense attributable to one or more business operations divested by the Corporation or the gain or loss realized upon the sale of any such business the assets thereof, (H) accruals for bonus or incentive compensation costs and expenses associated with cash-based awards made under the Plan or other bonus or incentive compensation plans of the Corporation, and (I) the impact of foreign currency fluctuations or changes in exchange rates.

Permanent Disability or Permanently Disabled have the meaning assigned to such term in the Award agreement for the particular Award or in any other agreement incorporated by reference into the Award agreement for purposes of defining such term, and in the absence of such a definition shall mean the inability of the Optionee or the Participant to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment expected to result in death or to be of continuous duration of twelve (12) months or more.

Plan shall mean the Corporation’s 2016 Incentive Compensation Plan as set forth in this document and as subsequently amended or restated from time to time.

Plan Administrator shall mean the particular entity, whether the Committee, the Board or a subcommittee, which is authorized to administer the Discretionary Grant, Stock Issuance and Incentive Bonus Programs with respect to one or more classes of eligible persons, to the extent such entity is carrying out its administrative functions under those programs with respect to the persons under its jurisdiction.

Plan Effective Date shall mean May 3, 2016, the date that the Plan was adopted by the Board.

Retirement shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Award agreement for the particular Award or in any other agreement incorporated by reference into the Award agreement for purposes of defining such term. In the absence of such a Retirement definition, such term shall mean the Award holder’s cessation of Service after attaining age sixty (60) with at least five (5) completed years of Service to the Corporation.

Service shall mean the performance of services for the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary, whether now existing or subsequently established) by a person in the capacity of an Employee, a non-employee member of the board of directors or a consultant or independent advisor, except to the extent otherwise specifically provided in the documents evidencing the option grant or stock issuance. For purposes of the Plan, an Optionee or Participant shall be deemed to cease Service immediately upon the occurrence of the either of the following events: (i) the Optionee or Participant no longer performs services in any of the foregoing capacities for the Corporation or any Parent or Subsidiary or (ii) the entity for which the Optionee or Participant is performing such services ceases to remain a Parent or Subsidiary of the Corporation, even though the Optionee or Participant may subsequently continue to perform services for that entity. Service shall not be deemed to cease during a period of military leave, sick leave or other personal leave approved by the Corporation; provided, however , that should such leave of absence exceed three (3) months, then for purposes of determining the period within which an Incentive Option may be exercised as such under the federal tax laws, the

 

55


Optionee’s Service shall be deemed to cease on the first day immediately following the expiration of such three (3)-month period, unless Optionee is provided with the right to return to Service following such leave either by statute or by written contract. Except to the extent otherwise required by law or expressly authorized by the Plan Administrator or by the Corporation’s written policy on leaves of absence, no Service credit shall be given for vesting purposes for any period the Optionee or Participant is on a leave of absence.

Stock Exchange shall mean the American Stock Exchange, the Nasdaq Global or Global Select Market or the New York Stock Exchange.

Stock Issuance Agreement shall mean the agreement entered into by the Corporation and the Participant at the time of issuance of shares of Common Stock under the Stock Issuance Program.

Stock Issuance Program shall mean the stock issuance program in effect under Article Three of the Plan.

Subsidiary shall mean any corporation (other than the Corporation) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Corporation, provided each corporation (other than the last corporation) in the unbroken chain owns, at the time of the determination, stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

10% Stockholder shall mean the owner of stock (as determined under Code Section 424(d)) possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary).

Underwriting Agreement shall mean the agreement between the Corporation and the underwriter or underwriters managing the initial public offering of the Common Stock.

Underwriting Date shall mean the date on which the Underwriting Agreement is executed and priced in connection with the initial public offering of the Common Stock or, if earlier, the closing of a private placement of securities of the Corporation of at least $25,000,000.

Withholding Taxes shall mean the applicable federal and state income and employment withholding taxes to which the holder of an Award under the Plan may become subject in connection with the issuance, exercise, vesting or settlement of that Award.

 

56


Exhibit I

Debt Conversion

Immediately prior to the Closing Date, the Company has outstanding a principal amount of $50 million of senior indebtedness held by Capital Royalty Group and certain of its affiliates (collectively, “ CRG ”) pursuant to an Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement by and between the Company and CRG dated as of August 5, 2014 by (as amended, restated or supplemented from time to time, the “ Term Loan Agreement ”), and a principal amount of $5 million of subordinated indebtedness held by WCAS Capital Partners IV, L.P. (“ WCAS ”), an affiliate of Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe, pursuant to a Note issued by the Company to WCAS, dated September 8, 2011, as amended by Amendment No. 1 to Note dated as of May 24, 2013 (as further amended, restated or supplemented from time to time, the “ WCAS Note ”).

Accrued interest, fees and expenses on the principal indebtedness held by CRG pursuant to the Term Loan Agreement and by WCAS pursuant to the WCAS Note as of April 29, 2016 will be $16,574,604.12 (the “ CRG Interest ”) and $2,075,662.72 (the “ WCAS Interest ”), respectively, for a total amount of $18,650,266.84. Pursuant to negotiations with CRG and WCAS, immediately prior to the Merger, CRG has agreed to convert $5,812,323.91 of the CRG Interest into common stock of the Company, at a price equal to $1.25 per share, which would result in the Company issuing 4,649,859 shares of common stock to CRG, and CRG and WCAS have agreed to convert $10,762,280.21 of the CRG Interest and $2,075,662.72 of the WCAS Interest into shares of Series AB Preferred Stock of the Company, at a price equal to $1.25 per share, which would result in the Company issuing 8,609,824 and 1,660,530 shares of Series AB Preferred Stock to CRG and WCAS, respectively. Thereafter, upon the closing of the Merger, the shares of Series AB Preferred Stock will be exchanged for stock in the Parent and all common stock and other preferred stock of the Company will be cancelled for no consideration. Each share of Series AB Preferred Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Closing Date will be converted into the right to receive 0.23856 shares of Parent common stock.

The outstanding principal indebtedness held by CRG under the Term Loan Agreement will remain outstanding following the Merger in accordance with the following terms (the “ Revised Term Loan ”):

 

    The amount of the Revised Term Loan shall be the current $50.0 million outstanding principal indebtedness.

 

    The Revised Term Loan shall mature on the twentieth (20th) quarterly payment date following the closing date of the Merger (the “ Maturity Date ”). Principal, inclusive of all accrued paid-in-kind interest, on the Revised Term Loan will amortize in a single bullet payment on the Maturity Date.

 

    Interest on the Revised Term Loan will accrue at a rate of eleven percent (11%) per annum paid quarterly (on March 31, June 30, September 30, and December 31). Interest shall be payable, at the Company’s option, as eight percent (8%) cash interest and three percent (3%) paid in-kind interest; provided, however, that before the eighth (8 th ) quarterly payment date, interest shall be payable, at the Company’s option, in its entirety as paid-in-kind interest. All cash interest shall otherwise be paid quarterly. During any period in which an event of default has occurred and is continuing, the interest rate shall increase by four percent (4%) per annum and be payable entirely in cash.

 

    The Revised Term Loan shall be secured by a first priority security interest and right of payment in all of the Company’s global assets, accounts and proceeds now existing or to be acquired. The Revised Term Loan shall be guaranteed on a secured basis by the Company.

 

    To permit the Merger, all existing defaults under the Term Loan Agreement shall be permanently waived.


    The Company may, at its option, repay the Revised Term Loan in whole or in part without any penalty or prepayment fees.

 

    The Revised Term Loan includes only one operating covenant, which requires that the Company maintains an end-of-day cash balance greater than $5 million. The only other covenants are those usual and customary for this type of transaction.

The outstanding principal indebtedness held by WCAS under the WCAS Note will remain outstanding following the Merger in accordance with the following terms (the “ Amended WCAS Note ”):

 

    The Amended WCAS Note will mature on September 8, 2021 (the “ WCAS Note Maturity Date ”). Principal, inclusive of all accrued paid-in-kind interest, on the Amended WCAS Note will amortize in a single bullet payment on the WCAS Note Maturity Date.

 

    The Amended WCAS Note shall accrue interest at a rate of ten percent (10%) per annum payable entirely as paid-in-kind interest.

 

    WCAS’s right to payment under the Amended WCAS Note shall be subject to CRG’s payment of the Revised Term Loan pursuant to a subordination agreement by and between WCAS and CRG.

 

    To permit the Merger, all existing defaults under the WCAS Note shall be permanently waived.


Exhibit J

Signatories to Lock-Up and No-Shorting Agreements

 

Name

•       Capital Royalty Partners II L.P.

•       Capital Royalty Partners II - Parallel Fund “A” L.P.

•       Parallel Investment Opportunities Partners II L.P.

•       Capital Royalty Partners II – Parallel Fund “B” (Cayman) L.P.

•       Capital Royalty Partners II (Cayman) L.P.

•       John Timberlake

•       Mark Conley

•       Geoff Jenkins

•       Matthew Nguyen

•       Luke Düster

•       Nathan D. Hukill

•       Cameron Hui

•       Rodney D. Altman

•       Peter Devlin

•       Montrose Capital Limited and affiliates


Exhibit K

Form of Lock-Up and No-Shorting Agreement

FORM OF LOCK-UP AGREEMENT

This LOCK-UP AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of                  , 2016 by the undersigned person or entity (the “ Restricted Holder ”) in connection with the Merger (as defined below) and the Private Placement Offering (as defined below), and is being delivered to Valeritas Holdings, Inc. (formerly Cleaner Yoga Mat, Inc.), a Delaware corporation (the “ Parent ”), Wedbush Securities, Inc. (“ Wedbush ”), ROTH Capital Partners, LLC (“ Roth ”) and Katalyst Securities LLC (“ Katalyst ”, and collectively with Wedbush and Roth, the “ Placement Agents ”).

WHEREAS, pursuant to the transactions contemplated under that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization, dated as of                  , 2016 (the “ Merger Agreement ”), by and among the Parent, Valeritas Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “ Acquisition Subsidiary ”), and Valeritas, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), the Acquisition Subsidiary will merge with and into the Company, with the Company remaining as the surviving entity after the merger as a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Parent, and the stockholders of the Company will receive shares of Parent Common Stock (as defined below) in exchange for their capital stock of the Company pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement (the “ Merger ”);

WHEREAS, simultaneously with the closing of the Merger, Parent will complete a private placement offering (the “ Private Placement Offering ”) of a minimum of 5,000,000 shares of common stock of the Parent, par value $0.001 per share (the “ Parent Common Stock ”), at a purchase price of $5.00 per share; and

WHEREAS, the Merger Agreement provides that, among other things, all the shares of Parent Common Stock owned by the Restricted Holder and all securities owned by the Restricted Holder that are convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Parent Common Stock, in each case whether owned on the date of closing of the Merger or thereafter acquired, and whether owned beneficially or of record, including, without limitation, any shares of Parent Common Stock acquired pursuant to the Merger and any shares of Parent Common Stock purchased in the Private Placement Offering (collectively, the “ Restricted Securities ”), shall be subject to certain restrictions on Disposition (as defined herein), and the Restricted Holder will be subject to certain other restrictions relating to the Parent Common Stock, subject to certain conditions all as more fully set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, as an inducement to and in consideration of the Parent’s agreement to enter into the Merger Agreement and proceed with the Merger and the Private Placement Offering and of the Placement Agent’s agreement to proceed with the Private Placement Offering, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:


1. Restrictions .

(a) “ Restricted Period ” means the period commencing on the closing date of the Merger until the date that is six (6) months after the closing date of the Merger; provided, however, that the Restricted Period shall terminate prior to such date upon the earlier of (a) the listing of the Parent Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange, NYSE MKT or NASDAQ or (b) the closing of any underwritten public offering of the Parent’s securities for gross proceeds of at least $50 million, with the written approval of the lead underwriter of such offering.

(b) During the Restricted Period, the Restricted Holder will not, directly or indirectly: (i) offer, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, hypothecate, contract to sell, grant an option to purchase or otherwise dispose of, or announce the intention to so dispose of, any Restricted Securities or (ii) enter into any swap, hedge or similar agreement or arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic consequence of ownership of any Restricted Securities (with the actions described in clause (i) or (ii) above being hereinafter referred to as a “ Disposition ”).

(c) In addition, during the period of twelve (12) months immediately following the closing date of the Merger, the Restricted Holder will not, directly or indirectly, effect or agree to effect any short sale (as defined in Rule 200 under Regulation SHO of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”)) with respect to any shares of Parent Common Stock, whether or not against the box, establish any “put equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) under the Exchange Act) with respect to any shares of Parent Common Stock, borrow or pre-borrow any shares of Parent Common Stock, or grant any other right (including, without limitation, any put or call option) with respect to shares of the Parent Common Stock or with respect to any security that includes, is convertible into or exercisable for or derives any significant part of its value from shares of the Parent Common Stock or otherwise seek to hedge the Restricted Holder’s position in the Parent Common Stock.

(d) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the restrictions set forth in Section 1(b) shall not apply to:

 

  (i) if the Restricted Holder is a natural person, any transfers made by the Restricted Holder (A) as a bona fide gift to any member of the immediate family (as defined below) of the Restricted Holder or to a trust the beneficiaries of which are exclusively the Restricted Holder or members of the Restricted Holder’s immediate family, (B) by will or intestate succession upon the death of the Restricted Holder or (C) as a bona fide gift to a charity or educational institution;

 

  (ii) if the Restricted Holder is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity, any transfers to a charitable organization, or to any current or former stockholder, partner, manager, director, officer, employee or member of, or owner of a similar equity interest in, the Restricted Holder or its affiliates, as the case may be, if, in any such case, such transfer is not for value, including the subsequent transfer by any of the previously described transferees to a charitable organization;


  (iii) if the Restricted Holder is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity, any transfer made by the Restricted Holder

 

  (A) in connection with the sale or other bona fide transfer in a single transaction of all or substantially all of the Restricted Holder’s capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests or other similar equity interests, as the case may be, or all or substantially all of the Restricted Holder’s assets, in any such case not undertaken for the purpose of avoiding the restrictions imposed by this Agreement,

 

  (B) to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity so long as the transferee is an affiliate (as defined below) of the Restricted Holder, or

 

  (C) to any investment fund or other entity that controls or manages the Restricted Holder (including, for the avoidance of doubt, a fund managed by the same manager or managing member or general partner or management company or by an entity controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such manager or managing member or general partner or management company as the Restricted Holder or who shares a common investment advisor with the Restricted Holder) and such transfer is not for value;

 

  (iv) if the Restricted Holder is a trust, to a trustor or beneficiary of the trust and such transfer is not for value;

 

  (v) sales of Restricted Securities that have been acquired in open market transactions after the closing date of the Merger;

 

  (vi) any transfers of Restricted Securities to the Parent upon a vesting event or upon the exercise of options or warrants to purchase the Parent’s securities, in each case on a “cashless” or “net exercise” basis solely to cover tax withholding obligations of the Restricted Holder in connection with such vesting or exercise;

 

  (vii) any transfers of the Restricted Securities by operation of law, including pursuant to a domestic order or a negotiated divorce settlement;

 

  (viii) any transfers of the Restricted Securities to the Parent pursuant to agreements under which the Parent has the option to repurchase such Restricted Securities or the Parent has a right of first refusal with respect to transfers of such Restricted Securities;

 

  (ix) any transfers of the Restricted Securities pursuant to a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of Restricted Securities involving a change of control of the Parent, provided that such transaction has been approved by the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of Parent;


  (x) the exercise of any right with respect to, or the taking of any other action in preparation for, a registration by the Parent of Restricted Securities; or

 

  (xi) the resale of shares of Parent Common Stock by the Restricted Holder in any secondary underwritten offering by the Parent of Parent equity securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”).

provided, however , that

 

  (A) in the case of any transfer described in clause (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) or (vii) above, it shall be a condition to the transfer that the transferee executes and delivers to the Parent not later than one (1) business day prior to such transfer, a written agreement in substantially the form of this Agreement covering the transferred Restricted Securities for the balance of the Restricted Period (it being understood that any references to “immediate family” in the agreement executed by such transferee shall expressly refer only to the immediate family of the Restricted Holder and not to the immediate family of the transferee) and otherwise reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Parent,

 

  (B) in the case of any transfer described in clause (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) or (v) above, such transfers are not required to be reported under Section 16 of the Exchange Act, and the Restricted Holder does not otherwise voluntarily effect any public filing or report regarding such transfers during the Restricted Period,

 

  (C) in the case of any transfer to the Parent described in clause (vi) above, (1) such transfers are not required to be reported under Section 16 of the Exchange Act, and the Restricted Holder does not otherwise voluntarily effect any public filing or report regarding such transfers during the first 30 days of the Restricted Period and (2) after such 30 days, any filing under Section 16 of the Exchange Act related to such transfer shall clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto that (a) the filing relates to the circumstances described in clause (vi) above, (b) no shares were sold by the reporting person and (c) any remaining shares received upon exercise of an option or a warrant (net of any shares transferred in connection with such “cashless” or “net exercise” to cover tax withholding obligations) or the remaining vested shares are subject to a written agreement with the Parent in substantially the form of this Agreement for the balance of the Restricted Period,

 

  (D) in the case of any transfer described in clause (ix) above, in the event that the tender offer, merger, consolidation or other such transaction is not completed, the Restricted Securities owned by the Restricted Holder shall remain subject to the restrictions contained in this Agreement, and

 

  (E) in the case of clause (x) above, no actual transfer or other Disposition of the Restricted Holder’s Restricted Securities registered pursuant to the exercise of such rights under clause (x) shall occur during the Restricted Period.


For purposes of clause (ix), “ change of control ” shall mean the transfer (whether by tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to a person or group of affiliated persons, of the Parent’s voting securities if, after such transfer, such person or group of affiliated persons would hold more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Parent (or the surviving entity).

For purposes of this subsection (d), “ immediate family ” shall mean any relationship by blood, marriage or adoption, not more remote than first cousin; and “ affiliate ” shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

(e) Furthermore, during the Restricted Period, the Restricted Holder may exercise any rights to purchase, exchange or convert any stock options granted pursuant to the Parent’s equity incentive plans existing as of the date of the Merger or warrants or any other securities existing as of the date of the Merger, which securities are convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Parent Common Stock, if and only if the shares of Parent Common Stock received upon such exercise, purchase, exchange or conversion shall remain subject to the terms of this Agreement.

(f) In addition, the restrictions on transfer and disposition of the Restricted Securities during the Restricted Period shall not apply to the repurchase of Restricted Securities by the Parent in connection with the termination of the Restricted Holder’s employment or other service with the Parent or any of its subsidiaries.

(g) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, nothing herein shall prevent the Restricted Holder from establishing a 10b5-1 trading plan that complies with Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act (“ 10b5-1 Trading Plan ”) or from amending an existing 10b5-1 Trading Plan so long as there are no sales or other Dispositions of Restricted Securities under such plans during the Restricted Period; and provided that no public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act, if any, is required or voluntarily made by or on behalf of the Restricted Holder or the Parent during the Restricted Period regarding the establishment of a 10b5-1 Trading Plan or the amendment of a 10b5-1 Trading Plan.

2. Legends; Stop Transfer Instructions .

The Restricted Holder hereby consents to the placing of legends or the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Parent’s transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of the Restricted Securities, except in compliance with this Agreement.

3. Miscellaneous .

(a) Specific Performance . The Restricted Holder agrees that in the event of any breach or threatened breach by the Restricted Holder of any covenant, obligation or other provision contained in this Agreement, then each of the Placement Agents and the Parent shall be entitled (in addition to any other remedy that may be available to the Parent) to: (i) a decree or order of specific performance or mandamus to enforce the observance and performance of such


covenant, obligation or other provision; and (ii) an injunction restraining such breach or threatened breach. The Restricted Holder further agrees that none of the Placement Agents, the Parent, nor any other person or entity shall be required to obtain, furnish or post any bond or similar instrument in connection with or as a condition to obtaining any remedy referred to in this Section 3, and the Restricted Holder irrevocably waives any right that he, she, or it may have to require the obtaining, furnishing or posting of any such bond or similar instrument.

(b) Other Agreements . Nothing in this Agreement shall limit any of the rights or remedies of the Parent under the Merger Agreement, or any of the rights or remedies of the Placement Agents or the Parent or any of the obligations of the Restricted Holder under any other agreement between the Restricted Holder, the Placement Agents and/or the Parent or any certificate or instrument executed by the Restricted Holder in favor of any of the Placement Agents or the Parent; and nothing in the Merger Agreement or in any other agreement, certificate or instrument shall limit any of the rights or remedies of the Placement Agents or the Parent or

(c) any of the obligations of the Restricted Holder under this Agreement.

(d) Notices . All notices, consents, waivers, and other communications which are required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and will be deemed given to a party on (a) the date of delivery, if delivered to the appropriate address by hand or by nationally recognized overnight courier service (costs prepaid); (b) the date of transmission if sent by facsimile or e-mail with confirmation of transmission by the transmitting equipment if such notice or communication is delivered prior to 5:00 P.M., New York, New York, time, on a business day, or the next business day after the date of transmission, if such notice or communication is delivered on a day that is not a business day or later than 5:00 P.M., New York, New York, time, on any business day; (c) the date received or rejected by the addressee, if sent by certified mail, return receipt requested; or (d) seven days after the placement of the notice into the mails (first class postage prepaid), to the party at the address, facsimile number, or e-mail address furnished by the such party,


If to the Parent:

 

Valeritas Holdings, Inc

750 Route 202 South, Suite 600

Bridgewater, New Jersey 08807

Main: 908-927-9920

Attn: John Timberlake, CEO

Facsimile: 908-927-9927

Email: jtimberlake@valeritas.com

 

With a copy (which copy shall not constitute notice hereunder) to:

 

Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP

502 Carnegie Center

Princeton, New Jersey 08540-6241

Main: 609-919-6600

Attn: Emilio Ragosa

Facsimile: 609-919-6701

Email: emilio.ragosa@morganlewis.com

If to Wedbush or Roth:

 

Wedbush Securities Inc.

Two Embarcadero Center,

Suite 600

San Francisco, CA 94111

Attn: Equity Capital Markets

 

ROTH Capital Partners, LLC

888 San Clemente

Suite 400

Newport Beach, CA 92660

Attn: Michael Margolis, R.Ph., Managing Director

 

With a copy (which copy shall not constitute notice hereunder) to:

 

Mintz, Levin, Cohn, Ferris, Glovsky and Popeo,

P.C.

One Financial Center

Boston, MA 02111

Attn: William C. Hicks, Esq.

If to Katalyst:

 

Katalyst Securities LLC

1330 Avenue of the Americas, 14 th Floor

New York, NY 10019

Attn: Michael Silverman, Managing Director

 

With a copy (which copy shall not constitute notice hereunder) to:

 

Barbara J. Glenns, Esq.

Law Office of Barbara J. Glenns, Esq.

30 Waterside Plaza, Suite 25G

New York, NY 10010

If to the Restricted Holder:

 

To the address set forth on the signature page hereto.

 

Any party may give any notice, request, demand, claim or other communication hereunder using any other means (including personal delivery, expedited courier, messenger service, telecopy, telex, ordinary mail or electronic mail), but no such notice, request, demand, claim or other communication shall be deemed to have been duly given unless and until it actually is received by the party for whom it is intended. Any party may change the address to which notices, requests, demands, claims, and other communications hereunder are to be delivered by giving the other Parties notice in the manner herein set forth.

(e) Severability . Any term or provision of this Agreement that is invalid or unenforceable in any situation in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the remaining terms and provisions hereof or the validity or enforceability of the offending term


or provision in any other situation or in any other jurisdiction. If the final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction declares that any term or provision hereof is invalid or unenforceable, the parties hereto agree that the court making such determination shall have the power to limit the term or provision, to delete specific words or phrases, or to replace any invalid or unenforceable term or provision with a term or provision that is valid and enforceable and that comes closest to expressing the intention of the invalid or unenforceable term or provision, and this Agreement shall be enforceable as so modified. In the event such court does not exercise the power granted to it in the prior sentence, the parties hereto agree to replace such invalid or unenforceable term or provision with a valid and enforceable term or provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the economic, business and other purposes of such invalid or unenforceable term.

(f) Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without reference to the principles thereof relating to the conflict of laws.

(g) Waiver; Termination . No failure on the part of the Placement Agents or the Parent to exercise any power, right, privilege or remedy under this Agreement, and no delay on the part of the Placement Agents or the Parent in exercising any power, right, privilege or remedy under this Agreement, shall operate as a waiver of such power, right, privilege or remedy; and no single or partial exercise of any such power, right, privilege or remedy shall preclude any other or further exercise thereof or of any other power, right, privilege or remedy. None of the Placement Agents nor The Parent shall be deemed to have waived any claim arising out of this Agreement, or any power, right, privilege or remedy under this Agreement, unless the waiver of such claim, power, right, privilege or remedy is expressly set forth in a written instrument duly executed and delivered on behalf of each of the Placement Agents or the Parent, as applicable; and any such waiver shall not be applicable or have any effect except in the specific instance in which it is given. If the Merger Agreement is terminated, this Agreement shall thereupon terminate.

(h) Captions . The captions contained in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, shall not be deemed to be a part of this Agreement and shall not be referred to in connection with the construction or interpretation of this Agreement.

(i) Further Assurances . The Restricted Holder hereby represents and warrants to each of the Placement Agents and the Parent that the Restricted Holder has full power and authority to enter into this Agreement and that this Agreement has been duly authorized (if the Restricted Holder is not a natural person), executed and delivered by the Restricted Holder and is a valid and binding agreement of the Restricted Holder.

(j) Entire Agreement . This Agreement sets forth the entire understanding of the Placement Agents, the Parent and the Restricted Holder relating to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all other prior agreements and understandings between the Parent and the Restricted Holder relating to the subject matter hereof.

(k) Non-Exclusivity . The rights and remedies of each of the Placement Agents and the Parent hereunder are not exclusive of or limited by any other rights or remedies which the Placement Agents or the Parent may have, whether at law, in equity, by contract or otherwise, all of which shall be cumulative (and not alternative).


(l) Amendments . This Agreement may not be amended, modified, altered or supplemented other than by means of a written instrument duly executed and delivered on behalf of each of the parties hereto.

(m) Binding Nature . This Agreement and all authority herein conferred are irrevocable and shall survive the death or incapacity of the Restricted Holder (if a natural person) and shall be binding upon the heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns of the Restricted Holder.

(n) Survival . Each of the representations, warranties, covenants and obligations contained in this Agreement shall survive the consummation of the Merger.

[ Signature Page to Follow ]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has executed and delivered this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

    RESTRICTED HOLDER:
If an individual:     If an entity:
      Print Name of Entity:
Sign:  

 

   

 

Print Name:      
      By (sign):  

 

 

      Print Name:
Signature (if Joint Tenants or Tenants in Common)       Print Title:

 

Address:

 
 

 


Company Disclosure Schedules


Parent Disclosure Schedules

Exhibit 3.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

VALERITAS HOLDINGS, INC.

Valeritas Holdings, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”) , originally incorporated on May 9, 2014 as a Florida corporation under the name Cleaner Yoga Mat, Inc., and merged with and into Valeritas Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, pursuant to the Certificate of Merger filed on April 15, 2016 with the State of Delaware and Articles of Merger filed on April 15, 2016 with the State of Florida, hereby certifies as follows:

FIRST: The name of the Corporation is Valeritas Holdings, Inc.

SECOND: The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Zip Code 19801. The name of its registered agent at that address is The Corporation Trust Company .

THIRD: The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted by the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the “DGCL.

FOURTH: The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 310,000,000 shares, consisting of (a) 300,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share (“Common Stock”), and (b) 10,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share (“Preferred Stock”).

The following is a statement of the designations and the powers, privileges and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof in respect of each class of capital stock of the Corporation.

A. COMMON STOCK.

1. General . The voting, dividend and liquidation rights of the holders of the Common Stock are subject to and qualified by the rights of the holders of the Preferred Stock of any series as may be designated by the board of directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) upon any issuance of the Preferred Stock of any series.

2. Voting .

(i) The holders of the Common Stock shall have voting rights at all meetings of stockholders, each such holder being entitled to one vote for each share thereof held by such holder; provided , however , that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation (which, as used herein, shall mean the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, as amended from time to time, including the terms of any certificate of designations of any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of

 

1


such affected series are entitled, either separately or together as a class with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation or the DGCL. There shall be no cumulative voting.

(ii) Except as may otherwise be provided by applicable law, in this Certificate of Incorporation or in a Preferred Stock Designation (as defined below), the holders of shares of Common Stock shall have the exclusive right to vote for the election of directors and for all other purposes, and holders of shares of Preferred Stock and any series thereof shall not be entitled to receive notice of any meeting of stockholders at which they are not otherwise entitled to vote.

(iii) The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting as a single class, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL.

3. Dividends . Dividends may be declared and paid on the Common Stock from funds lawfully available therefor as and when determined by the Board of Directors and subject to any preferential dividend or other rights of any then outstanding Preferred Stock and to the requirements of applicable law.

4. Liquidation . Upon the dissolution or liquidation of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, holders of Common Stock will be entitled to receive all assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, subject to any preferential or other rights of any then outstanding Preferred Stock.

B. PREFERRED STOCK.

1. Shares of Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The Board of Directors is hereby expressly authorized to provide for the issuance of shares of Preferred Stock in one or more series and, by filing a certificate pursuant to the applicable law of the State of Delaware (hereinafter referred to as “Preferred Stock Designation”), to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix the designation, powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of the shares of each such series and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof. The authority of the Board of Directors with respect to each series shall include, but not be limited to, determination of the following:

(i) the designation of the series, which may be by distinguishing number, letter or title;

(ii) the number of shares of the series, which number the Board of Directors may thereafter (except where otherwise provided in the Preferred Stock Designation) increase or decrease (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding);

(iii) the amounts payable on, and the preferences, if any, of shares of the series in respect of dividends, and whether such dividends, if any, shall be cumulative or noncumulative;

 

2


(iv) the dates on which dividends, if any, shall be payable in respect of shares of the series;

(v) the redemption rights and price or prices, if any, for shares of the series;

(vi) the terms and amount of any sinking fund provided for the purchase or redemption of shares of the series;

(vii) whether the shares of the series shall be convertible into or exchangeable for shares of any other class or series, or any other security, of the Corporation or any other corporation, and, if so, the specification of such other class or series of such other security, the conversion or exchange price or prices or rate or rates, any adjustments thereof, the date or dates at which such shares shall be convertible or exchangeable and all other terms and conditions upon which such conversion or exchange may be made;

(viii) the rights of the holders of the shares of such series upon the dissolution of, or upon the subsequent distribution of assets of, the Corporation;

(ix) restrictions on the issuance of shares of the same series or of any other class or series;

(x) the voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, of the holders of shares of the series; and

(xi) the manner in which any facts ascertainable outside of this Certificate of Incorporation or the resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of such series shall operate upon the voting powers, designations, preferences, rights, and qualifications, limitations, or restrictions of such series.

2. The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting as a single class, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL.

C. REGISTERED OWNERS. The Corporation shall be entitled to treat the person in whose name any share of its stock is registered as the owner thereof for all purposes and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such share on the part of any other person, whether or not the Corporation shall have notice thereof, except as expressly provided by applicable law.

FIFTH: Except as may be expressly provided in this Certificate of Incorporation, the Corporation reserves the right at any time and from time to time to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation or a Preferred Stock Designation, and any other provisions authorized by the laws of the State of Delaware at the time in force may be added or inserted, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed herein or by applicable law, and all rights, preferences and privileges of whatsoever nature conferred upon stockholders, directors or any other persons whomsoever by and pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation in its present form or as hereafter amended are granted subject to the right reserved in this Article FIFTH. Any

 

3


amendment to Section 4.A.1, Section 4.B.1, this Article FIFTH, Article SIXTH, Article NINTH, or Article TENTH requires the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds in voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.

SIXTH: In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred upon it by the DGCL, and subject to the terms of any series of Preferred Stock, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized and empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation. The stockholders may not adopt, amend, alter or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation, or adopt any provision inconsistent therewith, unless such action is approved, in addition to any other vote required by this Certificate of Incorporation, by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds in voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon. Notwithstanding any other provisions of law, this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation, and notwithstanding the fact that a lesser percentage may be specified by law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds in voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon shall be required to amend or repeal, or to adopt any provision inconsistent with, this Article SIXTH.

SEVENTH: The Board of Directors is expressly authorized and empowered to determine whether and to what extent, and at what times and places, and under what conditions and regulations, the accounts and books of the Corporation, or any of them, shall be open to inspection of stockholders. Except as so determined or as expressly provided in this Certificate of Incorporation or in any Preferred Stock Designation, no stockholder shall have any right to inspect any account, book or document of the Corporation other than such rights as may be conferred by applicable law.

EIGHTH: A director of the Corporation shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the DGCL as the same exists or may hereafter be amended.

To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation is authorized to provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) agents of the Corporation (and any other persons to which the DGCL permits the Corporation to provide indemnification) through bylaw provisions, agreements with such agents or other persons, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, in excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by Section 145 of the DGCL, subject only to the limits created by the DGCL and applicable case law, with respect to actions for breach of duty to the Corporation, its stockholders, and others.

Any amendment, repeal or modification of any of the foregoing provisions of this Article EIGHTH or of Section 9.J shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director, officer, agent, or other person existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any director of the Corporation with respect to any acts or omissions of such director, officer or agent occurring prior to, such amendment, repeal or modification.

 

4


NINTH: This Article NINTH is inserted for the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation.

A. General Powers . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

B. Number of Directors; Election of Directors . Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, the number of directors of the Corporation shall be established from time to time by the Board of Directors. Election of directors need not be by written ballot, except as and to the extent provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

C. Classes of Directors . Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, the Board of Directors shall be and is divided into three classes, designated as Class I, Class II and Class III. Each class shall consist, as nearly as may be possible, of one-third of the number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors. The Board of Directors is authorized to assign members of the Board of Directors to Class I, Class II or Class III.

D. Terms of Office . Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, at each annual meeting of the stockholders, successors to the class of directors whose term expires at that annual meeting shall be elected for a term expiring at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders; provided that each director initially assigned to Class I shall serve for an initial term expiring at the Corporation’s first annual meeting of stockholders held after the effectiveness of this Certificate of Incorporation; each director initially assigned to Class II shall serve for a term expiring at the Corporation’s second annual meeting of stockholders held after the effectiveness of this Certificate of Incorporation; and each director initially assigned to Class III shall serve for a term expiring at the Corporation’s third annual meeting of stockholders held after the effectiveness of this Certificate of Incorporation. If the number of directors is changed, any increase or decrease shall be apportioned among the classes so as to maintain the number of directors in each class as nearly equal as possible, and any additional director of any class elected to fill a newly created directorship resulting from an increase in such class shall hold office for a term that shall coincide with the remaining term of that class, but in no case shall a decrease in the number of directors shorten the term of any incumbent director. A director shall hold office until the annual meeting for the year in which his or her term expires and until his or her successor shall be elected and shall qualify, subject to his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.

E. Quorum . The greater of (a) a majority of the directors at any time in office and (b) one-third of the number of directors fixed pursuant to Section 2 of this Article NINTH shall constitute a quorum of the Board of Directors. If at any meeting of the Board of Directors there shall be less than such a quorum, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

F. Action at Meeting . Every act or decision done or made by a majority of the directors present at a meeting duly held at which a quorum is present shall be regarded as the act of the Board of Directors unless a greater number is required by law or by this Certificate of Incorporation.

 

5


G. Removal . Except as otherwise required by applicable law and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, directors of the Corporation may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds in voting power of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote in the election of directors.

H. Vacancies . Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock, any vacancy or newly created directorship in the Board of Directors, however occurring, shall be filled only by vote of a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director and shall not be filled by the stockholders, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancy or newly created directorship shall be filled by the stockholders. A director elected to fill a vacancy shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen, subject to the election and qualification of a successor and to such director’s earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal.

I. Stockholder Nominations and Introduction of Business, Etc . Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of the proposal by stockholders of any other action to be taken by the stockholders at a meeting of stockholders shall be given in the manner provided by the Bylaws of the Corporation.

J. Amendments to Article . Notwithstanding any other provisions of law, this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation, and notwithstanding the fact that a lesser percentage may be specified by law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds in voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon shall be required to amend or repeal, or to adopt any provision inconsistent with, this Article NINTH.

TENTH: Any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of such stockholders and may not be effected by any consent in writing of stockholders. Notwithstanding any other provisions of law, this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation, and notwithstanding the fact that a lesser percentage may be specified by law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds in voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon shall be required to amend or repeal, or to adopt any provision inconsistent with, this Article TENTH.

ELEVENTH: Special meetings of stockholders may be called only by the Board of Directors, the chairperson of the Board of Directors, the chief executive officer or the president (in the absence of a chief executive officer), and may not be called by any other person or persons. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to matters relating to the purpose or purposes stated in the notice of meeting. Notwithstanding any other provisions of law, this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation, and notwithstanding the fact that a lesser percentage may be specified by law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds in voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon shall be required to amend or repeal, or to adopt any provision inconsistent with, this Article ELEVENTH.

 

6


TWELFTH: Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (a) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (b) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by, or other wrongdoing by, any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, creditors or other constituents, (c) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation, (d) any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation or (e) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in each case subject to said Court of Chancery having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants therein; provided that, if and only if the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware dismisses any such action for lack of subject matter jurisdiction, such action may be brought in another state or federal court sitting in the State of Delaware. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Article TWELFTH. Notwithstanding any other provisions of law, this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation, and notwithstanding the fact that a lesser percentage may be specified by law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds in voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon shall be required to amend or repeal, or to adopt any provision inconsistent with, this Article TWELFTH. If any provision or provisions of this Article TWELFTH shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any person or entity or circumstance for any reason whatsoever, then, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the validity, legality and enforceability of such provisions in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Article TWELFTH (including, without limitation, each portion of any sentence of this Article TWELFTH containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) and the application of such provision to other persons or entities and circumstances shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

*        *        *

 

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Certificate of Incorporation, which restates, integrates and amends the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, and which has been duly adopted in accordance with Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the DGCL, has been executed by its duly authorized officer this day of May 3, 2016.

 

VALERITAS HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

/s/ John Timberlake

Name:   John Timberlake
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

[ Signature Page to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation ]

Exhibit 3.3

STATE OF DELAWARE

CERTIFICATE OF MERGER

OF

DOMESTIC CORPORATIONS

 

 

Pursuant to Title 8, Section 251(c) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the undersigned corporation executed the following Certificate of Merger:

FIRST: The name of the surviving corporation is Valeritas, Inc ., a Delaware corporation (the “ Surviving Corporation ”), and the name of the corporation being merged into the Surviving Corporation is Valeritas Acquisition Corp ., a Delaware corporation (“ Acquisition Subsidiary ”).

SECOND: The Agreement of Plan of Merger and Reorganization by and among Valeritas Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Parent ”), the Acquisition Subsidiary and the Surviving Corporation (the “ Agreement of Merger ”), has been approved, adopted, executed and acknowledged by each of the constituent corporations.

THIRD : The name of the surviving corporation is Valeritas, Inc. , a Delaware corporation.

FOURTH : The Certificate of Incorporation of the Surviving Corporation shall be amended and restated as set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto.

FIFTH: The merger is to become effective upon filing of this Certificate of Merger with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

SIXTH: The executed Agreement of Merger is on file at 750 Route 202 South, Suite 600, Bridgewater, NJ 08807, the place of business of the Surviving Corporation.

SEVENTH: A copy of the Agreement of Merger will be furnished by the Surviving Corporation on request, without cost, to any stockholder of the constituent corporations.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , said Surviving Corporation has caused this certificate to be signed by an authorized officer, the 3rd day of May, 2016.

 

VALERITAS, INC.
By:  

/s/ John Timberlake

Name:   John Timberlake
Title:   Chief Executive Officer


Exhibit A


1. Name . The name of the corporation is Valeritas, Inc.

2. Registered Office and Registered Agent . The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 1013 Centre Road, Suite 403-B in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle 19805. The name of its registered agent at such address is VCorp Services LLC.

3. Purposes . The purpose of the corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the DGCL.

4. Capital Stock . The total number of shares that the corporation is authorized to issue is 100 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share.

5. Bylaws . The board of directors of the corporation is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws of the corporation.

6. Director Liability .

 

  a) Limitation . To the fullest extent permitted by law, a director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the DGCL or any other law of the State of Delaware is amended after the date hereof to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as so amended. Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Section 6 by the stockholders of the corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the corporation existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any director of the corporation with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to, such repeal or modification.

 

  b) Indemnification . To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the corporation is authorized to provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) directors, officers and agents of the corporation (and any other persons to which DGCL permits the corporation to provide indemnification) through bylaw provisions, agreements with such agents or other persons, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, in excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by Section 145 of the DGCL.

 

  c) Modification . Any amendment, repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this section 4 shall not adversely affect any right or protection of any director, officer, or other agent of the corporation existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification.


7. Board Rights . In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, it is further provided that:

 

  a) The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

 

  b) The Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, alter, amend or repeal the bylaws of the Corporation.

8. Director Election . Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the bylaws of the corporation shall so provide.

9. Amendment . Subject to such limitations as may be from time to time imposed by other provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation, by the bylaws of the corporation, by the DGCL or by other applicable law, or by any contract or agreement to which the corporation is or may become a party, the corporation reserves the right to amend or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this express reservation.

Exhibit 3.4

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BYLAWS

OF

VALERITAS HOLDINGS, INC.

(a Delaware corporation)


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  

ARTICLE I

  

CORPORATE OFFICES

     1   

1.1  

  

REGISTERED OFFICE

     1   

1.2  

  

OTHER OFFICES

     1   

ARTICLE II

  

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

     1   

2.1  

  

PLACE OF MEETINGS

     1   

2.2  

  

ANNUAL MEETING

     1   

2.3  

  

SPECIAL MEETING

     1   

2.4  

  

ADVANCE NOTICE PROCEDURES FOR BUSINESS BROUGHT BEFORE A MEETING

     2   

2.5  

  

ADVANCE NOTICE PROCEDURES FOR NOMINATIONS OF DIRECTORS

     6   

2.6  

  

NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

     9   

2.7  

  

MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE; AFFIDAVIT OF NOTICE

     10   

2.8  

  

QUORUM

     10   

2.9  

  

ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE

     10   

2.10

  

CONDUCT OF BUSINESS

     11   

2.11

  

VOTING

     11   

2.12

  

STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

     12   

2.13

  

RECORD DATE FOR STOCKHOLDER NOTICE; VOTING

     12   

2.14

  

PROXIES

     13   

2.15

  

LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE

     13   

2.16

  

POSTPONEMENT AND CANCELLATION OF MEETING

     14   

2.17

  

INSPECTORS OF ELECTION

     14   

ARTICLE III

  

DIRECTORS

     15   

3.1  

  

POWERS

     15   

3.2  

  

NUMBER OF DIRECTORS

     15   

3.3  

  

ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS

     15   

3.4  

  

RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES

     15   

3.5  

  

PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE

     16   

3.6  

  

REGULAR MEETINGS

     16   

3.7  

  

SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE

     16   

3.8  

  

QUORUM

     17   

3.9  

  

BOARD ACTION BY CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

     17   

3.10

  

FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

     17   

3.11

  

REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

     17   

 

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

          Page  

ARTICLE IV

  

COMMITTEES

     17   

4.1  

  

COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

     17   

4.2  

  

COMMITTEE MINUTES

     18   

4.3  

  

MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES

     18   

ARTICLE V

  

OFFICERS

     19   

5.1  

  

OFFICERS

     19   

5.2  

  

APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS

     19   

5.3  

  

SUBORDINATE OFFICERS

     19   

5.4  

  

REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS

     19   

5.5  

  

VACANCIES IN OFFICES

     19   

5.6  

  

REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS

     20   

5.7  

  

AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS

     20   

5.8  

  

SALARIES OF OFFICERS

     20   

ARTICLE VI

  

RECORDS AND REPORTS

     20   

6.1  

  

MAINTENANCE OF RECORDS

     20   

ARTICLE VII

  

GENERAL MATTERS

     20   

7.1  

  

EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS

     20   

7.2  

  

STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES

     21   

7.3  

  

SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES

     21   

7.4  

  

LOST CERTIFICATES

     21   

7.5  

  

CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS

     22   

7.6  

  

DIVIDENDS

     22   

7.7  

  

FISCAL YEAR

     22   

7.8  

  

SEAL

     22   

7.9  

  

TRANSFER OF STOCK

     22   

7.10

  

STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS

     22   

7.11

  

REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

     23   

7.12

  

WAIVER OF NOTICE

     23   

ARTICLE VIII

  

NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION

     23   

8.1  

  

NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION

     23   

8.2  

  

DEFINITION OF ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION

     24   

ARTICLE IX

  

INDEMNIFICATION AND ADVANCEMENT

     24   

9.1  

  

ACTIONS, SUITS AND PROCEEDINGS OTHER THAN BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION

     24   

9.2  

  

ACTIONS OR SUITS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION

     25   

9.3  

  

INDEMNIFICATION FOR EXPENSES OF SUCCESSFUL PARTY

     25   

 

-ii-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

          Page  

9.4  

  

NOTIFICATION AND DEFENSE OF CLAIM

     26   

9.5  

  

ADVANCE OF EXPENSES

     26   

9.6  

  

PROCEDURE FOR INDEMNIFICATION AND ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES

     27   

9.7  

  

REMEDIES

     27   

9.8  

  

CLAIMS AGAINST THE CORPORATION

     28   

9.9  

  

LIMITATIONS

     28   

9.10

  

SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENT

     28   

9.11

  

OTHER RIGHTS

     29   

9.12

  

PARTIAL INDEMNIFICATION

     29   

9.13

  

INSURANCE

     29   

9.14

  

SAVINGS CLAUSE

     30   

9.15

  

DEFINITIONS

     30   

ARTICLE X

  

AMENDMENTS

     30   

ARTICLE XI

  

SEVERABILITY AND INCONSISTENCY

     30   

 

-iii-


AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

VALERITAS HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

ARTICLE I

CORPORATE OFFICES

1.1 REGISTERED OFFICE.

The registered office of Valeritas Holdings, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”) shall be fixed in the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation, as the same may be amended from time to time (the “certificate of incorporation”).

1.2 OTHER OFFICES.

The Corporation’s board of directors (the “ Board ”) may at any time establish other offices at any place or places where the Corporation is qualified to do business.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

2.1 PLACE OF MEETINGS.

Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place, within or outside the State of Delaware, designated by the Board. The Board may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211(a)(2) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”). In the absence of any such designation or determination, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the Corporation’s principal executive office.

2.2 ANNUAL MEETING.

The Board shall designate the date and time of the annual meeting. At the annual meeting, directors shall be elected and other proper business properly brought before the meeting in accordance with Section 2.4 of these bylaws may be transacted.

2.3 SPECIAL MEETING.

A special meeting of the stockholders may be called at any time by the Board, chairperson of the Board, chief executive officer or president (in the absence of a chief executive officer), but such special meetings may not be called by any other person or persons.

No business may be transacted at such special meeting other than the business specified in such notice to stockholders. Nothing contained in this paragraph of this Section 2.3 shall be construed as limiting, fixing, or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the Board may be held.


2.4 ADVANCE NOTICE PROCEDURES FOR BUSINESS BROUGHT BEFORE A MEETING.

(a) At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, business must be (i) brought before the meeting by the Corporation and specified in the notice of meeting given by or at the direction of the Board, (ii) brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board or (iii) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by a stockholder who (A) was a stockholder of record of the Corporation (and, with respect to any beneficial owner, if different, on whose behalf such business is proposed, only if such beneficial owner was the beneficial owner of shares of the Corporation) both at the time of giving the notice provided for in this Section 2.4 and at the time of the meeting, (B) is entitled to vote at the meeting and (C) has complied with this Section 2.4 as to such business. Except for proposals properly made in accordance with Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (as so amended and inclusive of such rules and regulations, the “ Exchange Act ”), and included in the notice of meeting given by or at the direction of the Board, the foregoing clause (iii) shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to propose business to be brought before an annual meeting of the stockholders. Stockholders shall not be permitted to propose business to be brought before a special meeting of the stockholders, and the only matters that may be brought before a special meeting are the matters specified in the notice of meeting given by or at the direction of the person calling the meeting pursuant to Section 2.3 of these bylaws. Stockholders seeking to nominate persons for election to the Board must comply with Section 2.5 of these bylaws, and this Section 2.4 shall not be applicable to nominations except as expressly provided in Section 2.5 of these bylaws.

(b) Without qualification, for business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, the stockholder must (i) provide Timely Notice (as defined below) thereof in writing and in proper form to the secretary of the Corporation and (ii) provide any updates or supplements to such notice at the times and in the forms required by this Section 2.4. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be delivered to, or mailed and received at, the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than ninety (90) days nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however , that (x) if the date of the annual meeting is more than thirty (30) days before or more than sixty (60) days after such anniversary date or (y) with respect to the first annual meeting held after the Company’s initial public offering of its shares pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered, or mailed and received, not earlier than the one hundred twentieth (120 th ) day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the ninetieth (90 th ) day prior to such annual meeting or, if later, the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which public disclosure of the date of such annual meeting was first made (such notice within such time periods, “ Timely Notice ”). In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period for the giving of Timely Notice as described above.

 

2


(c) To be in proper form for purposes of this Section 2.4, a stockholder’s notice to the secretary of the Corporation shall set forth:

(i) As to each Proposing Person (as defined below), (A) the name and address of such Proposing Person (including, without limitation, if applicable, the name and address that appear on the Corporation’s books and records) and (B) the class or series and number of shares of the Corporation that are, directly or indirectly, owned of record or beneficially owned (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) by such Proposing Person, except that such Proposing Person shall in all events be deemed to beneficially own any shares of any class or series of the Corporation as to which such Proposing Person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership at any time in the future (the disclosures to be made pursuant to the foregoing clauses (A) and (B) are referred to as “ Stockholder Information ”);

(ii) As to each Proposing Person, (A) any derivative, swap or other transaction or series of transactions engaged in, directly or indirectly, by such Proposing Person, the purpose or effect of which is to give such Proposing Person economic risk similar to ownership of shares of any class or series of the Corporation, including, without limitation, due to the fact that the value of such derivative, swap or other transactions are determined by reference to the price, value or volatility of any shares of any class or series of the Corporation, or which derivative, swap or other transactions provide, directly or indirectly, the opportunity to profit from any increase in the price or value of shares of any class or series of the Corporation (“ Synthetic Equity Interests ”), which Synthetic Equity Interests shall be disclosed without regard to whether (x) the derivative, swap or other transactions convey any voting rights in such shares to such Proposing Person, (y) the derivative, swap or other transactions are required to be, or are capable of being, settled through delivery of such shares or (z) such Proposing Person may have entered into other transactions that hedge or mitigate the economic effect of such derivative, swap or other transactions, (B) any proxy (other than a revocable proxy or consent given in response to a solicitation made pursuant to, and in accordance with, Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act by way of a solicitation statement filed on Schedule 14A), agreement, arrangement, understanding or relationship pursuant to which such Proposing Person has or shares a right to vote any shares of any class or series of the Corporation, (C) any agreement, arrangement, understanding or relationship, including, without limitation, any repurchase or similar so-called “stock borrowing” agreement or arrangement, engaged in, directly or indirectly, by such Proposing Person, the purpose or effect of which is to mitigate loss to, reduce the economic risk (of ownership or otherwise) of shares of any class or series of the Corporation by, manage the risk of share price changes for, or increase or decrease the voting power of, such Proposing Person with respect to the shares of any class or series of the Corporation, or which provides, directly or indirectly, the opportunity to profit from any decrease in the price or value of the shares of any class or series of the Corporation (“ Short Interests ”), (D) any rights to dividends on the shares of any class or series of the Corporation owned beneficially by such Proposing Person that are separated or separable from the underlying shares of the Corporation, (E) any performance related fees (other than an asset based fee) that such Proposing Person is entitled to based on any increase or decrease in the price or value of shares of any class or series of the Corporation, or any Synthetic Equity Interests or Short Interests, if any, (F)(x) if such Proposing Person is not a natural person, the identity of the natural person or persons associated with such Proposing Person responsible for the formulation of and decision to propose the business to be brought before the meeting (such person or persons, the “ Responsible Person ”), the manner in which such Responsible Person was selected, any fiduciary

 

3


duties owed by such Responsible Person to the equity holders or other beneficiaries of such Proposing Person, the qualifications and background of such Responsible Person and any material interests or relationships of such Responsible Person that are not shared generally by any other record or beneficial holder of the shares of any class or series of the Corporation and that reasonably could have influenced the decision of such Proposing Person to propose such business to be brought before the meeting, and (y) if such Proposing Person is a natural person, the qualifications and background of such natural person and any material interests or relationships of such natural person that are not shared generally by any other record or beneficial holder of the shares of any class or series of the Corporation and that reasonably could have influenced the decision of such Proposing Person to propose such business to be brought before the meeting, (G) any significant equity interests or any Synthetic Equity Interests or Short Interests in any principal competitor of the Corporation held by such Proposing Persons, (H) any direct or indirect interest of such Proposing Person in any contract with the Corporation, any affiliate of the Corporation or any principal competitor of the Corporation (including, without limitation, in any such case, any employment agreement, collective bargaining agreement or consulting agreement), (I) any pending or threatened litigation in which such Proposing Person is a party or material participant involving the Corporation or any of its officers or directors, or any affiliate of the Corporation, (J) any material transaction occurring during the prior twelve (12) months between such Proposing Person, on the one hand, and the Corporation, any affiliate of the Corporation or any principal competitor of the Corporation, on the other hand, (K) a summary of any material discussions regarding the business proposed to be brought before the meeting (x) between or among any of the Proposing Persons or (y) between or among any Proposing Person and any other record or beneficial holder of the shares of any class or series of the Corporation (including, without limitation, their names) and (L) any other information relating to such Proposing Person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filing required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies or consents by such Proposing Person in support of the business proposed to be brought before the meeting pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act (the disclosures to be made pursuant to the foregoing clauses (A) through (L) are referred to as “ Disclosable Interests ”); provided, however , that Disclosable Interests shall not include any such disclosures with respect to the ordinary course business activities of any broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee who is a Proposing Person solely as a result of being the stockholder directed to prepare and submit the notice required by these bylaws on behalf of a beneficial owner; and

(iii) As to each item of business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting, (A) a reasonably brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting and any material interest in such business of each Proposing Person, (B) the text of the proposal or business (including, without limitation, the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend the bylaws of the Corporation, the language of the proposed amendment), (C) a reasonably detailed description of all agreements, arrangements and understandings between or among any of the Proposing Persons or between or among any Proposing Person and any other person or entity (including, without limitation, their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder, (D) a representation that the stockholder is a holder of record of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to propose such business, (E) a representation whether the Proposing Person intends or is part of a group which intends (1) to

 

4


deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation’s outstanding capital stock required to approve or adopt the proposal and/or (2) otherwise to solicit proxies or votes from stockholders in support of such proposal and (F) any other information relating to such item of business that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filing required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies in support of the business proposed to be brought before the meeting pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act; provided, however , that the disclosures required by this paragraph (c) shall not include any disclosures with respect to any broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee who is a Proposing Person solely as a result of being the stockholder directed to prepare and submit the notice required by these bylaws on behalf of a beneficial owner.

(d) For purposes of this Section 2.4, the term “ Proposing Person ” shall mean (i) the stockholder providing the notice of business proposed to be brought before an annual meeting, (ii) the beneficial owner or beneficial owners, if different, on whose behalf the notice of the business proposed to be brought before the annual meeting is made, (iii) any affiliate or associate (each within the meaning of Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act for the purposes of these bylaws) of such stockholder or beneficial owner and (iv) any other person with whom such stockholder or beneficial owner (or any of their respective affiliates or associates) is Acting in Concert (as defined below).

(e) A person shall be deemed to be “ Acting in Concert ” with another person for purposes of these bylaws if such person knowingly acts (whether or not pursuant to an express agreement, arrangement or understanding) in concert with, or towards a common goal relating to the management, governance or control of the Corporation in parallel with, such other person where (i) each person is conscious of the other person’s conduct or intent and this awareness is an element in their decision-making processes and (ii) at least one additional factor suggests that such persons intend to act in concert or in parallel, which such additional factors may include, without limitation, exchanging information (whether publicly or privately), attending meetings, conducting discussions, or making or soliciting invitations to act in concert or in parallel; provided , that a person shall not be deemed to be Acting in Concert with any other person solely as a result of the solicitation or receipt of revocable proxies or consents from such other person in response to a solicitation made pursuant to, and in accordance with, the Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act by way of a proxy or consent solicitation statement filed on Schedule 14A. A person Acting in Concert with another person shall be deemed to be Acting in Concert with any third party who is also Acting in Concert with such other person.

(f) A stockholder providing notice of business proposed to be brought before an annual meeting shall further update and supplement such notice, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall be true and correct as of the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the annual meeting and as of the date that is ten (10) business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, and such update and supplement shall be delivered to, or mailed and received by, the secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than five (5) business days after the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the annual meeting (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of the record date), and not later than eight (8) business days prior to the date for the meeting or, if practicable, any adjournment or postponement thereof (and, if not practicable, on the first

 

5


practicable date prior to the date to which the meeting has been adjourned or postponed) (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of ten (10) business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof).

(g) Notwithstanding anything in these bylaws to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at an annual meeting except in accordance with this Section 2.4. The presiding officer of an annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine that the business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with this Section 2.4, and if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare to the meeting and any such business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.

(h) The foregoing notice requirements of this Section 2.4 shall be deemed satisfied by a stockholder with respect to business other than a nomination if the stockholder has notified the Corporation of his, her or its intention to present a proposal at an annual meeting in compliance with applicable rules and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act and such stockholder’s proposal has been included in a proxy statement that has been prepared by the Corporation to solicit proxies for such annual meeting. Nothing in this Section 2.4 shall be deemed to affect the rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act.

(i) For purposes of these bylaws, “public disclosure” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by a national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Sections 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

(j) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.4, unless otherwise required by law, if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the annual meeting to present proposed business, such proposed business shall not be transacted, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation. For purposes of this Section 2.4, to be considered a qualified representative of the stockholder, a person must be a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such stockholder or must be authorized by a writing executed by such stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such stockholder to act for such stockholder as proxy at the annual meeting and such person must produce such writing or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission, at the annual meeting.

2.5 ADVANCE NOTICE PROCEDURES FOR NOMINATIONS OF DIRECTORS.

(a) Nominations of any person for election to the Board at an annual meeting or at a special meeting (but only if the election of directors is a matter specified in the notice of meeting given by or at the direction of the person calling such special meeting) may be made at such meeting only (i) by or at the direction of the Board, including, without limitation, by any committee or persons appointed by the Board, or (ii) by a stockholder who (A) was a stockholder of record of the Corporation (and, with respect to any beneficial owner, if different, on whose behalf such nomination is proposed to be made, only if such beneficial owner was the beneficial owner of shares of the Corporation) both at the time of giving the notice provided for in this Section 2.5 and at the time of the meeting, (B) is entitled to vote at the meeting and (C) has

 

6


complied with this Section 2.5 as to such nomination. The foregoing clause (ii) shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make any nomination of a person or persons for election to the Board to be considered by the stockholders at an annual meeting or special meeting.

(b) Without qualification, for a stockholder to make any nomination of a person or persons for election to the Board at an annual meeting, the stockholder must (i) provide Timely Notice (as defined in Section 2.4(b) of these bylaws) thereof in writing and in proper form to the secretary of the Corporation and (ii) provide any updates or supplements to such notice at the times and in the forms required by this Section 2.5. Without qualification, if the election of directors is a matter specified in the notice of meeting given by or at the direction of the person calling such special meeting, then for a stockholder to make any nomination of a person or persons for election to the Board at a special meeting, the stockholder must (i) provide timely notice thereof in writing and in proper form to the secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation and (ii) provide any updates or supplements to such notice at the times and in the forms required by this Section 2.5. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice for nominations to be made at a special meeting must be delivered to, or mailed and received at, the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the one hundred twentieth (120 th ) day prior to such special meeting and not later than the ninetieth (90 th ) day prior to such special meeting or, if later, the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which public disclosure (as defined in Section 2.4(i) of these bylaws) of the date of such special meeting was first made. In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting or special meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(c) To be in proper form for purposes of this Section 2.5, a stockholder’s notice to the secretary of the Corporation shall set forth:

(i) As to each Nominating Person (as defined below), the Stockholder Information (as defined in Section 2.4(c)(i) of these bylaws) except that for purposes of this Section 2.5, the term “Nominating Person” shall be substituted for the term “Proposing Person” in all places it appears in Section 2.4(c)(i);

(ii) As to each Nominating Person, any Disclosable Interests (as defined in Section 2.4(c)(ii), except that for purposes of this Section 2.5 the term “Nominating Person” shall be substituted for the term “Proposing Person” in all places it appears in Section 2.4(c)(ii) and the disclosure in clause (L) of Section 2.4(c)(iii) shall be made with respect to the election of directors at the meeting);

(iii) As to each person whom a Nominating Person proposes to nominate for election as a director, (A) all information with respect to such proposed nominee that would be required to be set forth in a stockholder’s notice pursuant to this Section 2.5 if such proposed nominee were a Nominating Person, (B) all information relating to such proposed nominee that is required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors in a contested election pursuant to Section 14(a) under the Exchange Act (including, without limitation, such proposed nominee’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected), (C) a description of all direct and indirect compensation and other material monetary agreements, arrangements and understandings during the past three (3) years, and any other

 

7


material relationships, between or among any Nominating Person, on the one hand, and each proposed nominee, his or her respective affiliates and associates and any other persons with whom such proposed nominee (or any of his or her respective affiliates and associates) is Acting in Concert (as defined in Section 2.4(e) of these bylaws), on the other hand, including, without limitation, all information that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 under Regulation S-K if such Nominating Person were the “registrant” for purposes of such rule and the proposed nominee were a director or executive officer of such registrant (the disclosures to be made pursuant to the foregoing clauses (A) through (C) are referred to as “ Nominee Information ”), (D) a representation that the Nominating Person is a holder of record of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to propose such nomination, (E) a representation whether the Nominating Person intends or is part of a group which intends (1) to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation’s outstanding capital stock required to elect the nominee and/or (2) otherwise to solicit proxies or votes from stockholders in support of such nomination and (F) a completed and signed questionnaire, representation and agreement as provided in Section (g); and

(iv) The Corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information (A) as may reasonably be required by the Corporation to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as an independent director of the Corporation in accordance with the Corporation’s Corporate Governance Guidelines or (B) that could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the independence or lack of independence of such proposed nominee.

(d) For purposes of this Section 2.5, the term “ Nominating Person ” shall mean (i) the stockholder providing the notice of the nomination proposed to be made at the meeting, (ii) the beneficial owner or beneficial owners, if different, on whose behalf the notice of the nomination proposed to be made at the meeting is made, (iii) any affiliate or associate of such stockholder or beneficial owner and (iv) any other person with whom such stockholder or such beneficial owner (or any of their respective affiliates or associates) is Acting in Concert.

(e) A stockholder providing notice of any nomination proposed to be made at a meeting shall further update and supplement such notice, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice pursuant to this Section 2.5 shall be true and correct as of the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting and as of the date that is ten (10) business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, and such update and supplement shall be delivered to, or mailed and received by, the secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than five (5) business days after the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of the record date), and not later than eight (8) business days prior to the date for the meeting or, if practicable, any adjournment or postponement thereof (and, if not practicable, on the first practicable date prior to the date to which the meeting has been adjourned or postponed) (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of ten (10) business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof).

(f) Notwithstanding anything in these bylaws to the contrary, no person shall be eligible for election as a director of the Corporation unless nominated in accordance with this

 

8


Section 2.5. The presiding officer at the meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine that a nomination was not properly made in accordance with this Section 2.5, and if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare such determination to the meeting and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.

(g) To be eligible to be a nominee for election as a director of the Corporation, the proposed nominee must deliver (in accordance with the time periods prescribed for delivery of notice under this Section 2.5) to the secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation a written questionnaire with respect to the background and qualification of such proposed nominee (which questionnaire shall be provided by the secretary upon written request) and a written representation and agreement (in form provided by the secretary upon written request) that such proposed nominee (i) is not and will not become a party to (A) any agreement, arrangement or understanding with, and has not given any commitment or assurance to, any person or entity as to how such proposed nominee, if elected as a director of the Corporation, will act or vote on any issue or question (a “ Voting Commitment ”) that has not been disclosed to the Corporation or (B) any Voting Commitment that could limit or interfere with such proposed nominee’s ability to comply, if elected as a director of the Corporation, with such proposed nominee’s fiduciary duties under applicable law, (ii) is not, and will not become a party to, any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other than the Corporation with respect to any direct or indirect compensation, reimbursement or indemnification in connection with service or action as a director that has not been disclosed to the Corporation and (iii) in such proposed nominee’s individual capacity and on behalf of the stockholder (or the beneficial owner, if different) on whose behalf the nomination is made, would be in compliance, if elected as a director of the Corporation, and will comply with applicable publicly disclosed corporate governance, conflict of interest, confidentiality and stock ownership and trading policies and guidelines of the Corporation.

(h) In addition to the requirements of this Section 2.5 with respect to any nomination proposed to be made at a meeting, each Nominating Person shall comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act with respect to any such nominations.

(i) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.5, unless otherwise required by law, if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the meeting to present the proposed nomination, such proposed nomination shall not be considered, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation. For purposes of this Section 2.5, to be considered a qualified representative of the stockholder, a person must be a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such stockholder or must be authorized by a writing executed by such stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such stockholder to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting of stockholders and such person must produce such writing or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission, at the meeting.

2.6 NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS.

Unless otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be sent or otherwise given in accordance with either Section 2.7 or Section 8.1 of these bylaws not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days

 

9


before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting. The notice shall specify the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting (if such date is different from the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting), the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.

2.7 MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE; AFFIDAVIT OF NOTICE.

Notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be deemed given:

(a) if mailed, when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the Corporation’s records; or

(b) if electronically transmitted, as provided in Section 8.1 of these bylaws.

An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Corporation or of the transfer agent or any other agent of the Corporation that the notice has been given by mail or by a form of electronic transmission, as applicable, shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

2.8 QUORUM.

Unless otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the holders of a majority in voting power of the capital stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, present in person, or by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of the stockholders. A quorum, once established at a meeting, shall not be broken by the withdrawal of enough votes to leave less than a quorum. If, however, a quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then either (a) the chairperson of the meeting or (b) a majority in voting power of the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, present in person, or by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time in the manner provided in Section 2.9 of these bylaws until a quorum is present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed.

2.9 ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE.

When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, unless these bylaws otherwise require, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given

 

10


to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the adjourned meeting. In addition to such other powers as are conferred upon the person acting as chairperson of the meeting in these bylaws or by the Board, such person shall have the authority to adjourn the meeting at any time.

2.10 CONDUCT OF BUSINESS.

The date and time of the opening and the closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at a meeting shall be announced at the meeting by the person presiding over the meeting. The Board may adopt by resolution such rules and regulations for the conduct of the meeting of stockholders as it shall deem appropriate, including, without limitation, such guidelines and procedures as it may deem appropriate regarding the participation by means of remote communication of stockholders and proxyholders not physically present at a meeting. Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules and regulations as adopted by the Board, the person presiding over any meeting of stockholders shall have the right and authority to convene and (for any or no reason) to recess and/or adjourn the meeting, to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures (which need not be in writing) and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such presiding person, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting. Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board or prescribed by the presiding person of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (a) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (b) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present (including, without limitation, rules and procedures for removal of disruptive persons from the meeting); (c) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as the presiding person of the meeting shall determine; (d) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; and (e) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants. The presiding person at any meeting of stockholders, in addition to making any other determinations that may be appropriate to the conduct of the meeting (including, without limitation, determinations with respect to the administration and/or interpretation of any of the rules, regulations or procedures of the meeting, whether adopted by the Board or prescribed by the person presiding over the meeting), shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that a matter or business was not properly brought before the meeting and if such presiding person should so determine, such presiding person shall so declare to the meeting and any such matter or business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted or considered. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board or the person presiding over the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure.

2.11 VOTING.

The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.13 of these bylaws, subject to Section 217 (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock) and Section 218 (relating to voting trusts and other voting agreements) of the DGCL.

Except as may be otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, each stockholder shall be entitled to one (1) vote for each share of capital stock held by such

 

11


stockholder and registered in such stockholder’s name on the books of the Corporation on the date fixed pursuant to Section 2.13 as the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting. Persons holding stock in a fiduciary capacity shall be entitled to vote the shares so held. A person whose stock is pledged shall be entitled to vote, unless, in the transfer by the pledgor on the books of the Corporation, such person has expressly empowered the pledgee to vote thereon, in which case only the pledgee or the pledgee’s proxy may represent such stock and vote thereon.

If shares or other securities having voting power stand in the record of two (2) or more persons, whether fiduciaries, members of a partnership, joint tenants, tenants in common, tenants by the entirety or otherwise, or if two (2) or more persons have the same fiduciary relationship respecting the same shares, unless the Secretary shall be given written notice to the contrary and furnished with a copy of the instrument or order appointing them or creating the relationship wherein it is so provided, their acts with respect to voting shall have the following effect:

(a) if only one votes, such vote binds all;

(b) if more than one votes, the act of the majority so voting binds all; and

(c) if more than one votes, but the vote is evenly split on any particular matter, such shares shall be voted in the manner provided by law.

If the instrument so filed shows that any such tenancy is held in unequal interests, a majority or even-split for the purposes of this Section 2.11 shall be a majority or even-split in interest. Any vote of stock may be given by the stockholder entitled thereto in person or by a proxy appointed by an instrument in writing, subscribed by such stockholder or by such stockholder’s attorney thereunto authorized, delivered to the secretary of the meeting.

At all duly called or convened meetings of stockholders, at which a quorum is present, for the election of directors, a plurality of the votes cast shall be sufficient to elect a director. Except as otherwise provided by the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws, the rules or regulations of any stock exchange applicable to the Corporation, or applicable law or pursuant to any regulation applicable to the Corporation or its securities, all other elections and questions presented to the stockholders at a duly called or convened meeting, at which a quorum is present, shall be decided by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the votes cast affirmatively or negatively (excluding abstentions) at the meeting by the holders entitled to vote thereon.

2.12 STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING.

Any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of such stockholders and may not be effected by any consent in writing of stockholders.

2.13 RECORD DATE FOR STOCKHOLDER NOTICE; VOTING.

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board may fix a record date, which record

 

12


date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board, and which record date shall, unless otherwise required by law, not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If the Board so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination. If no record date is fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however , that the Board may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance herewith at the adjourned meeting.

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix a record date, which shall not be more than sixty (60) days prior to such other action. If no such record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.

2.14 PROXIES.

Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing or by a transmission permitted by law filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three (3) years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212 of the DGCL. A proxy may be in the form of a telegram, cablegram or other means of electronic transmission which sets forth or is submitted with information from which it can be determined that the telegram, cablegram or other means of electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder.

A proxy executed by any principal officer of such other corporation or other entity or assistant thereto shall be conclusive evidence of the signer’s authority to act, in the absence of express notice to the Corporation, given in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation, of the designation of some other person by the board of directors or the bylaws of such other corporation.

2.15 LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE.

The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting ( provided, however , if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than ten (10) days before the date of the meeting, the list shall

 

13


reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth (10 th ) day before the date of the meeting), arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. The Corporation shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. The Corporation shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting: (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (b) during ordinary business hours, at the Corporation’s principal executive office. In the event that the Corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting. Except as otherwise provided by law or the certificate of incorporation, the stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to the identity of the stockholders entitled to vote in person or by proxy and the number of shares held by each of them, and as to the stockholders entitled to examine the list of stockholders.

2.16 POSTPONEMENT AND CANCELLATION OF MEETING.

Any previously scheduled annual or special meeting of the stockholders may be postponed, and any previously scheduled annual or special meeting of the stockholders may be canceled, by resolution of the Board upon public notice given prior to the time previously scheduled for such meeting.

2.17 INSPECTORS OF ELECTION.

Before any meeting of stockholders, the Board shall appoint an inspector or inspectors of election to act at the meeting or its adjournment or postponement and make a written report thereof. The number of inspectors shall be either one (1) or three (3). If any person appointed as inspector fails to appear or fails or refuses to act, then the chairperson of the meeting may, and upon the request of any stockholder or a stockholder’s proxy shall, appoint a person to fill that vacancy. Unless otherwise required by law, inspectors may be officers, employees or agents of the Corporation. Such inspectors shall have the duties prescribed by law and shall take charge of the polls and, when the vote is completed, shall make a certificate of the result of the vote taken and of such other facts as may be required by law. The inspectors of election shall perform their duties impartially, in good faith, to the best of their ability and as expeditiously as is practical. If there are three (3) inspectors of election, the decision, act or certificate of a majority is effective in all respects as the decision, act or certificate of all. Any report or certificate made by the inspectors of election is prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

 

14


ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

3.1 POWERS.

Subject to the provisions of the DGCL and any limitations in the certificate of incorporation relating to action required to be approved by the stockholders or by the outstanding shares, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed and all corporate powers shall be exercised by or under the direction of the Board.

3.2 NUMBER OF DIRECTORS.

The authorized number of directors shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board, provided the Board shall consist of at least one (1) member. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.

3.3 ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS.

Except as provided in Section 3.4 of these bylaws, each director, including, without limitation, a director elected to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until the expiration of the term for which elected and until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws. The Corporation may also have, at the discretion of the Board, a chairperson of the Board and a vice chairperson of the Board. The certificate of incorporation or these bylaws may prescribe other qualifications for directors.

If so provided in the certificate of incorporation, the directors of the Corporation shall be divided into three (3) classes.

3.4 RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES.

Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the Corporation at its principal office or to the chairperson of the Board or the Corporation’s chief executive officer, president or secretary. Such resignation shall take effect at the time therein specified or, if no time is specified, immediately; and, unless otherwise specified in such notice, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. When one or more directors so resigns and the resignation is effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each director so chosen shall hold office as provided in this section in the filling of other vacancies.

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors shall, unless the Board determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by stockholders, be filled only by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. Any director elected in

 

15


accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the director for which the vacancy was created or occurred and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified. A vacancy in the Board shall be deemed to exist under these bylaws in the case of the death, removal or resignation of any director.

3.5 PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE.

The Board may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting pursuant to this bylaw shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

3.6 REGULAR MEETINGS.

Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board; provided that any director who is absent when such determination is made shall be given notice of the determination. A regular meeting of the Board may be held without notice immediately after and at the same place as the annual meeting of stockholders.

3.7 SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE.

Special meetings of the Board for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the chairperson of the Board, the chief executive officer, the president, the secretary or a majority of the authorized number of directors.

Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be:

(a) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone;

(b) sent by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid;

(c) sent by facsimile; or

(d) sent by electronic mail,

directed to each director at that director’s address, telephone number, facsimile number or electronic mail address, as the case may be, as shown on the Corporation’s records.

If the notice is (a) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone, (b) sent by facsimile or (c) sent by electronic mail, it shall be delivered or sent at least twenty-four (24) hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is sent by United States mail, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four (4) days before the time of the holding of the meeting. Any oral notice may be communicated to the director. The notice need not specify the place of the meeting (if the meeting is to be held at the Corporation’s principal executive office) nor the purpose of the meeting.

 

16


3.8 QUORUM.

The greater of (a) a majority of the directors at any time in office and (b) one-third of the number of directors established by the Board pursuant to Section 3.2 of these bylaws shall constitute a quorum of the Board for the transaction of business. The vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present.

3.9 BOARD ACTION BY CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING.

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

3.10 FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS.

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the Board shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.

3.11 REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS.

Subject to the rights of the holders of the shares of any series of Preferred Stock, the Board or any individual director may be removed from office only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds in voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon.

ARTICLE IV

COMMITTEES

4.1 COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS.

The Board may designate one (1) or more committees, each committee to consist of one (1) or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board may designate one (1) or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such

 

17


committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board or in these bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation (including the power and authority to designate other committees of the Board), and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority to (a) approve or adopt, or recommend to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (b) adopt, amend or repeal any bylaw of the Corporation.

4.2 COMMITTEE MINUTES.

Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board when required.

4.3 MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES.

Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of:

(a) Section 3.5 of these bylaws (place of meetings and meetings by telephone);

(b) Section 3.6 of these bylaws (regular meetings);

(c) Section 3.7 of these bylaws (special meetings and notice);

(d) Section 3.8 of these bylaws (quorum);

(e) Section 7.12 of these bylaws (waiver of notice); and

(f) Section 3.9 of these bylaws (action without a meeting),

with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the Board and its members. However :

(i) the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the Board or by resolution of the committee;

(ii) special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the Board; and

(iii) notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee. The Board may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws.

 

18


ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

5.1 OFFICERS.

The officers of the Corporation shall be a president and a secretary. The Corporation may also have, at the discretion of the Board, a chief executive officer, a chief financial officer or treasurer, one (1) or more vice presidents, one (1) or more assistant vice presidents, one (1) or more assistant treasurers, one (1) or more assistant secretaries, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

5.2 APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS.

The Board shall appoint the officers of the Corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 of these bylaws, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment.

5.3 SUBORDINATE OFFICERS.

The Board may appoint, or empower the chief executive officer or, in the absence of a chief executive officer, the president, to appoint, such other officers and agents as the business of the Corporation may require. Each of such officers and agents shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as the Board may from time to time determine.

5.4 REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS.

Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by the Board at any regular or special meeting of the Board or, except in the case of an officer chosen by the Board, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the Board.

Any officer may resign at any time by giving notice to the Corporation in writing or by electronic transmission to the Board or to the Chairperson of the Board; provided, however, that if such notice is given by electronic transmission, such electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the office. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice. Unless otherwise specified in the notice of resignation, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party.

5.5 VACANCIES IN OFFICES.

Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation shall be filled by the Board or as provided in Section 5.3 of these bylaws.

 

19


5.6 REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS.

The chairperson of the Board, the president, any vice president, the treasurer, the secretary or assistant secretary of this Corporation, or any other person authorized by the Board or the president or a vice president, is authorized to vote, represent and exercise on behalf of this Corporation all rights incident to any and all securities of any other entity or entities standing in the name of this Corporation. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.

5.7 AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS.

All officers of the Corporation shall respectively have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the business of the Corporation as may be designated from time to time by the Board and, to the extent not so provided, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the Board.

5.8 SALARIES OF OFFICERS.

The salaries of all officers of the Corporation shall be fixed by the Board or a committee thereof from time to time, and no officer shall be prevented from receiving such salary by reason of the fact that he or she also is a director of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VI

RECORDS AND REPORTS

6.1 MAINTENANCE OF RECORDS.

The Corporation shall, either at its principal executive office or at such place or places as designated by the Board, keep a record of its stockholders listing their names and addresses and the number and class of shares held by each stockholder, a copy of these bylaws as amended to date, accounting books and other records.

ARTICLE VII

GENERAL MATTERS

7.1 EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS.

The Board, except as otherwise provided in these bylaws, may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Unless so authorized or ratified by the Board or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the Corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

 

20


7.2 STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES.

The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates or shall be uncertificated. Certificates for the shares of stock, if any, shall be in such form as is consistent with the certificate of incorporation and applicable law. Every holder of stock represented by a certificate shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by the chairperson or vice-chairperson of the Board, or the president or vice-president, and by the treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Corporation representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

The Corporation may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly paid shares, or upon the books and records of the Corporation in the case of uncertificated partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated. Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully paid shares, the Corporation shall declare a dividend upon partly paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

7.3 SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES.

If the Corporation is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided, however , that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock a statement that the Corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, the designations, the preferences and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

7.4 LOST CERTIFICATES.

Except as provided in this Section 7.4, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the Corporation and cancelled at the same time. The Corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

 

21


7.5 CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS.

Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction and definitions in the DGCL shall govern the construction of these bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “person” includes both a corporation and a natural person.

7.6 DIVIDENDS.

The Board, subject to any restrictions contained in either (a) the DGCL or (b) the certificate of incorporation, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of its capital stock. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of the Corporation’s capital stock.

The Board may set apart out of any of the funds of the Corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve. Such purposes shall include but not be limited to equalizing dividends, repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, and meeting contingencies.

7.7 FISCAL YEAR.

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board and may be changed by the Board.

7.8 SEAL.

The Corporation may adopt a corporate seal, which shall be adopted and which may be altered by the Board. The Corporation may use the corporate seal by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

7.9 TRANSFER OF STOCK.

Shares of the Corporation shall be transferable in the manner prescribed by law and in these bylaws. Shares of stock of the Corporation shall be transferred on the books of the Corporation only by the holder of record thereof or by such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, upon surrender to the Corporation of the certificate or certificates representing such shares endorsed by the appropriate person or persons (or by delivery of duly executed instructions with respect to uncertificated shares), with such evidence of the authenticity of such endorsement or execution, transfer, authorization and other matters as the Corporation may reasonably require, and accompanied by all necessary stock transfer stamps. No transfer of stock shall be valid as against the Corporation for any purpose until it shall have been entered in the stock records of the Corporation by an entry showing the names of the persons from and to whom it was transferred.

7.10 STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS.

The Corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the Corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the Corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

 

22


7.11 REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS.

The Corporation:

(a) shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner;

(b) shall be entitled to hold liable for calls and assessments the person registered on its books as the owner of shares; and

(c) shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

7.12 WAIVER OF NOTICE.

Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

ARTICLE VIII

NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION

8.1 NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION.

Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders pursuant to the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any notice to stockholders given by the Corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Corporation. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if:

(a) the Corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two (2) consecutive notices given by the Corporation in accordance with such consent; and

(b) such inability becomes known to the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Corporation or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice.

However, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.

 

23


Any notice given pursuant to the preceding paragraph shall be deemed given:

(a) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

(b) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

(c) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (i) such posting and (ii) the giving of such separate notice; and

(d) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.

An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Corporation or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Corporation that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

8.2 DEFINITION OF ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION.

For the purposes of these bylaws, an “electronic transmission” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

ARTICLE IX

INDEMNIFICATION AND ADVANCEMENT

9.1 ACTIONS, SUITS AND PROCEEDINGS OTHER THAN BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION.

The Corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than permitted prior thereto), each person who was or is a party or threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer of the Corporation, or, while a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at the request of the Corporation, as a director, officer, partner, employee or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (including, without limitation, any employee benefit plan) (all such persons being referred to hereafter as an “ Indemnitee ”), or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees), liabilities, losses, judgments, fines (including, without limitation, excise taxes and penalties arising under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974), and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any

 

24


appeal therefrom, and such indemnification shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, testators, intestates, executors and administrators, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

9.2 ACTIONS OR SUITS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION.

The Corporation shall indemnify any Indemnitee who was or is a party to or threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer of the Corporation, or, while a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at the request of the Corporation, as a director, officer, partner, employee or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (including, without limitation, any employee benefit plan), or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made under this Section 9.2 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation, unless, and only to the extent, that the Court of Chancery of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of such liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees) which the Court of Chancery of Delaware or such other court shall deem proper.

9.3 INDEMNIFICATION FOR EXPENSES OF SUCCESSFUL PARTY.

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Article IX, to the extent that an Indemnitee has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Sections 9.1 and 9.2 of these bylaws, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, or on appeal from any such action, suit or proceeding, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection therewith. Without limiting the foregoing, if any action, suit or proceeding is disposed of, on the merits or otherwise (including, without limitation, a disposition without prejudice), without (a) the disposition being adverse to Indemnitee, (b) an adjudication that Indemnitee was liable to the Corporation, (c) a plea of guilty or nolo contendere by Indemnitee, (d) an adjudication that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the

 

25


Corporation and (e) with respect to any criminal proceeding, an adjudication that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful, Indemnitee shall be considered for the purposes hereof to have been wholly successful with respect thereto.

9.4 NOTIFICATION AND DEFENSE OF CLAIM.

As a condition precedent to an Indemnitee’s right to be indemnified, such Indemnitee must notify the Corporation in writing as soon as practicable of any action, suit, proceeding or investigation involving such Indemnitee for which indemnity will or could be sought. With respect to any action, suit, proceeding or investigation of which the Corporation is so notified, the Corporation will be entitled to participate therein at its own expense and/or to assume the defense thereof at its own expense, with legal counsel reasonably acceptable to Indemnitee. After notice from the Corporation to Indemnitee of its election so to assume such defense, the Corporation shall not be liable to Indemnitee for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by Indemnitee in connection with such action, suit, proceeding or investigation, other than as provided below in this Section 9.4. Indemnitee shall have the right to employ his or her own counsel in connection with such action, suit, proceeding or investigation, but the fees and expenses of such counsel incurred after notice from the Corporation of its assumption of the defense thereof shall be at the expense of Indemnitee unless (a) the employment of counsel by Indemnitee has been authorized by the Corporation, (b) counsel to Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest or position on any significant issue between the Corporation and Indemnitee in the conduct of the defense of such action, suit, proceeding or investigation or (c) the Corporation shall not in fact have employed counsel to assume the defense of such action, suit, proceeding or investigation, in each of which cases the fees and expenses of counsel for Indemnitee shall be at the expense of the Corporation, except as otherwise expressly provided by this Article IX. The Corporation shall not be entitled, without the consent of Indemnitee, to assume the defense of any claim brought by or in the right of the Corporation or as to which counsel for Indemnitee shall have reasonably made the conclusion provided for in clause (b) above. The Corporation shall not be required to indemnify Indemnitee under this Article IX for any amounts paid in settlement of any action, suit, proceeding or investigation effected without its written consent. The Corporation shall not settle any action, suit, proceeding or investigation in any manner which would impose any penalty or limitation on Indemnitee without Indemnitee’s written consent. Neither the Corporation nor Indemnitee will unreasonably withhold or delay its consent to any proposed settlement.

9.5 ADVANCE OF EXPENSES.

Subject to the provisions of Sections 9.4 and 9.6 of these bylaws, in the event of any threatened or pending action, suit, proceeding or investigation of which the Corporation receives notice under this Article IX, any expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees) incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in defending an action, suit, proceeding or investigation or any appeal therefrom shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such matter; provided , however , that, if the DGCL requires, the payment of such expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in advance of the final disposition of such matter shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee to repay all amounts so advanced in the event that it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article IX; and provided further that no such advancement of expenses shall be

 

26


made under this Article IX if it is determined (in the manner described in Section 9.6 of these bylaws) that (a) Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation, or (b) with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. Such undertaking shall be accepted without reference to the financial ability of Indemnitee to make such repayment. The rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses conferred upon officers and directors of this Corporation in this Article IX shall be a contract right, shall vest when such person becomes a director or officer of the Corporation or, while serving as a director or officer of the Corporation, a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, and shall continue as vested contract rights even if such person ceases to be a director or officer of the Corporation or, while serving as a director or officer of the Corporation, a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

9.6 PROCEDURE FOR INDEMNIFICATION AND ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES.

In order to obtain indemnification or advancement of expenses pursuant to Section 9.1, 9.2, 9.3 or 9.5 of these bylaws, an Indemnitee shall submit to the Corporation a written request. Any such advancement of expenses shall be made promptly, and in any event within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Corporation of the written request of Indemnitee, unless (a) the Corporation has assumed the defense pursuant to Section 9.4 of these bylaws (and none of the circumstances described in Section 9.4 of these bylaws that would nonetheless entitle the Indemnitee to indemnification for the fees and expenses of separate counsel have occurred) or (b) the Corporation determines within such 60-day period that Indemnitee did not meet the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 9.1, 9.2 or 9.5 of these bylaws, as the case may be. Any such indemnification, unless ordered by a court, shall be made with respect to requests under Section 9.1 or 9.2 of these bylaws only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination by the Corporation that the indemnification of Indemnitee is proper because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 9.1 or 9.2 of these bylaws, as the case may be. Such determination shall be made in each instance (a) by a majority vote of the directors of the Corporation consisting of persons who are not at that time parties to the action, suit or proceeding in question (“ disinterested directors ”), whether or not a quorum, (b) by a committee of disinterested directors designated by majority vote of disinterested directors, whether or not a quorum, (c) if there are no disinterested directors, or if the disinterested directors so direct, by independent legal counsel (who may, to the extent permitted by law, be regular legal counsel to the Corporation) in a written opinion or (d) by the stockholders of the Corporation.

9.7 REMEDIES.

The right to indemnification or advancement of expenses as granted by this Article IX shall be enforceable by Indemnitee in any court of competent jurisdiction. Neither the failure of the Corporation to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Corporation pursuant to Section 9.6 of these bylaws that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct. In any suit

 

27


brought by Indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or advancement, or brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Corporation shall have the burden of proving that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article IX. Indemnitee’s expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees) reasonably incurred in connection with successfully establishing Indemnitee’s right to indemnification or advancement, in whole or in part, in any such proceeding shall also be indemnified by the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in any suit brought by Indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder it shall be a defense that the Indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL.

9.8 CLAIMS AGAINST THE CORPORATION.

Anything in this Article IX to the contrary notwithstanding, except for proceedings initiated by an Indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or advancement of expenses, whether as provided in Section 9.7 or otherwise, with respect to a proceeding initiated against the Corporation by a person who is or was a director or officer of the Corporation (whether initiated by such person in or by reason of such capacity or in or by reason of any other capacity, including as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another enterprise), the Corporation shall not be required to indemnify or to advance expenses (including attorneys’ fees) to such person in connection with prosecuting such proceeding unless such proceeding was authorized by the Board. For the avoidance of doubt, no compulsory counterclaim against the Corporation in a proceeding initiated by or on behalf of the Corporation against or involving the Indemnitee and, to the extent reasonably related to the defense of any such proceeding, no other counterclaim, cross-claim, affirmative defense, or like claim of an Indemnitee asserted against the Corporation in an proceeding initiated by or on behalf of the Corporation against the Indemnitee, shall be considered a proceeding or claim initiated or prosecuted by the Indemnitee for purposes of this Section 9.8.

9.9 LIMITATIONS.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article IX, except as set forth in Section 9.7 of these bylaws, the Corporation shall not indemnify an Indemnitee pursuant to this Article IX in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such Indemnitee unless the initiation thereof was approved by the Board. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article IX, the Corporation shall not indemnify (or advance expenses to) an Indemnitee to the extent such Indemnitee is reimbursed (or advanced expenses) from the proceeds of insurance, and in the event the Corporation makes any indemnification (or advancement) payments to an Indemnitee and such Indemnitee is subsequently reimbursed from the proceeds of insurance, such Indemnitee shall promptly refund indemnification (or advancement) payments to the Corporation to the extent of such insurance reimbursement.

9.10 SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENT.

No amendment, termination or repeal of this Article IX or of the relevant provisions of the DGCL or any other applicable laws, or the adoption of any provision inconsistent with the provisions of this Article IX, shall adversely affect or diminish in any way the rights of any Indemnitee to indemnification or advancement of expenses under the provisions hereof with

 

28


respect to any action, suit, proceeding or investigation arising out of or relating to any actions, transactions or facts occurring prior to the final adoption of such amendment, termination or repeal (regardless of whether the proceeding relating to such acts or omissions, or any proceeding relating to such person’s rights to indemnification or to advancement of expenses, is commenced before or after the time of such amendment, repeal, modification, or adoption), and any such amendment, termination or repeal that would adversely affect such person’s rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses hereunder shall be ineffective as to such person, except with respect to any proceeding that relates to or arises from (and only to the extent such proceeding relates to or arises from) any act or omission of such person occurring after the effective time of such amendment, repeal, modification, or adoption.

9.11 OTHER RIGHTS.

The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by this Article IX shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which an Indemnitee seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any law (common or statutory), agreement or vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in Indemnitee’s official capacity and as to action in any other capacity while holding office for the Corporation, and shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer, and shall inure to the benefit of the estate, heirs, executors and administrators of Indemnitee. Nothing contained in this Article IX shall be deemed to prohibit, and the Corporation is specifically authorized to enter into, agreements with officers and directors providing indemnification and advancement rights and procedures different from those set forth in this Article IX. In addition, the Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board, grant indemnification and advancement rights to other employees or agents of the Corporation or other persons serving the Corporation and such rights may be equivalent to, or greater or less than, those set forth in this Article IX.

9.12 PARTIAL INDEMNIFICATION.

If an Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Article IX to indemnification by the Corporation for some or a portion of the expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees), liabilities, losses, judgments, fines (including, without limitation, excise taxes and penalties arising under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974) or amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any action, suit, proceeding or investigation and any appeal therefrom but not, however, for the total amount thereof, the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the portion of such expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees), liabilities, losses, judgments, fines (including, without limitation, excise taxes and penalties arising under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974) or amounts paid in settlement to which Indemnitee is entitled.

9.13 INSURANCE.

The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (including, without limitation, any employee benefit plan) against any expense, liability or loss incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the DGCL.

 

29


9.14 SAVINGS CLAUSE.

If this Article IX or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each Indemnitee as to any expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees), liabilities, losses, judgments, fines (including, without limitation, excise taxes and penalties arising under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974) and amounts paid in settlement in connection with any action, suit, proceeding or investigation, whether civil, criminal or administrative, including, without limitation, an action by or in the right of the Corporation, to the fullest extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Article IX that shall not have been invalidated and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

9.15 DEFINITIONS.

Terms used in this Article IX and defined in Section 145(h) and Section 145(i) of the DGCL shall have the respective meanings assigned to such terms in such Section 145(h) and Section 145(i).

ARTICLE X

AMENDMENTS.

Subject to the limitations set forth in Section 9.10 of these bylaws or the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, the Board is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the bylaws of the Corporation. The stockholders also shall have power to adopt, amend or repeal the bylaws of the Corporation; provided , however , that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation required by law or by the certificate of incorporation, such action by stockholders shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds in voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon.

ARTICLE XI

SEVERABILITY AND INCONSISTENCY

If any provision or provisions of these bylaws shall be held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (1) the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions of these bylaws (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph or clause containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; and (2) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of these bylaws (including, without limitation, each such portion of any paragraph or clause containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal, or unenforceable. If any provision of these bylaws is or becomes inconsistent with any provision of the certificate of incorporation, the DGCL or any other applicable law, the provision of these bylaws shall not be given any effect to the extent of the inconsistency, but shall otherwise be given full force and effect.

 

30

Exhibit 10.1

SPLIT-OFF AGREEMENT

This SPLIT-OFF AGREEMENT , dated as of                  , 2016 (this “ Agreement ”), is entered into by and among Valeritas Holdings, Inc., (formerly Cleaner Yoga Mat, Inc.), a Delaware corporation (the “ Seller ”), CYGM Operating Corp., a Florida corporation (“ Split-Off Subsidiary ”), and Leisa Swanson (“ Buyer ”).

R E C I T A L S:

WHEREAS , Seller is the owner of all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Split-Off Subsidiary; Split-Off Subsidiary is a wholly owned subsidiary of Seller which will acquire all the business assets and liabilities previously held by Seller; and Seller has no other businesses or operations prior to the Merger (as defined herein);

WHEREAS , contemporaneously with the execution of this Agreement, Seller, Valeritas, Inc. a Delaware corporation (“ PrivateCo ”), a newly formed wholly owned subsidiary of Seller, Valeritas Acquisition Corp. (“ Acquisition Sub ”), and certain other parties thereto, will enter into an Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization (the “ Merger Agreement ”) pursuant to which Acquisition Sub will merge with and into PrivateCo with PrivateCo remaining as the surviving entity (the “ Merger ”); and the equity holders of PrivateCo will receive securities of Seller in exchange for their equity interests in PrivateCo;

WHEREAS , the execution, delivery of this Agreement, and the consummation of the assignment, assumption, purchase and sale transactions contemplated by this Agreement are conditions to the completion of the Merger pursuant to the Merger Agreement, and Seller has represented to PrivateCo in the Merger Agreement that the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will be consummated prior to or contemporaneously with the closing of the Merger, and PrivateCo relied on such representation in entering into the Merger Agreement;

WHEREAS, in connection with and, in furtherance of the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement and the Merger, including consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Buyer has entered into that certain Split-Off Escrow Agreement, dated                  , 2016 (the “ Split-Off Escrow Agreement ) with Montrose Capital Limited, as Buyers’ Representative (as defined in the Split-Off Escrow Agreement) and CKR Law LLP, as the Escrow Agent, and executed and delivered the items required to be delivered thereunder;

WHEREAS , Buyer desires to purchase the Shares (as defined in Section 2.1) from Seller, and to assume, as between Seller and Buyer, all responsibility for any debts, obligations and liabilities of Seller and Split-Off Subsidiary, on the terms and subject to the conditions specified in this Agreement; and

WHEREAS , Seller desires to sell and transfer the Shares to Buyer, on the terms and subject to the conditions specified in this Agreement;

 

1


NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the covenants, promises and agreements herein set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending legally to be bound, agree as follows:

I. ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION OF SELLER S ASSETS AND LIABILITIES.

Subject to the terms and conditions provided below:

1.1 Assignment of Assets . Seller hereby contributes, assigns, conveys and transfers to Split-Off Subsidiary, and Split-Off Subsidiary hereby receives, acquires and accepts, all assets and properties of Seller as of the Closing Date (as defined below) immediately after giving effect to the Merger at the Effective Time, including but not limited to the following, but excluding in all cases (i) the right, title and assets of Seller in, to and under the Transaction Documents), and (ii) the capital stock of PrivateCo and Split-Off Subsidiary :

(a) all pre-Merger cash and cash equivalents;

(b) all pre-Merger accounts receivable;

(c) all pre-Merger inventories of raw materials, work in process, parts, supplies and finished products;

(d) all right, title and interest, of record, beneficial or otherwise, in and to and stock, membership interests, partnership interests or other equity or ownership interests in any corporation, limited liability company, partnership or other entity, and all bonds, debentures, notes or other securities;

(e) all of Seller’s rights, title and interests in, to and under all contracts, agreements, leases, licenses (including software licenses), supply agreements, consulting agreements, commitments, purchase orders, customer orders and work orders, and including all of Seller’s rights thereunder to use and possess equipment provided by third parties, and all representations, warranties, covenants and guarantees related to the foregoing (provided that, to the extent any of the foregoing or any claim or right or benefit arising thereunder or resulting therefrom is not assignable by its terms or the assignment thereof shall require the consent or approval of another party thereto, this Agreement shall not constitute an assignment thereof if an attempted assignment would be in violation of the terms thereof or if such consent is not obtained prior to the Effective Time, and in lieu thereof Seller shall reasonably cooperate with Split-Off Subsidiary in any reasonable arrangement designed to provide Split-Off Subsidiary the benefits thereunder or any claim or right arising thereunder);

(f) all intellectual property, including but not limited to issued patents, patent applications (whether or not patents are issued thereon and whether modified, withdrawn or resubmitted), unpatented inventions, product designs, copyrights (whether registered or unregistered), know-how, technology, trade secrets, technical information, notebooks, drawings, software, computer coding (both object and source) and all documentation, manuals and drawings related thereto, trademarks or service marks and applications therefor, unregistered trademarks or service marks, trade names, logos and icons and all rights to sue or recover for the infringement or misappropriation thereof;

 

2


(g) all fixed assets, including but not limited to the machinery, equipment, furniture, vehicles, office equipment and other tangible personal property owned or leased by Seller;

(h) all customer lists, business records, customer records and files, customer financial records, and all other files and information related to customers, all customer proposals, all open service agreements with customers and all uncompleted customer contracts and agreements; and

(i) to the extent legally assignable, all licenses, permits, certificates, approvals and authorizations issued by Governmental Entities and necessary to own, lease or operate the assets and properties of Seller and to conduct Seller’s business as it is presently conducted;

all of the foregoing being referred to herein as the “ Assigned Assets .”

1.2 Assignment and Assumption of Liabilities . Seller hereby assigns to Split-Off Subsidiary, and Split-Off Subsidiary hereby assumes and agrees to pay, honor and discharge all debts, adverse claims, liabilities, judgments and obligations, including tax obligations, of Seller as of the Closing Date immediately after the Effective Time, whether accrued, contingent or otherwise and whether known or unknown, including those that may arise post-Closing Date but were incurred prior to the Closing Date, and any liabilities associated with the Assigned Assets, including those arising under any law (including the common law) or any rule or regulation of any Governmental Entity or imposed by any court or any arbitrator in a binding arbitration resulting from, arising out of or relating to the assets, activities, operations, actions or omissions of Seller, or products manufactured or sold thereby or services provided thereby, or under contracts, agreements (whether written or oral), leases, commitments or undertakings thereof, which shall include but not be limited to those included on Exhibit A attached hereto, but excluding in all cases the obligations of Seller under the Transaction Documents (all of the foregoing being referred to herein as the “ Assigned Liabilities ”).

The assignment and assumption of Seller’s assets and liabilities provided for in this Article I is referred to as the “ Assignment .”

II. PURCHASE AND SALE OF STOCK.

2.1 Purchased Shares . Subject to the terms and conditions provided below, Seller shall sell and transfer to Buyer and Buyer shall purchase from Seller, on the Closing Date (as defined in Section 3.1), all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of Split-Off Subsidiary (the “Shares”), as set forth in Exhibit B attached hereto.

2.2 Purchase Price . The purchase price for the Shares shall consist of the transfer and delivery by Buyer to Seller of the type and number of shares of common stock and other securities of Seller that Buyer owns (the “ Purchase Price Securities ”), as set forth in Exhibit B attached hereto, deliverable as provided in Section 3.3.

 

3


III. CLOSING.

3.1 Closing . The closing of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement (the “ Closing ”) shall take place prior to or contemporaneously with the closing of the Merger immediately after the Effective Time. The date on which the Closing occurs shall be referred to herein as the “ Closing Date .”

3.2 Transfer of Shares . At the Closing, Seller shall deliver to Buyer certificates representing the Shares purchased by Buyer, duly endorsed to Buyer or as directed by Buyer, which delivery shall vest Buyer with good and marketable title to such Shares, free and clear of all liens and encumbrances.

3.3 Payment of Purchase Price . At the Closing, Buyer shall deliver to Seller a certificate or certificates representing Buyer’s Purchase Price Securities duly endorsed to Seller, which delivery shall vest Seller with good and marketable title to the Purchase Price Securities, free and clear of all liens and encumbrances.

3.4 Transfer of Records . On or before the Closing, Seller shall transfer to Split-Off Subsidiary all existing corporate books and records in Seller’s possession relating to Split-Off Subsidiary and its business, including but not limited to all agreements, litigation files, real estate files, personnel files and filings with governmental agencies; provided, however , when any such documents relate to both Seller and Split-Off Subsidiary, only copies of such documents need be furnished. On or before the Closing, Buyer and Split-Off Subsidiary shall transfer to Seller all existing corporate books and records in the possession of Buyer or Split-Off Subsidiary relating to Seller, including but not limited to all corporate minute books, stock ledgers, certificates and corporate seals of Seller and all agreements, litigation files, real property files, personnel files and filings with governmental agencies; provided, however , when any such documents relate to both Seller and Split-Off Subsidiary or its business, only copies of such documents need be furnished.

3.5 Instruments of Assignment . At the Closing, Seller and Split-Off Subsidiary shall deliver to each other such instruments providing for the Assignment as the other may reasonably request (the “ Instruments of Assignment ”).

IV. BUYER S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES . Buyer represents and warrants to Seller and Split-Off Subsidiary that:

4.1 Capacity and Enforceability . Buyer has the legal capacity to execute and deliver this Agreement and the documents to be executed and delivered by Buyer at the Closing pursuant to the transactions contemplated hereby. This Agreement and all such documents constitute valid and binding agreements of Buyer, enforceable in accordance with their terms.

4.2 Compliance . Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby by Buyer will result in the breach of any term or provision of, or constitute a default under, or violate any agreement, indenture, instrument, order, law or regulation to which Buyer is a party or by which Buyer is bound.

 

4


4.3 Purchase for Investment . Buyer is financially able to bear the economic risks of acquiring the Shares and the other transactions contemplated hereby, and has no need for liquidity in his or her investment in the Shares. Buyer has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters in general, and with respect to businesses of a nature similar to the business of Split-Off Subsidiary (after giving effect to the Assignment), so as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of, and making an informed business decision with regard to, the acquisition of the Shares and the other transactions contemplated hereby. Buyer is acquiring the Shares solely for his or her own account and not with a view to or for resale in connection with any distribution or public offering thereof, within the meaning of any applicable securities laws and regulations, unless such distribution or offering is registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), or an exemption from such registration is available. Buyer has (i) received all the information he or she has deemed necessary to make an informed decision with respect to the acquisition of the Shares and the other transactions contemplated hereby; (ii) had an opportunity to make such investigation as he or she has desired pertaining to Split-Off Subsidiary (after giving effect to the Assignment) and the acquisition of an interest therein and the other transactions contemplated hereby, and to verify the information which is, and has been, made available to him or her; and (iii) had the opportunity to ask questions of Seller concerning Split-Off Subsidiary (after giving effect to the Assignment). Buyer acknowledges that Buyer is a director and officer of Seller and Split-Off Subsidiary immediately prior to the Effective Time and, as such, has actual knowledge of the business, operations and financial affairs of Split-Off Subsidiary (after giving effect to the Assignment). Buyer has received no public solicitation or advertisement with respect to the offer or sale of the Shares. Buyer realizes that the Shares are “restricted securities” as that term is defined in Rule 144 promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, the resale of the Shares is restricted by federal and state securities laws and, accordingly, the Shares must be held indefinitely unless their resale is subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available for their resale. Buyer understands that any resale of the Shares by him or her must be registered under the Securities Act (and any applicable state securities law) or be effected in circumstances that, in the opinion of counsel for Split-Off Subsidiary at the time, create an exemption or otherwise do not require registration under the Securities Act (or applicable state securities laws). Buyer acknowledges and consents that certificates now or hereafter issued for the Shares will bear a legend substantially as follows:

THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR QUALIFIED UNDER ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS (THE “STATE ACTS”), HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND QUALIFICATION UNDER THE STATE ACTS OR PURSUANT TO EXEMPTIONS FROM SUCH REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION REQUIREMENTS (INCLUDING, IN THE CASE OF THE SECURITIES ACT, THE EXEMPTIONS AFFORDED BY SECTION 4(1) OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND RULE 144 THEREUNDER). AS A PRECONDITION TO ANY SUCH TRANSFER, THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES SHALL BE FURNISHED WITH AN OPINION OF COUNSEL OPINING AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF EXEMPTIONS FROM SUCH REGISTRATION AND

 

5


QUALIFICATION AND/OR SUCH OTHER EVIDENCE AS MAY BE SATISFACTORY THERETO THAT ANY SUCH TRANSFER WILL NOT VIOLATE THE SECURITIES LAWS.

Buyer understands that the Shares are being sold to him or her pursuant to the exemption from registration contained in Section 4(1) of the Securities Act and that Seller is relying upon the representations made herein as one of the bases for claiming the Section 4(1) exemption.

4.4 Liabilities . Following the Closing, Seller will have no liability for any debts, liabilities or obligations of Split-Off Subsidiary or its business or activities, or the business or activities of Seller prior to the Closing that are unrelated to the business of PrivateCo, and there are no outstanding guaranties, performance or payment bonds, letters of credit or other contingent contractual obligations that have been undertaken by Seller directly or indirectly in relation to Split-Off Subsidiary or its business, or the business of Seller prior to the Closing that are unrelated to the business of PrivateCo, and that may survive the Closing.

4.5 Title to Purchase Price Securities . Buyer is the sole record and beneficial owner of the Purchase Price Securities. At Closing, Buyer will have good and marketable title to the Purchase Price Securities, which Purchase Price Securities are, and at the Closing will be, free and clear of all options, warrants, pledges, claims, liens and encumbrances, and any restrictions or limitations prohibiting or restricting transfer to Seller, except for restrictions on transfer as contemplated by applicable securities laws.

V. SELLER’S AND SPLIT-OFF SUBSIDIARY’S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES . Seller and Split-Off Subsidiary, as applicable, represent and warrant to Buyer that:

5.1 Organization and Good Standing . Each of Seller and Split-Off Subsidiary is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the State of their incorporation.

5.2 Authority and Enforceability . The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the documents to be executed and delivered at the Closing pursuant to the transactions contemplated hereby, and performance in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof, have been duly authorized by Seller and Split-Off Subsidiary and all such documents constitute valid and binding agreements of Seller and Split-Off Subsidiary enforceable in accordance with their terms.

5.3 Title to Shares . Seller is the sole record and beneficial owner of the Shares. At Closing, Seller will have good and marketable title to the Shares, which Shares are, and at the Closing will be, free and clear of all options, warrants, pledges, claims, liens and encumbrances, and any restrictions or limitations prohibiting or restricting transfer to Buyer, except for restrictions on transfer as contemplated by Section 4.3 above. The Shares constitute all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of Split-Off Subsidiary.

5.4 Representations in Merger Agreement . Split-Off Subsidiary represents and warrants that all of the representations and warranties by Seller, insofar as they relate to Split-Off Subsidiary, contained in the Merger Agreement are true and correct.

 

6


VI. OBLIGATIONS OF BUYER PENDING CLOSING . Buyer covenants and agrees that between the date hereof and the Closing:

6.1 Not Impair Performance . Buyer shall not take any intentional action that would cause the conditions upon the obligations of the parties hereto to effect the transactions contemplated hereby not to be fulfilled, including, without limitation, taking or causing to be taken any action that would cause the representations and warranties made by any party herein not to be true, correct and accurate as of the Closing, or in any way impairing the ability of Seller to satisfy its obligations as provided in Article VII.

6.2 Assist Performance . Buyer shall exercise reasonable best efforts to cause to be fulfilled those conditions precedent to Seller’s obligations to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby which are dependent upon actions of Buyer and to make and/or obtain any necessary filings and consents in order to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

VII. OBLIGATIONS OF SELLER AND SPLIT-OFF SUBSIDIARY PENDING CLOSING . Seller and Split-Off Subsidiary covenant and agree that between the date hereof and the Closing:

7.1 Business as Usual . Split-Off Subsidiary shall operate and Seller shall cause Split-Off Subsidiary to operate in accordance with past practices and shall use best efforts to preserve its goodwill and the goodwill of its employees, customers and others having business dealings with Split-Off Subsidiary. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, from the date of this Agreement until the Closing Date, Split-Off Subsidiary shall (a) make all normal and customary repairs to its equipment, assets and facilities, (b) keep in force all insurance, (c) preserve in full force and effect all material franchises, licenses, contracts and real property interests and comply in all material respects with all laws and regulations, (d) collect all accounts receivable and pay all trade creditors in the ordinary course of business at intervals historically experienced, and (e) preserve and maintain Split-Off Subsidiary’s assets in their current operating condition and repair, ordinary wear and tear excepted. From the date of this Agreement until the Closing Date, Split-Off Subsidiary shall not (i) amend, terminate or surrender any material franchise, license, contract or real property interest, or (ii) sell or dispose of any of its assets except in the ordinary course of business. Neither Split-Off Subsidiary nor Seller shall take or omit to take any action that results in Buyer incurring any liability or obligation prior to or in connection with the Closing.

7.2 Not Impair Performance . Seller shall not take any intentional action that would cause the conditions upon the obligations of the parties hereto to effect the transactions contemplated hereby not to be fulfilled, including, without limitation, taking or causing to be taken any action which would cause the representations and warranties made by any party herein not to be materially true, correct and accurate as of the Closing, or in any way impairing the ability of Buyer to satisfy his obligations as provided in Article VI.

7.3 Assist Performance . Seller shall exercise its reasonable best efforts to cause to be fulfilled those conditions precedent to Buyer’s obligations to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby which are dependent upon the actions of Seller and to work with Buyer to make and/or obtain any necessary filings and consents. Seller shall cause Split-Off Subsidiary to comply with its obligations under this Agreement.

 

7


7.4 Indemnification of the Escrow Agent . In consideration of the benefits to be derived by Seller from the Split-Off Escrow Agreement, as a third-party beneficiary under the Split-Off Escrow Agreement, Seller shall, from and at all times after the date of the Split-Off Escrow Agreement, indemnify and hold harmless the Escrow Agent and each partner, director, officer, employee, attorney, agent and affiliate of Escrow Agent (collectively, the “Indemnified Parties”), to the fullest extent permitted by law and to the extent provided herein, against any and all actions, claims (whether or not valid), losses, damages, liabilities, costs and expenses of any kind or nature whatsoever (including without limitation reasonable attorney’s fees, costs and expenses) incurred by or asserted against any of the Indemnified Parties from and after the date hereof, whether direct, indirect or consequential, as a result of or arising from or in any way relating to any claim, demand, suit, action, or proceeding (including any inquiry or investigation) by any person, including without limitation the parties to the Split-Off Escrow Agreement, whether threatened or initiated, asserting a claim for any legal or equitable remedy against any person under any statute or regulation, including, but not limited to, any federal or state securities laws, or under any common law or equitable cause or otherwise, arising from or in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution, performance or failure of performance of the Split-Off Escrow Agreement or any transaction contemplated herein, whether or not any such Indemnified Party is a party to any such action or proceeding, suit or the target of any such inquiry or investigation; provided, however, that no Indemnified Party shall have the right to be indemnified hereunder for liability finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, subject to no further appeal, to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnified Party. The obligations of the parties under this section shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

VIII. SELLER S AND SPLIT-OFF SUBSIDIARY S CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CLOSING . The obligations of Seller and Split-Off Subsidiary to close the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are subject to the satisfaction at or prior to the Closing of each of the following conditions precedent (any or all of which may be waived by Seller and PrivateCo in writing):

8.1 Representations and Warranties; Performance . All representations and warranties of Buyer contained in this Agreement shall have been true and correct, in all material respects, when made and shall be true and correct, in all material respects, at and as of the Closing, with the same effect as though such representations and warranties were made at and as of the Closing. Buyer shall have performed and complied with all covenants and agreements and satisfied all conditions, in all material respects, required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with or satisfied by Buyer at or prior to the Closing.

8.2 Additional Documents . Buyer shall deliver or cause to be delivered such additional documents as may be necessary in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the performance of their obligations hereunder.

8.3 Release by Split-Off Subsidiary . At the Closing, Split-Off Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to Seller a general release which in substance and effect releases Seller and

 

8


PrivateCo from any and all liabilities and obligations that Seller and PrivateCo may owe to Split-Off Subsidiary in any capacity, and from any and all claims that Split-Off Subsidiary may have against Seller, PrivateCo or their respective managers, members, officers, directors, stockholders, employees and agents (other than those arising pursuant to this Agreement or any document delivered in connection with this Agreement).

8.4 Completion of Merger . The closing of the Merger pursuant to the Merger Agreement, and all of the transactions contemplated thereby, shall occur simultaneously.

IX. BUYER’S CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CLOSING . The obligation of Buyer to close the transactions contemplated by this Agreement is subject to the satisfaction at or prior to the Closing of each of the following conditions precedent (any and all of which may be waived by Buyer in writing):

9.1 Representations and Warranties; Performance . All representations and warranties of Seller and Split-Off Subsidiary contained in this Agreement shall have been true and correct, in all material respects, when made and shall be true and correct, in all material respects, at and as of the Closing with the same effect as though such representations and warranties were made at and as of the Closing. Seller and Split-Off Subsidiary shall have performed and complied with all covenants and agreements and satisfied all conditions, in all material respects, required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with or satisfied by them at or prior to the Closing.

X. OTHER AGREEMENTS .

10.1 Expenses . Each party hereto shall bear its expenses separately incurred in connection with this Agreement and with the performance of its obligations hereunder.

10.2 Confidentiality . Buyer shall not make any public announcements concerning this transaction without the prior written agreement of PrivateCo, other than as may be required by applicable law or judicial process. If for any reason the transactions contemplated hereby are not consummated, then Buyer shall return any information received by Buyer from Seller or Split-Off Subsidiary, and Buyer shall cause all confidential information obtained by Buyer concerning Split-Off Subsidiary and its business to be treated as such.

10.3 Brokers’ Fees . In connection with the transaction specifically contemplated by this Agreement, no party to this Agreement has employed the services of a broker and each agrees to indemnify the other against all claims of any third parties for fees and commissions of any brokers claiming a fee or commission related to the transactions contemplated hereby.

10.4 Access to Information Post-Closing; Cooperation .

(a) Following the Closing, Buyer and Split-Off Subsidiary shall afford to Seller and its authorized accountants, counsel and other designated representatives, reasonable access (and including using reasonable efforts to give access to persons or firms possessing information) and duplicating rights during normal business hours to allow records, books, contracts, instruments, computer data and other data and information (collectively, “ Information ”) within the possession or control of Buyer or Split-Off Subsidiary insofar as such

 

9


access is reasonably required by Seller. Information may be requested under this Section 10.4(a) for, without limitation, audit, accounting, claims, litigation and tax purposes, as well as for purposes of fulfilling disclosure and reporting obligations and performing this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby. No files, books or records of Split-Off Subsidiary existing at the Closing Date shall be destroyed by Buyer or Split-Off Subsidiary after Closing but prior to the expiration of any period during which such files, books or records are required to be maintained and preserved by applicable law without giving Seller at least 30 days’ prior written notice, during which time Seller shall have the right to examine and to remove any such files, books and records prior to their destruction.

(b) Following the Closing, Seller shall afford to Split-Off Subsidiary and its authorized accountants, counsel and other designated representatives reasonable access (including using reasonable efforts to give access to persons or firms possessing information) and duplicating rights during normal business hours to Information within Seller’s possession or control relating to the business of Split-Off Subsidiary insofar as such access is reasonably required by Buyer. Information may be requested under this Section 10.4(b) for, without limitation, audit, accounting, claims, litigation and tax purposes as well as for purposes of fulfilling disclosure and reporting obligations and for performing this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby. No files, books or records of Split-Off Subsidiary existing at the Closing Date shall be destroyed by Seller after Closing but prior to the expiration of any period during which such files, books or records are required to be maintained and preserved by applicable law without giving Buyer at least 30 days’ prior written notice, during which time Buyer shall have the right to examine and to remove any such files, books and records prior to their destruction.

(c) At all times following the Closing, Seller, Buyer and Split-Off Subsidiary shall use their reasonable efforts to make available to the other on written request, the current and former officers, directors, employees and agents of Seller or Split-Off Subsidiary for any of the purposes set forth in Section 10.4(a) or (b) above or as witnesses to the extent that such persons may reasonably be required in connection with any legal, administrative or other proceedings in which Seller or Split-Off Subsidiary may from time to be involved.

(d) The party to whom any Information or witnesses are provided under this Section 10.4 shall reimburse the provider thereof for all out-of-pocket expenses actually and reasonably incurred in providing such Information or witnesses.

(e) Seller, Buyer, Split-Off Subsidiary and their respective employees and agents shall each hold in strict confidence all Information concerning the other party in their possession or furnished by the other or the other’s representative pursuant to this Agreement with the same degree of care as such party utilizes as to such party’s own confidential information (except to the extent that such Information is (i) in the public domain through no fault of such party or (ii) later lawfully acquired from any other source by such party), and each party shall not release or disclose such Information to any other person, except such party’s auditors, attorneys, financial advisors, bankers, other consultants and advisors or persons to whom such party has a valid obligation to disclose such Information, unless compelled to disclose such Information by judicial or administrative process or, as advised by its counsel, by other requirements of law.

(f) Seller, Buyer and Split-Off Subsidiary shall each use their best efforts to forward promptly to the other party all notices, claims, correspondence and other materials which are received and determined to pertain to the other party.

 

10


10.5 Guarantees, Surety Bonds and Letter of Credit Obligations . In the event that Seller is obligated for any debts, obligations or liabilities of Buyer or Split-Off Subsidiary by virtue of any outstanding guarantee, performance or surety bond or letter of credit provided or arranged by Seller or Buyer on or prior to the Closing Date, Buyer and Split-Off Subsidiary shall use their best efforts to cause to be issued replacements of such bonds, letters of credit and guarantees and to obtain any amendments, novations, releases and approvals necessary to release and discharge fully Seller from any liability thereunder following the Closing. Buyer and Split-Off Subsidiary, jointly and severally, shall be responsible for, and shall indemnify, hold harmless and defend the Seller Indemnified Parties (as defined in Section 12.1 below) from and against, any Losses (as defined in Section 12.1 below) incurred by such Seller Indemnified Parties arising from such bonds, letters of credit and guarantees and any liabilities arising therefrom and shall reimburse such Seller Indemnified Parties for any payments that such Seller Indemnified Parties may be required to pay pursuant to enforcement of its obligations relating to such bonds, letters of credit and guarantees.

10.6 Filings and Consents . Buyer, at her risk, shall determine what, if any, filings and consents must be made and/or obtained prior to Closing to consummate the purchase and sale of the Shares. Buyer shall indemnify the Seller Indemnified Parties against any Losses incurred by such Seller Indemnified Parties by virtue of the failure to make and/or obtain any such filings or consents. Recognizing that the failure to make and/or obtain any filings or consents may cause Seller to incur Losses or otherwise adversely affect Seller, Buyer and Split-Off Subsidiary confirm that the provisions of this Section 10.6 will not limit Seller’s right to treat such failure as the failure of a condition precedent to Seller’s obligation to close pursuant to Article VIII above.

10.7 Insurance . Buyer acknowledges that on the Closing Date, effective as of the Closing, any insurance coverage and bonds provided by Seller for Buyer or for Split-Off Subsidiary, and all certificates of insurance evidencing that Buyer or Split-Off Subsidiary maintain any required insurance by virtue of insurance provided by Seller, will terminate with respect to any insured damages resulting from matters occurring subsequent to Closing.

10.8 Agreements Regarding Taxes .

(a) Tax Sharing Agreements . Any tax sharing agreement between Seller and Split-Off Subsidiary is terminated as of the Closing Date and will have no further effect for any taxable year (whether the current year, a future year or a past year).

(b) Returns for Periods Through the Closing Date . Seller will include the income and loss of Split-Off Subsidiary (including any deferred income triggered into income by Reg. §1.1502-13 and any excess loss accounts taken into income under Reg. §1.1502-19) on Seller’s consolidated federal income tax returns for all periods through the Closing Date and pay any federal income taxes attributable to such income. Seller and Split-Off Subsidiary agree to allocate income, gain, loss, deductions and credits between the period up to Closing (the “ Pre-Closing Period ”) and the period after Closing (the “ Post-Closing Period ”) based on a closing of

 

11


the books of Split-Off Subsidiary, and both Seller and Split-Off Subsidiary agree not to make an election under Reg. §1.1502-76(b)(2)(ii) to ratably allocate the year’s items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit. Seller, Split-Off Subsidiary and Buyer agree to report all transactions not in the ordinary course of business occurring on the Closing Date after Buyer’s purchase of the Shares on Split-Off Subsidiary’s tax returns to the extent permitted by Reg. §1.1502-76(b)(1)(ii)(B). Buyer agrees to indemnify Seller for any additional tax owed by Seller (including tax owed by Seller due to this indemnification payment) resulting from any transaction engaged in by Split-Off Subsidiary or Seller (not related to the Merger) during the Pre-Closing Period or on the Closing Date before Buyer’s purchase of the Shares. Split-Off Subsidiary will furnish tax information to Seller for inclusion in Seller’s consolidated federal income tax return for the period which includes the Closing Date in accordance with Split-Off Subsidiary’s past custom and practice.

(c) Audits . Seller will allow Split-Off Subsidiary and its counsel to participate at Split-Off Subsidiary’s expense in any audit of Seller’s consolidated federal income tax returns to the extent that such audit raises issues that relate to and increase the tax liability of Split-Off Subsidiary. Seller shall have the absolute right, in its sole discretion, to engage professionals and direct the representation of Seller in connection with any such audit and the resolution thereof, without receiving the consent of Buyer or Split-Off Subsidiary or any other party acting on behalf of Buyer or Split-Off Subsidiary, provided that Seller will not settle any such audit in a manner which would materially adversely affect Split-Off Subsidiary after the Closing Date unless such settlement would be reasonable in the case of a person that owned Split-Off Subsidiary both before and after the Closing Date. In the event that after Closing any tax authority informs Buyer or Split-Off Subsidiary of any notice of proposed audit, claim, assessment or other dispute concerning an amount of taxes which pertain to Seller, or to Split-Off Subsidiary during the period prior to Closing, Buyer or Split-Off Subsidiary must promptly notify Seller of the same within 15 calendar days of the date of the notice from the tax authority. In the event Buyers or Split-Off Subsidiary do not notify Seller within such 15 day period, Buyer and Split-Off Subsidiary, jointly and severally, will indemnify Seller for any incremental interest, penalty or other assessments resulting from the delay in giving notice. To the extent of any conflict or inconsistency, the provisions of this Section 10.8 shall control over the provisions of Section 12.2 below.

(d) Cooperation on Tax Matters . Buyer, Seller and Split-Off Subsidiary shall cooperate fully, as and to the extent reasonably requested by any party, in connection with the filing of tax returns pursuant to this Section and any audit, litigation or other proceeding with respect to taxes. Such cooperation shall include the retention and (upon the other party’s request) the provision of records and information which are reasonably relevant to any such audit, litigation or other proceeding and making employees available on a mutually convenient basis to provide additional information and explanation of any material provided hereunder. Split-Off Subsidiary shall (i) retain all books and records with respect to tax matters pertinent to Split-Off Subsidiary and Seller relating to any taxable period beginning before the Closing Date until the expiration of the statute of limitations (and, to the extent notified by Seller, any extensions thereof) of the respective taxable periods, and abide by all record retention agreements entered into with any taxing authority, and (ii) give Seller reasonable written notice prior to transferring, destroying or discarding any such books and records and, if Seller so requests, Buyer agrees to cause Split-Off Subsidiary to allow Seller to take possession of such books and records.

 

12


10.9 ERISA . Effective as of the Closing Date, Split-Off Subsidiary shall terminate its participation in, and withdraw from, any employee benefit plans sponsored by Seller, and Seller and Buyer shall cooperate fully in such termination and withdrawal. Without limitation, Split-Off Subsidiary shall be solely responsible for (i) all liabilities under those employee benefit plans notwithstanding any status as an employee benefit plan sponsored by Seller, and (ii) all liabilities for the payment of vacation pay, severance benefits, and similar obligations, including, without limitation, amounts which are accrued but unpaid as of the Closing Date with respect thereto. Buyer and Split-Off Subsidiary acknowledge and agree that Split-Off Subsidiary is solely responsible for providing continuation health coverage, as required under the Consolidated Omnibus Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“ COBRA ”), to each person, if any, participating in an employee benefit plan subject to COBRA with respect to such employee benefit plan as of the Closing Date, including, without limitation, any person whose employment with Split-Off Subsidiary is terminated after the Closing Date.

XI. TERMINATION . This Agreement may be terminated at, or at any time prior to, the Closing by mutual written consent of Seller, Buyer and PrivateCo.

If this Agreement is terminated as provided herein, it shall become wholly void and of no further force and effect and there shall be no further liability or obligation on the part of any party except to pay such expenses as are required of such party.

XII. INDEMNIFICATION .

12.1 Indemnification by Buyer and Split-Off Subsidiary . Buyer and Split-Off Subsidiary, jointly and severally, covenant and agree to indemnify, defend, protect and hold harmless Seller and PrivateCo, and their respective officers, directors, employees, stockholders, agents, representatives and Affiliates (collectively, the “ Seller Indemnified Parties ”) at all times from and after the date of this Agreement from and against all losses, liabilities, damages, claims, actions, suits, proceedings, demands, assessments, adjustments, costs and expenses (including specifically, but without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses of investigation), whether or not involving a third party claim and regardless of any negligence of any Seller Indemnified Party (collectively, “ Losses ”), incurred by any Seller Indemnified Party as a result of or arising from (i) any breach of the representations and warranties of Buyer set forth herein or in certificates delivered in connection herewith, (ii) any breach or nonfulfillment of any covenant or agreement (including any other agreement of Buyer to indemnify set forth in this Agreement) on the part of Buyer under this Agreement, (iii) any Assigned Asset or Assigned Liability or any other debt, liability or obligation of Split-Off Subsidiary or Buyer, (iv) the conduct and operations, (A) prior to Closing, of the business of Seller unrelated to the assets that are the subject of the Merger, (B) whether before or after Closing, of (X) the business of Seller pertaining to the Assigned Assets and Assigned Liabilities or (Y) the business of Split-Off Subsidiary, (v) claims asserted (including claims for payment of taxes), whether before or after Closing, (A) against Split-Off Subsidiary or Buyer or (B) pertaining to the Assigned Assets and Assigned Liabilities or to the business of Seller prior to the Closing, or (vi) any federal or state income tax payable by Seller or PrivateCo and attributable to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the business of Seller, or to the Buyer prior to the Closing. For the purposes of this Agreement, an “Affiliate” is a person or entity that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, another specified person or entity.

 

13


12.2 Third Party Claims .

(a) Defense . If any claim or liability (a “ Third-Party Claim ”) should be asserted against any of the Seller Indemnified Parties (the “ Indemnitees ”) by a third party after the Closing for which Buyer has an indemnification obligation under the terms of Section 12.1, then the Indemnitee shall notify Buyer (collectively, the “ Indemnitor ”) within 20 days after the Third-Party Claim is asserted by a third party (said notification being referred to as a “ Claim Notice ”) and give the Indemnitor a reasonable opportunity to take part in any examination of the books and records of the Indemnitee relating to such Third-Party Claim and to assume the defense of such Third-Party Claim and, in connection therewith, to conduct any proceedings or negotiations relating thereto and necessary or appropriate to defend the Indemnitee and/or settle the Third-Party Claim. The expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) of all negotiations, proceedings, contests, lawsuits or settlements with respect to any Third-Party Claim shall be borne by the Indemnitor. If the Indemnitor agrees to assume the defense of any Third-Party Claim in writing within 20 days after the Claim Notice of such Third-Party Claim has been delivered, through counsel reasonably satisfactory to Indemnitee, then the Indemnitor shall be entitled to control the conduct of such defense, and any decision to settle such Third-Party Claim, and shall be responsible for any expenses of the Indemnitee in connection with the defense of such Third-Party Claim so long as the Indemnitor continues such defense until the final resolution of such Third-Party Claim. The Indemnitor shall be responsible for paying all settlements made or judgments entered with respect to any Third-Party Claim the defense of which has been assumed by the Indemnitor. Except as provided in subsection (b) below, both the Indemnitor and the Indemnitee must approve any settlement of a Third-Party Claim. A failure by the Indemnitee to timely give the Claim Notice shall not excuse Indemnitor from any indemnification liability except only to the extent that the Indemnitor is materially and adversely prejudiced by such failure.

(b) Failure to Defend . If the Indemnitor shall not agree to assume the defense of any Third-Party Claim in writing within 20 days after the Claim Notice of such Third-Party Claim has been delivered, or shall fail to continue such defense until the final resolution of such Third-Party Claim, then the Indemnitee may defend against such Third-Party Claim in such manner as it may deem appropriate and the Indemnitee may settle such Third-Party Claim, in its sole discretion, on such terms as it may deem appropriate; provided however, that the Indemnitor shall, in the Indemnitee’s sole discretion, (i) promptly reimburse the Indemnitee for the amount of all settlement payments and expenses, legal and otherwise, incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with the defense or settlement of such Third-Party Claim, or (ii) pay, in advance of any settlement or proceedings and in installments as reasonably agreed to by the parties, such sums and expenses reasonably expected to be incurred in connection with the defense of the Third-Party Claim and any settlement thereof. If no settlement of such Third-Party Claim is made, then the Indemnitor shall satisfy any judgment rendered with respect to such Third-Party Claim before the Indemnitee is required to do so, and pay all expenses, legal or otherwise, incurred by the Indemnitee in the defense against such Third-Party Claim.

 

14


12.3 Non-Third-Party Claims . Upon discovery of any claim for which Buyer has an indemnification obligation under the terms of Section 12.1 which does not involve a claim by a third party against the Indemnitee, the Indemnitee shall give prompt notice to Buyer of such claim and, in any case, shall give Buyer such notice within 30 days of such discovery. A failure by Indemnitee to timely give the foregoing notice to Buyer shall not excuse Buyer from any indemnification liability except to the extent that Buyer is materially and adversely prejudiced by such failure.

12.4 Survival . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 12.4, all representations and warranties made by Buyer, Split-Off Subsidiary and Seller in connection with this Agreement shall survive the Closing. Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, the liability of all Indemnitors under this Article XII shall terminate on the third (3rd) anniversary of the Closing Date, except with respect to (a) liability for any item as to which, prior to the third (3rd) anniversary of the Closing Date, any Indemnitee shall have asserted a Claim in writing, which Claim shall identify its basis with reasonable specificity, in which case the liability for such Claim shall continue until it shall have been finally settled, decided or adjudicated, (b) liability of any party for Losses for which such party has an indemnification obligation, incurred as a result of such party’s breach of any covenant or agreement to be performed by such party after the Closing, (c) liability of Buyer for Losses incurred by a Seller Indemnified Party due to breaches of its representations and warranties in Article IV of this Agreement, and (d) liability of Buyer for Losses arising out of Third-Party Claims for which Buyer has an indemnification obligation, which liability shall survive until the statute of limitation applicable to any third party’s right to assert a Third-Party Claim bars assertion of such claim.

XIII. MISCELLANEOUS .

13.1 Definitions . Capitalized terms used herein without definition have the meanings ascribed to them in the Merger Agreement.

13.2 Notices . All notices and communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and deemed given when received by means of the United States mail, addressed to the party to be notified, postage prepaid and registered or certified with return receipt requested, or personal delivery, or overnight courier, as follows:

 

  (a) If to Seller, addressed to:

Valeritas Holdings, Inc

750 Route 202 South, Suite 600

Bridgewater, New Jersey 08807

Main: 908-927-9920

Attn: John Timberlake, CEO

With a copy to (which shall not constitute notice hereunder):

Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP

502 Carnegie Center

Princeton, New Jersey 08540-6241

Main: 609-919-6600

Attn: Emilio Ragosa

 

15


  (b) If to Buyer or Split-Off Subsidiary, addressed to:

Leisa Swanson

1370 Sawleaf Ct.

San Luis Obispo, CA 93401

or to such other address as any party hereto shall specify pursuant to this Section 13.2 from time to time.

13.3 Exercise of Rights and Remedies . Except as otherwise provided herein, no delay of or omission in the exercise of any right, power or remedy accruing to any party as a result of any breach or default by any other party under this Agreement shall impair any such right, power or remedy, nor shall it be construed as a waiver of or acquiescence in any such breach or default, or of any similar breach or default occurring later; nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default occurring before or after that waiver.

13.4 Time . Time is of the essence with respect to this Agreement.

13.5 Reformation and Severability . In case any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, it shall, to the extent possible, be modified in such manner as to be valid, legal and enforceable but so as to most nearly retain the intent of the parties, and if such modification is not possible, such provision shall be severed from this Agreement, and in either case the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

13.6 Further Acts and Assurances . From and after the Closing, Seller, Buyer and Split-Off Subsidiary agree that each will act in a manner supporting compliance, including compliance by its Affiliates, with all of its obligations under this Agreement and, from time to time, shall, at the request of another party hereto, and without further consideration, cause the execution and delivery of such other instruments of conveyance, transfer, assignment or assumption and take such other action or execute such other documents as such party may reasonably request in order more effectively to convey, transfer to and vest in Buyer, and to put Split-Off Subsidiary in possession of, all Assigned Assets and Assigned Liabilities, and to convey, transfer to and vest in Seller and Buyer, and to them in possession of, the Purchase Price Securities and the Shares (respectively), and, in the case of any contracts and rights that cannot be effectively transferred without the consent or approval of another person that is unobtainable, to use its best reasonable efforts to ensure that Split-Off Subsidiary receives the benefits thereof to the maximum extent permissible in accordance with applicable law or other applicable restrictions, and shall perform such other acts which may be reasonably necessary to effectuate the purposes of this Agreement.

13.7 Entire Agreement; Amendments . This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter contained herein. This Agreement cannot be amended or changed except through a written instrument signed by all of the parties hereto and by PrivateCo. No provisions of this Agreement or any rights hereunder may be waived by any party without the prior written consent of PrivateCo.

 

16


13.8 Assignment . No party may assign his, her or its rights or obligations hereunder, in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of the other parties.

13.9 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to principles of conflicts or choice of laws thereof.

13.10 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, with the same effect as if all parties had signed the same document. Each such counterpart shall be an original, but all such counterparts taken together shall constitute a single agreement. In the event that any signature is delivered by facsimile transmission, such signature shall create a valid and binding obligation of the party executing (or on whose behalf such signature is executed) the same with the same force and effect as if such facsimile signature page was an original thereof.

13.11 Section Headings and Gender . The section headings used herein are inserted for reference purposes only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. All personal pronouns used in this Agreement shall include the other genders, whether used in the masculine, feminine or neuter and the singular shall include the plural, and vice versa, whenever and as often as may be appropriate.

13.12 Third-Party Beneficiary . Each of Seller, Buyer and Split-Off Subsidiary acknowledges and agrees that this Agreement is entered into for the express benefit of PrivateCo, and that PrivateCo is relying hereon and on the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in entering into and performing its obligations under the Merger Agreement, and that PrivateCo shall be in all respects entitled to the benefit hereof and to enforce this Agreement as a result of any breach hereof.

13.13 Specific Performance; Remedies . Each of the parties to this Agreement acknowledges and agrees that, if any provision of this Agreement is not performed in accordance with its specific terms or is otherwise breached, irreparable damages would be incurred by the other parties to this Agreement and by PrivateCo. Accordingly, the parties to this Agreement agree that any party or PrivateCo will be entitled to seek an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of the provisions of this Agreement and to enforce specifically this Agreement and its terms and provisions in any action instituted in any court of the United States or any state thereof having jurisdiction over the parties and the matter, subject to Section 13.9, in addition to any other remedy to which they may be entitled, at law or in equity. Except as expressly provided herein, the rights, obligations and remedies created by this Agreement are cumulative and are in addition to any other rights, obligations or remedies otherwise available at law or in equity, and nothing herein will be considered an election of remedies.

13.14 Submission to Jurisdiction; Process Agent; No Jury Trial .

(a) Each party to the Agreement hereby submits to the jurisdiction of any state or federal court sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, City and State of New York, in any action arising out of or relating to this Agreement, and agrees that all claims in respect of the action

 

17


may be heard and determined in any such court. Each party to the Agreement also agrees not to bring any action arising out of or relating to this Agreement in any other court. Each party to the Agreement agrees that a final judgment in any action so brought will be conclusive and may be enforced by action on the judgment or in any other manner provided at law or in equity. Each party to the Agreement waives any defense of inconvenient forum to the maintenance of any action so brought and waives any bond, surety or other security that might be required of any other party with respect thereto.

(b) EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY AGREES TO WAIVE ITS RIGHTS TO JURY TRIAL OF ANY DISPUTE BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY DEALINGS AMONG THEM RELATING TO THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. The scope of this waiver is intended to be all encompassing of any and all actions that may be filed in any court and that relate to the subject matter of the transactions, including contract claims, tort claims, breach of duty claims and all other common law and statutory claims. Each party to the Agreement hereby acknowledges that this waiver is a material inducement to enter into a business relationship and that they will continue to rely on the waiver in their related future dealings. Each party to the Agreement further represents and warrants that it has reviewed this waiver with its legal counsel, and that each knowingly and voluntarily waives its jury trial rights following consultation with legal counsel. NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY HEREIN, THIS WAIVER IS IRREVOCABLE, MEANING THAT IT MAY NOT BE MODIFIED ORALLY OR IN WRITING, AND THE WAIVER WILL APPLY TO ANY AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS TO THIS AGREEMENT OR TO ANY OTHER DOCUMENTS OR AGREEMENTS RELATING HERETO. In the event of commencement of any action, this Agreement may be filed as a written consent to trial by a court.

13.15 Construction . The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. If an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement will be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto and no presumption or burden of proof will arise favoring or disfavoring any party because of the authorship of any provision of this Agreement. Any reference to any federal, state, local or foreign law will be deemed also to refer to law as amended and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, unless the context requires otherwise. The words “ include ,” “ includes ,” and “ including ” will be deemed to be followed by “ without limitation .” The words “ this Agreement ,” “ herein ,” “ hereof ,” “ hereby ,” “ hereunder ,” and words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular subdivision unless expressly so limited. The parties hereto intend that each representation, warranty and covenant contained herein will have independent significance. If any party hereto has breached any representation, warranty or covenant contained herein in any respect, the fact that there exists another representation, warranty or covenant relating to the same subject matter (regardless of the relative levels of specificity) which that party has not breached will not detract from or mitigate the fact that such party is in breach of the first representation, warranty or covenant.

[Signature page follows this page.]

 

18


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Split-Off Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

SELLER:
Valeritas Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as Cleaner Yoga Mat, Inc.)
By:  

/s/ Leisa Swanson

Name:   Leisa Swanson
Title:   President
SPLIT OFF SUBSIDIARY:
CYGM OPERATING CORP.
By:  

/s/ Leisa Swanson

Name:   Leisa Swanson
Title:   President
BUYER:
LEISA SWANSON

/s/ Leisa Swanson

[ Signature Page to the Split-Off Agreement ]


EXHIBIT A

Liabilities


EXHIBIT B

Capital Stock of Split-Off Subsidiary

 

Buyer

   Purchase Price
Security
   Number of Shares    Certificate No(s).
   Common Stock      

Split-Off Subsidiary

   Shares    Number of Shares    Certificate No(s).
   Common Stock      

Exhibit 10.2

GENERAL RELEASE AGREEMENT

This GENERAL RELEASE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of May 3, 2016, is entered into by and among Valeritas Holdings, Inc., formerly known as Cleaner Yoga Mat, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Seller ”), CYGM Operating Corp., a Florida corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of Seller (“ Split-Off Subsidiary ”), and Leisa Swanson (“ Buyer ”). In consideration of the mutual benefits to be derived from this Agreement, the covenants and agreements set forth herein, and other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged by the execution and delivery hereof, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1. Split-Off Agreement . This Agreement is executed and delivered by Split-Off Subsidiary pursuant to the requirements of Section 8.3 of that certain Split-Off Agreement (the “ Split-Off Agreement ”) by and among Seller, Split-Off Subsidiary and Buyer, as a condition to the closing of the purchase and sale transaction contemplated thereby (the “ Transaction ”).

2. Release and Waiver by Split-Off Subsidiary .   For and in consideration of the covenants and promises contained herein and in the Split-Off Agreement, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Split-Off Subsidiary, on behalf of itself and its assigns, representatives and agents, if any, hereby covenants not to sue and fully, finally and forever completely releases Seller and Valeritas, Inc. (“ PrivateCo ”), along with their respective present, future and former officers, directors, stockholders, members, employees, agents, attorneys and representatives (collectively, the “ Seller Released Parties ”), of and from any and all claims, actions, obligations, liabilities, demands and/or causes of action, of whatever kind or character, whether now known or unknown, which Split-Off Subsidiary has or might claim to have against the Seller Released Parties for any and all injuries, harm, damages (actual and punitive), costs, losses, expenses, attorneys’ fees and/or liability or other detriment, if any, whenever incurred or suffered by Split-Off Subsidiary arising from, relating to, or in any way connected with, any fact, event, transaction, action or omission that occurred or failed to occur at or prior to the closing of the Transaction.

3. Release and Waiver by Buyer .   For and in consideration of the covenants and promises contained herein and in the Split-Off Agreement, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Buyer on behalf of herself and her assigns, representatives and agents, if any, hereby covenants not to sue and fully, finally and forever completely releases the Seller Released Parties of and from any and all claims, actions, obligations, liabilities, demands and/or causes of action, of whatever kind or character, whether now known or unknown, which Buyer has or might claim to have against the Seller Released Parties for any and all injuries, harm, damages (actual and punitive), costs, losses, expenses, attorneys’ fees and/or liability or other detriment, if any, whenever incurred or suffered by such Buyer arising from, relating to, or in any way connected with, any fact, event, transaction, action or omission that occurred or failed to occur on or prior to the date of the Closing.


4. Additional Covenants and Agreements .

(a) Each of Split-Off Subsidiary and Buyer, on the one hand, and Seller, on the other hand, waives and releases the other from any claims that this Agreement was procured by fraud or signed under duress or coercion so as to make this Agreement not binding.

(b) Each of the parties hereto acknowledges and agrees that the releases set forth herein do not include any claims the other party hereto may have against such party for such party’s failure to comply with or breach of any provision in this Agreement or the Split-Off Agreement.

(c) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, this Agreement shall not release or waive, or in any manner affect or void, any party’s rights and obligations under the following:

(i) the Split-Off Agreement; and

(ii) the Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization among Seller, PrivateCo, and Valeritas Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of Seller (the “ Merger Agreement ”), and the other the Transaction Documents.

5. Modification .  This Agreement cannot be modified orally and can only be modified through a written document signed by all parties and PrivateCo.

6. Severability .   If any provision contained in this Agreement is determined to be void, illegal or unenforceable, in whole or in part, then the other provisions contained herein shall remain in full force and effect as if the provision that was determined to be void, illegal or unenforceable had not been contained herein.

7. Expenses . The parties hereto agree that each party shall pay its respective costs, including attorneys’ fees, if any, associated with this Agreement.

8. Further Acts and Assurances . Each of Split-Off Subsidiary and Buyer agrees that it will act in a manner supporting compliance, including compliance by its Affiliates, with all of its obligations under this Agreement and, from time to time, shall, at the request of Seller or PrivateCo, and without further consideration, cause the execution and delivery of such other instruments of release or waiver and take such other action or execute such other documents as such party may reasonably request in order to confirm or effect the releases, waivers and covenants contained herein, and, in the case of any claims, actions, obligations, liabilities, demands and/or causes of action that cannot be effectively released or waived without the consent or approval of other Persons that is unobtainable, to use its best reasonable efforts to ensure that the Seller Released Parties receive the benefits thereof to the maximum extent permissible in accordance with applicable law or other applicable restrictions, and shall perform such other acts which may be reasonably necessary to effectuate the purposes of this Agreement.

9. Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to principles of conflicts or choice of laws thereof.

 

2


10. Third-Party Beneficiary . Each of Seller, Buyers and Split-Off Subsidiary acknowledges and agrees that this Agreement is entered into for the express benefit of PrivateCo, and that each PrivateCo is relying hereon and on the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in entering into and performing its obligations under the Merger Agreement, and that PrivateCo shall be in all respects entitled to the benefit hereof and to enforce this Agreement as a result of any breach hereof.

11. Specific Performance; Remedies . Each of Seller, Buyer and Split-Off Subsidiary acknowledges and agrees that each PrivateCo would be damaged irreparably if any provision of this Agreement is not performed in accordance with its specific terms or is otherwise breached. Accordingly, each of Seller, Buyer and Split-Off Subsidiary agrees that PrivateCo will be entitled to seek an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of the provisions of this Agreement and to enforce specifically this Agreement and its terms and provisions in any action instituted in any court of the United States or any state thereof having jurisdiction over the parties and the matter, subject to Section 9 , in addition to any other remedy to which they may be entitled, at law or in equity. Except as expressly provided herein, the rights, obligations and remedies created by this Agreement are cumulative and are in addition to any other rights, obligations or remedies otherwise available at law or in equity, and nothing herein will be considered an election of remedies.

12. Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding and agreement of Seller, Split-Off Subsidiary and Buyer and supersedes prior understandings and agreements, if any, among or between Seller, Split-Off Subsidiary and Buyer with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, other than as specifically referenced herein. This Agreement does not, however, operate to supersede or extinguish any confidentiality, non-solicitation, non-disclosure or non-competition obligations owed by Split-Off Subsidiary to Seller under any prior agreement.

13. Definitions .  Capitalized terms used herein without definition have the meanings ascribed to them in the Merger Agreement.

[Signature page follows this page.]

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned have executed this General Release Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

SELLER:
Valeritas Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as Cleaner Yoga Mat, Inc.)
By:  

/s/ Leisa Swanson

Name:   Leisa Swanson
Title:   President
SPLIT OFF SUBSIDIARY:
CYGM OPERATING CORP.
By:  

/s/ Leisa Swanson

Name:   Leisa Swanson
Title:   President
BUYER:
LEISA SWANSON

/s/ Leisa Swanson

[ Signature Page to the General Release Agreement ]

Exhibit 10.3

FORM OF LOCK-UP AGREEMENT

This LOCK-UP AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made as of                  , 2016 by the undersigned person or entity (the “Restricted Holder”) in connection with the Merger (as defined below) and the Private Placement Offering (as defined below), and is being delivered to Valeritas Holdings, Inc. (formerly Cleaner Yoga Mat, Inc.), a Delaware corporation (the “Parent”), Wedbush Securities, Inc. (“Wedbush”), ROTH Capital Partners, LLC (“Roth”) and Katalyst Securities LLC (“Katalyst”, and collectively with Wedbush and Roth, the “Placement Agents”).

WHEREAS, pursuant to the transactions contemplated under that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization, dated as of                  , 2016 (the “Merger Agreement”), by and among the Parent, Valeritas Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Acquisition Subsidiary”), and Valeritas, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the Acquisition Subsidiary will merge with and into the Company, with the Company remaining as the surviving entity after the merger as a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Parent, and the stockholders of the Company will receive shares of Parent Common Stock (as defined below) in exchange for their capital stock of the Company pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement (the “Merger”);

WHEREAS, simultaneously with the closing of the Merger, Parent will complete a private placement offering (the “Private Placement Offering”) of a minimum of 5,000,000 shares of common stock of the Parent, par value $0.001 per share (the “Parent Common Stock”), at a purchase price of $5.00 per share; and

WHEREAS, the Merger Agreement provides that, among other things, all the shares of Parent Common Stock owned by the Restricted Holder and all securities owned by the Restricted Holder that are convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Parent Common Stock, in each case whether owned on the date of closing of the Merger or thereafter acquired, and whether owned beneficially or of record, including, without limitation, any shares of Parent Common Stock acquired pursuant to the Merger and any shares of Parent Common Stock purchased in the Private Placement Offering (collectively, the “Restricted Securities”), shall be subject to certain restrictions on Disposition (as defined herein), and the Restricted Holder will be subject to certain other restrictions relating to the Parent Common Stock, subject to certain conditions all as more fully set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, as an inducement to and in consideration of the Parent’s agreement to enter into the Merger Agreement and proceed with the Merger and the Private Placement Offering and of the Placement Agent’s agreement to proceed with the Private Placement Offering, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:


1. Restrictions.

(a) “Restricted Period” means the period commencing on the closing date of the Merger until the date that is six (6) months after the closing date of the Merger; provided, however, that the Restricted Period shall terminate prior to such date upon the earlier of (a) the listing of the Parent Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange, NYSE MKT or NASDAQ or (b) the closing of any underwritten public offering of the Parent’s securities for gross proceeds of at least $50 million, with the written approval of the lead underwriter of such offering.

(b) During the Restricted Period, the Restricted Holder will not, directly or indirectly: (i) offer, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, hypothecate, contract to sell, grant an option to purchase or otherwise dispose of, or announce the intention to so dispose of, any Restricted Securities or (ii) enter into any swap, hedge or similar agreement or arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic consequence of ownership of any Restricted Securities (with the actions described in clause (i) or (ii) above being hereinafter referred to as a “Disposition”).

(c) In addition, during the period of twelve (12) months immediately following the closing date of the Merger, the Restricted Holder will not, directly or indirectly, effect or agree to effect any short sale (as defined in Rule 200 under Regulation SHO of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) with respect to any shares of Parent Common Stock, whether or not against the box, establish any “put equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) under the Exchange Act) with respect to any shares of Parent Common Stock, borrow or pre-borrow any shares of Parent Common Stock, or grant any other right (including, without limitation, any put or call option) with respect to shares of the Parent Common Stock or with respect to any security that includes, is convertible into or exercisable for or derives any significant part of its value from shares of the Parent Common Stock or otherwise seek to hedge the Restricted Holder’s position in the Parent Common Stock.

(d) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the restrictions set forth in Section 1(b) shall not apply to:

 

  (i) if the Restricted Holder is a natural person, any transfers made by the Restricted Holder (A) as a bona fide gift to any member of the immediate family (as defined below) of the Restricted Holder or to a trust the beneficiaries of which are exclusively the Restricted Holder or members of the Restricted Holder’s immediate family, (B) by will or intestate succession upon the death of the Restricted Holder or (C) as a bona fide gift to a charity or educational institution;

 

  (ii) if the Restricted Holder is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity, any transfers to a charitable organization, or to any current or former stockholder, partner, manager, director, officer, employee or member of, or owner of a similar equity interest in, the Restricted Holder or its affiliates, as the case may be, if, in any such case, such transfer is not for value, including the subsequent transfer by any of the previously described transferees to a charitable organization;

 

2


  (iii) if the Restricted Holder is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity, any transfer made by the Restricted Holder

 

  (A) in connection with the sale or other bona fide transfer in a single transaction of all or substantially all of the Restricted Holder’s capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests or other similar equity interests, as the case may be, or all or substantially all of the Restricted Holder’s assets, in any such case not undertaken for the purpose of avoiding the restrictions imposed by this Agreement,

 

  (B) to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity so long as the transferee is an affiliate (as defined below) of the Restricted Holder, or

 

  (C) to any investment fund or other entity that controls or manages the Restricted Holder (including, for the avoidance of doubt, a fund managed by the same manager or managing member or general partner or management company or by an entity controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such manager or managing member or general partner or management company as the Restricted Holder or who shares a common investment advisor with the Restricted Holder) and such transfer is not for value;

 

  (iv) if the Restricted Holder is a trust, to a trustor or beneficiary of the trust and such transfer is not for value;

 

  (v) sales of Restricted Securities that have been acquired in open market transactions after the closing date of the Merger;

 

  (vi) any transfers of Restricted Securities to the Parent upon a vesting event or upon the exercise of options or warrants to purchase the Parent’s securities, in each case on a “cashless” or “net exercise” basis solely to cover tax withholding obligations of the Restricted Holder in connection with such vesting or exercise;

 

  (vii) any transfers of the Restricted Securities by operation of law, including pursuant to a domestic order or a negotiated divorce settlement;

 

  (viii) any transfers of the Restricted Securities to the Parent pursuant to agreements under which the Parent has the option to repurchase such Restricted Securities or the Parent has a right of first refusal with respect to transfers of such Restricted Securities;

 

  (ix) any transfers of the Restricted Securities pursuant to a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of Restricted Securities involving a change of control of the Parent, provided that such transaction has been approved by the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of Parent;

 

3


  (x) the exercise of any right with respect to, or the taking of any other action in preparation for, a registration by the Parent of Restricted Securities; or

 

  (xi) the resale of shares of Parent Common Stock by the Restricted Holder in any secondary underwritten offering by the Parent of Parent equity securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

provided, however , that

 

  (A) in the case of any transfer described in clause (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) or (vii) above, it shall be a condition to the transfer that the transferee executes and delivers to the Parent not later than one (1) business day prior to such transfer, a written agreement in substantially the form of this Agreement covering the transferred Restricted Securities for the balance of the Restricted Period (it being understood that any references to “immediate family” in the agreement executed by such transferee shall expressly refer only to the immediate family of the Restricted Holder and not to the immediate family of the transferee) and otherwise reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Parent,

 

  (B) in the case of any transfer described in clause (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) or (v) above, such transfers are not required to be reported under Section 16 of the Exchange Act, and the Restricted Holder does not otherwise voluntarily effect any public filing or report regarding such transfers during the Restricted Period,

 

  (C) in the case of any transfer to the Parent described in clause (v) above, (1) such transfers are not required to be reported under Section 16 of the Exchange Act, and the Restricted Holder does not otherwise voluntarily effect any public filing or report regarding such transfers during the first 30 days of the Restricted Period and (2) after such 30 days, any filing under Section 16 of the Exchange Act related to such transfer shall clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto that (a) the filing relates to the circumstances described in clause (v) above, (b) no shares were sold by the reporting person and (c) any remaining shares received upon exercise of an option or a warrant (net of any shares transferred in connection with such “cashless” or “net exercise” to cover tax withholding obligations) or the remaining vested shares are subject to a written agreement with the Parent in substantially the form of this Agreement for the balance of the Restricted Period,

 

  (D) in the case of any transfer described in clause (ix) above, in the event that the tender offer, merger, consolidation or other such transaction is not completed, the Restricted Securities owned by the Restricted Holder shall remain subject to the restrictions contained in this Agreement, and

 

  (E) in the case of clause (x) above, no actual transfer or other Disposition of the Restricted Holder’s Restricted Securities registered pursuant to the exercise of such rights under clause (x) shall occur during the Restricted Period.

 

4


For purposes of clause (ix), “change of control” shall mean the transfer (whether by tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to a person or group of affiliated persons, of the Parent’s voting securities if, after such transfer, such person or group of affiliated persons would hold more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Parent (or the surviving entity).

For purposes of this subsection (d), “immediate family” shall mean any relationship by blood, marriage or adoption, not more remote than first cousin; and “affiliate” shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

(e) Furthermore, during the Restricted Period, the Restricted Holder may exercise any rights to purchase, exchange or convert any stock options granted pursuant to the Parent’s equity incentive plans existing as of the date of the Merger or warrants or any other securities existing as of the date of the Merger, which securities are convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Parent Common Stock, if and only if the shares of Parent Common Stock received upon such exercise, purchase, exchange or conversion shall remain subject to the terms of this Agreement.

(f) In addition, the restrictions on transfer and disposition of the Restricted Securities during the Restricted Period shall not apply to the repurchase of Restricted Securities by the Parent in connection with the termination of the Restricted Holder’s employment or other service with the Parent or any of its subsidiaries.

(g) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, nothing herein shall prevent the Restricted Holder from establishing a 10b5-1 trading plan that complies with Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act (“10b5-1 Trading Plan”) or from amending an existing 10b5-1 Trading Plan so long as there are no sales or other Dispositions of Restricted Securities under such plans during the Restricted Period; and provided that no public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act, if any, is required or voluntarily made by or on behalf of the Restricted Holder or the Parent during the Restricted Period regarding the establishment of a 10b5-1 Trading Plan or the amendment of a 10b5-1 Trading Plan.

 

2. Legends; Stop Transfer Instructions.

The Restricted Holder hereby consents to the placing of legends or the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Parent’s transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of the Restricted Securities, except in compliance with this Agreement.

 

3. Miscellaneous.

(a) Specific Performance. The Restricted Holder agrees that in the event of any breach or threatened breach by the Restricted Holder of any covenant, obligation or other provision contained in this Agreement, then each of the Placement Agents and the Parent shall be entitled (in addition to any other remedy that may be available to the Parent) to: (i) a decree or

 

5


order of specific performance or mandamus to enforce the observance and performance of such covenant, obligation or other provision; and (ii) an injunction restraining such breach or threatened breach. The Restricted Holder further agrees that none of the Placement Agents, the Parent, nor any other person or entity shall be required to obtain, furnish or post any bond or similar instrument in connection with or as a condition to obtaining any remedy referred to in this Section 3, and the Restricted Holder irrevocably waives any right that he, she, or it may have to require the obtaining, furnishing or posting of any such bond or similar instrument.

(b) Other Agreements. Nothing in this Agreement shall limit any of the rights or remedies of the Parent under the Merger Agreement, or any of the rights or remedies of the Placement Agents or the Parent or any of the obligations of the Restricted Holder under any other agreement between the Restricted Holder, the Placement Agents and/or the Parent or any certificate or instrument executed by the Restricted Holder in favor of any of the Placement Agents or the Parent; and nothing in the Merger Agreement or in any other agreement, certificate or instrument shall limit any of the rights or remedies of the Placement Agents or the Parent or

(c) any of the obligations of the Restricted Holder under this Agreement.

(d) Notices . All notices, consents, waivers, and other communications which are required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and will be deemed given to a party on (a) the date of delivery, if delivered to the appropriate address by hand or by nationally recognized overnight courier service (costs prepaid); (b) the date of transmission if sent by facsimile or e-mail with confirmation of transmission by the transmitting equipment if such notice or communication is delivered prior to 5:00 P.M., New York, New York, time, on a business day, or the next business day after the date of transmission, if such notice or communication is delivered on a day that is not a business day or later than 5:00 P.M., New York, New York, time, on any business day; (c) the date received or rejected by the addressee, if sent by certified mail, return receipt requested; or (d) seven days after the placement of the notice into the mails (first class postage prepaid), to the party at the address, facsimile number, or email address furnished by the such party,

 

6


If to the Parent:

 

Valeritas Holdings, Inc

750 Route 202 South, Suite 600

Bridgewater, New Jersey 08807

Main: 908-927-9920

Attn: John Timberlake, CEO

Facsimile: 908-927-9927

Email: jtimberlake@valeritas.com

 

With a copy (which copy shall not constitute notice hereunder) to:

 

Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP

502 Carnegie Center

Princeton, New Jersey 08540-6241

Main: 609-919-6600

Attn: Emilio Ragosa

Facsimile: 609-919-6701

Email: emilio.ragosa@morganlewis.com

If to Wedbush or Roth:

 

Wedbush Securities Inc.

Two Embarcadero Center,

Suite 600

San Francisco, CA 94111

Attn: Equity Capital Markets

 

ROTH Capital Partners, LLC

888 San Clemente

Suite 400

Newport Beach, CA 92660

Attn: Michael Margolis, R.Ph., Managing Director

 

With a copy (which copy shall not constitute notice hereunder) to:

 

Mintz, Levin, Cohn, Ferris, Glovsky and Popeo,

P.C.

One Financial Center

Boston, MA 02111

Attn: William C. Hicks, Esq.

If to Katalyst:

 

Katalyst Securities LLC

1330 Avenue of the Americas, 14 th

Floor New York, NY 10019 Attn:

Michael Silverman, Managing Director

 

With a copy (which copy shall not constitute notice hereunder) to:

 

Barbara J. Glenns, Esq.

Law Office of Barbara J. Glenns, Esq.

30 Waterside Plaza, Suite 25G

New York, NY 10010

If to the Restricted Holder:

To the address set forth on the signature page hereto.

Any party may give any notice, request, demand, claim or other communication hereunder using any other means (including personal delivery, expedited courier, messenger service, telecopy, telex, ordinary mail or electronic mail), but no such notice, request, demand, claim or other communication shall be deemed to have been duly given unless and until it actually is received by the party for whom it is intended. Any party may change the address to which notices, requests, demands, claims, and other communications hereunder are to be delivered by giving the other Parties notice in the manner herein set forth.

(e) Severability. Any term or provision of this Agreement that is invalid or unenforceable in any situation in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity or enforceability of

 

7


the remaining terms and provisions hereof or the validity or enforceability of the offending term or provision in any other situation or in any other jurisdiction. If the final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction declares that any term or provision hereof is invalid or unenforceable, the parties hereto agree that the court making such determination shall have the power to limit the term or provision, to delete specific words or phrases, or to replace any invalid or unenforceable term or provision with a term or provision that is valid and enforceable and that comes closest to expressing the intention of the invalid or unenforceable term or provision, and this Agreement shall be enforceable as so modified. In the event such court does not exercise the power granted to it in the prior sentence, the parties hereto agree to replace such invalid or unenforceable term or provision with a valid and enforceable term or provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the economic, business and other purposes of such invalid or unenforceable term.

(f) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without reference to the principles thereof relating to the conflict of laws.

(g) Waiver; Termination. No failure on the part of the Placement Agents or the Parent to exercise any power, right, privilege or remedy under this Agreement, and no delay on the part of the Placement Agents or the Parent in exercising any power, right, privilege or remedy under this Agreement, shall operate as a waiver of such power, right, privilege or remedy; and no single or partial exercise of any such power, right, privilege or remedy shall preclude any other or further exercise thereof or of any other power, right, privilege or remedy. None of the Placement Agents nor The Parent shall be deemed to have waived any claim arising out of this Agreement, or any power, right, privilege or remedy under this Agreement, unless the waiver of such claim, power, right, privilege or remedy is expressly set forth in a written instrument duly executed and delivered on behalf of each of the Placement Agents or the Parent, as applicable; and any such waiver shall not be applicable or have any effect except in the specific instance in which it is given. If the Merger Agreement is terminated, this Agreement shall thereupon terminate.

(h) Captions. The captions contained in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, shall not be deemed to be a part of this Agreement and shall not be referred to in connection with the construction or interpretation of this Agreement.

(i) Further Assurances. The Restricted Holder hereby represents and warrants to each of the Placement Agents and the Parent that the Restricted Holder has full power and authority to enter into this Agreement and that this Agreement has been duly authorized (if the Restricted Holder is not a natural person), executed and delivered by the Restricted Holder and is a valid and binding agreement of the Restricted Holder.

(j) Entire Agreement. This Agreement sets forth the entire understanding of the Placement Agents, the Parent and the Restricted Holder relating to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all other prior agreements and understandings between the Parent and the Restricted Holder relating to the subject matter hereof.

(k) Non-Exclusivity. The rights and remedies of each of the Placement Agents and the Parent hereunder are not exclusive of or limited by any other rights or remedies which the Placement Agents or the Parent may have, whether at law, in equity, by contract or otherwise, all of which shall be cumulative (and not alternative).

 

8


(l) Amendments. This Agreement may not be amended, modified, altered or supplemented other than by means of a written instrument duly executed and delivered on behalf of each of the parties hereto.

(m) Binding Nature. This Agreement and all authority herein conferred are irrevocable and shall survive the death or incapacity of the Restricted Holder (if a natural person) and shall be binding upon the heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns of the Restricted Holder.

(n) Survival. Each of the representations, warranties, covenants and obligations contained in this Agreement shall survive the consummation of the Merger.

[ Signature Page to Follow ]

 

9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has executed and delivered this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

    RESTRICTED HOLDER:
If an individual:     If an entity:  
      Print Name of Entity:
Sign:  

 

     
Print Name:      
      By (sign):  

 

      Print Name:
Signature (if Joint Tenants or Tenants in Common)       Print Title:

 

Address:

 

 

 

[ Signature Page to the Lock-Up Agreement ]

Exhibit 10.4

SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

This Subscription Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) has been executed by the purchaser set forth on the signature page hereof (the “ Purchaser ”) in connection with the private placement offering (the “ Offering ”) by Valeritas Holdings, Inc. (f/k/a Cleaner Yoga Mat, Inc.), a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), of a minimum of $25,000,000 (the “ Minimum Offering ”) and a maximum of $40,000,000 (the “ Maximum Offering ”) of shares (the “ Shares ”) of the Company’s common stock, par value $[0.001] per share (“ Common Stock ”), issued, at a purchase price of $5.00 per Share (the “ Purchase Price ”), plus up to an additional $10,000,000 of Shares at the Purchase Price to cover over-subscriptions (the “ Over-Subscription Option ”). This subscription is being submitted to you in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions described in this Agreement, the Confidential and Non-Binding Summary Term Sheet of the Company dated April 18, 2016, relating to the Offering (as the same may be amended or supplemented, the “ Term Sheet ”), and any other Disclosure Materials (as defined below). The minimum subscription is $50,000 (10,000 Shares). The Company may accept subscriptions for less than $50,000 in its sole discretion.

The Shares being subscribed for pursuant to this Agreement have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”). The Offering is being made on a reasonable best efforts basis to “accredited investors,” as defined in Regulation D (“ Regulation D ”) as promulgated by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”) under the Securities Act in reliance upon the exemption from securities registration afforded by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 of Regulation D.

The Shares are being offered and sold in connection with a reverse triangular merger (the “ Merger ”) between a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company and Valeritas, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Valeritas ”), and certain other transactions, on the terms and conditions described in the Term Sheet, pursuant to which Valeritas will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, and all of the outstanding capital stock of Valeritas will be cancelled in exchange for shares of the Company’s Common Stock (“ Merger Shares ”), and the outstanding Valeritas stock options and warrants will be assumed and converted into the right to receive Common Stock of the Company at the same ratio at which shares of outstanding Valeritas capital stock are exchanged, as further described in the Term Sheet.

Contemporaneously with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the parties hereto are executing and delivering a Registration Rights Agreement, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit A hereto (the “ Registration Rights Agreement ”), pursuant to which, among other things, the Company agrees to provide certain registration rights with respect to the Shares, the shares of Common Stock underlying the Placement Agent Warrants (as such term is defined below) (the “ Underlying Shares ”), shares of Common Stock held by certain pre-Merger stockholders and Merger Shares, under the Securities Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder and applicable state securities laws.

Each closing of the Offering (a “ Closing ,” and the date on which such Closing occurs hereinafter referred to as the “ Closing Date ”) shall take place at the offices of CKR Law LLP, at 1330 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10019 (or such other place as is mutually agreed to by the Company and the Placement Agents (as defined below)). The closing of the Merger and at least the Minimum Offering is anticipated on or before April 29, 2016 (the “ Initial Closing Date ”). If the Initial Closing Date occurs on or before April 29, 2016, stockholders of Valeritas prior to the Merger (the “ Pre-Merger Stockholders ”) shall purchase a minimum aggregate amount of $20,000,000 of the Offering. If the Initial Closing Date occurs after April 29, 2016, the Pre-Merger Stockholders shall purchase a minimum aggregate amount of $15,000,000 of the Offering; provided, however, that the Pre-Merger Stockholders shall purchase a sufficient amount of the Over-Subscription Option so that the Pre-Merger Stockholders shall have purchased a minimum aggregate amount of $20,000,000 of the Maximum Offering, if applicable.


Any subsequent closing in connection with the Offering will occur, in the Company’s sole discretion, and without notice to any Purchaser, past, current or prospective, within thirty (30) days of the Initial Closing Date, including the closing of the Over-Subscription Option, if exercised in whole or in part (each, a “ Subsequent Closing ”).

The Initial Closing will not occur unless:

 

  a. funds deposited in escrow as described in Section 2b below equal at least the Minimum Offering, and corresponding documentation with respect to such amounts has been delivered by Purchasers as described in Section 2a below;

 

  b. the Merger and the related split-off transaction shall have been effected or is simultaneously effected;

 

  c. Valeritas’ debt conversion and restructuring as described in Schedule 4c shall have been completed; and

 

  d. the other conditions set forth in Sections 7 and 8 shall have been satisfied.

The Term Sheet and any supplement or amendment thereto, and any disclosure schedule or other information document, delivered to the Purchaser prior to Purchaser’s execution of this Agreement, and any such document delivered to the Purchaser after Purchaser’s execution of this Agreement and prior to the Closing of the Purchaser’s subscription hereunder (including, without limitation, a substantially complete draft of the Current Report on Form 8-K describing the Merger, the Offering and the related transactions, including “Form 10 information” (as defined in Rule 144(i)(3) under the Securities Act), to be filed by the Company with the SEC within four (4) Business Days after the closing of the Merger and the Initial Closing of the Offering (the “ Super 8-K ”), are collectively referred to as the “ Disclosure Materials .” For purposes of this Agreement, “ Business Day ” means a day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, on which banks in New York City are open for the general transaction of business.

 

  1. Subscription.  The undersigned Purchaser hereby subscribes to purchase the number of Shares set forth on the Omnibus Signature Page attached hereto, for the aggregate Purchase Price as set forth on such Omnibus Signature Page, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and on the basis of the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained herein.

 

  2. Subscription Procedure.  To complete a subscription for the Shares, the Purchaser must fully comply with the subscription procedure provided in paragraphs a. through c. of this Section on or before the Closing Date.

 

  a. Subscription Documents . On or before the Closing Date, the Purchaser shall review, complete and execute the Omnibus Signature Page to this Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement, Investor Profile, Anti-Money Laundering Form and Investor Certification, attached hereto following the Omnibus Signature Page (collectively, the “ Subscription Documents ”), and deliver the Subscription Documents to CKR Law LLP (“ CKR ”), at the address set forth under the caption “ How to subscribe for Shares in the private offering of Valeritas Holdings, Inc . ” attached hereto as Annex A . Executed documents may be delivered to CKR by facsimile or .pdf sent by electronic mail (e-mail), if the Purchaser delivers the original copies of the documents to CKR as soon as practicable thereafter.

 

2


  b. Purchase Price . Simultaneously with the delivery of the Subscription Documents to CKR as provided herein, and in any event on or prior to the Closing Date, the Purchaser shall deliver to Delaware Trust Company, in its capacity as escrow agent (the “ Escrow Agent ”), the full Purchase Price by certified or other bank check or by wire transfer of immediately available funds, pursuant to the instructions set forth under the caption “ How to subscribe for Shares in the private offering of Valeritas Holdings, Inc. ” attached hereto as Annex A . Such funds will be held for the Purchaser’s benefit in the escrow account established for the Offering (the “Escrow Account” ) and will be returned promptly, without interest or offset, if this Agreement is not accepted by the Company or the Offering is terminated pursuant to its terms by the Company prior to the Closing.

 

  c. Company Discretion . The Purchaser understands and agrees that the Company in its sole discretion reserves the right to accept or reject this or any other subscription for Shares, in whole or in part, notwithstanding prior receipt by the Purchaser of notice of acceptance of this subscription. The Company shall have no obligation hereunder until the Company shall execute and deliver to the Purchaser an executed copy of this Agreement. If this subscription is rejected in whole, or the Offering is terminated, all funds received from the Purchaser will be returned without interest or offset, and this Agreement shall thereafter be of no further force or effect. If this subscription is rejected in part, the funds for the rejected portion of this subscription will be returned without interest or offset, and this Agreement will continue in full force and effect to the extent this subscription was accepted.

 

  3. Placement Agents.

 

  a. Wedbush Securities, Inc. (“ Wedbush ”), Roth Capital Partners, LLC (“ Roth ”) and Katalyst Securities LLC (“ Katalyst ”), each a broker-dealer licensed with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“ FINRA ”), have been engaged on a co-exclusive basis as placement agents (the “ Placement Agents ”), with Wedbush acting as the lead Placement Agent, for the Offering on a reasonable best efforts basis. The Placement Agents will be paid at each Closing an aggregate cash commission of eight percent (8%) of gross proceeds raised from investors in the Offering introduced by them (“ Cash Fee ”) and will receive warrants to purchase an aggregate number of shares of Common Stock equal to eight percent (8%) of the number of Shares sold to the investors in the Offering introduced by the Placement Agents, with a term of five (5) years from the Initial Closing Date or any Subsequent Closing, as applicable, and an exercise price of $5.00 per share (the “ Placement Agent Warrants ”); provided, however, that funds raised from certain existing shareholders of Valeritas will be subject to a Cash Fee of one percent (1%) and will have no Placement Agent Warrants coverage.

 

  b. The Placement Agent Warrants will have “weighted average” anti-dilution protection, subject to customary exceptions. Any sub-agent of a Placement Agent that introduces investors to the Offering will be entitled to share in the Cash Fees and/or Placement Agent Warrants attributable to those investors, pursuant to the terms of an executed sub-agent agreement.

 

  c. The Company will pay certain expenses of the Placement Agents in connection with the Offering.

 

3


  4. Representations and Warranties of the Company . Except as set forth on the Disclosure Schedule delivered to the Purchasers concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, the Company hereby represents and warrants to the Purchaser, as of the Initial Closing Date and after giving effect to the Merger (unless otherwise specified) and as of each Subsequent Closing, the following:

 

  a. Organization and Qualification . The Company and each of its subsidiaries is a corporation or other business entity duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation, and has the requisite corporate power to own its properties and to carry on its business as now being conducted. The Company and each of its subsidiaries is duly qualified as a foreign corporation to do business and is in good standing in every jurisdiction in which the nature of the business conducted by it makes such qualification necessary, except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or be in good standing would not have a material adverse effect on the assets, business, conditions (financial or otherwise), results of operations or future prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole (a “ Material Adverse Effect ”). Each subsidiary of the Company is identified on Schedule 4a attached hereto.

 

  b. Authorization, Enforcement, Compliance with Other Instruments . (i) The Company has the requisite corporate power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Escrow Agreement and each of the other agreements and documents that are exhibits hereto or thereto or are contemplated hereby or thereby or necessary or desirable to effect the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby (the “Transaction Documents”) and to issue the Shares, in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; (ii) the execution and delivery by the Company of each of the Transaction Documents and the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including, without limitation, the issuance of the Shares, have been, or will be at the time of execution of such Transaction Document, duly authorized by the Company’s Board of Directors, and no further consent or authorization is, or will be at the time of execution of such Transaction Document, required by the Company, its respective Board of Directors or its stockholders; (iii) each of the Transaction Documents will be duly executed and delivered by the Company; and (iv) the Transaction Documents when executed will constitute the valid and binding obligations of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by general principles of equity or applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, liquidation or similar laws relating to, or affecting generally, the enforcement of creditors’ rights and remedies.

 

  c.

Capitalization . The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 300,000,000 shares of Common Stock and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock. Immediately before giving effect to the Merger and the initial Closing of the Offering, the Company has 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock and no preferred stock issued and outstanding. All of the outstanding shares of Common Stock and of the stock of each of the Company’s subsidiaries have been duly authorized, validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable. Immediately after giving effect to the Merger and the Closing of the Minimum Offering or the Maximum Offering plus the Over-Subscription Option, the pro forma outstanding capitalization of the Company will be as set forth under “ Pro Forma Capitalization ” in Schedule 4c . After giving effect to the Merger: (i) no shares of capital stock of the Company or any of its subsidiaries will be subject to preemptive rights or any other similar rights or any liens or encumbrances suffered or permitted by the Company; (ii) except as set forth on Schedule 4c(ii) there will be no outstanding options, warrants, scrip, rights to subscribe to, calls or commitments of any character whatsoever relating to, or securities or rights convertible into, any shares of capital stock of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or contracts, commitments, understandings or arrangements by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is or may become bound to issue additional shares of capital stock of the Company or any of its subsidiaries; (iii) there

 

4


  will be no outstanding debt securities other than indebtedness as set forth in Schedule 4c(iii) ; (iv) other than pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement or as set forth in Schedule   4c(iv) , there will be no agreements or arrangements under which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is obligated to register the sale of any of their securities under the Securities Act; (v) there will be no outstanding registration statements, and there will be no outstanding comment letters from the SEC or any other regulatory agency; (vi) except as provided in this Agreement or as set forth in Schedule 4c(vi) , there will be no securities or instruments containing anti-dilution or similar provisions, including the right to adjust the exercise, exchange or reset price under such securities, that will be triggered by the issuance of the Shares as described in this Agreement; and (vii) no co-sale right, right of first refusal or other similar right will exist with respect to the Shares or the issuance and sale thereof. Upon request, the Company will make available to the Purchaser true and correct copies of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, as in effect as of the date hereof (the “ Certificate of Incorporation ”), and the Company’s By-laws, as in effect as of the date hereof (the “ By-laws ”), and the terms of all securities exercisable for Common Stock and the material rights of the holders thereof in respect thereto other than stock options issued to officers, directors, employees and consultants.

 

  d. Issuance of Shares . The Shares are duly authorized and, upon issuance in accordance with the terms hereof, shall be duly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and are free and clear from all taxes, liens and charges with respect to the issue thereof. The Underlying Shares have been duly authorized and reserved for issuance and, upon exercise of the Placement Agent Warrants in accordance with their terms, including payment of the exercise price therefor, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and are free and clear from all taxes, liens and charges with respect to the issue thereof.

 

  e.

No Conflicts . The execution, delivery and performance of each of the Transaction Documents by the Company, and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will not (i) result in a violation of the Certificate of Incorporation or the By-laws (or equivalent constitutive document) of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or (ii) violate or conflict with, or result in a breach of any provision of, or constitute a default (or an event which with notice or lapse of time or both would become a default) under, or give to others any rights of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation of, any agreement, indenture or instrument to which the Company or any subsidiary is a party, except for those which would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or (iii) result in a material violation of any law, rule, regulation, order, judgment or decree (including U.S. federal and state securities laws and regulations) applicable to the Company or any subsidiary or by which any property or asset of the Company or any subsidiary is bound or affected. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is in violation of any term of or in default under its Certificate of Incorporation, By-laws or any other constitutive documents. Except for those violations or defaults which would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, neither the Company nor any subsidiary is in violation of any term of or in default under any contract, agreement, mortgage, indebtedness, indenture, instrument, judgment, decree or order or any statute, rule or regulation applicable to the Company or any subsidiary. The business of the Company and its subsidiaries is not being conducted, and shall not be conducted in violation of any law, ordinance or regulation of any governmental entity, except for any violation which would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as specifically contemplated by this Agreement and as required under the Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is required to obtain any consent, authorization or order of, or make any filing or registration

 

5


  with, any court or governmental agency in order for it to execute, deliver or perform any of its obligations under or contemplated by this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents in accordance with the terms hereof or thereof. Except as set forth on Schedule 4e , neither the execution and delivery by the Company of the Transaction Documents, nor the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, will require any notice, consent or waiver under any contract or instrument to which the Company or any subsidiary is a party or by which the Company or any subsidiary is bound or to which any of their assets is subject. All consents, authorizations, orders, filings and registrations which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is required to obtain pursuant to the preceding two sentences have been or will be obtained or effected on or prior to the Closing. The Company is unaware of any facts or circumstance, which might give rise to any of the foregoing.

 

  f. Absence of Litigation . Except as set forth on Schedule 4f , there is no action, suit, claim, inquiry, notice of violation, proceeding (including any partial proceeding such as a deposition) or investigation before or by any court, public board, governmental or administrative agency, self-regulatory organization, arbitrator, regulatory authority, stock market, stock exchange or trading facility (an “ Action ”) now pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened, against or affecting the Company or any of its subsidiaries. For the purpose of this Agreement, the knowledge of the Company means the knowledge of the officers of the Company and Valeritas (both actual or knowledge that they would have had upon reasonable investigation).

 

  g. Acknowledgment Regarding Purchaser’s Purchase of the Shares . The Company acknowledges and agrees that each Purchaser is acting solely in the capacity of an arm’s length purchaser with respect to the Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The Company further acknowledges that no Purchaser is acting as a financial advisor or fiduciary of the Company (or in any similar capacity) with respect to the Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated thereby and any advice given by any Purchaser or any of their respective representatives or agents in connection with the Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated thereby is merely incidental to the Purchasers’ purchase of the Shares.

 

  h. No General Solicitation . Neither the Company, nor any of its Affiliates, nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any person acting on its or their behalf, has engaged in any form of general solicitation or general advertising (within the meaning of Regulation D) in connection with the offer or sale of the Shares. With respect to a Purchaser, any investment fund or managed account that is managed on a discretionary basis by the same investment manager as such Purchaser will be deemed to be an Affiliate of such Purchaser. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Affiliate ” means, with respect to any person, any other person that, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such person, as such terms are used in and construed under Rule 144 under the Securities Act (“ Rule 144 ”).

 

  i. No Integrated Offering . Neither the Company, nor any of its Affiliates, nor to the knowledge of the Company, any person acting on its or their behalf has, directly or indirectly, made any offers or sales of any security or solicited any offers to buy any security, under circumstances that would require registration of the Shares under the Securities Act or cause this offering of the Shares to be integrated with prior offerings by the Company for purposes of the Securities Act.

 

6


  j. Employee Relations . Neither Company nor any subsidiary is involved in any labor dispute nor, to the knowledge of the Company, is any such dispute threatened. Neither Company nor any subsidiary is party to any collective bargaining agreement. The Company’s and/or its subsidiaries’ employees are not members of any union, and the Company believes that its and its subsidiaries’ relationship with their respective employees is good.

 

  k.

Intellectual Property Rights . Except as set forth on Schedule 4k , the Company and each of its subsidiaries owns, possesses, or has rights to, all Intellectual Property necessary for the conduct of the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ business as now conducted, except as such failure to own, possess or have such rights would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect and (ii) there are no unreleased liens or security interests which have been filed, or which the Company has received notice of, against any of the patents owned or licenses to the Company. Furthermore, (A) to the Company’s knowledge, there is no infringement, misappropriation or violation by third parties of any such Intellectual Property, except as such infringement, misappropriation or violation would not result in a Material Adverse Effect; (B) there is no pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened, action, suit, proceeding or claim by others challenging the Company’s or any of its subsidiaries’ rights in or to any such Intellectual Property, and the Company is unaware of any facts which would form a reasonable basis for any such claim; (C) the Intellectual Property owned by the Company and its subsidiaries, and to the Company’s knowledge, the Intellectual Property licensed to the Company and its subsidiaries, has not been adjudged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and there is no pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others challenging the validity, enforceability or scope of any such Intellectual Property, and, to the Company’s knowledge, there are no facts which would form a reasonable basis for any such claim; (D) there is no pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others that the Company or any of its subsidiaries infringes, misappropriates or otherwise violates any Intellectual Property or other proprietary rights of others, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any notice of such claim and, to the Company’s knowledge, there are no other facts which would form a reasonable basis for any such claim, except for any action, suit, proceeding or claim as would not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (E) to the Company’s knowledge, no employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is in or has ever been in violation of any term of any employment contract, patent disclosure agreement, invention assignment agreement, non-competition agreement, non-solicitation agreement, nondisclosure agreement or any restrictive covenant to or with a former employer where the basis of such violation relates to such employee’s employment with the Company or any of its subsidiaries or actions undertaken by the employee while employed with the Company or any of its subsidiaries, except as such violation would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (A) the Company and its subsidiaries have disclosed to the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office ( USPTO ) all information known to the Company to be relevant to the patentability of its inventions in accordance with 37 C.F.R. Section 1.56, and (B) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries made any misrepresentation or concealed any information from the USPTO in any of the patents or patent applications owned or licensed to the Company, or in connection with the prosecution thereof, in violation of 37 C.F.R. Section 1.56. Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and to the Company’s knowledge, (A) there are no facts that are reasonably likely to provide a basis for a finding that the Company or any of its subsidiaries does not have clear title or valid license or sublicense rights to the patents or patent applications owned or licensed to the Company or other proprietary information rights as being owned by, or licensed or sublicensed to, as the case may be, the Company or any of

 

7


  its subsidiaries, (B) no valid issued U.S. patent is or would be infringed by the activities of the Company or any of its subsidiaries relating to products currently or proposed to be manufactured, used or sold by the Company or any of its subsidiaries and (C) there are no facts with respect to any issued patent owned or licensed to the Company that would cause any claim of any such patent not to be valid and enforceable in accordance with applicable regulations. “ Intellectual Property ” shall mean all patents, patent applications, trade and service marks, trade and service mark registrations, trade names, copyrights, licenses, inventions, trade secrets, domain names, technology and know-how.

 

  l. Environmental Laws .

 

  (i) The Company and each subsidiary has complied with all applicable Environmental Laws (as defined below), except for violations of Environmental Laws that, individually or in the aggregate, have not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There is no pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened civil or criminal litigation, notice of violation, formal administrative proceeding, or investigation, inquiry or information request, relating to any Environmental Law involving the Company or any subsidiary, except for litigation, notices of violations, formal administrative proceedings or investigations, inquiries or information requests that, individually or in the aggregate, have not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. For purposes of this Agreement, “Environmental Law” means any national, state, provincial or local law, statute, rule or regulation or the common law relating to the environment or occupational health and safety, including without limitation any statute, regulation, administrative decision or order pertaining to (i) treatment, storage, disposal, generation and transportation of industrial, toxic or hazardous materials or substances or solid or hazardous waste; (ii) air, water and noise pollution; (iii) groundwater and soil contamination; (iv) the release or threatened release into the environment of industrial, toxic or hazardous materials or substances, or solid or hazardous waste, including without limitation emissions, discharges, injections, spills, escapes or dumping of pollutants, contaminants or chemicals; (v) the protection of wild life, marine life and wetlands, including without limitation all endangered and threatened species; (vi) storage tanks, vessels, containers, abandoned or discarded barrels, and other closed receptacles; (vii) health and safety of employees and other persons; and (viii) manufacturing, processing, using, distributing, treating, storing, disposing, transporting or handling of materials regulated under any law as pollutants, contaminants, toxic or hazardous materials or substances or oil or petroleum products or solid or hazardous waste. As used above, the terms “release” and “environment” shall have the meaning set forth in the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended.

 

  (ii) To the knowledge of the Company, there is no material environmental liability with respect to any solid or hazardous waste transporter or treatment, storage or disposal facility that has been used by the Company or any subsidiary.

 

  (iii) The Company and its subsidiaries (i) have received all permits, licenses or other approvals required of them under applicable Environmental Laws to conduct their respective businesses except to the extent that the failure to have such permits, licenses or other approvals would not have a Material Adverse Effect, and (ii) are in compliance, in all material respects, with all terms and conditions of any such permit, license or approval.

 

  m.

Authorizations; Regulatory Compliance . The Company and each of its subsidiaries holds, and is operating in compliance with, all authorizations, licenses, permits, approvals,

 

8


  clearances, registrations, exemptions, consents, certificates and orders of any governmental authority and supplements and amendments thereto (collectively, “Authorizations”) required for the conduct of its business and all such Authorizations are valid and in full force and effect and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is in material violation of any terms of any such Authorizations, except, in each case, such as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received notice of any revocation or modification of any such Authorization, or has reason to believe that any such Authorization will not be renewed in the ordinary course, except to the extent that any such revocation, modification, or non-renewal would not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Company and each of its subsidiaries is in compliance with all applicable federal, state, local and foreign laws, regulations, orders and decrees, except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any unresolved FDA Form 483, notice of adverse filing, warning letter, untitled letter or other correspondence or notice from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”), or any other federal, state, local, or foreign governmental or regulatory authority, alleging or asserting noncompliance with the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. § 301 et seq.). The Company and each of its subsidiaries, and to the Company’s knowledge, each of their respective directors, officers, employees and agents, is and has been in material compliance with applicable health care laws, including, to the extent applicable, without limitation, the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. § 301 et seq.), the federal Anti-kickback Statute (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7b(b)), the civil False Claims Act (31 U.S.C. § 3729 et seq.), the criminal False Claims Law (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7b(a)), the Civil Monetary Penalties Law (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7a), the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (42 U.S.C. § 1320d et seq.), as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009 (42 U.S.C. § 17921 et seq.), the exclusion laws (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7), Medicare (Title XVIII of the Social Security Act), Medicaid (Title XIX of the Social Security Act), and the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010, as amended by the Health Care and Education Affordability Reconciliation Act of 2010, including without limitation the Physician Payments Sunshine Act (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7h), and the regulations promulgated pursuant to such laws, and comparable state laws (collectively, “Health Care Laws”). Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received notice of any ongoing claim, action, suit, proceeding, hearing, enforcement, investigation, arbitration or other action from any Governmental Authority or third party alleging that any product operation or activity is in material violation of any Health Care Laws or Authorizations and has no knowledge that any such Governmental Authority or third party is considering any such claim, litigation, arbitration, action, suit, investigation or proceeding. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received notice that any governmental authority has taken, is taking or intends to take action to limit, suspend, modify or revoke any Authorizations and has no knowledge that any such governmental authority is considering such action. The Company and each of its subsidiaries has filed, obtained, maintained or submitted all reports, documents, forms, notices, applications, records, claims, submissions and supplements or amendments thereto as required by any Health Care Laws or Authorizations and that all such reports, documents, forms, notices, applications, records, claims, submissions and supplements or amendments were complete, correct and not misleading on the date filed (or were corrected or supplemented by a subsequent submission). Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has, either voluntarily or involuntarily, initiated, conducted, or issued or caused to be initiated, conducted or issued, any recall, market withdrawal or replacement, safety alert, post sale warning, “dear doctor” letter, or other notice or action relating to the alleged lack of safety or efficacy of any product or any alleged product defect or violation and, to the Company’s knowledge, no third party has

 

9


  initiated or conducted any such notice or action. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is a party to any corporate integrity agreement, deferred prosecution agreement, monitoring agreement, consent decree, settlement order, or similar agreements, or has any reporting obligations pursuant to any such agreement, plan or correction or other remedial measure entered into with any Governmental Authority. Neither the Company, its subsidiaries nor their officers, directors, employees, agents or contractors has been or is currently excluded from participation in the Medicare and Medicaid programs or any other state or federal health care program.

 

  n. Title . Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries owns any real property. Except as set forth on Schedule 4n , each of the Company and its subsidiaries has good and marketable title to all of its personal property and assets, free and clear of any restriction, mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, lien, security interest or other charge, claim or encumbrance which would have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as set forth on Schedule 4n , with respect to properties and assets it leases, each of the Company and its subsidiaries is in compliance with such leases and holds a valid leasehold interest free of any liens, claims or encumbrances which would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  o. No Material Restrictions, Breaches, etc . Neither Company nor any subsidiary is subject to any charter, corporate or other legal restriction, or any judgment, decree, order, rule or regulation which in the judgment of the Company’s officers has had, or is reasonably expected in the future to have, a Material Adverse Effect. Neither Company nor any subsidiary is in breach of any contract or agreement which breach, in the judgment of the Company’s officers, has had, or is reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  p. Tax Status . The Company and each subsidiary has made and filed (taking into account any valid extensions) all federal and state income and all other tax returns, reports and declarations required by any jurisdiction to which it is subject and (unless and only to the extent that the Company or such subsidiary has set aside on its books provisions reasonably adequate for the payment of all unpaid and unreported taxes) has paid all taxes and other governmental assessments and charges that are material in amount, shown or determined to be due on such returns, reports and declarations, except those being contested in good faith and has set aside on its books provision reasonably adequate for the payment of all taxes for periods subsequent to the periods to which such returns, reports or declarations apply. To the knowledge of the Company, there are no unpaid taxes in any material amount claimed to be due from the Company or any subsidiary by the taxing authority of any jurisdiction, and the officers of the Company know of no basis for any such claim.

 

  q. Certain Transactions . Except for arm’s length transactions pursuant to which the Company or any subsidiary makes payments in the ordinary course of business upon terms no less favorable than it could obtain from third parties, none of the officers, directors, or employees of the Company or any subsidiary is a party to any transaction with the Company or any subsidiary (other than for services as employees, officers and directors), including any contract, agreement or other arrangement providing for the furnishing of services to or by, providing for rental of real or personal property to or from, or otherwise requiring payments to or from any officer, director or such employee or, to the knowledge of the Company, any corporation, partnership, trust or other entity in which any officer, director, or any such employee has a substantial interest or is an officer, director, trustee or partner.

 

  r. Rights of First Refusal . Except as set forth on Schedule 4c(i) or Schedule 4r , the Company is not obligated to offer the securities offered hereunder on a right of first refusal basis or otherwise to any third parties including, but not limited to, current or former stockholders of the Company, underwriters, brokers, agents or other third parties.

 

10


  s. Insurance . The Company has insurance policies of the type and in amounts customarily carried by organizations conducting businesses or owning assets similar to those of the Company and its subsidiaries. There is no material claim pending under any such policy as to which coverage has been questioned, denied or disputed by the underwriter of such policy.

 

  t. SEC Reports . The Company has filed all reports, schedules, forms, statements and other documents required to be filed by the Company under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), including pursuant to Section 15(d) thereof (or that it would have been required to file by Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act if its duty to file thereunder had not been automatically suspended) (collectively, together with the Super 8-K, the “ SEC Reports ”) for the two (2) years preceding the date hereof (or such shorter period since the Company was first required by law or regulation to file such material). To the Company’s knowledge, the draft Super 8-K furnished to each Purchaser prior to the Initial Closing will not materially deviate from the Super 8-K.

 

  u. Financial Statements . The financial statements of the Company included in the SEC Reports comply in all material respects with applicable accounting requirements and the rules and regulations of the SEC with respect thereto as in effect at the time of filing. Such financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis during the periods involved, except as may be otherwise specified in such financial statements or the notes thereto and except that unaudited financial statements may not contain all footnotes required by GAAP, and fairly present in all material respects the financial position of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries taken as a whole as of and for the dates thereof and the results of operations and cash flows for the periods then ended, subject, in the case of unaudited statements, to normal, year-end audit adjustments. The pro forma financial information and the related notes, if any, included in the SEC Reports have been properly compiled and prepared in accordance with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder and fairly present in all material respects the information shown therein, and the assumptions used in the preparation thereof are reasonable and the adjustments used therein are appropriate to give effect to the transactions and circumstances referred to therein.

 

  v.

Material Changes . Since the respective date of the latest balance sheet of the Company and the latest balance sheet of Valeritas included in the financial statements contained within the SEC Reports, except as specifically disclosed in the SEC Reports, (i) there have been no events, occurrences or developments that have had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect with respect to the Company or Valeritas, (ii) neither the Company nor Valeritas has incurred any material liabilities (contingent or otherwise) other than (A) trade payables, accrued expenses and other liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice and (B) liabilities not required to be reflected in the financial statements of the Company or of Valeritas, as applicable, pursuant to GAAP or to be disclosed in filings made with the SEC, (iii) neither the Company nor Valeritas has materially altered its method of accounting or the manner in which it keeps its accounting books and records, (iv) neither the Company nor Valeritas has declared or made any dividend or distribution of cash or other property to its stockholders or purchased, redeemed or made any agreements to purchase or redeem any shares of its capital stock (other than in connection with repurchases of unvested stock issued to employees of the Company), (v) neither the Company nor Valeritas has issued any equity securities to any officer, director or Affiliate,

 

11


  except Common Stock issued in the ordinary course pursuant to existing Company or Valeritas stock option or stock purchase plans or executive and director corporate arrangements disclosed in the SEC Reports and Common Stock issued pursuant to the Merger, (vi) there has not been any change or amendment to, or any waiver of any material right under, any material contract under which the Company, Valeritas or any of their assets are bound or subject, and (vii) except for the issuance of the Shares and Placement Agent Warrants contemplated by this Agreement, no event, liability or development has occurred or exists with respect to the Company, Valeritas or each of their businesses, properties, operations or financial condition, as applicable, that would be required to be disclosed by the Company or Valeritas under applicable securities laws at the time this representation is made that has not been publicly disclosed in the SEC Reports.

 

  w. Transactions With Affiliates and Employees . None of the officers or directors of the Company and, to the Company’s knowledge, none of the employees of the Company, is a party to any transaction with the Company or to a transaction contemplated by the Company (other than for services as employees, officers and directors) that would be required to be disclosed by the Company pursuant to Item 404 of Regulation S-K promulgated under the Securities Act, except as contemplated by the Transaction Documents or set forth in the SEC Reports.

 

  x. Sarbanes-Oxley . The Company is in compliance in all material respects with all of the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 which are applicable to it.

 

  y. Disclosure Controls . The Company has established and maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14 under the Exchange Act) and such controls and procedures are effective in ensuring that material information relating to the Company, including its subsidiaries, is made known to the principal executive officer and the principal financial officer.

 

  z. Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements . There is no transaction, arrangement, or other relationship between the Company and an unconsolidated or other off-balance sheet entity that is required to be disclosed by the Company in its SEC Reports (including, for purposes hereof, any that are required to be disclosed in a Form 10) and is not so disclosed or that otherwise would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  aa. Foreign Corrupt Practices . Neither the Company and its subsidiaries, nor to the Company’s knowledge, any agent or other person acting on behalf of the Company and its subsidiaries, has: (i) directly or indirectly, used any funds for unlawful contributions, gifts, entertainment or other unlawful expenses related to foreign or domestic political activity, (ii) made any unlawful payment to foreign or domestic government officials or employees or to any foreign or domestic political parties or campaigns from corporate funds, (iii) failed to disclose fully any contribution made by the Company (or made by any person acting on its behalf of which the Company is aware) which is in violation of law or (iv) violated in any material respect any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.

 

  bb. Brokers’ Fees . Neither of the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has any liability or obligation to pay any fees or commissions to any broker, finder or agent with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except for the payment of fees to the Placement Agents as described in Section 3 above.

 

12


  cc. Disclosure Materials . The SEC Reports and the Disclosure Materials taken as a whole do not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.

 

  dd. Investment Company . The Company is not required to be registered as, and is not an Affiliate of, and immediately following the Closing will not be required to register as, an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

  ee. Reliance . The Company acknowledges that the Purchaser is relying on the representations and warranties made by the Company hereunder and that such representations and warranties are a material inducement to the Purchaser purchasing the Shares. The Company further acknowledges that without such representations and warranties of the Company made hereunder, the Purchasers would not enter into this Agreement.

 

  5. Representations, Warranties and Agreements of the Purchaser.   The Purchaser represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Company the following:

 

  a. The Purchaser has the knowledge and experience in financial and business matters necessary to evaluate the merits and risks of its prospective investment in the Company, and has carefully reviewed and understands the risks of, and other considerations relating to, the purchase of Shares and the tax consequences of the investment.

 

  b. The Purchaser is acquiring the Shares for investment for its own account and not with the view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof. The Purchaser understands and acknowledges that the Offering and sale of the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act or any state securities laws, by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws, which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent as expressed herein. The Purchaser further represents that it does not have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any person to sell, transfer or grant participation to any third person with respect to any of the Shares. The Purchaser understands and acknowledges that the offering of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement will not be registered at the time of their acquisition by the Purchaser, and may never be registered, under the Securities Act nor under the state securities laws on the ground that the sale provided for in this Agreement and the issuance of securities hereunder is exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws.

 

  c. The Purchaser is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D as promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act, for the reason(s) specified on the Accredited Investor Certification attached hereto as completed by Purchaser, and Purchaser shall submit to the Company such further assurances of such status as may be reasonably requested by the Company. The Purchaser resides in the jurisdiction set forth on the Purchaser’s Omnibus Signature Page affixed hereto.

 

  d.

The Purchaser (i) if a natural person, represents that he or she is the greater of (A) 21 years of age or (B) the age of legal majority in his or her jurisdiction of residence, and has full power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and all other related agreements or certificates and to carry out the provisions hereof and thereof; (ii) if a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or partnership, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or other entity, represents that such entity was not formed for the

 

13


  specific purpose of acquiring the Shares, such entity is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the state or jurisdiction of its organization, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby is authorized by, and will not result in a violation of state law or its charter or other organizational documents, such entity has full power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and all other related agreements or certificates and to carry out the provisions hereof and thereof and to purchase and hold the Shares, the execution and delivery of this Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary action, this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered on behalf of such entity and is a legal, valid and binding obligation of such entity; or (iii) if executing this Agreement in a representative or fiduciary capacity, represents that it has full power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement in such capacity and on behalf of the subscribing individual, ward, partnership, trust, estate, corporation, or limited liability company or partnership, or other entity for whom the Purchaser is executing this Agreement, and such individual, partnership, ward, trust, estate, corporation, or limited liability company or partnership, or other entity has full right and power to perform pursuant to this Agreement and make an investment in the Company, and represents that this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such entity. The execution and delivery of this Agreement will not violate or be in conflict with any order, judgment, injunction, agreement or controlling document to which the Purchaser is a party or by which it is bound.

 

  e. The Purchaser understands that the Shares are being offered and sold to it in reliance on specific exemptions from the registration requirements of United States federal and state securities laws and that the Company is relying in part upon the truth and accuracy of, and such Purchaser’s compliance with, the representations, warranties, agreements, acknowledgments and understandings of such Purchaser set forth herein in order to determine the availability of such exemptions and the eligibility of such Purchaser to acquire such securities. The Purchaser further acknowledges and understands that the Company is relying on the representations and warranties made by the Purchaser hereunder and that such representations and warranties are a material inducement to the Company to sell the Shares to the Purchaser. The Purchaser further acknowledges that without such representations and warranties of the Purchaser made hereunder, the Company would not enter into this Agreement with the Purchaser.

 

  f. The Purchaser understands that no public market exists for the Company’s Common Stock and that there can be no assurance that any public market for the Common Stock will exist or continue to exist.

 

  g.

The Purchaser has received and reviewed information about the Company, including all Disclosure Materials, and has had an opportunity to discuss the Company’s business, management and financial affairs with the Company’s management. The Purchaser understands that such discussions, as well as any Disclosure Materials provided by the Company, were intended to describe the aspects of the Company’s business and prospects which the Company believes to be material, but were not necessarily a thorough or exhaustive description, and except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, the Company makes no representation or warranty with respect to the completeness of such information and makes no representation or warranty of any kind with respect to any information provided by any entity other than the Company. Some of such information may include projections as to the future performance of the Company, which projections may not be realized, may be based on assumptions which may not be correct and may be subject to numerous factors beyond the Company’s control. Additionally, the Purchaser understands and represents that it is purchasing the Shares notwithstanding the fact that the Company may

 

14


  disclose in the future certain material information the Purchaser has not received, including (without limitation) financial statements of the Company and/or Valeritas for the current or prior fiscal periods, and any subsequent period financial statements that will be filed with the SEC, that it is not relying on any such information in connection with its purchase of the Shares and that it waives any right of action with respect to the nondisclosure to it prior to its purchase of the Shares of any such information. Each Purchaser has sought such accounting, legal and tax advice as it has considered necessary to make an informed investment decision with respect to its acquisition of the Shares.

 

  h. The Purchaser acknowledges that none of the Company or the Placement Agents is acting as a financial advisor or fiduciary of the Purchaser (or in any similar capacity) with respect to the Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, and no investment advice has been given by the Company, the Placement Agents or any of their respective representatives or agents in connection with the Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The Purchaser further represents to the Company that the Purchaser’s decision to enter into the Transaction Documents has been based solely on the independent evaluation by the Purchaser and its representatives.

 

  i. As of the Closing, all actions on the part of Purchaser, and its officers, directors and partners, if applicable, necessary for the authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement and the performance of all obligations of the Purchaser hereunder and thereunder shall have been taken, and this Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement, assuming due execution by the parties hereto and thereto, constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Purchaser, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, subject to: (i) judicial principles limiting the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief, and other equitable remedies and (ii) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect generally relating to or affecting creditors’ rights.

 

  j.

Purchaser represents that neither it nor, to its knowledge, any person or entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with it, nor any person having a beneficial interest in it, nor any person on whose behalf the Purchaser is acting: (i) is a person listed in the Annex to Executive Order No. 13224 (2001) issued by the President of the United States (Executive Order Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions with Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism); (ii) is named on the List of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons maintained by the U.S. Office of Foreign Assets Control; (iii) is a non-U.S. shell bank or is providing banking services indirectly to a non-U.S. shell bank; (iv) is a senior non-U.S. political figure or an immediate family member or close associate of such figure; or (v) is otherwise prohibited from investing in the Company pursuant to applicable U.S. anti-money laundering, anti-terrorist and asset control laws, regulations, rules or orders (categories (i) through (v), each a “ Prohibited Purchaser ”). The Purchaser agrees to provide the Company, promptly upon request, all information that the Company reasonably deems necessary or appropriate to comply with applicable U.S. anti-money laundering, anti-terrorist and asset control laws, regulations, rules and orders. The Purchaser consents to the disclosure to U.S. regulators and law enforcement authorities by the Company and its Affiliates and agents of such information about the Purchaser as the Company reasonably deems necessary or appropriate to comply with applicable U.S. anti-money laundering, anti-terrorist and asset control laws, regulations, rules and orders. If the Purchaser is a financial institution that is subject to the USA Patriot Act, the Purchaser represents that it has met all of its obligations under the USA Patriot Act. The Purchaser acknowledges that if, following its investment in the Company, the Company reasonably believes that the Purchaser is a Prohibited Purchaser

 

15


  or is otherwise engaged in suspicious activity or refuses to promptly provide information that the Company requests, the Company has the right or may be obligated to prohibit additional investments, segregate the assets constituting the investment in accordance with applicable regulations or immediately require the Purchaser to transfer the Shares. The Purchaser further acknowledges that the Purchaser will have no claim against the Company or any of its Affiliates or agents for any form of damages as a result of any of the foregoing actions.

If the Purchaser is an Affiliate of a non-U.S. banking institution (a “ Foreign Bank ”), or if the Purchaser receives deposits from, makes payments on behalf of, or handles other financial transactions related to a Foreign Bank, the Purchaser represents and warrants to the Company that: (i) the Foreign Bank has a fixed address, other than solely an electronic address, in a country in which the Foreign Bank is authorized to conduct banking activities; (ii) the Foreign Bank maintains operating records related to its banking activities; (iii) the Foreign Bank is subject to inspection by the banking authority that licensed the Foreign Bank to conduct banking activities; and (iv) the Foreign Bank does not provide banking services to any other Foreign Bank that does not have a physical presence in any country and that is not a regulated Affiliate.

 

  k. The Purchaser or its duly authorized representative realizes that because of the inherently speculative nature of businesses of the kind conducted and contemplated by the Company, the Company’s financial results may be expected to fluctuate from month to month and from period to period and will, generally, involve a high degree of financial and market risk that could result in substantial or, at times, even total losses for investors in securities of the Company.

 

  l. The Purchaser has adequate means of providing for its current and anticipated financial needs and contingencies, is able to bear the economic risk for an indefinite period of time and has no need for liquidity of the investment in the Shares and could afford complete loss of such investment.

 

  m. The Purchaser is not subscribing for Shares as a result of or subsequent to any advertisement, article, notice or other communication, published in any newspaper, magazine or similar media or broadcast over television, radio, or the internet, or presented at any seminar or meeting, or any solicitation of a subscription by a person not previously known to the Purchaser in connection with investments in securities generally.

 

  n. The Purchaser acknowledges that no U.S. federal or state agency or any other government or governmental agency has passed upon the Shares or made any finding or determination as to the fairness, suitability or wisdom of any investments therein.

 

  o.

Other than consummating the transactions contemplated hereunder, the Purchaser has not directly or indirectly, nor has any individual or entity acting on behalf of or pursuant to any understanding with such Purchaser, executed any purchases or sales, including Short Sales, of the securities of the Company during the period commencing as of the time that such Purchaser first received a term sheet (written or oral) from the Company or any other individual or entity representing the Company setting forth the material terms of the transactions contemplated hereunder and ending immediately prior to the execution hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of a Purchaser that is a multi-managed investment vehicle whereby separate portfolio managers manage separate portions of such Purchaser’s assets and the portfolio managers have no direct knowledge of the investment decisions made by the portfolio managers managing other portions of such Purchaser’s assets, the

 

16


  representation set forth above shall only apply with respect to the portion of assets managed by the portfolio manager that made the investment decision to purchase the Shares covered by this Agreement. Other than to other individuals or entities party to this Agreement, such Purchaser has maintained the confidentiality of all disclosures made to it in connection with this transaction (including the existence and terms of this transaction). Notwithstanding the foregoing, for avoidance of doubt, nothing contained herein shall constitute a representation or warranty, or preclude any actions, with respect to the identification of the availability of, or securing of, available shares to borrow in order to effect Short Sales or similar transactions in the future. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Short Sales ” means all “short sales” as defined in Rule 200 of Regulation SHO under the Exchange Act (but shall not be deemed to include the location and/or reservation of borrowable shares of Common Stock).

 

  p. The Purchaser agrees to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of the Registration Rights Agreement and to perform all obligations thereby imposed upon it.

 

  q. The Purchaser is aware that the anti-manipulation rules of Regulation M under the Exchange Act may apply to sales of the Shares and other activities with respect to the Shares by the Purchasers.

 

  r. All of the information that the Purchaser has heretofore furnished or which is set forth herein is true, correct and complete as of the date of this Agreement, and, if there should be any material change in such information prior to the admission of the undersigned to the Company, the Purchaser will promptly furnish revised or corrected information to the Company.

 

  s. (For ERISA plans only)  The fiduciary of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ ERISA ”), plan (the “ Plan ”) represents that such fiduciary has been informed of and understands the Company’s investment objectives, policies and strategies, and that the decision to invest “plan assets” (as such term is defined in ERISA) in the Company is consistent with the provisions of ERISA that require diversification of plan assets and impose other fiduciary responsibilities. The Purchaser fiduciary or Plan (a) is responsible for the decision to invest in the Company; (b) is independent of the Company or any of its Affiliates; (c) is qualified to make such investment decision; and (d) in making such decision, the Purchaser fiduciary or Plan has not relied primarily on any advice or recommendation of the Company or any of its Affiliates.

 

  6. Transfer Restrictions . The Purchaser acknowledges and agrees as follows:

 

  a. The Shares have not been registered for sale under the Securities Act, in reliance on the private offering exemption in Section 4(a)(2) thereof; other than as expressly provided in the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company does not currently intend to register the Shares under the Securities Act at any time in the future; and the undersigned will not immediately be entitled to the benefits of Rule 144 with respect to the Shares.

 

  b. The Purchaser understands that there are substantial restrictions on the transferability of the Shares that the certificates representing the Shares shall bear a restrictive legend in substantially the following form (and a stop-transfer order may be placed against transfer of such certificates or other instruments):

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE

 

17


“SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND NEITHER SUCH SECURITIES NOR ANY INTEREST THEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED, ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS (1) A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WITH RESPECT THERETO IS EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, OR (2) AN EXEMPTION FROM SUCH REGISTRATION EXISTS AND THE COMPANY RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, THAT SUCH SECURITIES MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED, ASSIGNED OR TRANSFERRED IN THE MANNER CONTEMPLATED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS..

In addition, if any Purchaser is an Affiliate of the Company, certificates evidencing the Shares issued to such Purchaser shall bear a customary “Affiliates” legend.

The legend set forth above shall be removed and the Company shall issue a certificate without such legend to the holder of the Shares upon which it is stamped, if (a) such Shares are sold pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act, or (b) such holder delivers to the Company an opinion of counsel, reasonably acceptable to the Company, that a disposition of the Shares is being made pursuant to an exemption from such registration and that the Shares, after such transfer, shall no longer be “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144.

 

  c.

Subject to the Company’s right to request an opinion of counsel as set forth in Section 6b , the legend set forth in Section 6b above shall be removable and the Company shall issue or cause to be issued a book entry position or a certificate without such legend or any other legend to the holder of the applicable Shares upon which it is stamped or issue or cause to be issued to such holder by electronic delivery at the applicable balance account at The Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”) as provided in this Section 6c , if (i) such Shares and Underlying Shares are registered for resale under the Securities Act and the Purchaser is selling pursuant to the effective registration statement the Shares for resale (the Purchaser hereby agrees to only sell such Shares during such time that such registration statement is effective and not withdrawn or suspended, and only as permitted by such registration statement), (ii) such Shares are sold or transferred in compliance with Rule 144 (if the transferor is not an Affiliate of the Company), or (iii) such Shares are eligible for sale without the requirement for the Company to be in compliance with the current public information requirements of Rule 144 as to such securities and without volume or manner-of-sale restrictions if applicable to the Company at the time of such sale or transfer, and the holder and its broker have delivered customary documents reasonably requested by the Company’s transfer agent and/or Company counsel in connection with such sale or transfer. All costs and expenses related to the removal of the legends and the reissuance of any Shares or Underlying Shares, including but not limited to costs and expenses with respect to the transfer agent, Company counsel or otherwise, shall be borne by the Company. Following the date on which the Registration Statement (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) is first declared effective by the SEC, or at such other time as a legend is no longer required for certain Shares, the Company will no later than three (3) Trading Days (as defined below) following the delivery by a Purchaser to the Company or the transfer agent (with concurrent notice and delivery of copies to the Company) of a legended certificate representing such Shares (endorsed or with stock powers attached, signatures guaranteed, and otherwise in form necessary to affect the reissuance and/or transfer, and together with such other customary documents as the transfer agent and/or Company counsel shall reasonably request), deliver or cause to be delivered to the transferee

 

18


  of such Purchaser or such Purchaser, as applicable, a book entry position or a certificate representing such Shares that is free from all restrictive and other legends. The Company may not make any notation on its records or give instructions to the transfer agent that enlarge the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Section 6 . Certificates for Shares subject to legend removal hereunder shall be transmitted by the transfer agent to the Purchasers, as applicable, by crediting the account of the transferee’s Purchaser’s prime broker with DTC. “ Trading Day ” means (i) a day on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and traded on its principal trading market (unless the principal trading market is the OTC Bulletin Board or the OTC Pink tier of the OTC Markets Group, Inc.), or (ii) if the Common Stock is not listed on a trading market (other than the OTC Bulletin Board or the OTC QB, OTC QX or OTC Pink tier of the OTC Markets Group, Inc.), a day on which the Common Stock is traded in the over-the-counter market, as reported by the OTC Bulletin Board, or (iii) if the Common Stock is not quoted on any trading market (other than the OTC QB, OTC QX or OTC Pink tier of the OTC Markets Group, Inc.), a day on which the Common Stock is quoted in the over-the-counter market as reported by the OTC QB, OTC QX or OTC Pink tier of the OTC Markets Group, Inc. (or any similar organization or agency succeeding to its functions of reporting prices); provided, that in the event that the Common Stock is not listed or quoted as set forth in (i), (ii) and (iii) hereof, then Trading Day shall mean a Business Day.

 

  d. If the Company shall fail for any reason or for no reason to issue to a Purchaser a book-entry position or a certificate not bearing the legend set forth in Section 6b within three (3) Trading Days after receipt by the Company and the Transfer Agent of all documents necessary for the removal of the legend as set forth in Section 6c at a time at which such removal is not prohibited under applicable law (the “ Deadline Date ”) (such certificate, the “ Unlegended Certificate ”), then, in addition to all other remedies available to such Purchaser, if on or after the Trading Day immediately following such three (3) Trading Day period, such Purchaser purchases (in an open market transaction or otherwise) shares of Common Stock to deliver in satisfaction of a sale by such Purchaser of the shares of Common Stock to be represented by the Unlegended Certificate that such Purchaser anticipated receiving from the Company without any restrictive legend as a result of such Purchaser’s full compliance with Section 6c (a “ Buy-In ”), then the Company shall, within three (3) Trading Days after such Purchaser’s request and in such Purchaser’s sole discretion, either (i) pay cash to the Purchaser in an amount equal to such Purchaser’s total purchase price (including brokerage commissions, if any) for the shares of Common Stock so purchased (the “ Buy-In Price ”), at which point the Company’s obligation to deliver such Unlegended Certificate representing such number of shares of Common Stock so purchased (and to issue such shares of Common Stock) shall terminate, or (ii) promptly honor its obligation to deliver to such Purchaser a certificate or certificates representing such shares of Common Stock and pay cash to the Purchaser in an amount equal to the excess (if any) of the Buy-In Price over the product of (a) such number of shares of Common Stock, times (b) the closing price of the Common Stock on the Deadline Date as reported by the principal trading market on which the Common Stock is primarily listed or quoted for trading. The Purchaser of shares of Common Stock shall provide the Company written notice indicating the amounts payable to such Purchaser in respect of the Buy-In, together with applicable confirmations and other evidence reasonably requested by the Company.

 

  7. Conditions to Company s Obligations at Closing . The Company’s obligation to complete the sale and issuance of the Shares and deliver the Shares to each Purchaser, individually, at each Closing shall be subject to the following conditions to the extent not waived by the Company:

 

  a. Receipt of Payment.  The Company shall have received payment, by certified or other bank check or by wire transfer of immediately available funds, in the full amount of the purchase price for the number of Shares being purchased by such Purchaser at such Closing.

 

19


  b. Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties made by the Purchasers in Section   5 hereof shall be true and correct in all material respects when made, and shall be true and correct in all material respects on such Closing Date with the same force and effect as if they had been made on and as of said date. The Purchaser shall have performed in all material respects all obligations and covenants herein required to be performed by them on or prior to such Closing Date.

 

  c. Receipt of Executed Documents.  Such Purchaser shall have executed and delivered to the Company the Omnibus Signature Page, the Purchaser Questionnaire and the Selling Stockholder Questionnaire.

 

  d. Effectiveness of the Merger.  The Merger and the related split-off transaction shall have been effected (or is simultaneously effected).

 

  e. Minimum Offering.  The Initial Closing shall be at least for the number of shares of Common Stock in the Minimum Offering at the Purchase Price.

 

  8. Conditions to Purchasers’ Obligations at Closing . Each Purchaser’s obligation to accept delivery of the Shares and to pay for the Shares shall be subject to the following conditions to the extent not waived by the Placement Agents on behalf of the Purchasers:

 

  a. Representations and Warranties Correct.  The representations and warranties made by the Company in Section   4 hereof shall be true and correct in all material respects (except to the extent any such representation and warranty is qualified by materiality or reference to Material Adverse Effect, in which case, such representation and warranty shall be true and correct in all respects as so qualified) as of, and as if made on, the date of this Agreement and as of such Closing Date, except to the extent any such representation or warranty expressly speaks as of an earlier date, in which case such representation or warranty shall be true and correct as of such earlier date. The Company shall have performed in all material respects all obligations and covenants herein required to be performed by it on or prior to such Closing Date.

 

  b. Receipt of Executed Transaction Documents.  The Company shall have executed and delivered to the Placement Agents the Registration Rights Agreement and the Escrow Agreement.

 

  c. Effectiveness of the Merger.  The Merger and the related split-off transaction shall have been effected (or is simultaneously effected).

 

  d. Minimum Offering.  The Initial Closing shall be at least for the number of shares of Common Stock in the Minimum Offering at the Purchase Price.

 

  e. Legal Opinion.  Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP, counsel to the Company, shall deliver to the Placement Agents an opinion addressed to the Purchasers, dated as of such Closing Date, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Purchasers.

 

20


  f. Certificate.  The Chief Executive Officer of the Company shall execute and deliver to the Placement Agents a certificate addressed to the Purchasers to the effect that the representations and warranties of the Company in Section   4 hereof are true and correct (except to the extent any such representation and warranty is qualified by materiality or reference to Material Adverse Effect, in which case, such representation and warranty shall be true and correct in all respects as so qualified) as of, and as if made on, the date of this Agreement and as of such Closing Date and that the Company has satisfied in all material respects all of the conditions set forth in this Section   8 .

 

  g. Good Standing.  The Company and each of its subsidiaries is a corporation or other business entity duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation.

 

  h. OTC Markets Approval.  The Company shall be quoted on either the OTC QX or OTC QB.

 

  i. Judgments.  No judgment, writ, order, injunction, award or decree of or by any court, or judge, justice or magistrate, including any bankruptcy court or judge, or any order of or by any governmental authority, shall have been issued, and no action or proceeding shall have been instituted by any governmental authority, enjoining or preventing the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

  j. No Suspension.  No suspension of trading shall have been imposed by the OTC QB, the SEC or any other governmental regulatory body with respect to public trading in the Common Stock.

 

  k. Lock-up Agreements.  Each of the lock-up agreements, duly executed by the persons listed on  Exhibit B hereto, in the form attached as  Exhibit C  hereto shall have been delivered to the Placement Agents on behalf of the Purchasers.

 

  l. Delivery of Draft of Super 8-K . A substantially complete draft of the Super 8-K, including audited financial statements of Valeritas for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and interim unaudited financial statements and pro forma financial statements have been delivered to the Placement Agents on behalf of the Purchasers.

 

  m. Debt Restructuring . Valeritas’s debt conversion and restructuring described as described in Schedule 4c shall have been completed.

 

  9. Indemnification.

 

  a.

The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Purchaser, and its directors, officers, shareholders, members, partners, employees and agents (and any other persons with a functionally equivalent role of a person holding such titles notwithstanding a lack of such title or any other title), each person who controls such Purchaser (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act and Section 20 of the Exchange Act), and the directors, officers, shareholders, agents, members, partners or employees (and any other persons with a functionally equivalent role of a person holding such titles notwithstanding a lack of such title or any other title) of such controlling person, from and against all losses, liabilities, claims, damages, costs, fees and expenses whatsoever (including, but not limited to, any and all expenses incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation commenced or threatened) based upon or arising out of the Company’s actual or alleged false

 

21


  acknowledgment, representation or warranty, or misrepresentation or omission to state a material fact, or breach by the Company of any covenant or agreement made by the Company, contained herein or in any other any other Disclosure Materials; provided, however, that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent and only to the extent that any such loss, liability, claim, damage, cost, fee or expense arises out of or is based upon the inaccuracy of any representations made by such indemnified party in this Agreement, or the failure of such indemnified party to comply with the covenants and agreements contained in Section 7. The liability of the Company under this paragraph shall not exceed the total Purchase Price paid by the Purchaser hereunder, except in the case of fraud.

 

  b. Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 9 of notice of the commencement of any Action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this Section 9 , notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party will not relieve it from any liability which it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 9 . In case any such Action is brought against any indemnified party, and it notifies the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate therein, and to the extent that it may elect by written notice delivered to the indemnified party promptly after receiving the aforesaid notice from such indemnified party, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to such indemnified party; provided, however, if the defendants in any such Action include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and either (i) the indemnifying party or parties and the indemnified party or parties mutually agree or (ii) representation of both the indemnifying party or parties and the indemnified party or parties by the same counsel is inappropriate under applicable standards of professional conduct due to actual or potential differing interests between them, the indemnified party or parties shall have the right to select separate counsel to assume such legal defenses and to otherwise participate in the defense of such Action on behalf of such indemnified party or parties. Upon receipt of notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense of such Action and approval by the indemnified party of counsel, the indemnifying party will not be liable to such indemnified party under this Section 9 for any reasonable legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof unless (i) the indemnified party shall have employed counsel in connection with the assumption of legal defenses in accordance with the proviso to the next preceding sentence (it being understood, however, that the indemnifying party shall not be liable for the expenses of more than one separate counsel in such circumstance), (ii) the indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party within a reasonable time after notice of commencement of the Action or (iii) the indemnifying party has authorized the employment of counsel for the indemnified party at the expense of the indemnifying party. No indemnifying party shall (i) without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened Action in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties to such Action) unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such Action, or (ii) be liable for any settlement of any such Action effected without its written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), but if settled with its written consent or if there be a final judgment of the plaintiff in any such Action, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify and hold harmless any indemnified party from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment.

 

22


  10. Revocability; Binding Effect. The subscription hereunder may be revoked prior to the Closing thereon, provided that written notice of revocation is sent and is received by the Company or a Placement Agent at least three (3) Business Days prior to the Closing on such subscription. The Purchaser hereby acknowledges and agrees that this Agreement shall survive the death or disability of the Purchaser and shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns. If the Purchaser is more than one person, the obligations of the Purchaser hereunder shall be joint and several and the agreements, representations, warranties and acknowledgments herein shall be deemed to be made by and be binding upon each such person and such person’s heirs, executors, administrators, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns.

 

  11. Independent Nature of Purchasers’ Obligations and Rights . The obligations of each Purchaser under this Agreement are several and not joint with the obligations of any other Purchaser, and no Purchaser shall be responsible in any way for the performance of the obligations of any other Purchaser under this Agreement. Nothing contained herein and no action taken by any Purchaser pursuant hereto, shall be deemed to constitute the Purchasers as a partnership, an association, a joint venture or any other kind of entity, or create a presumption that the Purchasers are in any way acting in concert or as a group, or are deemed affiliates (as such term is defined under the Exchange Act) with respect to such obligations or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Each Purchaser shall be entitled to independently protect and enforce its rights, including without limitation the rights arising out of this Agreement, and it shall not be necessary for any other Purchaser to be joined as an additional party in any proceeding for such purpose.

 

  12. Third-Party Beneficiary . The Placement Agents shall be the third party beneficiary of the representations and warranties included in this Agreement. This Agreement is intended for the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns and is not for the benefit of, nor may any provision hereof be enforced by, any other Person, except as otherwise set forth in Section 9 and this Section 12 .

 

  13. Modification.  This Agreement shall not be modified or waived except by an instrument in writing signed by the party against whom any such modification or waiver is sought to be enforced.

 

  14. Immaterial Modifications to the Registration Rights Agreement.  The Company and the Placement Agents may, at any time prior to the initial Closing, amend the Registration Rights Agreement if necessary to clarify any provision therein, without first providing notice or obtaining prior consent of the Purchaser.

 

23


  15. Notices. Any notice, consents, waivers or other communication required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing and will be deemed to have been delivered: (i) upon receipt, when personally delivered; (ii) upon receipt when sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; (iii) upon receipt, when sent by facsimile (provided confirmation of transmission is mechanically or electronically generated and kept on file by the sending party); (iv) when sent, if by e-mail, (provided that such sent e-mail is kept on file (whether electronically or otherwise) by the sending party and the sending party does not receive an automatically generated message from the recipient’s e-mail server that such e-mail could not be delivered to such recipient); or (v) one (1) Business Day after deposit with an overnight courier service with next day delivery specified, in each case, properly addressed to the party to receive the same. The addresses, facsimile numbers and email addresses for such communications shall be:

 

  (a) if to the Company, at

Valeritas Holdings, Inc.

750 Route 202 South, Suite 600

Bridgewater, NJ 08807

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

Facsimile: 908-927-9927

E-mail:  JTimberlake@valeritas.com

with copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:

CKR Law LLP

1330 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10019

Attention: Barrett S. DiPaolo

Facsimile: +1-212-259-8200

E-mail:  bdipaolo@ckrlaw.com

and

Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP

502 Carnegie Center

Princeton, NJ 08540-6241

Attention: Emilio Ragosa

Facsimile: 609-919-6701

Email:  eragosa@morganlewis.com ,

or

 

  (b) if to the Purchaser, at the address set forth on the Omnibus Signature Page hereof.

(or, in either case, to such other address as the party shall have furnished in writing in accordance with the provisions of this Section 15 ). Any notice or other communication given by certified mail shall be deemed given at the time of certification thereof, except for a notice changing a party’s address which shall be deemed given at the time of receipt thereof.

 

  16. Assignability.  This Agreement and the rights, interests and obligations hereunder are not transferable or assignable by the Purchaser, and the transfer or assignment of the Shares shall be made only in accordance with all applicable laws.

 

  17. Applicable Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without reference to the principles thereof relating to the conflict of laws.

 

  18. Arbitration.  The parties agree to submit all controversies to arbitration in accordance with the provisions set forth below and understand that:

 

  a. Arbitration shall be final and binding on the parties.

 

24


  b. The parties are waiving their right to seek remedies in court, including the right to a jury trial.

 

  c. Pre-arbitration discovery is generally more limited and different from court proceedings.

 

  d. The arbitrator’s award is not required to include factual findings or legal reasoning and any party’s right to appeal or to seek modification of rulings by arbitrators is strictly limited.

 

  e. The panel of arbitrators will typically include a minority of arbitrators who were or are affiliated with the securities industry.

 

  f. All controversies which may arise between the parties concerning this Agreement shall be determined by arbitration pursuant to the rules then pertaining to the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority in New York City, New York. Judgment on any award of any such arbitration may be entered in the Supreme Court of the State of New York or in any other court having jurisdiction of the person or persons against whom such award is rendered. Any notice of such arbitration or for the confirmation of any award in any arbitration shall be sufficient if given in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. The parties agree that the determination of the arbitrators shall be binding and conclusive upon them. The prevailing party, as determined by such arbitrators, in a legal proceeding shall be entitled to collect any costs, disbursements and reasonable attorney’s fees from the other party. Prior to filing an arbitration, the parties hereby agree that they will attempt to resolve their differences first by submitting the matter for resolution to a mediator, acceptable to all parties, and whose expenses will be borne equally by all parties. The mediation will be held in the County of New York, State of New York, on an expedited basis. If the parties cannot successfully resolve their differences through mediation within sixty (60) days from the receipt of the written notice of a matter from the notifying party, the matter will be resolved by arbitration. The arbitration shall take place in the County of New York, State of New York, on an expedited basis.

 

  19. Form D; Blue Sky Qualification. The Company agrees to timely file a Form D with respect to the Securities and to provide a copy thereof, promptly upon request of any Purchaser. The Company shall take such action as the Company shall reasonably determine is necessary in order to obtain an exemption for, or to qualify the Securities for, sale to the Purchaser at such Closing under applicable securities or “Blue Sky” laws of the states of the United States, and shall provide evidence of such actions promptly upon request of any Purchaser.

 

  20. Use of Pronouns.  All pronouns and any variations thereof used herein shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine, neuter, singular or plural as the identity of the person or persons referred to may require.

 

  21.

Securities Laws Disclosure; Publicity . By 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the trading day immediately following the execution of this Agreement, the Company shall issue a press release (the “ Press Release ”) disclosing all material terms of the Offering. Within the time required by the Exchange Act, the Company will file the Super 8-K (and including as exhibits to such Super 8-K, the material Transaction Documents (including, without limitation, this Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement)). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not publicly disclose the name of any Purchaser or an Affiliate of any Purchaser, or include the name of any Purchaser or an Affiliate of any Purchaser in any press release or filing with the SEC (other than the Registration Statement) or any regulatory agency or principal trading market, without the prior written consent of such Purchaser, except (i) as required by federal securities law in

 

25


  connection with (A) any registration statement contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement and (B) the filing of final Transaction Documents with the SEC or (ii) to the extent such disclosure is required by law, request of the staff of the SEC or of any regulatory agency or principal trading market regulations, in which case the Company shall provide the Purchasers with prior written notice of such disclosure permitted under this sub-clause (ii) from and after the issuance of the Press Release, no Purchaser shall be in possession of any material, non-public information received from the Company or any of its respective officers, directors, employees or agents, that is not disclosed in the Press Release unless a Purchaser shall have executed a written agreement regarding the confidentiality and use of such information. Each Purchaser, severally and not jointly with the other Purchasers, covenants that until such time as the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are publicly disclosed by the Company as described in this Section   21 , such Purchaser will maintain the confidentiality of all disclosures made to it in connection with such transactions (including the existence and terms of such transactions).

 

  22. Non-Public Information . Except for information (including the terms of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby) that will be disclosed in the Super 8-K and filed with the SEC within four (4) Business Days of the Initial Closing, the Company shall not and shall cause each of its officers, directors, employees and agents, not to, provide any Purchaser with any material, non-public information regarding the Company without the express written consent of such Purchaser.

 

  23. Anti-Dilution.   If within six (6) months after the Initial Closing of the Offering the Company shall issue Additional Shares of Common Stock (as defined below) for a consideration per share, or with an exercise or conversion price per share, less than the Purchase Price (adjusted proportionately (or if it cannot be adjusted proportionately, then equitably) for any event described in clause (iii) of the following paragraph occurring after the first Closing of the Offering) (the “ Lower Price ”), the Purchaser shall be entitled to receive from the Company (for no additional consideration) additional Shares in an amount such that, when added to the number of shares of Common Stock initially purchased by the Purchaser in the Offering and still held by such Purchaser at the time of the dilutive issuance (the “ Held Shares ”), will equal the number of shares of Common Stock that such Purchaser’s aggregate Purchase Price for the Held Shares would have purchased at the Lower Price. Holders of a majority of the then Held Shares may waive the anti-dilution rights of all Purchasers with respect to a particular issuance by the Company.

Additional Shares of Common Stock ” shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued by the Company after the Initial Closing of the Offering (including without limitation any shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exchange of any convertible securities or upon exercise of any option, warrant or other right, on an as-converted or as-exercised basis, as of the date of issuance of such security, option, warrant or right), other than: (i) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion or exchange of any convertible securities or exercise of any options or warrants outstanding as of immediately following the Merger and the initial Closing; (ii) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon exercise of the Placement Agent Warrants; (iii) shares of Common Stock issued in a Subsequent Closing; (iv) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable by reason of a dividend, stock split, split-up or other distribution on shares of Common Stock relating to any recapitalization, reclassification or reorganization of the capital stock of the Company or otherwise, or any consolidation or merger of the Company with another corporation, or the sale of all or substantially all of its assets or other transaction effected in such a way that there is no change of control of the Company; (v) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to the acquisition of another entity or business by the Company by merger, purchase of substantially all of the assets or other reorganization or pursuant to a joint

 

26


venture or technology license agreement, but not including a transaction in which the Company is issuing securities primarily for the purpose of raising capital or to an entity whose primary business is investing in securities; (vi) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable to officers, directors and employees of, or consultants to, the Company pursuant to stock grants, option plans, purchase plans or other employee stock incentive programs or arrangements approved by the Board of Directors, or upon exercise of options or warrants granted to such parties pursuant to any such plan or arrangement; and (vii) securities issued to financial institutions, institutional investors or lessors in connection with credit arrangements, equipment financings, lease arrangements or similar transactions, in the aggregate not exceeding ten percent (10%) of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at any time, and in case of clauses (iv) through (vii) above, such issuance is approved by a majority of disinterested directors of the Company and includes no “death spiral” provision of any kind.

 

  24. Miscellaneous.

 

  a. This Agreement, together with the Registration Rights Agreement and any confidentiality agreement between the Purchaser and the Company, constitute the entire agreement between the Purchaser and the Company with respect to the Offering and supersede all prior oral or written agreements and understandings, if any, relating to the subject matter hereof. The terms and provisions of this Agreement may be waived, or consent for the departure therefrom granted, only by a written document executed by the party entitled to the benefits of such terms or provisions.

 

  b. The representations and warranties of the Company and the Purchaser made in this Agreement shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and delivery of the Shares.

 

  c. If the Shares are certificated and any certificate or instrument evidencing any Shares or Placement Agent Warrants is mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed, the Company shall issue or cause to be issued in exchange and substitution for and upon cancellation thereof, or in lieu of and substitution therefor, a new certificate or instrument, but only upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Company’s transfer agent of such loss, theft or destruction and the execution by the holder thereof of a customary lost certificate affidavit of that fact and an agreement to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and the Company’s transfer agent for any losses in connection therewith or, if required by the transfer agent, a bond in such form and amount as is required by the transfer agent. The applicants for a new certificate or instrument under such circumstances shall also pay any reasonable third-party costs associated with the issuance of such replacement Shares or Placement Agent Warrants. If a replacement certificate or instrument evidencing any Shares or Placement Agent Warrants is requested due to a mutilation thereof, the Company may require delivery of such mutilated certificate or instrument as a condition precedent to any issuance of a replacement.

 

  d. Each of the parties hereto shall pay its own fees and expenses (including the fees of any attorneys, accountants, appraisers or others engaged by such party) in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated.

 

  e.

This Agreement may be executed in one or more original or facsimile or by an e-mail which contains a portable document format (.pdf) file of an executed signature page counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall together constitute one and the same instrument and which shall be enforceable against the parties actually executing

 

27


  such counterparts. The exchange of copies of this Agreement and of signature pages by facsimile transmission or in .pdf format shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Agreement as to the parties and may be used in lieu of the original Agreement for all purposes. Signatures of the parties transmitted by facsimile or by e-mail of a document in pdf format shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.

 

  f. Each provision of this Agreement shall be considered separable and, if for any reason any provision or provisions hereof are determined to be invalid or contrary to applicable law, such invalidity or illegality shall not impair the operation of or affect the remaining portions of this Agreement.

 

  g. Paragraph titles are for descriptive purposes only and shall not control or alter the meaning of this Agreement as set forth in the text.

 

  h. The Purchaser understands and acknowledges that there may be multiple Closings for the Offering.

 

  i. The Purchaser hereby agrees to furnish the Company such other information as the Company may request prior to the Closing with respect to its subscription hereunder.

 

  25. Omnibus Signature Page.  This Agreement is intended to be read and construed in conjunction with the Registration Rights Agreement. Accordingly, pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement, it is hereby agreed that the execution by the Purchaser of this Agreement, in the place set forth on the Omnibus Signature Page below, shall constitute agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions hereof and the terms and conditions of the Registration Rights Agreement, with the same effect as if each of such separate but related agreement were separately signed.

 

  26. Public Disclosure. Neither the Purchaser nor any officer, manager, director, member, partner, stockholder, employee, Affiliate, affiliated person or entity of the Purchaser shall make or issue any press releases or otherwise make any public statements or make any disclosures to any third person or entity with respect to the transactions contemplated herein and will not make or issue any press releases or otherwise make any public statements of any nature whatsoever with respect to the Company without the Company’s express prior approval. The Company has the right to withhold such approval in its sole discretion.

 

  27. Potential Conflicts.   The Placement Agents, their sub-agents, legal counsel to the Company or Valeritas and/or their respective Affiliates, principals, representatives or employees may now or hereafter own shares of the Company.

[Signature page follows.]

 

28


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has duly executed this Agreement as of the      day of             , 2016.

 

V ALERITAS H OLDINGS , I NC .
By:  

 

  Name:   John Timberlake
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

29


Annex A

How to subscribe for Shares in the private offering of

Valeritas Holdings, Inc.

(f/k/a Cleaner Yoga Mat, Inc.):

 

1. Date and Fill in the number of Shares being purchased and complete and sign the Omnibus Signature Page.

 

2. Initial the Accredited Investor Certification in the appropriate place or places.

 

3. Complete and sign the Investor Profile .

 

4. Complete and sign the Anti-Money Laundering Information Form .

 

5. Fax or email all forms and then send all signed original documents to:

CKR LAW LLP

1330 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10019

Facsimile Number: (212) 259-8200

Telephone Number: (212) 259-7300

Attn: Kathleen L. Rush

E-mail Address: krush@CKRlaw.com

 

6. If you are paying the Purchase Price by check , a certified or other bank check for the exact dollar amount of the Purchase Price for the number of Shares you are purchasing should be made payable to the order of “Delaware Trust Company, as Escrow Agent for Valeritas Holdings, Inc., Acct. # 79-2652” and should be sent directly to Delaware Trust Company, 2711 Centerville Road, One Little Falls Centre, Wilmington, DE   19808, Attn:   Alan R. Halpern .

Checks take up to five (5) business days to clear. A check must be received by the Escrow Agent at least six (6) business days before the closing date.

 

7. If you are paying the Purchase Price by wire transfer , you should send a wire transfer for the exact dollar amount of the Purchase Price for the number of Shares you are purchasing according to the following instructions :

 

Bank:   

PNC Bank

300 Delaware Avenue

Wilmington, DE 19899

ABA Routing #:    031100089
SWIFT CODE:    PNCCUS33
Account Name:    Delaware Trust Company
Account #:    5605012373
Reference:   

“FFC: Valeritas Holdings, Inc. Escrow Acct. #

79-2652 – [INSERT SUBSCRIBER’S NAME]

Delaware Trust Contact:    Alan R. Halpern

Thank you for your interest,

Valeritas Holdings, Inc.


Valeritas Holdings, Inc. (f/k/a Cleaner Yoga Mat, Inc.)

OMNIBUS SIGNATURE PAGE TO

SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT AND REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

The undersigned, desiring to: (i) enter into the Subscription Agreement, dated as of                  , 1 2016 (the “Subscription Agreement”), between the undersigned, Valeritas Holdings, Inc. (f/k/a Cleaner Yoga Mat, Inc.), a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the other parties thereto, in or substantially in the form furnished to the undersigned, (ii) enter into the Registration Rights Agreement (the “Registration Rights Agreement”), among the undersigned, the Company and the other parties thereto, in or substantially in the form furnished to the undersigned, and (iii) purchase the Shares of the Company’s securities as set forth in the Subscription Agreement and below, hereby agrees to purchase such Shares from the Company and further agrees to join the Subscription Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement as a party thereto, with all the rights and privileges appertaining thereto, and to be bound in all respects by the terms and conditions thereof. The undersigned specifically acknowledges having read the representations section in the Subscription Agreement entitled “Representations and Warranties of the Purchaser” and hereby represents that the statements contained therein are complete and accurate with respect to the undersigned as a Purchaser.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Purchaser hereby executes this Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement.

Dated:              , 2016

 

 

   X   

$5.00

      =    $  

 

Number of Shares       Purchase Price per Share       Total Purchase Price

 

SUBSCRIBER (individual)      SUBSCRIBER (entity)

 

Signature

    

 

Name of Entity

 

Print Name

    

 

Signature

     Print Name:   

 

 

Signature (if Joint Tenants or Tenants in Common)

     Title:   

 

Address of Principal Residence:      Address of Executive Offices:

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

Social Security Number(s):      IRS Tax Identification Number:

 

    

 

Telephone Number:      Telephone Number:

 

    

 

Facsimile Number:      Facsimile Number:

 

    

 

E-mail Address:      E-mail Address:

 

    

 

 

1 Will reflect the Closing Date. Not to be completed by Purchaser .


Valeritas Holdings, Inc. (f/k/a Cleaner Yoga Mat, Inc.)

ACCREDITED INVESTOR CERTIFICATION

For Individual Investors Only

(all Individual Investors must INITIAL where appropriate):

 

Initial         I have a net worth of at least US$1 million either individually or through aggregating my individual holdings and those in which I have a joint, community property or other similar shared ownership interest with my spouse. (For purposes of calculating your net worth under this paragraph, (a) your primary residence shall not be included as an asset ; (b) indebtedness secured by your primary residence, up to the estimated fair market value of your primary residence at the time of your purchase of the securities, shall not be included as a liability (except that if the amount of such indebtedness outstanding at the time of your purchase of the securities exceeds the amount outstanding sixty (60) days before such time, other than as a result of the acquisition of your primary residence, the amount of such excess shall be included as a liability); and (c) indebtedness that is secured by your primary residence in excess of the estimated fair market value of your primary residence at the time of your purchase of the securities shall be included as a liability.)
Initial         I have had an annual gross income for the past two (2) years of at least US$200,000 (or US$300,000 jointly with my spouse) and expect my income (or joint income, as appropriate) to reach the same level in the current year.
Initial         I am a director or executive officer of Valeritas Holdings, Inc.
  

For Non-Individual Investors (Entities)

(all Non-Individual Investors must INITIAL where appropriate):

Initial     

   The investor certifies that it is a partnership, corporation, limited liability company or business trust that is 100% owned by persons who meet at least one of the criteria for Individual Investors set forth above (in which case each such person must complete the Accreditor Investor Certification for Individuals above as well the remainder of this questionnaire).

Initial     

   The investor certifies that it is a partnership, corporation, limited liability company or business trust that has total assets of at least US$5 million and was not formed for the purpose of investing the Company.

Initial     

   The investor certifies that it is an employee benefit plan whose investment decision is made by a plan fiduciary (as defined in ERISA §3(21)) that is a bank, savings and loan association, insurance company or registered investment advisor.

Initial     

   The investor certifies that it is an employee benefit plan whose total assets exceed US$5,000,000 as of the date of this Agreement.
Initial         The undersigned certifies that it is a self-directed employee benefit plan whose investment decisions are made solely by persons who meet at least one of the criteria for Individual Investors.
Initial         The investor certifies that it is a U.S. bank, U.S. savings and loan association or other similar U.S. institution acting in its individual or fiduciary capacity.
Initial         The undersigned certifies that it is a broker-dealer registered pursuant to §15 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
Initial         The investor certifies that it is an organization described in §501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code with total assets exceeding US$5,000,000 and not formed for the specific purpose of investing in the Company.
Initial         The investor certifies that it is a trust with total assets of at least US$5,000,000, not formed for the specific purpose of investing in the Company, and whose purchase is directed by a person with such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that such person is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the prospective investment.
Initial         The investor certifies that it is a plan established and maintained by a state or its political subdivisions, or any agency or instrumentality thereof, for the benefit of its employees, and which has total assets in excess of US$5,000,000.
Initial         The investor certifies that it is an insurance company as defined in §2(13) of the Securities Act of 1933, or a registered investment company.


Valeritas Holdings, Inc. (f/k/a Cleaner Yoga Mat, Inc.)

Investor Profile

(Must be completed by Investor)

Section A - Personal Investor Information

 

Investor Name(s):  

 

Individual executing Profile or Trustee:  

 

Social Security Numbers / Federal I.D. Number:  

 

Date of Birth:   

 

     Marital Status:   

 

Joint Party Date of Birth:   

 

     Investment Experience (Years):   

 

Annual Income:   

 

     Liquid Net Worth:   

 

Net Worth*:   

 

       
Tax Bracket:             15% or below             25% - 27.5%             Over 27.5%
Home Street Address:  

 

Home City, State & Zip Code:   

 

Home Phone:  

 

   Home Fax:   

 

   Home Email:   

 

Employer:  

 

Employer Street Address:      

 

Employer City, State & Zip Code:      

 

Bus. Phone:  

 

  Bus. Fax:  

 

   Bus. Email:   

 

Type of Business:  

 

Outside Broker/Dealer:  

 

Section B – Certificate Delivery Instructions

 

         Please deliver certificate to the Employer Address listed in Section A.
         Please deliver certificate to the Home Address listed in Section A.
         Please deliver certificate to the following address:                                         

Section C – Form of Payment – Check or Wire Transfer

 

         Check payable to Delaware Trust Company, as Escrow Agent for Valeritas Holdings, Inc., ACCT# 79-2652
         Wire funds from my outside account according to Section 2(b) of the Subscription Agreement.
         The funds for this investment are rolled over, tax deferred from                      within the allowed sixty (60) day window.

Please check if you are a FINRA member or Affiliate of a FINRA member firm:                     

 

 

   

 

Investor Signature     Date

 

* For purposes of calculating your net worth in this form, (a) your primary residence shall not be included as an asset ; (b) indebtedness secured by your primary residence, up to the estimated fair market value of your primary residence at the time of your purchase of the securities, shall not be included as a liability (except that if the amount of such indebtedness outstanding at the time of your purchase of the securities exceeds the amount outstanding sixty (60) days before such time, other than as a result of the acquisition of your primary residence, the amount of such excess shall be included as a liability); and (c) indebtedness that is secured by your primary residence in excess of the estimated fair market value of your primary residence at the time of your purchase of the securities shall be included as a liability.


ANTI MONEY LAUNDERING REQUIREMENTS

The USA PATRIOT Act

The USA PATRIOT Act is designed to detect, deter, and punish terrorists in the United States and abroad. The Act imposes new anti-money laundering requirements on brokerage firms and financial institutions. Since April 24, 2002 all brokerage firms have been required to have new, comprehensive anti-money laundering programs.

To help you understand these efforts, we want to provide you with some information about money laundering and our steps to implement the USA PATRIOT Act.

What is money laundering?

Money laundering is the process of disguising illegally obtained money so that the funds appear to come from legitimate sources or activities. Money laundering occurs in connection with a wide variety of crimes, including illegal arms sales, drug trafficking, robbery, fraud, racketeering, and terrorism.

How big is the problem and why is it important?

The use of the U.S. financial system by criminals to facilitate terrorism or other crimes could well taint our financial markets. According to the U.S. State Department, one recent estimate puts the amount of worldwide money laundering activity at $1 trillion a year.

What are we required to do to eliminate money laundering?

Under rules required by the USA PATRIOT Act, our anti-money laundering program must designate a special compliance officer, set up employee training, conduct independent audits, and establish policies and procedures to detect and report suspicious transaction and ensure compliance with such laws. As part of our required program, we may ask you to provide various identification documents or other information. Until you provide the information or documents we need, we may not be able to effect any transactions for you.


ANTI-MONEY LAUNDERING INFORMATION FORM

The following is required in accordance with the AML provision of the USA PATRIOT ACT.

(Please fill out and return with requested documentation.)

 

INVESTOR NAME:  

 

 
LEGAL ADDRESS:  

 

 
 

 

 

SSN# or TAX ID#

OF INVESTOR:

 

 

 
YEARLY INCOME:  

 

 
NET WORTH:  

 

  *  

 

* For purposes of calculating your net worth in this form, (a) your primary residence shall not be included as an asset ; (b) indebtedness secured by your primary residence, up to the estimated fair market value of your primary residence at the time of your purchase of the securities, shall not be included as a liability (except that if the amount of such indebtedness outstanding at the time of your purchase of the securities exceeds the amount outstanding sixty (60) days before such time, other than as a result of the acquisition of your primary residence, the amount of such excess shall be included as a liability); and (c) indebtedness that is secured by your primary residence in excess of the estimated fair market value of your primary residence at the time of your purchase of the securities shall be included as a liability.

 

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE(S) (FOR ALL INVESTORS):  

 

 
ADDRESS OF BUSINESS OR OF EMPLOYER:  

 

 
 

 

 
FOR INVESTORS WHO ARE  INDIVIDUALS : AGE:  

 

 
FOR INVESTORS WHO ARE  INDIVIDUALS : OCCUPATION:  

 

 
FOR INVESTORS WHO ARE  ENTITIES : TYPE OF BUSINESS:  

 

 

IDENTIFICATION & DOCUMENTATION AND SOURCE OF FUNDS:

 

1. Please submit a copy of non-expired identification for the authorized signatory(ies) on the investment documents, showing name, date of birth, address and signature.  The address shown on the identification document MUST match the Investor’s address shown on the Investor Signature Page.

 

Current Driver’s License    or    Valid Passport    or    Identity Card

( Circle one or more)

 

2. If the Investor is a corporation, limited liability company, trust or other type of entity, please submit the following requisite documents: (i) Certificate of Incorporation, By-Laws, Certificate of Formation, Operating Agreement, Trust or other similar documents for the type of entity; and (ii) Corporate Resolution or power of attorney or other similar document granting authority to signatory(ies) and designating that they are permitted to make the proposed investment.

 

3. Please advise where the funds were derived from to make the proposed investment:

 

Investments    Savings    Proceeds of Sale    Other  

 

(Circle one or more)

 

Signature:  

 

Print Name:  

 

Title (if applicable):  

 

Date:  

 


DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE

TO THE

SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

by and among

VALERITAS HOLDINGS, INC.

and

THE PURCHASERS PARTY THERETO

This is the Disclosure Schedule (the “ Disclosure Schedule ”) to the Subscription Agreement (the “ Subscription Agreement ”) executed by each purchaser (collectively the “ Purchasers ”) in connection with the private placement offering by Valeritas Holdings, Inc. (f/k/a Cleaner Yoga Mat, Inc.), a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), of a minimum of $25,000,000 and a maximum of $40,000,000 of shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “ Common Stock ”), plus up to an additional $10,000,000 of shares of Common Stock to cover over-subscriptions.

To the extent that any representation or warranty contained in the Subscription Agreement is limited or qualified by the materiality of the matters to which the representation or warranty is given, the inclusion of any matter in this Disclosure Schedule does not constitute a determination that such matters are material. Nothing in this Disclosure Schedule constitutes an admission of any liability or obligation of the Company or the Purchasers to any third party.

The representations and warranties set forth in the Subscription Agreement shall be modified by the exceptions, limitations, clarifications and other matters set forth in this Disclosure Schedule. Any fact or matter discussed in one or more of the items in any section of this Disclosure Schedule shall be deemed to be disclosed for purposes of all other representations and warranties in the Subscription Agreement, whether or not specifically cross-referenced, to the extent the relevance is reasonably apparent from the disclosure. Unless otherwise specified herein, capitalized terms set forth herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Subscription Agreement.


Schedule 4a

Subsidiaries

The Company’s only subsidiary is Valeritas, Inc., a Delaware corporation.


Schedule 4c

Pro Forma Capitalization 1

For purposes of this Disclosure Schedule, the term “ Issuer ” shall mean the Company, and the term “ Valeritas ” shall have the meaning as provided in the Subscription Agreement.

 

Minimum Offering

 
                   Actual     Fully Diluted  
                   Shares      %
Ownership
    Shares      %
Ownership
 

Valeritas Stockholders

           6,600,000         52.4     6,600,000         42.1

Offering Shares

     @       $ 5.00              

Existing Valeritas Investors 2

           4,000,000         31.7     4,000,000         25.5

New Investors

           1,000,000         7.9     1,000,000         6.4

Placement Agent Warrants

     @       $ 5.00              8,000         0.5

Issuer Pre-Merger Stockholders

           1,000,000         7.9     1,000,000         6.4

Equity Incentive Plan

                3,000,000         19.1
        

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

           12,600,000         100.0     15,680,000         100.0
        

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Maximum Offering plus Over-Subscription Option

 
                   Actual     Fully Diluted  
                   Shares      %
Ownership
    Shares      %
Ownership
 

Valeritas Stockholders

           6,600,000         37.5     6,600,000         31.3

Offering Shares

     @       $ 5.00              

Existing Valeritas Investors 3

           4,000,000         22.7     4,000,000         19.0

New Investors 4

           6,000,000         34.1     6,000,000         28.5

Placement Agent Warrants

     @       $ 5.00              480,000         2.3

Issuer Pre-Merger Stockholders

           1,000,000         5.7     1,000,000         4.7

Equity Incentive Plan

                3,000,000         14.2
        

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

           17,600,000         100.0     21,080,000         100.0
        

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

1   Assumes no exercise of the Issuer’s counsel’s option to receive up to 50% of its fees and expenses relating to the transactions in Common Stock.
2   Assumes participation of $20,000,000 from existing Valeritas investors in $30,000,000 Offering with no sales pursuant to Over-Subscription Option and a closing on or before April 29, 2016.
3   Assumes participation of $20,000,000 from existing Valeritas investors.
4   Assumes participation of $30,000,000 from new investors, including the $10,000,000 Over-Subscription Option.


Schedule 4c(i)

Preemptive Rights

None.


Schedule 4c(ii)

Options, Warrants, Other Stock Rights

Certain options and restricted stock to be issued pursuant to the 2016 Incentive Compensation Plan of Valeritas Holdings, Inc.


Schedule 4c(iii)

Indebtedness

Immediately prior to the Closing Date, Valeritas has outstanding a principal amount of $50 million of senior indebtedness held by Capital Royalty Group and certain of its affiliates (collectively, “ CRG ”) pursuant to an Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement by and between Valeritas and CRG dated as of August 5, 2014 by (as amended, restated or supplemented from time to time, the “ Term Loan Agreement ”), and a principal amount of $5 million of subordinated indebtedness held by WCAS Capital Partners IV, L.P. (“ WCAS ”), an affiliate of Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe, pursuant to a Note issued by Valeritas to WCAS, dated September 8, 2011, as amended by Amendment No. 1 to Note dated as of May 24, 2013 (as further amended, restated or supplemented from time to time, the “ WCAS Note ”).

Accrued interest, fees and expenses on the principal indebtedness held by CRG pursuant to the Term Loan Agreement and by WCAS pursuant to the WCAS Note as of April 29, 2016 will be $16,574,604.12 (the “ CRG Interest ”) and $2,075,662.72 (the “ WCAS Interest ”), respectively, for a total amount of $18,650,266.84. Pursuant to negotiations with CRG and WCAS, immediately prior to the Merger, CRG has agreed to convert $5,812,323.91 of the CRG Interest into common stock of Valeritas, at a price equal to $1.25 per share, which would result in Valeritas issuing 4,649,859 shares of common stock of Valeritas to CRG, and CRG and WCAS have agreed to convert $10,762,280.21 of the CRG Interest and $2,075,662.72 of the WCAS Interest into shares of Series AB Preferred Stock of Valeritas, at a price equal to $1.25 per share, which would result in Valeritas issuing 8,609,824 and 1,660,530 shares of Series AB Preferred Stock to CRG and WCAS, respectively. Thereafter, upon the closing of the Merger, the shares of Series AB Preferred Stock will be exchanged for stock in the Company and all common stock and preferred stock of Valeritas will be cancelled for no consideration. Each share of Series AB Preferred Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Closing Date will be converted into the right to receive 0.23856 shares of Company common stock.

The outstanding principal indebtedness held by CRG under the Term Loan Agreement will remain outstanding following the Merger in accordance with the following terms (the “ Revised Term Loan ”):

 

    The amount of the Revised Term Loan shall be the current $50.0 million outstanding principal indebtedness.

 

    The Revised Term Loan shall mature on the twentieth (20th) quarterly payment date following the closing date of the Merger (the “ Maturity Date ”). Principal, inclusive of all accrued paid-in-kind interest, on the Revised Term Loan will amortize in a single bullet payment on the Maturity Date.

 

    Interest on the Revised Term Loan will accrue at a rate of eleven percent (11%) per annum paid quarterly (on March 31, June 30, September 30, and December 31). Interest shall be payable, at the Company’s option, as eight percent (8%) cash interest and three percent (3%) paid in-kind interest; provided, however, that before the eighth (8 th ) quarterly payment date, interest shall be payable, at the Company’s option, in its entirety as paid-in-kind interest. All cash interest shall otherwise be paid quarterly. During any period in which an event of default has occurred and is continuing, the interest rate shall increase by four percent (4%) per annum and be payable entirely in cash.

 

    The Revised Term Loan shall be secured by a first priority security interest and right of payment in all of the Company’s global assets, accounts and proceeds now existing or to be acquired. The Revised Term Loan shall be guaranteed on a secured basis by the Company.


    To permit the Merger, all existing defaults under the Term Loan Agreement shall be permanently waived.

 

    The Company may, at its option, repay the Revised Term Loan in whole or in part without any penalty or prepayment fees.

 

    The Revised Term Loan includes only one operating covenant, which requires that the Company maintains an end-of-day cash balance greater than $5 million. The only other covenants are those usual and customary for this type of transaction.

The outstanding principal indebtedness held by WCAS under the WCAS Note will remain outstanding following the Merger in accordance with the following terms (the “ Amended WCAS Note ”):

 

    The Amended WCAS Note will mature on September 8, 2021 (the “ WCAS Note Maturity Date ”). Principal, inclusive of all accrued paid-in-kind interest, on the Amended WCAS Note will amortize in a single bullet payment on the WCAS Note Maturity Date.

 

    The Amended WCAS Note shall accrue interest at a rate of ten percent (10%) per annum payable entirely as paid-in-kind interest.

 

    WCAS’s right to payment under the Amended WCAS Note shall be subject to CRG’s payment of the Revised Term Loan pursuant to a subordination agreement by and between WCAS and CRG.

 

    To permit the Merger, all existing defaults under the WCAS Note shall be permanently waived.


Schedule 4c(iv)

Agreements to Register Securities

None.


Schedule 4c(vi)

Anti-Dilution Rights

None.


Schedule 4e

Required Notices and Consents

None.


Schedule 4f

Litigation

None.


Schedule 4k

Intellectual Property

The Company has been unable to locate the assignments to BioValve Technologies, Inc. for the following expired provisional patent applications, although all inventor assignments have been obtained with respect to all issued patents:

 

Application Number

  

Inventor Name

60/250,409    Peter F. Marshall
60/250,927    Peter F. Marshall
60/250,408    Peter F. Marshall
60/250,403    Peter F. Marshall
60/250,422    Peter F. Marshall
60/250,413    Peter F. Marshall


Schedule 4n

Title to Personal Property and Assets

The Revised Term Loan shall be secured by a first priority security interest and right of payment in all of the Company’s global assets, accounts and proceeds now existing or to be acquired. The Revised Term Loan shall be guaranteed on a secured basis by the Company.


Schedule 4r

Rights of First Refusal

None.


EXHIBIT A

FORM OF REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT


EXHIBIT B

LOCK-UP AGREEMENT SIGNATORIES

 

    Capital Royalty Partners II L.P.

 

    Capital Royalty Partners II - Parallel Fund “A” L.P.

 

    Parallel Investment Opportunities Partners II L.P.

 

    Capital Royalty Partners II – Parallel Fund “B” (Cayman) L.P.

 

    Capital Royalty Partners II (Cayman) L.P.

 

    John Timberlake

 

    Mark Conley

 

    Geoff Jenkins

 

    Matthew Nguyen

 

    Montrose Capital Limited


EXHIBIT C

FORM OF LOCK-UP AGREEMENT

Exhibit 10.5

THIS WARRANT AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE HEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED. THEY MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER SUCH ACT OR UNLESS SOLD IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144 UNDER SUCH ACT.

 

WARRANT NO. 2016-[            ]    NUMBER OF SHARES: [                ]
DATE OF ISSUANCE: [            ], 2016    (subject to adjustment hereunder)
EXPIRATION DATE: [            ], 2021   

WARRANT TO PURCHASE SHARES

OF COMMON STOCK OF

VALERITAS HOLDINGS, INC.

This Warrant is issued to [            ], or its registered assigns (including any successors or assigns, the “ Warrantholder ”), in connection with that certain Subscription Agreement, dated as of [            ], 2016, by and among Valeritas Holdings, Inc. (f/k/a Cleaner Yoga Mat, Inc.), a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and each of those persons and entities listed as a Purchaser on Annex A thereto (the “ Purchase Agreement ”).

1. EXERCISE OF WARRANT.

(a) Number and Exercise Price of Warrant Shares; Expiration Date . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and set forth in the Purchase Agreement, the Warrantholder is entitled to purchase from the Company up to [                ] shares of the Company’s Common Stock, $[        ] par value per share (the “ Common Stock ”) (as adjusted from time to time pursuant to the provisions of this Warrant) (the “ Warrant Shares ”), at a purchase price of $5.00 per share (the “ Exercise Price ”), on or before 5:00 p.m. New York City time on [            ], 2021 (the “ Expiration Date ”) (subject to earlier termination of this Warrant as set forth herein).

(b) Method of Exercise . While this Warrant remains outstanding and exercisable in accordance with Section 1(a) above, the Warrantholder may exercise this Warrant in accordance with Section 5 herein, by either:

(1) wire transfer to the Company or cashier’s check drawn on a United States bank made payable to the order of the Company, or

(2) exercising of the right to credit the Exercise Price against the Fair Market Value of the Warrant Shares (as defined below) at the time of exercise (the “ Net Exercise ”) pursuant to Section 1(c) .


Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Warrantholder shall not be required to physically surrender this Warrant to the Company until the Warrantholder has purchased all of the Warrant Shares available hereunder and the Warrant has been exercised in full, in which case, the Warrantholder shall surrender this Warrant to the Company for cancellation within three (3) trading days of the date the final Notice of Exercise is delivered to the Company. Partial exercises of this Warrant resulting in purchases of a portion of the total number of Warrant Shares available hereunder shall have the effect of lowering the outstanding number of Warrant Shares purchasable hereunder in an amount equal to the applicable number of Warrant Shares purchased. The Warrantholder and the Company shall maintain records showing the number of Warrant Shares purchased and the date of such purchases.

(c) Net Exercise . If the Company shall receive written notice from the Warrantholder at the time of exercise of this Warrant that the holder elects to Net Exercise the Warrant, the Company shall deliver to such Warrantholder (without payment by the Warrantholder of any exercise price in cash) that number of Warrant Shares computed using the following formula:

 

X =    Y (A - B) 
          A

Where

 

X   =    The number of Warrant Shares to be issued to the Warrantholder.
Y   =    The number of Warrant Shares purchasable under this Warrant or, if only a portion of the Warrant is being exercised, the portion of the Warrant being cancelled (at the date of such calculation).
A   =    The Fair Market Value of one (1) share of Common Stock on the trading date immediately preceding the date on which Warrantholder elects to exercise this Warrant.
B   =    The Exercise Price (as adjusted hereunder).

The “ Fair Market Value ” of one share of Common Stock shall mean (x) the last reported sale price and, if there are no sales, the last reported bid price, of the Common Stock on the business day prior to the date of exercise on the Trading Market on which the Common Stock is then listed or quoted as reported by Bloomberg Financial Markets (or a comparable reporting service of national reputation selected by the Company and reasonably acceptable to the holder if Bloomberg Financial Markets is not then reporting sales prices of the Common Stock) (collectively, “ Bloomberg ”), (y) if the foregoing does not apply, the last sales price of the Common Stock in the over-the-counter market on the pink sheets or bulletin board for such security as reported by Bloomberg, and, if there are no sales, the last reported bid price of the Common Stock as reported by Bloomberg or, (z) if fair market value cannot be calculated as of such date on either of the foregoing bases, the price determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors.

 

-2-


OTC Markets ” shall mean either OTC QX or OTC QB of the OTC Markets Group, Inc.

Trading Market ” shall mean any of the following markets or exchanges on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted for trading on the date in question: the NYSE MKT, the NASDAQ Capital Market, the NASDAQ Global Market, the NASDAQ Global Select Market, the New York Stock Exchange or the OTC Markets (or any successors to any of the foregoing).

(d) Deemed Exercise . In the event that immediately prior to the close of business on the Expiration Date, the Fair Market Value of one share of Common Stock (as determined in accordance with Section 1(c) above) is greater than the then applicable Exercise Price, this Warrant shall be deemed to be automatically exercised on a net exercise issue basis pursuant to Section 1(c) above, and the Company shall deliver the applicable number of Warrant Shares to the Warrantholder pursuant to the provisions of Section 1(c) above and this Section 1(d) .

2. CERTAIN ADJUSTMENTS.

(a) Adjustment of Number of Warrant Shares and Exercise Price . The number and kind of Warrant Shares purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant and the Exercise Price shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as follows:

(1) Subdivisions, Combinations and Other Issuances . If the Company shall at any time after the Date of Issuance but prior to the Expiration Date subdivide its shares of capital stock of the same class as the Warrant Shares, by split-up or otherwise, or combine such shares of capital stock, or issue additional shares of capital stock as a dividend with respect to any shares of such capital stock, the number of Warrant Shares issuable on the exercise of this Warrant shall forthwith be proportionately increased in the case of a subdivision or stock dividend, or proportionately decreased in the case of a combination. Appropriate adjustments shall also be made to the Exercise Price payable per share, but the aggregate Exercise Price payable for the total number of Warrant Shares purchasable under this Warrant (as adjusted) shall remain the same. Any adjustment under this Section 2(a)(1) shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective, or as of the record date of such dividend, or in the event that no record date is fixed, upon the making of such dividend.

(2) Reclassification, Reorganizations and Consolidation . In case of any reclassification, capital reorganization or change in the capital stock of the Company (other than as a result of a subdivision, combination or stock dividend provided for in Section 2(a)(1) above) that occurs after the Date of Issuance, then, as a condition of such reclassification, reorganization or change, lawful provision shall be made, and duly executed documents evidencing the same from the Company or its successor shall be delivered to the Warrantholder, so that the Warrantholder shall thereafter have the right at any time prior to the expiration of this Warrant to purchase, at a total price equal to that payable upon the exercise of this Warrant, the kind and amount of shares of stock and/or other securities or property (including, if applicable, cash) receivable in connection with such reclassification, reorganization or change by a holder of the same number and type of securities as were purchasable as Warrant Shares by the Warrantholders immediately prior to such reclassification, reorganization or change. In any such case appropriate provisions shall be made with respect to the rights and interest of the

 

-3-


Warrantholder so that the provisions hereof shall thereafter be applicable with respect to any shares of stock or other securities or property deliverable upon exercise hereof, and appropriate adjustments shall be made to the Exercise Price payable hereunder, provided the aggregate Exercise Price shall remain the same (and, for the avoidance of doubt, this Warrant shall be exclusively exercisable for such shares of stock and/or other securities or property from and after the consummation of such reclassification or other change in the capital stock of the Company).

(3) Adjustment of Exercise Price Upon Subsequent Equity Sales . In the event the Company shall at any time after the original issuance date of this Warrant make any issuance, sale, grant of any option or right to purchase or other disposition of any equity security or any equity-linked or related security (including, without limitation, any “equity security” as that term is defined under Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), any securities convertible into Additional Shares of Common Stock (as such term is defined in the Purchase Agreement) (the “ Additional Securities ”), for a consideration per share that is less than the Exercise Price (adjusted for stock splits, combinations, dividends and the like occurring after the date hereof) (the foregoing, a “ Dilutive Issuance ”), then the then Exercise Price shall be reduced, concurrently with such Dilutive Issuance, to a price (calculated to the nearest cent) determined in accordance with the following formula:

 

CP2 = CP1* (A + B) ÷ (A + C).

For purposes of the foregoing formula, the following definitions shall apply:

(1) “ CP2 ” shall mean the Exercise Price in effect immediately after such issuance of Additional Securities;

(2) “ CP1 ” shall mean the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such issuance of Additional Securities;

(3) “ A ” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issuance of Additional Securities (treating for this purpose as outstanding all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Company’s convertible securities outstanding immediately prior to such issuance or upon conversion or exchange of convertible securities (including the Warrants) outstanding (assuming exercise of any outstanding convertible securities therefor) immediately prior to such issuance);

(4) “ B ” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been issued if such Additional Securities had been issued at a price per share equal to CP1 (determined by dividing the aggregate consideration received by the Company in respect of such issuance by CP1); and

(5) “ C ” shall mean the number of such Additional Securities issued in such transaction.

(b) Notice to Warrantholder . If, while this Warrant is outstanding, the Company (i) declares a dividend or any other distribution of cash, securities or other property in respect of its Common Stock, including, without limitation, any granting of rights or warrants to subscribe

 

-4-


for or purchase any capital stock of the Company or any subsidiary, (ii) authorizes or approves, enters into any agreement contemplating or solicits stockholder approval for any Change of Control or (iii) authorizes the voluntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the affairs of the Company, then the Company shall deliver to the Warrantholder a notice of such transaction at least ten (10) business days prior to the applicable record or effective date on which a person would need to hold Common Stock in order to participate in or vote with respect to such transaction; provided, however, that the failure to deliver such notice or any defect therein shall not affect the validity of the corporate action required to be described in such notice.

(c) Calculations . All calculations under this Section 2 shall be made to the nearest cent or the nearest whole share, as the case may be. For purposes of this Section 2 , the number of shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued and outstanding as of a given date shall be the sum of the number of shares of Common Stock (excluding treasury shares, if any) issued and outstanding.

(d) Treatment of Warrant upon a Change of Control .

(1) If, at any time while this Warrant is outstanding, the Company consummates a Change of Control, then a holder shall have the right thereafter to receive, upon exercise of this Warrant, the same amount and kind of securities, cash or property as it would have been entitled to receive upon the occurrence of such Change of Control if it had been, immediately prior to such Change of Control, a holder of the number of Warrant Shares then issuable upon exercise in full of this Warrant (the “ Alternate Consideration ”). The Company shall not effect any such Change of Control unless prior to or simultaneously with the consummation thereof, any successor to the Company, surviving entity or the corporation purchasing or otherwise acquiring such assets or other appropriate corporation or entity shall assume the obligation to deliver to the holder, such Alternate Consideration as, in accordance with the foregoing provisions, the holder may be entitled to purchase, and the other obligations under this Warrant.

(2) As used in this Warrant, a “ Change of Control ” shall mean (i) a merger or consolidation of the Company with another corporation (other than a merger effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company), (ii) the sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposal of all or substantially all of the properties or assets or all or a majority of the outstanding voting shares of capital stock of the Company, (iii) a purchase, tender or exchange offer accepted by the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting shares of capital stock of the Company, or (iv) a “person” or “group” (as these terms are used for purposes of Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”)) is or shall become the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly at least a majority of the voting power of the capital stock of the Company.

3. NO FRACTIONAL SHARES. No fractional Warrant Shares or scrip representing fractional shares will be issued upon exercise of this Warrant. In lieu of any fractional shares which would otherwise be issuable, the Company shall pay cash equal to the product of such fraction multiplied by the Fair Market Value of one Warrant Share.

 

-5-


4. NO STOCKHOLDER RIGHTS. Until the exercise of this Warrant or any portion of this Warrant, the Warrantholder shall not have, nor exercise, any rights as a stockholder of the Company (including without limitation the right to notification of stockholder meetings or the right to receive any notice or other communication concerning the business and affairs of the Company) except as provided in Section 8 below.

5. MECHANICS OF EXERCISE.

(a) Delivery of Warrant Shares Upon Exercise . This Warrant may be exercised by the holder hereof, in whole or in part, by delivering to the Company (or such other office or agency of the Company as it may designate by notice in writing to the registered Warrantholder at the address of the Warrantholder appearing on the books of the Company) of a duly executed copy of the Notice of Exercise in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A by facsimile or e-mail attachment and paying the Exercise Price (unless the Warrantholder has elected to Net Exercise) then in effect with respect to the number of Warrant Shares as to which the Warrant is being exercised. This Warrant shall be deemed to have been exercised immediately prior to the close of business on the date of the delivery to the Company of the Notice of Exercise as provided above, and the person entitled to receive the Warrant Shares issuable upon such exercise shall be treated for all purposes as the holder of such shares of record as of the close of business on such date. Warrant Shares purchased hereunder shall be transmitted by the Company’s transfer agent to the holder by crediting the account of the holder’s prime broker with The Depository Trust Company through its Deposit or Withdrawal at Custodian system (“ DWAC ”) if the Company is then a participant in such system and either (A) there is an effective registration statement permitting the issuance of the Warrant Shares to or resale of the Warrant Shares by the holder or (B) the shares are eligible for resale by the holder without volume or manner-of-sale limitations pursuant to Rule 144, and otherwise by physical delivery to the address specified by the holder in the Notice of Exercise by the end of the day on the date that is three (3) trading days from the delivery to the Company of the Notice of Exercise and payment of the aggregate Exercise Price (unless exercised by means of a cashless exercise pursuant to Section 1(c) ). The Warrant Shares shall be deemed to have been issued, and the holder or any other person so designated to be named therein shall be deemed to have become a holder of record of such shares for all purposes, as of the date the Warrant has been exercised, with payment to the Company of the Exercise Price (or by Net Exercise) and all taxes required to be paid by the holder, if any, prior to the issuance of such shares, having been paid.

(b) Rescission Rights . If the Company fails to cause the transfer agent to transmit to the Warrantholder the Warrant Shares pursuant to Section 5(a) by the Warrant Share Delivery Date, then the Warrantholder will have the right to rescind such exercise.

(c) Warrantholder s Exercise Limitations . A holder shall not have the right to exercise this Warrant, pursuant to Section 1 or otherwise, to the extent that after giving effect to such issuance after exercise as set forth on the applicable Notice of Exercise, the holder (together with the holder’s affiliates, and any other persons acting as a group together with the holder or any of the holder’s affiliates), would beneficially own in excess of the Beneficial Ownership Limitation (as defined below). For purposes of the foregoing sentence, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by the holder and its affiliates shall include the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant with respect to which

 

-6-


such determination is being made, but shall exclude the number of shares of Common Stock which would be issuable upon (i) exercise of the remaining, nonexercised portion of this Warrant beneficially owned by the holder or any of its affiliates and (ii) exercise or conversion of the unexercised or nonconverted portion of any other securities of the Company (including, without limitation, any other convertible notes or convertible preferred stock or warrants) subject to a limitation on conversion or exercise analogous to the limitation contained herein beneficially owned by the holder or any of its affiliates. Except as set forth in the preceding sentence, for purposes of this section, beneficial ownership shall be calculated in accordance with Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, it being acknowledged by the holder that the Company is not representing to the holder that such calculation is in compliance with Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act and the holder is solely responsible for any schedules required to be filed in accordance therewith. To the extent that the limitation contained in this Section 5(c) applies, the determination of whether this Warrant is exercisable (in relation to other securities owned by the holder together with any affiliates) and of which portion of this Warrant is exercisable shall be in the sole discretion of the holder, and the submission of a Notice of Exercise shall be deemed to be the holder’s determination of whether this Warrant is exercisable (in relation to other securities owned by the holder together with any affiliates) and of which portion of this Warrant is exercisable, in each case subject to the Beneficial Ownership Limitation, and the Company shall have no obligation to verify or confirm the accuracy of such determination and shall have no liability for exercise of the Warrant that are not in compliance with the Beneficial Ownership Limitation. In addition, a determination as to any group status as contemplated above shall be determined in accordance with Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. For purposes of this Section 5(c) , in determining the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock, a holder may rely on the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock as reflected in (A) the Company’s most recent periodic or annual report filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, as the case may be, (B) a more recent public announcement by the Company or (C) a more recent written notice by the Company or the Company’s transfer agent setting forth the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. Upon the written request of a holder, the Company shall within two (2) trading days confirm in writing to the holder the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding. In any case, the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be determined after giving effect to the conversion or exercise of securities of the Company, including this Warrant, by the holder or its affiliates since the date as of which such number of outstanding shares of Common Stock was reported. The “ Beneficial Ownership Limitation ” shall be 9.99% of the number of shares of the Common Stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to the issuance of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant. Any such increase or decrease will not be effective until the 61st day after such notice is delivered to the Company. The provisions of this paragraph shall be construed and implemented in strict conformity with the terms of this Section 5(c) to correct this paragraph (or any portion hereof) which may be defective or inconsistent with the intended Beneficial Ownership Limitation herein contained or to make changes or supplements necessary or desirable to properly give effect to such limitation. The limitations contained in this paragraph shall apply to a successor holder of this Warrant.

6. CERTIFICATE OF ADJUSTMENT. Whenever the Exercise Price or number or type of securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant is adjusted, as herein provided, the Company shall, at its expense, promptly deliver to the Warrantholder a certificate of an officer of the Company setting forth the nature of such adjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment is based.

 

-7-


7. COMPLIANCE WITH SECURITIES LAWS.

(a) The Warrantholder understands that this Warrant and the Warrant Shares are characterized as “restricted securities” under the federal securities laws inasmuch as they are being acquired from the Company in a transaction not involving a public offering and that under such laws and applicable regulations this Warrant and the Warrant Shares may be resold without registration under the Securities Act only in certain limited circumstances. In this connection, the Warrantholder represents that it is familiar with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as presently in effect, and understands the resale limitations imposed thereby and by the Securities Act.

(b) Prior and as a condition to the sale or transfer of the Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant, the Warrantholder shall furnish to the Company such certificates, representations, agreements and other information, including an opinion of counsel, as the Company or the Company’s transfer agent reasonably may require to confirm that such sale or transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act, unless such Warrant Shares are being sold or transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement.

(c) The Warrantholder acknowledges that the Company may place a restrictive legend on the Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant in order to comply with applicable securities laws, in substantially the following form and substance, unless such Warrant Shares are otherwise freely tradable under Rule 144 of the Securities Act:

“THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS AND HAVE BEEN ISSUED IN RELIANCE UPON AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND SUCH OTHER SECURITIES LAWS. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED, HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF, EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR PURSUANT TO A TRANSACTION WHICH IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION, IN EACH CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS, AND IN THE CASE OF A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION, UNLESS THE COMPANY HAS RECEIVED AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO IT THAT SUCH TRANSACTION DOES NOT REQUIRE REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND SUCH OTHER APPLICABLE LAWS.”

 

-8-


8. REPLACEMENT OF WARRANTS. On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of any such loss, theft or destruction of this Warrant, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and amount to the Company or, in the case of any such mutilation, on surrender and cancellation of such Warrant, the Company at its expense will execute and deliver, in lieu thereof, a new Warrant of like tenor.

9. NO IMPAIRMENT. Except to the extent as may be waived by the holder of this Warrant, the Company will not, by amendment of its charter or through a Change of Control, dissolution, sale of assets or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Warrant, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all such terms and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of the Warrantholder against impairment.

10. TRADING DAYS. If the last or appointed day for the taking of any action or the expiration of any right required or granted herein shall be other than a day on which the Common Stock is traded on the Trading Market, then such action may be taken or such right may be exercised on the next succeeding day on which the Common Stock is so traded.

11. TRANSFERS; EXCHANGES.

(a) Subject to compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws and Section 7 hereof, this Warrant may be transferred by the Warrantholder to any Affiliate (as defined below) with respect to any or all of the Warrant Shares purchasable hereunder (a “ Permitted Transfer ”). For a transfer of this Warrant as an entirety by the Warrantholder, upon surrender of this Warrant to the Company, together with the Notice of Assignment in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B duly completed and executed on behalf of the Warrantholder, the Company shall issue a new Warrant of the same denomination to the assignee. For a transfer of this Warrant with respect to a portion of the Warrant Shares purchasable hereunder, upon surrender of this Warrant to the Company, together with the Notice of Assignment in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B duly completed and executed on behalf of the Warrantholder, the Company shall issue a new Warrant to the assignee, in such denomination as shall be requested by the Warrantholder, and shall issue to the Warrantholder a new Warrant covering the number of shares in respect of which this Warrant shall not have been transferred. The term “ Affiliate ” as used herein means, with respect to any person, any other person that, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such person, and any officers, employees or partners of the Warrantholder.

(b) Upon any Permitted Transfer, this Warrant is exchangeable, without expense, at the option of the Warrantholder, upon presentation and surrender hereof to the Company for other warrants of different denominations entitling the holder thereof to purchase in the aggregate the same number of shares of Common Stock purchasable hereunder. This Warrant may be divided or combined with other warrants that carry the same rights upon presentation hereof at the principal office of the Company together with a written notice specifying the

 

-9-


denominations in which new warrants are to be issued to the Warrantholder and signed by the Warrantholder hereof. The term “ Warrants ” as used herein includes any warrants into which this Warrant may be divided or exchanged.

12. AUTHORIZED SHARES. The Company covenants that, during the period the Warrant is outstanding, it will reserve from its authorized and unissued Common Stock a sufficient number of shares to provide for the issuance of the Warrant Shares upon the exercise of any purchase rights under this Warrant. The Company further covenants that its issuance of this Warrant shall constitute full authority to its officers who are charged with the duty of issuing the necessary Warrant Shares upon the exercise of the purchase rights under this Warrant. The Company will take all such reasonable action as may be necessary to assure that such Warrant Shares may be issued as provided herein without violation of any applicable law or regulation, or of any requirements of the Trading Market upon which the Common Stock may be quoted or listed. The Company covenants that all Warrant Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of the purchase rights represented by this Warrant will, upon exercise of the purchase rights represented by this Warrant and payment for such Warrant Shares in accordance herewith, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free from all taxes, liens and charges created by the Company in respect of the issue thereof (other than taxes in respect of any transfer occurring contemporaneously with such issue).

14. MISCELLANEOUS.

(a) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the United States of America and the State of New York, both substantive and remedial, without regard to New York conflicts of law principles. Any judicial proceeding brought under this Agreement or any dispute arising out of this Agreement or any matter related hereto shall be brought in the courts of the State of New York, New York County, or in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York.

(b) All notices, requests, consents and other communications hereunder shall be in writing, shall be sent by confirmed facsimile or electronic mail, or mailed by first-class registered or certified airmail, or nationally recognized overnight express courier, postage prepaid, and shall be deemed given when so sent in the case of facsimile or electronic mail transmission, or when so received in the case of mail or courier, and addressed as follows: (a) if to the Company, at 750 Route 202 South, Suite 600, Bridgewater, NJ 08807, Attention: Chief Executive Officer, Facsimile: (908) 927-9927, Email: jtimberlake@valeritas.com; with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice) Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP, 502 Carnegie Center, Princeton, NJ 08540-6241, Attention: Emilio Ragosa, Esq., Facsimile: (609) 919-6701, E-Mail: emilio.ragosa@morganlewis.com; and (b) if to the Warrantholder, at such address or addresses (including copies to counsel) as may have been furnished by the Warrantholder to the Company in writing.

(c) The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision hereof shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of any other provisions.

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 

-10-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Common Stock Purchase Warrant is issued effective as of the date first set forth above.

 

VALERITAS HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

 

Name:   John Timberlake
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

[ Signature Page to Warrant No. 2016-[    ] ]


EXHIBIT A

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

(To be signed only upon exercise of Warrant)

To: Valeritas Holdings, Inc.

The undersigned, the Warrantholder of the attached Warrant, hereby irrevocably elects to exercise the purchase right represented by such Warrant for, and to purchase thereunder,                      (            ) shares of Common Stock of Valeritas Holdings, Inc. and (choose one)

         herewith makes payment of                      Dollars ($        ) thereof

or

         elects to Net Exercise the Warrant pursuant to Section 1(b)(2) thereof.

The undersigned requests that the certificates or book entry position evidencing the shares to be acquired pursuant to such exercise be issued in the name of, and delivered to                                         , whose address is                                                              .

By its signature below the undersigned hereby represents and warrants that it is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the attached Warrant as of the date hereof, including Section 7 thereof.

 

DATED:  

 

   
      (Signature must conform in all respects to name of the Warrantholder as specified on the face of the Warrant)
     

 

      [                    ]
      Address:  

 

     

 

     

 


EXHIBIT B

NOTICE OF ASSIGNMENT FORM

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, [                    ] (the “ Assignor ”) hereby sells, assigns and transfers all of the rights of the undersigned Assignor under the attached Warrant with respect to the number of shares of common stock of Valeritas Holdings, Inc. (the “ Company ”) covered thereby set forth below, to the following “ Assignee ” and, in connection with such transfer, represents and warrants to the Company that the transfer is in compliance with Section 7 of the Warrant and applicable federal and state securities laws:

 

NAME OF ASSIGNEE
Number of shares:   

 

Dated:   

 

 

ADDRESS/FAX NUMBER

 

 

Signature:   

 

Witness:   

 

 

 

ASSIGNEE ACKNOWLEDGMENT

The undersigned Assignee acknowledges that it has reviewed the attached Warrant and by its signature below it hereby represents and warrants that it is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Warrant as of the date hereof, including Section 7 thereof.

 

Signature:  

 

By:  

 

Its:  

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.6

FORM OF

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This Registration Rights Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into effective as of                  , 2016, among Valeritas Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as Cleaner Yoga Mat, Inc.), a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), each of the persons who have purchased the Offering Shares (as defined below) and have executed omnibus or counterpart signature page(s) hereto (each, a “ Purchaser ” and collectively, the “ Purchasers ”), the persons or entities identified on Schedule 1 hereto holding Placement Agent Warrants (as defined below) (collectively, the “ Placement Agent Holders ”), the persons or entities identified on Schedule 2 hereto holding Merger Shares (as defined below) and the persons or entities identified on Schedule 3 hereto holding Registrable Pre-Merger Shares (as defined below).

RECITALS:

WHEREAS , the Company has offered and sold in compliance with Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act to accredited investors in a private placement offering (the “ Offering ”) shares of the common stock of the Company, par value [$0.001] per share, pursuant to that certain Subscription Agreement entered into by and between the Company and each of the subscribers for the Offering Shares set forth on the signature pages affixed thereto (the “ Subscription Agreement ”);

WHEREAS , the Company has agreed to enter into a registration rights agreement with each of the Purchasers in the Offering who purchased the Offering Shares (as defined below) and with the Placement Agent Holders who hold Placement Agent Warrants and certain other investors; and

WHEREAS , simultaneously with the Initial Closing of the Offering, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company will merge with and into Valeritas, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Valeritas ”) (the “ Merger ”);

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises, representations, warranties, covenants, and conditions set forth herein, the parties mutually agree as follows:

1. Certain Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

Approved Market ” means the OTC Markets Group, the Nasdaq Stock Market, the New York Stock Exchange or the NYSE MKT.

Blackout Period ” means, with respect to a registration, a period during which the Company, in the good faith judgment of its board of directors, determines (because of the existence of, or in anticipation of, any acquisition, financing activity, or other transaction involving the Company, or the unavailability for reasons beyond the Company’s control of any required financial statements, disclosure of information which is in its best interest not to publicly disclose, or any other event or condition of similar significance to the Company) that the registration and distribution of the Registrable Securities to be covered by such registration statement, if any, or the filing of an amendment to such registration statement in the circumstances described in Section 4(g), would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders, in each case commencing on the day the Company notifies the Holders that they are required, because of the determination described above, to suspend offers and sales of Registrable Securities and ending on the earlier of (1) the date upon which the material non-public information resulting in the Blackout Period is disclosed to the public or ceases to be material and (2) such time as the Company notifies the selling Holders that sales pursuant to such Registration Statement or a new or amended Registration Statement may resume.


Business Day ” means any day of the year, other than a Saturday, Sunday, or other day on which banks in the State of New York are required or authorized to close.

Commission ” means the U. S. Securities and Exchange Commission or any other federal agency at the time administering the Securities Act.

Common Stock ” means the common stock, par value [$0.001] per share, of the Company and any and all shares of capital stock or other equity securities of: (i) the Company which are added to or exchanged or substituted for the Common Stock by reason of the declaration of any stock dividend or stock split, the issuance of any distribution or the reclassification, readjustment, recapitalization or other such modification of the capital structure of the Company; and (ii) any other corporation, now or hereafter organized under the laws of any state or other governmental authority, with which the Company is merged, which results from any consolidation or reorganization to which the Company is a party, or to which is sold all or substantially all of the shares or assets of the Company, if immediately after such merger, consolidation, reorganization or sale, the Company or the stockholders of the Company own equity securities having in the aggregate more than 50% of the total voting power of such other corporation.

Effective Date ” means the date of the final closing of the Offering.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

Family Member ” means (a) with respect to any individual, such individual’s spouse, any descendants (whether natural or adopted), any trust all of the beneficial interests of which are owned by any of such individuals or by any of such individuals together with any organization described in Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, the estate of any such individual, and any corporation, association, partnership or limited liability company all of the equity interests of which are owned by those above described individuals, trusts or organizations and (b) with respect to any trust, the owners of the beneficial interests of such trust.

Holder ” means the holder or holders, as the case may be, from time to time of Registrable Securities and any Permitted Assignees who acquire rights in accordance with this Agreement with respect to any Registrable Securities.

Majority Holders ” means, at any time, Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding.

Merger Shares ” means the shares of Common Stock issued in exchange for all of the capital stock of Valeritas that are outstanding immediately prior to the closing of the Merger.

Permitted Assignee ” means (a) with respect to a partnership, its partners or former partners in accordance with their partnership interests, (b) with respect to a corporation, its stockholders in accordance with their interest in the corporation, (c) with respect to a limited liability company, its members or former members in accordance with their interest in the limited liability company, (d) with respect to an individual party, any Family Member of such party, (e) an entity that is controlled by, controls, or is under common control with a transferor, or (f) a party to this Agreement.

 

2


Piggyback Registration ” means, in any registration of Common Stock referenced in Section 3(b), the right of each Holder to include the Registrable Securities of such Holder in such registration.

Placement Agents ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Subscription Agreement.

Placement Agent Warrants ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Subscription Agreement.

Offering Shares ” means the shares of Common Stock issued to the Purchasers pursuant to the Subscription Agreement (including any Shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to Section 22 of the Subscription Agreement) and any shares of Common Stock issued or issuable with respect to such shares upon any stock split, dividend or other distribution, recapitalization or similar event with respect to the foregoing.

The terms “ register ,” “ registered ,” and “ registration ” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement in compliance with the Securities Act, and the declaration or ordering of the effectiveness of such registration statement by the Commission.

Registrable Pre-Merger Shares ” means all shares of Common Stock of the Company held by any person who was a shareholder of the Company and beneficially owned 10% or more of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock at any time prior to the Merger.

Registrable Pre-Merger Stockholder ” means a person holding Registrable Pre-Merger Shares.

Registrable Securities ” means (a) the Offering Shares, (b) the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Placement Agent Warrants, (c) the Merger Shares, and (d) if any, the Registrable Pre-Merger Shares; provided , however , that any such Registrable Securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities on the date that is two (2) years from the date the Registration Statement with respect to the sale of such Registrable Securities is declared effective by the Commission under the Securities Act or such shorter period ending on the earlier of the date on which (i) such Registrable Securities have been disposed of by the Holder in accordance with such Registration Statement, or (ii) all Registrable Securities held by such Holder may be sold under Rule 144 without restriction (including, without limitation, volume restrictions and manner-of-sale) and without the need for current public information required by Rule 144(c)(1) or rule 144(i)(2).

Registration Effectiveness Date ” means the date that is one hundred and twenty (120) calendar days after the Effective Date.

Registration Event ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(a) the Company fails to file with the Commission the Registration Statement on or before the Registration Filing Date;

(b) the Registration Statement is not declared effective by the Commission on or before the Registration Effectiveness Date;

(c) after the SEC Effective Date, the Registration Statement ceases for any reason to remain continuously effective or the Holders are otherwise not permitted to utilize the prospectus therein to resell the Registrable Securities (including a Blackout Period) for a period of more than fifteen (15) consecutive Trading Days;

 

3


(d) the Registrable Securities, if issued, are not listed or included for quotation on an Approved Market, or trading of the Common Stock is suspended or halted on the Approved Market, which at the time constitutes the principal market for the Common Stock, for more than three (3) consecutive Trading Days; or

(e) the Company does not comply with the information requirements of Rule 144, so long as the Offering Shares and the Merger Shares are subject to such rule.

Registration Filing Date ” means the date that is sixty (60) calendar days after the Effective Date.

Registration Statement ” means the registration statement that the Company is required to file pursuant to Section 3(a) of this Agreement to register the Registrable Securities.

Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act, as such rule may be amended or supplemented from time to time, or any similar successor rule that may be promulgated by the Commission.

Rule 145 ” means Rule 145 promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act, as such rule may be amended or supplemented from time to time, or any similar successor rule that may be promulgated by the Commission.

Rule 415 ” means Rule 415 promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act, as such rule may be amended or supplemented from time to time, or any similar successor rule that may be promulgated by the Commission.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any similar federal statute promulgated in replacement thereof, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.

SEC Effective Date ” means the date the Registration Statement is declared effective by the Commission.

Trading Day ” means any day on which such national securities exchange, the OTC Markets Group or such other securities market or quotation system, which at the time constitutes the principal securities market for the Common Stock, is open for general trading of securities.

Capitalized terms used herein without definition have the meanings ascribed to them in the Subscription Agreement.

2. Term . The registration rights provided to the Holders of Registrable Securities hereunder, and the Company’s obligation to keep the Registration Statements effective, shall terminate at the end of the Effectiveness Period hereinafter defined. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Section 3(d), Section 6, Section 8, Section 9 and Section 11 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

3. Registration .

(a) Registration on Form S-1 . The Company shall file with the Commission a Registration Statement covering the resale of all the Registrable Securities that are not then registered on an existing and effective Registrable Statement for an offering to be made on a continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415, on Form S-1 or any other form for which the Company then qualifies or which counsel for the Company shall deem appropriate and which form shall be available for the resale by the Holders of all

 

4


of the Registrable Securities, and the Company shall (i) use its commercially reasonable efforts to make the initial filing of the Registration Statement no later than the Registration Filing Date, (ii) use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Registration Statement to be declared effective no later than the Registration Effectiveness Date or if earlier, the date that is five (5) Trading Days following the date on which the Company has been notified by the Commission that the Commission has completed its review of such Registration Statement or that such Registration Statement will not be reviewed and (iii) use its commercially reasonable efforts to keep such Registration Statement effective until the date on which all securities under such Registration Statement have ceased to be Registrable Securities (the Effectiveness Period ”). The Registration Statement filed hereunder shall contain (except if otherwise required pursuant to written comments received from the Commission upon a review of such Registration Statement) that “Plan of Distribution” in substantially the form attached hereto as Annex B . Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the staff (the “ Staff ”) of the Commission should limit the number of Registrable Securities that may be sold pursuant to the Registration Statement, the Company may remove from the Registration Statement such number of Registrable Securities as specified by the Commission on behalf of all of the holders of Registrable Securities first from the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Placement Agent Warrants, on a pro-rata basis among the holders thereof (and on an as-exercised basis with respect to any Placement Agent Warrants not then exercised), and second , from the other Registrable Securities, on a pro rata basis among the holders thereof. In such event, the Company shall give the Purchasers prompt notice of the number of Registrable Securities excluded therefrom. No liquidated damages shall accrue or be payable to any Holder pursuant to Section 3(d) with respect to any Registrable Securities that are excluded by reason of the foregoing sentence.

(b) Piggyback Registration . If, after the SEC Effective Date, the Company shall determine to register for sale for cash any of its Common Stock, for its own account or for the account of others (other than the Holders), other than (i) a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans or securities issued or issuable to employees, consultants (to the extent the securities owned or to be owned by such consultants could be registered on Form S-8 (or its then equivalent form) or any of their Family Members (including a registration on Form S-8 (or its then equivalent form)), (ii) a registration relating solely to a Securities Act Rule 145 transaction or a registration on Form S-4 (or its then equivalent form) in connection with a merger, acquisition, divestiture, reorganization or similar event, or (iii) a transaction relating solely to the sale of debt or convertible debt instruments, then the Company shall promptly give to each Holder written notice thereof (the “ Registration Rights Notice ”) (and in no event shall such notice be given less than twenty (20) calendar days prior to the filing of such registration statement), and shall, subject to Section 3(c), include as a Piggyback Registration all of the Registrable Securities (including any Registrable Securities that are removed from the Registration Statement as a result of a requirement by the Staff), other than the Merger Shares (for which there are no piggyback registration rights hereunder), specified in a written request delivered by the Holder thereof within ten (10) calendar days after delivery to the Holder of such written notice from the Company. However, the Company may, without the consent of such Holders, withdraw such registration statement prior to its becoming effective if the Company or such other selling stockholders have elected to abandon the proposal to register the securities proposed to be registered thereby. The Holders acknowledge and agree that the stockholders of the Company prior to the consummation of the Merger and Offering (the “ Pre-Merger Stockholders ”) shall have “piggyback” registration rights identical to the foregoing for inclusion in any such registration together with the Holders.

(c) Underwriting . For purposes of this subsection (c), the term “Holders” shall include the Pre-Merger Stockholders but exclude the holders of the Merger Shares. If a Piggyback Registration is for a registered public offering that is to be made by an underwriting, the Company shall so advise the Holders as part of the Registration Rights Notice. In that event, the right of any Holder to Piggyback Registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein.

 

5


All Holders proposing to sell any of their Registrable Securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company and any other stockholders of the Company selling their securities through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter selected for such underwriting by the Company or such other selling stockholders, as applicable. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 3(c), if the underwriter or the Company determines that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares of Common Stock or the amount of other securities to be underwritten, the underwriter may exclude some or all Registrable Securities from such registration and underwriting. The Company shall so advise all Holders (except those Holders who failed to timely elect to include their Registrable Securities through such underwriting or have indicated to the Company their decision not to do so), and indicate to each such Holder the number of shares of Registrable Securities that may be included in the registration and underwriting, if any. The number of shares of Registrable Securities to be included in such registration and underwriting shall be allocated among such Holders as follows:

(i) If the Piggyback Registration was initiated by the Company, the number of shares that may be included in the registration and underwriting shall be allocated first to the Company and then, subject to obligations and commitments existing as of the date hereof, to all persons exercising piggyback registration rights (including the Holders) who have requested to sell in the registration on a pro rata basis according to the number of shares requested to be included therein; and

(ii) If the Piggyback Registration was initiated by the exercise of demand registration rights by a stockholder or stockholders of the Company, then the number of shares that may be included in the registration and underwriting shall be allocated first to such selling stockholders who exercised such demand to the extent of their demand registration rights, subject to obligations and commitments existing as of the date hereof, to all persons exercising piggyback registration rights (including the Holders) who have requested to sell in the registration on a pro rata basis according to the number of shares requested to be included therein, and then, subject to obligations and commitments existing as of the date hereof, to the Company.

No Registrable Securities excluded from the underwriting by reason of the underwriter’s marketing limitation shall be included in such registration. If any Holder disapproves of the terms of any such underwriting, such Holder may elect to withdraw such Holder’s Registrable Securities therefrom by delivering a written notice to the Company and the underwriter. The Registrable Securities so withdrawn from such underwriting shall also be withdrawn from such registration; provided , however , that, if by the withdrawal of such Registrable Securities, a greater number of Registrable Securities held by other Holders may be included in such registration (up to the maximum of any limitation imposed by the underwriters), then the Company shall offer to all Holders who have included Registrable Securities in the registration the right to include additional Registrable Securities pursuant to the terms and limitations set forth herein in the same proportion used above in determining the underwriter limitation.

(d) Liquidated Damages . If a Registration Event occurs, then the Company will make payments to each Holder of Registrable Securities, as liquidated damages to such Holder by reason of the Registration Event, a cash sum calculated at a rate of twelve percent (12%) per annum of the aggregate purchase price paid by such Holder pursuant to the Subscription Agreement or upon exercise of Placement Agent Warrants (or in the case of unexercised Placement Agent Warrants, of the exercise price thereof) with respect to such Holder’s Registrable Securities that are affected by such Registration Event, for the period during which such Registration Event continues to affect such Registrable Securities (the “ Registration Default Period ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the maximum amount of liquidated damages that may be paid by the Company pursuant to this Section 3(d) shall be an amount equal to five percent (5%) of the applicable foregoing aggregate purchase price with respect to such Holder’s

 

6


Registrable Securities that are affected by all Registration Events in the aggregate. Each payment of liquidated damages pursuant to this Section 3(d) shall be due and payable in arrears within five (5) days after the end of each full 30-day period of the Registration Default Period until the termination of the Registration Default Period and within five (5) days after such termination. The Registration Default Period shall terminate upon the earlier of such time as the Registrable Securities that are affected by the Registration Event cease to be Registrable Securities or (i) the filing of the Registration Statement in the case of clause (a) of the definition of Registration Event, (ii) the SEC Effective Date in the case of clause (b) of the definition of Registration Event, (iii) the ability of the Holders to effect sales pursuant to the Registration Statement in the case of clause (c) of the definition of Registration Event, and (iv) the listing or inclusion and/or trading of the Common Stock on an Approved Market, as the case may be, in the case of clause (d) of the definition of Registration Event. The amounts payable as liquidated damages pursuant to this Section 3(d) shall be payable in cash in lawful money of the United States. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company will not be liable for the payment of liquidated damages described in this Section 3(d) for any delay in registration of Registrable Securities that would otherwise be includable in the Registration Statement solely as a result of a comment received by the Staff requiring a limit on the number of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement in order for such Registration Statement to be able to avail itself of Rule 415 (a “ Cutback Comment ”). In the event of any such Cutback Comment, the Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts at the first opportunity that is permitted by the Commission to register for resale the Registrable Securities that have been cut back from being registered pursuant to Cutback Comment only with respect to that portion of the Holders’ Registrable Securities that are then Registrable Securities.

(e) Other Limitations . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3(d) above, if (i) the Commission does not declare the Registration Statement effective on or before the Registration Effectiveness Date, or (ii) the Commission allows the Registration Statement to be declared effective at any time before or after the Registration Effectiveness Date, subject to the withdrawal of certain Registrable Securities from the Registration Statement, and the reason for (i) or (ii) is the Commission’s determination that (x) the offering of any of the Registrable Securities constitutes a primary offering of securities by the Company, (y) Rule 415 may not be relied upon for the registration of the resale of any or all of the Registrable Securities, and/or (z) a Holder of any Registrable Securities must be named as an underwriter, the Holders understand and agree that in the case of (ii) the Company may (notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein) reduce, on a pro rata basis, the total number of Registrable Securities to be registered on behalf of each such Holder, and in the case of (i) or (ii) the Holder shall not be entitled to liquidated damages with respect to the Registrable Securities not registered for the reason set forth in (i) or so reduced on a pro rata basis as set forth above.

(f) Other Registrations . Until the Registration Statement required hereunder is declared effective by the Commission, the Company shall not take any action to facilitate registration under the Securities Act or enter into any agreement granting any registration rights with respect to any of its securities to any Person without the written consent of Holders representing no less than a majority of the then outstanding Registrable Securities.

4. Registration Procedures . The Company will keep each Holder reasonably advised as to the filing and effectiveness of the Registration Statement. At its expense with respect to the Registration Statement, the Company will:

(a) prepare and file with the Commission with respect to the Registrable Securities, a Registration Statement in accordance with Section 3(a) hereof, and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective and to remain effective for the Effectiveness Period;

 

7


(b) if the Registration Statement is subject to review by the Commission, promptly respond to all comments and diligently pursue resolution of any comments to the satisfaction of the Commission;

(c) prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective during the Effectiveness Period;

(d) not less than five (5) Trading Days prior to filing a Registration Statement or any related prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, the Company shall furnish to the Holders copies of all such documents proposed to be filed (other than those incorporated by reference) and duly consider any comments received by the Holders;

(e) furnish, without charge, to each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement (i) a reasonable number of copies of such Registration Statement (including any exhibits thereto other than exhibits incorporated by reference), each amendment and supplement thereto as such Holder may reasonably request, (ii) such number of copies of the prospectus included in such Registration Statement (including each preliminary prospectus and any other prospectus filed under Rule 424 of the Securities Act) as such Holders may reasonably request, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and (iii) such other documents as such Holder may reasonably require to consummate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holder, but only during the Effectiveness Period;

(f) use its commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify such registration under such other applicable securities laws of such jurisdictions within the United States as any Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement reasonably requests and as may be necessary for the marketability of the Registrable Securities (such request to be made by the time the applicable Registration Statement is deemed effective by the Commission) and do any and all other acts and things necessary to enable such Holder to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holder; provided , that the Company shall not be required to (i) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this paragraph, (ii) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction, or (iii) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction other than to the extent relating to the registration or sale of securities in such jurisdiction;

(g) as promptly as practicable after becoming aware of such event, notify each Holder of Registrable Securities, the disposition of which requires delivery of a prospectus relating thereto under the Securities Act, of the happening of any event, which comes to the Company’s attention, that will after the occurrence of such event cause the prospectus included in such Registration Statement, if not amended or supplemented, to contain an untrue statement of a material fact or an omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and the Company shall promptly thereafter prepare and furnish to such Holder a supplement or amendment to such prospectus (or prepare and file appropriate reports under the Exchange Act) so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, unless suspension of the use of such prospectus otherwise is authorized herein or in the event of a Blackout Period, in which case no supplement or amendment need be furnished (or Exchange Act filing made) until the termination of such suspension or Blackout Period (and for the avoidance of doubt, the Company will not provide the Holders with any material non-public information);

 

8


(h) comply, and continue to comply during the Effectiveness Period, in all material respects with the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement;

(i) as promptly as practicable after becoming aware of such event, notify each Holder of Registrable Securities being offered or sold pursuant to the Registration Statement of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order or other suspension of effectiveness of the Registration Statement;

(j) use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause all the Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be quoted on the OTC Markets Group or such other principal securities market or quotation system on which securities of the same class or series issued by the Company are then listed or traded or quoted;

(k) provide a transfer agent and registrar, which may be a single entity, for the shares of Common Stock at all times and cooperate with the Holders to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of the Registrable Securities to be delivered to a transferee pursuant to the Registration Statement (whether electronically or in certificated form) which Registrable Securities shall be free, to the extent permitted by the Subscription Agreement, of all restrictive legends, and to enable such Registrable Securities to be in such denominations and registered in such names as any such Holders may request;

(l) cooperate with the Holders of Registrable Securities being offered pursuant to the Registration Statement to issue and deliver, or cause its transfer agent to issue and deliver, certificates representing Registrable Securities to be offered pursuant to the Registration Statement within a reasonable time after the delivery of certificates representing the Registrable Securities to the transfer agent or the Company, as applicable, and enable such certificates to be in such denominations or amounts as the Holders may reasonably request and registered in such names as the Holders may request;

(m) notify the Holders or the Placement Agents and their counsel as promptly as reasonably possible and (if requested by any such Person) confirm such notice in writing no later than one (1) Trading Day following the day: (i)(A) when a Prospectus or any prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment to a Registration Statement is proposed to be filed; (B) when the Commission notifies the Company whether there will be a “no review,” “review” or a “completion of a review” of such Registration Statement and whenever the Commission comments in writing on such Registration Statement (in which case the Company shall provide true and complete copies thereof and all written responses thereto to each of the Holders that pertain to the Holders as a selling stockholder or to the Plan of Distribution, but not information which the Company believes would constitute material and non-public information); and (C) with respect to each Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has been declared effective, provided, however, that such notice under this clause (C) shall be delivered to each Holder; (ii) of any request by the Commission or any other federal or state governmental authority for amendments or supplements to a Registration Statement or prospectus or for additional information that pertains to the Holders as selling stockholders or the Plan of Distribution; or (iii) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification or exemption from qualification of any of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction, or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose;

(n) during the Effectiveness Period, refrain from bidding for or purchasing any Common Stock or any right to purchase Common Stock or attempting to induce any person to purchase any such security or right if such bid, purchase or attempt would in any way limit the right of the Holders to sell Registrable Securities by reason of the limitations set forth in Regulation M of the Exchange Act; and

(o) take all other commercially reasonable actions necessary to enable, expedite, or facilitate the Holders to dispose the Registrable Securities by means of the Registration Statement during the term of this Agreement.

 

9


5. Obligations of the Holders .

(a) Each Holder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 4(g) hereof or of the commencement of a Blackout Period, such Holder shall discontinue the disposition of Registrable Securities included in the Registration Statement until such Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 4(g) hereof or notice of the end of the Blackout Period.

(b) Each Holder agrees, by acquisition of the Registrable Securities, that no Holder shall be entitled to sell any of such Registrable Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement or to receive a prospectus relating thereto, unless such Holder has furnished the Company with all material information required to be set forth in the Selling Securityholder Questionnaire attached to this Agreement as Annex A . Any sale of any Registrable Securities by any Holder shall constitute a representation and warranty by such Holder pursuant to a Registration Statement that such prospectus does not as of the time of such sale contain any untrue statement of a material fact regarding such Holder or omit to state any material fact regarding such Holder necessary to make the statements in such prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, solely to the extent such facts are based upon, and in conformity with, the information regarding such Holder furnished in writing to the Company by such Holder expressly for use in such prospectus.

(c) Each Holder, by its acceptance of the Registrable Securities, agrees to cooperate with the Company as reasonably requested by the Company in connection with the preparation and filing of any Registration Statement hereunder, unless such Holder has notified the Company in writing of its election to exclude all of its Registrable Securities from such Registration Statement.

6. Registration Expenses . The Company shall pay all expenses in connection with any registration obligation provided herein, including, without limitation, all registration, filing, stock exchange fees, printing expenses, all fees and expenses of complying with applicable federal and state securities laws, the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and of the Company’s independent accountants and reasonable fees and disbursements of a single counsel of the Holders, in an amount not to exceed $[35,000]; provided , that, in any underwritten registration, the Company shall have no obligation to pay any underwriting discounts, selling commissions or transfer taxes attributable to the Registrable Securities being sold by the Holders thereof, which underwriting discounts, selling commissions and transfer taxes shall be borne by such Holders. Except as provided in this Section 6 and Section 8 of this Agreement, the Company shall not be responsible for the expenses of any attorney or other advisor employed by a Holder.

7. Assignment of Rights . No Holder may assign its rights under this Agreement to any party without the prior written consent of the Company; provided , however , that any Holder may assign its rights under this Agreement without such consent (a) to a Permitted Assignee as long as (i) such transfer or assignment is effected in accordance with applicable securities laws; (ii) such transferee or assignee agrees in writing to become bound by and subject to the terms of this Agreement; and (iii) such Holder notifies the Company in writing of such transfer or assignment, stating the name and address of the transferee or assignee and identifying the Registrable Securities with respect to which such rights are being transferred or assigned; or (b) as otherwise permitted under the Subscription Agreement or the Placement Agent Warrants. The Company may not assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the other party hereto (other than by merger or consolidation or to an entity which acquires the Company including by way of acquiring all or substantially all of the Company’s assets).

 

10


8. Indemnification .

(a) In the event of the offer and sale of Registrable Securities under the Securities Act, the Company shall, and hereby does, indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each Holder, its directors, officers, partners, employees and agents, and each other person, if any, who controls or is under common control with such Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, and the directors, officers, partners, employees and agents of such controlling persons (collectively, the “ Holder Indemnified Parties ”), from and, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, and expenses to which the Holder Indemnified Party may become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses (or actions or proceedings, whether commenced or threatened, in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in a registration statement prepared and filed by the Company under which Registrable Securities were included or in any amendment thereof, or in any prospectus or in any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of any prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, and the Company shall reimburse the Holder Indemnified Party for any legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating, defending or settling any such loss, claim, damage, liability, action or proceeding; provided , however , that the Company shall not be liable in any such case (i) to the extent, but only to the extent, that any such loss, claim, damage, liability (or action or proceeding in respect thereof) or expense is solely based upon (x) an untrue statement in or omission from such registration statement, any such preliminary prospectus, final prospectus, summary prospectus, amendment or supplement in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by a Holder to the Company expressly for use in the preparation thereof, (y) the failure of a Holder to comply with the covenants and agreements contained in Section 5(a) hereof with respect to the sale of Registrable Securities or (z) any fraud by the Holder as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction; or (ii) if the person asserting any such loss, claim, damage, liability (or action or proceeding in respect thereof) who purchased the Registrable Securities that are the subject thereof did not receive a copy of an amended preliminary prospectus or the final prospectus (or the final prospectus as amended or supplemented) at or prior to the written confirmation of the sale of such Registrable Securities to such person because of the failure of such Holder to so provide such amended preliminary or final prospectus and the untrue statement or omission of a material fact made in such preliminary prospectus was corrected in the amended preliminary or final prospectus (or the final prospectus as amended or supplemented). Such indemnity shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Holder Indemnified Party and shall survive the transfer of such shares by the Holder.

(b) As a condition to including Registrable Securities in any registration statement filed pursuant to this Agreement, each Holder agrees, severally and not jointly, to be bound by the terms of this Section 8 and to indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Company, each of its directors, officers, partners, and each underwriter, if any, and each other person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act (collectively the “ Company Indemnified Parties ”), from and against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which a Company Indemnified Party may become subject under the Securities Act , insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions or proceedings, whether commenced or threatened, in respect thereof) arise solely out of or are based solely upon any untrue statement of a material fact or any omission of a material fact required to be stated in any registration statement, any preliminary prospectus, final prospectus, summary prospectus, amendment or supplement thereto or necessary to make the

 

11


statements therein not misleading, to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or omission is included or omitted in reliance upon and in conformity with the information included in the Selling Securityholder Questionnaire attached hereto as Annex A furnished by the Holder to the Company expressly for use in the preparation thereof, and such Holder shall reimburse the Company Indemnified Party for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating, defending, or settling any such loss, claim, damage, liability, action, or proceeding; provided, however, that indemnity obligation contained in this Section 8(b) shall in no event exceed the amount of the net proceeds received by such Holder as a result of the sale of such Holder’s Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration statement. Such indemnity shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Company Indemnified Party and shall survive the transfer by any Holder of such shares.

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party of notice of the commencement of any action or proceeding involving a claim referred to in this Section 8 (including any governmental action), such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against an indemnifying party, give written notice to the indemnifying party of the commencement of such action; provided , that the failure of any indemnified party to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve the indemnifying party of its obligations under this Section, except to the extent that the indemnifying party is actually prejudiced by such failure to give notice. In case any such action is brought against an indemnified party, unless in the reasonable judgment of counsel to such indemnified party a conflict of interest between such indemnified and indemnifying parties may exist or the indemnified party may have defenses not available to the indemnifying party in respect of such claim, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate in and to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party and, after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by the latter in connection with the defense thereof, unless in such indemnified party’s reasonable judgment a conflict of interest between such indemnified and indemnifying parties arises in respect of such claim after the assumption of the defenses thereof or the indemnifying party fails to defend such claim in a diligent manner, other than reasonable costs of investigation. Neither an indemnified nor an indemnifying party shall be liable for any settlement of any action or proceeding effected without its consent. No indemnifying party shall, without the consent of the indemnified party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement, which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party of a release from all liability in respect of such claim or litigation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, and without limiting any of the rights set forth above, in any event any party shall have the right to retain, at its own expense, counsel with respect to the defense of a claim. Each indemnified party shall furnish such information regarding itself or the claim in question as an indemnifying party may reasonably request in writing and as shall be reasonably required in connection with defense of such claim and litigation resulting therefrom.

(d) If an indemnifying party does not or is not permitted to assume the defense of an action pursuant to Sections 8(c) or in the case of the expense reimbursement obligation set forth in Sections 8(a) and 8(b), the indemnification required by Sections 8(a) and 8(b) shall be made by periodic payments of the amount thereof during the course of the investigation or defense, as and when bills are received or expenses, losses, damages, or liabilities are incurred.

(e) If the indemnification provided for in Section 8(a) or 8(b) is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified party with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense referred to herein, the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party hereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the

 

12


proportionate relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and the indemnified party on the other (determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission), or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law or provides a lesser sum to the indemnified party than the amount hereinafter calculated, then in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the proportionate relative fault of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party, but also the relative benefits received by the indemnifying party on the one hand and the indemnified party on the other, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. No indemnified party guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any indemnifying party who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 8(e), no Holder shall be required to contribute, in the aggregate, any amount in excess of the amount by which the proceeds actually received by such Holder from the sale of the Registrable Securities subject to the proceeding exceeds the amount of any damages that such Holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.

(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with an underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control.

(g) Other Indemnification . Indemnification similar to that specified in this Section (with appropriate modifications) shall be given by the Company and each Holder of Registrable Securities with respect to any required registration or other qualification of securities under any federal or state law or regulation or governmental authority other than the Securities Act.

(h) The indemnity and contribution agreements contained in this Section 8 are in addition to any liability that the indemnifying parties may have to the indemnified parties and are not in diminution or limitation of the indemnification provisions under the Subscription Agreement.

9. Rule 144 . The Company shall file with the Commission “Form 10 information” (as defined in Rule 144(i)(3) under the Securities Act) reflecting its status as an entity that is no longer an issuer described in Rule 144(i)(1)(i) promptly following the closing of the Merger. For a period of at least two (2) years following the date on which Rule 144(i) is available to the Purchasers (or such extended period to reflect any period during which the Company fails to comply with this Section 9 ), the Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to timely file all reports required to be filed by the Company after the date hereof under the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations adopted by the Commission thereunder, and if the Company is not required to file reports pursuant to such sections, it will prepare and furnish to the Purchasers and make publicly available in accordance with Rule 144(c) such information as is required for the Purchasers to sell shares of Common Stock under Rule 144.

10. Independent Nature of Each Purchaser’s Obligations and Rights . The obligations of each Purchaser and each Placement Agent Holder under this Agreement are several and not joint with the obligations of any other Purchaser or Placement Agent Holder, and each Purchaser and each Placement Agent Holder shall not be responsible in any way for the performance of the obligations of any other Purchaser or any Placement Agent Holder under this Agreement. Nothing contained herein and no action taken by any Purchaser or Placement Agent Holder pursuant hereto, shall be deemed to constitute such Purchasers and/or Placement Agent Holders as a partnership, an association, a joint venture, or any other kind of entity, or create a presumption that the Purchasers and/or Placement Agent Holders are in any way acting in concert or as a group with respect to such obligations or the transactions contemplated by this

 

13


Agreement. Each Purchaser and each Placement Agent Holder shall be entitled to independently protect and enforce its rights, including without limitation the rights arising out of this Agreement, and it shall not be necessary for any other Purchaser or Placement Agent Holder to be joined as an additional party in any proceeding for such purpose.

11. Miscellaneous .

(a) Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the United States of America and the State of New York, both substantive and remedial, without regard to New York conflicts of law principles. Any judicial proceeding brought against either of the parties to this Agreement or any dispute arising out of this Agreement or any matter related hereto shall be brought in the courts of the State of New York, New York County, or in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York and, by its execution and delivery of this Agreement, each party to this Agreement accepts the jurisdiction of such courts. The foregoing consent to jurisdiction shall not be deemed to confer rights on any person other than the parties to this Agreement.

(b) Remedies . Except as otherwise specifically set forth herein with respect to a Registration Event, in the event of a breach by the Company or by a Holder of any of their respective obligations under this Agreement, each Holder or the Company, as the case may be, in addition to being entitled to exercise all rights granted by law and under this Agreement, including recovery of damages, shall be entitled to specific performance of its rights under this Agreement. Except as otherwise specifically set forth herein with respect to a Registration Event, the Company and each Holder agree that monetary damages would not provide adequate compensation for any losses incurred by reason of a breach by it of any of the provisions of this Agreement and hereby further agrees that, in the event of any action for specific performance in respect of such breach, it shall not assert or shall waive the defense that a remedy at law would be adequate.

(c) Successors and Assigns . Except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, Permitted Assignees, executors and administrators of the parties hereto.

(d) No Inconsistent Agreements . The Company has not entered, as of the date hereof, and shall not enter, on or after the date of this Agreement, into any agreement with respect to its securities that would have the effect of impairing the rights granted to the Holders in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof.

(e) Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the documents, instruments and other agreements specifically referred to herein or delivered pursuant hereto constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof.

(f) Notices, etc . All notices, consents, waivers, and other communications which are required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing will be deemed given to a party (a) upon receipt, when personally delivered; (b) one (1) Business Day after deposit with an nationally recognized overnight courier service with next day delivery specified, costs prepaid) on the date of delivery, if delivered to the appropriate address by hand or by nationally recognized overnight courier service (costs prepaid); (c) the date of transmission if sent by facsimile or e-mail with confirmation of transmission by the transmitting equipment if such notice or communication is delivered prior to 5:00 P.M., New York City time, on a Trading Day, or the next Trading Day after the date of transmission, if such notice or communication is delivered on a day that is not a Trading Day or later than 5:00 P.M., New York City time, on any Trading Day, provided confirmation of facsimile is mechanically or electronically generated and kept on file by the sending party and confirmation of email is kept on file, whether electronically or

 

14


otherwise, by the sending party and the sending party does not receive an automatically generated message from the recipients email server that such e-mail could not be delivered to such recipient; (d) the date received or rejected by the addressee, if sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; or (e) seven days after the placement of the notice into the mails (first class postage prepaid), to the party at the address, facsimile number, or e-mail address furnished by the such party,

If to the Company, to:

Valeritas Holdings, Inc.

750 Route 202 South, Suite 600

Bridgewater, NJ 08807

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

Fax: 908-927-9927

E-mail:  JTimberlake@valeritas.com

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP

502 Carnegie Center

Princeton, NJ 08540-6241

Attention: Emilio Ragosa

Fax: 609-919-6701

Email: eragosa@morganlewis.com

if to a Purchaser or Placement Agent, to:

such Purchaser or Placement Agent at the address set forth on the signature page hereto;

or at such other address as any party shall have furnished to the other parties in writing in accordance with this Section 11(f).

(g) Delays or Omissions . No delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any Holder, upon any breach or default of the Company under this Agreement, shall impair any such right, power or remedy of such Holder nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or an acquiescence therein, or of any similar breach or default thereunder occurring; nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on the part of any Holder of any breach or default under this Agreement, or any waiver on the part of any Holder of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement, must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under this Agreement, or by law or otherwise afforded to any holder, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

(h) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, and with respect to any Purchaser, by execution of an Omnibus Signature Page to this Agreement and the Subscription Agreement, each of which shall be enforceable against the parties actually executing such counterparts, and all of which together shall constitute one instrument. In the event that any signature is delivered by facsimile transmission or by an e-mail, which contains a portable document format (.pdf) file of an executed signature page, such signature shall create a valid and binding obligation of the party executing (or on whose behalf such signature is executed) with the same force and effect as if such facsimile or e-mail of a .pdf signature page were an original thereof.

 

15


(i) Severability . In the case any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

(j) Amendments . Except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions of this Agreement may be amended at any time and from time to time, and particular provisions of this Agreement may be waived, with and only with an agreement or consent in writing signed by the Company and the Majority Holders. The Purchasers and Placement Agent Holders acknowledge that by the operation of this Section, the Majority Holders may have the right and power to diminish or eliminate all rights of the Purchasers and/or Placement Agent Holders under this Agreement.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

16


This Registration Rights Agreement is hereby executed as of the date first above written.

 

T HE C OMPANY :
Valeritas Holdings, Inc.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

P URCHASERS      
See Omnibus Signature Pages to Subscription Agreement      
P LACEMENT A GENT H OLDER ( INDIVIDUAL ):     P LACEMENT A GENT H OLDER ( ENTITY ):

 

   

 

Print Name     Print Name of Entity

 

    By:  

 

Signature     Name:  
    Title:  
R EGISTRABLE P RE -M ERGER S TOCKHOLDER ( INDIVIDUAL ):     R EGISTRABLE P RE -M ERGER S TOCKHOLDER ( ENTITY ):

 

   

 

Print Name     Print Name of Entity

 

    By:  

 

Signature     Name:  
    Title:  
H OLDER OF M ERGER S HARES ( INDIVIDUAL ):     H OLDER OF M ERGER S HARES ( ENTITY ):

 

   

 

Print Name     Print Name of Entity

 

    By:  

 

Signature     Name:  
    Title:  


Schedule 1

Placement Agent Holders

 

    Wedbush Securities, Inc.

 

    Roth Capital Partners, LLC

 

    Katalyst Securities LLC


Schedule 2

Holders of Merger Shares


Schedule 3

Registrable Pre-Merger Shareholders


Annex A

Valeritas Holdings, Inc.

Selling Securityholder Notice and Questionnaire

The undersigned beneficial owner of Registrable Securities of Valeritas Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), understands that the Company has filed or intends to file with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement (the “ Registration Statement ”) for the registration and resale under Rule 415 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, of the Registrable Securities, in accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement (the “ Registration Rights Agreement ”) to which this document is annexed. A copy of the Registration Rights Agreement is available from the Company upon request at the address set forth below. All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Registration Rights Agreement.

Certain legal consequences arise from being named as a selling security holder in the Registration Statement and the related prospectus. Accordingly, holders and beneficial owners of Registrable Securities are advised to consult their own securities law counsel regarding the consequences of being named or not being named as a selling security holder in the Registration Statement and the related prospectus.

NOTICE

The undersigned beneficial owner (the “ Selling Securityholder ”) of Registrable Securities hereby elects to include the Registrable Securities owned by it in the Registration Statement.

The undersigned hereby provides the following information to the Company and represents and warrants that such information is accurate:

QUESTIONNAIRE

 

1. Name:

 

(a)    Full Legal Name of Selling Securityholder
  

 

  

 

(b)    Full Legal Name of Registered Holder (holder of record) (if not the same as (a) above) through which Registrable Securities are held:
  

 

  

 

(c)    If you are not a natural person, full Legal Name of Natural Control Person (which means a natural person who directly or indirectly alone or with others has power to vote or dispose of the securities covered by this Questionnaire):
  

 

  

 


2. Address for Notices to Selling Securityholder:

 

 

 

 

Telephone:

 

 

 

Fax:

 

 

Email:

 

 

Contact Person:

 

 

 

3. Broker-Dealer Status:

 

(a)   Are you a broker-dealer?
 

Yes         ¨          No         ¨

(b)   If “yes” to Section 3(a), did you receive your Registrable Securities as compensation for investment banking services to the Company?
 

Yes         ¨          No         ¨

Note:   If “no” to Section 3(b), the Commission’s staff has indicated that you should be identified as an underwriter in the Registration Statement.
(c)   Are you an affiliate of a broker-dealer?
 

Yes         ¨          No         ¨

(d)   If you are an affiliate of a broker-dealer, do you certify that you purchased the Registrable Securities in the ordinary course of business, and at the time of the purchase of the Registrable Securities to be resold, you had no agreements or understandings, directly or indirectly, with any person to distribute the Registrable Securities?
 

Yes         ¨          No         ¨

Note:   If “no” to Section 3(d), the Commission’s staff has indicated that you should be identified as an underwriter in the Registration Statement.

 

2


4. Beneficial Ownership of Securities of the Company Owned by the Selling Securityholder:

Except as set forth below in this Item 4, the undersigned is not the beneficial or registered owner of any securities of the Company.

(a) Please list the type (common stock, warrants, etc.) and amount of all securities of the Company (including any Registrable Securities) beneficially owned 1 by the Selling Securityholder:

 

 

 

5. Relationships with the Company:

Except as set forth below, neither you nor (if you are a natural person) any member of your immediate family, nor (if you are not a natural person) any of your affiliates 2 , officers, directors or principal equity holders (owners of 5% of more of the equity securities of the undersigned) has held any position or office or has had any other material relationship with the Company (or its predecessors or affiliates) during the past three years.

State any exceptions here:

 

 

 

1   Beneficially Owned :  A “beneficial owner” of a security includes any person who, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise has or shares (i)  voting power , including the power to direct the voting of such security, or (ii)  investment power , including the power to dispose of, or direct the disposition of, such security. In addition, a person is deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of a security of which such person has the right to acquire beneficial ownership at any time within 60 days, including, but not limited to, any right to acquire such security: (i) through the exercise of any option, warrant or right, (ii) through the conversion of any security or (iii) pursuant to the power to revoke, or the automatic termination of, a trust, discretionary account or similar arrangement.

It is possible that a security may have more than one “beneficial owner,” such as a trust, with two co-trustees sharing voting power, and the settlor or another third party having investment power, in which case each of the three would be the “beneficial owner” of the securities in the trust. The power to vote or direct the voting, or to invest or dispose of, or direct the investment or disposition of, a security may be indirect and arise from legal, economic, contractual or other rights, and the determination of beneficial ownership depends upon who ultimately possesses or shares the power to direct the voting or the disposition of the security.

The final determination of the existence of beneficial ownership depends upon the facts of each case. You may, if you believe the facts warrant it, disclaim beneficial ownership of securities that might otherwise be considered “beneficially owned” by you.

 

2   Affiliate :  An “affiliate” is a company or person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls you, or is controlled by you, or is under common control with you.

 

3


The undersigned agrees to promptly notify the Company of any inaccuracies or changes in the information provided herein that may occur subsequent to the date hereof at any time while the Registration Statement remains effective.

By signing below, the undersigned consents to the disclosure of the information contained herein in its answers to Items 1 through 5 and the inclusion of such information in the Registration Statement and the related prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto. The undersigned understands that such information will be relied upon by the Company in connection with the preparation or amendment of the Registration Statement and the related prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the undersigned, by authority duly given, has caused this Selling Securityholder Notice and Questionnaire to be executed and delivered either in person or by its duly authorized agent.

 

BENEFICIAL OWNER  (individual)     BENEFICIAL OWNER (entity)

 

   

 

Signature     Name of Entity

 

   

 

Print Name     Signature
     

 

    Print Name:  

 

Signature (if Joint Tenants or Tenants in Common)      
    Title:  

 

PLEASE E-MAIL OR FAX A COPY OF THE COMPLETED AND EXECUTED SELLING SECURITYHOLDER NOTICE AND QUESTIONNAIRE, AND RETURN THE ORIGINAL BY OVERNIGHT MAIL, TO:

CKR Law LLP

1330 Avenue of the Americas, 14 th Floor

New York, NY 10022

Attention: Kathleen Rush

Facsimile: (212) 259-8200

E-mail Address:  krush@CKRlaw.com

 

4


Annex B

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

The selling stockholders and any of their pledgees, donees, transferees, assignees or other successors-in-interest may, from time to time, sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any or all of their shares of common stock or interests in shares of common stock on any stock exchange, market or trading facility on which the shares are traded or in private transactions. These dispositions may be at fixed prices, at prevailing market prices at the time of sale, at prices related to the prevailing market price, at varying prices determined at the time of sale, or at negotiated prices. The selling stockholders may use one or more of the following methods when disposing of the shares or interests therein:

 

    ordinary brokerage transactions and transactions in which the broker-dealer solicits purchasers;

 

    block trades in which the broker-dealer will attempt to sell the shares as agent but may position and resell a portion of the block as principal to facilitate the transaction;

 

    through brokers, dealers or underwriters that may act solely as agents;

 

    purchases by a broker-dealer as principal and resale by the broker-dealer for its account;

 

    an exchange distribution in accordance with the rules of the applicable exchange;

 

    privately negotiated transactions;

 

    through the writing or settlement of options or other hedging transactions entered into after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, whether through an options exchange or otherwise;

 

    broker-dealers may agree with the selling stockholders to sell a specified number of such shares at a stipulated price per share;

 

    a combination of any such methods of disposition; and

 

    any other method permitted pursuant to applicable law.

The selling stockholders may also sell shares under Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or Securities Act, if available, rather than under this prospectus.

Broker-dealers engaged by the selling stockholders may arrange for other broker-dealers to participate in sales. Broker-dealers may receive commissions or discounts from the selling stockholders (or, if any broker-dealer acts as agent for the purchaser of shares, from the purchaser) in amounts to be negotiated. The selling stockholders do not expect these commissions and discounts to exceed what is customary in the types of transactions involved.


The selling stockholders may from time to time pledge or grant a security interest in some or all of the shares of common stock owned by them and, if they default in the performance of their secured obligations, the pledgees or secured parties may offer and sell shares of common stock from time to time under this prospectus, or under a supplement or amendment to this prospectus under Rule 424(b)(3) or other applicable provision of the Securities Act amending the list of selling stockholders to include the pledgee, transferee or other successors in interest as selling stockholders under this prospectus.

Upon being notified in writing by a selling stockholder that any material arrangement has been entered into with a broker-dealer for the sale of common stock through a block trade, special offering, exchange distribution or secondary distribution or a purchase by a broker or dealer, we will file a supplement to this prospectus, if required, pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act, disclosing (i) the name of each such selling stockholder and of the participating broker-dealer(s), (ii) the number of shares involved, (iii) the price at which such shares of common stock were sold, (iv) the commissions paid or discounts or concessions allowed to such broker-dealer(s), where applicable, (v) that such broker-dealer(s) did not conduct any investigation to verify the information set out or incorporated by reference in this prospectus, and (vi) other facts material to the transaction. In addition, upon being notified in writing by a selling stockholder that a donee or pledge intends to sell more than 500 shares of common stock, we will file a supplement to this prospectus if then required in accordance with applicable securities law.

The selling stockholders also may transfer the shares of common stock in other circumstances, in which case the transferees, pledgees or other successors in interest will be the selling beneficial owners for purposes of this prospectus.

In connection with the sale of the shares of common stock or interests in shares of common stock, the selling stockholders may enter into hedging transactions after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part with broker-dealers or other financial institutions, which may in turn engage in short sales of the common stock in the course of hedging the positions they assume. The selling stockholders may also sell shares of common stock short after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part and deliver these securities to close out their short positions, or loan or pledge the common stock to broker-dealers that in turn may sell these securities. The selling stockholders may also enter into option or other transactions after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part with broker-dealers or other financial institutions or the creation of one or more derivative securities which require the delivery to such broker-dealer or other financial institution of shares offered by this prospectus, which shares such broker-dealer or other financial institution may resell pursuant to this prospectus (as supplemented or amended to reflect such transaction).

The selling stockholders and any broker-dealers or agents that are involved in selling the shares may be deemed to be “underwriters” within the meaning of the Securities Act in connection with such sales. In such event, any commissions received by such broker-dealers or agents and any profit on the resale of the shares purchased by them may be deemed to be underwriting commissions or discounts under the Securities Act and the rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA).

 

2


We have advised the selling stockholders that they are required to comply with Regulation M promulgated under the Securities and Exchange Act during such time as they may be engaged in a distribution of the shares. The foregoing may affect the marketability of the common stock.

The aggregate proceeds to the selling securityholders from the sale of the common stock offered by them will be the purchase price of the common stock less discounts or commissions, if any. Each of the selling securityholders reserves the right to accept and, together with their agents from time to time, to reject, in whole or in part, any proposed purchase of common stock to be made directly or through agents. We will not receive any of the proceeds from this offering.

We are required to pay all fees and expenses incident to the registration of the shares. We have agreed to indemnify the selling stockholders against certain losses, claims, damages and liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act or otherwise.

We have agreed with the selling stockholders to keep the registration statement of which this prospectus constitutes a part effective until the date on which all securities under such Registration Statement have ceased to be Registrable Securities.

 

3

Exhibit 10.7

 

VALERITAS HOLDINGS, INC. 2016 INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN    LOGO

 

ARTICLE ONE: GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

I. PURPOSE OF THE PLAN

This 2016 Incentive Compensation Plan is intended to promote the interests of Valeritas Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, by providing eligible persons in the Corporation’s service with the opportunity to participate in one or more cash or equity incentive compensation programs designed to encourage them to continue their service relationship with the Corporation.

Capitalized terms shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the attached Appendix.

 

II. STRUCTURE OF THE PLAN

 

  A. The Plan shall be divided into three separate equity incentive programs:

 

    the Discretionary Grant Program under which eligible persons may, at the discretion of the Plan Administrator, be granted options to purchase shares of Common Stock or stock appreciation rights tied to the value of such Common Stock;

 

    the Stock Issuance Program under which eligible persons may, at the discretion of the Plan Administrator, be issued shares of Common Stock pursuant to restricted stock awards, restricted stock units or other stock-based awards which vest upon the completion of a designated service period or the attainment of pre-established performance milestones, or such shares of Common Stock may be issued through direct purchase or as a bonus for services rendered the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary); and

 

    the Incentive Bonus Program under which eligible persons may, at the discretion of the Plan Administrator, be provided with incentive bonus opportunities through performance unit awards and special cash incentive programs tied to the attainment of pre-established performance milestones.

 

  B. The provisions of Articles One and Five shall apply to all incentive compensation programs under the Plan and shall govern the interests of all persons under the Plan.

 

III. ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

 

  A.

The Plan shall be administered and interpreted by a committee consisting of members of the Board, which shall be appointed by the Board (the “Committee”). The Committee shall consist of two or more persons who are “outside directors” as defined under section 162(m) of the Code, and related Treasury regulations, “non-employee directors” as defined under Rule 16b-3 under the 1934 Act, and “independent directors” as determined in accordance with the independence standards established by the Stock Exchange on which the Common Stock is at the time primarily traded. However, the Board may ratify or approve any Awards as it deems appropriate, and the Board shall approve and administer all Awards made to


  non-employee directors. The Committee may delegate authority to one or more subcommittees, as it deems appropriate. To the extent the Board, the Committee or a subcommittee administers the Plan, references in the Plan to the “Plan Administrator” shall be deemed to refer to the Board, the Committee or subcommittee.

 

  B. Members of the Committee shall serve for such period of time as the Board may determine and may be removed by the Board at any time.

 

  C. The Plan Administrator shall, within the scope of its administrative functions under the Plan, have full power and authority (subject to the provisions of the Plan) to establish such rules and regulations as it may deem appropriate for proper administration of the Discretionary Grant, Stock Issuance and Incentive Bonus Programs and to make such determinations under, and issue such interpretations of, the provisions of those programs and any outstanding Awards thereunder as it may deem necessary or advisable. Decisions of the Plan Administrator within the scope of its administrative functions under the Plan shall be final and binding on all parties who have an interest in the Discretionary Grant, Stock Issuance and Incentive Bonus Programs under its jurisdiction or any Award thereunder.

 

  D. Service on the Committee shall constitute service as a Board member, and the members of the Committee shall accordingly be entitled to full indemnification and reimbursement as Board members for their service on the Committee. No member of the Committee shall be liable for any act or omission made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Award made thereunder.

 

IV. ELIGIBILITY

 

  A. The persons eligible to participate in the Plan are as follows:

 

  (i) Employees;

 

  (ii) non-employee members of the Board or the non-employee members of the board of directors of any Parent or Subsidiary; and

 

  (iii) consultants and other independent advisors who provide services to the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary).

 

  B.

The Plan Administrator shall have full authority to determine, (i) with respect to Awards made under the Discretionary Grant Program, which eligible persons are to receive such Awards, the time or times when those Awards are to be made, the number of shares to be covered by each such Award, the time or times when the Award is to become exercisable, the vesting schedule (if any) applicable to an Award, the maximum term for which such Award is to remain outstanding and the status of a granted option as either an Incentive Option or a Non-Statutory Option, (ii) with respect to Awards made under the Stock Issuance Program, which eligible persons are to receive such Awards, the time or times when the Awards are to be made, the number of shares subject to each such Award, the vesting and issuance schedule (if any) applicable to the shares which are the subject of such Award and the cash consideration (if any) payable for those shares, and (iii) with respect to

 

2


  Awards under the Incentive Bonus Program, which eligible persons are to receive such Awards, the time or times when the Awards are to be made, the performance objectives for each such Award, the amounts payable at designated levels of attained performance, any applicable service vesting requirements, the payout schedule for each such Award and the form (cash or shares of Common Stock) in which the Award is to be settled.

 

  C. The Plan Administrator shall have the absolute discretion to grant options or stock appreciation rights in accordance with the Discretionary Grant Program, to effect stock issuances and other stock-based awards in accordance with the Stock Issuance Program and to grant incentive bonus awards in accordance with the Incentive Bonus Program.

 

V. STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

 

  A. The stock issuable under the Plan shall be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock, including treasury shares and shares repurchased by the Corporation on the open market. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section V.G, the number of shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance over the term of the Plan shall initially be limited to 3,000,000 shares.

 

  B. Following the Underwriting Date, the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan shall automatically increase on the first trading day in January each calendar year during the term of the Plan, beginning on the first trading day in January of the first calendar year following the Underwriting Date, by an amount equal to four percent (4%) of the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding as measured as of the last trading day in the immediately preceding calendar year, but in no event shall any such annual increase exceed 1,500,000 shares.

 

  C. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section V.G, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to Incentive Options granted under Plan shall not exceed 3,000,000 shares. Such share limitation shall automatically be increased on the first trading day in January each calendar year, beginning on the first trading day in January of the calendar year following the Underwriting Date, by the number of shares of Common Stock added to the share reserve on that day pursuant to the provisions of Section V.B of this Article One.

 

  D. Each person participating in the Plan shall be subject the following limitations:

 

  (i) no one person participating in the Plan may receive stock options and stand-alone stock appreciation rights for more than 1,500,000 shares of Common Stock in the aggregate per calendar year;

 

  (ii) no one person participating in the Plan may receive direct stock issuances (whether vested or unvested) or stock-based awards (other than stock options and stand-alone stock appreciation rights) for more than 1,500,000 shares of Common Stock in the aggregate per calendar year; and

 

3


  (iii) for Awards denominated in terms of cash (whether payable in cash, Common Stock or a combination of both) and subject to one or more performance-vesting conditions, the maximum dollar amount for which such Awards may be made to such person in any calendar year shall not exceed 3,000,000 dollars for each calendar year within the applicable performance measurement period, with any such performance period not to exceed five (5) years and with pro-ration based on the foregoing dollar amount in the event of any fractional calendar year included within such performance period.

 

  E. Shares of Common Stock subject to outstanding Awards made under the Plan shall be available for subsequent issuance under the Plan to the extent those Awards expire, terminate or are forfeited or cancelled for any reason prior to the issuance of the shares of Common Stock subject to those Awards. Such shares shall be added back to the number of shares of Common Stock reserved for award and issuance under the Plan as follows:

 

  (i) for each share of Common Stock subject to such an expired, forfeited, cancelled or terminated Award made under the Discretionary Grant Program, one share of Common Stock shall become available for subsequent award and issuance under the Plan;

 

  (ii) for each share of Common Stock subject to a forfeited or cancelled Full Value Award made under the Stock Issuance or Incentive Bonus Program, one share shall become available for subsequent award and issuance; and

 

  (iii) for each unvested share of Common Stock issued under the Discretionary Grant or Stock Issuance Program for cash consideration not less than the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the Award date and subsequently repurchased by the Corporation, at a price per share not greater than the original issue price paid per share, pursuant to the Corporation’s repurchase rights under the Plan, one share shall become available for subsequent award and issuance under the Plan.

 

  F. Should the exercise price of an option under the Plan be paid with shares of Common Stock subject to such option, then the authorized reserve of Common Stock under the Plan shall be reduced by the net number of shares issued under the exercised stock option, and not by the gross number of shares for which that option is exercised. Upon the exercise of any stock appreciation right under the Plan, the share reserve shall be reduced by the net number of shares actually issued by the Corporation upon such exercise, and not the gross number of shares as to which such right is exercised. If shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable under the Plan are withheld by the Corporation in satisfaction of the Withholding Taxes incurred in connection with the issuance, exercise or vesting of an Award, then the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan shall be reduced by the net number of shares issued, exercised or vesting under such Award, calculated in each instance after any such share withholding.

 

  G.

Should any change be made to the Common Stock by reason of any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares, spin-off

 

4


  transaction, merger, reorganization, consolidation, reclassification or change in par value, or any other unusual or infrequently occurring event affecting the outstanding Common Stock as a class without the Corporation’s receipt of consideration, or if the value of outstanding shares of Common Stock is substantially reduced as a result of a spin-off transaction or the Corporation’s payment of an extraordinary dividend or distribution, then equitable adjustments shall be made by the Plan Administrator to (i) the maximum number and/or class of securities issuable under the Plan, (ii) the maximum number and/or class of securities by which the share reserve is to increase automatically each calendar year pursuant to the provisions of Article One, Section V.B, (iii) the maximum number and/or class of securities that may be issued pursuant to Incentive Options granted under the Plan, (iv) the maximum number and/or class of securities for which any one person may receive Common Stock-denominated Awards under the Plan per calendar year, (v) the maximum number and/or class of securities for which any one person may receive stock options and stock appreciation rights under the Plan per calendar year, (vi) the number and/or class of securities and the exercise or base price per share in effect under each outstanding Award under the Discretionary Grant Program, (vii) the number and/or class of securities subject to each outstanding Award under the Stock Issuance Program and the cash consideration (if any) payable per share, (viii) the number and/or class of securities subject to each outstanding Award under the Incentive Bonus Program denominated in shares of Common Stock and (ix) the number and/or class of securities subject to the Corporation’s outstanding repurchase rights under the Plan and the repurchase price payable per share. In the event of a Change in Control, the applicable Change in Control provisions of the Plan shall apply. The adjustments shall be made by the Plan Administrator in such manner as the Plan Administrator deems appropriate in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of benefits under the Plan and outstanding Awards. The adjustments shall be final, binding and conclusive.

 

  H. Outstanding Awards under the Plan shall in no way affect the right of the Corporation to adjust, reclassify, reorganize or otherwise change its capital or business structure or to merge, consolidate, dissolve, liquidate or sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

 

VI. REPRICING PROGRAMS

The Plan Administrator shall have the authority to effect, at any time and from time to time, with the consent of the affected option holders, the cancellation of any or all outstanding options under the Plan and to grant in substitution therefore new options covering the same or different number of Common Shares but with an exercise price per share based on the Fair Market Value per Common Share on the new option grant date.

 

ARTICLE TWO: DISCRETIONARY GRANT PROGRAM

 

I. OPTION TERMS

Each option shall be evidenced by one or more documents in the form approved by the Plan Administrator; provided , however, that each such document shall comply with the terms specified below. Each option shall be designated in the document as either an Incentive Option or a Non-Statutory Option. Each document evidencing an Incentive Option shall, in addition, be subject to the provisions of the Plan applicable to such options.

 

5


  A. Exercise Price.

 

  (i) The exercise price per share shall be fixed by the Plan Administrator; but shall not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the option grant date.

 

  (ii) The exercise price shall become immediately due upon exercise of the option and shall, subject to the provisions of the documents evidencing the option, be payable in cash or check made payable to the Corporation. Should the Common Shares be publicly traded at the time the option is exercised, then the exercise price may also be paid as follows:

 

  (a) in shares of Common Stock held for the requisite period necessary to avoid a charge to the Corporation’s earnings for financial reporting purposes and valued at Fair Market Value on the Exercise Date;

 

  (b) in shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable under the option but withheld by the Corporation in satisfaction of the exercise price, with such withheld shares to be valued at Fair Market Value on the Exercise Date; or

 

  (c) to the extent the option is exercised for vested shares, through a special sale and remittance procedure pursuant to which the Optionee shall concurrently provide irrevocable instructions to (A) a brokerage firm (reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation for purposes of administering such procedure in compliance with the Corporation’s pre-clearance/pre-notification policies) to effect the immediate sale of the purchased shares and remit to the Corporation, out of the sale proceeds available on the settlement date, sufficient funds to cover the aggregate exercise price payable for the purchased shares plus all applicable income and employment taxes required to be withheld by the Corporation by reason of such exercise and (B) the Corporation to deliver the certificates for the purchased shares directly to such brokerage firm in order to complete the sale.

Except to the extent such sale and remittance procedure is utilized, payment of the exercise price for the purchased shares must be made on the Exercise Date.

 

  B. Exercise and Term of Options . Each option shall be exercisable at such time or times, during such period and for such number of shares as shall be determined by the Plan Administrator and set forth in the documents evidencing the option. However, no option shall have a term in excess of ten (10) years measured from the option grant date.

 

6


  C. Effect of Termination of Service . The following provisions shall govern the exercise of any options granted pursuant to the Discretionary Grant Program that are outstanding at the time of the Optionee’s cessation of Service or death:

 

  (i) Any option outstanding at the time of the Optionee’s cessation of Service for any reason other than death, Retirement, Permanent Disability and Misconduct shall remain exercisable for such period of time thereafter as shall be determined by the Plan Administrator and set forth in the documents evidencing the option, but no such option shall be exercisable after the expiration of the option term, and provided that if such documents do not include such a period of time, any such option shall remain so exercisable until the earlier of (i) the expiration of the three (3)-month period following the date of Optionee’s cessation of Service, and (ii) the expiration of the option term set forth in the documents evidencing the option.

 

  (ii) Any option held by the Optionee at the time of the Optionee’s cessation of Service due to Retirement or Permanent Disability shall remain exercisable until the earlier of (i) the expiration of the twelve (12)-month period following the date of Optionee’s cessation of Service and (ii) the expiration of the option term set forth in the documents evidencing the option.

 

  (iii) Any option held by the Optionee at the time of the Optionee’s death and exercisable in whole or in part at that time may be subsequently exercised by the personal representative of the Optionee’s estate or by the person or persons to whom the option is transferred pursuant to the Optionee’s will or the laws of inheritance or by the Optionee’s designated beneficiary or beneficiaries of that option. Any such option shall remain so exercisable until the earlier of (i) the expiration of the twelve (12)-month period following the date of Optionee’s death, and (ii) the expiration of the option term set forth in the documents evidencing the option.

 

  (iv) Should the Optionee’s Service be terminated for Misconduct or should the Optionee otherwise engage in Misconduct while holding one or more outstanding options granted under this Article Two, then all of those options shall terminate immediately and cease to be outstanding.

 

  (v) During the applicable post-Service exercise period, the option may not be exercised for more than the number of vested shares for which the option is at the time exercisable. No additional shares shall vest under the option following the Optionee’s cessation of Service, except to the extent (if any) specifically authorized by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion pursuant to an express written agreement with the Optionee. Upon the expiration of the applicable exercise period or (if earlier) upon the expiration of the option term, the option shall terminate and cease to be outstanding.

The Plan Administrator shall have complete discretion, exercisable either at the time an option is granted or at any time while the option remains outstanding, to:

 

  (a)

extend the period of time for which the option is to remain exercisable following the Optionee’s cessation of Service from the limited exercise

 

7


  period otherwise in effect for that option to such greater period of time as the Plan Administrator shall deem appropriate, but in no event beyond the expiration of the option term;

 

  (b) include an automatic extension provision whereby the specified post-Service exercise period in effect for any option granted under this Article Two shall automatically be extended by an additional period of time equal in duration to any interval within the specified post-Service exercise period during which the exercise of that option or the immediate sale of the shares acquired under such option could not be effected in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws, but in no event shall such an extension result in the continuation of such option beyond the expiration date of the term of that option; and/or

 

  (c) permit the option to be exercised, during the applicable post-Service exercise period, not only with respect to the number of vested shares of Common Stock for which such option is exercisable at the time of the Optionee’s cessation of Service but also with respect to one or more additional installments in which the Optionee would have vested had the Optionee continued in Service.

 

  D. Stockholder Rights . The holder of an option shall have no stockholder rights with respect to the shares subject to the option until such person shall have exercised the option, paid the exercise price and become a holder of record of the purchased shares.

 

  E. Repurchase Rights . The Plan Administrator shall have the discretion to grant options which are exercisable for unvested shares of Common Stock. Should the Optionee cease Service while such shares are unvested, the Corporation shall have the right to repurchase any or all of those unvested shares at a price per share equal to the lower of (i) the exercise price paid per share or (ii) the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock at the time of repurchase. The terms upon which such repurchase right shall be exercisable (including the period and procedure for exercise and the appropriate vesting schedule for the purchased shares) shall be established by the Plan Administrator and set forth in the document evidencing such repurchase right.

 

  F. Transferability of Options . The transferability of options granted under the Plan shall be governed by the following provisions:

 

  (i) Incentive Options : During the lifetime of the Optionee, Incentive Options shall be exercisable only by the Optionee and shall not be assignable or transferable other than by will or the laws of inheritance following the Optionee’s death.

 

  (ii)

Non-Statutory Options . Non-Statutory Options shall be subject to the same limitation on transfer as Incentive Options, except that the Plan Administrator may structure one or more Non-Statutory Options so that the option may be assigned in whole or in part during the Optionee’s lifetime to one or more Family Members of the Optionee or to a trust established

 

8


  exclusively for the Optionee and/or one or more such Family Members, to the extent such assignment is in connection with the Optionee’s estate plan or pursuant to a domestic relations order. The assigned portion may only be exercised by the person or persons who acquire a proprietary interest in the option pursuant to the assignment. The terms applicable to the assigned portion shall be the same as those in effect for the option immediately prior to such assignment and shall be set forth in such documents issued to the assignee as the Plan Administrator may deem appropriate.

 

  (iii) Beneficiary Designations . Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Optionee may designate one or more persons as the beneficiary or beneficiaries of his or her outstanding options under this Article Two (whether Incentive Options or Non-Statutory Options), and those options shall, in accordance with such designation, automatically be transferred to such beneficiary or beneficiaries upon the Optionee’s death while holding those options. Such beneficiary or beneficiaries shall take the transferred options subject to all the terms and conditions of the applicable agreement evidencing each such transferred option, including (without limitation) the limited time period during which the option may be exercised following the Optionee’s death.

 

  (iv) Hedging . Prior to the date the Corporation first becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act, outstanding options under the Plan, together with the shares of Common Stock subject to those options during the period prior to exercise, shall not be the subject of any short position, put equivalent position (as such term is defined in Rule 16a-1(h) under the 1934 Act) or call equivalent position (as such term is defined Rule 16a-1(b) of the 1934 Act).

 

  (v) Pledges, Gifts and other Transfers . Except as otherwise provided in subparagraph (i), (ii) or (iii) above, until the date the Corporation first becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act, outstanding options under the Plan, together with the shares of Common Stock subject to those options during the period prior to exercise, shall not be the subject of any pledges, gifts, hypothecations or other transfers, other than pursuant to the Corporation’s repurchase rights or in connection with a Change in Control in which such options shall terminate and cease to be outstanding.

 

II. INCENTIVE OPTIONS

The terms specified below shall be applicable to all Incentive Options. Except as modified by the provisions of this Section II, all the provisions of Articles One, Two and Five shall be applicable to Incentive Options. Options which are specifically designated as Non-Statutory Options when issued under the Plan shall not be subject to the terms of this Section II.

 

  A. Eligibility . Incentive Options may only be granted to Employees.

 

  B.

Dollar Limitation . The aggregate Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock (determined as of the respective date or dates of grant) for which one or more options

 

9


  granted to any Employee under the Plan (or any other option plan of the Corporation or any Parent or Subsidiary) may for the first time become exercisable as Incentive Options during any one calendar year shall not exceed the sum of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000).

To the extent the Employee holds two (2) or more such options which become exercisable for the first time in the same calendar year, the foregoing limitation on the exercisability of such options as Incentive Options shall be applied on the basis of the order in which such options are granted.

 

  C. 10% Stockholder . If any Employee to whom an Incentive Option is granted is a 10% Stockholder, then the exercise price per share shall not be less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the option grant date, and the option term shall not exceed five (5) years measured from the option grant date.

 

III. STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

 

  A. Authority . The Plan Administrator shall have full power and authority, exercisable in its sole discretion, to grant stock appreciation rights in accordance with this Section III to selected Optionees or other individuals eligible to receive option grants under the Discretionary Grant Program.

 

  B. Types . Two types of stock appreciation rights shall be authorized for issuance under this Section III: (i) tandem stock appreciation rights (“Tandem Rights”) and (ii) stand-alone stock appreciation rights (“Stand-alone Rights”).

 

  C. Tandem Rights . The following terms and conditions shall govern the grant and exercise of Tandem Rights.

 

  (i) One or more Optionees may be granted a Tandem Right, exercisable upon such terms and conditions as the Plan Administrator may establish, to elect between the exercise of the underlying option for shares of Common Stock or the surrender of that option in exchange for a distribution from the Corporation in an amount equal to the excess of (i) the Fair Market Value (on the option surrender date) of the number of shares in which the Optionee is at the time vested under the surrendered option (or surrendered portion thereof) over (ii) the aggregate exercise price payable for such vested shares.

 

  (ii) No such option surrender shall be effective unless it is approved by the Plan Administrator, either at the time of the actual option surrender or at any earlier time. If the surrender is so approved, then the distribution to which the Optionee shall accordingly become entitled under this Section III may be made in shares of Common Stock valued at Fair Market Value on the option surrender date, in cash or partly in shares and partly in cash, as the Plan Administrator shall in its sole discretion deem appropriate.

 

  (iii)

If the surrender of an option is not approved by the Plan Administrator, then the Optionee shall retain whatever rights the Optionee had under the

 

10


  surrendered option (or surrendered portion thereof) on the option surrender date and may exercise such rights at any time prior to the later of (i) five (5) business days after the receipt of the rejection notice or (ii) the last day on which the option is otherwise exercisable in accordance with the terms of the instrument evidencing such option, but in no event may such rights be exercised more than ten (10) years after the date of the option grant.

 

  D. Stand-Alone Rights . The following terms and conditions shall govern the grant and exercise of Stand-alone Rights:

 

  (i) One or more individuals eligible to participate in the Discretionary Grant Program may be granted a Stand-alone Right not tied to any underlying option under this Discretionary Grant Program. The Stand-alone Right shall relate to a specified number of shares of Common Stock and shall be exercisable upon such terms and conditions as the Plan Administrator may establish. In no event, however, may the Stand-alone Right have a maximum term in excess of ten (10) years measured from the grant date. Upon exercise of the Stand-alone Right, the holder shall be entitled to receive a distribution from the Corporation in an amount equal to the excess of (i) the aggregate Fair Market Value (on the exercise date) of the shares of Common Stock underlying the exercised right over (ii) the aggregate base price in effect for those shares.

 

  (ii) The number of shares of Common Stock underlying each Stand-alone Right and the base price in effect for those shares shall be determined by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion at the time the Stand-alone Right is granted. In no event, however, may the base price per share be less than the Fair Market Value per underlying share of Common Stock on the grant date. In the event outstanding Stand-alone Rights are to be assumed in connection with a Change in Control transaction or otherwise continued in effect, the shares of Common Stock underlying each such Stand-alone Right shall be adjusted immediately after such Change in Control so as to apply to the number and class of securities into which those shares of Common Stock would have been converted in consummation of such Change in Control had those shares actually been outstanding at that time. Appropriate adjustments to reflect such Change in Control shall also be made to the base price per share in effect under each outstanding Stand-alone Right, provided the aggregate base price shall remain the same. To the extent the actual holders of the Corporation’s outstanding Common Stock receive cash consideration for their Common Stock in consummation of the Change in Control, the successor corporation may, in connection with the assumption or continuation of the outstanding Stand-alone Rights under the Discretionary Grant Program, substitute, for the securities underlying those assumed rights, one or more shares of its own common stock with a fair market value equivalent to the cash consideration paid per share of Common Stock in the Change in Control transaction.

 

  (iii)

Stand-alone Rights shall be subject to the same transferability restrictions applicable to Non-Statutory Options and may not be transferred during the

 

11


  holder’s lifetime, except if such assignment is in connection with the holder’s estate plan and is to one or more Family Members of the holder or to a trust established for the holder and/or one or more such Family Members or pursuant to a domestic relations order covering the Stand-alone Right as marital property. In addition, one or more beneficiaries may be designated for an outstanding Stand-alone Right in accordance with substantially the same terms and provisions as set forth in Section I.F of this Article Two.

 

  (iv) The distribution with respect to an exercised Stand-alone Right may be made in shares of Common Stock valued at Fair Market Value on the exercise date, in cash or partly in shares and partly in cash, as the Plan Administrator shall in its sole discretion deem appropriate.

 

  (v) The holder of a Stand-alone Right shall have no stockholder rights with respect to the shares subject to the Stand-alone Right unless and until such person shall have exercised the Stand-alone Right and become a holder of record of the shares of Common Stock issued upon the exercise of such Stand-alone Right.

 

  E. Post-Service Exercise . The provisions governing the exercise of Tandem, and Stand-alone Stock Appreciation Rights following the cessation of the recipient’s Service shall be substantially the same as those set forth in Section I.C of this Article Two for the options granted under the Discretionary Grant Program.

 

  F. Net Counting . Upon the exercise of any Tandem or Stand-alone Right under this Section III, the share reserve under Section V of Article One shall be reduced by the net number of shares actually issued by the Corporation upon such exercise and not by the gross number of shares as to which such right is exercised.

 

IV. CHANGE IN CONTROL

 

  A. Except as otherwise set forth in the applicable Award agreement, the following provisions shall be in effect in the event of a Change in Control transaction:

 

  (i)

In the event of a Change in Control, each option or stock appreciation right outstanding under the Discretionary Grant Program on the effective date of the Change in Control may, as determined by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion, be (i) assumed by the successor corporation (or parent thereof) or otherwise continued in full force and effect pursuant to the terms of the Change in Control transaction, or (ii) replaced with a cash incentive program of the successor corporation which preserves the spread existing at the time of the Change in Control on any shares as to which the option or stock appreciation right is not otherwise at that time exercisable and provides for subsequent payout of that spread in accordance with the same exercise/vesting schedule applicable to those shares, but only if such replacement cash program would not result in the treatment of the option or stock appreciation right as an item of deferred compensation subject to Code Section 409A. However, to the extent that the Plan Administrator determines in its sole discretion that any option or stock appreciation right outstanding

 

12


  under the Discretionary Grant Program on the effective date of such Change in Control transaction is not to be so assumed, continued or replaced, that option or stock appreciation right shall automatically accelerate so that each such option or stock appreciation right shall, immediately prior to the effective date of that Change in Control, become exercisable as to all the shares of Common Stock at the time subject to such option or stock appreciation right and may be exercised as to any or all of those shares as fully vested shares of Common Stock.

 

  (ii) To the extent the Plan Administrator determines, in its sole discretion, that any option or stock appreciation right outstanding under the Discretionary Grant Program on the date of a Change in Control is not to be assumed by the successor corporation (or parent thereof) or otherwise continued in full force and effect or replaced with a cash incentive program in accordance with Section IV.A.1. of this Article Two, the holder of any such option or stock appreciation right shall be entitled to receive, upon consummation of the Change in Control, a lump sum cash payment in an amount equal to the spread, if any, existing on the shares of Common Stock subject to the option or stock appreciation right at the time of the Change in Control over the aggregate exercise or base price in effect for such option or stock appreciation right. The Plan Administrator shall have the authority to determine, in its sole discretion, that any option or stock appreciation right outstanding under the Discretionary Grant Program on the date of such Change in Control that is not to be assumed by the successor corporation (or parent thereof) or otherwise continued in full force and effect or replaced with a cash incentive program in accordance with Section IV.A.1. of this Article Two shall be subject to cancellation and termination, without cash payment or other consideration due the award holder, if the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the date of such Change in Control is less than the per share exercise or base price in effect for such option or stock appreciation right.

 

  (iii) All outstanding repurchase rights under the Discretionary Grant Program shall automatically terminate, and the shares of Common Stock subject to those terminated rights shall immediately vest in full, in the event of a Change in Control, except to the extent: (i) the Plan Administrator determines in its sole discretion that those repurchase rights are to be assigned to the successor corporation (or parent thereof) or are otherwise to continue in full force and effect pursuant to the terms of the Change in Control transaction or (ii) such accelerated vesting is precluded by other limitations imposed by the Plan Administrator at the time the repurchase right is issued.

 

  (iv)

Each option or stock appreciation right which is assumed in connection with a Change in Control or otherwise continued in effect shall be appropriately adjusted, immediately after such Change in Control, to apply to the number and class of securities which would have been issuable to the Optionee in consummation of such Change in Control had those shares actually been

 

13


  outstanding at the time. Appropriate adjustments to reflect such Change in Control shall also be made to (i) the exercise price payable per share under each outstanding option, provided the aggregate exercise price payable for such securities shall remain the same, (ii) the maximum number and/or class of securities available for issuance over the remaining term of the Plan, (iii) the maximum number and/or class of securities for which any one person may be granted Awards under the Plan per calendar year, (iv) the maximum number and/or class of securities for which Incentive Options may be granted under the Plan, and (v) the number and/or class of securities subject to the Corporation’s outstanding repurchase rights under the Plan and the repurchase price payable per share. To the extent the actual holders of the Corporation’s outstanding Common Stock receive cash consideration for their Common Stock in consummation of the Change in Control, the Plan Administrator may, in its sole discretion, provide in the document evidencing the Change in Control transaction that the successor corporation, in connection with the assumption or continuation of the outstanding options or stock appreciation rights under the Discretionary Grant Program, shall substitute one or more shares of its own common stock with a fair market value equivalent to the cash consideration paid per share of Common Stock in such Change in Control transaction.

 

  B. Immediately following the consummation of the Change in Control, all outstanding options or stock appreciation rights under the Discretionary Grant Program shall terminate and cease to be outstanding, except to the extent assumed by the successor corporation (or parent thereof) or otherwise continued in full force and effect pursuant to the terms of the Change in Control transaction.

 

  C. The Plan Administrator shall have the discretionary authority to structure one or more outstanding options or stock appreciation rights under the Discretionary Grant Program so that those options or stock appreciation rights shall, immediately prior to the effective date of a Change in Control, become exercisable as to all the shares of Common Stock at the time subject to those options or stock appreciation rights and may be exercised as to any or all of those shares as fully vested shares of Common Stock, whether or not those options or stock appreciation rights are to be assumed in the Change in Control transaction or otherwise continued in effect. In addition, the Plan Administrator shall have the discretionary authority to structure one or more of the Corporation’s repurchase rights under the Discretionary Grant Program so that those rights shall immediately terminate upon the consummation of the Change in Control transaction, and the shares subject to those terminated rights shall thereupon vest in full.

 

  D.

The Plan Administrator shall have full power and authority to structure one or more outstanding options or stock appreciation rights under the Discretionary Grant Program so that those options or stock appreciation rights shall become exercisable as to all the shares of Common Stock at the time subject to those options or stock appreciation rights in the event the Optionee’s Service is subsequently terminated by reason of an Involuntary Termination within a designated period following the effective date of any Change in Control transaction in which those options or stock

 

14


  appreciation rights do not otherwise fully accelerate. In addition, the Plan Administrator may structure one or more of the Corporation’s repurchase rights so that those rights shall immediately terminate with respect to any shares held by the Optionee at the time of such Involuntary Termination, and the shares subject to those terminated repurchase rights shall accordingly vest in full at that time.

 

  E. The portion of any Incentive Option accelerated in connection with a Change in Control shall remain exercisable as an Incentive Option only to the extent the applicable One Hundred Thousand Dollar ($100,000) limitation is not exceeded. To the extent such dollar limitation is exceeded, the accelerated portion of such option shall be exercisable as a Non-Statutory Option under the Federal tax laws.

 

ARTICLE THREE: STOCK ISSUANCE PROGRAM

 

I. STOCK ISSUANCE TERMS

Shares of Common Stock may be issued under the Stock Issuance Program, either as vested or unvested shares, through direct and immediate issuances without any intervening option grants. Each such stock issuance shall be evidenced by a Stock Issuance Agreement which complies with the terms specified below. Shares of Common Stock may also be issued under the Stock Issuance Program pursuant to share right awards, restricted stock units or performance shares which entitle the recipients to receive the shares underlying those Awards upon the attainment of designated performance goals or the satisfaction of specified Service requirements or upon the expiration of a designated time period following the vesting of those awards or units.

 

  A. Consideration . Shares of Common Stock may be issued under the Stock Issuance Program for any of the following items of consideration which the Plan Administrator may deem appropriate in each individual instance:

 

  (i) cash or check made payable to the Corporation,

 

  (ii) past services rendered to the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary); or

 

  (iii) any other valid consideration under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

  B. Transferability . Awards under the Stock Issuance Program shall be transferable by will and by the laws of descent and distribution, and during the lifetime of the recipient, such Awards shall be transferable, by gift or pursuant to a domestic relations order, to a Family Member to the extent and in the manner determined by the Plan Administrator and set forth in the applicable agreement evidencing the Award. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the recipient of an Award under the Stock Issuance Program may designate a beneficiary of the recipient’s Award in the event of the recipient’s death on a beneficiary designation form provided by the Plan Administrator.

 

15


  C. Vesting Provisions.

 

  (i) Shares of Common Stock issued under the Stock Issuance Program may, in the discretion of the Plan Administrator, be fully and immediately vested upon issuance or may vest in one or more installments over the Participant’s period of Service or upon the attainment of specified performance objectives. The elements of the vesting schedule applicable to any unvested shares of Common Stock issued under the Stock Issuance Program shall be determined by the Plan Administrator and incorporated into the Stock Issuance Agreement. Shares of Common Stock may also be issued under the Stock Issuance Program pursuant to restricted stock units or performance shares which entitle the recipients to receive the shares underlying those Awards upon the attainment of designated performance goals or the satisfaction of specified Service requirements or upon the expiration of a designated time period following the vesting of those Awards, including (without limitation) a deferred distribution date following the termination of the Participant’s Service.

 

  (ii) The Plan Administrator shall also have the discretionary authority, consistent with Code Section 162(m), to structure one or more Awards under the Stock Issuance Program so that the shares of Common Stock subject to those Awards shall vest (or vest and become issuable) upon the achievement of certain pre-established corporate performance objectives based on one or more Performance Goals and measured over the performance period (not to exceed five (5) years) specified by the Plan Administrator at the time of the Award.

 

  (iii) Any new, substituted or additional securities or other property (including money paid other than as a regular cash dividend) which the Participant may have the right to receive with respect to the Participant’s unvested shares of Common Stock by reason of any transaction described in Section V.G of Article One shall be issued subject to (i) the same vesting requirements applicable to the Participant’s unvested shares of Common Stock and (ii) such escrow arrangements as the Plan Administrator shall deem appropriate.

 

  (iv)

The Participant shall have full stockholder rights with respect to any shares of Common Stock issued to the Participant under the Stock Issuance Program, whether or not the Participant’s interest in those shares is vested. Accordingly, the Participant shall have the right to vote such shares and to receive any regular cash dividends paid on such shares, subject to any applicable vesting requirements, including (without limitation) the requirement that any dividends paid on shares subject to performance-vesting conditions shall be held in escrow by the Corporation and shall not vest or actually be paid to the Award holder prior to the time those shares vest. The Participant shall not have any stockholder rights with respect to the shares of Common Stock subject to a restricted stock unit or share right award until that award vests and the shares of Common Stock are actually issued thereunder. However, dividend-equivalent units may be paid or

 

16


  credited, either in cash or in actual or phantom shares of Common Stock, on outstanding restricted stock unit or share right awards, subject to such terms and conditions as the Plan Administrator may deem appropriate; provided, however, that no such dividend-equivalent units relating to restricted stock unit or share right awards subject to performance-vesting conditions shall vest or otherwise become payable prior to the time the underlying award (or portion thereof to which such dividend-equivalents units relate) vests upon the attainment of the applicable performance goals and shall accordingly be subject to cancellation and forfeiture to the same extent as the underlying award.

 

  (v) Should the Participant cease to remain in Service while holding one or more unvested shares of Common Stock issued under the Stock Issuance Program or should the performance objectives not be attained with respect to one or more such unvested shares of Common Stock, then those shares shall be immediately surrendered to the Corporation for cancellation, and the Participant shall have no further stockholder rights with respect to those shares. To the extent the surrendered shares were previously issued to the Participant for consideration paid in cash or cash equivalent, the Corporation shall repay to the Participant the lower of (i) the cash consideration paid for the surrendered shares or (ii) the Fair Market Value of those shares at the time of cancellation.

 

  (vi) The Plan Administrator may in its discretion waive the surrender and cancellation of one or more unvested shares of Common Stock which would otherwise occur upon the cessation of the Participant’s Service or the non-attainment of the performance objectives applicable to those shares. Any such waiver shall result in the immediate vesting of the Participant’s interest in the shares of Common Stock as to which the waiver applies. Such waiver may be effected at any time, whether before or after the Participant’s cessation of Service or the attainment or non-attainment of the applicable performance objectives. However, no vesting requirements tied to the attainment of Performance Goals may be waived with respect to Awards which were intended at the time of grant to qualify as performance-based compensation under Code Section 162(m).

 

  (vii) Outstanding Awards of restricted stock units or performance shares under the Stock Issuance Program shall automatically terminate, and no shares of Common Stock shall actually be issued in satisfaction of those Awards, if the performance goals or Service requirements established for such Awards are not attained or satisfied. The Plan Administrator, however, shall have the discretionary authority to issue vested shares of Common Stock under one or more outstanding Awards of restricted stock units or performance shares as to which the designated performance goals or Service requirements have not been attained or satisfied. However, no vesting requirements tied to the attainment of Performance Goals may be waived with respect to Awards which were intended, at the time those Awards were made, to qualify as performance-based compensation under Code Section 162(m).

 

17


  (viii) The following additional requirements shall be in effect for any performance shares awarded under this Article Three:

 

  (a) At the end of the performance period, the Plan Administrator shall determine the actual level of attainment for each performance objective and the extent to which the performance shares awarded for that period are to vest and become payable based on the attained performance levels.

 

  (b) The performance shares which so vest shall be paid as soon as practicable following the end of the performance period, unless such payment is to be deferred for the period specified by the Plan Administrator at the time the performance shares are awarded or the period selected by the Participant in accordance with the applicable requirements of Code Section 409A.

 

  (c) Performance shares may be paid in (i) cash, (ii) shares of Common Stock or (iii) any combination of cash and shares of Common Stock, as set forth in the applicable Award agreement.

 

  (d) Performance shares may also be structured so that the shares are convertible into shares of Common Stock, but the rate at which each performance share is to so convert shall be based on the attained level of performance for each applicable performance objective.

 

II. CHANGE IN CONTROL

 

  A. Except as otherwise set forth in the applicable Award agreement, the following provisions shall be in effect in the event of a Change in Control transaction:

 

  (i) Each Award outstanding under the Stock Issuance Program on the effective date of an actual Change in Control transaction may, as determined by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion, be (i) assumed by the successor corporation (or parent thereof) or otherwise continued in full force and effect pursuant to the terms of the Change in Control transaction, or (ii) replaced with a cash incentive program of the successor corporation which preserves the Fair Market Value of the underlying shares of Common Stock at the time of the Change in Control and provides for the subsequent vesting and payment of that value in accordance with the same vesting schedule in effect for those shares at the time of such Change in Control. However, to the extent that the Plan Administrator determines in its sole discretion that any Award outstanding under the Stock Issuance Program on the effective date of such Change in Control Transaction is not to be so assumed, continued or replaced, that Award shall vest in full immediately prior to the effective date of the actual Change in Control transaction and the shares of Common Stock underlying the portion of the Award that vests on such accelerated basis shall be issued in accordance with the applicable Award agreement, unless such accelerated vesting is precluded by other limitations imposed in the Stock Issuance Agreement.

 

18


  (ii) Each outstanding Award under the Stock Issuance Program which is assumed in connection with a Change in Control or otherwise continued in effect shall be adjusted immediately after the consummation of that Change in Control so as to apply to the number and class of securities into which the shares of Common Stock subject to that Award immediately prior to the Change in Control would have been converted in consummation of such Change in Control had those shares actually been outstanding at that time, and appropriate adjustments shall also be made to the cash consideration (if any) payable per share thereunder, provided the aggregate amount of such cash consideration shall remain the same. To the extent the actual holders of the Corporation’s outstanding Common Stock receive cash consideration for their Common Stock in consummation of the Change in Control, the Plan Administrator may, in its sole discretion, provide in the document evidencing the Change in Control transaction that the successor corporation, in connection with the assumption or continuation of the outstanding Awards, shall substitute one or more shares of its own common stock with a fair market value equivalent to the cash consideration paid per share of Common Stock in such Change in Control transaction.

 

  B. The Plan Administrator shall have the discretionary authority to structure one or more unvested Awards under the Stock Issuance Program so that the shares of Common Stock subject to those Awards shall automatically vest (or vest and become issuable) in whole or in part immediately upon the occurrence of a Change in Control or upon the subsequent termination of the Participant’s Service by reason of an Involuntary Termination within a designated period following the effective date of that Change in Control transaction. The Plan Administrator’s authority under this Section II.B shall also extend to any Awards under the Stock Issuance Program which are intended to qualify as performance-based compensation under Code Section 162(m), even though the actual vesting of those Awards pursuant to this Section II.B may result in their loss of performance-based status under Code Section 162(m).

 

III. SHARE ESCROW/LEGENDS

Unvested shares may, in the Plan Administrator’s discretion, be held in escrow by the Corporation until the Participant’s interest in such shares vests or may be issued directly to the Participant with restrictive legends on the certificates evidencing those unvested shares.

ARTICLE FOUR: INCENTIVE BONUS PROGRAM

 

I. INCENTIVE BONUS TERMS

 

  A. Incentive Bonus Programs . The Plan Administrator shall have full power and authority to implement one or more of the following incentive bonus programs under the Plan:

 

  (i) cash bonus awards (“Cash Awards”),

 

  (ii) performance unit awards (“Performance Unit Awards”), and

 

  (iii) dividend equivalent rights (“DER Awards”)

 

19


  B. Cash Awards . The Plan Administrator shall have the discretionary authority under the Plan to make Cash Awards which are to vest in one or more installments over the Participant’s continued Service with the Corporation or upon the attainment of specified performance objectives. Each such Cash Award shall be evidenced by one or more documents in the form approved by the Plan Administrator; provided however, that each such document shall comply with the terms specified below.

 

  (i) The elements of the vesting schedule applicable to each Cash Award shall be determined by the Plan Administrator and incorporated into the Incentive Bonus Award agreement.

 

  (ii) The Plan Administrator shall also have the discretionary authority, consistent with Code Section 162(m), to structure one or more Cash Awards so that those Awards shall vest upon the achievement of pre-established corporate performance objectives based upon one or more Performance Goals measured over the performance period (not to exceed five (5) years) specified by the Plan Administrator at the time of the Award.

 

  (iii) Outstanding Cash Awards shall automatically terminate, and no cash payment or other consideration shall be due the holders of those Awards, if the performance objectives or Service requirements established for those Awards are not attained or satisfied. The Plan Administrator may in its discretion waive the cancellation and termination of one or more unvested Cash Awards which would otherwise occur upon the cessation of the Participant’s Service or the non-attainment of the performance objectives applicable to those Awards. Any such waiver shall result in the immediate vesting of the Participant’s interest in the Cash Award as to which the waiver applies. Such wavier may be effected at any time, whether before or after the Participant’s cessation of Service or the attainment or non-attainment of the applicable performance objectives. However, no vesting requirements tied to the attainment of Performance Goals may be waived with respect to Awards which were intended, at the time those Awards were made, to qualify as performance-based compensation under Code Section 162(m), except in the event of the Participant’s cessation of Service by reason of death or Permanent Disability or as otherwise provided in Section II of this Article Four.

 

  (iv) Cash Awards which become due and payable following the attainment of the applicable performance objectives or satisfaction of the applicable Service requirement (or the waiver of such goals or Service requirement) may be paid in (i) cash, (ii) shares of Common Stock valued at Fair Market Value on the payment date or (iii) a combination of cash and shares of Common Stock as set forth in the applicable Award agreement.

 

20


  C. Performance Unit Awards . The Plan Administrator shall have the discretionary authority to make Performance Unit Awards in accordance with the terms of this Article Four. Each such Performance Unit Award shall be evidenced by one or more documents in the form approved by the Plan Administrator; provided however, that each such document shall comply with the terms specified below.

 

  (i) A Performance Unit shall represent either (i) a unit with a dollar value tied to the level at which pre-established corporate performance objectives based on one or more Performance Goals are attained or (ii) a participating interest in a special bonus pool tied to the attainment of pre-established corporate performance objectives based on one or more Performance Goals. The amount of the bonus pool may vary with the level at which the applicable performance objectives are attained, and the value of each Performance Unit which becomes due and payable upon the attained level of performance shall be determined by dividing the amount of the resulting bonus pool (if any) by the total number of Performance Units issued and outstanding at the completion of the applicable performance period.

 

  (ii) Performance Units may also be structured to include a Service requirement which the Participant must satisfy following the completion of the performance period in order to vest in the Performance Units awarded with respect to that performance period.

 

  (iii) Performance Units which become due and payable following the attainment of the applicable performance objectives and the satisfaction of any applicable Service requirement may be paid in (i) cash, (ii) shares of Common Stock valued at Fair Market Value on the payment date or (iii) a combination of cash and shares of Common Stock, as set forth in the applicable Award agreement.

 

  D. DER Awards . The Plan Administrator shall have the discretionary authority to make DER Awards in accordance with the terms of this Article Four. Each such DER Award shall be evidenced by one or more documents in the form approved by the Plan Administrator; provided however, that each such document shall comply with the terms specified below.

 

  (i) The DER Awards may be made as stand-alone awards or in tandem with other Awards made under the Plan. The term of each such DER Award shall be established by the Plan Administrator at the time of grant, but no DER Award shall have a term in excess of ten (10) years.

 

  (ii) Each DER shall represent the right to receive the economic equivalent of each dividend or distribution, whether in cash, securities or other property (other than shares of Common Stock), which is made per issued and outstanding share of Common Stock during the term the DER remains outstanding. A special account on the books of the Corporation shall be maintained for each Participant to whom a DER Award is made, and that account shall be credited per DER with each such dividend or distribution made per issued and outstanding share of Common Stock during the term of that DER remains outstanding.

 

21


  (iii) Payment of the amounts credited to such book account may be made to the Participant either concurrently with the actual dividend or distribution made per issued and outstanding share of Common Stock or may be deferred for a period specified by the Plan Administrator at the time the DER Award is made or selected by the Participant in accordance with the requirements of Code Section 409A. In no event, however, shall any DER Award made with respect to an Award subject to performance-vesting conditions under the Stock Issuance or Incentive Bonus Program vest or become payable prior to the vesting of that Award (or the portion thereof to which the DER Award relates) upon the attainment of the applicable performance goals and shall accordingly be subject to cancellation and forfeiture to the same extent as the underlying Award in the event those performance conditions are not attained.

 

  (iv) Payment may be paid in (i) cash, (ii) shares of Common Stock or (iii) a combination of cash and shares of Common Stock, as set forth in the applicable Award agreement. If payment is to be made in the form of Common Stock, the number of shares of Common Stock into which the cash dividend or distribution amounts are to be converted for purposes of the Participant’s book account may be based on the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the date of conversion, a prior date or an average of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock over a designated period, as set forth in the applicable Award agreement.

 

  (v) The Plan Administrator shall also have the discretionary authority, consistent with Code Section 162(m), to structure one or more DER Awards so that those Awards shall vest only after the achievement of pre-established corporate performance objectives based upon one or more Performance Goals measured over the performance period (not to exceed five (5) years) specified by the Plan Administrator at the time the Award is made.

 

II. CHANGE IN CONTROL

 

  A. The Plan Administrator shall have the discretionary authority to structure one or more Awards under the Incentive Bonus Program so that those Awards shall automatically vest in whole or in part immediately prior to the effective date of an actual Change in Control transaction or upon the subsequent termination of the Participant’s Service by reason of an Involuntary Termination within a designated period following the effective date of such Change in Control. To the extent any such Award is, at the time of such Change in Control, subject to a performance-vesting condition tied to the attainment of one or more specified performance goals, then that performance vesting condition shall automatically be cancelled on the effective date of such Change in Control, and such Award shall thereupon be converted into a Service-vesting Award that will vest upon the completion of a Service period co-terminous with the portion of the performance period (and any subsequent Service vesting component that was originally part of that Award) remaining at the time of the Change in Control.

 

  B.

The Plan Administrator’s authority under Section II.A above shall also extend to any Award under the Incentive Bonus Program intended to qualify as performance-based

 

22


  compensation under Code Section 162(m), even though the automatic vesting of that Award may result in the loss of performance-based status under Code Section 162(m).

ARTICLE FIVE: MISCELLANEOUS

 

I. DEFERRED COMPENSATION

 

  A. The Plan Administrator may, in its sole discretion, structure one or more awards under the Stock Issuance Program so that the Participants may be provided with an election to defer the compensation associated with those awards for federal income tax purposes. Any such deferral opportunity shall comply with all applicable requirements of Code Section 409A.

 

  B. To the extent the Corporation maintains one or more separate non-qualified deferred compensation arrangements which allow the participants the opportunity to make notional investments of their deferred account balances in shares of Common Stock, the Plan Administrator may authorize the share reserve under the Plan to serve as the source of any shares of Common Stock that become payable under those deferred compensation arrangements. In such event, the share reserve under the Plan shall be reduced on a share-for-share basis for each share of Common Stock issued under the Plan in settlement of the deferred compensation owed under those separate arrangements.

 

  C. To the extent there is any ambiguity as to whether any provision of any award made under the Plan that is deemed to constitute a deferred compensation arrangement under Code Section 409A would otherwise contravene one or more requirements or limitations of such Code Section 409A and the Treasury Regulations thereunder, such provision shall be interpreted and applied in a manner that complies with the applicable requirements of Code Section 409A and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.

 

II. TAX WITHHOLDING

 

  A. The Corporation’s obligation to deliver shares of Common Stock upon the issuance, exercise or vesting of an Award under the Plan shall be subject to the satisfaction of all applicable income and employment tax withholding requirements.

 

23


  B. The Plan Administrator may, in its discretion, provide any or all holders of Non-Statutory Options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock units or any other share right awards pursuant to which vested shares of Common Stock are to be issued under the Plan and any or all Participants to whom vested or unvested shares of Common Stock are issued in a direct issuance under the Stock Issuance Program with the right to use shares of Common Stock in satisfaction of all or part of the Withholding Taxes to which such holders may become subject in connection with the exercise of their options or stock appreciation rights, the issuance to them of vested shares or the subsequent vesting of unvested shares issued to them. Such right may be provided to any such holder in either or both of the following formats:

 

  (i) Stock Withholding : The election to have the Corporation withhold, from the shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon the exercise of such Non-Statutory Option or stock appreciation right or upon the issuance of fully-vested shares, a portion of those shares with an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the percentage of the Withholding Taxes (not to exceed one hundred percent (100%), provided that such withholding amount may not exceed the maximum applicable Withholding Tax rate for federal (including FICA), state and local tax liabilities or such other amount required to avoid adverse accounting consequences to the Corporation, as determined by the Plan Administrator in its discretion). The shares of Common Stock so withheld shall reduce the number of shares of Common Stock authorized for issuance under the Plan.

 

  (ii) Stock Delivery : The election to deliver to the Corporation, at the time the Non-Statutory Option or stock appreciation right is exercised, the vested shares are issued or the unvested shares subsequently vest, one or more shares of Common Stock previously acquired by such holder (other than in connection with the exercise, share issuance or share vesting triggering the Withholding Taxes) with an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the percentage of the Withholding Taxes (not to exceed one hundred percent (100%)) designated by the holder. The shares of Common Stock so delivered shall neither reduce the number of shares of Common Stock authorized for issuance under the Plan nor be added to the shares of Common Stock authorized for issuance under the Plan

 

III. ASSUMPTION OR SUBSTITUTION OF OPTIONS

 

  A. The shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Plan may, in the sole discretion of the Plan Administrator, be used to fund one or more shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of (i) any Code Section 422 incentive stock option originally granted by a corporation or other entity acquired by the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary), whether by merger or asset or stock sale, and assumed by the Corporation in connection with that acquisition or (ii) any Incentive Option granted under this Plan in substitution for such incentive stock option of the acquired entity. Any such assumption or substitution of options shall not be deemed to contravene the option exercise price requirements of Section I.A of Article Two, even if the exercise price per share of Common Stock under the assumed or substituted option is less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the date such assumption or substitution is effected, provided all of the following requirements are satisfied:

 

  (i) The excess of the aggregate Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock subject to the assumed or substituted option immediately after the assumption or substitution over the aggregate exercise price in effect for those shares is not greater than the excess of the aggregate fair market value of the shares of stock subject to the option immediately prior to such assumption or substitution over the aggregate exercise price payable for those shares.

 

24


  (ii) The ratio of the exercise price to the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock subject to the assumed or substituted option immediately after such assumption or substitution is no more favorable to the Optionee than the ratio of the exercise price to the fair market value per share immediately prior to such assumption or substitution.

 

  (iii) The assumed or substituted option does not provide the Optionee with any additional benefits the Optionee did not otherwise have under the option immediately prior to the assumption or substitution.

 

  (iv) In the case of a substitution, the option granted by the acquired entity must be cancelled at the time of such substitution, and the Optionee must have no further rights under that cancelled option.

 

IV. SHARE ESCROW/LEGENDS

Unvested shares may, in the Plan Administrator’s discretion, be held in escrow by the Corporation until the Participant’s interest in such shares vests or may be issued directly to the Participant with restrictive legends on the certificates evidencing those unvested shares.

 

V. EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERM OF THE PLAN

 

  A. The Plan became effective on the Plan Effective Date, and was approved by the Corporation’s stockholders on May 3, 2016.

 

  B. The Plan shall terminate upon the earliest to occur of (i) May 2, 2026, (ii) the date on which all shares available for issuance under the Plan shall have been issued as fully vested shares or (iii) the termination of all outstanding Awards in connection with a Change in Control. Should the Plan terminate on May 2, 2026, then all Awards outstanding at that time shall continue to have force and effect in accordance with the provisions of the documents evidencing those Awards.

 

VI. AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN

 

  A. The Board shall have complete and exclusive power and authority to amend or modify the Plan in any or all respects. However, no such amendment or modification shall adversely affect the rights and obligations with respect to Awards at the time outstanding under the Plan unless the Optionee or the Participant consents to such amendment or modification. In addition, amendments to the Plan will be subject to stockholder approval to the extent required under applicable law or regulation or pursuant to the listing standards of the Stock Exchange on which the Common Stock is at the time primarily traded, and no amendment that would reduce or limit the scope of the prohibition on repricing programs set forth in Section VI of Article Two or otherwise eliminated such prohibition shall be effective unless approved by the stockholders.

 

  B.

The Committee shall have the discretionary authority to adopt and implement from time to time such addenda or subplans to the Plan as it may deem necessary in order to bring the Plan into compliance with applicable laws and regulations of any foreign

 

25


  jurisdictions in which grants or awards are to be made under the Plan and/or to obtain favorable tax treatment in those foreign jurisdictions for the individuals to whom the grants or awards are made.

 

  C. Awards may be made under the Plan that involve shares of Common Stock in excess of the number of shares then available for issuance under the Plan, provided no shares shall actually be issued pursuant to those Awards until the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan is sufficiently increased by stockholder approval of an amendment of the Plan authorizing such increase. If stockholder approval is required and is not obtained within twelve (12) months after the date the first excess Award is made, then all Awards granted on the basis of such excess shares shall terminate and cease to be outstanding.

 

  D. The provisions of the Plan and the outstanding Awards under the Plan shall, in the event of any ambiguity, be construed, applied and interpreted in a manner so as to ensure that all Awards and Award agreements provided to Optionees or Participants who are subject to U.S. income taxation either qualify for an exemption from the requirements of Section 409A of the Code or comply with those requirements; provided, however, that the Corporation shall not make any representations that any Awards made under the Plan will in fact be exempt from the requirements of Section 409A of the Code or otherwise comply with those requirements, and each Optionee and Participant shall accordingly be solely responsible for any taxes, penalties or other amounts which may become payable with respect to his or her Awards by reason of Section 409A of the Code.

 

VII. USE OF PROCEEDS

Any cash proceeds received by the Corporation from the sale of shares of Common Stock under the Plan shall be used for general corporate purposes.

 

VIII. REGULATORY APPROVALS

 

  A. The implementation of the Plan, the grant of any Award and the issuance of shares of Common Stock in connection with the issuance, exercise or vesting of any Award made under the Plan shall be subject to the Corporation’s procurement of all approvals and permits required by regulatory authorities having jurisdiction over the Plan, the Awards made under the Plan and the shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to those Awards.

 

  B. No shares of Common Stock or other assets shall be issued or delivered under the Plan unless and until there shall have been compliance with all applicable requirements of applicable securities laws.

 

IX. NO EMPLOYMENT/SERVICE RIGHTS

Nothing in the Plan shall confer upon the Optionee or the Participant any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining such person) or of the Optionee or the Participant, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate such person’s Service at any time for any reason, with or without cause.

 

26


X. RECOUPMENT

Optionees and Participants shall be subject to any clawback, recoupment or other similar policy adopted by the Board as in effect from time to time, and Awards and any cash, shares of Common Stock or other property or amounts due, paid or issued to the holder of an Award shall be subject to the terms of such policy, as in effect from time to time.

 

27


APPENDIX

The following definitions shall be in effect under the Plan:

 

A. Award shall mean any of the following awards authorized for issuance or grant under the Plan: stock options, stock appreciation rights, direct stock issuances, restricted stock or restricted stock unit awards, performance shares, performance units, dividend-equivalent rights and cash incentive awards.

 

B. Board shall mean the Corporation’s Board of Directors.

 

C. Change in Control shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Award agreement for the particular Award or in any other agreement incorporated by reference into the Award agreement for purposes of defining such term, and in the absence of such a Change in Control definition shall mean a change in ownership or control of the Corporation effected through any of the following transactions:

 

  (i) the closing of a merger, consolidation or other reorganization approved by the Corporation’s stockholders, unless securities representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the voting securities of the successor corporation are immediately thereafter beneficially owned, directly or indirectly and in substantially the same proportion, by the persons who beneficially owned the Corporation’s outstanding voting securities immediately prior to such transaction;

 

  (ii) the closing of a stockholder-approved sale, transfer or other disposition (including in whole or in part through one or more licensing arrangements) of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets; or

 

  (iii) a change in the composition of the Board over a period of thirty-six (36) consecutive months or less such that a majority of the Board members ceases, by reason of one or more contested elections for Board membership, to be comprised of individuals who either (A) have been Board members continuously since the beginning of such period or (B) have been elected or nominated for election as Board members during such period by at least a majority of the Board members described in clause (A) who were still in office at the time the Board approved such election or nomination.

Unless otherwise determined by the Board, in no event shall (i) any public offering of the Company’s securities (whether directly or via a reverse merger with a public shell company) be deemed to constitute a Change in Control, (ii) a Change in Control be deemed to have occurred for purposes of the Plan as a result of a majority of the Board being designated by Capital Royalty Partners II, L.P. and/or its affiliates or Capital Royalty Partners II, L.P. and/or its affiliates acquiring, directly or indirectly, beneficial ownership of securities (or interests convertible into or exercisable for securities) of the Corporation as a result of one or more equity financing transactions, (iii) a change in the Stock Exchange in which the Common Stock is listed or (iv) the merger of Valeritas, Inc. with and into a subsidiary of the Corporation, in each case, be deemed to constitute a Change in Control.

 

D. Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

E. Common Stock shall mean the Corporation’s common stock.

 

F. Corporation shall mean Valeritas Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any corporate successor to all or substantially all of the assets or voting stock of Valeritas Holdings, Inc. which has by appropriate action assumed the Plan.


G. Discretionary Grant Program shall mean the discretionary grant program in effect under Article Two of the Plan pursuant to which stock options and stock appreciation rights may be granted to one or more eligible individuals.

 

H. Employee shall mean an individual who is in the employ of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary, whether now existing or subsequently established), subject to the control and direction of the employer entity as to both the work to be performed and the manner and method of performance.

 

I. Exercise Date shall mean the date on which the Corporation shall have received written notice of the option exercise.

 

J. Fair Market Value per Common Share on any relevant date shall be determined in accordance with the following provisions:

 

  (i) If the Common Stock is at the time listed on any Stock Exchange, then the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on any relevant date shall be the closing selling price per share of Common Stock at the close of regular trading hours (i.e., before after-hours trading begins) on the date in question on the Stock Exchange determined by the Plan Administrator to be the primary market for the Common Stock, as such price is reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers (if primarily traded on the Nasdaq Global or Global Select Market) or as officially quoted in the composite tape of transactions on any other Stock Exchange on which the Corporation’s common stock is then primarily traded. If there is no closing selling price for the Common Stock on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

 

  (ii) If the Common Stock is not at the time listed on any Stock Exchange, then the Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Plan Administrator through the reasonable application of a reasonable valuation method that takes into account the applicable valuation factors set forth in the Treasury Regulations issued under Section 409A of the Code; provided, however, that with respect to an Incentive Option, such Fair Market Value shall be determined in accordance with the standards of Section 422 of the Code and the applicable Treasury Regulations thereunder.

 

K. Family Member means, with respect to a particular Optionee or Participant, any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law.

 

L. Full Value Award means any of the following Awards made under the Stock Issuance or Incentive Bonus Programs that are settled in shares of Common Stock: restricted stock awards (unless issued for cash consideration equal to the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the award date), restricted stock unit awards, performance shares, performance units, cash incentive awards and any other Awards under the Plan other than (i) stock options and stock appreciation rights issued under the Discretionary Grant Program and (ii) dividend equivalent rights under the Incentive Bonus Program.

 

M. Incentive Bonus Program shall mean the incentive bonus program in effect under Article Four of the Plan.

 

N. Incentive Option shall mean an option which satisfies the requirements of Code Section 422.


O. Involuntary Termination shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Award agreement for the particular Award or in any other agreement incorporated by reference into the Award agreement for purposes of defining such term. In the absence of such an Involuntary Termination definition, such term shall mean the termination of the Service of any individual which occurs by reason of:

 

  (i) such individual’s involuntary dismissal or discharge by the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) for reasons other than Misconduct, or

 

  (ii) such individual’s voluntary resignation following (A) a change in his or her position with the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) which materially reduces his or her duties and responsibilities or the level of management to which he or she reports, (B) a reduction in his or her level of compensation (including base salary, fringe benefits and target bonus under any corporate-performance based bonus or incentive programs) by more than fifteen percent (15%) or (C) a relocation of such individual’s place of employment by more than fifty (50) miles, provided and only if such change, reduction or relocation is effected by the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) without the individual’s consent.

 

P. Misconduct shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Award agreement for the particular Award or in any other agreement incorporated by reference into the Award agreement for purposes of defining such term, and in the absence of such, Misconduct shall mean the commission of any act of fraud, embezzlement or dishonesty by the Optionee or Participant, any unauthorized use or disclosure by such person of confidential information or trade secrets of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary), or any other intentional misconduct by such person adversely affecting the business or affairs of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) in a material manner. The foregoing definition shall not in any way preclude or restrict the right of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) to discharge or dismiss any Optionee, Participant or other person in the Service of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) for any other acts or omissions, but such other acts or omissions shall not be deemed, for purposes of the Plan, to constitute grounds for termination for Misconduct.

 

Q. 1933 Act shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

R. 1934 Act shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

S. Non-Statutory Option shall mean an option not intended to satisfy the requirements of Code Section 422.

 

T. Optionee shall mean any person to whom an option is granted under the Discretionary Grant Program.

 

U. Parent shall mean any corporation (other than the Corporation) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Corporation, provided each corporation in the unbroken chain (other than the Corporation) owns, at the time of the determination, stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

 

V. Participant shall mean any person who is issued (i) shares of Common Stock, restricted stock units, performance shares, performance units or other stock-based awards under the Stock Issuance Program or (ii) an incentive bonus award under the Incentive Bonus Program.

 

W.

Performance Goals shall mean any of the following performance criteria upon which the vesting of one or more Awards under the Plan may be based: (i) revenue, organic revenue, net sales, or new-product revenue or net sales, (ii) achievement of specified milestones in the discovery and development of the Corporation’s technology or of one or more of the Corporation’s products, (iii) achievement of specified milestones in the commercialization of one or more of the Corporation’s products, (iv) achievement of specified milestones in the manufacturing of one or more of the Corporation’s products, (v) expense targets, (vi) share price, (vii) total shareholder return, (viii) earnings per share, (ix) operating margin, (x) gross margin, (xi) return measures (including, but not limited to, return on assets, capital, equity, or sales), (xii) productivity ratios, (xiii) operating income, (xiv) net operating profit, (xv) net earnings or net income (before or after taxes), (xvi) cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow,


  free cash flow and cash flow return on capital), (xvii) earnings before or after interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and/or stock-based compensation expense, (xviii) economic value added, (xix) market share, (xx) working capital targets, (xxi) achievement of specified milestones relating to corporate partnerships, collaborations, license transactions, distribution arrangements, mergers, acquisitions, dispositions or similar business transactions, and (xxii) employee retention and recruiting and human resources management. In addition, such performance goals may be based upon the attainment of specified levels of the Corporation’s performance under one or more of the measures described above relative to the performance of other entities and may also be based on the performance of any of the Corporation’s business units or divisions or any Parent or Subsidiary. Performance goals may include a minimum threshold level of performance below which no award will be earned, levels of performance at which specified portions of an award will be earned and a maximum level of performance at which an award will be fully earned. Each applicable performance goal may be structured at the time of the Award to provide for appropriate adjustments or exclusions for one or more of the following items: (A) asset impairments or write-downs; (B) litigation or governmental investigation expenses and any judgments, verdicts and settlements in connection therewith; (C) the effect of changes in tax law, accounting principles or other such laws or provisions affecting reported results; (D) accruals for reorganization and restructuring programs; (E) any unusual or infrequently occurring item or event; (F) items of income, gain, loss or expense attributable to the operations of any business acquired by the Corporation or costs and expenses incurred in connection with mergers and acquisitions; (G) items of income, gain, loss or expense attributable to one or more business operations divested by the Corporation or the gain or loss realized upon the sale of any such business the assets thereof, (H) accruals for bonus or incentive compensation costs and expenses associated with cash-based awards made under the Plan or other bonus or incentive compensation plans of the Corporation, and (I) the impact of foreign currency fluctuations or changes in exchange rates.

 

X. Permanent Disability or Permanently Disabled have the meaning assigned to such term in the Award agreement for the particular Award or in any other agreement incorporated by reference into the Award agreement for purposes of defining such term, and in the absence of such a definition shall mean the inability of the Optionee or the Participant to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment expected to result in death or to be of continuous duration of twelve (12) months or more.

 

Y. Plan shall mean the Corporation’s 2016 Incentive Compensation Plan as set forth in this document and as subsequently amended or restated from time to time.

 

Z. Plan Administrator shall mean the particular entity, whether the Committee, the Board or a subcommittee, which is authorized to administer the Discretionary Grant, Stock Issuance and Incentive Bonus Programs with respect to one or more classes of eligible persons, to the extent such entity is carrying out its administrative functions under those programs with respect to the persons under its jurisdiction.

 

AA. Plan Effective Date shall mean May 3, 2016, the date that the Plan was adopted by the Board.

 

BB. Retirement shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Award agreement for the particular Award or in any other agreement incorporated by reference into the Award agreement for purposes of defining such term. In the absence of such a Retirement definition, such term shall mean the Award holder’s cessation of Service after attaining age sixty (60) with at least five (5) completed years of Service to the Corporation.

 

CC.

Service shall mean the performance of services for the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary, whether now existing or subsequently established) by a person in the capacity of an Employee, a non-employee


  member of the board of directors or a consultant or independent advisor, except to the extent otherwise specifically provided in the documents evidencing the option grant or stock issuance. For purposes of the Plan, an Optionee or Participant shall be deemed to cease Service immediately upon the occurrence of the either of the following events: (i) the Optionee or Participant no longer performs services in any of the foregoing capacities for the Corporation or any Parent or Subsidiary or (ii) the entity for which the Optionee or Participant is performing such services ceases to remain a Parent or Subsidiary of the Corporation, even though the Optionee or Participant may subsequently continue to perform services for that entity. Service shall not be deemed to cease during a period of military leave, sick leave or other personal leave approved by the Corporation; provided, however , that should such leave of absence exceed three (3) months, then for purposes of determining the period within which an Incentive Option may be exercised as such under the federal tax laws, the Optionee’s Service shall be deemed to cease on the first day immediately following the expiration of such three (3)-month period, unless Optionee is provided with the right to return to Service following such leave either by statute or by written contract. Except to the extent otherwise required by law or expressly authorized by the Plan Administrator or by the Corporation’s written policy on leaves of absence, no Service credit shall be given for vesting purposes for any period the Optionee or Participant is on a leave of absence.

 

DD. Stock Exchange shall mean the American Stock Exchange, the Nasdaq Global or Global Select Market or the New York Stock Exchange.

 

EE. Stock Issuance Agreement shall mean the agreement entered into by the Corporation and the Participant at the time of issuance of shares of Common Stock under the Stock Issuance Program.

 

FF. Stock Issuance Program shall mean the stock issuance program in effect under Article Three of the Plan.

 

GG. Subsidiary shall mean any corporation (other than the Corporation) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Corporation, provided each corporation (other than the last corporation) in the unbroken chain owns, at the time of the determination, stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

 

HH. 10% Stockholder shall mean the owner of stock (as determined under Code Section 424(d)) possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary).

 

II. Underwriting Agreement shall mean the agreement between the Corporation and the underwriter or underwriters managing the initial public offering of the Common Stock.

 

JJ. Underwriting Date shall mean the date on which the Underwriting Agreement is executed and priced in connection with the initial public offering of the Common Stock or, if earlier, the closing of a private placement of securities of the Corporation of at least $25,000,000.

 

KK. Withholding Taxes shall mean the applicable federal and state income and employment withholding taxes to which the holder of an Award under the Plan may become subject in connection with the issuance, exercise, vesting or settlement of that Award.

Exhibit 10.8

 

Valeritas Holdings, Inc. 2016 Incentive Compensation Plan    LOGO
Stock Option Agreement

 

RECITALS

A. The Board has adopted the Plan for the purpose of retaining the services of selected Employees, non-employee members of the Board (or the board of directors of any Parent or Subsidiary) and consultants and other independent advisors who provide services to the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary).

B. Optionee is to render valuable services to the Corporation (or a Parent or Subsidiary), and this Agreement is executed pursuant to, and is intended to carry out the purposes of, the Plan in connection with the Corporation’s grant of an option to Optionee.

C. All capitalized terms in this Agreement, to the extent not defined herein or in the attached Appendix, shall have the meaning assigned to them in the Plan.

NOW, THEREFORE , it is hereby agreed as follows:

1. Grant of Option . The Corporation hereby grants to Optionee, as of the Grant Date, an option to purchase up to the number of Option Shares specified in the Grant Notice, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Plan. The Option Shares shall be purchasable from time to time during the option term specified in Paragraph 2 at the Exercise Price.

2. Option Term . This option shall have a maximum term of ten (10) years measured from the Grant Date and shall accordingly expire at the close of business on the Expiration Date, unless sooner terminated in accordance with Paragraph 5 or 6.

3. Transferability . The transferability of this option shall be governed by the requirements of Article Two, Section I.F. of the Plan.

4. Dates of Exercise . This option shall become vested and exercisable for the Option Shares in one or more installments in accordance with the Exercise Schedule set forth in the Grant Notice. As the option becomes vested and exercisable for such installments, those installments shall accumulate, and the option shall remain vested and exercisable for the accumulated installments until the Expiration Date or sooner termination of the option term under Paragraph 5 or 6.

5. Cessation of Service . The option term specified in Paragraph 2 shall terminate (and this option shall cease to be outstanding) prior to the Expiration Date should any of the following provisions become applicable:

(a) Should Optionee cease to remain in Service for any reason (other than death, Involuntary Termination, Retirement, Permanent Disability or Misconduct) while this option is outstanding, then Optionee (or any person or persons to whom this option is transferred pursuant to a permitted transfer under Paragraph 3) shall have a period of three (3) months (commencing with the first date following such cessation of Service) during which to exercise this option, but in no event shall this option be exercisable at any time after the Expiration Date.

(b) Should Optionee die while this option is outstanding, then this option may be exercised by (i) the personal representative of Optionee’s estate or (ii) the person or persons to whom the option is transferred pursuant to Optionee’s will or the laws of inheritance following Optionee’s death or to whom the option is transferred during Optionee’s lifetime pursuant to a permitted transfer under Paragraph 3, as the case may be. However, if Optionee dies while holding this option and has an effective beneficiary designation in effect for this option at the time of his or her death, then the designated beneficiary or beneficiaries shall have the exclusive right to exercise this option following Optionee’s death. Any such right to exercise this option shall lapse, and this option shall cease to be outstanding, upon the earlier of (i) the expiration of the twelve (12)-month period following the date of Optionee’s death or (ii) the Expiration Date.

(c) Should Optionee cease Service by reason of Involuntary Termination, Retirement or Permanent Disability while this option is outstanding, then Optionee (or any person or persons to whom this option is transferred pursuant to a permitted transfer under Paragraph 3) shall have a period of twelve (12) months (commencing with the first date following such cessation of Service) during which to exercise this option. In no event shall this option be exercisable at any time after the Expiration Date.

Note: If this option is designated as an Incentive Option in the Grant Notice, exercise of this option on a date later than three (3) months following cessation of Service due to Involuntary Termination or Retirement will result in the loss of Incentive Option tax treatment. In the event Incentive Option tax treatment is not available, this option will be taxed as a Non-Statutory Option upon exercise.


(d) During the limited period of post-Service exercisability, this option may not be exercised in the aggregate for more than the number of Option Shares for which this option is, at the time of Optionee’s cessation of Service, vested and exercisable pursuant to the Exercise Schedule specified in the Grant Notice. This option shall not vest or become exercisable for any additional Option Shares, whether pursuant to the normal Exercise Schedule specified in the Grant Notice, following the Optionee’s cessation of Service, except to the extent (if any) specifically authorized by the Plan Administrator pursuant to an express written agreement with the Optionee. Upon the expiration of such limited exercise period or (if earlier) upon the Expiration Date, this option shall terminate and cease to be outstanding for any exercisable Option Shares for which the option has not otherwise been exercised.

(e) Should Optionee’s Service be terminated for Misconduct or should Optionee otherwise engage in any Misconduct while this option is outstanding, then this option shall terminate immediately and cease to remain outstanding.

6. Change in Control . Except as may be provided in the Grant Notice, the provisions of the Plan applicable to a Change in Control shall apply to the option, and, in the event of a Change in Control, the Board may take such actions as it deems appropriate pursuant to the Plan.

7. Adjustment in Option Shares . Should any change be made to the Common Stock by reason of any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares, spin-off transaction, merger, reorganization, consolidation, reclassification or change in par value, or any other unusual or infrequently occurring event affecting the outstanding Common Stock as a class without the Corporation’s receipt of consideration, then equitable adjustments shall be made by the Plan Administrator to (i) the total number and/or class of securities subject to this option and (ii) the Exercise Price, in order to reflect such change and thereby preclude a dilution or enlargement of benefits hereunder.

8. Manner of Exercising Option .

(a) In order to exercise this option with respect to all or any part of the Option Shares for which this option is at the time exercisable, Optionee (or any other person or persons exercising the option) must take the following actions:

 

  (i) Execute and deliver to the Corporation a Notice of Exercise for the Option Shares for which the option is exercised, or comply with such other procedures as the Corporation may establish from time to time.

 

  (ii) Pay the aggregate Exercise Price for the purchased shares in one or more of the following forms:

 

  (A) cash or check made payable to the Corporation;

Should the Common Stock be registered under Section 12 of the 1934 Act at the time the option is exercised, then the Exercise Price may also be paid as follows:

 

  (B) in shares of Common Stock held by Optionee (or any other person or persons exercising the option) for the requisite period necessary to avoid a charge to the Corporation’s earnings for financial reporting purposes and valued at Fair Market Value on the Exercise Date;

 

  (C) shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable under the option but withheld by the Corporation in satisfaction of the exercise price, with such withheld shares to be valued at Fair Market Value on the Exercise Date, or

 

  (D) through a special sale and remittance procedure pursuant to which Optionee (or any other person or persons exercising the option) shall concurrently provide irrevocable instructions (i) to a brokerage firm (reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation for purposes of administering such procedure in accordance with the Corporation’s pre-clearance/pre-notification policies) to effect the immediate sale of the purchased shares and remit to the Corporation, out of the sale proceeds available on the settlement date, sufficient funds to cover the aggregate Exercise Price payable for the purchased shares plus all applicable income and employment taxes required to be withheld by the Corporation by reason of such exercise and (ii) to the Corporation to deliver the certificates for the purchased shares directly to such brokerage firm on such settlement date in order to complete the sale.

Except to the extent the sale and remittance procedure is utilized in connection with the option exercise, payment of the Exercise Price must accompany the Notice of Exercise delivered to the Corporation in connection with the option exercise.

 

2


  (iii) Furnish to the Corporation appropriate documentation that the person or persons exercising the option (if other than Optionee) have the right to exercise this option.

 

  (iv) Execute and deliver to the Corporation such written representations as may be requested by the Corporation in order for it to comply with the applicable requirements of applicable securities laws.

 

  (v) Make appropriate arrangements with the Corporation (or Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Optionee) for the satisfaction of all applicable income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the option exercise.

(b) As soon as practical after the Exercise Date, the Corporation shall issue to or on behalf of Optionee (or any other person or persons exercising this option) a certificate for the purchased Option Shares, with the appropriate legends affixed thereto.

(c) In no event may this option be exercised for any fractional shares.

 

9. Compliance with Laws and Regulations .

(a) The exercise of this option and the issuance of the Option Shares upon such exercise shall be subject to compliance by the Corporation and Optionee with all applicable requirements of law relating thereto and with all applicable regulations of any stock exchange (or the Nasdaq National Market, if applicable) on which the Common Stock may be listed for trading at the time of such exercise and issuance.

(b) The inability of the Corporation to obtain approval from any regulatory body having authority deemed by the Corporation to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Common Stock pursuant to this option shall relieve the Corporation of any liability with respect to the non-issuance or sale of the Common Stock as to which such approval shall not have been obtained. The Corporation, however, shall use its best efforts to obtain all such approvals.

 

10. Successors and Assigns . Except to the extent otherwise provided in Paragraph 3 or the Plan, the provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Corporation and its successors and assigns and Optionee, Optionee’s assigns, the legal representatives, heirs and legatees of Optionee’s estate and any beneficiaries of this option designated by Optionee.

 

11. Notices . Any notice required to be given or delivered to the Corporation under the terms of this Agreement shall be in writing and addressed to the Corporation at its principal corporate offices. Any notice required to be given or delivered to Optionee shall be in writing and addressed to Optionee at the address indicated below Optionee’s signature line on the Grant Notice. All notices shall be deemed effective upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the U.S. mail, postage prepaid and properly addressed to the party to be notified.

 

12. Grant Subject to Plan Provisions . This option is granted pursuant to the Plan, the terms of which are incorporated herein by reference, and in all respects shall be interpreted in accordance with the Plan. The grant and exercise of this option are subject to interpretations, regulations and determinations concerning the Plan established from time to time by the Plan Administrator in accordance with the provisions of the Plan, including, but not limited to, provisions pertaining to (a) rights and obligations with respect to Withholding Taxes, (b) the registration, qualification or listing of the Common Stock, (c) changes in capitalization of the Corporation and (d) other requirements of applicable law. The Plan Administrator shall have the authority to interpret and construe the option pursuant to the terms of the Plan, and its decisions shall be conclusive as to any questions arising hereunder.

 

13. Additional Terms Applicable to an Incentive Option . In the event this option is designated an Incentive Option in the Grant Notice, the following terms and conditions shall also apply to the grant:

(a) This option shall cease to qualify for favorable tax treatment as an Incentive Option if (and to the extent) this option is exercised for one or more Option Shares: (A) more than three (3) months after the date Optionee ceases to be an Employee for any reason other than death or Permanent Disability or (B) more than twelve (12) months after the date Optionee ceases to be an Employee by reason of Permanent Disability.

(b) No installment under this option shall qualify for favorable tax treatment as an Incentive Option if (and to the extent) the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the Grant Date) of the Common Stock for which such installment first becomes exercisable hereunder would, when added to the aggregate value (determined as of the respective date or dates of grant) of the Common Stock or other securities for which this option or any other Incentive Options granted to Optionee prior to the Grant Date (whether under the Plan or any other option plan of the Corporation or any Parent or Subsidiary) first become exercisable during the same calendar year, exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate. Should such One Hundred Thousand Dollar ($100,000) limitation be exceeded in any calendar year, this option shall nevertheless become exercisable for the excess shares in such calendar year as a Non-Statutory Option.

 

3


(c) Should the exercisability of this option be accelerated by the Plan Administrator or as may be provided in the Grant Notice, then this option shall qualify for favorable tax treatment as an Incentive Option only to the extent the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the Grant Date) of the Common Stock for which this option first becomes exercisable in the calendar year in which such acceleration occurs does not, when added to the aggregate value (determined as of the respective date or dates of grant) of the Common Stock or other securities for which this option or one or more other Incentive Options granted to Optionee prior to the Grant Date (whether under the Plan or any other option plan of the Corporation or any Parent or Subsidiary) first become exercisable during the same calendar year, exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate. Should the applicable One Hundred Thousand Dollar ($100,000) limitation be exceeded in the calendar year of such acceleration, the option may nevertheless be exercised for the excess shares in such calendar year as a Non-Statutory Option.

(d) Should Optionee hold, in addition to this option, one or more other options to purchase Common Stock which become exercisable for the first time in the same calendar year as this option, then the foregoing limitations on the exercisability of such options as Incentive Options shall be applied on the basis of the order in which such options are granted.

14. Optionee Undertaking . Optionee hereby agrees to take whatever additional action and execute whatever additional documents the Corporation may deem necessary or advisable in order to carry out or effect one or more of the obligations or restrictions imposed on either Optionee or the Option Shares pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

15. Recoupment . This Option shall be subject to any clawback, recoupment or other similar policy adopted by the Board as in effect from time to time, and this Option and any cash, shares of common stock or other property or amounts due, paid or issued to the Optionee shall be subject to the terms of such policy, as in effect from time to time.

 

4


APPENDIX

The following definitions shall be in effect under the Agreement:

A. Agreement shall mean this Stock Option Agreement.

B. Exercise Price shall mean the exercise price per Option Share as specified in the Grant Notice.

C. Exercise Schedule shall mean the schedule set forth in the Grant Notice pursuant to which the option is to become exercisable for the Option Shares in one or more installments over the Optionee’s period of Service.

D. Expiration Date shall mean the date on which the option expires as specified in the Grant Notice.

E. Grant Dat e shall mean the date of grant of the option as specified in the Grant Notice.

F. Grant Notice shall mean the Notice of Grant of Stock Option accompanying the Agreement, pursuant to which Optionee has been informed of the basic terms of the option evidenced hereby.

G. Involuntary Termination shall mean the termination of the Service of Optionee which occurs by reason of:

(i) Optionee’s involuntary dismissal or discharge by the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) for reasons other than Misconduct, or

(ii) Optionee’s voluntary resignation following (A) a change in his or her position with the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) which materially reduces his or her duties and responsibilities or the level of management to which he or she reports, (B) a reduction in his or her level of compensation (including base salary, fringe benefits and target bonus under any corporate-performance based bonus or incentive programs) by more than fifteen percent (15%) or (C) a relocation of such individual’s place of employment by more than fifty (50) miles, provided and only if such change, reduction or relocation is effected by the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) without Optionee’s consent.

H. Misconduct shall have the meaning assigned to such term or substantially similar term (e.g. a definition of a termination for “cause”) set forth in any employment agreement between Optionee and the Corporation. To the extent not otherwise defined in any employment agreement between Optionee and the Corporation, the term Misconduct shall mean the commission of any act of fraud, embezzlement or dishonesty by Optionee, any unauthorized use or disclosure by Optionee of confidential information or trade secrets of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary), or any other intentional misconduct by Optionee adversely affecting the business or affairs of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) in a material manner. The foregoing definition shall not in any way preclude or restrict the right of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) to discharge or dismiss Optionee or any other person in the Service of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) for any other acts or omissions, but such other acts or omissions shall not be deemed, for purposes of the Plan or this Agreement, to constitute grounds for termination for Misconduct.

I. Notice of Exercise shall mean the notice of option exercise in the form prescribed by the Corporation.

J. Option Shares shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock subject to the option as specified in the Grant Notice.

K. Optionee shall mean the person to whom the option is granted as specified in the Grant Notice.

Exhibit 10.9

 

 

 

TERM LOAN AGREEMENT

dated as of

May 24, 2013

between

VALERITAS, INC.

as Borrower,

The SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS from Time to Time Party Hereto,

and

Capital Royalty Partners II L.P., Capital Royalty Partners II - Parallel Fund “A” L.P., and

Parallel Investment Opportunities Partners II L.P.

as Lenders

U.S. $100,000,000

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  
SECTION 1 DEFINITIONS      1   

1.01

  Certain Defined Terms      1   

1.02

  Accounting Terms and Principles      21   

1.03

  Interpretation      21   

1.04

  Changes to GAAP      21   
SECTION 2 THE COMMITMENT      22   

2.01

  Commitments      22   

2.02

  Borrowing Procedures      22   

2.03

  Fees      22   

2.04

  Notes      22   

2.05

  Use of Proceeds      22   

2.06

  Defaulting Lenders      23   

2.07

  Substitution of Lenders      24   
SECTION 3 PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST      25   

3.01

  Repayment      25   

3.02

  Interest      25   

3.03

  Prepayments      26   
SECTION 4 PAYMENTS, ETC.      28   

4.01

  Payments      28   

4.02

  Computations      29   

4.03

  Notices      29   

4.04

  Set-Off      29   
SECTION 5 YIELD PROTECTION, ETC.      29   

5.01

  Additional Costs      29   

5.02

  Reserved      30   

5.03

  Illegality      31   

5.04

  Reserved      31   

5.05

  Taxes      31   
SECTION 6 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT      34   

 

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  

6.01

  Conditions to Initial Borrowing      34   

6.02

  Conditions to Subsequent Borrowings      37   

6.03

  Conditions to Each Borrowing      37   

SECTION 7 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     38   

7.01

  Power and Authority      38   

7.02

  Authorization; Enforceability      38   

7.03

  Governmental and Other Approvals; No Conflicts      39   

7.04

  Financial Statements; Material Adverse Change      39   

7.05

  Properties      39   

7.06

  No Actions or Proceedings      43   

7.07

  Compliance with Laws and Agreements      43   

7.08

  Taxes      43   

7.09

  Full Disclosure      43   

7.10

  Regulation      44   

7.11

  Solvency      44   

7.12

  Subsidiaries      44   

7.13

  Indebtedness and Liens      44   

7.14

  Material Agreements      44   

7.15

  Restrictive Agreements      44   

7.16

  Real Property      44   

7.17

  Pension Matters      45   

7.18

  Collateral; Security Interest      45   

7.19

  Regulatory Approvals      45   

7.20

  Small Business Concern      46   

7.21

  Update of Schedules      46   

SECTION 8 AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

     46   

8.01

  Financial Statements and Other Information      46   

8.02

  Notices of Material Events      47   

8.03

  Existence; Conduct of Business      49   

8.04

  Payment of Obligations      49   

8.05

  Insurance      50   

 

-ii-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  

8.06

  Books and Records; Inspection Rights      50   

8.07

  Compliance with Laws and Other Obligations      50   

8.08

  Maintenance of Properties, Etc.      51   

8.09

  Licenses      52   

8.10

  Action under Environmental Laws      52   

8.11

  Use of Proceeds      52   

8.12

  Certain Obligations Respecting Subsidiaries; Further Assurances      53   

8.13

  Termination of Non-Permitted Liens      54   

8.14

  Intellectual Property      54   

8.15

  Post-Closing Items      55   

8.16

  Real Property Security Documents      55   

SECTION 9 NEGATIVE COVENANTS

     55   

9.01

  Indebtedness      56   

9.02

  Liens      57   

9.03

  Fundamental Changes and Acquisitions      59   

9.04

  Lines of Business      59   

9.05

  Investments      59   

9.06

  Restricted Payments      60   

9.07

  Payments of Indebtedness      61   

9.08

  Change in Fiscal Year      61   

9.09

  Sales of Assets, Issuances of Equity, Etc.      61   

9.10

  Transactions with Affiliates      62   

9.11

  Restrictive Agreements      62   

9.12

  Amendments to Material Agreements      63   

9.13

  Preservation of Borrower Lease; Operating Leases      63   

9.14

  Sales and Leasebacks      64   

9.15

  Hazardous Material      64   

9.16

  Accounting Changes      64   

9.17

  Compliance with ERISA      64   

9.18

  Investment Company Act      64   

SECTION 10 FINANCIAL COVENANTS

     65   

 

-iii-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  

10.01

  Minimum Revenue      65   

10.02

  Minimum Cash      66   

SECTION 11 EVENTS OF DEFAULT

     66   

11.01

  Events of Default      66   

11.02

  Remedies      69   

SECTION 12 MISCELLANEOUS

     70   

12.01

  No Waiver      70   

12.02

  Notices      70   

12.03

  Expenses, Indemnification, Etc.      70   

12.04

  Amendments, Etc.      71   

12.05

  Successors and Assigns      72   

12.06

  Survival      74   

12.07

  Captions      74   

12.08

  Counterparts      74   

12.09

  Governing Law      74   

12.10

  Jurisdiction, Service of Process and Venue      74   

12.11

  Waiver of Jury Trial      75   

12.12

  Waiver of Immunity      75   

12.13

  Entire Agreement      75   

12.14

  Severability      75   

12.15

  No Fiduciary Relationship      75   

12.16

  Confidentiality      75   

12.17

  USA PATRIOT Act      76   

12.18

  Maximum Rate of Interest      76   

12.19

  Certain Waivers      76   

SECTION 13 GUARANTEE

     77   

13.01

  The Guarantee      77   

13.02

  Obligations Unconditional      78   

13.03

  Reinstatement      78   

13.04

  Subrogation      79   

13.05

  Remedies      79   

 

-iv-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  

13.06

  Instrument for the Payment of Money      79   

13.07

  Continuing Guarantee      79   

13.08

  Rights of Contribution      79   

13.09

  General Limitation on Guarantee Obligations      80   

13.10

  Collateral and Guaranty Matters      80   

 

SCHEDULES AND EXHIBITS
Schedule 1    -      Commitments and Warrant Shares
Schedule 7.05(b)    -      Certain Intellectual Property
Schedule 7.05(c)    -      Material Intellectual Property
Schedule 7.06    -      Certain Litigation
Schedule 7.12    -      Information Regarding Subsidiaries
Schedule 7.13(a)    -      Existing Indebtedness of Borrower and its Subsidiaries
Schedule 7.13(b)    -      Liens Granted by the Obligors
Schedule 7.14    -      Material Agreements of Each Obligor
Schedule 7.15    -      Permitted Restrictive Agreements
Schedule 7.16    -      Real Property Owned or Leased by Borrower and Subsidiaries
Schedule 7.17    -      Pension Matters
Schedule 7.19    -      Regulatory Approvals
Schedule 9.05    -      Existing Investments
Schedule 9.14    -      Permitted Sales and Leasebacks
Exhibit A    -      Form of Guarantee Assumption Agreement
Exhibit B    -      Form of Notice of Borrowing
Exhibit C    -      Form of Term Loan Note
Exhibit D    -      Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate
Exhibit E    -      Form of Compliance Certificate
Exhibit F    -      Form of Opinion from Corporate Counsel
Exhibit G    -      Form of Landlord Consent
Exhibit H    -      Form of Subordination Agreement

 

-v-


TERM LOAN AGREEMENT, dated as of May 24, 2013 (this “ Agreement ”), among VALERITAS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Borrower ”), the SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS from time to time party hereto and the Lenders from time to time party hereto.

WITNESSETH:

The Borrower has requested the Lenders to make term loans to the Borrower, and the Lenders are prepared to make such loans on and subject to the terms and conditions hereof. Accordingly, the parties agree as follows:

SECTION 1

DEFINITIONS

1.01 Certain Defined Terms . As used herein, the following terms have the following respective meanings:

Acquisition ” means any transaction, or any series of related transactions, by which any Person directly or indirectly, by means of a take-over bid, tender offer, amalgamation, merger, purchase of assets, or similar transaction having the same effect as any of the foregoing, (a) acquires any business or all or substantially all of the assets of any Person engaged in any business, (b) acquires control of securities of a Person engaged in a business representing more than 50% of the ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body if the business affairs of such Person are managed by a board of directors or other governing body, or (c) acquires control of more than 50% of the ownership interest in any Person engaged in any business that is not managed by a board of directors or other governing body.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the introduction hereto. “ Asset Sale ” is defined in Section 9.09 .

Asset Sale Net Proceeds ” means the aggregate amount of the cash proceeds received from any Asset Sale, net of any bona fide fees, costs, expenses and amounts incurred or payable in connection with such Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any Indebtedness (other than the Obligations) that is required to be discharged in connection with such Asset Sale, reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with such Asset Sale and taxes reasonably estimated to be payable within two years of the date of the consummation of such Asset Sale), plus, the monetized amount of any non-cash proceeds of an Asset Sale but only as and when so received.

Assignment and Acceptance ” means an assignment and acceptance entered into by a Lender and an assignee of such Lender.

Bankruptcy Code ” means Title II of the United States Code entitled “Bankruptcy.”

 

1


Benefit Plan ” means any employee benefit plan as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA (whether governed by the laws of the United States or otherwise) to which any Obligor or Subsidiary thereof incurs or otherwise has any obligation or liability, contingent or otherwise.

Borrower ” has the meaning set forth in the introduction hereto.

Borrower Facility ” means the premises located at 800 Boston Turnpike, Shrewsbury, Massachusetts, which are leased by Borrower pursuant to the Borrower Lease.

Borrower Landlord ” means The Taming of the Shrewsbury, LLC, O’Neill Partners, LLC and Chanski, LLC as tenants in common.

Borrower Lease ” means that certain lease dated as of December 22, 2006 between the Borrower Landlord and Valeritas, LLC (predecessor to the Borrower), as amended, modified and in effect from time to time.

Borrowing ” means a borrowing consisting of Loans made on the same day by the Lenders according to their respective Commitments (including without limitation a borrowing of a PIK Loan).

Borrowing Date ” means the date of any Borrowing.

Business Day ” means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which commercial banks are not authorized or required to close in New York City.

Capital Lease Obligations ” means, as to any Person, the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under a lease of (or other agreement conveying the right to use) real and/or personal Property which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as a capital lease on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP and, for purposes of this Agreement, the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof, determined in accordance with GAAP.

Change of Control ” means (a) the acquisition of ownership, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, by any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, but excluding any employee benefit plan of such person or its subsidiaries, and any person or entity acting in its capacity as trustee, agent or other fiduciary or administrator of any such plan) other than the Specified Equityholders, acting jointly or otherwise in concert, of capital stock representing more than 50% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Borrower or (b) the acquisition of direct or indirect Control of the Borrower by any Person or group of Persons other than the Specified Equityholders, acting jointly or otherwise in concert; in each case whether as a result of a tender or exchange offer, open market purchases, privately negotiated purchases or otherwise.

Claims ” includes claims, demands, complaints, grievances, actions, applications, suits, causes of action, orders, charges, indictments, prosecutions, informations (brought by a public prosecutor without grand jury indictment) or other similar processes, assessments or reassessments.

 

2


Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time.

Collateral ” means the collateral provided for in the Security Documents.

Commitment ” means, with respect to each Lender, the obligation of such Lender to make Loans to the Borrower in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which commitment is in the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 1 under the caption “Commitment”, as such Schedule may be amended from time to time pursuant to Section 12.05(c) . The aggregate Commitments on the date hereof equal $100,000,000. For purposes of clarification, the amount of any PIK Loans shall not reduce the amount of the available Commitment.

Commitment Period ” means the period from and including the date hereof and through and including the earlier to occur of (i) December 29, 2014 and (ii) the twentieth Business Day following the date on which a Notice of Borrowing is to be sent in accordance with Section 6.02(d)(ii) .

Commodities Account ” is defined in the Security Agreement.

Common Stock Outstanding ” means, collectively, (1) outstanding Common Stock of Borrower, (2) Common Stock issuable upon conversion of outstanding Preferred Stock, including the Series C Accruing Dividends, Series C-1 Accruing Dividends, Series C-2 Accruing Dividends and Series B Accruing Dividends (each as defined in Borrower’s certificate of incorporation), (3) Common Stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options and (4) Common Stock issuable upon exercise (and, in the case of warrants to purchase Preferred Stock, conversion) of outstanding warrants. Shares described in (1) through (4) above shall be included whether vested or unvested, whether contingent or non-contingent and whether exercisable or not yet exercisable.

Compliance Certificate ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 8.01(c) . “ Contracts ” means contracts, licenses, leases, agreements, obligations, promises, undertakings, understandings, arrangements, documents, commitments, entitlements or engagements under which a Person has, or will have, any liability or contingent liability (in each case, whether written or oral, express or implied).

Control ” means, in respect of a particular Person, the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings correlative thereto.

Control Agent ” is defined in the Security Agreement.

Copyrights ” is defined in the Security Agreement.

 

3


CRPPF ” means Capital Royalty Partners II – Parallel Fund “A” L.P., a Delaware limited partnership.

Cure Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.01(b)(ii) .

Cure Right ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.01(b)(i)(B) .

Default ” means any Event of Default and any event that, upon the giving of notice, the lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

Defaulting Lender ” means, subject to Section 2.06 , any Lender that (a) has failed to perform any of its funding obligations hereunder, including in respect of its Loans, within three (3) Business Days of the date required to be funded by it hereunder, (b) has notified the Borrower or any Lender that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations or has made a public statement to that effect with respect to its funding obligations hereunder or under other agreements in which it commits to extend credit, or (c) has, or has a direct or indirect parent company that has, (i) become the subject of an Insolvency Proceeding, (ii) had a receiver, conservator, trustee, administrator, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its business or a custodian appointed for it, or (iii) taken any action in furtherance of, or indicated its consent to, approval of or acquiescence in any such proceeding or appointment; provided that a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any equity interest in that Lender or any direct or indirect parent company thereof by a Governmental Authority.

Deposit Account ” is defined in the Security Agreement.

Disqualified Securities ” means any Equity Interest which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security or other Equity Interest into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event or condition, (a) matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, on or prior to the Maturity Date, (b) is convertible in or exchangeable for (i) debt securities or (ii) any Equity Interests referred to in clause (a) above, in each case, at any time prior to the Maturity Date, (c) contains any repurchase obligations which may come into effect prior to payment in full of all Obligations (other than Warrant Obligations, and customary contingent indemnification claims), or (d) requires the payment of cash dividends or distributions prior to the Maturity Date.

Dollars ” and “ $ ” means lawful money of the United States of America.

Domestic Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that is a corporation, limited liability company, partnership or similar business entity incorporated, formed or organized under the laws of the United States, any State of the United States or the District of Columbia.

Eligible Transferee ” means and includes a commercial bank, an insurance company, a finance company, a financial institution, any investment fund that invests in loans or any other “accredited investor” (as defined in Regulation D of the Securities Act) that is principally in the business of managing investments or holding assets for investment purposes; provided that

 

4


“Eligible Transferee” shall not include (i) any Person that is principally in the business of managing investments or holding assets for investment purposes and has a board participation right in a company that produces, markets or sells, or develops a program to market or sell, a marketed product or product in Phase III clinical trials in competition with the Borrower, (ii) any such company referred to in clause (i), (iii) any Affiliate of any such company referred to in clause (i) or any Person referred to in clause (i).

Environmental Law ” means any federal, state, provincial or local governmental law, rule, regulation, order, writ, judgment, injunction or decree relating to pollution or protection of the environment or the treatment, storage, disposal, release, threatened release or handling of hazardous materials, and all local laws and regulations related to environmental matters and any specific agreements entered into with any competent authorities which include commitments related to environmental matters.

Equity Interest ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents, including membership interests (however designated, whether voting or nonvoting), of equity of such Person, including, if such Person is a partnership, partnership interests (whether general or limited) and any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of property of, such partnership, but excluding debt securities convertible or exchangeable into such equity.

Equivalent Amount ” means, with respect to an amount denominated in one currency, the amount in another currency that could be purchased by the amount in the first currency determined by reference to the Exchange Rate at the time of determination.

ERISA ” means the United States Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

ERISA Affiliate ” means, collectively, any Obligor, Subsidiary thereof, and any Person under common control, or treated as a single employer, with any Obligor or Subsidiary thereof, within the meaning of Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code.

ERISA Event ” means (i) a reportable event as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA with respect to a Title IV Plan, excluding, however, such events as to which the PBGC by regulation has waived the requirement of Section 4043(a) of ERISA that it be notified within 30 days of the occurrence of such event; (ii) the applicability of the requirements of Section 4043(b) of ERISA with respect to a contributing sponsor, as defined in Section 4001(a)(13) of ERISA, to any Title IV Plan where an event described in paragraph (9), (10), (11), (12) or (13) of Section 4043(c) of ERISA is reasonably expected to occur with respect to such plan within the following 30 days; (iii) a withdrawal by any Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate thereof from a Title IV Plan or the termination of any Title IV Plan resulting in liability under Sections 4063 or 4064 of ERISA; (iv) the withdrawal of any Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate thereof in a complete or partial withdrawal (within the meaning of Section 4203 and 4205 of ERISA) from any Multiemployer Plan if there is any potential liability therefore, or the receipt by any Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate thereof of notice from any Multiemployer Plan that it is in reorganization or insolvency pursuant to Section 4241 or 4245 of ERISA; (v) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a plan amendment as a termination under Section 4041 or 4041A of ERISA, or the

 

5


commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a Title IV Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (vi) the imposition of liability on any Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate thereof pursuant to Sections 4062(e) or 4069 of ERISA or by reason of the application of Section 4212(c) of ERISA; (vii) the failure by any Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate thereof to make any required contribution to a Plan, or the failure to meet the minimum funding standard of Section 412 of the Code with respect to any Title IV Plan (whether or not waived in accordance with Section 412(c) of the Code) or the failure to make by its due date a required installment under Section 430 of the Code with respect to any Title IV Plan or the failure to make any required contribution to a Multiemployer Plan; (viii) the determination that any Title IV Plan is considered an at-risk plan or a plan in endangered to critical status within the meaning of Sections 430, 431 and 432 of the Code or Sections 303, 304 and 305 of ERISA; (ix) an event or condition which might reasonably be expected to constitute grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Title IV Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (x) the imposition of any liability under Title I or Title IV of ERISA, other than PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon any Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate thereof; (xi) an application for a funding waiver under Section 303 of ERISA or an extension of any amortization period pursuant to Section 412 of the Code with respect to any Title Plan; (xii) the occurrence of a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Sections 406 or 407 of ERISA for which any Obligor or any Subsidiary thereof may be directly or indirectly liable; (xiii) a violation of the applicable requirements of Section 404 or 405 of ERISA or the exclusive benefit rule under Section 401(a) of the Code by any fiduciary or disqualified person for which any Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate thereof may be directly or indirectly liable; (xiv) the occurrence of an act or omission which could give rise to the imposition on any Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate thereof of fines, penalties, taxes or related charges under Chapter 43 of the Code or under Sections 409, 502(c), (i) or (1) or 4071 of ERISA; (xv) the assertion of a material claim (other than routine claims for benefits) against any Plan or the assets thereof, or against any Obligor or any Subsidiary thereof in connection with any such plan; (xvi) receipt from the IRS of notice of the failure of any Qualified Plan to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code, or the failure of any trust forming part of any Qualified Plan to fail to qualify for exemption from taxation under Section 501(a) of the Code; (xvii) the imposition of any lien (or the fulfillment of the conditions for the imposition of any lien) on any of the rights, properties or assets of any Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate thereof, in either case pursuant to Title I or IV, including Section 302(f) or 303(k) of ERISA or to Section 401(a)(29) or 430(k) of the Code; or (xviii) the establishment or amendment by any Obligor or any Subsidiary thereof of any “welfare plan”, as such term is defined in Section 3(1) of ERISA, that provides post-employment welfare benefits in a manner that would increase the liability of any Obligor.

Event of Default ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11 .

Exchange Rate ” means the rate at which any currency (the “ Pre-Exchange Currency ”) may be exchanged into another currency (the “ Post-Exchange Currency ”), as set forth on such date on the relevant Reuters screen at or about 11:00 a.m. (Central time) on such date. In the event that such rate does not appear on the Reuters screen, the “Exchange Rate” with respect to exchanging such Pre-Exchange Currency into such Post-Exchange Currency shall be determined by reference to such other publicly available service for displaying exchange rates as may be agreed upon by the Borrower and the Majority Lenders or, in the absence of such agreement, such Exchange Rate shall instead be determined by the Majority Lenders by any reasonable method as they deem applicable to determine such rate, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

6


Excluded Accounts ” means accounts used in the ordinary course of business for payroll, payroll taxes and other employee wage and benefit payments, pension fund accounts, 401(k) accounts, trust accounts, the certificates of deposit referred to in Section 9.02(p) , and the segregated deposit accounts referred to in Section 9.02(q) .

Excluded Taxes ” means any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to a Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to a Recipient: (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes and branch profits Taxes, in each case imposed as a result of such Recipient being organized under the laws of, or having its principal office or, in the case of any Lender, its applicable lending office located in, the jurisdiction imposing such Tax, (b) Other Connection Taxes, (c) U.S. federal withholding Taxes that are imposed on amounts payable to a Lender to the extent that the obligation to withhold amounts existed on the date that such Lender became a “Lender” under this Agreement, except in each case to the extent such Lender is a direct or indirect assignee of any other Lender that was entitled, at the time the assignment of such other Lender became effective, to receive additional amounts under Section 5.05 , (d) any Taxes imposed in connection with FATCA, and (e) Taxes attributable to such Recipient’s failure to comply with Section 5.05(e) .

FATCA ” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not more onerous to comply with), any regulations or official interpretations thereof and any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code.

Foreign Lender ” means a Lender that is not a U.S. Person.

Foreign Subsidiary ” means a Subsidiary of Borrower that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, as in effect from time to time, set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, in the statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board and in such other statements by such other entity as may be in general use by significant segments of the accounting profession that are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination. Subject to Section 1.02 , all references to “GAAP” shall be to GAAP applied consistently with the principles used in the preparation of the financial statements described in Section 7.04(a) .

Governmental Approval ” means any consent, authorization, approval, order, license, franchise, permit, certificate, accreditation, registration, filing or notice, of, issued by, from or to, or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority.

 

7


Governmental Authority ” means any nation, government, branch of power (whether executive, legislative or judicial), state, province or municipality or other political subdivision thereof and any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, monetary, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, including without limitation regulatory authorities, governmental departments, agencies, commissions, bureaus, officials, ministers, courts, bodies, boards, tribunals and dispute settlement panels, and other law-, rule- or regulation-making organizations or entities of any State, territory, county, city or other political subdivision of the United States.

Guarantee ” of or by any Person (the “ guarantor ”) means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of the guarantor guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of the guarantor, direct or indirect, (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment thereof, (b) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment thereof, (c) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation or (d) as an account party in respect of any letter of credit or letter of guaranty issued to support such Indebtedness or obligation; provided, that the term Guarantee shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business.

Guarantee Assumption Agreement ” means a Guarantee Assumption Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit A by an entity that, pursuant to Section 8.12(a) , is required to become a “Subsidiary Guarantor” hereunder in favor of the Lenders.

Hazardous Material ” means any substance, element, chemical, compound, product, solid, gas, liquid, waste, by-product, pollutant, contaminant or material which is hazardous or toxic, and includes, without limitation, (a) asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls and petroleum (including crude oil or any fraction thereof) and (b) any material classified or regulated as “hazardous” or “toxic” or words of like import pursuant to an Environmental Law.

Hedging Agreement ” means any interest rate exchange agreement, foreign currency exchange agreement, commodity price protection agreement or other interest or currency exchange rate or commodity price hedging arrangement.

Indebtedness ” of any Person means, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money or obligations of such Person with respect to deposits or advances of any kind by third parties, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such Person upon which interest charges are customarily paid, (d) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property acquired by such Person, (e) all obligations of such Person in respect of the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding current accounts payable incurred in the ordinary course of business), (f) all Indebtedness of others secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not the Indebtedness secured thereby has been assumed, (g) all Guarantees by such Person of Indebtedness of others, (h) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person, (i) all obligations,

 

8


contingent or otherwise, of such Person as an account party in respect of letters of credit and letters of guaranty, (j) obligations under any Hedging Agreement in respect of currency swaps, forwards, futures or derivatives transactions, and (k) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person in respect of bankers’ acceptances. The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership or joint venture in which such Person is a general partner or a joint venturer) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness provide that such Person is not liable therefor.

Indemnified Taxes ” means (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any Obligation and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in clause (a), Other Taxes.

Insolvency Proceeding ” means (i) any case, action or proceeding before any court or other Governmental Authority relating to bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, liquidation, receivership, dissolution, winding-up or relief of debtors, or (ii) any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, composition, marshaling of assets for creditors, or other, similar arrangement in respect of any Person’s creditors generally or any substantial portion of such Person’s creditors, in each case undertaken under U.S. Federal, state or foreign law, including the Bankruptcy Code.

Intellectual Property ” means all Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights, and Technical Information, whether registered or not, domestic and foreign. Intellectual Property shall include all:

(a) applications or registrations relating to such Intellectual Property;

(b) rights and privileges arising under applicable Laws with respect to such Intellectual Property;

(c) rights to sue for past, present or future infringements of such Intellectual Property; and

(d) rights of the same or similar effect or nature in any jurisdiction corresponding to such Intellectual Property throughout the world.

Interest-Only Period ” means (i) if only one Borrowing has been made, the period from and including the first Borrowing Date and through and including the twelfth (12 th ) Payment Date thereafter, and (ii) if more than one Borrowing has been made (other than Borrowings of PIK Loans), the period from and including the first Borrowing Date and through and including the sixteenth (16 th ) Payment Date thereafter.

Interest Period ” means, with respect to any Borrowing, initially, the period commencing on the Borrowing Date therefor and ending on the next Payment Date, and thereafter, each period beginning on the last day of the immediately preceding Interest Period and ending on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31, as the case may be; provided that (i) any Interest Period that would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day shall end

 

9


on the next succeeding Business Day unless such succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day and (ii) the term “Interest Period” shall include any period selected by the Majority Lenders from time to time in accordance with Section 3.02(c) .

Invention ” means any novel, inventive and useful art, apparatus, method, process, machine (including article or device), manufacture or composition of matter, or any novel, inventive and useful improvement in any art, method, process, machine (including article or device), manufacture or composition of matter.

Investment ” means, for any Person: (a) the acquisition (whether for cash, property, services or securities or otherwise) of capital stock, bonds, notes, debentures, partnership or other ownership interests or other securities of any other Person or any agreement to make any such acquisition (including any “short sale” or any sale of any securities at a time when such securities are not owned by the Person entering into such sale); (b) the making of any deposit with, or advance, loan or other extension of credit to, any other Person (including the purchase of property from another Person subject to an understanding or agreement, contingent or otherwise, to resell such property to such Person), but excluding any such advance, loan or extension of credit having a term not exceeding 90 days arising in connection with the sale of inventory or supplies by such Person in the ordinary course of business; (c) the entering into of any Guarantee of, or other contingent obligation with respect to, Indebtedness or other liability of any other Person and (without duplication) any amount committed to be advanced, lent or extended to such Person; or (d) the entering into of any Hedging Agreement.

IRS ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Service or any successor agency, and to the extent relevant, the U.S. Department of the Treasury.

Knowledge ” means, with respect to the Borrower, any Obligor or any of their Subsidiaries, the actual knowledge of the Chief Executive Officer (as at the date of this Agreement, Kristine Peterson), the President and Chief Commercial Officer (as at the date of this Agreement, John Timberlake), the Chief Financial Officer (as at the date of this Agreement, Jim Dentzer), the Controller (as at the date of this Agreement, William Duke), the Executive Vice President (Manufacturing, Operations and R&D) (as at the date of this Agreement, Geoffrey Jenkins), and the Vice President (Human Resources) (as at the date of this Agreement, Nancy Ryan) of the Borrower. Furthermore, “Knowledge” shall be deemed to be the actual knowledge of any such Person (and not the implied, constructive or imputed knowledge of any such Person) as of the applicable times expressly indicated, and without any obligation to make any independent investigation of, or any implied duty to investigate, such matters, or to make any inquiry of any other Person, or to search or to examine any files, records books, correspondence and the like. There shall be no personal liability on the part of any individual referred to above arising out of the Loan Documents.

Landlord Consent ” means a Landlord Consent substantially in the form of Exhibit G .

Laws ” means, collectively, all international, foreign, federal, state, provincial, territorial, municipal and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities, including the interpretation or administration

 

10


thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority, in each case whether or not having the force of law.

Lenders ” means Capital Royalty Partners II L.P., CRPFF and PIOP, together with their successors and each assignee of a Lender pursuant to Section 12.05(b) and “Lender” means any one of them.

Lien ” means any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, encumbrance or other security interest, leases, title retention agreements, mortgages, restrictions, easements, rights-of-way, options or adverse claims (of ownership or possession) or encumbrances of any kind or character whatsoever or any preferential arrangement that has the practical effect of creating a security interest.

Loan ” means (i) each loan advanced by a Lender pursuant to Section 2.01 and (ii) each PIK Loan deemed to have been advanced by a Lender pursuant to Section 3.02(d) . For purposes of clarification, any calculation of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Loans on any date of determination shall include both the aggregate principal amount of loans advanced pursuant to Section 2.01 and not yet repaid, and all PIK Loans deemed to have been advanced and not yet repaid, on or prior to such date of determination.

Loan Documents ” means, collectively, this Agreement, the Notes, the Security Documents, each Warrant, any subordination agreement or any intercreditor agreement entered into by Lenders with any other creditors of Obligors, the Valeritas Security Side Letter and any other present or future agreement executed by Obligors for the benefit of Lenders in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, all as amended, restated, or otherwise modified.

Loss ” means judgments, debts, liabilities, expenses, costs, damages or losses, contingent or otherwise, whether liquidated or unliquidated, matured or unmatured, disputed or undisputed, contractual, legal or equitable, including loss of value, professional fees, including fees and disbursements of legal counsel on a full indemnity basis, and all costs incurred in investigating or pursuing any Claim or any proceeding relating to any Claim.

Majority Lenders ” means, at any time, Lenders having at such time in excess of 50% of the aggregate Commitments (or, if such Commitments are terminated, the outstanding principal amount of the Loans) then in effect, ignoring, in such calculation, the Commitments of and outstanding Loans owing to any Defaulting Lender.

Management Gross Revenue ” means for any period, revenues arrived at during such period by multiplying the wholesale acquisition cost per kit paid by the relevant customer by the number of Product commercial kits sold in a bona fide transaction and consistent with past practices.

Management Net Revenue ” means for any period, Management Gross Revenue during such period less each of the following deductions during such period:

 

11


1. Service fees, which are recorded based on the customer that purchased the Product;

2. Prompt pay discounts or rebates, which are recorded based on the customer that purchased the Product;

3. Returns, which are based on industry norms, estimated at 1.5% of Management Gross Revenue; unless the Borrower’s actual history of returns is materially higher than 1.5%, in which case such higher amount shall be used;

4. Managed care mix discount or rebate, which is based on the estimated end user payor mix and related contractual rebates;

5. Part D mix discount or rebate, which is based on the estimated end user payor mix and related contractual rebates; and

6. Actual costs associated with copay card redemptions plus estimated projected redemption costs based on Product sold to customers but not yet in the hands of the end user (patient).

Margin Stock ” means “margin stock” within the meaning of Regulations U and X.

Material Adverse Change ” and “ Material Adverse Effect ” mean a material adverse change in or effect on (i) the business, financial condition, operations, performance or Property of Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (ii) the ability of any Obligor to perform its obligations under the Loan Documents, or (iii) the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability of the Loan Documents or the rights and remedies of the Lenders under any of the Loan Documents. “Material Adverse Change” and “Material Adverse Effect” shall not include any change or effect relating generally to national or regional economic conditions, financial markets, and/or the industry in which the Borrower engages in business, except that any such change or effect may constitute, and shall be taken into account in determining whether there has been or would be, a Material Adverse Change or Material Adverse Effect if such changes or effects have, in any material respect, a disproportionate impact on Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, relative to other companies in the industry in which Borrower and its Subsidiaries operate.

Material Agreements ” means (i) the agreements which are listed in Schedule 7.14 and (ii) all other agreements held by the Obligors from time to time, the absence or termination of any of which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, provided however that “Material Agreements” exclude all: (i) licenses implied by the sale of a product; and (ii) paid-up licenses for commonly available software programs under which an Obligor is the licensee. “Material Agreement” means any one such agreement. If, at any time following the date hereof, any agreement set forth on Schedule 7.14 ceases to constitute an agreement of the type described in clause (ii) above, such agreement shall, at such time, no longer constitute a “Material Agreement”.

 

12


Material Indebtedness ” means, at any time, any Indebtedness of any Obligor the outstanding principal amount of which, individually or in the aggregate, exceeds $1,000,000 (or the Equivalent Amount in other currencies).

Material Intellectual Property ” means, the Obligor Intellectual Property described in Schedule 7.05(c) and any other Obligor Intellectual Property after the date hereof the loss of which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Maturity Date ” means the earlier to occur of (i) the twenty-fourth (24 th ) Payment Date following the first Borrowing Date, and (ii) the date on which the Loans are accelerated pursuant to Section 11.02 .

Multiemployer Plan ” means any multiemployer plan, as defined in Section 400l(a)(3) of ERISA, to which any ERISA Affiliate incurs or otherwise has any obligation or liability, contingent or otherwise.

Note ” means a promissory note executed and delivered by the Borrower to the Lenders in accordance with Section 2.04 or 3.02(d) .

Notice of Borrowing ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 2.02 .

Obligations ” means, with respect to any Obligor, all amounts, obligations, liabilities, covenants and duties of every type and description owing by such Obligor to any Lender, any other indemnitee hereunder or any participant, arising out of, under, or in connection with, any Loan Document, whether direct or indirect (regardless of whether acquired by assignment), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, whether liquidated or not, now existing or hereafter arising and however acquired, and whether or not evidenced by any instrument or for the payment of money, including, without duplication, (i) if such Obligor is the Borrower, all Loans, (ii) all interest, whether or not accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or after the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or similar proceeding, and whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in any such proceeding, and (iii) all other fees, expenses (including reasonable and documented fees, charges and disbursement of counsel), interest, commissions, charges, costs, disbursements, indemnities and reimbursement of amounts paid and other sums chargeable to such Obligor under any Loan Document.

Obligor Intellectual Property ” means Intellectual Property owned by or licensed to any of the Obligors.

Obligors ” means, collectively, the Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantors and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

Other Connection Taxes ” means, with respect to any Recipient, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such Recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from such Recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan or Loan Document).

 

13


Other Taxes ” means all present or future stamp, court or documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar Taxes that arise from any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, except any such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment (other than an assignment made pursuant to Section 5.05(g) ).

Patents ” is defined in the Security Agreement.

Payment Date ” means each of March 31, June 30, September 30, December 31 and the Maturity Date; provided that , other than with respect to the Payment Date that is the Maturity Date, if any such date shall occur on a day that is not a Business Day, the applicable Payment Date shall be the next succeeding Business Day unless such succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Payment Date shall end on the next preceding Business Day.

PBGC ” means the United States Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation and any successor thereto.

Permitted Acquisition ” means any acquisition by the Borrower or any of its wholly-owned Subsidiaries, whether by purchase, merger or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the assets of, all of the Equity Interests of, or a business line or unit or a division of, any Person; provided that :

(a) immediately prior to, and after giving effect thereto, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom;

(b) all transactions in connection therewith shall be consummated, in all material respects, in accordance with all applicable Laws and in conformity with all applicable Governmental Approvals;

(c) in the case of the acquisition of all of the Equity Interests of such Person, all of the Equity Interests (except for any such securities in the nature of directors’ qualifying shares required pursuant to applicable Law) acquired, or otherwise issued by such Person or any newly formed Subsidiary of the Borrower in connection with such acquisition, shall be owned 100% by the Borrower, a Subsidiary Guarantor or any other Subsidiary, and the Borrower shall have taken, or caused to be taken, as of the date such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower, each of the actions set forth in Section 8.12 , if applicable;

(d) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall be in compliance with the financial covenants set forth in Section 10.01 on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such acquisition; and

(e) such Person (in the case of an acquisition of Equity Interests) or assets (in the case of an acquisition of assets or a division) (i) shall be engaged or used, as the case may be, in the same business or lines of business in which the Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries are engaged or (ii) shall have a similar customer base as the Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries.

 

14


Permitted Cash Equivalent Investments ” means (i) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States or any agency or any State thereof having maturities of not more than two (2) years from the date of acquisition, (ii) time deposits or insured certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances having maturities of not more than two (2) years from the date of acquisition maintained with any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States of America that is a member of the Federal Reserve System, (iii) commercial paper maturing no more than one (1) year after its creation and having the highest or second highest rating from either Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and (iv) Investments in money market investment programs administered by reputable financial institutions, the portfolios of which are limited solely to Investments of the character, quality and maturity described in the foregoing clauses (i) through (iii).

Permitted Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness permitted under Section 9.01 .

Permitted Lien ” means any Lien permitted under Section 9.02 .

Permitted Priority Debt ” means Indebtedness of the Obligors, in a principal amount not to exceed at any time 80% times the face amount at such time of the Obligors’ eligible accounts receivable; provided that (a) such Indebtedness, if secured, shall not be secured by a first-priority security interest in any asset other than the Obligors’ accounts receivable and inventory, and (b) the holders or lenders thereof have executed and delivered to Lenders an intercreditor agreement reasonably satisfactory to the Majority Lenders reflecting market terms and conditions.

Permitted Refinancing ” means, with respect to any Indebtedness, any extensions, renewals and replacements of such Indebtedness; provided that such extension, renewal or replacement (i) shall not increase the outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness except by an amount equal to accrued interest and a reasonable premium or other amount paid, and fees and expenses reasonably incurred in connection therewith, (ii) contains terms relating to outstanding principal amount, amortization, maturity, collateral (if any) and subordination (if any), and other material terms taken as a whole no less favorable in any material respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries or the Lenders than the terms of any agreement or instrument governing such existing Indebtedness, (iii) shall have an applicable interest rate which does not exceed the greater of (a) rate of interest of the Indebtedness being replaced and (b) the then applicable market interest rate, and (iv) shall not contain any new requirement to grant any lien or security or to give any guarantee that was not an existing requirement of such Indebtedness.

Permitted Restrictive Agreements ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.15 .

Permitted Senior Liens ” means (i) those Liens in favor of the holders of Permitted Priority Debt solely with respect to the Obligors’ accounts receivable and inventory and (ii) those Liens permitted under Sections 9.02(e) and (i) .

Permitted Shareholder Debt ” means all Indebtedness evidenced by that (i) certain Note dated as of September 8, 2011 by the Borrower as maker and WCAS Capital Partners IV, L.P. (or any Affiliate or transferee thereof), as holder, or (ii) any additional notes issued by the Borrower as maker to WCAS Capital Partners IV, L.P. (or any Affiliate or transferee thereof), as

 

15


holder, in each case as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or modified; provided that such Indebtedness shall be at all times subject to the terms and conditions of a Subordination Agreement, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit H, among the Lenders and the holders of such Note; provided further that in the case of any additional notes issued by the Borrower as described in clause (ii) above, such notes shall be on substantially the same terms as that certain Note dated as of September 8, 2011 by the Borrower as maker and WCAS Capital Partners IV, L.P. (or any Affiliate or transferee thereof), as holder.

Permitted Subordinated Debt ” means Indebtedness (i) that is governed by documentation containing representations, warranties, covenants and events of default no more burdensome or restrictive than those contained in the Loan Documents, (ii) that has a maturity date later than the Maturity Date, (iii) in respect of which no cash payments of principal or interest are required or permitted prior to the Maturity Date, (iv) in respect of which the holders have agreed in favor of the Borrower and Lenders that prior to the date on which the Commitments have expired or been terminated and all Obligations (other than Warrant Obligations) have been paid in full indefeasibly in cash, such holders will not exercise any remedies available to them in respect of such Indebtedness, and (v) that is unsecured.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, company, voluntary association, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization or Governmental Authority or other entity of whatever nature.

PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA and any successor entity performing similar functions.

PIK Loan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02(d) .

PIK Period ” means the period beginning on the first Borrowing Date through and including the earlier to occur of (i) (A) if only one Borrowing shall be made, the twelfth (12 th ) Payment Date after the first Borrowing Date, and (B) if more than one Borrowing (other than PIK Borrowings) shall be made, the sixteenth (16 th ) Payment Date after the first Borrowing Date, and (ii) the date on which any Event of Default shall have occurred ( provided that if such Event of Default shall have been cured or waived, the PIK Period shall resume until the earlier to occur of the next Event of Default and (x) if only one Borrowing shall be made, the twelfth (12 th ) Payment Date after the first Borrowing Date), or (y) if more than one Borrowing (other than PIK Borrowings) shall be made, the sixteenth (16 th ) Payment Date after the first Borrowing Date.

PIOP ” means Parallel Investment Opportunities Partners II L.P., a Delaware limited partnership.

Plan ” means any employee pension benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, and in respect of which Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate is (or, if such plan were terminated, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

Post-Default Rate ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02(b) .

 

16


Prepayment Premium ” means, with respect to any optional prepayment pursuant to Section 3.03(a) , the amount calculated pursuant to Sections 3.03(a)(i) and (ii)  with respect to such optional prepayment.

Product ” means V-Go® and EZ Fill (and their respective successors), in a form substantially similar to that approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration in December 2010.

Property ” of any Person means any property or assets, or interest therein, of such Person.

Proportionate Share ” means, with respect to any Lender, the percentage obtained by dividing (a) the sum of the Commitment (or, if the Commitments are terminated, the outstanding principal amount of the Loans) of such Lender then in effect by (b) the sum of the Commitments (or, if the Commitments are terminated, the outstanding principal amount of the Loans) of all Lenders then in effect.

Qualified Plan ” means an employee benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) other than a Multiemployer Plan (i) that is or was at any time maintained or sponsored by any Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate thereof or to which any Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate thereof has ever made, or was ever obligated to make, contributions, and (ii) that is intended to be tax qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code.

Real Property Security Documents ” means the Landlord Consent and any collateral access agreements and security documents, including mortgages but excluding deeds of trust, required under Section 8.16 to be executed or delivered by an Obligor; provided that Real Property Security Documents shall not include any mortgages with respect to any leasehold interest in real property.

Recipient ” means any Lender or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any Obligation.

Redemption Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.03(a) .

Redemption Price ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.03(a) .

Register ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.05(d) .

Regulation T ” means Regulation T of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as amended.

Regulation U ” means Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as amended.

Regulation X ” means Regulation X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as amended.

 

17


Regulatory Approvals ” means any registrations, licenses, authorizations, permits or approvals issued by any Governmental Authority and applications or submissions related to any of the foregoing.

Requirement of Law ” means, as to any Person, any statute, law, treaty, rule or regulation or determination, order, injunction or judgment of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its Properties or revenues.

Responsible Officer ” of any Person means the President, Chief Executive Officer , Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer of such Person.

Restricted Payment ” means any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any shares of any class of capital stock of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such shares of capital stock of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any option, warrant or other right to acquire any such shares of capital stock of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

Revenue ” means for any period, Management Net Revenue during such period that is recognized at the time the Product sold (in a bona fide transaction) to, and legal title transfers to, the Borrower’s customers, third-party wholesalers and medical supply distributors, consistent with past practices and consistently applied.

SBA ” means U.S. Small Business Administration.

SBIC ” means Small Business Investment Company.

SBIC Act ” means Small Business Investment Act of 1958, as amended.

Security Agreement ” means the Security Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, among the Obligors and the Lenders, granting a security interest in the Obligors’ personal Property in favor of the Lenders.

Security Documents ” means, collectively, the Security Agreement, each Short-Form IP Security Agreement, each Real Property Security Document, and each other security document, control agreement or financing statement required or recommended to perfect Liens in favor of the Lenders.

Securities Account ” is defined in the Security Agreement.

Short-Form IP Security Agreements ” means short-form copyright, patent or trademark (as the case may be) security agreements entered into by one or more Obligors in favor of the Lenders, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Majority Lenders (and as amended, modified or replaced from time to time).

 

18


Solvent ” means, with respect to any Person at any time, that (a) the present fair saleable value of the Property of such Person is greater than the total amount of liabilities (including contingent liabilities) of such Person, (b) the present fair saleable value of the Property of such Person is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts as they become absolute and matured, (c) such Person has not incurred and does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond such Person’s ability to pay as such debts and liabilities mature and (d) such Person would not be unable to obtain a letter from its auditors that did not contain a going concern qualification.

Specified Equityholders ” means WCAS Valeritas Holdings, LLC, WCAS XI Co-Investors, LLC, WCAS Capital Partners IV, L.P., WCAS Management Corporation, their respective Affiliates and any other holders of the Borrower’s Series C Preferred Stock, as determined at the date of this Agreement.

Specified Licensing Arrangements ” means any exclusive licensing arrangement (i) with respect to the sale of the Product to end-users outside the United States only or (ii) with respect to any products developed, manufactured or sold that is not in connection with the treatment of diabetes.

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person (the “ parent ”) at any date, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity the accounts of which would be consolidated with those of the parent in the parent’s consolidated financial statements if such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP as of such date, as well as any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity (a) of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the equity or more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or, in the case of a partnership, more than 50% of the general partnership interests are, as of such date, owned, controlled or held, or (b) that is, as of such date, otherwise Controlled, by the parent or one or more subsidiaries of the parent or by the parent and one or more subsidiaries of the parent. Subject to Section 11.02 , notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Valeritas Security shall not constitute a Subsidiary for the purposes of Sections 8 (other than Section 8.12 ) or 9 herein unless Valeritas Security is a Subsidiary Guarantor; provided that for the avoidance of doubt, Valeritas Security shall only be required to be a Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.12 .

Subsidiary Guarantors ” means each of the Subsidiaries of the Borrower identified under the caption “SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS” on the signature pages hereto and each Subsidiary of the Borrower that becomes, or is required to become, a “Subsidiary Guarantor” after the date hereof pursuant to Section 8.12(a) or (b) . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Loan Document, Valeritas Security shall only be required to become a Subsidiary Guarantor or grant a lien on any of its assets in favor of any Lender to the extent required by Section 8.12 .

Taxes ” means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

 

19


Technical Information ” means all trade secrets and other proprietary or confidential information, public information, non-proprietary know-how, any information of a scientific, technical, or business nature in any form or medium, standards and specifications, conceptions, ideas, innovations, discoveries, Invention disclosures, all documented research, developmental, demonstration or engineering work and all other information, data, plans, specifications, reports, summaries, experimental data, manuals, models, samples, know-how, technical information, systems, methodologies, computer programs, information technology and any other information.

Title IV Plan ” means an employee benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) other than a Multiemployer Plan (i) that is or was at any time maintained or sponsored by any Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate thereof or to which any Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate thereof has ever made, or was obligated to make, contributions, and (ii) that is or was subject to Section 412 of the Code, Section 302 of ERISA or Title IV of ERISA.

Trademarks ” is defined in the Security Agreement.

Transactions ” means the execution, delivery and performance by each Obligor of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which such Obligor is intended to be a party and the Borrowing (and the use of the proceeds of the Loans).

U.S. Person ” means a “United States Person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

Valeritas Security ” means Valeritas Security Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

Valeritas Security Side Letter ” means the side letter dated as of the date hereof among the Borrower, Valeritas Security and the Lenders.

Warrant ” means each warrant to purchase common stock of Borrower, issued by Borrower to the Lenders in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, which warrants shall be issued by Borrower to the Lenders on a pro rata basis in accordance with the following: (i) as of the date determined pursuant to Section 6.01(g)(iv) , warrants shall be issued to the Lenders to purchase, in the aggregate, 2% of the Common Stock Outstanding as of the date determined pursuant to Section 6.01(g)(iv) , regardless of whether the first Borrowing occurs, (ii) with respect to the second Borrowing, if any, warrants shall be issued to the Lenders to purchase, in the aggregate, 1% of the Common Stock Outstanding as of the date of such second Borrowing and (iii) with respect to third Borrowing, if any, warrants shall be issued to the Lenders to purchase, in the aggregate, 1% of the Common Stock Outstanding as of the date of such third Borrowing.

Warrant Obligations ” means, with respect to any Obligor, all Obligations arising out of, under or in connection with, any Warrant.

Withdrawal Liability ” means, at any time, any liability incurred (whether or not assessed) by any ERISA Affiliate and not yet satisfied or paid in full at such time with respect to any Multiemployer Plan pursuant to Section 4201 of ERISA.

 

20


1.02 Accounting Terms and Principles . All accounting determinations required to be made pursuant hereto shall, unless expressly otherwise provided herein, be made in accordance with GAAP. All components of financial calculations made to determine compliance with this Agreement, including Section 10 , shall be adjusted to include or exclude, as the case may be, without duplication, such components of such calculations attributable to any Acquisition consummated after the first day of the applicable period of determination and prior to the end of such period, as determined in good faith by the Borrower based on assumptions expressed therein and that were reasonable based on the information available to the Borrower at the time of preparation of the Compliance Certificate setting forth such calculations.

1.03 Interpretation . For all purposes of this Agreement, except as otherwise expressly provided herein or unless the context otherwise requires, (a) the terms defined in this Agreement include the plural as well as the singular and vice versa; (b) words importing gender include all genders; (c) any reference to a Section, Annex, Schedule or Exhibit refers to a Section of, or Annex, Schedule or Exhibit to, this Agreement; (d) any reference to “this Agreement” refers to this Agreement, including all Annexes, Schedules and Exhibits hereto, and the words herein, hereof, hereto and hereunder and words of similar import refer to this Agreement and its Annexes, Schedules and Exhibits as a whole and not to any particular Section, Annex, Schedule, Exhibit or any other subdivision; (e) references to days, months and years refer to calendar days, months and years, respectively; (f) all references herein to “include” or “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”; (g) the word “from” when used in connection with a period of time means “from and including” and the word “until” means “to but not including”; and (h) accounting terms not specifically defined herein shall be construed in accordance with GAAP (except for the term “property” , which shall be interpreted as broadly as possible, including, in any case, cash, securities, other assets, rights under contractual obligations and permits and any right or interest in any property, except where otherwise noted). Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, references to organizational documents, agreements (including the Loan Documents) and other contractual instruments shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments, restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications thereto, permitted by the Loan Documents.

1.04 Changes to GAAP . If, after the date hereof, any change occurs in GAAP or in the application thereof and such change would cause any amount required to be determined for the purposes of the covenants to be maintained or calculated pursuant to Section 8 , 9 or 10 to be materially different than the amount that would be determined prior to such change, then:

(a) the Borrower will provide a detailed notice of such change (an “ Accounting Change Notice ”) to the Lenders within 30 days of such change;

(b) either the Borrower or the Majority Lenders may indicate within 90 days following the date of the Accounting Change Notice that they wish to revise the method of calculating such financial covenants or amend any such amount, in which case the parties will in good faith attempt to agree upon a revised method for calculating the financial covenants;

(c) until the Borrower and the Majority Lenders have reached agreement on such revisions, (i) such financial covenants or amounts will be determined without giving effect to such change and (ii) all financial statements, Compliance Certificates and similar documents provided hereunder shall be provided together with a reconciliation between the calculations and amounts set forth therein before and after giving effect to such change in GAAP;

 

21


(d) if no party elects to revise the method of calculating the financial covenants or amounts, then the financial covenants or amounts will not be revised and will be determined in accordance with GAAP without giving effect to such change; and

(e) any Event of Default arising as a result of such change which is cured by operation of this Section 1.04 shall be deemed to be of no effect ab initio .

SECTION 2

THE COMMITMENT

2.01 Commitments . Each Lender agrees severally, on and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement (including Section 6 ), to make three (3) term loans (provided that PIK Loans shall be deemed not to constitute “Loans” or “term loans” for purposes of this Section 2.01 ) to the Borrower, each on a Business Day during the Commitment Period in Dollars in an aggregate principal amount for such Lender not to exceed such Lender’s Commitment; provided , however , that at no time shall any Lender be obligated to make a Loan in excess of such Lender’s Proportionate Share of the amount by which the then effective Commitments exceeds the aggregate principal amount of Loans outstanding at such time. Amounts of Loans repaid may not be reborrowed.

2.02 Borrowing Procedures . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement (including Section 6 ), each Borrowing (other than a Borrowing of PIK Loans) shall be made on written notice in the form of Exhibit B given by the Borrower to the Lenders not later than 11:00 a.m. (Central time) on the date required under Section 6.01(i) or 6.02(d) , as applicable (a “ Notice of Borrowing ”).

2.03 Fees . On each Borrowing Date, the Borrower shall pay to each Lender a financing fee in an amount equal to 1.00% of the Loans advanced by such Lender on such Borrowing Date. Such financing fee, to be determined on a pro rata basis, will be deducted from the Loan proceeds advanced by Lenders to the Borrower on the applicable Borrowing Date.

2.04 Notes . If requested by any Lender, the Loans of such Lender shall be evidenced by one or more promissory notes (each a “ Note ”). The Borrower shall prepare, execute and deliver to the Lenders such promissory note(s) payable to the Lenders (or, if requested by the Lenders, to the Lenders and their registered assigns) and in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C . Thereafter, the Loans and interest thereon shall at all times (including after assignment pursuant to Section 12.05 ) be represented by one or more promissory notes in such form payable to the payee named therein (or, if such promissory note is a registered note, to such payee and its registered assigns).

2.05 Use of Proceeds . The Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Loans for general working capital and corporate purposes and to pay fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection with the Transactions; provided that the Lenders shall have no responsibility as to the use of any proceeds of Loans in the amount made by PIOP. No portion of any proceeds of Loans in the amount made by PIOP (i) will be used to acquire realty or to discharge an obligation relating to the prior acquisition of realty; (ii) will be used outside of the United States (except to pay for services to be rendered outside the United States and to acquire from abroad inventory, material

 

22


and equipment or property rights for use or sale in the United States, unless prohibited by Part 107.720 of the United States Code of Federal Regulations); or (iii) will be used for any purpose contrary to the public interest (including but not limited to activities which are in violation of law) or inconsistent with free competitive enterprise, in each case, within the meaning of Part 107.720 of Title 13 of the United States Code of Federal Regulations. The Borrower will use the proceeds of the Loans in the amount made by PIOP for only those purposes specified in the SBA Form 1031 provided to the Lenders.

2.06 Defaulting Lenders .

(a) Adjustments . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then, until such time as that Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable law:

(i)  Waivers and Amendments . Such Defaulting Lender’s right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent with respect to this Agreement shall be restricted as set forth in Section 12.04 .

(ii) Reallocation of Payments . Any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts received by the Lenders for the account of such Defaulting Lender (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, pursuant to Section 11 or otherwise), shall be applied at such time or times as follows: first, as the Borrower may request (so long as no Default exists), to the funding of any Loan in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement; second, if so determined by the Majority Lenders and the Borrower, to be held in a non-interest bearing deposit account and released in order to satisfy obligations of such Defaulting Lender to fund Loans under this Agreement; third, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Lenders as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any Lender against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; fourth, so long as no Default exists, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Borrower as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Borrower against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and fifth, to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that if (A) such payment is a payment of the principal amount of any Loans in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has not fully funded its appropriate share and (B) such Loans were made at a time when the conditions set forth in Section 6 were satisfied or waived, such payment shall be applied solely to pay the Loans of all non-Defaulting Lenders on a pro rata basis prior to being applied to the payment of any Loans of such Defaulting Lender. Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Lender that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this Section 2.06(a)(ii) shall be deemed paid to and redirected by such Defaulting Lender, and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto.

(b)  Defaulting Lender Cure . If the Borrower and the Majority Lenders agree in writing in their sole discretion that a Defaulting Lender should no longer be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender, that Lender will, to the extent applicable, purchase that portion of outstanding Loans of the other Lenders or take such other actions as necessary to cause the Loans to be held on a pro rata basis by the Lenders in accordance with their Proportionate Share, whereupon that

 

23


Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender; provided that no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of the Borrower while that Lender was a Defaulting Lender; and provided further that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender.

2.07 Substitution of Lenders .

(a) Substitution Right . In the event that any Lender (an “ Affected Lender ”), (i) becomes a Defaulting Lender or (ii) does not consent to any amendment, waiver or consent to any Loan Document for which the consent of the Majority Lenders is obtained but that requires the consent of other Lenders (a “ Non-Consenting Lender ”), either (x) the Borrower may pay in full such Affected Lender with respect to all Obligations owing to such Affected Lender (but excluding any Prepayment Premium) or (y) such Affected Lender may be substituted by any willing Lender or Affiliate of any Lender or Eligible Transferee (in each case, a “ Substitute Lender ”); provided that any substitution of a Non-Consenting Lender shall occur only with the reasonable consent of Majority Lenders.

(b) Procedure . To substitute such Affected Lender or pay in full the Obligations owed to such Affected Lender, the Borrower shall deliver a notice to such Affected Lender. The effectiveness of such payment or substitution shall be subject to the delivery by the Borrower (or, as may be applicable in the case of a substitution, by the Substitute Lender) of (i) payment for the account of such Affected Lender, of, to the extent accrued through, and outstanding on, the effective date for such payment or substitution, all Obligations owing to such Affected Lender (but excluding any Prepayment Premium) and (ii) in the case of a substitution, an Assignment and Acceptance whereby the Substitute Lender shall, among other things, agree to be bound by the terms of the Loan Documents.

(c) Effectiveness . Upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.07(a) and (b) , the Control Agent shall record such substitution or payment in the Register, whereupon (i) in the case of any payment in full of an Affected Lender pursuant to Section 2.07(b)(i) , such Affected Lender’s Commitments shall be terminated and (ii) in the case of any substitution of an Affected Lender, (A) such Affected Lender shall sell and be relieved of, and the Substitute Lender shall purchase and assume, all rights and claims of such Affected Lender under the Loan Documents, except that (1) the Affected Lender shall retain such rights expressly providing that they survive the repayment of the Obligations and the termination of the Commitments and (2) a Non-Consenting Lender shall be permitted to retain any Warrants issued to such Non-Consenting Lender, (B) such Substitute Lender shall become a “Lender” hereunder and (C) such Affected Lender shall execute and deliver an Assignment and Acceptance to evidence such substitution; provided , however , that the failure of any Affected Lender to execute any such Assignment and Acceptance shall not render such sale and purchase (or the corresponding assignment) invalid.

 

24


SECTION 3

PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST

3.01 Repayment.

(a) Repayment . During the Interest-Only Period, no payments of principal of the Loans shall be due. Borrower agrees to repay to the Lenders the outstanding principal amount of the Loans, on each Payment Date occurring after the Interest-Only Period, in equal installments. The amounts of such installments shall be calculated by dividing (i) the sum of the aggregate principal amount of the Loans outstanding on the first day following the end of the Interest-Only Period, by (b) the number of Payment Dates remaining on or prior to the Maturity Date.

(b) Application . Any optional or mandatory prepayment of the Loans shall be applied to the installments thereof under Section 3.01(a) in the inverse order of maturity. To the extent not previously paid, the principal amount of the Loans, together with all other outstanding Obligations (other than Warrant Obligations), shall be due and payable on the Maturity Date.

3.02 Interest .

(a) Interest Generally . Subject to Section 3.02(d) , Borrower agrees to pay to the Lenders interest on the unpaid principal amount of the Loans and the amount of all other outstanding Obligations, in the case of the Loans, for the period from the applicable Borrowing Date, and in the case of any other Obligation, from the date such other Obligation is due and payable, in each case, until paid in full, at a rate per annum equal to 11.00%.

(b) Default Interest . Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the interest payable pursuant to Section 3.02(a) shall increase automatically by 4.00%  per annum (such aggregate increased rate, the “ Post-Default Rate ”). Notwithstanding any other provision herein (including Section 3.02(d) ), if interest is required to be paid at the Post-Default Rate, it shall be paid entirely in cash. If any Obligation is not paid when due under the applicable Loan Document, the amount thereof shall accrue interest at a rate equal to 4.00%  per annum (without duplication of interest payable at the Post-Default Rate).

(c) Interest Payment Dates . Accrued interest on the Loans shall be payable in arrears on the last day of each Interest Period in cash, and upon the payment or prepayment thereof (on the principal amount so paid or prepaid); provided that interest payable at the Post-Default Rate shall be payable from time to time on demand.

(d) Paid In-Kind Interest . Notwithstanding Section 3.02(a) , at any time during the PIK Period, the Borrower may elect to pay the interest on the outstanding principal amount of the Loans payable pursuant to Section 3.02 as follows: (i) only 7.50% of the 11.00%  per annum interest in cash and (ii) 3.50% of the 11.00%  per annum interest as compounded interest, added to the aggregate principal amount of the Loans on the last day of each Interest Period (the amount of any such compounded interest being a “ PIK Loan ”). Each PIK Loan shall be evidenced by a Note delivered pursuant to Section 2.04 for the applicable Borrowing in respect

thereof. The principal amount of each PIK Loan shall accrue interest in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement applicable to the Loans.

 

25


3.03 Prepayments .

(a) Optional Prepayments . The Borrower shall have the right optionally to prepay the outstanding principal amount of the Loans in whole or in part on any Payment Date (a “ Redemption Date ”) for an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Loans being prepaid plus the Prepayment Premium plus any accrued but unpaid interest and any fees which are due and owing (such aggregate amount, the “ Redemption Price ”).

(i) Subject to Section 2.07 and 10.01(b)(ii) , if the Redemption Date occurs:

(A) on or prior to the fourth Payment Date, the Prepayment Premium shall be an amount equal to 5.00% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Loans being prepaid on such Redemption Date;

(B) after the fourth Payment Date, and on or prior to the eighth Payment Date, the Prepayment Premium shall be an amount equal to 4.00% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Loans being prepaid on such Redemption Date;

(C) after the eighth Payment Date, and on or prior to the twelfth Payment Date, the Prepayment Premium shall be an amount equal to 3.00% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Loans being prepaid on such Redemption Date;

(D) after the twelfth Payment Date, and on or prior to the sixteenth Payment Date, the Prepayment Premium shall be an amount equal to 2.00% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Loans being prepaid on such Redemption Date;

(E) after the sixteenth Payment Date, and on or prior to the twentieth Payment Date, the Prepayment Premium shall be an amount equal to 1.00% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Loans being prepaid on such Redemption Date; and

(F) after the twentieth Payment Date, the Prepayment Premium shall be an amount equal to 0.00% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Loans being prepaid on such Redemption Date.

(ii) To determine the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Loans, and how many Payment Dates have occurred, as of any Redemption Date for purposes of Section 3.03(a)(i) :

(A) if, as of such Redemption Date, the Borrower shall have made only one Borrowing, the number of Payment Dates shall be deemed to be the number of Payment Dates that shall have occurred following the first Borrowing Date;

 

26


(B) if, as of such Redemption Date, the Borrower shall have made two Borrowings, then the Redemption Price shall be calculated as the sum of two amounts: (x) a Redemption Price calculated based on solely the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Loans that have been borrowed in the initial Borrowing (and PIK Loans subsequently borrowed in respect of interest payments thereon), as though the applicable number of Payment Dates equals the number of Payment Dates that shall have occurred following the first Borrowing Date, and (y) a Redemption Price calculated based on solely the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Loans that have been borrowed in the second Borrowing (and PIK Loans subsequently borrowed in respect of interest payments thereon), as though the applicable number of Payment Dates equals the number of Payment Dates that shall have occurred following the second Borrowing Date. In the case of any partial prepayment, the amount of such prepayment shall be allocated first to Loans drawn in the initial Borrowing (and PIK Loans in respect thereof), and then to Loans drawn in the second Borrowing (and PIK Loans in respect thereof); and

(C) if, as of such Redemption Date, the Borrower shall have made three Borrowings, then the Redemption Price shall be calculated as the sum of three amounts: (x) a Redemption Price calculated based on solely the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Loans that have been borrowed in the initial Borrowing (and PIK Loans subsequently borrowed in respect of interest payments thereon), as though the applicable number of Payment Dates equals the number of Payment Dates that shall have occurred following the first Borrowing Date, (y) a Redemption Price calculated based on solely the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Loans that have been borrowed in the second Borrowing (and PIK Loans subsequently borrowed in respect of interest payments thereon), as though the applicable number of Payment Dates equals the number of Payment Dates that shall have occurred following the second Borrowing Date, and (z) a Redemption Price calculated based on solely the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Loans that have been borrowed in the third Borrowing (and PIK Loans subsequently borrowed in respect of interest payments thereon), as though the applicable number of Payment Dates equals the number of Payment Dates that shall have occurred following the third Borrowing Date. In the case of any partial prepayment, the amount of such prepayment shall be allocated first to Loans drawn in the initial Borrowing (and PIK Loans in respect thereof), then to Loans drawn in the second Borrowing (and PIK Loans in respect thereof), and then to Loans drawn in the third Borrowing (and PIK Loans in respect thereof).

(iii) On or prior to the Redemption Date, the Lenders may notify Borrower of a reduction in the amounts due under Section 3.03(a)(i) with respect to any portion of the Loans held by any entity licensed by the SBA as an SBIC.

(b) Mandatory Prepayments.

(i) Asset Sales . In the event of any contemplated Asset Sale not permitted under Section 9.09 , the Borrower shall provide 10 days’ prior written notice of such Asset Sale to the Lenders and, if within such notice period Majority Lenders advise the Borrower that a prepayment is required pursuant to this Section 3.03(b)(i) , the Borrower shall: (x) if the assets sold represent substantially all of the assets or revenues of the Borrower, or represent any specific line of business which either on its own or together with other lines of business sold over the term of this Agreement account for Revenue generated by such lines of business exceeding 10% of the Revenue of the Borrower in the immediately preceding year (in each case, other than with respect to Asset Sales in connection with or pursuant to Specified Licensing Arrangements),

 

27


prepay the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Loans in an amount equal to the Redemption Price applicable on the date of such Asset Sale in accordance with Section 3.03(a) , and (y) in the case of all other Asset Sales (including, without limitation, all Asset Sales in connection with or pursuant to Specified Licensing Arrangements) not permitted by Section 9.09 and not described in the foregoing clause (x) , prepay the Loans in an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the outstanding principal amount of the Loans in an amount equal to the Redemption Price applicable on the date of such Asset Sale in accordance with Section 3.03(a) and (b)  the entire amount of the Asset Sale Net Proceeds of such Asset Sale, plus any accrued but unpaid interest and any fees which are due and owing, credited in the following order:

(A) first, in reduction of the Borrower’s obligation to pay any unpaid interest and any fees which are due and owing;

(B) second, in reduction of the Borrower’s obligation to pay any Claims or Losses referred to in Section 12.03 ;

(C) third, in reduction of the Borrower’s obligation to pay any amounts due and owing on account of the unpaid principal amount of the Loans;

(D) fourth, in reduction of any other Obligation; and

(E) fifth, to the Borrower or such other Persons as may lawfully be entitled to or directed by the Borrower to receive the remainder.

(ii) Change of Control . In the event of a Change of Control, the Borrower shall immediately provide notice of such Change of Control to the Lenders and, if within 10 days of receipt of such notice Majority Lenders notify the Borrower in writing that a prepayment is required pursuant to this Section 3.03(b)(ii) , the Borrower shall prepay the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Loans in an amount equal to the Redemption Price applicable on the date of such Change of Control in accordance with Section 3.03(a) .

SECTION 4

PAYMENTS, ETC.

4.01 Payments.

(a) Payments Generally . Each payment of principal, interest and other amounts to be made by the Obligors under this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be made in Dollars, in immediately available funds, without deduction, set off or counterclaim, to an account to be designated by the Majority Lenders by notice to the Borrower, not later than 4:00 p.m. (Central time) on the date on which such payment shall become due (each such payment made after such time on such due date to be deemed to have been made on the next succeeding Business Day).

(b) Application of Payments . Each Obligor shall, at the time of making each payment under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, specify to the Lenders the amounts payable by such Obligor hereunder to which such payment is to be applied (and in the event that Obligors fail to so specify, or if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Lenders may apply such payment in the manner they determine to be appropriate).

 

28


(c) Non-Business Days . If the due date of any payment under this Agreement (other than of principal of or interest on the Loans) would otherwise fall on a day that is not a Business Day, such date shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and, in the case of any payment accruing interest, interest thereon shall be payable for the period of such extension.

4.02 Computations . All computations of interest and fees hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and actual days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day) occurring in the period for which payable.

4.03 Notices . Each notice of optional prepayment shall be effective only if received by the Lenders not later than 4:00 p.m. (Central time) on the date one Business Day prior to the date of prepayment. Each notice of optional prepayment shall specify the amount to be prepaid and the date of prepayment.

4.04 Set-Off .

(a) Set-Off Generally . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Lenders and each of their Affiliates are hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other indebtedness at any time owing by the Lenders or such Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower against any and all of the Obligations (other than Warrant Obligations), whether or not the Lenders shall have made any demand and although such obligations may be unmatured. The Lenders agree promptly to notify the Borrower after any such set-off and application, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application. The rights of the Lenders and their Affiliates under this Section 4.04 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of set-off) that the Lenders and their Affiliates may have.

(b) Exercise of Rights Not Required . Nothing contained herein shall require the Lenders to exercise any such right or shall affect the right of the Lenders to exercise, and retain the benefits of exercising, any such right with respect to any other indebtedness or obligation of Borrower.

SECTION 5

YIELD PROTECTION, ETC.

5.01 Additional Costs .

(a) Change in Requirements of Law Generally . If, on or after the date hereof, the adoption of any Requirement of Law, or any change in any Requirement of Law, or any change in the interpretation or administration thereof by any court or other Governmental Authority charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by any of the Lenders (or its lending office) with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of

 

29


any such Governmental Authority, shall impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve (including any such requirement imposed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), special deposit, contribution, insurance assessment or similar requirement, in each case that becomes effective after the date hereof, against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, a Lender (or its lending office) or shall impose on a Lender (or its lending office) any other condition affecting the Loans or the Commitment, and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Lender of making or maintaining the Loans, or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, by an amount deemed by such Lender to be material (other than (i) Indemnified Taxes and (ii) Taxes described in clause (c)  or (d)  of the definition of “Excluded Taxes”), then the Borrower shall pay to such Lender on demand such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender for such increased cost or reduction.

(b) Change in Capital Requirements . If a Lender shall have determined that, on or after the date hereof, the adoption of any Requirement of Law regarding capital adequacy, or any change therein, or any change in the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or any request or directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) of any such Governmental Authority, in each case that becomes effective after the date hereof, has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on capital of a Lender (or its parent) as a consequence of a Lender’s obligations hereunder or the Loans to a level below that which a Lender (or its parent) could have achieved but for such adoption, change, request or directive by an amount reasonably deemed by it to be material, then the Borrower shall pay to such Lender on demand such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender (or its parent) for such reduction.

(c) Notification by Lender . The Lenders will promptly notify the Borrower of any event of which it has knowledge, occurring after the date hereof, which will entitle a Lender to compensation pursuant to this Section 5.01 . Before giving any such notice pursuant to this Section 5.01(c) such Lender shall designate a different lending office if such designation (x) will, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender, avoid the need for, or reduce the amount of, such compensation and (y) will not, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender, be materially disadvantageous to such Lender. A certificate of the Lender claiming compensation under this Section 5.01 , setting forth the additional amount or amounts to be paid to it hereunder, shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrower in the absence of manifest error.

(d) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to constitute a change in Requirements of Law for all purposes of this Section 5 , regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.

5.02 Reserved.

 

30


5.03 Illegality . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, in the event that on or after the date hereof the adoption of or any change in any Requirement of Law or in the interpretation or application thereof by any competent Governmental Authority shall make it unlawful for a Lender or its lending office to make or maintain the Loans (and, in the opinion of such Lender, the designation of a different lending office would either not avoid such unlawfulness or would be disadvantageous to such Lender), then such Lender shall promptly notify the Borrower thereof following which (a) the Lender’s Commitment shall be suspended until such time as such Lender may again make and maintain the Loans hereunder and (b) if such Requirement of Law shall so mandate, the Loans shall be prepaid by the Borrower on or before such date as shall be mandated by such Requirement of Law in an amount equal to the Redemption Price applicable on the date of such prepayment in accordance with Section 3.03(a) .

5.04 Reserved.

5.05 Taxes.

(a) Payments Free of Taxes . Any and all payments by or on account of any Obligation shall be made without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except as required by applicable law. If any applicable law (as determined in the good faith discretion of an applicable withholding agent) requires the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any such payment by a withholding agent, then the applicable withholding agent shall be entitled to make such deduction or withholding and shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law and, if such Tax is an Indemnified Tax, then the sum payable by the Obligor shall be increased as necessary so that after such deduction or withholding has been made (including such deductions and withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 5 ) the applicable Recipient receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been made.

(b) Payment of Other Taxes by the Borrower . The Borrower shall timely pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law, or at the option of each Lender, timely reimburse it for, Other Taxes.

(c) Evidence of Payments . As soon as practicable after any payment of Taxes by the Borrower to a Governmental Authority pursuant to this Section 5 , the Borrower shall deliver to each Lender the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment.

(d) Indemnification . The Borrower shall reimburse and indemnify each Recipient, within 10 days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 5 ) payable or paid by such Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to such Recipient and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

31


(e) Status of Lenders .

(i) Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from, or reduction of withholding Tax with respect to payments made under any Loan Document shall timely deliver to the Borrower such properly completed and executed documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding; provided that, other than in the case of U.S. Federal withholding Taxes, such Lender has received written notice from the Borrower advising it of the availability of such exemption or reduction and containing all applicable documentation. In addition, any Lender shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable law as reasonably requested by the Borrower as will enable the Borrower to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding two sentences, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation (other than such documentation set forth in Section 5.05(e)(ii)(A) , (B) or (D) ) shall not be required if in the Lender’s reasonable judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender.

(ii) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event that Borrower is a U.S. Person:

(A) any Lender that is a U.S. Person shall deliver to the Borrower on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower), executed originals of IRS Form W-9 (or successor form) certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. Federal backup withholding tax;

(B) any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower), whichever of the following is applicable:

(1) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party (x) with respect to payments of interest under any Loan Document, executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN (or successor form) establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. Federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “interest” article of such tax treaty and (y) with respect to any other applicable payments under any Loan Document, IRS Form W-8BEN (or successor form) establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. Federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “business profits” or “other income” article of such tax treaty;

(2) executed originals of IRS Form W-8ECI (or successor form);

 

32


(3) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code (a “ U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate ”) and (y) executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN (or successor form); or

(4) to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner, executed originals of IRS Form W-8IMY (or successor form), accompanied by IRS Form W-8ECI (or successor form), IRS Form W-8BEN (or successor form), a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate, IRS Form W-9 (or successor form), and/or other certification documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable; provided that if the Foreign Lender is a partnership and one or more direct or indirect partners of such Foreign Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such Foreign Lender may provide a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate on behalf of each such direct and indirect partner;

(C) any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower), executed originals of any other form prescribed by applicable law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. Federal withholding Tax, duly completed, together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable law to permit the Borrower to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made; and

(D) any Foreign Lender shall deliver to the Borrower any forms and information necessary to establish that the Foreign Lender is not subject to withholding tax under FATCA.

Each Lender agrees that if any form or certification it previously delivered expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall update such form or certification or promptly notify the Borrower in writing of its legal inability to do so.

(f) Treatment of Certain Refunds . If any party determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified pursuant to this Section 5 (including by the payment of additional amounts pursuant to this Section 5 ), it shall pay to the indemnifying party an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made under this Section 5 with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) of such indemnified party and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund). Such indemnifying party, upon the request of such indemnified party, shall repay to such indemnified party the amount paid over pursuant to this paragraph (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) in the event that such indemnified party is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 5.05(f) , in no event will the indemnified party be required to pay any amount to an indemnifying party pursuant to this Section 5.05(f) the payment of which would place the indemnified party in a less favorable net after-Tax position than the indemnified party would have been in if the indemnification

 

33


payments or additional amounts giving rise to such refund had never been paid. This Section 5.05(f) shall not be construed to require any indemnified party to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes that it deems confidential) to the indemnifying party or any other Person.

(g) Mitigation Obligations . If the Borrower is required to pay any Indemnified Taxes or additional amounts to any Lender or to any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 5.01 or this Section 5.05 , then such Lender shall (at the request of the Borrower) use commercially reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign and delegate its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or Affiliates if, in the sole reasonable judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment and delegation would (i) eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 5.01 or this Section 5.05 , as the case may be, in the future, (ii) not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and (iii) not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender. The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment and delegation.

SECTION 6

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

6.01 Conditions to Initial Borrowing . The obligation of each Lender to make a Loan as part of the first Borrowing hereunder shall not become effective until the following conditions precedent shall have been satisfied or waived in writing by the Majority Lenders:

(a)  Borrowing Date . Such Borrowing shall be made not later than August 22, 2013.

(b) Amount of Initial Borrowing . The amount of such Borrowing shall equal $50,000,000 (prior to the application of the financing fee under Section 2.03 ).

(c) No Other Secured Debt . On the date of the initial Borrowing, no Obligor shall have any secured Indebtedness outstanding or available to be drawn, other than under this Agreement and under any Permitted Indebtedness that is secured by Permitted Liens.

(d) No Law Restraining Transactions . No applicable law or regulation shall restrain, prevent or, in the reasonable judgment of the Lenders, impose materially adverse conditions upon the Transactions.

(e) Payment of Fees . Lenders shall be satisfied with the arrangements to deduct the fees set forth herein from the proceeds advanced.

(f) Updated Lien Searches . Lenders shall be reasonably satisfied with updated Lien searches provided by the Borrower or its counsel to the Lenders within two Business Days prior to the date of the first Borrowing.

(g) Documentary Deliveries . The Lenders shall have received the following documents, each of which shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lenders:

 

34


(i) Agreement . This Agreement duly executed and delivered by the Borrower and each of the other parties hereto.

(ii) Security Documents .

(A) The Security Agreement, duly executed and delivered by each of the Obligors;

(B) Each of the Short-Form IP Security Agreements, duly executed and delivered by the applicable Obligor;

(C) UCC-1 financing statements against each Obligor in its jurisdiction of formation or incorporation, as the case may be, shall have been filed;

(D) Each of the Short-Form IP Security Agreements in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office, as applicable, shall have been filed;

(E) duly executed control agreements in favor of the Lenders for all Deposit Accounts, Securities Accounts and Commodity Accounts owned by the Obligors in the United States as of the date hereof, in each case, other than Excluded Accounts; and

(F) Without limitation, all other documents and instruments reasonably required to perfect the Lenders’ Lien on, and security interest in, the Collateral (including any capital stock certificates and undated stock powers executed in blank) shall have been duly executed and delivered and be in proper form for filing, and shall create in favor of the Lenders, a perfected Lien on, and security interest in, the Collateral, subject to no Liens other than Permitted Liens.

(iii) Subordination Agreement . Each holder of Permitted Shareholder Debt shall have executed and delivered to the Lenders a subordination agreement, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit H , satisfactory to the Lenders.

(iv) Warrants . The Warrants related to the first Borrowing for such number of shares of common stock of Borrower as indicated on Schedule 1 hereto, duly executed and delivered by the Borrower on the date that is the earlier of (A) June 20, 2013, and (B) the date of the first Borrowing; for the avoidance of doubt, Borrower shall deliver such Warrants to the Lenders regardless of whether the first Borrowing occurs.

(v) Notes . Any Notes requested in accordance with Section 2.04 .

(vi)  Approvals . Certified copies of all material licenses, consents, authorizations and approvals of, and notices to and filings and registrations with, any Governmental Authority (including all foreign exchange approvals), and of all third-party consents and approvals, necessary in connection with the making and performance by the Obligors of the Loan Documents and the Transactions.

 

35


(vii) Corporate Documents . Certified copies of the constitutive documents of each Obligor (if publicly available in such Obligor’s jurisdiction of formation) and of resolutions of the Board of Directors (or shareholders, if applicable) of each Obligor authorizing the making and performance by it of the Loan Documents to which it is a party.

(viii) Incumbency Certificate . A certificate of each Obligor as to the authority, incumbency and specimen signatures of the persons who have executed the Loan Documents and any other documents in connection herewith on behalf of the Obligors.

(ix) Officer’s Certificate . A certificate, dated the date of such Borrowing and signed by the President, a Vice President or a financial officer of Borrower, confirming compliance with the conditions set forth in Section 6.03 .

(x) Opinions of Counsel . (A) A favorable opinion, dated the date of such Borrowing, of counsel to each Obligor in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit F , reasonably satisfactory to the Lenders and their counsel and (B) to the extent not covered by the opinion described in clause (A) above, a favorable opinion on perfection of any Deposit Accounts, Securities Accounts, and Commodity Accounts subject to the control agreements described in Section 6.01(g)(ii)(E) , reasonably satisfactory to the Lenders and their counsel.

(xi) Insurance . Certificates of insurance evidencing the existence of all insurance required to be maintained by the Borrower pursuant to Section 8.05 and the designation of the Lenders as the loss payees or additional named insured, as the case may be, thereunder.

(xii) SBA Forms . Completed SBA Forms 480, 652, and 1031 (Parts A and B).

(xiii)  Stock Certificate and Stock Power . All original stock certificates of stock evidencing the Borrower’s ownership interest in Valeritas Security, accompanied by stock powers undated and endorsed in blank, as well as original stock certificates of Valeritas Security’s class B common stock issued to the Lenders.

(xiv)  Valeritas Security Side Letter . The Valeritas Security Side Letter, duly executed and delivered by the Borrower and Valeritas Security and each of the other parties thereto.

(h) Valeritas Security Organizational Documents . Lenders shall have received an amended and restated certificate of incorporation of Valeritas Security to provide that until the Commitments have expired or been terminated and all Obligations (other than the Warrant Obligations) have been paid in full in cash (a) Valeritas Security may only engage in any activity or purpose prohibited by Section 1 of the Valeritas Security Side Letter with the consent of the Lenders and (b) the Lenders shall have received shares of voting capital stock in Valeritas Security such that the holders of such shares shall have a consent right to any amendments to the amended and restated certificate of incorporation of Valeritas Security that has the effect of allowing Valeritas Security to engage in any activity or purpose prohibited by Section 1 of the Valeritas Security Side Letter.

 

36


(i) Notice of Borrowing . Capital Royalty Partners II L.P. shall have received a Notice of Borrowing at least twelve (12) Business Days prior to the first Borrowing Date.

6.02 Conditions to Subsequent Borrowings . The obligation of each Lender to make a Loan as part of a Borrowing subsequent to the first Borrowing (other than any Borrowing of PIK Loans) is subject to the following conditions precedent:

(a)  Borrowing Date . Such Borrowing shall be made (i) in the case of the second Borrowing, not later than June 27, 2014 and (ii) in the case of the third Borrowing, not later than December 29, 2014.

(b) Amount of Subsequent Borrowing . The amount of the second and third Borrowing shall not exceed $25,000,000 in each case.

(c) Milestones . In the case of (i) the second Borrowing, (A) the Borrower shall have received trailing Revenue from the sale of the Product of at least $6 million over the course of three consecutive months, and (B) the condition described in the foregoing clause (A)  shall have been satisfied not later than March 31, 2014, and (ii) the third Borrowing, (A) the Borrower shall have received trailing Revenue from the sale of the Product of at least $15 million over the course of three consecutive months and (B) the condition described in the foregoing clause (A)  shall have been satisfied not later than September 30, 2014.

(d) Notice of Borrowing . Capital Royalty Partners II L.P. shall have received a Notice of Borrowing (i) in the case of the second Borrowing, no later than (A) ninety (90) calendar days following the first date on which the conditions set forth in Section 6.02(c)(i) are satisfied, and (B) twenty (20) Business Days prior to the second Borrowing Date, and (ii) in the case of the third Borrowing, no later than (A) ninety (90) calendar days following the first date on which the conditions set forth in Section 6.02(c)(ii) are satisfied, and (B) twenty (20) Business Days prior to the third Borrowing Date.

(e) Three Borrowings . After giving effect to such Borrowing, no more than three Borrowings shall have been made; provided that , for purposes of this Section 6.02(c) , “Borrowing” shall not be deemed to include any borrowing of PIK Loans.

(f) Warrants . The Warrants related to such subsequent Borrowing for such number of shares of common stock of Borrower as indicated on Schedule 1 hereto, duly executed and delivered by the Borrower on the date of such subsequent Borrowing.

6.03 Conditions to Each Borrowing . The obligation of each Lender to make a Loan as part of any Borrowing (other than with respect to a Borrowing of PIK Loans) hereunder is also subject to satisfaction of the following further conditions precedent on the applicable Borrowing Date:

(a)  Commitment Period . Such Borrowing Date shall occur during the Commitment Period.

 

37


(b) No Default; Representations and Warranties . Both immediately prior to the making of such Loan and after giving effect thereto and to the intended use thereof:

(i) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and

(ii) the representations and warranties made by the Borrower in Section 7 shall be true on and as of the Borrowing Date and immediately after giving effect to the application of the proceeds of the Borrowing with the same force and effect as if made on and as of such date, except that (i) the representation regarding representations and warranties that refer to a specific earlier date shall be true on such earlier date and (ii) with respect to each Borrowing made following the initial Borrowing Date, such representation regarding representations and warranties shall only be required to be true in all material respects on and as of the applicable Borrowing Date (except to the extent that such representation or warranty contains any materiality or Material Adverse Effect qualifier).

(c) Financing Fee . Except in the case of any PIK Loan, each Lender shall have received its portion of the fees payable pursuant to Section 2.03 .

Each Borrowing shall constitute a certification by the Borrower to the effect that the conditions set forth in this Section 6.03 have been fulfilled as of the applicable Borrowing Date.

SECTION 7

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

The Borrower represents and warrants to the Lenders that:

7.01 Power and Authority . Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (a) is a duly organized and validly existing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, (b) has all requisite corporate or other power, and has all material governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals necessary to own its assets and carry on its business as now being or as proposed to be conducted except to the extent that failure to have the same would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (c) is qualified to do business and is in good standing in all jurisdictions in which the nature of the business conducted by it makes such qualification necessary and where failure so to qualify could (either individually or in the aggregate) have a Material Adverse Effect, and (d) has full power, authority and legal right to make and perform each of the Loan Documents to which it is a party and, in the case of the Borrower, to borrow the Loans hereunder.

7.02 Authorization; Enforceability . The Transactions are within each Obligor’s corporate powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate and, if required, by all necessary shareholder action. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by each Obligor and constitutes, and each of the other Loan Documents to which it is a party when executed and delivered by such Obligor will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Obligor, enforceable against each Obligor in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by (a) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws of general applicability affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights and (b) the application of general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

 

38


7.03 Governmental and Other Approvals; No Conflicts . The Transactions (a) do not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or any other action by, any Governmental Authority or any third party, except for (i) such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect and (ii) filings and recordings in respect of the Liens created pursuant to the Security Documents, (b) will not violate any applicable law or regulation or the charter, bylaws or other organizational documents of Borrower and its Subsidiaries or any order of any Governmental Authority, other than any such violations that, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (c) will not, in any material respect, violate or result in a default under any indenture, material agreement or other material instrument binding upon Borrower and its Subsidiaries or assets, or give rise to a right thereunder to require any material payment to be made by any such Person, and (d) except for the Liens created pursuant to the Security Documents, will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any asset of Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

7.04 Financial Statements; Material Adverse Change.

(a) Financial Statements . The Borrower has heretofore furnished to the Lenders certain financial statements as provided for in Section 8.01 . Such financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position and results of operations and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of such dates and for such periods in accordance with GAAP, subject to year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes in the case of the statements previously-delivered statements of the type described in Section 8.01(b) . Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has any material contingent liabilities or unusual forward or long-term commitments not disclosed in the aforementioned financial statements that are required to be disclosed therein under GAAP.

(b) No Material Adverse Change . Since December 31, 2012, there has been no Material Adverse Change.

7.05 Properties .

(a) Property Generally . Each Obligor has good and marketable fee simple title to, or valid leasehold interests in, all its real and personal property material to its business, subject only to Permitted Liens and except for minor defects in title that do not interfere with its ability to conduct its business as currently conducted or to utilize such properties for their intended purposes.

(b) Intellectual Property . The Obligors represent and warrant to the Lenders as of the date hereof as follows, and the Obligors acknowledge that the Lenders are relying on such representations and warranties in entering into this Agreement:

(i) Schedule 7.05(b) contains:

 

39


(A) a complete and accurate list of all applied for or registered Patents, including the jurisdiction and patent number;

(B) a complete and accurate list of all applied for or registered Trademarks, including the jurisdiction, trademark application or registration number and the application or registration date; and

(C) a complete and accurate list of all applied for or registered Copyrights;

(ii) Each Obligor is the absolute beneficial owner of all right, title and interest in and to Material Intellectual Property listed on Schedule 7.05(c) as owned by such Obligor with good and marketable title, free and clear of any Liens of any kind whatsoever other than Permitted Liens. Without limiting the foregoing, and except as set forth in Schedule 7.05(b) :

(A) other than with respect to the Material Agreements, or as permitted by Section 9.09 below, the Obligors have not transferred ownership of Material Intellectual Property listed on Schedule 7.05(c) as owned by such Obligors, in whole or in part, to any other Person who is not an Obligor;

(B) other than (i) the Material Agreements, (ii) customary restrictions in in-bound licenses of Intellectual Property and non-disclosure agreements, or (iii) as would have been or is permitted by Section 9.09 below, there are no judgments, covenants not to sue, permits, grants, licenses, Liens (other than Permitted Liens), or other agreements or arrangements relating to Borrower’s Material Intellectual Property, including any development, submission, services, research, license or support agreements, which bind, obligate or otherwise restrict the Obligors in any manner that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(C) the use of any of the Obligor Intellectual Property in the business of the Borrower as currently conducted or as currently contemplated to be conducted, to the Borrower’s Knowledge, does not breach, violate, infringe or interfere with or constitute a misappropriation of any valid rights arising under any Intellectual Property of any other Person;

(D) except as listed on Schedule 7.05(b) , there are no pending or, to Borrower’s Knowledge, threatened in writing Claims against the Obligors asserted by any other Person relating to the Obligor Intellectual Property owned by or exclusively licensed to Obligors, including any Claims of adverse ownership, invalidity, infringement, misappropriation, violation or other opposition to or conflict with such Intellectual Property, except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; the Obligors have not received any written notice from any Person that the Borrower’s business, the use of the Obligor Intellectual Property in the business of the Borrower as currently conducted, or the manufacture, use or sale of any product or the performance of any service by the Borrower infringes upon, violates or constitutes a misappropriation of, or may infringe upon, violate or constitute a misappropriation of, or otherwise interfere with, any other Intellectual Property of any other Person;

 

40


(E) except as listed on Schedule 7.05(b) , the Obligors have no Knowledge that the Obligor Intellectual Property owned by or exclusively licensed to Obligors is being infringed, violated, misappropriated or otherwise used by any other Person without the express authorization of the Obligors. Without limiting the foregoing, the Obligors have not put any other Person on notice of actual or potential infringement, violation or misappropriation of any of the Material Intellectual Property owned by or exclusively licensed to Obligors; the Obligors have not initiated the enforcement of any Claim with respect to any of the Obligor Intellectual Property owned by or exclusively licensed to Obligors;

(F) all relevant current and former employees and contractors of Borrower have executed written confidentiality and invention assignment Contracts with Borrower that irrevocably assign to Borrower or its designee all of their rights to any Inventions relating to Borrower’s business that are conceived or reduced to practice by such employees within the scope of their employment or by such contractors within the scope of their contractual relationship with Borrower, to the extent permitted by applicable law;

(G) to the Knowledge of the Obligors, the Obligor Intellectual Property is all the valid Intellectual Property necessary for the operation of the Borrower’s business as it is currently conducted or as currently contemplated to be conducted, except for such Intellectual Property the absence of which would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(H) the Obligors have taken commercially reasonable precautions to protect the secrecy, confidentiality and value of its Material Intellectual Property consisting of trade secrets and confidential information, except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(I) each Obligor has delivered to the Lenders accurate and complete copies of all Material Agreements relating to the Obligor Intellectual Property;

(J) there are no pending or, to the Knowledge of any of the Obligors, threatened in writing Claims against the Obligors asserted by any other Person relating to the Material Agreements, including any Claims of breach or default under such Material Agreements, except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(iii) With respect to the Material Intellectual Property owned by or for which prosecution is controlled by Obligors consisting of Patents, except as set forth in Schedule 7.05(b) , and without limiting the representations and warranties in Section 7.05(b)(ii) :

(A) each of the issued claims in such Patents, to Borrower’s Knowledge, is valid and enforceable;

(B) the inventors claimed in such Patents have executed written Contracts with the Borrower or its predecessor-in-interest that properly and irrevocably assigns to Borrower or predecessor-in-interest all of their rights to any of the Inventions claimed in such Patents to the extent permitted by applicable law;

 

41


(C) none of the Patents, or the Inventions claimed in them, have been dedicated to the public except as a result of intentional decisions made by the applicable Obligor;

(D) to Borrower’s Knowledge, all prior art material to such Patents was disclosed to or considered by the respective patent offices during prosecution of such Patents to the extent required by applicable law or regulation;

(E) subsequent to the issuance of such Patents, neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary Guarantors or their predecessors in interest, have filed any disclaimer or filed any other voluntary reduction in the scope of the Inventions claimed in such Patents;

(F) no allowable or allowed subject matter of such Patents, to Borrower’s Knowledge, is subject to any competing conception claims of allowable or allowed subject matter of any patent applications or patents of any third party and have not been the subject of any interference, re-examination or opposition proceedings, nor are the Obligors aware of any basis for any such interference, re-examination or opposition proceedings;

(G) no such Patents, to Borrower’s Knowledge, have ever been finally adjudicated to be invalid, unpatentable or unenforceable for any reason in any administrative, arbitration, judicial or other proceeding, and, with the exception of publicly available documents in the applicable Patent Office recorded with respect to any Patents, the Obligors have not received any written notice asserting that such Patents are invalid, unpatentable or unenforceable; if any of such Patents is terminally disclaimed to another patent or patent application, all patents and patent applications subject to such terminal disclaimer are included in the Collateral;

(H) the Obligors have not received an opinion, whether preliminary in nature or qualified in any manner, which concludes that a challenge to the validity or enforceability of any of such Patents is more likely than not to succeed;

(I) the Obligors have no Knowledge that they or any prior owner of such Patents or their respective agents or representatives have engaged in any conduct, or omitted to perform any necessary act, the result of which would invalidate or render unpatentable or unenforceable any such Patents; and

(J) all maintenance fees, annuities, and the like due or payable on the Patents have been timely paid or the failure to so pay was the result of an intentional decision by the applicable Obligor or would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.

(c) Material Intellectual Property . Schedule 7.05(c) contains an accurate list of the Obligor Intellectual Property that is material to the Borrower’s business with an indication as to whether the applicable Obligor owns or has an exclusive or non-exclusive license to such Obligor Intellectual Property.

 

42


7.06 No Actions or Proceedings.

(a) Litigation . There is no litigation, investigation or proceeding pending or, to the Borrower’s Knowledge, threatened with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries by or before any Governmental Authority or arbitrator (i) that either individually or in the aggregate would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, except as specified in Schedule 7.06 or (ii) that involves this Agreement or the Transactions.

(b) Environmental Matters . The operations and Property of Borrower and its Subsidiaries comply with all applicable Environmental Laws, except to the extent the failure to so comply (either individually or in the aggregate) would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) Labor Matters . The Borrower has not engaged in unfair labor practices and there are no material labor actions or disputes, pending or ongoing, involving the employees of the Borrower that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

7.07 Compliance with Laws and Agreements . Each of the Obligors is in compliance with all laws, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or its property and all indentures, agreements and other instruments binding upon it or its property, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No Default has occurred and is continuing.

7.08 Taxes . Each of the Obligors has timely filed or caused to be filed all tax returns and reports required to have been filed and has paid or caused to be paid all taxes required to have been paid by it, except taxes that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which such Obligor has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP and in each case, except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

7.09 Full Disclosure . The Borrower has disclosed to the Lenders all Material Agreements to which any Obligor is subject, and all other matters to their Knowledge, that, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. None of the reports, financial statements, certificates or other information furnished by or on behalf of the Obligors to the Lenders in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or delivered hereunder or thereunder, in each case, taken as a whole (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished) contains any material misstatement of material fact or, to the Borrower’s Knowledge, omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that , with respect to projected financial information and other forward looking information, the Borrower represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time, and it being understood that such projected financial information and forward looking information are not to be viewed as facts, that actual results during the period or periods covered thereby may materially differ from the projected results.

 

43


7.10 Regulation.

(a) Investment Company Act . Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is an “investment company” as defined in, or subject to regulation under, the Investment Company Act of 1940.

(b) Margin Stock . Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose, whether immediate, incidental or ultimate, of buying or carrying Margin Stock, and no part of the proceeds of the Loans will be used to buy or carry any Margin Stock in violation of Regulation T, U or X.

7.11 Solvency . Borrower is and, immediately after giving effect to the Borrowing and the use of proceeds thereof will be, Solvent.

7.12 Subsidiaries . Schedule 7.12 is a complete and correct list of all Subsidiaries of the Borrower as of the date hereof, each such Subsidiary is duly organized and validly existing under the jurisdiction of its organization shown in said Schedule 7.12 , and the percentage ownership by Borrower of each such Subsidiary is as shown in said Schedule 7.12 .

7.13 Indebtedness and Liens . Schedule 7.13(a) is a complete and correct list of all Material Indebtedness of each Obligor outstanding as of the date hereof. Schedule 7.13(b) is a complete and correct list of all Liens granted by the Borrower and other Obligors to secure the payment or performance of Material Indebtedness with respect to their respective Property and outstanding as of the date hereof.

7.14 Material Agreements . Schedule 7.14 is a complete and correct list of (i) each Material Agreement existing on the date hereof and (ii) each agreement creating or evidencing any Material Indebtedness. No Obligor is in material default under any such Material Agreement or agreement creating or evidencing any Material Indebtedness. Except as otherwise disclosed on Schedule 7.14 , all material vendor purchase agreements and provider contracts of the Obligors are in full force and effect without material modification from the form in which the same were disclosed to the Lenders.

7.15 Restrictive Agreements . None of the Obligors is subject to any indenture, agreement, instrument or other arrangement of the type described in Section 9.11 , except for any indenture, agreement, instrument or other arrangement described on Schedule 7.15 or otherwise permitted under Section 9.11 (each, a “ Permitted Restrictive Agreement ”).

7.16 Real Property .

(a) Generally . Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries owns or leases (as tenant thereof) any real property, except as described on Schedule 7.16.

(b) Borrower Lease .

(i) Borrower has delivered a true, accurate and complete copy of the Borrower Lease to Lenders.

 

44


(ii) The Borrower Lease is in full force and effect and no default has occurred under the Borrower Lease that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and, to the Knowledge of Borrower, there is no existing condition which, but for the passage of time or the giving of notice, would reasonably be expected to result in a default under the terms of the Borrower Lease that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(iii) Borrower is the tenant under the Borrower Lease and has not transferred, sold, assigned, conveyed, disposed of, mortgaged, pledged, hypothecated, or encumbered any of its interest in, the Borrower Lease except for Permitted Liens.

7.17 Pension Matters . Schedule 7.17 sets forth, as of the date hereof, a complete and correct list of, and that separately identifies, (a) all Title IV Plans, (b) all Multiemployer Plans and (c) all material Benefit Plans. Each Benefit Plan, and each trust thereunder, intended to qualify for tax exempt status under Section 401 or 501 of the Code or other Requirements of Law so qualifies. Except for those that could not, in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect, (x) each Benefit Plan is in compliance with applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other Requirements of Law and (y) there are no existing or pending (or to the Knowledge of any Obligor or Subsidiary thereof, threatened) claims (other than routine claims for benefits in the normal course), sanctions, actions, lawsuits or other proceedings or investigation involving any Benefit Plan to which any Obligor or Subsidiary thereof incurs or otherwise has or could have an obligation or any liability or Claim. Borrower and each of its ERISA Affiliates has met all applicable requirements under the ERISA Funding Rules with respect to each Title IV Plan, and no waiver of the minimum funding standards under the ERISA Funding Rules has been applied for or obtained. As of the most recent valuation date for any Title IV Plan, the funding target attainment percentage (as defined in Section 430(d)(2) of the Code) is at least 60%, and to the Borrower’s Knowledge, no facts or circumstances exist that could reasonably be expected to cause the funding target attainment percentage to fall below 60%. As of the date hereof, no ERISA Event has occurred in connection with which obligations and liabilities (contingent or otherwise) remain outstanding. No ERISA Affiliate would have any Withdrawal Liability as a result of a complete withdrawal from any Multiemployer Plan on the date this representation is made.

7.18 Collateral; Security Interest . Each Security Document is effective to create in favor of the Lenders a legal, valid and enforceable security interest in the Collateral subject thereto and each such security interest will be perfected to the extent required by (and has the priority required by) the applicable Security Document subject to the taking of the actions described in such Security Documents. The Security Documents collectively are effective to create in favor of the Lenders a legal, valid and enforceable security interest in all of the Borrower’s and the Subsidiary Guarantors’ assets, which security interests are first-priority except for Permitted Senior Liens.

7.19 Regulatory Approvals . Except as listed on Schedule 7.19 , Borrower and its Subsidiaries hold, and will continue to hold, either directly or through licensees and agents, all material Regulatory Approvals, licenses, permits and similar governmental authorizations of a Governmental Authority necessary or required for Borrower and its Subsidiaries to conduct their operations and business in the manner currently conducted.

 

45


7.20 Small Business Concern . The Borrower’s primary business activity does not involve, directly or indirectly, making loans to others, the purchase or discounting of debt obligations, factoring or long term leasing of equipment with no provision for maintenance or repair, and the Borrower is not classified under Major Group 65 (Real Estate) or Industry No. 1531 (Operative Builders) of the SIC Manual. Borrower acknowledges that it has been advised that PIOP is a Small Business Investment Company and licensee under the SBIC Act. The information regarding Borrower and its affiliates set forth in the SBA Form 480, Form 652, and Form 1031 is accurate and complete. The Borrower acknowledges that the Lenders are relying on the representations and warranties made by the Borrower to the SBA in the SBA Form 480 provided to the Lenders.

7.21 Update of Schedules . Schedules 7.05(b) (in respect of the lists of Patents, Copyrights and Trademarks under Section 7.05(b)(i) only), 7.05(c) , 7.06 , 7.12 , 7.13(a) and (b) , 7.14 , 7.16, 7.17 and 7.19 may be updated by Borrower prior to each Borrowing Date to insure the continued accuracy of such Schedule as of such Borrowing Date, by Borrower providing to the Lenders, in writing (including via electronic means), a revised version of such Schedule in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.02 . Each such updated Schedule shall be effective immediately upon the receipt thereof by the Lenders. Lenders and Borrower agree to update Schedule 1 prior to the second Borrowing and the third Borrowing to adjust the number of Warrants (in accordance with the definition thereof) to be issued at such Borrowing, which calculation shall take into account the Common Stock Outstanding as determined at such time.

SECTION 8

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Each Obligor covenants and agrees with the Lenders that, until the Commitments have expired or been terminated and all Obligations (other than the Warrant Obligations) have been paid in full indefeasibly in cash:

8.01 Financial Statements and Other Information . The Borrower will furnish to the Lenders:

(a) as soon as available and in any event within 45 days after the end of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year (or 60 days, in the case of the fourth fiscal quarter), the consolidated balance sheets of the Obligors as of the end of such quarter, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such quarter and the portion of the fiscal year through the end of such quarter, prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, all in reasonable detail, together with a certificate of a Responsible Officer of Borrower stating that such financial statements fairly present the financial condition of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at such date and the results of operations of Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the period ended on such date and have been prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, subject to changes resulting from normal, year-end audit adjustments and except for the absence of notes;

(b) as soon as available and in any event within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, the consolidated balance sheets of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such fiscal year, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of

 

46


Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such fiscal year, prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, all in reasonable detail, accompanied by a report and opinion thereon of KPMG LLP or another firm of independent certified public accountants of recognized national standing acceptable to the Lenders, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit;

(c) together with the financial statements required pursuant to Sections 8.01(a) and (b) , a compliance certificate of a Responsible Officer as of the end of the applicable accounting period (which delivery may be by electronic communication including fax or email and shall be deemed to be an original authentic counterpart thereof for all purposes) in the form of Exhibit E (a “ Compliance Certificate ”), which Compliance Certificate shall include details of any issues that are material that are raised by auditors and evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Majority Lenders of compliance with Section 10 ;

(d) (i) promptly upon receipt thereof copies of all letters of representation signed by an Obligor to its auditors and (ii) copies of all auditor reports delivered for each fiscal year delivered no more frequently than annually;

(e) as soon as available but in any event within 45 days following the end of each fiscal year, a consolidated financial forecast for Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the following five fiscal years, including forecasted consolidated balance sheets, consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of Borrower and its Subsidiaries; (f) promptly after the same are released, copies of all press releases;

(g) promptly, and in any event within five Business Days after receipt thereof by an Obligor thereof, copies of each notice or other correspondence received from any securities regulator or exchange to the authority of which Borrower may become subject from time to time concerning any investigation or possible investigation or other inquiry by such agency regarding financial or other operational results of such Obligor except where such investigation, possible investigation or inquiry would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

(h) the information regarding insurance maintained by Borrower and its Subsidiaries as required under Section 8.05 .

8.02 Notices of Material Events . The Borrower will furnish to the Lenders written notice of the following promptly after a Responsible Officer first learns of the existence of:

(a) the occurrence of any Default;

(b) notice of the occurrence of any event with respect to its property or assets resulting in a Loss aggregating $500,000 (or the Equivalent Amount in other currencies) or more;

(c) except where a Material Adverse Effect would not reasonably be expected to result in connection therewith, (A) any proposed acquisition of stock, assets or property by any

 

47


Obligor that would reasonably be expected to result in environmental liability under Environmental Laws, and (B)(1) spillage, leakage, discharge, disposal, leaching, migration or release of any Hazardous Material required to be reported to any Governmental Authority under applicable Environmental Laws, and (2) all actions, suits, claims, notices of violation, hearings, investigations or proceedings pending, or to the best of Borrower’s Knowledge, threatened against or affecting Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or with respect to the ownership, use, maintenance and operation of their respective businesses, operations or properties, relating to Environmental Laws or Hazardous Material;

(d) the assertion of any environmental matter by any Person against, or with respect to the activities of, Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and any alleged violation of or non-compliance with any Environmental Laws or any permits, licenses or authorizations which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(e) the filing or commencement of any action, suit or proceeding by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority against or affecting Borrower or any of its Affiliates that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, including, in any event, any filing or commencement of any action, suit or proceeding by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority against or affecting Borrower or any of its Affiliates;

(f) except where a Material Adverse Effect would not reasonably be expected to result in connection therewith, (i) on or prior to any filing by any ERISA Affiliate of any notice of intent to terminate any Title IV Plan, a copy of such notice and (ii) promptly, and in any event within ten days, after any Responsible Officer of any ERISA Affiliate knows or has reason to know that a request for a minimum funding waiver under Section 412 of the Code has been filed with respect to any Title IV Plan or Multiemployer Plan, a notice (which may be made by telephone if promptly confirmed in writing) describing such waiver request and any action that any ERISA Affiliate proposes to take with respect thereto, together with a copy of any notice filed with the PBGC or the IRS pertaining thereto;

(g) (i) the termination of any Material Agreement; (ii) the receipt by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of any material notice under any Material Agreement; (iii) the entering into of any new Material Agreement by an Obligor; or (iv) any material amendment to a Material Agreement;

(h) the reports and notices as required by the Security Documents;

(i) within 30 days of the date thereof, or, if earlier, on the date of delivery of any financial statements pursuant to Section 8.01 , notice of any material change in accounting policies or financial reporting practices by the Obligors;

(j) promptly after the occurrence thereof, notice of any labor controversy resulting in or threatening to result in any strike, work stoppage, boycott, shutdown or other material labor disruption against or involving an Obligor;

 

48


(k) a licensing agreement or arrangement entered into by Borrower or any Subsidiary in connection with any infringement or alleged infringement of the Intellectual Property of another Person;

(l) any other development that results in, or would reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect;

(m) concurrently with the delivery of financial statements under Section 8.01(b) , the creation or other acquisition of any Intellectual Property by Borrower or any Subsidiary after the date hereof and during such prior fiscal year which is registered or becomes registered or the subject of an application for registration with the U.S. Copyright Office or the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, as applicable; or

(n) such other information respecting the operations, properties, business or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Obligors (including with respect to the Collateral) as the Majority Lenders may from time to time reasonably request.

Each notice delivered under this Section 8.02 shall be accompanied by a statement of a financial officer or other executive officer of Borrower setting forth the details of the event or development requiring such notice and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto.

8.03 Existence; Conduct of Business . Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its legal existence and except where failure would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the rights, licenses, permits, privileges and franchises material to the conduct of its business; provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit any merger, amalgamation, consolidation, liquidation or dissolution permitted under Section 9.03 or Section 9.09 . Without obtaining the prior written approval of PIOP, Borrower will not change within one (1) year after the first Borrowing Date, Borrower’s business activity to a business activity to which a licensee under the SBIC Act is prohibited from providing funds by the SBIC Act, as more specifically set forth under Part 107.720 of Title 13 of the United States Code of Federal Regulations. If Borrower’s business activity changes to such a prohibited business activity or the proceeds are used for ineligible business activities, Borrower will use all commercially reasonable efforts and cooperate in good faith to assist PIOP to sell or transfer its Proportionate Share of the Loans in a commercially reasonable manner; provided that in no way shall this be considered PIOP’s sole remedy if Borrower’s business activity changes to such a prohibited business activity.

8.04 Payment of Obligations . Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, pay its material obligations, as and when due and payable after giving effect to any grace periods applicable thereto, but subject to any subordination provisions contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing such obligations, including (i) all material taxes, fees, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon it or upon its properties or assets prior to the date on which penalties attach thereto, all lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies which, if unpaid, would by law become a Lien upon any properties or assets of Borrower or any Subsidiary not constituting a Permitted Lien, except to the extent such material taxes, fees, assessments or governmental charges or levies, or such claims are being contested in good faith

 

49


by appropriate proceedings and are adequately reserved against in accordance with GAAP and (ii) all lawful claims which, if unpaid, would by law become a Lien upon its property not constituting a Permitted Lien. Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries discharge all Indebtedness other than Permitted Indebtedness.

8.05 Insurance . Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain, with financially sound and reputable insurance companies, insurance in such amounts and against such risks as are customarily maintained by companies engaged in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations. Upon the request of the Majority Lenders, Borrower shall furnish the Lenders from time to time with full information as to the insurance carried by it and, if so requested, copies of all such insurance policies. Borrower also shall furnish to the Lenders from time to time upon the request of the Majority Lenders a certificate from the Borrower’s insurance broker or other insurance specialist stating that all premiums then due on the policies relating to insurance on the Collateral have been paid, that such policies are in full force and effect and that such insurance coverage and such policies comply with all the requirements of this Section 8.05 . The Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure, or cause others to ensure, that all insurance policies required under this Section 8.05 shall provide that they shall not be terminated or cancelled nor shall any such policy be materially changed in a manner adverse to the Borrower without at least 30 days’ prior written notice to the Borrower and the Lenders. Receipt of notice of termination or cancellation of any such insurance policies or reduction of coverages or amounts thereunder shall entitle the Lenders to renew any such policies, cause the coverages and amounts thereof to be maintained at levels required pursuant to the first sentence of this Section 8.05 or otherwise to obtain similar insurance in place of such policies, in each case at the expense of the Borrower.

8.06 Books and Records; Inspection Rights . Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, keep proper books of record and account in which full, true and correct entries are made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities. Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, permit any representatives designated by the Lender, upon reasonable prior notice, to visit and inspect its properties, to examine and make extracts from its books and records, and to discuss its affairs, finances and condition with its officers and independent accountants, all at such reasonable times (but not more often than once a year unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing); provided that such representative shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to minimize disruptions to the business and affairs of the Borrower as a result of any such visit, inspection, examination or discussion.

8.07 Compliance with Laws and Other Obligations . Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, (i) comply in all material respects with all laws, rules, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or its property (including Environmental Laws) and (ii) comply in all material respects with all terms of Indebtedness and all other Material Agreements, except, in each case, where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

50


8.08 Maintenance of Properties, Etc .

(a) Except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, Borrower shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, maintain and

preserve all of its properties necessary or useful in the proper conduct of its business in good working order and condition in accordance with the general practice of other Persons of similar character and size, ordinary wear and tear and damage from casualty or condemnation excepted.

(b) Without limiting the generality of clause (a) above, Borrower shall comply with each of the following covenants with respect to the Borrower Lease:

(i) Borrower shall diligently perform and timely observe all of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Borrower Lease on the part of Borrower to be performed and observed prior to the expiration of any applicable grace period therein provided and do everything necessary to preserve and to keep unimpaired and in full force and effect the Borrower Lease except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(ii) Borrower shall promptly notify Lenders of the giving of any written notice by Borrower Landlord to Borrower of any default by Borrower thereunder that would allow the Borrower Landlord to terminate the Borrower Lease, and promptly deliver to Lenders a true copy of each such notice. If Borrower shall be in default under the Borrower Lease that would allow the Borrower Landlord to terminate the Borrower Lease, to the extent the Borrower fails to do so within thirty (30) days, following written notice to the Borrower, Lenders shall have the right (but not the obligation) to cause the default or defaults under the Borrower Lease to be remedied and otherwise exercise any and all rights of Borrower under the Borrower Lease, as may be necessary to prevent or cure any default and Lenders shall have the right to enter all or any portion of the Property, at such times and in such manner as Lenders reasonably deem necessary, to prevent or to cure any such default. Without limiting the foregoing, to the extent Lenders desire to cure such default or defaults as provided above, Borrower shall promptly execute, acknowledge and deliver to Lenders such instruments as may reasonably be required of Borrower to permit Lenders to cure any default under the Borrower Lease or permit Lenders to take such other action required to enable Lenders to cure or remedy the matter in default and preserve the security interest of Lenders under the Loan Documents with respect to the Borrower Facility.

(iii) Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to enforce, in a commercially reasonable manner, each covenant or obligation of the Borrower Landlord in the Borrower Lease in accordance with its terms. Subject to the terms and requirements of the Borrower Lease, within sixty (60) days after receipt of written request by Lenders, Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain from the Borrower Landlord under the Borrower Lease and furnish to Lenders an estoppel certificate from Borrower Landlord stating the date through which rent has been paid and whether or not, to Borrower Landlord’s knowledge, there are any defaults thereunder and specifying the nature of such claimed defaults, if any, and such other matters as Lenders may reasonably request or in the form required pursuant to the terms of the Borrower Lease. Borrower shall furnish to Lenders all information that Lenders may reasonably request from time to time in the possession of Borrower (or reasonably available to Borrower) concerning the Borrower Lease and Borrower’s compliance with the Borrower Lease.

 

51


(iv) Borrower, promptly upon obtaining Knowledge that Borrower Landlord has failed to perform the material terms and provisions under the Borrower Lease and immediately upon learning of a rejection or disaffirmance or purported rejection or disaffirmance of the Borrower Lease pursuant to any state or federal bankruptcy law, shall notify Lenders thereof. Borrower shall promptly notify Lenders of any request to which it has Knowledge that any party to the Borrower Lease makes for arbitration or other dispute resolution procedure pursuant to the Borrower Lease and of the institution of any such arbitration or dispute resolution. Borrower hereby authorizes Lenders to attend any such arbitration or dispute, and upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default participate in any such arbitration or dispute resolution but such participation shall not be to the exclusion of Borrower; provided , however , that, in any case, Borrower shall consult with Lenders with respect to the matters related thereto. Borrower shall promptly deliver to Lenders a copy of the determination of each such arbitration or dispute resolution mechanism.

(v) Borrower shall promptly, after obtaining Knowledge of such filing notify Lenders orally of any filing by or against Borrower Landlord under the Borrower Lease of a petition under the Bankruptcy Code or other applicable law. Borrower shall thereafter promptly give written notice of such filing to Lenders, setting forth any information available to Borrower as to the date of such filing, the court in which such petition was filed, and the relief sought in such filing. Borrower shall promptly deliver to Lenders any and all notices, summonses, pleadings, applications and other documents received by Borrower in connection with any such petition and any proceedings relating to such petition.

8.09 Licenses . Borrower shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, obtain and maintain all licenses, authorizations, consents, filings, exemptions, registrations and other Governmental Approvals necessary in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents, the consummation of the Transactions or the operation and conduct of its business and ownership of its properties, except where failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

8.10 Action under Environmental Laws . Except where failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, Borrower shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, upon becoming aware of the presence of any Hazardous Materials or the existence of any environmental liability under applicable Environmental Laws with respect to their respective businesses, operations or properties, take all actions, at their cost and expense, as shall be necessary or advisable to investigate and clean up the condition of their respective businesses, operations or properties, including all required removal, containment and remedial actions, and restore their respective businesses, operations or properties to a condition in compliance with applicable Environmental Laws.

8.11 Use of Proceeds . The proceeds of the Loans will be used only as provided in Section 2.05 . No part of the proceeds of the Loans will be used, whether directly or indirectly, for any purpose that entails a violation of any of the Regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, including Regulations T, U and X.

 

52


8.12 Certain Obligations Respecting Subsidiaries; Further Assurances.

(a) Subsidiary Guarantors . Subject to the relevant limitations and terms contained in the Security Documents, Borrower will take such action, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to take such action, from time to time as shall be necessary to ensure that all Subsidiaries that are Domestic Subsidiaries of Borrower, and such Foreign Subsidiaries as are required under Section 8.12(b) , are “Subsidiary Guarantors” hereunder. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing but subject to the relevant limitations and terms contained in the Security Documents, in the event that Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall form or acquire any new Subsidiary that is a Domestic Subsidiary or a Foreign Subsidiary meeting the requirements of Section 8.12(b) , Borrower and its Subsidiaries will:

(i) cause such new Subsidiary to become a “Subsidiary Guarantor” hereunder, and a “Grantor” under the Security Agreement, pursuant to a Guarantee Assumption Agreement;

(ii) take such action or cause such Subsidiary to take such action (including delivering such shares of stock together with undated transfer powers executed in blank) as shall be necessary to create and perfect valid and enforceable first priority (subject to Permitted Liens permitted under Section 9.02(c) ) Liens on substantially all of the personal property of such new Subsidiary as collateral security for the obligations of such new Subsidiary hereunder;

(iii) cause the parent of such Subsidiary to execute and deliver a pledge agreement in favor of the Lenders in respect of all outstanding issued shares of such Subsidiary; and

(iv) deliver such proof of corporate action, incumbency of officers and other documents (other than legal opinions of counsel to the Obligors) as is consistent with those delivered by each Obligor pursuant to Section 6.01 or as the Majority Lenders shall have requested.

(b) Foreign Subsidiaries . Subject to the following sentence, in the event that, at any time, Foreign Subsidiaries have, in the aggregate, (i) total revenues constituting 5% or more of the total revenues of Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, or (ii) total assets constituting 5% or more of the total assets of Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, promptly (and, in any event, within 30 days after such time) the Borrower shall cause one or more of such Foreign Subsidiaries to become Subsidiary Guarantors and to have their Equity Interests pledged, each in the manner set forth in Section 8.12(a) , such that, after such Subsidiaries become Subsidiary Guarantors, the non-guarantor Foreign Subsidiaries in the aggregate shall cease to have revenues or assets, as applicable, that meet the thresholds set forth in clauses (i)  and (ii)  above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Foreign Subsidiary shall be required to become a Subsidiary Guarantor, grant a lien on any of its assets in favor of the Lenders, or shall have its Equity Interests pledged to secure the Obligations, to the extent that becoming a Subsidiary Guarantor, granting a lien on any of its assets in favor of the Lenders or providing such pledge would result in adverse tax consequences for Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; provided that , if a Foreign Subsidiary is precluded from becoming a Subsidiary Guarantor or having all of its Equity Interests pledged as a result of such adverse tax consequences, to the extent that such Foreign Subsidiary is a “first tier” Foreign Subsidiary, Borrower shall pledge (or cause to be pledged) 65% of the total number of the Equity Interests of such Foreign Subsidiary to the Lenders to secure the Obligations.

 

53


(c) Further Assurances . Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries (other than Valeritas Security unless it is a Subsidiary Guarantor) to, take such action from time to time as shall reasonably be requested by the Majority Lenders to effectuate the purposes and objectives of this Agreement.

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Borrower will, and will cause each Person that is required to be a Subsidiary Guarantor to, take such action from time to time (including executing and delivering such assignments, security agreements, control agreements and other instruments) as shall be reasonably requested by the Majority Lenders to create, in favor of the Lenders, perfected security interests and Liens in substantially all of the personal property of such Obligor as collateral security for the Obligations; provided that any such security interest or Lien shall be subject to the relevant limitations and terms contained in the Security Documents, Section 7.18 and Section 8.15 .

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Loan Document, unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and the Majority Lenders shall have elected to exercise such remedies described in clause (iii) of Section 11.02 , Valeritas Security shall not be required to become a Subsidiary Guarantor or grant a lien on any of its assets in favor of the Lenders to the extent that becoming a Subsidiary Guarantor or granting a lien on any of its assets in favor of the Lenders would result in adverse tax consequences for Valeritas Security, including as a result of Valeritas Security’s failure to qualify as a Massachusetts security corporation under Mass. Gen. L. c. 63, §38B.

8.13 Termination of Non-Permitted Liens . In the event that Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall become aware or be notified by the Lenders of the existence of any outstanding Lien against any Property of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, which Lien is not a Permitted Lien, the Borrower shall use its best efforts to promptly terminate or cause the termination of such Lien.

8.14 Intellectual Property .

(a) Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement or any other Loan Document to the contrary, the Lenders are not assuming any liability or obligation of the Borrower, the Subsidiary Guarantors or their Subsidiaries of whatever nature, whether presently in existence or arising or asserted hereafter, except to the extent required under applicable law in connection with any Intellectual Property license agreement of the Borrower, the Subsidiary Guarantors or their Subsidiaries in the event that the Lenders foreclose on such Collateral. All such liabilities and obligations shall be retained by and remain obligations and liabilities of the Obligors, the Subsidiary Guarantors and/or their Affiliates as the case may be, except to the extent required under applicable law in connection with any Intellectual Property license agreement of the Borrower, the Subsidiary Guarantors or their Affiliates in the event that the Lenders foreclose on such Collateral. Without limiting the foregoing, the Lenders are not assuming and shall not be responsible for any liabilities or Claims of the Borrower, the Subsidiary Guarantors or their

 

54


Affiliates, whether present or future, absolute or contingent and whether or not relating to the Obligors, the Obligor Intellectual Property, and/or the Material Agreements, and the Borrower shall indemnify and save harmless the Lenders from and against all such liabilities, Claims and Liens, except to the extent required under applicable law in connection with any Intellectual Property license agreement of the Borrower, the Subsidiary Guarantors or their Affiliates in the event that the Lenders foreclose on such Collateral. Without limiting the foregoing, this Agreement shall not constitute an agreement to assign any Contracts of, or Obligor Intellectual Property to, the Lenders, except to the extent required under applicable law in connection with any Intellectual Property license agreement of the Borrower, the Subsidiary Guarantors or their Affiliates in the event that the Lenders foreclose on such Collateral.

(b) In the event that the Obligors acquire Obligor Intellectual Property during the term of this Agreement, then the provisions of this Agreement shall automatically apply thereto and any such Obligor Intellectual Property shall automatically constitute part of the Collateral hereunder, without further action by any party, in each case from and after the date of such acquisition (except that any representations or warranties of any Obligor shall apply to any such Obligor Intellectual Property only from and after the date, if any, subsequent to such acquisition that such representations and warranties are brought down or made anew as provided herein).

(c) Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to execute and deliver to the Lenders such duly executed Intellectual Property security agreements, following the Majority Lenders’ request therefor, with respect to foreign Intellectual Property, and take such other action as the Lenders may reasonably request to duly record or otherwise perfect the security interest created thereunder in that portion of the Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property located outside the United States.

8.15 Post-Closing Items .

(a) Borrower shall, with respect to the location leased by the Borrower pursuant to the Borrower Lease, use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver to the Lenders the Landlord Consent from the Borrower Landlord for such property, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lenders. Borrower shall not keep any Collateral with a fair market value in excess of $1,000,000 in the aggregate in any location (other than the location subject to the Borrower Lease) not subject to a Real Property Security Document.

8.16 Real Property Security Documents . Borrower shall promptly from time to time upon the request of the Majority Lenders, use commercially reasonable efforts to, subject to the receipt of any necessary landlord consents, execute and deliver such Real Property Security Documents with respect to each real Property owned or leased (as tenant) by Borrower and Subsidiary Guarantors in the United States.

SECTION 9

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Each Obligor covenants and agrees with the Lenders that, until the Commitments have expired or been terminated and all Obligations (other than the Warrant Obligations) have been paid in full indefeasibly in cash:

 

55


9.01 Indebtedness . Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Indebtedness, whether directly or indirectly, except:

(a) the Obligations;

(b) Indebtedness existing on the date hereof and set forth on Schedule 7.13(a) and Permitted Refinancings thereof;

(c) Permitted Priority Debt;

(d) accounts payable to trade creditors for goods and services and current operating liabilities (not the result of the borrowing of money) incurred in the ordinary course of Borrower’s or its Subsidiary’s business in accordance with customary terms and paid within the specified time, unless contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and reserved for in accordance with GAAP;

(e) Indebtedness consisting of guarantees resulting from endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection by Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor in the ordinary course of business;

(f) Indebtedness (i) of Borrower to any Subsidiary Guarantor, (ii) of any Subsidiary Guarantor to Borrower or any other Subsidiary Guarantor, and (iii) of any Subsidiary that is not an Obligor to any other Subsidiary that is not an Obligor;

(g) Guarantees by Borrower of Indebtedness of any Subsidiary Guarantor and by any Subsidiary Guarantor of Indebtedness of Borrower or any other Subsidiary Guarantor, in each case, to the extent such Indebtedness is permitted by this Section 9.01 ;

(h) normal course of business equipment financing; provided that (i) if secured, the collateral therefor consists solely of the assets being financed, the products and proceeds thereof and books and records related thereto, and (ii) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness, when added to the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Indebtedness permitted in reliance on Section 9.01(g) , does not exceed $1,000,000 (or the Equivalent Amount in other currencies) at any time;

(i) Permitted Subordinated Debt;

(j) Permitted Shareholder Debt in an aggregate outstanding principal amount not to exceed $37,500,000 (plus interest paid-in-kind thereon) at any time;

(k) outstanding letters of credit, performance bonds, bank guarantees and banker’s acceptances in an aggregate outstanding amount (i) not to exceed $5,000,000 at any time on or prior to the date on which the Borrower achieves trailing Revenue from the sale of the Product of at least $6 million over the course of three consecutive months, and (ii) not to exceed $10,000,000 at any time after such date described in clause (i) ;

(l) Indebtedness approved in advance in writing by the Majority Lenders;

 

56


(m) other Indebtedness in an aggregate outstanding amount not to exceed $500,000 at any time;

(n) Investments permitted by Section 9.05 ; and

(o) any and all premiums, interest, fees, expenses, charges and additional or contingent interest on obligations described in the foregoing clauses in this Section 9.01 .

9.02 Liens . Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on any property or asset now owned by it, or assign or sell any income or revenues (including accounts receivable) or rights in respect of any thereof, except:

(a) Liens securing the Obligations;

(b) any Lien on any property or asset of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries existing on the date hereof and set forth in Schedule 7.13(b) ; provided that (i) the scope of the collateral to which such Lien applies shall not be expanded and (ii) any such Lien shall secure only those obligations which it secures on the date hereof and extensions, renewals and replacements thereof that do not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof;

(c) Liens described in the definition of “Permitted Priority Debt”;

(d) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 9.01(b) ;

(e) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 9.01(h) ; provided that such Liens are restricted solely to the collateral described in Section 9.01(h) ;

(f) Liens imposed by law which were incurred in the ordinary course of business, including (but not limited to) carriers’, shippers’, landlords’, warehousemen’s, materialmen’s, and mechanics’ liens and other similar liens arising in the ordinary course of business and which (x) do not in the aggregate materially detract from the value of the Property subject thereto or materially impair the use thereof in the operations of the business of such Person or (y) are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, which proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the Property subject to such liens and for which adequate reserves have been made if required in accordance with GAAP;

(g) pledges or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance or other similar social security legislation;

(h) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts, governmental contracts and leases, surety, stay, customs, bid and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(i) Liens securing taxes, assessments and other governmental charges, the payment of which is not yet due or is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly initiated and diligently conducted and for which such reserve or other appropriate provisions, if any, as shall be required by GAAP shall have been made;

 

57


(j) servitudes, easements, rights of way, restrictions and other similar encumbrances on real Property imposed by applicable Laws and encumbrances consisting of zoning or building restrictions, easements, licenses, restrictions on the use of property or minor imperfections in title thereto which, in the aggregate, are not material, and which do not in any case materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of any of the Obligors;

(k) with respect to any real Property, (A) such defects or encroachments as might be revealed by an up-to-date survey of such real Property; (B) the reservations, limitations, provisos and conditions expressed in the original grant, deed or patent of such property by the original owner of such real Property pursuant to applicable Laws; and (C) rights of expropriation, access or user or any similar right conferred or reserved by or in applicable Laws, which, in the aggregate for (A), (B) and (C), are not material, and which do not in any case materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of any of the Obligors;

(l) Bankers’ liens, rights of setoff and similar Liens incurred on deposits made in the ordinary course of business;

(m) with respect to Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights or other Intellectual Property, licenses and sublicenses permitted by Section 9.09 ;

(n) earnest money deposits in connection with Permitted Acquisitions permitted by Section 9.03 ;

(o) Liens arising from precautionary UCC financing statement filings regarding leases and consignment arrangements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(p) (i) that certain certificate of deposit in an aggregate amount not to exceed $50,000 plus all interest accruing thereon maintained with Bank of America, N.A. (and any successor certificate of deposit or account) to secure the Borrower’s obligations to customs authorities and (ii) that certificate of deposit in an aggregate amount not to exceed $500,000 plus all interest accruing thereon maintained with American Express TRS (and any successor certificate of deposit or account) to secure obligations in connection with the corporate charge card program maintained with American Express; and

(q) Cash deposits in segregated Deposit Accounts to secure Indebtedness permitted by Section 9.01(k) in an aggregate amount not to exceed 105% of the aggregate outstanding amount of such Indebtedness, provided that, subject to Section 3.02(d) of the Security Agreement, no creditor other than the issuing bank of such Indebtedness shall have a Lien on such segregated Deposit Accounts.

provided that, no Lien otherwise permitted under any of the foregoing Sections 9.02(b) through (p)  (other than clauses (i) and (m)) shall apply to any Material Intellectual Property.

 

58


9.03 Fundamental Changes and Acquisitions . Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, (i) enter into any transaction of merger, amalgamation or consolidation (ii) liquidate, wind up or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution) (iii) make any Acquisition or otherwise acquire any business or substantially all the property from, or capital stock of, or be a party to any acquisition of, any Person. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 9.03 :

(a) Borrower and its Subsidiaries may make Investments permitted under Section 9.05 ;

(b) any Subsidiary Guarantor may be merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into Borrower or any other Subsidiary Guarantor;

(c) (i) Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor may sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any or all of its property (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to Borrower or another Subsidiary Guarantor and (ii) any Subsidiary that is not an Obligor may sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any or all of its property (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to another Subsidiary that is not an Obligor; and

(d) the capital stock of any Subsidiary Guarantor may be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of to Borrower or another Subsidiary Guarantor; and

(e) Borrower and its Subsidiaries may make Permitted Acquisitions, not to exceed $5,000,000 in the aggregate.

9.04 Lines of Business . Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, engage to any material extent in any business other than the business engaged in on the date hereof by Borrower or any Subsidiary or a business reasonably related thereto.

9.05 Investments . Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, make, directly or indirectly, or permit to remain outstanding any Investments except:

(a) Investments outstanding on the date hereof and identified in Schedule 9.05 ;

(b) operating deposit accounts with banks;

(c) extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising from the sales of goods or services in the ordinary course of business;

(d) Permitted Cash Equivalent Investments;

(e) Investments by Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantors in Borrower’s wholly-owned Subsidiary Guarantors (for greater certainty, Borrower shall not be permitted to have any direct or indirect Subsidiaries that are not wholly-owned Subsidiaries);

(f) Bona fide Hedging Agreements and hedging arrangements entered into in the ordinary course of Borrower’s financial planning solely to hedge currency risks (and not for speculative purposes);

 

59


(g) security deposits with utilities and other like Persons made in the ordinary course of business;

(h) employee loans, travel advances and guarantees in accordance with Borrower’s usual and customary practices with respect thereto (if permitted by applicable law) which in the aggregate shall not exceed $1,000,000 outstanding at any time (or the Equivalent Amount in other currencies);

(i) Investments received in connection with any Insolvency Proceedings in respect of any customers, suppliers or clients and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers, suppliers or clients;

(j) Permitted Indebtedness;

(k) Investments permitted pursuant to Section 9.03 ; and

(l) Investments by Borrower in Valeritas Security, unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

9.06 Restricted Payments . Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, declare or make, or agree to pay or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, except:

(a) any Obligor may declare and pay dividends or other distributions with respect to its Equity Interests payable solely in Equity Interests that are not Disqualified Securities;

(b) Borrower may purchase, redeem, retire, or otherwise acquire shares of its capital stock or other Equity Interests with the proceeds received from a substantially concurrent issue of new shares of its capital stock or other Equity Interests;

(c) for the payment of dividends by any Subsidiary to Borrower or to any Subsidiary Guarantor;

(d) the Borrower may make Restricted Payments to purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire Equity Interests of Borrower held by officers, directors and employees or former officers, directors or employees (or their transferees, estates or beneficiaries under their estates) of Borrower so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, during any fiscal year, in an amount, when combined with repurchases of Equity Interests permitted under Section 9.06(e) , not to exceed $1,000,000;

(e) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon “cashless” exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants plus any amount necessary to pay taxes due and payable in connection therewith, during any fiscal year, in an amount, when combined with purchases, redemptions or acquisitions of Equity Interests permitted under Section 9.06(d) , not to exceed $1,000,000;

(f) transactions which are stock for stock exchanges and other like non-cash transactions which constitute merger consideration in connection with mergers permitted under Section 9.03 ; and

 

60


(g) to the extent constituting a Restricted Payment, the payment of management, advisory, consulting or similar fees to WCAS Management Corporation and its Affiliates, during any fiscal year, in an amount not to exceed $500,000.

9.07 Payments of Indebtedness . Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, make any payments in respect of any Indebtedness other than (i) the Obligations and (ii) subject to any applicable terms of subordination, other Permitted Indebtedness; provided that Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to acquire, repurchase, buy out, retire or prepay in whole or in part any of its outstanding Permitted Subordinated Debt.

9.08 Change in Fiscal Year . The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, change the last day of its fiscal year from that in effect on the date hereof, except to change the fiscal year of a Subsidiary acquired in connection with an Acquisition to conform its fiscal year to the Borrower’s.

9.09 Sales of Assets, Issuances of Equity, Etc . Unless the Borrower simultaneously makes the prepayment required under Section 3.03(b)(i) , the Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, sell, lease, exclusively license (in terms of geography or field of use), transfer, or otherwise dispose of any of its Property (including accounts receivable and capital stock of Subsidiaries) to any Person in one transaction or series of transactions, or issue any additional Equity Interests to Persons who are not holders of Equity Interests in such Person on the date hereof (any thereof, an “ Asset Sale ”), except for any of the following:

(a) transfers of cash in the ordinary course of its business for equivalent value;

(b) sales of inventory in the ordinary course of its business on ordinary business terms;

(c) development and other collaborative arrangements where such arrangements provide for the licenses or disclosure of Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights or other Intellectual Property rights in the ordinary course of business and consistent with general market practices where such license requires periodic payments based on per unit sales of a product over a period of time and provided that such licenses must be true licenses as opposed to licenses that are sales transactions in substance;

(d) transfers of Property by (i) any Obligor to any other Obligor and (ii) any Subsidiary that is not an Obligor to any other Subsidiary that is not an Obligor;

(e) dispositions of any Property that is damaged, obsolete or worn out or no longer used or useful in the Business;

(f) issuances of Equity Interests in Borrower;

(g) those transactions permitted by Section 9.03 and 9.06 and Asset Sales consisting of leases and licenses permitted by Section 9.02 ;

(h) the unwinding of any Hedging Agreement permitted by Section 9.05 pursuant to its terms;

 

61


(i) other Asset Sales with a fair market value not in excess of $500,000 in the aggregate; and

(j) Investments by Borrower in Valeritas Security, unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

Lenders acknowledge and agree that the carveout in Section 9.09(e) permits Borrower to make decisions in the ordinary course of business regarding the registration of any of its Intellectual Property, including without limitation, any decisions regarding application, prosecution, abandonment, or cancellation of any such Intellectual Property, without the consent of any Lender.

9.10 Transactions with Affiliates . Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, sell, lease, license or otherwise transfer any assets to, or purchase, lease, license or otherwise acquire any assets from, or otherwise engage in any other transactions with, any of its Affiliates (other than Valeritas Security), except for any of the following:

(a) transactions between or among Obligors;

(b) any Investment permitted by Section 9.05 ;

(c) any Restricted Payment permitted by Section 9.06 ;

(d) any Asset Sale permitted by Section 9.09 ;

(e) customary compensation and indemnification of, and other employment arrangements with, directors, officers and employees of Borrower or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

(f) Borrower may issue debt to Affiliates in exchange for cash, provided that the terms thereof are no less favorable (including the amount of cash received by Borrower) to Borrower than those that would be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person not an Affiliate of Borrower;

(g) issuances of Equity Interests in Borrower; and

(h) operating leases permitted under Section 9.13(b)(ii) .

9.11 Restrictive Agreements . Except for Permitted Restrictive Agreements and the agreements governing Permitted Priority Debt, Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into, incur or permit to exist any agreement or other arrangement that prohibits, restricts or imposes any condition upon (a) the ability of Borrower or any Subsidiary to create, incur or permit to exist any Lien upon any of its property or assets, or (b) the ability of any Subsidiary to pay dividends or other distributions with respect to any shares of its capital stock or to make or repay loans or advances to Borrower or any other Subsidiary or to Guarantee Indebtedness of Borrower or any other Subsidiary; provided that :

 

62


(i) the foregoing shall not apply to (x) restrictions and conditions imposed by law or by this Agreement and (y) customary restrictions and conditions contained in agreements relating to the sale of a Subsidiary pending such sale, provided such restrictions and conditions apply only to the Subsidiary that is to be sold and such sale is permitted hereunder; and

(ii) the foregoing clause (a)  shall not apply to (x) restrictions or conditions imposed by any agreement relating to secured Permitted Indebtedness if such restrictions or conditions apply only to the property or assets securing such Indebtedness and (y) customary provisions in leases, in-bound licenses of Intellectual Property and other contracts restricting the assignment thereof.

9.12 Amendments to Material Agreements . Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, enter into any amendment to or modification of any Material Agreement or terminate any Material Agreement (unless replaced with another agreement that, viewed as a whole, is on better terms for Borrower or such Subsidiary or unless such amendment or modification would not be materially adverse to the Lenders) without in each case the prior written consent of the Lender (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

9.13 Preservation of Borrower Lease; Operating Leases .

(a) Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, Borrower shall not:

(i) Surrender, terminate, forfeit, or suffer or permit the surrender, termination or forfeiture of, or change, modify or amend, the Borrower Lease, nor transfer, sell, assign, convey, dispose of, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate, assign or encumber any of its interest in, the Borrower Lease;

(ii) Consent to, cause, agree to, or permit to occur any subordination, or consent to the subordination of, the Borrower Lease to any mortgage, deed of trust or other lien encumbering (or that may in the future encumber) the interest of Borrower Landlord in the Borrower Facility;

(iii) Waive, excuse, condone or in any way release or discharge Borrower Landlord of or from its material obligations, covenants and/or conditions under the Borrower Lease; or

(iv) Elect to treat the Borrower Lease as terminated or rejected under subsection 365 of the Bankruptcy Code or other applicable Law. Any such election made without Majority Lenders’ prior written consent shall be void. If, pursuant to subsection 365 of the Bankruptcy Code or other applicable law, Borrower seeks to offset, against the rent reserved in the Borrower Lease, the amount of any damages caused by the nonperformance by Borrower Landlord of any of its obligations thereunder after the rejection by Borrower Landlord of the Borrower Lease under the Bankruptcy Code or other applicable Law, then Borrower shall not effect any offset of any amounts objected to by Lenders.

 

63


(b) Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, make any expenditures in respect of operating leases, except for:

(i) real estate operating leases;

(ii) operating leases between any Obligor and any of its wholly-owned Subsidiaries or between any of the Obligor’s wholly-owned Subsidiaries;

(iii) to the extent constituting operating leases, leases in respect of computer and information technology equipment that are now or may hereafter used by the Obligors and their sales representatives in the ordinary course of business; provided that the aggregate payments made by Borrower and its Subsidiaries in connection with such leases shall not exceed $2,000,000 (or the Equivalent Amount in other currencies) in any fiscal year and the value of the leased equipment shall not exceed an average of $10,000 per sales representatives using such equipment on an aggregated basis; and

(iv) operating leases that would not cause Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, to make payments exceeding $2,000,000 (or the Equivalent Amount in other currencies) in any fiscal year.

9.14 Sales and Leasebacks . Except as disclosed on Schedule 9.14 , Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, become liable, directly or indirectly, with respect to any lease, whether an operating lease or a Capital Lease Obligation, of any property (whether real, personal, or mixed), whether now owned or hereafter acquired, (i) which Borrower or such Subsidiary has sold or transferred or is to sell or transfer to any other Person and (ii) which Borrower or such Subsidiary intends to use for substantially the same purposes as property which has been or is to be sold or transferred.

9.15 Hazardous Material . Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, use, generate, manufacture, install, treat, release, store or dispose of any Hazardous Material, except in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws or where the failure to comply would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.

9.16 Accounting Changes . Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, make any significant change in accounting treatment or reporting practices, except as required or permitted by GAAP.

9.17 Compliance with ERISA . No ERISA Affiliate shall cause or suffer to exist (a) any event that could result in the imposition of a Lien with respect to any Title IV Plan or Multiemployer Plan or (b) any other ERISA Event that would, in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect. No Obligor or Subsidiary thereof shall cause or suffer to exist any event that could result in the imposition of a Lien with respect to any Benefit Plan.

9.18 Investment Company Act . Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries, not to engage in any activities that will result in Borrower or such Subsidiary becoming an “investment company” as defined in, or subject to regulation under, the Investment Company Act of 1940.

 

64


SECTION 10

FINANCIAL COVENANTS

10.01 Minimum Revenue . (a) Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall have Revenue:

(i) during the twelve month period beginning on January 1, 2013, of at least $5,000,000;

(ii) during the twelve month period beginning on January 1, 2014, of at least $25,000,000;

(iii) during the twelve month period beginning on January 1, 2015, of at least $50,000,000;

(iv) during the twelve month period beginning on January 1, 2016, of at least $75,000,000;

(v) during the twelve month period beginning on January 1, 2017, of at least $100,000,000;

(vi) during the twelve month period beginning on January 1, 2018, and each twelve month period following thereafter, of at least $125,000,000.

It is acknowledged and agreed that the financial covenant described in clause (a) above shall only be tested on the last day of each applicable period referenced in clauses(a)(i) through (a)(vi) above.

(b) Cure Right . (i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 11 , in the event that the Borrower fails to comply with the covenants contained in Section 10.01(a)(i) or 10.01(a)(ii) (such covenants for such applicable periods being the “ Specified Financial Covenants ”), Borrower shall have the right, within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the end of each of the 2013 and 2014 calendar years:

(A) to issue additional shares of Equity Interests in exchange for cash (the “ Equity Cure Right ”), or

(B) to borrow Permitted Subordinated Debt (the “ Subordinated Debt Cure Right ” and, collectively with the Equity Cure Right, the “ Cure Right ”),

and the cash therefrom immediately shall be contributed as equity or debt (only as permitted pursuant to Section 9.01 ), as applicable, to Borrower, and upon the receipt by Borrower of the Cure Amount pursuant to the exercise of such Cure Right, such Cure Amount shall be deemed to constitute Revenue of Borrower for purposes of the Specified Financial Covenants and the Specified Financial Covenants shall be recalculated for all purposes under the Loan Documents. If, after giving effect to the foregoing recalculation, Borrower shall then be in compliance with the requirements of the Specified Financial Covenants, Borrower shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirements of the Specified Financial Covenants as of the relevant date of determination with the same effect as though there had been no failure to comply therewith at such date, and the applicable breach of the Specified Financial Covenants that had occurred, the related Default and Event of Default, shall be deemed cured without any further action of Borrower or Lenders for all purposes under the Loan Documents.

 

65


(ii) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (A) the Cure Right may be exercised only for the periods described in Section 10.01(a)(i) or 10.01(a)(ii) , (B) the net cash proceeds of the payment received by Borrower from investors investing in or lending to Borrower pursuant to Section 10.01(b)(i) shall be equal to twice the shortfall amount required to cause the Borrower to be in compliance with the Specified Financial Covenants (such amount so received by Borrower, “ Cure Amount ”), (C) Borrower shall deliver a compliance certificate, evidencing compliance with the Specified Financial Covenants after giving effect to receipt of the Cure Amount and (D) upon receipt by Borrower of the Cure Amount, Borrower shall immediately prepay the Loans, without any Prepayment Premium, in an amount equal to the Cure Amount, credited in the order set forth on Section 3.03(b)(i)(A)-(E) .

10.02 Minimum Cash.

Borrower and Subsidiaries shall maintain, at all times, a minimum daily balance of cash and Permitted Cash Equivalent Investments of at least the greater of (A) $2,000,000 (Two Million Dollars) and (B) to the extent Borrower has incurred Permitted Priority Debt, the minimum cash balance required of Borrower by Borrower’s Permitted Priority Debt creditors.

SECTION 11

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

11.01 Events of Default . Each of the following events shall constitute an “ Event of Default ”:

(a) Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of any Loan when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the due date thereof or at a date fixed for prepayment thereof or otherwise;

(b) any Obligor shall fail to pay any Obligation (other than an amount referred to in Section 11.01(a) ) when and as the same shall become due and payable, and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of three (3) Business Days;

(c) any representation or warranty made or deemed made by or on behalf of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any amendment or modification hereof or thereof, or in any report, certificate, financial statement or other document furnished pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any amendment or modification hereof or thereof, shall: (i) prove to have been incorrect when made or deemed made to the extent that such representation or warranty contains any materiality or Material Adverse Effect qualifier; or (ii) prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed made to the extent that such representation or warranty does not otherwise contain any materiality or Material Adverse Effect qualifier;

 

66


(d) any Obligor shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in Section 8.02 , 8.03 (with respect to the Borrower’s existence), 8.11 , 8.12 (other than clause (c)  therein), 8.14 , 9 or 10 or the Borrower or Valeritas Security shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in the Valeritas Security Side Letter;

(e) any Obligor shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document (other than those specified in Section 11.01(a) , (b)  or (d) ) and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 or more days after written notice thereof from the Lenders is received by a Responsible Officer of Borrower;

(f) Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall fail to make any payment (whether of principal or interest and regardless of amount) in respect of any Material Indebtedness, when and as the same shall become due and payable after giving effect to any applicable grace or cure period as originally provided by the terms of such Indebtedness;

(g) (i) any material breach of, or “event of default” or similar event caused by any Obligor under, any Material Agreement occurs unless (x) such Obligor has an objectively reasonable defense or claim under such Material Agreement or under applicable law, (y) a bona fide good faith dispute exists between such Obligor and such counterparty with respect to such material breach or “event of default” or (z) if such Material Agreement is a distribution agreement, ninety (90) days have elapsed and such Obligor has not replaced such distribution agreement with another substantially comparable distribution agreement, (ii) any material breach of, or “event of default” or similar event under, the documentation governing any Material Indebtedness shall occur, or (iii) any other event or condition occurs (A) that results in any Material Indebtedness becoming due prior to its scheduled maturity or (B) that enables or permits (with or without the giving of notice, the lapse of time or both) the holder or holders of such Material Indebtedness or any trustee or agent on its or their behalf to cause such Material Indebtedness to become due, or to require the prepayment, repurchase, redemption or defeasance thereof, prior to its scheduled maturity; provided that this Section 11.01(g) shall not apply to secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such Material Indebtedness.

(h) any Obligor:

(i) becomes insolvent, or generally does not or becomes unable to pay its debts or meet its liabilities as the same become due, or admits in writing its inability to pay its debts generally, or declares any general moratorium on its indebtedness, or proposes a compromise or arrangement or deed of company arrangement between it and any class of its creditors;

(ii) commits an act of bankruptcy or makes an assignment of its property for the general benefit of its creditors or makes a proposal (or files a notice of its intention to do so);

(iii) institutes any proceeding seeking to adjudicate it an insolvent, or seeking liquidation, dissolution, winding-up, reorganization, compromise, arrangement, adjustment, protection, moratorium, relief, stay of proceedings of creditors generally (or any class of creditors), or composition of it or its debts or any other relief, under any federal, provincial or

 

67


foreign Law now or hereafter in effect relating to bankruptcy, winding-up, insolvency, reorganization, receivership, plans of arrangement or relief or protection of debtors or at common law or in equity, or files an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding;

(iv) applies for the appointment of, or the taking of possession by, a receiver, interim receiver, receiver/manager, sequestrator, conservator, custodian, administrator, trustee, liquidator, voluntary administrator, receiver and manager or other similar official for it or any substantial part of its property; or

(v) takes any action, corporate or otherwise, to approve, effect, consent to or authorize any of the actions described in this Section 11.01(h) or in Section 11.01(i) , or otherwise acts in furtherance thereof or fails to act in a timely and appropriate manner in defense thereof;

(i) any petition is filed, application made or other proceeding instituted against or in respect of Borrower or any Subsidiary:

(i) seeking to adjudicate it an insolvent;

(ii) seeking a receiving order against it;

(iii) seeking liquidation, dissolution, winding-up, reorganization, compromise, arrangement, adjustment, protection, moratorium, relief, stay of proceedings of creditors generally (or any class of creditors), deed of company arrangement or composition of it or its debts or any other relief under any federal, provincial or foreign law now or hereafter in effect relating to bankruptcy, winding-up, insolvency, reorganization, receivership, plans of arrangement or relief or protection of debtors or at common law or in equity; or

(iv) seeking the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of, or the taking of possession by, a receiver, interim receiver, receiver/manager, sequestrator, conservator, custodian, administrator, trustee, liquidator, voluntary administrator, receiver and manager or other similar official for it or any substantial part of its property; and the case of each of Section 11.01(i)(i)-(iv) , such petition, application or proceeding continues undismissed, or unstayed and in effect, for a period of sixty (60) days after the institution thereof; provided that if an order, decree or judgment is granted or entered (whether or not entered or subject to appeal) against Borrower or such Subsidiary thereunder in the interim, such grace period will cease to apply; provided further that if Borrower or such Subsidiary files an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding, such grace period will cease to apply;

(j) any other event occurs which, under the laws of any applicable jurisdiction, has an effect equivalent to any of the events referred to in either of Section 11.01(h) or (i) ;

(k) one or more judgments for the payment of money shall be rendered against any Obligor or any combination thereof in an aggregate amount in excess of (i) $1,000,000 (or the Equivalent Amount in other currencies) and the same shall remain undischarged for a period of

 

68


45 consecutive days, or (ii) $5,000,000 (or the Equivalent Amount in other currencies) and the same shall remain undischarged for a period of 60 consecutive days, in either case, during which execution shall not be effectively stayed, or any action shall be legally taken by a judgment creditor to attach or levy upon any assets of any Obligor to enforce any such judgment;

(l) a Material Adverse Change shall have occurred;

(m) (i) the Liens created by the Security Documents shall at any time not constitute a valid and perfected Lien on the collateral intended to be covered thereby (to the extent perfection by filing, registration, recordation or possession is required herein or therein) in favor of the Lenders, free and clear of all other Liens (other than Permitted Liens), (ii) except for expiration in accordance with its terms, any of the Security Documents or any Guarantee of any of the Obligations (including that contained in Section 13 ) shall for whatever reason be terminated or cease to be in full force and effect, (ii) the enforceability of any of the Security Documents or any Guarantee of any of the Obligations (including that contained in Section 13 ) shall be contested by any Obligor;

(n) any injunction, whether temporary or permanent, shall be rendered against any Obligor that prevents the Obligors from selling or manufacturing the Product or its commercially available successors, or any of their other material and commercially available products in the entire United States and more than sixty (60) consecutive calendar days shall have elapsed since such injunction without such injunction having been stayed, discharged, overturned or vacated.

11.02 Remedies . Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, then, and in every such event (other than an Event of Default described in Section 11.01(h) , (i)  or (j) ), and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such event, Majority Lenders may, by notice to the Borrower, take any or all of the following actions, at the same or different times: (i) terminate the Commitments, and thereupon the Commitments shall terminate immediately, (ii) declare the Loans then outstanding to be due and payable in whole (or in part, in which case any principal not so declared to be due and payable may thereafter be declared to be due and payable), and thereupon the principal of the Loans so declared to be due and payable, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other Obligations, shall become due and payable immediately (in the case of the Loans, at the Redemption Price therefor), without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by each Obligor, and (iii) take and perfect a security interest in all the assets of Valeritas Security in accordance with, and subject to the terms of, Section 8.12 , which actions are hereby consented to by the Borrower, and at such time, the Borrower shall, and shall cause Valeritas Security to, comply with the terms of Section 8.12 and for such purpose Valeritas Security shall thereafter be a “Subsidiary” and a “Subsidiary Guarantor” hereunder; and in case of any Event of Default described in Section 11.01(h) , (i)  or (j) , the Commitment shall automatically terminate and the principal of the Loans then outstanding, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other Obligations, shall automatically become due and payable immediately (in the case of the Loans, at the Redemption Price therefor), without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by each Obligor.

 

69


SECTION 12

MISCELLANEOUS

12.01 No Waiver . No failure on the part of the Lenders to exercise and no delay in exercising, and no course of dealing with respect to, any right, power or privilege under any Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege under any Loan Document preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The remedies provided herein are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

12.02 Notices . All notices, requests, instructions, directions and other communications provided for herein (including any modifications of, or waivers, requests or consents under, this Agreement) shall be given or made in writing (including by telecopy) delivered, if to Borrower, another Obligor or the Lenders, to its address specified on the signature pages hereto or its Guarantee Assumption Agreement, as the case may be, or at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a notice to the other parties. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, all such communications shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt of a legible copy thereof, in each case given or addressed as aforesaid. All such communications provided for herein by telecopy shall be confirmed in writing promptly after the delivery of such communication (it being understood that non-receipt of written confirmation of such communication shall not invalidate such communication). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, notices, documents, certificates and other deliverables to the Lenders by any Obligor may be made solely to the Control Agent and the Control Agent shall promptly deliver such notices, documents, certificates and other deliverables to the other Lenders.

12.03 Expenses, Indemnification, Etc .

(a) Expenses . Borrower agrees to pay or reimburse (i) the Lenders for all of their reasonable out of pocket costs and expenses (including the reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees and expenses of Morrison & Foerster LLP, special counsel to the Lenders, and any sales, goods and services or other similar taxes applicable thereto, and printing, reproduction, document delivery, communication and travel costs) in connection with (x) the negotiation, preparation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the making of the Loans (exclusive of post-closing costs), (y) post-closing costs and (z) the negotiation or preparation of any modification, supplement or waiver of any of the terms of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents (whether or not consummated) and (ii) the Lenders for all of their out of pocket costs and expenses (including the fees and expenses of legal counsel) in connection with any enforcement or collection proceedings resulting from the occurrence of an Event of Default; provided, however, that the Borrower shall not be required to pay or reimburse any amounts pursuant to Section 12.03(a)(i)(x) in excess of $300,000; provided further that , so long as the conditions precedent in Section 6.01 shall have been satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms thereof, then such fees shall be fully credited from the fees paid by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.03 on the Closing Date.

(b) Indemnification . Borrower hereby indemnifies the Lenders, their Affiliates, and their respective directors, officers, employees, attorneys, agents, advisors and controlling parties (each, an “ Indemnified Party ”) from and against, and agrees to hold them harmless against, any

 

70


and all Claims or Losses of any kind (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel), joint or several, that may be incurred by or asserted or awarded against any Indemnified Party, in each case arising out of or in connection with or relating to any investigation, litigation or proceeding or the preparation of any defense with respect thereto arising out of or in connection with or relating to this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or any use made or proposed to be made with the proceeds of the Loans, whether or not such investigation, litigation or proceeding is brought by Borrower, any of its shareholders or creditors, an Indemnified Party or any other Person, or an Indemnified Party is otherwise a party thereto, and whether or not any of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 6 are satisfied or the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement are consummated, except to the extent such Claim or Loss is found in a final, non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from such Indemnified Party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. No Obligor shall assert any claim against any Indemnified Party, on any theory of liability, for consequential, indirect, special or punitive damages arising out of or otherwise relating to this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or the actual or proposed use of the proceeds of the Loans. Borrower, its Subsidiaries and Affiliates and their respective directors, officers, employees, attorneys, agents, advisors and controlling parties are each sometimes referred to in this Agreement as a “ Borrower Party .” No Lender shall assert any claim against any Borrower Party, on any theory of liability, for consequential, indirect, special or punitive damages arising out of or otherwise relating to this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or the actual or proposed use of the proceeds of the Loans.

12.04 Amendments, Etc. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, any provision of this Agreement may be amended, waived, modified or supplemented only by an instrument in writing signed by the Borrower and the Lenders; provided that any consent, approval, (including without limitation any approval of or authorization for any amendment, waiver, modification or supplement to any of the Loan Documents), instruction or other expression of the Lenders under any of the Loan Documents may be obtained by an instrument in writing signed in one or more counterparts by Majority Lenders; provided however, that the consent of all of the Lenders shall be required to:

(i) amend, modify, discharge, terminate or waive any of the terms of this Agreement if such amendment, modification, discharge, termination or waiver would increase the amount of the Loans, reduce the fees payable hereunder, reduce interest rates or other amounts payable with respect to the Loans, extend any date fixed for payment of principal, interest or other amounts payable relating to the Loans or extend the repayment dates of the Loans;

(ii) amend the provisions of Section 6 ;

(iii) amend, modify, discharge, terminate or waive any Security Document if the effect is to release a material part of the Collateral subject thereto otherwise than pursuant to the terms hereof or thereof; or

(iv) amend this Section 12.04 .

 

71


Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Defaulting Lender shall not have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder (and any amendment, waiver or consent which by its terms requires the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender may be effected with the consent of the applicable Lenders other than Defaulting Lenders), except that (x) the Commitment of any Defaulting Lender may not be increased or extended without the consent of such Lender and (y) any waiver, amendment or modification requiring the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender that by its terms affects any Defaulting Lender more adversely than other affected Lenders shall require the consent of such Defaulting Lender.

12.05 Successors and Assigns .

(a) General . The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Lenders. Any of the Lenders may assign or otherwise transfer any of their rights or obligations hereunder to an assignee in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.05(b) , (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.05(e) or (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of Section 12.05(g) . Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in Section 12.05(d) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Indemnified Parties) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b) Assignments by Lenders . Any of the Lenders may at any time assign to one or more Eligible Transferees all or a portion of their rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of the Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it) following written notice to the Borrower; provided, however, that no such assignment shall be made to Borrower, an Affiliate of Borrower, or any employees or directors of Borrower at any time. Subject to the recording thereof by the Lenders pursuant to Sections 12.05(c) and 12.05(d) , from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Acceptance, the assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of the Lenders under this Agreement, and correspondingly the assigning Lender shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Acceptance covering all of a Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto) but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Section 5 and Section 12.03 . Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 12.05(b) shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with Section 12.05(e) .

(c) Amendments to Loan Documents . To the extent that the Lender that is the Control Agent has made an assignment pursuant to Section 12.05(b) or to the extent necessary to reflect new Commitments on Schedule 1 , each of the Lenders and the Obligors agrees to enter into such amendments to the Loan Documents, and such additional Security Documents and other instruments and agreements, in each case in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Lenders and the Obligors, as shall reasonably be necessary to implement and give effect to any assignment made under this Section 12.05 .

 

72


(d) Register . The Lenders, acting solely for this purpose as agents of Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices, which shall be the office of the Control Agent, a register for the recordation of the name and address of any assignee of the Lenders and the Commitment and outstanding principal amount of the Loans owing thereto (the “ Register ”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, and Borrower may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as the “Lender” hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by Borrower, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

(e) Participations . Any of the Lenders may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, Borrower, sell participations to any Person (other than a natural person or Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries or to any Person that would not constitute an Eligible Transferee) (each, a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of the Commitment and/or the Loans owing to it); provided that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) the Borrower shall continue to deal solely and directly with the Lenders in connection therewith.

Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver that would (i) increase or extend the term of such Lender’s Commitment, (ii) extend the date fixed for the payment of principal of or interest on the Loans or any portion of any fee hereunder payable to the Participant, (iii) reduce the amount of any such payment of principal, or (iv) reduce the rate at which interest is payable thereon to a level below the rate at which the Participant is entitled to receive such interest. Subject to Section 12.05(f) , Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 5 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to Section 12.05(b) . To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 4.04(a) as though it were the Lender.

(f) Limitations on Rights of Participants . A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 5.01 or 5.05 than a Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrower’s prior written consent.

(g) Certain Pledges . The Lenders may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement and any other Loan Document to secure obligations of the Lenders, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release the Lenders from any of their obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for the Lenders as a party hereto.

 

73


12.06 Survival . Sections 5.01 , 5.03 , 5.05 , 6.01(g)(iv) , 12.03 , 12.05 , 12.09 , 12.10 , 12.11 , 12.12 , 12.13 , 12.14 and Section 13 (solely to the extent guaranteeing any of the obligations under the foregoing Sections) shall survive the repayment of the Loans and the termination of the Commitment and, in the case of the Lenders’ assignment of any interest in the Commitment or the Loans hereunder, shall survive, in the case of any event or circumstance that occurred prior to the effective date of such assignment, the making of such assignment, notwithstanding that the Lenders may cease to be “Lenders” hereunder. In addition, each representation and warranty made, or deemed to be made by a notice of the Loans, herein or pursuant hereto shall survive the making of such representation and warranty.

12.07 Captions . The table of contents and captions and section headings appearing herein are included solely for convenience of reference and are not intended to affect the interpretation of any provision of this Agreement.

12.08 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument and any of the parties hereto may execute this Agreement by signing any such counterpart.

12.09 Governing Law . This Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York, without regard to principles of conflicts of laws that would result in the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction; provided that Section 5-1401 of the New York General Obligations Law shall apply.

12.10 Jurisdiction, Service of Process and Venue.

(a) Submission to Jurisdiction . Each Obligor agrees that any suit, action or proceeding with respect to this Agreement or any other Loan Document to which it is a party or any judgment entered by any court in respect thereof may be brought initially in the federal or state courts in Houston, Texas or in the courts of its own corporate domicile and irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of each such court for the purpose of any such suit, action, proceeding or judgment. This Section 12.10(a) is for the benefit of the Lenders only and, as a result, no Lender shall be prevented from taking proceedings in any other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by applicable Laws, the Lenders may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

(b) Alternative Process . Nothing herein shall in any way be deemed to limit the ability of the Lenders to serve any such process or summonses in any other manner permitted by applicable law.

(c) Waiver of Venue, Etc . Each Obligor irrevocably waives to the fullest extent permitted by law any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document and hereby further irrevocably waives to the fullest extent permitted by law any claim

 

74


that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. A final judgment (in respect of which time for all appeals has elapsed) in any such suit, action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in any court to the jurisdiction of which such Obligor is or may be subject, by suit upon judgment.

12.11 Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH OBLIGOR AND EACH LENDER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY.

12.12 Waiver of Immunity . To the extent that any Obligor may be or become entitled to claim for itself or its Property or revenues any immunity on the ground of sovereignty or the like from suit, court jurisdiction, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution of a judgment or execution of a judgment, and to the extent that in any such jurisdiction there may be attributed such an immunity (whether or not claimed), such Obligor hereby irrevocably agrees not to claim and hereby irrevocably waives such immunity with respect to its obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

12.13 Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the other Loan Documents constitute the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. EACH OBLIGOR ACKNOWLEDGES, REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IN DECIDING TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS OR IN TAKING OR NOT TAKING ANY ACTION HEREUNDER OR THEREUNDER, IT HAS NOT RELIED, AND WILL NOT RELY, ON ANY STATEMENT, REPRESENTATION, WARRANTY, COVENANT, AGREEMENT OR UNDERSTANDING, WHETHER WRITTEN OR ORAL, OF OR WITH THE LENDERS OTHER THAN THOSE EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS.

12.14 Severability . If any provision hereof is found by a court to be invalid or unenforceable, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law the parties agree that such invalidity or unenforceability shall not impair the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof.

12.15 No Fiduciary Relationship . Borrower acknowledges that the Lenders have no fiduciary relationship with, or fiduciary duty to, Borrower arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, and the relationship between the Lenders and the Borrower are solely that of creditor and debtor. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents do not create a joint venture among the parties.

12.16 Confidentiality . The Lenders agree to maintain the confidentiality of the Confidential Information (as defined in the Non-Disclosure Agreement (defined below)) in accordance with the terms of that certain non-disclosure agreement dated March 1, 2013 among Borrower and Capital Royalty, L.P (the “ Non-Disclosure Agreement ”). Each new Lender that becomes party to this Agreement and each Participant hereby agrees to be bound by the terms of the Non-Disclosure Agreement. The parties to this Agreement shall prepare a mutually agreeable press release announcing the completion of this transaction on the date hereof.

 

75


12.17 USA PATRIOT Act . The Lenders hereby notify the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “ Act ”), they are required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies Borrower, which information includes the name and address of Borrower and other information that will allow such Lender to identify Borrower in accordance with the Act.

12.18 Maximum Rate of Interest . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Loan Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Loan Documents shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by applicable Law (in each case, the “ Maximum Rate ”). If the Lenders shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Loans, and not to the payment of interest, or, if the excessive interest exceeds such unpaid principal, the amount exceeding the unpaid balance shall be refunded to the applicable Obligor. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by the Lenders exceeds the Maximum Rate, the Lenders may, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or premium rather than interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Indebtedness and other obligations of any Obligor hereunder, or (d) allocate interest between portions of such Indebtedness and other obligations under the Loan Documents to the end that no such portion shall bear interest at a rate greater than that permitted by applicable Law.

12.19 Certain Waivers .

(a) Real Property Security Waivers .

(i) Each Obligor acknowledges that all or any portion of the Obligations may now or hereafter be secured by a Lien or Liens upon real property evidenced by certain documents including, without limitation, deeds of trust and assignments of rents. Lenders may, pursuant to the terms of said real property security documents and applicable law, foreclose under all or any portion of one or more of said Liens by means of judicial or nonjudicial sale or sales. Each Obligor agrees that Lenders may exercise whatever rights and remedies they may have with respect to said real property security, all without affecting the liability of any Obligor under the Loan Documents, except to the extent Lenders realize payment by such action or proceeding. No election to proceed in one form of action or against any party, or on any obligation shall constitute a waiver of Lenders’ rights to proceed in any other form of action or against any Obligor or any other Person, or diminish the liability of any Obligor, or affect the right of Lenders to proceed against any Obligor for any deficiency, except to the extent Lenders realize payment by such action, notwithstanding the effect of such action upon any Obligor’s rights of subrogation, reimbursement or indemnity, if any, against Obligor or any other Person.

(ii) To the extent permitted under applicable law, each Obligor hereby waives any rights and defenses that are or may become available to such Obligor by reason of Sections 2787 to 2855, inclusive, of the California Civil Code.

 

76


(iii) To the extent permitted under applicable law, each Obligor hereby waives all rights and defenses that such Obligor may have because the Obligations are or may be secured by real property. This means, among other things:

(A) Lenders may collect from any Obligor without first foreclosing on any real or personal property collateral pledged by any other Obligor;

(B) If Lenders foreclose on any real property collateral pledged by any Obligor:

(1) The amount of the Loans may be reduced only by the price for which that collateral is sold at the foreclosure sale, even if the collateral is worth more than the sale price; and

(2) Lenders may collect from each Obligor even if Lenders, by foreclosing on the real property collateral, have destroyed any right that such Obligor may have to collect from any other Obligor.

(3) To the extent permitted under applicable law, this is an unconditional and irrevocable waiver of any rights and defenses each Obligor may have because the Obligations are or may be secured by real property. These rights and defenses include, but are not limited to, any rights or defenses based upon Section 580a, 580b, 580d or 726 of the California Code of Civil Procedure.

(iv) To the extent permitted under applicable law, each Obligor waives all rights and defenses arising out of an election of remedies by Lenders, even though that election of remedies, such as a nonjudicial foreclosure with respect to security for a guaranteed obligation, has destroyed such Obligor’s rights of subrogation and reimbursement against the principal by the operation of Section 580d of the California Code of Civil Procedure or otherwise.

(b) Waiver of Marshaling . WITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING IN ANY WAY, EACH OBLIGOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES AND RELEASES, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHTS IT MAY HAVE AT ANY TIME (WHETHER ARISING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, BY OPERATION OF LAW, CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE) TO REQUIRE THE MARSHALING OF ANY ASSETS OF ANY OBLIGOR, WHICH RIGHT OF MARSHALING MIGHT OTHERWISE ARISE FROM ANY PAYMENTS MADE OR OBLIGATIONS PERFORMED.

SECTION 13

GUARANTEE

13.01 The Guarantee. The Subsidiary Guarantors hereby jointly and severally guarantee to the Lenders and their successors and assigns the prompt payment in full when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the principal of and interest on the Loans and all fees and other amounts from time to time owing to the Lenders by Borrower under this Agreement or under any other Loan Document and by any other Obligor under any of the Loan Documents, in each case strictly in accordance with the terms thereof (such obligations being

 

77


herein collectively called the “ Guaranteed Obligations ”). The Subsidiary Guarantors hereby further jointly and severally agree that if Borrower shall fail to pay in full when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) any of the Guaranteed Obligations, the Subsidiary Guarantors will promptly pay the same, without any demand or notice whatsoever, and that in the case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, the same will be promptly paid in full when due (whether at extended maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) in accordance with the terms of such extension or renewal.

13.02 Obligations Unconditional . The obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantors under Section 13.01 are absolute and unconditional, joint and several, irrespective of the value, genuineness, validity, regularity or enforceability of the obligations of Borrower under this Agreement or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein, or any substitution, release or exchange of any other guarantee of or security for any of the Guaranteed Obligations, and, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, irrespective of any other circumstance whatsoever that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a surety or guarantor, it being the intent of this Section 13.02 that the obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantors hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional, joint and several, under any and all circumstances. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it is agreed that the occurrence of any one or more of the following shall not alter or impair the liability of the Subsidiary Guarantors hereunder, which shall remain absolute and unconditional as described above:

(a) at any time or from time to time, without notice to the Subsidiary Guarantors, the time for any performance of or compliance with any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be extended, or such performance or compliance shall be waived;

(b) any of the acts mentioned in any of the provisions of this Agreement or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein shall be done or omitted;

(c) the maturity of any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be accelerated, or any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be modified, supplemented or amended in any respect, or any right under this Agreement or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein shall be waived or any other guarantee of any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any security therefor shall be released or exchanged in whole or in part or otherwise dealt with; or

(d) any lien or security interest granted to, or in favor of, the Lenders as security for any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall fail to be perfected.

The Subsidiary Guarantors hereby expressly waive diligence, presentment, demand of payment, protest and all notices whatsoever, and any requirement that the Lenders exhaust any right, power or remedy or proceed against Borrower under this Agreement or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein, or against any other Person under any other guarantee of, or security for, any of the Guaranteed Obligations.

13.03 Reinstatement . The obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantors under this Section 13 shall be automatically reinstated if and to the extent that for any reason any payment by or on behalf of Borrower in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations is rescinded or must be otherwise restored by any holder of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, whether as a result of any proceedings in

 

78


bankruptcy or reorganization or otherwise, and the Subsidiary Guarantors jointly and severally agree that they will indemnify the Lenders on demand for all reasonable costs and expenses (including fees of counsel) incurred by the Lenders in connection with such rescission or restoration, including any such costs and expenses incurred in defending against any claim alleging that such payment constituted a preference, fraudulent transfer or similar payment under any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law.

13.04 Subrogation . The Subsidiary Guarantors hereby jointly and severally agree that until the payment and satisfaction in full of all Guaranteed Obligations (other than the Warrant Obligations) and the expiration and termination of the Commitment of the Lenders under this Agreement they shall not exercise any right or remedy arising by reason of any performance by them of their guarantee in Section 13.01 , whether by subrogation or otherwise, against Borrower or any other guarantor of any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any security for any of the Guaranteed Obligations.

13.05 Remedies . The Subsidiary Guarantors jointly and severally agree that, as between the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Lenders, the obligations of Borrower under this Agreement and under the other Loan Documents may be declared to be forthwith due and payable as provided in Section 11 (and shall be deemed to have become automatically due and payable in the circumstances provided in Section 11 ) for purposes of Section 13.01 notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such declaration (or such obligations from becoming automatically due and payable) as against Borrower and that, in the event of such declaration (or such obligations being deemed to have become automatically due and payable), such obligations (whether or not due and payable by Borrower) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Subsidiary Guarantors for purposes of Section 13.01 .

13.06 Instrument for the Payment of Money . Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby acknowledges that the guarantee in this Section 13 constitutes an instrument for the payment of money, and consents and agrees that the Lender, at its sole option, in the event of a dispute by such Subsidiary Guarantor in the payment of any moneys due hereunder, shall have the right to proceed by motion for summary judgment in lieu of complaint pursuant to N.Y. Civ. Prac. L&R § 3213.

13.07 Continuing Guarantee . The guarantee in this Section 13 is a continuing guarantee, and shall apply to all Guaranteed Obligations whenever arising.

13.08 Rights of Contribution . The Subsidiary Guarantors hereby agree, as between themselves, that if any Subsidiary Guarantor shall become an Excess Funding Guarantor (as defined below) by reason of the payment by such Subsidiary Guarantor of any Guaranteed Obligations, each other Subsidiary Guarantor shall, on demand of such Excess Funding Guarantor (but subject to the next sentence), pay to such Excess Funding Guarantor an amount equal to such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Pro Rata Share (as defined below and determined, for this purpose, without reference to the properties, debts and liabilities of such Excess Funding Guarantor) of the Excess Payment (as defined below) in respect of such Guaranteed Obligations. The payment obligation of a Subsidiary Guarantor to any Excess Funding Guarantor under this Section 13.08 shall be subordinate and subject in right of payment to the prior payment in full of the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under the other provisions of this Section 13 and

 

79


such Excess Funding Guarantor shall not exercise any right or remedy with respect to such excess until payment and satisfaction in full of all of such obligations. For purposes of this Section 13.08 , (i) “ Excess Funding Guarantor ” means, in respect of any Guaranteed Obligations, a Subsidiary Guarantor that has paid an amount in excess of its Pro Rata Share of such Guaranteed Obligations, (ii) “ Excess Payment ” means, in respect of any Guaranteed Obligations, the amount paid by an Excess Funding Guarantor in excess of its Pro Rata Share of such Guaranteed Obligations and (iii) “ Pro Rata Share ” means, for any Subsidiary Guarantor, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of (x) the amount by which the aggregate present fair saleable value of all properties of such Subsidiary Guarantor (excluding any shares of stock of any other Subsidiary Guarantor) exceeds the amount of all the debts and liabilities of such Subsidiary Guarantor (including contingent, subordinated, unmatured and unliquidated liabilities, but excluding the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder and any obligations of any other Subsidiary Guarantor that have been Guaranteed by such Subsidiary Guarantor) to (y) the amount by which the aggregate fair saleable value of all properties of all of the Subsidiary Guarantors exceeds the amount of all the debts and liabilities (including contingent, subordinated, unmatured and unliquidated liabilities, but excluding the obligations of the Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantors hereunder and under the other Loan Documents) of all of the Subsidiary Guarantors, determined (A) with respect to any Subsidiary Guarantor that is a party hereto on the date hereof, as of the date hereof, and (B) with respect to any other Subsidiary Guarantor, as of the date such Subsidiary Guarantor becomes a Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder.

13.09 General Limitation on Guarantee Obligations . In any action or proceeding involving any provincial, territorial or state corporate law, or any state or federal bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other law affecting the rights of creditors generally, if the obligations of any Subsidiary Guarantor under Section 13.01 would otherwise, taking into account the provisions of Section 13.08 , be held or determined to be void, invalid or unenforceable, or subordinated to the claims of any other creditors, on account of the amount of its liability under Section 13.01 , then, notwithstanding any other provision hereof to the contrary, the amount of such liability shall, without any further action by such Subsidiary Guarantor, the Lenders or any other Person, be automatically limited and reduced to the highest amount that is valid and enforceable and not subordinated to the claims of other creditors as determined in such action or proceeding.

13.10 Collateral and Guaranty Matters . Each of the Lenders (including the Control Agent) agree:

(a) to release any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Control Agent or any Lender under any Loan Document (i) upon the payment in full in cash of all Obligations and the termination or expiration of all Commitments or (ii) that is sold or to be sold as part of or in connection with any sale permitted hereunder or under any other Loan Document;

(b) to release any Subsidiary Guarantor from its obligations under Loan Documents if such Person ceases to be a Subsidiary as a result of a transaction permitted hereunder; and

(c) to subordinate any Lien on any property granted to or held by any Lender or the Control Agent under any Loan Document to the holder of any Lien on such property that is permitted by Section 9.02(e) solely to the extent the Liens of any Lender or the Control Agent being subordinated encumber the specific assets financed by such Lien holder.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

80


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the day and year first above written.

BORROWER:
VALERITAS, INC.
By  

/s/ James Dentzer

  Name: James Dentzer
  Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

Address for Notices:
750 Route 202 South, Suite 100
Bridgewater, NJ 08807

 

Attn:   James Dentzer
Tel.:   (908) 927-9920
Fax:   (908) 927-9927
Email:   jdentzer@valeritas.com

[Signature Page to Term Loan Agreement]

 

S-1


LENDERS:

CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II L.P.

By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II GP

L.P., its General Partner

By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II

GP LLC, its General Partner

 

   By   

/s/ Charles Tate

     
      Name: Charles Tate      
      Title: Sole Member      

Address for Notices:

1000 Main Street, Suite 2500

Houston, TX 77002

Attn:    General Counsel

Tel.:     713.209.7350

Fax:     713.209.7351

Email: adorenbaum@capitalroyalty.com

CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II -

PARALLEL FUND “A” L.P.

By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II -

PARALLEL FUND “A” GP L.P., its General

Partner

By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II -

PARALLEL FUND “A” GP LLC, its

General Partner

 

   By   

/s/ Charles Tate

     
      Name: Charles Tate      
      Title: Sole Member      

Address for Notices:

1000 Main Street, Suite 2500

Houston, TX 77002

Attn:  General Counsel

Tel.:    713.209.7350

Fax:    713.209.7351

Email: adorenbaum@capitalroyalty.com

[Signature Page to Term Loan Agreement]

 

S-3


PARALLEL INVESTMENT OPPORTUNITIES

PARTNERS II L.P.

By PARALLEL INVESTMENT

OPPORTUNITIES PARTNERS II GP L.P., its

General Partner

By PARALLEL INVESTMENT

OPPORTUNITIES PARTNERS II GP LLC,

its General Partner

 

   By   

/s/ Charles Tate

     
      Name: Charles Tate      
      Title: Sole Member      

Address for Notices:

1000 Main Street, Suite 2500

Houston, TX 77002

Attn:    General Counsel

Tel.:    713.209.7350

Fax:    713.209.7351

Email: adorenbaum@capitalroyalty.com

[Signature Page to Term Loan Agreement]

 

S-4


Schedule 1

to Term Loan Agreement

COMMITMENTS

 

Lender

   Commitment      Proportionate
Share
 

Capital Royalty Partners II L.P.

   $ 25,330,857         25.3308569

Capital Royalty Partners II – Parallel Fund “A” L.P.

   $ 54,659,143         54.6591431

Parallel Investment Opportunities Partners II L.P.

   $ 29,010,000         20.0100000
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL

   $ 100,000,000         100
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

WARRANT SHARES

 

Lender

   Number of
Warrant Shares
of Common
Stock (First
Borrowing)
     Number of
Warrant
Shares of
Common
Stock
(Second
Borrowing) 1
     Number of
Warrant
Shares of
Common
Stock (Third
Borrowing)  2
 

Capital Royalty Partners II L.P.

     1,181,819         [596,879      [611,299

Capital Royalty Partners II – Parallel Fund “A” L.P.

     2,550,139         [1,287,949      [1,319,066

Parallel Investment Opportunities Partners II L.P.

     933,573         [471,502      [482,893
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL

     4,665,531         [2,356,329      [2,413,258
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

1   Subject to adjustment prior to the second Borrowing in accordance with Section 7.21
2   Subject to adjustment prior to the third Borrowing in accordance with Section 7.21


Exhibit A

to Term Loan Agreement

FORM OF GUARANTEE ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

GUARANTEE ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT dated as of [DATE] by [NAME OF ADDITIONAL SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR], a                 [corporation][limited liability company] (the “ Additional Subsidiary Guarantor ”), in favor of Capital Royalty Partners II L.P., Capital Royalty Partners II – Parallel Fund “A” L.P. and Parallel Investment Opportunities Partners II L.P., as Lenders (the “ Lenders ”) under that certain Term Loan Agreement, dated as of May 24, 2013 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, renewed, refinanced or replaced, the “ Loan Agreement ”), among Valeritas, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Borrower ”), the lenders party thereto and the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto.

Pursuant to Section 8.12(a) of the Loan Agreement, the Additional Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees to become a “Subsidiary Guarantor” for all purposes of the Loan Agreement, and a “Grantor” for all purposes of the Security Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, the Additional Subsidiary Guarantor hereby, jointly and severally with the other Subsidiary Guarantors, guarantees to the Lenders and their successors and assigns the prompt payment in full when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of all Guaranteed Obligations (as defined in Section 13.01 of the Loan Agreement) in the same manner and to the same extent as is provided in Section 13 of the Loan Agreement. In addition, as of the date hereof, the Additional Subsidiary Guarantor hereby makes the representations and warranties set forth in Sections 7.01 , 7.02 , 7.03 , 7.05(a) , 7.06 , 7.07 , 7.08 and 7.18 of the Loan Agreement, and in Section 2 of the Security Agreement, with respect to itself and its obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, as if each reference in such Sections to the Loan Documents included reference to this Agreement, such representations and warranties to be made as of the date hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Additional Subsidiary Guarantor has caused this Guarantee Assumption Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the day and year first above written.

 

[ADDITIONAL SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR]
By  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

Exhibit A-1


Exhibit B

to Term Loan Agreement

FORM OF NOTICE OF BORROWING

 

Date :   [                    ]
To:   Capital Royalty Partners II L.P. and the other Lenders
  1000 Main Street, Suite 2500
  Houston, TX 77002
  Attn: General Counsel

Re: Borrowing under Term Loan Agreement

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned, Valeritas, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Borrower ”), refers to the Term Loan Agreement, dated as of May 24, 2013 (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”), among Borrower, Capital Royalty Partners II L.P., Capital Royalty Partners II – Parallel Fund “A” L.P. and Parallel Investment Opportunities Partners II L.P., and other parties from time to time party thereto as lenders (“ Lenders ”), and the subsidiary guarantors from time to time party thereto. The terms defined in the Loan Agreement are herein used as therein defined.

Borrower hereby gives you notice irrevocably, pursuant to Section 2.02 of the Loan Agreement, of the borrowing of the Loan specified herein:

 

  1. The proposed Borrowing Date is [                    ].

 

  2. The amount of the proposed Borrowing is $[                    ].

 

  3. The payment instructions with respect to the funds to be made available to the Borrower are as follows:

 

Bank name:     [                    ]
Bank Address: [                    ]
Routing Number:   [                    ]
Account Number:   [                    ]
Swift Code:   [                    ]

The Borrower hereby certifies that the following statements are true on the date hereof, and will be true on the date of the proposed borrowing of the Loan, before and after giving effect thereto and to the application of the proceeds therefrom:

a) the representations and warranties made by the Borrower in Section 7 of the Loan Agreement shall be true on and as of the Borrowing Date and immediately after giving effect to the application of the proceeds of the Borrowing with the same force and effect as if made on

 

 

Exhibit B-1


and as of such date, except that (i) the representation regarding representations and warranties that refer to a specific earlier date shall be true on such earlier date and (ii) with respect to each Borrowing made following the initial Borrowing Date, such representation regarding representations and warranties shall only be required to be true in all material respects on and as of the applicable Borrowing Date (except to the extent that such representation or warranty contains any materiality or Material Adverse Effect qualifier);

b) on and as of the Borrowing Date, there shall have occurred no Material Adverse Change since [                    ]; and

c) no Default exists or would result from such proposed borrowing.

 

 

Exhibit B-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Borrower has caused this Notice of Borrowing to be duly executed and delivered as of the day and year first above written.

 

BORROWER:
VALERITAS, INC.
By  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

 

Exhibit B-3


Exhibit C

to Term Loan Agreement

FORM OF TERM LOAN NOTE

[DATE]

U.S. $[                    ] plus all compounded interest calculated pursuant to Section 3.02(d)(ii) of the Loan Agreement

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, Valeritas, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Borrower ”), hereby promises to pay to [Capital Royalty Partners II L.P./ Capital Royalty Partners II – Parallel Fund “A” L.P./Parallel Investment Opportunities Partners II L.P.] or its assigns (the “ Lender ”) at the Lender’s principal office in 1000 Main Street, Suite 2500, Houston, TX 77002, in immediately available funds, the aggregate principal sum set forth above, or, if less, the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Loans made by the Lender pursuant to Section 2.01 of the Term Loan Agreement, dated as of May 24, 2013 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, renewed, refinanced or replaced, the “ Loan Agreement ”), among the Borrower, the Lender, the other lenders party thereto and the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto, on the date or dates specified in the Loan Agreement, together with interest on the principal amount of such Loans from time to time outstanding thereunder at the rates, and payable in the manner and on the dates, specified in the Loan Agreement.

This Note is a Note issued pursuant to the terms of Section 2.04 of the Loan Agreement and Section 3.02(d)(ii) of the Loan Agreement to the extent the Borrower has elected to pay interest on the outstanding principal amount of this Note in kind pursuant to Section 3.02(d)(ii) of the Loan Agreement, and this Note and the holder hereof are entitled to all the benefits and security provided for thereby or referred to therein, to which Loan Agreement reference is hereby made for a statement thereof. All defined terms used in this Note, except terms otherwise defined herein, shall have the same meaning as in the Loan Agreement.

THIS NOTE AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS THAT WOULD RESULT IN THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION; PROVIDED THAT SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW SHALL APPLY.

[THIS NOTE IS SUBJECT TO THE TERMS OF THE INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF             , 2013 AMONG CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II L.P., CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II – PARALLEL FUND “A” L.P., PARALLEL INVESTMENT OPPORTUNITIES PARTNERS II L.P. AND [                    ].]

The Borrower hereby waives demand, presentment, protest or notice of any kind hereunder, other than notices provided for in the Loan Documents. The non-exercise by the holder hereof of any of its rights hereunder in any particular instance shall not constitute a waiver thereof in such particular or any subsequent instance.

 

 

Exhibit C-1


THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THE LOAN AGREEMENT.

THIS NOTE HAS BEEN ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT. TO OBTAIN (I) THE ISSUE PRICE OF THIS NOTE, (II) THE AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT, (III) THE ISSUE DATE, OR (IV) THE YIELD TO MATURITY; CONTACT [CONTACT AT ISSUER] AT [ADDRESS], OR BY PHONE AT [NUMBER].

 

VALERITAS, INC.
By  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

 

Exhibit C-2


Exhibit D

to Term Loan Agreement

FORM OF U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

Reference is made to the Term Loan Agreement, dated as of May 24, 2013 (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”), among Valeritas, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Borrower ”), Capital Royalty Partners II L.P., Capital Royalty Partners II – Parallel Fund “A” L.P. and Parallel Investment Opportunities Partners II L.P., and other parties from time to time party thereto as lenders (“ Lenders ”), and the subsidiary guarantors from time to time party thereto. [                    ] (the “ Foreign Lender ”) is providing this certificate pursuant to Section 5.05(e)(ii)(B) of the Loan Agreement. The Foreign Lender hereby represents and warrants that:

1. The Foreign Lender is the sole record owner of the Loans as well as any obligations evidenced by any Note(s) in respect of which it is providing this certificate;

2. The Foreign Lender’s direct or indirect partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of the Loans as well as any obligations evidenced by any Note(s) in respect of which it is providing this certificate;

3. Neither the Foreign Lender nor its direct or indirect partners/members is a “bank” for purposes of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”). In this regard, the Foreign Lender further represents and warrants that:

(a) neither the Foreign Lender nor its direct or indirect partners/members is subject to regulatory or other legal requirements as a bank in any jurisdiction; and

(b) neither the Foreign Lender nor its direct or indirect partners/members has been treated as a bank for purposes of any tax, securities law or other filing or submission made to any Governmental Authority, any application made to a rating agency or qualification for any exemption from tax, securities law or other legal requirements;

3. Neither the Foreign Lender nor its direct or indirect partners/members is a 10-percent shareholder of Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code; and

4. Neither the Foreign Lender nor its direct or indirect partners/members is a controlled foreign corporation receiving interest from a related person within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

[Signature follows]

 

Exhibit D-1


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this certificate to be duly executed and delivered as of the date indicated below.

 

[NAME OF NON-U.S. LENDER]
By  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Date:                     

 

Exhibit D-2


Exhibit E

to Term Loan Agreement

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

[DATE]

This certificate is delivered pursuant to Section 8.01(c) of, and in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated in, the Term Loan Agreement, dated as of May 24, 2013 (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”), among Valeritas, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Borrower ”), Capital Royalty Partners II L.P., Capital Royalty Partners II – Parallel Fund “A” L.P. and Parallel Investment Opportunities Partners II L.P., and other parties from time to time party thereto as lenders (“ Lenders ”), and the subsidiary guarantors from time to time party thereto. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used herein as defined in the Loan Agreement.

The undersigned, a duly authorized Responsible Officer of Borrower having the name and title set forth below under his signature, hereby certifies, on behalf of the Borrower for the benefit of the Lenders and pursuant to Section 8.01(c) of the Loan Agreement that such Responsible Officer of the Borrower is familiar with the Loan Agreement and that, in accordance with each of the following sections of the Loan Agreement, each of the following is true on the date hereof, both before and after giving effect to any Loan to be made on or before the date hereof:

In accordance with Section  8.01 [ (a)/(b) ] of the Loan Agreement, attached hereto as Annex A are the financial statements for the [fiscal quarter/fiscal year] ended [                    ] required to be delivered pursuant to Section 8.01 [ (a)/(b) ] of the Loan Agreement. Such financial statements fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flow of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the dates indicated therein and for the periods indicated therein in accordance with GAAP [(subject to the absence of footnote disclosure and normal year-end audit adjustments)] 3 [without qualification as to the scope of the audit.] 4

Attached hereto as Annex B are the calculations used to determine compliance with each financial covenant contained in Section 10 of the Loan Agreement. No Default is continuing as of the date hereof[, except as provided for on Annex C attached hereto, with respect to each of which Borrower proposes to take the actions set forth on Annex C ].

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this certificate on the date first written above.

 

3   Insert language in brackets only for quarterly certifications.
4   Insert language in brackets only for annual certifications.

 

Exhibit E-1


VALERITAS, INC.
By  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

 

Exhibit E-2


Annex A to Compliance Certificate

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

[see attached]

 

 

Exhibit E-3


Annex B to Compliance Certificate

CALCULATIONS OF FINANCIAL COVENANT COMPLIANCE

 

I.    Section 10.01(a)(i)-(vi): Minimum Revenue   
    A.    Revenue received during the twelve month period beginning on January 1, 2013:    $                     
   Is line I.A equal to or greater than $5,000,000?    Yes: In compliance;
      No: Not in compliance
    B.    Revenue received during the twelve month period beginning on January 1, 2014:    $                     
   Is line I.B equal to or greater than $25,000,000?    Yes: In compliance;
      No: Not in compliance
    C.    Revenue received during the twelve month period beginning on January 1, 2015:    $                     
   Is line I.C equal to or greater than $50,000,000?    Yes: In compliance;
      No: Not in compliance
    D.    Revenue received during the twelve month period beginning on January 1, 2016:    $                     
   Is line I.D equal to or greater than $75,000,000?    Yes: In compliance;
      No: Not in compliance
    E.    Revenue received during the twelve month period beginning on January 1, 2017:    $                     
   Is line I.E equal to or greater than $100,000,000?    Yes: In compliance;
      No: Not in compliance
    F.    Revenue received during the twelve month period beginning on January 1, [2018][2019]    $                     
   Is line I.F equal to or greater than $125,000,000?    Yes: In compliance;
      No: Not in compliance
II.    Section 10.02: Minimum Cash   
    A.    Minimum daily balance of cash and Permitted Cash Equivalent Investments of Borrower and its Subsidiaries during the most recently ended fiscal quarter of Borrower:    $                     
    B.    Minimum cash balance required by Section 10.02 :    $                               5
  

(i)     Minimum cash balance required of Borrower by Borrower’s Permitted Priority Debt Creditors:

   $                     
  

(ii)    $2,000,000:

   $                     
   Is line II.A equal to or greater Line II.B?    Yes: In compliance;
      No: Not in compliance

 

5   Insert the greater of line II.B(i) and II.B(ii)

 

 

Exhibit E-4


Exhibit F

to Term Loan Agreement

FORM OF OPINION FROM CORPORATE COUNSEL

 

 

Exhibit F-1


[            ] [    ], 2013

To:

Capital Royalty Partners II L.P., as a Lender and as Control Agent

Capital Royalty Partners II – Parallel Fund “A” L.P., as a Lender

Parallel Investment Opportunities Partners II L.P., as a Lender

1000 Main Street, Suite 2500

Houston, TX 77002

Re: Valeritas, Inc.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as special counsel for Valeritas, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), in connection with the Term Loan Agreement dated as of May [    ], 2013 (the “ Term Loan Agreement ”) among the Company, as Borrower and Capital Royalty Partners II L.P., Capital Royalty Partners II – Parallel Fund “A” L.P., and Parallel Investment Opportunities Partners II L.P., as Lenders (collectively, the “ Lenders ”). Terms defined in the Term Loan Agreement are used as therein defined, unless otherwise defined herein. This opinion letter is being delivered to you pursuant to Section 6.01(g)(x)(A) of the Term Loan Agreement. References in this opinion letter to the “DE UCC” are to the Uniform Commercial Code as currently in effect in the State of Delaware. References in this opinion letter to the “MA UCC” are to the Uniform Commercial Code as currently in effect in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. References in this opinion letter to the “NY UCC” are to the Uniform Commercial Code as currently in effect in the State of New York. The terms in paragraph 12 that are defined in the DE UCC and that are not capitalized have the respective meanings given to them in the DE UCC. The terms in paragraph 14 that are defined in the MA UCC and that are not capitalized have the respective meanings given to them in the MA UCC. The terms in paragraphs 11 and 13 that are defined in the NY UCC and that are not capitalized have the respective meanings given to them in the NY UCC. In addition, as used herein, “Lender Security Entitlements” means “security entitlements” (as defined in Section 8-102(a)(17) of the MA UCC) with respect to collateral described in the Security Agreement now or hereafter credited to the Account (as defined in the Control Agreement as defined below).

In connection with this opinion letter, we have examined originals, or copies certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of (i) Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company dated as of November 16, 2012, as amended (the “ Valeritas Amended Charter ”), (ii) the Bylaws of the Company, as amended, (iii) the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Valeritas Security Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“ Valeritas Security ”, and together, with the Company, the “ Opinion Parties ”) dated as of May [    ], 2013 (the “ Valeritas Security Amended Charter ”), (iv) the Bylaws of Valeritas Security and (v) and such


Capital Royalty Partners II L.P.

Capital Royalty Partners II – Parallel Fund “A” L.P.

Parallel Investment Opportunities Partners II L.P.

May [    ], 2013

Page 2

 

other documents and records, and other instruments as we have deemed appropriate for purposes of the opinions set forth herein, including the following documents (the documents referred to in clauses (a) through (h) below are referred to herein as the “ Loan Documents ”):

 

  (a) the Term Loan Agreement;

 

  (b) (i) the Term Loan Note dated as of the date hereof with the Borrower, as the maker in favor of Capital Royalty Partners II L.P., as the holder, (ii) the Term Loan Note dated as of the date hereof with the Borrower, as the maker in favor of Capital Royalty Partners II – Parallel Fund “A” L.P., as the holder and (iii) the Term Loan Note dated as of the date hereof with the Borrower, as the maker in favor of Parallel Investment Opportunities Partners II L.P., as the holder;

 

  (c) the Security Agreement;

 

  (d) the Short-Form Patent Security Agreement dated as of May [    ], 2013 by the Borrower in favor of the Lenders;

 

  (e) the Short-Form Trademark, Security Agreement dated as of May [    ], 2013 by the Borrower in favor of the Lenders; (f) the Valeritas Security Side Letter;

 

  (g) (i) the Stock Purchase Warrant dated as of             by the Borrower as issuer and Capital Royalty Partners II L.P., as holder, (ii) the Stock Purchase Warrant dated as of             by the Borrower as issuer and Capital Royalty Partners II – Parallel Fund “A” L.P., as holder and (iii) the Stock Purchase Warrant dated as of             by the Borrower as issuer and Parallel Investment Opportunities Partners II L.P., as holder (collectively, the “ Warrants ”);

 

  (h) the Account Control Agreement dated as of May [    ], 2013 (the “ Control Agreement ”) among the Company, Capital Advisors Group, Inc, Capital Royalty Partners II L.P. and State Street Bank and Trust Company;

 

  (i) Good standing certificates, dated as of a recent date, with respect to the valid existence and good standing of each of the Opinion Parties, in each case, in the State of Delaware (collectively, the “ Good Standing Certificates ”);


Capital Royalty Partners II L.P.

Capital Royalty Partners II – Parallel Fund “A” L.P.

Parallel Investment Opportunities Partners II L.P.

May [    ], 2013

Page 3

 

  (j) (i) Certificates dated as of a recent date, with respect to the qualification of each Opinion Party to do business in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and (ii) a certificate dated as of a recent date, with respect to the Company’s good standing in the State of New Jersey; (“ Certificates of Foreign Qualifications ”); and

 

  (k) (i) a copy of a Uniform Commercial Code financing statement (the “ Company Financing Statement ”) naming the Company as debtor and the Lenders as secured parties, filed in the Office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the “ DE Filing Office ”) on May [    ], 2013, a copy of which are attached hereto as Schedule 1 .

We have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the legal capacity of natural persons, the authenticity of the documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to the original documents of all documents submitted to us as certified, facsimile or photostatic copies, and the authenticity of the originals of all documents submitted to us as copies. We have also assumed that the Loan Documents constitute valid and binding obligations of each party thereto other than the Opinion Parties party thereto.

As to any facts that are material to the opinions hereinafter expressed that we did not independently establish or verify, we have relied without investigation upon the representations of the Opinion Parties contained in the Loan Documents and upon certificates of officers of the Opinion Parties.

In rendering the opinions set forth herein, whenever a statement or opinion set forth therein is qualified by “to our knowledge,” “known to us” or by words of similar import, it is intended to indicate that, during the course of our representation of the Company in the subject transaction, no information has come to the attention of those lawyers in our firm who have rendered legal services in connection with such transaction that gives us actual knowledge of the inaccuracy of such statement or opinion. We have not undertaken any independent investigation to determine the accuracy of facts material to any such statement or opinion, and no inference as to such statement or opinion should be drawn from the fact of our representation of the Company.

We have relied upon a certificate of an officer of the Company dated the date hereof, certifying that the items listed in such certificate are (i) all of the indentures, loan or credit agreements, leases, guarantees, mortgages, security agreements, bonds, notes, other agreements or instruments (the “ Valeritas Security Material Agreements ”), and (ii) all of the judicial or administrative orders, writs, judgments, awards, injunctions and decrees (the “ Valeritas Security Orders ”), which as to any matter in (i) or (ii) affect or purport to affect the Valeritas Security Amended Charter.

Based upon and subject to the foregoing, and to the limitations and qualifications described below, we are of the opinion that:


Capital Royalty Partners II L.P.

Capital Royalty Partners II – Parallel Fund “A” L.P.

Parallel Investment Opportunities Partners II L.P.

May [    ], 2013

Page 4

 

1. The Company is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

2. Valeritas Security is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

3. Each Opinion Party is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. The Company is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation in the State of New Jersey.

4. Each of the Opinion Parties has the corporate power and authority to enter into and perform the Loan Documents to which it is a party, has taken all necessary corporate action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of such Loan Documents and has duly executed and delivered such Loan Documents to which it is a party.

5. Each Loan Document to which each Opinion Party is a party is the valid and binding obligation of such Opinion Party enforceable against such Opinion Party in accordance with its terms.

6. The execution and delivery by each Opinion Party of the Loan Documents to which it is a party do not, and the performance by such Opinion Party of its obligations thereunder will not, result in a violation of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of such Opinion Party.

7. The execution and delivery by the Company of the Loan Documents to which it is a party does not, and the performance by the Company of its obligations thereunder will not, require any approval from or filing with any governmental authority of the United States, the State of New York or any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law. The execution and delivery by Valeritas Security of the Loan Documents to which it is a party does not, and the performance by Valeritas Security of its obligations thereunder will not, require any approval from or filing with any governmental authority of the United States, the State of New York or any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

8. The execution and delivery by the Company of the Loan Documents to which it is a party does not, and the performance by the Company of its obligations thereunder will not, result in any violation of any federal law of the United States or law of the State of New York or any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law. The execution and delivery by Valeritas Security of the Loan Documents to which it is a party does not, and the performance by Valeritas Security of its obligations thereunder will not, result in any violation of any federal law of the United States or law of the State of New York or any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law.


Capital Royalty Partners II L.P.

Capital Royalty Partners II – Parallel Fund “A” L.P.

Parallel Investment Opportunities Partners II L.P.

May [    ], 2013

Page 5

 

9. The extension of credit made on the date hereof and the use of the proceeds thereof in accordance with the provisions of the Term Loan Agreement do not violate the provisions of Regulations T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

10. Neither Opinion Party is an “investment company” within the meaning of, and subject to regulation under, the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

11. The Security Agreement is effective to create in favor of the Lenders, as security for the Secured Obligations, as defined in the Security Agreement, a security interest (the “ Article 9 Security Interest ”) in the collateral described in the Security Agreement in which a security interest may be created under Article 9 of the NY UCC (the “ Article 9 Collateral ”).

12. As a result of the filing of the Company Financing Statement with the DE Filing Office, the Article 9 Security Interest in that portion of the Article 9 Collateral of the Borrower in which a security interest may be perfected by the filing of a financing statement under the DE UCC has been perfected.

13. The Article 9 Security Interest in that portion of the Article 9 Collateral consisting of certificated securities represented by the certificates identified on Annex 2 to the Security Agreement will be perfected upon delivery of the certificates to the Control Agent, together with duly executed stock powers or other transfer powers in blank.

14. The provisions of the Control Agreement are effective to perfect the security interest of the Control Agent in the Lender Security Entitlements.

15. The issuance, sale and delivery of the Warrants, and the reservation, issuance and delivery of the Common Stock of the Company issuable upon the exercise of the Warrants, have been duly authorized by all required corporate action of the Company. The shares of Common Stock initially issuable upon exercise of the Warrants, upon exercise and payment in accordance with the terms of the Warrants, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

16. The offer and sale of the Warrants are exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

17. Valeritas Security has 1,000,100 authorized shares of Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “ Common Stock ”), 1,000,000 of which have been designated Class A Common Stock and 100 of which have been designated as Class B Common Stock. The shares of Class B Common Stock, upon issuance in accordance with (i) the Subscription Agreement dated as of May [    ], 2013 by and between Valeritas Security and Capital Royalty Partners II L.P., (ii) the Subscription Agreement dated as of May [    ], 2013 by and between Valeritas Security and Capital Royalty Partners II – Parallel Fund “A” L.P., (iii) the Subscription


Capital Royalty Partners II L.P.

Capital Royalty Partners II – Parallel Fund “A” L.P.

Parallel Investment Opportunities Partners II L.P.

May [    ], 2013

Page 6

 

Agreement dated as of May [    ], 2013 by and between Valeritas Security and Parallel Investment Opportunities Partners II L.P. (collectively, the “ Subscription Agreements ”), have been duly authorized and, upon issuance in accordance with the terms thereof, will constitute validly issued shares of Valeritas Security and will be fully paid and nonassessable. The rights, powers and preferences, and the qualifications, limitations and, restrictions thereof, of the Class B Common Stock are as stated in the Valeritas Security Amended Charter filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on May [    ], 2013, as amended from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

18. The Valeritas Security Amended Charter did not and will not (i) result in any breach or default of any of the provisions of any Valeritas Security Material Agreement, (ii) result in a violation of the Certificate of Incorporation of Valeritas Security dated as of December 22, 2011 or the Bylaws of Valeritas Security, (iii) result in any violation of the Delaware General Corporation Law or (iv) result in a violation of any Valeritas Security Order, except, in the case of clauses (i), (iii) and (iv) above, such conflicts, breaches, violations or defaults that, individually or in the aggregate, would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

19. The Valeritas Amended Charter and the Valeritas Security Amended Charter have been duly filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and are effective as of the date of such filing.

20. The opinions expressed above are subject to the following limitations, exceptions, qualifications and assumptions:

A. The opinions expressed herein are subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer and other similar laws affecting the rights and remedies of creditors generally and general principles of equity, including concepts of materiality, reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing.

B. Provisions of the Loan Documents relating to indemnification or exculpation may be limited by public policy or by law.

C. The opinions expressed in this opinion letter are limited to the laws of the State of New York, the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the DE UCC, the MA UCC and the Federal laws of the United States of America, and we express no opinion with respect to any other laws of any state or jurisdiction. With respect to the DE UCC and MA UCC, we have, with your permission, confined our investigation of the laws of such jurisdiction(s) to an examination of the relevant provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in such jurisdictions as set forth in the CCH Secured Transactions Guide (as updated through April 23, 2013), without regard to any case law decided thereunder or other laws or regulations related thereto.


Capital Royalty Partners II L.P.

Capital Royalty Partners II – Parallel Fund “A” L.P.

Parallel Investment Opportunities Partners II L.P.

May [    ], 2013

Page 7

 

D. For purposes of our opinions in paragraphs 1 and 2 hereof as to the valid existence and good standing of the Opinion Parties, we have relied solely upon the Good Standing Certificates. For purposes of our opinion in paragraph 3 hereof as to the due qualification of the Opinion Parties as foreign corporations in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and/or the State of New Jersey, as applicable, we have relied solely upon the Certificates of Foreign Qualification. For purposes of our opinions in paragraphs 19 hereof, we have relied solely upon copies of the Valeritas Amended Charter and the Valeritas Security Amended Charter certified by the Delaware Secretary of State.

E. We have considered only such laws and regulations that in our experience are typically applicable to a transaction of the nature contemplated by the Loan Documents.

F. Certain waivers by the Opinion Parties in the Loan Documents may relate to matters that cannot, as a matter of law, be effectively waived. Without limiting the foregoing, you should be aware that under applicable law guarantors may be entitled to certain rights or protections which as a matter of statutory or common law may not be waived or altered. We express no opinion herein as to the enforceability of any provision of any Loan Document which purport to waive or alter such rights or protections, except to the extent permitted by law.

G. The enforceability of the Loan Documents, may be limited by the unenforceability under certain circumstances of provisions imposing penalties, forfeitures, late payment charges or an increase in interest rate upon delinquency in payment or an occurrence of default.

H. In connection with the opinions set forth in paragraphs 11-13, we have assumed that the Company has power to transfer, rights (to the extent necessary to grant a security interest) in the Article 9 Collateral existing on the date hereof and will have, or will have the power to transfer, rights (to such extent) in property which becomes Article 9 Collateral after the date hereof.

I. We express no opinion as to (i) the perfection of any security interest in any Collateral consisting of timber to be cut or as-extracted collateral or goods which are or are to become fixtures or (ii) the priority of any security interest.

J. In connection with the opinions set forth in paragraphs 12-13, the perfection of a security interest in any collateral consisting of “proceeds” (as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code of the applicable jurisdiction) is subject to limitations set forth in Section 9-315 of the Uniform Commercial Code of the applicable jurisdiction.

K. In rendering the opinion expressed in paragraph 16 above, we have assumed that Company has made no offer to sell the Warrants by means of any publication of any advertisement therefor or any general solicitation.


Capital Royalty Partners II L.P.

Capital Royalty Partners II – Parallel Fund “A” L.P.

Parallel Investment Opportunities Partners II L.P.

May [    ], 2013

Page 8

 

L. We express no opinion as to whether the stockholder consent rights set forth in the Valeritas Security Amended Charter, or any exercise thereof by the holders of Class B Common Stock, could be deemed to be participation in the management and control of the business of Valeritas Security.

M. We have assumed that the certificates representing the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock will contain conspicuous legends noting the transfer restrictions contained in the Valeritas Security Amended Charter and that such restrictions on transfer were established for a reasonable purpose.

N. We assume that the Company Financing Statement has not been amended, modified or terminated in any manner.

O. We note that (i) the Loan Documents (other than the Control Agreement and the Warrants) contain provisions stating that they are to be governed by the laws of the State of New York, (ii) the Control Agreement contains a provision stating that it is to be governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and (iii) the Warrants contain provisions stating that they are to be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware (each contractual choice of law clause being referred to as a “ Chosen-Law Provision ”). Except to the extent that such a Chosen-Law Provision is made enforceable by New York General Obligations Law Section 5-1401, as applied by a New York state court or a federal court sitting in New York and applying New York choice of law principles, no opinion is given herein as to any Chosen-Law Provision, or otherwise as to the choice of law or internal substantive rules of law that any court or other tribunal may apply to the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents.

P. We call to your attention that, under the MA UCC, actions taken by the Control Agent (including amending any agreement relating to the Account (as defined in the Control Agreement) in a manner which either (a) eliminates the Control Agent’s “control” over the Lender Security Entitlements, (b) changes the identity of the entitlement holder of the Account (as defined in the Control Agreement), or (c) changes the law governing the Account (as defined in the Control Agreement) may adversely affect the security interest of the Control Agent in the Lender Security Entitlements We have assumed that the Account (as defined in the Control Agreement) is maintained as and constitutes a “securities account” as defined in Section 8-501(a) of the MA UCC. We have assumed that State Street Bank and Trust Company will at all times will be a “securities intermediary” within the meaning of Section 8-102(14) of the MA UCC and will at all times be acting in that capacity. We have assumed that the Account (as defined in the Control agreement) has been established and will be maintained in accordance with the provisions of the Control Agreement. We express no opinion whether or to what extent any particular item of property credited to the Account is a “financial asset” subject to the MA UCC.

Q. In connection with the opinions set forth in paragraphs paragraph 15-17, we have relied upon the representations and warranties contained in the Subscription Agreements and Section 8 of the Warrants.


Capital Royalty Partners II L.P.

Capital Royalty Partners II – Parallel Fund “A” L.P.

Parallel Investment Opportunities Partners II L.P.

May [    ], 2013

Page 9

 

R. We express no opinion as to:

(i) The enforceability of any provision of the Loan Documents insofar as it provides that any Person purchasing a participation from the Lender or other Person may exercise set-off or similar rights with respect to such participation or that a Lender or other Person may exercise set-off or similar rights other than in accordance with applicable law.

(ii) The enforceability of any provision of the Loan Documents permitting modification thereof only by means of an agreement in writing signed by the parties thereto.

(iii) The enforceability of any provision of the Loan Documents purporting to waive the right to trial by jury.

(iv) The enforceability of any provision of the Loan Documents purporting to grant the right to confess judgment against the Opinion Parties.

This opinion letter is effective only as of the date hereof. We do not assume responsibility for updating this opinion letter as of any date subsequent to its date, and we assume no responsibility for advising you of any changes with respect to any matters described in this opinion letter that may occur subsequent to the date of this opinion letter or from the discovery, subsequent to the date of this opinion letter, of information not previously known to us pertaining to the events occurring prior to such date.

This opinion letter is furnished by us solely for the benefit of the Lenders and their respective successors and permitted assigns and participants pursuant to the Term Loan Agreement, and this opinion letter may not be relied upon by such parties for any other purpose or by any other person or entity for any purpose whatsoever. This opinion letter is not to be quoted in whole or in part or otherwise referred to or used or furnished to any other person, except as may be required by any governmental authority or pursuant to legal process, without our express written consent.

Very truly yours,


Capital Royalty Partners II L.P.

Capital Royalty Partners II – Parallel Fund “A” L.P.

Parallel Investment Opportunities Partners II L.P.

May [    ], 2013

Page 10

 

Schedule 1


Exhibit G

to Term Loan Agreement

FORM OF LANDLORD CONSENT

 

 

Exhibit G-1


LANDLORD CONSENT

WHEREAS, CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II L.P., as Collateral Agent (“ CRPII ”, and in such capacity, “ Collateral Agent ”) and the lenders party thereto from time to time including CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II – PARALLEL FUND “A” L.P. and PARALLEL INVESTMENT OPPORTUNITIES PARTNERS II L.P., each in its capacity as a Lender (“each a “ Lender ” and collectively, the “ Lenders ”), has entered into a term loan agreement and a security agreement, each dated as of May    , 2013, with VALERITAS, INC. (“ Debtor ”) pursuant to which Lenders have been granted, with certain exceptions, a security interest in all of Debtor’s personal property, including, but not limited to, inventory, equipment and trade fixtures (hereinafter “ Personal Property ”) but specifically excluding building fixtures and improvements to real estate, and

WHEREAS, THE TAMING OF THE SHREWSBURY, LLC, O’NEILL PARTNERS, LLC, and CHANSKI, LLC as tenants in common (collectively, the “ Landlord ”) are the owners of the real property located at 800 Boston Turnpike, Shrewsbury, Massachusetts (the “ Premises ”); and

WHEREAS, Landlord has entered into that certain Lease Agreement dated December 22, 2007 with Debtor, as tenant (collectively, the “ Lease ”); and

WHEREAS, certain of the Personal Property has or may become affixed to or be located on, wholly or in part, the Premises.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of any loans or other financial accommodation extended by Lenders to Debtor at any time, and other good and valuable consideration, the parties agree as follows:

(a) Landlord subordinates to Lenders all rights of security interest or other interest Landlord may now or hereafter have in any of the Personal Property whether for rent or otherwise while Debtor is indebted to Lenders;

(b) That the Personal Property may be installed in or located on the Premises and is not and shall not be deemed a fixture or part of the real estate and shall at all times be considered personal property;

(c) That Collateral Agent or its representatives may enter upon the Premises during normal business hours, and upon not less than 24-hours advance notice, to inspect the Personal Property;

(d) That Collateral Agent, at its option, upon written notice delivered to Landlord not less than ten (10) business days in advance, may enter the Premises during normal business hours for the purpose of repossessing, removing or otherwise dealing with said Personal Property; provided that neither Collateral Agent nor Lenders shall be permitted to operate the business of Debtor on the Premises or sell, auction or otherwise dispose of any Personal Property at the Premises or advertise any of the foregoing; and such license shall continue, subject to paragraph (g) below, from the date Collateral Agent enters the Premises for as long as Collateral Agent reasonably deems necessary but not to exceed a period of ten (10) days. During the period Collateral Agent occupies the Premises, it shall pay to Landlord the Rent and Additional Rent provided under the Lease relating to the Premises, prorated on a per diem basis to be determined on a thirty (30) day month, without incurring any other obligations of Debtor;

(e) Collateral Agent shall pay to Landlord any costs for damage to the Premises or the building in which the Premises is located in removing or otherwise dealing with said Personal Property and shall indemnify and hold harmless Landlord from and against (i) all claims, disputes and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, suffered or incurred by Landlord arising from Collateral Agent’s exercise of any of its rights hereunder, and (ii) any injury to third persons, caused by actions of Collateral Agent pursuant to this consent;

 

- 1 -


(f) Landlord agrees to give notice to Collateral Agent in writing by certified mail or facsimile of Landlord’s intent to exercise its remedies in response to any default by Debtor of any of the provisions of the Lease, to:

Capital Royalty Partners II L.P.

1000 Main Street, Suite 2500

Houston, TX 77002

Attention: General Counsel

Fax: 713.209.7351

(g) If Landlord acquires possession of the Premises after a default by Debtor, it may require that the Personal Property be removed by Collateral Agent within sixty (60) days following written notice in accordance with paragraph (f) above.

(h) If Collateral Agent fails to exercise its right to remove the Personal Property strictly in accordance with the requirements and conditions of this consent, Landlord may proceed with any remedies available to it by reason of Debtor’s default under the Lease and may remove all Personal Property from the Premises and dispose of same, without regard to this consent or Collateral Agent’s security interest in the Personal Property.

(i) Landlord shall have no obligation to preserve or protect the Personal Property or take any action in connection therewith, and Lenders waive all claims they may now or hereafter have against Landlord in connection with the Personal Property.

(j) Upon payment and performance of all indebtedness secured by the Personal Property to Lenders, Lenders shall, upon Landlord’s or Debtor’s request, execute and/or file any release or termination statement reasonably necessary to evidence Lenders’ release of the subordination herein provided by it. In no event shall this consent remain in force or effect after the date that the Lease is terminated or expires.

(k) Nothing contained herein shall be construed to amend the Lease, and the Lease remains unchanged and in full force and effect.

This consent shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with and governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

This consent may not be changed or terminated orally and is binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of Landlord, Collateral Agent, Lenders and Debtor and the heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns of Landlord, Collateral Agent, Lenders and Debtor.

[Signature Page follows]

 

- 2 -


Dated this     day of     , 2013.

 

LANDLORD:
THE TAMING OF THE SHREWSBURY, LLC
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

O’NEILL PARTNERS, LLC
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

CHANSKI, LLC
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

[Signature Page to Landlord Consent]


LENDERS:
CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II L.P.
  By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II GP L.P., its General Partner
    By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II GP LLC, its General Partner
    By  

 

      Name: Charles Tate
      Title: Sole Member
CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II – PARALLEL FUND “A” L.P.
  By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II – PARALLEL FUND “A” GP L.P., its General Partner
    By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II – PARALLEL FUND “A” GP LLC, its General Partner
    By  

 

      Name: Charles Tate
      Title: Sole Member
PARALLEL INVESTMENT OPPORTUNITIES PARTNERS II L.P.
  By PARALLEL INVESTMENT OPPORTUNITIES PARTNERS II GP L.P., its General Partner
    By PARALLEL INVESTMENT OPPORTUNITIES PARTNERS II GP LLC, its General Partner
    By  

 

      Name: Charles Tate
      Title: Sole Member

[Signature Page to Landlord Consent]


DEBTOR:
VALERITAS, INC.
By:    
Name:   James Dentzer
Title:   Chief Financial Officer

[Signature Page to Landlord Consent]


Exhibit H

to Term Loan Agreement

FORM OF SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT

 

 

Exhibit H-1


SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT

This Subordination Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of May 24, 2013, among Capital Royalty Partners II L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ CRII ”), Capital Royalty Partners II – Parallel Fund “A” L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ CRII Parallel ”), Parallel Investment Opportunities Partners II L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ Parallel Investment ” and, collectively with CRII and CRII Parallel, and their successors and assigns, the “ Lenders ”), and WCAS Capital Partners IV, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ WCAS ”).

Recitals

 

A. Valeritas, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Borrower ”), has issued in favor of WCAS the Subordinated Note (as defined below).

 

B. Lenders and Borrower have entered into the Senior Term Loan Agreement (as defined below) and the Senior Term Loan Security Agreement (as defined below) to grant a security interest in the Collateral (as defined below) in favor of Lenders as security for the payment of Borrower’s obligations under the Senior Term Loan Agreement.

 

C. To induce Lenders to make and maintain the credit extensions to Borrower under the Senior Term Loan Agreement, WCAS agrees to (i) subordinate in right and time of payment, the Subordinated Debt (as defined below) to payment in full of the Senior Debt (as defined below) on the terms and conditions herein set forth and (ii) not obtain any security interests in the Collateral to secure the Subordinated Debt.

NOW, THEREFORE, THE PARTIES AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

 

1. Definitions . As used herein, the following terms have the following meanings:

Collateral ” means “Collateral” as defined in the Senior Term Loan Security Agreement.

Enforcement Action ” means, with respect to any indebtedness or obligation (contingent or otherwise) or Collateral at any time held by any Lender or holder of the Subordinated Note: commencing by judicial or non-judicial means the enforcement with respect to such indebtedness, obligation or Collateral of any of the default remedies under any of the applicable agreements or documents of such Lender or holder, the UCC or other applicable law (other than the mere issuance of a notice of default and the right by the holder of the Subordinated Note to seek specific performance with respect to any covenants in favor of the holder thereunder); repossessing, selling, leasing or otherwise disposing of all or any part of such Collateral, or exercising account debtor or obligor notification or collection rights with respect to all or any portion thereof, or attempting or agreeing to do so; or appropriating, setting off or applying to such Lender or holder’s claim any part or all of such Collateral or other property in the possession of, or coming into the possession of, such Lender or holder or its agent, trustee or bailee.


Insolvency Event ” means that Borrower shall have applied for, consented to or acquiesced in the appointment of a trustee, receiver or other custodian for it or any of its

property, or made a general assignment for the benefit of creditors and, in the absence of such application, consented or acquiesced, permitted or suffer to exist the appointment of a trustee, receiver or other custodian for it or for a substantial part of its property, and such trustee, receiver or other custodian shall not have been discharged within sixty days; or permitted or suffered to exist the commencement of any bankruptcy, reorganization, debt arrangement or other case or proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency law, or any dissolution, winding up or liquidation proceeding, in respect of it, and if any such case or proceeding was not commenced by it, such case or proceeding shall have been consented to or acquiesced in by it or shall have resulted in the entry of an order for relief or shall have remained for sixty (60) days undismissed.

Permitted Subordinated Debt Payment ” means any payment or distribution in respect of the Subordinated Debt which consists solely of (i) non-cash PIK Interest (as defined in the Subordinated Note on the date hereof), (ii) the payment of expenses to the holder of the Subordinated Note pursuant to Article 10 of the Subordinated Note, and (iii) a one-time payment in cash of all interest on the Subordinated Note that was accrued and unpaid prior to the date hereof, in the amount of $200,000.

Person ” means “Person” as defined in the Senior Term Loan Agreement.

Required Lenders ” means, as of the date of any determination, Lenders having more than 50% of the sum of the (a) outstanding principal amount of Loans (as defined in the Senior Term Loan Agreement) and (b) aggregate unused Commitments (as defined in the Senior Term Loan Agreement).

Senior Term Loan Agreement ” means that certain Term Loan Agreement, dated as of May 24, 2013 between Borrower and the Lenders, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, but without giving effect to any amendment and/or restatement, supplement, renewal or other modification prohibited by this Agreement.

Senior Term Loan Documents ” means, collectively, the Loan Documents (as defined in the Senior Term Loan Agreement), in each case as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, but without giving effect to any amendment and/or restatement, supplement, renewal or other modification prohibited by this Agreement.

Senior Term Loan Security Agreement ” means that certain Security Agreement, dated as of May 24, 2013, between Borrower and the Secured Parties (as defined therein), as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, but without giving effect to any amendment and/or restatement, supplement, renewal or other modification prohibited by this Agreement.

Senior Debt ” means the Obligations (as defined in the Senior Term Loan Agreement).

Senior Discharge Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2 .

Subordinated Debt Documents ” means, collectively, the Subordinated Note and any other loan document or agreement entered into by Borrower in connection with the Subordinated Note, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, but without giving effect to any amendment and/or restatement, supplement, renewal or other modification prohibited by this Agreement.

 

2


Subordinated Debt ” means and includes all obligations, liabilities and indebtedness of Borrower owed to WCAS under the Subordinated Debt Documents, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, or now existing or hereafter incurred, which may arise under, out of, or in connection with the Subordinated Debt Documents, including without limitation, principal, premium (if any), interest, fees, charges, expenses, costs, professional fees and expenses, and reimbursement obligations, in each case to the extent payable under the Subordinated Debt Documents.

Subordinated Note ” means the Note issued by Borrower to WCAS, dated September 8, 2011, as amended by that certain Amendment No. 1 to Note, dated as of May 24, 2013, as such note is amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, but without giving effect to any amendment and/or restatement, supplement, renewal or other modification prohibited by this Agreement.

UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code of any applicable jurisdiction and, if the applicable jurisdiction shall not have any Uniform Commercial Code, the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York.

2. Payment Subordination . Notwithstanding the terms of the Subordinated Debt Documents, until all of the Senior Debt is paid in full (other than contingent indemnification obligations and the Warrant Obligations (as defined in the Senior Term Loan Agreement)) and all commitments of Lenders under the Senior Term Loan Documents have been terminated (such date, the “ Senior Discharge Date ”), except with respect to Permitted Subordinated Debt Payments, (a) all payments in respect of the Subordinated Debt are subordinated in right and time of payment to all payments in respect of the Senior Debt, and (b) WCAS will not demand or receive from Borrower (and Borrower will not pay) any part of the Subordinated Debt, whether by payment, prepayment, or otherwise, or accelerate the Subordinated Debt, except as permitted pursuant to this Agreement.

3. Subordination of Remedies . Until the Senior Discharge Date, WCAS will not accelerate the maturity of all or any portion of the Subordinated Debt, exercise any remedy with respect to the Collateral, or take any other Enforcement Action with respect to the Subordinated Debt.

4. Insolvency Proceedings . These provisions remain in full force and effect, despite an Insolvency Event, and Lenders’ claims against Borrower and Borrower’s estate will be fully paid before any payment is made to WCAS.

5. Distributions of Proceeds of Collateral . All realizations upon any Collateral pursuant to an Enforcement Action or otherwise subject to this Agreement shall be applied first to the Senior Debt before any payment may be made to WCAS.

 

3


6. Attorney-In-Fact . Until the Senior Discharge Date, WCAS irrevocably appoints Lenders as its attorney-in-fact, with power of attorney with power of substitution, in WCAS’s name or in Lenders’ name, for Lenders’ use and benefit, to do the following during an Insolvency Event:

file appropriate claims in respect of the Subordinated Debt on behalf of WCAS if WCAS does not do so at least 30 days before the time to file claims expires ( provided that the Lenders shall use good faith diligent efforts promptly to give WCAS copies of such claims or notice of such action, as the case may be, but failure by Lenders to do so shall not impair the rights of the Lenders under this Agreement or otherwise result in the imposition of any liability on the Lenders hereunder) if Lenders elect, in their sole discretion, to file such claim or claims;

Such power of attorney is irrevocable and coupled with an interest.

7. Legend; Amendment of Debt .

(a) WCAS will cause Borrower to immediately put a legend on or otherwise indicate on the Subordinated Note that the Subordinated Note is subject to this Agreement.

(b) Until the Senior Discharge Date, WCAS shall not, without prior written consent of the Required Lenders, agree to any amendment, modification or supplement to the Subordinated Debt Documents, if the effect of such amendment, modification or supplement is to: (i) terminate or impair the subordination of the Subordinated Debt in favor of the Lenders, (ii) increase the interest rate in respect of the Subordinated Debt or change (to earlier dates) the dates upon which principal, interest and other sums are due under the Subordinated Note; (iii) alter the redemption, prepayment or subordination provisions of the Subordinated Note in a manner that individually or in the aggregate would be adverse to Borrower of the Subordinated Debt or Lenders; (iv) impose on Borrower any new or additional prepayment charges, premiums, reimbursement obligations, reimbursable costs or expenses, fees or other payment obligations; (v) alter the representations, warranties, covenants, events of default, remedies and other provisions in a manner which would make such provisions materially more onerous, restrictive or burdensome to Borrower; (vi) grant a lien or security interest in favor of any holder of the Subordinated Debt on any asset or Collateral to secure all or any portion of the Subordinated Debt, or (vii) otherwise increase the obligations, liabilities and indebtedness in respect of the Subordinated Debt or confer additional rights upon WCAS, which individually or in the aggregate would be materially adverse to Borrower or Lenders, provided , however , that WCAS shall be permitted to amend or modify the Subordinated Debt Documents to modify or add covenants or defaults to the extent the corresponding provisions of the Senior Term Loan Documents have been added, amended or modified.

(c) Until the Senior Discharge Date, Lenders may take such action with respect to the Senior Debt as Lenders, in their sole discretion, may deem appropriate, provided , however , that unless and until the Subordinated Note is paid in full in cash, Lenders may not, without prior written consent of WCAS, agree to any amendment, modification or supplement to the Senior Term Loan Documents, if the effect of such amendment, modification or supplement is to: (i) increase the maximum principal amount of the Senior Debt; (ii) increase the interest rates applied to the unpaid principal balance of the Senior Debt; or (iii) impose any restrictions on the making of payments with respect to the Subordinated Debt that do not already exist in the Senior Term Loan Documents as in effect on the date hereof. No action or inaction will impair or otherwise affect Lenders’ rights under this Agreement.

 

4


8. WCAS Acknowledgement of Lien Subordination . WCAS acknowledges and agrees that the Lenders have been granted liens upon the Collateral, and WCAS hereby consents thereto and to the incurrence of the Senior Debt. WCAS represents and warrants to the Lenders that as at the date of this Agreement, the Subordinated Debt is unsecured. WCAS agrees that it shall not obtain a lien or security interest on any asset or Collateral to secure all or any portion of the Subordinated Debt; provided further that should WCAS obtain a lien or security interest on any asset or Collateral to secure all or any portion of the Subordinated Debt for any reason, notwithstanding the respective dates of attachment and perfection of the security interests in the Collateral in favor of the Lenders or WCAS, or any contrary provision of the UCC, or any applicable law or decision to the contrary, or the provisions of the Senior Term Loan Documents or the Subordinated Debt Documents, and irrespective of whether WCAS or the Lenders hold possession of any or all part of the Collateral, all now existing or hereafter arising security interests in the Collateral in favor of WCAS in respect of the Subordinated Debt Documents shall at all times be subordinate to the security interest in such Collateral in favor of the Lenders in respect of the Senior Term Loan Documents. Additionally, WCAS shall not accept or take any guaranty of the Subordinated Debt.

Until the Senior Discharge Date, in the event of any private or public sale or other disposition of all or any portion of the Collateral, WCAS agrees that such Collateral shall be sold or otherwise disposed of free and clear of any liens in favor of WCAS in respect of the Subordinated Debt Documents. WCAS agrees that any such sale of Collateral shall not require any consent from WCAS.

9. Representations and Warranties . Each party hereto represents and warrants to each other party hereto that:

(a) all action on the part of such party, its officers, directors, partners, members and shareholders, as applicable, necessary for the authorization of this Agreement and the performance of all obligations of such party hereunder has been taken;

(b) this Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of such party, enforceable against such party in accordance with its terms;

(c) the execution, delivery and performance of and compliance with this Agreement by such party will not (i) result in any material violation or default of any term of any of such party’s charter, formation or other organizational documents (such as Articles or Certificate of Incorporation, bylaws, partnership agreement, operating agreement, etc.) or (ii) violate any material applicable law, rule or regulation.

10. Term; Reinstatement . This Agreement shall remain effective until the Senior Discharge Date. If, after the Senior Discharge Date, Lenders must disgorge any payments made on the Senior Debt for any reason (including, without limitation, the bankruptcy of Borrower), this Agreement and the relative rights and priorities provided in it, will be reinstated as to all disgorged payments as though such payments had not been made, and WCAS will immediately pay Lenders all payments received in respect of the Subordinated Debt to the extent such payments or retention thereof would have been prohibited under this Agreement.

 

5


11. Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon, inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by each Lender and WCAS and in each case their respective successors or assigns. WCAS shall not sell, assign, pledge, dispose of or otherwise transfer all or any portion of the Subordinated Debt or any related document or any interest in any Collateral therefor unless prior to the consummation of any such action, the transferee thereto shall execute and deliver to Lenders an agreement of such transferee to be bound hereby, or an agreement substantially identical to this Agreement providing for the continued subjection of the Subordinated Debt, any interests of the transferee in the Collateral and the remedies of the transferee with respect thereto as provided herein with respect to WCAS and for the continued effectiveness of all of the other rights of Lenders arising under this Agreement, in each case in form satisfactory to Lenders.

12. Further Assurances . WCAS hereby agrees to execute such documents and/or take such further action as Lenders may at any time or times reasonably request in order to carry out the provisions and intent of this Agreement, including, without limitation, ratifications and confirmations of this Agreement from time to time hereafter.

13. Reliance . For the avoidance of doubt, in connection with any payment or distribution by WCAS to any Lender, WCAS shall be entitled to rely for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such payment or distribution, the holders of the Senior Debt and other indebtedness or obligations of Borrower, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Agreement and for purposes of determining whether the provisions of this Agreement have been fully effectuated and carried out, and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto given effect, (i) upon any order, judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction in which (x) any bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding relating to Borrower or its property is pending or (y) any other proceeding to which the Lenders have been properly joined as parties is pending, (ii) upon a certificate of the liquidating trustee or agent or other Person making such payment or distribution to WCAS or (iii) upon any trustee, agent or other representative for the holder of the applicable Senior Debt. In the event that WCAS determines, in good faith (and with a reasonable basis for so concluding), that evidence is required with respect to the right of any Person as a holder of Senior Debt to participate in any payment or distribution pursuant to this Agreement, WCAS may request such Person to furnish reasonable evidence as to the amount of such Senior Debt held by such Person, the extent to which such Person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution and other facts pertinent to the rights of such Person under this Agreement, and, if such evidence is not furnished, WCAS may defer any payment to such Person pending judicial determination as to the right of such Person to receive such payment.

14. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument. Executed counterparts may be delivered by facsimile.

 

15. Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial .

 

6


(a) This Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York, without regard to principles of conflicts of laws that would result in the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction; provided that Section 5-1401 of the New York General Obligations Law shall apply.

(b) EACH PARTY HERETO WAIVES ITS RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREIN.

16. Entire Agreement; Waivers and Amendments . This Agreement represents the entire agreement with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior negotiations, agreements and commitments. Lenders and WCAS are not relying on any representations by the other creditor party or Borrower in entering into this Agreement. No amendment, modification, supplement, termination, consent or waiver of or to any provision of this Agreement, nor any consent to any departure therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Required Lenders and WCAS. Any waiver of any provision of this Agreement, or any consent to any departure from the terms of any provision of this Agreement, shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given. No failure or delay on the part of any Lender or WCAS in the exercise of any power, right, remedy or privilege under this Agreement shall impair such power, right, remedy or privilege or shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such power, right or privilege preclude any other or further exercise of any other power, right or privilege. The waiver of any such right, power, remedy or privilege with respect to particular facts and circumstances shall not be deemed to be a waiver with respect to other facts and circumstances.

17. Legal Fees . In the event of any legal action to enforce the rights of a party under this Agreement, the party prevailing in such action shall be entitled, in addition to such other relief as may be granted, all reasonable, invoiced and out-of-pocket costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred in such action.

18. Severability . Any provision of this Agreement which is illegal, invalid, prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent such illegality, invalidity, prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating or impairing the remaining provisions hereof or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

19. Notices . All notices, demands, instructions and other communications required or permitted to be given to or made upon any party hereto shall be in writing and shall be delivered or sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid, or by overnight courier or messenger service or by facsimile, message confirmed, and shall be deemed to be effective for purposes of this Agreement on the day that delivery is made or refused. Unless otherwise specified in a notice mailed or delivered in accordance with the foregoing sentence, notices, demands, instructions and other communications in writing shall be given to or made upon the respective parties hereto at their respective addresses and facsimile numbers indicated on the signature pages hereto.

 

7


20. Loan Document. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Senior Term Loan Agreement, the parties agree that this Agreement shall be a “Loan Document” under the Senior Term Loan Agreement.

[Signature pages follow.]

 

8


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

WCAS:
WCAS CAPITAL PARTNERS IV, L.P.
By WCAS CP IV Associates LLC, its General Partner
By  

 

  Name:
  Title:
Address for Notices:

 

 

Attn:  
Tel:  
Fax:  


LENDERS:
CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II L.P.
 

By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II GP

L.P., its General Partner

   

By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II

GP LLC, its General Partner

    By  

 

      Name: Charles Tate
      Title: Sole Member
CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II – PARALLEL FUND “A” L.P.
  By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II –
  PARALLEL FUND “A” GP L.P., its General
  Partner
    By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II –
    PARALLEL FUND “A” GP LLC, its
    General Partner
    By  

 

      Name: Charles Tate
      Title: Sole Member
     
PARALLEL INVESTMENT OPPORTUNITIES
PARTNERS II L.P.
  By PARALLEL INVESTMENT
  OPPORTUNITIES PARTNERS II GP L.P., its
  General Partner
    By PARALLEL INVESTMENT
    OPPORTUNITIES PARTNERS II GP LLC,its General Partner
    By  

 

      Name: Charles Tate
      Title: Sole Member
Address for Notices:
1000 Main Street, Suite 2500
Houston, TX 77002
Attn: General Counsel
Tel: 713.209.7350
Fax: 713.209.7351


Acknowledged and Agreed to:
BORROWER:
VALERITAS, INC.
By  

 

  Name: James Dentzer
  Title: Chief Financial Officer
Address for Notices:
750 Route 202 South, Suite 100
Attn: James Dentzer
Bridgewater, NJ 08807
Tel: 908.927.9920
Fax: 908.927.9927

Exhibit 10.10

 

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED TERM LOAN AGREEMENT

dated as of

August 5, 2014

between

VALERITAS, INC.

as Borrower,

VALERITAS HOLDINGS, LLC

as Guarantor

The GUARANTORS from Time to Time Party Hereto,

and

Capital Royalty Partners II L.P., Capital Royalty Partners II - Parallel Fund “A” L.P.,

Parallel Investment Opportunities Partners II L.P., Capital Royalty Partners II – Parallel

Fund “B” (Cayman) L.P., and Capital Royalty Partners II (Cayman) L.P.

as Lenders

U.S. $50,000,000

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

       Page   

SECTION 1 DEFINITIONS

     1   

1.01

  Certain Defined Terms      1   

1.02

  Accounting Terms and Principles      21   

1.03

  Interpretation      21   

1.04

  Changes to GAAP      22   

1.05

  Amendment and Restatement and Continuing Security      22   

SECTION 2 THE COMMITMENT

     23   

2.01

  Commitments      23   

2.02

  Borrowing Procedures      23   

2.03

  Fees      24   

2.04

  Notes      24   

2.05

  Use of Proceeds      24   

2.06

  Defaulting Lenders      24   

2.07

  Substitution of Lenders      25   

SECTION 3 PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST

     26   

3.01

  Repayment      26   

3.02

  Interest      26   

3.03

  Prepayments      27   

SECTION 4 PAYMENTS, ETC.

     30   

4.01

  Payments      30   

4.02

  Computations      30   

4.03

  Notices      30   

4.04

  Set-Off      30   

SECTION 5 YIELD PROTECTION, ETC.

     31   

5.01

  Additional Costs      31   

5.02

  Reserved      32   

5.03

  Illegality      32   

5.04

  Reserved      32   

5.05

  Taxes      32   

 

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

       Page   

SECTION 6 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

     35   

6.01

  Conditions to Initial Borrowing      35   

6.02

  Acknowledgements      38   

6.03

  Conditions to Each Borrowing      38   

SECTION 7 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     39   

7.01

  Power and Authority      39   

7.02

  Authorization; Enforceability      39   

7.03

  Governmental and Other Approvals; No Conflicts      40   

7.04

  Financial Statements; Material Adverse Change      40   

7.05

  Properties      40   

7.06

  No Actions or Proceedings      44   

7.07

  Compliance with Laws and Agreements      44   

7.08

  Taxes      44   

7.09

  Full Disclosure      44   

7.10

  Regulation      45   

7.11

  Solvency      45   

7.12

  Subsidiaries      45   

7.13

  Indebtedness and Liens      45   

7.14

  Material Agreements      45   

7.15

  Restrictive Agreements      45   

7.16

  Real Property      45   

7.17

  Pension Matters      46   

7.18

  Collateral; Security Interest      46   

7.19

  Regulatory Approvals      46   

7.20

  Small Business Concern      47   

7.21

  Update of Schedules      47   

SECTION 8 AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

     47   

8.01

  Financial Statements and Other Information      47   

8.02

  Notices of Material Events      48   

8.03

  Existence; Conduct of Business      50   

8.04

  Payment of Obligations      50   

 

-ii-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

       Page   

8.05

  Insurance      51   

8.06

  Books and Records; Inspection Rights      51   

8.07

  Compliance with Laws and Other Obligations      51   

8.08

  Maintenance of Properties, Etc.      52   

8.09

  Licenses      53   

8.10

  Action under Environmental Laws      53   

8.11

  Use of Proceeds      54   

8.12

  Certain Obligations Respecting Subsidiaries and Parent; Further Assurances      54   

8.13

  Termination of Non-Permitted Liens      56   

8.14

  Intellectual Property      56   

8.15

  Post-Closing Items      57   

8.16

  Real Property Security Documents      57   

SECTION 9 NEGATIVE COVENANTS

     57   

9.01

  Indebtedness      57   

9.02

  Liens      58   

9.03

  Fundamental Changes and Acquisitions      60   

9.04

  Lines of Business      61   

9.05

  Investments      61   

9.06

  Restricted Payments      62   

9.07

  Payments of Indebtedness      62   

9.08

  Change in Fiscal Year      62   

9.09

  Sales of Assets, Issuances of Equity, Etc.      62   

9.10

  Transactions with Affiliates      63   

9.11

  Restrictive Agreements      64   

9.12

  Amendments to Material Agreements      64   

9.13

  Preservation of Borrower Lease; Operating Leases      65   

9.14

  Sales and Leasebacks      66   

9.15

  Hazardous Material      66   

9.16

  Accounting Changes      66   

9.17

  Compliance with ERISA      66   

9.18

  Investment Company Act      66   

 

-iii-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

       Page   

SECTION 10 FINANCIAL COVENANTS

     66   

10.01

  Minimum Revenue      66   

10.02

  Minimum Cash      68   

SECTION 11 EVENTS OF DEFAULT

     68   

11.01

  Events of Default      68   

11.02

  Remedies      71   

SECTION 12 MISCELLANEOUS

     71   

12.01

  No Waiver      71   

12.02

  Notices      71   

12.03

  Expenses, Indemnification, Etc.      72   

12.04

  Amendments, Etc.      73   

12.05

  Successors and Assigns      73   

12.06

  Survival      75   

12.07

  Captions      76   

12.08

  Counterparts      76   

12.09

  Governing Law      76   

12.10

  Jurisdiction, Service of Process and Venue      76   

12.11

  Waiver of Jury Trial      76   

12.12

  Waiver of Immunity      77   

12.13

  Entire Agreement      77   

12.14

  Severability      77   

12.15

  No Fiduciary Relationship      77   

12.16

  Confidentiality      77   

12.17

  USA PATRIOT Act      77   

12.18

  Maximum Rate of Interest      77   

12.19

  Certain Waivers      78   

SECTION 13 GUARANTEE

     79   

13.01

  The Guarantee      79   

13.02

  Obligations Unconditional      80   

13.03

  Reinstatement      80   

13.04

  Subrogation      80   

 

-iv-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

       Page   

13.05

  Remedies      81   

13.06

  Instrument for the Payment of Money      81   

13.07

  Continuing Guarantee      81   

13.08

  Rights of Contribution      81   

13.09

  General Limitation on Guarantee Obligations      82   

13.10

  Collateral and Guaranty Matters      82   

 

SCHEDULES AND EXHIBITS
Schedule 1    -      Commitments and Warrant Shares
Schedule 7.05(b)    -      Certain Intellectual Property
Schedule 7.05(c)    -      Material Intellectual Property
Schedule 7.06    -      Certain Litigation
Schedule 7.12    -      Information Regarding Subsidiaries
Schedule 7.13(a)    -      Existing Indebtedness of Parent, Borrower and its Subsidiaries
Schedule 7.13(b)    -      Liens Granted by the Obligors
Schedule 7.14    -      Material Agreements of Each Obligor
Schedule 7.15    -      Permitted Restrictive Agreements
Schedule 7.16    -      Real Property Owned or Leased by Parent, Borrower and Subsidiaries
Schedule 7.17    -      Pension Matters
Schedule 7.19    -      Regulatory Approvals
Schedule 9.05    -      Existing Investments
Schedule 9.14    -      Permitted Sales and Leasebacks
Exhibit A    -      Form of Guarantee Assumption Agreement
Exhibit B    -      Form of Notice of Borrowing
Exhibit C    -      Form of Term Loan Note
Exhibit D    -      Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate
Exhibit E    -      Form of Compliance Certificate
Exhibit F    -      Form of Opinion from Corporate Counsel
Exhibit G    -      Form of Landlord Consent
Exhibit H    -      Form of Subordination Agreement

 

-v-


AMENDED AND RESTATED TERM LOAN AGREEMENT, dated as of August 5, 2014 (this “ Agreement ”), among VALERITAS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Borrower ”), VALERITAS, HOLDINGS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Parent ”), the GUARANTORS from time to time party hereto and the Lenders from time to time party hereto.

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Borrower and the Lenders are parties to a Term Loan Agreement dated as of May 24, 2013 (the “ Existing Term Loan Agreement ”).

WHEREAS, the Borrower has entered into a reorganization transaction and Series D Preferred Stock financing of the Borrower (the “ Transaction ”), pursuant to which, among other things, two new subsidiary entities of the Borrower (Valeritas Holdings, LLC and “ Merger Sub ”, respectively) were created, with Merger Sub then merging into the Borrower and Valeritas Holdings, LLC becoming the parent of the Borrower.

WHEREAS, the Transaction was not permitted under the terms of the Existing Term Loan Agreement.

WHEREAS, Lenders consented to such Transaction pursuant to a Consent, Waiver and Amendment Agreement dated as of June 19, 2014 among Borrower and the Lenders (the “ Consent, Waiver and Amendment Agreement ”), that, among other things, required the Borrower and Lenders to amend and restate the Existing Term Loan Agreement, to, among other things, require Valeritas Holdings, LLC to become an Obligor, guarantee the Obligations and pledge its assets to secure the Obligations.

NOW THEREFORE, accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:

SECTION 1

DEFINITIONS

1.01 Certain Defined Terms . As used herein, the following terms have the following respective meanings:

Acquisition ” means any transaction, or any series of related transactions, by which any Person directly or indirectly, by means of a take-over bid, tender offer, amalgamation, merger, purchase of assets, or similar transaction having the same effect as any of the foregoing, (a) acquires any business or all or substantially all of the assets of any Person engaged in any business, (b) acquires control of securities of a Person engaged in a business representing more than 50% of the ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body if the business affairs of such Person are managed by a board of directors or other governing body, or (c) acquires control of more than 50% of the ownership interest in any Person engaged in any business that is not managed by a board of directors or other governing body.

 

1


Affiliate ” means, with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the introduction hereto.

Asset Sale ” is defined in Section 9.09 .

Asset Sale Net Proceeds ” means the aggregate amount of the cash proceeds received from any Asset Sale, net of any bona fide fees, costs, expenses and amounts incurred or payable in connection with such Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any Indebtedness (other than the Obligations) that is required to be discharged in connection with such Asset Sale, reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with such Asset Sale and taxes reasonably estimated to be payable within two years of the date of the consummation of such Asset Sale), plus, the monetized amount of any non-cash proceeds of an Asset Sale but only as and when so received.

Assignment and Acceptance ” means an assignment and acceptance entered into by a Lender and an assignee of such Lender.

Bankruptcy Code ” means Title II of the United States Code entitled “Bankruptcy.”

Benefit Plan ” means any employee benefit plan as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA (whether governed by the laws of the United States or otherwise) to which any Obligor or Subsidiary thereof incurs or otherwise has any obligation or liability, contingent or otherwise.

Borrower ” has the meaning set forth in the introduction hereto.

Borrower Facility ” means the premises located at 800 Boston Turnpike, Shrewsbury, Massachusetts, which are leased by Borrower pursuant to the Borrower Lease.

Borrower Landlord ” means The Taming of the Shrewsbury, LLC, O’Neill Partners, LLC and Chanski, LLC as tenants in common.

Borrower Lease ” means that certain lease dated as of December 22, 2006 between the Borrower Landlord and Valeritas, LLC (predecessor to the Borrower), as amended, modified and in effect from time to time.

Borrowing ” means a borrowing consisting of Loans made on the same day by the Lenders according to their respective Commitments (including without limitation a borrowing of a PIK Loan).

Borrowing Date ” means the date of any Borrowing.

Business Day ” means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which commercial banks are not authorized or required to close in New York City.

 

2


Capital Lease Obligations ” means, as to any Person, the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under a lease of (or other agreement conveying the right to use) real and/or personal Property which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as a capital lease on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP and, for purposes of this Agreement, the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof, determined in accordance with GAAP.

Change of Control ” means (a) the acquisition of ownership, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, by any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, but excluding any employee benefit plan of such person or its subsidiaries, and any person or entity acting in its capacity as trustee, agent or other fiduciary or administrator of any such plan) other than the Specified Equityholders, acting jointly or otherwise in concert, of capital stock representing more than 50% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Parent or the Borrower or (b) the acquisition of direct or indirect Control of the Parent or the Borrower by any Person or group of Persons other than the Specified Equityholders, acting jointly or otherwise in concert; in each case whether as a result of a tender or exchange offer, open market purchases, privately negotiated purchases or otherwise.

Claims ” includes claims, demands, complaints, grievances, actions, applications, suits, causes of action, orders, charges, indictments, prosecutions, informations (brought by a public prosecutor without grand jury indictment) or other similar processes, assessments or reassessments.

Closing Date ” means August 5, 2014, the effective date of this Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time.

Collateral ” means the collateral provided for in the Security Documents.

Commitment ” means, with respect to each Lender, the obligation of such Lender to make Loans to the Borrower in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which commitment is in the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 1 under the caption “Commitment”, as such Schedule may be amended from time to time pursuant to Section 12.05(c) . The aggregate Commitments on the date hereof equal $50,000,000. For purposes of clarification, the amount of any PIK Loans shall not reduce the amount of the available Commitment.

Commitment Period ” means the period from and including May 24, 2013 and through and including the earlier to occur of (i) December 29, 2014 and (ii) the twentieth Business Day following the date on which a Notice of Borrowing is to be sent in accordance with Section 6.02(d)(ii) .

Commodities Account ” is defined in the Security Agreement.

 

3


Common Stock Outstanding ” means, collectively, (1) outstanding Common Stock of Borrower, (2) Common Stock issuable upon conversion of outstanding Preferred Stock, including the Series D Accruing Dividends, (each as defined in Borrower’s certificate of incorporation), (3) Common Stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options and (4) Common Stock issuable upon exercise (and, in the case of warrants to purchase Preferred Stock, conversion) of outstanding warrants. Shares described in (1) through (4) above shall be included whether vested or unvested, whether contingent or non-contingent and whether exercisable or not yet exercisable.

Compliance Certificate ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 8.01(c) .

Consent, Waiver, and Amendment Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

Contracts ” means contracts, licenses, leases, agreements, obligations, promises, undertakings, understandings, arrangements, documents, commitments, entitlements or engagements under which a Person has, or will have, any liability or contingent liability (in each case, whether written or oral, express or implied).

Control ” means, in respect of a particular Person, the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings correlative thereto.

Control Agent ” is defined in the Security Agreement.

Copyrights ” is defined in the Security Agreement.

CRPPF ” means Capital Royalty Partners II – Parallel Fund “A” L.P., a Delaware limited partnership.

Cure Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.01(b)(ii) .

Cure Right ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.01(b)(i)(B) .

Default ” means any Event of Default and any event that, upon the giving of notice, the lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

Defaulting Lender ” means, subject to Section 2.06 , any Lender that (a) has failed to perform any of its funding obligations hereunder, including in respect of its Loans, within three (3) Business Days of the date required to be funded by it hereunder, (b) has notified the Borrower or any Lender that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations or has made a public statement to that effect with respect to its funding obligations hereunder or under other agreements in which it commits to extend credit, or (c) has, or has a direct or indirect parent company that has, (i) become the subject of an Insolvency Proceeding, (ii) had a receiver, conservator, trustee, administrator, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its business or a custodian appointed for it, or (iii) taken any

 

4


action in furtherance of, or indicated its consent to, approval of or acquiescence in any such proceeding or appointment; provided that a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any equity interest in that Lender or any direct or indirect parent company thereof by a Governmental Authority.

Deposit Account ” is defined in the Security Agreement.

Disqualified Securities ” means any Equity Interest which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security or other Equity Interest into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event or condition, (a) matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, on or prior to the Maturity Date, (b) is convertible in or exchangeable for (i) debt securities or (ii) any Equity Interests referred to in clause (a) above, in each case, at any time prior to the Maturity Date, (c) contains any repurchase obligations which may come into effect prior to payment in full of all Obligations (other than Warrant Obligations, and customary contingent indemnification claims), or (d) requires the payment of cash dividends or distributions prior to the Maturity Date.

Dollars ” and “ $ ” means lawful money of the United States of America.

Domestic Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that is a corporation, limited liability company, partnership or similar business entity incorporated, formed or organized under the laws of the United States, any State of the United States or the District of Columbia.

Eligible Transferee ” means and includes a commercial bank, an insurance company, a finance company, a financial institution, any investment fund that invests in loans or any other “accredited investor” (as defined in Regulation D of the Securities Act) that is principally in the business of managing investments or holding assets for investment purposes; provided that “Eligible Transferee” shall not include (i) any Person that is principally in the business of managing investments or holding assets for investment purposes and has a board participation right in a company that produces, markets or sells, or develops a program to market or sell, a marketed product or product in Phase III clinical trials in competition with the Borrower, (ii) any such company referred to in clause (i), (iii) any Affiliate of any such company referred to in clause (i) or any Person referred to in clause (i).

Environmental Law ” means any federal, state, provincial or local governmental law, rule, regulation, order, writ, judgment, injunction or decree relating to pollution or protection of the environment or the treatment, storage, disposal, release, threatened release or handling of hazardous materials, and all local laws and regulations related to environmental matters and any specific agreements entered into with any competent authorities which include commitments related to environmental matters.

Equity Interest ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents, including membership interests (however designated, whether voting or nonvoting), of equity of such Person, including, if such Person is a partnership, partnership interests (whether general or limited) and any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of property of, such partnership, but excluding debt securities convertible or exchangeable into such equity.

 

5


Equivalent Amount ” means, with respect to an amount denominated in one currency, the amount in another currency that could be purchased by the amount in the first currency determined by reference to the Exchange Rate at the time of determination.

ERISA ” means the United States Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

ERISA Affiliate ” means, collectively, any Obligor, Subsidiary thereof, and any Person under common control, or treated as a single employer, with any Obligor or Subsidiary thereof, within the meaning of Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code.

ERISA Event ” means (i) a reportable event as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA with respect to a Title IV Plan, excluding, however, such events as to which the PBGC by regulation has waived the requirement of Section 4043(a) of ERISA that it be notified within 30 days of the occurrence of such event; (ii) the applicability of the requirements of Section 4043(b) of ERISA with respect to a contributing sponsor, as defined in Section 4001(a)(13) of ERISA, to any Title IV Plan where an event described in paragraph (9), (10), (11), (12) or (13) of Section 4043(c) of ERISA is reasonably expected to occur with respect to such plan within the following 30 days; (iii) a withdrawal by any Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate thereof from a Title IV Plan or the termination of any Title IV Plan resulting in liability under Sections 4063 or 4064 of ERISA; (iv) the withdrawal of any Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate thereof in a complete or partial withdrawal (within the meaning of Section 4203 and 4205 of ERISA) from any Multiemployer Plan if there is any potential liability therefore, or the receipt by any Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate thereof of notice from any Multiemployer Plan that it is in reorganization or insolvency pursuant to Section 4241 or 4245 of ERISA; (v) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a plan amendment as a termination under Section 4041 or 4041A of ERISA, or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a Title IV Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (vi) the imposition of liability on any Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate thereof pursuant to Sections 4062(e) or 4069 of ERISA or by reason of the application of Section 4212(c) of ERISA; (vii) the failure by any Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate thereof to make any required contribution to a Plan, or the failure to meet the minimum funding standard of Section 412 of the Code with respect to any Title IV Plan (whether or not waived in accordance with Section 412(c) of the Code) or the failure to make by its due date a required installment under Section 430 of the Code with respect to any Title IV Plan or the failure to make any required contribution to a Multiemployer Plan; (viii) the determination that any Title IV Plan is considered an at-risk plan or a plan in endangered to critical status within the meaning of Sections 430, 431 and 432 of the Code or Sections 303, 304 and 305 of ERISA; (ix) an event or condition which might reasonably be expected to constitute grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Title IV Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (x) the imposition of any liability under Title I or Title IV of ERISA, other than PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon any Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate thereof; (xi) an application for a funding waiver under Section 303 of ERISA or an extension of any amortization period pursuant to Section 412 of the Code with respect to any Title Plan; (xii) the occurrence of a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Sections 406 or 407 of ERISA for which any Obligor or any Subsidiary thereof may be directly or indirectly liable; (xiii) a

 

6


violation of the applicable requirements of Section 404 or 405 of ERISA or the exclusive benefit rule under Section 401(a) of the Code by any fiduciary or disqualified person for which any Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate thereof may be directly or indirectly liable; (xiv) the occurrence of an act or omission which could give rise to the imposition on any Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate thereof of fines, penalties, taxes or related charges under Chapter 43 of the Code or under Sections 409, 502(c), (i) or (1) or 4071 of ERISA; (xv) the assertion of a material claim (other than routine claims for benefits) against any Plan or the assets thereof, or against any Obligor or any Subsidiary thereof in connection with any such plan; (xvi) receipt from the IRS of notice of the failure of any Qualified Plan to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code, or the failure of any trust forming part of any Qualified Plan to fail to qualify for exemption from taxation under Section 501(a) of the Code; (xvii) the imposition of any lien (or the fulfillment of the conditions for the imposition of any lien) on any of the rights, properties or assets of any Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate thereof, in either case pursuant to Title I or IV, including Section 302(f) or 303(k) of ERISA or to Section 401(a)(29) or 430(k) of the Code; or (xviii) the establishment or amendment by any Obligor or any Subsidiary thereof of any “welfare plan”, as such term is defined in Section 3(1) of ERISA, that provides post-employment welfare benefits in a manner that would increase the liability of any Obligor.

Event of Default ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11 .

Exchange Rate ” means the rate at which any currency (the “ Pre-Exchange Currency ”) may be exchanged into another currency (the “ Post-Exchange Currency ”), as set forth on such date on the relevant Reuters screen at or about 11:00 a.m. (Central time) on such date. In the event that such rate does not appear on the Reuters screen, the “Exchange Rate” with respect to exchanging such Pre-Exchange Currency into such Post-Exchange Currency shall be determined by reference to such other publicly available service for displaying exchange rates as may be agreed upon by the Borrower and the Majority Lenders or, in the absence of such agreement, such Exchange Rate shall instead be determined by the Majority Lenders by any reasonable method as they deem applicable to determine such rate, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

Excluded Accounts ” means accounts used in the ordinary course of business for payroll, payroll taxes and other employee wage and benefit payments, pension fund accounts, 401(k) accounts, trust accounts, the certificates of deposit referred to in Section 9.02(p) , and the segregated deposit accounts referred to in Section 9.02(q).

Excluded Taxes ” means any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to a Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to a Recipient: (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes and branch profits Taxes, in each case imposed as a result of such Recipient being organized under the laws of, or having its principal office or, in the case of any Lender, its applicable lending office located in, the jurisdiction imposing such Tax, (b) Other Connection Taxes, (c) U.S. federal withholding Taxes that are imposed on amounts payable to a Lender to the extent that the obligation to withhold amounts existed on the date that such Lender became a “Lender” under this Agreement, except in each case to the extent such Lender is a direct or indirect assignee of any other Lender that was entitled, at the time the assignment of such other Lender became effective, to receive additional amounts under Section 5.05 , (d) any Taxes imposed in connection with FATCA, and (e) Taxes attributable to such Recipient’s failure to comply with Section 5.05(e) .

 

7


FATCA ” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not more onerous to comply with), any regulations or official interpretations thereof and any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code.

Foreign Lender ” means a Lender that is not a U.S. Person.

Foreign Subsidiary ” means a Subsidiary of Borrower that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, as in effect from time to time, set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, in the statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board and in such other statements by such other entity as may be in general use by significant segments of the accounting profession that are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination. Subject to Section 1.02 , all references to “GAAP” shall be to GAAP applied consistently with the principles used in the preparation of the financial statements described in Section 7.04(a) .

Governmental Approval ” means any consent, authorization, approval, order, license, franchise, permit, certificate, accreditation, registration, filing or notice, of, issued by, from or to, or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority.

Governmental Authority ” means any nation, government, branch of power (whether executive, legislative or judicial), state, province or municipality or other political subdivision thereof and any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, monetary, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, including without limitation regulatory authorities, governmental departments, agencies, commissions, bureaus, officials, ministers, courts, bodies, boards, tribunals and dispute settlement panels, and other law-, rule- or regulation-making organizations or entities of any State, territory, county, city or other political subdivision of the United States.

Guarantee ” of or by any Person (the “ guarantor ”) means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of the guarantor guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of the guarantor, direct or indirect, (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment thereof, (b) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment thereof, (c) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation or (d) as an account party in respect of any letter of credit or letter of guaranty issued to support such Indebtedness or obligation; provided, that the term Guarantee shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business.

 

8


Guarantee Assumption Agreement ” means a Guarantee Assumption Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit A by an entity that, pursuant to Section 8.12(a) , is required to become a “Guarantor” hereunder in favor of the Lenders.

Guarantors ” means, collectively, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Parent and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

Hazardous Material ” means any substance, element, chemical, compound, product, solid, gas, liquid, waste, by-product, pollutant, contaminant or material which is hazardous or toxic, and includes, without limitation, (a) asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls and petroleum (including crude oil or any fraction thereof) and (b) any material classified or regulated as “hazardous” or “toxic” or words of like import pursuant to an Environmental Law.

Hedging Agreement ” means any interest rate exchange agreement, foreign currency exchange agreement, commodity price protection agreement or other interest or currency exchange rate or commodity price hedging arrangement.

Indebtedness ” of any Person means, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money or obligations of such Person with respect to deposits or advances of any kind by third parties, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such Person upon which interest charges are customarily paid, (d) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property acquired by such Person, (e) all obligations of such Person in respect of the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding current accounts payable incurred in the ordinary course of business), (f) all Indebtedness of others secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not the Indebtedness secured thereby has been assumed, (g) all Guarantees by such Person of Indebtedness of others, (h) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person, (i) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person as an account party in respect of letters of credit and letters of guaranty, (j) obligations under any Hedging Agreement in respect of currency swaps, forwards, futures or derivatives transactions, and (k) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person in respect of bankers’ acceptances. The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership or joint venture in which such Person is a general partner or a joint venturer) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness provide that such Person is not liable therefor.

Indemnified Taxes ” means (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any Obligation and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in clause (a), Other Taxes.

Insolvency Proceeding ” means (i) any case, action or proceeding before any court or other Governmental Authority relating to bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, liquidation, receivership, dissolution, winding-up or relief of debtors, or (ii) any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, composition, marshaling of assets for creditors, or other, similar arrangement in respect of any Person’s creditors generally or any substantial portion of such Person’s creditors, in each case undertaken under U.S. Federal, state or foreign law, including the Bankruptcy Code.

 

9


Intellectual Property ” means all Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights, and Technical Information, whether registered or not, domestic and foreign. Intellectual Property shall include all:

(a) applications or registrations relating to such Intellectual Property;

(b) rights and privileges arising under applicable Laws with respect to such Intellectual Property;

(c) rights to sue for past, present or future infringements of such Intellectual Property; and

(d) rights of the same or similar effect or nature in any jurisdiction corresponding to such Intellectual Property throughout the world.

Interest-Only Period ” means (i) if only one Borrowing has been made, the period from and including the first Borrowing Date and through and including the twelfth (12 th ) Payment Date thereafter, and (ii) if more than one Borrowing has been made (other than Borrowings of PIK Loans), the period from and including the first Borrowing Date and through and including the sixteenth (16 th ) Payment Date thereafter.

Interest Period ” means, with respect to any Borrowing, initially, the period commencing on the Borrowing Date therefor and ending on the next Payment Date, and thereafter, each period beginning on the last day of the immediately preceding Interest Period and ending on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31, as the case may be; provided that (i) any Interest Period that would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day shall end on the next succeeding Business Day unless such succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day and (ii) the term “Interest Period” shall include any period selected by the Majority Lenders from time to time in accordance with Section 3.02(c) .

Invention ” means any novel, inventive and useful art, apparatus, method, process, machine (including article or device), manufacture or composition of matter, or any novel, inventive and useful improvement in any art, method, process, machine (including article or device), manufacture or composition of matter.

Investment ” means, for any Person: (a) the acquisition (whether for cash, property, services or securities or otherwise) of capital stock, bonds, notes, debentures, partnership or other ownership interests or other securities of any other Person or any agreement to make any such acquisition (including any “short sale” or any sale of any securities at a time when such securities are not owned by the Person entering into such sale); (b) the making of any deposit with, or advance, loan or other extension of credit to, any other Person (including the purchase of property from another Person subject to an understanding or agreement, contingent or otherwise, to resell such property to such Person), but excluding any such advance, loan or extension of

 

10


credit having a term not exceeding 90 days arising in connection with the sale of inventory or supplies by such Person in the ordinary course of business; (c) the entering into of any Guarantee of, or other contingent obligation with respect to, Indebtedness or other liability of any other Person and (without duplication) any amount committed to be advanced, lent or extended to such Person; or (d) the entering into of any Hedging Agreement.

IRS ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Service or any successor agency, and to the extent relevant, the U.S. Department of the Treasury.

Knowledge ” means, with respect to the Borrower, any Obligor or any of their Subsidiaries, the actual knowledge of the Chief Executive Officer (as of May 24,2013, Kristine Peterson), the President and Chief Commercial Officer (as of May 24,2013, John Timberlake), the Chief Financial Officer (as of May 24,2013, Jim Dentzer), the Controller (as of May 24,2013, William Duke), the Executive Vice President (Manufacturing, Operations and R&D) (as of May 24,2013, Geoffrey Jenkins), and the Vice President (Human Resources) (as of May 24,2013, Nancy Ryan) of the Borrower. Furthermore, “Knowledge” shall be deemed to be the actual knowledge of any such Person (and not the implied, constructive or imputed knowledge of any such Person) as of the applicable times expressly indicated, and without any obligation to make any independent investigation of, or any implied duty to investigate, such matters, or to make any inquiry of any other Person, or to search or to examine any files, records books, correspondence and the like. There shall be no personal liability on the part of any individual referred to above arising out of the Loan Documents.

Landlord Consent ” means a Landlord Consent substantially in the form of Exhibit G .

Laws ” means, collectively, all international, foreign, federal, state, provincial, territorial, municipal and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority, in each case whether or not having the force of law.

Lenders ” means Capital Royalty Partners II L.P., CRPFF and PIOP, together with their successors and each assignee of a Lender pursuant to Section 12.05(b) and “Lender” means any one of them.

Lien ” means any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, encumbrance or other security interest, leases, title retention agreements, mortgages, restrictions, easements, rights-of-way, options or adverse claims (of ownership or possession) or encumbrances of any kind or character whatsoever or any preferential arrangement that has the practical effect of creating a security interest.

Loan ” means (i) each loan advanced by a Lender pursuant to Section 2.01 and (ii) each PIK Loan deemed to have been advanced by a Lender pursuant to Section 3.02(d) . For purposes of clarification, any calculation of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Loans on any date of determination shall include both the aggregate principal amount of loans advanced pursuant to Section 2.01 and not yet repaid, and all PIK Loans deemed to have been advanced and not yet repaid, on or prior to such date of determination.

 

11


Loan Documents ” means, collectively, this Agreement, the Notes, the Security Documents, each Warrant, any subordination agreement or any intercreditor agreement entered into by Lenders with any other creditors of Obligors, the Valeritas Security Side Letter, and any other present or future agreement executed by Obligors for the benefit of Lenders in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, all as amended, restated, or otherwise modified.

Loss ” means judgments, debts, liabilities, expenses, costs, damages or losses, contingent or otherwise, whether liquidated or unliquidated, matured or unmatured, disputed or undisputed, contractual, legal or equitable, including loss of value, professional fees, including fees and disbursements of legal counsel on a full indemnity basis, and all costs incurred in investigating or pursuing any Claim or any proceeding relating to any Claim.

Majority Lenders ” means, at any time, Lenders having at such time in excess of 50% of the aggregate Commitments (or, if such Commitments are terminated, the outstanding principal amount of the Loans) then in effect, ignoring, in such calculation, the Commitments of and outstanding Loans owing to any Defaulting Lender.

Management Gross Revenue ” means for any period, revenues arrived at during such period by multiplying the wholesale acquisition cost per kit paid by the relevant customer by the number of Product commercial kits sold in a bona fide transaction and consistent with past practices.

Management Net Revenue ” means for any period, Management Gross Revenue during such period less each of the following deductions during such period:

1. Service fees, which are recorded based on the customer that purchased the Product;

2. Prompt pay discounts or rebates, which are recorded based on the customer that purchased the Product;

3. Returns, which are based on industry norms, estimated at 1.5% of Management Gross Revenue; unless the Borrower’s actual history of returns is materially higher than 1.5%, in which case such higher amount shall be used;

4. Managed care mix discount or rebate, which is based on the estimated end user payor mix and related contractual rebates;

5. Part D mix discount or rebate, which is based on the estimated end user payor mix and related contractual rebates; and

6. Actual costs associated with copay card redemptions plus estimated projected redemption costs based on Product sold to customers but not yet in the hands of the end user (patient).

 

12


Margin Stock ” means “margin stock” within the meaning of Regulations U and X.

Material Adverse Change ” and “ Material Adverse Effect ” mean a material adverse change in or effect on (i) the business, financial condition, operations, performance or Property of Parent, Borrower and their Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (ii) the ability of any Obligor to perform its obligations under the Loan Documents, or (iii) the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability of the Loan Documents or the rights and remedies of the Lenders under any of the Loan Documents. “Material Adverse Change” and “Material Adverse Effect” shall not include any change or effect relating generally to national or regional economic conditions, financial markets, and/or the industry in which the Borrower engages in business, except that any such change or effect may constitute, and shall be taken into account in determining whether there has been or would be, a Material Adverse Change or Material Adverse Effect if such changes or effects have, in any material respect, a disproportionate impact on Parent, Borrower and their Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, relative to other companies in the industry in which Parent, Borrower and their Subsidiaries operate.

Material Agreements ” means (i) the agreements which are listed in Schedule 7.14 and (ii) all other agreements held by the Obligors from time to time, the absence or termination of any of which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, provided however that “Material Agreements” exclude all: (i) licenses implied by the sale of a product; and (ii) paid-up licenses for commonly available software programs under which an Obligor is the licensee. “Material Agreement” means any one such agreement. If, at any time following May 24. 2013, any agreement set forth on Schedule 7.14 ceases to constitute an agreement of the type described in clause (ii) above, such agreement shall, at such time, no longer constitute a “Material Agreement”.

Material Indebtedness ” means, at any time, any Indebtedness of any Obligor the outstanding principal amount of which, individually or in the aggregate, exceeds $1,000,000 (or the Equivalent Amount in other currencies).

Material Intellectual Property ” means, the Obligor Intellectual Property described in Schedule 7.05(c) and any other Obligor Intellectual Property after May 24, 2013 the loss of which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Maturity Date ” means the earlier to occur of (i) the twenty-fourth (24 th ) Payment Date following the first Borrowing Date, and (ii) the date on which the Loans are accelerated pursuant to Section 11.02 .

Multiemployer Plan ” means any multiemployer plan, as defined in Section 400l(a)(3) of ERISA, to which any ERISA Affiliate incurs or otherwise has any obligation or liability, contingent or otherwise.

Note ” means a promissory note executed and delivered by the Borrower to the Lenders in accordance with Section 2.04 or 3.02(d) .

Notice of Borrowing ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 2.02 .

 

13


Obligations ” means, with respect to any Obligor, all amounts, obligations, liabilities, covenants and duties of every type and description owing by such Obligor to any Lender, any other indemnitee hereunder or any participant, arising out of, under, or in connection with, any Loan Document, whether direct or indirect (regardless of whether acquired by assignment), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, whether liquidated or not, now existing or hereafter arising and however acquired, and whether or not evidenced by any instrument or for the payment of money, including, without duplication, (i) if such Obligor is the Borrower, all Loans, (ii) all interest, whether or not accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or after the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or similar proceeding, and whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in any such proceeding, and (iii) all other fees, expenses (including reasonable and documented fees, charges and disbursement of counsel), interest, commissions, charges, costs, disbursements, indemnities and reimbursement of amounts paid and other sums chargeable to such Obligor under any Loan Document.

Obligor Intellectual Property ” means Intellectual Property owned by or licensed to any of the Obligors.

Obligors ” means, collectively, the Borrower and the Guarantors and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

Other Connection Taxes ” means, with respect to any Recipient, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such Recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from such Recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan or Loan Document).

Other Taxes ” means all present or future stamp, court or documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar Taxes that arise from any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, except any such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment (other than an assignment made pursuant to Section 5.05(g) ).

Parent ” has the meaning set forth in the introduction hereto.

Parent Security Agreement Joinder Agreement ” means the Security Agreement Joinder Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, among the Parent and the Lenders, joining the Parent as a Grantor under the Security Agreement.

Patents ” is defined in the Security Agreement.

Payment Date ” means each of March 31, June 30, September 30, December 31 and the Maturity Date; provided that , other than with respect to the Payment Date that is the Maturity Date, if any such date shall occur on a day that is not a Business Day, the applicable Payment Date shall be the next succeeding Business Day unless such succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Payment Date shall end on the next preceding Business Day.

 

14


PBGC ” means the United States Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation and any successor thereto.

Permitted Acquisition ” means any acquisition by the Borrower or any of its wholly-owned Subsidiaries, whether by purchase, merger or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the assets of, all of the Equity Interests of, or a business line or unit or a division of, any Person; provided that :

(a) immediately prior to, and after giving effect thereto, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom;

(b) all transactions in connection therewith shall be consummated, in all material respects, in accordance with all applicable Laws and in conformity with all applicable Governmental Approvals;

(c) in the case of the acquisition of all of the Equity Interests of such Person, all of the Equity Interests (except for any such securities in the nature of directors’ qualifying shares required pursuant to applicable Law) acquired, or otherwise issued by such Person or any newly formed Subsidiary of the Borrower in connection with such acquisition, shall be owned 100% by the Borrower, a Subsidiary Guarantor or any other Subsidiary, and the Borrower shall have taken, or caused to be taken, as of the date such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower, each of the actions set forth in Section 8.12 , if applicable;

(d) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall be in compliance with the financial covenants set forth in Section 10.01 on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such acquisition; and

(e) such Person (in the case of an acquisition of Equity Interests) or assets (in the case of an acquisition of assets or a division) (i) shall be engaged or used, as the case may be, in the same business or lines of business in which the Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries are engaged or (ii) shall have a similar customer base as the Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries.

Permitted Cash Equivalent Investments ” means (i) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States or any agency or any State thereof having maturities of not more than two (2) years from the date of acquisition, (ii) time deposits or insured certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances having maturities of not more than two (2) years from the date of acquisition maintained with any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States of America that is a member of the Federal Reserve System, (iii) commercial paper maturing no more than one (1) year after its creation and having the highest or second highest rating from either Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and (iv) Investments in money market investment programs administered by reputable financial institutions, the portfolios of which are limited solely to Investments of the character, quality and maturity described in the foregoing clauses (i) through (iii).

Permitted Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness permitted under Section 9.01 .

 

15


Permitted Lien ” means any Lien permitted under Section 9.02 .

Permitted Priority Debt ” means Indebtedness of the Obligors, in a principal amount not to exceed at any time 80% times the face amount at such time of the Obligors’ eligible accounts receivable; provided that (a) such Indebtedness, if secured, shall not be secured by a first-priority security interest in any asset other than the Obligors’ accounts receivable and inventory, and (b) the holders or lenders thereof have executed and delivered to Lenders an intercreditor agreement reasonably satisfactory to the Majority Lenders reflecting market terms and conditions.

Permitted Refinancing ” means, with respect to any Indebtedness, any extensions, renewals and replacements of such Indebtedness; provided that such extension, renewal or replacement (i) shall not increase the outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness except by an amount equal to accrued interest and a reasonable premium or other amount paid, and fees and expenses reasonably incurred in connection therewith, (ii) contains terms relating to outstanding principal amount, amortization, maturity, collateral (if any) and subordination (if any), and other material terms taken as a whole no less favorable in any material respect to the Parent, Borrower and their Subsidiaries or the Lenders than the terms of any agreement or instrument governing such existing Indebtedness, (iii) shall have an applicable interest rate which does not exceed the greater of (a) rate of interest of the Indebtedness being replaced and (b) the then applicable market interest rate, and (iv) shall not contain any new requirement to grant any lien or security or to give any guarantee that was not an existing requirement of such Indebtedness.

Permitted Restrictive Agreements ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.15 .

Permitted Senior Liens ” means (i) those Liens in favor of the holders of Permitted Priority Debt solely with respect to the Obligors’ accounts receivable and inventory and (ii) those Liens permitted under Sections 9.02(e) and (i) .

Permitted Shareholder Debt ” means all Indebtedness evidenced by that (i) certain Note dated as of September 8, 2011 by the Borrower as maker and WCAS Capital Partners IV, L.P. (or any Affiliate or transferee thereof), as holder, or (ii) any additional notes issued by the Borrower as maker to WCAS Capital Partners IV, L.P. (or any Affiliate or transferee thereof), as holder, in each case as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or modified; provided that such Indebtedness shall be at all times subject to the terms and conditions of a Subordination Agreement, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit H, among the Lenders and the holders of such Note; provided further that in the case of any additional notes issued by the Borrower as described in clause (ii) above, such notes shall be on substantially the same terms as that certain Note dated as of September 8, 2011 by the Borrower as maker and WCAS Capital Partners IV, L.P. (or any Affiliate or transferee thereof), as holder.

Permitted Subordinated Debt ” means Indebtedness (i) that is governed by documentation containing representations, warranties, covenants and events of default no more burdensome or restrictive than those contained in the Loan Documents, (ii) that has a maturity date later than the Maturity Date, (iii) in respect of which no cash payments of principal or interest are required or permitted prior to the Maturity Date, (iv) in respect of which the holders have agreed in favor of the Borrower and Lenders that prior to the date on which the

 

16


Commitments have expired or been terminated and all Obligations (other than Warrant Obligations) have been paid in full indefeasibly in cash, such holders will not exercise any remedies available to them in respect of such Indebtedness, and (v) that is unsecured.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, company, voluntary association, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization or Governmental Authority or other entity of whatever nature.

PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA and any successor entity performing similar functions.

PIK Loan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02(d) .

PIK Period ” means the period beginning on the first Borrowing Date through and including the earlier to occur of (i) (A) if only one Borrowing shall be made, the twelfth (12 th ) Payment Date after the first Borrowing Date, and (B) if more than one Borrowing (other than PIK Borrowings) shall be made, the sixteenth (16 th ) Payment Date after the first Borrowing Date, and (ii) the date on which any Event of Default shall have occurred ( provided that if such Event of Default shall have been cured or waived, the PIK Period shall resume until the earlier to occur of the next Event of Default and (x) if only one Borrowing shall be made, the twelfth (12 th ) Payment Date after the first Borrowing Date), or (y) if more than one Borrowing (other than PIK Borrowings) shall be made, the sixteenth (16 th ) Payment Date after the first Borrowing Date.

PIOP ” means Parallel Investment Opportunities Partners II L.P., a Delaware limited partnership.

Plan ” means any employee pension benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, and in respect of which Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate is (or, if such plan were terminated, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

Post-Default Rate ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02(b) .

Prepayment Premium ” means, with respect to any optional prepayment pursuant to Section 3.03(a) , the amount calculated pursuant to Sections 3.03(a)(i) and (ii)  with respect to such optional prepayment.

Product ” means V-Go ® and EZ Fill (and their respective successors), in a form substantially similar to that approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration in December 2010.

Property ” of any Person means any property or assets, or interest therein, of such Person.

Proportionate Share ” means, with respect to any Lender, the percentage obtained by dividing (a) the sum of the Commitment (or, if the Commitments are terminated, the outstanding principal amount of the Loans) of such Lender then in effect by (b) the sum of the Commitments (or, if the Commitments are terminated, the outstanding principal amount of the Loans) of all Lenders then in effect.

 

17


Qualified Plan ” means an employee benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) other than a Multiemployer Plan (i) that is or was at any time maintained or sponsored by any Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate thereof or to which any Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate thereof has ever made, or was ever obligated to make, contributions, and (ii) that is intended to be tax qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code.

Real Property Security Documents ” means the Landlord Consent and any collateral access agreements and security documents, including mortgages but excluding deeds of trust, required under Section 8.16 to be executed or delivered by an Obligor; provided that Real Property Security Documents shall not include any mortgages with respect to any leasehold interest in real property.

Recipient ” means any Lender or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any Obligation.

Redemption Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.03(a) .

Redemption Price ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.03(a) .

Register ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.05(d) .

Regulation T ” means Regulation T of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as amended.

Regulation U ” means Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as amended.

Regulation X ” means Regulation X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as amended.

Regulatory Approvals ” means any registrations, licenses, authorizations, permits or approvals issued by any Governmental Authority and applications or submissions related to any of the foregoing.

Requirement of Law ” means, as to any Person, any statute, law, treaty, rule or regulation or determination, order, injunction or judgment of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its Properties or revenues.

Responsible Officer ” of any Person means the President, Chief Executive Officer , Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer of such Person.

Restricted Payment ” means any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any shares of any class of capital stock of the Parent, Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other

 

18


property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such shares of capital stock of the Parent, Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries or any option, warrant or other right to acquire any such shares of capital stock of the Parent, Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries.

Revenue ” means for any period, Management Net Revenue during such period that is recognized at the time the Product sold (in a bona fide transaction) to, and legal title transfers to, the Borrower’s customers, third-party wholesalers and medical supply distributors, consistent with past practices and consistently applied.

SBA ” means U.S. Small Business Administration.

SBIC ” means Small Business Investment Company.

SBIC Act ” means Small Business Investment Act of 1958, as amended.

Security Agreement ” means the Security Agreement, dated as of May 24, 2013, among the Obligors and the Lenders, granting a security interest in the Obligors’ personal Property in favor of the Lenders.

Security Documents ” means, collectively, the Security Agreement, the Parent Security Agreement Joinder Agreement, each Short-Form IP Security Agreement, each Real Property Security Document, and each other security document, control agreement or financing statement required or recommended to perfect Liens in favor of the Lenders.

Securities Account ” is defined in the Security Agreement.

Short-Form IP Security Agreements ” means short-form copyright, patent or trademark (as the case may be) security agreements entered into by one or more Obligors in favor of the Lenders, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Majority Lenders (and as amended, modified or replaced from time to time).

Solvent ” means, with respect to any Person at any time, that (a) the present fair saleable value of the Property of such Person is greater than the total amount of liabilities (including contingent liabilities) of such Person, (b) the present fair saleable value of the Property of such Person is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts as they become absolute and matured, (c) such Person has not incurred and does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond such Person’s ability to pay as such debts and liabilities mature and (d) such Person would not be unable to obtain a letter from its auditors that did not contain a going concern qualification.

Specified Equityholders ” means WCAS Valeritas Holdings, LLC, WCAS XI Co- Investors, LLC, WCAS Capital Partners IV, L.P., WCAS Management Corporation, their respective Affiliates and any other holders of the Borrower’s Series C Preferred Stock, as determined as of May 24, 2013.

 

19


Specified Licensing Arrangements ” means any exclusive licensing arrangement (i) with respect to the sale of the Product to end-users outside the United States only or (ii) with respect to any products developed, manufactured or sold that is not in connection with the treatment of diabetes.

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person (the “ parent ”) at any date, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity the accounts of which would be consolidated with those of the parent in the parent’s consolidated financial statements if such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP as of such date, as well as any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity (a) of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the equity or more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or, in the case of a partnership, more than 50% of the general partnership interests are, as of such date, owned, controlled or held, or (b) that is, as of such date, otherwise Controlled, by the parent or one or more subsidiaries of the parent or by the parent and one or more subsidiaries of the parent. Subject to Section 11.02 , notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Valeritas Security shall not constitute a Subsidiary for the purposes of Sections 8 (other than Section 8.12 ) or 9 herein unless Valeritas Security is a Subsidiary Guarantor; provided that for the avoidance of doubt, Valeritas Security shall only be required to be a Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.12 .

Subsidiary Guarantors ” means each of the Subsidiaries of the Borrower identified under the caption “SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS” on the signature pages hereto and each Subsidiary of the Borrower that becomes, or is required to become, a “Subsidiary Guarantor” after the date hereof pursuant to Section 8.12(a) or (b) . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Loan Document, Valeritas Security shall only be required to become a Subsidiary Guarantor or grant a lien on any of its assets in favor of any Lender to the extent required by Section 8.12 .

Taxes ” means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

Technical Information ” means all trade secrets and other proprietary or confidential information, public information, non-proprietary know-how, any information of a scientific, technical, or business nature in any form or medium, standards and specifications, conceptions, ideas, innovations, discoveries, Invention disclosures, all documented research, developmental, demonstration or engineering work and all other information, data, plans, specifications, reports, summaries, experimental data, manuals, models, samples, know-how, technical information, systems, methodologies, computer programs, information technology and any other information.

Title IV Plan ” means an employee benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) other than a Multiemployer Plan (i) that is or was at any time maintained or sponsored by any Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate thereof or to which any Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate thereof has ever made, or was obligated to make, contributions, and (ii) that is or was subject to Section 412 of the Code, Section 302 of ERISA or Title IV of ERISA.

Trademarks ” is defined in the Security Agreement.

 

20


Transactions ” means the execution, delivery and performance by each Obligor of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which such Obligor is intended to be a party and the Borrowing (and the use of the proceeds of the Loans).

U.S. Person ” means a “United States Person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

Valeritas Security ” means Valeritas Security Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

Valeritas Security Side Letter ” means the side letter dated as of May 24, 2013 among the Borrower, Valeritas Security and the Lenders.

Warrant ” means each warrant to purchase common stock of Borrower, issued by Borrower to the Lenders in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, which warrants shall be issued by Borrower to the Lenders on a pro rata basis in accordance with the following: (i) pursuant to the Consent, Waiver, and Amendment Agreement (ii) with respect to the second Borrowing, if any, warrants shall be issued to the Lenders to purchase, in the aggregate, 1% of the Common Stock Outstanding as of the date of such second Borrowing and (iii) with respect to third Borrowing, if any, warrants shall be issued to the Lenders to purchase, in the aggregate, 1% of the Common Stock Outstanding as of the date of such third Borrowing.

Warrant Obligations ” means, with respect to any Obligor, all Obligations arising out of, under or in connection with, any Warrant.

Withdrawal Liability ” means, at any time, any liability incurred (whether or not assessed) by any ERISA Affiliate and not yet satisfied or paid in full at such time with respect to any Multiemployer Plan pursuant to Section 4201 of ERISA.

1.02 Accounting Terms and Principles . All accounting determinations required to be made pursuant hereto shall, unless expressly otherwise provided herein, be made in accordance with GAAP. All components of financial calculations made to determine compliance with this Agreement, including Section 10 , shall be adjusted to include or exclude, as the case may be, without duplication, such components of such calculations attributable to any Acquisition consummated after the first day of the applicable period of determination and prior to the end of such period, as determined in good faith by the Borrower based on assumptions expressed therein and that were reasonable based on the information available to the Borrower at the time of preparation of the Compliance Certificate setting forth such calculations.

1.03 Interpretation . For all purposes of this Agreement, except as otherwise expressly provided herein or unless the context otherwise requires, (a) the terms defined in this Agreement include the plural as well as the singular and vice versa; (b) words importing gender include all genders; (c) any reference to a Section, Annex, Schedule or Exhibit refers to a Section of, or Annex, Schedule or Exhibit to, this Agreement; (d) any reference to “this Agreement” refers to this Agreement, including all Annexes, Schedules and Exhibits hereto, and the words herein, hereof, hereto and hereunder and words of similar import refer to this Agreement and its Annexes, Schedules and Exhibits as a whole and not to any particular Section, Annex, Schedule, Exhibit or any other subdivision; (e) references to days, months and years refer to calendar days,

 

21


months and years, respectively; (f) all references herein to “include” or “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”; (g) the word “from” when used in connection with a period of time means “from and including” and the word “until” means “to but not including”; and (h) accounting terms not specifically defined herein shall be construed in accordance with GAAP (except for the term “property” , which shall be interpreted as broadly as possible, including, in any case, cash, securities, other assets, rights under contractual obligations and permits and any right or interest in any property, except where otherwise noted). Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, references to organizational documents, agreements (including the Loan Documents) and other contractual instruments shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments, restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications thereto, permitted by the Loan Documents.

1.04 Changes to GAAP . If, after the date hereof, any change occurs in GAAP or in the application thereof and such change would cause any amount required to be determined for the purposes of the covenants to be maintained or calculated pursuant to Section 8 , 9 or 10 to be materially different than the amount that would be determined prior to such change, then:

(a) the Borrower will provide a detailed notice of such change (an “ Accounting Change Notice ”) to the Lenders within 30 days of such change;

(b) either the Borrower or the Majority Lenders may indicate within 90 days following the date of the Accounting Change Notice that they wish to revise the method of calculating such financial covenants or amend any such amount, in which case the parties will in good faith attempt to agree upon a revised method for calculating the financial covenants;

(c) until the Borrower and the Majority Lenders have reached agreement on such revisions, (i) such financial covenants or amounts will be determined without giving effect to such change and (ii) all financial statements, Compliance Certificates and similar documents provided hereunder shall be provided together with a reconciliation between the calculations and amounts set forth therein before and after giving effect to such change in GAAP;

(d) if no party elects to revise the method of calculating the financial covenants or amounts, then the financial covenants or amounts will not be revised and will be determined in accordance with GAAP without giving effect to such change; and

(e) any Event of Default arising as a result of such change which is cured by operation of this Section 1.04 shall be deemed to be of no effect ab initio .

1.05 Amendment and Restatement and Continuing Security .

(a) As stated in the recitals hereof, this Agreement amends, restates and supersedes the Existing Term Loan Agreement, without novation. Upon the Closing Date, all references in any Loan Document and all other agreements, documents and instruments delivered by the Parent, Borrower, any Subsidiary Guarantor, any of the Lenders or any other Person to (i) the Existing Term Loan Agreement shall be deemed to refer to this Agreement (except where the context otherwise requires) and (ii) a “Lender” or the “Control Agent” shall mean such terms as defined in this Agreement. As to all periods occurring on or after the Closing Date, all of the

 

22


terms and conditions set forth in the Existing Term Loan Agreement shall be of no further force and effect; it being understood that all obligations of each Obligor under the Existing Term Loan Agreement shall be governed by this Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement from and after the Closing Date.

(b) The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that all principal, interest, fees, costs, reimbursable expenses and indemnification obligations accruing or arising under or in connection with the Existing Term Loan Agreement which remain unpaid and outstanding as of the Closing Date shall be and remain outstanding and payable as an obligation under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

(c) Borrower hereby ratifies, affirms and acknowledges all of its obligations in respect of the Existing Term Loan Agreement, as amended and restated hereby, and the related documents and agreements delivered by it thereunder.

(d) It is the intention of each of the parties hereto that the Existing Term Loan Agreement be amended and restated by the provisions hereof so as to preserve the perfection and priority of all security interests securing indebtedness and obligations under the Existing Term Loan Agreement and that all indebtedness and obligations of the Obligors hereunder shall be secured by the Security Documents and that this Agreement does not constitute a novation of the obligations and liabilities existing under the Existing Term Loan Agreement except to the extent superseded by this Agreement after the Closing Date. Borrower hereby confirms that the validity, effect and enforceability of all Collateral and the guarantee of the Obligations by any Subsidiary Guarantors shall remain unaffected by this amendment and restatement. The parties agree that the Obligations secured by the Collateral and the guarantee of any Subsidiary Guarantors shall include the obligations under or in connection with this amendment and restatement (including any term loans).

SECTION 2

THE COMMITMENT

2.01 Commitments . Each Lender agrees severally, on and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement (including Section 6 ), to make three (3) term loans (provided that PIK Loans shall be deemed not to constitute “Loans” or “term loans” for purposes of this Section 2.01 ) to the Borrower, each on a Business Day during the Commitment Period in Dollars in an aggregate principal amount for such Lender not to exceed such Lender’s Commitment; provided , however , that at no time shall any Lender be obligated to make a Loan in excess of such Lender’s Proportionate Share of the amount by which the then effective Commitments exceeds the aggregate principal amount of Loans outstanding at such time. Amounts of Loans repaid may not be reborrowed.

2.02 Borrowing Procedures . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement (including Section 6 ), each Borrowing (other than a Borrowing of PIK Loans) shall be made on written notice in the form of Exhibit B given by the Borrower to the Lenders not later than 11:00 a.m. (Central time) on the date required under Section 6.01(i) or 6.02(d) , as applicable (a “ Notice of Borrowing ”).

 

23


2.03 Fees . On each Borrowing Date, the Borrower shall pay to each Lender a financing fee in an amount equal to 1.00% of the Loans advanced by such Lender on such Borrowing Date. Such financing fee, to be determined on a pro rata basis, will be deducted from the Loan proceeds advanced by Lenders to the Borrower on the applicable Borrowing Date.

2.04 Notes . If requested by any Lender, the Loans of such Lender shall be evidenced by one or more promissory notes (each a “ Note ”). The Borrower shall prepare, execute and deliver to the Lenders such promissory note(s) payable to the Lenders (or, if requested by the Lenders, to the Lenders and their registered assigns) and in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C . Thereafter, the Loans and interest thereon shall at all times (including after assignment pursuant to Section 12.05 ) be represented by one or more promissory notes in such form payable to the payee named therein (or, if such promissory note is a registered note, to such payee and its registered assigns).

2.05 Use of Proceeds . The Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Loans for general working capital and corporate purposes and to pay fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection with the Transactions; provided that the Lenders shall have no responsibility as to the use of any proceeds of Loans in the amount made by PIOP. No portion of any proceeds of Loans in the amount made by PIOP (i) will be used to acquire realty or to discharge an obligation relating to the prior acquisition of realty; (ii) will be used outside of the United States (except to pay for services to be rendered outside the United States and to acquire from abroad inventory, material and equipment or property rights for use or sale in the United States, unless prohibited by Part 107.720 of the United States Code of Federal Regulations); or (iii) will be used for any purpose contrary to the public interest (including but not limited to activities which are in violation of law) or inconsistent with free competitive enterprise, in each case, within the meaning of Part 107.720 of Title 13 of the United States Code of Federal Regulations. The Borrower will use the proceeds of the Loans in the amount made by PIOP for only those purposes specified in the SBA Form 1031 provided to the Lenders.

2.06 Defaulting Lenders .

(a) Adjustments . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then, until such time as that Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable law:

(i)  Waivers and Amendments . Such Defaulting Lender’s right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent with respect to this Agreement shall be restricted as set forth in Section 12.04 .

(ii) Reallocation of Payments . Any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts received by the Lenders for the account of such Defaulting Lender (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, pursuant to Section 11 or otherwise), shall be applied at such time or times as follows: first, as the Borrower may request (so long as no Default exists), to the funding of any Loan in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement; second, if so determined by the Majority Lenders and the Borrower, to be held in a non-interest bearing deposit account and released in order to satisfy obligations of such Defaulting Lender to fund Loans under this Agreement; third, to the

 

24


payment of any amounts owing to the Lenders as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any Lender against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; fourth, so long as no Default exists, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Borrower as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Borrower against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and fifth, to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that if (A) such payment is a payment of the principal amount of any Loans in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has not fully funded its appropriate share and (B) such Loans were made at a time when the conditions set forth in Section 6 were satisfied or waived, such payment shall be applied solely to pay the Loans of all non-Defaulting Lenders on a pro rata basis prior to being applied to the payment of any Loans of such Defaulting Lender. Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Lender that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this Section 2.06(a)(ii) shall be deemed paid to and redirected by such Defaulting Lender, and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto.

(b) Defaulting Lender Cure . If the Borrower and the Majority Lenders agree in writing in their sole discretion that a Defaulting Lender should no longer be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender, that Lender will, to the extent applicable, purchase that portion of outstanding Loans of the other Lenders or take such other actions as necessary to cause the Loans to be held on a pro rata basis by the Lenders in accordance with their Proportionate Share, whereupon that Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender; provided that no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of the Borrower while that Lender was a Defaulting Lender; and provided further that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender.

2.07 Substitution of Lenders.

(a) Substitution Right . In the event that any Lender (an “ Affected Lender ”), (i) becomes a Defaulting Lender or (ii) does not consent to any amendment, waiver or consent to any Loan Document for which the consent of the Majority Lenders is obtained but that requires the consent of other Lenders (a “ Non-Consenting Lender ”), either (x) the Borrower may pay in full such Affected Lender with respect to all Obligations owing to such Affected Lender (but excluding any Prepayment Premium) or (y) such Affected Lender may be substituted by any willing Lender or Affiliate of any Lender or Eligible Transferee (in each case, a “ Substitute Lender ”); provided that any substitution of a Non-Consenting Lender shall occur only with the reasonable consent of Majority Lenders.

(b) Procedure . To substitute such Affected Lender or pay in full the Obligations owed to such Affected Lender, the Borrower shall deliver a notice to such Affected Lender. The effectiveness of such payment or substitution shall be subject to the delivery by the Borrower (or, as may be applicable in the case of a substitution, by the Substitute Lender) of (i) payment for the account of such Affected Lender, of, to the extent accrued through, and outstanding on, the effective date for such payment or substitution, all Obligations owing to such Affected Lender (but excluding any Prepayment Premium) and (ii) in the case of a substitution, an Assignment and Acceptance whereby the Substitute Lender shall, among other things, agree to be bound by the terms of the Loan Documents.

 

25


(c) Effectiveness . Upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.07(a) and (b) , the Control Agent shall record such substitution or payment in the Register, whereupon (i) in the case of any payment in full of an Affected Lender pursuant to Section 2.07(b)(i) , such Affected Lender’s Commitments shall be terminated and (ii) in the case of any substitution of an Affected Lender, (A) such Affected Lender shall sell and be relieved of, and the Substitute Lender shall purchase and assume, all rights and claims of such Affected Lender under the Loan Documents, except that (1) the Affected Lender shall retain such rights expressly providing that they survive the repayment of the Obligations and the termination of the Commitments and (2) a Non-Consenting Lender shall be permitted to retain any Warrants issued to such Non-Consenting Lender, (B) such Substitute Lender shall become a “Lender” hereunder and (C) such Affected Lender shall execute and deliver an Assignment and Acceptance to evidence such substitution; provided , however , that the failure of any Affected Lender to execute any such Assignment and Acceptance shall not render such sale and purchase (or the corresponding assignment) invalid.

SECTION 3

PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST

3.01 Repayment.

(a) Repayment . During the Interest-Only Period, no payments of principal of the Loans shall be due. Borrower agrees to repay to the Lenders the outstanding principal amount of the Loans, on each Payment Date occurring after the Interest-Only Period, in equal installments. The amounts of such installments shall be calculated by dividing (i) the sum of the aggregate principal amount of the Loans outstanding on the first day following the end of the Interest-Only Period, by (b) the number of Payment Dates remaining on or prior to the Maturity Date.

(b) Application . Any optional or mandatory prepayment of the Loans shall be applied to the installments thereof under Section 3.01(a) in the inverse order of maturity. To the extent not previously paid, the principal amount of the Loans, together with all other outstanding Obligations (other than Warrant Obligations), shall be due and payable on the Maturity Date.

3.02 Interest .

(a) Interest Generally . Subject to Section 3.02(d) , Borrower agrees to pay to the Lenders interest on the unpaid principal amount of the Loans and the amount of all other outstanding Obligations, in the case of the Loans, for the period from the applicable Borrowing Date, and in the case of any other Obligation, from the date such other Obligation is due and payable, in each case, until paid in full, at a rate per annum equal to 11.00%.

(b)  Default Interest . Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the interest payable pursuant to Section 3.02(a) shall increase automatically by 4.00%  per annum (such aggregate increased rate, the “ Post-Default Rate ”). Notwithstanding any other provision herein (including Section 3.02(d) ), if interest is required to be paid at the Post-Default Rate, it shall be paid entirely in cash. If any Obligation is not paid when due under the applicable Loan Document, the amount thereof shall accrue interest at a rate equal to 4.00%  per annum (without duplication of interest payable at the Post-Default Rate).

 

26


(c) Interest Payment Dates . Accrued interest on the Loans shall be payable in arrears on the last day of each Interest Period in cash, and upon the payment or prepayment thereof (on the principal amount so paid or prepaid); provided that interest payable at the Post-Default Rate shall be payable from time to time on demand.

(d) Paid In-Kind Interest . Notwithstanding Section 3.02(a) , at any time during the PIK Period, the Borrower may elect to pay the interest on the outstanding principal amount of the Loans payable pursuant to Section 3.02 as follows: (i) only 7.50% of the 11.00%  per annum interest in cash and (ii) 3.50% of the 11.00%  per annum interest as compounded interest, added to the aggregate principal amount of the Loans on the last day of each Interest Period (the amount of any such compounded interest being a “ PIK Loan ”). Each PIK Loan shall be evidenced by a Note delivered pursuant to Section 2.04 for the applicable Borrowing in respect thereof. The principal amount of each PIK Loan shall accrue interest in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement applicable to the Loans.

3.03 Prepayments .

(a) Optional Prepayments . The Borrower shall have the right optionally to prepay the outstanding principal amount of the Loans in whole or in part on any Payment Date (a “ Redemption Date ”) for an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Loans being prepaid plus the Prepayment Premium plus any accrued but unpaid interest and any fees which are due and owing (such aggregate amount, the “ Redemption Price ”).

(i) Subject to Section 2.07 and 10.01(b)(ii) , if the Redemption Date occurs:

(A) on or prior to the fourth Payment Date, the Prepayment Premium shall be an amount equal to 5.00% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Loans being prepaid on such Redemption Date;

(B) after the fourth Payment Date, and on or prior to the eighth Payment Date, the Prepayment Premium shall be an amount equal to 4.00% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Loans being prepaid on such Redemption Date;

(C) after the eighth Payment Date, and on or prior to the twelfth Payment Date, the Prepayment Premium shall be an amount equal to 3.00% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Loans being prepaid on such Redemption Date;

(D) after the twelfth Payment Date, and on or prior to the sixteenth Payment Date, the Prepayment Premium shall be an amount equal to 2.00% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Loans being prepaid on such Redemption Date;

 

27


(E) after the sixteenth Payment Date, and on or prior to the twentieth Payment Date, the Prepayment Premium shall be an amount equal to 1.00% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Loans being prepaid on such Redemption Date; and

(F) after the twentieth Payment Date, the Prepayment Premium shall be an amount equal to 0.00% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Loans being prepaid on such Redemption Date.

(ii) To determine the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Loans, and how many Payment Dates have occurred, as of any Redemption Date for purposes of Section 3.03(a)(i) :

(A) if, as of such Redemption Date, the Borrower shall have made only one Borrowing, the number of Payment Dates shall be deemed to be the number of Payment Dates that shall have occurred following the first Borrowing Date;

(B) if, as of such Redemption Date, the Borrower shall have made two Borrowings, then the Redemption Price shall be calculated as the sum of two amounts: (x) a Redemption Price calculated based on solely the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Loans that have been borrowed in the initial Borrowing (and PIK Loans subsequently borrowed in respect of interest payments thereon), as though the applicable number of Payment Dates equals the number of Payment Dates that shall have occurred following the first Borrowing Date, and (y) a Redemption Price calculated based on solely the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Loans that have been borrowed in the second Borrowing (and PIK Loans subsequently borrowed in respect of interest payments thereon), as though the applicable number of Payment Dates equals the number of Payment Dates that shall have occurred following the second Borrowing Date. In the case of any partial prepayment, the amount of such prepayment shall be allocated first to Loans drawn in the initial Borrowing (and PIK Loans in respect thereof), and then to Loans drawn in the second Borrowing (and PIK Loans in respect thereof); and

(C) if, as of such Redemption Date, the Borrower shall have made three Borrowings, then the Redemption Price shall be calculated as the sum of three amounts: (x) a Redemption Price calculated based on solely the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Loans that have been borrowed in the initial Borrowing (and PIK Loans subsequently borrowed in respect of interest payments thereon), as though the applicable number of Payment Dates equals the number of Payment Dates that shall have occurred following the first Borrowing Date, (y) a Redemption Price calculated based on solely the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Loans that have been borrowed in the second Borrowing (and PIK Loans subsequently borrowed in respect of interest payments thereon), as though the applicable number of Payment Dates equals the number of Payment Dates that shall have occurred following the second Borrowing Date, and (z) a Redemption Price calculated based on solely the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Loans that have been borrowed in the third Borrowing (and PIK Loans subsequently borrowed in respect of interest payments thereon), as though the applicable number of Payment Dates equals the number of Payment Dates that shall have occurred following the third Borrowing Date. In the case of any partial prepayment, the amount of such prepayment shall be allocated first to Loans drawn in the initial Borrowing (and PIK Loans in respect thereof), then to Loans drawn in the second Borrowing (and PIK Loans in respect thereof), and then to Loans drawn in the third Borrowing (and PIK Loans in respect thereof).

 

28


(iii) On or prior to the Redemption Date, the Lenders may notify Borrower of a reduction in the amounts due under Section 3.03(a)(i) with respect to any portion of the Loans held by any entity licensed by the SBA as an SBIC.

(b) Mandatory Prepayments.

(i) Asset Sales . In the event of any contemplated Asset Sale not permitted under Section 9.09 , the Borrower shall provide 10 days’ prior written notice of such Asset Sale to the Lenders and, if within such notice period Majority Lenders advise the Borrower that a prepayment is required pursuant to this Section 3.03(b)(i) , the Borrower shall: (x) if the assets sold represent substantially all of the assets or revenues of the Borrower, or represent any specific line of business which either on its own or together with other lines of business sold over the term of this Agreement account for Revenue generated by such lines of business exceeding 10% of the Revenue of the Borrower in the immediately preceding year (in each case, other than with respect to Asset Sales in connection with or pursuant to Specified Licensing Arrangements), prepay the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Loans in an amount equal to the Redemption Price applicable on the date of such Asset Sale in accordance with Section 3.03(a) , and (y) in the case of all other Asset Sales (including, without limitation, all Asset Sales in connection with or pursuant to Specified Licensing Arrangements) not permitted by Section 9.09 and not described in the foregoing clause (x) , prepay the Loans in an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the outstanding principal amount of the Loans in an amount equal to the Redemption Price applicable on the date of such Asset Sale in accordance with Section 3.03(a) and (b)  the entire amount of the Asset Sale Net Proceeds of such Asset Sale, plus any accrued but unpaid interest and any fees which are due and owing, credited in the following order:

(A) first, in reduction of the Borrower’s obligation to pay any unpaid interest and any fees which are due and owing;

(B) second, in reduction of the Borrower’s obligation to pay any Claims or Losses referred to in Section 12.03 ;

(C) third, in reduction of the Borrower’s obligation to pay any amounts due and owing on account of the unpaid principal amount of the Loans;

(D) fourth, in reduction of any other Obligation; and

(E) fifth, to the Borrower or such other Persons as may lawfully be entitled to or directed by the Borrower to receive the remainder.

(ii) Change of Control . In the event of a Change of Control, the Borrower shall immediately provide notice of such Change of Control to the Lenders and, if within 10 days of receipt of such notice Majority Lenders notify the Borrower in writing that a prepayment is required pursuant to this Section 3.03(b)(ii) , the Borrower shall prepay the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Loans in an amount equal to the Redemption Price applicable on the date of such Change of Control in accordance with Section 3.03(a) .

 

29


SECTION 4

PAYMENTS, ETC.

4.01 Payments .

(a) Payments Generally . Each payment of principal, interest and other amounts to be made by the Obligors under this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be made in Dollars, in immediately available funds, without deduction, set off or counterclaim, to an account to be designated by the Majority Lenders by notice to the Borrower, not later than 4:00 p.m. (Central time) on the date on which such payment shall become due (each such payment made after such time on such due date to be deemed to have been made on the next succeeding Business Day).

(b) Application of Payments . Each Obligor shall, at the time of making each payment under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, specify to the Lenders the amounts payable by such Obligor hereunder to which such payment is to be applied (and in the event that Obligors fail to so specify, or if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Lenders may apply such payment in the manner they determine to be appropriate).

(c) Non-Business Days . If the due date of any payment under this Agreement (other than of principal of or interest on the Loans) would otherwise fall on a day that is not a Business Day, such date shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and, in the case of any payment accruing interest, interest thereon shall be payable for the period of such extension.

4.02 Computations . All computations of interest and fees hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and actual days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day) occurring in the period for which payable.

4.03 Notices . Each notice of optional prepayment shall be effective only if received by the Lenders not later than 4:00 p.m. (Central time) on the date one Business Day prior to the date of prepayment. Each notice of optional prepayment shall specify the amount to be prepaid and the date of prepayment.

4.04 Set-Off .

(a) Set-Off Generally . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Lenders and each of their Affiliates are hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other indebtedness at any time owing by the Lenders or such Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower against any and all of the Obligations (other than Warrant Obligations), whether or not the Lenders shall have made any demand and although such obligations may be unmatured. The Lenders agree promptly to notify the Borrower after any such set-off and application, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application. The rights of the Lenders and their Affiliates under this Section 4.04 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of set-off) that the Lenders and their Affiliates may have.

 

30


(b) Exercise of Rights Not Required . Nothing contained herein shall require the Lenders to exercise any such right or shall affect the right of the Lenders to exercise, and retain the benefits of exercising, any such right with respect to any other indebtedness or obligation of Borrower.

SECTION 5

YIELD PROTECTION, ETC.

5.01 Additional Costs.

(a) Change in Requirements of Law Generally . If, on or after the date hereof, the adoption of any Requirement of Law, or any change in any Requirement of Law, or any change in the interpretation or administration thereof by any court or other Governmental Authority charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by any of the Lenders (or its lending office) with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any such Governmental Authority, shall impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve (including any such requirement imposed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), special deposit, contribution, insurance assessment or similar requirement, in each case that becomes effective after the date hereof, against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, a Lender (or its lending office) or shall impose on a Lender (or its lending office) any other condition affecting the Loans or the Commitment, and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Lender of making or maintaining the Loans, or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, by an amount deemed by such Lender to be material (other than (i) Indemnified Taxes and (ii) Taxes described in clause (c)  or (d)  of the definition of “Excluded Taxes”), then the Borrower shall pay to such Lender on demand such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender for such increased cost or reduction.

(b) Change in Capital Requirements . If a Lender shall have determined that, on or after the date hereof, the adoption of any Requirement of Law regarding capital adequacy, or any change therein, or any change in the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or any request or directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) of any such Governmental Authority, in each case that becomes effective after the date hereof, has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on capital of a Lender (or its parent) as a consequence of a Lender’s obligations hereunder or the Loans to a level below that which a Lender (or its parent) could have achieved but for such adoption, change, request or directive by an amount reasonably deemed by it to be material, then the Borrower shall pay to such Lender on demand such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender (or its parent) for such reduction.

 

31


(c) Notification by Lender . The Lenders will promptly notify the Borrower of any event of which it has knowledge, occurring after the date hereof, which will entitle a Lender to compensation pursuant to this Section 5.01 . Before giving any such notice pursuant to this Section 5.01(c) such Lender shall designate a different lending office if such designation (x) will, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender, avoid the need for, or reduce the amount of, such compensation and (y) will not, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender, be materially disadvantageous to such Lender. A certificate of the Lender claiming compensation under this Section 5.01 , setting forth the additional amount or amounts to be paid to it hereunder, shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrower in the absence of manifest error.

(d) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to constitute a change in Requirements of Law for all purposes of this Section 5 , regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.

5.02 Reserved .

5.03 Illegality . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, in the event that on or after the date hereof the adoption of or any change in any Requirement of Law or in the interpretation or application thereof by any competent Governmental Authority shall make it unlawful for a Lender or its lending office to make or maintain the Loans (and, in the opinion of such Lender, the designation of a different lending office would either not avoid such unlawfulness or would be disadvantageous to such Lender), then such Lender shall promptly notify the Borrower thereof following which (a) the Lender’s Commitment shall be suspended until such time as such Lender may again make and maintain the Loans hereunder and (b) if such Requirement of Law shall so mandate, the Loans shall be prepaid by the Borrower on or before such date as shall be mandated by such Requirement of Law in an amount equal to the Redemption Price applicable on the date of such prepayment in accordance with Section 3.03(a) .

5.04 Reserved .

5.05 Taxes .

(a) Payments Free of Taxes . Any and all payments by or on account of any Obligation shall be made without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except as required by applicable law. If any applicable law (as determined in the good faith discretion of an applicable withholding agent) requires the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any such payment by a withholding agent, then the applicable withholding agent shall be entitled to make such deduction or withholding and shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law and, if such Tax is an Indemnified Tax, then the sum payable by the Obligor shall be increased as necessary so that after such deduction or withholding has been made (including such deductions and withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 5 ) the applicable Recipient receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been made.

 

32


(b) Payment of Other Taxes by the Borrower . The Borrower shall timely pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law, or at the option of each Lender, timely reimburse it for, Other Taxes.

(c) Evidence of Payments . As soon as practicable after any payment of Taxes by the Borrower to a Governmental Authority pursuant to this Section 5 , the Borrower shall deliver to each Lender the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment.

(d) Indemnification . The Borrower shall reimburse and indemnify each Recipient, within 10 days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 5 ) payable or paid by such Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to such Recipient and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(e) Status of Lenders .

(i) Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from, or reduction of withholding Tax with respect to payments made under any Loan Document shall timely deliver to the Borrower such properly completed and executed documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding; provided that, other than in the case of U.S. Federal withholding Taxes, such Lender has received written notice from the Borrower advising it of the availability of such exemption or reduction and containing all applicable documentation. In addition, any Lender shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable law as reasonably requested by the Borrower as will enable the Borrower to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding two sentences, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation (other than such documentation set forth in Section 5.05(e)(ii)(A) , (B) or (D) ) shall not be required if in the Lender’s reasonable judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender.

(ii) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event that Borrower is a U.S. Person:

(A) any Lender that is a U.S. Person shall deliver to the Borrower on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower), executed originals of IRS Form W-9 (or successor form) certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. Federal backup withholding tax;

 

33


(B) any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower), whichever of the following is applicable:

(1) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party (x) with respect to payments of interest under any Loan Document, executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN (or successor form) establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. Federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “interest” article of such tax treaty and (y) with respect to any other applicable payments under any Loan Document, IRS Form W-8BEN (or successor form) establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. Federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “business profits” or “other income” article of such tax treaty;

(2) executed originals of IRS Form W-8ECI (or successor form);

(3) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code (a “ U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate ”) and (y) executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN (or successor form); or

(4) to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner, executed originals of IRS Form W-8IMY (or successor form), accompanied by IRS Form W-8ECI (or successor form), IRS Form W-8BEN (or successor form), a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate, IRS Form W-9 (or successor form), and/or other certification documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable; provided that if the Foreign Lender is a partnership and one or more direct or indirect partners of such Foreign Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such Foreign Lender may provide a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate on behalf of each such direct and indirect partner;

(C) any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower), executed originals of any other form prescribed by applicable law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. Federal withholding Tax, duly completed, together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable law to permit the Borrower to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made; and

(D) any Foreign Lender shall deliver to the Borrower any forms and information necessary to establish that the Foreign Lender is not subject to withholding tax under FATCA.

 

34


Each Lender agrees that if any form or certification it previously delivered expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall update such form or certification or promptly notify the Borrower in writing of its legal inability to do so.

(f) Treatment of Certain Refunds . If any party determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified pursuant to this Section 5 (including by the payment of additional amounts pursuant to this Section 5 ), it shall pay to the indemnifying party an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made under this Section 5 with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) of such indemnified party and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund). Such indemnifying party, upon the request of such indemnified party, shall repay to such indemnified party the amount paid over pursuant to this paragraph (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) in the event that such indemnified party is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 5.05(f) , in no event will the indemnified party be required to pay any amount to an indemnifying party pursuant to this Section 5.05(f) the payment of which would place the indemnified party in a less favorable net after-Tax position than the indemnified party would have been in if the indemnification payments or additional amounts giving rise to such refund had never been paid. This Section 5.05(f) shall not be construed to require any indemnified party to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes that it deems confidential) to the indemnifying party or any other Person.

(g) Mitigation Obligations . If the Borrower is required to pay any Indemnified Taxes or additional amounts to any Lender or to any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 5.01 or this Section 5.05 , then such Lender shall (at the request of the Borrower) use commercially reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign and delegate its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or Affiliates if, in the sole reasonable judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment and delegation would (i) eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 5.01 or this Section 5.05 , as the case may be, in the future, (ii) not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and (iii) not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender. The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment and delegation.

SECTION 6

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

6.01 Conditions to Initial Borrowing . The obligation of each Lender to make a Loan as part of the first Borrowing hereunder shall not become effective until the following conditions precedent shall have been satisfied or waived in writing by the Majority Lenders:

(a)  Borrowing Date . Such Borrowing shall be made not later than August 22, 2013.

 

35


(b) Amount of Initial Borrowing . The amount of such Borrowing shall equal $50,000,000 (prior to the application of the financing fee under Section 2.03 ).

(c)  No Other Secured Debt . On the date of the initial Borrowing, no Obligor shall have any secured Indebtedness outstanding or available to be drawn, other than under this Agreement and under any Permitted Indebtedness that is secured by Permitted Liens.

(d) No Law Restraining Transactions . No applicable law or regulation shall restrain, prevent or, in the reasonable judgment of the Lenders, impose materially adverse conditions upon the Transactions.

(e) Payment of Fees . Lenders shall be satisfied with the arrangements to deduct the fees set forth herein from the proceeds advanced.

(f) Updated Lien Searches . Lenders shall be reasonably satisfied with updated Lien searches provided by the Borrower or its counsel to the Lenders within two Business Days prior to the date of the first Borrowing.

(g) Documentary Deliveries . The Lenders shall have received the following documents, each of which shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lenders:

(i)  Agreement . This Agreement duly executed and delivered by the Borrower and each of the other parties hereto.

(ii) Security Documents .

(A) The Security Agreement, duly executed and delivered by each of the Obligors;

(B) Each of the Short-Form IP Security Agreements, duly executed and delivered by the applicable Obligor;

(C) UCC-1 financing statements against each Obligor in its jurisdiction of formation or incorporation, as the case may be, shall have been filed;

(D) Each of the Short-Form IP Security Agreements in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office, as applicable, shall have been filed;

(E) duly executed control agreements in favor of the Lenders for all Deposit Accounts, Securities Accounts and Commodity Accounts owned by the Obligors in the United States as of the date hereof, in each case, other than Excluded Accounts; and

(F) Without limitation, all other documents and instruments reasonably required to perfect the Lenders’ Lien on, and security interest in, the Collateral (including any capital stock certificates and undated stock powers executed in blank) shall have been duly executed and delivered and be in proper form for filing, and shall create in favor of the Lenders, a perfected Lien on, and security interest in, the Collateral, subject to no Liens other than Permitted Liens.

 

36


(iii) Subordination Agreement . Each holder of Permitted Shareholder Debt shall have executed and delivered to the Lenders a subordination agreement, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit H , satisfactory to the Lenders.

(iv) Warrants . The Warrants related to the first Borrowing for such number of shares of common stock of Borrower as indicated on Schedule 1 hereto , duly executed and delivered by the Borrower on the date that is the earlier of (A) June 20, 2013, and (B) the date of the first Borrowing; for the avoidance of doubt, Borrower shall deliver such Warrants to the Lenders regardless of whether the first Borrowing occurs.

(v) Notes . Any Notes requested in accordance with Section 2.04 .

(vi)  Approvals . Certified copies of all material licenses, consents, authorizations and approvals of, and notices to and filings and registrations with, any Governmental Authority (including all foreign exchange approvals), and of all third-party consents and approvals, necessary in connection with the making and performance by the Obligors of the Loan Documents and the Transactions.

(vii) Corporate Documents . Certified copies of the constitutive documents of each Obligor (if publicly available in such Obligor’s jurisdiction of formation) and of resolutions of the Board of Directors (or shareholders, if applicable) of each Obligor authorizing the making and performance by it of the Loan Documents to which it is a party.

(viii) Incumbency Certificate . A certificate of each Obligor as to the authority, incumbency and specimen signatures of the persons who have executed the Loan Documents and any other documents in connection herewith on behalf of the Obligors.

(ix) Officer’s Certificate . A certificate, dated the date of such Borrowing and signed by the President, a Vice President or a financial officer of Borrower, confirming compliance with the conditions set forth in Section 6.03 .

(x) Opinions of Counsel . (A) A favorable opinion, dated the date of such Borrowing, of counsel to each Obligor in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit F reasonably satisfactory to the Lenders and their counsel, and (B) to the extent not covered by the opinion described in clause (A) above, a favorable opinion, on perfection of any Deposit Accounts, Securities Accounts, and Commodity Accounts subject to the control agreements described in Section 6.01(g)(ii)(E) reasonably satisfactory to the Lenders and their counsel.

(xi)  Insurance . Certificates of insurance evidencing the existence of all insurance required to be maintained by the Borrower pursuant to Section 8.05 and the designation of the Lenders as the loss payees or additional named insured, as the case may be, thereunder.

(xii) SBA Forms . Completed SBA Forms 480, 652, and 1031 (Parts A and B).

 

37


(xiii) Stock Certificate and Stock Power . All original stock certificates of stock evidencing the Borrower’s ownership interest in Valeritas Security, accompanied by stock powers undated and endorsed in blank, as well as original stock certificates of Valeritas Security’s class B common stock issued to the Lenders.

(xiv) Valeritas Security Side Letter . The Valeritas Security Side Letter, duly executed and delivered by the Borrower and Valeritas Security and each of the other parties thereto.

(h) Valeritas Security Organizational Documents . Lenders shall have received an amended and restated certificate of incorporation of Valeritas Security to provide that until the Commitments have expired or been terminated and all Obligations (other than the Warrant Obligations) have been paid in full in cash (a) Valeritas Security may only engage in any activity or purpose prohibited by Section 1 of the Valeritas Security Side Letter with the consent of the Lenders and (b) the Lenders shall have received shares of voting capital stock in Valeritas Security such that the holders of such shares shall have a consent right to any amendments to the amended and restated certificate of incorporation of Valeritas Security that has the effect of allowing Valeritas Security to engage in any activity or purpose prohibited by Section 1 of the Valeritas Security Side Letter.

(i) Notice of Borrowing . Capital Royalty Partners II L.P. shall have received a Notice of Borrowing at least twelve (12) Business Days prior to the first Borrowing Date.

6.02 Acknowledgements

(a) The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that the initial Borrowing occurred prior to the Closing Date and the conditions precedent under Section 6.01 were satisfied as of such date; provided that, in accordance with the terms of the Consent, Waiver and Amendment Agreement, the Warrants previously issued in connection with the first Borrowing were terminated in their entirety and of no further force or effect and that Schedule 1 sets forth the newly issued warrants in substitution therefor.

(b) The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that the conditions precedent to the second Borrowing, and consequently the third Borrowing contained in Section 6.02 of the Existing Tem Loan Agreement were not satisfied, and therefore, no Lender has any commitment to fund the second and third term Borrowings hereunder.

(c) The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that, with the execution and delivery of this Agreement as of the date hereof, the Borrower is in compliance with Section 6(b) of the Consent, Waiver and Amendment Agreement.

6.03 Conditions to Each Borrowing

The obligation of each Lender to make a Loan as part of any Borrowing (other than with respect to a Borrowing of PIK Loans) hereunder is also subject to satisfaction of the following further conditions precedent on the applicable Borrowing Date:

(a) Commitment Period . Such Borrowing Date shall occur during the Commitment Period.

 

38


(b) No Default; Representations and Warranties . Both immediately prior to the making of such Loan and after giving effect thereto and to the intended use thereof:

(i) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and

(ii) the representations and warranties made by the Borrower in Section 7 shall be true on and as of the Borrowing Date and immediately after giving effect to the application of the proceeds of the Borrowing with the same force and effect as if made on and as of such date, except that (i) the representation regarding representations and warranties that refer to a specific earlier date shall be true on such earlier date and (ii) with respect to each Borrowing made following the initial Borrowing Date, such representation regarding representations and warranties shall only be required to be true in all material respects on and as of the applicable Borrowing Date (except to the extent that such representation or warranty contains any materiality or Material Adverse Effect qualifier).

(c) Financing Fee . Except in the case of any PIK Loan, each Lender shall have received its portion of the fees payable pursuant to Section 2.03 .

Each Borrowing shall constitute a certification by the Borrower to the effect that the conditions set forth in this Section 6.03 have been fulfilled as of the applicable Borrowing Date.

SECTION 7

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

The Borrower represents and warrants to the Lenders that:

7.01 Power and Authority . Each of the Parent, Borrower and their Subsidiaries (a) is a duly organized and validly existing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, (b) has all requisite corporate or other power, and has all material governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals necessary to own its assets and carry on its business as now being or as proposed to be conducted except to the extent that failure to have the same would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (c) is qualified to do business and is in good standing in all jurisdictions in which the nature of the business conducted by it makes such qualification necessary and where failure so to qualify could (either individually or in the aggregate) have a Material Adverse Effect, and (d) has full power, authority and legal right to make and perform each of the Loan Documents to which it is a party and, in the case of the Borrower, to borrow the Loans hereunder.

7.02 Authorization; Enforceability . The Transactions are within each Obligor’s corporate powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate and, if required, by all necessary shareholder action. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by each Obligor and constitutes, and each of the other Loan Documents to which it is a party when executed and delivered by such Obligor will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Obligor, enforceable against each Obligor in accordance with its terms, except as such

 

39


enforceability may be limited by (a) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws of general applicability affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights and (b) the application of general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

7.03 Governmental and Other Approvals; No Conflicts . The Transactions (a) do not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or any other action by, any Governmental Authority or any third party, except for (i) such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect and (ii) filings and recordings in respect of the Liens created pursuant to the Security Documents, (b) will not violate any applicable law or regulation or the charter, bylaws or other organizational documents of Parent, Borrower and their Subsidiaries or any order of any Governmental Authority, other than any such violations that, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (c) will not, in any material respect, violate or result in a default under any indenture, material agreement or other material instrument binding upon Parent, Borrower and their Subsidiaries or assets, or give rise to a right thereunder to require any material payment to be made by any such Person, and (d) except for the Liens created pursuant to the Security Documents, will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any asset of Parent, Borrower and their Subsidiaries.

7.04 Financial Statements; Material Adverse Change.

(a) Financial Statements . The Borrower has heretofore furnished to the Lenders certain financial statements as provided for in Section 8.01 . Such financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position and results of operations and cash flows of the Parent, Borrower and their Subsidiaries as of such dates and for such periods in accordance with GAAP, subject to year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes in the case of the statements previously-delivered statements of the type described in Section 8.01(b) . Neither the Parent, Borrower nor any of their Subsidiaries has any material contingent liabilities or unusual forward or long-term commitments not disclosed in the aforementioned financial statements that are required to be disclosed therein under GAAP.

(b) No Material Adverse Change . Since December 31, 2012, there has been no Material Adverse Change.

7.05 Properties .

(a) Property Generally . Each Obligor has good and marketable fee simple title to, or valid leasehold interests in, all its real and personal property material to its business, subject only to Permitted Liens and except for minor defects in title that do not interfere with its ability to conduct its business as currently conducted or to utilize such properties for their intended purposes.

(b) Intellectual Property . The Obligors represent and warrant to the Lenders as of the date hereof as follows, and the Obligors acknowledge that the Lenders are relying on such representations and warranties in entering into this Agreement:

(i)  Schedule 7.05(b) contains:

(A) a complete and accurate list of all applied for or registered Patents, including the jurisdiction and patent number;

 

40


(B) a complete and accurate list of all applied for or registered Trademarks, including the jurisdiction, trademark application or registration number and the application or registration date; and

(C) a complete and accurate list of all applied for or registered Copyrights;

(ii) Each Obligor is the absolute beneficial owner of all right, title and interest in and to Material Intellectual Property listed on Schedule 7.05(c) as owned by such Obligor with good and marketable title, free and clear of any Liens of any kind whatsoever other than Permitted Liens. Without limiting the foregoing, and except as set forth in Schedule 7.05(b) :

(A) other than with respect to the Material Agreements, or as permitted by Section 9.09 below, the Obligors have not transferred ownership of Material Intellectual Property listed on Schedule 7.05(c) as owned by such Obligors, in whole or in part, to any other Person who is not an Obligor;

(B) other than (i) the Material Agreements, (ii) customary restrictions in in-bound licenses of Intellectual Property and non-disclosure agreements, or (iii) as would have been or is permitted by Section 9.09 below, there are no judgments, covenants not to sue, permits, grants, licenses, Liens (other than Permitted Liens), or other agreements or arrangements relating to Borrower’s Material Intellectual Property, including any development, submission, services, research, license or support agreements, which bind, obligate or otherwise restrict the Obligors in any manner that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(C) the use of any of the Obligor Intellectual Property in the business of the Borrower as currently conducted or as currently contemplated to be conducted, to the Borrower’s Knowledge, does not breach, violate, infringe or interfere with or constitute a misappropriation of any valid rights arising under any Intellectual Property of any other Person;

(D) except as listed on Schedule 7.05(b) , there are no pending or, to Borrower’s Knowledge, threatened in writing Claims against the Obligors asserted by any other Person relating to the Obligor Intellectual Property owned by or exclusively licensed to Obligors, including any Claims of adverse ownership, invalidity, infringement, misappropriation, violation or other opposition to or conflict with such Intellectual Property, except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; the Obligors have not received any written notice from any Person that the Borrower’s business, the use of the Obligor Intellectual Property in the business of the Borrower as currently conducted, or the manufacture, use or sale of any product or the performance of any service by the Borrower infringes upon, violates or constitutes a misappropriation of, or may infringe upon, violate or constitute a misappropriation of, or otherwise interfere with, any other Intellectual Property of any other Person;

 

41


(E) except as listed on Schedule 7.05(b) , the Obligors have no Knowledge that the Obligor Intellectual Property owned by or exclusively licensed to Obligors is being infringed, violated, misappropriated or otherwise used by any other Person without the express authorization of the Obligors. Without limiting the foregoing, the Obligors have not put any other Person on notice of actual or potential infringement, violation or misappropriation of any of the Material Intellectual Property owned by or exclusively licensed to Obligors; the Obligors have not initiated the enforcement of any Claim with respect to any of the Obligor Intellectual Property owned by or exclusively licensed to Obligors;

(F) all relevant current and former employees and contractors of Borrower have executed written confidentiality and invention assignment Contracts with Borrower that irrevocably assign to Borrower or its designee all of their rights to any Inventions relating to Borrower’s business that are conceived or reduced to practice by such employees within the scope of their employment or by such contractors within the scope of their contractual relationship with Borrower, to the extent permitted by applicable law;

(G) to the Knowledge of the Obligors, the Obligor Intellectual Property is all the valid Intellectual Property necessary for the operation of the Borrower’s business as it is currently conducted or as currently contemplated to be conducted, except for such Intellectual Property the absence of which would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(H) the Obligors have taken commercially reasonable precautions to protect the secrecy, confidentiality and value of its Material Intellectual Property consisting of trade secrets and confidential information, except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(I) each Obligor has delivered to the Lenders accurate and complete copies of all Material Agreements relating to the Obligor Intellectual Property;

(J) there are no pending or, to the Knowledge of any of the Obligors, threatened in writing Claims against the Obligors asserted by any other Person relating to the Material Agreements, including any Claims of breach or default under such Material Agreements, except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(iii) With respect to the Material Intellectual Property owned by or for which prosecution is controlled by Obligors consisting of Patents, except as set forth in Schedule 7.05(b) , and without limiting the representations and warranties in Section 7.05(b)(ii) :

(A) each of the issued claims in such Patents, to Borrower’s Knowledge, is valid and enforceable;

(B) the inventors claimed in such Patents have executed written Contracts with the Borrower or its predecessor-in-interest that properly and irrevocably assigns to Borrower or predecessor-in-interest all of their rights to any of the Inventions claimed in such Patents to the extent permitted by applicable law;

 

42


(C) none of the Patents, or the Inventions claimed in them, have been dedicated to the public except as a result of intentional decisions made by the applicable Obligor;

(D) to Borrower’s Knowledge, all prior art material to such Patents was disclosed to or considered by the respective patent offices during prosecution of such Patents to the extent required by applicable law or regulation;

(E) subsequent to the issuance of such Patents, neither the Borrower nor any Guarantor or their predecessors in interest, have filed any disclaimer or filed any other voluntary reduction in the scope of the Inventions claimed in such Patents;

(F) no allowable or allowed subject matter of such Patents, to Borrower’s Knowledge, is subject to any competing conception claims of allowable or allowed subject matter of any patent applications or patents of any third party and have not been the subject of any interference, re-examination or opposition proceedings, nor are the Obligors aware of any basis for any such interference, re-examination or opposition proceedings;

(G) no such Patents, to Borrower’s Knowledge, have ever been finally adjudicated to be invalid, unpatentable or unenforceable for any reason in any administrative, arbitration, judicial or other proceeding, and, with the exception of publicly available documents in the applicable Patent Office recorded with respect to any Patents, the Obligors have not received any written notice asserting that such Patents are invalid, unpatentable or unenforceable; if any of such Patents is terminally disclaimed to another patent or patent application, all patents and patent applications subject to such terminal disclaimer are included in the Collateral;

(H) the Obligors have not received an opinion, whether preliminary in nature or qualified in any manner, which concludes that a challenge to the validity or enforceability of any of such Patents is more likely than not to succeed;

(I) the Obligors have no Knowledge that they or any prior owner of such Patents or their respective agents or representatives have engaged in any conduct, or omitted to perform any necessary act, the result of which would invalidate or render unpatentable or unenforceable any such Patents; and

(J) all maintenance fees, annuities, and the like due or payable on the Patents have been timely paid or the failure to so pay was the result of an intentional decision by the applicable Obligor or would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.

(c) Material Intellectual Property . Schedule 7.05(c) contains an accurate list of the Obligor Intellectual Property that is material to the Borrower’s business with an indication as to whether the applicable Obligor owns or has an exclusive or non-exclusive license to such Obligor Intellectual Property.

 

43


7.06 No Actions or Proceedings .

(a) Litigation . There is no litigation, investigation or proceeding pending or, to the Borrower’s Knowledge, threatened with respect to the Parent, Borrower or their Subsidiaries by or before any Governmental Authority or arbitrator (i) that either individually or in the aggregate would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, except as specified in Schedule 7.06 or (ii) that involves this Agreement or the Transactions.

(b)  Environmental Matters . The operations and Property of Parent, Borrower and their Subsidiaries comply with all applicable Environmental Laws, except to the extent the failure to so comply (either individually or in the aggregate) would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) Labor Matters . The Borrower has not engaged in unfair labor practices and there are no material labor actions or disputes, pending or ongoing, involving the employees of the Borrower that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

7.07 Compliance with Laws and Agreements . Each of the Obligors is in compliance with all laws, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or its property and all indentures, agreements and other instruments binding upon it or its property, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No Default has occurred and is continuing.

7.08 Taxes . Each of the Obligors has timely filed or caused to be filed all tax returns and reports required to have been filed and has paid or caused to be paid all taxes required to have been paid by it, except taxes that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which such Obligor has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP and in each case, except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

7.09 Full Disclosure . The Borrower has disclosed to the Lenders all Material Agreements to which any Obligor is subject, and all other matters to their Knowledge, that, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. None of the reports, financial statements, certificates or other information furnished by or on behalf of the Obligors to the Lenders in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or delivered hereunder or thereunder, in each case, taken as a whole (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished) contains any material misstatement of material fact or, to the Borrower’s Knowledge, omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that , with respect to projected financial information and other forward looking information, the Borrower represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time, and it being understood that such projected financial information and forward looking information are not to be viewed as facts, that actual results during the period or periods covered thereby may materially differ from the projected results.

 

44


7.10 Regulation .

(a) Investment Company Act . Neither Parent, Borrower nor any of their Subsidiaries is an “investment company” as defined in, or subject to regulation under, the Investment Company Act of 1940.

(b) Margin Stock . Neither Parent, Borrower nor any of their Subsidiaries is engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose, whether immediate, incidental or ultimate, of buying or carrying Margin Stock, and no part of the proceeds of the Loans will be used to buy or carry any Margin Stock in violation of Regulation T, U or X.

7.11 Solvency . Borrower is and, immediately after giving effect to the Borrowing and the use of proceeds thereof will be, Solvent.

7.12 Subsidiaries . Schedule 7.12 is a complete and correct list of all Subsidiaries of the Parent and Borrower as of the date hereof, each such Subsidiary is duly organized and validly existing under the jurisdiction of its organization shown in said Schedule 7.12 , and the percentage ownership by Borrower of each such Subsidiary is as shown in said Schedule 7.12 .

7.13 Indebtedness and Liens . Schedule 7.13(a) is a complete and correct list of all Material Indebtedness of each Obligor outstanding as of the date hereof. Schedule 7.13(b) is a complete and correct list of all Liens granted by the Borrower and other Obligors to secure the payment or performance of Material Indebtedness with respect to their respective Property and outstanding as of the date hereof.

7.14 Material Agreements . Schedule 7.14 is a complete and correct list of (i) each Material Agreement existing on the date hereof and (ii) each agreement creating or evidencing any Material Indebtedness. No Obligor is in material default under any such Material Agreement or agreement creating or evidencing any Material Indebtedness. Except as otherwise disclosed on Schedule 7.14 , all material vendor purchase agreements and provider contracts of the Obligors are in full force and effect without material modification from the form in which the same were disclosed to the Lenders.

7.15 Restrictive Agreements . None of the Obligors is subject to any indenture, agreement, instrument or other arrangement of the type described in Section 9.11 , except for any indenture, agreement, instrument or other arrangement described on Schedule 7.15 or otherwise permitted under Section 9.11 (each, a “ Permitted Restrictive Agreement ”).

7.16 Real Property.

(a) Generally . Neither Parent, Borrower nor any of their Subsidiaries owns or leases (as tenant thereof) any real property, except as described on Schedule 7.16 .

(b) Borrower Lease .

(i) Borrower has delivered a true, accurate and complete copy of the Borrower Lease to Lenders.

 

45


(ii) The Borrower Lease is in full force and effect and no default has occurred under the Borrower Lease that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and, to the Knowledge of Borrower, there is no existing condition which, but for the passage of time or the giving of notice, would reasonably be expected to result in a default under the terms of the Borrower Lease that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(iii) Borrower is the tenant under the Borrower Lease and has not transferred, sold, assigned, conveyed, disposed of, mortgaged, pledged, hypothecated, or encumbered any of its interest in, the Borrower Lease except for Permitted Liens.

7.17 Pension Matters . Schedule 7.17 sets forth, as of the date hereof, a complete and correct list of, and that separately identifies, (a) all Title IV Plans, (b) all Multiemployer Plans and (c) all material Benefit Plans. Each Benefit Plan, and each trust thereunder, intended to qualify for tax exempt status under Section 401 or 501 of the Code or other Requirements of Law so qualifies. Except for those that could not, in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect, (x) each Benefit Plan is in compliance with applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other Requirements of Law and (y) there are no existing or pending (or to the Knowledge of any Obligor or Subsidiary thereof, threatened) claims (other than routine claims for benefits in the normal course), sanctions, actions, lawsuits or other proceedings or investigation involving any Benefit Plan to which any Obligor or Subsidiary thereof incurs or otherwise has or could have an obligation or any liability or Claim. Borrower and each of its ERISA Affiliates has met all applicable requirements under the ERISA Funding Rules with respect to each Title IV Plan, and no waiver of the minimum funding standards under the ERISA Funding Rules has been applied for or obtained. As of the most recent valuation date for any Title IV Plan, the funding target attainment percentage (as defined in Section 430(d)(2) of the Code) is at least 60%, and to the Borrower’s Knowledge, no facts or circumstances exist that could reasonably be expected to cause the funding target attainment percentage to fall below 60%. As of the date hereof, no ERISA Event has occurred in connection with which obligations and liabilities (contingent or otherwise) remain outstanding. No ERISA Affiliate would have any Withdrawal Liability as a result of a complete withdrawal from any Multiemployer Plan on the date this representation is made.

7.18 Collateral; Security Interest . Each Security Document is effective to create in favor of the Lenders a legal, valid and enforceable security interest in the Collateral subject thereto and each such security interest will be perfected to the extent required by (and has the priority required by) the applicable Security Document subject to the taking of the actions described in such Security Documents. The Security Documents collectively are effective to create in favor of the Lenders a legal, valid and enforceable security interest in all of the Borrower’s and the Guarantors’ assets, which security interests are first-priority except for Permitted Senior Liens.

7.19 Regulatory Approvals . Except as listed on Schedule 7.19 , Parent, Borrower and their Subsidiaries hold, and will continue to hold, either directly or through licensees and agents, all material Regulatory Approvals, licenses, permits and similar governmental authorizations of a Governmental Authority necessary or required for Parent, Borrower and their Subsidiaries to conduct their operations and business in the manner currently conducted.

 

46


7.20 Small Business Concern . The Borrower’s primary business activity does not involve, directly or indirectly, making loans to others, the purchase or discounting of debt obligations, factoring or long term leasing of equipment with no provision for maintenance or repair, and the Borrower is not classified under Major Group 65 (Real Estate) or Industry No. 1531 (Operative Builders) of the SIC Manual. Borrower acknowledges that it has been advised that PIOP is a Small Business Investment Company and licensee under the SBIC Act. The information regarding Borrower and its affiliates set forth in the SBA Form 480, Form 652, and Form 1031 is accurate and complete. The Borrower acknowledges that the Lenders are relying on the representations and warranties made by the Borrower to the SBA in the SBA Form 480 provided to the Lenders.

7.21 Update of Schedules . Schedules 7.05(b) (in respect of the lists of Patents, Copyrights and Trademarks under Section 7.05(b)(i) only), 7.05(c) , 7.06 , 7.12 , 7.13(a) and (b) , 7.14 , 7.16, 7.17 and 7.19 may be updated by Borrower prior to each Borrowing Date to insure the continued accuracy of such Schedule as of such Borrowing Date, by Borrower providing to the Lenders, in writing (including via electronic means), a revised version of such Schedule in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.02 . Each such updated Schedule shall be effective immediately upon the receipt thereof by the Lenders. Lenders and Borrower agree to update Schedule 1 prior to the second Borrowing and the third Borrowing to adjust the number of Warrants (in accordance with the definition thereof) to be issued at such Borrowing, which calculation shall take into account the Common Stock Outstanding as determined at such time.

SECTION 8

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Each Obligor covenants and agrees with the Lenders that, until the Commitments have expired or been terminated and all Obligations (other than the Warrant Obligations) have been paid in full indefeasibly in cash:

8.01 Financial Statements and Other Information . The Borrower will furnish to the Lenders:

(a) as soon as available and in any event within 45 days after the end of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year (or 60 days, in the case of the fourth fiscal quarter), the consolidated balance sheets of the Obligors as of the end of such quarter, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of Parent, Borrower and their Subsidiaries for such quarter and the portion of the fiscal year through the end of such quarter, prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, all in reasonable detail, together with a certificate of a Responsible Officer of Borrower stating that such financial statements fairly present the financial condition of Parent, Borrower and their Subsidiaries as at such date and the results of operations of Parent, Borrower and their Subsidiaries for the period ended on such date and have been prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, subject to changes resulting from normal, year-end audit adjustments and except for the absence of notes;

 

47


(b) as soon as available and in any event within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, the consolidated balance sheets of Parent, Borrower and their Subsidiaries as of the end of such fiscal year, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of Parent, Borrower and their Subsidiaries for such fiscal year, prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, all in reasonable detail, accompanied by a report and opinion thereon of KPMG LLP or another firm of independent certified public accountants of recognized national standing acceptable to the Lenders, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit;

(c) together with the financial statements required pursuant to Sections 8.01(a) and (b) , a compliance certificate of a Responsible Officer as of the end of the applicable accounting period (which delivery may be by electronic communication including fax or email and shall be deemed to be an original authentic counterpart thereof for all purposes) in the form of Exhibit E (a “ Compliance Certificate ”), which Compliance Certificate shall include details of any issues that are material that are raised by auditors and evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Majority Lenders of compliance with Section 10 ;

(d) (i) promptly upon receipt thereof copies of all letters of representation signed by an Obligor to its auditors and (ii) copies of all auditor reports delivered for each fiscal year delivered no more frequently than annually;

(e) as soon as available but in any event within 45 days following the end of each fiscal year, a consolidated financial forecast for Parent, Borrower and their Subsidiaries for the following five fiscal years, including forecasted consolidated balance sheets, consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of Parent, Borrower and their Subsidiaries;

(f) promptly after the same are released, copies of all press releases;

(g) promptly, and in any event within five Business Days after receipt thereof by an Obligor thereof, copies of each notice or other correspondence received from any securities regulator or exchange to the authority of which Borrower may become subject from time to time concerning any investigation or possible investigation or other inquiry by such agency regarding financial or other operational results of such Obligor except where such investigation, possible investigation or inquiry would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

(h) the information regarding insurance maintained by Parent, Borrower and their Subsidiaries as required under Section 8.05 .

8.02 Notices of Material Events . The Borrower will furnish to the Lenders written notice of the following promptly after a Responsible Officer first learns of the existence of:

(a) the occurrence of any Default;

(b) notice of the occurrence of any event with respect to its property or assets resulting in a Loss aggregating $500,000 (or the Equivalent Amount in other currencies) or more;

 

48


(c) except where a Material Adverse Effect would not reasonably be expected to result in connection therewith, (A) any proposed acquisition of stock, assets or property by any Obligor that would reasonably be expected to result in environmental liability under Environmental Laws, and (B)(1) spillage, leakage, discharge, disposal, leaching, migration or release of any Hazardous Material required to be reported to any Governmental Authority under applicable Environmental Laws, and (2) all actions, suits, claims, notices of violation, hearings, investigations or proceedings pending, or to the best of Borrower’s Knowledge, threatened against or affecting Parent, Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries or with respect to the ownership, use, maintenance and operation of their respective businesses, operations or properties, relating to Environmental Laws or Hazardous Material;

(d) the assertion of any environmental matter by any Person against, or with respect to the activities of, Parent, Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries and any alleged violation of or non-compliance with any Environmental Laws or any permits, licenses or authorizations which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(e) the filing or commencement of any action, suit or proceeding by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority against or affecting Parent, Borrower or any of their Affiliates that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, including, in any event, any filing or commencement of any action, suit or proceeding by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority against or affecting Parent, Borrower or any of their Affiliates;

(f) except where a Material Adverse Effect would not reasonably be expected to result in connection therewith, (i) on or prior to any filing by any ERISA Affiliate of any notice of intent to terminate any Title IV Plan, a copy of such notice and (ii) promptly, and in any event within ten days, after any Responsible Officer of any ERISA Affiliate knows or has reason to know that a request for a minimum funding waiver under Section 412 of the Code has been filed with respect to any Title IV Plan or Multiemployer Plan, a notice (which may be made by telephone if promptly confirmed in writing) describing such waiver request and any action that any ERISA Affiliate proposes to take with respect thereto, together with a copy of any notice filed with the PBGC or the IRS pertaining thereto;

(g) (i) the termination of any Material Agreement; (ii) the receipt by Parent, Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries of any material notice under any Material Agreement; (iii) the entering into of any new Material Agreement by an Obligor; or (iv) any material amendment to a Material Agreement;

(h) the reports and notices as required by the Security Documents;

(i) within 30 days of the date thereof, or, if earlier, on the date of delivery of any financial statements pursuant to Section 8.01 , notice of any material change in accounting policies or financial reporting practices by the Obligors;

(j) promptly after the occurrence thereof, notice of any labor controversy resulting in or threatening to result in any strike, work stoppage, boycott, shutdown or other material labor disruption against or involving an Obligor;

 

49


(k) a licensing agreement or arrangement entered into by Parent, Borrower or any Subsidiary in connection with any infringement or alleged infringement of the Intellectual Property of another Person;

(l) any other development that results in, or would reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect;

(m) concurrently with the delivery of financial statements under Section 8.01(b) , the creation or other acquisition of any Intellectual Property by Parent, Borrower or any Subsidiary after the date hereof and during such prior fiscal year which is registered or becomes registered or the subject of an application for registration with the U.S. Copyright Office or the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, as applicable; or

(n) such other information respecting the operations, properties, business or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Obligors (including with respect to the Collateral) as the Majority Lenders may from time to time reasonably request.

Each notice delivered under this Section 8.02 shall be accompanied by a statement of a financial officer or other executive officer of Borrower setting forth the details of the event or development requiring such notice and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto.

8.03 Existence; Conduct of Business . Parent and Borrower will, and will cause each of their Subsidiaries to, do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its legal existence and except where failure would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the rights, licenses, permits, privileges and franchises material to the conduct of its business; provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit any merger, amalgamation, consolidation, liquidation or dissolution permitted under Section 9.03 or Section 9.09 . Without obtaining the prior written approval of PIOP, Borrower will not change within one (1) year after the first Borrowing Date, Borrower’s business activity to a business activity to which a licensee under the SBIC Act is prohibited from providing funds by the SBIC Act, as more specifically set forth under Part 107.720 of Title 13 of the United States Code of Federal Regulations. If Borrower’s business activity changes to such a prohibited business activity or the proceeds are used for ineligible business activities, Borrower will use all commercially reasonable efforts and cooperate in good faith to assist PIOP to sell or transfer its Proportionate Share of the Loans in a commercially reasonable manner; provided that in no way shall this be considered PIOP’s sole remedy if Borrower’s business activity changes to such a prohibited business activity.

8.04 Payment of Obligations . Parent and Borrower will, and will cause each of their Subsidiaries to, pay its material obligations, as and when due and payable after giving effect to any grace periods applicable thereto, but subject to any subordination provisions contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing such obligations, including (i) all material taxes, fees, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon it or upon its properties or assets prior to the date on which penalties attach thereto, all lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies which, if unpaid, would by law become a Lien upon any properties or assets of Parent, Borrower or any Subsidiary not constituting a Permitted Lien, except to the extent such material

 

50


taxes, fees, assessments or governmental charges or levies, or such claims are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and are adequately reserved against in accordance with GAAP and (ii) all lawful claims which, if unpaid, would by law become a Lien upon its property not constituting a Permitted Lien. Parent and Borrower will, and will cause each of their Subsidiaries to discharge all Indebtedness other than Permitted Indebtedness.

8.05 Insurance . Parent and Borrower will, and will cause each of their Subsidiaries to maintain, with financially sound and reputable insurance companies, insurance in such amounts and against such risks as are customarily maintained by companies engaged in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations. Upon the request of the Majority Lenders, Borrower shall furnish the Lenders from time to time with full information as to the insurance carried by it and, if so requested, copies of all such insurance policies. Borrower also shall furnish to the Lenders from time to time upon the request of the Majority Lenders a certificate from the Borrower’s insurance broker or other insurance specialist stating that all premiums then due on the policies relating to insurance on the Collateral have been paid, that such policies are in full force and effect and that such insurance coverage and such policies comply with all the requirements of this Section 8.05 . The Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure, or cause others to ensure, that all insurance policies required under this Section 8.05 shall provide that they shall not be terminated or cancelled nor shall any such policy be materially changed in a manner adverse to the Borrower without at least 30 days’ prior written notice to the Borrower and the Lenders. Receipt of notice of termination or cancellation of any such insurance policies or reduction of coverages or amounts thereunder shall entitle the Lenders to renew any such policies, cause the coverages and amounts thereof to be maintained at levels required pursuant to the first sentence of this Section 8.05 or otherwise to obtain similar insurance in place of such policies, in each case at the expense of the Borrower.

8.06 Books and Records; Inspection Rights . Parent and Borrower will, and will cause each of their Subsidiaries to, keep proper books of record and account in which full, true and correct entries are made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities. Parent and Borrower will, and will cause each of their Subsidiaries to, permit any representatives designated by the Lender, upon reasonable prior notice, to visit and inspect its properties, to examine and make extracts from its books and records, and to discuss its affairs, finances and condition with its officers and independent accountants, all at such reasonable times (but not more often than once a year unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing); provided that such representative shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to minimize disruptions to the business and affairs of the Borrower as a result of any such visit, inspection, examination or discussion.

8.07 Compliance with Laws and Other Obligations . Parent and Borrower will, and will cause each of their Subsidiaries to, (i) comply in all material respects with all laws, rules, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or its property (including Environmental Laws) and (ii) comply in all material respects with all terms of Indebtedness and all other Material Agreements, except, in each case, where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

51


8.08 Maintenance of Properties, Etc.

(a) Except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, Parent and Borrower shall, and shall cause each of their Subsidiaries to, maintain and preserve all of its properties necessary or useful in the proper conduct of its business in good working order and condition in accordance with the general practice of other Persons of similar character and size, ordinary wear and tear and damage from casualty or condemnation excepted.

(b) Without limiting the generality of clause (a) above, Borrower shall comply with each of the following covenants with respect to the Borrower Lease:

(i) Borrower shall diligently perform and timely observe all of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Borrower Lease on the part of Borrower to be performed and observed prior to the expiration of any applicable grace period therein provided and do everything necessary to preserve and to keep unimpaired and in full force and effect the Borrower Lease except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(ii) Borrower shall promptly notify Lenders of the giving of any written notice by Borrower Landlord to Borrower of any default by Borrower thereunder that would allow the Borrower Landlord to terminate the Borrower Lease, and promptly deliver to Lenders a true copy of each such notice. If Borrower shall be in default under the Borrower Lease that would allow the Borrower Landlord to terminate the Borrower Lease, to the extent the Borrower fails to do so within thirty (30) days, following written notice to the Borrower, Lenders shall have the right (but not the obligation) to cause the default or defaults under the Borrower Lease to be remedied and otherwise exercise any and all rights of Borrower under the Borrower Lease, as may be necessary to prevent or cure any default and Lenders shall have the right to enter all or any portion of the Property, at such times and in such manner as Lenders reasonably deem necessary, to prevent or to cure any such default. Without limiting the foregoing, to the extent Lenders desire to cure such default or defaults as provided above, Borrower shall promptly execute, acknowledge and deliver to Lenders such instruments as may reasonably be required of Borrower to permit Lenders to cure any default under the Borrower Lease or permit Lenders to take such other action required to enable Lenders to cure or remedy the matter in default and preserve the security interest of Lenders under the Loan Documents with respect to the Borrower Facility.

(iii) Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to enforce, in a commercially reasonable manner, each covenant or obligation of the Borrower Landlord in the Borrower Lease in accordance with its terms. Subject to the terms and requirements of the Borrower Lease, within sixty (60) days after receipt of written request by Lenders, Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain from the Borrower Landlord under the Borrower Lease and furnish to Lenders an estoppel certificate from Borrower Landlord stating the date through which rent has been paid and whether or not, to Borrower Landlord’s knowledge, there are any defaults thereunder and specifying the nature of such claimed defaults, if any, and such other matters as Lenders may reasonably request or in the form required pursuant to the terms of the Borrower Lease. Borrower shall furnish to Lenders all information that Lenders may reasonably request from time to time in the possession of Borrower (or reasonably available to Borrower) concerning the Borrower Lease and Borrower’s compliance with the Borrower Lease.

 

52


(iv) Borrower, promptly upon obtaining Knowledge that Borrower Landlord has failed to perform the material terms and provisions under the Borrower Lease and immediately upon learning of a rejection or disaffirmance or purported rejection or disaffirmance of the Borrower Lease pursuant to any state or federal bankruptcy law, shall notify Lenders thereof. Borrower shall promptly notify Lenders of any request to which it has Knowledge that any party to the Borrower Lease makes for arbitration or other dispute resolution procedure pursuant to the Borrower Lease and of the institution of any such arbitration or dispute resolution. Borrower hereby authorizes Lenders to attend any such arbitration or dispute, and upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default participate in any such arbitration or dispute resolution but such participation shall not be to the exclusion of Borrower; provided , however , that, in any case, Borrower shall consult with Lenders with respect to the matters related thereto. Borrower shall promptly deliver to Lenders a copy of the determination of each such arbitration or dispute resolution mechanism.

(v) Borrower shall promptly, after obtaining Knowledge of such filing notify Lenders orally of any filing by or against Borrower Landlord under the Borrower Lease of a petition under the Bankruptcy Code or other applicable law. Borrower shall thereafter promptly give written notice of such filing to Lenders, setting forth any information available to Borrower as to the date of such filing, the court in which such petition was filed, and the relief sought in such filing. Borrower shall promptly deliver to Lenders any and all notices, summonses, pleadings, applications and other documents received by Borrower in connection with any such petition and any proceedings relating to such petition.

8.09 Licenses . Parent and Borrower shall, and shall cause each of their Subsidiaries to, obtain and maintain all licenses, authorizations, consents, filings, exemptions, registrations and other Governmental Approvals necessary in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents, the consummation of the Transactions or the operation and conduct of its business and ownership of its properties, except where failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

8.10 Action under Environmental Laws . Except where failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, Parent and Borrower shall, and shall cause each of their Subsidiaries to, upon becoming aware of the presence of any Hazardous Materials or the existence of any environmental liability under applicable Environmental Laws with respect to their respective businesses, operations or properties, take all actions, at their cost and expense, as shall be necessary or advisable to investigate and clean up the condition of their respective businesses, operations or properties, including all required removal, containment and remedial actions, and restore their respective businesses, operations or properties to a condition in compliance with applicable Environmental Laws.

 

53


8.11 Use of Proceeds . The proceeds of the Loans will be used only as provided in Section 2.05 . No part of the proceeds of the Loans will be used, whether directly or indirectly, for any purpose that entails a violation of any of the Regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, including Regulations T, U and X.

8.12 Certain Obligations Respecting Subsidiaries and Parent; Further Assurances.

(a) Subsidiary Guarantors . Subject to the relevant limitations and terms contained in the Security Documents, Borrower will take such action, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to take such action, from time to time as shall be necessary to ensure that all Subsidiaries that are Domestic Subsidiaries of Borrower, and such Foreign Subsidiaries as are required under Section 8.12(b) , are “Subsidiary Guarantors” hereunder. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing but subject to the relevant limitations and terms contained in the Security Documents, in the event that Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall form or acquire any new Subsidiary that is a Domestic Subsidiary or a Foreign Subsidiary meeting the requirements of Section 8.12(b) , Borrower and its Subsidiaries will:

(i) cause such new Subsidiary to become a “Subsidiary Guarantor” hereunder, and a “Grantor” under the Security Agreement, pursuant to a Guarantee Assumption Agreement;

(ii) take such action or cause such Subsidiary to take such action (including delivering such shares of stock together with undated transfer powers executed in blank) as shall be necessary to create and perfect valid and enforceable first priority (subject to Permitted Liens permitted under Section 9.02(c) ) Liens on substantially all of the personal property of such new Subsidiary as collateral security for the obligations of such new Subsidiary hereunder;

(iii) cause the parent of such Subsidiary to execute and deliver a pledge agreement in favor of the Lenders in respect of all outstanding issued shares of such Subsidiary; and

(iv) deliver such proof of corporate action, incumbency of officers and other documents (other than legal opinions of counsel to the Obligors) as is consistent with those delivered by each Obligor pursuant to Section 6.01 or as the Majority Lenders shall have requested.

(b) Foreign Subsidiaries . Subject to the following sentence, in the event that, at any time, Foreign Subsidiaries have, in the aggregate, (i) total revenues constituting 5% or more of the total revenues of Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, or (ii) total assets constituting 5% or more of the total assets of Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, promptly (and, in any event, within 30 days after such time) the Borrower shall cause one or more of such Foreign Subsidiaries to become Subsidiary Guarantors and to have their Equity Interests pledged, each in the manner set forth in Section 8.12(a) , such that, after such Subsidiaries become Subsidiary Guarantors, the non-guarantor Foreign Subsidiaries in the aggregate shall cease to have revenues or assets, as applicable, that meet the thresholds set forth in clauses (i)  and (ii)  above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Foreign Subsidiary shall be required to become a Subsidiary Guarantor, grant a lien on any of its assets in favor of the Lenders, or shall have its Equity Interests pledged to secure the Obligations, to the extent that becoming a Subsidiary Guarantor, granting a lien on any of its assets in favor of the Lenders or

 

54


providing such pledge would result in adverse tax consequences for Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; provided that , if a Foreign Subsidiary is precluded from becoming a Subsidiary Guarantor or having all of its Equity Interests pledged as a result of such adverse tax consequences, to the extent that such Foreign Subsidiary is a “first tier” Foreign Subsidiary, Borrower shall pledge (or cause to be pledged) 65% of the total number of the Equity Interests of such Foreign Subsidiary to the Lenders to secure the Obligations.

(c) Further Assurances . Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries (other than Valeritas Security unless it is a Subsidiary Guarantor) to, take such action from time to time as shall reasonably be requested by the Majority Lenders to effectuate the purposes and objectives of this Agreement.

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Borrower will, and will cause each Person that is required to be a Subsidiary Guarantor to, take such action from time to time (including executing and delivering such assignments, security agreements, control agreements and other instruments) as shall be reasonably requested by the Majority Lenders to create, in favor of the Lenders, perfected security interests and Liens in substantially all of the personal property of such Obligor as collateral security for the Obligations; provided that any such security interest or Lien shall be subject to the relevant limitations and terms contained in the Security Documents, Section 7.18 and Section 8.15 .

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Loan Document, unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and the Majority Lenders shall have elected to exercise such remedies described in clause (iii) of Section 11.02 , Valeritas Security shall not be required to become a Subsidiary Guarantor or grant a lien on any of its assets in favor of the Lenders to the extent that becoming a Subsidiary Guarantor or granting a lien on any of its assets in favor of the Lenders would result in adverse tax consequences for Valeritas Security, including as a result of Valeritas Security’s failure to qualify as a Massachusetts security corporation under Mass. Gen. L. c. 63, §38B.

(d) Parent . Subject to the relevant limitations and terms contained in the Security Documents, Parent shall take such action from time to time as shall be necessary to ensure that Parent is a “ Guarantor” hereunder, and will:

(i) become a “Grantor” under the Security Agreement, pursuant to the Parent Security Agreement Joinder Agreement;

(ii) take such action (including delivering such shares of stock together with undated transfer powers executed in blank) as shall be necessary to create and perfect valid and enforceable first priority (subject to Permitted Liens permitted under Section 9.02(c) ) Liens on substantially all of the personal property of Parent as collateral security for the obligations of Parent hereunder; and

(iii) deliver such proof of corporate action, incumbency of officers and other documents (other than legal opinions of counsel to the Obligors) as is consistent with those delivered by each Obligor pursuant to Section 6.01 or as the Majority Lenders shall have requested.

 

55


8.13 Termination of Non-Permitted Liens . In the event that Parent, Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries shall become aware or be notified by the Lenders of the existence of any outstanding Lien against any Property of Parent, Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries, which Lien is not a Permitted Lien, the Parent and the Borrower shall use their best efforts to promptly terminate or cause the termination of such Lien.

8.14 Intellectual Property .

(a) Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement or any other Loan Document to the contrary, the Lenders are not assuming any liability or obligation of the Borrower, the Guarantors or their Subsidiaries of whatever nature, whether presently in existence or arising or asserted hereafter, except to the extent required under applicable law in connection with any Intellectual Property license agreement of the Borrower, the Guarantors or their Subsidiaries in the event that the Lenders foreclose on such Collateral. All such liabilities and obligations shall be retained by and remain obligations and liabilities of the Obligors, the Guarantors and/or their Affiliates as the case may be, except to the extent required under applicable law in connection with any Intellectual Property license agreement of the Borrower, the Guarantors or their Affiliates in the event that the Lenders foreclose on such Collateral. Without limiting the foregoing, the Lenders are not assuming and shall not be responsible for any liabilities or Claims of the Borrower, the Guarantors or their Affiliates, whether present or future, absolute or contingent and whether or not relating to the Obligors, the Obligor Intellectual Property, and/or the Material Agreements, and the Borrower shall indemnify and save harmless the Lenders from and against all such liabilities, Claims and Liens, except to the extent required under applicable law in connection with any Intellectual Property license agreement of the Borrower, the Guarantors or their Affiliates in the event that the Lenders foreclose on such Collateral. Without limiting the foregoing, this Agreement shall not constitute an agreement to assign any Contracts of, or Obligor Intellectual Property to, the Lenders, except to the extent required under applicable law in connection with any Intellectual Property license agreement of the Borrower, the Guarantors or their Affiliates in the event that the Lenders foreclose on such Collateral.

(b) In the event that the Obligors acquire Obligor Intellectual Property during the term of this Agreement, then the provisions of this Agreement shall automatically apply thereto and any such Obligor Intellectual Property shall automatically constitute part of the Collateral hereunder, without further action by any party, in each case from and after the date of such acquisition (except that any representations or warranties of any Obligor shall apply to any such Obligor Intellectual Property only from and after the date, if any, subsequent to such acquisition that such representations and warranties are brought down or made anew as provided herein).

(c) Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to execute and deliver to the Lenders such duly executed Intellectual Property security agreements, following the Majority Lenders’ request therefor, with respect to foreign Intellectual Property, and take such other action as the Lenders may reasonably request to duly record or otherwise perfect the security interest created thereunder in that portion of the Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property located outside the United States.

 

56


8.15 Post-Closing Items .

(a) Borrower shall, with respect to the location leased by the Borrower pursuant to the Borrower Lease, use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver to the Lenders the Landlord Consent from the Borrower Landlord for such property, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lenders. Borrower shall not keep any Collateral with a fair market value in excess of $1,000,000 in the aggregate in any location (other than the location subject to the Borrower Lease) not subject to a Real Property Security Document.

8.16 Real Property Security Documents . Parent and Borrower shall promptly from time to time upon the request of the Majority Lenders, use commercially reasonable efforts to, subject to the receipt of any necessary landlord consents, execute and deliver such Real Property Security Documents with respect to each real Property owned or leased (as tenant) by Parent, Borrower and other Guarantors in the United States.

SECTION 9

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Each Obligor covenants and agrees with the Lenders that, until the Commitments have expired or been terminated and all Obligations (other than the Warrant Obligations) have been paid in full indefeasibly in cash:

9.01 Indebtedness . Parent and Borrower will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Indebtedness, whether directly or indirectly, except:

(a) the Obligations;

(b) Indebtedness existing on the date hereof and set forth on Schedule 7.13(a) and Permitted Refinancings thereof;

(c) Permitted Priority Debt;

(d) accounts payable to trade creditors for goods and services and current operating liabilities (not the result of the borrowing of money) incurred in the ordinary course of Borrower’s or its Subsidiary’s business in accordance with customary terms and paid within the specified time, unless contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and reserved for in accordance with GAAP;

(e) Indebtedness consisting of guarantees resulting from endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection by Borrower or any Guarantor in the ordinary course of business;

(f) Indebtedness (i) of Borrower to any Guarantor, (ii) of any Guarantor to Borrower or any other Guarantor, and (iii) of any Subsidiary that is not an Obligor to any other Subsidiary that is not an Obligor;

 

57


(g) Guarantees by Borrower of Indebtedness of any Guarantor and by any Guarantor of Indebtedness of Borrower or any other Guarantor, in each case, to the extent such Indebtedness is permitted by this Section 9.01 ;

(h) normal course of business equipment financing; provided that (i) if secured, the collateral therefor consists solely of the assets being financed, the products and proceeds thereof and books and records related thereto, and (ii) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness, when added to the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Indebtedness permitted in reliance on Section 9.01(g) , does not exceed $1,000,000 (or the Equivalent Amount in other currencies) at any time;

(i) Permitted Subordinated Debt;

(j) Permitted Shareholder Debt in an aggregate outstanding principal amount not to exceed $37,500,000 (plus interest paid-in-kind thereon) at any time;

(k) outstanding letters of credit, performance bonds, bank guarantees and banker’s acceptances in an aggregate outstanding amount (i) not to exceed $5,000,000 at any time on or prior to the date on which the Borrower achieves trailing Revenue from the sale of the Product of at least $6 million over the course of three consecutive months, and (ii) not to exceed $10,000,000 at any time after such date described in clause (i) ;

(l) Indebtedness approved in advance in writing by the Majority Lenders;

(m) other Indebtedness in an aggregate outstanding amount not to exceed $500,000 at any time;

(n) Investments permitted by Section 9.05 ; and

(o) any and all premiums, interest, fees, expenses, charges and additional or contingent interest on obligations described in the foregoing clauses in this Section 9.01 .

9.02 Liens . Parent and Borrower will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on any property or asset now owned by it, or assign or sell any income or revenues (including accounts receivable) or rights in respect of any thereof, except:

(a) Liens securing the Obligations;

(b) any Lien on any property or asset of Parent, Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries existing on the date hereof and set forth in Schedule 7.13(b) ; provided that (i) the scope of the collateral to which such Lien applies shall not be expanded and (ii) any such Lien shall secure only those obligations which it secures on the date hereof and extensions, renewals and replacements thereof that do not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof;

(c) Liens described in the definition of “Permitted Priority Debt”;

(d) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 9.01(b) ;

 

58


(e) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 9.01(h) ; provided that such Liens are restricted solely to the collateral described in Section 9.01(h) ;

(f) Liens imposed by law which were incurred in the ordinary course of business, including (but not limited to) carriers’, shippers’, landlords’, warehousemen’s, materialmen’s, and mechanics’ liens and other similar liens arising in the ordinary course of business and which (x) do not in the aggregate materially detract from the value of the Property subject thereto or materially impair the use thereof in the operations of the business of such Person or (y) are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, which proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the Property subject to such liens and for which adequate reserves have been made if required in accordance with GAAP;

(g) pledges or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance or other similar social security legislation;

(h) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts, governmental contracts and leases, surety, stay, customs, bid and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(i) Liens securing taxes, assessments and other governmental charges, the payment of which is not yet due or is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly initiated and diligently conducted and for which such reserve or other appropriate provisions, if any, as shall be required by GAAP shall have been made;

(j) servitudes, easements, rights of way, restrictions and other similar encumbrances on real Property imposed by applicable Laws and encumbrances consisting of zoning or building restrictions, easements, licenses, restrictions on the use of property or minor imperfections in title thereto which, in the aggregate, are not material, and which do not in any case materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of any of the Obligors;

(k) with respect to any real Property, (A) such defects or encroachments as might be revealed by an up-to-date survey of such real Property; (B) the reservations, limitations, provisos and conditions expressed in the original grant, deed or patent of such property by the original owner of such real Property pursuant to applicable Laws; and (C) rights of expropriation, access or user or any similar right conferred or reserved by or in applicable Laws, which, in the aggregate for (A), (B) and (C), are not material, and which do not in any case materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of any of the Obligors;

(l) Bankers’ liens, rights of setoff and similar Liens incurred on deposits made in the ordinary course of business;

(m) with respect to Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights or other Intellectual Property, licenses and sublicenses permitted by Section 9.09 ;

 

59


(n) earnest money deposits in connection with Permitted Acquisitions permitted by Section 9.03 ;

(o) Liens arising from precautionary UCC financing statement filings regarding leases and consignment arrangements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(p) (i) that certain certificate of deposit in an aggregate amount not to exceed $50,000 plus all interest accruing thereon maintained with Bank of America, N.A. (and any successor certificate of deposit or account) to secure the Borrower’s obligations to customs authorities and (ii) that certificate of deposit in an aggregate amount not to exceed $500,000 plus all interest accruing thereon maintained with American Express TRS (and any successor certificate of deposit or account) to secure obligations in connection with the corporate charge card program maintained with American Express; and

(q) Cash deposits in segregated Deposit Accounts to secure Indebtedness permitted by Section 9.01(k) in an aggregate amount not to exceed 105% of the aggregate outstanding amount of such Indebtedness, provided that, subject to Section 3.02(d) of the Security Agreement, no creditor other than the issuing bank of such Indebtedness shall have a Lien on such segregated Deposit Accounts

provided that, no Lien otherwise permitted under any of the foregoing Sections 9.02(b) through (p)  (other than clauses (i) and (m)) shall apply to any Material Intellectual Property.

9.03 Fundamental Changes and Acquisitions . Parent and Borrower will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, (i) enter into any transaction of merger, amalgamation or consolidation (ii) liquidate, wind up or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution) (iii) make any Acquisition or otherwise acquire any business or substantially all the property from, or capital stock of, or be a party to any acquisition of, any Person. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 9.03 :

(a) Borrower and its Subsidiaries may make Investments permitted under Section 9.05 ;

(b) any Subsidiary Guarantor may be merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into Borrower or any other Subsidiary Guarantor;

(c) (i) Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor may sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any or all of its property (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to Borrower or another Subsidiary Guarantor and (ii) any Subsidiary that is not an Obligor may sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any or all of its property (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to another Subsidiary that is not an Obligor; and

(d) the capital stock of any Subsidiary Guarantor may be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of to Borrower or another Subsidiary Guarantor; and

(e) Borrower and its Subsidiaries may make Permitted Acquisitions, not to exceed $5,000,000 in the aggregate.

 

60


9.04 Lines of Business . Parent and Borrower will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, engage to any material extent in any business other than the business engaged in on the date hereof by Parent, Borrower or any Subsidiary or a business reasonably related thereto.

9.05 Investments . Parent and Borrower will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, make, directly or indirectly, or permit to remain outstanding any Investments except:

(a) Investments outstanding on the date hereof and identified in Schedule 9.05 ;

(b) operating deposit accounts with banks;

(c) extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising from the sales of goods or services in the ordinary course of business;

(d) Permitted Cash Equivalent Investments;

(e) Investments by Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantors in Borrower’s wholly-owned Subsidiary Guarantors (for greater certainty, Borrower shall not be permitted to have any direct or indirect Subsidiaries that are not wholly-owned Subsidiaries);

(f) Bona fide Hedging Agreements and hedging arrangements entered into in the ordinary course of Borrower’s financial planning solely to hedge currency risks (and not for speculative purposes);

(g) security deposits with utilities and other like Persons made in the ordinary course of business;

(h) employee loans, travel advances and guarantees in accordance with Borrower’s usual and customary practices with respect thereto (if permitted by applicable law) which in the aggregate shall not exceed $1,000,000 outstanding at any time (or the Equivalent Amount in other currencies);

(i) Investments received in connection with any Insolvency Proceedings in respect of any customers, suppliers or clients and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers, suppliers or clients;

(j) Permitted Indebtedness;

(k) Investments permitted pursuant to Section 9.03 ; and

(l) Investments by Borrower in Valeritas Security, unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

61


9.06 Restricted Payments . Parent and Borrower will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, declare or make, or agree to pay or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, except:

(a) any Obligor may declare and pay dividends or other distributions with respect to its Equity Interests payable solely in Equity Interests that are not Disqualified Securities;

(b) Borrower may purchase, redeem, retire, or otherwise acquire shares of its capital stock or other Equity Interests with the proceeds received from a substantially concurrent issue of new shares of its capital stock or other Equity Interests;

(c) for the payment of dividends by any Subsidiary of an Obligor to any Obligor;

(d) the Borrower may make Restricted Payments to purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire Equity Interests of Borrower held by officers, directors and employees or former officers, directors or employees (or their transferees, estates or beneficiaries under their estates) of Borrower so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, during any fiscal year, in an amount, when combined with repurchases of Equity Interests permitted under Section 9.06(e) , not to exceed $1,000,000;

(e) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon “cashless” exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants plus any amount necessary to pay taxes due and payable in connection therewith, during any fiscal year, in an amount, when combined with purchases, redemptions or acquisitions of Equity Interests permitted under Section 9.06(d) , not to exceed $1,000,000;

(f) transactions which are stock for stock exchanges and other like non-cash transactions which constitute merger consideration in connection with mergers permitted under Section 9.03 ; and

(g) to the extent constituting a Restricted Payment, the payment of management, advisory, consulting or similar fees to WCAS Management Corporation and its Affiliates, during any fiscal year, in an amount not to exceed $500,000.

9.07 Payments of Indebtedness . Parent and Borrower will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, make any payments in respect of any Indebtedness other than (i) the Obligations and (ii) subject to any applicable terms of subordination, other Permitted Indebtedness; provided that Parent and Borrower will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to acquire, repurchase, buy out, retire or prepay in whole or in part any of its outstanding Permitted Subordinated Debt.

9.08 Change in Fiscal Year . Parent and Borrower will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, change the last day of its fiscal year from that in effect on the date hereof, except to change the fiscal year of a Subsidiary acquired in connection with an Acquisition to conform its fiscal year to the Borrower’s.

9.09 Sales of Assets, Issuances of Equity, Etc . Unless the Borrower simultaneously makes the prepayment required under Section 3.03(b)(i) , the Parent and the Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, sell, lease, exclusively license (in terms of geography or field of use), transfer, or otherwise dispose of any of its Property (including accounts receivable and capital stock of Subsidiaries) to any Person in one transaction or series of transactions, or issue any additional Equity Interests to Persons who are not holders of Equity Interests in such Person on the date hereof (any thereof, an “ Asset Sale ”), except for any of the following:

 

62


(a) transfers of cash in the ordinary course of its business for equivalent value;

(b) sales of inventory in the ordinary course of its business on ordinary business terms;

(c) development and other collaborative arrangements where such arrangements provide for the licenses or disclosure of Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights or other Intellectual Property rights in the ordinary course of business and consistent with general market practices where such license requires periodic payments based on per unit sales of a product over a period of time and provided that such licenses must be true licenses as opposed to licenses that are sales transactions in substance;

(d) transfers of Property by (i) any Obligor to any other Obligor and (ii) any Subsidiary that is not an Obligor to any other Subsidiary that is not an Obligor;

(e) dispositions of any Property that is damaged, obsolete or worn out or no longer used or useful in the Business;

(f) issuances of Equity Interests in Borrower;

(g) those transactions permitted by Section 9.03 and 9.06 and Asset Sales consisting of leases and licenses permitted by Section 9.02 ;

(h) the unwinding of any Hedging Agreement permitted by Section 9.05 pursuant to its terms;

(i) other Asset Sales with a fair market value not in excess of $500,000 in the aggregate; and

(j) Investments by Borrower in Valeritas Security, unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

Lenders acknowledge and agree that the carveout in Section 9.09(e) permits Borrower to make decisions in the ordinary course of business regarding the registration of any of its Intellectual Property, including without limitation, any decisions regarding application, prosecution, abandonment, or cancellation of any such Intellectual Property, without the consent of any Lender.

9.10 Transactions with Affiliates . Parent and Borrower will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, sell, lease, license or otherwise transfer any assets to, or purchase, lease, license or otherwise acquire any assets from, or otherwise engage in any other transactions with, any of its Affiliates (other than Valeritas Security), except for any of the following:

(a) transactions between or among Obligors;

 

63


(b) any Investment permitted by Section 9.05 ;

(c) any Restricted Payment permitted by Section 9.06 ;

(d) any Asset Sale permitted by Section 9.09 ;

(e) customary compensation and indemnification of, and other employment arrangements with, directors, officers and employees of Borrower or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

(f) Borrower may issue debt to Affiliates in exchange for cash, provided that the terms thereof are no less favorable (including the amount of cash received by Borrower) to Borrower than those that would be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person not an Affiliate of Borrower;

(g) issuances of Equity Interests in Borrower; and

(h) operating leases permitted under Section 9.13(b)(ii) .

9.11 Restrictive Agreements . Except for Permitted Restrictive Agreements and the agreements governing Permitted Priority Debt, Parent and Borrower will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into, incur or permit to exist any agreement or other arrangement that prohibits, restricts or imposes any condition upon (a) the ability of Parent, Borrower or any Subsidiary to create, incur or permit to exist any Lien upon any of its property or assets, or (b) the ability of any Subsidiary to pay dividends or other distributions with respect to any shares of its capital stock or to make or repay loans or advances to Parent, Borrower or any other Subsidiary or to Guarantee Indebtedness of Parent, Borrower or any other Subsidiary; provided that :

(i) the foregoing shall not apply to (x) restrictions and conditions imposed by law or by this Agreement and (y) customary restrictions and conditions contained in agreements relating to the sale of a Subsidiary pending such sale, provided such restrictions and conditions apply only to the Subsidiary that is to be sold and such sale is permitted hereunder; and

(ii) the foregoing clause (a)  shall not apply to (x) restrictions or conditions imposed by any agreement relating to secured Permitted Indebtedness if such restrictions or conditions apply only to the property or assets securing such Indebtedness and (y) customary provisions in leases, in-bound licenses of Intellectual Property and other contracts restricting the assignment thereof.

9.12 Amendments to Material Agreements . Parent and Borrower will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, enter into any amendment to or modification of any Material Agreement or terminate any Material Agreement (unless replaced with another agreement that, viewed as a whole, is on better terms for Parent, Borrower or such Subsidiary or unless such amendment or modification would not be materially adverse to the Lenders) without in each case the prior written consent of the Lender (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

64


9.13 Preservation of Borrower Lease; Operating Leases .

(a) Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, Borrower shall not:

(i) Surrender, terminate, forfeit, or suffer or permit the surrender, termination or forfeiture of, or change, modify or amend, the Borrower Lease, nor transfer, sell, assign, convey, dispose of, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate, assign or encumber any of its interest in, the Borrower Lease;

(ii) Consent to, cause, agree to, or permit to occur any subordination, or consent to the subordination of, the Borrower Lease to any mortgage, deed of trust or other lien encumbering (or that may in the future encumber) the interest of Borrower Landlord in the Borrower Facility;

(iii) Waive, excuse, condone or in any way release or discharge Borrower Landlord of or from its material obligations, covenants and/or conditions under the Borrower Lease; or

(iv) Elect to treat the Borrower Lease as terminated or rejected under subsection 365 of the Bankruptcy Code or other applicable Law. Any such election made without Majority Lenders’ prior written consent shall be void. If, pursuant to subsection 365 of the Bankruptcy Code or other applicable law, Borrower seeks to offset, against the rent reserved in the Borrower Lease, the amount of any damages caused by the nonperformance by Borrower Landlord of any of its obligations thereunder after the rejection by Borrower Landlord of the Borrower Lease under the Bankruptcy Code or other applicable Law, then Borrower shall not effect any offset of any amounts objected to by Lenders.

(b) Parent and Borrower will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, make any expenditures in respect of operating leases, except for:

(i) real estate operating leases;

(ii) operating leases between any Obligor and any of its wholly-owned Subsidiaries or between any of the Obligor’s wholly-owned Subsidiaries;

(iii) to the extent constituting operating leases, leases in respect of computer and information technology equipment that are now or may hereafter used by the Obligors and their sales representatives in the ordinary course of business; provided that the aggregate payments made by Borrower and its Subsidiaries in connection with such leases shall not exceed $2,000,000 (or the Equivalent Amount in other currencies) in any fiscal year and the value of the leased equipment shall not exceed an average of $10,000 per sales representatives using such equipment on an aggregated basis; and

(iv) operating leases that would not cause Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, to make payments exceeding $2,000,000 (or the Equivalent Amount in other currencies) in any fiscal year.

 

65


9.14 Sales and Leasebacks . Except as disclosed on Schedule 9.14 , Parent and Borrower will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, become liable, directly or indirectly, with respect to any lease, whether an operating lease or a Capital Lease Obligation, of any property (whether real, personal, or mixed), whether now owned or hereafter acquired, (i) which Parent, Borrower or such Subsidiary has sold or transferred or is to sell or transfer to any other Person and (ii) which Parent, Borrower or such Subsidiary intends to use for substantially the same purposes as property which has been or is to be sold or transferred.

9.15 Hazardous Material . Parent and Borrower will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, use, generate, manufacture, install, treat, release, store or dispose of any Hazardous Material, except in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws or where the failure to comply would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.

9.16 Accounting Changes . Parent and Borrower will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, make any significant change in accounting treatment or reporting practices, except as required or permitted by GAAP.

9.17 Compliance with ERISA . No ERISA Affiliate shall cause or suffer to exist (a) any event that could result in the imposition of a Lien with respect to any Title IV Plan or Multiemployer Plan or (b) any other ERISA Event that would, in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect. No Obligor or Subsidiary thereof shall cause or suffer to exist any event that could result in the imposition of a Lien with respect to any Benefit Plan.

9.18 Investment Company Act . Parent and Borrower will, and will cause each of their Subsidiaries, not to engage in any activities that will result in Parent, Borrower or such Subsidiary becoming an “investment company” as defined in, or subject to regulation under, the Investment Company Act of 1940.

9.19 Parent . Parent shall not acquire, own, form, or have any interest whatsoever in any direct Subsidiary other than Borrower.

SECTION 10

FINANCIAL COVENANTS

10.01 Minimum Revenue . (a) Parent, Borrower and their Subsidiaries shall have Revenue:

(i) during the twelve month period beginning on January 1, 2013, of at least $5,000,000;

(ii) during the twelve month period beginning on January 1, 2014, of at least $25,000,000 (subject to the terms set forth in the Consent, Waiver and Amendment Agreement);

(iii) during the twelve month period beginning on January 1, 2015, of at least $20,000,000 (subject to the terms set forth in the Consent, Waiver and Amendment Agreement);

(iv) during the twelve month period beginning on January 1, 2016, of at least $75,000,000;

 

66


(v) during the twelve month period beginning on January 1, 2017, of at least $100,000,000;

(vi) during the twelve month period beginning on January 1, 2018, and each twelve month period following thereafter, of at least $125,000,000.

It is acknowledged and agreed that the financial covenant described in clause (a) above shall only be tested on the last day of each applicable period referenced in clauses(a)(i) through (a)(vi) above.

(b) Cure Right . (i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 11 , in the event that the Borrower fails to comply with the covenants contained in Section 10.01(a) (such covenants for such applicable periods being the “ Specified Financial Covenants ”), Borrower shall have the right, within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the end of each calendar year during the term of this Agreement:

(A) to issue additional shares of Equity Interests in exchange for cash (the “ Equity Cure Right ”), or

(B) to borrow Permitted Subordinated Debt (the “ Subordinated Debt Cure Right ” and, collectively with the Equity Cure Right, the “ Cure Right ”),

and the cash therefrom immediately shall be contributed as equity or debt (only as permitted pursuant to Section 9.01 ), as applicable, to Borrower, and upon the receipt by Borrower of the Cure Amount pursuant to the exercise of such Cure Right, such Cure Amount shall be deemed to constitute Revenue of Borrower for purposes of the Specified Financial Covenants and the Specified Financial Covenants shall be recalculated for all purposes under the Loan Documents. If, after giving effect to the foregoing recalculation, Borrower shall then be in compliance with the requirements of the Specified Financial Covenants, Borrower shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirements of the Specified Financial Covenants as of the relevant date of determination with the same effect as though there had been no failure to comply therewith at such date, and the applicable breach of the Specified Financial Covenants that had occurred, the related Default and Event of Default, shall be deemed cured without any further action of Borrower or Lenders for all purposes under the Loan Documents.

(ii) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (A) the net cash proceeds of the payment received by Borrower from investors investing in or lending to Borrower pursuant to Section 10.01(b)(i) shall be equal to twice the shortfall amount required to cause the Borrower to be in compliance with the Specified Financial Covenants (such amount so received by Borrower, “ Cure Amount ”), (B) Borrower shall deliver a compliance certificate, evidencing compliance with the Specified Financial Covenants after giving effect to receipt of the Cure Amount and (C) upon receipt by Borrower of the Cure Amount, Borrower shall immediately prepay the Loans, without any Prepayment Premium, in an amount equal to the Cure Amount, credited in the order set forth on Section 3.03(b)(i)(A)-(E) .

 

67


10.02 Minimum Cash.

Borrower and Subsidiaries shall maintain, at all times, a minimum daily balance of cash and Permitted Cash Equivalent Investments of at least the greater of (A) $2,000,000 (Two Million Dollars) and (B) to the extent Borrower has incurred Permitted Priority Debt, the minimum cash balance required of Borrower by Borrower’s Permitted Priority Debt creditors.

SECTION 11

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

11.01 Events of Default . Each of the following events shall constitute an “ Event of Default ”:

(a) Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of any Loan when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the due date thereof or at a date fixed for prepayment thereof or otherwise;

(b) any Obligor shall fail to pay any Obligation (other than an amount referred to in Section 11.01(a) ) when and as the same shall become due and payable, and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of three (3) Business Days;

(c) any representation or warranty made or deemed made by or on behalf of Parent, Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any amendment or modification hereof or thereof, or in any report, certificate, financial statement or other document furnished pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any amendment or modification hereof or thereof, shall: (i) prove to have been incorrect when made or deemed made to the extent that such representation or warranty contains any materiality or Material Adverse Effect qualifier; or (ii) prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed made to the extent that such representation or warranty does not otherwise contain any materiality or Material Adverse Effect qualifier;

(d) any Obligor shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in Section 8.02 , 8.03 (with respect to Parent or the Borrower’s existence), 8.11 , 8.12 (other than clause (c)  therein), 8.14 , 9 or 10 or the Borrower or Valeritas Security shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in the Valeritas Security Side Letter;

(e) any Obligor shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document (other than those specified in Section 11.01(a) , (b)  or (d) ) and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 or more days after written notice thereof from the Lenders is received by a Responsible Officer of Borrower;

(f) Parent, Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries shall fail to make any payment (whether of principal or interest and regardless of amount) in respect of any Material Indebtedness, when and as the same shall become due and payable after giving effect to any applicable grace or cure period as originally provided by the terms of such Indebtedness;

 

68


(g) (i) any material breach of, or “event of default” or similar event caused by any Obligor under, any Material Agreement occurs unless (x) such Obligor has an objectively reasonable defense or claim under such Material Agreement or under applicable law, (y) a bona fide good faith dispute exists between such Obligor and such counterparty with respect to such material breach or “event of default” or (z) if such Material Agreement is a distribution agreement, ninety (90) days have elapsed and such Obligor has not replaced such distribution agreement with another substantially comparable distribution agreement, (ii) any material breach of, or “event of default” or similar event under, the documentation governing any Material Indebtedness shall occur, or (iii) any other event or condition occurs (A) that results in any Material Indebtedness becoming due prior to its scheduled maturity or (B) that enables or permits (with or without the giving of notice, the lapse of time or both) the holder or holders of such Material Indebtedness or any trustee or agent on its or their behalf to cause such Material Indebtedness to become due, or to require the prepayment, repurchase, redemption or defeasance thereof, prior to its scheduled maturity; provided that this Section 11.01(g) shall not apply to secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such Material Indebtedness.

(h) any Obligor:

(i) becomes insolvent, or generally does not or becomes unable to pay its debts or meet its liabilities as the same become due, or admits in writing its inability to pay its debts generally, or declares any general moratorium on its indebtedness, or proposes a compromise or arrangement or deed of company arrangement between it and any class of its creditors;

(ii) commits an act of bankruptcy or makes an assignment of its property for the general benefit of its creditors or makes a proposal (or files a notice of its intention to do so);

(iii) institutes any proceeding seeking to adjudicate it an insolvent, or seeking liquidation, dissolution, winding-up, reorganization, compromise, arrangement, adjustment, protection, moratorium, relief, stay of proceedings of creditors generally (or any class of creditors), or composition of it or its debts or any other relief, under any federal, provincial or foreign Law now or hereafter in effect relating to bankruptcy, winding-up, insolvency, reorganization, receivership, plans of arrangement or relief or protection of debtors or at common law or in equity, or files an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding;

(iv) applies for the appointment of, or the taking of possession by, a receiver, interim receiver, receiver/manager, sequestrator, conservator, custodian, administrator, trustee, liquidator, voluntary administrator, receiver and manager or other similar official for it or any substantial part of its property; or

(v) takes any action, corporate or otherwise, to approve, effect, consent to or authorize any of the actions described in this Section 11.01(h) or in Section 11.01(i) , or otherwise acts in furtherance thereof or fails to act in a timely and appropriate manner in defense thereof;

 

69


(i) any petition is filed, application made or other proceeding instituted against or in respect of Parent, Borrower or any Subsidiary:

(i) seeking to adjudicate it an insolvent;

(ii) seeking a receiving order against it;

(iii) seeking liquidation, dissolution, winding-up, reorganization, compromise, arrangement, adjustment, protection, moratorium, relief, stay of proceedings of creditors generally (or any class of creditors), deed of company arrangement or composition of it or its debts or any other relief under any federal, provincial or foreign law now or hereafter in effect relating to bankruptcy, winding-up, insolvency, reorganization, receivership, plans of arrangement or relief or protection of debtors or at common law or in equity; or

(iv) seeking the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of, or the taking of possession by, a receiver, interim receiver, receiver/manager, sequestrator, conservator, custodian, administrator, trustee, liquidator, voluntary administrator, receiver and manager or other similar official for it or any substantial part of its property; and the case of each of Section 11.01(i)(i)-(iv) , such petition, application or proceeding continues undismissed, or unstayed and in effect, for a period of sixty (60) days after the institution thereof; provided that if an order, decree or judgment is granted or entered (whether or not entered or subject to appeal) against Parent, Borrower or such Subsidiary thereunder in the interim, such grace period will cease to apply; provided further that if Parent, Borrower or such Subsidiary files an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding, such grace period will cease to apply;

(j) any other event occurs which, under the laws of any applicable jurisdiction, has an effect equivalent to any of the events referred to in either of Section 11.01(h) or (i) ;

(k) one or more judgments for the payment of money shall be rendered against any Obligor or any combination thereof in an aggregate amount in excess of (i) $1,000,000 (or the Equivalent Amount in other currencies) and the same shall remain undischarged for a period of 45 consecutive days, or (ii) $5,000,000 (or the Equivalent Amount in other currencies) and the same shall remain undischarged for a period of 60 consecutive days, in either case, during which execution shall not be effectively stayed, or any action shall be legally taken by a judgment creditor to attach or levy upon any assets of any Obligor to enforce any such judgment;

(l) a Material Adverse Change shall have occurred;

(m) (i) the Liens created by the Security Documents shall at any time not constitute a valid and perfected Lien on the collateral intended to be covered thereby (to the extent perfection by filing, registration, recordation or possession is required herein or therein) in favor of the Lenders, free and clear of all other Liens (other than Permitted Liens), (ii) except for expiration in accordance with its terms, any of the Security Documents or any Guarantee of any of the Obligations (including that contained in Section 13 ) shall for whatever reason be terminated or cease to be in full force and effect, (ii) the enforceability of any of the Security Documents or any Guarantee of any of the Obligations (including that contained in Section 13 ) shall be contested by any Obligor;

 

70


(n) any injunction, whether temporary or permanent, shall be rendered against any Obligor that prevents the Obligors from selling or manufacturing the Product or its commercially available successors, or any of their other material and commercially available products in the entire United States and more than sixty (60) consecutive calendar days shall have elapsed since such injunction without such injunction having been stayed, discharged, overturned or vacated.

11.02 Remedies . Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, then, and in every such event (other than an Event of Default described in Section 11.01(h) , (i)  or (j) ), and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such event, Majority Lenders may, by notice to the Borrower, take any or all of the following actions, at the same or different times: (i) terminate the Commitments, and thereupon the Commitments shall terminate immediately, (ii) declare the Loans then outstanding to be due and payable in whole (or in part, in which case any principal not so declared to be due and payable may thereafter be declared to be due and payable), and thereupon the principal of the Loans so declared to be due and payable, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other Obligations, shall become due and payable immediately (in the case of the Loans, at the Redemption Price therefor), without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by each Obligor, and (iii) take and perfect a security interest in all the assets of Valeritas Security in accordance with, and subject to the terms of, Section 8.12 , which actions are hereby consented to by the Borrower, and at such time, the Borrower shall, and shall cause Valeritas Security to, comply with the terms of Section 8.12 and for such purpose Valeritas Security shall thereafter be a “Subsidiary” and a “Subsidiary Guarantor” hereunder; and in case of any Event of Default described in Section 11.01(h) , (i)  or (j) , the Commitment shall automatically terminate and the principal of the Loans then outstanding, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other Obligations, shall automatically become due and payable immediately (in the case of the Loans, at the Redemption Price therefor), without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by each Obligor.

SECTION 12

MISCELLANEOUS

12.01 No Waiver . No failure on the part of the Lenders to exercise and no delay in exercising, and no course of dealing with respect to, any right, power or privilege under any Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege under any Loan Document preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The remedies provided herein are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

12.02 Notices . All notices, requests, instructions, directions and other communications provided for herein (including any modifications of, or waivers, requests or consents under, this Agreement) shall be given or made in writing (including by telecopy) delivered, if to Borrower, another Obligor or the Lenders, to its address specified on the signature pages hereto or its Guarantee Assumption Agreement, as the case may be, or at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a notice to the other parties. Except as otherwise provided in this

 

71


Agreement, all such communications shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt of a legible copy thereof, in each case given or addressed as aforesaid. All such communications provided for herein by telecopy shall be confirmed in writing promptly after the delivery of such communication (it being understood that non-receipt of written confirmation of such communication shall not invalidate such communication). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, notices, documents, certificates and other deliverables to the Lenders by any Obligor may be made solely to the Control Agent and the Control Agent shall promptly deliver such notices, documents, certificates and other deliverables to the other Lenders.

12.03 Expenses, Indemnification, Etc .

(a) Expenses . Borrower agrees to pay or reimburse (i) the Lenders for all of their reasonable out of pocket costs and expenses (including the reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees and expenses of Morrison & Foerster LLP, special counsel to the Lenders, and any sales, goods and services or other similar taxes applicable thereto, and printing, reproduction, document delivery, communication and travel costs) in connection with (x) the negotiation, preparation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the making of the Loans (exclusive of post-closing costs), (y) post-closing costs and (z) the negotiation or preparation of any modification, supplement or waiver of any of the terms of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents (whether or not consummated) and (ii) the Lenders for all of their out of pocket costs and expenses (including the fees and expenses of legal counsel) in connection with any enforcement or collection proceedings resulting from the occurrence of an Event of Default; provided, however, that the Borrower shall not be required to pay or reimburse any amounts pursuant to Section 12.03(a)(i)(x) in excess of $300,000; provided further that , so long as the conditions precedent in Section 6.01 shall have been satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms thereof, then such fees shall be fully credited from the fees paid by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.03 on the Closing Date.

(b)  Indemnification . Borrower hereby indemnifies the Lenders, their Affiliates, and their respective directors, officers, employees, attorneys, agents, advisors and controlling parties (each, an “ Indemnified Party ”) from and against, and agrees to hold them harmless against, any and all Claims or Losses of any kind (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel), joint or several, that may be incurred by or asserted or awarded against any Indemnified Party, in each case arising out of or in connection with or relating to any investigation, litigation or proceeding or the preparation of any defense with respect thereto arising out of or in connection with or relating to this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or any use made or proposed to be made with the proceeds of the Loans, whether or not such investigation, litigation or proceeding is brought by Borrower, any of its shareholders or creditors, an Indemnified Party or any other Person, or an Indemnified Party is otherwise a party thereto, and whether or not any of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 6 are satisfied or the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement are consummated, except to the extent such Claim or Loss is found in a final, non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from such Indemnified Party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. No Obligor shall assert any claim against any Indemnified Party, on any theory of liability, for consequential, indirect, special or punitive damages arising out of or otherwise relating to this Agreement or any of the other Loan

 

72


Documents or any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or the actual or proposed use of the proceeds of the Loans. Parent, Borrower, its Subsidiaries and Affiliates and their respective directors, officers, employees, attorneys, agents, advisors and controlling parties are each sometimes referred to in this Agreement as a “ Borrower Party .” No Lender shall assert any claim against any Borrower Party, on any theory of liability, for consequential, indirect, special or punitive damages arising out of or otherwise relating to this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or the actual or proposed use of the proceeds of the Loans.

12.04 Amendments, Etc. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, any provision of this Agreement may be amended, waived, modified or supplemented only by an instrument in writing signed by the Borrower and the Lenders; provided that any consent, approval, (including without limitation any approval of or authorization for any amendment, waiver, modification or supplement to any of the Loan Documents), instruction or other expression of the Lenders under any of the Loan Documents may be obtained by an instrument in writing signed in one or more counterparts by Majority Lenders; provided however, that the consent of all of the Lenders shall be required to:

(i) amend, modify, discharge, terminate or waive any of the terms of this Agreement if such amendment, modification, discharge, termination or waiver would increase the amount of the Loans, reduce the fees payable hereunder, reduce interest rates or other amounts payable with respect to the Loans, extend any date fixed for payment of principal, interest or other amounts payable relating to the Loans or extend the repayment dates of the Loans;

(ii) amend the provisions of Section 6 ;

(iii) amend, modify, discharge, terminate or waive any Security Document if the effect is to release a material part of the Collateral subject thereto otherwise than pursuant to the terms hereof or thereof; or

(iv) amend this Section 12.04 .

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Defaulting Lender shall not have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder (and any amendment, waiver or consent which by its terms requires the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender may be effected with the consent of the applicable Lenders other than Defaulting Lenders), except that (x) the Commitment of any Defaulting Lender may not be increased or extended without the consent of such Lender and (y) any waiver, amendment or modification requiring the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender that by its terms affects any Defaulting Lender more adversely than other affected Lenders shall require the consent of such Defaulting Lender.

12.05 Successors and Assigns .

(a) General . The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations

 

73


hereunder without the prior written consent of the Lenders. Any of the Lenders may assign or otherwise transfer any of their rights or obligations hereunder to an assignee in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.05(b) , (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.05(e) or (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of Section 12.05(g) . Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in Section 12.05(d) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Indemnified Parties) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b) Assignments by Lenders . Any of the Lenders may at any time assign to one or more Eligible Transferees all or a portion of their rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of the Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it) following written notice to the Borrower; provided, however, that no such assignment shall be made to Borrower, an Affiliate of Borrower, or any employees or directors of Parent or the Borrower at any time. Subject to the recording thereof by the Lenders pursuant to Sections 12.05(c) and 12.05(d) , from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Acceptance, the assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of the Lenders under this Agreement, and correspondingly the assigning Lender shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Acceptance covering all of a Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto) but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Section 5 and Section 12.03 . Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 12.05(b) shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with Section 12.05(e) .

(c)  Amendments to Loan Documents . To the extent that the Lender that is the Control Agent has made an assignment pursuant to Section 12.05(b) or to the extent necessary to reflect new Commitments on Schedule 1 , each of the Lenders and the Obligors agrees to enter into such amendments to the Loan Documents, and such additional Security Documents and other instruments and agreements, in each case in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Lenders and the Obligors, as shall reasonably be necessary to implement and give effect to any assignment made under this Section 12.05 .

(d) Register . The Lenders, acting solely for this purpose as agents of Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices, which shall be the office of the Control Agent, a register for the recordation of the name and address of any assignee of the Lenders and the Commitment and outstanding principal amount of the Loans owing thereto (the “ Register ”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, and Borrower may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as the “Lender” hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by Borrower, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

 

74


(e) Participations . Any of the Lenders may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, Borrower, sell participations to any Person (other than a natural person or Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries or to any Person that would not constitute an Eligible Transferee) (each, a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of the Commitment and/or the Loans owing to it); provided that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) the Borrower shall continue to deal solely and directly with the Lenders in connection therewith.

Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver that would (i) increase or extend the term of such Lender’s Commitment, (ii) extend the date fixed for the payment of principal of or interest on the Loans or any portion of any fee hereunder payable to the Participant, (iii) reduce the amount of any such payment of principal, or (iv) reduce the rate at which interest is payable thereon to a level below the rate at which the Participant is entitled to receive such interest. Subject to Section 12.05(f) , Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 5 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to Section 12.05(b) . To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 4.04(a) as though it were the Lender.

(f) Limitations on Rights of Participants . A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 5.01 or 5.05 than a Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrower’s prior written consent.

(g) Certain Pledges . The Lenders may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement and any other Loan Document to secure obligations of the Lenders, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release the Lenders from any of their obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for the Lenders as a party hereto.

12.06 Survival . Sections 5.01 , 5.03 , 5.05 , 6.01(g)(iv) , 12.03 , 12.05 , 12.09 , 12.10 , 12.11 , 12.12 , 12.13 , 12.14 and Section 13 (solely to the extent guaranteeing any of the obligations under the foregoing Sections) shall survive the repayment of the Loans and the termination of the Commitment and, in the case of the Lenders’ assignment of any interest in the Commitment or the Loans hereunder, shall survive, in the case of any event or circumstance that occurred prior to the effective date of such assignment, the making of such assignment, notwithstanding that the Lenders may cease to be “Lenders” hereunder. In addition, each representation and warranty made, or deemed to be made by a notice of the Loans, herein or pursuant hereto shall survive the making of such representation and warranty.

 

75


12.07 Captions . The table of contents and captions and section headings appearing herein are included solely for convenience of reference and are not intended to affect the interpretation of any provision of this Agreement.

12.08 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument and any of the parties hereto may execute this Agreement by signing any such counterpart.

12.09 Governing Law . This Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York, without regard to principles of conflicts of laws that would result in the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction; provided that Section 5-1401 of the New York General Obligations Law shall apply.

12.10 Jurisdiction, Service of Process and Venue.

(a) Submission to Jurisdiction . Each Obligor agrees that any suit, action or proceeding with respect to this Agreement or any other Loan Document to which it is a party or any judgment entered by any court in respect thereof may be brought initially in the federal or state courts in Houston, Texas or in the courts of its own corporate domicile and irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of each such court for the purpose of any such suit, action, proceeding or judgment. This Section 12.10(a) is for the benefit of the Lenders only and, as a result, no Lender shall be prevented from taking proceedings in any other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by applicable Laws, the Lenders may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

(b) Alternative Process . Nothing herein shall in any way be deemed to limit the ability of the Lenders to serve any such process or summonses in any other manner permitted by applicable law.

(c) Waiver of Venue, Etc . Each Obligor irrevocably waives to the fullest extent permitted by law any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document and hereby further irrevocably waives to the fullest extent permitted by law any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. A final judgment (in respect of which time for all appeals has elapsed) in any such suit, action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in any court to the jurisdiction of which such Obligor is or may be subject, by suit upon judgment.

12.11 Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH OBLIGOR AND EACH LENDER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY.

 

76


12.12 Waiver of Immunity . To the extent that any Obligor may be or become entitled to claim for itself or its Property or revenues any immunity on the ground of sovereignty or the like from suit, court jurisdiction, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution of a judgment or execution of a judgment, and to the extent that in any such jurisdiction there may be attributed such an immunity (whether or not claimed), such Obligor hereby irrevocably agrees not to claim and hereby irrevocably waives such immunity with respect to its obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

12.13 Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the other Loan Documents constitute the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. EACH OBLIGOR ACKNOWLEDGES, REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IN DECIDING TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS OR IN TAKING OR NOT TAKING ANY ACTION HEREUNDER OR THEREUNDER, IT HAS NOT RELIED, AND WILL NOT RELY, ON ANY STATEMENT, REPRESENTATION, WARRANTY, COVENANT, AGREEMENT OR UNDERSTANDING, WHETHER WRITTEN OR ORAL, OF OR WITH THE LENDERS OTHER THAN THOSE EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS.

12.14 Severability . If any provision hereof is found by a court to be invalid or unenforceable, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law the parties agree that such invalidity or unenforceability shall not impair the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof.

12.15 No Fiduciary Relationship . Borrower acknowledges that the Lenders have no fiduciary relationship with, or fiduciary duty to, Borrower arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, and the relationship between the Lenders and the Borrower are solely that of creditor and debtor. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents do not create a joint venture among the parties.

12.16 Confidentiality . The Lenders agree to maintain the confidentiality of the Confidential Information (as defined in the Non-Disclosure Agreement (defined below)) in accordance with the terms of that certain non-disclosure agreement dated March 1, 2013 among Borrower and Capital Royalty, L.P (the “ Non-Disclosure Agreement ”). Each new Lender that becomes party to this Agreement and each Participant hereby agrees to be bound by the terms of the Non-Disclosure Agreement.

12.17 USA PATRIOT Act . The Lenders hereby notify the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “ Act ”), they are required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies Borrower, which information includes the name and address of Borrower and other information that will allow such Lender to identify Borrower in accordance with the Act.

12.18 Maximum Rate of Interest . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Loan Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Loan Documents shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by applicable Law (in each case, the “ Maximum Rate ”). If the Lenders shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum

 

77


Rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Loans, and not to the payment of interest, or, if the excessive interest exceeds such unpaid principal, the amount exceeding the unpaid balance shall be refunded to the applicable Obligor. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by the Lenders exceeds the Maximum Rate, the Lenders may, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or premium rather than interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Indebtedness and other obligations of any Obligor hereunder, or (d) allocate interest between portions of such Indebtedness and other obligations under the Loan Documents to the end that no such portion shall bear interest at a rate greater than that permitted by applicable Law.

12.19 Certain Waivers .

(a) Real Property Security Waivers .

(i) Each Obligor acknowledges that all or any portion of the Obligations may now or hereafter be secured by a Lien or Liens upon real property evidenced by certain documents including, without limitation, deeds of trust and assignments of rents. Lenders may, pursuant to the terms of said real property security documents and applicable law, foreclose under all or any portion of one or more of said Liens by means of judicial or nonjudicial sale or sales. Each Obligor agrees that Lenders may exercise whatever rights and remedies they may have with respect to said real property security, all without affecting the liability of any Obligor under the Loan Documents, except to the extent Lenders realize payment by such action or proceeding. No election to proceed in one form of action or against any party, or on any obligation shall constitute a waiver of Lenders’ rights to proceed in any other form of action or against any Obligor or any other Person, or diminish the liability of any Obligor, or affect the right of Lenders to proceed against any Obligor for any deficiency, except to the extent Lenders realize payment by such action, notwithstanding the effect of such action upon any Obligor’s rights of subrogation, reimbursement or indemnity, if any, against Obligor or any other Person.

(ii) To the extent permitted under applicable law, each Obligor hereby waives any rights and defenses that are or may become available to such Obligor by reason of Sections 2787 to 2855, inclusive, of the California Civil Code.

(iii) To the extent permitted under applicable law, each Obligor hereby waives all rights and defenses that such Obligor may have because the Obligations are or may be secured by real property. This means, among other things:

(A) Lenders may collect from any Obligor without first foreclosing on any real or personal property collateral pledged by any other Obligor;

 

78


(B) If Lenders foreclose on any real property collateral pledged by any Obligor:

(1) The amount of the Loans may be reduced only by the price for which that collateral is sold at the foreclosure sale, even if the collateral is worth more than the sale price; and

(2) Lenders may collect from each Obligor even if Lenders, by foreclosing on the real property collateral, have destroyed any right that such Obligor may have to collect from any other Obligor.

(3) To the extent permitted under applicable law, this is an unconditional and irrevocable waiver of any rights and defenses each Obligor may have because the Obligations are or may be secured by real property. These rights and defenses include, but are not limited to, any rights or defenses based upon Section 580a, 580b, 580d or 726 of the California Code of Civil Procedure.

(iv) To the extent permitted under applicable law, each Obligor waives all rights and defenses arising out of an election of remedies by Lenders, even though that election of remedies, such as a nonjudicial foreclosure with respect to security for a guaranteed obligation, has destroyed such Obligor’s rights of subrogation and reimbursement against the principal by the operation of Section 580d of the California Code of Civil Procedure or otherwise.

(b) Waiver of Marshaling . W ITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING IN ANY WAY , EACH O BLIGOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES AND RELEASES , TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY L AW , ANY AND ALL RIGHTS IT MAY HAVE AT ANY TIME ( WHETHER ARISING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY , BY OPERATION OF LAW , CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE ) TO REQUIRE THE MARSHALING OF ANY ASSETS OF ANY O BLIGOR , WHICH RIGHT OF MARSHALING MIGHT OTHERWISE ARISE FROM ANY PAYMENTS MADE OR OBLIGATIONS PERFORMED .

SECTION 13

GUARANTEE

13.01 The Guarantee. The Guarantors hereby jointly and severally guarantee to the Lenders and their successors and assigns the prompt payment in full when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the principal of and interest on the Loans and all fees and other amounts from time to time owing to the Lenders by Borrower under this Agreement or under any other Loan Document and by any other Obligor under any of the Loan Documents, in each case strictly in accordance with the terms thereof (such obligations being herein collectively called the “ Guaranteed Obligations ”). The Guarantors hereby further jointly and severally agree that if Borrower shall fail to pay in full when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) any of the Guaranteed Obligations, the Guarantors will promptly pay the same, without any demand or notice whatsoever, and that in the case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, the same will be promptly paid in full when due (whether at extended maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) in accordance with the terms of such extension or renewal.

 

79


13.02 Obligations Unconditional . The obligations of the Guarantors under Section 13.01 are absolute and unconditional, joint and several, irrespective of the value, genuineness, validity, regularity or enforceability of the obligations of Borrower under this Agreement or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein, or any substitution, release or exchange of any other guarantee of or security for any of the Guaranteed Obligations, and, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, irrespective of any other circumstance whatsoever that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a surety or guarantor, it being the intent of this Section 13.02 that the obligations of the Guarantors hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional, joint and several, under any and all circumstances. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it is agreed that the occurrence of any one or more of the following shall not alter or impair the liability of the Guarantors hereunder, which shall remain absolute and unconditional as described above:

(a) at any time or from time to time, without notice to the Guarantors, the time for any performance of or compliance with any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be extended, or such performance or compliance shall be waived;

(b) any of the acts mentioned in any of the provisions of this Agreement or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein shall be done or omitted;

(c) the maturity of any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be accelerated, or any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be modified, supplemented or amended in any respect, or any right under this Agreement or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein shall be waived or any other guarantee of any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any security therefor shall be released or exchanged in whole or in part or otherwise dealt with; or

(d) any lien or security interest granted to, or in favor of, the Lenders as security for any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall fail to be perfected.

The Guarantors hereby expressly waive diligence, presentment, demand of payment, protest and all notices whatsoever, and any requirement that the Lenders exhaust any right, power or remedy or proceed against Borrower under this Agreement or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein, or against any other Person under any other guarantee of, or security for, any of the Guaranteed Obligations.

13.03 Reinstatement . The obligations of the Guarantors under this Section 13 shall be automatically reinstated if and to the extent that for any reason any payment by or on behalf of Borrower in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations is rescinded or must be otherwise restored by any holder of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, whether as a result of any proceedings in bankruptcy or reorganization or otherwise, and the Guarantors jointly and severally agree that they will indemnify the Lenders on demand for all reasonable costs and expenses (including fees of counsel) incurred by the Lenders in connection with such rescission or restoration, including any such costs and expenses incurred in defending against any claim alleging that such payment constituted a preference, fraudulent transfer or similar payment under any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law.

13.04 Subrogation . The Guarantors hereby jointly and severally agree that until the payment and satisfaction in full of all Guaranteed Obligations (other than the Warrant Obligations) and the expiration and termination of the Commitment of the Lenders under this Agreement they

 

80


shall not exercise any right or remedy arising by reason of any performance by them of their guarantee in Section 13.01 , whether by subrogation or otherwise, against Borrower or any other guarantor of any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any security for any of the Guaranteed Obligations.

13.05 Remedies . The Guarantors jointly and severally agree that, as between the Guarantors and the Lenders, the obligations of Borrower under this Agreement and under the other Loan Documents may be declared to be forthwith due and payable as provided in Section 11 (and shall be deemed to have become automatically due and payable in the circumstances provided in Section 11 ) for purposes of Section 13.01 notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such declaration (or such obligations from becoming automatically due and payable) as against Borrower and that, in the event of such declaration (or such obligations being deemed to have become automatically due and payable), such obligations (whether or not due and payable by Borrower) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for purposes of Section 13.01 .

13.06 Instrument for the Payment of Money . Each Guarantor hereby acknowledges that the guarantee in this Section 13 constitutes an instrument for the payment of money, and consents and agrees that the Lender, at its sole option, in the event of a dispute by such Guarantor in the payment of any moneys due hereunder, shall have the right to proceed by motion for summary judgment in lieu of complaint pursuant to N.Y. Civ. Prac. L&R § 3213.

13.07 Continuing Guarantee . The guarantee in this Section 13 is a continuing guarantee, and shall apply to all Guaranteed Obligations whenever arising.

13.08 Rights of Contribution . The Guarantors hereby agree, as between themselves, that if any Guarantor shall become an Excess Funding Guarantor (as defined below) by reason of the payment by such Guarantor of any Guaranteed Obligations, each other Guarantor shall, on demand of such Excess Funding Guarantor (but subject to the next sentence), pay to such Excess Funding Guarantor an amount equal to such Guarantor’s Pro Rata Share (as defined below and determined, for this purpose, without reference to the properties, debts and liabilities of such Excess Funding Guarantor) of the Excess Payment (as defined below) in respect of such Guaranteed Obligations. The payment obligation of a Guarantor to any Excess Funding Guarantor under this Section 13.08 shall be subordinate and subject in right of payment to the prior payment in full of the obligations of such Guarantor under the other provisions of this Section 13 and such Excess Funding Guarantor shall not exercise any right or remedy with respect to such excess until payment and satisfaction in full of all of such obligations. For purposes of this Section 13.08 , (i) “ Excess Funding Guarantor ” means, in respect of any Guaranteed Obligations, a Guarantor that has paid an amount in excess of its Pro Rata Share of such Guaranteed Obligations, (ii) “ Excess Payment ” means, in respect of any Guaranteed Obligations, the amount paid by an Excess Funding Guarantor in excess of its Pro Rata Share of such Guaranteed Obligations and (iii) “ Pro Rata Share ” means, for any Guarantor, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of (x) the amount by which the aggregate present fair saleable value of all properties of such Guarantor (excluding any shares of stock of any other Guarantor) exceeds the amount of all the debts and liabilities of such Guarantor (including contingent, subordinated, unmatured and unliquidated liabilities, but excluding the obligations of such Guarantor hereunder and any obligations of any other Guarantor that have been Guaranteed by

 

81


such Guarantor) to (y) the amount by which the aggregate fair saleable value of all properties of all of the Guarantors exceeds the amount of all the debts and liabilities (including contingent, subordinated, unmatured and unliquidated liabilities, but excluding the obligations of the Borrower and the Guarantors hereunder and under the other Loan Documents) of all of the Guarantors, determined (A) with respect to any Guarantor that is a party hereto on the date hereof, as of the date hereof, and (B) with respect to any other Guarantor, as of the date such Guarantor becomes a Guarantor hereunder.

13.09 General Limitation on Guarantee Obligations . In any action or proceeding involving any provincial, territorial or state corporate law, or any state or federal bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other law affecting the rights of creditors generally, if the obligations of any Guarantor under Section 13.01 would otherwise, taking into account the provisions of Section 13.08 , be held or determined to be void, invalid or unenforceable, or subordinated to the claims of any other creditors, on account of the amount of its liability under Section 13.01 , then, notwithstanding any other provision hereof to the contrary, the amount of such liability shall, without any further action by such Guarantor, the Lenders or any other Person, be automatically limited and reduced to the highest amount that is valid and enforceable and not subordinated to the claims of other creditors as determined in such action or proceeding.

13.10 Collateral and Guaranty Matters . Each of the Lenders (including the Control Agent) agree:

(a) to release any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Control Agent or any Lender under any Loan Document (i) upon the payment in full in cash of all Obligations and the termination or expiration of all Commitments or (ii) that is sold or to be sold as part of or in connection with any sale permitted hereunder or under any other Loan Document;

(b) to release any Subsidiary Guarantor from its obligations under Loan Documents if such Person ceases to be a Subsidiary as a result of a transaction permitted hereunder; and

(c) to subordinate any Lien on any property granted to or held by any Lender or the Control Agent under any Loan Document to the holder of any Lien on such property that is permitted by Section 9.02(e) solely to the extent the Liens of any Lender or the Control Agent being subordinated encumber the specific assets financed by such Lien holder.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

82


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the day and year first above written.

 

BORROWER:
VALERITAS, INC.
By  

/s/ Kristine Peterson

  Name: Kristine Peterson
  Title: Chief Executive Officer
Address for Notices:
750 Route 202 South, Suite 600
Bridgewater, NJ 08807
Attn:
Tel.:
Fax:
Email:

[Signature Page to Term Loan Agreement]

 

S-1


GUARANTORS:
VALERITAS HOLDINGS, LLC
By  

/s/ Kristine Peterson

  Name: Kristine Peterson
  Title: Chief Executive Officer
Address for Notices:
Attn:
Tel.:
Fax:
Email:

[Signature Page to Term Loan Agreement]

 

S-2


LENDERS:

CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II L.P.

By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II GP

L.P., its General Partner

By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II

GP LLC, its General Partner

 

  By   

/s/ Charles W. Tate

     
     Name: Charles Tate      
     Title: Sole Member      

PARALLEL INVESTMENT OPPORTUNITIES

PARTNERS II L.P.

By PARALLEL INVESTMENT

OPPORTUNITIES PARTNERS II GP L.P., its

General Partner

By PARALLEL INVESTMENT

OPPORTUNITIES PARTNERS II GP LLC,

its General Partner

 

  By   

/s/ Charles W. Tate

     
     Name: Charles Tate      
     Title: Sole Member      

CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II-

PARALLEL FUND “A” L.P.

By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II-

PARALLEL FUND “A” GP L.P., its General

Partner

By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II-

PARALLEL FUND “A” GP LLC, its

General Partner

 

  By   

/s/ Charles W. Tate

     
     Name: Charles Tate      
     Title: Sole Member      

[Signature Page to Term Loan Agreement]

 

S-4


CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II

(CAYMAN) L.P.

By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II

(CAYMAN) GP L.P., its General Partner

By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II

(CAYMAN) GP LLC, its General Partner

 

  By   

/s/ Charles W. Tate

     
     Name: Charles Tate      
     Title: Sole Member      
     WITNESS: /s/ Andrei Dorenbaum      
     Name: Andrei Dorenbaum      

CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II-

PARALLEL FUND “B” (CAYMAN) L.P.

By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II

(CAYMAN) GP L.P., its General Partner

By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II

(CAYMAN) GP LLC, its General Partner

 

  By   

/s/ Charles W. Tate

     
     Name: Charles Tate      
     Title: Sole Member      
  WITNESS: /s/ Andrei Dorenbaum      
  Name: Andrei Dorenbaum      

Address for Notices:

1000 Main Street, Suite 2500

Houston, TX 77002

Attn:    General Counsel

Tel.:    713.209.7350

Fax:    713.209.7351

Email: adorenbaum@capitalroyalty.com

[Signature Page to Term Loan Agreement]

 

S-5


Schedule 1

to Term Loan Agreement

COMMITMENTS

 

Lender

   Commitment 1      Proportionate
Share
 

Capital Royalty Partners II L.P.

   $ 5,450,000         10.9

Capital Royalty Partners II – Parallel Fund “A” L.P.

   $ 6,150,000         12.3

Parallel Investment Opportunities Partners II L.P.

   $ 10,000,000         20

Capital Royalty Partners II (Cayman) L.P.

   $ 1,950,000         3.9

Capital Royalty Partners II – Parallel Fund “B” (Cayman) L.P.

   $ 26,450,000         52.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL

   $ 50,000,000         100
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

WARRANT SHARES

 

Lender

   Number of
Warrant Shares
of Common
Stock
 

Capital Royalty Partners II L.P.

     21,655   

Capital Royalty Partners II – Parallel Fund “A” L.P.

     24,436   

Parallel Investment Opportunities Partners II L.P.

     39,733   

Capital Royalty Partners II (Cayman) L.P.

     7,748   

Capital Royalty Partners II – Parallel Fund “B” (Cayman) L.P.

     105,095   
  

 

 

 

TOTAL

     198,667   
  

 

 

 

 

1   Subject to Section 6.02


Exhibit A

to Term Loan Agreement

 

FORM OF GUARANTEE ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

GUARANTEE ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT dated as of [                    ] by [NAME OF ADDITIONAL GUARANTOR], a                     [corporation][limited liability company] (the “ Additional Guarantor ”), in favor of Capital Royalty Partners II L.P., Capital Royalty Partners II – Parallel Fund “A” L.P., Paralleled Investment Opportunities Partners II L.P., Capital Royalty Partners II (Cayman) L.P., and Capital Royalty Partners II – Parallel Fund “B” (Cayman) L.P., as Lenders (the “ Lenders ”) under that certain Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated as of August 5, 2014 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, renewed, refinanced or replaced, the “ Loan Agreement ”), among Valeritas, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Borrower ”), the lenders party thereto and the Guarantors party thereto.

Pursuant to Section 8.12(a) of the Loan Agreement, the Additional Guarantor hereby agrees to become a “Guarantor” for all purposes of the Loan Agreement, and a “Grantor” for all purposes of the Security Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, the Additional Guarantor hereby, jointly and severally with the other Guarantors, guarantees to the Lenders and their successors and assigns the prompt payment in full when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of all Guaranteed Obligations (as defined in Section 13.01 of the Loan Agreement) in the same manner and to the same extent as is provided in Section 13 of the Loan Agreement. In addition, as of the date hereof, the Additional Guarantor hereby makes the representations and warranties set forth in Sections 7.01 , 7.02 , 7.03 , 7.05(a) , 7.06 , 7.07 , 7.08 and 7.18 of the Loan Agreement, and in Section 2 of the Security Agreement, with respect to itself and its obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, as if each reference in such Sections to the Loan Documents included reference to this Agreement, such representations and warranties to be made as of the date hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Additional Guarantor has caused this Guarantee Assumption Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the day and year first above written.

 

[ADDITIONAL GUARANTOR]

By

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

Exhibit A-1


Exhibit B

to Term Loan Agreement

FORM OF NOTICE OF BORROWING

Date :

 

To:    Capital Royalty Partners II L.P. and the other Lenders
   1000 Main Street, Suite 2500
   Houston, TX 77002
   Attn: General Counsel

Re: Borrowing under Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned, Valeritas, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Borrower ”), refers to the Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated as of August 5, 2014 (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”), among Borrower, Capital Royalty Partners II L.P., Capital Royalty Partners II – Parallel Fund “A” L.P., Paralleled Investment Opportunities Partners II L.P., Capital Royalty Partners II (Cayman) L.P., and Capital Royalty Partners II – Parallel Fund “B” (Cayman) L.P., and other parties from time to time party thereto as lenders (“ Lenders ”), and the Guarantors from time to time party thereto. The terms defined in the Loan Agreement are herein used as therein defined.

Borrower hereby gives you notice irrevocably, pursuant to Section 2.02 of the Loan Agreement, of the borrowing of the Loan specified herein:

1. The proposed Borrowing Date is [                    ].

2. The amount of the proposed Borrowing is $[                    ].

3. The payment instructions with respect to the funds to be made available to the Borrower are as follows:

 

  Bank name:  [                    ]   
 

Bank Address:  [                     ]

  

 

Routing Number:

     [                    
 

Account Number:

     [                    
 

Swift Code:

     [                    

The Borrower hereby certifies that the following statements are true on the date hereof, and will be true on the date of the proposed borrowing of the Loan, before and after giving effect thereto and to the application of the proceeds therefrom:

 

Exhibit B-1


a) the representations and warranties made by the Borrower in Section 7 of the Loan Agreement shall be true on and as of the Borrowing Date and immediately after giving effect to the application of the proceeds of the Borrowing with the same force and effect as if made on and as of such date, except that (i) the representation regarding representations and warranties that refer to a specific earlier date shall be true on such earlier date and (ii) with respect to each Borrowing made following the initial Borrowing Date, such representation regarding representations and warranties shall only be required to be true in all material respects on and as of the applicable Borrowing Date (except to the extent that such representation or warranty contains any materiality or Material Adverse Effect qualifier);

b) on and as of the Borrowing Date, there shall have occurred no Material Adverse Change since [                    ]; and

c) no Default exists or would result from such proposed borrowing.

 

 

Exhibit B-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Borrower has caused this Notice of Borrowing to be duly executed and delivered as of the day and year first above written.

 

BORROWER:

VALERITAS, INC.

By

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

Exhibit B-3


Exhibit C

to Term Loan Agreement

FORM OF TERM LOAN NOTE

[DATE]

U.S. $[                    ] plus all compounded interest calculated pursuant to Section 3.02(d)(ii) of the Loan Agreement

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, Valeritas, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Borrower ”), hereby promises to pay to [Capital Royalty Partners II L.P., Capital Royalty/ Partners II – Parallel Fund “A” L.P./ Paralleled Investment Opportunities Partners II L.P./ Capital Royalty Partners II (Cayman) L.P./ Capital Royalty Partners II – Parallel Fund “B” (Cayman) L.P.] or its assigns (the “ Lender ”) at the Lender’s principal office in 1000 Main Street, Suite 2500, Houston, TX 77002, in immediately available funds, the aggregate principal sum set forth above, or, if less, the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Loans made by the Lender pursuant to Section 2.01 of the Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated as of August 5, 2014 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, renewed, refinanced or replaced, the “ Loan Agreement ”), among the Borrower, the Lender, the other lenders party thereto and the Guarantors party thereto, on the date or dates specified in the Loan Agreement, together with interest on the principal amount of such Loans from time to time outstanding thereunder at the rates, and payable in the manner and on the dates, specified in the Loan Agreement.

This Note is a Note issued pursuant to the terms of Section 2.04 of the Loan Agreement and Section 3.02(d)(ii) of the Loan Agreement to the extent the Borrower has elected to pay interest on the outstanding principal amount of this Note in kind pursuant to Section 3.02(d)(ii) of the Loan Agreement, and this Note and the holder hereof are entitled to all the benefits and security provided for thereby or referred to therein, to which Loan Agreement reference is hereby made for a statement thereof. All defined terms used in this Note, except terms otherwise defined herein, shall have the same meaning as in the Loan Agreement.

THIS NOTE AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS THAT WOULD RESULT IN THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION; PROVIDED THAT SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW SHALL APPLY.

The Borrower hereby waives demand, presentment, protest or notice of any kind hereunder, other than notices provided for in the Loan Documents. The non-exercise by the holder hereof of any of its rights hereunder in any particular instance shall not constitute a waiver thereof in such particular or any subsequent instance.

THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THE LOAN AGREEMENT.

 

Exhibit C-1


THIS NOTE HAS BEEN ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT. TO OBTAIN (I) THE ISSUE PRICE OF THIS NOTE, (II) THE AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT, (III) THE ISSUE DATE, OR (IV) THE YIELD TO MATURITY; CONTACT [CONTACT AT ISSUER] AT [ADDRESS], OR BY PHONE AT [NUMBER].

 

VALERITAS, INC.

By

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

Exhibit C-2


Exhibit D

to Term Loan Agreement

 

FORM OF U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

Reference is made to the Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated as of August 5, 2014 (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”), among Valeritas, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Borrower ”), Capital Royalty Partners II L.P., Capital Royalty Partners II – Parallel Fund “A” L.P., Paralleled Investment Opportunities Partners II L.P., Capital Royalty Partners II (Cayman) L.P., and Capital Royalty Partners II – Parallel Fund “B” (Cayman) L.P., and other parties from time to time party thereto as lenders (“ Lenders ”), and the Guarantors from time to time party thereto. [                    ] (the “ Foreign Lender ”) is providing this certificate pursuant to Section 5.05(e)(ii)(B) of the Loan Agreement. The Foreign Lender hereby represents and warrants that:

1. The Foreign Lender is the sole record owner of the Loans as well as any obligations evidenced by any Note(s) in respect of which it is providing this certificate;

2. The Foreign Lender’s direct or indirect partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of the Loans as well as any obligations evidenced by any Note(s) in respect of which it is providing this certificate;

3. Neither the Foreign Lender nor its direct or indirect partners/members is a “bank” for purposes of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”). In this regard, the Foreign Lender further represents and warrants that:

(a) neither the Foreign Lender nor its direct or indirect partners/members is subject to regulatory or other legal requirements as a bank in any jurisdiction; and

(b) neither the Foreign Lender nor its direct or indirect partners/members has been treated as a bank for purposes of any tax, securities law or other filing or submission made to any Governmental Authority, any application made to a rating agency or qualification for any exemption from tax, securities law or other legal requirements;

3. Neither the Foreign Lender nor its direct or indirect partners/members is a 10-percent shareholder of Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code; and

4. Neither the Foreign Lender nor its direct or indirect partners/members is a controlled foreign corporation receiving interest from a related person within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

[Signature follows]

Exhibit D-1


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this certificate to be duly executed and delivered as of the date indicated below.

 

[NAME OF NON-U.S. LENDER]

By

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

Date:

 

 

Exhibit D-2


Exhibit E

to Term Loan Agreement

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

[ Date ]

This certificate is delivered pursuant to Section 8.01(c) of, and in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated in, the Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated as of August 5, 2014 (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”), among Valeritas, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Borrower ”), Capital Royalty Partners II L.P., Capital Royalty Partners II – Parallel Fund “A” L.P., Paralleled Investment Opportunities Partners II L.P., Capital Royalty Partners II (Cayman) L.P., and Capital Royalty Partners II – Parallel Fund “B” (Cayman) L.P., and other parties from time to time party thereto as lenders (“ Lenders ”), and the Guarantors from time to time party thereto. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used herein as defined in the Loan Agreement.

The undersigned, a duly authorized Responsible Officer of Borrower having the name and title set forth below under his signature, hereby certifies, on behalf of the Borrower for the benefit of the Lenders and pursuant to Section 8.01(c) of the Loan Agreement that such Responsible Officer of the Borrower is familiar with the Loan Agreement and that, in accordance with each of the following sections of the Loan Agreement, each of the following is true on the date hereof, both before and after giving effect to any Loan to be made on or before the date hereof:

In accordance with Section  8.01 [ (a)/(b) ] of the Loan Agreement, attached hereto as Annex A are the financial statements for the [fiscal quarter/fiscal year] ended [                    ] required to be delivered pursuant to Section 8.01 [ (a)/(b) ] of the Loan Agreement. Such financial statements fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flow of the Parent, Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the dates indicated therein and for the periods indicated therein in accordance with GAAP [(subject to the absence of footnote disclosure and normal year-end audit adjustments)] 2 [without qualification as to the scope of the audit.] 3

Attached hereto as Annex B are the calculations used to determine compliance with each financial covenant contained in Section 10 of the Loan Agreement.

No Default is continuing as of the date hereof[, except as provided for on Annex C attached hereto, with respect to each of which Borrower proposes to take the actions set forth on Annex C ].

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this certificate on the date first written above.

 

2   Insert language in brackets only for quarterly certifications.
3   Insert language in brackets only for annual certifications.

 

Exhibit E-1


VALERITAS, INC.

By

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

Exhibit E-2


Annex A to Compliance Certificate

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

[see attached]

 

Exhibit E-3


Annex B to Compliance Certificate

CALCULATIONS OF FINANCIAL COVENANT COMPLIANCE

 

I.    Section 10.01(a)(i)-(vi): Minimum Revenue   
    A.    Revenue received during the twelve month period beginning on January 1, 2013:    $                     
   Is line I.A equal to or greater than $5,000,000?   

Yes: In compliance;

No: Not in compliance

    B. 4    Revenue received during the twelve month period beginning on January 1, 2014:    $                     
     

Compliance waived

for such calendar year

    C. 5    Revenue received during the twelve month period beginning on January 1, 2015:    $                     
   Is line I.C equal to or greater than $20,000,000?   

Yes: In compliance;

No: Not in compliance

    D.    Revenue received during the twelve month period beginning on January 1, 2016:    $                     
   Is line I.D equal to or greater than $75,000,000?   

Yes: In compliance;

No: Not in compliance

    E.    Revenue received during the twelve month period beginning on January 1, 2017:    $                     
   Is line I.E equal to or greater than $100,000,000?   

Yes: In compliance;

No: Not in compliance

    F.    Revenue received during the twelve month period beginning on January 1, [2018][2019]    $                     
   Is line I.F equal to or greater than $125,000,000?   

Yes: In compliance;

No: Not in compliance

II.    Section 10.02: Minimum Cash   
    A.    Minimum daily balance of cash and Permitted Cash Equivalent Investments of Borrower and its Subsidiaries during the most recently ended fiscal quarter of Borrower:    $                     
    B.    Minimum cash balance required by Section 10.02 :    $                      6
   (i) Minimum cash balance required of Borrower by Borrower’s Permitted Priority Debt Creditors:    $                     
   (ii) $2,000,000:    $                     
   Is line II.A equal to or greater Line II.B?   

Yes: In compliance;

No: Not in compliance

 

4   Compliance subject to the terms set forth in the Consent, Waiver, and Amendment Agreement
5   Compliance subject to the terms set forth in the Consent, Waiver, and Amendment Agreement
6   Insert the greater of line II.B(i) and II.B(ii)

 

Exhibit E-4


Exhibit F

to Term Loan Agreement

FORM OPINION FROM CORPORATE COUNSEL


Exhibit G

to Term Loan Agreement

FORM OF LANDLORD CONSENT

 

Exhibit G-1


Exhibit H

to Term Loan Agreement

FORM OF SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT

 

Exhibit H-1

Exhibit 10.11

EXECUTION VERSION

 

 

 

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED TERM LOAN AGREEMENT

dated as of

May 3, 2016

between

VALERITAS, INC.

as Borrower,

VALERITAS HOLDINGS, INC.,

as Guarantor,

The GUARANTORS from Time to Time Party Hereto,

and

Capital Royalty Partners II L.P., Capital Royalty Partners II - Parallel Fund “A” L.P.,

Parallel Investment Opportunities Partners II L.P., Capital Royalty Partners II – Parallel

Fund “B” (Cayman) L.P., and Capital Royalty Partners II (Cayman) L.P.

as Lenders

U.S. $50,000,000

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

SECTION 1 DEFINITIONS

     2  

1.01

  Certain Defined Terms      2  

1.02

  Accounting Terms and Principles      20  

1.03

  Interpretation      20  

1.04

  Changes to GAAP      20  

1.05

  Amendment and Restatement and Continuing Security      21  

SECTION 2 THE Loans

     22  

2.01

  Loans      22  

2.02

  [Reserved]      22  

2.03

  [Reserved]      22  

2.04

  Notes      22  

2.05

  Use of Proceeds      22  

2.06

  Defaulting Lenders      23  

2.07

  Substitution of Lenders      24  

SECTION 3 PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST

     25  

3.01

  Repayment      25  

3.02

  Interest      25  

3.03

  Prepayments      26  

SECTION 4 PAYMENTS, ETC.

     27  

4.01

  Payments      27  

4.02

  Computations      27  

4.03

  Notices      27  

4.04

  Set-Off      27  

SECTION 5 YIELD PROTECTION, ETC.

     28  

5.01

  Additional Costs      28  

5.02

  Reserved      29  

5.03

  Illegality      29  

5.04

  Reserved      29  

5.05

  Taxes      29  

 

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  

SECTION 6 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

     32  

6.01

  Conditions to Amendment and Restatement      32  

6.02

  Acknowledgements      35  

SECTION 7 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     35  

7.01

  Power and Authority      35  

7.02

  Authorization; Enforceability      35  

7.03

  Governmental and Other Approvals; No Conflicts      36  

7.04

  Financial Statements; Material Adverse Change      36  

7.05

  Properties      36  

7.06

  No Actions or Proceedings      40  

7.07

  Compliance with Laws and Agreements      40  

7.08

  Taxes      40  

7.09

  Full Disclosure      40  

7.10

  Regulation      41  

7.11

  Solvency      41  

7.12

  Subsidiaries      41  

7.13

  Indebtedness and Liens      41  

7.14

  Material Agreements      41  

7.15

  Restrictive Agreements      41  

7.16

  Real Property      41  

7.17

  Pension Matters      42  

7.18

  Collateral; Security Interest      42  

7.19

  Regulatory Approvals      42  

7.20

  Small Business Concern      43  

7.21

  Update of Schedules      43  

SECTION 8 AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

     43  

8.01

  Financial Statements and Other Information      43  

8.02

  Notices of Material Events      45  

8.03

  Existence; Conduct of Business      46  

8.04

  Payment of Obligations      47  

8.05

  Insurance      47  

 

-ii-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  

8.06

  Books and Records; Inspection Rights      48  

8.07

  Compliance with Laws and Other Obligations      48  

8.08

  Maintenance of Properties, Etc.      48  

8.09

  Licenses      50  

8.10

  Action under Environmental Laws      50  

8.11

  Use of Proceeds      50  

8.12

  Certain Obligations Respecting Subsidiaries and Parent; Further Assurances      50  

8.13

  Termination of Non-Permitted Liens      52  

8.14

  Intellectual Property      52  

8.15

  Post-Closing Items      53  

8.16

  Real Property Security Documents      53  

SECTION 9 NEGATIVE COVENANTS

     53  

9.01

  Indebtedness      53  

9.02

  Liens      54  

9.03

  Fundamental Changes and Acquisitions      56  

9.04

  Lines of Business      57  

9.05

  Investments      57  

9.06

  Restricted Payments      57  

9.07

  Payments of Indebtedness      58  

9.08

  Change in Fiscal Year      58  

9.09

  Sales of Assets, Issuances of Equity, Etc.      58  

9.10

  Transactions with Affiliates      59  

9.11

  Restrictive Agreements      60  

9.12

  Amendments to Material Agreements      60  

9.13

  Preservation of Borrower Lease; Operating Leases      60  

9.14

  Sales and Leasebacks      61  

9.15

  Hazardous Material      61  

9.16

  Accounting Changes      62  

9.17

  Compliance with ERISA      62  

9.18

  Investment Company Act      62  

9.19

  Parent      62  

 

-iii-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  

9.20

  Subsidiaries      62  

SECTION 10 FINANCIAL COVENANTS

     62  

10.01

  Minimum Cash      62  

SECTION 11 EVENTS OF DEFAULT

     62  

11.01

  Events of Default      62  

11.02

  Remedies      65  

SECTION 12 MISCELLANEOUS

     65  

12.01

  No Waiver      65  

12.02

  Notices      66  

12.03

  Expenses, Indemnification, Etc.      66  

12.04

  Amendments, Etc.      67  

12.05

  Successors and Assigns      68  

12.06

  Survival      69  

12.07

  Captions      70  

12.08

  Counterparts      70  

12.09

  Governing Law      70  

12.10

  Jurisdiction, Service of Process and Venue      70  

12.11

  Waiver of Jury Trial      70  

12.12

  Waiver of Immunity      71  

12.13

  Entire Agreement      71  

12.14

  Severability      71  

12.15

  No Fiduciary Relationship      71  

12.16

  Confidentiality      71  

12.17

  USA PATRIOT Act      71  

12.18

  Maximum Rate of Interest      71  

12.19

  Certain Waivers      72  

12.20

  Acknowledgment of Appointment of Agent      73  

SECTION 13 GUARANTEE

     73  

13.01

  The Guarantee      73  

13.02

  Obligations Unconditional      74  

 

-iv-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  

13.03

  Reinstatement      74  

13.04

  Subrogation      75  

13.05

  Remedies      75  

13.06

  Instrument for the Payment of Money      75  

13.07

  Continuing Guarantee      75  

13.08

  Rights of Contribution      75  

13.09

  General Limitation on Guarantee Obligations      76  

13.10

  Collateral and Guaranty Matters      76  

 

SCHEDULES AND EXHIBITS

Schedule 1    -    Commitment/Outstanding Loans
Schedule 7.05(b)    -    Certain Intellectual Property
Schedule 7.05(c)    -    Material Intellectual Property
Schedule 7.06    -    Certain Litigation
Schedule 7.12    -    Information Regarding Subsidiaries
Schedule 7.13(a)    -    Existing Indebtedness of Parent, Borrower and its Subsidiaries
Schedule 7.13(b)    -    Liens Granted by the Obligors
Schedule 7.14    -    Material Agreements of Each Obligor
Schedule 7.15    -    Permitted Restrictive Agreements
Schedule 7.16    -    Real Property Owned or Leased by Parent, Borrower and Subsidiaries
Schedule 7.17    -    Pension Matters
Schedule 7.19    -    Regulatory Approvals
Schedule 9.05    -    Existing Investments
Schedule 9.14    -    Permitted Sales and Leasebacks
Exhibit A    -    Form of Guarantee Assumption Agreement
Exhibit B    -    [Reserved]
Exhibit C    -    Form of Term Loan Note
Exhibit D    -    Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate
Exhibit E    -    Form of Compliance Certificate
Exhibit F    -    Form of Opinion from Corporate Counsel
Exhibit G    -    Form of Landlord Consent
Exhibit H    -    Form of Subordination Agreement

 

-v-


SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED TERM LOAN AGREEMENT, dated as of May 3, 2016 (this “ Agreement ”), among VALERITAS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Borrower ”), VALERITAS HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Parent ”), the GUARANTORS from time to time party hereto and the Lenders from time to time party hereto.

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Borrower and the Lenders were parties to a certain Term Loan Agreement dated as of May 24, 2013 (the “ Initial Term Loan Agreement ”), which Initial Term Loan Agreement was subsequently amended and restated as that certain Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated as of August 5, 2014 (as so amended and restated, the “ Existing Term Loan Agreement ”).

WHEREAS, on April 3, 2015, the Lenders notified the Borrower that various Events of Default had occurred and were continuing under the Existing Term Loan Agreement, and declared all Obligations of the Borrower under the Existing Term Loan Agreement to be immediately due and payable.

WHEREAS, Valeritas Security became a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to that certain Joinder Agreement by Valeritas Security in favor of the Lenders, dated as of April 16, 2015.

WHEREAS, the Borrower, the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto and the Lenders entered into that certain Limited Forbearance Agreement, dated as of May 18, 2015, pursuant to which the Lenders agreed to temporarily forbear from exercising certain default-related rights and remedies against the Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantors.

WHEREAS, the Borrower currently owes to the Lenders an amount of $16,574,604.12 of interest, fees and penalties on the unpaid principal balance under the Existing Term Loan Agreement, which interest, fees and penalties the Lenders have agreed to convert on April 29, 2016, into shares of stock of the Borrower pursuant to the Conversion Agreements (as defined below).

WHEREAS, the Borrower intends to enter into a reverse merger transaction (the “ Reverse Merger ”) on the date hereof pursuant to which the Borrower shall become a Subsidiary of the Parent.

WHEREAS, in connection with the Reverse Merger, the Borrower and the Lenders have agreed to amend and restate the Existing Term Loan Agreement as set forth herein and to add the Parent as an Obligor hereunder.

NOW THEREFORE, accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1


SECTION 1

DEFINITIONS

1.01 Certain Defined Terms . As used herein, the following terms have the following respective meanings:

Acquisition ” means any transaction, or any series of related transactions, by which any Person directly or indirectly, by means of a take-over bid, tender offer, amalgamation, merger, purchase of assets, or similar transaction having the same effect as any of the foregoing, (a) acquires any business or all or substantially all of the assets of any Person engaged in any business, (b) acquires control of securities of a Person engaged in a business representing more than 50% of the ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body if the business affairs of such Person are managed by a board of directors or other governing body, or (c) acquires control of more than 50% of the ownership interest in any Person engaged in any business that is not managed by a board of directors or other governing body.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.

Agency Agreement ” means that certain Agency Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Lenders and CRG Servicing LLC.

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the introduction hereto.

Asset Sale ” is defined in Section 9.09 .

Asset Sale Net Proceeds ” means the aggregate amount of the cash proceeds received from any Asset Sale, net of any bona fide fees, costs, expenses and amounts incurred or payable in connection with such Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any Indebtedness (other than the Obligations) that is required to be discharged in connection with such Asset Sale, reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with such Asset Sale and taxes reasonably estimated to be payable within two years of the date of the consummation of such Asset Sale), plus, the monetized amount of any non-cash proceeds of an Asset Sale but only as and when so received.

Assignment and Acceptance ” means an assignment and acceptance entered into by a Lender and an assignee of such Lender.

Bankruptcy Code ” means Title II of the United States Code entitled “Bankruptcy.”

Benefit Plan ” means any employee benefit plan as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA (whether governed by the laws of the United States or otherwise) to which any Obligor or Subsidiary thereof incurs or otherwise has any obligation or liability, contingent or otherwise.

Borrower ” has the meaning set forth in the introduction hereto.

Borrower Facility ” means the premises located at 800 Boston Turnpike, Shrewsbury, Massachusetts, which are leased by Borrower pursuant to the Borrower Lease.

 

2


Borrower Landlord ” means The Taming of the Shrewsbury, LLC, O’Neill Partners, LLC and Chanski, LLC as tenants in common.

Borrower Lease ” means that certain lease dated as of December 22, 2006 between the Borrower Landlord and Valeritas, LLC (predecessor to the Borrower), as amended, modified and in effect from time to time.

Borrowing ” means a borrowing consisting of Loans made on the same day by the Lenders according to their respective Commitments (including without limitation a borrowing of a PIK Loan).

Borrowing Date ” means the date of any Borrowing.

Business Day ” means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which commercial banks are not authorized or required to close in New York City.

Capital Lease Obligations ” means, as to any Person, the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under a lease of (or other agreement conveying the right to use) real and/or personal Property which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as a capital lease on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP and, for purposes of this Agreement, the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof, determined in accordance with GAAP.

Change of Control ” means (a) the acquisition of ownership, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, by any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, but excluding any employee benefit plan of such person or its subsidiaries, and any person or entity acting in its capacity as trustee, agent or other fiduciary or administrator of any such plan) other than the Specified Equityholders, acting jointly or otherwise in concert, of capital stock representing more than 50% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Parent or the Borrower or (b) the acquisition of direct or indirect Control of the Parent or the Borrower by any Person or group of Persons other than the Specified Equityholders, acting jointly or otherwise in concert; in each case whether as a result of a tender or exchange offer, open market purchases, privately negotiated purchases or otherwise.

Claims ” includes claims, demands, complaints, grievances, actions, applications, suits, causes of action, orders, charges, indictments, prosecutions, informations (brought by a public prosecutor without grand jury indictment) or other similar processes, assessments or reassessments.

Closing Date ” means April 29, 2016, the effective date of this Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time.

 

3


Collateral ” means the collateral provided for in the Security Documents.

Commitment ” means, with respect to each Lender, the obligation of such Lender to make Loans to the Borrower in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which commitment is in the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 1 under the caption “Commitment”, as such Schedule may be amended from time to time pursuant to Section 12.05(c) . The aggregate Commitments under this Agreement equal $50,000,000. As of the date hereof, all Loans (other than PIK Loans) under such Commitments have been made to the Borrower and the Commitments have expired or been terminated. For purposes of clarification, the amount of any PIK Loans shall not reduce the amount of the available Commitment.

Commodities Account ” is defined in the Security Agreement.

Compliance Certificate ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 8.01(c) .

Consent, Waiver, and Amendment Agreement ” means that Consent, Waiver and Amendment Agreement dated as of June 19, 2014 among Borrower and the Lenders.

Contracts ” means contracts, licenses, leases, agreements, obligations, promises, undertakings, understandings, arrangements, documents, commitments, entitlements or engagements under which a Person has, or will have, any liability or contingent liability (in each case, whether written or oral, express or implied).

Control ” means, in respect of a particular Person, the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings correlative thereto.

Control Agent ” is defined in the Security Agreement.

Conversion Agreement ” means (i) that certain Conversion Agreement for common stock, dated as of April 29, 2016, between among the Lenders and the Borrower, and (ii) that certain Conversion Agreement for preferred stock, dated as of April 29, 2016, between among the Lenders and the Borrower.

Copyrights ” is defined in the Security Agreement.

CRPPFA ” means Capital Royalty Partners II – Parallel Fund “A” L.P., a Delaware limited partnership.

CRP (Cayman) ” means Capital Royalty Partners II (Cayman) L.P., a Cayman Islands limited partnership.

CRPPFB (Cayman) ” means Capital Royalty Partners II – Parallel Fund “B” (Cayman) L.P., a Cayman Islands limited partnership.

Cure Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.01(b)(ii) .

 

4


Cure Right ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.01(b)(i)(B) .

Default ” means any Event of Default and any event that, upon the giving of notice, the lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

Defaulting Lender ” means, subject to Section 2.06 , any Lender that (a) has failed to perform any of its funding obligations hereunder, including in respect of its Loans, within three (3) Business Days of the date required to be funded by it hereunder, (b) has notified the Borrower or any Lender that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations or has made a public statement to that effect with respect to its funding obligations hereunder or under other agreements in which it commits to extend credit, or (c) has, or has a direct or indirect parent company that has, (i) become the subject of an Insolvency Proceeding, (ii) had a receiver, conservator, trustee, administrator, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its business or a custodian appointed for it, or (iii) taken any action in furtherance of, or indicated its consent to, approval of or acquiescence in any such proceeding or appointment; provided that a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any equity interest in that Lender or any direct or indirect parent company thereof by a Governmental Authority.

Deposit Account ” is defined in the Security Agreement.

Disqualified Securities ” means any Equity Interest which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security or other Equity Interest into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event or condition, (a) matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, on or prior to the Maturity Date, (b) is convertible in or exchangeable for (i) debt securities or (ii) any Equity Interests referred to in clause (a) above, in each case, at any time prior to the Maturity Date, (c) contains any repurchase obligations which may come into effect prior to payment in full of all Obligations (other than Warrant Obligations, and customary contingent indemnification claims), or (d) requires the payment of cash dividends or distributions prior to the Maturity Date.

Dollars ” and “ $ ” means lawful money of the United States of America.

Domestic Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that is a corporation, limited liability company, partnership or similar business entity incorporated, formed or organized under the laws of the United States, any State of the United States or the District of Columbia.

Environmental Law ” means any federal, state, provincial or local governmental law, rule, regulation, order, writ, judgment, injunction or decree relating to pollution or protection of the environment or the treatment, storage, disposal, release, threatened release or handling of hazardous materials, and all local laws and regulations related to environmental matters and any specific agreements entered into with any competent authorities which include commitments related to environmental matters.

 

5


Equity Interest ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents, including membership interests (however designated, whether voting or nonvoting), of equity of such Person, including, if such Person is a partnership, partnership interests (whether general or limited) and any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of property of, such partnership, but excluding debt securities convertible or exchangeable into such equity.

Equivalent Amount ” means, with respect to an amount denominated in one currency, the amount in another currency that could be purchased by the amount in the first currency determined by reference to the Exchange Rate at the time of determination.

ERISA ” means the United States Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

ERISA Affiliate ” means, collectively, any Obligor, Subsidiary thereof, and any Person under common control, or treated as a single employer, with any Obligor or Subsidiary thereof, within the meaning of Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code.

ERISA Event ” means (i) a reportable event as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA with respect to a Title IV Plan, excluding, however, such events as to which the PBGC by regulation has waived the requirement of Section 4043(a) of ERISA that it be notified within 30 days of the occurrence of such event; (ii) the applicability of the requirements of Section 4043(b) of ERISA with respect to a contributing sponsor, as defined in Section 4001(a)(13) of ERISA, to any Title IV Plan where an event described in paragraph (9), (10), (11), (12) or (13) of Section 4043(c) of ERISA is reasonably expected to occur with respect to such plan within the following 30 days; (iii) a withdrawal by any Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate thereof from a Title IV Plan or the termination of any Title IV Plan resulting in liability under Sections 4063 or 4064 of ERISA; (iv) the withdrawal of any Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate thereof in a complete or partial withdrawal (within the meaning of Section 4203 and 4205 of ERISA) from any Multiemployer Plan if there is any potential liability therefore, or the receipt by any Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate thereof of notice from any Multiemployer Plan that it is in reorganization or insolvency pursuant to Section 4241 or 4245 of ERISA; (v) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a plan amendment as a termination under Section 4041 or 4041A of ERISA, or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a Title IV Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (vi) the imposition of liability on any Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate thereof pursuant to Sections 4062(e) or 4069 of ERISA or by reason of the application of Section 4212(c) of ERISA; (vii) the failure by any Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate thereof to make any required contribution to a Plan, or the failure to meet the minimum funding standard of Section 412 of the Code with respect to any Title IV Plan (whether or not waived in accordance with Section 412(c) of the Code) or the failure to make by its due date a required installment under Section 430 of the Code with respect to any Title IV Plan or the failure to make any required contribution to a Multiemployer Plan; (viii) the determination that any Title IV Plan is considered an at-risk plan or a plan in endangered to critical status within the meaning of Sections 430, 431 and 432 of the Code or Sections 303, 304 and 305 of ERISA; (ix) an event or condition which might reasonably be expected to constitute grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Title IV Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (x) the imposition of any liability under Title I or Title IV of ERISA, other than PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon any Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate thereof; (xi) an application for a funding waiver under Section 303 of ERISA or an extension of

 

6


any amortization period pursuant to Section 412 of the Code with respect to any Title Plan; (xii) the occurrence of a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Sections 406 or 407 of ERISA for which any Obligor or any Subsidiary thereof may be directly or indirectly liable; (xiii) a violation of the applicable requirements of Section 404 or 405 of ERISA or the exclusive benefit rule under Section 401(a) of the Code by any fiduciary or disqualified person for which any Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate thereof may be directly or indirectly liable; (xiv) the occurrence of an act or omission which could give rise to the imposition on any Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate thereof of fines, penalties, taxes or related charges under Chapter 43 of the Code or under Sections 409, 502(c), (i) or (1) or 4071 of ERISA; (xv) the assertion of a material claim (other than routine claims for benefits) against any Plan or the assets thereof, or against any Obligor or any Subsidiary thereof in connection with any such plan; (xvi) receipt from the IRS of notice of the failure of any Qualified Plan to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code, or the failure of any trust forming part of any Qualified Plan to fail to qualify for exemption from taxation under Section 501(a) of the Code; (xvii) the imposition of any lien (or the fulfillment of the conditions for the imposition of any lien) on any of the rights, properties or assets of any Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate thereof, in either case pursuant to Title I or IV, including Section 302(f) or 303(k) of ERISA or to Section 401(a)(29) or 430(k) of the Code; or (xviii) the establishment or amendment by any Obligor or any Subsidiary thereof of any “welfare plan”, as such term is defined in Section 3(1) of ERISA, that provides post-employment welfare benefits in a manner that would increase the liability of any Obligor.

Event of Default ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11 .

Exchange Rate ” means the rate at which any currency (the “ Pre-Exchange Currency ”) may be exchanged into another currency (the “ Post-Exchange Currency ”), as set forth on such date on the relevant Reuters screen at or about 11:00 a.m. (Central time) on such date. In the event that such rate does not appear on the Reuters screen, the “Exchange Rate” with respect to exchanging such Pre-Exchange Currency into such Post-Exchange Currency shall be determined by reference to such other publicly available service for displaying exchange rates as may be agreed upon by the Borrower and the Majority Lenders or, in the absence of such agreement, such Exchange Rate shall instead be determined by the Majority Lenders by any reasonable method as they deem applicable to determine such rate, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

Excluded Accounts ” means accounts used in the ordinary course of business for payroll, payroll taxes and other employee wage and benefit payments, pension fund accounts, 401(k) accounts, trust accounts, the certificates of deposit referred to in Section 9.02(p) , and the segregated deposit accounts referred to in Section 9.02(q) .

Excluded Taxes ” means any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to a Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to a Recipient: (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes and branch profits Taxes, in each case imposed as a result of such Recipient being organized under the laws of, or having its principal office or, in the case of any Lender, its applicable lending office located in, the jurisdiction imposing such Tax, (b) Other Connection Taxes, (c) U.S. federal withholding Taxes that are imposed on amounts payable to a Lender to the extent that the obligation to withhold amounts existed on the date that such Lender became a “Lender” under

 

7


this Agreement, except in each case to the extent such Lender is a direct or indirect assignee of any other Lender that was entitled, at the time the assignment of such other Lender became effective, to receive additional amounts under Section 5.05 , (d) any Taxes imposed in connection with FATCA, and (e) Taxes attributable to such Recipient’s failure to comply with Section 5.05(e) .

Existing Term Loan Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

FATCA ” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not more onerous to comply with), any regulations or official interpretations thereof and any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code.

First Borrowing Date ” means August 15, 2013.

Forbearance Agreement ” means that Limited Forbearance Agreement, dated as of May 18, 2015, as amended to date, among the Borrower and the Lenders.

Foreign Lender ” means a Lender that is not a U.S. Person.

Foreign Subsidiary ” means a Subsidiary of Borrower that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, as in effect from time to time, set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, in the statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board and in such other statements by such other entity as may be in general use by significant segments of the accounting profession that are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination. Subject to Section 1.02 , all references to “GAAP” shall be to GAAP applied consistently with the principles used in the preparation of the financial statements described in Section 7.04(a) .

Governmental Approval ” means any consent, authorization, approval, order, license, franchise, permit, certificate, accreditation, registration, filing or notice, of, issued by, from or to, or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority.

Governmental Authority ” means any nation, government, branch of power (whether executive, legislative or judicial), state, province or municipality or other political subdivision thereof and any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, monetary, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, including without limitation regulatory authorities, governmental departments, agencies, commissions, bureaus, officials, ministers, courts, bodies, boards, tribunals and dispute settlement panels, and other law-, rule- or regulation-making organizations or entities of any State, territory, county, city or other political subdivision of the United States.

Guarantee ” of or by any Person (the “ guarantor ”) means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of the guarantor guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner,

 

8


whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of the guarantor, direct or indirect, (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment thereof, (b) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment thereof, (c) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation or (d) as an account party in respect of any letter of credit or letter of guaranty issued to support such Indebtedness or obligation; provided, that the term Guarantee shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business.

Guarantee Assumption Agreement ” means a Guarantee Assumption Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit A by an entity that, pursuant to Section 8.12(a) , is required to become a “Guarantor” hereunder in favor of the Lenders.

Guarantors ” means, collectively, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Parent and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

Hazardous Material ” means any substance, element, chemical, compound, product, solid, gas, liquid, waste, by-product, pollutant, contaminant or material which is hazardous or toxic, and includes, without limitation, (a) asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls and petroleum (including crude oil or any fraction thereof) and (b) any material classified or regulated as “hazardous” or “toxic” or words of like import pursuant to an Environmental Law.

Hedging Agreement ” means any interest rate exchange agreement, foreign currency exchange agreement, commodity price protection agreement or other interest or currency exchange rate or commodity price hedging arrangement.

Indebtedness ” of any Person means, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money or obligations of such Person with respect to deposits or advances of any kind by third parties, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such Person upon which interest charges are customarily paid, (d) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property acquired by such Person, (e) all obligations of such Person in respect of the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding current accounts payable incurred in the ordinary course of business), (f) all Indebtedness of others secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not the Indebtedness secured thereby has been assumed, (g) all Guarantees by such Person of Indebtedness of others, (h) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person, (i) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person as an account party in respect of letters of credit and letters of guaranty, (j) obligations under any Hedging Agreement in respect of currency swaps, forwards, futures or derivatives transactions, and (k) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person in respect of bankers’ acceptances. The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership or joint venture in which such Person is a general partner or a joint venturer) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness provide that such Person is not liable therefor.

 

9


Indemnified Taxes ” means (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any Obligation and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in clause (a), Other Taxes.

Initial Term Loan Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

Insolvency Proceeding ” means (i) any case, action or proceeding before any court or other Governmental Authority relating to bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, liquidation, receivership, dissolution, winding-up or relief of debtors, or (ii) any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, composition, marshaling of assets for creditors, or other, similar arrangement in respect of any Person’s creditors generally or any substantial portion of such Person’s creditors, in each case undertaken under U.S. Federal, state or foreign law, including the Bankruptcy Code.

Intellectual Property ” means all Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights, and Technical Information, whether registered or not, domestic and foreign. Intellectual Property shall include all:

(a) applications or registrations relating to such Intellectual Property;

(b) rights and privileges arising under applicable Laws with respect to such Intellectual Property;

(c) rights to sue for past, present or future infringements of such Intellectual Property; and

(d) rights of the same or similar effect or nature in any jurisdiction corresponding to such Intellectual Property throughout the world.

Interest-Only Period ” means the period from and including the First Borrowing Date and through and including the nineteenth (19 th ) Payment Date after the Closing Date.

Interest Period ” means, with respect to any Borrowing, initially, the period commencing on the Borrowing Date therefor and ending on the next Payment Date, and thereafter, each period beginning on the last day of the immediately preceding Interest Period and ending on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31, as the case may be; provided that (i) any Interest Period that would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day shall end on the next preceding Business Day and (ii) the term “Interest Period” shall include any period selected by the Majority Lenders from time to time in accordance with Section 3.02(c) .

Invention ” means any novel, inventive and useful art, apparatus, method, process, machine (including article or device), manufacture or composition of matter, or any novel, inventive and useful improvement in any art, method, process, machine (including article or device), manufacture or composition of matter.

 

10


Investment ” means, for any Person: (a) the acquisition (whether for cash, property, services or securities or otherwise) of capital stock, bonds, notes, debentures, partnership or other ownership interests or other securities of any other Person or any agreement to make any such acquisition (including any “short sale” or any sale of any securities at a time when such securities are not owned by the Person entering into such sale); (b) the making of any deposit with, or advance, loan or other extension of credit to, any other Person (including the purchase of property from another Person subject to an understanding or agreement, contingent or otherwise, to resell such property to such Person), but excluding any such advance, loan or extension of credit having a term not exceeding 90 days arising in connection with the sale of inventory or supplies by such Person in the ordinary course of business; (c) the entering into of any Guarantee of, or other contingent obligation with respect to, Indebtedness or other liability of any other Person and (without duplication) any amount committed to be advanced, lent or extended to such Person; or (d) the entering into of any Hedging Agreement.

IRS ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Service or any successor agency, and to the extent relevant, the U.S. Department of the Treasury.

Knowledge ” means, with respect to the Borrower, any Obligor or any of their Subsidiaries, the actual knowledge of the Chief Executive Officer, the President and Chief Commercial Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Controller, the Executive Vice President (Manufacturing, Operations and R&D), and the Vice President (Human Resources) of the Borrower. Furthermore, “Knowledge” shall be deemed to be the actual knowledge of any such Person (and not the implied, constructive or imputed knowledge of any such Person) as of the applicable times expressly indicated, and without any obligation to make any independent investigation of, or any implied duty to investigate, such matters, or to make any inquiry of any other Person, or to search or to examine any files, records books, correspondence and the like. There shall be no personal liability on the part of any individual referred to above arising out of the Loan Documents.

Landlord Consent ” means a Landlord Consent substantially in the form of Exhibit G .

Laws ” means, collectively, all international, foreign, federal, state, provincial, territorial, municipal and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority, in each case whether or not having the force of law.

Lenders ” means Capital Royalty Partners II L.P., CRPPFA, PIOP, CRP (Cayman) and CRPPFB (Cayman), together with their successors and each assignee of a Lender pursuant to Section 12.05(b) and “Lender” means any one of them.

Lien ” means any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, encumbrance or other security interest, leases, title retention agreements, mortgages, restrictions, easements, rights-of-way, options or adverse claims (of ownership or possession) or encumbrances of any kind or character whatsoever or any preferential arrangement that has the practical effect of creating a security interest.

 

11


Loan ” means (i) each loan advanced by a Lender pursuant to Section 2.01 and (ii) each PIK Loan deemed to have been advanced by a Lender pursuant to Section 3.02(d) . For purposes of clarification, any calculation of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Loans on any date of determination shall include both the aggregate principal amount of loans advanced pursuant to Section 2.01 and not yet repaid, and all PIK Loans deemed to have been advanced and not yet repaid, on or prior to such date of determination.

Loan Documents ” means, collectively, this Agreement, the Notes, the Security Documents, each Warrant, any subordination agreement or any intercreditor agreement entered into by Lenders with any other creditors of Obligors, the Valeritas Security Side Letter, the Agency Agreement and any other present or future agreement executed by Obligors for the benefit of Lenders in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, all as amended, restated, or otherwise modified.

Loss ” means judgments, debts, liabilities, expenses, costs, damages or losses, contingent or otherwise, whether liquidated or unliquidated, matured or unmatured, disputed or undisputed, contractual, legal or equitable, including loss of value, professional fees, including fees and disbursements of legal counsel on a full indemnity basis, and all costs incurred in investigating or pursuing any Claim or any proceeding relating to any Claim.

Majority Lenders ” means, at any time, Lenders having at such time in excess of 50% of the aggregate Commitments (or, if such Commitments are terminated, the outstanding principal amount of the Loans) then in effect, ignoring, in such calculation, the Commitments of and outstanding Loans owing to any Defaulting Lender.

Management Gross Revenue ” means for any period, revenues arrived at during such period by multiplying the wholesale acquisition cost per kit paid by the relevant customer by the number of Product commercial kits sold in a bona fide transaction and consistent with past practices.

Management Net Revenue ” means for any period, Management Gross Revenue during such period less each of the following deductions during such period:

1. Service fees, which are recorded based on the customer that purchased the Product;

2. Prompt pay discounts or rebates, which are recorded based on the customer that purchased the Product;

3. Returns, which are based on industry norms, estimated at 1.5% of Management Gross Revenue; unless the Borrower’s actual history of returns is materially higher than 1.5%, in which case such higher amount shall be used;

4. Managed care mix discount or rebate, which is based on the estimated end user payor mix and related contractual rebates;

5. Part D mix discount or rebate, which is based on the estimated end user payor mix and related contractual rebates; and

 

12


6. Actual costs associated with copay card redemptions plus estimated projected redemption costs based on Product sold to customers but not yet in the hands of the end user (patient).

Margin Stock ” means “margin stock” within the meaning of Regulations U and X.

Material Adverse Change ” and “ Material Adverse Effect ” mean a material adverse change in or effect on (i) the business, financial condition, operations, performance or Property of Parent, Borrower and their Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (ii) the ability of any Obligor to perform its obligations under the Loan Documents, or (iii) the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability of the Loan Documents or the rights and remedies of the Lenders under any of the Loan Documents. “Material Adverse Change” and “Material Adverse Effect” shall not include any change or effect relating generally to national or regional economic conditions, financial markets, and/or the industry in which the Borrower engages in business, except that any such change or effect may constitute, and shall be taken into account in determining whether there has been or would be, a Material Adverse Change or Material Adverse Effect if such changes or effects have, in any material respect, a disproportionate impact on Parent, Borrower and their Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, relative to other companies in the industry in which Parent, Borrower and their Subsidiaries operate.

Material Agreements ” means (i) the agreements which are listed in Schedule 7.14 and (ii) all other agreements held by the Obligors from time to time, the absence or termination of any of which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, provided however that “Material Agreements” exclude all: (i) licenses implied by the sale of a product; and (ii) paid-up licenses for commonly available software programs under which an Obligor is the licensee. “Material Agreement” means any one such agreement. If, at any time following May 24. 2013, any agreement set forth on Schedule 7.14 ceases to constitute an agreement of the type described in clause (ii) above, such agreement shall, at such time, no longer constitute a “Material Agreement”.

Material Indebtedness ” means, at any time, any Indebtedness of any Obligor the outstanding principal amount of which, individually or in the aggregate, exceeds $1,000,000 (or the Equivalent Amount in other currencies).

Material Intellectual Property ” means, the Obligor Intellectual Property described in Schedule 7.05(c) and any other Obligor Intellectual Property after May 24, 2013 the loss of which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Maturity Date ” means the earlier to occur of (i) the twentieth (20 th ) Payment Date following the Closing Date, and (ii) the date on which the Loans are accelerated pursuant to Section 11.02 .

Multiemployer Plan ” means any multiemployer plan, as defined in Section 400l(a)(3) of ERISA, to which any ERISA Affiliate incurs or otherwise has any obligation or liability, contingent or otherwise.

 

13


Note ” means a promissory note executed and delivered by the Borrower to the Lenders in accordance with Section 2.04 or 3.02(d) .

Obligations ” means, with respect to any Obligor, all amounts, obligations, liabilities, covenants and duties of every type and description owing by such Obligor to any Lender, any other indemnitee hereunder or any participant, arising out of, under, or in connection with, any Loan Document, whether direct or indirect (regardless of whether acquired by assignment), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, whether liquidated or not, now existing or hereafter arising and however acquired, and whether or not evidenced by any instrument or for the payment of money, including, without duplication, (i) if such Obligor is the Borrower, all Loans, (ii) all interest, whether or not accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or after the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or similar proceeding, and whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in any such proceeding, and (iii) all other fees, expenses (including reasonable and documented fees, charges and disbursement of counsel), interest, commissions, charges, costs, disbursements, indemnities and reimbursement of amounts paid and other sums chargeable to such Obligor under any Loan Document.

Obligor Intellectual Property ” means Intellectual Property owned by or licensed to any of the Obligors.

Obligors ” means, collectively, the Borrower and the Guarantors and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

Other Connection Taxes ” means, with respect to any Recipient, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such Recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from such Recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan or Loan Document).

Other Taxes ” means all present or future stamp, court or documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar Taxes that arise from any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, except any such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment (other than an assignment made pursuant to Section 5.05(g) ).

Parent ” has the meaning set forth in the introduction hereto.

Parent Security Agreement Joinder Agreement ” means the Security Agreement Joinder Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, among the Parent and the Lenders, joining the Parent as a Grantor under the Security Agreement.

Patents ” is defined in the Security Agreement.

Payment Date ” means each of March 31, June 30, September 30, December 31 and the Maturity Date; provided that , other than with respect to the Payment Date that is the Maturity Date, if any such date shall occur on a day that is not a Business Day, the applicable Payment Date shall be the next preceding Business Day.

 

14


PBGC ” means the United States Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation and any successor thereto.

Permitted Cash Equivalent Investments ” means (i) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States or any agency or any State thereof having maturities of not more than two (2) years from the date of acquisition, (ii) time deposits or insured certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances having maturities of not more than two (2) years from the date of acquisition maintained with any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States of America that is a member of the Federal Reserve System, (iii) commercial paper maturing no more than one (1) year after its creation and having the highest or second highest rating from either Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and (iv) Investments in money market investment programs administered by reputable financial institutions, the portfolios of which are limited solely to Investments of the character, quality and maturity described in the foregoing clauses (i) through (iii).

Permitted Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness permitted under Section 9.01 .

Permitted Lien ” means any Lien permitted under Section 9.02 .

Permitted Refinancing ” means, with respect to any Indebtedness, any extensions, renewals and replacements of such Indebtedness; provided that such extension, renewal or replacement (i) shall not increase the outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness except by an amount equal to accrued interest and a reasonable premium or other amount paid, and fees and expenses reasonably incurred in connection therewith, (ii) contains terms relating to outstanding principal amount, amortization, maturity, collateral (if any) and subordination (if any), and other material terms taken as a whole no less favorable in any material respect to the Parent, Borrower and their Subsidiaries or the Lenders than the terms of any agreement or instrument governing such existing Indebtedness, (iii) shall have an applicable interest rate which does not exceed the greater of (a) rate of interest of the Indebtedness being replaced and (b) the then applicable market interest rate, and (iv) shall not contain any new requirement to grant any lien or security or to give any guarantee that was not an existing requirement of such Indebtedness.

Permitted Restrictive Agreements ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.15 .

Permitted Senior Liens ” means those Liens permitted under Sections 9.02(e) and (i) .

Permitted Shareholder Debt ” means all Indebtedness evidenced by that (i) certain Amended and Restated Note dated as of May 3, 2016 by the Borrower as maker and WCAS Capital Partners IV, L.P. (or any Affiliate or transferee thereof), as holder, or (ii) any additional notes issued by the Borrower as maker to WCAS Capital Partners IV, L.P. (or any Affiliate or transferee thereof), as holder, in each case as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or modified; provided that such Indebtedness shall be at all times subject to the terms and conditions of a Subordination Agreement, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit H,

 

15


among the Lenders and the holders of such Note; provided further that in the case of any additional notes issued by the Borrower as described in clause (ii) above, such notes shall be on substantially the same terms as that certain Amended and Restated Note dated as of May 3, 2016 by the Borrower as maker and WCAS Capital Partners IV, L.P. (or any Affiliate or transferee thereof), as holder.

Permitted Subordinated Debt ” means the Permitted Shareholder Debt in an aggregate outstanding principal amount not to exceed $37,500,000 (plus interest paid-in-kind thereon) at any time.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, company, voluntary association, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization or Governmental Authority or other entity of whatever nature.

PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA and any successor entity performing similar functions.

PIK Loan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02(d) .

PIK Period ” means the period beginning on the First Borrowing Date through and including the nineteenth (19 th ) Payment Date after the Closing Date.

PIOP ” means Parallel Investment Opportunities Partners II L.P., a Delaware limited partnership.

Plan ” means any employee pension benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, and in respect of which Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate is (or, if such plan were terminated, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

Post-Default Rate ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02(b) .

Product ” means V-Go ® and EZ Fill (and their respective successors), in a form substantially similar to that approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration in December 2010.

Property ” of any Person means any property or assets, or interest therein, of such Person.

Proportionate Share ” means, with respect to any Lender, the percentage obtained by dividing (a) the sum of the Commitment (or, if the Commitments are terminated, the outstanding principal amount of the Loans) of such Lender then in effect by (b) the sum of the Commitments (or, if the Commitments are terminated, the outstanding principal amount of the Loans) of all Lenders then in effect.

Qualified Plan ” means an employee benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) other than a Multiemployer Plan (i) that is or was at any time maintained or sponsored by any Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate thereof or to which any Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate thereof has ever made, or was ever obligated to make, contributions, and (ii) that is intended to be tax qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code.

 

16


Real Property Security Documents ” means the Landlord Consent and any collateral access agreements and security documents, including mortgages but excluding deeds of trust, required under Section 8.16 to be executed or delivered by an Obligor; provided that Real Property Security Documents shall not include any mortgages with respect to any leasehold interest in real property.

Recipient ” means any Lender or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any Obligation.

Redemption Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.03(a) .

Redemption Price ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.03(a) .

Register ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.05(d) .

Regulation T ” means Regulation T of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as amended.

Regulation U ” means Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as amended.

Regulation X ” means Regulation X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as amended.

Regulatory Approvals ” means any registrations, licenses, authorizations, permits or approvals issued by any Governmental Authority and applications or submissions related to any of the foregoing.

Requirement of Law ” means, as to any Person, any statute, law, treaty, rule or regulation or determination, order, injunction or judgment of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its Properties or revenues.

Responsible Officer ” of any Person means the President, Chief Executive Officer , Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer of such Person.

Restricted Payment ” means any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any shares of any class of capital stock of the Parent, Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such shares of capital stock of the Parent, Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries or any option, warrant or other right to acquire any such shares of capital stock of the Parent, Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries.

 

17


Revenue ” means for any period, Management Net Revenue during such period that is recognized at the time the Product sold (in a bona fide transaction) to, and legal title transfers to, the Borrower’s customers, third-party wholesalers and medical supply distributors, consistent with past practices and consistently applied.

Reverse Merger ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

SBA ” means U.S. Small Business Administration.

SBIC ” means Small Business Investment Company.

SBIC Act ” means Small Business Investment Act of 1958, as amended.

Security Agreement ” means the Security Agreement, dated as of May 24, 2013, among the Obligors and the Lenders, granting a security interest in the Obligors’ personal Property in favor of the Lenders.

Security Documents ” means, collectively, the Security Agreement, the Parent Security Agreement Joinder Agreement, each Short-Form IP Security Agreement, each Real Property Security Document, and each other security document, control agreement or financing statement required or recommended to perfect Liens in favor of the Lenders.

Securities Account ” is defined in the Security Agreement.

Short-Form IP Security Agreements ” means short-form copyright, patent or trademark (as the case may be) security agreements entered into by one or more Obligors in favor of the Lenders, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Majority Lenders (and as amended, modified or replaced from time to time).

Solvent ” means, with respect to any Person at any time, that (a) the present fair saleable value of the Property of such Person is greater than the total amount of liabilities (including contingent liabilities) of such Person, (b) the present fair saleable value of the Property of such Person is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts as they become absolute and matured, (c) such Person has not incurred and does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond such Person’s ability to pay as such debts and liabilities mature and (d) such Person would not be unable to obtain a letter from its auditors that did not contain a going concern qualification.

Specified Equityholders ” means WCAS Valeritas Holdings, LLC, WCAS XI Co- Investors, LLC, WCAS Capital Partners IV, L.P., WCAS Management Corporation, their respective Affiliates and any other holders of the Borrower’s Series C Preferred Stock, as determined as of May 24, 2013.

Specified Licensing Arrangements ” means any exclusive licensing arrangement (i) with respect to the sale of the Product to end-users outside the United States only or (ii) with respect to any products developed, manufactured or sold that is not in connection with the treatment of diabetes.

 

18


Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person (the “ parent ”) at any date, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity the accounts of which would be consolidated with those of the parent in the parent’s consolidated financial statements if such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP as of such date, as well as any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity (a) of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the equity or more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or, in the case of a partnership, more than 50% of the general partnership interests are, as of such date, owned, controlled or held, or (b) that is, as of such date, otherwise Controlled, by the parent or one or more subsidiaries of the parent or by the parent and one or more subsidiaries of the parent.

Subsidiary Guarantors ” means each of the Subsidiaries of the Borrower identified under the caption “SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS” on the signature pages hereto and each Subsidiary of the Borrower that becomes, or is required to become, a “Subsidiary Guarantor” after the date hereof pursuant to Section 8.12(a) or (b) .

Taxes ” means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

Technical Information ” means all trade secrets and other proprietary or confidential information, public information, non-proprietary know-how, any information of a scientific, technical, or business nature in any form or medium, standards and specifications, conceptions, ideas, innovations, discoveries, Invention disclosures, all documented research, developmental, demonstration or engineering work and all other information, data, plans, specifications, reports, summaries, experimental data, manuals, models, samples, know-how, technical information, systems, methodologies, computer programs, information technology and any other information.

Title IV Plan ” means an employee benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) other than a Multiemployer Plan (i) that is or was at any time maintained or sponsored by any Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate thereof or to which any Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate thereof has ever made, or was obligated to make, contributions, and (ii) that is or was subject to Section 412 of the Code, Section 302 of ERISA or Title IV of ERISA.

Trademarks ” is defined in the Security Agreement.

Transactions ” means the execution, delivery and performance by each Obligor of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which such Obligor is intended to be a party and the Borrowing (and the use of the proceeds of the Loans).

U.S. Person ” means a “United States Person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

Valeritas Security ” means Valeritas Security Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

Valeritas Security Side Letter ” means the side letter dated as of May 24, 2013 among the Borrower, Valeritas Security and the Lenders.

 

19


Warrant ” means each warrant to purchase capital stock of Borrower, issued by Borrower to the Lenders in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Existing Term Loan Agreement.

Warrant Obligations ” means, with respect to any Obligor, all Obligations arising out of, under or in connection with, any Warrant.

Withdrawal Liability ” means, at any time, any liability incurred (whether or not assessed) by any ERISA Affiliate and not yet satisfied or paid in full at such time with respect to any Multiemployer Plan pursuant to Section 4201 of ERISA.

1.02 Accounting Terms and Principles . All accounting determinations required to be made pursuant hereto shall, unless expressly otherwise provided herein, be made in accordance with GAAP. All components of financial calculations made to determine compliance with this Agreement, including Section 10 , shall be adjusted to include or exclude, as the case may be, without duplication, such components of such calculations attributable to any Acquisition consummated after the first day of the applicable period of determination and prior to the end of such period, as determined in good faith by the Borrower based on assumptions expressed therein and that were reasonable based on the information available to the Borrower at the time of preparation of the Compliance Certificate setting forth such calculations.

1.03 Interpretation . For all purposes of this Agreement, except as otherwise expressly provided herein or unless the context otherwise requires, (a) the terms defined in this Agreement include the plural as well as the singular and vice versa; (b) words importing gender include all genders; (c) any reference to a Section, Annex, Schedule or Exhibit refers to a Section of, or Annex, Schedule or Exhibit to, this Agreement; (d) any reference to “this Agreement” refers to this Agreement, including all Annexes, Schedules and Exhibits hereto, and the words herein, hereof, hereto and hereunder and words of similar import refer to this Agreement and its Annexes, Schedules and Exhibits as a whole and not to any particular Section, Annex, Schedule, Exhibit or any other subdivision; (e) references to days, months and years refer to calendar days, months and years, respectively; (f) all references herein to “include” or “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”; (g) the word “from” when used in connection with a period of time means “from and including” and the word “until” means “to but not including”; and (h) accounting terms not specifically defined herein shall be construed in accordance with GAAP (except for the term “property” , which shall be interpreted as broadly as possible, including, in any case, cash, securities, other assets, rights under contractual obligations and permits and any right or interest in any property, except where otherwise noted). Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, references to organizational documents, agreements (including the Loan Documents) and other contractual instruments shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments, restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications thereto, permitted by the Loan Documents.

1.04 Changes to GAAP . If, after the date hereof, any change occurs in GAAP or in the application thereof and such change would cause any amount required to be determined for the purposes of the covenants to be maintained or calculated pursuant to Section 8 , 9 or 10 to be materially different than the amount that would be determined prior to such change, then:

 

20


(a) the Borrower will provide a detailed notice of such change (an “ Accounting Change Notice ”) to the Lenders within 30 days of such change;

(b) either the Borrower or the Majority Lenders may indicate within 90 days following the date of the Accounting Change Notice that they wish to revise the method of calculating such financial covenants or amend any such amount, in which case the parties will in good faith attempt to agree upon a revised method for calculating the financial covenants;

(c) until the Borrower and the Majority Lenders have reached agreement on such revisions, (i) such financial covenants or amounts will be determined without giving effect to such change and (ii) all financial statements, Compliance Certificates and similar documents provided hereunder shall be provided together with a reconciliation between the calculations and amounts set forth therein before and after giving effect to such change in GAAP;

(d) if no party elects to revise the method of calculating the financial covenants or amounts, then the financial covenants or amounts will not be revised and will be determined in accordance with GAAP without giving effect to such change; and

(e) any Event of Default arising as a result of such change which is cured by operation of this Section 1.04 shall be deemed to be of no effect ab initio .

1.05 Amendment and Restatement and Continuing Security.

(a) As stated in the recitals hereof, this Agreement amends, restates and supersedes the Existing Term Loan Agreement,

without novation . Upon the Closing Date, all references in any Loan Document and all other agreements, documents and instruments delivered by the Borrower, any Subsidiary Guarantor, any of the Lenders or any other Person to (i) the Existing Term Loan Agreement shall be deemed to refer to this Agreement (except where the context otherwise requires) and (ii) a “Lender” or the “Control Agent” shall mean such terms as defined in this Agreement. Upon the date hereof, all references in any Loan Document and all other agreements, documents and instruments delivered by the Parent to (i) the Existing Term Loan Agreement shall be deemed to refer to this Agreement (except where the context otherwise requires) and (ii) a “Lender” or the “Control Agent” shall mean such terms as defined in this Agreement. As to all periods occurring on or after the Closing Date, all of the terms and conditions set forth in the Existing Term Loan Agreement shall be of no further force and effect; it being understood that all obligations of each Obligor under the Existing Term Loan Agreement shall be governed by this Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement from and after the Closing Date.

(b) The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that all principal, interest, fees, costs, reimbursable expenses and indemnification obligations accruing or arising under or in connection with the Existing Term Loan Agreement which remain unpaid and outstanding as of the Closing Date shall be and remain outstanding and payable as an obligation under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

21


(c) Borrower hereby ratifies, affirms and acknowledges all of its obligations in respect of the Existing Term Loan Agreement, as amended and restated hereby, and the related documents and agreements delivered by it thereunder.

(d) It is the intention of each of the parties hereto that the Existing Term Loan Agreement be amended and restated by the provisions hereof so as to preserve the perfection and priority of all security interests securing indebtedness and obligations under the Existing Term Loan Agreement and that all indebtedness and obligations of the Obligors hereunder shall be secured by the Security Documents and that this Agreement does not constitute a novation of the obligations and liabilities existing under the Existing Term Loan Agreement provided that the foregoing shall not affect the amendment and addition of new obligations effected by this Agreement after the date hereof. Borrower hereby confirms that the validity, effect and enforceability of all Collateral and the guarantee of the Obligations by any Subsidiary Guarantors shall remain unaffected by this amendment and restatement. The parties agree that the Obligations secured by the Collateral and the guarantee of any Subsidiary Guarantors shall include the obligations under or in connection with this amendment and restatement (including any term loans).

SECTION 2

THE LOANS

2.01 Loans . Each Lender has severally, on and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, made a term loan of $50,000,000 in aggregate principal amount to the Borrower on the First Borrowing Date in accordance with such Lender’s Proportionate Share of such Loan. Amounts of Loans repaid may not be reborrowed. As of the date hereof, all Commitments of the Lenders have expired or been terminated. If within 100 days of the Closing Date (a) a petition under the Bankruptcy Code is filed by or against the Borrower, or (b) the Borrower enters into an assignment for the benefit of creditors, the principal amount of the Loans shall be deemed to have increased by the full amount of interest and fees converted pursuant to the Conversion Agreements.

2.02 [Reserved] .

2.03 [Reserved] .

2.04 Notes . If requested by any Lender, the Loans of such Lender shall be evidenced by one or more promissory notes (each a “ Note ”). The Borrower shall prepare, execute and deliver to the Lenders such promissory note(s) payable to the Lenders (or, if requested by the Lenders, to the Lenders and their registered assigns) and in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C . Thereafter, the Loans and interest thereon shall at all times (including after assignment pursuant to Section 12.05 ) be represented by one or more promissory notes in such form payable to the payee named therein (or, if such promissory note is a registered note, to such payee and its registered assigns).

2.05 Use of Proceeds . The Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Loans for general working capital and corporate purposes and to pay fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection with the Transactions; provided that the Lenders shall have no responsibility as to the use of any

 

22


proceeds of Loans in the amount made by PIOP. No portion of any proceeds of Loans in the amount made by PIOP (i) will be used to acquire realty or to discharge an obligation relating to the prior acquisition of realty; (ii) will be used outside of the United States (except to pay for services to be rendered outside the United States and to acquire from abroad inventory, material and equipment or property rights for use or sale in the United States, unless prohibited by Part 107.720 of the United States Code of Federal Regulations); or (iii) will be used for any purpose contrary to the public interest (including but not limited to activities which are in violation of law) or inconsistent with free competitive enterprise, in each case, within the meaning of Part 107.720 of Title 13 of the United States Code of Federal Regulations. The Borrower will use the proceeds of the Loans in the amount made by PIOP for only those purposes specified in the SBA Form 1031 provided to the Lenders.

2.06 Defaulting Lenders .

(a) Adjustments . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then, until such time as that Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable law:

(i)  Waivers and Amendments . Such Defaulting Lender’s right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent with respect to this Agreement shall be restricted as set forth in Section 12.04 .

(ii) Reallocation of Payments . Any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts received by the Lenders for the account of such Defaulting Lender (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, pursuant to Section 11 or otherwise), shall be applied at such time or times as follows: first, as the Borrower may request (so long as no Default exists), to the funding of any Loan in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement; second, if so determined by the Majority Lenders and the Borrower, to be held in a non-interest bearing deposit account and released in order to satisfy obligations of such Defaulting Lender to fund Loans under this Agreement; third, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Lenders as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any Lender against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; fourth, so long as no Default exists, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Borrower as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Borrower against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and fifth, to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that if (A) such payment is a payment of the principal amount of any Loans in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has not fully funded its appropriate share and (B) such Loans were made at a time when the conditions set forth in Section 6 were satisfied or waived, such payment shall be applied solely to pay the Loans of all non-Defaulting Lenders on a pro rata basis prior to being applied to the payment of any Loans of such Defaulting Lender. Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Lender that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this Section 2.06(a)(ii) shall be deemed paid to and redirected by such Defaulting Lender, and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto.

 

23


(b) Defaulting Lender Cure . If the Borrower and the Majority Lenders agree in writing in their sole discretion that a Defaulting Lender should no longer be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender, that Lender will, to the extent applicable, purchase that portion of outstanding Loans of the other Lenders or take such other actions as necessary to cause the Loans to be held on a pro rata basis by the Lenders in accordance with their Proportionate Share, whereupon that Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender; provided that no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of the Borrower while that Lender was a Defaulting Lender; and provided further that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender.

2.07 Substitution of Lenders.

(a) Substitution Right . In the event that any Lender (an “ Affected Lender ”), (i) becomes a Defaulting Lender or (ii) does not consent to any amendment, waiver or consent to any Loan Document for which the consent of the Majority Lenders is obtained but that requires the consent of other Lenders (a “ Non-Consenting Lender ”), either (x) the Borrower may pay in full such Affected Lender with respect to all Obligations owing to such Affected Lender or (y) such Affected Lender may be substituted by any willing Lender or Affiliate of any Lender or transferee (in each case, a “ Substitute Lender ”); provided that any substitution of a Non-Consenting Lender shall occur only with the reasonable consent of Majority Lenders.

(b) Procedure . To substitute such Affected Lender or pay in full the Obligations owed to such Affected Lender, the Borrower shall deliver a notice to such Affected Lender. The effectiveness of such payment or substitution shall be subject to the delivery by the Borrower (or, as may be applicable in the case of a substitution, by the Substitute Lender) of (i) payment for the account of such Affected Lender, of, to the extent accrued through, and outstanding on, the effective date for such payment or substitution, all Obligations owing to such Affected Lender and (ii) in the case of a substitution, an Assignment and Acceptance whereby the Substitute Lender shall, among other things, agree to be bound by the terms of the Loan Documents.

(c) Effectiveness . Upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.07(a) and (b) , the Control Agent shall record such substitution or payment in the Register, whereupon (i) in the case of any payment in full of an Affected Lender pursuant to Section 2.07(b)(i) , such Affected Lender’s Commitments shall be terminated and (ii) in the case of any substitution of an Affected Lender, (A) such Affected Lender shall sell and be relieved of, and the Substitute Lender shall purchase and assume, all rights and claims of such Affected Lender under the Loan Documents, except that (1) the Affected Lender shall retain such rights expressly providing that they survive the repayment of the Obligations and the termination of the Commitments and (2) a Non-Consenting Lender shall be permitted to retain any Warrants issued to such Non-Consenting Lender, (B) such Substitute Lender shall become a “Lender” hereunder and (C) such Affected Lender shall execute and deliver an Assignment and Acceptance to evidence such substitution; provided , however , that the failure of any Affected Lender to execute any such Assignment and Acceptance shall not render such sale and purchase (or the corresponding assignment) invalid.

 

24


SECTION 3

PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST

3.01 Repayment .

(a) Repayment . During the Interest-Only Period, no payments of principal of the Loans shall be due. Borrower agrees to repay to the Lenders the outstanding principal amount of the Loans on the Maturity Date.

(b) Application . Any optional or mandatory prepayment of the Loans shall be applied to the installments thereof under Section 3.01(a) in the inverse order of maturity. To the extent not previously paid, the principal amount of the Loans, together with all other outstanding Obligations (other than Warrant Obligations), shall be due and payable on the Maturity Date.

3.02 Interest .

(a) Interest Generally . Subject to Section 3.02(d) , Borrower agrees to pay to the Lenders interest on the unpaid principal amount of the Loans and the amount of all other outstanding Obligations, in the case of the Loans, for the period from the date hereof and in the case of any other Obligation, from the date such other Obligation is due and payable, in each case, until paid in full, at a rate per annum equal to 11.00%.

(b)  Default Interest . Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the interest payable pursuant to Section 3.02(a) shall increase automatically by 4.00%  per annum (such aggregate increased rate, the “ Post-Default Rate ”). Notwithstanding any other provision herein (including Section 3.02(d) ), if interest is required to be paid at the Post-Default Rate, it shall be paid entirely in cash. If any Obligation is not paid when due under the applicable Loan Document, the amount thereof shall accrue interest at a rate equal to 4.00%  per annum (without duplication of interest payable at the Post-Default Rate).

(c) Interest Payment Dates . Accrued interest on the Loans shall be payable in arrears on the last day of each Interest Period in cash, and upon the payment or prepayment thereof (on the principal amount so paid or prepaid); provided that interest payable at the Post-Default Rate shall be payable from time to time on demand.

(d) Paid In-Kind Interest . Notwithstanding Section 3.02(a) , at any time during the PIK Period as of the date hereof, the Borrower may elect to pay the interest on the outstanding principal amount of the Loans payable pursuant to Section 3.02 as follows: (i) only 8.00% of the 11.00%  per annum interest in cash and (ii) 3.00% of the 11.00%  per annum interest as compounded interest, added to the aggregate principal amount of the Loans on the last day of each Interest Period (the amount of any such compounded interest being a “ PIK Loan ”); provided that , on or prior to the eighth (8 th ) Payment Date following the Closing Date, Borrower may elect to pay such interest on the outstanding principal amount of the Loans entirely in the form of PIK Loans. If requested by any Lender, each PIK Loan shall be evidenced by a Note delivered pursuant to Section 2.04 for the applicable Borrowing in respect thereof. The principal amount of each PIK Loan shall accrue interest in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement applicable to the Loans.

 

25


3.03 Prepayments .

(a) Optional Prepayments . The Borrower shall have the right optionally to prepay the outstanding principal amount of the Loans in whole or in part on any Payment Date (a “ Redemption Date ”) for an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Loans being prepaid plus any accrued but unpaid interest and any fees which are due and owing (such aggregate amount, the “ Redemption Price ”).

(b)  Mandatory Prepayments .

(i) Asset Sales . In the event of any contemplated Asset Sale not permitted under Section 9.09 , the Borrower shall provide 10 days’ prior written notice of such Asset Sale to the Lenders and, if within such notice period Majority Lenders advise the Borrower that a prepayment is required pursuant to this Section 3.03(b)(i) , the Borrower shall: (x) if the assets sold represent substantially all of the assets or revenues of the Borrower, or represent any specific line of business which either on its own or together with other lines of business sold over the term of this Agreement account for Revenue generated by such lines of business exceeding 10% of the Revenue of the Borrower in the immediately preceding year (in each case, other than with respect to Asset Sales in connection with or pursuant to Specified Licensing Arrangements), prepay the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Loans in an amount equal to the Redemption Price applicable on the date of such Asset Sale in accordance with Section 3.03(a) , and (y) in the case of all other Asset Sales (including, without limitation, all Asset Sales in connection with or pursuant to Specified Licensing Arrangements) not permitted by Section 9.09 and not described in the foregoing clause (x) , prepay the Loans in an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the outstanding principal amount of the Loans in an amount equal to the Redemption Price applicable on the date of such Asset Sale in accordance with Section 3.03(a) and (b)  the entire amount of the Asset Sale Net Proceeds of such Asset Sale, plus any accrued but unpaid interest and any fees which are due and owing, credited in the following order:

(A) first, in reduction of the Borrower’s obligation to pay any unpaid interest and any fees which are due and owing;

(B) second, in reduction of the Borrower’s obligation to pay any Claims or Losses referred to in Section 12.03 ;

(C) third, in reduction of the Borrower’s obligation to pay any amounts due and owing on account of the unpaid principal amount of the Loans;

(D) fourth, in reduction of any other Obligation; and

(E) fifth, to the Borrower or such other Persons as may lawfully be entitled to or directed by the Borrower to receive the remainder.

 

26


(ii) Change of Control . In the event of a Change of Control, the Borrower shall immediately provide notice of such Change of Control to the Lenders and, if within 10 days of receipt of such notice Majority Lenders notify the Borrower in writing that a prepayment is required pursuant to this Section 3.03(b)(ii) , the Borrower shall prepay the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Loans in an amount equal to the Redemption Price applicable on the date of such Change of Control in accordance with Section 3.03(a) .

SECTION 4

PAYMENTS, ETC.

4.01 Payments .

(a) Payments Generally . Each payment of principal, interest and other amounts to be made by the Obligors under this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be made in Dollars, in immediately available funds, without deduction, set off or counterclaim, to an account to be designated by the Majority Lenders by notice to the Borrower, not later than 4:00 p.m. (Central time) on the date on which such payment shall become due (each such payment made after such time on such due date to be deemed to have been made on the next succeeding Business Day).

(b) Application of Payments . Each Obligor shall, at the time of making each payment under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, specify to the Lenders the amounts payable by such Obligor hereunder to which such payment is to be applied (and in the event that Obligors fail to so specify, or if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Lenders may apply such payment in the manner they determine to be appropriate).

(c) Non-Business Days . If the due date of any payment under this Agreement (other than of principal of or interest on the Loans) would otherwise fall on a day that is not a Business Day, such date shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and, in the case of any payment accruing interest, interest thereon shall be payable for the period of such extension.

4.02 Computations . All computations of interest and fees hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and actual days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day) occurring in the period for which payable.

4.03 Notices . Each notice of optional prepayment shall be effective only if received by the Lenders not later than 4:00 p.m. (Central time) on the date one Business Day prior to the date of prepayment. Each notice of optional prepayment shall specify the amount to be prepaid and the date of prepayment.

4.04 Set-Off .

(a) Set-Off Generally . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Lenders and each of their Affiliates are hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other indebtedness at any time owing by the Lenders or such Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of the

 

27


Borrower against any and all of the Obligations (other than Warrant Obligations), whether or not the Lenders shall have made any demand and although such obligations may be unmatured. The Lenders agree promptly to notify the Borrower after any such set-off and application, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application. The rights of the Lenders and their Affiliates under this Section 4.04 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of set-off) that the Lenders and their Affiliates may have.

(b) Exercise of Rights Not Required . Nothing contained herein shall require the Lenders to exercise any such right or shall affect the right of the Lenders to exercise, and retain the benefits of exercising, any such right with respect to any other indebtedness or obligation of Borrower.

SECTION 5

YIELD PROTECTION, ETC.

5.01 Additional Costs .

(a) Change in Requirements of Law Generally . If, on or after the date hereof, the adoption of any Requirement of Law, or any change in any Requirement of Law, or any change in the interpretation or administration thereof by any court or other Governmental Authority charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by any of the Lenders (or its lending office) with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any such Governmental Authority, shall impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve (including any such requirement imposed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), special deposit, contribution, insurance assessment or similar requirement, in each case that becomes effective after the date hereof, against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, a Lender (or its lending office) or shall impose on a Lender (or its lending office) any other condition affecting the Loans or the Commitment, and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Lender of making or maintaining the Loans, or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, by an amount deemed by such Lender to be material (other than (i) Indemnified Taxes and (ii) Taxes described in clause (c)  or (d)  of the definition of “Excluded Taxes”), then the Borrower shall pay to such Lender on demand such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender for such increased cost or reduction.

(b) Change in Capital Requirements . If a Lender shall have determined that, on or after the date hereof, the adoption of any Requirement of Law regarding capital adequacy, or any change therein, or any change in the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or any request or directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) of any such Governmental Authority, in each case that becomes effective after the date hereof, has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on capital of a Lender (or its parent) as a consequence of a Lender’s obligations hereunder or the Loans to a level below that which a Lender (or its parent) could have achieved but for such adoption, change, request or directive by an amount reasonably deemed by it to be material, then the Borrower shall pay to such Lender on demand such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender (or its parent) for such reduction.

 

28


(c) Notification by Lender . The Lenders will promptly notify the Borrower of any event of which it has knowledge, occurring after the date hereof, which will entitle a Lender to compensation pursuant to this Section 5.01 . Before giving any such notice pursuant to this Section 5.01(c) such Lender shall designate a different lending office if such designation (x) will, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender, avoid the need for, or reduce the amount of, such compensation and (y) will not, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender, be materially disadvantageous to such Lender. A certificate of the Lender claiming compensation under this Section 5.01 , setting forth the additional amount or amounts to be paid to it hereunder, shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrower in the absence of manifest error.

(d) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to constitute a change in Requirements of Law for all purposes of this Section 5 , regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.

5.02 Reserved .

5.03 Illegality . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, in the event that on or after the date hereof the adoption of or any change in any Requirement of Law or in the interpretation or application thereof by any competent Governmental Authority shall make it unlawful for a Lender or its lending office to make or maintain the Loans (and, in the opinion of such Lender, the designation of a different lending office would either not avoid such unlawfulness or would be disadvantageous to such Lender), then such Lender shall promptly notify the Borrower thereof following which (a) the Lender’s Commitment shall be suspended until such time as such Lender may again make and maintain the Loans hereunder and (b) if such Requirement of Law shall so mandate, the Loans shall be prepaid by the Borrower on or before such date as shall be mandated by such Requirement of Law in an amount equal to the Redemption Price applicable on the date of such prepayment in accordance with Section 3.03(a) .

5.04 Reserved .

5.05 Taxes .

(a) Payments Free of Taxes . Any and all payments by or on account of any Obligation shall be made without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except as required by applicable law. If any applicable law (as determined in the good faith discretion of an applicable withholding agent) requires the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any such payment by a withholding agent, then the applicable withholding agent shall be entitled to make such deduction or withholding and shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law and, if such Tax is an Indemnified Tax, then the sum payable by the Obligor shall be increased as necessary so that

 

29


after such deduction or withholding has been made (including such deductions and withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 5 ) the applicable Recipient receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been made.

(b) Payment of Other Taxes by the Borrower . The Borrower shall timely pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law, or at the option of each Lender, timely reimburse it for, Other Taxes.

(c) Evidence of Payments . As soon as practicable after any payment of Taxes by the Borrower to a Governmental Authority pursuant to this Section 5 , the Borrower shall deliver to each Lender the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment.

(d) Indemnification . The Borrower shall reimburse and indemnify each Recipient, within 10 days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 5 ) payable or paid by such Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to such Recipient and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(e) Status of Lenders .

(i) Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from, or reduction of withholding Tax with respect to payments made under any Loan Document shall timely deliver to the Borrower such properly completed and executed documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding; provided that, other than in the case of U.S. Federal withholding Taxes, such Lender has received written notice from the Borrower advising it of the availability of such exemption or reduction and containing all applicable documentation. In addition, any Lender shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable law as reasonably requested by the Borrower as will enable the Borrower to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding two sentences, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation (other than such documentation set forth in Section 5.05(e)(ii)(A) , (B) or (D) ) shall not be required if in the Lender’s reasonable judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender.

(ii) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event that Borrower is a U.S. Person:

(A) any Lender that is a U.S. Person shall deliver to the Borrower on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower), executed originals of IRS Form W-9 (or successor form) certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. Federal backup withholding tax;

 

30


(B) any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower), whichever of the following is applicable:

(1) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party (x) with respect to payments of interest under any Loan Document, executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN (or successor form) establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. Federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “interest” article of such tax treaty and (y) with respect to any other applicable payments under any Loan Document, IRS Form W-8BEN (or successor form) establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. Federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “business profits” or “other income” article of such tax treaty;

(2) executed originals of IRS Form W-8ECI (or successor form);

(3) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code (a “ U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate ”) and (y) executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN (or successor form); or

(4) to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner, executed originals of IRS Form W-8IMY (or successor form), accompanied by IRS Form W-8ECI (or successor form), IRS Form W-8BEN (or successor form), a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate, IRS Form W-9 (or successor form), and/or other certification documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable; provided that if the Foreign Lender is a partnership and one or more direct or indirect partners of such Foreign Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such Foreign Lender may provide a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate on behalf of each such direct and indirect partner;

(C) any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower), executed originals of any other form prescribed by applicable law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. Federal withholding Tax, duly completed, together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable law to permit the Borrower to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made; and

 

31


(D) any Foreign Lender shall deliver to the Borrower any forms and information necessary to establish that the Foreign Lender is not subject to withholding tax under FATCA.

Each Lender agrees that if any form or certification it previously delivered expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall update such form or certification or promptly notify the Borrower in writing of its legal inability to do so.

(f) Treatment of Certain Refunds . If any party determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified pursuant to this Section 5 (including by the payment of additional amounts pursuant to this Section 5 ), it shall pay to the indemnifying party an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made under this Section 5 with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) of such indemnified party and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund). Such indemnifying party, upon the request of such indemnified party, shall repay to such indemnified party the amount paid over pursuant to this paragraph (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) in the event that such indemnified party is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 5.05(f) , in no event will the indemnified party be required to pay any amount to an indemnifying party pursuant to this Section 5.05(f) the payment of which would place the indemnified party in a less favorable net after-Tax position than the indemnified party would have been in if the indemnification payments or additional amounts giving rise to such refund had never been paid. This Section 5.05(f) shall not be construed to require any indemnified party to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes that it deems confidential) to the indemnifying party or any other Person.

(g) Mitigation Obligations . If the Borrower is required to pay any Indemnified Taxes or additional amounts to any Lender or to any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 5.01 or this Section 5.05 , then such Lender shall (at the request of the Borrower) use commercially reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign and delegate its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or Affiliates if, in the sole reasonable judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment and delegation would (i) eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 5.01 or this Section 5.05 , as the case may be, in the future, (ii) not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and (iii) not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender. The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment and delegation.

SECTION 6

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

6.01 Conditions to Amendment and Restatement . The effectiveness of the amendment and restatement of the Existing Term Loan Agreement is subject to the following conditions precedent:

 

32


(a) Reverse Merger . The documentation for the Reverse Merger and all related filings and registrations with any Governmental Authority shall have been in agreed form for completion of the Reverse Merger.

(b) Conversion of Accrued Fees and Interest . All interest (other than default interest) accrued to the date hereof by the Borrower under the Existing Term Loan Agreement shall have been converted into and exchanged for the Borrower’s Series AB preferred stock at a per share conversion price of $1.25. All default interest, fees and prepayment penalties accrued to the date hereof by the Borrower under the Existing Term Loan Agreement shall have been converted into and exchanged for the Borrower’s common stock at a per share conversion price of $1.25.

(c) Payment of Fees . Borrower shall have paid or reimbursed Lenders for Lenders’ reasonable out of pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement, including Lenders’ reasonable out of pocket legal fees and costs, pursuant to Section 12.03(a)(i)(z) of this Agreement.

(d)  Updated Lien Searches . Lenders shall be reasonably satisfied with updated Lien searches provided by the Borrower or its counsel to the Lenders in respect of each Obligor.

(e) Documentary Deliveries . The Lenders shall have received the following documents, each of which shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lenders:

(i)  Agreement . This Agreement duly executed and delivered by the Borrower and each of the other parties hereto.

(ii) Security Documents .

(A) The Parent Security Agreement Joinder Agreement, duly executed and delivered by the Parent;

(B) Each Security Document previously delivered by the applicable Obligor shall remain in full force and effect;

(C) UCC-1 financing statements against each Obligor in its jurisdiction of formation or incorporation, as the case may be, shall have been filed or, with respect to the Parent, be in ready form for filing;

(D) Without limitation, all other documents and instruments reasonably required to perfect the Lenders’ Lien on, and security interest in, the Collateral (including account control agreements and any capital stock certificates and undated stock powers executed in blank) shall have been duly executed and delivered and be in proper form for filing, and shall create in favor of the Lenders, a perfected Lien on, and security interest in, the Collateral, subject to no Liens other than Permitted Liens.

(iii) Notes . Any Notes requested in accordance with Section 2.04 .

 

33


(iv) Corporate Documents . Certified copies of the constitutive documents of each Obligor (if publicly available in such Obligor’s jurisdiction of formation) and of resolutions of the Board of Directors (or shareholders, if applicable) of each Obligor authorizing the making and performance by it of the Loan Documents to which it is a party.

(v) Incumbency Certificate . A certificate of each Obligor as to the authority, incumbency and specimen signatures of the persons who have executed the Loan Documents and any other documents in connection herewith on behalf of the Obligors.

(vi) Officer’s Certificate . A certificate, dated the date hereof and signed by the President, a Vice President or a financial officer of Borrower, confirming compliance with the conditions set forth in Section 6.01(f) .

(vii)  Opinions of Counsel . A favorable opinion, dated the date hereof, of counsel to each Obligor reasonably satisfactory to the Lenders and their counsel substantially in the form of Exhibit F .

(viii) Insurance . Certificates of insurance evidencing the existence of all insurance required to be maintained by the Borrower pursuant to Section 8.05 and the designation of the Lenders as the loss payees or additional named insured, as the case may be, thereunder.

(ix) Stock Certificate and Stock Power . All original stock certificates of stock evidencing the Parent’s ownership interest in the Borrower, accompanied by stock powers undated and endorsed in blank shall be in agreed form for delivery to the Lenders promptly following the Reverse Merger.

(x) Valeritas Security Side Letter . The Valeritas Security Side Letter shall have been terminated and superseded by this Agreement.

(xi) Forbearance Agreement . The Forbearance Agreement shall have been terminated.

(xii) Conversion Documents . The documents necessary for the conversion to Series AB preferred stock and common stock of the Borrower of the outstanding fees and interest described in Section 6.01(b) , duly executed and delivered by the Borrower and each of the other parties thereto.

(xiii) Agency Agreement . The Lenders shall have received a duly executed copy of that certain Agency Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Lenders and CRG Servicing LLC.

(xiv) Subordination Agreement . The Lenders shall have received a duly executed copy of that certain Second Amended and Restated Subordination Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Lenders and WCAS Capital Partners IV, L.P.

 

34


(f) No Default; Representations and Warranties . Both immediately prior to the amendment and restatement of the Existing Term Loan Agreement and after giving effect thereto and to the intended use thereof:

(i) no Default other than the Designated Defaults (as defined in the Forbearance Agreement) shall have occurred and be continuing; and

(ii) the representations and warranties made by the Borrower in Section 7 shall be true on and as of the date hereof in all material respects (taking into account any changes made to the schedules updated in accordance with Section 7.21 or attached to the Parent Security Agreement Joinder Agreement), except that such representations and warranties that refer to a specific earlier date were true in all material respects on such earlier date.

6.02 Acknowledgements

The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that the initial Borrowing of $50,000,000 occurred on August 15, 2013, being the First Borrowing Date, and that the conditions precedent to the second and third term Borrowings contained in the Initial Term Loan Agreement were not satisfied, and therefore, no Lender has any Commitment to fund the second and third term Borrowings thereunder. As of the date hereof, the Lenders’ Commitments have either expired or been terminated.

SECTION 7

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

The Borrower represents and warrants to the Lenders that:

7.01 Power and Authority . Each of the Parent, Borrower and their Subsidiaries (a) is a duly organized and validly existing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, (b) has all requisite corporate or other power, and has all material governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals necessary to own its assets and carry on its business as now being or as proposed to be conducted except to the extent that failure to have the same would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (c) is qualified to do business and is in good standing in all jurisdictions in which the nature of the business conducted by it makes such qualification necessary and where failure so to qualify could (either individually or in the aggregate) have a Material Adverse Effect, and (d) has full power, authority and legal right to make and perform each of the Loan Documents to which it is a party and, in the case of the Borrower, to borrow the Loans hereunder.

7.02 Authorization; Enforceability . The Transactions are within each Obligor’s corporate powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate and, if required, by all necessary shareholder action. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by each Obligor and constitutes, and each of the other Loan Documents to which it is a party when executed and delivered by such Obligor will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Obligor, enforceable against each Obligor in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by (a) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws of general applicability affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights and (b) the application of general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

 

35


7.03 Governmental and Other Approvals; No Conflicts . The Transactions (a) do not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or any other action by, any Governmental Authority or any third party, except for (i) such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect and (ii) filings and recordings in respect of the Liens created pursuant to the Security Documents, (b) will not violate any applicable law or regulation or the charter, bylaws or other organizational documents of Parent, Borrower and their Subsidiaries or any order of any Governmental Authority, other than any such violations that, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (c) will not, in any material respect, violate or result in a default under any indenture, material agreement or other material instrument binding upon Parent, Borrower and their Subsidiaries or assets, or give rise to a right thereunder to require any material payment to be made by any such Person, and (d) except for the Liens created pursuant to the Security Documents, will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any asset of Parent, Borrower and their Subsidiaries.

7.04 Financial Statements; Material Adverse Change.

(a) Financial Statements . The Borrower has heretofore furnished to the Lenders certain financial statements as provided for in Section 8.01 . Such financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position and results of operations and cash flows of the Parent, Borrower and their Subsidiaries as of such dates and for such periods in accordance with GAAP, subject to year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes in the case of the statements previously-delivered statements of the type described in Section 8.01(b) . Neither the Parent, Borrower nor any of their Subsidiaries has any material contingent liabilities or unusual forward or long-term commitments not disclosed in the aforementioned financial statements that are required to be disclosed therein under GAAP.

(b) No Material Adverse Change . Since December 31, 2012, there has been no Material Adverse Change other than as has been described in the Forbearance Agreement.

7.05 Properties .

(a) Property Generally . Each Obligor has good and marketable fee simple title to, or valid leasehold interests in, all its real and personal property material to its business, subject only to Permitted Liens and except for minor defects in title that do not interfere with its ability to conduct its business as currently conducted or to utilize such properties for their intended purposes.

(b) Intellectual Property . The Obligors represent and warrant to the Lenders as of the date hereof as follows, and the Obligors acknowledge that the Lenders are relying on such representations and warranties in entering into this Agreement:

(i)  Schedule 7.05(b) contains:

 

36


(A) a complete and accurate list of all applied for or registered Patents, including the jurisdiction and patent number;

(B) a complete and accurate list of all applied for or registered Trademarks, including the jurisdiction, trademark application or registration number and the application or registration date; and

(C) a complete and accurate list of all applied for or registered Copyrights;

(ii) Each Obligor is the absolute beneficial owner of all right, title and interest in and to Material Intellectual Property listed on Schedule 7.05(c) as owned by such Obligor with good and marketable title, free and clear of any Liens of any kind whatsoever other than Permitted Liens. Without limiting the foregoing, and except as set forth in Schedule 7.05(b) :

(A) other than with respect to the Material Agreements, or as permitted by Section 9.09 below, the Obligors have not transferred ownership of Material Intellectual Property listed on Schedule 7.05(c) as owned by such Obligors, in whole or in part, to any other Person who is not an Obligor;

(B) other than (i) the Material Agreements, (ii) customary restrictions in in-bound licenses of Intellectual Property and non-disclosure agreements, or (iii) as would have been or is permitted by Section 9.09 below, there are no judgments, covenants not to sue, permits, grants, licenses, Liens (other than Permitted Liens), or other agreements or arrangements relating to Borrower’s Material Intellectual Property, including any development, submission, services, research, license or support agreements, which bind, obligate or otherwise restrict the Obligors in any manner that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(C) the use of any of the Obligor Intellectual Property in the business of the Borrower as currently conducted or as currently contemplated to be conducted, to the Borrower’s Knowledge, does not breach, violate, infringe or interfere with or constitute a misappropriation of any valid rights arising under any Intellectual Property of any other Person;

(D) except as listed on Schedule 7.05(b) , there are no pending or, to Borrower’s Knowledge, threatened in writing Claims against the Obligors asserted by any other Person relating to the Obligor Intellectual Property owned by or exclusively licensed to Obligors, including any Claims of adverse ownership, invalidity, infringement, misappropriation, violation or other opposition to or conflict with such Intellectual Property, except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; the Obligors have not received any written notice from any Person that the Borrower’s business, the use of the Obligor Intellectual Property in the business of the Borrower as currently conducted, or the manufacture, use or sale of any product or the performance of any service by the Borrower infringes upon, violates or constitutes a misappropriation of, or may infringe upon, violate or constitute a misappropriation of, or otherwise interfere with, any other Intellectual Property of any other Person;

 

37


(E) except as listed on Schedule 7.05(b) , the Obligors have no Knowledge that the Obligor Intellectual Property owned by or exclusively licensed to Obligors is being infringed, violated, misappropriated or otherwise used by any other Person without the express authorization of the Obligors. Without limiting the foregoing, the Obligors have not put any other Person on notice of actual or potential infringement, violation or misappropriation of any of the Material Intellectual Property owned by or exclusively licensed to Obligors; the Obligors have not initiated the enforcement of any Claim with respect to any of the Obligor Intellectual Property owned by or exclusively licensed to Obligors;

(F) all relevant current and former employees and contractors of Borrower have executed written confidentiality and invention assignment Contracts with Borrower that irrevocably assign to Borrower or its designee all of their rights to any Inventions relating to Borrower’s business that are conceived or reduced to practice by such employees within the scope of their employment or by such contractors within the scope of their contractual relationship with Borrower, to the extent permitted by applicable law;

(G) to the Knowledge of the Obligors, the Obligor Intellectual Property is all the valid Intellectual Property necessary for the operation of the Borrower’s business as it is currently conducted or as currently contemplated to be conducted, except for such Intellectual Property the absence of which would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(H) the Obligors have taken commercially reasonable precautions to protect the secrecy, confidentiality and value of its Material Intellectual Property consisting of trade secrets and confidential information, except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(I) each Obligor has delivered to the Lenders accurate and complete copies of all Material Agreements relating to the Obligor Intellectual Property;

(J) there are no pending or, to the Knowledge of any of the Obligors, threatened in writing Claims against the Obligors asserted by any other Person relating to the Material Agreements, including any Claims of breach or default under such Material Agreements, except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(iii) With respect to the Material Intellectual Property owned by or for which prosecution is controlled by Obligors consisting of Patents, except as set forth in Schedule 7.05(b) , and without limiting the representations and warranties in Section 7.05(b)(ii) :

(A) each of the issued claims in such Patents, to Borrower’s Knowledge, is valid and enforceable;

(B) the inventors claimed in such Patents have executed written Contracts with the Borrower or its predecessor-in-interest that properly and irrevocably assigns to Borrower or predecessor-in-interest all of their rights to any of the Inventions claimed in such Patents to the extent permitted by applicable law;

 

38


(C) none of the Patents, or the Inventions claimed in them, have been dedicated to the public except as a result of intentional decisions made by the applicable Obligor;

(D) to Borrower’s Knowledge, all prior art material to such Patents was disclosed to or considered by the respective patent offices during prosecution of such Patents to the extent required by applicable law or regulation;

(E) subsequent to the issuance of such Patents, neither the Borrower nor any Guarantor or their predecessors in interest, have filed any disclaimer or filed any other voluntary reduction in the scope of the Inventions claimed in such Patents;

(F) no allowable or allowed subject matter of such Patents, to Borrower’s Knowledge, is subject to any competing conception claims of allowable or allowed subject matter of any patent applications or patents of any third party and have not been the subject of any interference, re-examination or opposition proceedings, nor are the Obligors aware of any basis for any such interference, re-examination or opposition proceedings;

(G) no such Patents, to Borrower’s Knowledge, have ever been finally adjudicated to be invalid, unpatentable or unenforceable for any reason in any administrative, arbitration, judicial or other proceeding, and, with the exception of publicly available documents in the applicable Patent Office recorded with respect to any Patents, the Obligors have not received any written notice asserting that such Patents are invalid, unpatentable or unenforceable; if any of such Patents is terminally disclaimed to another patent or patent application, all patents and patent applications subject to such terminal disclaimer are included in the Collateral;

(H) the Obligors have not received an opinion, whether preliminary in nature or qualified in any manner, which concludes that a challenge to the validity or enforceability of any of such Patents is more likely than not to succeed;

(I) the Obligors have no Knowledge that they or any prior owner of such Patents or their respective agents or representatives have engaged in any conduct, or omitted to perform any necessary act, the result of which would invalidate or render unpatentable or unenforceable any such Patents; and

(J) all maintenance fees, annuities, and the like due or payable on the Patents have been timely paid or the failure to so pay was the result of an intentional decision by the applicable Obligor or would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.

(c) Material Intellectual Property . Schedule 7.05(c) contains an accurate list of the Obligor Intellectual Property that is material to the Borrower’s business with an indication as to whether the applicable Obligor owns or has an exclusive or non-exclusive license to such Obligor Intellectual Property.

 

39


7.06 No Actions or Proceedings .

(a) Litigation . There is no litigation, investigation or proceeding pending or, to the Borrower’s Knowledge, threatened with respect to the Parent, Borrower or their Subsidiaries by or before any Governmental Authority or arbitrator (i) that either individually or in the aggregate would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, except as specified in Schedule 7.06 or (ii) that involves this Agreement or the Transactions.

(b)  Environmental Matters . The operations and Property of Parent, Borrower and their Subsidiaries comply with all applicable Environmental Laws, except to the extent the failure to so comply (either individually or in the aggregate) would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) Labor Matters . The Borrower has not engaged in unfair labor practices and there are no material labor actions or disputes, pending or ongoing, involving the employees of the Borrower that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

7.07 Compliance with Laws and Agreements . Each of the Obligors is in compliance with all laws, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or its property and all indentures, agreements and other instruments binding upon it or its property, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No Default has occurred and is continuing.

7.08 Taxes . Each of the Obligors has timely filed or caused to be filed all tax returns and reports required to have been filed and has paid or caused to be paid all taxes required to have been paid by it, except taxes that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which such Obligor has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP and in each case, except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

7.09 Full Disclosure . The Borrower has disclosed to the Lenders all Material Agreements to which any Obligor is subject, and all other matters to their Knowledge, that, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. None of the reports, financial statements, certificates or other information furnished by or on behalf of the Obligors to the Lenders in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or delivered hereunder or thereunder, in each case, taken as a whole (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished) contains any material misstatement of material fact or, to the Borrower’s Knowledge, omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that , with respect to projected financial information and other forward looking information, the Borrower represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time, and it being understood that such projected financial information and forward looking information are not to be viewed as facts, that actual results during the period or periods covered thereby may materially differ from the projected results.

 

40


7.10 Regulation .

(a) Investment Company Act . Neither Parent, Borrower nor any of their Subsidiaries is an “investment company” as defined in, or subject to regulation under, the Investment Company Act of 1940.

(b) Margin Stock . Neither Parent, Borrower nor any of their Subsidiaries is engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose, whether immediate, incidental or ultimate, of buying or carrying Margin Stock, and no part of the proceeds of the Loans will be used to buy or carry any Margin Stock in violation of Regulation T, U or X.

7.11 Solvency . Borrower is and, immediately after giving effect to the Borrowing and the use of proceeds thereof will be, Solvent.

7.12 Subsidiaries . Schedule 7.12 is a complete and correct list of all Subsidiaries of the Parent and Borrower as of the date hereof, each such Subsidiary is duly organized and validly existing under the jurisdiction of its organization shown in said Schedule 7.12 , and the percentage ownership by Borrower of each such Subsidiary is as shown in said Schedule 7.12 .

7.13 Indebtedness and Liens . Schedule 7.13(a) is a complete and correct list of all Material Indebtedness of each Obligor outstanding as of the date hereof. Schedule 7.13(b) is a complete and correct list of all Liens granted by the Borrower and other Obligors to secure the payment or performance of Material Indebtedness with respect to their respective Property and outstanding as of the date hereof.

7.14 Material Agreements . Schedule 7.14 is a complete and correct list of (i) each Material Agreement existing on the date hereof and (ii) each agreement creating or evidencing any Material Indebtedness. No Obligor is in material default under any such Material Agreement or agreement creating or evidencing any Material Indebtedness. Except as otherwise disclosed on Schedule 7.14 , all material vendor purchase agreements and provider contracts of the Obligors are in full force and effect without material modification from the form in which the same were disclosed to the Lenders.

7.15 Restrictive Agreements . None of the Obligors is subject to any indenture, agreement, instrument or other arrangement of the type described in Section 9.11 , except for any indenture, agreement, instrument or other arrangement described on Schedule 7.15 or otherwise permitted under Section 9.11 (each, a “ Permitted Restrictive Agreement ”).

7.16 Real Property .

(a) Generally . Neither Parent, Borrower nor any of their Subsidiaries owns or leases (as tenant thereof) any real property, except as described on Schedule 7.16 .

(b) Borrower Lease .

(i) Borrower has delivered a true, accurate and complete copy of the Borrower Lease to Lenders.

 

41


(ii) The Borrower Lease is in full force and effect and no default has occurred under the Borrower Lease that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and, to the Knowledge of Borrower, there is no existing condition which, but for the passage of time or the giving of notice, would reasonably be expected to result in a default under the terms of the Borrower Lease that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(iii) Borrower is the tenant under the Borrower Lease and has not transferred, sold, assigned, conveyed, disposed of, mortgaged, pledged, hypothecated, or encumbered any of its interest in, the Borrower Lease except for Permitted Liens.

7.17 Pension Matters . Schedule 7.17 sets forth, as of the date hereof, a complete and correct list of, and that separately identifies, (a) all Title IV Plans, (b) all Multiemployer Plans and (c) all material Benefit Plans. Each Benefit Plan, and each trust thereunder, intended to qualify for tax exempt status under Section 401 or 501 of the Code or other Requirements of Law so qualifies. Except for those that could not, in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect, (x) each Benefit Plan is in compliance with applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other Requirements of Law and (y) there are no existing or pending (or to the Knowledge of any Obligor or Subsidiary thereof, threatened) claims (other than routine claims for benefits in the normal course), sanctions, actions, lawsuits or other proceedings or investigation involving any Benefit Plan to which any Obligor or Subsidiary thereof incurs or otherwise has or could have an obligation or any liability or Claim. Borrower and each of its ERISA Affiliates has met all applicable requirements under the ERISA Funding Rules with respect to each Title IV Plan, and no waiver of the minimum funding standards under the ERISA Funding Rules has been applied for or obtained. As of the most recent valuation date for any Title IV Plan, the funding target attainment percentage (as defined in Section 430(d)(2) of the Code) is at least 60%, and to the Borrower’s Knowledge, no facts or circumstances exist that could reasonably be expected to cause the funding target attainment percentage to fall below 60%. As of the date hereof, no ERISA Event has occurred in connection with which obligations and liabilities (contingent or otherwise) remain outstanding. No ERISA Affiliate would have any Withdrawal Liability as a result of a complete withdrawal from any Multiemployer Plan on the date this representation is made.

7.18 Collateral; Security Interest . Each Security Document is effective to create in favor of the Lenders a legal, valid and enforceable security interest in the Collateral subject thereto and each such security interest will be perfected to the extent required by (and has the priority required by) the applicable Security Document subject to the taking of the actions described in such Security Documents. The Security Documents collectively are effective to create in favor of the Lenders a legal, valid and enforceable security interest in all of the Borrower’s and the Guarantors’ assets, which security interests are first-priority except for Permitted Senior Liens.

7.19 Regulatory Approvals . Except as listed on Schedule 7.19 , Parent, Borrower and their Subsidiaries hold, and will continue to hold, either directly or through licensees and agents, all material Regulatory Approvals, licenses, permits and similar governmental authorizations of a Governmental Authority necessary or required for Parent, Borrower and their Subsidiaries to conduct their operations and business in the manner currently conducted.

 

42


7.20 Small Business Concern . The Borrower’s primary business activity does not involve, directly or indirectly, making loans to others, the purchase or discounting of debt obligations, factoring or long term leasing of equipment with no provision for maintenance or repair, and the Borrower is not classified under Major Group 65 (Real Estate) or Industry No. 1531 (Operative Builders) of the SIC Manual. Borrower acknowledges that it has been advised that PIOP is a Small Business Investment Company and licensee under the SBIC Act. The information regarding Borrower and its affiliates set forth in the SBA Form 480, Form 652, and Form 1031 is accurate and complete. The Borrower acknowledges that the Lenders are relying on the representations and warranties made by the Borrower to the SBA in the SBA Form 480 provided to the Lenders.

7.21 Update of Schedules . Schedules 7.05(b) (in respect of the lists of Patents, Copyrights and Trademarks under Section 7.05(b)(i) only), 7.05(c) , 7.06 , 7.12 , 7.13(a) and (b) , 7.14 , 7.16, 7.17 and 7.19 may be updated by Borrower prior to each Borrowing Date to insure the continued accuracy of such Schedule as of such Borrowing Date, by Borrower providing to the Lenders, in writing (including via electronic means), a revised version of such Schedule in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.02 . Each such updated Schedule shall be effective immediately upon the receipt thereof by the Lenders.

SECTION 8

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Each Obligor covenants and agrees with the Lenders that, until the Commitments have expired or been terminated and all Obligations (other than the Warrant Obligations) have been paid in full indefeasibly in cash:

8.01 Financial Statements and Other Information . The Borrower will furnish to the Lenders:

(a) as soon as available and in any event within 5 days following the date the Parent or the Borrower files Form 10-Q with the SEC, the consolidated balance sheets of the Obligors as of the end of such quarter, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of Parent, Borrower and their Subsidiaries for such quarter and the portion of the fiscal year through the end of such quarter, prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, all in reasonable detail, together with a certificate of a Responsible Officer of Borrower stating that such financial statements fairly present the financial condition of Parent, Borrower and their Subsidiaries as at such date and the results of operations of Parent, Borrower and their Subsidiaries for the period ended on such date and have been prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, subject to changes resulting from normal, year-end audit adjustments and except for the absence of notes;

(b) as soon as available and in any event within 5 days following the date the Parent or the Borrower files Form 10-K with the SEC, the consolidated balance sheets of Parent, Borrower and their Subsidiaries as of the end of such fiscal year, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of Parent, Borrower and their Subsidiaries for such fiscal year, prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, all in reasonable detail, accompanied by a report and opinion thereon of KPMG LLP or another firm of

 

43


independent certified public accountants of recognized national standing acceptable to the Lenders, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit;

(c) together with the financial statements required pursuant to Sections 8.01(a) and (b) , a compliance certificate of a Responsible Officer as of the end of the applicable accounting period (which delivery may be by electronic communication including fax or email and shall be deemed to be an original authentic counterpart thereof for all purposes) in the form of Exhibit E (a “ Compliance Certificate ”), which Compliance Certificate shall include details of any issues that are material that are raised by auditors and evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Majority Lenders of compliance with Section 10 ;

(d) (i) promptly upon receipt thereof copies of all letters of representation signed by an Obligor to its auditors and (ii) copies of all auditor reports delivered for each fiscal year delivered no more frequently than annually;

(e) as soon as available but in any event within 45 days following the end of each fiscal year, a consolidated financial forecast for Parent, Borrower and their Subsidiaries for the following five fiscal years, including forecasted consolidated balance sheets, consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of Parent, Borrower and their Subsidiaries;

(f) promptly after the same are released, copies of all press releases;

(g) promptly, and in any event within five Business Days after receipt thereof by an Obligor thereof, copies of each notice or other correspondence received from any securities regulator or exchange to the authority of which Borrower may become subject from time to time concerning any investigation or possible investigation or other inquiry by such agency regarding financial or other operational results of such Obligor except where such investigation, possible investigation or inquiry would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(h) the information regarding insurance maintained by Parent, Borrower and their Subsidiaries as required under Section 8.05 ; and

(i) within 5 days of filing, provide access (via posting and/or links on the Parent’s or the Borrower’s website) to all reports on Form 10-K and Form 10-Q filed with the SEC, any Governmental Authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of the SEC or with any national securities exchange; and within 5 days of filing, provide notice and access (via posting and/or links on the Parent’s or the Borrower’s website) to all reports on Form 8-K filed with the SEC, and copies of (or access to, via posting and/or links on the Parent’s or the Borrower’s website) all other reports, proxy statements and other materials filed by the Parent or the Borrower with the SEC, any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of the functions of the SEC or with any national securities exchange.

 

44


Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section 8.01(a) or (b)  or referred to in Section  8.01(h) (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which the Parent or the Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on the Parent’s or the Borrower’s website; (ii) on which such documents are posted on the Parent’s or the Borrower’s behalf on an Internet or intranet website, if any, to which each Lender has access (whether a commercial, third party website or whether sponsored by the Lenders); or (iii) on which the Parent or the Borrower provides notice of filing of such documents with the SEC by electronic mail message to the Lenders in accordance with Section 12.02 .

8.02 Notices of Material Events . The Borrower will furnish to the Lenders written notice of the following promptly after a Responsible Officer first learns of the existence of:

(a) the occurrence of any Default;

(b) notice of the occurrence of any event with respect to its property or assets resulting in a Loss aggregating $500,000 (or the Equivalent Amount in other currencies) or more;

(c) except where a Material Adverse Effect would not reasonably be expected to result in connection therewith, (A) any proposed acquisition of stock, assets or property by any Obligor that would reasonably be expected to result in environmental liability under Environmental Laws, and (B)(1) spillage, leakage, discharge, disposal, leaching, migration or release of any Hazardous Material required to be reported to any Governmental Authority under applicable Environmental Laws, and (2) all actions, suits, claims, notices of violation, hearings, investigations or proceedings pending, or to the best of Borrower’s Knowledge, threatened against or affecting Parent, Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries or with respect to the ownership, use, maintenance and operation of their respective businesses, operations or properties, relating to Environmental Laws or Hazardous Material;

(d) the assertion of any environmental matter by any Person against, or with respect to the activities of, Parent, Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries and any alleged violation of or non-compliance with any Environmental Laws or any permits, licenses or authorizations which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(e) the filing or commencement of any action, suit or proceeding by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority against or affecting Parent, Borrower or any of their Affiliates that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, including, in any event, any filing or commencement of any action, suit or proceeding by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority against or affecting Parent, Borrower or any of their Affiliates;

(f) except where a Material Adverse Effect would not reasonably be expected to result in connection therewith, (i) on or prior to any filing by any ERISA Affiliate of any notice of intent to terminate any Title IV Plan, a copy of such notice and (ii) promptly, and in any event within ten days, after any Responsible Officer of any ERISA Affiliate knows or has reason to know that a request for a minimum funding waiver under Section 412 of the Code has been filed with respect to any Title IV Plan or Multiemployer Plan, a notice (which may be made by telephone if promptly confirmed in writing) describing such waiver request and any action that any ERISA Affiliate proposes to take with respect thereto, together with a copy of any notice filed with the PBGC or the IRS pertaining thereto;

 

45


(g) (i) the termination of any Material Agreement; (ii) the receipt by Parent, Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries of any material notice under any Material Agreement; (iii) the entering into of any new Material Agreement by an Obligor; or (iv) any material amendment to a Material Agreement;

(h) the reports and notices as required by the Security Documents;

(i) within 30 days of the date thereof, or, if earlier, on the date of delivery of any financial statements pursuant to Section 8.01 , notice of any material change in accounting policies or financial reporting practices by the Obligors;

(j) promptly after the occurrence thereof, notice of any labor controversy resulting in or threatening to result in any strike, work stoppage, boycott, shutdown or other material labor disruption against or involving an Obligor;

(k) a licensing agreement or arrangement entered into by Parent, Borrower or any Subsidiary in connection with any infringement or alleged infringement of the Intellectual Property of another Person;

(l) any other development that results in, or would reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect;

(m) concurrently with the delivery of financial statements under Section 8.01(b) , the creation or other acquisition of any Intellectual Property by Parent, Borrower or any Subsidiary after the date hereof and during such prior fiscal year which is registered or becomes registered or the subject of an application for registration with the U.S. Copyright Office or the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, as applicable; or

(n) such other information respecting the operations, properties, business or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Obligors (including with respect to the Collateral) as the Majority Lenders may from time to time reasonably request.

Each notice delivered under this Section 8.02 shall be accompanied by a statement of a financial officer or other executive officer of Borrower setting forth the details of the event or development requiring such notice and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto.

8.03 Existence; Conduct of Business . Parent and Borrower will, and will cause each of their Subsidiaries to, do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its legal existence and except where failure would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the rights, licenses, permits, privileges and franchises material to the conduct of its business; provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit any merger, amalgamation, consolidation, liquidation or dissolution permitted under Section 9.03 or Section 9.09.

 

46


Without obtaining the prior written approval of PIOP, Borrower will not change within one (1) year after the first Borrowing Date, Borrower’s business activity to a business activity to which a licensee under the SBIC Act is prohibited from providing funds by the SBIC Act, as more specifically set forth under Part 107.720 of Title 13 of the United States Code of Federal Regulations. If Borrower’s business activity changes to such a prohibited business activity or the proceeds are used for ineligible business activities, Borrower will use all commercially reasonable efforts and cooperate in good faith to assist PIOP to sell or transfer its Proportionate Share of the Loans in a commercially reasonable manner; provided that in no way shall this be considered PIOP’s sole remedy if Borrower’s business activity changes to such a prohibited business activity.

8.04 Payment of Obligations . Parent and Borrower will, and will cause each of their Subsidiaries to, pay its material obligations, as and when due and payable after giving effect to any grace periods applicable thereto, but subject to any subordination provisions contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing such obligations, including (i) all material taxes, fees, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon it or upon its properties or assets prior to the date on which penalties attach thereto, all lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies which, if unpaid, would by law become a Lien upon any properties or assets of Parent, Borrower or any Subsidiary not constituting a Permitted Lien, except to the extent such material taxes, fees, assessments or governmental charges or levies, or such claims are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and are adequately reserved against in accordance with GAAP and (ii) all lawful claims which, if unpaid, would by law become a Lien upon its property not constituting a Permitted Lien. Parent and Borrower will, and will cause each of their Subsidiaries to discharge all Indebtedness other than Permitted Indebtedness.

8.05 Insurance . Parent and Borrower will, and will cause each of their Subsidiaries to maintain, with financially sound and reputable insurance companies, insurance in such amounts and against such risks as are customarily maintained by companies engaged in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations. Upon the request of the Majority Lenders, Borrower shall furnish the Lenders from time to time with full information as to the insurance carried by it and, if so requested, copies of all such insurance policies. Borrower also shall furnish to the Lenders from time to time upon the request of the Majority Lenders a certificate from the Borrower’s insurance broker or other insurance specialist stating that all premiums then due on the policies relating to insurance on the Collateral have been paid, that such policies are in full force and effect and that such insurance coverage and such policies comply with all the requirements of this Section 8.05 . The Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure, or cause others to ensure, that all insurance policies required under this Section 8.05 shall provide that they shall not be terminated or cancelled nor shall any such policy be materially changed in a manner adverse to the Borrower without at least 30 days’ prior written notice to the Borrower and the Lenders. Receipt of notice of termination or cancellation of any such insurance policies or reduction of coverages or amounts thereunder shall entitle the Lenders to renew any such policies, cause the coverages and amounts thereof to be maintained at levels required pursuant to the first sentence of this Section 8.05 or otherwise to obtain similar insurance in place of such policies, in each case at the expense of the Borrower.

 

47


8.06 Books and Records; Inspection Rights . Parent and Borrower will, and will cause each of their Subsidiaries to, keep proper books of record and account in which full, true and correct entries are made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities. Parent and Borrower will, and will cause each of their Subsidiaries to, permit any representatives designated by the Lender, upon reasonable prior notice, to visit and inspect its properties, to examine and make extracts from its books and records, and to discuss its affairs, finances and condition with its officers and independent accountants, all at such reasonable times (but not more often than once a year unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing); provided that such representative shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to minimize disruptions to the business and affairs of the Borrower as a result of any such visit, inspection, examination or discussion.

8.07 Compliance with Laws and Other Obligations . Parent and Borrower will, and will cause each of their Subsidiaries to, (i) comply in all material respects with all laws, rules, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or its property (including Environmental Laws) and (ii) comply in all material respects with all terms of Indebtedness and all other Material Agreements, except, in each case, where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

8.08 Maintenance of Properties, Etc .

(a) Except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, Parent and Borrower shall, and shall cause each of their Subsidiaries to, maintain and preserve all of its properties necessary or useful in the proper conduct of its business in good working order and condition in accordance with the general practice of other Persons of similar character and size, ordinary wear and tear and damage from casualty or condemnation excepted.

(b) Without limiting the generality of clause (a) above, Borrower shall comply with each of the following covenants with respect to the Borrower Lease:

(i) Borrower shall diligently perform and timely observe all of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Borrower Lease on the part of Borrower to be performed and observed prior to the expiration of any applicable grace period therein provided and do everything necessary to preserve and to keep unimpaired and in full force and effect the Borrower Lease except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(ii) Borrower shall promptly notify Lenders of the giving of any written notice by Borrower Landlord to Borrower of any default by Borrower thereunder that would allow the Borrower Landlord to terminate the Borrower Lease, and promptly deliver to Lenders a true copy of each such notice. If Borrower shall be in default under the Borrower Lease that would allow the Borrower Landlord to terminate the Borrower Lease, to the extent the Borrower fails to do so within thirty (30) days, following written notice to the Borrower, Lenders shall have the right (but not the obligation) to cause the default or defaults under the Borrower Lease to be remedied and otherwise exercise any and all rights of Borrower under the Borrower Lease, as may be necessary to prevent or cure any default and Lenders shall have the right to enter all or

 

48


any portion of the Property, at such times and in such manner as Lenders reasonably deem necessary, to prevent or to cure any such default. Without limiting the foregoing, to the extent Lenders desire to cure such default or defaults as provided above, Borrower shall promptly execute, acknowledge and deliver to Lenders such instruments as may reasonably be required of Borrower to permit Lenders to cure any default under the Borrower Lease or permit Lenders to take such other action required to enable Lenders to cure or remedy the matter in default and preserve the security interest of Lenders under the Loan Documents with respect to the Borrower Facility.

(iii) Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to enforce, in a commercially reasonable manner, each covenant or obligation of the Borrower Landlord in the Borrower Lease in accordance with its terms. Subject to the terms and requirements of the Borrower Lease, within sixty (60) days after receipt of written request by Lenders, Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain from the Borrower Landlord under the Borrower Lease and furnish to Lenders an estoppel certificate from Borrower Landlord stating the date through which rent has been paid and whether or not, to Borrower Landlord’s knowledge, there are any defaults thereunder and specifying the nature of such claimed defaults, if any, and such other matters as Lenders may reasonably request or in the form required pursuant to the terms of the Borrower Lease. Borrower shall furnish to Lenders all information that Lenders may reasonably request from time to time in the possession of Borrower (or reasonably available to Borrower) concerning the Borrower Lease and Borrower’s compliance with the Borrower Lease.

(iv) Borrower, promptly upon obtaining Knowledge that Borrower Landlord has failed to perform the material terms and provisions under the Borrower Lease and immediately upon learning of a rejection or disaffirmance or purported rejection or disaffirmance of the Borrower Lease pursuant to any state or federal bankruptcy law, shall notify Lenders thereof. Borrower shall promptly notify Lenders of any request to which it has Knowledge that any party to the Borrower Lease makes for arbitration or other dispute resolution procedure pursuant to the Borrower Lease and of the institution of any such arbitration or dispute resolution. Borrower hereby authorizes Lenders to attend any such arbitration or dispute, and upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default participate in any such arbitration or dispute resolution but such participation shall not be to the exclusion of Borrower; provided , however , that, in any case, Borrower shall consult with Lenders with respect to the matters related thereto. Borrower shall promptly deliver to Lenders a copy of the determination of each such arbitration or dispute resolution mechanism.

(v) Borrower shall promptly, after obtaining Knowledge of such filing notify Lenders orally of any filing by or against Borrower Landlord under the Borrower Lease of a petition under the Bankruptcy Code or other applicable law. Borrower shall thereafter promptly give written notice of such filing to Lenders, setting forth any information available to Borrower as to the date of such filing, the court in which such petition was filed, and the relief sought in such filing. Borrower shall promptly deliver to Lenders any and all notices, summonses, pleadings, applications and other documents received by Borrower in connection with any such petition and any proceedings relating to such petition.

 

49


8.09 Licenses . Parent and Borrower shall, and shall cause each of their Subsidiaries to, obtain and maintain all licenses, authorizations, consents, filings, exemptions, registrations and other Governmental Approvals necessary in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents, the consummation of the Transactions or the operation and conduct of its business and ownership of its properties, except where failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

8.10 Action under Environmental Laws . Except where failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, Parent and Borrower shall, and shall cause each of their Subsidiaries to, upon becoming aware of the presence of any Hazardous Materials or the existence of any environmental liability under applicable Environmental Laws with respect to their respective businesses, operations or properties, take all actions, at their cost and expense, as shall be necessary or advisable to investigate and clean up the condition of their respective businesses, operations or properties, including all required removal, containment and remedial actions, and restore their respective businesses, operations or properties to a condition in compliance with applicable Environmental Laws.

8.11 Use of Proceeds . The proceeds of the Loans will be used only as provided in Section 2.05 . No part of the proceeds of the Loans will be used, whether directly or indirectly, for any purpose that entails a violation of any of the Regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, including Regulations T, U and X.

8.12 Certain Obligations Respecting Subsidiaries and Parent; Further Assurances.

(a) Subsidiary Guarantors . Subject to the relevant limitations and terms contained in the Security Documents, Borrower will take such action, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to take such action, from time to time as shall be necessary to ensure that all Subsidiaries that are Domestic Subsidiaries of Borrower, and such Foreign Subsidiaries as are required under Section 8.12(b) , are “Subsidiary Guarantors” hereunder. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing but subject to the relevant limitations and terms contained in the Security Documents, in the event that Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall form or acquire any new Subsidiary that is a Domestic Subsidiary or a Foreign Subsidiary meeting the requirements of Section 8.12(b) , Borrower and its Subsidiaries will:

(i) cause such new Subsidiary to become a “Subsidiary Guarantor” hereunder, and a “Grantor” under the Security Agreement, pursuant to a Guarantee Assumption Agreement;

(ii) take such action or cause such Subsidiary to take such action (including delivering such shares of stock together with undated transfer powers executed in blank) as shall be necessary to create and perfect valid and enforceable first priority (subject to Permitted Liens permitted under Section 9.02(c) ) Liens on substantially all of the personal property of such new Subsidiary as collateral security for the obligations of such new Subsidiary hereunder;

(iii) cause the parent of such Subsidiary to execute and deliver a pledge agreement in favor of the Lenders in respect of all outstanding issued shares of such Subsidiary; and

 

50


(iv) deliver such proof of corporate action, incumbency of officers and other documents (other than legal opinions of counsel to the Obligors) as is consistent with those delivered by each Obligor pursuant to Section 6.01 or as the Majority Lenders shall have requested.

(b) Foreign Subsidiaries . Subject to the following sentence, in the event that, at any time, Foreign Subsidiaries have, in the aggregate, (i) total revenues constituting 5% or more of the total revenues of Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, or (ii) total assets constituting 5% or more of the total assets of Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, promptly (and, in any event, within 30 days after such time) the Borrower shall cause one or more of such Foreign Subsidiaries to become Subsidiary Guarantors and to have their Equity Interests pledged, each in the manner set forth in Section 8.12(a) , such that, after such Subsidiaries become Subsidiary Guarantors, the non-guarantor Foreign Subsidiaries in the aggregate shall cease to have revenues or assets, as applicable, that meet the thresholds set forth in clauses (i)  and (ii)  above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Foreign Subsidiary shall be required to become a Subsidiary Guarantor, grant a lien on any of its assets in favor of the Lenders, or shall have its Equity Interests pledged to secure the Obligations, to the extent that becoming a Subsidiary Guarantor, granting a lien on any of its assets in favor of the Lenders or providing such pledge would result in adverse tax consequences for Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; provided that , if a Foreign Subsidiary is precluded from becoming a Subsidiary Guarantor or having all of its Equity Interests pledged as a result of such adverse tax consequences, to the extent that such Foreign Subsidiary is a “first tier” Foreign Subsidiary, Borrower shall pledge (or cause to be pledged) 65% of the total number of the Equity Interests of such Foreign Subsidiary to the Lenders to secure the Obligations.

(c) Further Assurances . Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, take such action from time to time as shall reasonably be requested by the Majority Lenders to effectuate the purposes and objectives of this Agreement.

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Borrower will, and will cause each Person that is required to be a Subsidiary Guarantor to, take such action from time to time (including executing and delivering such assignments, security agreements, control agreements and other instruments) as shall be reasonably requested by the Majority Lenders to create, in favor of the Lenders, perfected security interests and Liens in substantially all of the personal property of such Obligor as collateral security for the Obligations; provided that any such security interest or Lien shall be subject to the relevant limitations and terms contained in the Security Documents, Section 7.18 and Section 8.15 .

(d) Parent . Subject to the relevant limitations and terms contained in the Security Documents, Parent shall take such action from time to time as shall be necessary to ensure that Parent is a “ Guarantor” hereunder, and will:

(i) become a “Grantor” under the Security Agreement, pursuant to the Parent Security Agreement Joinder Agreement;

(ii) take such action (including delivering such shares of stock together with undated transfer powers executed in blank) as shall be necessary to create and perfect valid and enforceable first priority (subject to Permitted Liens permitted under Section 9.02(c) ) Liens on substantially all of the personal property of Parent as collateral security for the obligations of Parent hereunder; and

 

51


(iii) deliver such proof of corporate action, incumbency of officers and other documents (other than legal opinions of counsel to the Obligors) as is consistent with those delivered by each Obligor pursuant to Section 6.01 or as the Majority Lenders shall have requested.

8.13 Termination of Non-Permitted Liens . In the event that Parent, Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries shall become aware or be notified by the Lenders of the existence of any outstanding Lien against any Property of Parent, Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries, which Lien is not a Permitted Lien, the Parent and the Borrower shall use their best efforts to promptly terminate or cause the termination of such Lien.

8.14 Intellectual Property .

(a) Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement or any other Loan Document to the contrary, the Lenders are not assuming any liability or obligation of the Borrower, the Guarantors or their Subsidiaries of whatever nature, whether presently in existence or arising or asserted hereafter, except to the extent required under applicable law in connection with any Intellectual Property license agreement of the Borrower, the Guarantors or their Subsidiaries in the event that the Lenders foreclose on such Collateral. All such liabilities and obligations shall be retained by and remain obligations and liabilities of the Obligors, the Guarantors and/or their Affiliates as the case may be, except to the extent required under applicable law in connection with any Intellectual Property license agreement of the Borrower, the Guarantors or their Affiliates in the event that the Lenders foreclose on such Collateral. Without limiting the foregoing, the Lenders are not assuming and shall not be responsible for any liabilities or Claims of the Borrower, the Guarantors or their Affiliates, whether present or future, absolute or contingent and whether or not relating to the Obligors, the Obligor Intellectual Property, and/or the Material Agreements, and the Borrower shall indemnify and save harmless the Lenders from and against all such liabilities, Claims and Liens, except to the extent required under applicable law in connection with any Intellectual Property license agreement of the Borrower, the Guarantors or their Affiliates in the event that the Lenders foreclose on such Collateral. Without limiting the foregoing, this Agreement shall not constitute an agreement to assign any Contracts of, or Obligor Intellectual Property to, the Lenders, except to the extent required under applicable law in connection with any Intellectual Property license agreement of the Borrower, the Guarantors or their Affiliates in the event that the Lenders foreclose on such Collateral.

(b) In the event that the Obligors acquire Obligor Intellectual Property during the term of this Agreement, then the provisions of this Agreement shall automatically apply thereto and any such Obligor Intellectual Property shall automatically constitute part of the Collateral hereunder, without further action by any party, in each case from and after the date of such acquisition (except that any representations or warranties of any Obligor shall apply to any such Obligor Intellectual Property only from and after the date, if any, subsequent to such acquisition that such representations and warranties are brought down or made anew as provided herein).

 

52


(c) Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to execute and deliver to the Lenders such duly executed Intellectual Property security agreements, following the Majority Lenders’ request therefor, with respect to foreign Intellectual Property, and take such other action as the Lenders may reasonably request to duly record or otherwise perfect the security interest created thereunder in that portion of the Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property located outside the United States.

8.15 Post-Closing Items .

(a) Borrower shall, with respect to the location leased by the Borrower pursuant to the Borrower Lease, use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver to the Lenders the Landlord Consent from the Borrower Landlord for such property, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lenders. Borrower shall not keep any Collateral with a fair market value in excess of $1,000,000 in the aggregate in any location (other than the location subject to the Borrower Lease) not subject to a Real Property Security Document.

(b) Not later than 5 days following the date hereof, Borrower and Guarantors shall execute and deliver to the Lenders fully executed control agreements, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Majority Lenders, as may be required to perfect the security interest created under the Security Agreement in all Deposit Accounts, Securities Accounts and Commodity Accounts (as each such term is defined in the Security Agreement) (other than Excluded Accounts) owned by the Obligors in the United States.

8.16 Real Property Security Documents . Parent and Borrower shall promptly from time to time upon the request of the Majority Lenders, use commercially reasonable efforts to, subject to the receipt of any necessary landlord consents, execute and deliver such Real Property Security Documents with respect to each real Property owned or leased (as tenant) by Parent, Borrower and other Guarantors in the United States.

SECTION 9

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Each Obligor covenants and agrees with the Lenders that, until the Commitments have expired or been terminated and all Obligations (other than the Warrant Obligations) have been paid in full indefeasibly in cash:

9.01 Indebtedness . Parent and Borrower will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Indebtedness, whether directly or indirectly, except:

(a) the Obligations;

(b) Indebtedness existing on the date hereof and set forth on Schedule 7.13(a) and Permitted Refinancings thereof;

(c) [reserved];

 

53


(d) accounts payable to trade creditors for goods and services and current operating liabilities (not the result of the borrowing of money) incurred in the ordinary course of Borrower’s or its Subsidiary’s business in accordance with customary terms and paid within the specified time, unless contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and reserved for in accordance with GAAP;

(e) Indebtedness consisting of guarantees resulting from endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection by Borrower or any Guarantor in the ordinary course of business;

(f) Indebtedness (i) of Borrower to any Guarantor and (ii) of any Guarantor to Borrower or any other Guarantor;

(g) Guarantees by Borrower of Indebtedness of any Guarantor and by any Guarantor of Indebtedness of Borrower or any other Guarantor, in each case, to the extent such Indebtedness is permitted by this Section 9.01 ;

(h) normal course of business equipment financing; provided that (i) if secured, the collateral therefor consists solely of the assets being financed, the products and proceeds thereof and books and records related thereto, and (ii) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness, when added to the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Indebtedness permitted in reliance on Section 9.01(g) , does not exceed $1,000,000 (or the Equivalent Amount in other currencies) at any time;

(i) Permitted Subordinated Debt;

(j) [reserved];

(k) [reserved];

(l) Indebtedness approved in advance in writing by the Majority Lenders;

(m) other Indebtedness in an aggregate outstanding amount not to exceed $500,000 at any time;

(n) Investments permitted by Section 9.05 ; and

(o) any and all premiums, interest, fees, expenses, charges and additional or contingent interest on obligations described in the foregoing clauses in this Section 9.01 .

9.02 Liens . Parent and Borrower will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on any property or asset now owned by it, or assign or sell any income or revenues (including accounts receivable) or rights in respect of any thereof, except:

(a) Liens securing the Obligations;

(b) any Lien on any property or asset of Parent, Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries existing on the date hereof and set forth in Schedule 7.13(b) ; provided that (i) the scope of the collateral to which such Lien applies shall not be expanded and (ii) any such Lien shall secure only those obligations which it secures on the date hereof and extensions, renewals and replacements thereof that do not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof;

 

54


(c) [reserved];

(d) [reserved];

(e) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 9.01(h) ; provided that such Liens are restricted solely to the collateral described in Section 9.01(h) ;

(f) Liens imposed by law which were incurred in the ordinary course of business, including (but not limited to) carriers’, shippers’, landlords’, warehousemen’s, materialmen’s, and mechanics’ liens and other similar liens arising in the ordinary course of business and which (x) do not in the aggregate materially detract from the value of the Property subject thereto or materially impair the use thereof in the operations of the business of such Person or (y) are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, which proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the Property subject to such liens and for which adequate reserves have been made if required in accordance with GAAP;

(g) pledges or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance or other similar social security legislation;

(h) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts, governmental contracts and leases, surety, stay, customs, bid and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(i) Liens securing taxes, assessments and other governmental charges, the payment of which is not yet due or is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly initiated and diligently conducted and for which such reserve or other appropriate provisions, if any, as shall be required by GAAP shall have been made;

(j) servitudes, easements, rights of way, restrictions and other similar encumbrances on real Property imposed by applicable Laws and encumbrances consisting of zoning or building restrictions, easements, licenses, restrictions on the use of property or minor imperfections in title thereto which, in the aggregate, are not material, and which do not in any case materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of any of the Obligors;

(k) with respect to any real Property, (A) such defects or encroachments as might be revealed by an up-to-date survey of such real Property; (B) the reservations, limitations, provisos and conditions expressed in the original grant, deed or patent of such property by the original owner of such real Property pursuant to applicable Laws; and (C) rights of expropriation, access or user or any similar right conferred or reserved by or in applicable Laws, which, in the aggregate for (A), (B) and (C), are not material, and which do not in any case materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of any of the Obligors;

 

55


(l) Bankers’ liens, rights of setoff and similar Liens incurred on deposits made in the ordinary course of business;

(m) with respect to Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights or other Intellectual Property, licenses and sublicenses permitted by Section 9.09 ;

(n) [reserved];

(o) Liens arising from precautionary UCC financing statement filings regarding leases and consignment arrangements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(p) (i) that certain certificate of deposit in an aggregate amount not to exceed $50,000 plus all interest accruing thereon maintained with Bank of America, N.A. (and any successor certificate of deposit or account) to secure the Borrower’s obligations to customs authorities and (ii) that certificate of deposit in an aggregate amount not to exceed $500,000 plus all interest accruing thereon maintained with American Express TRS (and any successor certificate of deposit or account) to secure obligations in connection with the corporate charge card program maintained with American Express; and

(q) [reserved]

provided that, no Lien otherwise permitted under any of the foregoing Sections 9.02(b) through (p)  (other than clauses (i) and (m)) shall apply to any Material Intellectual Property.

9.03 Fundamental Changes and Acquisitions . Parent and Borrower will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, (i) enter into any transaction of merger, amalgamation or consolidation (ii) liquidate, wind up or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution) (iii) make any Acquisition or otherwise acquire any business or substantially all the property from, or capital stock of, or be a party to any acquisition of, any Person. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 9.03 :

(a) Borrower and its Subsidiaries may make Investments permitted under Section 9.05 ;

(b) any Subsidiary Guarantor may be merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into Borrower or any other Subsidiary Guarantor;

(c) (i) Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor may sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any or all of its property (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to Borrower or another Subsidiary Guarantor; and

(d) the capital stock of any Subsidiary Guarantor may be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of to Borrower or another Subsidiary Guarantor; and

(e) Borrower may enter into the Reverse Merger pursuant to which the Borrower shall become a Subsidiary of the Parent.

 

56


9.04 Lines of Business . Parent and Borrower will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, engage to any material extent in any business other than the business engaged in on the date hereof by Parent, Borrower or any Subsidiary or a business reasonably related thereto.

9.05 Investments . Parent and Borrower will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, make, directly or indirectly, or permit to remain outstanding any Investments except:

(a) Investments outstanding on the date hereof and identified in Schedule 9.05 ;

(b) operating deposit accounts with banks;

(c) extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising from the sales of goods or services in the ordinary course of business;

(d) Permitted Cash Equivalent Investments;

(e) Investments by Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantors in Borrower’s wholly-owned Subsidiary Guarantors (for greater certainty, Borrower shall not be permitted to have any direct or indirect Subsidiaries that are not wholly-owned Subsidiaries);

(f) Bona fide Hedging Agreements and hedging arrangements entered into in the ordinary course of Borrower’s financial planning solely to hedge currency risks (and not for speculative purposes);

(g) security deposits with utilities and other like Persons made in the ordinary course of business;

(h) employee loans, travel advances and guarantees in accordance with Borrower’s usual and customary practices with respect thereto (if permitted by applicable law) which in the aggregate shall not exceed $1,000,000 outstanding at any time (or the Equivalent Amount in other currencies);

(i) Investments received in connection with any Insolvency Proceedings in respect of any customers, suppliers or clients and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers, suppliers or clients;

(j) [reserved]; and

(k) Investments permitted pursuant to Section 9.03 .

9.06 Restricted Payments . Parent and Borrower will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, declare or make, or agree to pay or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, except:

(a) any Obligor may declare and pay dividends or other distributions with respect to its Equity Interests payable solely in Equity Interests that are not Disqualified Securities;

 

57


(b) [reserved];

(c) for the payment of dividends by any Subsidiary of an Obligor to any Obligor;

(d) the Borrower may make Restricted Payments to purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire Equity Interests of Borrower held by officers, directors and employees or former officers, directors or employees (or their transferees, estates or beneficiaries under their estates) of Borrower so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, during any fiscal year, in an amount, when combined with repurchases of Equity Interests permitted under Section 9.06(e) , not to exceed $300,000;

(e) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon “cashless” exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants plus any amount necessary to pay taxes due and payable in connection therewith, during any fiscal year, in an amount, when combined with purchases, redemptions or acquisitions of Equity Interests permitted under Section 9.06(d) , not to exceed $300,000;

(f) transactions which are stock for stock exchanges and other like non-cash transactions which constitute merger consideration in connection with mergers permitted under Section 9.03 ; and

(g) [reserved].

9.07 Payments of Indebtedness . Parent and Borrower will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, make any payments in respect of any Indebtedness other than (i) the Obligations and (ii) subject to any applicable terms of subordination, other Permitted Indebtedness; provided that Parent and Borrower will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to acquire, repurchase, buy out, retire or prepay in whole or in part any of its outstanding Permitted Subordinated Debt.

9.08 Change in Fiscal Year . Parent and Borrower will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, change the last day of its fiscal year from that in effect on the date hereof, except to change the fiscal year of a Subsidiary acquired in connection with an Acquisition to conform its fiscal year to the Borrower’s.

9.09 Sales of Assets, Issuances of Equity, Etc . Unless the Borrower simultaneously makes the prepayment required under Section 3.03(b)(i) , the Parent and the Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, sell, lease, exclusively license in any manner, transfer, or otherwise dispose of any of its Property (including accounts receivable and capital stock of Subsidiaries) to any Person in one transaction or series of transactions, or issue any additional Equity Interests to Persons who are not holders of Equity Interests in such Person on the date hereof (any thereof, an “ Asset Sale ”), except for any of the following:

(a) transfers of cash in the ordinary course of its business for equivalent value;

(b) sales of inventory in the ordinary course of its business on ordinary business terms;

 

58


(c) development and other collaborative arrangements where such arrangements provide for the licenses or disclosure of Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights or other Intellectual Property rights in the ordinary course of business and consistent with general market practices where such license requires periodic payments based on per unit sales of a product over a period of time and provided that such licenses must be true licenses as opposed to licenses that are sales transactions in substance; provided , that , such arrangements shall require the prior written consent of the Lenders;

(d) transfers of Property by any Obligor to any other Obligor;

(e) dispositions of any Property that is damaged, obsolete or worn out or no longer used or useful in the Business;

(f) issuances of Equity Interests in Borrower;

(g) those transactions permitted by Section 9.03 and 9.06 and Asset Sales consisting of leases and licenses permitted by Section 9.02 ;

(h) the unwinding of any Hedging Agreement permitted by Section 9.05 pursuant to its terms;

(i) other Asset Sales with a fair market value not in excess of $500,000 in the aggregate.

Lenders acknowledge and agree that the carveout in Section 9.09(e) permits Borrower to make decisions in the ordinary course of business regarding the registration of any of its Intellectual Property, including without limitation, any decisions regarding application, prosecution, abandonment, or cancellation of any such Intellectual Property, without the consent of any Lender.

9.10 Transactions with Affiliates . Parent and Borrower will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, sell, lease, license or otherwise transfer any assets to, or purchase, lease, license or otherwise acquire any assets from, or otherwise engage in any other transactions with, any of its Affiliates, except for any of the following:

(a) transactions between or among Obligors;

(b) [reserved];

(c) [reserved];

(d) [reserved];

(e) customary compensation and indemnification of, and other employment arrangements with, directors, officers and employees of Borrower or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

(f) [reserved];

 

59


(g) issuances of Equity Interests in Borrower; and

(h) operating leases permitted under Section 9.13(b)(ii) .

9.11 Restrictive Agreements . Except for Permitted Restrictive Agreements, Parent and Borrower will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into, incur or permit to exist any agreement or other arrangement that prohibits, restricts or imposes any condition upon (a) the ability of Parent, Borrower or any Subsidiary to create, incur or permit to exist any Lien upon any of its property or assets, or (b) the ability of any Subsidiary to pay dividends or other distributions with respect to any shares of its capital stock or to make or repay loans or advances to Parent, Borrower or any other Subsidiary or to Guarantee Indebtedness of Parent, Borrower or any other Subsidiary; provided that :

(i) the foregoing shall not apply to (x) restrictions and conditions imposed by law or by this Agreement and (y) customary restrictions and conditions contained in agreements relating to the sale of a Subsidiary pending such sale, provided such restrictions and conditions apply only to the Subsidiary that is to be sold and such sale is permitted hereunder; and

(ii) the foregoing clause (a)  shall not apply to (x) restrictions or conditions imposed by any agreement relating to secured Permitted Indebtedness if such restrictions or conditions apply only to the property or assets securing such Indebtedness and (y) customary provisions in leases, in-bound licenses of Intellectual Property and other contracts restricting the assignment thereof.

9.12 Amendments to Material Agreements . Parent and Borrower will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, enter into any amendment to or modification of any Material Agreement or terminate any Material Agreement (unless replaced with another agreement that, viewed as a whole, is on better terms for Parent, Borrower or such Subsidiary or unless such amendment or modification would not be materially adverse to the Lenders) without in each case the prior written consent of the Lender (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

9.13 Preservation of Borrower Lease; Operating Leases .

(a) Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, Borrower shall not:

(i) Surrender, terminate, forfeit, or suffer or permit the surrender, termination or forfeiture of, or change, modify or amend, the Borrower Lease, nor transfer, sell, assign, convey, dispose of, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate, assign or encumber any of its interest in, the Borrower Lease;

(ii) Consent to, cause, agree to, or permit to occur any subordination, or consent to the subordination of, the Borrower Lease to any mortgage, deed of trust or other lien encumbering (or that may in the future encumber) the interest of Borrower Landlord in the Borrower Facility;

 

60


(iii) Waive, excuse, condone or in any way release or discharge Borrower Landlord of or from its material obligations, covenants and/or conditions under the Borrower Lease; or

(iv) Elect to treat the Borrower Lease as terminated or rejected under subsection 365 of the Bankruptcy Code or other applicable Law. Any such election made without Majority Lenders’ prior written consent shall be void. If, pursuant to subsection 365 of the Bankruptcy Code or other applicable law, Borrower seeks to offset, against the rent reserved in the Borrower Lease, the amount of any damages caused by the nonperformance by Borrower Landlord of any of its obligations thereunder after the rejection by Borrower Landlord of the Borrower Lease under the Bankruptcy Code or other applicable Law, then Borrower shall not effect any offset of any amounts objected to by Lenders.

(b) Parent and Borrower will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, make any expenditures in respect of operating leases, except for:

(i) real estate operating leases;

(ii) operating leases between any Obligor and any of its wholly-owned Subsidiaries or between any of the Obligor’s wholly-owned Subsidiaries;

(iii) to the extent constituting operating leases, leases in respect of computer and information technology equipment that are now or may hereafter used by the Obligors and their sales representatives in the ordinary course of business; provided that the aggregate payments made by Borrower and its Subsidiaries in connection with such leases shall not exceed $2,000,000 (or the Equivalent Amount in other currencies) in any fiscal year and the value of the leased equipment shall not exceed an average of $10,000 per sales representatives using such equipment on an aggregated basis; and

(iv) operating leases that would not cause Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, to make payments exceeding $2,000,000 (or the Equivalent Amount in other currencies) in any fiscal year.

9.14 Sales and Leasebacks . Except as disclosed on Schedule 9.14 , Parent and Borrower will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, become liable, directly or indirectly, with respect to any lease, whether an operating lease or a Capital Lease Obligation, of any property (whether real, personal, or mixed), whether now owned or hereafter acquired, (i) which Parent, Borrower or such Subsidiary has sold or transferred or is to sell or transfer to any other Person and (ii) which Parent, Borrower or such Subsidiary intends to use for substantially the same purposes as property which has been or is to be sold or transferred.

9.15 Hazardous Material . Parent and Borrower will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, use, generate, manufacture, install, treat, release, store or dispose of any Hazardous Material, except in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws or where the failure to comply would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.

 

61


9.16 Accounting Changes . Parent and Borrower will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, make any significant change in accounting treatment or reporting practices, except as required or permitted by GAAP.

9.17 Compliance with ERISA . No ERISA Affiliate shall cause or suffer to exist (a) any event that could result in the imposition of a Lien with respect to any Title IV Plan or Multiemployer Plan or (b) any other ERISA Event that would, in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect. No Obligor or Subsidiary thereof shall cause or suffer to exist any event that could result in the imposition of a Lien with respect to any Benefit Plan.

9.18 Investment Company Act . Parent and Borrower will, and will cause each of their Subsidiaries, not to engage in any activities that will result in Parent, Borrower or such Subsidiary becoming an “investment company” as defined in, or subject to regulation under, the Investment Company Act of 1940.

9.19 Parent . Parent shall not acquire, own, form, or have any interest whatsoever in any direct Subsidiary other than Borrower.

9.20 Subsidiaries . None of Parent, Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor shall have any Subsidiaries that are not also Subsidiary Guarantors.

SECTION 10

FINANCIAL COVENANTS

10.01 Minimum Cash.

Parent, Borrower and Subsidiaries shall maintain, at all times, a minimum end of day daily balance of cash and Permitted Cash Equivalent Investments of at least $5,000,000.

SECTION 11

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

11.01 Events of Default . Each of the following events shall constitute an “ Event of Default ”:

(a) Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of any Loan when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the due date thereof or at a date fixed for prepayment thereof or otherwise;

(b) any Obligor shall fail to pay any Obligation (other than an amount referred to in Section 11.01(a) ) when and as the same shall become due and payable, and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of three (3) Business Days;

(c) any representation or warranty made or deemed made by or on behalf of Parent, Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any amendment or modification hereof or thereof, or in any report, certificate, financial statement or other document furnished pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any amendment or modification hereof or thereof, shall: (i) prove to have been incorrect when made or deemed made to the extent that such

 

62


representation or warranty contains any materiality or Material Adverse Effect qualifier; or (ii) prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed made to the extent that such representation or warranty does not otherwise contain any materiality or Material Adverse Effect qualifier;

(d) any Obligor shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in Section 8.02 , 8.03 (with respect to Parent or the Borrower’s existence), 8.11 , 8.12 (other than clause (c)  therein), 8.14 , 9 or 10 or the Borrower;

(e) any Obligor shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document (other than those specified in Section 11.01(a) , (b)  or (d) ) and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of 20 or more days;

(f) Parent, Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries shall fail to make any payment (whether of principal or interest and regardless of amount) in respect of any Material Indebtedness, when and as the same shall become due and payable after giving effect to any applicable grace or cure period as originally provided by the terms of such Indebtedness;

(g) (i) any material breach of, or “event of default” or similar event caused by any Obligor under, any Material Agreement occurs, (ii) any material breach of, or “event of default” or similar event under, the documentation governing any Material Indebtedness shall occur, or (iii) any event or condition occurs (A) that results in any Material Indebtedness becoming due prior to its scheduled maturity or (B) that enables or permits (with or without the giving of notice, the lapse of time or both) the holder or holders of such Material Indebtedness or any trustee or agent on its or their behalf to cause such Material Indebtedness to become due, or to require the prepayment, repurchase, redemption or defeasance thereof, prior to its scheduled maturity; provided that this Section 11.01(g) shall not apply to secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such Material Indebtedness.

(h) any Obligor:

(i) becomes insolvent, or generally does not or becomes unable to pay its debts or meet its liabilities as the same become due, or admits in writing its inability to pay its debts generally, or declares any general moratorium on its indebtedness, or proposes a compromise or arrangement or deed of company arrangement between it and any class of its creditors;

(ii) commits an act of bankruptcy or makes an assignment of its property for the general benefit of its creditors or makes a proposal (or files a notice of its intention to do so);

(iii) institutes any proceeding seeking to adjudicate it an insolvent, or seeking liquidation, dissolution, winding-up, reorganization, compromise, arrangement, adjustment, protection, moratorium, relief, stay of proceedings of creditors generally (or any class of creditors), or composition of it or its debts or any other relief, under any federal, provincial or foreign Law now or hereafter in effect relating to bankruptcy, winding-up, insolvency, reorganization, receivership, plans of arrangement or relief or protection of debtors or at common law or in equity, or files an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding;

 

63


(iv) applies for the appointment of, or the taking of possession by, a receiver, interim receiver, receiver/manager, sequestrator, conservator, custodian, administrator, trustee, liquidator, voluntary administrator, receiver and manager or other similar official for it or any substantial part of its property; or

(v) takes any action, corporate or otherwise, to approve, effect, consent to or authorize any of the actions described in this Section 11.01(h) or in Section 11.01(i) , or otherwise acts in furtherance thereof or fails to act in a timely and appropriate manner in defense thereof;

(i) any petition is filed, application made or other proceeding instituted against or in respect of Parent, Borrower or any Subsidiary:

(i) seeking to adjudicate it an insolvent;

(ii) seeking a receiving order against it;

(iii) seeking liquidation, dissolution, winding-up, reorganization, compromise, arrangement, adjustment, protection, moratorium, relief, stay of proceedings of creditors generally (or any class of creditors), deed of company arrangement or composition of it or its debts or any other relief under any federal, provincial or foreign law now or hereafter in effect relating to bankruptcy, winding-up, insolvency, reorganization, receivership, plans of arrangement or relief or protection of debtors or at common law or in equity; or

(iv) seeking the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of, or the taking of possession by, a receiver, interim receiver, receiver/manager, sequestrator, conservator, custodian, administrator, trustee, liquidator, voluntary administrator, receiver and manager or other similar official for it or any substantial part of its property; and the case of each of Section 11.01(i)(i)-(iv) , such petition, application or proceeding continues undismissed, or unstayed and in effect, for a period of thirty (30) days after the institution thereof; provided that if an order, decree or judgment is granted or entered (whether or not entered or subject to appeal) against Parent, Borrower or such Subsidiary thereunder in the interim, such grace period will cease to apply; provided further that if Parent, Borrower or such Subsidiary files an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding, such grace period will cease to apply;

(j) any other event occurs which, under the laws of any applicable jurisdiction, has an effect equivalent to any of the events referred to in either of Section 11.01(h) or (i) ;

(k) one or more judgments for the payment of money shall be rendered against any Obligor or any combination thereof in an aggregate amount in excess of $250,000 (or the Equivalent Amount in other currencies) and the same shall remain undischarged for a period of 45 consecutive days during which execution shall not be effectively stayed, or any action shall be legally taken by a judgment creditor to attach or levy upon any assets of any Obligor to enforce any such judgment;

 

64


(l) a Material Adverse Change shall have occurred;

(m) (i) any Lien created by the Security Documents shall at any time not constitute a valid and perfected Lien on the collateral intended to be covered thereby (to the extent perfection by filing, registration, recordation or possession is required herein or therein) in favor of the Lenders, free and clear of all other Liens (other than Permitted Liens), (ii) except for expiration in accordance with its terms, any of the Security Documents or any Guarantee of any of the Obligations (including that contained in Section 13 ) shall for whatever reason be terminated or cease to be in full force and effect, or (iii) the enforceability of any of the Security Documents or any Guarantee of any of the Obligations (including that contained in Section 13 ) shall be contested by any Obligor;

(n) any injunction, whether temporary or permanent, shall be rendered against any Obligor that prevents the Obligors from selling or manufacturing the Product or its commercially available successors, or any of their other material and commercially available products in the entire United States and more than forty-five (45) consecutive calendar days shall have elapsed since such injunction without such injunction having been stayed, discharged, overturned or vacated.

11.02 Remedies . Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, then, and in every such event (other than an Event of Default described in Section 11.01(h) , (i)  or (j) ), and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such event, Majority Lenders may, by notice to the Borrower, take any or all of the following actions, at the same or different times: (i) terminate the Commitments, and thereupon the Commitments shall terminate immediately, and (ii) declare the Loans then outstanding to be due and payable in whole (or in part, in which case any principal not so declared to be due and payable may thereafter be declared to be due and payable), and thereupon the principal of the Loans so declared to be due and payable, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other Obligations, shall become due and payable immediately (in the case of the Loans, at the Redemption Price therefor), without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by each Obligor, and in case of any Event of Default described in Section 11.01(h) , (i)  or (j) , the Commitment shall automatically terminate and the principal of the Loans then outstanding, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other Obligations, shall automatically become due and payable immediately (in the case of the Loans, at the Redemption Price therefor), without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by each Obligor.

SECTION 12

MISCELLANEOUS

12.01 No Waiver . No failure on the part of the Lenders to exercise and no delay in exercising, and no course of dealing with respect to, any right, power or privilege under any Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege under any Loan Document preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The remedies provided herein are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

 

65


12.02 Notices . All notices, requests, instructions, directions and other communications provided for herein (including any modifications of, or waivers, requests or consents under, this Agreement) shall be given or made in writing (including by telecopy) delivered, if to Borrower, another Obligor or the Lenders, to its address specified on the signature pages hereto or its Guarantee Assumption Agreement, as the case may be, or at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a notice to the other parties. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, all such communications shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt of a legible copy thereof, in each case given or addressed as aforesaid. All such communications provided for herein by telecopy shall be confirmed in writing promptly after the delivery of such communication (it being understood that non-receipt of written confirmation of such communication shall not invalidate such communication). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, notices, documents, certificates and other deliverables to the Lenders by any Obligor may be made solely to the Control Agent and the Control Agent shall promptly deliver such notices, documents, certificates and other deliverables to the other Lenders.

12.03 Expenses, Indemnification, Etc .

(a) Expenses . Borrower agrees to pay or reimburse (i) the Lenders for all of their reasonable out of pocket costs and expenses (including the reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees and expenses of Morrison & Foerster LLP, special counsel to the Lenders, and any sales, goods and services or other similar taxes applicable thereto, and printing, reproduction, document delivery, communication and travel costs) in connection with (x) the negotiation, preparation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the making of the Loans (exclusive of post-closing costs), (y) post-closing costs and (z) the negotiation or preparation of any modification, supplement or waiver of any of the terms of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents (whether or not consummated) and (ii) the Lenders for all of their out of pocket costs and expenses (including the fees and expenses of legal counsel) in connection with any enforcement or collection proceedings resulting from the occurrence of an Event of Default; provided, however, that the Borrower shall not be required to pay or reimburse any amounts pursuant to Section 12.03(a)(i)(x) in excess of $300,000; provided further that , so long as the conditions precedent in Section 6.01 shall have been satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms thereof, then such fees shall be fully credited from the fees paid by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.03 on the Closing Date.

(b)  Indemnification . Borrower hereby indemnifies the Lenders, their Affiliates, and their respective directors, officers, employees, attorneys, agents, advisors and controlling parties (each, an “ Indemnified Party ”) from and against, and agrees to hold them harmless against, any and all Claims or Losses of any kind (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel), joint or several, that may be incurred by or asserted or awarded against any Indemnified Party, in each case arising out of or in connection with or relating to any investigation, litigation or proceeding or the preparation of any defense with respect thereto arising out of or in connection with or relating to this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or any use made or proposed to be made with the proceeds of the Loans, whether or not such investigation, litigation or proceeding is brought by Borrower, any of

 

66


its shareholders or creditors, an Indemnified Party or any other Person, or an Indemnified Party is otherwise a party thereto, and whether or not any of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 6 are satisfied or the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement are consummated, except to the extent such Claim or Loss is found in a final, non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from such Indemnified Party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. No Obligor shall assert any claim against any Indemnified Party, on any theory of liability, for consequential, indirect, special or punitive damages arising out of or otherwise relating to this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or the actual or proposed use of the proceeds of the Loans. Parent, Borrower, its Subsidiaries and Affiliates and their respective directors, officers, employees, attorneys, agents, advisors and controlling parties are each sometimes referred to in this Agreement as a “ Borrower Party .” No Lender shall assert any claim against any Borrower Party, on any theory of liability, for consequential, indirect, special or punitive damages arising out of or otherwise relating to this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or the actual or proposed use of the proceeds of the Loans.

12.04 Amendments, Etc. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, any provision of this Agreement may be amended, waived, modified or supplemented only by an instrument in writing signed by the Borrower and the Lenders; provided that any consent, approval, (including without limitation any approval of or authorization for any amendment, waiver, modification or supplement to any of the Loan Documents), instruction or other expression of the Lenders under any of the Loan Documents may be obtained by an instrument in writing signed in one or more counterparts by Majority Lenders; provided however, that the consent of all of the Lenders shall be required to:

(i) amend, modify, discharge, terminate or waive any of the terms of this Agreement if such amendment, modification, discharge, termination or waiver would increase the amount of the Loans, reduce the fees payable hereunder, reduce interest rates or other amounts payable with respect to the Loans, extend any date fixed for payment of principal, interest or other amounts payable relating to the Loans or extend the repayment dates of the Loans;

(ii) amend the provisions of Section 6 ;

(iii) amend, modify, discharge, terminate or waive any Security Document if the effect is to release a material part of the Collateral subject thereto otherwise than pursuant to the terms hereof or thereof; or

(iv) amend this Section 12.04 .

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Defaulting Lender shall not have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder (and any amendment, waiver or consent which by its terms requires the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender may be effected with the consent of the applicable Lenders other than Defaulting Lenders), except that (x) the Commitment of any Defaulting Lender may not be increased or extended without the consent of such Lender and (y) any waiver, amendment or modification requiring the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender that by its terms affects any Defaulting Lender more adversely than other affected Lenders shall require the consent of such Defaulting Lender.

 

67


12.05 Successors and Assigns.

(a) General . The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Lenders. Any of the Lenders may assign or otherwise transfer any of their rights or obligations hereunder to an assignee in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.05(b) , (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.05(e) or (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of Section 12.05(g) . Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in Section 12.05(d) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Indemnified Parties) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b) Assignments by Lenders . Any of the Lenders may at any time assign to one or more transferees all or a portion of their rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of the Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it) following written notice to the Borrower. Subject to the recording thereof by the Lenders pursuant to Sections 12.05(c) and 12.05(d) , from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Acceptance, the assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of the Lenders under this Agreement, and correspondingly the assigning Lender shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Acceptance covering all of a Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto) but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Section 5 and Section 12.03 .

(c) Amendments to Loan Documents . To the extent that the Lender that is the Control Agent has made an assignment pursuant to Section 12.05(b) or to the extent necessary to reflect new Commitments on Schedule 1 , each of the Lenders and the Obligors agrees to enter into such amendments to the Loan Documents, and such additional Security Documents and other instruments and agreements, in each case in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Lenders and the Obligors, as shall reasonably be necessary to implement and give effect to any assignment made under this Section 12.05 .

(d) Register . The Lenders, acting solely for this purpose as agents of Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices, which shall be the office of the Control Agent, a register for the recordation of the name and address of any assignee of the Lenders and the Commitment and outstanding principal amount of the Loans owing thereto (the “ Register ”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, and Borrower may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as the “Lender” hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by Borrower, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

 

68


(e) Participations . Any of the Lenders may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, Borrower, sell participations to any Person (each, a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of the Commitment and/or the Loans owing to it); provided that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) the Borrower shall continue to deal solely and directly with the Lenders in connection therewith.

Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver that would (i) increase or extend the term of such Lender’s Commitment, (ii) extend the date fixed for the payment of principal of or interest on the Loans or any portion of any fee hereunder payable to the Participant, (iii) reduce the amount of any such payment of principal, or (iv) reduce the rate at which interest is payable thereon to a level below the rate at which the Participant is entitled to receive such interest. Subject to Section 12.05(f) , Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 5 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to Section 12.05(b) . To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 4.04(a) as though it were the Lender.

(f) Limitations on Rights of Participants . A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 5.01 or 5.05 than a Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrower’s prior written consent.

(g) Certain Pledges . The Lenders may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement and any other Loan Document to secure obligations of the Lenders, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release the Lenders from any of their obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for the Lenders as a party hereto.

12.06 Survival . Sections 5.01 , 5.03 , 5.05 , 6.01(g)(iv) , 12.03 , 12.05 , 12.09 , 12.10 , 12.11 , 12.12 , 12.13 , 12.14 and Section 13 (solely to the extent guaranteeing any of the obligations under the foregoing Sections) shall survive the repayment of the Loans and the termination of the Commitment and, in the case of the Lenders’ assignment of any interest in the Commitment or the Loans hereunder, shall survive, in the case of any event or circumstance that occurred prior to the effective date of such assignment, the making of such assignment, notwithstanding that the Lenders may cease to be “Lenders” hereunder. In addition, each representation and warranty made, or deemed to be made by a notice of the Loans, herein or pursuant hereto shall survive the making of such representation and warranty.

 

69


12.07 Captions . The table of contents and captions and section headings appearing herein are included solely for convenience of reference and are not intended to affect the interpretation of any provision of this Agreement.

12.08 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument and any of the parties hereto may execute this Agreement by signing any such counterpart.

12.09 Governing Law . This Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York, without regard to principles of conflicts of laws that would result in the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction; provided that Section 5-1401 of the New York General Obligations Law shall apply.

12.10 Jurisdiction, Service of Process and Venue.

(a) Submission to Jurisdiction . Each Obligor agrees that any suit, action or proceeding with respect to this Agreement or any other Loan Document to which it is a party or any judgment entered by any court in respect thereof may be brought initially in the federal or state courts in Houston, Texas or in the courts of its own corporate domicile and irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of each such court for the purpose of any such suit, action, proceeding or judgment. This Section 12.10(a) is for the benefit of the Lenders only and, as a result, no Lender shall be prevented from taking proceedings in any other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by applicable Laws, the Lenders may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

(b) Alternative Process . Nothing herein shall in any way be deemed to limit the ability of the Lenders to serve any such process or summonses in any other manner permitted by applicable law.

(c) Waiver of Venue, Etc . Each Obligor irrevocably waives to the fullest extent permitted by law any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document and hereby further irrevocably waives to the fullest extent permitted by law any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. A final judgment (in respect of which time for all appeals has elapsed) in any such suit, action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in any court to the jurisdiction of which such Obligor is or may be subject, by suit upon judgment.

12.11 Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH OBLIGOR AND EACH LENDER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY.

 

70


12.12 Waiver of Immunity . To the extent that any Obligor may be or become entitled to claim for itself or its Property or revenues any immunity on the ground of sovereignty or the like from suit, court jurisdiction, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution of a judgment or execution of a judgment, and to the extent that in any such jurisdiction there may be attributed such an immunity (whether or not claimed), such Obligor hereby irrevocably agrees not to claim and hereby irrevocably waives such immunity with respect to its obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

12.13 Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the other Loan Documents constitute the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. EACH OBLIGOR ACKNOWLEDGES, REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IN DECIDING TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS OR IN TAKING OR NOT TAKING ANY ACTION HEREUNDER OR THEREUNDER, IT HAS NOT RELIED, AND WILL NOT RELY, ON ANY STATEMENT, REPRESENTATION, WARRANTY, COVENANT, AGREEMENT OR UNDERSTANDING, WHETHER WRITTEN OR ORAL, OF OR WITH THE LENDERS OTHER THAN THOSE EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS.

12.14 Severability . If any provision hereof is found by a court to be invalid or unenforceable, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law the parties agree that such invalidity or unenforceability shall not impair the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof.

12.15 No Fiduciary Relationship . Borrower acknowledges that the Lenders have no fiduciary relationship with, or fiduciary duty to, Borrower arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, and the relationship between the Lenders and the Borrower are solely that of creditor and debtor. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents do not create a joint venture among the parties.

12.16 Confidentiality . The Lenders agree to maintain the confidentiality of the Confidential Information (as defined in the Non-Disclosure Agreement (defined below)) in accordance with the terms of that certain non-disclosure agreement dated March 1, 2013 among Borrower and Capital Royalty, L.P. (the “ Non-Disclosure Agreement ”). Each new Lender that becomes party to this Agreement and each Participant hereby agrees to be bound by the terms of the Non-Disclosure Agreement.

12.17 USA PATRIOT Act . The Lenders hereby notify the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “ Act ”), they are required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies Borrower, which information includes the name and address of Borrower and other information that will allow such Lender to identify Borrower in accordance with the Act.

12.18 Maximum Rate of Interest . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Loan Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Loan Documents shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by applicable Law (in each case, the “ Maximum Rate ”). If the Lenders shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum

 

71


Rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Loans, and not to the payment of interest, or, if the excessive interest exceeds such unpaid principal, the amount exceeding the unpaid balance shall be refunded to the applicable Obligor. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by the Lenders exceeds the Maximum Rate, the Lenders may, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or premium rather than interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Indebtedness and other obligations of any Obligor hereunder, or (d) allocate interest between portions of such Indebtedness and other obligations under the Loan Documents to the end that no such portion shall bear interest at a rate greater than that permitted by applicable Law.

12.19 Certain Waivers.

(a) Real Property Security Waivers .

(i) Each Obligor acknowledges that all or any portion of the Obligations may now or hereafter be secured by a Lien or Liens upon real property evidenced by certain documents including, without limitation, deeds of trust and assignments of rents. Lenders may, pursuant to the terms of said real property security documents and applicable law, foreclose under all or any portion of one or more of said Liens by means of judicial or nonjudicial sale or sales. Each Obligor agrees that Lenders may exercise whatever rights and remedies they may have with respect to said real property security, all without affecting the liability of any Obligor under the Loan Documents, except to the extent Lenders realize payment by such action or proceeding. No election to proceed in one form of action or against any party, or on any obligation shall constitute a waiver of Lenders’ rights to proceed in any other form of action or against any Obligor or any other Person, or diminish the liability of any Obligor, or affect the right of Lenders to proceed against any Obligor for any deficiency, except to the extent Lenders realize payment by such action, notwithstanding the effect of such action upon any Obligor’s rights of subrogation, reimbursement or indemnity, if any, against Obligor or any other Person.

(ii) To the extent permitted under applicable law, each Obligor hereby waives any rights and defenses that are or may become available to such Obligor by reason of Sections 2787 to 2855, inclusive, of the California Civil Code.

(iii) To the extent permitted under applicable law, each Obligor hereby waives all rights and defenses that such Obligor may have because the Obligations are or may be secured by real property. This means, among other things:

(A) Lenders may collect from any Obligor without first foreclosing on any real or personal property collateral pledged by any other Obligor;

(B) If Lenders foreclose on any real property collateral pledged by any Obligor:

 

72


(1) The amount of the Loans may be reduced only by the price for which that collateral is sold at the foreclosure sale, even if the collateral is worth more than the sale price; and

(2) Lenders may collect from each Obligor even if Lenders, by foreclosing on the real property collateral, have destroyed any right that such Obligor may have to collect from any other Obligor.

(3) To the extent permitted under applicable law, this is an unconditional and irrevocable waiver of any rights and defenses each Obligor may have because the Obligations are or may be secured by real property. These rights and defenses include, but are not limited to, any rights or defenses based upon Section 580a, 580b, 580d or 726 of the California Code of Civil Procedure.

(iv) To the extent permitted under applicable law, each Obligor waives all rights and defenses arising out of an election of remedies by Lenders, even though that election of remedies, such as a nonjudicial foreclosure with respect to security for a guaranteed obligation, has destroyed such Obligor’s rights of subrogation and reimbursement against the principal by the operation of Section 580d of the California Code of Civil Procedure or otherwise.

(b) Waiver of Marshaling . W ITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING IN ANY WAY , EACH O BLIGOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES AND RELEASES , TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY L AW , ANY AND ALL RIGHTS IT MAY HAVE AT ANY TIME ( WHETHER ARISING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY , BY OPERATION OF LAW , CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE ) TO REQUIRE THE MARSHALING OF ANY ASSETS OF ANY O BLIGOR , WHICH RIGHT OF MARSHALING MIGHT OTHERWISE ARISE FROM ANY PAYMENTS MADE OR OBLIGATIONS PERFORMED .

12.20 Acknowledgment of Appointment of Agent . The Borrower acknowledges that the Lenders have appointed CRG Servicing LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, an Affiliate of the Lenders, as their agent for administrative and collateral matters in respect of this Agreement and to constitute their Control Agent and Secured Party Representative for purposes of the Loan Documents.

SECTION 13

GUARANTEE

13.01 The Guarantee. The Guarantors hereby jointly and severally guarantee to the Lenders and their successors and assigns the prompt payment in full when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the principal of and interest on the Loans and all fees and other amounts from time to time owing to the Lenders by Borrower under this Agreement or under any other Loan Document and by any other Obligor under any of the Loan Documents, in each case strictly in accordance with the terms thereof (such obligations being herein collectively called the “ Guaranteed Obligations ”). The Guarantors hereby further jointly and severally agree that if Borrower shall fail to pay in full when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) any of the Guaranteed Obligations, the Guarantors will promptly pay the same, without any demand or notice whatsoever, and that in the case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, the same will be promptly paid in full when due (whether at extended maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) in accordance with the terms of such extension or renewal.

 

73


13.02 Obligations Unconditional . The obligations of the Guarantors under Section 13.01 are absolute and unconditional, joint and several, irrespective of the value, genuineness, validity, regularity or enforceability of the obligations of Borrower under this Agreement or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein, or any substitution, release or exchange of any other guarantee of or security for any of the Guaranteed Obligations, and, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, irrespective of any other circumstance whatsoever that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a surety or guarantor, it being the intent of this Section 13.02 that the obligations of the Guarantors hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional, joint and several, under any and all circumstances. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it is agreed that the occurrence of any one or more of the following shall not alter or impair the liability of the Guarantors hereunder, which shall remain absolute and unconditional as described above:

(a) at any time or from time to time, without notice to the Guarantors, the time for any performance of or compliance with any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be extended, or such performance or compliance shall be waived;

(b) any of the acts mentioned in any of the provisions of this Agreement or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein shall be done or omitted;

(c) the maturity of any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be accelerated, or any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be modified, supplemented or amended in any respect, or any right under this Agreement or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein shall be waived or any other guarantee of any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any security therefor shall be released or exchanged in whole or in part or otherwise dealt with; or

(d) any lien or security interest granted to, or in favor of, the Lenders as security for any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall fail to be perfected.

The Guarantors hereby expressly waive diligence, presentment, demand of payment, protest and all notices whatsoever, and any requirement that the Lenders exhaust any right, power or remedy or proceed against Borrower under this Agreement or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein, or against any other Person under any other guarantee of, or security for, any of the Guaranteed Obligations.

13.03 Reinstatement . The obligations of the Guarantors under this Section 13 shall be automatically reinstated if and to the extent that for any reason any payment by or on behalf of Borrower in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations is rescinded or must be otherwise restored by any holder of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, whether as a result of any proceedings in bankruptcy or reorganization or otherwise, and the Guarantors jointly and severally agree that they will indemnify the Lenders on demand for all reasonable costs and expenses (including fees of counsel) incurred by the Lenders in connection with such rescission or restoration, including any such costs and expenses incurred in defending against any claim alleging that such payment constituted a preference, fraudulent transfer or similar payment under any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law.

 

74


13.04 Subrogation . The Guarantors hereby jointly and severally agree that until the payment and satisfaction in full of all Guaranteed Obligations (other than the Warrant Obligations) and the expiration and termination of the Commitment of the Lenders under this Agreement they shall not exercise any right or remedy arising by reason of any performance by them of their guarantee in Section 13.01 , whether by subrogation or otherwise, against Borrower or any other guarantor of any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any security for any of the Guaranteed Obligations.

13.05 Remedies . The Guarantors jointly and severally agree that, as between the Guarantors and the Lenders, the obligations of Borrower under this Agreement and under the other Loan Documents may be declared to be forthwith due and payable as provided in Section 11 (and shall be deemed to have become automatically due and payable in the circumstances provided in Section 11 ) for purposes of Section 13.01 notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such declaration (or such obligations from becoming automatically due and payable) as against Borrower and that, in the event of such declaration (or such obligations being deemed to have become automatically due and payable), such obligations (whether or not due and payable by Borrower) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for purposes of Section 13.01 .

13.06 Instrument for the Payment of Money . Each Guarantor hereby acknowledges that the guarantee in this Section 13 constitutes an instrument for the payment of money, and consents and agrees that the Lender, at its sole option, in the event of a dispute by such Guarantor in the payment of any moneys due hereunder, shall have the right to proceed by motion for summary judgment in lieu of complaint pursuant to N.Y. Civ. Prac. L&R § 3213.

13.07 Continuing Guarantee . The guarantee in this Section 13 is a continuing guarantee, and shall apply to all Guaranteed Obligations whenever arising.

13.08 Rights of Contribution . The Guarantors hereby agree, as between themselves, that if any Guarantor shall become an Excess Funding Guarantor (as defined below) by reason of the payment by such Guarantor of any Guaranteed Obligations, each other Guarantor shall, on demand of such Excess Funding Guarantor (but subject to the next sentence), pay to such Excess Funding Guarantor an amount equal to such Guarantor’s Pro Rata Share (as defined below and determined, for this purpose, without reference to the properties, debts and liabilities of such Excess Funding Guarantor) of the Excess Payment (as defined below) in respect of such Guaranteed Obligations. The payment obligation of a Guarantor to any Excess Funding Guarantor under this Section 13.08 shall be subordinate and subject in right of payment to the prior payment in full of the obligations of such Guarantor under the other provisions of this Section 13 and such Excess Funding Guarantor shall not exercise any right or remedy with respect to such excess until payment and satisfaction in full of all of such obligations. For purposes of this Section 13.08 , (i) “ Excess Funding Guarantor ” means, in respect of any Guaranteed Obligations, a Guarantor that has paid an amount in excess of its Pro Rata Share of such Guaranteed Obligations, (ii) “ Excess Payment ” means, in respect of any Guaranteed Obligations, the amount paid by an Excess Funding Guarantor in excess of its Pro Rata Share of

 

75


such Guaranteed Obligations and (iii) “ Pro Rata Share ” means, for any Guarantor, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of (x) the amount by which the aggregate present fair saleable value of all properties of such Guarantor (excluding any shares of stock of any other Guarantor) exceeds the amount of all the debts and liabilities of such Guarantor (including contingent, subordinated, unmatured and unliquidated liabilities, but excluding the obligations of such Guarantor hereunder and any obligations of any other Guarantor that have been Guaranteed by such Guarantor) to (y) the amount by which the aggregate fair saleable value of all properties of all of the Guarantors exceeds the amount of all the debts and liabilities (including contingent, subordinated, unmatured and unliquidated liabilities, but excluding the obligations of the Borrower and the Guarantors hereunder and under the other Loan Documents) of all of the Guarantors, determined (A) with respect to any Guarantor that is a party hereto on the date hereof, as of the date hereof, and (B) with respect to any other Guarantor, as of the date such Guarantor becomes a Guarantor hereunder.

13.09 General Limitation on Guarantee Obligations . In any action or proceeding involving any provincial, territorial or state corporate law, or any state or federal bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other law affecting the rights of creditors generally, if the obligations of any Guarantor under Section 13.01 would otherwise, taking into account the provisions of Section 13.08 , be held or determined to be void, invalid or unenforceable, or subordinated to the claims of any other creditors, on account of the amount of its liability under Section 13.01 , then, notwithstanding any other provision hereof to the contrary, the amount of such liability shall, without any further action by such Guarantor, the Lenders or any other Person, be automatically limited and reduced to the highest amount that is valid and enforceable and not subordinated to the claims of other creditors as determined in such action or proceeding.

13.10 Collateral and Guaranty Matters . Each of the Lenders (including the Control Agent) agree:

(a) to release any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Control Agent or any Lender under any Loan Document (i) upon the payment in full in cash of all Obligations and the termination or expiration of all Commitments or (ii) that is sold or to be sold as part of or in connection with any sale permitted hereunder or under any other Loan Document;

(b) to release any Subsidiary Guarantor from its obligations under Loan Documents if such Person ceases to be a Subsidiary as a result of a transaction permitted hereunder; and

(c) to subordinate any Lien on any property granted to or held by any Lender or the Control Agent under any Loan Document to the holder of any Lien on such property that is permitted by Section 9.02(e) solely to the extent the Liens of any Lender or the Control Agent being subordinated encumber the specific assets financed by such Lien holder.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

76


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the day and year first above written.

BORROWER:
VALERITAS, INC.
By  

/s/ John Timberlake

  Name:   John Timberlake
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer
Address for Notices:
750 Route 202 South, Suite 600
Bridgewater, NJ 08807
Attn:   John Timberlake, Chief Executive Officer
Tel.:   (908) 927-9920
Fax:   (908) 927-9927
Email: jtimberlake@valeritas.com
With a copy to:
Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP
502 Carnegie Center
Princeton, New Jersey 08540-6241
Attn:  Steven M. Cohen
Main: (609) 919-6604
Facsimile: (609) 919-6701
Email: steven.cohen@morganlewis.com

[Signature Page to Term Loan Agreement]


GUARANTORS:

VALERITAS HOLDINGS, INC.
By  

 /s/ John Timberlake

  Name: John Timberlake
  Title: Chief Executive Officer
Address for Notices:
750 Route 202 South, Suite 600
Bridgewater, NJ 08807
Attn: John Timberlake, Chief Executive Officer
Tel.: (908) 927-9920
Fax: (908) 927-9927
Email: jtimberlake@valeritas.com
With a copy to:
Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP
502 Carnegie Center
Princeton, New Jersey 08540-6241
Attn: Steven M. Cohen
Main: (609) 919-6604
Facsimile: (609) 919-6701
Email: steven.cohen@morganlewis.com
VALERITAS SECURITY CORPORATION
By  

/s/ John Timberlake

  Name: John Timberlake
  Title: President
Address for Notices:
750 Route 202 South, Suite 600
Bridgewater, NJ 08807
Attn: John Timberlake, President
Tel.: (908) 927-9920
Fax: (908) 927-9927
Email: jtimberlake@valeritas.com
With a copy to:
Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP
502 Carnegie Center
Princeton, New Jersey 08540-6241
Attn: Steven M. Cohen
Main: (609) 919-6604
Facsimile: (609) 919-6701
Email: steven.cohen@morganlewis.com

[Signature Page to Term Loan Agreement]


LENDERS:   
CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II L.P.   

By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II GP

  

L.P., its General Partner

  

By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II

  

GP LLC, its General Partner

  

By /s/ Nathan Hukill                                         

  

Name: Nathan Hukill

  

Title: Authorized Signatory

  

PARALLEL INVESTMENT OPPORTUNITIES

PARTNERS II L.P.

  

By PARALLEL INVESTMENT

OPPORTUNITIES PARTNERS II GP L.P.,

its General Partner

  

By PARALLEL INVESTMENT

  

OPPORTUNITIES PARTNERS II GP LLC,

its General Partner

  

By /s/ Nathan Hukill                                        

  

Name: Nathan Hukill

  

Title: Authorized Signatory

  

CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II–

PARALLEL FUND “A” L.P.

By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II–

PARALLEL FUND “A” GP L.P.,

its General Partner

  

By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II–

PARALLEL FUND “A” GP LLC,

its General Partner

  

By /s/ Nathan Hukill                                        

  

Name: Nathan Hukill

  

Title: Authorized Signatory

  

[Signature Page to Term Loan Agreement]


CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II (CAYMAN) L.P.   

By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II

(CAYMAN) GP L.P., its General Partner

  

By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II

(CAYMAN) GP LLC, its General Partner

  

By /s/ Nathan Hukill                                         

  

Name: Nathan Hukill

  

Title: Authorized Signatory

  

WITNESS: /s/ Nicole Nesson

  

Name: Nicole Nesson

  

CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II –

PARALLEL FUND “B” (CAYMAN) L.P.

  

By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II

(CAYMAN) GP L.P., its General Partner

  

By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II

  

(CAYMAN) GP LLC, its General Partner

  

By /s/ Nathan Hukill                                        

  

Name: Nathan Hukill

  

Title: Authorized Signatory

  

WITNESS: /s/ Nicole Nesson

  

Name: Nicole Nesson

  
Address for Notices:   
1000 Main Street, Suite 2500   
Houston, TX 77002   
Attn: General Counsel   
Tel.: 713.209.7350   
Fax: 713.209.7351   
Email: adorenbaum@crglp.com   
  

[Signature Page to Term Loan Agreement]


Schedule 1

to Term Loan Agreement

COMMITMENT/OUTSTANDING LOANS

 

     Commitment/Outstanding      Proportionate  

Lender

   Loans      Share  

Capital Royalty Partners II L.P.

   $ 5,450,000         10.9

Capital Royalty Partners II – Parallel Fund “A” L.P.

   $ 6,150,000         12.3

Parallel Investment Opportunities Partners II L.P.

   $ 10,000,000         20

Capital Royalty Partners II (Cayman) L.P.

   $ 1,950,000         3.9

Capital Royalty Partners II – Parallel Fund “B” (Cayman) L.P.

   $ 26,450,000         52.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL

   $ 50,000,000         100
  

 

 

    

 

 

 


Exhibit A

to Term Loan Agreement

FORM OF GUARANTEE ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

GUARANTEE ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT dated as of [            ] by [NAME OF ADDITIONAL GUARANTOR], a             [corporation][limited liability company] (the “ Additional Guarantor ”), in favor of Capital Royalty Partners II L.P., Capital Royalty Partners II – Parallel Fund “A” L.P., Paralleled Investment Opportunities Partners II L.P., Capital Royalty Partners II (Cayman) L.P., and Capital Royalty Partners II – Parallel Fund “B” (Cayman) L.P., as Lenders (the “ Lenders ”) under that certain Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated as of May 3, 2016 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, renewed, refinanced or replaced, the “ Loan Agreement ”), among Valeritas, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Borrower ”), the lenders party thereto and the Guarantors party thereto.

Pursuant to Section 8.12(a) of the Loan Agreement, the Additional Guarantor hereby agrees to become a “Guarantor” for all purposes of the Loan Agreement, and a “Grantor” for all purposes of the Security Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, the Additional Guarantor hereby, jointly and severally with the other Guarantors, guarantees to the Lenders and their successors and assigns the prompt payment in full when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of all Guaranteed Obligations (as defined in Section 13.01 of the Loan Agreement) in the same manner and to the same extent as is provided in Section 13 of the Loan Agreement. In addition, as of the date hereof, the Additional Guarantor hereby makes the representations and warranties set forth in Sections 7.01 , 7.02 , 7.03 , 7.05(a) , 7.06 , 7.07 , 7.08 and 7.18 of the Loan Agreement, and in Section 2 of the Security Agreement, with respect to itself and its obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, as if each reference in such Sections to the Loan Documents included reference to this Agreement, such representations and warranties to be made as of the date hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Additional Guarantor has caused this Guarantee Assumption Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the day and year first above written.

 

[ADDITIONAL GUARANTOR]
By  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

Exhibit A-1


Exhibit B to

Term Loan Agreement

[Reserved]

 

Exhibit B-1


Exhibit C

to Term Loan Agreement

FORM OF TERM LOAN NOTE

[DATE]

U.S. $[            ] plus all compounded interest calculated pursuant to Section 3.02(d)(ii) of the Loan Agreement FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, Valeritas, Inc., a Delaware corporation

(“ Borrower ”), hereby promises to pay to [Capital Royalty Partners II L.P., Capital Royalty/ Partners II – Parallel Fund “A” L.P./ Paralleled Investment Opportunities Partners II L.P./ Capital Royalty Partners II (Cayman) L.P./ Capital Royalty Partners II – Parallel Fund “B” (Cayman) L.P.] or its assigns (the “ Lender ”) at the Lender’s principal office in 1000 Main Street, Suite 2500, Houston, TX 77002, in immediately available funds, the aggregate principal sum set forth above, or, if less, the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Loans made by the Lender pursuant to Section 2.01 of the Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated as of May 3, 2016 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, renewed, refinanced or replaced, the “ Loan Agreement ”), among the Borrower, the Lender, the other lenders party thereto and the Guarantors party thereto, on the date or dates specified in the Loan Agreement, together with interest on the principal amount of such Loans from time to time outstanding thereunder at the rates, and payable in the manner and on the dates, specified in the Loan Agreement.

This Note is a Note issued pursuant to the terms of Section 2.04 of the Loan Agreement and Section 3.02(d)(ii) of the Loan Agreement to the extent the Borrower has elected to pay interest on the outstanding principal amount of this Note in kind pursuant to Section 3.02(d)(ii) of the Loan Agreement, and this Note and the holder hereof are entitled to all the benefits and security provided for thereby or referred to therein, to which Loan Agreement reference is hereby made for a statement thereof. All defined terms used in this Note, except terms otherwise defined herein, shall have the same meaning as in the Loan Agreement.

THIS NOTE AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS THAT WOULD RESULT IN THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION; PROVIDED THAT SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW SHALL APPLY.

The Borrower hereby waives demand, presentment, protest or notice of any kind hereunder, other than notices provided for in the Loan Documents. The non-exercise by the holder hereof of any of its rights hereunder in any particular instance shall not constitute a waiver thereof in such particular or any subsequent instance.

THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THE LOAN AGREEMENT.

Exhibit C-1


THIS NOTE HAS BEEN ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT. TO OBTAIN (I) THE ISSUE PRICE OF THIS NOTE, (II) THE AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT, (III) THE ISSUE DATE, OR (IV) THE YIELD TO MATURITY; CONTACT [CONTACT AT ISSUER] AT [ADDRESS], OR BY PHONE AT [NUMBER].

 

VALERITAS, INC.
By  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Exhibit C-2


Exhibit D

to Term Loan Agreement

FORM OF U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

Reference is made to the Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated as of May 3, 2016 (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”), among Valeritas, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Borrower ”), Capital Royalty Partners II L.P., Capital Royalty Partners II – Parallel Fund “A” L.P., Paralleled Investment Opportunities Partners II L.P., Capital Royalty Partners II (Cayman) L.P., and Capital Royalty Partners II – Parallel Fund “B” (Cayman) L.P., and other parties from time to time party thereto as lenders (“ Lenders ”), and the Guarantors from time to time party thereto. [            ] (the “ Foreign Lender ”) is providing this certificate pursuant to Section 5.05(e)(ii)(B) of the Loan Agreement. The Foreign Lender hereby represents and warrants that:

1. The Foreign Lender is the sole record owner of the Loans as well as any obligations evidenced by any Note(s) in respect of which it is providing this certificate;

2. The Foreign Lender’s direct or indirect partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of the Loans as well as any obligations evidenced by any Note(s) in respect of which it is providing this certificate;

3. Neither the Foreign Lender nor its direct or indirect partners/members is a “bank” for purposes of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”). In this regard, the Foreign Lender further represents and warrants that:

(a) neither the Foreign Lender nor its direct or indirect partners/members is subject to regulatory or other legal requirements as a bank in any jurisdiction; and

(b) neither the Foreign Lender nor its direct or indirect partners/members has been treated as a bank for purposes of any tax, securities law or other filing or submission made to any Governmental Authority, any application made to a rating agency or qualification for any exemption from tax, securities law or other legal requirements;

3. Neither the Foreign Lender nor its direct or indirect partners/members is a 10-percent shareholder of Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code; and

4. Neither the Foreign Lender nor its direct or indirect partners/members is a controlled foreign corporation receiving interest from a related person within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

[Signature follows]

Exhibit D-1


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this certificate to be duly executed and delivered as of the date indicated below.

 

[NAME OF NON-U.S. LENDER]
By  

 

  Name:
  Title:
Date:  

 

Exhibit D-2


Exhibit E

to Term Loan Agreement

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

[Date]

This certificate is delivered pursuant to Section 8.01(c) of, and in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated in, the Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated as of May 3, 2016 (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”), among Valeritas, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Borrower ”), Capital Royalty Partners II L.P., Capital Royalty Partners II – Parallel Fund “A” L.P., Paralleled Investment Opportunities Partners II L.P., Capital Royalty Partners II (Cayman) L.P., and Capital Royalty Partners II – Parallel Fund “B” (Cayman) L.P., and other parties from time to time party thereto as lenders (“ Lenders ”), and the Guarantors from time to time party thereto. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used herein as defined in the Loan Agreement.

The undersigned, a duly authorized Responsible Officer of Borrower having the name and title set forth below under his signature, hereby certifies, on behalf of the Borrower for the benefit of the Lenders and pursuant to Section 8.01(c) of the Loan Agreement that such Responsible Officer of the Borrower is familiar with the Loan Agreement and that, in accordance with each of the following sections of the Loan Agreement, each of the following is true on the date hereof, both before and after giving effect to any Loan to be made on or before the date hereof:

In accordance with Section  8.01 [ (a)/(b) ] of the Loan Agreement, attached hereto as Annex A are the financial statements for the [fiscal quarter/fiscal year] ended [            ] required to be delivered pursuant to Section 8.01 [ (a)/(b) ] of the Loan Agreement. Such financial statements fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flow of the Parent, Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the dates indicated therein and for the periods indicated therein in accordance with GAAP [(subject to the absence of footnote disclosure and normal year-end audit adjustments)] 1 [without qualification as to the scope of the audit.] 2

Attached hereto as Annex B are the calculations used to determine compliance with each financial covenant contained in Section 10 of the Loan Agreement.

No Default is continuing as of the date hereof [, except as provided for on Annex C attached hereto, with respect to each of which Borrower proposes to take the actions set forth on Annex C ].

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this certificate on the date first written above.

 

1   Insert language in brackets only for quarterly certifications.
2   Insert language in brackets only for annual certifications.

Exhibit E-1


 

VALERITAS, INC.
By    
  Name:
  Title:

Exhibit E-2


Annex A to Compliance Certificate

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

[see attached]

Exhibit E-3


Annex B to Compliance Certificate

CALCULATIONS OF FINANCIAL COVENANT COMPLIANCE

 

I.

      Section 10.01: Minimum Cash   
  

A.

   Minimum daily balance of cash and Permitted Cash Equivalent Investments of Borrower and its Subsidiaries during the most recently ended fiscal quarter of Borrower:    $                 
   B.    Minimum end of day daily cash balance required by Section 10.01 : $5,000,000   
      Is line I.A greater than $5,000,000?   
        

Yes: In compliance;

No: Not in compliance

        

Exhibit E-4


Exhibit F

to Term Loan Agreement

FORM OPINION FROM CORPORATE COUNSEL


May 3, 2016

 

To:

Capital Royalty Partners II L.P., as a Lender

Capital Royalty Partners II – Parallel Fund “A” L.P., as a Lender

Parallel Investment Opportunities Partners II L.P., as a Lender

Capital Royalty Partners II (Cayman) L.P., as a Lender

Capital Royalty Partners II – Parallel Fund “B” (Cayman) L.P., as a Lender

1000 Main Street, Suite 2500

Houston, TX 77002

 

Re: Valeritas, Inc.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as special counsel for Valeritas, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ” or the “ Company ”), Valeritas Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Parent ”), and Valeritas Security Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“ Valeritas Security ” or “ VSC ”; together with the Parent, the “ Guarantors ”; the Company and Guarantors together being referred to, collectively, herein as the “ Opinion Parties ”) in connection with the Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement dated as of May 3, 2016 (the “ Term Loan Agreement ”) among the Company, as Borrower, and Capital Royalty Partners II L.P. (“ CRP II ”), Capital Royalty Partners II –Parallel Fund “A” L.P. (“ CRP IIA ”), Parallel Investment Opportunities Partners II L.P., (“ PIOP ” and, together with CRP II and CPR IIA, collectively, “ Original Lenders ”), Capital Royalty Partners II (Cayman) L.P. (“ CRP II Cayman ”), and Capital Royalty Partners II – Parallel Fund “B” (Cayman) L.P. (“ CRP IIB ”, and, together with CRP II Cayman, collectively, the “ Additional Lenders ” and, together with the Original Lenders, collectively, the “ Lenders ”) as Lenders. Terms defined in the Term Loan Agreement are used as therein defined, unless otherwise defined herein. This opinion letter is being delivered to you pursuant to Section 6.01(e)(viii) of the Term Loan Agreement.

References in this opinion letter to the “DE UCC” are to the Uniform Commercial Code as currently in effect in the State of Delaware.References in this opinion letter to the “NY UCC” are to the Uniform Commercial Code as currently in effect in the State of New York.The terms in paragraph 10 that are defined in the DE UCC and that are not capitalized have the respective meanings given to them in the DE UCC. The terms in paragraphs 9 and 11 that are defined in the NY UCC and that are not capitalized have the respective meanings given to them in the NY UCC.


May     , 2016

Page 2

 

In connection with this opinion letter, we have examined originals, or copies certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of (i) Certificate of Incorporation of each of the Opinion Parties, as amended (the “ Charters ”), (ii) the Bylaws of each of the Opinion Parties, as amended (the “ Bylaws ”), and (iii) such other documents and records, and other instruments as we have deemed appropriate for purposes of the opinions set forth herein, including the following documents (the documents referred to in clauses (a) through (e) below are referred to herein as the “ Loan Documents ”):

 

  (a) the Term Loan Agreement;

 

  (b) the Security Agreement dated as of May 24, 2013 among the Opinion Parties and the Original Lenders (the “ Initial Security Agreement ”);

 

  (c) the Assignment and Assumption dated as of November 12, 2013 by and among CRP II and CRP IIA as assignors, and the Additional Lenders as assignees (the “ Assignment and Assumption ”);

 

  (d) the previous Joinder Agreement dated as of April 16, 2015, entered into by VSC, relating to the Initial Security Agreement (the “ VSC Joinder ”); the Initial Security Agreement as modified by the VSC Joinder being referred to as the “ Existing Security Agreement ”);

 

  (e) the Joinder Agreement dated as of May 3, 2016, entered into by and among the Opinion Parties and the Lenders, relating to the Initial Security Agreement (the “ Parent Joinder ”; the Existing Security Agreement as modified by the Parent Joinder being referred to as the “ Security Agreement ”);

 

  (f) Good standing certificates, dated as of a recent date, (i) with respect to the valid existence and good standing of each of the Opinion Parties, in each case, in the State of Delaware (the “ DE Good Standing Certificates ”), (ii) in the case of the Company and VSC, foreign qualified certificates in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (“ MA Foreign Qualified Certificates ”), and (iii) in the case of the Company, a foreign qualified certificate in the State of New Jersey (the “ NJ Foreign Qualified Certificate ” and, together with the DE Good Standing Certificates and MA Foreign Qualified Certificates, collectively, the “ Good Standing Certificates ”);

 

  (g) a copy of a Uniform Commercial Code financing statement (the “ Parent Financing Statement ”) naming the Parent as debtor and the Lenders as secured parties, to be filed in the Office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the “ DE Filing Office ”), a copy of which is attached hereto as part of Schedule 1;

 

  (h) a copy of a Uniform Commercial Code financing statement (the “ Company Financing Statement ”) naming the Company as debtor and the Original Lenders as secured parties, filed in the DE Filing Office on May 24, 2013, a copy of which is attached hereto as part of Schedule 1 ;


May     , 2016

Page 3

 

  (i) a copy of a Uniform Commercial Code financing statement amendment (the “ Additional Lenders Financing Statement ”) naming the Company as debtor and the Additional Lenders as secured parties to be filed in the DE Filing Office, a copy of which is attached hereto as part of Schedule 1;

 

  (j) a copy of a Uniform Commercial Code financing statement (the “ VSC Financing Statement ”) naming VSC as debtor and the Lenders as secured parties, filed in the DE Filing Office on April 20, 2015, a copy of which is attached hereto as part of Schedule 1 (the Company Financing Statement, and the VSC Financing Statement being referred to herein, collectively, as the “ Existing Financing Statements ”; and, together with the Parent Financing Statement and Additional Lenders Financing Statement, collectively, the “ Financing Statements ”).

We have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the legal capacity of natural persons, the authenticity of the documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to the original documents of all documents submitted to us as certified, facsimile or photostatic copies, and the authenticity of the originals of all documents submitted to us as copies. We have also assumed that the Loan Documents constitute valid and binding obligations of each party thereto other than the Opinion Parties party thereto. The Term Loan Agreement, and the Parent Joinder are referred to herein, collectively, as the “ New Loan Documents ”; the Term Loan Agreement and the Security Agreement are referred to herein, collectively, as the “ Operative Loan Documents ”. We have assumed that, immediately prior to giving effect to the New Loan Documents, the Existing Security Agreement has not been amended, modified or supplemented (other than by the VSC Joinder and Assignment and Assumption as applicable), has not been terminated or discharged, and is in full force and effect as the enforceable agreement of the parties thereto, and that no circumstances exist or events have taken place which constitute a defense, waiver, or excuse with respect to the obligations of any party under the Existing Security Agreement.

As to any facts that are material to the opinions hereinafter expressed that we did not independently establish or verify, we have relied without investigation upon the representations of the Opinion Parties contained in the Loan Documents and upon certificates of officers of the Opinion Parties.

We express no opinion as to the enforceability of any obligations purportedly guarantied or secured by (or incorporated by reference into) the Operative Loan Documents that are not evidenced by the Operative Loan Documents (such as, but not limited to, obligations arising under other contracts or arrangements) and we assume such obligations are valid, binding and enforceable obligations of the applicable obligors.

In rendering the opinions set forth herein, whenever a statement or opinion set forth therein is qualified by “to our knowledge,” “known to us” or by words of similar import, it is intended to indicate that, during the course of our representation of the Opinion Parties in the subject


May     , 2016

Page 4

 

transaction, no information has come to the attention of those lawyers in our firm who have rendered legal services in connection with such transaction that gives us actual knowledge of the inaccuracy of such statement or opinion. We have not undertaken any independent investigation to determine the accuracy of facts material to any such statement or opinion, and no inference as to such statement or opinion should be drawn from the fact of our representation of the Opinion Parties.

We have relied upon a certificate of an officer of each of the Opinion Parties dated the date hereof, certifying that the items listed in such certificate are (i) all of the indentures, loan or credit agreements, leases, guarantees, mortgages, security agreements, bonds, notes, other agreements or instruments (the “ Other Material Agreements ”) which affect or purport to affect any Opinion Party’s right to borrow money or guarantee debt or enter into the Loan Documents; and (ii) all of the judicial or administrative orders, writs, judgments, awards, injunctions and decrees (the “ Orders ”), which affect or purport to affect any Opinion Party’s right to borrow money or guarantee debt or enter into the Loan Documents. We have relied upon a certificate of an officer of each of the Opinion Parties as to certain matters relevant to our opinions in paragraph 8 below relating to the 1940 Act (as defined below).

Based upon and subject to the foregoing, and to the limitations and qualifications described below, we are of the opinion that:

1. The Company and VSC are each duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. The Company is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation in the State of New Jersey. Each Opinion Party is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

2. Each Opinion Party has the corporate power and authority to enter into the New Loan Documents and perform the Operative Loan Documents to which it is a party, has taken all necessary corporate action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of such New Loan Documents and the performance of such Operative Loan Documents, and has duly executed and delivered such New Loan Documents to which it is a party.

3. Each Operative Loan Document to which each Opinion Party is a party is the valid and binding obligation of such Opinion Party enforceable against such Opinion Party in accordance with its terms.

4. The execution and delivery by each Opinion Party of the New Loan Documents to which it is a party do not, and the performance by such Opinion Party of its obligations under the Operative Loan Documents to which it is a party will not, result in a violation of the Charter or Bylaws of such Opinion Party.

5. The execution and delivery by each Opinion Party of the New Loan Documents to which it is a party does not, and the performance of such Opinion Party of its obligations under the Operative Loan Documents to which it is party will not, require any approval from or filing with any governmental authority of the United States under federal law, the State of New York under New York law or the State of Delaware under any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law.


May     , 2016

Page 5

 

6. The execution and delivery by each Opinion Party of the New Loan Documents to which it is a party does not, and the performance by such Opinion Party of its obligations under the Operative Loan Documents to which it is a party will not, result in any violation of any federal law of the United States or any law of the State of New York or any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

7. The extension of credit made on the date hereof and the use of the proceeds thereof in accordance with the provisions of the Term Loan Agreement do not violate the provisions of Regulations T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. For purposes of this paragraph, we have assumed that none of the assets of any Opinion Party or its subsidiaries constitutes “margin stock” as such term is used in such Regulations; that none of the Lenders falls within the definition of “Creditor” as such term is used in Regulation T of such Board of Governors; and that the proceeds of the loans made under the Term Loan Agreement are used in accordance with the provisions thereof.

8. No Opinion Party is required to register as an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “ 1940 Act ”).

9. The Security Agreement is effective to create in favor of the Lenders, as security for the Secured Obligations, as defined in the Security Agreement, a security interest (the “ Article 9 Security Interest ”) in the collateral of the applicable Opinion Parties described in the Security Agreement in which a security interest may be created under Article 9 of the NY UCC (the “ Article 9 Collateral ”).

10. As a result of the previous filing of the Existing Financing Statements with the DE Filing Office, the Article 9 Security Interest in that portion of the Article 9 Collateral of the Company and VSC in which a security interest may be perfected by the filing of a financing statement under the DE UCC has been perfected. Upon the filing of the Parent Financing Statement with the DE Filing Office, the Article 9 Security Interest in that portion of the Article 9 Collateral of the Parent in which a security interest may be perfected by the filing of a financing statement under the DE UCC will be perfected.

11. The Article 9 Security Interest in that portion of the Article 9 Collateral consisting of the certificated securities constituting the capital stock of the Company, the applicable security certificates for which are being delivered by the Parent to the Control Agent pursuant to the Security Agreement in connection with the Parent Joinder, will be perfected upon delivery of such security certificates to the Control Agent, together with duly executed stock powers or other signed transfer powers in blank, within the State of New York.


May     , 2016

Page 6

 

The opinions expressed above are subject to the following limitations, exceptions, qualifications and assumptions:

A. The opinions expressed herein are subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer and other similar laws affecting the rights and remedies of creditors generally and general principles of equity, including concepts of materiality, reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing, and (as to collateral security) the duty to act in a commercially reasonable manner. We express no opinion as to the effect of suretyship defenses, or defenses in the nature thereof, with respect to the obligations of any Guarantor.

B. Provisions of the Loan Documents relating to indemnification or exculpation may be limited by public policy or by law.

C. The opinions expressed in this opinion letter are limited to the laws of the State of New York, (including the NY UCC), the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the DE UCC, and the Federal laws of the United States of America, and we express no opinion with respect to any other laws of any state or jurisdiction. With respect to the DE UCC, we have, with your permission, confined our investigation thereof to an examination of the relevant provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of Delaware as set forth in the CCH Secured Transactions Guide (as updated through a recent date), without regard to any case law decided thereunder or other laws or regulations related thereto.

D. For purposes of our opinions herein as to the valid existence and good standing of the Opinion Parties, we have relied solely upon the Good Standing Certificates.

E. We have considered only such laws and regulations that in our experience are typically applicable to a transaction of the nature contemplated by the Loan Documents.

F. Certain waivers by the Opinion Parties in the Loan Documents may relate to matters that cannot, as a matter of law, be effectively waived. Without limiting the foregoing, you should be aware that under applicable law guarantors may be entitled to certain rights or protections which as a matter of statutory or common law may not be waived or altered. We express no opinion herein as to the enforceability of any provision of any Loan Document which purport to waive or alter such rights or protections, except to the extent permitted by law.

G. The enforceability of the Loan Documents may be limited by the unenforceability under certain circumstances of provisions imposing penalties, forfeitures, late payment charges or an increase in interest rate upon delinquency in payment or an occurrence of default.

H. In connection with the opinions set forth in paragraphs 9-11, we have assumed that each applicable Opinion Party has, or has the power to transfer, rights (to the extent necessary to grant a security interest) in the Article 9 Collateral existing on the date hereof and will have, or will have the power to transfer, rights (to such extent) in property which becomes Article 9 Collateral after the date hereof. We assume that the Control Agent (as defined in the Security Agreement) is validly acting as agent for and “representative” (as defined in the applicable Uniform Commercial Code (the “ UCC ”) of each relevant jurisdiction) of each holder of Secured Obligations (as defined in the Security Agreement) or holder of any applicable obligation purported to be secured or benefitted by a security interest granted in favor of the Control Agent or in favor of any Lender by any Opinion Party.


May     , 2016

Page 7

 

I. We express no opinion as to the creation, attachment or perfection of any security interest except as expressly stated herein. We express no opinion as to (i) the perfection of any security interest in any Collateral consisting of timber to be cut or as-extracted collateral or goods which are or are to become fixtures or (ii) the priority of any security interest or lien. We assume the Collateral does not include any “commercial tort claims” (as defined in the NY UCC or the DE UCC) or “cooperative interests” (as defined in the NY UCC). We express no opinion as to the enforceability of any provision of the Loan Documents to the extent such enforceability is limited by Sections 1-302, 9-602, 9-603, 9-406, 9-407, 9-408, or other applicable provisions of the NY UCC or the DE UCC.

J. In connection with the opinions set forth in paragraphs 9-11, the perfection of a security interest in any collateral consisting of “proceeds” (as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code of the applicable jurisdiction) is subject to limitations set forth in Section 9-315 of the Uniform Commercial Code of the applicable jurisdiction.

K. We call to your attention the requirement to file appropriate periodic Uniform Commercial Code continuation statements on a timely basis under the DE UCC with respect to each Financing Statement. We also point out that certain actions may be required if any applicable debtor changes its name or its “location” for purposes of Article 9 of the applicable Uniform Commercial Code, or if a “new debtor” (as defined in the applicable Uniform Commercial Code) becomes bound by the applicable security agreement.

L. We assume that none of the Existing Financing Statements has been amended, modified, assigned, released or terminated in any manner, and each Existing Financing Statement is in full force and effect and on file as of record in the DE Filing Office.

M. For purposes of Section 122 (13) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, we assume that each of the Company and VSC is a direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Parent.

N. Except to the extent that any provision in the Loan Documents providing for the choice of New York law to govern the Loan Documents is made enforceable by New York General Obligations Law Section 5-1401, as applied by a New York state court or a federal court sitting in New York and applying New York choice of law principles, no opinion is given herein as to any contractual choice of law clause or otherwise as to any choice of law matters.

O. We express no opinion as to:

(i) The enforceability of any provision of the Loan Documents insofar as it provides that any Person purchasing a participation from any Lender or any other Person may exercise set-off or similar rights with respect to such participation or that a Lender or other Person may exercise set-off or similar rights other than in accordance with applicable law.

(ii) The enforceability of any provision of the Loan Documents permitting modification thereof only by means of an agreement in writing signed by the parties thereto.


May     , 2016

Page 8

 

(iii) The enforceability of any provision of the Loan Documents purporting to waive the right to trial by jury, or any provisions in the Loan Documents relating to jurisdiction, venue, choice of forum, service of process, or choice of law (except to the extent made enforceable by New York General Obligations Law Sections 5-1401 and 5-1402).

(iv) The enforceability of any provision of the Loan Documents purporting to grant the right to confess judgment against the Opinion Parties.

(v) The enforceability of the provisions contained in the last sentence of Section 2.01 of the Term Loan Agreement.

This opinion letter is effective only as of the date hereof. We do not assume responsibility for updating this opinion letter as of any date subsequent to its date, and we assume no responsibility for advising you of any changes with respect to any matters described in this opinion letter that may occur subsequent to the date of this opinion letter or from the discovery, subsequent to the date of this opinion letter, of information not previously known to us pertaining to the events occurring prior to such date.


May     , 2016

Page 9

 

This opinion letter is furnished by us solely for the benefit of the Lenders and their respective successors and permitted assigns and participants pursuant to the Term Loan Agreement, and this opinion letter may not be relied upon by such parties for any other purpose or by any other person or entity for any purpose whatsoever. This opinion letter is not to be quoted in whole or in part or otherwise referred to or used or furnished to any other person, except as may be required by any governmental authority or pursuant to law or legal process, without our express written consent.

Very truly yours,


May     , 2016

Page 10

 

Schedule 1

[Attach Financing Statements]


Exhibit G

to Term Loan Agreement

FORM OF LANDLORD CONSENT

Exhibit G-1


LANDLORD CONSENT

WHEREAS, CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II L.P., as Collateral Agent (“ CRPII ”, and in such capacity, “ Collateral Agent ”) and the lenders party thereto from time to time including CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II – PARALLEL FUND “A” L.P. and PARALLEL INVESTMENT OPPORTUNITIES PARTNERS II L.P., each in its capacity as a Lender (“each a “ Lender ” and collectively, the “ Lenders ”), has entered into a term loan agreement and a security agreement, each dated as of May 24, 2013, with VALERITAS, INC. (“ Debtor ”) pursuant to which Lenders have been granted, with certain exceptions, a security interest in all of Debtor’s personal property, including, but not limited to, inventory, equipment and trade fixtures (hereinafter “ Personal Property ”); and

WHEREAS, THE TAMING OF THE SHREWSBURY, LLC, O’NEILL PARTNERS, LLC, and CHANSKI, LLC as tenants in common (collectively, the “ Landlord ”) are the owners of the real property located at 800 Boston Turnpike, Shrewsbury, Massachusetts (the “ Premises ”); and

WHEREAS, Landlord has entered into that certain Lease Agreement dated December 22, 2007 with Debtor, as tenant (collectively, the “ Lease ”); and

WHEREAS, certain of the Personal Property has or may become affixed to or be located on, wholly or in part, the Premises.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of any loans or other financial accommodation extended by Lenders to Debtor at any time, and other good and valuable consideration, the parties agree as follows:

(a) Landlord subordinates to Lenders all rights of security interest or other interest Landlord may now or hereafter have in any of the Personal Property whether for rent or otherwise while Debtor is indebted to Lenders;

(b) That the Personal Property may be installed in or located on the Premises and is not and shall not be deemed a fixture or part of the real estate and shall at all times be considered personal property;

(c) That Collateral Agent or its representatives may enter upon the Premises during normal business hours, and upon not less than 24-hours advance notice, to inspect the Personal Property;

(d) That Collateral Agent, at its option, upon written notice delivered to Landlord not less than ten (10) business days in advance, may enter the Premises during normal business hours for the purpose of repossessing, removing or otherwise dealing with said Personal Property; provided that neither Collateral Agent nor Lenders shall be permitted to operate the business of Debtor on the Premises or sell, auction or otherwise dispose of any Personal Property at the Premises or advertise any of the foregoing; and such license shall continue, subject to paragraph (g) below, from the date Collateral Agent enters the Premises for as long as Collateral Agent reasonably deems necessary but not to exceed a period of ten (10) days. During the period Collateral Agent occupies the Premises, it shall pay to Landlord the Rent and Additional Rent provided under the Lease relating to the Premises, prorated on a per diem basis to be determined on a thirty (30) day month, without incurring any other obligations of Debtor;

(e) Collateral Agent shall pay to Landlord any costs for damage to the Premises or the building in which the Premises is located in removing or otherwise dealing with said Personal Property and shall indemnify and hold harmless Landlord from and against (i) all claims, disputes and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, suffered or incurred by Landlord arising from Collateral Agent’s exercise of any of its rights hereunder, and (ii) any injury to third persons, caused by actions of Collateral Agent pursuant to this consent;

 

- 1 -


(f) Landlord agrees to give notice to Collateral Agent in writing by certified mail or facsimile of Landlord’s intent to exercise its remedies in response to any default by Debtor of any of the provisions of the Lease, to:

Capital Royalty Partners II L.P.

1000 Main Street, Suite 2500

Houston, TX 77002

Attention: General Counsel

Fax: 713.209.7351

(g) If Landlord acquires possession of the Premises after a default by Debtor, it may require that the Personal Property be removed by Collateral Agent within sixty (60) days following written notice in accordance with paragraph (f) above.

(h) If Collateral Agent fails to exercise its right to remove the Personal Property strictly in accordance with the requirements and conditions of this consent, Landlord may proceed with any remedies available to it by reason of Debtor’s default under the Lease and may remove all Personal Property from the Premises and dispose of same, without regard to this consent or Collateral Agent’s security interest in the Personal Property.

(i) Landlord shall have no obligation to preserve or protect the Personal Property or take any action in connection therewith, and Lenders waive all claims they may now or hereafter have against Landlord in connection with the Personal Property.

(j) Upon payment and performance of all indebtedness secured by the Personal Property to Lenders, Lenders shall, upon Landlord’s or Debtor’s request, execute and/or file any release or termination statement reasonably necessary to evidence Lenders’ release of the subordination herein provided by it. In no event shall this consent remain in force or effect after the date that the Lease is terminated or expires.

(k) Nothing contained herein shall be construed to amend the Lease, and the Lease remains unchanged and in full force and effect.

This consent shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with and governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

This consent may not be changed or terminated orally and is binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of Landlord, Collateral Agent, Lenders and Debtor and the heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns of Landlord, Collateral Agent, Lenders and Debtor.

[Signature Page follows]

 

- 2 -


Dated this          day of             , 2013.
LANDLORD:
THE TAMING OF THE SHREWSBURY, LLC
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

O’NEILL PARTNERS, LLC
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

CHANSKI, LLC
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

[Signature Page to Landlord Consent]


LENDERS:   
CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II L.P.   

By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II GP L.P.,

  

its General Partner

  

By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II GP LLC,

its General Partner

  

By                                                                  

  

Name: Charles Tate

  

Title: Sole Member

  
CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II – PARALLEL   
FUND “A” L.P.   

By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II –

  

PARALLEL FUND “A” GP L.P., its General Partner

  

By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II –

  

PARALLEL FUND “A” GP LLC, its General

  

Partner

  

By                                                                  

  

Name: Charles Tate

  

Title: Sole Member

  
PARALLEL INVESTMENT OPPORTUNITIES   
PARTNERS II L.P.   

By PARALLEL INVESTMENT OPPORTUNITIES

  

PARTNERS II GP L.P., its General Partner

  

By PARALLEL INVESTMENT

  

OPPORTUNITIES PARTNERS II GP LLC, its

  

General Partner

  

By                                                                  

  

Name: Charles Tate

  

Title: Sole Member

  

[Signature Page to Landlord Consent]


DEBTOR:
VALERITAS, INC.
By:  

 

Name:   James Dentzer
Title:   Chief Financial Officer

[Signature Page to Landlord Consent]


Exhibit H

to Term Loan Agreement

FORM OF SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT

Exhibit H-1


EXECUTION VERSION

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT

This Second Amended and Restated Subordination Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of May 3, 2016, among Capital Royalty Partners II L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ CRII ”), Capital Royalty Partners II – Parallel Fund “A” L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ CRII Parallel ”), Parallel Investment Opportunities Partners II L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ Parallel Investment ”), Capital Royalty Partners II (Cayman) L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership (“ Cayman ”) and Capital Royalty Partners II – Parallel Fund “B” (Cayman) L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership (“ Parallel B ” and, collectively with CRII, CRII Parallel, Parallel Investment and Cayman, and their successors and assigns, the “ Lenders ”), and WCAS Capital Partners IV, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ WCAS ”).

Recitals

 

A. Valeritas, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Borrower ”), has issued in favor of WCAS the Subordinated Note (as defined below).

 

B. Lenders and Borrower have entered into the Senior Term Loan Agreement (as defined below) and the Senior Term Loan Security Agreement (as defined below) to grant a security interest in the Collateral (as defined below) in favor of Lenders as security for the payment of Borrower’s obligations under the Senior Term Loan Agreement.

 

C. To induce Lenders to make and maintain the credit extensions to Borrower under the Senior Term Loan Agreement, on May 24, 2013, WCAS and Lenders entered into a Subordination Agreement (the “ Subordination Agreement ”) to (i) subordinate in right and time of payment, the Subordinated Debt (as defined below) to payment in full of the Senior Debt (as defined below) on the terms and conditions set forth therein and (ii) prohibit WCAS from obtaining any security interests in the Collateral to secure the Subordinated Debt.

 

D. Lenders and Borrower are entering into the second amendment and restatement of the Senior Term Loan Agreement on the date hereof. To induce Lenders to enter into such second amendment and restatement of the Senior Term Loan Agreement, WCAS agrees to amend and restate the Subordination Agreement as set forth below.

NOW, THEREFORE, THE PARTIES AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

1. Definitions . As used herein, the following terms have the following meanings:

Bankruptcy Code ” means title 11 of the United States Code, 11 U.S.C. §§ 101 et seq.

Collateral ” means “Collateral” as defined in the Senior Term Loan Security Agreement.


Enforcement Action ” means, with respect to any indebtedness or obligation (contingent or otherwise) or Collateral at any time held by any Lender or holder of the Subordinated Note: commencing by judicial or non-judicial means the enforcement with respect to such indebtedness, obligation or Collateral of any of the default remedies under any of the applicable agreements or documents of such Lender or holder, the UCC or other applicable law (other than the mere issuance of a notice of default and the right by the holder of the Subordinated Note to seek specific performance with respect to any covenants in favor of the holder thereunder); repossessing, selling, leasing or otherwise disposing of all or any part of such Collateral, or exercising account debtor or obligor notification or collection rights with respect to all or any portion thereof, or attempting or agreeing to do so; or appropriating, setting off or applying to such Lender or holder’s claim any part or all of such Collateral or other property in the possession of, or coming into the possession of, such Lender or holder or its agent, trustee or bailee.

Insolvency Event ” means that Borrower and/or any of its subsidiaries shall have applied for, consented to or acquiesced in the appointment of a trustee, receiver or other custodian for it or any of its property, or made a general assignment for the benefit of creditors and, in the absence of such application, consented or acquiesced, permitted or suffer to exist the appointment of a trustee, receiver or other custodian for it or for a substantial part of its property, and such trustee, receiver or other custodian shall not have been discharged within sixty days; or permitted or suffered to exist the commencement of any bankruptcy, reorganization, debt arrangement or other case or proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency law, or any dissolution, winding up or liquidation proceeding, in respect of it, and if any such case or proceeding was not commenced by it, such case or proceeding shall have been consented to or acquiesced in by it or shall have resulted in the entry of an order for relief or shall have remained for sixty (60) days undismissed.

“Management Incentive Fee Payments” means cash payments approved by the Borrower’s board of directors on April 23, 2015, which payments are to be paid to Borrower’s management as part of an incentive fee program.

Permitted Subordinated Debt Payment ” means any payment or distribution in respect of the Subordinated Debt which consists solely of (i) conversion into the Borrower’s Series AB preferred stock of all interest and fees accrued on the Subordinated Debt outstanding as of April 29, 2016, and (ii) non-cash PIK Interest (as defined in the Subordinated Note on May 24, 2013).

Person ” means “Person” as defined in the Senior Term Loan Agreement.

Required Lenders ” means, as of the date of any determination, Lenders having more than 50% of the sum of the (a) outstanding principal amount of Loans (as defined in the Senior Term Loan Agreement) and (b) aggregate unused Commitments (as defined in the Senior Term Loan Agreement).

Senior Debt ” means the Obligations (as defined in the Senior Term Loan Agreement).

Senior Discharge Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2 .

Senior Term Loan Agreement ” means that certain Term Loan Agreement, dated as of May 24, 2013 between Borrower and the Lenders, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, but without giving effect to any amendment and/or restatement, supplement, renewal or other modification prohibited by this Agreement.

 

2


Senior Term Loan Documents ” means, collectively, the Loan Documents (as defined in the Senior Term Loan Agreement), in each case as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, but without giving effect to any amendment and/or restatement, supplement, renewal or other modification prohibited by this Agreement.

Senior Term Loan Security Agreement ” means that certain Security Agreement, dated as of May 24, 2013, between Borrower and the Secured Parties (as defined therein), as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, but without giving effect to any amendment and/or restatement, supplement, renewal or other modification prohibited by this Agreement.

Subordinated Debt ” means and includes all obligations, liabilities and indebtedness of Borrower owed to WCAS under the Subordinated Debt Documents, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, or now existing or hereafter incurred, which may arise under, out of, or in connection with the Subordinated Debt Documents, including without limitation, principal, premium (if any), interest, fees, charges, expenses, costs, professional fees and expenses, and reimbursement obligations, in each case to the extent payable under the Subordinated Debt Documents.

Subordinated Debt Documents ” means, collectively, the Subordinated Note and any other loan document or agreement entered into by Borrower in connection with the Subordinated Note, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, but without giving effect to any amendment and/or restatement, supplement, renewal or other modification prohibited by this Agreement.

Subordinated Note ” means the Note issued by Borrower to WCAS, dated September 8, 2011, as amended by that certain Amendment No. 1 to Note, dated as of May 24, 2013, as such note is amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, but without giving effect to any amendment and/or restatement, supplement, renewal or other modification prohibited by this Agreement.

Subsidiary Guarantor ” means any subsidiary guarantor party to the Senior Term Loan Agreement.

UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code of any applicable jurisdiction and, if the applicable jurisdiction shall not have any Uniform Commercial Code, the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York.

2. Payment Subordination . Notwithstanding the terms of the Subordinated Debt Documents, until all of the Senior Debt is indefeasibly paid in full (other than contingent indemnification obligations and the Warrant Obligations (as defined in the Senior Term Loan Agreement)) and all commitments of Lenders under the Senior Term Loan Documents have been terminated (such date, the “ Senior Discharge Date ”), (a) all payments and distributions of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, in respect of the Subordinated Debt are (i) subordinated in right and time of payment to all payments in respect of the Management Incentive Fee Payments and (ii) except with respect to Permitted Subordinated Debt Payments, subordinated in right and time of payment to all payments in respect of the Senior Debt, and (b) WCAS will not demand, sue for or receive from Borrower (and Borrower will not pay) any part of the Subordinated Debt, whether by payment, prepayment, distribution, setoff, or otherwise, or accelerate the Subordinated Debt, except as permitted pursuant to this Agreement.

 

3


3. Subordination of Remedies . Until the Senior Discharge Date, WCAS will not accelerate the maturity of all or any portion of the Subordinated Debt, exercise any remedy with respect to the Collateral, or take any other Enforcement Action with respect to the Subordinated Debt.

4. Insolvency Proceedings . These provisions remain in full force and effect until the Senior Discharge Date, despite an Insolvency Event. In furtherance thereof:

 

  a) All payments and distributions of any kind, whether in cash, property or securities, in respect of the Subordinated Debt to which WCAS would be entitled if the Subordinated Debt were not subordinated pursuant to this Agreement, shall be paid to Lender and applied in payment of the Senior Debt, regardless of whether such Senior Debt, or any portion thereof, is reduced, expunged, disallowed, subordinated or recharacterized;

 

  b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any payment or distribution of any kind, whether in cash, property or securities, shall be received by WCAS on account of the Subordinated Debt before all of the Senior Debt has been paid, then such payment or distribution shall be received by WCAS in trust for, and shall be promptly paid over to, Lenders and applied in payment of the Senior Debt, regardless of whether such Senior Debt, or any portion thereof, is reduced, expunged, disallowed, subordinated or recharacterized;

 

  c) The immediately preceding subsections (a) and (b) shall be enforceable even if Lenders’ liens on the Collateral are declared fraudulent, preferential or otherwise avoided, set aside, recharacterized or equitably subordinated;

 

  d) WCAS will not, and hereby waives any right to bring, join in, or otherwise support any action to (i) contest the validity, legality, enforceability, perfection, priority or avoidability of any of the Senior Debt, any of the Senior Term Loan Documents or any security interests and/or liens of Lenders on or in any property or assets of Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor with respect to the Senior Debt, including without limitation, the Collateral; (ii) request or require the marshaling of any assets of Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor with respect to the Senior Debt; (iii) provide a priming debtor-in-possession facility to the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor without the consent, in their sole discretion, of the Required Lenders; or (iv) exercise any rights against the Lenders or the Collateral under Section 506(c) of the Bankruptcy Code;

 

  e) WCAS will not, and hereby waives any right to object to, join in, or otherwise support any objection with respect to, (i) any request or motion of the Required Lenders seeking the modification, lifting or vacating of the automatic stay with respect to the Collateral or seeking adequate protection of Lenders’ interests in the Collateral or with respect to the Senior Debt; (ii) any debtor-in-possession financing or use of cash collateral arrangement if the Required Lenders, in their sole discretion, consent to such debtor-in-possession financing or cash collateral arrangement; (iii) any sale of the Collateral or substantially

 

4


  all of the assets of the Borrower and/or any Subsidiary Guarantor under Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code if the Required Lenders, in their sole discretion, consent to such sale; (vii) Lenders’ right to make an election under Section 1111(b) of the Bankruptcy Code; (viii) Lenders’ right to credit bid any or all of its debt claims against the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor, including, without limitation, the Senior Debt; or (ix) any plan of reorganization or liquidation if the Required Lenders, in their sole discretion, consent to such plan of reorganization or liquidation, and, in furtherance thereof, WCAS hereby grants to the Lenders the right to vote WCAS’s claim on account of the Subordinated Debt with respect to any plan of reorganization or liquidation to which WCAS may be entitled in any bankruptcy or liquidation proceeding of the Borrower and/or any Subsidiary Guarantor.

5. Distributions of Proceeds of Collateral . All realizations upon any Collateral pursuant to an Enforcement Action, an Insolvency Event or otherwise shall be paid or delivered to Lenders and applied first to the Senior Debt until the Senior Debt is indefeasibly paid in full before any payment may be made to WCAS.

6. Attorney-In-Fact . Until the Senior Discharge Date, WCAS irrevocably appoints the Control Agent as its attorney-in-fact, with power of attorney with power of substitution, in WCAS’s name or in Lenders’ name, for Lenders’ use and benefit, to do the following during an Insolvency Event:

 

  a) file appropriate claims in respect of the Subordinated Debt on behalf of WCAS if WCAS does not do so at least 30 days before the time to file claims expires (provided that the Lenders shall use good faith diligent efforts promptly to give WCAS copies of such claims or notice of such action, as the case may be, but failure by Lenders to do so shall not impair the rights of the Lenders under this Agreement or otherwise result in the imposition of any liability on the Lenders hereunder) if Lenders elect, in their sole discretion, to file such claim or claims and (b) vote WCAS’s claim on account of the Subordinated Debt with respect to any plan of reorganization or liquidation to which WCAS may be entitled in any bankruptcy or liquidation proceeding of the Borrower and/or any Subsidiary Guarantor;

Such power of attorney is irrevocable and coupled with an interest.

7. Legend; Amendment of Debt .

(a) WCAS will cause Borrower to immediately put a legend on or otherwise indicate on the Subordinated Note that the Subordinated Note is subject to this Agreement.

(b) Until the Senior Discharge Date, WCAS shall not, without prior written consent of the Required Lenders, agree to any amendment, modification or supplement to the Subordinated Debt Documents, if the effect of such amendment, modification or supplement is to: (i) terminate or impair the subordination of the Subordinated Debt in favor of the Lenders, (ii) increase the interest rate in respect of the Subordinated Debt or change (to earlier dates) the dates upon which principal, interest and other sums are due under the Subordinated Note; (iii) alter the redemption, prepayment or subordination provisions of the Subordinated Note in a

 

5


manner that individually or in the aggregate would be adverse to Borrower of the Subordinated Debt or Lenders; (iv) impose on Borrower any new or additional prepayment charges, premiums, reimbursement obligations, reimbursable costs or expenses, fees or other payment obligations; (v) alter the representations, warranties, covenants, events of default, remedies and other provisions in a manner which would make such provisions materially more onerous, restrictive or burdensome to Borrower; (vi) grant a lien or security interest in favor of any holder of the Subordinated Debt on any asset or Collateral to secure all or any portion of the Subordinated Debt, or (vii) otherwise increase the obligations, liabilities and indebtedness in respect of the Subordinated Debt or confer additional rights upon WCAS, which individually or in the aggregate would be materially adverse to Borrower or Lenders, provided , however , that WCAS shall be permitted to amend or modify the Subordinated Debt Documents to modify or add covenants or defaults to the extent the corresponding provisions of the Senior Term Loan Documents have been added, amended or modified.

(c) Until the Senior Discharge Date, Lenders may take such action with respect to the Senior Debt as Lenders, in their sole discretion, may deem appropriate, provided , however , that unless and until the Subordinated Note is paid in full in cash, Lenders may not, without prior written consent of WCAS, agree to any amendment, modification or supplement to the Senior Term Loan Documents, if the effect of such amendment, modification or supplement is to: (i) increase the maximum principal amount of the Senior Debt other than (a) in a principal amount not to exceed $20,000,000 (which, for the avoidance of doubt, may be provided under a second lien term loan agreement) and (b) as such principal amount of Senior Debt may be increased by the accrual of PIK interest; (ii) increase the interest rates applied to the unpaid principal balance of the Senior Debt; or (iii) impose any restrictions on the making of payments with respect to the Subordinated Debt that do not already exist in the Senior Term Loan Documents as in effect on the date hereof. No action or inaction will impair or otherwise affect Lenders’ rights under this Agreement. For the further avoidance of doubt, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, Lenders shall not require the consent of WCAS to impose default interest on the Senior Debt under the terms of the Senior Term Loan Documents.

8. WCAS Acknowledgement of Lien Subordination . WCAS acknowledges and agrees that the Lenders have been granted liens upon the Collateral, and WCAS hereby consents thereto and to the incurrence of the Senior Debt. WCAS represents and warrants to the Lenders that as at the date of this Agreement, the Subordinated Debt is unsecured. WCAS agrees that it shall not obtain a lien or security interest on any asset or Collateral to secure all or any portion of the Subordinated Debt; provided further that should WCAS obtain a lien or security interest on any asset or Collateral to secure all or any portion of the Subordinated Debt for any reason, notwithstanding the respective dates of attachment and perfection of the security interests in the Collateral in favor of the Lenders or WCAS, or any contrary provision of the UCC, or any applicable law or decision to the contrary, or the provisions of the Senior Term Loan Documents or the Subordinated Debt Documents, and irrespective of whether WCAS or the Lenders hold possession of any or all part of the Collateral, all now existing or hereafter arising security interests in the Collateral in favor of WCAS in respect of the Subordinated Debt Documents shall at all times be subordinate to the security interest in such Collateral in favor of the Lenders in respect of the Senior Term Loan Documents. Additionally, WCAS shall not accept or take any guaranty of the Subordinated Debt.

 

6


Until the Senior Discharge Date, in the event of any private or public sale or other disposition of all or any portion of the Collateral, WCAS agrees that such Collateral shall be sold or otherwise disposed of free and clear of any liens in favor of WCAS in respect of the Subordinated Debt Documents. WCAS agrees that any such sale or disposition of Collateral shall not require any consent from WCAS, and WCAS hereby waives any right it may have to object to such sale or disposition.

9. Representations and Warranties . Each party hereto represents and warrants to each other party hereto that:

(a) all action on the part of such party, its officers, directors, partners, members and shareholders, as applicable, necessary for the authorization of this Agreement and the performance of all obligations of such party hereunder has been taken;

(b) this Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of such party, enforceable against such party in accordance with its terms;

(c) the execution, delivery and performance of and compliance with this Agreement by such party will not (i) result in any material violation or default of any term of any of such party’s charter, formation or other organizational documents (such as Articles or Certificate of Incorporation, bylaws, partnership agreement, operating agreement, etc.) or (ii) violate any material applicable law, rule or regulation.

10. Term; Reinstatement . This Agreement shall remain effective until the Senior Discharge Date. If, after the Senior Discharge Date, Lenders must disgorge any payments made on the Senior Debt for any reason (including, without limitation, the bankruptcy of Borrower), this Agreement and the relative rights and priorities provided in it, will be reinstated as to all disgorged payments as though such payments had not been made, and WCAS will immediately pay Lenders all payments received in respect of the Subordinated Debt to the extent such payments or retention thereof would have been prohibited under this Agreement.

11. Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon, inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by each Lender and WCAS and in each case their respective successors or assigns. WCAS shall not sell, assign, pledge, dispose of or otherwise transfer all or any portion of the Subordinated Debt or any related document or any interest in any Collateral therefor unless prior to the consummation of any such action, the transferee thereto shall execute and deliver to Lenders an agreement of such transferee to be bound hereby, or an agreement substantially identical to this Agreement providing for the continued subjection of the Subordinated Debt, any interests of the transferee in the Collateral and the remedies of the transferee with respect thereto as provided herein with respect to WCAS and for the continued effectiveness of all of the other rights of Lenders arising under this Agreement, in each case in form satisfactory to Lenders.

12. Further Assurances . WCAS hereby agrees to execute such documents and/or take such further action as Lenders may at any time or times reasonably request in order to carry out the provisions and intent of this Agreement, including, without limitation, ratifications and confirmations of this Agreement from time to time hereafter.

 

7


13. Reliance . For the avoidance of doubt, in connection with any payment or distribution by WCAS to any Lender, WCAS shall be entitled to rely for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such payment or distribution, the holders of the Senior Debt and other indebtedness or obligations of Borrower, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Agreement and for purposes of determining whether the provisions of this Agreement have been fully effectuated and carried out, and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto given effect, (i) upon any order, judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction in which (x) any bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding relating to Borrower or its property is pending or (y) any other proceeding to which the Lenders have been properly joined as parties is pending, (ii) upon a certificate of the liquidating trustee or agent or other Person making such payment or distribution to WCAS or (iii) upon any trustee, agent or other representative for the holder of the applicable Senior Debt. In the event that WCAS determines, in good faith (and with a reasonable basis for so concluding), that evidence is required with respect to the right of any Person as a holder of Senior Debt to participate in any payment or distribution pursuant to this Agreement, WCAS may request such Person to furnish reasonable evidence as to the amount of such Senior Debt held by such Person, the extent to which such Person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution and other facts pertinent to the rights of such Person under this Agreement, and, if such evidence is not furnished, WCAS may defer any payment to such Person pending judicial determination as to the right of such Person to receive such payment.

14. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument. Executed counterparts may be delivered by facsimile.

 

15. Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial .

(a) This Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York, without regard to principles of conflicts of laws that would result in the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction; provided that Section 5-1401 of the New York General Obligations Law shall apply.

(b) EACH PARTY HERETO WAIVES ITS RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREIN.

16. Entire Agreement; Waivers and Amendments . This Agreement represents the entire agreement with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior negotiations, agreements and commitments. Lenders and WCAS are not relying on any representations by the other creditor party or Borrower in entering into this Agreement. No amendment, modification, supplement, termination, consent or waiver of or to any provision of this Agreement, nor any consent to any departure therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Required Lenders and WCAS. Any waiver of any provision of this Agreement, or any consent to any departure from the terms of any provision of this Agreement, shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given. No failure or delay on the part of any Lender or WCAS in the exercise of any power, right, remedy

 

8


or privilege under this Agreement shall impair such power, right, remedy or privilege or shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such power, right or privilege preclude any other or further exercise of any other power, right or privilege. The waiver of any such right, power, remedy or privilege with respect to particular facts and circumstances shall not be deemed to be a waiver with respect to other facts and circumstances.

17. Legal Fees . In the event of any legal action to enforce the rights of a party under this Agreement, the party prevailing in such action shall be entitled, in addition to such other relief as may be granted, all reasonable, invoiced and out-of-pocket costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred in such action.

18. Severability . Any provision of this Agreement which is illegal, invalid, prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent such illegality, invalidity, prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating or impairing the remaining provisions hereof or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

19. Notices . All notices, demands, instructions and other communications required or permitted to be given to or made upon any party hereto shall be in writing and shall be delivered or sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid, or by overnight courier or messenger service or by facsimile, message confirmed, and shall be deemed to be effective for purposes of this Agreement on the day that delivery is made or refused. Unless otherwise specified in a notice mailed or delivered in accordance with the foregoing sentence, notices, demands, instructions and other communications in writing shall be given to or made upon the respective parties hereto at their respective addresses and facsimile numbers indicated on the signature pages hereto.

20. Loan Document. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Senior Term Loan Agreement, the parties agree that this Agreement shall be a “Loan Document” under the Senior Term Loan Agreement.

[Signature pages follow.]

 

9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

WCAS:
WCAS CAPITAL PARTNERS IV, L.P.
By WCAS CP IV Associates LLC, its General Partner
By  

 

Name:
Title:
Address for Notices:

 

 

Attn:
Tel:
Fax:

[Signature Page to Second Amended and Restated Subordination Agreement]


LENDERS:  
CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II L.P.  

By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II GP

 

L.P., its General Partner

 

By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II

 

GP LLC, its General Partner

 

By                                                                      

 

 Name: Nathan Hukill

 

 Title: Authorized Signatory

 
CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II –  
PARALLEL FUND “A” L.P.  

By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II –

 

PARALLEL FUND “A” GP L.P., its General Partner

 

By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II –

 

PARALLEL FUND “A” GP LLC, its General Partner

 

By                                                                      

 

 Name: Nathan Hukill

 

 Title: Authorized Signatory

 
PARALLEL INVESTMENT OPPORTUNITIES PARTNERS II L.P.  

By PARALLEL INVESTMENT

 

OPPORTUNITIES PARTNERS II GP L.P., its General Partner

 

By PARALLEL INVESTMENT

 

OPPORTUNITIES PARTNERS II GP LLC,its General Partner

 

By                                                                      

 

 Name: Nathan Hukill

 

 Title: Authorized Signatory

 
CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II (CAYMAN) L.P.  

By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II

 

(CAYMAN) GP L.P., its General Partner

 

[Signature Page to Second Amended and Restated Subordination Agreement]


By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II

 

(CAYMAN) GP LLC, its General Partner

 

By                                                                      

 

 Name: Nathan Hukill

 

 Title: Authorized Signatory

 

 WITNESS:

 

 Name:

 
CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II –  
PARALLEL FUND “B” (CAYMAN) L.P.  

By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II

 

(CAYMAN) GP L.P., its General Partner

 

By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II

 

(CAYMAN) GP LLC, its General Partner

 

By                                                                      

 

 Name: Nathan Hukill

 

 Title: Authorized Signatory

 

 WITNESS:

 

 Name:

 
Address for Notices:  
1000 Main Street, Suite 2500  
Houston, TX 77002  
Attn: General Counsel  
Tel: 713.209.7350  
Fax: 713.209.7351  

[Signature Page to Second Amended and Restated Subordination Agreement]


Acknowledged and Agreed to:
BORROWER:
VALERITAS, INC.
By  

 

  Name:
  Title:
Address for Notices:
750 Route 202 South, Suite 100
Attn: Chief Financial Officer
Bridgewater, NJ 08807
Tel: 908.927.9920
Fax: 908.927.9927

[Signature Page to Second Amended and Restated Subordination Agreement]

Exhibit 10.12

EXECUTION VERSION

JOINDER AGREEMENT

JOINDER AGREEMENT dated as of May 3, 2016 Valeritas Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Additional Grantor ”), in favor of CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II L.P. (“ CRP II ”) CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II – PARALLEL FUND “A” L.P. (“ CRP IIA ”), PARALLEL INVESTMENT OPPORTUNITIES PARTNERS II L.P. (“ PIOP ” and, together with CRP II and CPR IIA, collectively, the “ Original Secured Parties ”), CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II (CAYMAN) L.P. (“ CRP II Cayman ”), and CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II – PARALLEL FUND “B” (CAYMAN) L.P. (“ CRP IIB ”, and, together with CRP II Cayman, collectively, the “ Additional Secured Parties ”, and, together with the Original Secured Parties, collectively, the “ Secured Parties ” and each, a “ Secured Party ”) and CRG Servicing LLC as Control Agent (the “ Control Agent ”) under the Loan Agreement referred to below.

A. Reference is made to (i) the Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement (as amended, supplemented, restated, extended, renewed or replaced from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”), dated as of the date hereof, among VALERITAS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Borrower ”), the Additional Grantor, the other Grantors party thereto and the Secured Parties, (ii) the Security Agreement (as amended, supplemented, restated, extended, renewed or replaced from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”; capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms therein) dated as of May 24, 2013 granted by the Grantors party thereto in favor of the Original Secured Parties and (iii) the Assignment and Assumption (the “ Assignment ”) dated as of November 12, 2013 by and among CRP II and CRP IIA as assignors, and the Additional Secured Parties as assignees, pursuant to which the Additional Secured Parties assumed and were assigned certain secured Obligations (as such term is defined in the Loan Agreement) owing by the Borrower and other Grantors party to the Loan Agreement.

B. Section 5.12 of the Security Agreement provides that additional Persons may from time to time after the date of the Security Agreement become Grantors under the Security Agreement by executing and delivering to the Secured Parties a supplemental agreement to the Security Agreement in the form of this Joinder.

C. To induce the Secured Parties to maintain the term loans pursuant to the Loan Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Additional Grantor has agreed to execute and deliver this Joinder to the Secured Parties.

D. The Annexes to the Security Agreement are hereby amended and restated in their entirety in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A.

The Additional Grantor hereby agrees to become a “Grantor” for all purposes of the Security Agreement. Without limitation, as collateral security for the payment in full when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the Secured Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations), the Additional Grantor hereby pledges and grants to the Secured Parties as provided in Section 3 of the Security Agreement a security interest in all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Collateral of the such Grantor, in each case whether tangible or intangible, wherever located, and whether now owned by such Grantor or hereafter acquired and whether now existing or hereafter coming into existence. In addition, such Grantor hereby makes the representations and warranties set forth in Section 2 of the Security Agreement, with respect to itself and its obligations under this Agreement, as if each reference in such Sections to the Loan Documents included reference to this Agreement.

The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that the Additional Secured Parties are hereby joined, effective as of November 12, 2013 (being the effective date of the Assignment), as “Secured Parties” under the Security Agreement and shall have all of the rights of the “Secured Parties” under the Security Agreement as fully and to the same extent as if the Additional Secured Parties were original signatories thereto. This Joinder Agreement shall be deemed to be part of, and a modification to, the Security Agreement and shall be governed by all the terms and provisions of the Security Agreement, which terms are incorporated herein by reference, are ratified and confirmed and shall continue in full force and effect as valid and binding agreements of each such person or entity enforceable against such person or entity.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Additional Grantor has caused this Joinder Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the day and year first above written.

 

VALERITAS HOLDING , INC. , as Grantor

By

 

/s/ John Timberlake

  Name: John Timberlake
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

Acknowledged and Agreed:

VALERITAS, INC. ,

as Grantor

By

 

/s/ John Timberlake

  Name: John Timberlake
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

VALERITAS SECURITY CORPORATION ,

as Grantor

By

 

/s/ John Timberlake

  Name: John Timberlake
  Title: President

 

[Signature Page to Security Agreement Joinder]


CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II L.P.

By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II GP L.P., its General Partner

    By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II GP LLC , its General Partner
    By  

/s/ Nathan Hukill

      Name: Nathan Hukill
      Title: Authorized Signatory
PARALLEL INVESTMENT OPPORTUNITIES PARTNERS II L.P.
 

By PARALLEL INVESTMENT OPPORTUNITIES PARTNERS II GP L.P., its General Partner

    By PARALLEL INVESTMENT OPPORTUNITIES PARTNERS II GP LLC, its General Partner
    By  

/s/ Nathan Hukill

      Name: Nathan Hukill
      Title: Authorized Signatory
     

CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II (CAYMAN) L.P.

By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II (CAYMAN) GP L.P., its General Partner

    By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II (CAYMAN) GP LLC, its General Partner
    By    

/s/ Nathan Hukill

      Name: Nathan Hukill
      Title: Authorized Signatory
      WITNESS: /s/ Nicole Nesson
      Name: Nicole Nesson
     

CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II – PARALLEL FUND “B” (CAYMAN) L.P.

By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II (CAYMAN) GP L.P., its General Partner

    By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II (CAYMAN) GP LLC, its General Partner
    By    

/s/ Nathan Hukill

      Name: Nathan Hukill
      Title: Authorized Signatory
      WITNESS: /s/ Nicole Nesson
      Name: Nicole Nesson

 

[Signature Page to Security Agreement Joinder]


CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II – PARALLEL FUND “A” L.P.

By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II – PARALLEL FUND “A” GP L.P., its General Partner

    By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II – PARALLEL FUND “A” GP LLC, its General Partners
    By  

/s/ Nathan Hukill

      Name: Nathan Hukill
      Title: Authorized Signatory
     
  CRG SERVICING LLC
  By  

/s/ Nathan Hukill

    Name: Nathan Hukill
    Title: President

 

[Signature Page to Security Agreement Joinder]

Exhibit 10.13

Execution Version

LIMITED FORBEARANCE AGREEMENT

This LIMITED FORBEARANCE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of May 18, 2015 by and among VALERITAS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), VALERITAS HOLDINGS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Parent ”), as a Guarantor (as such term is defined in the Credit Agreement), each of the other Guarantors party hereto, and the undersigned Lenders.

RECITALS

A. The Borrower, Parent, the other Guarantors, the Control Agent and the other Lenders signatory thereto have entered into that certain Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement dated as of August 5, 2014 (as amended from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”). All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

B. As of the date hereof, the Events of Default identified on Exhibit A hereto have occurred and are continuing (collectively, the “ Designated Defaults ”).

C. Notwithstanding the existence of the Designated Defaults, the Borrower and the Guarantors requested that the Control Agent and the other Lenders, during the Forbearance Period (defined below), temporarily forbear from exercising certain rights or remedies under the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents and applicable law with respect to such Designated Defaults (and only with respect thereto).

D. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Control Agent and the other Lenders have agreed to forbear from exercising certain of their default-related rights and remedies against the Borrower and the Guarantors with respect to the Designated Defaults (and only with respect thereto).

E. This Agreement shall constitute a Loan Document, and these Recitals shall be construed as part of this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, for valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, and in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants contained herein, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions described in Section 5, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

SECTION 1. Definitions.

Certain Defined Terms . As used herein, the following terms have the following respective meanings:

Agreement has the meaning set forth in the introduction hereto.

Borrower has the meaning set forth in the introduction hereto.

“Bridge Equity Financing” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(n) hereof.


Budgeted Cash Flow has the meaning set forth in Section 4(b)(i) hereof.

Collateral has the meaning set forth in the Security Agreement.

“Control Accounts” shall mean, collectively (i) Account No. DE3550 that is subject to that certain Account Control Agreement, dated as of May 27, 2013, by and among the Borrower, Capital Advisors Group, Inc., as Investment Manager, Capital Royalty Partners II, L.P., as Lender, and State Street Bank and Trust Company, as Securities Intermediary; (ii) Account Nos. 3300994367 and 3300994371 that are subject to that certain Deposit Account Control Agreement, dated as of August15, 2013, by and among Borrower, Capital Royalty Partners II, L.P. and Silicon Valley Bank and (iii) Account No. DE 3551 that is subject to that certain Account Control Agreement, dated as of April 2015, by and among Valeritas Security Corporation, as Borrower, Capital Advisors Group, Inc., as Investment Manager, Capital Royalty Partners II L.P., as Lender, and State Street Bank and Trust Company, as Securities Intermediary.

Control Agent has the meaning set forth in the Security Agreement.

Cost Reduction Plan has the meaning set forth in Section 4(o) hereof.

Credit Agreement has the meaning set forth in the Recitals hereof.

Credit Parties ” means the Borrower and each Guarantor.

CRII means Capital Royalty Partners II L.P., a Delaware limited partnership.

CRII Parallel means Capital Royalty Partners II – Parallel Fund “A” L.P., a Delaware limited partnership.

“Designated Defaults” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals hereof.

“Final Plan” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(m) hereof.

Financial Reports ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(c) hereof.

Forbearance Period has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a) hereof.

“Lenders’ Costs” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(b)(iii) hereof.

Parallel Investment means Parallel Investment Opportunities Partners II L.P., a Delaware limited partnership.

Permitted Expenditures has the meaning set forth in Section 4(b)(iii) hereof.

Plan has the meaning set forth in Section 4(m) hereof.

“Qualified Equity Financing” has the meaning set forth in Section (p) hereof.

Released Party has the meaning set forth in Section 7(a) hereof.

 

2


“Reserve Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(c) hereof.

Sale Transaction has the meaning set forth in Section (p) hereof.

Secured Party has the meaning set forth in the Security Agreement.

Security Agreement means that certain Security Agreement, dated as of May 24, 2013, among Borrower, each of the other Grantors party thereto, CRII, CRII Parallel, Parallel Investment and the other Secured Parties from time to time party thereto, as amended from time to time, and including the Valeritas Guarantee Assumption, the Valeritas Joinder and the instruments and documents executed in connection therewith.

Senior Debt has the meaning set forth in the Subordination Agreement.

“Side Letter Agreement” means that certain Side Letter Agreement, dated of even date herewith, by and among the parties hereto.

Subordinated Debt has the meaning set forth in the Subordination Agreement.

Subordination Agreement means that certain Subordination Agreement, dated as of May 24, 2013, among CRII, CRII Parallel, Parallel Investment (and their successors and assigns), and WCAS (as to be amended by the terms of the Amended and Restated Subordination Agreement).

Unencumbered Assets has the meaning set forth in Section 4(e) hereof.

“Valeritas Guarantee Assumption” means the Guarantee Assumption Agreement, dated as of April 16, 2015, by Valeritas in favor of the Lenders.

“Valeritas Joinder” means the Joinder Agreement, dated as of April 16, 2015, by Valeritas, the Control Agent and the other Lenders.

Valeritas Security ” means Valeritas Security Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

Valeritas Security Control Account” means the Control Account No. DE 3551 that is subject to that certain Account Control Agreement, dated as of April 2015, by and among Valeritas, as Borrower, Capital Advisors Group, Inc., as Investment Manager, Capital Royalty Partners II L.P., as Lender, and State Street Bank and Trust Company, as Securities Intermediary.

WCAS ” means WCAS Capital Partners IV, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership.

“Waiver Agreement” means that certain Consent, Waiver, and Amendment Agreement dated as of June 19, 2014, among the Borrower and the Lenders party thereto.

SECTION 2. Acknowledgment.

(a) Acknowledgment of Obligations . Each Credit Party hereby acknowledges, confirms and agrees that as of April 3 2015, the Credit Parties are indebted to the Lenders in respect of the Loans in an aggregate amount no less than the amounts set-forth in the notice attached in Exhibit C hereto.

 

3


The foregoing amounts and all other Obligations under or in connection with the Loans, together with interest accrued and accruing thereon, and fees, costs, expenses and other charges now or hereafter payable by the Borrower or any Guarantor to the Control Agent and the other Lenders (including, without limitation, the Prepayment Premium, which each Credit Party acknowledges, confirms and agrees is immediately due and payable in accordance with Section 11.02 of the Credit Agreement and otherwise pursuant to the Loan Documents), are unconditionally and immediately due and payable by the Borrower and the Guarantors to the Control Agent and the other Lenders, without offset, recoupment, defense or counterclaim of any kind, nature or description whatsoever, all of which (if any exist, and which the Credit Parties hereby acknowledge do not exist) are hereby waived by the Credit Parties.

(b) Acknowledgment of Security Interest . Borrower and each other Grantor under the Security Agreement each hereby acknowledges, confirms and agrees that the Control Agent and the Secured Parties have, as of the date hereof, and shall continue to have a valid, enforceable and perfected first-priority lien upon and security interest in the Collateral granted to the Control Agent and the other Lenders pursuant to the Security Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

(c) Acknowledgment of Default . Each Credit Party hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Designated Defaults have occurred and are continuing as of the date hereof, each of which constitutes an Event of Default, and, as a result of the Designated Defaults, as well as any other Defaults or Events of Default that may exist, the Control Agent and the other Lenders are entitled to exercise any and all default-related rights and remedies under the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents, and/or applicable law, including without limitation, to accelerate the Obligations (and have done so as set forth in Section 2(d) herein) or to exercise rights against Collateral and that no Credit Party has any valid defense to the enforcement of such default-related rights and remedies. Each Credit Party hereby acknowledges and agrees that the first to occur of the Designated Defaults occurred no later than January 1, 2015 and have continued to date.

(d) Acknowledgment of Exercise of Remedies . Each Credit Party hereby acknowledges, confirms, and agrees that (i) on April 3, 2015, the Control Agent and the other Lenders duly provided notice to the Borrower that various defaults and Events of Default (including, without limitation, the Designated Defaults) have occurred and are continuing, declared all of the Obligations of the Borrower under the Credit Agreement and all other Loan Documents to be then immediately due and payable, and terminated the Commitments as of January 1, 2015, and any other obligations to extend any further credit under any of the Loan Documents; (ii) such actions by the Control Agent and the other Lenders were a proper exercise of their rights and remedies, and were made in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents, and applicable law; and (iii) payment in full in cash of the Obligations (in the case of the Loans, at the Redemption Price) is immediately due and payable.

 

4


SECTION 3. Forbearance.

(a) As used herein, the term “ Forbearance Period ” shall mean the period commencing on the date hereof and ending on the earlier to occur of (i) September 29, 2015 (5:00 p.m. Central time) and (ii) the occurrence of any one or more of the following events:

(A) the occurrence of any default or Event of Default under the Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Waiver Agreement), other than the Designated Defaults, or any Designated Default either is repeated or worsens;

(B) any failure by any Credit Party to timely comply with any other term, condition or provision contained in this Agreement, whether or not notice is given of such failure, after giving effect to any notice, lapse of time or both;

(C) any representation made by any Credit Party in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents proves to be incorrect or misleading (or more incorrect or misleading) in any material respect as of the date when made; and

(D) any Material Adverse Effect (other than any Designated Default, except to the extent that any Designated Default either is repeated or worsens) shall occur as determined by Control Agent (after giving effect to the financial condition of the Borrower and the other Credit Parties as of the date hereof);

(E) Any failure by any Credit Party to timely comply with any term, condition or provision contained in the documents evidencing the Bridge Equity Financing, whether or not notice is given of such failure, after giving effect to an notice, lapse of time or both.

The occurrence of any of the events set forth in clauses (A) through (E) above shall constitute an immediate Event of Default under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

(b) Forbearance . Subject to and conditioned upon the timely satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 5 hereof and subject to the right to payment from the Reserve Account set forth in Section 11(c) hereof, during the Forbearance Period, neither the Control Agent nor any other Lender will take action, on account of the Designated Defaults only, to enforce payment of the Obligations of the Credit Parties under the Loan Documents by creditor default remedies. Automatically and without any notice or action by the Control Agent or the other Lenders, upon termination or expiration of the Forbearance Period, the Control Agent and the other Lenders shall be entitled (but not required) to exercise any of the rights and remedies with respect to the Designated Defaults (or otherwise) available to them under the Loan Documents or applicable law. For the avoidance of doubt, the rights and remedies of the Control Agent and the other Lenders shall not be limited, adversely affected, or otherwise subject to forbearance or restraint on account of any Default, Event of Default, repeated or worsened Designated Default, or other reason other than a Designated Default during the Forbearance Period.

 

5


SECTION 4. Supplementary Loan Document Provisions.

Each party hereto hereby agrees to comply with the following terms, conditions and covenants during the Forbearance Period (and, as to any Credit Party’s Obligations, thereafter so long as any Event of Default continues) to the extent applicable to it, in each case notwithstanding any provision to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document.

(a) Default Interest . The interest payable pursuant to Section 3.02 of the Credit Agreement shall accrue during the Forbearance Period and be deemed to have accrued at the Post-Default Rate from and after January 1, 2015.

(b) Permitted Expenditures .

(i) Attached hereto as Exhibit B is a draft 13-week detailed expense statement containing a projection of cash receipts and disbursements for the period reflected thereon, a final version of which shall be delivered to the Control Agent and the other Lenders on or before May 20, 2015 (as set forth thereon or as modified in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the “ Budgeted Cash Flow ”). The Borrower represents and warrants that such Budgeted Cash Flow (and each modification thereof) was prepared in good faith in accordance with GAAP consistently applied (using reasonable and conservative assumptions and estimates) and contains only those expenditures that are necessary to avoid immediate or irreparable harm to the Collateral and as are necessary and reasonable for the Borrower to preserve the going-concern value of the Borrower’s business during the Forbearance Period. The Borrower may modify the Budgeted Cash Flow upon the prior written consent of the Control Agent and the Majority Lenders so long as the Borrower’s total expenditures do not exceed the aggregate funds approved in the Budgeted Cash Flow.

(ii) Subject to the terms and conditions contained herein, during the Forbearance Period the Borrower shall be authorized to use cash for Permitted Expenditures only or pursuant to separate, advance approval by the Control Agent.

(iii) “ Permitted Expenditures ” shall consist of cash disbursements consistent with and pursuant to the line items of expenses set forth in the Budgeted Cash Flow that has most recently been approved by the Control Agent and the other Lenders. The Borrower’s actual expenditures for any specific expense line item in the Budgeted Cash Flow (other than the Lenders’ Costs (as defined below) may vary by no more than 10% of the amount set forth in the applicable Budgeted Cash Flow without prior written consent of the Control Agent; provided, however, that the total amount of cash used by the Borrower shall not exceed on a cumulative basis the amounts shown on the then-current Budgeted Cash Flow through the end of each weekly period (other than the Lenders’ Costs). The Budgeted Cash Flow shall also include a line item for the reimbursement of the reasonable fees, costs and out-of-pocket expenses (the “ Lenders’ Costs ”) incurred by the Control Agent and the other Lenders in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration and enforcement of this Agreement, including, without limitation, any costs and out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the Bridge Equity Financing, which Lenders’ Costs shall not be capped and shall be paid out of the Reserve Account in accordance with Section 11(c) hereof.

 

6


(c) Financial Reporting . In addition to the reporting requirements set forth in the Credit Agreement, the Borrower shall provide to the Control Agent and the other Lenders such financial and operating reports (the “ Financial Reports ”). The Financial Reports shall include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following, in each case to be delivered to the Control Agent and the other Lenders on Tuesday of each week during the Forbearance Period:

(i) a weekly update of the Budgeted Cash Flow, which shall identify all changes and modification from the immediately preceding Budgeted Cash Flow (subject to the provisions set forth in Section 4(b) hereof);

(ii) a report detailing the following:

(A) the amount of cash and Permitted Cash Equivalent Investments held by the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries as of the immediately preceding Friday;

(B) all of the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries’ cash receipts and disbursements through Friday of the prior week;

(C) for each category of expense contained in the Budgeted Cash Flow, the total amount of cash used by the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries since the last such Financial Report was delivered pursuant to the terms hereof and identifying any variance thereof from the Budgeted Cash Flow;

(D) all of revenues received by the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries through Friday of the prior week;

(E) for each category of revenue contained in the Budgeted Cash Flow, the total amount of revenue received by the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries since the last such Financial Report was delivered pursuant to the terms hereof and identifying any variance thereof from the Budgeted Cash Flow;

(F) all inventory of the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries as of Friday of the prior week;

(G) all accounts receivable as of Friday of the prior week, including the name of each account debtor, the amount of each receivable, and the date each such receivable is or was due; and

(H) all communications between the Credit Parties and their vendors or other suppliers during the prior week concerning any outstanding payments or any action that such vendors or other suppliers have taken or threatened to take on account thereof;

Each Financial Report shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, in reasonable detail in a form satisfactory to the Control Agent, and shall be delivered together with a certificate of a Responsible Officer of Borrower stating that such Financial Report is true and accurate as at such date and has been prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, subject to normal year-end adjustments.

 

7


(d) Access to Books and Records . Notwithstanding any limitations on the Lenders’ inspection rights set forth in Section 8.06 of the Credit Agreement, each Credit Party will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, permit any representatives designated by the Control Agent or the other Lenders, upon reasonable prior notice, to visit and inspect its properties, to examine and make extracts from its books and records, and to discuss its affairs, finances and condition with its officers and independent accountants, all at reasonable times and as frequently as the Control Agent or any other Lender deems necessary or appropriate in its discretion; provided that such representative shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to minimize disruptions to the business and affairs of the Borrower as a result of any such visit, inspection, examination or discussion. In addition, the Credit Parties hereby agree that the Control Agent and the other Lenders, or representatives designated by any of them, may communicate directly with the Credit Parties’ vendors or other suppliers concerning the Credit Parties’ business affairs, and the Credit Parties hereby agree to take reasonable efforts to facilitate such communications, including by making introductions or providing relevant contact information to the Control Agent and the other Lenders upon request.

(e) Use of Valeritas Security Cash . The Credit Parties shall (A) take reasonable steps to ensure that Valeritas Security shall not, directly or indirectly, receive the proceeds of any accounts receivable or other income, revenue, or other cash or cash equivalents of the Borrower or the other Guarantors, and (B) if applicable, pay (or cause to be paid) or otherwise transfer the proceeds of any accounts receivable or other income, revenue, or other cash or cash equivalents to or for the benefit of the Borrower to the Control Accounts other than the Valeritas Security Control Account for the purpose of making cash disbursements in accordance with the Budgeted Cash Flow. If and to the extent that Valeritas Security receives any such proceeds, revenue or other cash or cash equivalents notwithstanding the foregoing clause (A) or proceeds or other income, revenue or other cash or cash equivalents are paid to or for the benefit of the Borrower to the Valeritas Security Control Account notwithstanding the foregoing clause (B), then the Credit Parties agree that the same shall be, and shall be deemed to be, held in trust at all times for the benefit of the Borrower and shall promptly cause the same to be contributed or otherwise transferred to or for the benefit of the Borrower for the purpose of making cash disbursements in accordance with the Budgeted Cash Flow (or if in excess of such budgeted disbursements, to be paid to the Control Agent for application to the Obligations).

(f) Indebtedness . Notwithstanding Section 9.01 of the Credit Agreement, the Credit Parties shall not, and shall not permit their respective Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist, whether directly or indirectly, any Indebtedness constituting the following without the prior written consent of the Majority Lenders:

(i) Indebtedness of the kind specified in subsections (c) , (f) , (g) , (h) , (i) , (j) , (k) , (m) , or (o)  (to the extent related to the Indebtedness prohibited hereby) of Section 9.01 of the Credit Agreement; or

(ii) Permitted Refinancings of the Indebtedness set forth on Schedule 7.13(a) of the Credit Agreement.

 

8


(g) Liens . Notwithstanding Section 9.02 of the Credit Agreement, the Credit Parties shall not, and shall not permit their respective Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist, whether directly or indirectly, any Liens constituting the following on any property or asset now owned by it without the prior written consent of the Majority Lenders:

(i) Liens securing Indebtedness of the kind prohibited by this Agreement;

(ii) Liens of the kind specified in subsections (c) , (h) , (n) , or (q)  of Section 9.02 of the Credit Agreement.

(iii) This provision will not apply to any Liens created, incurred or assumed before April 1, 2015 and then permitted by the Credit Agreement.

(h) Fundamental Changes and Acquisitions . Notwithstanding Section 9.03 of the Credit Agreement, the Credit Parties shall not, and shall not permit their respective Subsidiaries to, whether directly or indirectly, engage in any transactions of the kind specified in subsections (b)  or (e)  thereof.

(i) Investments . Notwithstanding Section 9.05 of the Credit Agreement, the Credit Parties shall not, and shall not permit their respective Subsidiaries to, make, or permit to remain outstanding, whether directly or indirectly, any Investments constituting the following without the prior written consent of the Majority Lenders:

(i) Investments of the kind specified in subsections (e)  or (h) of Section 9.05 of the Credit Agreement;

(ii) Investments constituting Permitted Indebtedness otherwise prohibited by Section 4(f) of this Agreement; or

(iii) Investments permitted under Section 9.03 of the Credit Agreement otherwise prohibited by Section 4(h) of this Agreement.

(j) Restricted Payments . Notwithstanding Section 9.06 of the Credit Agreement, the Credit Parties shall not, and shall not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, declare or make, or agree to pay or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment constituting the following without the prior written consent of the Majority Lenders:

(i) Restricted Payments of the kind specified in subsections (a) , (b) , (d) , (e) , or (g) of Section 9.06 of the Credit Agreement.

(k) Actions Prohibited Due to Event of Default . For the avoidance of doubt, during the Forbearance Period the Credit Parties shall not exercise any rights or perform any acts prohibited by the Credit Agreement as the result of the occurrence or continuation of an Event of Default unless expressly permitted by this Agreement.

 

9


(l) Assignments by Lenders . The parties hereto agree that Section 12.05(b) of the Credit Agreement shall be amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

Any of the Lenders may at any time assign to one or more transferees in their discretion all or a portion of their rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of the Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it) following written notice to the Borrower. Subject to the recording thereof by the Lenders pursuant to Sections 12.05(c) and 12.05(d) , from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Acceptance, the assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of the Lenders under this Agreement, and correspondingly the assigning Lender shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Acceptance covering all of a Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto) but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Section 5 and Section 12.03 .

(m) Operating Plan . The Borrower shall prepare, with the assistance of the Borrower’s restructuring advisor, and provide to the Control Agent and the other Lenders an operating plan (the “ Operating Plan ”) demonstrating how the Borrower and its subsidiaries will operate during the Forbearance Period and how it will budget for such operations. As a condition to the effectiveness of this Agreement, the Borrower shall have delivered to the Control Agent and the other Lenders a copy of the Operating Plan which shall be in form and substance acceptable to the Control Agent and the other Lenders on or before the date of execution of this Agreement.

(n) Bridge Equity Financing . By no later than May 18, 2015, the Borrower shall consummate a transaction for equity financing of no less than $15 million, inclusive of any amounts invested or advanced by the Lenders, (the “ Bridge Equity Financing ”), pursuant to documentation in form and substance acceptable to the Majority Lenders. For the avoidance of doubt, during the Forbearance Period, no Credit Party shall make any Restricted Payment on account of such equity, whether directly or indirectly.

(o) Cost Reduction Plan . The Borrower shall consult with the Control Agent and the other Lenders to develop a definitive plan (the “ Cost Reduction Plan ”), pursuant to documentation acceptable to the Majority Lenders in their sole discretion, by which the Borrower will undertake to significantly reduce its operating expenditures in a manner approved by the other Credit Parties. Toward that end, as a condition to the effectiveness of this Agreement, the Borrower shall have delivered to the Control Agent and the other Lenders a final copy of the Cost Reduction Plan in form and substance acceptable to the Control Agent and the other Lenders on or before the date of execution of this Agreement. The terms of the Cost Reduction Plan shall be incorporated into this Agreement as though set forth herein in full, and the failure to comply with the terms thereof shall constitute a default under this Agreement and an Event of Default under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Any reduction in operating expenditures under the Cost Reduction Plan shall be reflected in an amended Budgeted Cash Flow in form and substance acceptable to the Majority Lenders in accordance with the Section 4(b) hereof. The Credit Parties acknowledge that the Cost Reduction Plan is necessary to salvage the value of the Borrower’s business and its assets and, absent such a Cost Reduction Plan, the Credit Parties would be unable to provide the Control Agent and the other Lenders with adequate protection of the Collateral.

 

10


(p) Sale Transaction/Qualified Equity Financing . Borrower has informed the Control Agent and other Lenders that will seek to undertake to sell all or substantially all of its assets (a “ Sale Transaction ”), or, in the alternative, seek to complete an equity financing (a “ Qualified Equity Financing ”), in each case seeking not less than $75 million in gross proceeds, which the Credit Parties represent and warrant to the Lenders constitutes to the best of their knowledge, at this time, the best means of maximizing the value of the Borrower, the Guarantors and their assets under the current circumstances. The Credit Parties hereby agree that (i) they shall provide to the Control Agent and the other Lenders all drafts of any term sheets and other documentation pursuant to which a Sale Transaction or Qualified Equity Financing is proposed contemporaneously with delivery of any such draft term sheets and other documentation to Borrower’s board of directors and (ii) such Sale Transaction or Qualified Equity Financing shall be subject to written approval by the Majority Lenders prior to execution of the documents evidencing the Sale Transaction or the Qualified Equity Financing, as applicable. The failure to comply with the terms of this Section 4(p) shall constitute a default under this Agreement and an immediate Event of Default under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

(q) Waiver of Default . Subject to the consummation, in accordance with Section 4(p) hereof, of a Qualified Equity Financing by the Borrower by September 29, 2015, the Lenders concurrent with the closing of a Qualified Equity Financing will waive the Designated Defaults. Such waiver shall only apply to the Designated Defaults. Upon closing a Qualified Equity Financing, the Lenders agree to reinstate the Loans upon the terms set forth in the Credit Agreement and the Loan Documents, provided , however , that (i) the Credit Parties agree and acknowledge that the Loans will accrue interest from January 1, 2015 through and including the date a Qualified Equity Financing is closed at the Post-Default Rate, and that such accrued interest shall be capitalized as an additional PIK Loan under the Credit Agreement and be evidenced by a separate promissory note bearing interest at a rate per annum equal to 11.00% from the date a Qualified Equity Financing is closed and be payable upon the Maturity Date and (ii) in the event the Loans are reinstated pursuant to this subsection, Valeritas Security shall, notwithstanding such reinstatement, remain a Subsidiary Guarantor under the Credit Agreement and other Loan Documents.

SECTION 5. Conditions to Effectiveness.

The effectiveness of Section 3 of this Agreement is expressly conditioned upon the satisfaction and delivery of each of the applicable conditions set forth below:

(a) Documentary Deliveries . The Lenders shall have received the following documents, each of which shall be in form and substance acceptable to the Lenders:

(i) this Agreement duly executed and delivered by the Borrower and each of the other parties hereto;

(ii) a copy of a fully executed agreement providing for the engagement of Greenhill & Co., Inc., as investment banker (or such other investment banker as the Control Agent and the other Lenders shall approve;

 

11


(iii) a draft Budgeted Cash Flow in accordance with Section 4(b)(i) hereof and a draft Operating Plan in accordance with Section 4(m) hereof, provided , however that, as a condition to the continued forbearance hereunder through the Forbearance Period, Borrower shall deliver to the Control Agent and the other Lenders a final Budgeted Cash Flow and a final Operating Plan satisfactory to the Lenders’ in their sole discretion not later than May 20, 2015;

(iv) a final Cost Reduction Plan in accordance with Section 4(o) hereof;

(v) documentation evidencing Valeritas Security Corporation as a Subsidiary Guarantor under the Credit Agreement and other Loan Documents;

(vi) documentation evidencing the closing, in toto, of the Bridge Equity Financing in accordance with Section 4(n) hereof; and

(vii) funding of the Reserve Account in accordance with Section 11(c) hereof and the Side Letter Agreement.

(b) No Default . The representations and warranties contained herein shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof, and no Default or Event of Default, other than the Designated Defaults, shall exist on the date hereof.

(c) Forbearance Agreement; Consent . The Control Agent shall have received duly executed copies of (i) this Agreement from the Borrower, Parent, each other Credit Party, the Control Agent and the other Lenders, (ii) the Consent and Affirmation by WCAS attached hereto, and (iii) a fully executed Amended and Restated Subordination Agreement between the Lenders and WCAS in form and substance acceptable to the Lenders in their sole discretion.

(d) Expense Reimbursement . The Control Agent and the other Lenders shall have received reimbursement for all expenses for which invoices have been presented (including reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of counsel to the Control Agent and the other Lenders) in accordance with Section 12.03(a) of the Credit Agreement and the Reserve Account shall have been created and fully funded.

(e) Other Further Assurances . The Control Agent shall have received such other certificates, documents and agreements as the Control Agent may reasonably request.

SECTION 6. Reservation of Rights.

(a) Neither the Control Agent nor any other Lender has waived, is not by this Agreement waiving, and has no intention of waiving under this Agreement or any Loan Document, any Defaults, Events of Default, or other noncompliance which may be continuing on the date hereof or any Defaults, Events of Default, or other noncompliance that may occur after the date hereof (whether the same or similar to the Designated Defaults or otherwise), and neither the Control Agent nor any other Lender has agreed to forbear with respect to any of its rights or remedies concerning any Defaults, Events of Default, or other noncompliance (other than, during the Forbearance Period, the Designated Defaults to the extent expressly set forth herein), which may have occurred or are continuing as of the date hereof or which may occur after the date hereof.

 

12


(b) Neither any “day-by-day” discretionary extensions of credit or releases or permitted uses of cash constituting Collateral or proceeds thereof by the Control Agent or the other Lenders, nor anything in this Agreement or in any ongoing discussions or negotiations between the Control Agent and/or any one or more of the other Lenders, on the one hand, and the Borrower and other Credit Parties and Credit Parties’ Affiliates, on the other hand, nor any delay on the part of the Control Agent or the other Lenders in exercising any of their respective rights and remedies under the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents and/or applicable law, shall directly or indirectly: (i) create any obligation to forbear or otherwise refrain from taking any enforcement action, exercising any right or remedy or asserting any defense, or to make any further extensions of credit or releases or permitted uses of cash constituting Collateral or proceeds thereof (other than during the Forbearance Period, with respect to the Designated Defaults to the extent expressly set forth herein), (ii) constitute a consent to or waiver of any past, present or future Default or Event of Default or other violation of any provisions of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, (iii) amend, modify or operate as a waiver of any provision of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document or any right, defense, power, privilege or remedy of the Control Agent or any one or more of the other Lenders thereunder or under applicable law or constitute an agreement to forbear or otherwise refrain (other than during the Forbearance Period, with respect to the Designated Defaults to the extent expressly set forth herein) or to restructure or modify any of the Obligations in any respect or otherwise modify the capital structure or Collateral of any or all of the Credit Parties, or (iv) constitute a course of dealing or other basis for altering any rights, defenses, remedies or obligations of Control Agent or the other Lenders under the Loan Documents or any Obligations of the Borrower or any other Credit Party under the Credit Agreement, other Loan Documents or any other contract or instrument. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall confer on Borrower or any other Credit Party or Person any right to notice or cure periods with respect to any Event of Default or other defaults or matters.

(c) The Control Agent and the other Lenders have not waived the Designated Defaults and (subject to the express provisions of Sections 3 and 4 above) each of Control Agent and the other Lenders expressly reserves all of its rights, defenses, powers, privileges and remedies under the Credit Agreement, other Loan Documents and/or applicable law, including, without limitation, subject to Section 3(b) above solely with respect to the Designated Defaults, its right at any time, as applicable, (i) to determine not to make further Loans under the Credit Agreement or releases or permitted uses of cash constituting Collateral or proceeds thereof as a result of the Designated Defaults, (ii) to charge the Post-Default Rate of interest in respect of the Obligations (as of any date from and after the date on which the first Designated Default first occurred), (iii) to commence any legal or other action to collect or enforce any or all of the Obligations from any or all of the Borrower, the other Credit Parties, and any other Person liable therefor and/or any Collateral, (iv) to foreclose or otherwise realize, collect, or recover on any or all of the Collateral and/or as appropriate, set-off, recoup or apply to the payment of any or all of the Obligations, any or all of the Collateral, (v) to take any other enforcement action or otherwise exercise any or all rights and remedies provided for by any or all of the Credit Agreement, other Loan Documents or applicable law, and (vi) to reject any forbearance, financial restructuring or other proposal made by or on behalf of Borrower, any other Credit Party or any creditor or equity holder. Subject to Section 3(b) above solely with respect to the Designated Defaults, each of Control Agent and the other Lenders may exercise their respective rights, defenses, powers, privileges and remedies, including those set forth in (i) through (vi) above at any time in its sole

 

13


and absolute discretion without further notice. No oral representations or course of dealing on the part of Control Agent, any other Lender or any of its officers, employees or agents, and no failure or delay by Control Agent or any other Lender with respect to the exercise of any right, defense, power, privilege or remedy under any of the Credit Agreement, other Loan Documents or applicable law shall operate as a waiver thereof, and the single or partial exercise of any such right, defense, power, privilege or remedy shall not preclude any later exercise of any other right, defense, power, privilege or remedy.

SECTION 7. Release; Covenant Not to Sue; Acknowledgement.

(a) Each Credit Party and its Affiliates hereby absolutely and unconditionally releases and forever discharges the Control Agent and each other Lender, and any and all participants, parent corporations, subsidiary corporations, affiliated corporations, insurers, indemnitors, successors and assigns thereof, together with all of the present and former directors, officers, agents, attorneys, consultants, representatives and employees of any of the foregoing (each a “ Released Party ”), from any and all claims, demands, defenses or causes of action of any kind, nature or description relating to or arising out of or in connection with or as a result of any of the Obligations, the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Documents or any agreement related to any of the foregoing, whether arising in law or equity or upon contract or tort or under any state or federal law or otherwise, which any Credit Party has had, now has or has made claim to have against any such person for or by reason of any act, omission, matter, cause or thing whatsoever arising from the beginning of time to and including the date of this Agreement, whether such claims, demands, defenses, and causes of action are matured or unmatured, known or unknown, contingent, liquidated, or otherwise. It is the intention of each Credit Party and each of its Affiliates in providing this release that the same shall be effective as a bar to each and every claim, demand and cause of action specified. Each Credit Party and its Affiliates acknowledges that it may hereafter discover facts different from or in addition to those now known or believed to be true with respect to such claims, demands, defenses, or causes of action and agree that this instrument shall be and remain effective in all respects notwithstanding any such differences or additional facts. Each Credit Party and its Affiliates understands, acknowledges and agrees that the release set forth above may be pleaded as a full and complete defense and may be used as a basis for an injunction against any action, suit or other proceeding which may be instituted, prosecuted or attempted in breach of the provisions of such release.

(b) Each Credit Party and its Affiliates, on behalf of itself and its successors, assigns, and other legal representatives, hereby absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably, covenants and agrees with and in favor of each Released Party above that it will not sue (at law, in equity, in any regulatory proceeding or otherwise) any Released Party on the basis of any claim released, remised and discharged by any Credit Party pursuant to the above release. If any Credit Party, any of its Affiliates or any of their successors, assigns or other legal representations violates the foregoing covenant, each Credit Party and its Affiliates, for itself and its successors, assigns and legal representatives, agrees to pay, in addition to such other damages as any Released Party may sustain as a result of such violation, all reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs incurred by such Released Party as a result of such violation.

 

14


(c) Each Credit Party hereby acknowledges its status as a Credit Party and affirms its obligations under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents and represents and warrants that, to its knowledge, there are no liabilities, claims, suits, debts, liens, losses, causes of action, demands, rights, damages or costs, or expenses of any kind, character or nature whatsoever, known or unknown, fixed or contingent, which any Credit Party may have or claim to have against any Released Party arising with respect to the Obligations, the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Documents.

(d) In connection with the releases granted herein, to the extent applicable, the Credit Parties expressly waive any and all rights conferred upon them by the provisions of Section 1542 of the Civil Code of California and/or any other federal or state statute or common law principle of similar effect. Section 1542 of the Civil Code of California reads as follows:

A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his or her favor at the time of executing the release, which if known by him or her must have materially affected his or her settlement with the debtor.

The Credit Parties understand and acknowledge the significance and consequence of their waiver of Section 1542 of the California Civil Code, as well as any other federal or state statute or common law principle of similar effect.

SECTION 8. Representations, Warranties and Covenants of Credit Parties.

In order to induce the Control Agent and the other Lenders to enter into this Agreement, each Credit Party hereby jointly and severally represents, warrants and covenants to the Control Agent and the other Lenders, as of the date hereof and any other date on which representations and warranties are otherwise remade or deemed remade under the Credit Agreement that:

(a) Representations, Warranties and Covenants . (i) After giving effect to this Agreement, no representation or warranty of any Credit Party contained in the Credit Agreement or any of the Loan Documents, including this Agreement, shall be untrue or incorrect in any material respect as of the date hereof, except to the extent that such representation or warranty expressly relates to an earlier date, and (ii) no Default or Event of Default (other than the Designated Defaults) has occurred or is continuing, or would result after giving effect hereto.

(b) Authorization, Etc . Each Credit Party has the power and authority to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement. Each Credit Party has taken all necessary action (including, without limitation, obtaining approval of its stockholders, if necessary) to authorize its execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement. No consent, approval or authorization of, or declaration or filing with, any Governmental Authority, and no consent of any other Person, is required in connection with any Credit Party’s execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, except for those already duly obtained. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by each Credit Party and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of each Credit Party, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditor rights generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability. No Credit Party’s execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement (i) contravenes the terms of any of such Credit Party’s organization documents; (ii) conflicts with or constitutes a violation or breach of,

 

15


or constitutes a default under, or results in the creation or imposition of any Lien (other than pursuant to the Security Documents) upon the property of any Credit Party by reason of the terms of any material obligation under any Contract to which such Credit Party is a party (including without limitation obligations arising from agreements relating to any such Contract to which any Credit Party is a party or which is binding upon it); or (iii) violates any Requirement of Law in any material respect.

(c) Security . The Secured Parties’ security interests in the Collateral continue to be perfected, valid, binding and enforceable first-priority security interests which secure the Obligations (subject only to the Permitted Liens) and no tax or judgment liens are currently of record against Borrower or any other Credit Party. Neither the Borrower nor any Guarantor holds or controls, or will hold or control during the Forbearance Period, cash or cash equivalents that is unencumbered and the Borrower and the Guarantors have granted to the Control Agent and the other Lenders enforceable first-priority security interests on all of the Borrower’s and the Guarantors’ cash and cash equivalents.

SECTION 9. Reference to and Effect on Loan Documents.

(a) Ratification . Except as specifically provided in this Agreement, the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall remain in full force and effect and each Credit Party hereby ratifies and reaffirms each term and condition set forth in the Credit Agreement and in the other Loan Documents, effective as of the date hereof.

(b) No Waiver . This Agreement is only applicable and shall only be effective in the specific instances and for the specific purposes for which made or given. Except as specifically provided in this Agreement, the execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Agreement shall not operate as a waiver or forbearance of any right, power or remedy of the Control Agent or any other Lender under the Credit Agreement or any of the Loan Documents, or constitute a consent, waiver or modification with respect to any provision of the Credit Agreement or any of the Loan Documents which shall remain in full force and effect. Upon the effectiveness of this Agreement each reference in (i) the Credit Agreement to “this Agreement,” “hereunder,” “hereof,” or words of similar import and (ii) any Loan Document to “the Agreement” shall, in each case and except as otherwise specifically stated therein, mean and be a reference to the Credit Agreement as modified hereby.

SECTION 10. Affirmation of Guarantors.

(a) Each Guarantor hereby acknowledges that it has reviewed the terms and provisions of this Agreement and consents to any modification of the Loan Documents effected pursuant to this Agreement. Each Guarantor hereby confirms to the Control Agent and the other Secured Parties that, after giving effect to this Agreement, the Guarantee of such Guarantor and each other Loan Document to which such Guarantor is a party continues in full force and effect and is the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Guarantor, enforceable against such Guarantor in accordance with its terms except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability. Each Guarantor further acknowledges, confirms and agrees that Control Agent and the other Lenders have and shall continue to have a

 

16


valid, enforceable and perfected first-priority lien (subject only to Permitted Liens) upon and security interest in the Collateral granted to Control Agent and the other Lenders pursuant to the Loan Documents or otherwise granted to or held by Control Agent and the other Lenders.

(b) Each Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that (i) notwithstanding the conditions to effectiveness set forth in this Agreement, such Guarantor is not required by the terms of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document to consent to the waivers or modifications to the Credit Agreement effected pursuant to this Agreement and (ii) nothing in the Credit Agreement, this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be deemed to require the consent of such Guarantor to any future waivers or modifications to the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 11. Miscellaneous.

(a) Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding on and shall inure to the benefit of the Credit Parties, the Control Agent and the other Lenders and their respective successors and assigns, except as otherwise provided herein (none of which include WCAS, who is not a party or a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement). No Credit Party may assign, delegate, transfer, hypothecate or otherwise convey any of its rights, benefits, obligations or duties hereunder without the prior written consent of the Control Agent and the other Lenders. The terms and provisions of this Agreement are for the purpose of defining the relative rights and obligations of the Credit Parties, the Control Agent and the other Lenders with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby and there shall be no third party beneficiaries (other than the Released Parties) of any of the terms and provisions of this Agreement. The consent by WCAS included in the signature pages hereto shall not be deemed a part of this Agreement and shall not, directly or indirectly, create any obligation or duty of the Control Agent or the other Lenders to WCAS or any rights, interests, or defenses of WCAS against the Control Agent or the other Lenders.

(b) Entire Agreement . This Agreement, including all schedules and other documents attached hereto or incorporated by reference herein or delivered in connection herewith (excluding the consent of WCAS and the Amended and Restated Subordination Agreement), together with the Side Letter Agreement, constitutes the entire agreement of the signing parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all other understandings, oral or written, with respect to the subject matter hereof. There are no oral or implied obligations of the Control Agent or the other Lenders to WCAS or any third party in connection with this Agreement.

(c) Fees and Expenses . As provided in Section 12.03(a) of the Credit Agreement, the Borrower agrees to pay on demand all Lenders’ Costs. In furtherance thereof, on the date this Agreement is executed, in accordance with the terms and conditions of this subsection and the Side Letter Agreement, the Borrower shall fund into a reserve account held with the Control Agent (the “ Reserve Account ”) an amount equal to $500,000 to pay Lenders’ Costs. At any time that the balance in the Reserve Account falls below $75,000, the Borrower shall immediately transfer to the Control Agent for deposit into the Reserve Account additional amounts sufficient to bring the balance of the Reserve Account to $500,000. The Control Agent shall (i) periodically (whether daily, weekly or monthly, in Control Agent’s sole discretion) transfer amounts from the Reserve Account to the Lenders for reimbursement of the Lenders’ Costs and (ii) send copies of documentation (appropriately redacted if such documentation constitutes

 

17


attorneys’ invoices) to the Borrower of the Lenders’ Costs being reimbursed at such time, though the Control Agent’s failure to send such documentation shall not be deemed a default hereunder nor affect the Control Agent’s right to reimbursement the Lenders’ Costs from the Reserve Account.

(d) Headings . Section headings in this Agreement are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Agreement for any other purpose.

(e) Severability . Wherever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement shall be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

(f) Conflict of Terms . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, if any provision contained in this Agreement is in conflict with, or inconsistent with, any provision in any of the Loan Documents, the provision contained in this Agreement shall govern and control.

(g) Time of the Essence . With regard to all dates and time periods set forth or referred to in this Agreement, time is of the essence.

(h) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of separate counterparts, each of which shall collectively and separately constitute one agreement. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile or electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed signature page to this Agreement.

(i) Incorporation of Credit Agreement . The provisions contained in Sections 12.09 (Governing Law), 12.10 (Jurisdiction, Service of Process and Venue), 12.11 (Waiver of Jury Trial) and 12.12 (Waiver of Immunity) of the Credit Agreement are incorporated herein by reference to the same extent as if reproduced herein in their entirety, except with reference to this Agreement rather than the Credit Agreement.

(j) Reviewed by Attorneys . Each Credit Party represents and warrants to the Control Agent and the other Lenders that it (i) understands fully the terms of this Agreement and the consequences of the execution and delivery of this Agreement, (ii) has been afforded an opportunity to have this Agreement reviewed by, and to discuss this Agreement and the documents executed in connection herewith, with such attorneys and other persons and advisors as such Credit Party may wish, and (iii) has entered into this Agreement and executed and delivered all documents in connection herewith of its own free will and accord and without threat, duress or other coercion of any kind by any Person. The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that neither this Agreement nor any of the other documents executed pursuant hereto shall be construed more favorably in favor of one party over the other based upon which party drafted the same, it being acknowledged that all parties hereto contributed substantially to the negotiation and preparation of this Agreement and the other documents executed pursuant hereto or in connection herewith.

 

18


(k) Further Assurances . Borrower and each other Credit Party agrees to, and to cause any other Credit Party to, take all further actions and execute all further documents as Control Agent may from time to time reasonably request to carry out the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and all other agreements executed and delivered in connection herewith.

[signature pages follow]

 

19


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused a counterpart of this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

BORROWER:
VALERITAS, INC.
By:    /s/ Kristine Peterson
  Name: Kristine Peterson
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

GUARANTORS:
VALERITAS HOLDINGS, LLC.
By:    /s/ Kristine Peterson
  Name: Kristine Peterson
  Title: President

 

VALERITAS SECURITY CORPORATION
By:    /s/ Kristine Peterson
  Name: Kristine Peterson
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

[Signature Page to Forbearance Agreement]


LENDERS:

 

CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II L.P.

By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II GP

L.P., its General Partner

    By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II

    GP LLC, its General Partner

By:    /s/ Charles Tate
  Name: Charles Tate
  Title: Sole Member

 

PARALLEL INVESTMENT OPPORTUNITIES PARTNERS II L.P.

    By PARALLEL INVESTMENT

    OPPORTUNITIES PARTNERS II GP L.P., its

    General Partner

        By PARALLEL INVESTMENT

        OPPORTUNITIES PARTNERS II GP LLC,

        its General Partner

By:    /s/ Charles Tate
  Name: Charles Tate
  Title: Sole Member

 

CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II-PARALLEL FUND “A” L.P.

    By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II-

    PARALLEL FUND “A” GP L.P., its

    General Partner

        By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II-

        PARALLEL FUND “A” GP LLC, its

        General Partner

By:    /s/ Charles Tate
  Name: Charles Tate
  Title: Sole Member

 

[Signature Page to Forbearance Agreement]


CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II

(CAYMAN) L.P.

    By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II
    (CAYMAN) GP L.P., its General Partner
        By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II
        (CAYMAN) GP LLC, its General Partner

 

By:    /s/ Charles Tate
  Name: Charles Tate
  Title: Sole Member
  WITNESS: /s/ Nicole Nesson
  Name: Nicole Nesson

 

CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II -

PARALLEL FUND “B” (CAYMAN) L.P.

    By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II

    (CAYMAN) GP L.P., its General Partner

        By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II

        (CAYMAN) GP LLC, its General Partner

 

By:    /s/ Charles Tate
  Name: Charles Tate
  Title: Sole Member
  WITNESS: /s/ Nicole Nesson
  Name: Nicole Nesson

 

[Signature Page to Forbearance Agreement]


CONSENT AND AFFIRMATION OF FORBEARANCE BY WCAS

As an accommodation to the Borrower and without directly or indirectly creating any obligations or duties of the Control Agent or any other Lender to WCAS or any rights or defenses by WCAS against the Control Agent or any other Lender, WCAS hereby acknowledges and consents to any modification of the Loan Documents effected pursuant to the Limited Forbearance Agreement (the “ Forbearance Agreement ”) dated as of May 18, 2015 by and among Valeritas, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Valeritas Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, each of the other Guarantors party thereto and the Lenders party thereto. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meanings assigned thereto in the Forbearance Agreement. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, nothing in the Forbearance Agreement shall be deemed to violate, breach, modify, adversely affect, or otherwise infringe the terms of the Subordination Agreement, and WCAS hereby confirms to the Control Agent and the other Lenders that, after giving effect to the Forbearance Agreement, the Subordination Agreement continues in full force and effect and is the legal, valid and binding obligation of WCAS, enforceable against WCAS in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability. WCAS further acknowledges, confirms and agrees that (i) the Subordinated Debt (to the extent it remains outstanding Indebtedness) is and shall remain subordinate in right and time of payment to payment in full of the Senior, and (ii) WCAS has not and shall not obtain any security interests in the Collateral to secure the Subordinated Debt, in each case in accordance with and on the terms and conditions set forth in the Subordination Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, no party should rely in any way upon this Consent and Affirmation, as a consent, acknowledgement or undertaking of any kind by WCAS to participate in the equity financing contemplated by Section 4(n) of the Forbearance Agreement.

 

SUBORDINATED CREDITOR:
WCAS CAPITAL PARTNERS IV, L.P.
By:    /s/ Sean M. Traynor
  Name: Sean M. Traynor
  Title:


EXHIBIT A

DESIGNATED DEFAULTS

1. The occurrence of a Material Adverse Change in violation of Section 11.01(l) of the Credit Agreement, including without limitation by reason of (a) the failure of the Borrower to conduct an initial public offering as anticipated, without providing any adequate and feasible alternative source of equity or other liquidity; (b) the failure of the Borrower to maintain reasonably adequate operating cash and working capital, including without limitation by reason of notice that the Lenders received from the Borrower’s investment bankers that the Borrower has only approximately $9 million in cash remaining and that the Borrower is chronically operating at a negative cash-flow basis and is spending net operating cash at a rate of approximately $4 million per month; (c) the failure of the Borrower to raise additional capital from its existing shareholders and notice that the Lenders received that the Borrower’s existing shareholders do not intend to invest further in or otherwise finance the Borrower; and (d) the Borrower’s inability to be able to provide adequate assurance of its making its interest payment due on March 31, 2015.

2. The failure of the Borrower to timely pay interest due on March 31, 2015, in violation of Section 11.01(b) of the Credit Agreement.

3. The failure of the Borrower to provide adequate assurances that it will continue to maintain a minimum daily balance of cash and Permitted Cash Equivalent Investments of at least the amounts required under Section 10.02 of the Credit Agreement.

4. The failure of the Borrower to provide adequate assurances that it is or will remain solvent and will not violate Section 11.01(h) of the Credit Agreement.

5. The failure of the Borrower to comply with Section 7 of the Waiver Agreement, including without limitation by reason of the Borrower’s failure (a) to timely conduct an initial public offering, (b) to timely complete a private financing in the amounts required in Section 7(ii) of the Waiver Agreement, and (c) to timely complete a strategic investment by a publicly listed company in the Borrower in the amount required in Section 7(iii) of the Waiver Agreement.

6. The failure of the Borrower to comply with Section 10.01(a)(ii) of the Credit Agreement, in violation of Section 11.01(d) of the Credit Agreement, by reason of the Borrower’s failure, during the twelve-month period beginning on January 1, 2014, to have at least $25 million in Revenue (which failure is not deemed to have been waived due to the failure of the Borrower to satisfy the condition described in paragraph 5 above).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Designated Defaults identified above constitute “Designated Defaults” under this Agreement solely at the level, amount, or degree of such factors constituting defaults as of March 31, 2015, and any repeat or worsening of such Designated Defaults shall constitute new Events of Default under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents and shall not constitute “Designated Defaults” hereunder.

 

Ex. A - 1


EXHIBIT B

INITIAL BUDGET

(See attached)

 

Ex. B - 1


Cash Forecast - Inflows & Outflows

 

     Actuals     2     3      4     5     6     7     8     9     10     11     12     13  

Week Ended   LOGO

   5/2/15     5/9/15     5/16/15      5/23/15     5/30/15     6/6/15     6/13/15     6/20/15     6/27/15     7/4/15     7/11/15     7/18/15     7/25/15  

Sources

                           

Gross Receipts

     401       475       641         593        475        713        543       613        475        658        618        358        618  

Uses

                           

GTN Costs

     376       300       100         150        80        225        100       280        200        225        —         170        —    

Inventory Purchases/COS

     342       447       100         600        —         600        180       170        800        280        400        250        200  

Consol Spend:

                           

Payroll & Benefits, EE and Contract costs

     6       700       —          1,350        —         895        —         700        —         740        —         700        —    

Qtrly Bonus Payout

       —         —          —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         650        —    

T&E

     75       40       40         40        40        40        90       140        90        115        140        140        140  

Rents/Facility Costs

     122       —         —          —         160        —         —         —         —         160         

Professional Services

     15       —         100         —         100        —         100       —         50        —         50          50   

Other SG&A

     115       200       200         100        175        5        100       200        100        135        100        150        100   
     1,051       1,687       540         2,240        555        1,765        570       1,490        1,240        1,655        690        2,060        490  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Est Cash Outflow

     (650     (1,212     101        (1,647     (80     (1,052     (27     (877     (765     (997     (72     (1,702     128  

Ending Cash Balance

   $ 3,819      $ 2,607      $ 2,708       $ 1,061      $ 981      $ (71   $ (98   $ (975   $ (1,740   $ (2,737   $ (2,809   $ (4,511   $ (4,383
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 


Income Statement Forecast

     Actuals     2     3     4     5     6     7     8     9     10     11     12     13  
Week Ended   LOGO    5/2/15     5/9/15     5/16/15     5/23/15     5/30/15     6/6/15     6/13/15     6/20/15     6/27/15     7/4/15     7/11/15     7/18/15     7/25/15  

Sales/AR Volume (Kits)

     2,736        2,143        2,143        2,143        2,143        1,892        1,892        1,892        1,892        1,892        2,508        2,508        2,508   

Revenue Volume (Kits)

     2,376        2,143        2,143        2,143        2,143        1,892        1,892        1,892        1,892        1,892        2,508        2,508        2,508   

Gross Sales (net of PP discount)

   $ 705      $ 552      $ 552      $ 552      $ 552      $ 488      $ 488      $ 488      $ 488      $ 488      $ 646      $ 646      $ 646   

Net Price

   $ 5.33      $ 5.35      $ 5.35      $ 5.35      $ 5.35      $ 5.33      $ 5.33      $ 5.33      $ 5.33      $ 5.33      $ 5.29      $ 5.29      $ 5.29   

Net Revenue

   $ 380      $ 344      $ 344      $ 344      $ 344      $ 303      $ 303      $ 303      $ 303      $ 303      $ 398      $ 398      $ 398   

GTN Costs

   $ 325      $ 208      $ 208      $ 208      $ 208      $ 185      $ 185      $ 185      $ 185      $ 185      $ 248      $ 248      $ 248   

Inventory Purchases/COS

   $ 147      $ 133      $ 133      $ 133      $ 133      $ 117      $ 117      $ 117      $ 117      $ 117      $ 156      $ 156      $ 156   

Production slow-down costs (Providence)

             $ 19      $ 19      $ 19      $ 19      $ 19      $ 28      $ 28      $ 28   

Consol Spend:

                          

Salaries & Benefits

   $ 383      $ 401      $ 401      $ 401      $ 401      $ 401      $ 401      $ 401      $ 401      $ 401      $ 401      $ 401      $ 401   

Stock Comp

   $ 79      $ 80      $ 80      $ 80      $ 80      $ 63      $ 63      $ 63      $ 63      $ 63      $ 80      $ 80      $ 80   

Contract Labor

   $ 17      $ 11      $ 11      $ 11      $ 11      $ 11      $ 11      $ 11      $ 11      $ 11      $ 11      $ 11      $ 11   

Bonus and Commissions Accruals

   $ 110      $ 110      $ 110      $ 110      $ 110      $ 110      $ 110      $ 110      $ 110      $ 110      $ 110      $ 110      $ 110   

Auto Expense

   $ 0      $ 23      $ 23      $ 23      $ 23      $ 23      $ 23      $ 23      $ 23      $ 23      $ 23      $ 23      $ 23   

T&E

   $ 41      $ 70      $ 70      $ 70      $ 70      $ 50      $ 50      $ 50      $ 50      $ 50      $ 88      $ 88      $ 88   

Equipment Expense

   $ 0      $ 3      $ 3      $ 3      $ 3      $ 2      $ 2      $ 2      $ 2      $ 2      $ 3      $ 3      $ 3   

Supplies & Freight

   $ 13      $ 24      $ 24      $ 24      $ 24      $ 17      $ 17      $ 17      $ 17      $ 17      $ 14      $ 14      $ 14   

Sterilization and Cold Soak

   $ 2      $ 12      $ 12      $ 12      $ 12      $ 4      $ 4      $ 4      $ 4      $ 4      $ 9      $ 9      $ 9   

Non-revenue V-Go/EZ Fills

   $ 10      $ 52      $ 52      $ 52      $ 52      $ 19      $ 19      $ 19      $ 19      $ 19      $ 59      $ 59      $ 59   

External Services

   $ 388      $ 532      $ 532      $ 532      $ 532      $ 374      $ 374      $ 374      $ 374      $ 374      $ 437      $ 437      $ 437   

Facilities

   $ 37      $ 38      $ 38      $ 38      $ 38      $ 29      $ 29      $ 29      $ 29      $ 29      $ 37      $ 37      $ 37   

Depreciation

   $ 45      $ 50      $ 50      $ 50      $ 50      $ 42      $ 42      $ 42      $ 42      $ 42      $ 53      $ 53      $ 53   

Administration

   $ 37      $ 31      $ 31      $ 31      $ 31      $ 26      $ 26      $ 26      $ 26      $ 26      $ 34      $ 34      $ 34   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 1,160      $ 1,435      $ 1,435      $ 1,435      $ 1,435      $ 1,172      $ 1,172      $ 1,172      $ 1,172      $ 1,172      $ 1,357      $ 1,357      $ 1,357   

Other (Income)/Expense

   $ 146      $ 146      $ 146      $ 146      $ 146      $ 117      $ 117      $ 117      $ 117      $ 117      $ 149      $ 149      $ 149   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income

   ($ 1,073   ($ 1,370   ($ 1,370   ($ 1,370   ($ 1,370   ($ 1,122   ($ 1,122   ($ 1,122   ($ 1,122   ($ 1,122   ($ 1,291   ($ 1,291   ($ 1,291

Cumulative Net Income

   ($ 5,122   ($ 6,492   ($ 7,862   ($ 9,232   ($ 10,602   ($ 11,725   ($ 12,847   ($ 13,970   ($ 15,092   ($ 16,214   ($ 17,505   ($ 18,796   ($ 20,087


Exhibit C

(See attached)

 

Ex. C-1

Exhibit 10.14

EXECUTION COPY

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO LIMITED FORBEARANCE AGREEMENT

This Amendment No. 1 to the Limited Forbearance Agreement (this “ Amendment ”) is made this 28th day of September 2015 by and among VALERITAS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), VALERITAS HOLDINGS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Parent ”) and VALERITAS SECURITY CORPORATION, each as a Guarantor (as such term is defined in the Credit Agreement) and the undersigned Lenders.

RECITALS

A. The Borrower, Parent, the other Guarantors, the Control Agent and the other Lenders signatory thereto have entered into that certain Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement dated as of August 5, 2014 (as amended from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ” and together with all other agreements, instruments and documents executed in connection therewith, the “ Loan Documents ”).

B. As of May 18, 2015, certain Events of Default (as that term is defined in the Credit Agreement) had occurred and were continuing. Notwithstanding the existence of the Events of Default, the Borrower and the Guarantors requested that the Lenders temporarily forbear from exercising certain rights or remedies with respect to such Events of Default (and only with respect thereto).

C. Accordingly, the Borrower, Guarantors, Control Agent and Lenders entered into a Limited Forbearance Agreement, dated as of May 18, 2015 (the “ Forbearance Agreement ”) pursuant to which, subject to the terms and conditions of the Forbearance Agreement, the Lenders and the Control Agent agreed to temporarily forbear from exercising their rights and remedies under the Credit Agreement with respect to the Designated Defaults. All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Forbearance Agreement.

D. At the request of the Borrower and Guarantors, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, and without waiving any existing or future rights or remedies that the Lenders or Control Agent may have against the Borrower or Guarantors, and without creating a custom or course of dealing among the parties, the Control Agent and the other Lenders are willing to amend and extend the Forbearance Agreement and forbear from exercising certain of their default-related rights and remedies against the Borrower and the Guarantors with respect to the Designated Defaults (and only with respect thereto).

E. This Amendment shall constitute a Loan Document, and these Recitals shall be construed as part of this Amendment.


EXECUTION COPY

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, and in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants contained herein, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions described in Section 3 hereof, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

SECTION 1. AMENDMENT TO FORBEARANCE AGREEMENT

This Amendment shall become effective on the date that each of the conditions set forth in Section 3 hereof are satisfied (the “ Effective Date ”) and the Forbearance Agreement shall be deemed amended as follows:

1.1 Exhibit A to the Forbearance Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with Exhibit A attached hereto.

1.2 Section 3(a) of the Forbearance Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

SECTION 3. Forbearance

(a) As used herein, the term “ Forbearance Period ” shall mean the period commencing on the date hereof and ending on the earlier to occur of (i) October 30, 2015 (5:00 p.m. Central time) and (ii) the occurrence of any one or more of the following events:

(A) the occurrence of any default or Event of Default under the Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Waiver Agreement), other than the Designated Defaults, or any Designated Default either is repeated or worsens;

(B) any failure by any Credit Party to timely comply with any other term, condition or provision contained in this Agreement, whether or not notice is given of such failure, after giving effect to any notice, lapse of time or both;

(C) any representation made by any Credit Party in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents proves to be incorrect or misleading (or more incorrect or misleading) in any material respect as of the date when made; and

(D) any Material Adverse Effect (other than any Designated Default, except to the extent that any Designated Default either is repeated or worsens) shall occur as determined by Control Agent (after giving effect to the financial condition of the Borrower and the other Credit Parties as of the date hereof);

(E) Any failure by any Credit Party to timely comply with any term, condition or provision contained in the documents evidencing the Second Bridge Equity Financing, whether or not notice is given of such failure, after giving effect to an notice, lapse of time or both.

The occurrence of any of the events set forth in clauses (A) through (E) above shall constitute an immediate Event of Default under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

2


EXECUTION COPY

 

1.3 Section 4(b)(i) of the Forbearance Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

(b) Permitted Expenditures .

(i) Attached hereto as Exhibit B is a draft 13-week detailed expense statement containing a projection of cash receipts and disbursements for the period reflected thereon, a final version of which shall be delivered to the Control Agent and the other Lenders on or before September 30, 2015 (as set forth thereon or as modified in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the “ Budgeted Cash Flow ”). The Borrower represents and warrants that such Budgeted Cash Flow (and each modification thereof) was prepared in good faith in accordance with GAAP consistently applied (using reasonable and conservative assumptions and estimates) and contains only those expenditures that are necessary to avoid immediate or irreparable harm to the Collateral and as are necessary and reasonable for the Borrower to preserve the going-concern value of the Borrower’s business during the Forbearance Period. The Borrower may modify the Budgeted Cash Flow upon the prior written consent of the Control Agent and the Majority Lenders so long as the Borrower’s total expenditures do not exceed the aggregate funds approved in the Budgeted Cash Flow.

1.4 Section 4(e) of the Forbearance Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

(e) Use of Valeritas Security Cash . All cash or cash equivalents in the Valeritas Security Control Account as of the Effective Date, and all cash or cash equivalents deposited or transferred into the Valeritas Security Control Account after the Effective Date shall be hereinafter referred to as the “ VSCA Cash .” Borrower shall be prohibited from using the VSCA Cash to fund the Budgeted Cash Flow until all other cash in the Borrower’s Control Accounts and the proceeds of the Second Bridge Equity Financing have been used in full.

1.5 Section 4(n) of the Forbearance Agreement shall be supplemented by adding the following at the end of Section 4(n) :

(n) Second Bridge Equity Financing . By no later than September 30, 2015, the Borrower shall consummate a transaction for equity financing of no less than $3 million, inclusive of any amounts invested or advanced by the Lenders, (the “ Second Bridge Equity Financing ”), pursuant to documentation in form and substance acceptable to the Majority Lenders. The proceeds resulting from the Second Bridge Equity Financing (and all cash contained in the Borrowers’ Control Accounts other than the VSCA Cash) shall be used by the Credit Parties to fund the Budgeted Cash Flow and none of the VSCA Cash shall be used until all proceeds of the Seconded Bridge Equity Financing and cash contained in the other Control Accounts have been used in accordance with the Budgeted Cash Flow. For the avoidance of doubt, during the Forbearance Period, no Credit Party shall make any Restricted Payment on account of such equity, whether directly or indirectly.

1.6 Section 4(q) of the Forbearance Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

(q) Waiver of Default . Subject to the consummation, in accordance with Section 4(p) hereof, of a Qualified Equity Financing by the Borrower by October 30, 2015, the Lenders concurrent with the closing of a Qualified Equity Financing will waive the Designated Defaults.

 

3


EXECUTION COPY

 

Such waiver shall only apply to the Designated Defaults. Upon closing a Qualified Equity Financing, the Lenders agree to reinstate the Loans upon the terms set forth in the Credit Agreement and the Loan Documents, provided , however , that (i) the Credit Parties agree and acknowledge that the Loans will accrue interest from January 1, 2015 through and including the date a Qualified Equity Financing is closed at the Post-Default Rate, and that such accrued interest shall be capitalized as an additional PIK Loan under the Credit Agreement, to be compounded quarterly as provided in the Credit Agreement, and such additional PIK Loans shall be evidenced by a separate promissory note bearing interest at a rate per annum equal to 11.00% from the date a Qualified Equity Financing is closed and be payable upon the Maturity Date and (ii) in the event the Loans are reinstated pursuant to this subsection, Valeritas Security shall, notwithstanding such reinstatement, remain a Subsidiary Guarantor under the Credit Agreement and other Loan Documents. All calculations of interest, including without limitation, all interest constituting PIK Loans, shall be calculated pursuant to Section 4.02 of the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 2. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES .

To induce Lenders to enter into this Amendment, the Borrower and Guarantors each represent and warrant to the Lenders that:

2.1 Representations, Warranties and Covenants. (a) After giving effect to this Amendment, no representation or warranty of any Credit Party contained in the Credit Agreement or any of the Loan Documents, including this Amendment, shall be untrue or incorrect in any material respect as of the date hereof, except to the extent that such representation or warranty expressly relates to an earlier date, and (b) no Default or Event of Default (other than the Designated Defaults) has occurred or is continuing, or would result after giving effect hereto.

2.2 Authorization, Etc . Each Credit Party has the power and authority to execute, deliver and perform this Amendment. Each Credit Party has taken all necessary action (including, without limitation, obtaining approval of its stockholders, if necessary) to authorize its execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment. No consent, approval or authorization of, or declaration or filing with, any Governmental Authority, and no consent of any other Person, is required in connection with any Credit Party’s execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment, except for those already duly obtained. This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by each Credit Party and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of each Credit Party, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditor rights generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability. No Credit Party’s execution, delivery or performance of this Amendment (i) contravenes the terms of any of such Credit Party’s organization documents; (ii) conflicts with or constitutes a violation or breach of, or constitutes a default under, or results in the creation or imposition of any Lien (other than pursuant to the Security Documents) upon the property of any Credit Party by reason of the terms of any material obligation under any Contract to which such Credit Party is a party (including without limitation obligations arising from agreements relating to any such Contract to which any Credit Party is a party or which is binding upon it); or (iii) violates any Requirement of Law in any material respect.

 

4


EXECUTION COPY

 

2.3 Acknowledgment of Obligations . Each Credit Party hereby acknowledges, confirms and agrees that as of April 3, 2015, the Credit Parties are indebted to the Lenders in respect of the Loans in an aggregate amount no less than the amounts set-forth in the notice attached in Exhibit C hereto. The foregoing amounts and all other Obligations under or in connection with the Loans, together with interest accrued and accruing thereon, and fees, costs, expenses and other charges now or hereafter payable by the Borrower or any Guarantor to the Control Agent and the other Lenders (including, without limitation, the Prepayment Premium, which each Credit Party acknowledges, confirms and agrees is immediately due and payable in accordance with Section 11.02 of the Credit Agreement and otherwise pursuant to the Loan Documents), are unconditionally and immediately due and payable by the Borrower and the Guarantors to the Control Agent and the other Lenders, without offset, recoupment, defense or counterclaim of any kind, nature or description whatsoever, all of which (if any exist, and which the Credit Parties hereby acknowledge do not exist) are hereby waived by the Credit Parties.

2.4 Security . The Secured Parties’ security interests in the Collateral continue to be perfected, valid, binding and enforceable first-priority security interests which secure the Obligations (subject only to the Permitted Liens) and no tax or judgment liens are currently of record against Borrower or any other Credit Party. Neither the Borrower nor any Guarantor holds or controls, or will hold or control during the Forbearance Period, cash or cash equivalents that is unencumbered and the Borrower and the Guarantors have granted to the Control Agent and the other Lenders enforceable first-priority security interests on all of the Borrower’s and the Guarantors’ cash and cash equivalents.

2.5 Acknowledgment of Default . Each Credit Party hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Designated Defaults have occurred and are continuing as of the date hereof, each of which constitutes an Event of Default, and, as a result of the Designated Defaults, as well as any other Defaults or Events of Default that may exist, the Control Agent and the other Lenders are entitled to exercise any and all default-related rights and remedies under the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents, and/or applicable law, including without limitation, to accelerate the Obligations (and have done so as set forth in 0 of the Forbearance Agreement) or to exercise rights against Collateral and that no Credit Party has any valid defense to the enforcement of such default-related rights and remedies. Each Credit Party hereby acknowledges and agrees that the first to occur of the Designated Defaults occurred no later than January 1, 2015 and have continued to date.

2.6 Acknowledgment of Exercise of Remedies . Each Credit Party hereby acknowledges, confirms, and agrees that (i) on April 3, 2015, the Control Agent and the other Lenders duly provided notice to the Borrower that various defaults and Events of Default (including, without limitation, the Designated Defaults) had occurred and are continuing, declared all of the Obligations of the Borrower under the Credit Agreement and all other Loan Documents to be then immediately due and payable, and terminated the Commitments as of January 1, 2015, and any other obligations to extend any further credit under any of the Loan Documents; (ii) such actions by the Control Agent and the other Lenders were a proper exercise of their rights and remedies, and were made in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents, and applicable law; and (iii) payment in full in cash of the Obligations (in the case of the Loans, at the Redemption Price) is immediately due and payable.

 

5


EXECUTION COPY

 

2.7 Cash on Hand . Schedule I attached hereto accurately sets forth all cash and cash equivalents deposited or contained in each Control Account as of the Effective Date.

SECTION 3. CONDITIONS TO EFFECTIVENESS .

The effectiveness of Section 1 of this Agreement is expressly conditioned upon the satisfaction and delivery of each of the applicable conditions set forth below:

3.1 Documentary Deliveries . The Lenders shall have received the following documents, each of which shall be in form and substance acceptable to the Lenders:

(a) this Amendment duly executed and delivered by the Borrower and each of the other parties hereto;

(b) a draft Budgeted Cash Flow in accordance with Section 4(b)(i) hereof;

(c) documentation evidencing the closing, in toto, of the Second Bridge Equity Financing in accordance with Section 1.5 hereof; and

(d) documentation evidencing the consent by WCAS under Section 7(c) of the Subordination Agreement to permit Lenders to increase the maximum amount of Senior Debt by any and all PIK interest that accrues on such Senior Debt.

3.2 No Default . The representations and warranties contained herein shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof, and no Default or Event of Default, other than the Designated Defaults, shall exist on the date hereof.

3.3 Forbearance Agreement; Consent . The Control Agent shall have received duly executed copies of (i) this Amendment from the Borrower, each Guarantor and other Credit Party, the Control Agent and the other Lenders, (ii) the Consent and Affirmation by WCAS attached hereto, and (iii) a fully executed Amendment No. 1 to the Subordination Agreement between the Lenders and WCAS in form and substance acceptable to the Lenders in their sole discretion.

3.4 Expense Reimbursement . The Control Agent and the other Lenders shall have received reimbursement for all expenses for which invoices have been presented (including reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of counsel to the Control Agent and the other Lenders) in accordance with Section 12.03(a) of the Credit Agreement.

3.5 Other Further Assurances . The Control Agent shall have received such other certificates, documents and agreements as the Control Agent may reasonably request.

SECTION 4. MISCELLANEOUS

4.1 Successors and Assigns . This Amendment shall be binding on and shall inure to the benefit of the Credit Parties, the Control Agent and the other Lenders and their respective successors and assigns, except as otherwise provided herein (none of which include WCAS, who is not a party or a third-party beneficiary of this Amendment). No Credit Party may assign,

 

6


EXECUTION COPY

 

delegate, transfer, hypothecate or otherwise convey any of its rights, benefits, obligations or duties hereunder without the prior written consent of the Control Agent and the other Lenders. The consent by WCAS included in the signature pages hereto shall not be deemed a part of this Amendment and shall not, directly or indirectly, create any obligation or duty of the Control Agent or the other Lenders to WCAS or any rights, interests, or defenses of WCAS against the Control Agent or the other Lenders.

4.2 Headings . Section headings in this Agreement are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Agreement for any other purpose.

4.3 Severability . Wherever possible, each provision of this Amendment shall be interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Amendment shall be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Amendment.

4.4 Conflict of Terms . Except as otherwise provided in this Amendment, if any provision contained in this Amendment is in conflict with, or inconsistent with, any provision in any of the Loan Documents, the provision contained in this Amendment shall govern and control.

4.5 Incorporation of Credit Agreement . The provisions contained in Sections 12.09 (Governing Law), 12.10 (Jurisdiction, Service of Process and Venue), 12.11 (Waiver of Jury Trial) and 12.12 (Waiver of Immunity) of the Credit Agreement are incorporated herein by reference to the same extent as if reproduced herein in their entirety, except with reference to this Agreement rather than the Credit Agreement.

4.6 Continued Effectiveness . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Amendment, the terms of this Amendment are not intended to and do not serve to effect a novation as any of the Loan Documents, including the Forbearance Agreement. The Loan Documents, including the Forbearance Agreement, remain in full force and effect and the terms and provisions of the Loan Documents, including the Forbearance Agreement, are ratified and confirmed as amended by the terms of this Amendment. This Amendment is only applicable and shall only be effective in the specific instances and for the specific purposes for which made or given. Except as specifically provided in this Amendment, the execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver or forbearance of any right, power or remedy of the Control Agent or any other Lender under the Credit Agreement or any of the Loan Documents, or constitute a consent, waiver or modification with respect to any provision of the Credit Agreement or any of the Loan Documents which shall remain in full force and effect. Upon the effectiveness of this Amendment each reference in (i) the Credit Agreement to “this Agreement,” “hereunder,” “hereof,” or words of similar import and (ii) any Loan Document, including the Forbearance Agreement, to “the Agreement” shall, in each case and except as otherwise specifically stated therein, mean and be a reference to the Credit Agreement as modified hereby.

 

7


EXECUTION COPY

 

4.7 Further Assurances . Borrower and each other Credit Party agrees to, and to cause any other Credit Party to, take all further actions and execute all further documents as Control Agent may from time to time reasonably request to carry out the transactions contemplated by this Amendment and all other agreements executed and delivered in connection herewith.

4.8 Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of separate counterparts, each of which shall collectively and separately constitute one agreement. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Amendment by facsimile or electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed signature page to this Amendment.

4.9 Warrants . Borrower and the Lenders are party to that certain Consent, Waiver and Amendment Agreement, dated June 19, 2014 (the “ Consent Agreement ”), pursuant to which, among other things, Borrower agreed to issue warrants to purchase common stock of Borrower (the “ Lender Warrants ”). The Control Agent and the Lenders acknowledge and agree that no additional Lender Warrants will be issued to the Lenders under the Consent Agreement in connection with the consummation of the Second Bridge Equity Financing.

SECTION 5. Affirmation of Guarantors.

5.1 Each Guarantor hereby acknowledges and agrees that it has reviewed the terms and provisions of this Amendment and consents to any modification of the Loan Documents effected pursuant to this Amendment. Each Guarantor hereby confirms to the Control Agent and the other Secured Parties that, after giving effect to this Amendment, the Guarantee of such Guarantor and each other Loan Document to which such Guarantor is a party continues in full force and effect and is the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Guarantor, enforceable against such Guarantor in accordance with its terms except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability. Each Guarantor further acknowledges, confirms and agrees that Control Agent and the other Lenders have and shall continue to have a valid, enforceable and perfected first-priority lien (subject only to Permitted Liens) upon and security interest in the Collateral granted to Control Agent and the other Lenders pursuant to the Loan Documents or otherwise granted to or held by Control Agent and the other Lenders.

5.2 Each Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that (i) notwithstanding the conditions to effectiveness set forth in this Amendment, such Guarantor is not required by the terms of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document to consent to the waivers or modifications to the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document effected pursuant to this Amendment and (ii) nothing in the Credit Agreement, this Amendment or any other Loan Document shall be deemed to require the consent of such Guarantor to any future waivers or modifications to the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document.

[signature pages follow]

 

8


EXECUTION COPY

 

 

9


EXECUTION COPY

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused a counterpart of this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

BORROWER:
VALERITAS, INC.
By:   /s/ Kristine Peterson
  Name: Kristine Peterson
  Title: CEO

GUARANTORS:

 

VALERITAS HOLDINGS, LLC.
By:   /s/ Kristine Peterson
  Name: Kristine Peterson
  Title:
VALERITAS SECURITY CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Kristine Peterson
  Name: Kristine Peterson
  Title:

 


EXECUTION COPY

 

LENDERS:
CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II L.P.
  By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II GP L.P., its General Partner
    By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II GP LLC, its General Partner
By:    /s/ Nathan Hukill
  Name: Nathan Hukill
  Title: Authorized Signatory
PARALLEL INVESTMENT OPPORTUNITIES PARTNERS II L.P.
  By PARALLEL INVESTMENT OPPORTUNITIES PARTNERS II GP L.P., its General Partner
    By PARALLEL INVESTMENT OPPORTUNITIES PARTNERS II GP LLC, its General Partner
By:    /s/ Nathan Hukill
  Name: Nathan Hukill
  Title: Authorized Signatory
CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II-PARALLEL FUND “A” L.P.
  By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II-PARALLEL FUND “A” GP L.P., its General Partner
    By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II-PARALLEL FUND “A” GP LLC, its General Partner
By:    /s/ Nathan Hukill
  Name: Nathan Hukill
  Title: Authorized Signatory

 

11


EXECUTION COPY

 

CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II (CAYMAN) L.P.
  By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II (CAYMAN) GP L.P., its General Partner
    By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II (CAYMAN) GP LLC, its General Partner
By:    /s/ Nathan Hukill
  Name: Nathan Hukill
  Title: Authorized Signatory
  WITNESS: /s/ Nicole Nesson
 

Name: Nicole Nesson

CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II – PARALLEL FUND “B” (CAYMAN) L.P.
  By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II (CAYMAN) GP L.P., its General Partner
    By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II (CAYMAN) GP LLC, its General Partner
By:    /s/ Nathan Hukill
  Name: Nathan Hukill
  Title: Authorized Signatory
  WITNESS: /s/ Nicole Nesson
 

Name: Nicole Nesson

 

12


EXECUTION COPY

 

CONSENT AND AFFIRMATION OF AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO FORBEARANCE

AGREEMENT BY WCAS

As an accommodation to the Borrower and without directly or indirectly creating any obligations or duties of the Control Agent or any other Lender to WCAS or any rights or defenses by WCAS against the Control Agent or any other Lender, WCAS hereby acknowledges and consents to any modification of the Loan Documents effected pursuant to the Amendment No. 1 to the Limited Forbearance Agreement (the “ Amendment ”) dated as of September 28, 2015 by and among Valeritas, Inc., a Delaware corporation, each of the Guarantors party thereto and the Lenders party thereto. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meanings assigned thereto in the Amendment. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, nothing in the Amendment shall be deemed to violate, breach, modify, adversely affect, or otherwise infringe the terms of the Subordination Agreement, and WCAS hereby confirms to the Control Agent and the other Lenders that, after giving effect to the Amendment, the Subordination Agreement continues in full force and effect, as amended by the Amendment No. 1 to the Subordination Agreement, dated of even date herewith, and is the legal, valid and binding obligation of WCAS, enforceable against WCAS in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability. WCAS further acknowledges, confirms and agrees that (i) the Subordinated Debt (to the extent it remains outstanding Indebtedness) is and shall remain subordinate in right and time of payment to payment in full of the Senior, and (ii) WCAS has not and shall not obtain any security interests in the Collateral to secure the Subordinated Debt, in each case in accordance with and on the terms and conditions set forth in the Subordination Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, no party should rely in any way upon this Consent and Affirmation, as a consent, acknowledgement or undertaking of any kind by WCAS to participate in the equity financing contemplated by Section 4(n) of the Forbearance Agreement as amended by Section 1.5 of this Amendment.

 

SUBORDINATED CREDITOR:
WCAS CAPITAL PARTNERS IV, L.P.
By:   /s/ Sean M. Traynor
  Name: Sean M. Traynor
  Title:

 


SCHEDULE I

CONTROL ACCOUNT BALANCES


Valeritas, Inc

Cash Position September 19, 2015

 

SVB

   $ 4,039,575   

State Street

   $ 1,626   

State Street—Security Corp

   $ 1,000   
  

 

 

 

Unencumbered Cash

   $ 4,042,201   

Restricted Cash—Cap Royalty

     500,000 (a) 

Restricted Cash—Amex

     504,000 (b) 
  

 

 

 

Total Cash and Cash Equivalents

   $ 5,046,201   
  

 

 

 

 

(a) per Series AA agreement with Cap Royalty, reserved for Cap Royalty related legal and shut-down costs
(b) secured deposit for Amex Corporate Card program


EXECUTION COPY

 

EXHIBIT A

DESIGNATED DEFAULTS

1. The occurrence of a Material Adverse Change in violation of Section 11.01(1) of the Credit Agreement, including without limitation by reason of (a) the failure of the Borrower to conduct an initial public offering as anticipated, without providing any adequate and feasible alternative source of equity or other liquidity; (b) the failure of the Borrower to maintain reasonably adequate operating cash and working capital, including without limitation by reason of notice that the Lenders received from the Borrower’s investment bankers that the Borrower has only approximately $9 million in cash remaining and that the Borrower is chronically operating at a negative cash-flow basis and is spending net operating cash at a rate of approximately $4 million per month; (c) the failure of the Borrower to raise additional capital from its existing shareholders and notice that the Lenders received that the Borrower’s existing shareholders do not intend to invest further in or otherwise finance the Borrower; and (d) the Borrower’s inability to be able to provide adequate assurance of its making its interest payment due on March 31, 2015.

2. The failure of the Borrower to timely pay interest due on March 31, 2015, in violation of Section 11.01(b) of the Credit Agreement.

3. The failure of the Borrower to provide adequate assurances that it will continue to maintain a minimum daily balance of cash and Permitted Cash Equivalent Investments of at least the amounts required under Section 10.02 of the Credit Agreement.

4. The failure of the Borrower to provide adequate assurances that it is or will remain solvent and will not violate Section 11.01(h) of the Credit Agreement.

5. The failure of the Borrower to comply with Section 7 of the Waiver Agreement, including without limitation by reason of the Borrower’s failure (a) to timely conduct an initial public offering, (b) to timely complete a private financing in the amounts required in Section 7(ii) of the Waiver Agreement, and (c) to timely complete a strategic investment by a publicly listed company in the Borrower in the amount required in Section 7(iii) of the Waiver Agreement.

6. The failure of the Borrower to comply with Section 10.01(a)(ii) of the Credit Agreement, in violation of Section 11.01(d) of the Credit Agreement, by reason of the Borrower’s failure, during the twelve-month period beginning on January 1, 2014, to have at least $25 million in Revenue (which failure is not deemed to have been waived due to the failure of the Borrower to satisfy the condition described in paragraph 5 above).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Designated Defaults identified above constitute “Designated Defaults” under this Agreement solely at the level, amount, or degree of such factors constituting defaults as of March 31, 2015, and any repeat or worsening of such Designated Defaults shall constitute new Events of Default under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents and shall not constitute “Designated Defaults” hereunder.

 

15


EXECUTION COPY

 

EXHIBIT B

BUDGETED CASHFLOW

 

16


Valeritas, Inc.

Cash Forecast—Inflows & Outflows

 

    fcst     Actual     fcst     Actual     fcst     Actual     o     Actual     0     Actual     1     2     3     4  

Week Ended LOGO

  8/22/15     8/22/15     8/29/15     8/29/15     9/5/15     9/5/15     9/12/15     9/12/15     9/19/15     9/19/15     9/26/15     10/3/15     10/10/15     10/17/15  

Sources

                           

Gross Receipts

    751        598        495        506        522        385        430        462        496        533        497        498        485        568   

Uses

                           

GTN Costs

    —          7        311        457        311        —          75        76        195        414        300        175        225     

Inventory Purchases/COS

    650        312        339        285        339        113        500        154        400        12        300        200        575        595   

Consol Spend:

                           

Payroll & Benefits, EE and Contract cost

    —          57        700        1,495        220        258        700        646        —          54        700        —          700        —     

Qtrly Bonus Payout

    —          —          —          —          —            —            —            —          —          —          —     

T&E

    140        46        140        79        140        68        120        87        120        129        120        120        100        80   

Rents/Facility Costs

      —            —          0                    160       

Professional Services

    50        —          50        —          50                131        150        100        50        50   

Other SG&A

    225        320        225        68        225        29        395        49        150          225        175        345        120   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    1,065        742        1,765        2,384        1,285        468        1,790        1,011        865        740        1,795        930        1,995        845   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Est Cash Outflow

    (314     (144     (1,270     (1,878     (763     (83     (1,360     (548     (369     (207     (1,298     (432     (1,510     (277

Cash Funding

                           

Ending Cash Balance

  $ 6,588      $ 6,758      $ 5,488      $ 4,880      $ 4,117      $ 4,797      $ 3,437      $ 4,249      $ 3,880      $ 4,042      $ 2,744      $ 2,312      $ 802      $ 525   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 


Valeritas, Inc.

Income Statement Forecast

 

    0     Actuals     0     Actuals     0     Actuals     0     Actuals     0     Actuals     1     2     3     4  

Week Ended  LOGO

  8/22/15     8/22/15     8/29/15     8/29/15     9/5/15     9/5/15     9/12/15     9/12/15     9/19/15     9/19/15     9/26/15     10/3/15     10/10/15     10/17/15  

Sales/AR Volume (Kits)

    2,663        1,916        2,663        2,336        2,865        2,252        2,865        1,892        2,866        2,416        2,866        2,462        2,462        2,462   

Revenue Volume (Kits)

    2,663        2,343        2,663        2,190        2,865        2,123        2,865        2,892        2,866        2,613        2,866        2,462        2,462        2,462   

Gross Sales (net of PP discount)

  $ 686      $ 494      $ 686      $ 602      $ 738      $ 580      $ 738      $ 488      $ 738      $ 623      $ 738      $ 635      $ 635      $ 635   

Net Price

  $ 5.31      $ 5.35      $ 5.31      $ 5.35      $ 5.31      $ 5.35      $ 5.31      $ 5.35      $ 5.31      $ 5.35      $ 5.31      $ 5.36      $ 5.36      $ 5.36   

Net Revenue

  $ 424      $ 376      $ 424      $ 352      $ 456      $ 341      $ 456      $ 464      $ 457      $ 419      $ 457      $ 396      $ 396      $ 396   

GTN Costs

  $ 262      $ 118      $ 262      $ 250      $ 282      $ 240      $ 282      $ 23      $ 282      $ 203      $ 282      $ 239      $ 239      $ 239   

Inventory Purchases/COS

  $ 165      $ 145      $ 165      $ 136      $ 178      $ 132      $ 178      $ 180      $ 178      $ 162      $ 178      $ 153      $ 153      $ 153   

Production slow-down costs (Providence)

  $ 28      $ 23      $ 28      $ 23      $ 28      $ 23      $ 28      $ 23      $ 28      $ 23      $ 28      $ 28      $ 28      $ 28   

Consol Spend:

                           

Salaries & Benefits

  $ 401      $ 401      $ 401      $ 401      $ 401      $ 401      $ 401      $ 401      $ 401      $ 401      $ 401      $ 401      $ 401      $ 401   

Stock Comp

  $ 76      $ 76      $ 76      $ 76      $ 63      $ 63      $ 63      $ 63      $ 63      $ 63      $ 63      $ 49      $ 49      $ 49   

Contract Labor

  $ 11      $ 4      $ 11      $ 0      $ 11      $ 5      $ 11      $ 5      $ 11      $ 3      $ 11      $ 8      $ 8      $ 8   

Bonus and Commissions Accruals

  $ 110      $ 110      $ 110      $ 110      $ 110      $ 110      $ 110      $ 110      $ 110      $ 110      $ 110      $ 110      $ 110      $ 110   

Auto Expense

  $ 23      $ 21      $ 23      $ 21      $ 23      $ 21      $ 23      $ 21      $ 23      $ 21      $ 23      $ 23      $ 23      $ 23   

T&E

  $ 65      $ 62      $ 65      $ 28      $ 68      $ 35      $ 68      $ 53      $ 68      $ 65      $ 68      $ 80      $ 80      $ 80   

Equipment Expense

  $ 3      $ 0      $ 3      $ 0      $ 4      $ 0      $ 4      $ 0      $ 4      $ 0      $ 4      $ 3      $ 3      $ 3   

Supplies & Freight

  $ 22      $ 19      $ 22      $ 19      $ 31      $ 15      $ 31      $ 14      $ 31      $ 29      $ 31      $ 27      $ 27      $ 27   

Sterilization and Cold Soak

  $ 7      $ 1      $ 7      $ 0      $ 8      $ 0      $ 8      $ 0      $ 8      $ 2      $ 8      $ 12      $ 12      $ 12   

Non-revenue V-Go/EZ Fills

  $ 43      $ 0      $ 43      $ 0      $ 46      $ 0      $ 46      $ 0      $ 46      $ 0      $ 46      $ 47      $ 47      $ 47   

External Services

  $ 522      $ 427      $ 522      $ 427      $ 428      $ 410      $ 428      $ 400      $ 428      $ 346      $ 428      $ 418      $ 418      $ 418   

Facilities

  $ 37      $ 37      $ 37      $ 37      $ 37      $ 37      $ 37      $ 37      $ 37      $ 37      $ 37      $ 29      $ 29      $ 29   

Depreciation

  $ 57      $ 57      $ 57      $ 57      $ 57      $ 57      $ 57      $ 57      $ 57      $ 57      $ 57      $ 45      $ 45      $ 45   

Administration

  $ 32      $ 32      $ 32      $ 32      $ 32      $ 32      $ 32      $ 32      $ 32      $ 32      $ 32      $ 27      $ 27      $ 27   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ 1,408      $ 1,246      $ 1,408      $ 1,207      $ 1,317      $ 1,186      $ 1,317      $ 1,192      $ 1,317      $ 1,166      $ 1,317      $ 1,277      $ 1,277      $ 1,277   

Other (Income)/Expense

  $ 149      $ 149      $ 149      $ 149      $ 149      $ 149      $ 149      $ 149      $ 150      $ 150      $ 150      $ 120      $ 120      $ 120   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income

  ($ 1,325   ($ 1,187   ($ 1,325   ($ 1,163   ($ 1,215   ($ 1,148   ($ 1,215   ($ 1,078   ($ 1,216   ($ 1,081   ($ 1,216   ($ 1,182   ($ 1,182   ($ 1,182

Cumulative Net Income

  ($ 22,941   ($ 22,802   ($ 24,128   ($ 23,965   ($ 25,180   ($ 25,113   ($ 26,328   ($ 26,191   ($ 27,407   ($ 27,272   ($ 28,488   ($ 29,669   ($ 30,851   ($ 32,033


EXECUTION COPY

 

EXHIBIT C

OUTSTANDING AMOUNTS DUE

 

17

Exhibit 10.15

EXECUTION VERSION

AMENDMENT NO.2 TO LIMITED FORBEARANCE AGREEMENT

This Amendment No. 2 to the Limited Forbearance Agreement (this “ Amendment ”) is made this 13th day of November 2015 by and among VALERITAS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), VALERITAS HOLDINGS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Parent ”) and VALERITAS SECURITY CORPORATION, each as a Guarantor (as such term is defined in the Credit Agreement) and the undersigned Lenders.

RECITALS

A. The Borrower, Parent, the other Guarantors, the Control Agent and the other Lenders signatory thereto have entered into that certain Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement dated as of August 5, 2014 (as amended from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ” and together with all other agreements, instruments and documents executed in connection therewith, the “ Loan Documents ”).

B. As of May 18, 2015, certain Events of Default (as that term is defined in the Credit Agreement) had occurred and were continuing. Notwithstanding the existence of the Events of Default, the Borrower and the Guarantors requested that the Lenders temporarily forbear from exercising certain rights or remedies with respect to such Events of Default (and only with respect thereto).

C. Accordingly, the Borrower, Guarantors, Control Agent and Lenders entered into a Limited Forbearance Agreement, dated as of May 18, 2015, as amended by that certain Amendment No. 1 to Limited Forbearance Agreement, dated as of September 28, 2015 (as so amended, the “ Forbearance Agreement ”) pursuant to which, subject to the terms and conditions of the Forbearance Agreement, the Lenders and the Control Agent agreed to temporarily forbear from exercising their rights and remedies under the Credit Agreement with respect to the Designated Defaults. All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Forbearance Agreement.

D. At the request of the Borrower and Guarantors, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, and without waiving any existing or future rights or remedies that the Lenders or Control Agent may have against the Borrower or Guarantors, and without creating a custom or course of dealing among the parties, the Control Agent and the other Lenders are willing to amend and extend the Forbearance Agreement and forbear from exercising certain of their default-related rights and remedies against the Borrower and the Guarantors with respect to the Designated Defaults (and only with respect thereto).

E. This Amendment shall constitute a Loan Document, and these Recitals shall be construed as part of this Amendment.


NOW, THEREFORE, for valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, and in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants contained herein, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions described in Section 3 hereof, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

SECTION 1. AMENDMENT TO FORBEARANCE AGREEMENT .

This Amendment shall become effective on the date that each of the conditions set forth in Section 3 hereof are satisfied (the “ Effective Date ”) and the Forbearance Agreement shall be deemed amended as follows:

1.1 Section 3(a) of the Forbearance Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“SECTION 3. Forbearance

(a) As used herein, the term “ Forbearance Period ” shall mean the period commencing on the date hereof and ending on the earlier to occur of (i) December 18, 2015 (5:00 p.m. Central time) and (ii) the occurrence of any one or more of the following events:

(A) the occurrence of any default or Event of Default under the Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Waiver Agreement), other than the Designated Defaults, or any Designated Default either is repeated or worsens;

(B) any failure by any Credit Party to timely comply with any other term, condition or provision contained in this Agreement, whether or not notice is given of such failure, after giving effect to any notice, lapse of time or both;

(C) any representation made by any Credit Party in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents proves to be incorrect or misleading (or more incorrect or misleading) in any material respect as of the date when made; and

(D) any Material Adverse Effect (other than any Designated Default, except to the extent that any Designated Default either is repeated or worsens) shall occur as determined by Control Agent (after giving effect to the financial condition of the Borrower and the other Credit Parties as of the date hereof);

(E) Any failure by any Credit Party to timely comply with any term, condition or provision contained in the documents evidencing the Second Bridge Equity Financing, whether or not notice is given of such failure, after giving effect to an notice, lapse of time or both.

The occurrence of any of the events set forth in clauses (A) through (E) above shall constitute an immediate Event of Default under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.”

 

2


SECTION 2. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES .

To induce Lenders to enter into this Amendment, the Borrower and Guarantors each represent and warrant to the Lenders that:

2.1 Representations, Warranties and Covenants. (a) After giving effect to this Amendment, no representation or warranty of any Credit Party contained in the Credit Agreement or any of the Loan Documents, including this Amendment, shall be untrue or incorrect in any material respect as of the date hereof, except to the extent that such representation or warranty expressly relates to an earlier date, and (b) no Default or Event of Default (other than the Designated Defaults) has occurred or is continuing, or would result after giving effect hereto.

2.2 Authorization, Etc . Each Credit Party has the power and authority to execute, deliver and perform this Amendment. Each Credit Party has taken all necessary action (including, without limitation, obtaining approval of its stockholders, if necessary) to authorize its execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment. No consent, approval or authorization of, or declaration or filing with, any Governmental Authority, and no consent of any other Person, is required in connection with any Credit Party’s execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment, except for those already duly obtained. This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by each Credit Party and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of each Credit Party, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditor rights generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability. No Credit Party’s execution, delivery or performance of this Amendment (i) contravenes the terms of any of such Credit Party’s organization documents; (ii) conflicts with or constitutes a violation or breach of, or constitutes a default under, or results in the creation or imposition of any Lien (other than pursuant to the Security Documents) upon the property of any Credit Party by reason of the terms of any material obligation under any Contract to which such Credit Party is a party (including without limitation obligations arising from agreements relating to any such Contract to which any Credit Party is a party or which is binding upon it); or (iii) violates any Requirement of Law in any material respect.

2.3 Acknowledgment of Obligations . Each Credit Party hereby acknowledges, confirms and agrees that the Credit Parties are indebted to the Lenders in respect of the Loans under the Credit Agreement. The Loans and all other Obligations under or in connection with the Loans, together with interest accrued and accruing thereon, and fees, costs, expenses and other charges now or hereafter payable by the Borrower or any Guarantor to the Control Agent and the other Lenders (including, without limitation, the Prepayment Premium, which each Credit Party acknowledges, confirms and agrees is immediately due and payable in accordance with Section 11.02 of the Credit Agreement and otherwise pursuant to the Loan Documents), are unconditionally and immediately due and payable by the Borrower and the Guarantors to the Control Agent and the other Lenders, without offset, recoupment, defense or counterclaim of any kind, nature or description whatsoever, all of which (if any exist, and which the Credit Parties hereby acknowledge do not exist) are hereby waived by the Credit Parties.

2.4 Security . The Secured Parties’ security interests in the Collateral continue to be perfected, valid, binding and enforceable first-priority security interests which secure the Obligations (subject only to the Permitted Liens) and no tax or judgment liens are currently of record against Borrower or any other Credit Party. Neither the Borrower nor any Guarantor holds or controls, or will hold or control during the Forbearance Period, cash or cash equivalents that is unencumbered and the Borrower and the Guarantors have granted to the Control Agent and the other Lenders enforceable first-priority security interests on all of the Borrower’s and the Guarantors’ cash and cash equivalents.

 

3


2.5 Acknowledgment of Default . Each Credit Party hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Designated Defaults have occurred and are continuing as of the date hereof, each of which constitutes an Event of Default, and, as a result of the Designated Defaults, as well as any other Defaults or Events of Default that may exist, the Control Agent and the other Lenders are entitled to exercise any and all default-related rights and remedies under the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents, and/or applicable law, including without limitation, to accelerate the Obligations (and have done so as set forth in 2.5 of the Forbearance Agreement) or to exercise rights against Collateral and that no Credit Party has any valid defense to the enforcement of such default-related rights and remedies. Each Credit Party hereby acknowledges and agrees that the first to occur of the Designated Defaults occurred no later than January 1, 2015 and have continued to date.

2.6 Acknowledgment of Exercise of Remedies . Each Credit Party hereby acknowledges, confirms, and agrees that (i) on April 3, 2015, the Control Agent and the other Lenders duly provided notice to the Borrower that various defaults and Events of Default (including, without limitation, the Designated Defaults) had occurred and are continuing, declared all of the Obligations of the Borrower under the Credit Agreement and all other Loan Documents to be then immediately due and payable, and terminated the Commitments as of January 1, 2015, and any other obligations to extend any further credit under any of the Loan Documents; (ii) such actions by the Control Agent and the other Lenders were a proper exercise of their rights and remedies, and were made in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents, and applicable law; and (iii) payment in full in cash of the Obligations (in the case of the Loans, at the Redemption Price) is immediately due and payable.

SECTION 3. CONDITIONS TO EFFECTIVENESS .

The effectiveness of Section 1 of this Agreement is expressly conditioned upon the satisfaction and delivery of each of the applicable conditions set forth below:

3.1 Documentary Deliveries . The Lenders shall have received this Amendment duly executed and delivered by the Borrower and each of the other parties hereto.

3.2 No Default . The representations and warranties contained herein shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof, and no Default or Event of Default, other than the Designated Defaults, shall exist on the date hereof.

3.3 Expense Reimbursement . The Control Agent and the other Lenders shall have received reimbursement for all expenses for which invoices have been presented (including reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of counsel to the Control Agent and the other Lenders) in accordance with Section 12.03(a) of the Credit Agreement.

 

4


SECTION 4. MISCELLANEOUS

4.1 Successors and Assigns . This Amendment shall be binding on and shall inure to the benefit of the Credit Parties, the Control Agent and the other Lenders and their respective successors and assigns, except as otherwise provided herein (none of which include WCAS, who is not a party or a third-party beneficiary of this Amendment). No Credit Party may assign, delegate, transfer, hypothecate or otherwise convey any of its rights, benefits, obligations or duties hereunder without the prior written consent of the Control Agent and the other Lenders.

4.2 Headings . Section headings in this Agreement are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Agreement for any other purpose.

4.3 Severability . Wherever possible, each provision of this Amendment shall be interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Amendment shall be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Amendment.

4.4 Conflict of Terms . Except as otherwise provided in this Amendment, if any provision contained in this Amendment is in conflict with, or inconsistent with, any provision in any of the Loan Documents, the provision contained in this Amendment shall govern and control.

4.5 Incorporation of Credit Agreement . The provisions contained in Sections 12.09 (Governing Law), 12.10 (Jurisdiction, Service of Process and Venue), 12.11 (Waiver of Jury Trial) and 12.12 (Waiver of Immunity) of the Credit Agreement are incorporated herein by reference to the same extent as if reproduced herein in their entirety, except with reference to this Agreement rather than the Credit Agreement.

4.6 Continued Effectiveness . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Amendment, the terms of this Amendment are not intended to and do not serve to effect a novation as any of the Loan Documents, including the Forbearance Agreement. The Loan Documents, including the Forbearance Agreement, remain in full force and effect and the terms and provisions of the Loan Documents, including the Forbearance Agreement, are ratified and confirmed as amended by the terms of this Amendment. This Amendment is only applicable and shall only be effective in the specific instances and for the specific purposes for which made or given. Except as specifically provided in this Amendment, the execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver or forbearance of any right, power or remedy of the Control Agent or any other Lender under the Credit Agreement or any of the Loan Documents, or constitute a consent, waiver or modification with respect to any provision of the Credit Agreement or any of the Loan Documents which shall remain in full force and effect. Upon the effectiveness of this Amendment each reference in (i) the Credit Agreement to “this Agreement,” “hereunder,” “hereof,” or words of similar import and (ii) any Loan Document, including the Forbearance Agreement, to “the Agreement” shall, in each case and except as otherwise specifically stated therein, mean and be a reference to the Credit Agreement as modified hereby.

 

5


4.7 Further Assurances . Borrower and each other Credit Party agrees to, and to cause any other Credit Party to, take all further actions and execute all further documents as Control Agent may from time to time reasonably request to carry out the transactions contemplated by this Amendment and all other agreements executed and delivered in connection herewith.

4.8 Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of separate counterparts, each of which shall collectively and separately constitute one agreement. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Amendment by facsimile or electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed signature page to this Amendment.

SECTION 5. Affirmation of Guarantors.

5.1 Each Guarantor hereby acknowledges and agrees that it has reviewed the terms and provisions of this Amendment and consents to any modification of the Loan Documents effected pursuant to this Amendment. Each Guarantor hereby confirms to the Control Agent and the other Secured Parties that, after giving effect to this Amendment, the Guarantee of such Guarantor and each other Loan Document to which such Guarantor is a party continues in full force and effect and is the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Guarantor, enforceable against such Guarantor in accordance with its terms except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability. Each Guarantor further acknowledges, confirms and agrees that Control Agent and the other Lenders have and shall continue to have a valid, enforceable and perfected first-priority lien (subject only to Permitted Liens) upon and security interest in the Collateral granted to Control Agent and the other Lenders pursuant to the Loan Documents or otherwise granted to or held by Control Agent and the other Lenders.

5.2 Each Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that (i) notwithstanding the conditions to effectiveness set forth in this Amendment, such Guarantor is not required by the terms of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document to consent to the waivers or modifications to the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document effected pursuant to this Amendment and (ii) nothing in the Credit Agreement, this Amendment or any other Loan Document shall be deemed to require the consent of such Guarantor to any future waivers or modifications to the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document.

[signature pages follow]

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused a counterpart of this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

BORROWER:
VALERITAS, INC.
By:   /s/ Kristine Peterson
  Name: Kristine Peterson
  Title: CEO

GUARANTORS:

VALERITAS HOLDINGS, LLC.

By:   /s/ Kristine Peterson
  Name: Kristine Peterson
  Title: CEO

VALERITAS SECURITY CORPORATION

By:   /s/ Kristine Peterson
  Name: Kristine Peterson
  Title: CEO

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 2 to Limited Forbearance Agreement]


LENDERS:
CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II L.P., as Lender and Control Agent

By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II GP L.P., its General Partner

By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II GP LLC, its General Partner

By:   /s/ Nathan Hukill
  Name: Nathan Hukill
  Title: Authorized Signatory
PARALLEL INVESTMENT OPPORTUNITIES PARTNERS II L.P.
  By PARALLEL INVESTMENT OPPORTUNITIES PARTNERS II GP L.P., its General Partner
 

By PARALLEL INVESTMENT OPPORTUNITIES PARTNERS II GP LLC, its General Partner

By:   /s/ Nathan Hukill
  Name: Nathan Hukill
  Title: Authorized Signatory
CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II –PARALLEL FUND “A” L.P.
  By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II – PARALLEL FUND “A” GP L.P., its General Partner
 

By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II – PARALLEL FUND “A” GP LLC, its General Partner

By:   /s/ Nathan Hukill
  Name: Nathan Hukill
  Title: Authorized Signatory

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 2 to Limited Forbearance Agreement]


CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II (CAYMAN) L.P.

By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II (CAYMAN) GP L.P., its General Partner

 

By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II (CAYMAN) GP LLC, its General Partner

By:   /s/ Nathan Hukill
  Name: Nathan Hukill
  Title: Authorized Signatory
  WITNESS: /s/ Nicole Nesson
  Name: Nicole Nesson
CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II – PARALLEL FUND “B” (CAYMAN) L.P.
  By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II (CAYMAN) GP L.P., its General Partner
 

By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II (CAYMAN) GP LLC, its General Partner

By:   /s/ Nathan Hukill
  Name: Nathan Hukill
  Title: Authorized Signatory
  WITNESS: /s/ Nicole Nesson
  Name: Nicole Nesson

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 2 to Limited Forbearance Agreement]

Exhibit 10.16

Execution Copy

AMENDMENT NO.3 TO LIMITED FORBEARANCE AGREEMENT

This Amendment No. 3 to the Limited Forbearance Agreement (this “ Amendment ”) is made this 21st day of December, 2015 by and among VALERITAS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), VALERITAS HOLDINGS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Parent ”) and VALERITAS SECURITY CORPORATION, each as a Guarantor (as such term is defined in the Credit Agreement) and the undersigned Lenders.

RECITALS

A. The Borrower, Parent, the other Guarantors, the Control Agent and the other Lenders signatory thereto have entered into that certain Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement dated as of August 5, 2014 (as amended from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ” and together with all other agreements, instruments and documents executed in connection therewith, the “ Loan Documents ”).

B. As of May 18, 2015, certain Events of Default (as that term is defined in the Credit Agreement) had occurred and were continuing. Notwithstanding the existence of the Events of Default, the Borrower and the Guarantors requested that the Lenders temporarily forbear from exercising certain rights or remedies with respect to such Events of Default (and only with respect thereto).

C. Accordingly, the Borrower, Guarantors, Control Agent and Lenders entered into a Limited Forbearance Agreement, dated as of May 18, 2015, as amended by that certain Amendment No. 1 to Limited Forbearance Agreement, dated as of September 28, 2015 and that certain Amendment No. 2 to Limited Forbearance Agreement, dated as of November 13, 2015 (as so amended, the “ Forbearance Agreement ”) pursuant to which, subject to the terms and conditions of the Forbearance Agreement, the Lenders and the Control Agent agreed to temporarily forbear from exercising their rights and remedies under the Credit Agreement with respect to the Designated Defaults. All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Forbearance Agreement.

D. At the request of the Borrower and Guarantors, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, and without waiving any existing or future rights or remedies that the Lenders or Control Agent may have against the Borrower or Guarantors, and without creating a custom or course of dealing among the parties, the Control Agent and the other Lenders are willing to amend and extend the Forbearance Agreement and forbear from exercising certain of their default-related rights and remedies against the Borrower and the Guarantors with respect to the Designated Defaults (and only with respect thereto).

E. This Amendment shall constitute a Loan Document, and these Recitals shall be construed as part of this Amendment.


NOW, THEREFORE, for valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, and in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants contained herein, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions described in Section 3 hereof, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

SECTION 1. AMENDMENT TO FORBEARANCE AGREEMENT.

This Amendment shall become effective on the date that each of the conditions set forth in Section 3 hereof are satisfied (the “ Effective Date ”) and the Forbearance Agreement shall be deemed amended as follows:

1.1 Section 3(a) of the Forbearance Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“SECTION 3. Forbearance

(a) As used herein, the term “ Forbearance Period ” shall mean the period commencing on the date hereof and ending on the earlier to occur of (i) January 22, 2016 (5:00 p.m. Central time) and (ii) the occurrence of any one or more of the following events:

(A) the occurrence of any default or Event of Default under the Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Waiver Agreement), other than the Designated Defaults, or any Designated Default either is repeated or worsens;

(B) any failure by any Credit Party to timely comply with any other term, condition or provision contained in this Agreement, whether or not notice is given of such failure, after giving effect to any notice, lapse of time or both;

(C) any representation made by any Credit Party in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents proves to be incorrect or misleading (or more incorrect or misleading) in any material respect as of the date when made; and

(D) any Material Adverse Effect (other than any Designated Default, except to the extent that any Designated Default either is repeated or worsens) shall occur as determined by Control Agent (after giving effect to the financial condition of the Borrower and the other Credit Parties as of the date hereof);

(E) Any failure by any Credit Party to timely comply with any term, condition or provision contained in the documents evidencing the Second Bridge Equity Financing, whether or not notice is given of such failure, after giving effect to an notice, lapse of time or both.

The occurrence of any of the events set forth in clauses (A) through (E) above shall constitute an immediate Event of Default under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.”

 

2


SECTION 2. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES .

To induce Lenders to enter into this Amendment, the Borrower and Guarantors each represent and warrant to the Lenders that:

2.1 Representations, Warranties and Covenants. (a) After giving effect to this Amendment, no representation or warranty of any Credit Party contained in the Credit Agreement or any of the Loan Documents, including this Amendment, shall be untrue or incorrect in any material respect as of the date hereof, except to the extent that such representation or warranty expressly relates to an earlier date, and (b) no Default or Event of Default (other than the Designated Defaults) has occurred or is continuing, or would result after giving effect hereto.

2.2 Authorization, Etc . Each Credit Party has the power and authority to execute, deliver and perform this Amendment. Each Credit Party has taken all necessary action (including, without limitation, obtaining approval of its stockholders, if necessary) to authorize its execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment. No consent, approval or authorization of, or declaration or filing with, any Governmental Authority, and no consent of any other Person, is required in connection with any Credit Party’s execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment, except for those already duly obtained. This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by each Credit Party and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of each Credit Party, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditor rights generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability. No Credit Party’s execution, delivery or performance of this Amendment (i) contravenes the terms of any of such Credit Party’s organization documents; (ii) conflicts with or constitutes a violation or breach of, or constitutes a default under, or results in the creation or imposition of any Lien (other than pursuant to the Security Documents) upon the property of any Credit Party by reason of the terms of any material obligation under any Contract to which such Credit Party is a party (including without limitation obligations arising from agreements relating to any such Contract to which any Credit Party is a party or which is binding upon it); or (iii) violates any Requirement of Law in any material respect.

2.3 Acknowledgment of Obligations . Each Credit Party hereby acknowledges, confirms and agrees that the Credit Parties are indebted to the Lenders in respect of the Loans under the Credit Agreement. The Loans and all other Obligations under or in connection with the Loans, together with interest accrued and accruing thereon, and fees, costs, expenses and other charges now or hereafter payable by the Borrower or any Guarantor to the Control Agent and the other Lenders (including, without limitation, the Prepayment Premium, which each Credit Party acknowledges, confirms and agrees is immediately due and payable in accordance with Section 11.02 of the Credit Agreement and otherwise pursuant to the Loan Documents), are unconditionally and immediately due and payable by the Borrower and the Guarantors to the Control Agent and the other Lenders, without offset, recoupment, defense or counterclaim of any kind, nature or description whatsoever, all of which (if any exist, and which the Credit Parties hereby acknowledge do not exist) are hereby waived by the Credit Parties.

2.4 Security . The Secured Parties’ security interests in the Collateral continue to be perfected, valid, binding and enforceable first-priority security interests which secure the Obligations (subject only to the Permitted Liens) and no tax or judgment liens are currently of record against Borrower or any other Credit Party. Neither the Borrower nor any Guarantor holds or controls, or will hold or control during the Forbearance Period, cash or cash equivalents that is unencumbered and the Borrower and the Guarantors have granted to the Control Agent and the other Lenders enforceable first-priority security interests on all of the Borrower’s and the Guarantors’ cash and cash equivalents.

 

3


2.5 Acknowledgment of Default . Each Credit Party hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Designated Defaults have occurred and are continuing as of the date hereof, each of which constitutes an Event of Default, and, as a result of the Designated Defaults, as well as any other Defaults or Events of Default that may exist, the Control Agent and the other Lenders are entitled to exercise any and all default-related rights and remedies under the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents, and/or applicable law, including without limitation, to accelerate the Obligations (and have done so as set forth in 2.5 of the Forbearance Agreement) or to exercise rights against Collateral and that no Credit Party has any valid defense to the enforcement of such default-related rights and remedies. Each Credit Party hereby acknowledges and agrees that the first to occur of the Designated Defaults occurred no later than January 1, 2015 and have continued to date.

2.6 Acknowledgment of Exercise of Remedies . Each Credit Party hereby acknowledges, confirms, and agrees that (i) on April 3, 2015, the Control Agent and the other Lenders duly provided notice to the Borrower that various defaults and Events of Default (including, without limitation, the Designated Defaults) had occurred and are continuing, declared all of the Obligations of the Borrower under the Credit Agreement and all other Loan Documents to be then immediately due and payable, and terminated the Commitments as of January 1, 2015, and any other obligations to extend any further credit under any of the Loan Documents; (ii) such actions by the Control Agent and the other Lenders were a proper exercise of their rights and remedies, and were made in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents, and applicable law; and (iii) payment in full in cash of the Obligations (in the case of the Loans, at the Redemption Price) is immediately due and payable.

SECTION 3. CONDITIONS TO EFFECTIVENESS .

The effectiveness of Section 1 of this Agreement is expressly conditioned upon the satisfaction and delivery of each of the applicable conditions set forth below:

3.1 Documentary Deliveries . The Lenders shall have received this Amendment duly executed and delivered by the Borrower and each of the other parties hereto.

3.2 No Default . The representations and warranties contained herein shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof, and no Default or Event of Default, other than the Designated Defaults, shall exist on the date hereof.

3.3 Expense Reimbursement . The Control Agent and the other Lenders shall have received reimbursement for all expenses for which invoices have been presented (including reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of counsel to the Control Agent and the other Lenders) in accordance with Section 12.03(a) of the Credit Agreement.

 

4


SECTION 4. MISCELLANEOUS

4.1 Successors and Assigns . This Amendment shall be binding on and shall inure to the benefit of the Credit Parties, the Control Agent and the other Lenders and their respective successors and assigns, except as otherwise provided herein (none of which include WCAS, who is not a party or a third-party beneficiary of this Amendment). No Credit Party may assign, delegate, transfer, hypothecate or otherwise convey any of its rights, benefits, obligations or duties hereunder without the prior written consent of the Control Agent and the other Lenders.

4.2 Headings . Section headings in this Agreement are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Agreement for any other purpose.

4.3 Severability . Wherever possible, each provision of this Amendment shall be interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Amendment shall be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Amendment.

4.4 Conflict of Terms . Except as otherwise provided in this Amendment, if any provision contained in this Amendment is in conflict with, or inconsistent with, any provision in any of the Loan Documents, the provision contained in this Amendment shall govern and control.

4.5 Incorporation of Credit Agreement . The provisions contained in Sections 12.09 (Governing Law), 12.10 (Jurisdiction, Service of Process and Venue), 12.11 (Waiver of Jury Trial) and 12.12 (Waiver of Immunity) of the Credit Agreement are incorporated herein by reference to the same extent as if reproduced herein in their entirety, except with reference to this Agreement rather than the Credit Agreement.

4.6 Continued Effectiveness . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Amendment, the terms of this Amendment are not intended to and do not serve to effect a novation as any of the Loan Documents, including the Forbearance Agreement. The Loan Documents, including the Forbearance Agreement, remain in full force and effect and the terms and provisions of the Loan Documents, including the Forbearance Agreement, are ratified and confirmed as amended by the terms of this Amendment. This Amendment is only applicable and shall only be effective in the specific instances and for the specific purposes for which made or given. Except as specifically provided in this Amendment, the execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver or forbearance of any right, power or remedy of the Control Agent or any other Lender under the Credit Agreement or any of the Loan Documents, or constitute a consent, waiver or modification with respect to any provision of the Credit Agreement or any of the Loan Documents which shall remain in full force and effect. Upon the effectiveness of this Amendment each reference in (i) the Credit Agreement to “this Agreement,” “hereunder,” “hereof,” or words of similar import and (ii) any Loan Document, including the Forbearance Agreement, to “the Agreement” shall, in each case and except as otherwise specifically stated therein, mean and be a reference to the Credit Agreement as modified hereby.

 

5


4.7 Further Assurances . Borrower and each other Credit Party agrees to, and to cause any other Credit Party to, take all further actions and execute all further documents as Control Agent may from time to time reasonably request to carry out the transactions contemplated by this Amendment and all other agreements executed and delivered in connection herewith.

4.8 Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of separate counterparts, each of which shall collectively and separately constitute one agreement. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Amendment by facsimile or electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed signature page to this Amendment.

SECTION 5. Affirmation of Guarantors .

5.1 Each Guarantor hereby acknowledges and agrees that it has reviewed the terms and provisions of this Amendment and consents to any modification of the Loan Documents effected pursuant to this Amendment. Each Guarantor hereby confirms to the Control Agent and the other Secured Parties that, after giving effect to this Amendment, the Guarantee of such Guarantor and each other Loan Document to which such Guarantor is a party continues in full force and effect and is the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Guarantor, enforceable against such Guarantor in accordance with its terms except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability. Each Guarantor further acknowledges, confirms and agrees that Control Agent and the other Lenders have and shall continue to have a valid, enforceable and perfected first-priority lien (subject only to Permitted Liens) upon and security interest in the Collateral granted to Control Agent and the other Lenders pursuant to the Loan Documents or otherwise granted to or held by Control Agent and the other Lenders.

5.2 Each Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that (i) notwithstanding the conditions to effectiveness set forth in this Amendment, such Guarantor is not required by the terms of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document to consent to the waivers or modifications to the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document effected pursuant to this Amendment and (ii) nothing in the Credit Agreement, this Amendment or any other Loan Document shall be deemed to require the consent of such Guarantor to any future waivers or modifications to the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document.

[signature pages follow]

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused a counterpart of this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

BORROWER:
VALERITAS, INC.
By:    /s/ Kristine Peterson
  Name: Kristine Peterson
  Title: CEO

 

GUARANTORS:
VALERITAS HOLDINGS, LLC.
By:    /s/ Kristine Peterson
  Name: Kristine Peterson
  Title: CEO

 

VALERITAS SECURITY CORPORATION
By:    /s/ Kristine Peterson
  Name: Kristine Peterson
  Title: CEO

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 3 to Limited Forbearance Agreement]


LENDERS:

CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II L.P., as

Lender and Control Agent

By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II GP

L.P., its General Partner

By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II

GP LLC, its General Partner

By:   /s/ Nathan Hukill
  Name: Nathan Hukill
  Title: Authorized Signatory

 

PARALLEL INVESTMENT OPPORTUNITIES

PARTNERS II L.P.

By PARALLEL INVESTMENT

OPPORTUNITIES PARTNERS II GP L.P., its

General Partner

By PARALLEL INVESTMENT

OPPORTUNITIES PARTNERS II GP LLC,

its General Partner

By:   /s/ Nathan Hukill
  Name: Nathan Hukill
  Title: Authorized Signatory

 

CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II–

PARALLEL FUND “A” L.P.

By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II–

PARALLEL FUND “A” GP L.P., its General

Partner

By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II–

PARALLEL FUND “A” GP LLC, its

General Partner

By:   /s/ Nathan Hukill
  Name: Nathan Hukill
  Title: Authorized Signatory


CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II

(CAYMAN) L.P.

By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II

(CAYMAN) GP L.P., its General Partner

By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II

(CAYMAN) GP LLC, its General Partner

By:   /s/ Nathan Hukill
  Name: Nathan Hukill
  Title: Authorized Signatory
  WITNESS: /s/ Nicole Nesson
  Name: Nicole Nesson

 

CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II –

PARALLEL FUND “B” (CAYMAN) L.P.

By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II

(CAYMAN) GP L.P., its General Partner

By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II

(CAYMAN) GP LLC, its General Partner

By:   /s/ Nathan Hukill
  Name: Nathan Hukill
  Title: Authorized Signatory
  WITNESS: /s/ Nicole Nesson
  Name: Nicole Nesson

Exhibit 10.17

Execution Copy

AMENDMENT NO.4 TO LIMITED FORBEARANCE AGREEMENT

This Amendment No. 4 to the Limited Forbearance Agreement (this “ Amendment ”) is made this 29th day of January, 2016 by and among VALERITAS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), VALERITAS HOLDINGS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Parent ”) and VALERITAS SECURITY CORPORATION, each as a Guarantor (as such term is defined in the Credit Agreement) and the undersigned Lenders.

RECITALS

A. The Borrower, Parent, the other Guarantors, the Control Agent and the other Lenders signatory thereto have entered into that certain Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement dated as of August 5, 2014 (as amended from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ” and together with all other agreements, instruments and documents executed in connection therewith, the “ Loan Documents ”).

B. As of April 3, 2015, certain Events of Default (as that term is defined in the Credit Agreement) had occurred and were continuing and the Lenders duly provided notice to the Borrower and all Guarantors and declared all of the Obligations under the Credit Agreement to be then immediate due and payable and terminated all further Commitments and obligations to extend any further credit under any Loan Document. As a result of such acceleration of the Obligations, the Borrower and the Guarantors requested that the Lenders temporarily forbear from further exercising certain rights or remedies with respect to such Events of Default (and only with respect thereto).

C. Subsequently, the Borrower, Guarantors, Control Agent and Lenders entered into a Limited Forbearance Agreement, dated as of May 18, 2015, as amended by that certain Amendment No. 1 to Limited Forbearance Agreement, dated as of September 28, 2015, that certain Amendment No. 2 to Limited Forbearance Agreement, dated as of November 13, 2015 and that certain Amendment No. 3 to Limited Forbearance Agreement, dated as of December 21, 2015 (as so amended, the “ Forbearance Agreement ”) pursuant to which, subject to the terms and conditions of the Forbearance Agreement, the Lenders and the Control Agent agreed to temporarily forbear from further exercising their rights and remedies under the Credit Agreement and/or the Loan Documents with respect to the Designated Defaults. All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Forbearance Agreement.

D. At the request of the Borrower and Guarantors, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, and without waiving any existing or future rights or remedies that the Lenders or Control Agent may have against the Borrower or Guarantors, and without creating a custom or course of dealing among the parties, the Control Agent and the other Lenders are willing to amend and extend the Forbearance Agreement and forbear from further exercising certain of their default-related rights and remedies against the Borrower and the Guarantors with respect to the Designated Defaults (and only with respect thereto).


E. This Amendment shall constitute a Loan Document, and these Recitals shall be construed as part of this Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, for valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, and in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants contained herein, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions described in Section 3 hereof, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

SECTION 1. AMENDMENT TO FORBEARANCE AGREEMENT .

This Amendment shall become effective on the date that each of the conditions set forth in Section 3 of this Amendment are satisfied (the “ Effective Date ”) and the Forbearance Agreement shall be deemed amended as follows:

1.1 Section 3(a) of the Forbearance Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“SECTION 3. Forbearance

(a) As used herein, the term “ Forbearance Period ” shall mean the period commencing on the date hereof and ending on the earliest to occur of (i) March 31, 2016 (5:00 p.m. Central time), (ii) the effective date of the amendment and restatement of the Credit Agreement to extend credit to the Borrower as contemplated under Section 4(t) hereof, and (iii) the occurrence of any one or more of the following events:

(A) any failure by any Credit Party to timely comply with any other term, condition or provision contained in this Agreement, whether or not notice is given of such failure, after giving effect to any notice, lapse of time or both;

(B) any Material Adverse Effect (other than any Designated Default, except to the extent that any Designated Default either is repeated or worsens) shall occur as determined by Control Agent (after giving effect to the financial condition of the Borrower and the other Credit Parties as of the date hereof); and

(C) Any failure by any Credit Party to timely comply with any term, condition or provision contained in the documents evidencing the Second Bridge Equity Financing, the Third Bridge Equity Financing or the Preferred AB Stock Warrants, whether or not notice is given of such failure, after giving effect to an notice, lapse of time or both.

The occurrence of any of the events set forth in clauses (A) through (C) above shall constitute an immediate Event of Default under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.”

1.2 Section 4(b)(i) of the Forbearance Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“(b) Permitted Expenditures .

 

2


(i) Attached hereto as Exhibit B is a draft 13-week detailed expense statement containing a projection of cash receipts and disbursements for the period reflected thereon, a final version of which shall be delivered to the Control Agent and the other Lenders on or before February 5, 2016 (as set forth thereon or as modified in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the “ Budgeted Cash Flow ”). The Borrower represents and warrants that such Budgeted Cash Flow (and each modification thereof) was prepared in good faith in accordance with GAAP consistently applied (using reasonable and conservative assumptions and estimates) and contains only (A) those expenditures that are necessary to avoid immediate or irreparable harm to the Collateral and as are necessary and reasonable for the Borrower to preserve the going-concern value of the Borrower’s business during the Forbearance Period and (B) costs incurred by or allocable to the Parent for tax and dissolution matters. The Borrower may modify the Budgeted Cash Flow upon the prior written consent of the Control Agent and the Majority Lenders so long as the Borrower’s total expenditures do not exceed the aggregate funds approved in the Budgeted Cash Flow.”

1.3 Section 4(e) of the Forbearance Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“(e) Use of Valeritas Security Cash . All cash or cash equivalents in the Valeritas Security Control Account as of September 28, 2015, and all cash or cash equivalents deposited or transferred into the Valeritas Security Control Account after September 28, 2015 shall be hereinafter referred to as the “ VSCA Cash .” Borrower shall be prohibited from using the VSCA Cash to fund the Budgeted Cash Flow until all other cash in the Borrower’s Control Accounts and the proceeds of the Second Bridge Equity Financing, the Third Bridge Equity Financing and the Preferred AB Stock Warrants have been used in full.”

1.4 The following provision shall be added to the Forbearance Agreement as Section 4(r) :

“(r) Third Bridge Equity Financing . By no later than January 29, 2016, the Borrower shall consummate a transaction for equity financing of no less than $5.5 million, inclusive of any amounts invested or advanced by the Lenders (the “ Third Bridge Equity Financing ”), pursuant to documentation in form and substance acceptable to the Majority Lenders. The net proceeds resulting from the Third Bridge Equity Financing (and all cash contained in the Borrower’s Control Accounts other than the VSCA Cash) shall be used by the Credit Parties to fund the Budgeted Cash Flow and none of the VSCA Cash shall be used until all net proceeds of the Third Bridge Equity Financing and the Preferred AB Stock Warrants and cash contained in the other Control Accounts have been used in accordance with the Budgeted Cash Flow. For the avoidance of doubt, during the Forbearance Period, no Credit Party shall make any Restricted Payment on account of such equity, whether directly or indirectly.”

 

3


1.5 The following provision shall be added to the Forbearance Agreement as Section 4(s) :

“(s) Preferred AB Stock Warrants . By no later than January 29, 2016, the Borrower shall issue to the Lenders warrants to purchase up to $20,000,000 of Series AB Preferred Stock of the Borrower with a strike price of $1.25 per share, (the “ Preferred AB Stock Warrants ”), pursuant to documentation in form and substance acceptable to the Majority Lenders. The proceeds resulting from the Preferred AB Stock Warrants (and all cash contained in the Borrower’s Control Accounts other than the VSCA Cash) shall be used by the Credit Parties to fund the Budgeted Cash Flow and none of the VSCA Cash shall be used until all proceeds of the Third Bridge Equity Financing and the Preferred AB Stock Warrants and cash contained in the other Control Accounts have been used in accordance with the Budgeted Cash Flow. For the avoidance of doubt, during the Forbearance Period, no Credit Party shall make any Restricted Payment on account of such equity, whether directly or indirectly.”

1.6 The following provision shall be added to the Forbearance Agreement as Section 4(t) :

“(t) Additional Loans under the Credit Agreement . During the Forbearance Period, the Lenders shall in good faith negotiate with the Borrower to amend and restate the Credit Agreement and applicable Loan Documents as of the end of the Forbearance Period to provide up to $20,000,000 in new loans to the Borrower, in an effort to preserve and protect the enterprise value of the Borrower’s business, and on such terms and conditions satisfactory to the Lenders and the Borrower, including, without limitation, the following terms and conditions:

(i) The aggregate outstanding principal balance of the loans under the amended and restated Credit Agreement shall be equal to the total debt owing under the Credit Agreement as of the effective date of the amendment and restatement, inclusive of all accrued but unpaid interest and default interest;

(ii) The maturity date under the amended and restated Credit Agreement shall be the original maturity date under the Credit Agreement;

(iii) The decision to lend any amount as a new loan under the amended and restated Credit Agreement shall be at the sole discretion of the Lenders;

(iv) A fee equal to 8% of any new loan shall be payable on the draw date of such loan;

(v) Any investment by the Lenders in the Borrower through the Preferred AB Stock Warrants would not reduce the amount available under the amended and restated Credit Agreement in new loans; and

(vi) The Lenders shall agree to release the Parent from its guaranty and pledge effective as of the date of the dissolution of the Parent, provided that as of such date of dissolution, this Agreement remains in effect and the Forbearance Period is continuing.”

 

4


1.7 The following provision shall be added to the Forbearance Agreement as Section 4(u) :

“(u) Dissolution of Valeritas Holdings, LLC . Within 30 days of the consummation of the Third Bridge Equity Financing, the Borrower and the Parent shall cause the Parent to be dissolved and the Parent’s assets to be distributed to the unit holders of the Parent in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Parent and the following terms and conditions:

(i) Prior to the dissolution of the Parent, all creditors of the Parent, including all (if any) applicable governmental or tax authorities, employees, vendors and trade creditors, shall have been paid in full and/or a sufficient cash reserve shall have been created to do so;

(ii) The existing D&O insurance policy covering the board of the Parent shall not be permitted to lapse and shall cover all new board members of the board of the Borrower and all board members of the board of the Parent for acts or omissions made prior to the dissolution of the Parent;

(iii) The Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Parent shall terminate upon the dissolution of the Parent;

(iv) The Parent shall appoint a person acceptable to the Lenders to be the responsible officer to oversee and implement the dissolution of the Parent; and

(v) The rights and duties of the unitholders of the Parent under any voting agreement or investor rights agreement to which they are a party shall terminate or be amended to the satisfaction of the Lenders upon the dissolution of the Parent.”

1.8 Exhibit B of the Forbearance Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with Exhibit B attached hereto.

SECTION 2. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES .

To induce Lenders to enter into this Amendment, the Borrower and Guarantors each represent and warrant to the Lenders that:

2.1 Representations, Warranties and Covenants . (a) After giving effect to this Amendment, no representation or warranty of any Credit Party contained in the Credit Agreement or any of the Loan Documents, including this Amendment, shall be untrue or incorrect in any material respect as of the date hereof, except to the extent that such representation or warranty expressly relates to an earlier date, and (b) no Default or Event of Default (other than the Designated Defaults) has occurred or is continuing, or would result after giving effect hereto.

2.2 Authorization, Etc . Each Credit Party has the power and authority to execute, deliver and perform this Amendment. Each Credit Party has taken all necessary action (including, without limitation, obtaining approval of its stockholders, if necessary) to authorize its execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment. No consent, approval or authorization of, or declaration or filing with, any Governmental Authority, and no consent of any other Person, is required in connection with any Credit Party’s execution, delivery and

 

5


performance of this Amendment, except for those already duly obtained. This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by each Credit Party and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of each Credit Party, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditor rights generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability. No Credit Party’s execution, delivery or performance of this Amendment (i) contravenes the terms of any of such Credit Party’s organization documents; (ii) conflicts with or constitutes a violation or breach of, or constitutes a default under, or results in the creation or imposition of any Lien (other than pursuant to the Security Documents) upon the property of any Credit Party by reason of the terms of any material obligation under any Contract to which such Credit Party is a party (including without limitation obligations arising from agreements relating to any such Contract to which any Credit Party is a party or which is binding upon it); or (iii) violates any Requirement of Law in any material respect.

2.3 Acknowledgment of Obligations . Each Credit Party hereby acknowledges, confirms and agrees that the Credit Parties are indebted to the Lenders in respect of the Loans under the Credit Agreement. The Loans and all other Obligations under or in connection with the Loans, together with interest accrued and accruing thereon, and fees, costs, expenses and other charges now or hereafter payable by the Borrower or any Guarantor to the Control Agent and the other Lenders (including, without limitation, the Prepayment Premium, which each Credit Party acknowledges, confirms and agrees is immediately due and payable in accordance with Section 11.02 of the Credit Agreement and otherwise pursuant to the Loan Documents), are unconditionally and immediately due and payable by the Borrower and the Guarantors to the Control Agent and the other Lenders, without offset, recoupment, defense or counterclaim of any kind, nature or description whatsoever, all of which (if any exist, and which the Credit Parties hereby acknowledge do not exist) are hereby waived by the Credit Parties.

2.4 Security . Subject to Section 4(t)(vi) of the Forbearance Agreement (as amended by Section 1.6 of this Amendment), the Secured Parties’ security interests in the Collateral continue to be perfected, valid, binding and enforceable first-priority security interests which secure the Obligations (subject only to the Permitted Liens) and no tax or judgment liens are currently of record against Borrower or any other Credit Party. Neither the Borrower nor any Guarantor holds or controls, or will hold or control during the Forbearance Period, cash or cash equivalents that is unencumbered and the Borrower and the Guarantors have granted to the Control Agent and the other Lenders enforceable first-priority security interests on all of the Borrower’s and the Guarantors’ cash and cash equivalents.

2.5 Acknowledgment of Default . Each Credit Party hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Designated Defaults have occurred and are continuing as of the date hereof, each of which constitutes an Event of Default, and, as a result of the Designated Defaults, as well as any other Defaults or Events of Default that may exist, the Control Agent and the other Lenders are entitled to exercise any and all default-related rights and remedies under the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents, and/or applicable law, including without limitation, to accelerate the Obligations (and have done so as set forth in 2.5 of the Forbearance Agreement) or to exercise rights against Collateral and that no Credit Party has any valid defense to the enforcement of such default-related rights and remedies. Each Credit Party hereby acknowledges and agrees that the first to occur of the Designated Defaults occurred no later than January 1, 2015 and have continued to date.

 

6


2.6 Acknowledgment of Exercise of Remedies . Each Credit Party hereby acknowledges, confirms, and agrees that (i) on April 3, 2015, the Control Agent and the other Lenders duly provided notice to the Borrower that various defaults and Events of Default (including, without limitation, the Designated Defaults) had occurred and are continuing, declared all of the Obligations of the Borrower under the Credit Agreement and all other Loan Documents to be then immediately due and payable, and terminated the Commitments as of January 1, 2015, and any other obligations to extend any further credit under any of the Loan Documents; (ii) such actions by the Control Agent and the other Lenders were a proper exercise of their rights and remedies, and were made in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents, and applicable law; and (iii) payment in full in cash of the Obligations (in the case of the Loans, at the Redemption Price) is immediately due and payable.

SECTION 3. CONDITIONS TO EFFECTIVENESS .

The effectiveness of Section 1 of this Agreement is expressly conditioned upon the satisfaction and delivery of each of the applicable conditions set forth below:

3.1 Documentary Deliveries . The Lenders shall have received the following documents, each of which shall be in form and substance acceptable to the Lenders:

(a) This Amendment duly executed and delivered by the Borrower and each of the other parties hereto;

(b) A draft Budgeted Cash Flow in accordance with Section 4(b)(i) of the Forbearance Agreement;

(c) Documentation evidencing the closing, in toto , of the Third Bridge Equity Financing in accordance with Section 4(r) of the Forbearance Agreement;

(d) Documentation evidencing the closing, in toto , of the Preferred AB Stock Warrants in accordance with Section 4(s) of the Forbearance Agreement; and

(e) Resolutions of the boards of the Borrower and the Parent approving and authorizing this Amendment and the actions contemplated hereby, including the dissolution of the Parent.

3.2 No Default . The representations and warranties contained herein shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof, and no Default or Event of Default, other than the Designated Defaults, shall exist on the date hereof.

3.3 Expense Reimbursement . The Control Agent and the other Lenders shall have received reimbursement for all expenses for which invoices have been presented (including reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of counsel to the Control Agent and the other Lenders) in accordance with Section 12.03(a) of the Credit Agreement.

 

7


SECTION 4. MISCELLANEOUS

4.1 Successors and Assigns . This Amendment shall be binding on and shall inure to the benefit of the Credit Parties, the Control Agent and the other Lenders and their respective successors and assigns, except as otherwise provided herein (none of which include WCAS, who is not a party or a third-party beneficiary of this Amendment). No Credit Party may assign, delegate, transfer, hypothecate or otherwise convey any of its rights, benefits, obligations or duties hereunder without the prior written consent of the Control Agent and the other Lenders.

4.2 Headings . Section headings in this Agreement are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Agreement for any other purpose.

4.3 Severability . Wherever possible, each provision of this Amendment shall be interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Amendment shall be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Amendment.

4.4 Conflict of Terms . Except as otherwise provided in this Amendment, if any provision contained in this Amendment is in conflict with, or inconsistent with, any provision in any of the Loan Documents, the provision contained in this Amendment shall govern and control.

4.5 Incorporation of Credit Agreement . The provisions contained in Sections 12.09 (Governing Law), 12.10 (Jurisdiction, Service of Process and Venue), 12.11 (Waiver of Jury Trial) and 12.12 (Waiver of Immunity) of the Credit Agreement are incorporated herein by reference to the same extent as if reproduced herein in their entirety, except with reference to this Agreement rather than the Credit Agreement.

4.6 Continued Effectiveness . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Amendment, the terms of this Amendment are not intended to and do not serve to effect a novation as any of the Loan Documents, including the Forbearance Agreement. The Loan Documents, including the Forbearance Agreement, remain in full force and effect and the terms and provisions of the Loan Documents, including the Forbearance Agreement, are ratified and confirmed as amended by the terms of this Amendment. This Amendment is only applicable and shall only be effective in the specific instances and for the specific purposes for which made or given. Except as specifically provided in this Amendment, the execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver or forbearance of any right, power or remedy of the Control Agent or any other Lender under the Credit Agreement or any of the Loan Documents, or constitute a consent, waiver or modification with respect to any provision of the Credit Agreement or any of the Loan Documents which shall remain in full force and effect. Upon the effectiveness of this Amendment each reference in (i) the Credit Agreement to “this Agreement,” “hereunder,” “hereof,” or words of similar import and (ii) any Loan Document, including the Forbearance Agreement, to “the Agreement” shall, in each case and except as otherwise specifically stated therein, mean and be a reference to the Credit Agreement as modified hereby.

 

8


4.7 Further Assurances . Borrower and each other Credit Party agrees to, and to cause any other Credit Party to, take all further actions and execute all further documents as Control Agent may from time to time reasonably request to carry out the transactions contemplated by this Amendment and all other agreements executed and delivered in connection herewith.

4.8 Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of separate counterparts, each of which shall collectively and separately constitute one agreement. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Amendment by facsimile or electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed signature page to this Amendment.

SECTION 5. Affirmation of Guarantors .

5.1 Each Guarantor hereby acknowledges and agrees that it has reviewed the terms and provisions of this Amendment and consents to any modification of the Loan Documents effected pursuant to this Amendment. Each Guarantor hereby confirms to the Control Agent and the other Secured Parties that, after giving effect to this Amendment, the Guarantee of such Guarantor and each other Loan Document to which such Guarantor is a party continues in full force and effect and is the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Guarantor, enforceable against such Guarantor in accordance with its terms except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability. Subject to Section 4(t)(vi) of the Forbearance Agreement (as amended by Section 1.6 of this Amendment), each Guarantor further acknowledges, confirms and agrees that Control Agent and the other Lenders have and shall continue to have a valid, enforceable and perfected first-priority lien (subject only to Permitted Liens) upon and security interest in the Collateral granted to Control Agent and the other Lenders pursuant to the Loan Documents or otherwise granted to or held by Control Agent and the other Lenders.

5.2 Each Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that (i) notwithstanding the conditions to effectiveness set forth in this Amendment, such Guarantor is not required by the terms of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document to consent to the waivers or modifications to the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document effected pursuant to this Amendment and (ii) nothing in the Credit Agreement, this Amendment or any other Loan Document shall be deemed to require the consent of such Guarantor to any future waivers or modifications to the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document.

[signature pages follow]

 

9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused a counterpart of this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

BORROWER:
VALERITAS, INC.
By:   /s/ Kristine Peterson
  Name: Kristine Peterson
  Title: CEO
GUARANTORS:
VALERITAS HOLDINGS, LLC
By:   /s/ Kristine Peterson
  Name: Kristine Peterson
  Title: CEO
VALERITAS SECURITY CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Kristine Peterson
  Name: Kristine Peterson
  Title: CEO

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDMENT N O . 4 TO L IMITED F ORBEARANCE A GREEMENT ]


LENDERS:

CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II L.P., as

Lender and Control Agent

 

By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II GP

L.P., its General Partner

 

        By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II

        GP LLC, its General Partner

By:   /s/ Nathan Hukill
  Name: Nathan Hukill
  Title: Authorized Signatory

PARALLEL INVESTMENT OPPORTUNITIES

PARTNERS II L.P.

 

By PARALLEL INVESTMENT

OPPORTUNITIES PARTNERS II GP L.P., its

General Partner

 

        By PARALLEL INVESTMENT

        OPPORTUNITIES PARTNERS II GP LLC,

        its General Partner

By:   /s/ Nathan Hukill
  Name: Nathan Hukill
  Title: Authorized Signatory

CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II–

PARALLEL FUND “A” L.P.

 

By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II–

PARALLEL FUND “A” GP L.P., its General

Partner

 

        By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II–

        PARALLEL FUND “A” GP LLC, its

        General Partner

By:   /s/ Nathan Hukill
  Name: Nathan Hukill
  Title: Authorized Signatory

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDMENT N O . 4 TO L IMITED F ORBEARANCE A GREEMENT ]


CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II

(CAYMAN) L.P.

 

By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II

(CAYMAN) GP L.P., its General Partner

 

        By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II

        (CAYMAN) GP LLC, its General Partner

By:   /s/ Nathan Hukill
  Name: Nathan Hukill
  Title: Authorized Signatory
  WITNESS: /s/ Nicole Nesson
  Name: Nicole Nesson

CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II –

PARALLEL FUND “B” (CAYMAN) L.P.

 

By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II

(CAYMAN) GP L.P., its General Partner

 

        By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II

        (CAYMAN) GP LLC, its General Partner

By:   /s/ Nathan Hukill
  Name: Nathan Hukill
  Title: Authorized Signatory
  WITNESS: /s/ Nicole Nesson
  Name: Nicole Nesson

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDMENT N O . 4 TO L IMITED F ORBEARANCE A GREEMENT ]


EXHIBIT B

BUDGETED CASH FLOW


Cash Update

Summary of Sources and Uses – 13 week projection

 

           1     2     3     4     5     6     7     8     9     10     11     12     13  
     23-Jan     30-Jan     6-Feb     13-Feb     20-Feb     27-Feb     5-Mar     12-Mar     19-Mar     26-Mar     2-Apr     9-Apr     16-Apr     23-Apr  

Cash Flow Summary (M$):

                            

Beginning Cash

   $ 1.4      $ 1.1      $ 0.2      ($ 0.3   ($ 3.4   ($ 3.5   ($ 5.5   ($ 6.1   ($ 8.2   ($ 8.1   ($ 9.4   ($ 9.9   ($ 10.8   ($ 11.1

Receipts

   $ 0.3      $ 0.5      $ 0.6      $ 0.6      $ 0.7      $ 0.6      $ 0.6      $ 0.5      $ 0.6      $ 0.6      $ 0.6      $ 0.6      $ 0.5      $ 0.6   

Payroll

   ($ 0.0   ($ 0.7   ($ 0.2   ($ 0.9   $ 0.0      ($ 1.8   ($ 0.2   ($ 1.5   $ 0.0      ($ 0.5   ($ 0.2   ($ 0.5   $ 0.0      ($ 0.5

AP - Critical

   ($ 0.5   ($ 0.8   ($ 0.9   ($ 1.3   ($ 0.7   ($ 0.8   ($ 1.0   ($ 1.0   ($ 0.6   ($ 1.0   ($ 0.9   ($ 1.0   ($ 0.9   ($ 0.7

AP - Catch-up (Ops/other)

         ($ 0.6                    

AP - Catch-up (Commercial)

         ($ 1.0                    

IRS 401K commitment

                     ($ 0.4        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending Cash

   $ 1.1      $ 0.2      ($ 0.3   ($ 3.4   ($ 3.5   ($ 5.5   ($ 6.1   ($ 8.2   ($ 8.1   ($ 9.4   ($ 9.9   ($ 10.8   ($ 11.1   ($ 11.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Assumptions:

- Severance and retention bonuses paid out on 2/12 and 2/26 payroll cycles

- Payroll (RIF) reduction effective 2/26 payroll (pay thru 2/20)

- Severance and retention bonuses paid out on 2/12 and 2/26 payroll cycles

- 2015 Non-sales bonus payout (50% attainment) on 3/11 payroll

- Trade AP of $7.3M at 12/31/2015, $5.3M of which is delinquent. Above ‘catch-ups’ of $1.6M are targeted to vendors that help assure business continuity.

Confidential Planning Document– Not For Distribution without Permission from Valeritas

 

1

Exhibit 10.18

Execution Copy

AMENDMENT NO. 5 TO LIMITED FORBEARANCE AGREEMENT

This Amendment No. 5 to the Limited Forbearance Agreement (this “ Amendment ”) is made this 25th day of March, 2016 by and among VALERITAS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), and VALERITAS SECURITY CORPORATION, as a Guarantor (as such term is defined in the Credit Agreement) and the undersigned Lenders.

RECITALS

A. The Borrower, the Guarantor, the Control Agent and the other Lenders signatory thereto have entered into that certain Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement dated as of August 5, 2014 (as amended from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ” and together with all other agreements, instruments and documents executed in connection therewith, the “ Loan Documents ”).

B. As of April 3, 2015, certain Events of Default (as that term is defined in the Credit Agreement) had occurred and were continuing and the Lenders duly provided notice to the Borrower and all Guarantors and declared all of the Obligations under the Credit Agreement to be then immediate due and payable and terminated all further Commitments and obligations to extend any further credit under any Loan Document. As a result of such acceleration of the Obligations, the Borrower and the Guarantors requested that the Lenders temporarily forbear from further exercising certain rights or remedies with respect to such Events of Default (and only with respect thereto).

C. Subsequently, the Borrower, Guarantors, Control Agent and Lenders entered into a Limited Forbearance Agreement, dated as of May 18, 2015, as amended by that certain Amendment No. 1 to Limited Forbearance Agreement, dated as of September 28, 2015, that certain Amendment No. 2 to Limited Forbearance Agreement, dated as of November 13, 2015 that certain Amendment No. 3 to Limited Forbearance Agreement, dated as of December 21, 2015, and that certain Amendment No. 4 to Limited Forbearance Agreement, dated as of January 29, 2016 (as so amended, the “ Forbearance Agreement ”) pursuant to which, subject to the terms and conditions of the Forbearance Agreement, the Lenders and the Control Agent agreed to temporarily forbear from further exercising their rights and remedies under the Credit Agreement and/or the Loan Documents with respect to the Designated Defaults. All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Forbearance Agreement.

D. At the request of the Borrower and Guarantors, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, and without waiving any existing or future rights or remedies that the Lenders or Control Agent may have against the Borrower or Guarantors, and without creating a custom or course of dealing among the parties, the Control Agent and the other Lenders are willing to amend and extend the Forbearance Agreement and forbear from further exercising certain of their default-related rights and remedies against the Borrower and the Guarantors with respect to the Designated Defaults (and only with respect thereto).


E. In anticipation of a successful Merger (as defined below), the Lenders and the Borrower are likely to negotiate an amended and restated Credit Agreement, which among other things, may satisfy certain accrued interest and fees and set forth a revised maturity date and interest rate for the Loans to the Borrower and waive the Designated Defaults as of the end of the Forbearance Period on such terms and conditions satisfactory to the Lenders and Borrower.

F. This Amendment shall constitute a Loan Document, and these Recitals shall be construed as part of this Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, for valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, and in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants contained herein, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions described in Section 3 hereof, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

SECTION 1. AMENDMENT TO FORBEARANCE AGREEMENT .

This Amendment shall become effective on the date that each of the conditions set forth in Section 3 of this Amendment are satisfied (the “ Effective Date ”) and the Forbearance Agreement shall be deemed amended as follows:

1.1 Section 3(a) of the Forbearance Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“SECTION 3. Forbearance

(a) As used herein, the term “ Forbearance Period ” shall mean the period commencing on the date hereof and ending on the earliest to occur of (i) April 30, 2016 (5:00 p.m. Central time), (ii) the effective date of the amendment and restatement of the Credit Agreement to reinstate the Loans to the Borrower, and (iii) the occurrence of any one or more of the following events:

(A) any failure by any Credit Party to timely comply with any other term, condition or provision contained in this Agreement, whether or not notice is given of such failure, after giving effect to any notice, lapse of time or both;

(B) any Material Adverse Effect (other than any Designated Default, except to the extent that any Designated Default either is repeated or worsens) shall occur as determined by Control Agent (after giving effect to the financial condition of the Borrower and the other Credit Parties as of the date hereof);

(C) Any failure by any Credit Party to timely comply with any term, condition or provision contained in the documents evidencing the Second Bridge Equity Financing, the Third Bridge Equity Financing or the Preferred AB Stock Warrants, whether or not notice is given of such failure, after giving effect to an notice, lapse of time or both;

(D) Any Placement Agent, as that term is defined in that certain Placement Agent Agreement dated March 17, 2016 to which the Borrower is a party (the “ Placement Agency Agreement ”), shall notify the Borrower of its intention to terminate the Placement Agency Agreement under Section D thereof;

 

2


(E) The “Minimum Offering” or the “Merger” (or an alternative structure that may be approved by the Lenders), as such terms are defined in the Placement Agency Agreement, are not completed by April 21, 2016;

(F) The shareholders of the Borrower fail (i) on or before April 1, 2016, to approve any of (w) the Ninth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Borrower, in a form satisfactory to the Lenders in their sole discretion, (x) the conversion of certain interest and other amounts owed to the Lenders into equity of the Borrower on terms satisfactory to the Lenders in their sole discretion, (y) the amendment and restatement of the Borrower’s 2014 Incentive Compensation Plan on terms satisfactory to the Lenders in their sole discretion, and (z) the election of Rodney D. Altman, M.D. as a director of the Borrower (collectively, the “ Approved Actions ”), or (ii) on or before April 21, 2016, to approve the Merger;

(G) Any shareholder of the Borrower shall assert dissenters’ rights in the Merger; or

(H) Any person shall institute a legal action challenging the Merger or asserting any claim against the Borrower, its directors, officers or any of their respective affiliates in connection with the Merger, the private placement being conducted in connection with the Merger, or any of the Approved Actions.

The occurrence of any of the events set forth in clauses (A) through (H) above shall constitute an immediate Event of Default under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.”

1.2 Section 4(t) of the Forbearance Agreement shall be amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“(t) [Reserved].”

SECTION 2. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES .

To induce Lenders to enter into this Amendment, the Borrower and the Guarantor each represent and warrant to the Lenders that:

2.1 Representations, Warranties and Covenants . (a) After giving effect to this Amendment, no representation or warranty of any Credit Party contained in the Credit Agreement or any of the Loan Documents, including this Amendment, shall be untrue or incorrect in any material respect as of the date hereof, except to the extent that such representation or warranty expressly relates to (i) an earlier date, or (ii) the Designated Defaults, and (b) no Default or Event of Default (other than the Designated Defaults) has occurred or is continuing, or would result after giving effect hereto.

 

3


2.2 Authorization, Etc . Each Credit Party has the power and authority to execute, deliver and perform this Amendment. Each Credit Party has taken all necessary action (including, without limitation, obtaining approval of its stockholders, if necessary) to authorize its execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment. No consent, approval or authorization of, or declaration or filing with, any Governmental Authority, and no consent of any other Person, is required in connection with any Credit Party’s execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment, except for those already duly obtained. This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by each Credit Party and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of each Credit Party, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditor rights generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability. No Credit Party’s execution, delivery or performance of this Amendment (i) contravenes the terms of any of such Credit Party’s organization documents; (ii) conflicts with or constitutes a violation or breach of, or constitutes a default under, or results in the creation or imposition of any Lien (other than pursuant to the Security Documents) upon the property of any Credit Party by reason of the terms of any material obligation under any Contract to which such Credit Party is a party (including without limitation obligations arising from agreements relating to any such Contract to which any Credit Party is a party or which is binding upon it); or (iii) violates any Requirement of Law in any material respect.

2.3 Acknowledgment of Obligations . Each Credit Party hereby acknowledges, confirms and agrees that the Credit Parties are indebted to the Lenders in respect of the Loans under the Credit Agreement. The Loans and all other Obligations under or in connection with the Loans, together with interest accrued and accruing thereon, and fees, costs, expenses and other charges now or hereafter payable by the Borrower or any Guarantor to the Control Agent and the other Lenders (including, without limitation, the Prepayment Premium, which each Credit Party acknowledges, confirms and agrees is immediately due and payable in accordance with Section 11.02 of the Credit Agreement and otherwise pursuant to the Loan Documents), are unconditionally and immediately due and payable by the Borrower and the Guarantors to the Control Agent and the other Lenders, without offset, recoupment, defense or counterclaim of any kind, nature or description whatsoever, all of which (if any exist, and which the Credit Parties hereby acknowledge do not exist) are hereby waived by the Credit Parties.

2.4 Security . The Secured Parties’ security interests in the Collateral continue to be perfected, valid, binding and enforceable first-priority security interests which secure the Obligations (subject only to the Permitted Liens and pursuant to Amendment No. 4 to Limited Forbearance Agreement, the release of the guarantee and the pledge by the Parent) and no tax or judgment liens are currently of record against Borrower or any other Credit Party. Neither the Borrower nor any Guarantor holds or controls, or will hold or control during the Forbearance Period, cash or cash equivalents that is unencumbered and the Borrower and the Guarantors have granted to the Control Agent and the other Lenders enforceable first-priority security interests on all of the Borrower’s and the Guarantors’ cash and cash equivalents.

2.5 Acknowledgment of Default . Each Credit Party hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Designated Defaults have occurred and are continuing as of the date hereof, each of which constitutes an Event of Default, and, as a result of the Designated Defaults, as well as any other Defaults or Events of Default that may exist, the Control Agent and the other Lenders are

 

4


entitled to exercise any and all default-related rights and remedies under the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents, and/or applicable law, including without limitation, to accelerate the Obligations (and have done so as set forth in 2.5 of the Forbearance Agreement) or to exercise rights against Collateral and that no Credit Party has any valid defense to the enforcement of such default-related rights and remedies. Each Credit Party hereby acknowledges and agrees that the first to occur of the Designated Defaults occurred no later than January 1, 2015 and have continued to date.

2.6 Acknowledgment of Exercise of Remedies . Each Credit Party hereby acknowledges, confirms, and agrees that (i) on April 3, 2015, the Control Agent and the other Lenders duly provided notice to the Borrower that various defaults and Events of Default (including, without limitation, the Designated Defaults) had occurred and are continuing, declared all of the Obligations of the Borrower under the Credit Agreement and all other Loan Documents to be then immediately due and payable, and terminated the Commitments as of January 1, 2015, and any other obligations to extend any further credit under any of the Loan Documents; (ii) such actions by the Control Agent and the other Lenders were a proper exercise of their rights and remedies, and were made in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents, and applicable law; and (iii) payment in full in cash of the Obligations (in the case of the Loans, at the Redemption Price) is immediately due and payable.

SECTION 3. CONDITIONS TO EFFECTIVENESS .

The effectiveness of Section 1 of this Agreement is expressly conditioned upon the satisfaction and delivery of each of the applicable conditions set forth below:

3.1 Documentary Deliveries . The Lenders shall have received the following documents, each of which shall be in form and substance acceptable to the Lenders:

(a) This Amendment duly executed and delivered by the Borrower and each of the other parties hereto; and

(b) Resolutions of the boards of the Borrower approving and authorizing this Amendment and the actions contemplated hereby.

3.2 No Default . The representations and warranties contained herein shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof, and no Default or Event of Default, other than the Designated Defaults, shall exist on the date hereof.

3.3 Expense Reimbursement . The Control Agent and the other Lenders shall have received reimbursement for all expenses for which invoices have been presented (including reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of counsel to the Control Agent and the other Lenders) in accordance with Section 12.03(a) of the Credit Agreement.

 

5


SECTION 4. MISCELLANEOUS

4.1 Successors and Assigns . This Amendment shall be binding on and shall inure to the benefit of the Credit Parties, the Control Agent and the other Lenders and their respective successors and assigns, except as otherwise provided herein (none of which include WCAS, who is not a party or a third-party beneficiary of this Amendment). No Credit Party may assign, delegate, transfer, hypothecate or otherwise convey any of its rights, benefits, obligations or duties hereunder without the prior written consent of the Control Agent and the other Lenders.

4.2 Headings . Section headings in this Agreement are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Agreement for any other purpose.

4.3 Severability . Wherever possible, each provision of this Amendment shall be interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Amendment shall be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Amendment.

4.4 Conflict of Terms . Except as otherwise provided in this Amendment, if any provision contained in this Amendment is in conflict with, or inconsistent with, any provision in any of the Loan Documents, the provision contained in this Amendment shall govern and control.

4.5 Incorporation of Credit Agreement . The provisions contained in Sections 12.09 (Governing Law), 12.10 (Jurisdiction, Service of Process and Venue), 12.11 (Waiver of Jury Trial) and 12.12 (Waiver of Immunity) of the Credit Agreement are incorporated herein by reference to the same extent as if reproduced herein in their entirety, except with reference to this Agreement rather than the Credit Agreement.

4.6 Continued Effectiveness . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Amendment, the terms of this Amendment are not intended to and do not serve to effect a novation as any of the Loan Documents, including the Forbearance Agreement. Except for the release of the guarantee and the pledge by the Parent, the Loan Documents, including the Forbearance Agreement, remain in full force and effect and the terms and provisions of the Loan Documents, including the Forbearance Agreement, are ratified and confirmed as amended by the terms of this Amendment. This Amendment is only applicable and shall only be effective in the specific instances and for the specific purposes for which made or given. Except as specifically provided in this Amendment, the execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver or forbearance of any right, power or remedy of the Control Agent or any other Lender under the Credit Agreement or any of the Loan Documents, or constitute a consent, waiver or modification with respect to any provision of the Credit Agreement or any of the Loan Documents which shall remain in full force and effect. Upon the effectiveness of this Amendment each reference in (i) the Credit Agreement to “this Agreement,” “hereunder,” “hereof,” or words of similar import and (ii) any Loan Document, including the Forbearance Agreement, to “the Agreement” shall, in each case and except as otherwise specifically stated therein, mean and be a reference to the Credit Agreement as modified hereby.

 

6


4.7 Further Assurances . Borrower and each other Credit Party agrees to, and to cause any other Credit Party to, take all further actions and execute all further documents as Control Agent may from time to time reasonably request to carry out the transactions contemplated by this Amendment and all other agreements executed and delivered in connection herewith.

4.8 Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of separate counterparts, each of which shall collectively and separately constitute one agreement. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Amendment by facsimile or electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed signature page to this Amendment.

SECTION 5. Affirmation of Guarantor .

5.1 Guarantor hereby acknowledges and agrees that it has reviewed the terms and provisions of this Amendment and consents to any modification of the Loan Documents effected pursuant to this Amendment. Guarantor hereby confirms to the Control Agent and the other Secured Parties that, after giving effect to this Amendment, the Guarantee of Guarantor and each other Loan Document to which Guarantor is a party continues in full force and effect and is the legal, valid and binding obligation of Guarantor, enforceable against Guarantor in accordance with its terms except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability. Guarantor further acknowledges, confirms and agrees that Control Agent and the other Lenders have and shall continue to have a valid, enforceable and perfected first-priority lien (subject only to Permitted Liens) upon and security interest in the Collateral granted to Control Agent and the other Lenders pursuant to the Loan Documents or otherwise granted to or held by Control Agent and the other Lenders.

5.2 Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that (i) notwithstanding the conditions to effectiveness set forth in this Amendment, Guarantor is not required by the terms of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document to consent to the waivers or modifications to the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document effected pursuant to this Amendment and (ii) nothing in the Credit Agreement, this Amendment or any other Loan Document shall be deemed to require the consent of Guarantor to any future waivers or modifications to the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document.

[signature pages follow]

 

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused a counterpart of this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

BORROWER:

 

VALERITAS, INC.

By:   /s/ John Timberlake
  Name: John Timberlake
  Title: CEO

 

GUARANTOR:

 

VALERITAS SECURITY CORPORATION

By:   /s/ John Timberlake
  Name: John Timberlake
  Title: CEO


LENDERS:

 

CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II L.P., as

Lender and Control Agent

 

By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II GP

L.P., its General Partner

 

      By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II

      GP LLC, its General Partner

By:   /s/ Nathan Hukill
  Name: Nathan Hukill
  Title: Authorized Signatory

 

PARALLEL INVESTMENT OPPORTUNITIES

PARTNERS II L.P.

 

By PARALLEL INVESTMENT

OPPORTUNITIES PARTNERS II GP L.P., its

General Partner

 

      By PARALLEL INVESTMENT

      OPPORTUNITIES PARTNERS II GP LLC,

      its General Partner

By:   /s/ Nathan Hukill
  Name: Nathan Hukill
  Title: Authorized Signatory

 

CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II–

PARALLEL FUND “A” L.P.

 

By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II–

PARALLEL FUND “A” GP L.P., its General

Partner

 

      By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II–

      PARALLEL FUND “A” GP LLC, its

      General Partner

By:   /s/ Nathan Hukill
  Name: Nathan Hukill
  Title: Authorized Signatory


CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II

(CAYMAN) L.P.

 

By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II

(CAYMAN) GP L.P., its General Partner

 

      By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II

      (CAYMAN) GP LLC, its General Partner

By:   /s/ Nathan Hukill
  Name: Nathan Hukill
  Title: Authorized Signatory
  WITNESS: /s/ Nicole Nesson
  Name: Nicole Nesson

 

CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II–

PARALLEL FUND “B” (CAYMAN) L.P.

 

By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II

(CAYMAN) GP L.P., its General Partner

 

      By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II

      (CAYMAN) GP LLC, its General Partner

By:   /s/ Nathan Hukill
  Name: Nathan Hukill
  Title: Authorized Signatory
  WITNESS: /s/ Nicole Nesson
  Name: Nicole Nesson

Exhibit 10.19

Execution Version

AMENDMENT NO. 6 TO LIMITED FORBEARANCE AGREEMENT

This Amendment No. 6 to the Limited Forbearance Agreement (this “ Amendment ”) is made this 21st day of April, 2016 by and among VALERITAS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), and VALERITAS SECURITY CORPORATION, as a Guarantor (as such term is defined in the Credit Agreement) and the undersigned Lenders.

RECITALS

A. The Borrower, the Guarantor, the Control Agent and the other Lenders signatory thereto have entered into that certain Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement dated as of August 5, 2014 (as amended from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ” and together with all other agreements, instruments and documents executed in connection therewith, the “ Loan Documents ”).

B. As of April 3, 2015, certain Events of Default (as that term is defined in the Credit Agreement) had occurred and were continuing and the Lenders duly provided notice to the Borrower and all Guarantors and declared all of the Obligations under the Credit Agreement to be then immediate due and payable and terminated all further Commitments and obligations to extend any further credit under any Loan Document. As a result of such acceleration of the Obligations, the Borrower and the Guarantors requested that the Lenders temporarily forbear from further exercising certain rights or remedies with respect to such Events of Default (and only with respect thereto).

C. Subsequently, the Borrower, Guarantors, Control Agent and Lenders entered into a Limited Forbearance Agreement, dated as of May 18, 2015, as amended by that certain Amendment No. 1 to Limited Forbearance Agreement, dated as of September 28, 2015, that certain Amendment No. 2 to Limited Forbearance Agreement, dated as of November 13, 2015, that certain Amendment No. 3 to Limited Forbearance Agreement, dated as of December 21, 2015, that certain Amendment No. 4 to Limited Forbearance Agreement, dated as of January 29, 2016, and that certain Amendment No. 5 to Limited Forbearance Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2016 (as so amended, the “ Forbearance Agreement ”) pursuant to which, subject to the terms and conditions of the Forbearance Agreement, the Lenders and the Control Agent agreed to temporarily forbear from further exercising their rights and remedies under the Credit Agreement and/or the Loan Documents with respect to the Designated Defaults. All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Forbearance Agreement.

D. At the request of the Borrower and Guarantors, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, and without waiving any existing or future rights or remedies that the Lenders or Control Agent may have against the Borrower or Guarantors, and without creating a custom or course of dealing among the parties, the Control Agent and the other Lenders are willing to amend and extend the Forbearance Agreement and forbear from further exercising certain of their default-related rights and remedies against the Borrower and the Guarantors with respect to the Designated Defaults (and only with respect thereto).


E. In anticipation of a successful Merger (as defined below), the Lenders and the Borrower are likely to negotiate an amended and restated Credit Agreement, which among other things, may satisfy certain accrued interest and fees and set forth a revised maturity date and interest rate for the Loans to the Borrower and waive the Designated Defaults as of the end of the Forbearance Period on such terms and conditions satisfactory to the Lenders and Borrower.

F. This Amendment shall constitute a Loan Document, and these Recitals shall be construed as part of this Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, for valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, and in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants contained herein, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions described in Section 3 hereof, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

SECTION 1. AMENDMENT TO FORBEARANCE AGREEMENT .

This Amendment shall become effective on the date that each of the conditions set forth in Section 3 of this Amendment are satisfied (the “ Effective Date ”) and the Forbearance Agreement shall be deemed amended as follows:

1.1 Section 3(a)(i) of the Forbearance Agreement is hereby amended by replacing “April 30, 2016” therein with “May 6, 2016”.

1.2 Section 3(a)(E) of the Forbearance Agreement is hereby amended by replacing “April 21, 2016” therein with “May 6, 2016”.

1.3 Section 3(a)(F)(ii) of the Forbearance Agreement is hereby amended by replacing “April 21, 2016” therein with “May 6, 2016”.

 

SECTION 2. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES .

To induce Lenders to enter into this Amendment, the Borrower and the Guarantor each represent and warrant to the Lenders that:

2.1 Representations, Warranties and Covenants. (a) After giving effect to this Amendment, no representation or warranty of any Credit Party contained in the Credit Agreement or any of the Loan Documents, including this Amendment, shall be untrue or incorrect in any material respect as of the date hereof, except to the extent that such representation or warranty expressly relates to (i) an earlier date, or (ii) the Designated Defaults, and (b) no Default or Event of Default (other than the Designated Defaults) has occurred or is continuing, or would result after giving effect hereto.

2.2 Authorization, Etc . Each Credit Party has the power and authority to execute, deliver and perform this Amendment. Each Credit Party has taken all necessary action (including, without limitation, obtaining approval of its stockholders, if necessary) to authorize

 

2


its execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment. No consent, approval or authorization of, or declaration or filing with, any Governmental Authority, and no consent of any other Person, is required in connection with any Credit Party’s execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment, except for those already duly obtained. This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by each Credit Party and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of each Credit Party, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditor rights generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability. No Credit Party’s execution, delivery or performance of this Amendment (i) contravenes the terms of any of such Credit Party’s organization documents; (ii) conflicts with or constitutes a violation or breach of, or constitutes a default under, or results in the creation or imposition of any Lien (other than pursuant to the Security Documents) upon the property of any Credit Party by reason of the terms of any material obligation under any Contract to which such Credit Party is a party (including without limitation obligations arising from agreements relating to any such Contract to which any Credit Party is a party or which is binding upon it); or (iii) violates any Requirement of Law in any material respect.

2.3 Acknowledgment of Obligations . Each Credit Party hereby acknowledges, confirms and agrees that the Credit Parties are indebted to the Lenders in respect of the Loans under the Credit Agreement. The Loans and all other Obligations under or in connection with the Loans, together with interest accrued and accruing thereon, and fees, costs, expenses and other charges now or hereafter payable by the Borrower or any Guarantor to the Control Agent and the other Lenders (including, without limitation, the Prepayment Premium, which each Credit Party acknowledges, confirms and agrees is immediately due and payable in accordance with Section 11.02 of the Credit Agreement and otherwise pursuant to the Loan Documents), are unconditionally and immediately due and payable by the Borrower and the Guarantors to the Control Agent and the other Lenders, without offset, recoupment, defense or counterclaim of any kind, nature or description whatsoever, all of which (if any exist, and which the Credit Parties hereby acknowledge do not exist) are hereby waived by the Credit Parties.

2.4 Security . The Secured Parties’ security interests in the Collateral continue to be perfected, valid, binding and enforceable first-priority security interests which secure the Obligations (subject only to the Permitted Liens and pursuant to Amendment No. 4 to Limited Forbearance Agreement, the release of the guarantee and the pledge by the Parent) and no tax or judgment liens are currently of record against Borrower or any other Credit Party. Neither the Borrower nor any Guarantor holds or controls, or will hold or control during the Forbearance Period, cash or cash equivalents that is unencumbered and the Borrower and the Guarantors have granted to the Control Agent and the other Lenders enforceable first-priority security interests on all of the Borrower’s and the Guarantors’ cash and cash equivalents.

2.5 Acknowledgment of Default . Each Credit Party hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Designated Defaults have occurred and are continuing as of the date hereof, each of which constitutes an Event of Default, and, as a result of the Designated Defaults, as well as any other Defaults or Events of Default that may exist, the Control Agent and the other Lenders are entitled to exercise any and all default-related rights and remedies under the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents, and/or applicable law, including without limitation, to accelerate the Obligations (and have done so as set forth in Section 2.5 of the Forbearance Agreement) or to

 

3


exercise rights against Collateral and that no Credit Party has any valid defense to the enforcement of such default-related rights and remedies. Each Credit Party hereby acknowledges and agrees that the first to occur of the Designated Defaults occurred no later than January 1, 2015 and have continued to date.

2.6 Acknowledgment of Exercise of Remedies . Each Credit Party hereby acknowledges, confirms, and agrees that (i) on April 3, 2015, the Control Agent and the other Lenders duly provided notice to the Borrower that various defaults and Events of Default (including, without limitation, the Designated Defaults) had occurred and are continuing, declared all of the Obligations of the Borrower under the Credit Agreement and all other Loan Documents to be then immediately due and payable, and terminated the Commitments as of January 1, 2015, and any other obligations to extend any further credit under any of the Loan Documents; (ii) such actions by the Control Agent and the other Lenders were a proper exercise of their rights and remedies, and were made in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents, and applicable law; and (iii) payment in full in cash of the Obligations (in the case of the Loans, at the Redemption Price) is immediately due and payable.

 

SECTION 3. CONDITIONS TO EFFECTIVENESS .

The effectiveness of Section 1 of this Agreement is expressly conditioned upon the satisfaction and delivery of each of the applicable conditions set forth below:

3.1 Documentary Deliveries . The Lenders shall have received the following documents, each of which shall be in form and substance acceptable to the Lenders:

(a) This Amendment duly executed and delivered by the Borrower and each of the other parties hereto; and

(b) Resolutions of the boards of the Borrower approving and authorizing this Amendment and the actions contemplated hereby.

3.2 No Default . The representations and warranties contained herein shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof, and no Default or Event of Default, other than the Designated Defaults, shall exist on the date hereof.

3.3 Expense Reimbursement . The Control Agent and the other Lenders shall have received reimbursement for all expenses for which invoices have been presented (including reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of counsel to the Control Agent and the other Lenders) in accordance with Section 12.03(a) of the Credit Agreement.

 

SECTION 4. MISCELLANEOUS

4.1 Successors and Assigns . This Amendment shall be binding on and shall inure to the benefit of the Credit Parties, the Control Agent and the other Lenders and their respective successors and assigns, except as otherwise provided herein (none of which include WCAS, who is not a party or a third-party beneficiary of this Amendment). No Credit Party may assign, delegate, transfer, hypothecate or otherwise convey any of its rights, benefits, obligations or duties hereunder without the prior written consent of the Control Agent and the other Lenders.

 

4


4.2 Headings . Section headings in this Agreement are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Agreement for any other purpose.

4.3 Severability . Wherever possible, each provision of this Amendment shall be interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Amendment shall be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Amendment.

4.4 Conflict of Terms . Except as otherwise provided in this Amendment, if any provision contained in this Amendment is in conflict with, or inconsistent with, any provision in any of the Loan Documents, the provision contained in this Amendment shall govern and control.

4.5 Incorporation of Credit Agreement . The provisions contained in Sections 12.09 (Governing Law), 12.10 (Jurisdiction, Service of Process and Venue), 12.11 (Waiver of Jury Trial) and 12.12 (Waiver of Immunity) of the Credit Agreement are incorporated herein by reference to the same extent as if reproduced herein in their entirety, except with reference to this Agreement rather than the Credit Agreement.

4.6 Continued Effectiveness . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Amendment, the terms of this Amendment are not intended to and do not serve to effect a novation as any of the Loan Documents, including the Forbearance Agreement. Except for the release of the guarantee and the pledge by the Parent, the Loan Documents, including the Forbearance Agreement, remain in full force and effect and the terms and provisions of the Loan Documents, including the Forbearance Agreement, are ratified and confirmed as amended by the terms of this Amendment. This Amendment is only applicable and shall only be effective in the specific instances and for the specific purposes for which made or given. Except as specifically provided in this Amendment, the execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver or forbearance of any right, power or remedy of the Control Agent or any other Lender under the Credit Agreement or any of the Loan Documents, or constitute a consent, waiver or modification with respect to any provision of the Credit Agreement or any of the Loan Documents which shall remain in full force and effect. Upon the effectiveness of this Amendment each reference in (i) the Credit Agreement to “this Agreement,” “hereunder,” “hereof,” or words of similar import and (ii) any Loan Document, including the Forbearance Agreement, to “the Agreement” shall, in each case and except as otherwise specifically stated therein, mean and be a reference to the Credit Agreement as modified hereby.

4.7 Further Assurances . Borrower and each other Credit Party agrees to, and to cause any other Credit Party to, take all further actions and execute all further documents as Control Agent may from time to time reasonably request to carry out the transactions contemplated by this Amendment and all other agreements executed and delivered in connection herewith.

 

5


4.8 Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of separate counterparts, each of which shall collectively and separately constitute one agreement. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Amendment by facsimile or electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed signature page to this Amendment.

 

SECTION 5. Affirmation of Guarantor.

5.1 Guarantor hereby acknowledges and agrees that it has reviewed the terms and provisions of this Amendment and consents to any modification of the Loan Documents effected pursuant to this Amendment. Guarantor hereby confirms to the Control Agent and the other Secured Parties that, after giving effect to this Amendment, the Guarantee of Guarantor and each other Loan Document to which Guarantor is a party continues in full force and effect and is the legal, valid and binding obligation of Guarantor, enforceable against Guarantor in accordance with its terms except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability. Guarantor further acknowledges, confirms and agrees that Control Agent and the other Lenders have and shall continue to have a valid, enforceable and perfected first-priority lien (subject only to Permitted Liens) upon and security interest in the Collateral granted to Control Agent and the other Lenders pursuant to the Loan Documents or otherwise granted to or held by Control Agent and the other Lenders.

5.2 Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that (i) notwithstanding the conditions to effectiveness set forth in this Amendment, Guarantor is not required by the terms of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document to consent to the waivers or modifications to the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document effected pursuant to this Amendment and (ii) nothing in the Credit Agreement, this Amendment or any other Loan Document shall be deemed to require the consent of Guarantor to any future waivers or modifications to the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document.

[signature pages follow]

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused a counterpart of this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

BORROWER:
VALERITAS, INC.
By:  

/s/ John Timberlake

  Name:   John Timberlake
  Title:   President & CEO
GUARANTOR:
VALERITAS SECURITY CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ John Timberlake

  Name:   John Timberlake
  Title:   President & CEO

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 6 to Forbearance Agreement]


LENDERS:
CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II L.P., as Lender and Control Agent
  By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II GP L.P., its General Partner
    By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II GP LLC, its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Nathan Hukill

  Name:   Nathan Hukill
  Title:   Authorized Signatory
PARALLEL INVESTMENT OPPORTUNITIES PARTNERS II L.P.
  By PARALLEL INVESTMENT
  OPPORTUNITIES PARTNERS II GP L.P., its General Partner
   

By PARALLEL INVESTMENT OPPORTUNITIES PARTNERS II GP LLC, its General Partner

By:  

/s/ Nathan Hukill

  Name:   Nathan Hukill
  Title:   Authorized Signatory
CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II– PARALLEL FUND “A” L.P.
  By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II–PARALLEL FUND “A” GP L.P., its General Partner
   

By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II–PARALLEL FUND “A” GP LLC, its General Partner

By:  

/s/ Nathan Hukill

  Name:   Nathan Hukill
  Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 6 to Forbearance Agreement]


CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II (CAYMAN) L.P.
  By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II
  (CAYMAN) GP L.P., its General Partner
    By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II (CAYMAN) GP LLC, its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Nathan Hukill

  Name:   Nathan Hukill
  Title:   Authorized Signatory
  WITNESS:   /s/ Nicole Nesson
  Name:   Nicole Nesson
CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II – PARALLEL FUND “B” (CAYMAN) L.P.
  By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II
  (CAYMAN) GP L.P., its General Partner
    By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II (CAYMAN) GP LLC, its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Nathan Hukill

  Name:   Nathan Hukill
  Title:   Authorized Signatory
  WITNESS:   /s/ Nicole Nesson
  Name:   Nicole Nesson

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 6 to Forbearance Agreement]

Exhibit 10.20

EXECUTION VERSION

TERMINATION OF FORBEARANCE AGREEMENT

This TERMINATION OF FORBEARANCE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is dated as of May 3, 2016, and effective as of April 29, 2016, by and among VALERITAS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), and VALERITAS SECURITY CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation, as a Guarantor (as such term is defined in the Credit Agreement) and the undersigned Lenders.

RECITALS

A. The Borrower, the Guarantor, the Control Agent and the other Lenders signatory thereto have entered into that certain Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement dated as of August 5, 2014 (as amended from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ” and together with all other agreements, instruments and documents executed in connection therewith, the “ Loan Documents ”). All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

B. As April 3, 2015, certain Events of Default (as defined in the Credit Agreement) had occurred and were continuing (the “ Designated Defaults ”). On May 18, 2015, the Borrower, Guarantor, Control Agent and Lenders entered into a Limited Forbearance Agreement, as amended by that certain Amendment No.1 to Limited Forbearance Agreement, dated as of September 28, 2015, that certain Amendment No.2 to Limited Forbearance Agreement, dated as of November 13, 2015, that certain Amendment No.3 to Limited Forbearance Agreement, dated as of December 21, 2015, that certain Amendment No.4 to Limited Forbearance Agreement, dated as of January 29, 2016 and that certain Amendment No.5 to Limited Forbearance Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2016 (as so amended, the “ Forbearance Agreement ”), pursuant to which subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Forbearance Agreement, the Lenders and the Control Agent agreed to temporarily forbear from further exercising their rights and remedies under the Credit Agreement and/or the Loan Documents with respect to the Designated Defaults. All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meanings assigned to such terms in the Forbearance Agreement.

C. Effective as of April 29, 2016, pursuant to the Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated May 3, 2016, the Lenders and the Control Agent amended and restated the Loans to the Borrower on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein.

D. Pursuant to Section 3 of the Forbearance Agreement, the Forbearance Period terminates upon the occurrence of, among other things, the effective date of the amendment and restatement of the Credit Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, for valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, and in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

1


1. Termination .

a. Pursuant to the terms of the Forbearance Agreement, the Borrower, Guarantor, Lenders and Control Agent hereby terminate the Forbearance Agreement and acknowledge that the Forbearance Agreement is terminated.

b. The effectiveness of Section 1 of this Agreement is expressly conditioned upon (i) the receipt by the Lenders of this Agreement, duly executed and delivered by the parties hereto, and the Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, duly executed and delivered by the parties thereto, and (ii) the occurrence of the Effective Date of the Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, as such term is defined therein.

2. Release .

a. Borrower, Guarantor, and their Affiliates (each a “ Releasing Party ”) each hereby absolutely and unconditionally releases and forever discharges the Control Agent and each other Lender, and any and all participants, parent corporations, subsidiary corporations, affiliated corporations, insurers, indemnitors, successors and assigns thereof, together with all of the present and former directors, officers, agents, attorneys, consultants, representatives and employees of any of the foregoing (each a “ Released Party ”), from any and all claims, demands, defenses or causes of action of any kind, nature or description relating to or arising out of or in connection with or as a result of any of the Forbearance Agreement or any agreement related thereto, whether arising in law or equity or upon contract or tort or under any state or federal law or otherwise, which any Releasing Party has had, now has or has made claim to have against any such person for or by reason of any act, omission, matter, cause or thing whatsoever arising from the beginning of time to and including the date of this Agreement, whether such claims, demands, defenses, and causes of action are matured or unmatured, known or unknown, contingent, liquidated, or otherwise. It is the intention of each Releasing Party in providing this release that the same shall be effective as a bar to each and every claim, demand and cause of action specified. Each Releasing Party acknowledges that it may hereafter discover facts different from or in addition to those now known or believed to be true with respect to such claims, demands, defenses, or causes of action and agree that this instrument shall be and remain effective in all respects notwithstanding any such differences or additional facts. Each Releasing Party understands, acknowledges and agrees that the release set forth above may be pleaded as a full and complete defense and may be used as a basis for an injunction against any action, suit or other proceeding which may be instituted, prosecuted or attempted in breach of the provisions of such release.

b. Each Releasing Party, on behalf of itself and its successors, assigns, and other legal representatives, hereby absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably, covenants and agrees with and in favor of each Released Party above that it will not sue (at law, in equity, in any regulatory proceeding or otherwise) any Released Party on the basis of any claim released, remised and discharged by any Releasing Party pursuant to the above release. If any Releasing Party, or any of their successors, assigns or other legal representations violates the foregoing covenant, each Releasing Party, for itself and its successors, assigns and legal representatives, agrees to pay, in addition to such other damages as any Released Party may sustain as a result of such violation, all reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs incurred by such Released Party as a result of such violation.

 

2


c. In connection with the releases granted herein, to the extent applicable, the Releasing Parties expressly waive any and all rights conferred upon them by the provisions of Section 1542 of the Civil Code of California and/or any other federal or state statute or common law principle of similar effect. Section 1542 of the Civil Code of California reads as follows:

A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his or her favor at the time of executing the release, which if known by him or her must have materially affected his or her settlement with the debtor.

The Releasing Parties understand and acknowledge the significance and consequence of their waiver of Section 1542 of the California Civil Code, as well as any other federal or state statute or common law principle of similar effect.

3. Representations and Warranties : The Borrower, Guarantor, Lenders and Control Agent each represent and warrant to each other party that, as of the effective date of this Agreement: (a) it has the power and authority to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and has taken all necessary action (including, without limitation, obtaining approval of its stockholders, if necessary) to authorize its execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement; (b) no consent, approval or authorization of, or declaration or filing with, any Governmental Authority, and no consent of any other Person, is required in connection with its execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, except for those already duly obtained; (c) this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditor rights generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability; (d) execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement does not (i) contravene the terms of any of its organization documents; (ii) conflict with or constitute a violation or breach of, or constitute a default under, any contract to which it is a party or by which it is bound; or (iii) violate any requirement of law in any material respect.

4. Miscellaneous .

(a) Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding on and shall inure to the benefit of the Borrower, the Guarantor, the Control Agent and the other Lenders and their respective successors and assigns, and there shall be no third party beneficiaries (other than the Released Parties) of any of the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

(b) Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the signing parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all other understandings, oral or written, with respect to the subject matter hereof. There are no oral or implied obligations of the Control Agent or the other Lenders to any third party in connection with this Agreement.

 

3


(c) Severability . Wherever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement shall be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

(d) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of separate counterparts, each of which shall collectively and separately constitute one agreement. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile or electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed signature page to this Agreement.

(e) Incorporation of Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement . The provisions contained in Sections 12.09 (Governing Law), 12.10 (Jurisdiction, Service of Process and Venue), 12.11 (Waiver of Jury Trial) and 12.12 (Waiver of Immunity) of the Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement are incorporated herein by reference to the same extent as if reproduced herein in their entirety, except with reference to this Agreement rather than the Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement.

(f) Further Assurances . The parties hereto agree to take all further actions and execute all further documents as may from time to time be reasonably requested by another party hereto for the purpose of carrying out the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

[signature pages follow]

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused a counterpart of this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

BORROWER:

 

VALERITAS, INC.

By:  

/s/ John Timberlake

  Name: John Timberlake
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

GUARANTOR:

 

VALERITAS SECURITY CORPORATION

By:  

/s/ John Timberlake

  Name: John Timberlake
  Title: President

[Signature Page to Termination of Forbearance Agreement]


LENDERS:

 

CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II L.P.

  By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II GP L.P., its General Partner
 

By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II GP LLC, its General Partner

By:  

/s/ Nathan Hukill

  Name: Nathan Hukill
  Title: Authorized Signatory
PARALLEL INVESTMENT OPPORTUNITIES PARTNERS II L.P.
  By PARALLEL INVESTMENT OPPORTUNITIES PARTNERS II GP L.P., its General Partner
 

By PARALLEL INVESTMENT OPPORTUNITIES PARTNERS II GP LLC, its General Partner

By:  

/s/ Nathan Hukill

  Name: Nathan Hukill
  Title: Authorized Signatory
CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II–PARALLEL FUND “A” L.P.
  By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II–PARALLEL FUND “A” GP L.P., its General Partner
 

By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II–PARALLEL FUND “A” GP LLC, its General Partner

By:  

/s/ Nathan Hukill

  Name: Nathan Hukill
  Title: Authorized Signatory

[Signature Page to Termination of Forbearance Agreement]


CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II (CAYMAN) L.P.
  By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II (CAYMAN) GP L.P., its General Partner
 

By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II (CAYMAN) GP LLC, its General Partner

By:  

/s/ Nathan Hukill

  Name: Nathan Hukill
  Title: Authorized Signatory
  WITNESS: Nicole Nesson
  Name: Nicole Nesson
CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II–PARALLEL FUND “B” (CAYMAN) L.P.
  By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II (CAYMAN) GP L.P., its General Partner
 

By CAPITAL ROYALTY PARTNERS II (CAYMAN) GP LLC, its General Partner

By:  

/s/ Nathan Hukill

  Name: Nathan Hukill
  Title: Authorized Signatory
  WITNESS: /s/ Nicole Nesson
  Name: Nicole Nesson

[Signature Page to Termination of Forbearance Agreement]

Exhibit 10.21

AGREEMENT OF LEASE

FOR AND IN CONSIDERATION of the mutual covenants herein contained, as of this 20 th day of October, 2009, the parties hereto do hereby agree as follows:

1. Incorporated Terms . The following terms are incorporated by reference into this Agreement:

 

  (a) NAME AND ADDRESS OF LANDLORD:

BTCT ASSOCIATES, L.L.C.,

a New Jersey limited liability company

c/o Steiner Equities Group, L.L.C.

75 Eisenhower Parkway

Roseland, New Jersey 07068-1696

 

  (b) NAME AND ADDRESS OF TENANT:

VALERITAS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

9 Campus Drive, 2 nd Floor East

Parsippany, New Jersey 07054

 

  (c) DESCRIPTION OF PREMISES:

The space shown shaded on the First Floor Plan Rider attached hereto, in the building known as 750 Route 202, Bridgewater, Somerset County, New Jersey.

 

  (d) AREA OF PREMISES AND BUILDING:

Premises:             7,655 rentable square feet

Building:             104,425 rentable square feet

 

  (e) TERM OF LEASE:

Three (3) “Lease Years” (as hereinafter defined in Par. 3(c)), commencing and expiring as set forth in Par. 3(a).

 

  (f) PERMITTED USE:

General office use only.

 

  (g) MAXIMUM VEHICLE PARKING:

31

 

  (h) SECURITY DEPOSIT:

$45,930.00

 

  (i) TENANT’S SHARE:

7.33%

 

  (j) BASE TAX YEAR:

2010

 

ICM: 09/18/02

FORM: AmberJc2.meb Rev. 09/18/02

MTNT-Msty-Office G+TE – AJ Lease

F:\wpdata\meb2\Leases\ValeritasLse3.doc

10/16/09 5:30p.m.

   1   


  (k) BASE EXPENSE YEAR:

2010

 

  (l) BROKER:

CB Richard Ellis, Inc. and Steiner Equities Group, L.L.C.; commission to be paid by Landlord.

 

  (m) RIDERS TO LEASE:

Annual Rent Rider

Extension Option Rider

Real Estate Tax Rider

Operating Expense Rider

Landlord’s Services Rider

Energy Rider

Rules and Regulations Rider

Landlord’s Work Rider

First Floor Plan Rider

2. Description of Premises . (a) Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, the premises described in Par. 1(c) (the “Premises”). The Premises are located in the building identified in Par. 1 (c) (the “Building”) (the Building, the land upon which the Building is located and the other improvements located on the land are hereinafter collectively called the “Property”).

(b) The parties acknowledge that there are multiple methods of computing rentable area and hereby agree for the purposes of this Lease that the rentable area of the Premises is the number of square feet set forth in Par. 1 (d), and the rentable area of the Building is the number of square feet set forth in Par. 1(d).

(c) Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that the Premises shall be divided in two parts as shown on the First Floor Plan Rider attached hereto. The portion of the Premises identified on the First Floor Plan Rider as the “Part A Premises” shall consist of a left unit containing approximately 1,445 rentable square feet and a rear unit containing approximately 4,225 rentable square feet. The portion of the Premises identified on the First Floor Plan Rider as the “Part B Premises” shall consist of a right unit containing approximately 1,985 rentable square feet.

(d) Landlord shall improve the premises in conformity with, and to the extent of, Landlord’s Work Rider attached hereto (“Landlord’s Work”), and shall have no other obligation to do any work in and to the Premises or the Building to render them ready for Tenant’s occupancy. Tenant has inspected the Premises and agrees to take the Premises in its present “as is” condition, except as otherwise expressly provided herein.

3. Term . (a) Landlord agrees to deliver possession of the Part A Premises to Tenant on the Commencement Date (as hereinafter defined), broom clean and free of tenancies and the rights of occupants. The term of this Lease (the “Term”) shall commence on the date (the “Commencement Date”) which shall be the earlier of November 1, 2009, or the date on which Tenant occupies any portion of the Part A Premises, but until delivery of possession of the Part B Premises to Tenant in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Lease, this Lease shall only apply to the Part A Premises. The terms and conditions of this Lease shall apply to the entire Premises from and after the date (the “Part B Premises Commencement Date”) which shall be the earlier of the date on which Landlord’s Work has been substantially completed (or would have been substantially completed except by reason of Tenant Delay (as hereinafter defined)), or the date on which Tenant occupies any portion of the Part B Premises for the purpose of using the Part B Premises in the conduct of its business. “Substantially completed” shall mean that time when the only items to be completed are those which do not substantially interfere with Tenant’s use and

 

ICM: 09/18/02

FORM: AmberJc2.meb Rev. 09/18/02

MTNT-Msty-Office G+TE – AJ Lease

F:\wpdata\meb2\Leases\ValeritasLse3.doc

10/16/09 5:30p.m.

   2   


occupancy of the Premises for the use set forth in Par. 1(f). The Term of this Lease shall expire on the date (the “Expiration Date”) which shall be three (3) Lease Years (as hereinafter defined) after the Part B Premises Commencement Date. Tenant acknowledges that a portion of Landlord’s Work consists of improvements to the Part A Premises and will be performed subsequent to Tenant taking possession of the Part A Premises. Tenant agrees to provide reasonable access to Landlord for the purpose of performing Landlord’s Work in both the Part A Premises and the Part B Premises, and agrees not to interfere with the performance of Landlord’s Work.

(b) Should Landlord be delayed in completing Landlord’s Work by reason of Tenant’s delay, default, lack of cooperation, request for changes in Landlord’s Work or for Tenant Extras (as defined in Landlord’s Work Rider) (“Tenant Delay”), the Part B Premises Commencement Date shall be accelerated by the number of days of delay occasioned by any such event of Tenant Delay.

(c) The first “Lease Year” shall be the period commencing on the Commencement Date and ending twelve (12) calendar months after the “Rent Commencement Date” (as hereinafter defined in Par. 4(c)), provided, however, that if the Rent Commencement Date is not the first day of a calendar month, the first Lease Year shall end twelve (12) calendar months from the last day of the month in which the Rent Commencement Date occurs. Each succeeding twelve (12) calendar month period thereafter shall be a Lease Year. The parties acknowledge that the first Lease Year shall be for a period greater than twelve (12) calendar months.

(d) Within ten (10) days after Landlord’s request, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord a written confirmation of the Commencement Date, the Part B Premises Commencement Date, the Rent Commencement Date and the Expiration Date of this Lease.

4. Annual Rent; Additional Rent . (a) Tenant shall pay to Landlord at the address set forth in Par. 1 (a), or to such other person or at such other place as the Landlord may from time to time designate, without previous demand therefor and without counterclaim, deduction or set-off, the annual rent (“Annual Rent”) set forth on the Annual Rent Rider attached hereto. Annual Rent shall be payable in monthly installments as set forth on the Annual Rent Rider in advance on the first day of each month during the Term of the Lease. Annual Rent for a partial month shall be prorated. The first monthly installment of Annual Rent in the amount of $15,310.00 shall be paid by Tenant on the execution of this Lease.

(b) All other sums other than Annual Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease shall be deemed to be “Additional Rent” regardless of to whom such sums may be payable. Additional Rent shall be payable without counterclaim, deduction or set-off. In the event of Tenant’s failure to make timely payment of any item of Additional Rent, Landlord shall have available to it all rights and remedies provided by this Lease and by law as for non-payment of Annual Rent. The term “rent” in the Lease means Annual Rent and Additional Rent.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, for and during the period of time commencing on the Commencement Date and ending at 11:59 p.m. on the day immediately preceding the Part B Premises Commencement Date, Tenant shall be obligated to pay Annual Rent for the Part A Premises but not for the Part B Premises. Commencing on the Part B Premises Commencement Date and ending fifteen (15) weeks thereafter (the “Rent Concession Period”), Tenant shall not be obligated to pay Annual Rent for either the Part A Premises or the Part B Premises. Commencing on the day immediately following the expiration of the Rent Concession Period (the “Rent Commencement Date”), Tenant shall pay the Annual Rent set forth on the Annual Rent Rider attached hereto. The first monthly installment of Annual Rent payable by Tenant on the execution of this Lease shall be for the first full calendar month following the Rent Commencement Date.

5. Insurance . (a) Tenant shall procure and maintain comprehensive general liability insurance with respect to the Premises. Landlord, Steiner Building Company, L.L.C. (“SBC”), Landlord’s Manager (presently Steiner Equities Group, L.L.C.) and Landlord’s mortgagee(s) shall be named as additional insureds. The liability insurance policy shall protect Landlord, Tenant and Landlord’s Manager and mortgagee(s) against any liability which arises from any occurrence on or about the Premises, or which arises from any liability, claims or costs indicated in Par. 14 against which Tenant is required to indemnify Landlord.

 

ICM: 09/18/02

FORM: AmberJc2.meb Rev. 09/18/02

MTNT-Msty-Office G+TE – AJ Lease

F:\wpdata\meb2\Leases\ValeritasLse3.doc

10/16/09 5:30p.m.

   3   


(b) The policy is to be written by a good and solvent insurance company authorized to transact insurance business in the state in which the Property is located. The coverage limits of the policy shall be at least $2,000,000 in combined single limit with respect to personal injury, death or property damage arising out of any one occurrence. Such amount shall be subject to periodic increase as reasonably required by Landlord. A certificate evidencing such insurance policy shall be deposited with Landlord at least ten (10) days prior to the Commencement Date. Certificates evidencing renewals of such policy shall be deposited with Landlord not less than thirty (30) days prior to the end of the term of such policy. Such insurance shall not be subject to cancellation except after at least ten (10) days prior written notice to Landlord, and any loss shall be payable notwithstanding any act or negligence of Tenant or Landlord or any agent or employee thereof.

(c) Landlord shall procure and maintain (i) “All Risk” or “Special Form-Causes of Loss” insurance in an amount not less than the full replacement cost of the Premises and the Building; and (ii) during the period in which Landlord is performing Landlord’s Work, “Builder’s Risk” insurance. All such policies shall be written by good and solvent insurance companies authorized to transact business in the state in which the Property is located.

(d) Landlord and Tenant hereby release each other from any and all liability or responsibility to the other or anyone claiming through or under it or them by way of subrogation or otherwise, for any loss or damage occasioned to Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be, or to their respective property, whether or not such damage or loss shall have been caused by any acts or omissions of the other party, which loss or damage is insured under any insurance policy carried by Landlord or Tenant (or which would have been insured if the insurance required by this Lease had been maintained). This waiver is in addition to any other waiver or release contained in this Lease. Every insurance policy carried by Landlord or Tenant shall include provisions waiving the insurer’s subrogation rights against the other party.

(e) Tenant shall comply with the requirements of any insurance policy carried by Landlord or Tenant covering the Property or the Premises, all requirements of the issuer of any such policy, and the applicable regulations and requirements of the National Board of Fire Underwriters, any applicable local board of fire underwriters, and any other body exercising a similar function. If the premiums for any insurance policy maintained by Landlord applicable to the Property exceed the rate that would have been applicable for the permitted use of Tenant as a result of the failure by Tenant to comply with such requirements, or as a result of or in connection with the use to which the Premises are put by Tenant, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for such excess within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s request therefor.

6. Services Furnished by Landlord . (a) Landlord shall furnish to the Premises only during Work Hours (hereinafter defined) the services set forth on the Services Rider attached hereto.

(b) “Work Hours” shall mean the period from 8:00 A.M. to 6:00 P.M. on Monday through Friday, excluding Building Holidays. Building Holidays are defined as New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King Day, President’s Day, Memorial Day, the Monday preceding or Friday following Independence Day if Independence Day falls on a Tuesday or Thursday respectively, Independence Day, Labor Day, Columbus Day, Veteran’s Day, Thanksgiving and the day following, Christmas Eve day, Christmas, New Year’s Eve day. Tenant may have access to and use the Premises other than during Work Hours, provided Tenant complies with Landlord’s security procedures with respect to such access and use, and provided further that Landlord shall not be required to supply any services during such other times. If Tenant shall require any services other than during Work Hours, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as additional rent, within ten (10) days after demand therefor the sum of $65.00 per hour for each hour that HVAC and/or electric services shall be provided to Tenant other than during Work Hours. The said hourly charge shall be subject to an appropriate increase to the extent that the public utility supplying electricity to the Building increases its charge for electricity from time to time.

 

ICM: 09/18/02

FORM: AmberJc2.meb Rev. 09/18/02

MTNT-Msty-Office G+TE – AJ Lease

F:\wpdata\meb2\Leases\ValeritasLse3.doc

10/16/09 5:30p.m.

   4   


(c) Landlord reserves the right to suspend any of the services agreed to be supplied by Landlord hereunder when necessary by reason of accident or for repairs, alterations, replacements or improvements necessary or desirable in the judgment of Landlord for as long as shall be required by reason thereof and Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant and Tenant shall not be entitled to any abatement or reduction of rent by reason thereof. The foregoing notwithstanding, if the Premises (or a material portion of the Premises) is made untenantable for a period in excess of three (3) consecutive business days as a result of any suspension or interruption in such services caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, then Tenant shall be entitled to receive an abatement of rent beginning on the fourth (4 th ) consecutive business day of such service suspension and ending on the day the service has been restored to a condition under which Tenant can occupy the Premises for the use set forth in Par. 1(f) hereinabove. If such suspension or interruption in services caused by Landlord’s gross negligence or willful misconduct shall continue for a period of thirty (30) days or more, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease upon written notice to Landlord given at anytime following the expiration of such thirty (30) day period and prior to the restoration of such services to a condition under which Tenant can occupy the Premises for the use set forth in Par. 1(f) hereinabove, and in the event of such termination, neither party shall have any further rights or obligations hereunder thereafter except for any such rights and/or obligations occurring prior the effective date of termination.

7. Permitted Uses . Tenant may use the Premises only for the uses set forth in Par. 1(f) above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall not use or permit the Premises to be used for any unlawful purpose or in violation of any certificate of occupancy covering the Property or which may constitute a public or private nuisance or make voidable any insurance in force relating to the Property.

8. Common Areas; Parking . (a) Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right, in common with others, to use any common entrances, lobbies, drives, elevators, stairs, and similar access and serviceways in and adjacent to the Building (hereinafter sometimes referred to as Common Area), if any, subject to such reasonable rules and regulations as the Landlord may adopt, provided that such rules and regulations do not materially impair Tenant’s rights under this Lease and are applied to Tenant in a non-discriminatory manner.

(b) Tenant and its employees and invitees shall have the right, in common with Landlord and other tenants of the Property and their employees and invitees, to use the parking areas provided by Landlord on the Property for the parking of passenger automobiles. Tenant’s parking shall not be reserved and shall be limited to vehicles no larger than standard sized automobiles or light pickup vehicles. Tenant and its employees and invitees shall not park in the parking areas more than the number of vehicles set forth in Par. 1 (g). Tenant shall not cause large trucks or other large vehicles to be parked within the parking areas, except that temporary parking of larger delivery vehicles may be permitted in the area designated therefor by Landlord. Vehicles shall be parked only in striped parking spaces and not in driveways, access roads, loading areas or other locations not specifically designated for parking. Landlord shall have the right to assign parking spaces for the exclusive use of other tenants of the Property and/or Landlord and their employees and invitees, and Tenant and its employees and invitees shall not park their vehicles in parking spaces allocated to others by Landlord. Landlord shall not be required to keep parking spaces clear of unauthorized vehicles or to otherwise supervise the use of the parking areas. Landlord shall not be responsible for any damage to or theft of any vehicles in the parking areas. Landlord may issue parking permits, install a gate system or impose any other system as Landlord deems necessary for the use of the parking areas. Landlord reserves the right from time to time (i) to change or reduce the parking areas, roads and driveways; and (ii) to make any alterations or repairs that it deems necessary (in Landlord’s reasonable discretion) to the parking areas, roads or driveways, and to temporarily revoke or modify the parking rights granted to Tenant without any abatement or reduction of rent by reason thereof provided that Tenant shall at all times have the right to use at least 31 parking spaces in the parking area on the Property. Landlord may require Tenant to furnish it with the automobile license numbers assigned to vehicles of Tenant and its employees and invitees and to notify Landlord of any changes thereof. Landlord may limit parking in the front yard of the Property to visitors.

9. No Representations . Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has not made any representation with respect to any matter or thing affecting or related to the Premises, other than as expressly provided herein.

 

ICM: 09/18/02

FORM: AmberJc2.meb Rev. 09/18/02

MTNT-Msty-Office G+TE – AJ Lease

F:\wpdata\meb2\Leases\ValeritasLse3.doc

10/16/09 5:30p.m.

   5   


10. Compliance with Law . (a) Tenant shall take all necessary action to conform to and comply with all laws, orders and regulations of any governmental authority or Landlord’s or Tenant’s insurers, now or hereafter applicable to Tenant’s particular manner of use or occupancy of the Premises (as opposed to general office use), including the federal Occupational Safety and Health Act. Landlord, at its sole cost and expense, shall obtain all required permits and certificates of occupancy for Tenant’s initial occupancy of the Premises, unless Landlord is unable to obtain such permits and certificates of occupancy because of the practices of the local municipality, or because of any work being performed by Tenant, or for any other reason caused by Tenant, in which event Tenant shall obtain any such required permits and certificates of occupancy at its sole cost and expense.

(b) Tenant shall not cause or permit the release, discharge, or disposal nor the presence, use, transportation, generation, or storage of any Hazardous Materials (as hereinafter defined) in, on, under, about, to, or from the Premises by either Tenant, Tenant’s employees, agents, contractors, or invitees (for this Par. 10 only, all of the foregoing shall be collectively referred to as “Tenant”) other than the use of such materials in de minimus quantities reasonably necessitated by the Tenant’s regular business activities.

(c) Tenant further agrees and covenants to Landlord, its agents, employees, affiliates and shareholders (for this Par. 10 only, all of the foregoing shall be collectively referred to as “Landlord”) the following:

1. To comply with all Environmental Laws (as hereinafter defined) in effect, or which may come into effect, applicable to the Tenant or Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises;

2. To immediately notify Landlord, in writing, of any existing, pending or threatened (a) investigation, inquiry, claim or action by any governmental authority in connection with any Environmental Laws; (b) third party claims; (c) regulatory actions; and/or (d) contamination of the Premises;

3. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, investigate, monitor, remediate, and/or clean up any Hazardous Materials or other environmental condition on, about, or under the Premises required as a result of Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises;

4. To keep the Premises free of any lien imposed pursuant to any Environmental Laws; and

5. To indemnify, defend, and save Landlord harmless from and against any and all claims (including personal injury, real, or personal property damage), actions, judgments, damages, penalties, fines, costs, liabilities, interest, or attorney’s fees that arise, directly or indirectly, from Tenant’s violation of any Environmental Laws or the presence of any Hazardous Materials on, under or about the Premises.

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Landlord, at its sole cost and expense, (i) shall be responsible for the cleanup of any Hazardous Materials at the Property which were in existence at the Property prior to the Commencement Date (the “Preexisting Hazardous Materials”), and (ii) shall be responsible for the cleanup of any Hazardous Materials at the Property whose presence is cause by Landlord after the Commencement Date (the “Landlord Caused Hazardous Materials”). Tenant shall have no obligation to contribute to the cost of any such cleanup of Preexisting Hazardous Materials and Landlord Caused Hazardous Materials.

(e) Landlord’s and Tenant’s obligations, responsibilities, and liabilities under this Par. 10 shall survive the expiration of this Lease.

(f) For purposes of this Par. 10 the following definitions apply:

 

ICM: 09/18/02

FORM: AmberJc2.meb Rev. 09/18/02

MTNT-Msty-Office G+TE – AJ Lease

F:\wpdata\meb2\Leases\ValeritasLse3.doc

10/16/09 5:30p.m.

   6   


“Hazardous Materials” shall mean (1) any “hazardous waste” and/or “hazardous substance” defined pursuant to any Environmental Laws; (2) asbestos or any substance containing asbestos; (3) polychlorinated biphenyls; (4) lead; (5) radon; (6) pesticides; (7) petroleum or any other substance containing hydrocarbons; (8) any substance which, when on the Premises, is prohibited by any Environmental Laws; and (9) any other substance, material, or waste which (i) by any Environmental Laws requires special handling or notification of any governmental authority in its collection, storage, treatment, or disposal or (ii) is defined or classified as hazardous, dangerous or toxic pursuant to any legal requirement.

“Environmental Laws” shall mean: any and all federal, state and local laws, statutes, codes, ordinances, regulations, rules or other requirements, relating to human health or safety or to the environment, including, but not limited to, those applicable to the storage, treatment, disposal, handling and release of any Hazardous Materials, all as amended or modified from time to time.

11. Care and Repair of Premises; No Waste . (a) Except to the extent such repair is an obligation of Landlord as expressly set forth in this Lease, Tenant shall take good care of the Premises and make all repairs to the interior portions of the Premises which are necessary or desirable to keep the Premises in good order and repair. All repairs by Tenant shall be performed in a good and workmanlike manner. Fluorescent lamps, ballasts and incandescent bulbs shall be replaced by Landlord as required and the cost thereof shall be included as an operating expense of the Building as defined in the Operating Expense Rider attached hereto.

(b) Tenant shall not commit or suffer, and shall use all reasonable precaution to prevent waste, damage or injury to the Premises or Property and the equipment thereon.

12. Alterations, Additions and Improvements . (a) Tenant shall not make any alterations, additions or improvements to the Premises (“Alterations”) without Landlord’s prior written consent. Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to non-structural Alterations. Landlord shall not be required to consent to and Tenant shall not make any Alterations to the electrical, plumbing, heating, ventilation or air-conditioning systems. Prior to making any Alterations, Tenant shall submit to Landlord detailed plans and specifications for Alterations and reimburse Landlord for all expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with its review thereof, and Tenant shall also provide to Landlord for its approval the identity of the contractor Tenant proposes to employ to construct the Alterations. All Alterations shall be accomplished in accordance with the following conditions:

(i) Tenant shall procure all governmental permits and authorizations for the Alterations, and obtain and provide to Landlord an official certificate of occupancy upon completion of the Alterations, if appropriate.

(ii) Tenant shall arrange for extension of the liability insurance provided for in Par. 5 to apply to the construction of the Alterations.

(iii) The employment of any employee, contractor or laborer in or about the Premises in connection with the Alterations, or Tenant’s moving of furniture and equipment in or out of the Premises or otherwise, shall not interfere or cause any conflict with any employee, contractor or laborer of Landlord or union representing any of them engaged in the construction, operation, maintenance or repair of the Property. In the event of such interference, upon demand of Landlord, Tenant will cause such employee, contractor or laborer to leave the Property immediately.

(iv) The work with respect to the Alterations shall be done in a neat, clean and quiet manner, and shall not interfere with the use and occupancy of the Building by other tenants.

(v) Tenant shall construct the Alterations in a good and workmanlike manner utilizing materials of first quality and in compliance with all laws and governmental regulations.

(vi) Within ten (10) days after completion of the Alterations, Tenant shall provide Landlord with “as built” plans of the Alterations and AutoCAD files thereof on disk.

 

ICM: 09/18/02

FORM: AmberJc2.meb Rev. 09/18/02

MTNT-Msty-Office G+TE – AJ Lease

F:\wpdata\meb2\Leases\ValeritasLse3.doc

10/16/09 5:30p.m.

   7   


(b) Except for Tenant’s trade fixtures, all Alterations shall be the property of Landlord and shall remain on and be surrendered with the Premises upon termination of the Lease, unless Landlord shall notify Tenant at the time Landlord grants its consent to such Alterations, or if no consent is required, at the time Tenant notifies Landlord of such Alterations, that it desires that such Alterations be removed at the expiration of the Lease, in which event Tenant agrees to remove such Alterations on or prior to the Expiration Date, restore the Premises to its existing condition prior to construction of the Alterations and repair any damage to the Premises or the Building caused by such removal.

13. Covenant Against Liens . Tenant shall not have any right to subject the Landlord’s interest in the Property to any construction lien or any other lien whatsoever. If any construction lien or other lien, charge or order for payment of money shall be filed as a result of the act or omission of Tenant, Tenant shall cause such lien, charge or order to be discharged or appropriately bonded within ten (10) days after notice from Landlord thereof, and Tenant shall indemnify and save Landlord harmless from all liabilities and costs resulting therefrom.

14. Indemnification by Tenant . Tenant shall indemnify and hold harmless Landlord, SBC and Landlord’s managing agent from and against all liability, claims or costs, including reasonable legal fees, arising from (i) any breach of this Lease by Tenant; (ii) any injury to person or damage to property occurring on or about the Premises except to the extent caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord; (iii) any injury to person or damage to property occurring on the Property resulting from any negligence or misconduct of Tenant or any of its employees or agents. Tenant shall defend Landlord against any such liability, claim or cost with counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord or, at Landlord’s election, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for legal fees and costs incurred by Landlord by employment of its own counsel. The obligation of Tenant under this subparagraph shall survive expiration or earlier termination of the Term.

15. Landlord Not Liable . Landlord shall not be liable for any injury or damage to the person, business, equipment, merchandise or other property of Tenant or any of Tenant’s employees, invitees or customers or any other person on or about the Property, resulting from any cause whatsoever, including, but not limited to: (i) fire, steam, electricity, water, gas or rain; (ii) leakage, obstruction or other defects of pipes, sprinklers, wires, plumbing, air conditioning, boilers or lighting fixtures; or (iii) any act or omission, negligent or otherwise, of any other tenant of the Property.

16. Assignment and Subletting . (a) Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph, Tenant shall not assign or encumber Tenant’s interest in this Lease, or sublet any portion of the Premises, or grant concessions or licenses with respect to the Premises, without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. The cumulative change of more than 50% of the ownership interest of Tenant shall be deemed to be an assignment of this Lease requiring Landlord’s consent. However, Tenant may assign this Lease or sublet the Premises, without Landlord’s consent, to any corporation which controls, is controlled by or is under common control with Tenant, or to any corporation resulting from the merger of or consolidation with Tenant, or to any entity acquiring all or substantially all of the assets or ownership interests of Tenant (all of the foregoing, a “Permitted Transfer”), provided such assignee shall assume all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, and such assignee or sublessee shall then have a net worth at least equal to that of Tenant on the date hereof.

(b) If Tenant desires to assign this Lease or sublet all or any portion of the Premises, Tenant shall submit to Landlord a written request for Landlord’s approval thereof, setting forth the name, principal business address, and nature of business of the proposed assignee or sublessee; the financial, banking and other credit information relating to the proposed assignee or sublessee; and the details of the proposed assignment or subletting, including a copy of the proposed assignment or sublease instrument and plans for any Alterations required for the proposed assignee or sublessee. Tenant shall also furnish any other information reasonably requested by Landlord. Landlord shall have the option (i) to withhold its consent; (ii) to grant consent; or (iii) in the event of

 

ICM: 09/18/02

FORM: AmberJc2.meb Rev. 09/18/02

MTNT-Msty-Office G+TE – AJ Lease

F:\wpdata\meb2\Leases\ValeritasLse3.doc

10/16/09 5:30p.m.

   8   


a proposed assignment of this Lease or sublease of a substantial portion of the Premises, to terminate this Lease as of the effective date of such proposed assignment or sublease. In the event of a proposed sublease of less than a substantial portion of the Premises, Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease with respect to the portion of the Premises to be sublet, and this Lease shall continue with respect to the remaining portion of the Premises. In the event Landlord terminates this Lease pursuant to this Par. 16(b), Landlord may enter into a direct lease with the proposed assignee or sublessee, if Landlord so elects. Landlord’s acceptance of rent from a proposed assignee or sublessee shall not be construed to constitute its consent to an attempted assignment or subletting. This Par. 16(b) shall not apply to a Permitted Transfer.

(c) In the event of a permitted assignment or subletting, Tenant shall remit to Landlord as additional rent each month during the remainder of the Term any rent or other sums received by Tenant from its assignee or sublessee in excess of the Annual Rent and other charges paid by Tenant allocable to the Premises or portion thereof sublet, as the case may be.

(d) No assignment or subletting hereunder, whether or not with Landlord’s consent, shall release Tenant from any obligations under this Lease, and Tenant shall continue to be primarily liable hereunder. If Tenant’s assignee or sublessee defaults under this Lease, Landlord may proceed directly against Tenant without pursuing its remedies against the assignee or sublessee. Consent to one assignment or subletting shall not be deemed a consent to any subsequent assignment or subletting. Landlord may consent to subsequent assignments or modifications of this Lease or sublettings without notice to Tenant and Tenant shall not be relieved of liability under this Lease.

(e) Tenant shall pay to Landlord upon demand all actual, out-of-pocket costs, including reasonable legal fees, which Landlord shall incur in reviewing any proposed assignment or subletting.

17. Landlord’s Access . Landlord and its representatives may enter the Premises at all reasonable times during Work Hours upon reasonable prior notice to Tenant (or at any time without notice in the event of emergency) for the purpose of inspecting the Premises, or making any necessary repairs, or to show the Premises to prospective purchasers, investors, encumbrancers, tenants or other parties, or for any other purpose Landlord deems necessary. During the final six (6) months of the Term, Landlord may place customary “For Sale” or “For Lease” signs on the Premises.

18. Signs . Tenant shall not place any signs on the Property except that the name of the Tenant may appear in the area of the entrance door of the Premises. The design of such sign shall be subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval. Tenant shall remove its signs upon expiration or earlier termination of the Term, and shall repair any damage caused by installation or removal of its signs. If Landlord provides a tenant directory within the Building, Tenant shall be entitled to one listing in such tenant directory. The cost of such listing shall be paid by Landlord.

19. Casualty . If the Building is damaged by fire or other casualty, and if the proceeds received from the insurance policies maintained by Landlord therefor are sufficient to pay for the necessary repairs, and the Building can be fully repaired within six (6) months after such casualty occurred, this Lease shall remain in effect and Landlord shall repair the damage within such six (6) month period, subject to delays beyond Landlord’s control. If the insurance proceeds received by Landlord are not sufficient to pay the entire cost of repair, or no proceeds are payable with respect to such casualty, or the Building cannot be fully repaired within six (6) months after the casualty occurred, Landlord may elect either to (i) terminate this Lease, provided Landlord shall so notify Tenant within thirty (30) days after occurrence of such casualty, or (ii) repair the damage as soon as reasonably possible, in which event this Lease shall remain in full force and effect; but if Landlord elects not to terminate this Lease, Tenant shall then have the right to terminate this Lease if the Premises cannot be fully repaired within nine (9) months after such casualty occurred. Tenant’s notification, if any, shall be required within ten (10) days after Landlord’s notice. In addition to the foregoing, if the damage to the Building occurs during the last two (2) years of the Lease Term, Landlord may elect to terminate this Lease as of the date the damage occurred in any event. If this Lease is not terminated following a casualty, rent shall abate from the date of the occurrence in the proportion that the area of the portion of the Premises rendered unusable by such casualty bears to the entire area of the Premises. The abatement shall continue until the portion of the Premises which

 

ICM: 09/18/02

FORM: AmberJc2.meb Rev. 09/18/02

MTNT-Msty-Office G+TE – AJ Lease

F:\wpdata\meb2\Leases\ValeritasLse3.doc

10/16/09 5:30p.m.

   9   


shall have been damaged shall be rebuilt or repaired. Tenant waives the protection of any law which grants a tenant the right to terminate a lease in the event of the substantial destruction of a leased property, and agrees that the provisions of this paragraph shall govern in the event of any substantial destruction of the Premises.

20. Condemnation . If all or any portion of the Premises, or such portions of the Property as may be required for Tenant’s use of the Premises for the use set forth in Par. 1(f), shall be taken under the power of eminent domain or sold under the threat thereof (the “Condemnation”), this Lease shall terminate on the date on which title to the Premises, the Property or portion thereof shall vest in the condemning authority. If a portion of the Property shall be taken but the Premises shall not be affected, then Landlord may at its option terminate this Lease by written notice to Tenant and the Term shall expire on the date on which title is vested in the condemning authority. If this Lease shall remain in effect following a Condemnation, Tenant’s obligation to pay rent hereunder shall not be affected and Tenant shall not be entitled to any abatement or reduction of rent. Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire award in any Condemnation proceeding relating to the Premises or Property, except that Tenant may assert a separate claim to an award for its moving expenses and for fixtures and personal property installed by Tenant at its expense. It is understood that Tenant shall have no claim against Landlord for the value of the unexpired Term of this Lease or any options granted under this Lease.

21. Surrender of Premises . Upon termination of the Lease, Tenant shall surrender the Premises to Landlord in the same condition it was in as of the Commencement Date (with respect to the Part A Premises) and the Part B Premises Commencement Date (with respect to the Part B Premises), except for ordinary wear and tear and damage by casualty which Tenant was not obligated to remedy under any provision of this Lease. Tenant shall remove its machinery or equipment and repair any damage to the Premises caused by such removal. Tenant shall not remove any power wiring or power panels, lighting or lighting fixtures, wall coverings, blinds or other window coverings, carpets or other floor coverings, or heaters or air conditioners, unless Landlord, by notice to Tenant, elects to have any of the foregoing removed by Tenant, in which event the same shall be removed from the Premises by Tenant prior to the expiration of the Lease, and Tenant shall repair any damage to the Premises due to such removal. All property of Tenant remaining on the Premises after Tenant’s surrender of the Premises shall be deemed abandoned and at Landlord’s election may either be retained by Landlord or may be removed from the Premises at Tenant’s expense. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord all keys to the Premises.

(b) If during the last sixty (60) days of the Term, Tenant shall have removed all or substantially all of Tenant’s property and all of its personnel from the Premises, Landlord may at any time thereafter enter, alter, renovate and redecorate the Premises without any reduction or abatement of the Tenant’s rent or incurring any liability for any compensation to Tenant or adverse effect on this Lease or Tenant’s obligations hereunder. If Landlord commences alterations, renovations or redecorations to the Premises, Tenant shall not thereafter occupy the Premises.

22. Holdover . In the event Tenant remains in possession of the Premises after the expiration of the term of this Lease (the “Holdover Period”), in addition to any damages to which Landlord may be entitled or other remedies Landlord may have by law, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a monthly rental for the Holdover Period, as follows: (i) for the first month of the Holdover Period, at the rate of 150% of the monthly installments of Annual Rent payable during the last Lease Year of the Term, plus all items of Additional Rent and other charges with respect to the Premises payable by Tenant during the last Lease Year of the Term; and (ii) for any month of the Holdover Period after the first month, at the rate of twice the monthly installments of Annual Rent payable during the last Lease Year of the Term, plus all items of Additional Rent and other charges with respect to the Premises payable by Tenant during the last Lease Year of the Term. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to give Tenant any right to remain in possession of the Premises after the expiration of the Term of this Lease.

23. Events of Default; Remedies . (a) Tenant shall be in default upon the occurrence of one or more of the following events (an “Event of Default”):

(i) Tenant fails to pay rent or any other sum of money required to be paid

 

ICM: 09/18/02

FORM: AmberJc2.meb Rev. 09/18/02

MTNT-Msty-Office G+TE – AJ Lease

F:\wpdata\meb2\Leases\ValeritasLse3.doc

10/16/09 5:30p.m.

   10   


by Tenant hereunder within ten (10) days of the date when due without the need for any notice thereof by Landlord (except Landlord agrees to give written notice of such failure to pay rent or other sum of money not more than once per Lease Year, and no Event of Default shall be deemed to have occurred if Tenant makes the required payment within ten (10) days after such notice);

(ii) Tenant fails to perform any of Tenant’s non-monetary obligations under this Lease or violates any covenant required to be observed by Tenant hereunder for a period of thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from Landlord and such additional time, if any, as is reasonably necessary to cure such failure provided Tenant promptly commences to cure such failure and thereafter prosecutes such cure to completion with reasonable diligence; or

(iii) Tenant abandons the Premises for sixty (60) days or more; or

(iv) Tenant makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or a petition for adjudication of bankruptcy or for reorganization is filed by or against Tenant and is not dismissed within sixty (60) days, or a receiver or trustee is appointed for a substantial part of Tenant’s property and such appointment is not vacated within sixty (60) days.

(b) On the occurrence of an Event of Default, Landlord may, at any time thereafter, without notice or demand, and without limiting any other right or remedy Landlord may have:

(i) Terminate this Lease and Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises by any lawful means, in which event Tenant shall immediately surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord. At its option, Landlord may occupy the Premises or cause the Premises to be redecorated, altered, divided, consolidated with other adjoining property, or otherwise prepared for reletting, and may relet the Premises or any part thereof for a term or terms to expire prior to, at the same time or subsequent to the original Expiration Date, and receive the rent therefor, applying the sums received first to the payment of such expenses as Landlord may have incurred in connection with the recovery of possession, preparing for reletting and the reletting itself, including brokerage and attorneys’ fees, and then to the payment of damages in amounts equal to the rent hereunder and to the cost and expense of performance of the other covenants of Tenant under this Lease. Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord damages equal to the rent and other sums payable by Tenant under this Lease, reduced by the net proceeds of the reletting, if any, as ascertained from time to time. In reletting the Premises, Landlord may grant rent concessions, and Tenant shall not be entitled to any credit therefor. Tenant shall not be entitled to any surplus resulting from any reletting. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate its damages in the event of any Event of Default by Tenant hereunder. In so doing, however, Landlord shall not be required to undertake any actions inconsistent with its then current leasing practices, nor shall Landlord be obligated to market the Premises preferentially to any other space or property which Landlord or its affiliates have available for rent or sale.

(ii) Permit Tenant to remain in possession of the Premises, in which event this Lease shall continue in effect. Landlord shall be entitled to enforce all of Landlord’s rights and remedies under this Lease, including the right to receive the rent as it becomes due under this Lease.

(iii) Pursue any other remedy now or hereafter available under the laws of the jurisdiction in which the Premises is located.

(c) The remedies available to Landlord herein specified are not intended to be exclusive and prevent Landlord from exercising any other remedy or means of redress to which Landlord may be lawfully entitled. In addition to other remedies provided in this Lease, Landlord shall be entitled to restraint by injunction of any violation or threatened violation by Tenant of any of the provisions of this Lease. Landlord’s exercise of any right or remedy shall not prevent Landlord from exercising any other right or remedy.

(d) To the extent permitted by law, Tenant, for itself and any person claiming through or under Tenant, waives any equity or right of redemption provided by any law.

 

ICM: 09/18/02

FORM: AmberJc2.meb Rev. 09/18/02

MTNT-Msty-Office G+TE – AJ Lease

F:\wpdata\meb2\Leases\ValeritasLse3.doc

10/16/09 5:30p.m.

   11   


(e) Tenant agrees to pay as Additional Rent all reasonable attorneys’ fees and other actual out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Landlord in the enforcement of any of the obligations or agreements of Tenant under this Lease.

(f) If this Lease shall terminate by reason of the occurrence of any default of Tenant or any contingency mentioned in this Par. 23, Landlord shall at its option and election be entitled, notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, or any present or future law, to recover from Tenant or Tenant’s estate (in lieu of all claims against Tenant relating to unpaid Annual Rent or additional rent), as agreed and liquidated damages for loss of the bargain and not as a penalty, a lump sum which at the time of such termination of this Lease equals the then present worth of the Annual Rent and all other charges payable by Tenant hereunder that were unpaid or would have accrued for the balance of the Term, less the fair and reasonable rental value of the Premises for the balance of such Term, such lump sum being discounted to the date of termination at the rate of six (6%) percent per annum, unless any statute or rule of law governing the proceeding in which such damages are to be proved shall limit the amount of such claim capable of being so proved, in which case Landlord shall be entitled to prove as and for liquidated damages by reason of such breach and termination of this Lease, the maximum amount which may be allowed by or under any such statute or rule of law.

24. Service Fee; Interest . (a) Tenant’s failure to pay Annual Rent, Additional Rent or make other payments required under this Lease promptly may cause Landlord to incur unanticipated costs, which are impractical to ascertain. Therefore, if Landlord does not receive any payment of Annual Rent, Additional Rent or other sums due from Tenant to Landlord within five (5) days after it becomes due, Tenant shall pay Landlord a service fee equal to eight (8%) percent of the overdue amount.

(b) Any amount owed by Tenant to Landlord which is not paid when due shall bear interest at the rate of eighteen (18%) percent per annum (“Default Interest”) from the due date of such amount. The payment of Default Interest on such amounts shall not extend the due date of any amount owed. If the interest rate specified in this Lease shall exceed the rate permitted by law, the Default Interest shall be deemed to be the maximum legal interest rate permitted by law.

25. Landlord’s Right to Cure Tenant’s Default . If Tenant fails to make any payment or perform any act on its part to be made or performed, then Landlord, without waiving or releasing Tenant from such obligation, may make such payment or perform such act on Tenant’s part, and the actual out-of-pocket costs incurred by Landlord in connection with such payment or performance, together with any service fee and Default Interest thereon, shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord on demand as Additional Rent.

26. Notice of Landlord’s Default . (a) Tenant shall give written notice of any failure by Landlord to perform any of its obligations under this Lease. Landlord shall not be in default under this Lease unless Landlord fails to cure such non-performance within thirty (30) days after receipt of Tenant’s notice. If more than thirty (30) days are required to cure such non-performance, Landlord shall not be in default if such cure is commenced within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently pursued to completion.

(b) In the event of any act or omission by the Landlord which would give the Tenant the right to terminate this Lease or to claim a partial or total eviction, Tenant will not exercise any such right until (i) it has given written notice of such act or omission to Landlord’s Mortgagee whose name and address shall have previously been furnished to Tenant, by delivering such notice to the address so furnished, and (ii) Landlord’s act or omission is not remedied within thirty (30) days after receipt by Landlord’s Mortgagee of Tenant’s notice, or if more than thirty (30) days are required to cure same, such cure is commenced within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently pursued to completion.

27. Landlord’s Liability Limited . There shall be no personal liability of the Landlord or any member, partner, stockholder, officer, director or other principal of Landlord in connection with this Lease. Tenant agrees to look solely to the interest of Landlord in the Property and the proceeds therefrom for the collection of any judgment or other judicial process requiring the payment of money by Landlord in the event of any default or breach by Landlord with respect to this

 

ICM: 09/18/02

FORM: AmberJc2.meb Rev. 09/18/02

MTNT-Msty-Office G+TE – AJ Lease

F:\wpdata\meb2\Leases\ValeritasLse3.doc

10/16/09 5:30p.m.

   12   


Lease or in any way relating to the Property. No other assets of Landlord or any principal of Landlord shall be subject to levy, execution or other procedures for the satisfaction of Tenant’s remedies.

28. Waiver of Jury Trial . Landlord and Tenant hereby waive trial by jury in any legal proceeding brought by either of them against the other with respect to any matters arising out of or in any way connected with this Lease or the Property.

29. Subordination; Attornment . (a) This Lease is subject and subordinate to any ground lease or mortgage which may now or hereafter encumber the Property, and any renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements or extensions thereof.

(b) If Landlord’s interest in the Property is acquired by any ground lessor, mortgagee, or purchaser at a foreclosure sale, Tenant shall attorn to the transferee of or successor to Landlord’s interest in the Property and recognize such transferee or successor as landlord under this Lease. Such transferee or successor shall not be liable for any act or omission of any prior landlord; or be subject to any offsets or defenses which Tenant might have against any prior landlord; or be bound by any rent which Tenant might have paid for more than the current month to any prior landlord; or be liable for any security deposit under this Lease unless actually transferred to such transferee or successor.

(c) Tenant agrees that this Lease shall be modified in accordance with the reasonable request of any mortgagee now or hereafter encumbering the Property (“Landlord’s Mortgagee”), provided no such modification materially adversely affects the business terms of this Lease.

(d) The foregoing provisions shall be self-operative and no further instrument or act on the part of Tenant shall be necessary to effect the same. Tenant shall nevertheless sign and deliver any document necessary or appropriate to evidence the subordination, attornment or agreement above provided within ten (10) days after Landlord’s request therefor. Tenant further agrees to execute and deliver within ten (10) days after Landlord’s request therefor any other documents reasonably required by Landlord’s Mortgagee in connection with the financing or refinancing of the Property.

30. Tenant’s Estoppel; Financial Statement . (a) Upon Landlord’s request, Tenant shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord a written statement certifying: (i) the Commencement Date; (ii) the date the Term expires; (iii) that this Lease is in full force and effect (if such is the case) and unmodified (or if modified, stating the modifications); (iv) the last date of payment of the Annual Rent, Additional Rent and other charges and the time period covered by each payment; (v) that Landlord is not in default under this Lease (or, if Landlord is claimed to be in default, stating the nature of the default); and (vi) such other matters as may be reasonably required by Landlord or any Landlord’s Mortgagee. Tenant shall deliver such statement to Landlord within twenty (20) days after Landlord’s request. Any such statement may be given to and relied upon by any prospective purchaser or encumbrancer of the Property.

(b) Within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s request, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord such audited financial statements prepared by a certified public accountant as are reasonably required to verify the net worth of Tenant. Landlord shall keep such financial statements confidential, provided that any such statements may be disclosed by Landlord to any Landlord’s Mortgagee or prospective purchaser of the Property if, prior to such disclosure, the Landlord’s Mortgagee or prospective purchaser of the Property agrees in writing to keep the financial statements confidential. Tenant represents to Landlord that each such financial statement is a true and accurate statement as of the date of such statement.

31. Quiet Enjoyment . (a) Landlord covenants that as long as Tenant pays the Annual Rent and Additional Rent and performs its other obligations under this Lease, Tenant shall peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Premises for the term provided by this Lease, subject to the provisions of this Lease, and to any mortgage or other agreement to which this Lease is subordinate.

 

ICM: 09/18/02

FORM: AmberJc2.meb Rev. 09/18/02

MTNT-Msty-Office G+TE – AJ Lease

F:\wpdata\meb2\Leases\ValeritasLse3.doc

10/16/09 5:30p.m.

   13   


(b) Landlord reserves to itself such access and utility easements over, under and across the Premises as may be required by Landlord from time to time in connection with the ownership, use or operation of the Property and/or any other property of Landlord or any affiliated party of Landlord. No such easement shall materially interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises.

32. Security Deposit . Upon execution of this Lease, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord the sum set forth in Par. 1(h) as security for the performance by Tenant of its obligations under this Lease (the “Security Deposit”). Landlord shall have the right to use the Security Deposit to cure any default of Tenant hereunder, including, but not limited to, payment of Annual Rent, Additional Rent, service fees, Default Interest or other debts of Tenant due Landlord, or repair or replacement of damage to the Premises. If Landlord uses any part of the Security Deposit, Tenant shall restore the Security Deposit to its full amount within ten (10) days after Landlord’s demand therefor. Provided Tenant has fully complied with all of the terms of this Lease, Landlord shall return the Security Deposit to Tenant without interest within thirty (30) days after the surrender of the Premises by Tenant. Landlord may deliver the Security Deposit to the purchaser or other transferee of Landlord’s interest in the Property in the event the Property is sold or otherwise transferred, and Landlord shall be discharged from any further liability with respect to the Security Deposit.

33. Notices . All notices in connection with this Lease, the Premises or the Property shall be in writing and shall be personally delivered, or delivered by courier service (e.g., Federal Express, Airborne) or sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid. Notices to Landlord shall be delivered to the address specified in Par. 1(a). Notices to Tenant shall be delivered to the address specified in Par. 1(b) until Tenant takes possession of the Premises; thereafter notices to Tenant shall be delivered to the Premises. All notices shall be effective upon delivery or attempted delivery in accordance with this provision. Either party may change its notice address upon written notice to the other party given in accordance with this provision.

34. Force Majeure . If Landlord is unable to perform any of its obligations or to supply or is delayed in supplying any service expressly or impliedly to be supplied or is unable to make or is delayed in making any repair, additions, alterations or decorations, or is unable to supply or is delayed in supplying any equipment or fixtures, due to events beyond Landlord’s control, the time provided to Landlord for performing such obligations shall be extended by a period of time equal to the duration of such events, and Tenant shall not be entitled to any claim against Landlord by reason thereof, and the obligation of Tenant to pay rent and perform all its other obligations under this Lease shall not be affected, impaired or excused thereby. Events beyond Landlord’s control include, but are not limited to, acts of God, war, civil commotion, labor disputes, strikes, casualty, labor or material shortages, government regulation or restriction and weather conditions. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant nor shall Tenant be entitled to any abatement or reduction of rent, in the event of the suspension, interruption, failure or inadequacy of any of the services to be provided by Landlord pursuant to this Lease.

35. Waivers; Modifications . The failure of either party to insist on strict performance of any provision of this Lease shall not be construed as a waiver of such provision in any other instance. All amendments to this Lease shall be in writing and signed by both parties.

36. Interpretation . The captions in this Lease are intended to assist the parties in reading this Lease and are not a part of the provisions of this Lease. Whenever required by the context of this Lease, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. The masculine, feminine and neuter genders shall each include the others.

37. Applicable Law . The laws of the state in which the Property is located shall govern this Lease.

38. Authority of Lease Signatories . If Tenant is a corporation, partnership or other entity, each person signing this Lease on behalf of Tenant represents that he has full authority to do so and that this Lease binds the corporation, partnership or other entity, as the case may be.

 

ICM: 09/18/02

FORM: AmberJc2.meb Rev. 09/18/02

MTNT-Msty-Office G+TE – AJ Lease

F:\wpdata\meb2\Leases\ValeritasLse3.doc

10/16/09 5:30p.m.

   14   


39. Brokerage . Each party represents to the other that it did not deal with any real estate broker in connection with this Lease, other than the brokers named in Par. 1(1). The commission of such brokers (if any) shall be paid by Landlord. Each party indemnifies and holds the other harmless from any claim for a commission or other fee made by any broker with whom the indemnifying party has dealt, other than the foregoing named brokers.

40. Binding Effect . This Lease is binding upon any party who legally acquires any rights or interest in this Lease from Landlord or Tenant; provided, however, Landlord shall have no obligation to Tenant’s successor unless the interest of Tenant’s successor in this Lease is acquired in accordance with the provisions of this Lease. The term “Landlord” as used in this Lease means only the owner, or the mortgagee in possession, for the time being of the Property, so that in the event of any sale of the Property, the said Landlord shall be and hereby is entirely freed and relieved of any liability for performance of all covenants and obligations of Landlord set forth in this Lease.

41. Patriot Act Compliance . (a) Tenant will use good faith and commercially reasonable efforts to comply with the Patriot Act (defined below) and all applicable requirements relating to money laundering and terrorism of governmental authorities having jurisdiction over Tenant and the Premises. Landlord shall have the right to audit Tenant’s compliance with the Patriot Act and such other applicable requirements. If Tenant fails to comply with the Patriot Act and such other applicable requirements, then Landlord may, at its option, cause Tenant to comply therewith and all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection therewith shall be immediately due and payable. For the purposes hereof, “Patriot Act” shall mean the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism (USA Patriot Act) Act of 2001, as the same may be amended from time to time and corresponding provisions of future laws. Tenant’s failure to comply with the Patriot Act shall be a default under the Lease, and Landlord shall have the right to immediately terminate the Lease and accelerate the Annual Rent and Additional Rent hereunder.

(b) Tenant represents that Tenant (i) is not listed on any Government Lists (defined below), (ii) is not an entity who has been determined by competent authority to be subject to the prohibitions contained in Presidential Executive Orders No. 13224 (Sept 23, 2001) or any other similar prohibitions contained in the rules and regulations of OFAC (defined below) or in any enabling legislation or other Presidential Executive Order in respect thereof, (iii) has not been previously indicted for or convicted of any felony involving a crime or crimes of moral turpitude or for any Patriot Act Offense (defined below), or (iv) is not currently under investigation by any governmental authority for alleged criminal activity. For the purposes hereof, “Government Lists” means (i) the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons Lists maintained by Office of Foreign Asset Control (“OFAC”), (ii) any other lists of terrorists, terrorist organizations or narcotics traffickers maintained pursuant to any of the Rules and Regulations of OFAC, or (iii) similar lists maintained by the U.S. Department of State, the U.S. Department of Commerce or any other governmental authority. For the purposes hereof, “Patriot Act Offense” means any violation of the Patriot Act or of the criminal laws of the U.S.A. or any of the several states relating to terrorism or the laundering of monetary instruments, including the Bank Secrecy Act and the Money Laundering Control Act of 1986.

42. Miscellaneous . (a) Landlord reserves the right to decrease or increase the size of the Building, and to build additional buildings or improvements on the land, in which event Tenant’s Share referred to in Par. 1(i) shall be appropriately adjusted.

(b) Landlord shall have the right, without incurring any liability to Tenant or affecting this Lease, to change the arrangement and location of public entrances, passageways, doors, corridors, elevators, stairs, toilets and other public parts of the Property.

(c) The submission of this Lease to Tenant shall not be deemed to be an offer and shall not bind either party until duly executed by Landlord and Tenant.

(d) Except with respect to Par. 22, Landlord and Tenant shall not be liable for consequential damages arising from any negligence, tortious act, breach of any term, covenant or obligation under this Lease, or any other act or omission affecting this Lease.

 

ICM: 09/18/02

FORM: AmberJc2.meb Rev. 09/18/02

MTNT-Msty-Office G+TE – AJ Lease

F:\wpdata\meb2\Leases\ValeritasLse3.doc

10/16/09 5:30p.m.

   15   


(e) This Lease may be executed in counterparts, and when all counterpart documents are executed, the counterparts shall constitute a single binding instrument.

(f) A determination by a court of competent jurisdiction that any provision of this Lease or part thereof is illegal or unenforceable shall not invalidate the remainder of this Lease or such provision, Which shall continue to be in effect.

(g) Tenant shall not record this Lease or a memorandum hereof.

(h) Tenant shall observe the rules and regulations set forth in the Rules and Regulations Rider attached hereto, and such other reasonable rules and regulations as Landlord may from time to time adopt, on written notice to Tenant. Landlord shall not be obligated to enforce the rules and regulations against any tenant, and Landlord shall not be liable for violation of same by any tenant, or any of its employees or invitees.

(i) Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that there is certain furniture (the “Furniture”) currently located at the Premises. Tenant has requested, and Landlord hereby agrees, that Tenant may use the Furniture during the Term of this Lease. Landlord makes no representation or warranty whatsoever, whether expressed, implied or statutory, of any kind, with respect to the Furniture, and hereby disclaims any such warranty, including, but not limited to merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose, and Tenant agrees to accept the Furniture “as is”, “where is” subject to all faults. Landlord shall not be responsible for replacing, repairing or removing or disposing of the Furniture. The Furniture shall remain the property of Landlord and shall remain on and be surrendered with the Premises upon termination of the Lease, unless Landlord shall notify Tenant at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration Date that it desires that such Furniture be removed at the expiration of the Lease, in which event Tenant agrees to remove such Furniture at the expiration or earlier termination of the Term of this Lease and Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, repair all damage resulting from such removal.

THE RIDERS ENUMERATED IN PAR. 1(m) ABOVE ARE ATTACHED HERETO AND MADE A PART OF THIS LEASE AS FULLY AS IF SET FORTH HEREIN AT LENGTH. The terms used in the Riders have the same meanings set forth in this Lease. The provisions of a Rider shall prevail over any provisions of this Lease which are inconsistent or conflict with the provisions of such Rider.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereby have duly executed this Lease as of the date first above set forth.

 

    LANDLORD:
WITNESS:     BTCT ASSOCIATES, L.L.C.
  LOGO     By:   LOGO
      Its:   Manager

 

    TENANT:
ATTEST:     VALERITAS, INC.
By:   LOGO     By:   /s/ Kristine Peterson
Its:   CFO     Its:   Kristine Peterson, CEO

 

ICM: 09/18/02

FORM: AmberJc2.meb Rev. 09/18/02

MTNT-Msty-Office G+TE – AJ Lease

F:\wpdata\meb2\Leases\ValeritasLse3.doc

10/16/09 5:30p.m.

   16   


ANNUAL RENT RIDER

 

Date of Lease:

October 20 th , 2009

 

Landlord:

BTCT Associates, L.L.C.

 

Tenant:

Valeritas, Inc.

 

Premises:

Portion of First Floor

750 Route 202

Bridgewater, New Jersey

The Annual Rent payable by Tenant to Landlord during the Term shall be in the amounts and for the Lease Years and payable in the monthly installments as follows (subject to Par. 4(c) of the Lease):

 

Lease Years

  

PSF

  

Monthly Installment

  

Annual Amount

1 — 3

   $24.00    $15,310.00    $183,720.00

 

      Initials:   
      LOGO     
      Landlord   
      LOGO     
      Tenant   

 

 

 

 

ICM: 09/18/02

FORM: AmberJc2.meb Rev. 09/18/02

MTNT-Msty-Office G+TE – AJ Lease

F:\wpdata\meb2\Leases\ValeritasLse3.doc

10/16/09 5:30p.m.

   17   


EXTENSION OPTION RIDER

 

Date of Lease:

October 20 th , 2009

 

Landlord:

BTCT Associates, L.L.C.

 

Tenant:

Valeritas, Inc.

 

Premises:

Portion of First Floor

750 Route 202

Bridgewater, New Jersey

1. Grant of Option . Subject to the provisions of Section 3 of this Rider, Landlord hereby grants to Tenant one (1) option (the “Option”) to extend the Term following the expiration of the original term hereof (the “Initial Term”) for an additional term of three (3) years (the “Extension Term”).

2. Exercise of Option . The Option shall be exercised only by written notice (the “Extension Notice”) delivered to Landlord in accordance with Par. 33 of the Lease not more than eighteen (18) nor less than twelve (12) months before the expiration of the Initial Term. Time shall be of the essence with respect to delivery of the Extension Notice and if Tenant fails to deliver the Extension Notice within the specified time period, the Option shall lapse, and Tenant shall have no right to extend the Term.

3. Conditions Precedent to Option . The Option shall be exercisable by Tenant and the Lease shall continue for the Extension Term provided both of the following conditions are satisfied:

(a) At the time Landlord receives the Extension Notice and at the commencement of the Extension Term, Tenant shall not be in default under any of the provisions of the Lease (after giving effect to any applicable notice and cure periods).

(b) At the time Landlord receives the Extension Notice and at the commencement of the Extension Term, the Tenant named in Par. 1(b) of the Lease shall not have assigned the Lease or sublet any portion of the Premises, except as permitted in Par. 16(a) of the Lease.

4. Extension Term Provisions . The Extension Term shall be on all of the same terms and conditions set forth in the Lease and applicable to the Initial Term, except Tenant shall have no further option to extend the Term following the Extension Term, and the Annual Rent payable by Tenant for the Extension Term shall be as follows:

 

Lease Years

  

PSF

  

Monthly Installment

  

Annual Amount

4 - 6

   $26.16    $16,687.90    $200,254.80

 

      Initials:   
      LOGO     
      Landlord   
      LOGO     
      Tenant   

 

ICM: 09/18/02

FORM: AmberJc2.meb Rev. 09/18/02

MTNT-Msty-Office G+TE – AJ Lease

F:\wpdata\meb2\Leases\ValeritasLse3.doc

10/16/09 5:30p.m.

   18   


REAL ESTATE TAX RIDER

 

Date of Lease:    October 20 th , 2009
Landlord:   

    

BTCT Associates, L.L.C.

Tenant:   

    

Valeritas, Inc.

Premises:   

    

Portion of First Floor

   750 Route 202
   Bridgewater, New Jersey

Tenant shall pay as Additional Rent the Tenant’s Share referred to in Par. 1(i) of the Lease of all real estate taxes assessed against the Property for any tax fiscal year which occurs wholly or partially during the Term of this Lease in excess of the real estate taxes assessed against the Property for the tax fiscal year referred to in Par. 1(j) (the “Base Tax Year”) (such Additional Rent is hereinafter called the “Tax Rent”). The term “real estate taxes” shall mean (i) any tax or assessment levied, assessed or imposed at any time by any governmental authority on or against the Property or any part thereof; (ii) any assessment for public betterments or improvements levied, assessed or imposed upon or against the Property; (iii) the cost of prosecuting any appeal of real estate taxes with respect to the Property, including attorneys’ fees, appraisers’ fees and any administrative charge of the managing agent of the Property; and (iv) any tax levied, assessed or imposed at any time upon or against the receipt of income or rents or any other tax upon Landlord as a substitute or supplement in whole or in part for a real estate tax or assessment. Real estate taxes for any tax fiscal year beginning before the Commencement Date or terminating after the Expiration Date shall be apportioned so that Tenant shall pay only such portion of the increase in real estate taxes as shall be attributable to the portion of such tax fiscal year occurring during the Term of this Lease. The term “real estate taxes” shall not include income taxes, estate taxes, inheritance taxes, transfer taxes, recording taxes, succession taxes, franchise taxes, excise taxes, business privilege taxes, gross receipts or profit taxes, or capital levy that is or may be imposed upon Landlord or the Property.

Tenant shall pay its Tax Rent in monthly installments on the first day of each month on an estimated basis as determined by Landlord. Landlord may adjust such estimate at any time and from time to time based upon Landlord’s anticipation of the real estate taxes which may be assessed against the Property. Within sixty (60) days after the real estate taxes for any tax fiscal year shall be fixed by the appropriate governmental authorities, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a statement (“Landlord’s Tax Statement”) setting forth the actual real estate taxes assessed against the Property for such tax fiscal year, the amount paid by Tenant as Tax Rent on account thereof, Tenant’s Share of such real estate taxes, and the amount due to or from Tenant. If Tenant has paid less than the actual amount due, Tenant shall pay the difference to Landlord within ten (10) days after Landlord’s request therefor. Any amount paid by Tenant which exceeds the actual amount due shall be credited to the next succeeding payments due as Tax Rent hereunder, unless the Term has then expired in which event such excess amount shall be refunded to Tenant. For the avoidance of doubt, for and during the period of time commencing on the Commencement Date and ending at 11:59 p.m. on the day immediately preceding the Part B Premises Commencement Date, Tenant’s Share shall be based on the square footage of the Part A Premises only and Tenant shall be obligated to pay Tax Rent for the Part A Premises but not for the Part B Premises.

Tenant shall have the right, at its cost and expense, to audit the Tax Rent for the immediately preceding calendar year only in order to verify the accuracy of any sum which was charged to Tenant pursuant to this Real Estate Tax Rider, provided that: (i) Tenant shall notify Landlord of its election to audit the Tax Rent within thirty (30) days following Tenant’s receipt of the Landlord’s Tax Statement (the “Audit Notice”); (ii) such audit shall be conducted at the office where Landlord maintains its records and only after Tenant gives Landlord at least thirty (30) days prior written notice; (iii) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a copy of the results of such audit within thirty (30) days following Tenant’s receipt of the Landlord’s Tax Statement; (iv) no assignee shall conduct an audit for any period during which such assignee was not in possession of the Premises;

 

ICM: 09/18/02

FORM: AmberJc2.meb Rev. 09/18/02

MTNT-Msty-Office G+TE – AJ Lease

F:\wpdata\meb2\Leases\ValeritasLse3.doc

10/16/09 5:30p.m.

   19   


(v) Tenant shall keep the results of such audit strictly confidential and shall not disclose the same to any other party; (vi) no subtenant shall have any right to conduct an audit; (vii) no audit shall be conducted at any time that Tenant is in default of any of the terms of this Lease beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and grace period provided for herein; (viii) such audit shall only be conducted by a certified public accountant not compensated on a contingent fee basis and (ix) no such audit shall be conducted if any other tenant has conducted an audit for the time period Tenant intends to audit and Landlord furnishes to Tenant a copy of the results of said audit. In the event that Tenant’s audit alleges that an error was made by Landlord, Landlord shall have sixty (60) days following receipt of the results of such audit to obtain an audit from an accountant of Landlord’s choice, at Landlord’s cost and expense, or Landlord shall be deemed to have accepted the results of Tenant’s audit. In the event that Landlord’s and Tenant’s accountants shall be unable to reconcile the results, both accountants shall mutually agree upon a third accountant whose determination shall be conclusive. The cost of any such third accountant shall be shared equally between Landlord and Tenant. If it is determined that Tenant has paid less than the actual amount due, Tenant shall pay the difference to Landlord within thirty (30) days after the date of such determination. If it is determined that Tenant has paid any amount in excess of the amount due, such excess amount shall be refunded to Tenant within thirty (30) days after the date of such determination. In the event Tenant fails to send Landlord the Audit Notice within thirty (30) days following Tenant’s receipt of the Landlord’s Tax Statement, such Landlord’s Tax Statement shall be conclusive and binding upon Tenant and (i) Tenant waives its right to audit the real estate taxes for the immediately preceding calendar year, (ii) Tenant waives any objections and is barred from asserting any claims pertaining to such Landlord’s Tax Statement, and (iii) all payments made by Tenant on account of real estate tax for the calendar year shown on the Landlord’s Tax Statement shall then be conclusively accepted by Tenant as correct, final and not subject to questions, claim, reduction, audit or rebate in whole or in part.

 

      Initials:   
      LOGO     
      Landlord   
      LOGO     
      Tenant   

 

ICM: 09/18/02

FORM: AmberJc2.meb Rev. 09/18/02

MTNT-Msty-Office G+TE – AJ Lease

F:\wpdata\meb2\Leases\ValeritasLse3.doc

10/16/09 5:30p.m.

   20   


OPERATING EXPENSE RIDER

 

Date of Lease:

October 20 th , 2009

 

Landlord:

BTCT Associates, L.L.C.

 

Tenant:

Valeritas, Inc.

 

Premises:

Portion of First Floor

750 Route 202

Bridgewater, New Jersey

Tenant shall pay as Additional Rent Tenant’s Share referred to in Par. 1(i) of the Lease of the expenses of the Property for any calendar year which occurs wholly or partially during the Term of this Lease in excess of the operating expenses of the Property for the calendar year referred to in Par. 1 (k) of the Lease (the “Base Expense Year”) (such Additional Rent is hereinafter called the “Expense Rent”). The term “operating expenses” shall mean all costs incurred by Landlord in connection with the operation, maintenance, care and repair of the Property, including, but not limited to, gardening and landscaping; snow removal; repairing, resurfacing or repaving the parking areas, roads or driveways on the Property; premiums for fire and other casualty insurance, rent insurance, liability insurance, workers compensation insurance and other insurance with respect to the Property; wages, medical insurance, pension payments and other fringe benefits of all employees servicing the Property; payroll taxes; labor and materials for repairs and replacements for the Building and other improvements on the Property; trash removal; cleaning; service contracts; electricity, gas, water, sewer and other utility charges and rents; fuel oil; painting; security; professional fees; administrative expenses; management fees not to exceed five (5%) percent of the gross rents collected for the Building; and alterations and improvements made by reason of governmental or insurance company requirements. If the Commencement Date is other than the first day of a calendar year, or the Expiration Date is prior to the last day of a calendar year, the Expense Rent shall be apportioned so that Tenant shall pay only such portion of the expenses of the Property attributable to such calendar year occurring during the Term of this Lease.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if snow plowing expenses for the Base Expense Year shall exceed the cost of plowing two (2) snowfalls of not more than two (2) inches each, said snow plowing expenses for the Base Expense Year shall be appropriately adjusted so that the amount thereof shall reflect such expenses as would have been incurred if there had been two (2) snowfalls of not more than two (2) inches each (the “Base Snowplowing Expense”). In addition to Tenant’s obligation to pay Tenant’s Share of snowplowing costs in excess of the snowplowing costs for the Base Expense Year, Tenant shall also pay Tenant’s Share of all snowplowing costs for the Base Expense Year which exceed the Base Snowplowing Expense.

The term “operating expenses” shall include capital improvements provided, however, that the cost for any “Major Capital Improvement” (as hereinafter defined) shall be amortized on a straight-line basis over a useful life period (not to exceed ten (10) years), and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the portion of such cost allocable to the applicable amortization period which falls within the Term of the Lease as extended pursuant to the Extension Option Rider (if applicable). Such reimbursement shall be paid by Tenant in monthly installments, as Additional Rent, at the same time and in the same manner as Annual Rent, which installments shall be paid together with interest on the outstanding amount at the rate of ten and one half (10.5%) percent per annum. For purposes hereof, the term “Major Capital Improvement” shall mean any capital improvement having a cost in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand and 00/100 ($250,000.00) Dollars.

Operating expenses shall not include the following:

(A) Interest, points, fees, principal payments of any mortgage, financing costs and amortization of funds borrowed by Landlord, whether secured or unsecured;

(B) Depreciation of the Premises or the Building;

 

ICM: 09/18/02

FORM: AmberJc2.meb Rev. 09/18/02

MTNT-Msty-Office G+TE – AJ Lease

F:\wpdata\meb2\Leases\ValeritasLse3.doc

10/16/09 5:30p.m.

   21   


(C) Advertising, legal and space planning expenses and leasing commissions and other costs and expenses incurred in procuring and leasing space to tenants for the Building, including any leasing office maintained in the Building or outside of the Building, free rent and construction allowances for tenants and dues paid to trade associations;

(D) Legal and other expenses incurred in the negotiation or enforcement of leases or the securing or defense of Landlord’s title to the Property;

(E) Completing, fixturing, improving, renovating, painting, redecorating or other work, which Landlord pays for or performs for other tenants within their premises, and costs of correcting defects in such work;

(F) Costs to be reimbursed by other tenants of the Building or taxes to be paid directly by Tenant or other tenants of the Building, whether or not actually paid;

(G) Salaries, wages, benefits and other compensation paid to officers and employees of Landlord who are not assigned in whole or in part to the operation, management, maintenance or repair of the Building and salaries and benefits and other compensation to executives, officers or partners of Landlord above the grade of building manager or to any other person above the grade of building manager;

(H) General organizational, administrative and overhead costs relating to creating or maintaining Landlord’s existence, either as a corporation, partnership, or other entity, including general corporate, legal and accounting expenses and all general corporate overhead and general administrative expenses not related to the operation of the Property;

(I) Costs (including attorneys’ fees and costs of settlement, judgments and payments in lieu thereof) incurred in connection with disputes with tenants, other occupants, or prospective tenants, and costs and expenses, including legal fees, incurred in connection with negotiations or disputes with employees, consultants, management agents, leasing agents, purchasers or mortgagees of the Property;

(J) Costs incurred by Landlord due to the violation by Landlord, its employees, agents or contractors or any tenant of the terms and conditions of any lease of space in the Building or any laws;

(K) Penalties, fines or interest incurred as a result of Landlord’s inability or failure to make payment of taxes and/or to file any tax or informational returns when due, or from Landlord’s failure to make any payment of taxes required to be made by Landlord hereunder before delinquency;

(L) Costs of Landlord’s charitable or political contributions, or of fine art maintained at the Property;

(M) Costs in connection with services, items or other benefits of a type which are not standard for the Property and which are not available to Tenant or any other tenant in the Building without specific charges therefor, but which are provided to another tenant or occupant of the Building, whether or not such other tenant or occupant is specifically charged therefor by Landlord;

(N) Costs incurred in the sale, financing or refinancing of the Property (including, without limitation, transfer taxes);

(O) Real estate taxes, as described in the Real Estate Tax Rider to this Lease, and net income taxes of Landlord or the owner of any interest in the Property, franchise, transfer, capital stock, gift, estate or inheritance taxes or any federal, state or local documentary taxes imposed against the Property or any portion thereof or interest therein;

(P) Any expenses otherwise includable within operating expenses to the extent actually reimbursed by persons other than tenants of the Building;

 

ICM: 09/18/02

FORM: AmberJc2.meb Rev. 09/18/02

MTNT-Msty-Office G+TE – AJ Lease

F:\wpdata\meb2\Leases\ValeritasLse3.doc

10/16/09 5:30p.m.

   22   


(Q) Landlord’s costs of electricity and other services sold or provided to tenants in the Building (including Tenant) and for which Landlord is entitled to be reimbursed by such tenants as a separate additional charge or rental over and above the rent or expenses payable under the lease with such tenant;

(R) Ground rent payments to a ground lessor and the cost of consummating any ground lease;

(S) Reserves for bad debts and rent loss reserves;

(U) The cost of repairs or other work to the extent Landlord is actually reimbursed by insurance or condemnation proceeds.

Tenant shall pay its Expense Rent in monthly installments on the first day of each month on an estimated basis as determined by Landlord. Landlord may adjust such estimate at any time and from time to time based upon Landlord’s experience and anticipation of costs. After the end of each calendar year during the Term, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a statement (“Expense Statement”) setting forth the actual expenses of the Property for such calendar year, the amount paid by Tenant as Expense Rent on account thereof, Tenant’s Share of such expenses, and the amount due to or from Tenant. If Tenant has paid less than the actual amount due, Tenant shall pay the difference to Landlord within ten (10) days after Landlord’s request therefor. Any amount paid by Tenant which exceeds the amount due shall be credited to the next succeeding payments due as Expense Rent hereunder, unless the Term has then expired in which event such excess amount shall be refunded to Tenant. For the avoidance of doubt, for and during the period of time commencing on the Commencement Date and ending at 11:59 p.m. on the day immediately preceding the Part B Premises Commencement Date, Tenant’s Share shall be based on the square footage of the Part A Premises only and Tenant shall be obligated to pay Expense Rent for the Part A Premises but not for the Part B Premises.

Tenant shall have the right, at its cost and expense, to audit the Expense Rent for the immediately preceding calendar year only in order to verify the accuracy of any expense which was charged to Tenant pursuant to this Operating Expense Rider, provided that: (i) Tenant shall notify Landlord of its election to audit the Expense Rent within thirty (30) days following Tenant’s receipt of the Expense Statement (the “Audit Notice”); (ii) such audit shall be conducted at the office where Landlord maintains its records and only after Tenant gives Landlord at least thirty (30) days prior written notice; (iii) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a copy of the results of such audit within thirty (30) days following Tenant’s receipt of the Expense Statement; (iv) no assignee shall conduct an audit for any period during which such assignee was not in possession of the Premises; (v) Tenant shall keep the results of such audit strictly confidential and shall not disclose the same to any other party; (vi) no subtenant shall have any right to conduct an audit; (vii) no audit shall be conducted at any time that Tenant is in default of any of the terms of this Lease beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and grace period provided for herein; (viii) such audit shall only be conducted by a certified public accountant not compensated on a contingent fee basis and (ix) no such audit shall be conducted if any other tenant has conducted an audit for the time period Tenant intends to audit and Landlord furnishes to Tenant a copy of the results of said audit. In the event that Tenant’s audit alleges that an error was made by Landlord, Landlord shall have sixty (60) days following receipt of the results of such audit to obtain an audit from an accountant of Landlord’s choice, at Landlord’s cost and expense, or Landlord shall be deemed to have accepted the results of Tenant’s audit. In the event that Landlord’s and Tenant’s accountants shall be unable to reconcile the results, both accountants shall mutually agree upon a third accountant whose determination shall be conclusive. The cost of any such third accountant shall be shared equally between Landlord and Tenant. If it is determined that Tenant has paid less than the actual amount due, Tenant shall pay the difference to Landlord within thirty (30) days after the date of such determination. If it is determined that Tenant has paid any amount in excess of the amount due, such excess amount shall be refunded to Tenant within thirty (30) days after the date of such determination. In the event Tenant fails to send Landlord the Audit Notice within thirty (30) days following Tenant’s receipt of the Expense Statement, such Expense Statement shall be conclusive and binding upon Tenant and (i) Tenant waives its right to audit the operating expenses for the immediately preceding calendar year, (ii)

 

ICM: 09/18/02

FORM: AmberJc2.meb Rev. 09/18/02

MTNT-Msty-Office G+TE – AJ Lease

F:\wpdata\meb2\Leases\ValeritasLse3.doc

10/16/09 5:30p.m.

   23   


Tenant waives any objections and is barred from asserting any claims pertaining to such Expense Statement, and (iii) all payments made by Tenant on account of operating expenses for the calendar year shown on the Expense Statement shall then be conclusively accepted by Tenant as correct, final and not subject to questions, claim, reduction, audit or rebate in whole or in part.

 

      Initials:   
      LOGO     
      Landlord   
      LOGO     
      Tenant   

 

ICM: 09/18/02

FORM: AmberJc2.meb Rev. 09/18/02

MTNT-Msty-Office G+TE – AJ Lease

F:\wpdata\meb2\Leases\ValeritasLse3.doc

10/16/09 5:30p.m.

   24   


LANDLORD’S SERVICES RIDER

 

Date of Lease:

October 20 th , 2009

 

Landlord:

BTCT Associates, L.L.C.

 

Tenant:

Valeritas, Inc.

 

Premises:

Portion of First Floor

750 Route 202

Bridgewater, New Jersey

1. Maintenance and Repairs by Landlord . Landlord shall make necessary repairs to the roof, foundation and exterior walls of the Building and any load-bearing interior walls of the Premises, the parking areas, access roads and driveways, and all components of the electrical, mechanical, plumbing, heating and air-conditioning systems and facilities located on Property which are used in common by tenants of the Building, provided, however, if any such repair is necessitated by the act or omission of Tenant or any of its employees or invitees, such repair shall be at the expense of Tenant.

2. Snow Removal . Landlord shall arrange for removal of accumulations of snow and ice from the drives, parking areas and walkways of the Property. If requested by Landlord, to facilitate snow removal work, Tenant and its employees and invitees shall park vehicles only in areas designated by Landlord.

3. Landscape Maintenance . Landlord shall maintain landscaping in the Common Area of the Building and Property.

4. Water Service . Landlord shall cause the applicable public utility company to provide to the Building water in quantities sufficient for lavatory facilities, drinking fountains and incidental kitchen uses. If Tenant uses water for any purposes other than those for which Landlord is required to provide water in unusual quantities, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Additional Rent the cost of such usage as reasonably determined by Landlord within ten (10) business days after Landlord’s request therefor. At Landlord’s option, and at Tenant’s expense, a separate water meter or check meter may be installed or survey made to determine Tenant’s water usage. If there shall be such water usage without Landlord’s consent, Landlord may require Tenant to cease such water usage, and Landlord may suspend the supply of water to the Premises until Tenant so ceases its water usage.

5. Cleaning . Landlord shall clean the Premises substantially in accordance with the following:

All carpeting shall be vacuumed nightly. Carpet shampooing is excluded.

Dust furniture nightly.

Empty and dust all waste receptacles nightly and remove from the Premises waste paper and waste materials incidental to normal office usage.

Empty wastepaper baskets and clean ashtrays and sand urns nightly.

Dust telephones as required.

6. Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning .

(a) Landlord shall provide in the Building a heating, ventilation and air conditioning system to furnish heating, ventilation and air conditioning to the Premises.

 

ICM: 09/18/02

FORM: AmberJc2.meb Rev. 09/18/02

MTNT-Msty-Office G+TE – AJ Lease

F:\wpdata\meb2\Leases\ValeritasLse3.doc

10/16/09 5:30p.m.

   25   


(b) Tenant shall at all times cooperate fully with Landlord and abide by all the regulations and requirements which Landlord may prescribe for the proper functioning and protection of its ventilating, heating and air conditioning system and shall keep operable peripheral windows (if any) closed and use white Venetian blinds to keep direct sunlight from entering the Premises.

7. Landlord shall provide all services hereunder and for maintaining the Property in a first class manner.

 

      Initials:   
      LOGO     
      Landlord   
      LOGO     
      Tenant   

 

ICM: 09/18/02

FORM: AmberJc2.meb Rev. 09/18/02

MTNT-Msty-Office G+TE – AJ Lease

F:\wpdata\meb2\Leases\ValeritasLse3.doc

10/16/09 5:30p.m.

   26   


ENERGY RIDER

 

Date of Lease:

October 20 th , 2009

 

Landlord:

BTCT Associates, L.L.C.

 

Tenant:

Valeritas, Inc.

 

Premises:

Portion of First Floor

750 Route 202

Bridgewater, New Jersey

1. Tenant Electric . “Tenant Electric” is all electric consumed by Tenant in connection with Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises including but not limited to electric for lighting, office machinery, equipment, and all other appliances, machinery, equipment and systems Tenant uses in connection with the occupancy of the Premises. Tenant Electric does not include electric for the building heating, ventilating and air-conditioning system.

2. Tenant Electric Usage . Commencing on the Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay Landlord as Additional Rent the cost of Tenant Electric (“Energy Rent”) based upon, at Landlord’s option: (a) $1.50 per square foot of rentable area of the Premises or (b) a separate submeter or check meter installed by Landlord (at Landlord’s sole cost and expense) as part of the Landlord Work (as defined in the Landlord’s Work Rider) to determine Tenant’s electrical consumption. For the avoidance of doubt, for and during the period of time commencing on the Commencement Date and ending at 11:59 p.m. on the day immediately preceding the Part B Premises Commencement Date, the Energy Rent shall be based upon Tenant’s electrical consumption in the Part A Premises and Tenant shall only be obligated to pay Energy Rent for the Part A Premises but not for the Part B Premises.

If Landlord elects to charge for Tenant Electric under Section 2(a) of this Rider, Tenant shall pay Landlord for such electric energy the annual amount which shall be determined by multiplying the gross rentable area of the Premises by One and 50/100 ($1.50) Dollars per square foot. Said sum shall be paid by Tenant in equal monthly installments on the first day of each calendar month during the Term commencing on the Commencement Date. Such sum shall be subject to increase in accordance with increases in electric charges payable by Landlord.

If Landlord elects to charge for Tenant Electric under Section 2(b) of this Rider,

(i) For the purposes of this Lease, the average kilowatt hour cost of electric during the first Lease Year and each Lease Year thereafter shall be determined by dividing Landlord’s total cost of electricity charged by the utility company (including rate, fuel adjustments, demand charges, applicable taxes and any other charges the utility company may impose) by the total kilowatt hours of electric consumed, the result of which shall be the average kilowatt hour cost for such Lease Year. Since the current kilowatt-hour cost of electric will not be available for any Lease Year until after such Lease Year, Landlord may estimate such kilowatt-hour cost for the year and estimate the charges subject to adjustment as provided in Paragraph 2(ii) of this Rider; and

(ii) Tenant shall pay its Energy Rent in monthly installments on the first day of each month on an estimated basis as determined by Landlord. Landlord may adjust such estimate at any time and from time to time based upon Landlord’s experience and anticipation of the costs of electricity used in connection with the Property. After the end of such calendar year during the Term, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a statement (“Energy Statement”) setting forth the amount of Energy Rent payable by Tenant for such calendar year, the amount paid by Tenant as Energy Rent on account thereof, and the amount due to or from Tenant. If Tenant has paid less than the actual amount due, Tenant shall pay the difference to Landlord within ten (10) days after Landlord’s request therefor. Any amount paid by Tenant which exceeds the amount due shall be credited to the next succeeding payments due as Energy Rent hereunder, unless the Term has then expired in which event such excess amount shall be refunded to Tenant.

 

ICM: 09/18/02

FORM: AmberJc2.meb Rev. 09/18/02

MTNT-Msty-Office G+TE – AJ Lease

F:\wpdata\meb2\Leases\ValeritasLse3.doc

10/16/09 5:30p.m.

   27   


3. General Conditions . Tenant shall not maintain or install in the Premises any fixture or equipment requiring electric power in excess of 1800 volt-amperes without Landlord’s prior written consent. Tenant’s total connected load shall not exceed three (3) volt-amperes per square feet. Tenant shall not maintain or install in the Premises any fixture, equipment or systems which will overload the feeders, risers or require additional wiring without Landlord’s consent. The Landlord shall have no responsibility for failure to supply the electricity when prevented from doing so by strikes, repairs, necessary alterations or necessary improvements or by reason of the failure of the public utility to furnish electric current, or for any cause beyond the Landlord’s reasonable control, or by order or regulation of any federal, state, county or municipal authority. The Landlord’s obligation to furnish electricity shall not be deemed breached nor shall there by any abatement in rent or any liability on the part of the Landlord to the Tenant for failure to furnish electricity. In no event shall Landlord be obligated to increase the existing electrical capacity of any portion of the Building’s system, nor to provide any additional wiring or capacity to meet the Tenant’s additional requirements.

4. Tenant’s Audit Rights . Tenant shall have the right, at its cost and expense, to audit the Energy Rent for the immediately preceding calendar year only in order to verify the accuracy of any sum which was charged to Tenant pursuant to this Energy Rider, provided that: (i) Tenant shall notify Landlord of its election to audit the Energy Rent within thirty (30) days following Tenant’s receipt of the Energy Statement (the “Audit Notice”); (ii) such audit shall be conducted at the office where Landlord maintains its records and only after Tenant gives Landlord at least thirty (30) days prior written notice; (iii) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a copy of the results of such audit within thirty (30) days following Tenant’s receipt of the Energy Statement; (iv) no assignee shall conduct an audit for any period during which such assignee was not in possession of the Premises; (v) Tenant shall keep the results of such audit strictly confidential and shall not disclose the same to any other party; (vi) no subtenant shall have any right to conduct an audit; (vii) no audit shall be conducted at any time that Tenant is in default of any of the terms of this Lease beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and grace period provided for herein; (viii) such audit shall only be conducted by a certified public accountant not compensated on a contingent fee basis and (ix) no such audit shall be conducted if any other tenant has conducted an audit for the time period Tenant intends to audit and Landlord furnishes to Tenant a copy of the results of said audit. In the event that Tenant’s audit alleges that an error was made by Landlord, Landlord shall have sixty (60) days following receipt of the results of such audit to obtain an audit from an accountant of Landlord’s choice, at Landlord’s cost and expense, or Landlord shall be deemed to have accepted the results of Tenant’s audit. In the event that Landlord’s and Tenant’s accountants shall be unable to reconcile the results, both accountants shall mutually agree upon a third accountant whose determination shall be conclusive. The cost of any such third accountant shall be shared equally between Landlord and Tenant. If it is determined that Tenant has paid less than the actual amount due, Tenant shall pay the difference to Landlord within thirty (30) days after the date of such determination. If it is determined that Tenant has paid any amount in excess of the amount due, such excess amount shall be refunded to Tenant within thirty (30) days after the date of such determination. In the event Tenant fails to send Landlord the Audit Notice within thirty (30) days following Tenant’s receipt of the Energy Statement, such Energy Statement shall be conclusive and binding upon Tenant and (i) Tenant waives its right to audit the energy expenses for the immediately preceding calendar year, (ii) Tenant waives any objections and is barred from asserting any claims pertaining to such Energy Statement, and (iii) all payments made by Tenant on account of Tenant Electric for the calendar year shown on the Energy Statement shall then be conclusively accepted by Tenant as correct, final and not subject to questions, claim, reduction, audit or rebate in whole or in part.

 

      Initials:   
      LOGO     
      Landlord   
      LOGO     
      Tenant   

 

ICM: 09/18/02

FORM: AmberJc2.meb Rev. 09/18/02

MTNT-Msty-Office G+TE – AJ Lease

F:\wpdata\meb2\Leases\ValeritasLse3.doc

10/16/09 5:30p.m.

   28   


RULES AND REGULATIONS RIDER

 

Date of Lease:

October 20 th , 2009

 

Landlord:

BTCT Associates, L.L.C.

 

Tenant:

Valeritas, Inc.

 

Premises:

Portion of First Floor

750 Route 202

Bridgewater, New Jersey

Landlord hereby promulgates the following Rules and Regulations with respect to the Property:

1. The roads, driveways, parking areas, sidewalks, entrances, elevators, stairways and halls shall not be obstructed by any tenant or used for any purpose other than for ingress to and egress from such tenant’s leased premises. No tenant shall store on a temporary or permanent basis any of its property (including waste receptacles) outside of its leased premises.

2. No tenant shall use or keep any foul or noxious gas or substance in its leased premises, or permit its leased premises to be used in a manner offensive or objectionable to Landlord or other tenants of the Building by reason of noise, odors or vibrations. No animals or birds shall be kept on the Property.

3. No sign, advertisement, notice or other lettering (however worthy the cause might be) shall be exhibited, inscribed, painted or affixed by any tenant on any part of the outside of its leased premises or the Building, or anywhere on the exterior of the Property, or on the inside of its leased premises which is visible from the outside of the premises, without the consent of the Landlord, except as provided in the Lease.

4. No smoking is permitted in any part of the Building. Smoking is also prohibited in the front of the Building and at the rear entrance to the Building. Smoking is only permitted outside at the loading dock area. Any violation of this smoking policy may result in a $50.00 charge per occurrence to the Tenant employing an individual violating this smoking policy.

5. If a tenant installs any additional locks or changes the locks on any of the entrance doors or interior doors of its leased premises, Tenant shall provide to Landlord duplicate keys to such locks. (All lock cylinders in doors into the Premises shall work with Landlord’s master keying system.)

6. Tenant shall not install any window coverings other than Venetian blinds as specified by Landlord.

7. No tenant shall place a load upon any floor of its leased premises exceeding the floor load per square foot area which it was designed to carry and which is allowed by law. Landlord reserves the right to prescribe the weight and position of all safes, office machines, other machines and mechanical equipment. Such installations shall be placed in locations in the leased premises and in such manner sufficient to absorb and prevent vibration, noise and annoyance.

8. Freight, furniture, equipment, supplies, merchandise and bulky matter shall be delivered to and removed from the leased premises only on the elevator designated therefor by Landlord, only through the entrances and corridors designated by Landlord, and only during the hours and in the manner prescribed by Landlord. The persons engaged by any tenant for such work shall be reasonably acceptable to Landlord.

9. No tenant shall bring or keep in its leased premises any inflammable, combustible or explosive fluid, material, chemical or substance, or cause any odors of cooking or other processes, or any objectionable odors to permeate in or emanate from its leased premises.

 

ICM: 09/18/02

FORM: AmberJc2.meb Rev. 09/18/02

MTNT-Msty-Office G+TE – AJ Lease

F:\wpdata\meb2\Leases\ValeritasLse3.doc

10/16/09 5:30p.m.

   29   


10. There is a $25.00 charge for the reprogramming of any access card, a $50.00 charge for a new access card, and a $25.00 charge for any lost or damaged access card. There is a $25.00 charge for each individual reprogramming of the Sentex access system and a $50.00 charge, per pair of doors, for each change in door locking schedule not set forth in an annual schedule. If alarmed doors are opened for a non-emergency, Tenant shall be assessed a $150.00 charge per occurrence.

11. Employees (whether full time or part time) of Tenant, and independent contractors regularly employed by Tenant and based at the Premises, parking in spaces designated for visitors will result in a $50.00 charge to Tenant per car per day.

12. No doors opening onto common areas of the Building shall be permitted to be propped-open except on a temporary, as-needed basis for the moving of furniture, supplies or equipment only.

13. No pallets shall be left in the common areas. No pallets shall be disposed of in the common dumpsters. The storage and proper disposal of such pallets shall be the sole responsibility of the tenant receiving goods on such pallets. All cardboard waste shall be segregated by Tenant and broken down as directed by Landlord.

14. Each of the above charges are subject to increase from time to time.

 

      Initials:   
      LOGO     
      Landlord   
      LOGO     
      Tenant   

 

ICM: 09/18/02

FORM: AmberJc2.meb Rev. 09/18/02

MTNT-Msty-Office G+TE – AJ Lease

F:\wpdata\meb2\Leases\ValeritasLse3.doc

10/16/09 5:30p.m.

   30   


LANDLORD’S WORK RIDER

 

Date of Lease:

October 20 th , 2009

 

Landlord:

BTCT Associates, L.L.C.

 

Tenant:

Valeritas, Inc.

 

Premises:

Portion of First Floor

750 Route 202

Bridgewater, New Jersey

1. Landlord’s Work . (a) Landlord shall, at its cost and expense, prepare a full set of construction documents, including specifications and signed and sealed plans (the “Plans and Specifications”), for the work to be performed substantially in accordance with the space plans prepared by Landlord’s architect dated August 20, 2009, in order to render the Premises ready for Tenant’s occupancy thereof.

(b) Landlord shall, at its sole cost and expense, perform the work (“Landlord’s Work”) shown on the Plans and Specifications, as follows:

(i) Construct new 5/8” sheetrock walls as indicated on the Plans and Specifications.

(ii) New sheetrock walls shall be painted with one (1) coat of primer and two (2) coats of latex paint to match existing walls.

(iii) Furnish and install building standard laminate countertop, with upper and lower cabinets, and sink in kitchen.

(iv) Furnish and install building standard dishwasher and associated plumbing, and microwave in kitchen.

(v) Furnish and install electrical outlets in kitchen as required by code and to support appliances. Furnish and install new and/or relocate electrical outlets and light switches as required by alterations.

(vi) Furnish and install VCT with vinyl base in kitchen.

(vii) Repair carpet and vinyl base or install new in altered areas as required.

(viii) Furnish and install building standard 7’ 0” stain grade solid core birch doors, bucks and hardware in conference room, hallway, and three offices.

(ix) Furnish and install and/or relocate exit lights pursuant to applicable code.

(x) Furnish and install and/or relocate fire alarm horn strobes pursuant to applicable code.

(xi) Furnish and install and/or repair ceiling grid in altered areas as required.

(xii) Furnish and install new 2’ x 4’ “second look” ceiling tiles in altered areas as required.

(xiii) Relocate existing flourescent light fixtures in altered areas as required.

(xiv) Relocate fire sprinkler drops and heads as required by code.

 

ICM: 09/18/02

FORM: AmberJc2.meb Rev. 09/18/02

MTNT-Msty-Office G+TE – AJ Lease

F:\wpdata\meb2\Leases\ValeritasLse3.doc

10/16/09 5:30p.m.

   31   


(xv) Furnish and install blinds on the Premises windows, both perimeter and overlooking the Building lobby.

(c) Any work with respect to the installation of computer wiring, security system(s), telephone systems, furniture and/or furniture systems including connection of data cabling, panels, conduits, power poles, electrical connection(s), etc., interior signage, trade fixtures, and fire extinguishers, shall be the responsibility of Tenant at its sole cost and expense. Tenant shall secure any applicable permits required for such work. Tenant shall supply its own furniture plan at its expense.

(d) Landlord reserves the right to make changes, additions and/or deletions in Landlord’s Work which are deemed reasonably necessary or advisable based upon special job conditions or availability of materials, and to meet requirements of any governmental authority or agency having jurisdiction over the Building and the Premises.

(e) Landlord’s Work shall be the property of Landlord and shall remain on and be surrendered with the Premises upon termination of the Lease.

2. Tenant’s Construction Representative . Upon execution of the Lease, Tenant shall designate an individual to serve as Tenant’s Construction Representative. Such designation may be changed at any time in accordance with the notice provision of the Lease, but only one (1) individual may be so designated at any one time. Tenant’s Construction Representative shall be the only individual authorized to communicate with Landlord regarding Landlord’s Work and to make decisions regarding the Plans and Specifications and Tenant Extras.

3. Tenant Extras . Tenant may request any change, addition or alteration in Landlord’s Work set forth in the Plans and Specifications, subject to the reasonable approval of Landlord (“Tenant Extras”). Substitution of materials in place of materials set forth in the Plans and Specifications and additions of quantities of materials in excess of quantities of materials set forth on the Plans and Specifications shall be deemed Tenant Extras. Tenant agrees to pay for Tenant Extras based on Landlord’s actual cost therefor, including field supervision, together with ten (10%) percent of such cost for Landlord’s overhead plus five (5%) percent of such sum for Landlord’s profit (“Landlord’s Charges”). Tenant shall pay to Landlord Landlord’s Charges for Tenant Extras as Additional Rent within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s request therefor.

4. Tenant Delay . Landlord shall not be required to proceed with the Landlord’s Work or Tenant Extras unless and until Landlord receives payment of Landlord’s Charges requested by Landlord. Tenant shall be responsible for, and pay any and all expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with any delay in the commencement or completion of the Landlord’s Work or Tenant Extras, and any increase in the cost of the Landlord’s Work or Tenant Extras, caused by (i) Tenant’s requirement of Tenant Extras; (ii) the postponement of any of the Landlord’s Work required to perform Tenant Extras; (iii) any other delay requested or caused by Tenant; (iv) Tenant’s failure to promptly pay Landlord’s Charges; (v) Tenant’s selection of materials not available for immediate delivery; and (vi) the request of Tenant to hold any portion of the Landlord’s Work in abeyance.

5. Miscellaneous . (a) The Landlord’s Work shall be performed by Landlord in a good and workmanlike manner and in compliance with all laws.

(b) Upon substantial completion (as defined in Par. 1(a) of the Lease) of the Premises, Landlord shall notify Tenant and Landlord and Tenant’s Construction Representative shall together inspect the Premises and prepare a so-called punch-list of items to be completed and Landlord shall diligently proceed to complete such items. Landlord shall not be responsible for any damage or destruction caused by Tenant or Tenant’s contractor. The existence of punchlist items shall not delay the Commencement Date of the Term of this Lease.

 

ICM: 09/18/02

FORM: AmberJc2.meb Rev. 09/18/02

MTNT-Msty-Office G+TE – AJ Lease

F:\wpdata\meb2\Leases\ValeritasLse3.doc

10/16/09 5:30p.m.

   32   


6. Default . A default under this Rider shall be a default under the Lease and shall entitle the Landlord to any remedies under the Lease (notwithstanding that the Term has not commenced).

 

      Initials:   
      LOGO     
      Landlord   
      LOGO     
      Tenant   

 

ICM: 09/18/02

FORM: AmberJc2.meb Rev. 09/18/02

MTNT-Msty-Office G+TE – AJ Lease

F:\wpdata\meb2\Leases\ValeritasLse3.doc

10/16/09 5:30p.m.

   33   


FIRST FLOOR PLAN RIDER

 

Date of Lease:

October 20 th , 2009

 

Landlord:

BTCT Associates, L.L.C.

 

Tenant:

Valeritas, Inc.

 

Premises:

Portion of First Floor

750 Route 202

Bridgewater, New Jersey

 

LOGO

FIRST FLOOR PLAN

      Initials:   
      LOGO     
      Landlord   
      LOGO     
      Tenant   

 

ICM: 09/18/02

FORM: AmberJc2.meb Rev. 09/18/02

MTNT-Msty-Office G+TE – AJ Lease

F:\wpdata\meb2\Leases\ValeritasLse3.doc

10/16/09 5:30p.m.

   34   


FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE

This First Amendment to Lease (this “Agreement”) made this 17 th day of January, 2013 by and between BTCT ASSOCIATES, L.L.C., a New Jersey limited liability company, having an address c/o Steiner Equities Group, L.L.C., 75 Eisenhower Parkway, Suite 150, Roseland, New Jersey 07068-1696 (“Landlord”), and VALERITAS, INC., a Delaware corporation, having an address at 750 Route 202, Bridgewater, New Jersey 08807 (“Tenant”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, by lease agreement dated October 20, 2009 (the “Lease”), Landlord leases to Tenant and Tenant leases from Landlord certain premises (the “Original Premises”) consisting of 7,655 rentable square feet in the building (the “Building”) commonly known as 750 Route 202, Bridgewater, Somerset County, New Jersey; and

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant wish to modify and amend the Lease as hereinafter set forth.

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the above premises, the mutual covenants hereinafter contained, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

1. Premises . (a) On the “Replacement Space Commencement Date” (as hereinafter defined), the definition and description of the Premises in the Lease shall be modified and amended (i) to delete the Original Premises, and (ii) to substitute for the Original Premises certain premises consisting of approximately 9,700 rentable square feet, constituting a portion of the sixth (6th) floor of the Building (the “Replacement Space”) which Replacement Space is shown shaded on the Sixth Floor Plan Rider attached hereto. As a result of the foregoing, the definition and description of the Premises in the Lease shall as of the Replacement Space Commencement Date, no longer refer to the Original Premises but shall refer to the Replacement Space described herein.

(b) Promptly following the date that the “Plans and Specifications” (as defined in the Landlord’s Work Rider attached hereto) are prepared by Landlord, Landlord’s architect shall measure the area of the Premises and furnish to Tenant its certification of the rentable square foot area of the Premises. Landlord’s architect shall measure the Premises from the outside face of exterior walls and from the centerline of interior demising walls. The figure thus obtained shall be multiplied by 123.20% to arrive at the rentable square foot area of the Premises. If the rentable square foot area of the Premises is other than 9,700 square feet, the Annual Rent set forth in Section 3 hereof and Tenant’s Share shall be adjusted proportionately. The parties acknowledge that there are multiple methods of computing rentable area and hereby agree for the purposes of this Lease that the rentable area of the Premises shall be determined as set forth above.

(c) Landlord shall improve the Replacement Space in conformity with and to the extent of the Landlord’s Work Rider attached hereto (the “Landlord’s Work”), and shall have no other obligation to do any work in and to the Replacement Space or the Building to render them ready for Tenant’s occupancy. Subject to the Landlord’s Work Rider, Tenant has inspected the Replacement Space and agrees to take the Replacement Space in its present “as is” condition.

2. Term . (a) The Term of the Lease for the Replacement Space shall commence on the date (the “Replacement Space Commencement Date”) which shall be the earlier of the date on which Landlord’s Work has been substantially completed (or would have been substantially completed except by reason of any delay caused by Tenant), or the date on which Tenant occupies any portion of the Replacement Space except as set forth in Section 2(d) hereinbelow. Landlord’s Work shall be deemed substantially completed at such time as the only items of Landlord’s Work to be completed are those of a “punch-list” nature which do not substantially interfere with Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Replacement Space. The Term of the Lease is hereby extended to June 30, 2018 (the “New Expiration Date”), subject to Tenant’s option to extend the Term as set forth in Section 2(c) hereinbelow.

(b) At 11:59 p.m. on the day immediately preceding the Replacement Space Commencement Date (the “Original Premises Termination Date”), the Lease shall be terminated

 

F:\meb2\leases\ValeritasFirstAmendment(Rev2).doc

01/04/13 MEB 1:30pm

   35   


with respect to the Original Premises. All Annual Rent, Additional Rent and other charges required to be paid by Tenant with respect to the Original Premises shall be paid and all of Tenant’s other obligations under the Lease with respect to the Original Premises shall be performed, up to and including the Original Premises Termination Date; provided, however, that certain Additional Rent and other charges allocable to the month or months immediately prior to the Original Premises Termination Date, shall be forwarded to Tenant and payable not later than thirty (30) days following Tenant’s receipt thereof. Tenant shall, on or before the Original Premises Termination Date, surrender the Original Premises to Landlord in the condition in which the Premises is required to be surrendered by Tenant in accordance with the provisions of the Lease. Tenant’s failure to comply with its obligations pursuant to this Section 2(b) shall constitute a holdover in accordance with Par. 22 of the Lease and entitle Landlord to all rights and remedies pursuant to said Par. 22. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to give Tenant any right to remain in possession of the Original Premises after the Original Premises Termination Date. Promptly following the Replacement Space Commencement Date, Landlord and Tenant shall execute an instrument setting forth the Replacement Space Commencement Date.

(c) The Extension Option Rider attached to the Lease is hereby declared null and void and of no further force and effect and the following is substituted therefor:

“Tenant shall have the further right and option to renew and extend the Term of the Lease after the New Expiration Date for one (1) additional period (the “Additional Extension Term”) of five (5) years. Said option to renew the Term for the Additional Extension Term shall be exercised by Tenant giving written notice to Landlord not more than eighteen (18) or less than twelve (12) months before the New Expiration Date. The date for giving such notice for the Additional Extension Term is of the essence and Tenant’s failure to give such notice on or before such date shall automatically constitute an irrevocable waiver by Tenant of its right to exercise the option to renew the Term for the Additional Extension Term. Tenant’s right to exercise the option to renew the Term for the Additional Extension Term shall be contingent upon Tenant not being in default under the Lease, as defined under Par. 23 thereof, as of the date of its exercise of the option to renew the Term for the Additional Extension Term and/or as of the date of commencement of the Additional Extension Term. This condition may be waived by Landlord at its sole discretion and may not be used by Tenant as a means to negate the effectiveness of Tenant’s exercise of the option to renew. Without limiting the foregoing, the Additional Extension Term shall be upon all of the same terms and conditions as are in effect under the Lease immediately preceding the commencement date of the Additional Extension Term, except that Annual Rent payable by Tenant during the Additional Extension Term shall be as set forth in Section 3(b) hereinbelow. Tenant shall have no further right to renew or extend the Term of the Lease upon the expiration of the Additional Extension Term and any such right to renew or extend the Term set forth in the Lease shall be null and void and of no further force or effect.”

(d) From and after the date which shall be two (2) weeks prior to the Replacement Space Commencement Date, Landlord shall permit Tenant to enter the Replacement Space for the purposes of: installing cabling and wiring and performing similar minor work in connection with Tenant’s initial occupancy of the Replacement Space; and relocating office furniture and other materials from the Original Premises to the Replacement Space. Tenant shall not be obligated to pay Annual Rent and/or Additional Rent while performing the foregoing work prior to the Replacement Space Commencement Date, but Tenant shall otherwise be obligated to comply with all of the other terms and provisions of this Lease, including Tenant’s obligation to maintain insurance in accordance with Section 5 hereinbelow. In addition to the foregoing, all waiver and indemnity provisions of this Lease shall apply to the Replacement Space upon Tenant’s entry onto the Replacement Space. Tenant’s right to enter the Replacement Space prior to the Replacement Space Commencement Date as aforesaid shall be upon reasonable prior written notice to Landlord and any such entry shall be limited to “Work Hours” (as defined in Par. 6(b) of the Lease). The performance of the foregoing work by Tenant and Landlord shall in no way interfere with the other, and Tenant and Landlord shall perform such work in harmony with other labor on the Property. Tenant shall pay for any additional labor or security personnel required to be employed by Landlord for the performance of work by Tenant and any stand-by labor, if required, by any union labor and otherwise comply with union requirements, if any, applicable thereto. Tenant shall comply with the requirements of Par. 12 of the Lease in the performance of any work at or to the Replacement Space hereunder. Tenant shall not be permitted to conduct its business operations at the Replacement Space until the Replacement Space Commencement Date; provided, however, that for purposes of

 

F:\meb2\leases\ValeritasFirstAmendment(Rev2).doc

01/04/13 MEB 1:30pm

   36   


this Agreement, Tenant’s relocation of office furniture and other materials from the Original Premises to the Replacement Space shall not be considered the commencement or conducting of business operations. If Tenant commences its business operations at the Replacement Space prior to the date set forth hereinabove as the Replacement Space Commencement Date, the Replacement Space Commencement Date shall occur as of the date Tenant commences its business operations at the Replacement Space.

3. Rent . (a) Commencing on the date which shall be thirty (30) days after the Replacement Space Commencement Date (the “Replacement Space Rent Start Date”), Tenant shall pay to Landlord Annual Rent for the Replacement Space as follows:

 

Period

   PSF      Monthly Installment      Annual Amount  

Replacement Space Rent Start Date through the New Expiration Date

   $ 25.00       $ 20,208.33       $ 242,500.00   

(b) If Tenant validly exercises its option to extend the Term for the Additional Extension Term, as provided in Section 2(c) hereinabove, Tenant shall pay to Landlord Annual Rent for the Replacement Space as follows:

 

Period

   PSF      Monthly Installment      Annual Amount  

Additional Extension Term

   $ 28.00       $ 22,633.33       $ 271,600.00   

(c) Annual Rent shall be payable in equal monthly installments, as aforesaid, in advance on the first day of each and every calendar month of the Term of the Lease in lawful money of the United States of America in the office of Landlord or at such other place as may hereafter be designated by Landlord. Annual Rent shall be paid to Landlord without notice or demand and without deduction, set-off or other charge therefrom or against the same. Annual Rent for a partial month shall be prorated.

4. Tenant’s Share . The Lease is amended to provide that effective as of the Replacement Space Commencement Date, provided that Tenant has vacated the Original Premises in accordance with the terms hereof, Tenant’s Share, as set forth in the Lease, shall be changed from 7.33% to 9.3%. Effective on the Replacement Space Commencement Date, all provisions for the payment of Additional Rent set forth in the Lease, including, without limitation, all provisions pertaining to the payment of “Tax Rent” and “Expense Rent” (as said terms are defined in the Real Estate Tax Rider and the Operating Expense Rider attached to the Lease) shall apply to the Replacement Space, except that the “Base Tax Year” and the “Base Expense Year” (as said terms are defined in Par. 1(j) and Par. 1(k) of the Lease) with respect to the Replacement Space shall be the calendar year 2013.

5. Insurance . The Lease is supplemented to provide that Tenant shall, at its cost and expense, procure all policies of insurance for the purpose of insuring the Replacement Space in accordance with the terms set forth in Par. 5 of the Lease. Policies of such insurance, or certificates thereof, together with reasonable evidence of premium payment therefor, shall be delivered to Landlord upon execution of this Agreement.

6. Common Areas; Parking . Effective on the Replacement Space Commencement Date, Par. 1(g) of the Lease shall be amended by deleting “31” and by inserting “38”.

7. Intentionally Omitted .

 

F:\meb2\leases\ValeritasFirstAmendment(Rev2).doc

01/04/13 MEB 1:30pm

   37   


8. Right of First Offer . Subject to prior rights granted to any other tenants or other parties to lease available space in the Building and/or renew their existing leases at the Building, regardless of whether such rights are specified in such existing leases, in the event that at any time during the Term and/or Additional Extension Term as the case may be, any space contiguous to the Premises on the sixth (6th) floor of the Building shall become available for lease (the “Available Space”), then provided that Tenant is in possession of the Premises and not in default as set forth in Par. 23 of the Lease, and provided further that Tenant’s financial condition and creditworthiness are reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, Landlord shall notify Tenant of the availability of the Available Space and the terms upon which Landlord proposes the same to be leased (the “Available Space Lease Terms”). Tenant shall have a period of ten (10) days from the date of delivery of such notice within which to notify Landlord of its election to lease the Available Space on the Available Space Lease Terms. In the event Tenant does not so notify Landlord of its election to lease the Available Space within the aforesaid ten (10) day period, time being of the essence, Landlord shall be free to lease the Available Space to any party as Landlord may elect upon such terms as Landlord and any proposed tenant of the Available Space may agree upon. In the event Tenant elects to lease the Available Space as aforesaid, a lease amendment shall be prepared incorporating the Available Space Lease Terms, and such lease amendment shall be executed by Tenant within ten (10) days of receipt thereof or Tenant’s right to lease the Available Space shall, at Landlord’s option, be rendered null and void. If Tenant does not exercise its right to lease the Available Space in accordance with this provision, Landlord shall not be required to offer the Available Space to Tenant again. This option shall not be applicable during the last Lease Year of the Initial Term, nor the last two (2) Lease Years of the Additional Extension Term, as the case may be. The aforesaid right of first notification is personal to the Tenant named herein and shall not apply to any assignee or subtenant of Tenant.

9. Satellite Dish/Antenna . (a) Provided and on condition that Tenant, as of the date on which Landlord’s consent is requested as hereinafter described, has not assigned this Lease or sublet all or any portion of the Premises, Tenant may erect on the roof of the Building, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, one (1) satellite antenna/dish transmission/reception device (the “Antenna”) subject to the terms and conditions set forth in Par. 12 of the Lease and subject further to the terms and conditions set forth hereinafter. Prior to installing the Antenna, Tenant shall provide Landlord with plans and specifications therefor, as well as structural calculations and such other information pertaining to the Antenna as Landlord may reasonably require. Landlord’s prior consent to such plans and specifications, as well as the location, manner of installation and control of the Antenna shall be required, but shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Tenant shall, within ten (10) days of being billed therfor by Landlord, reimburse Landlord for all reasonable expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with its review of the foregoing. Tenant shall obtain, at its sole cost and expense, and with the reasonable cooperation of Landlord, all governmental permits and approvals required for the installation and use of the Antenna. Tenant shall install the Antenna in a good and workmanlike manner using a roofing contractor designated by Landlord. Once installed, the Antenna shall be deemed to be a part of the Premises and all references in this Lease to the Premises shall include said Antenna. Tenant shall be solely responsible, at its sole cost and expense, for the maintenance and repair of the Antenna, and shall indemnify and hold harmless Landlord from and against all liability, claims or costs, including reasonable legal fees, arising from the installation and/or use of the Antenna. Tenant shall also be solely responsible for the repair of any damage to the Building or the roof caused by the installation and/or use of the Antenna. Tenant agrees that in the event that any repair or replacement of the roof is required pursuant to this Section, Tenant will use the roofing contractor designated by Landlord. Under no circumstances shall Landlord be liable for any damage to or vandalism of the Antenna. In addition, Landlord shall in no event be responsible if, for any reason whatsoever, the Antenna does not perform to the expectations of Tenant. In using the Antenna, Tenant agrees: (i) not to disrupt, adversely affect or interfere with any other tenant’s or other occupant’s use and enjoyment of its leased premises or any other part of the Property, and (ii) not to disrupt, adversely affect or interfere with any other providers of telecommunications services to the Property. Tenant agrees not to grant any third parties the right to utilize in any manner, or otherwise benefit from, the Antenna. Tenant further agrees that Landlord may install and operate, and may permit the installation and operation by others of, additional satellite antenna/dish transmission/reception devices at the Property. Tenant agrees to remove the Antenna on or prior to the Expiration Date or earlier termination of the Lease, restore the roof to its existing condition prior to the installation of the Antenna and repair any damage cause by such removal. In addition, if Tenant fails to remove the Antenna on or before the Expiration Date or earlier termination of the Lease then, Landlord, at its sole option, may, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, remove the Antenna and repair any damage caused by such removal.

 

F:\meb2\leases\ValeritasFirstAmendment(Rev2).doc

01/04/13 MEB 1:30pm

   38   


(b) Landlord hereby grants Tenant, at no additional charge, reasonable access to the existing vertical riser space in the Building for the purpose of running telecommunications cables and wiring between the lowest level of the Building and the roof of the Building. Tenant shall request access to the riser by providing prior reasonable notice to Landlord. Such notice shall contain the reason for Tenant’s need to access the riser. Tenant’s installation of any cabling or wiring within the riser shall be subject to Landlord’s approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. Landlord shall have the option to have a representative of Landlord present at the time that Tenant accesses the riser. Any work performed within the riser shall not interfere with the use and occupancy of the Building by other tenants. Tenant shall repair any damage caused by Tenant’s access to the riser and shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless against all liability, losses, damages, costs, expenses, causes of action and/or claims arising by reason of Tenant’s access and/or use of the riser. Said telecommunications, cables and wiring shall be removed by Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, and Tenant shall restore the Building to its existing condition prior to the installation of said telecommunications, cables and wiring and repair any damage caused by such removal. In addition, if Tenant fails to remove its telecommunications, cables and wiring from the riser at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, then, Landlord may, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, remove such telecommunications, cables and wiring from the riser and repair any damage caused by such removal.

10. Supplemental HVAC . In consideration of this Amendment, Landlord shall install and activate one (1) supplemental two (2) ton air-conditioning unit within the Premises (the “Supplemental HVAC Unit”) to cool Tenant’s server/equipment room. Such installation and activation shall be included as part of Landlord’s Work. Once installed, the Supplemental HVAC Unit shall be deemed a part of the Premises and all references in the Lease to the Premises shall include said Supplemental HVAC Unit. Tenant shall be solely responsible, at its sole cost and expense, for maintenance, repair and use of the Supplemental HVAC Unit, and shall indemnify and hold harmless Landlord from and against all liability, claims or costs, including reasonable legal fees, arising from the maintenance, repair and use thereof. Under no circumstances shall Landlord be liable for any damage to or vandalism of the Supplemental HVAC Unit. The Supplemental HVAC Unit shall be the property of Landlord and shall remain at the Building upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

11. Brokerage . Each party represents to the other that it did not deal with any real estate broker in connection with this Agreement other than the Brokers named in the Lease (the “Brokers”). The commission of the Brokers, if any, shall be paid by Landlord in accordance with a separate agreement between Landlord and the Brokers. Each party indemnifies and holds the other harmless from any claim for a commission or other fee made by any broker with whom the indemnifying party has dealt other than the Brokers.

12. Recording . Neither this Agreement nor any memorandum of this Agreement shall be recorded in any public records.

13. No Default . Tenant represents, warrants and covenants that Landlord is not currently in default under any of its obligations under the Lease and Tenant is not in default under any of its obligations under the Lease and no event has occurred which, with the passage of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute a default by either Landlord or Tenant under the Lease.

14. Authority of Signatories . Each person signing this Agreement represents that he or she has full authority to do so.

15. Defined Terms . The capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not defined herein shall have the respective meanings indicated in the Lease, unless the context requires otherwise.

16. No Other Changes . The intent of this Agreement is only to modify and amend those provisions of the Lease as herein specified. Except as herein specifically modified, changed and amended, all of the terms and conditions of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect.

 

F:\meb2\leases\ValeritasFirstAmendment(Rev2).doc

01/04/13 MEB 1:30pm

   39   


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

    LANDLORD:
WITNESS:     BTCT ASSOCIATES, L.L.C.
  LOGO     By:   LOGO
      Its:   Manager

 

    TENANT:
ATTEST:     VALERITAS, INC.
By:         By:   /s/ Kristine Peterson
Its:         Its:   CEO

 

F:\meb2\leases\ValeritasFirstAmendment(Rev2).doc

01/04/13 MEB 1:30pm

   40   


LANDLORD’S WORK RIDER

Date of First

Amendment to Lease:

January 17 th , 2013

 

Landlord:

BTCT Associates, L.L.C.

 

Tenant:

Valeritas, Inc.

 

Replacement Space:

Portion of the Sixth Floor

750 Route 202

Bridgewater, New Jersey

1. Landlord’s Work . (a) Landlord shall, at its cost and expense, prepare a full set of construction documents, including specifications and signed and sealed plans (the “Plans and Specifications”) for the work to be performed substantially in accordance with the space plan prepared by Charles P. Dietz dated November 27, 2012, in order to render the Replacement Space ready for Tenant’s occupancy thereof. Landlord shall, at its cost and expense, prepare the Replacement Space for Tenant’s occupancy in accordance with the Plans and Specifications. All such work to be performed by Landlord is referred to herein and in the Lease as “Landlord’s Work”. The scope of Landlord’s Work contemplates the following:

 

  (a) Demolition, construction and alterations as required to create the rooms shown on the plan.

 

  (b) Install locksets on all office, conference room, storage, and server room doors.

 

  (c) Install sidelights in offices as shown on the space plan.

 

  (d) Install one pair of Herculite entrance doors.

 

  (e) Install new carpet and cove base throughout.

 

  (f) Install new vinyl tile in storage, copier and lunch rooms.

 

  (g) Paint the entire Premises.

 

  (h) Relocate existing sprinkler heads and add new as required by code.

 

  (i) Install new countertops, dishwasher and water line for coffee maker in Break Room and countertop, cabinets and electrical outlet for refrigerator in Board Room Kitchenette.

 

  (j) Install and activate 2 ton supplemental air-conditioning unit in Tenant’s server room.

 

  (k) Extend demising walls to underside of deck in four executive offices and three conference rooms.

 

  (1) Install floor boxes with power feed and pull string for data for cubicles not located adjacent to walls and/or columns.

 

  (m) Install floor box with receptacle and pull string for data in center of floor in the Board Room and Large Conference Room.

 

  (n) Install separate lighting circuit for dimmable incandescent high- hats in Board Room and Large Conference Room.

 

  (o) Provide ceiling mounted receptacle for Tenant’s LCD projector and power source for drop down screen in Board Room and Large Conference Room (projectors, screens and final connections by others).

 

  (p) Provide separate temperature controls for Board Room, Large Conference Room and four Executive Offices.

 

  (q) Install window blinds as needed in all windowed offices to match existing.

 

  (r) All doors to common areas as required by code to be equipped with card access capability.

 

  (s) Install key switch override at main entrance doors to provide additional Premises access control.

(b) Any work with respect to the installation of computer wiring, security system(s), telephone systems, furniture and/or furniture systems including connection of data cabling, panels, conduits, power poles, electrical connection(s), etc., interior signage, trade fixtures,

 

F:\meb2\leases\ValeritasFirstAmendment(Rev2).doc

01/04/13 MEB 1:30pm

   41   


and fire extinguishers, shall be the responsibility of Tenant at its sole cost and expense, with the exception of the installation of the Supplemental HVAC Unit. Tenant shall secure any applicable permits required for such work. Tenant shall supply its own furniture plan at its expense.

(c) Landlord reserves the right to make changes, additions and/or deletions in Landlord’s Work which are deemed reasonably necessary or advisable based upon special job conditions or availability of materials, and to meet requirements of any governmental authority or agency having jurisdiction over the Building and the Premises.

(d) Landlord’s Work shall be the property of Landlord and shall remain on and be surrendered with the Premises upon termination of the Lease.

2. Tenant’s Construction Representative . Upon execution of this Agreement, Tenant shall designate an individual to serve as Tenant’s Construction Representative. Such designation may be changed at any time in accordance with the notice provision of the Lease, but only one (1) individual may be so designated at any one time. Tenant’s Construction Representative shall be the only individual authorized to communicate with Landlord regarding Landlord’s Work and to make decisions regarding Tenant’s Schematic Plans, the Plans and Specifications and Tenant Extras.

3. Tenant Extras . Tenant may request any change, addition or alteration in Landlord’s Work set forth in the Plans and Specifications, subject to the reasonable approval of Landlord (“Tenant Extras”). Substitutions of materials in place of materials set forth in the Plans and Specifications and additions of quantities of materials in excess of quantities of materials set forth on the Plans and Specifications shall be deemed Tenant Extras. Tenant agrees to pay for Tenant Extras based on Landlord’s cost therefor, including field supervision, together with ten (10%) percent of such cost for Landlord’s overhead plus ten (10%) percent of such sum for Landlord’s profit (“Landlord’s Charges”). Tenant shall pay to Landlord Landlord’s Charges for Tenant Extras as Additional Rent within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s request therefor.

4. Tenant Delay . Landlord shall not be required to proceed with the Landlord’s Work or Tenant Extras unless and until Landlord receives payment of Landlord’s Charges requested by Landlord. Tenant shall be responsible for, and pay any and all expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with any delay in the commencement or completion of the Landlord’s Work or Tenant Extras, and any increase in the cost of the Landlord’s Work or Tenant Extras, caused by (i) Tenant’s requirement of Tenant Extras; (ii) the postponement of any of the Landlord’s Work required to perform Tenant Extras; (iii) any other delay requested or caused by Tenant; (iv) Tenant’s failure to promptly pay Landlord’s Charges; (v) Tenant’s selection of materials not available for immediate delivery; and (vi) the request of Tenant to hold any portion of the Landlord’s Work in abeyance.

5. Miscellaneous . (a) The Landlord’s Work shall be performed by Landlord in a good and workmanlike manner.

(b) Upon substantial completion of the Replacement Space, Landlord shall notify Tenant and Landlord and Tenant’s Construction Representative shall together inspect the Replacement Space and prepare a so-called punchlist of items to be completed and Landlord shall diligently proceed to complete such items. Landlord shall not be responsible for any damage or destruction caused by Tenant or Tenant’s contractor. The existence of punchlist items shall not delay the Replacement Space Commencement Date.

6. Default . A default under this Rider shall be a default under the Lease and shall entitle the Landlord to any remedies under the Lease (notwithstanding that the Term has not commenced).

 

      Initials:   
      LOGO     
      Landlord   
      LOGO     
      Tenant   

 

F:\meb2\leases\ValeritasFirstAmendment(Rev2).doc

01/04/13 MEB 1:30pm

   42   


SIXTH FLOOR PLAN RIDER

 

Date of First
Amendment to Lease:

January 17 th , 2013

 

Landlord:

BTCT Associates, L.L.C.

 

Tenant:

Valeritas, Inc.

 

Replacement Space:

Portion of the Sixth Floor

750 Route 202

Bridgewater, New Jersey

 

      Initials:   
      LOGO     
      Landlord   
      LOGO     
      Tenant   

 

F:\meb2\leases\ValeritasFirstAmendment(Rev2).doc

01/04/13 MEB 1:30pm

   43   


SIXTH FLOOR PLAN RIDER

 

Date of First
Amendment to Lease:

January 17 th , 2013

 

Landlord:

BTCT Associates, L.L.C.

 

Tenant:

Valeritas, Inc.

 

Replacement Space:

Portion of the Sixth Floor

750 Route 202

Bridgewater, New Jersey

 

LOGO

 

      Initials:   
      LOGO     
      Landlord   
      LOGO     
      Tenant   

 

F:\meb2\leases\ValeritasFirstAmendment(Rev2).doc

01/04/13 MEB 1:30pm

   44   

Exhibit 10.22

Lease Between

The Taming Of The Shrewsbury, LLC, O’Neill Partners, LLC, and Chanski, LLC,

as tenants in common, as Landlord

And

Valeritas, LLC, as Tenant


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE 1 - REFERENCE, DEFINITIONS AND EXHIBITS

     5   

1.1 Definitions

     5   

1.2 Effect of Reference to Definitions

     12   

1.3 Exhibits

     12   

ARTICLE 2 - LEASED PREMISES, TERM AND COMMENCEMENT OF TERM

     13   

2.1 Leased Premises

     13   

2.2 Term

     13   

ARTICLE 3 - RENT, ITS DETERMINATION, COMMENCEMENT AND METHOD OF PAYMENT

     13   

3.1 Basic Rent

     13   

3.2 Additional Rent

     13   

3.3 Payment on Account of Operating Expenses

     14   

3.4 Rent

     15   

3.5 Lease to be Deemed Net

     15   

3.6 Tenant’s Right to Seek Abatement

     15   

3.7 Landlord’s Right to Seek Abatement

     16   

ARTICLE 4 - PREPAID RENT AND SECURITY DEPOSIT

     16   

ARTICLE 5 - UTILITIES AND SERVICES

     16   

5.1 Utilities

     16   

5.2 Access

     17   

5.3 Maintenance and Repair-Landlord

     17   

5.4 Demising Walls: Landlord’s Responsibility

     18   

ARTICLE 6 - INSURANCE

     18   

6.1 Required Coverage

     18   

6.2 Writing and Disposition of Insurance Policies

     19   

6.3 Mutual Waiver of Subrogation

     19   

6.4 Blanket Policies

     19   

6.5 Landlord’s Insurance Covenants

     19   

ARTICLE 7 - ADDITIONAL COVENANTS

     20   

7.1 Performing Obligations

     20   

7.2 Use

     20   

7.3 Maintenance and Repair

     20   

7.4 Compliance with Laws

     20   

7.5 Payment for Tenant’s Work

     21   

7.6 Indemnity

     21   

7.7 Personal Property at Tenant’s Risk

     22   

7.8 Payment of Landlord’s Cost of Enforcement

     22   

7.9 Yield Up

     22   

 

2


7.10 Subordination

     22   

7.11 Estoppel Certificates

     22   

7.12 Nuisance

     23   

7.13 Changes and Alterations

     23   

7.14 Financial Statements

     24   

7.15 Signage

     24   

ARTICLE 8 - QUIET ENJOYMENT

     25   

ARTICLE 8.1 COMPLEMENTARY BUSINESSES

     25   

ARTICLE 9 - DAMAGE AND EMINENT DOMAIN

     25   

9.1 Fire and Other Casualty

     25   

9.2 Eminent Domain

     26   

ARTICLE 10 - DEFAULTS BY TENANT AND REMEDIES

     27   

10.1 The Condition

     27   

10.2 Reimbursement of Landlord’s Expenses

     27   

10.3 Damages

     28   

10.4 Mitigation

     28   

10.5 Claims in Bankruptcy

     28   

10.6 Late Charge

     29   

10.7 Landlord’s Right to Cure Defaults

     29   

10.8 Effect of Waiver’s of Default

     29   

ARTICLE 11 - ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

     29   

11.1 Assignment of Lease by Tenant

     29   

11.2 Subletting by Tenant

     30   

ARTICLE 12 - NOTICES

     31   

ARTICLE 13 - NOTICE OF LEASE

     31   

ARTICLE 14 - APPLICABLE LAW, SEVERABILITY, CONSTRUCTION

     31   

ARTICLE 15 - SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS, ETC.

     31   

ARTICLE 16 - LANDLORD’S ACCESS

     32   

ARTICLE 17 - CONDITION OF PREMISES

     33   

17.1 Landlord’s Work

     33   

17.2 Plans and Specifications

     33   

17.3 Performance and Completion of Landlord’s Work

     33   

17.4 Landlord’s Performance

     35   

17.5 Tenant’s Delay

     35   

17.6 Arbitration

     36   

 

3


ARTICLE 18 - WARRANTY REGARDING BROKER

     37   

ARTICLE 19 - HAZARDOUS MATERIALS

     37   

ARTICLE 20 - EXTENSION TERMS

     38   

ARTICLE 21 - FORCE MAJEURE

     38   

ARTICLE 22 - HOLDOVER EXTENSION TERMS

     39   

ARTICLE 23 - MISCELLANEOUS

     39   

 

4


ARTICLE I.—REFERENCE, DEFINITIONS AND EXHIBITS

1.1 Definitions :

 

Landlord:    The Taming Of The Shrewsbury, LLC, a Massachusetts limited liability company, O’Neill Partners, LLC, a Hawaii limited liability company, and Chanski, LLC, a Florida limited liability company, as tenants in common.
Original Address of Landlord:   

c/o VinCo Properties, Inc.

434 Massachusetts Avenue, Suite 5

Boston, Massachusetts 02118

Facsimile: (617) 424-9623

Tenant:    Valeritas, LLC
Original Address of Tenant:   

1000C Lake Street

Ramsey, NJ 07446

Facsimile:

Address of Tenant after Term Commencement Date:   

1000C Lake Street

Ramsey, NJ 07446

Term Commencement Date:   

March 1, 2007. As of the Term Commencement Date, Landlord is required to deliver all of the existing offices and labs (excluding the Class 100 “clean room”) cleaned, with carpets shampooed and stains removed, walls cleaned with paint touched-up where necessary, and with demising walls from floor to roof between the large “clean room” space and the engineering offices as well as the demising walls from floor to roof between the large “clean room” and the cafeteria and quality labs, installed and spackled to final coat.

 

If the Term Commencement Date is delayed as a result of delay or other fault on the part of the Landlord, other than as a result of Force Majeure or unless caused by a Tenant Delay as defined in Section 17.5, Landlord shall be responsible for paying, from March 1, 2007 to the actual Term Commencement Date, Twenty Thousand Dollars ($20,000.00) per month due from Tenant to its current landlord, as a result of Tenant’s inability to vacate its current leased premises at 155 Flanders Road, Shrewsbury, MA on or before March 1, 2007.

 

5


Interim Expenses    Starting on the Term Commencement Date and continuing until the Substantial Completion Date (as defined in Section 17.3 hereof), Tenant shall pay to the Landlord a sum of Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000) per month (“Interim Rent”), representing all amounts due from Tenant during such interim period, including all utilities, taxes, rent, additional rent, CAM, or other charges.
Substantial Completion Rent    Commencing on the Substantial Completion Date, Tenant shall no longer pay the Interim Rent, but, rather, shall pay all Additional Rent as set forth in Section 3.2. Tenant shall not, however, be responsible for paying Basic Rent until the Rent Commencement Date, as defined below.
Rent Commencement Date:    Three (3) months after the Substantial Completion Date.
Original Lease Term:    Ten (10) years and three (3) months commencing on the Substantial Completion Date.

Basic Rent:

 

Period

   Annual Basic
Rent
     Monthly Basic
Rent
 

First Lease Year

     667,440.00         55,620.00   

Second Lease Year

     676,710.00         56,392.50   

Third Lease Year

     685,980.00         57,165.00   

Fourth Lease Year

     695,250.00         57,937.50   

Fifth Lease Year

     704,520.00         58,710.00   

Sixth Lease Year

     713,790.00         59,482.50   

Seventh Lease Year

     723,060.00         60,255.00   

Eighth Lease Year

     732,330.00         61,027.50   

Ninth Lease Year

     741,600.00         61,800.00   

Tenth Lease Year

     750,870.00         62,572.50   

First Extension Term

     

Eleventh Lease Year

     760,140.00         63,345.00   

 

6


Twelfth Lease Year

     769,410.00         64,117.50   

Thirteenth Lease Year

     778,680.00         64,890.00   

Fourteenth Lease Year

     787,950.00         65,662.50   

Fifteenth Lease Year

     797,220.00         66,435.00   

Second Extension Term

     

Sixteenth Lease Year

     806,490.00         67,207.50   

Seventeenth Lease Year

     815,760.00         67,980.00   

Eighteenth Lease Year

     825,030.00         68,752.50   

Nineteenth Lease Year

     834,300.00         69,525.00   

Twentieth Lease Year

     843,570.00         70,297.50   

 

Lease Year:    A period of twelve (12) successive calendar months with the first Lease Year commencing on the Rent Commencement Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing: (i) if the Rent Commencement Date is a day other than the first day of a calendar month, then the initial fractional calendar month together with the next succeeding twelve (12) calendar months shall constitute the first Lease Year and each succeeding Lease Year shall start on the anniversary of the first day of the first full calendar month of the first Lease Year; and (ii) if the expiration of the Lease Term or the earlier termination of this Lease does not coincide with the termination of such a 12-month period, Lease Year shall mean the portion of such 12-month period before such expiration or termination.
Leased Premises:    46,350 rentable square feet of space in the Building shown on Exhibit A attached hereto.
Right of First Refusal:    Tenant shall have a right of first refusal to lease a minimum of 10,000 square feet of warehouse space in the Building, which is contiguous to the Leased Premises, on an “as-is” basis. If at any time during the Lease Term, the Landlord intends to enter into a proposed lease (a “ Proposed Lease ”) for warehouse space with anyone (a “ Proposed Tenant ”), and said Proposed Lease would result in there being less than 10,000 square feet of available warehouse space which is contiguous to the Leased Premises, Landlord shall first offer to Tenant the right to add either the entire Proposed Lease Space, or 10,000 square feet of contiguous warehouse space (the “Contiguous Space”), at the Tenant’s discretion, to the Leased Premises upon the following terms and conditions.

 

7


  

In any instance in which a Proposed Lease would result in there being less than 10,000 square feet of available warehouse space which is contiguous to the Leased Premises, Landlord shall notify Tenant of its intention to enter into such a Proposed Lease. Such notice shall be in writing (the “ Offer Notice ”) and shall provide Tenant with specific information concerning the amount of square footage of warehouse space which Landlord intends to lease, as well as the specific location of such space (the “Offered Space”). In order to send the Offer Notice, Landlord does not need to have negotiated a lease with the Proposed Tenant but must have either a signed letter of intent or a signed term sheet from the Proposed Tenant.

 

If Tenant, within fourteen (14) days after receipt of Landlord’s Offer Notice, indicates in writing its unconditional agreement to exercise its rights under this Lease to lease either the entire Proposed Lease Space, or the Contiguous Space, at the Tenant’s discretion (“ Tenant’s Notice ”) in its “as-is” condition, the Proposed Lease Space or the Contiguous Space (as elected by the Tenant) shall be included within the Leased Premises and leased to Tenant pursuant to the provisions of this Lease, including, without limitation, the provisions relating to the rights and obligations of the parties with respect to alterations. However, (i) the Basic Rent payable under this Lease shall be increased by the amount of rent attributable to the Contiguous Space or Proposed Lease Space (depending on which the Tenant has elected to lease) at a rental rate of $5.50 per square foot NNN during the first five (5) Lease Years; $6.05 per square foot NNN during Lease Years 6-10; $6.66 per square foot NNN during the first Extension Term; and $7.32 per square foot NNN during the second Extension Term, and (ii) Tenant shall pay Additional Rent for Impositions and Operating Expenses based on Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the Building as adjusted to reflect the increase in the rentable square footage of space in the Leased Premises. Landlord shall construct sheet rocked primed, spackled, and final coated demising walls as necessary and provide heat to the Contiguous Space or Proposed Lease Space, otherwise the Contiguous Space or Proposed Lease Space shall be delivered to Tenant in its “as-is” condition. Time shall be of the essence with respect to the giving of Tenant’s Notice. Tenant must accept either the entire Proposed Lease Space or the entire 10,000 square feet of Contiguous Space at any one time if it desires to accept any such space and may not exercise its right with respect to less than the 10,000 square feet of Contiguous Space.

 

8


   The parties shall immediately execute an amendment to this Lease stating the addition of the warehouse space or part of it to the Leased Premises. If Tenant fails to provide Landlord with Tenant’s Notice within the fourteen (14) day period described above, Landlord thereafter shall have the right to lease the Proposed Lease Space and/or the Contiguous Space to the Proposed Tenant or any other tenant on any terms Landlord deems appropriate. The provisions of this section shall be operative each time any lease for any portion of the warehouse space shall expire and Landlord intends to enter into a Proposed Lease for such space with a Proposed Tenant.
Lease Term:    The Original Lease Term, as the same may have been extended or earlier terminated in accordance with the terms and condition of this Lease.
Option to Extend Original Lease Term:    Two (2) options to extend for five (5) years each as more particularly set forth in Article 20 below.
Brokers:    Richards Barry Joyce & Partners LLC
Building:    The building known as 800 Boston Turnpike, Shrewsbury, Massachusetts containing approximately 80,000 rentable square feet of space located on the Site.
Parking:    Tenant shall have the right to use, in common with others entitled thereto, the parking spaces in the parking lot located on the Site for the purpose of parking automobiles, subject to reasonable rules and regulations which may be promulgated by Landlord from time to time.
Permitted Uses:    Executive and general office use, research and development, manufacturing, and laboratory use, and for no other purpose; subject in all cases to applicable legal requirements.
Site or Property:    The approximately 6.3 acre site located in the Town of Shrewsbury, Massachusetts, having an address of 800 Boston Turnpike, Shrewsbury, Massachusetts, and all the buildings and improvements now or hereafter located thereon (including, without limitation, the Leased Premises, the Building, all roads, driveways, pavement, parking areas, landscaping, and utilities). A legal description of the boundaries of the Site is attached hereto as Exhibit B .

 

9


Force Majeure:    Strikes, lockouts, labor disputes, acts of God, inability to obtain labor or materials or reasonable substitutes therefore for reasons beyond the reasonable control of Landlord, governmental restrictions, governmental regulations, governmental controls, delay in issuance of permits beyond the reasonable control of Landlord, enemy or hostile governmental action, civil commotion, fire or other casualty, and other causes beyond the reasonable control of Landlord.
Impositions:    All taxes including real estate taxes (which term shall include payments in lieu of real estate taxes), assessments, water and sewer rents, rates and charges, levies, license and permit fees and other governmental charges, general and special, ordinary and extraordinary, foreseen and unforeseen, of any kind and nature whatsoever, which at any time during the Lease Term may be assessed, levied, confirmed, imposed upon, or may become due and payable out of or in respect of, or become a lien upon, all or any portion of the Site (including all improvements thereto), other than : (i) municipal, state and federal income taxes (if any) assessed against Landlord; or (ii) municipal, state or federal capital levy, gift, estate, succession, inheritance or transfer taxes of Landlord; or (iii) corporation excess profits or franchise taxes imposed upon any corporate owner of the Site; or (iv) any income, profits or revenue tax, assessment or charge imposed upon the Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease; or (v) penalties due to Landlord’s lateness or failure to pay taxes, assessments or charges when due (unless such lateness is due to Tenant being late in any payment due under this Lease), (vi) taxes separately assessed or levied upon any improvements or alterations made by Landlord or other tenants in the leased premises being leased exclusively to another tenant in the Building, provided , however , that if at any time during the Lease Term the methods of taxation prevailing at the commencement of the Lease Term shall be altered so that in lieu of or as a substitute for the whole or any part of the taxes, assessments, levies or charges now levied, assessed or imposed on real estate and the improvements thereon, there shall be levied, assessed and imposed a tax, assessment, levy, imposition or charge, wholly or partially as a capital levy or otherwise, on the rents received therefrom, or measured by or based in whole or in part upon the Site and imposed upon Landlord, then all such taxes, assessments, levies, impositions or charges or the part thereof so measured or based, shall be deemed to be included within the term “Impositions” for the purposes hereof. Landlord represents that, as of the date of this Lease, the Landlord has not entered into a tax treaty with the Town of Shrewsbury which makes the Site currently subject to any tax abatements or special assessments. In addition to the foregoing, the term “Impositions” shall include any

 

10


   new tax of a nature not presently in effect as of the date of this Lease, but which may be hereafter levied, assessed, or imposed upon Landlord or all or any portion of the Site, if such tax shall be based on or arise out of the Lease, the ownership of the Site (or any portion thereof), or the use or occupation of all or any portion of the Site except that any such new tax which is billed and assessed separately upon any leased premises, use or occupation of another tenant in the Building shall not be included in the Impositions. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Lease to the contrary, Tenant shall pay one hundred percent (instead of Tenant’s Proportionate Share) of any tax which is billed and assessed separately upon the Leased Premises or the use or occupation of the Tenant.
Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the Building:    57.94%
Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the Property:    80%
Operating Expenses:    The term “Operating Expenses” shall mean all aggregate expenses incurred in the operation, maintenance, repair, replacement, and management of the Leased Premises (whether incurred by the Tenant or the Landlord), including without limitation, the following: utilities supplied to the Leased Premises; all insurance obtained and relating to or otherwise in connection with Landlord’s ownership or the occupancy and operation of all or any portion of the Leased Premises, the foregoing to include, without limitation, all risk insurance against damage by fire or other casualty, liability insurance, rent loss insurance, and any insurance required by Landlord’s Mortgagee; services obtained for the benefit of the Site (including, without limitation, window cleaning, rubbish removal, snow removal and grounds maintenance); repairs, replacement, repainting, maintenance, supplies and the like for the Site; a management fee in the amount of three and one half percent (3.5%) of the gross rental receipts from the Property; legal fees and expenses; auditing fees and expenses; and depreciation (on a straight line basis) for capital expenditures made by Landlord to improve services provided to Tenant or to reduce operating expenses (in Landlord’s reasonable judgment) amortized on a straight line basis over the useful life of the applicable capital improvement with Tenant being responsible for the payment of only the portion allocable to the Lease Term. The following items shall be excluded from Operating Expenses: principal or interest payments on any mortgages or other financing arrangements, leasing commissions and depreciation for the Site, except as specifically provided above.

 

11


  
Landlord’s Work:    The work described on Exhibit C attached hereto.
Landlord’s Mortgagee:    Any party holding a mortgage on the Site including, without limitation, the Leased Premises, given as security for indebtedness owed by the Landlord to the holder of the mortgage.
Landlord’s Construction Representative:   

David Crocini

Crocini Consulting, LLC

121 Salem St #4B

Boston, MA 02113

Tel: (617) 699-5722

Fax:

Email: david@crocini.com

Tenant’s Construction Representative:    Scott Huie
  

Tel: 508-366-2300, Ext. 222

Fax: 508-366-9852

1.2 Effect of Reference to Definitions . Any reference in this Lease to any term defined above shall be deemed, to the extent possible, to mean and include all aspects of the definition set forth above for such term.

1.3 Exhibits . The exhibits listed in this Section and attached to this Lease are incorporated by reference and are a part of this Lease.

Exhibit A: Floor Plan of the Leased Premises

Exhibit B: Legal Description of the Boundaries of the Site

Exhibit C: Landlord’s Work

Exhibit D: Term Commencement Date Letter

 

12


ARTICLE II— LEASED PREMISES, TERM AND COMMENCEMENT OF TERM

2.1 Leased Premises . Landlord hereby LEASES to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases and rents from Landlord, subject to and with the benefit of the terms, covenants, conditions and provisions of this Lease, the Leased Premises, together with all easements, rights or privileges necessary in connection with the use of the Leased Premises for the Permitted Uses.

2.2 Term . TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the Leased Premises for the Lease Term commencing on the Term Commencement Date, subject to the terms, covenants, agreements and conditions contained in this Lease.

ARTICLE III— RENT, ITS DETERMINATION, COMMENCEMENT AND METHOD OF PAYMENT

3.1 Basic Rent . Commencing on the Rent Commencement Date and continuing thereafter on the first day of each and every calendar month occurring during the Lease Term, Tenant shall pay Basic Rent to Landlord (or to such other person as Landlord by written notice instructs Tenant to make such payments for Landlord’s benefit and account) in advance in the amounts set forth in Section 1.1 above without notice, billing or demand therefor and without any deduction, set-off, credit or abatement of any kind. The monthly payment of Basic Rent for any partial calendar month occurring during the Lease Term shall be pro rated on a daily basis using the actual number of calendar days in said month. Tenant shall pay each monthly installment of Basic Rent at the Original Address of Landlord set forth above or at such other place as Landlord may by written notice to Tenant direct, such notice to be effective upon receipt.

3.2 Additional Rent . Commencing on the Substantial Completion Date and continuing throughout the Lease Term, Tenant shall also pay Additional Rent as follows (such payments to be made when requisitioned, except as otherwise stated):

 

  (i) Tenant’s Proportionate Share of all Impositions, all such payments to be made when due based upon an invoice received by Tenant from Landlord together with copies of the bills for the Impositions for the applicable period, but in any event prior to any date on which interest or penalties would begin to accrue on account of such Impositions if not paid according to the bill for such Impositions (estimated fiscal year 2007 real estate taxes on the Property are approximately $0.79 per rentable square foot, or $36,617.00 allocable to the Leased Premises); and

 

  (ii) Tenant’s Proportionate Share of all Operating Expenses.

Commencing on the Substantial Completion Date and continuing throughout the Lease Term, Tenant shall also pay Additional Rent as follows (such payments to be made when requisitioned, except as otherwise stated): (i) to the extent not paid directly by Tenant pursuant to the provisions of Article 5 hereof, one hundred (100) percent of all utilities

 

13


(including, without limitation, electricity, gas, telephone, water and sewer charges) supplied to or consumed at the Leased Premises during the Lease Term as measured by separate meters therefor (or prorated if and when separate meters are not in place); and (ii) one hundred (100%) percent of any Imposition which is billed and assessed separately upon the Leased Premises or the use or occupation of the Tenant.

All monetary obligations of Tenant under this Lease, except for the obligation to pay Basic Rent, shall be deemed obligations to pay Additional Rent, unless such presumption is repugnant to the context.

3.3 Payment on Account of Operating Expenses . Tenant shall make estimated monthly payments to Landlord to cover Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the Operating Expenses that the Tenant is expected to owe as Additional Rent during the current calendar year and each subsequent calendar year thereafter falling entirely or partly within the Lease Term. The initial estimated amount of Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the Operating Expenses expected to be incurred for the first calendar year of the Lease Term is $69,525.00. At the beginning of each calendar year thereafter, Landlord shall submit to Tenant a statement setting forth Landlord’s reasonable estimates (based on costs of which Landlord is aware and other reasonable assumptions of Landlord) of the amount of Operating Expenses that are expected to be incurred during such calendar year, and the computation of Tenant’s share of such anticipated Operating Expenses. Tenant shall pay to Landlord on the first day of each month following receipt of such statement an appropriate amount to amortize on a monthly basis Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the anticipated Operating Expenses, with appropriate adjustments if any period includes less than one (1) full month. If at any time during the Lease Term Landlord in Landlord’s discretion determines it appropriate to revise the estimates of Operating Expenses that have been submitted, then Landlord may submit such revised estimates to Tenant, and then commencing with the next monthly payment to be made by Tenant, appropriate adjustment shall be made to the amount being paid by Tenant on account of Tenant’s Proportionate Share of anticipated Operating Expenses provided, however, that Landlord shall not make such adjustments more than twice in any calendar year. Within ninety (90) days after the expiration of each calendar year during the Lease Term, Landlord shall submit to Tenant a statement certifying (i) Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the actual Operating Expenses incurred during the preceding calendar year, (ii) the aggregate amount of the estimated payments made by Tenant on account thereof, and (iii) any credit to which Tenant is entitled. If Tenant is entitled to any credit, Tenant shall deduct the amount of the overpayment from its next estimated payment or payments for Operating Expenses for the then current year. If the Tenant’s credit is equal to or greater than ten (10) percent of the aggregate amount paid in the preceding year, Landlord shall reduce the anticipated operating expenses on a going-forward basis by an amount equal to the credited amount. If Tenant’s actual liability for such Operating Expenses exceeds the aggregate amount of the estimated payments made by Tenant on account thereof, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord within thirty (30) calendar days the total amount of such deficiency as Additional Rent due hereunder. Tenant’s liability for Tenant’s share of the Operating Expenses for the last calendar year falling entirely or partly within the Lease Term shall survive the expiration of the Lease Term. Similarly, Landlord’s obligation to refund to Tenant the excess, if any, of the amount of Tenant’s actual liability therefor shall survive the expiration of the Lease Term.

 

14


With respect to Operating Expenses which Landlord allocates to the entire Property, Tenant’s “Proportionate Share” shall be the percentage set forth in Section 1.1 of this Lease as Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the Property as reasonably adjusted by Landlord in the future for changes in the physical size of the Leased Premises; and, with respect to Operating Expenses which Landlord allocates only to the Building, Tenant’s “Proportionate Share” shall be the percentage set forth in Section 1.1 of this Lease as Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the Building as reasonably adjusted by Landlord in the future for changes in the physical size of the Leased Premises or the Building. Landlord may equitably increase Tenant’s Proportionate Share for any item of expense or cost reimbursable by Tenant that relates to a repair, replacement, or service that benefits only the Leased Premises or only a portion of the Property or Building or that varies with occupancy or use. The estimated Operating Expenses for the Premises set forth above are only estimates, and Landlord makes no guaranty or warranty that such estimates will be accurate.

Tenant or an independent, certified public accountant designated by Tenant shall have the right, during regular business hours and after giving fifteen (15) days’ advance written notice to Landlord, to inspect and audit Landlord’s books and records relating to the Operating Expenses billed during any calendar year falling within the Lease Term for a period of one (1) year following the receipt by Tenant of any statement submitted pursuant to this Section. If as a result of such audit it becomes clear that an error was made in the calculation of Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses, then an appropriate adjustment shall be made within thirty (30) days of Landlord’s receipt from Tenant of a copy of such audit together with Tenant’s demand for reimbursement and, if the amount by which Landlord over-charged Tenant exceeds ten (10%) percent of Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses, then Landlord shall pay the reasonable actual out-of-pocket costs and expenses paid by Tenant for the audit.

3.4 Rent . References in this Lease to “Rent” or “rent” shall be deemed to include both Basic Rent and Additional Rent when the context so allows.

3.5 Lease to be Deemed Net . This Lease shall be deemed and construed to be an absolutely net lease and Tenant shall accordingly pay to Landlord, absolutely net, the Basic Rent and Additional Rent, free of any off-sets or deductions of any kind.

3.6 Tenant’s Right to Seek Abatement . If Tenant occupies more than fifty-one (51%) percent of the rentable area of the Building or if the Leased Premises is separately assessed for real estate taxes, then Tenant shall have the right, upon prior written notice to Landlord, to seek a reduction in the valuation of the Leased Premises assessed for tax purposes and to contest in good faith by appropriate proceedings, at Tenant’s expense, the amount or validity in whole or in part of any Imposition or of the method by which any Imposition is calculated, assessed or imposed; and may defer payment thereof if allowed by law, provided that (i) Tenant shall provide Landlord with security reasonably satisfactory to Landlord to assure payment of contested items; and (ii) Tenant shall immediately pay such contested item or items if the protection of the Leased Premises or of the Landlord’s interest therein from any lien or claim shall, in the reasonable judgment of Landlord, require such payment.

 

15


3.7 Landlord’s Right to Seek Abatement . Landlord shall have the right to seek a reduction in the valuation of the Site or any of the Building assessed for tax purposes and to prosecute any action or proceeding theretofore commenced by Tenant. To the extent to which any tax refund payable as a result of any proceeding which Landlord or Tenant may institute, or payable by reason of compromise or settlement of any such proceeding, may be based upon a payment made by Tenant, then Tenant shall be authorized to collect the same (or the appropriate portion thereof), subject, however, to Tenant’s obligation to reimburse Landlord forthwith for Tenant’s Proportionate Share of any expense incurred by Landlord in connection therewith.

Landlord shall not be required to join in any proceedings referred to in Section 3.6 hereof unless the provisions of any law, rule or regulation at the time in effect shall require that such proceedings be brought by or in the name of Landlord, in which event Landlord shall join in such proceedings or permit the same to be brought in its name. Landlord shall not be subjected to any liability for the payment of any costs or expenses in connection with any such proceedings, and Tenant shall indemnify and save harmless Landlord from any such costs and expenses. Tenant shall be entitled to any refund of its share of any Imposition and penalties or interest thereon received by Landlord that has been paid by Tenant, or that has been paid by Landlord but previously reimbursed in full by Tenant.

ARTICLE 4— PREPAID RENT AND SECURITY DEPOSIT

Upon the signing of this lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00), representing a security deposit as security for Tenant’s full performance of all terms and conditions under this Lease. Upon the Substantial Completion Date, the Tenant shall pay to Landlord an additional One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00), representing additional security for Tenant’s full performance of all terms and conditions under this Lease (collectively, the “Security Deposit”). Upon the exercise of the outstanding warrants that will raise approximately $90,000,000 or achievement of $4,000,000 in sales revenue, whichever event comes first, the Security Deposit shall be reduced to One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000). Upon default by Tenant hereunder, the Landlord shall have the right, without the giving of any notice, to apply all or any portion of the Security Deposit to cure such default which right shall be in addition to all other rights and remedies. Within thirty (30) days of the later to occur of the last day of the Lease Term or the date that Tenant yields up the Leased Premises pursuant to the terms of this Lease, Landlord shall return to Tenant the Security Deposit less any amounts which Landlord may have deducted pursuant to the terms of this Lease.

ARTICLE 5— UTILITIES AND SERVICES

5.1 Utilities . Tenant shall make arrangements with appropriate utility or service companies for its own service for any utilities and/or services that are to serve the Leased Premises exclusively or directly and that can be billed to Tenant directly, and Tenant shall promptly pay all costs with respect to same, such payments to be made, to the extent possible, directly to the utility or service provider or to the appropriate party charged with collecting the same, the foregoing to include all charges for such utilities or services. All internal utilities shall be separately metered. All costs for external utilities that are not separately metered shall be included in Operating Expenses, and Tenant shall be responsible for Tenant’s Proportionate Share thereof. Landlord shall be under no obligation to furnish any utilities or services to the

 

16


Leased Premises and shall not be liable for any interruption or failure in the supply of any such utilities or services to the Leased Premises. No interruption or failure of utilities shall result in the termination of this Lease; provided, however, that if (i) an interruption or cessation of utilities shall occur, except if the same is due to any act or neglect of Tenant or Tenant’s agents, employees, contractors or invitees or any person claiming by, through or under Tenant (a “Service Interruption”), and (ii) such Service Interruption occurs or continues as a result of the negligence or wrongful conduct of the Landlord or Landlord’s agents, employees or contractors, and (iii) such Service Interruption continues for more than one (1) full business day after Landlord shall have received notice thereof from Tenant, and (iv) as a result of such Service Interruption, the conduct of Tenant’s normal operations in the Leased Premises are materially and adversely affected, then there shall be an abatement of one day’s Rent for each day during which such Service Interruption continues after such one (1) business day; provided, however, that if any part of the Leased Premises is reasonably useable for Tenant’s normal business operations or if Tenant conducts all or any part of its operations in any portion of the Leased Premises notwithstanding such Service Interruption, then the amount of each daily abatement of Base Rent shall only be proportionate to the nature and extent of the interruption of Tenant’s normal operations or ability to use the Leased Premises.

5.2 Access . Tenant shall have access to the Leased Premises twenty-four hours a day, seven days a week, three hundred sixty-five days per year, and Tenant shall be solely responsible, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, for security for the Leased Premises.

5.3 Maintenance and Repair—Landlord . Prior to the Term Commencement Date, Landlord shall install on the grounds of the Property a fully operational automatic irrigation system (sprinklers), as part of Landlord’s Work described on Exhibit C attached hereto. Landlord shall be responsible for the maintenance, repair and replacement of the Building’s roof, public areas, exterior walls, windows, foundation, and structural walls of the Building and all Building plumbing, mechanical, and electrical systems existing in the Building as of the date hereof or installed by Landlord prior to the Term Commencement Date (but specifically excluding any supplemental heating, ventilation or air conditioning equipment or systems installed by Tenant), except that Landlord shall in no event be responsible to Tenant for any condition in the Leased Premises or the Building caused by any act or neglect of Tenant, its invitees or contractors. Landlord shall also keep and maintain all common facilities in a good and clean order, condition and repair, free of snow and ice and accumulation of dirt and rubbish, and shall keep and maintain all landscaped areas on the Property in a neat and orderly condition, to a commercially reasonable standard equal to or exceeding that of comparable first-class office and research and development properties in the greater Worcester, Massachusetts area. The costs of any such maintenance, repair and replacement by Landlord shall be Operating Expenses and be paid in accordance with Section 3.3 hereof, provided, however, that costs that are required to be capitalized for federal income tax purposes shall be amortized on a straight line basis over a period equal to the lesser of the useful life thereof for federal income tax purposes or ten (10) years and included in Operating Expenses only to the extent of the amortized amount for the respective calendar year. The terms “walls” and “windows” as used in this Section 5.3 shall not include glass or plate glass, doors or overhead doors, special store fronts, dock bumpers, dock plates or levelers, or office entries, all of which shall be maintained by Tenant. Landlord shall not be responsible to make any improvements or repairs to the Building or Property other than as

 

17


expressly provided in this Section 5.3 , unless expressly provided otherwise in this Lease. Tenant shall promptly give Landlord written notice of any repair required by Landlord pursuant to this Section 5.3 , after which Landlord shall have a reasonable opportunity to repair such item. Landlord shall never be liable for any failure to make repairs which Landlord has undertaken to make under the provisions of this Section 5.3 or elsewhere in this Lease, unless Tenant has given notice to Landlord of the need to make such repairs, and Landlord has failed to commence to make such repairs within a reasonable time after receipt of such notice, or fails to proceed with reasonable diligence to complete such repairs.

5.4 Demising Walls: Landlord’s Responsibility. It shall be the Landlord’s exclusive responsibility to erect demising walls and/or connecting doors between the Leased Premises and the warehouse space. If the Landlord fails to erect such walls and/or doors after notification by the Tenant of the need for the same, the Tenant shall have the right, but not the responsibility, to erect such walls and/or doors without further consent or permission from the Landlord. The Landlord shall be solely and exclusively responsible for all heating and cooling costs incurred by Landlord or Tenant as a result of the lack of such walls and/or doors.

ARTICLE 6— INSURANCE

6.1 Required Coverage . Tenant covenants and agrees with Landlord that during the Lease Term the following insurance shall be obtained by Tenant and carried at Tenant’s sole expense:

(a) Tenant’s commercial general liability insurance insuring and indemnifying Tenant, Landlord, and Landlord’s Mortgagee against liability for injury to persons and damage to property which may be claimed to have occurred upon the Leased Premises or the sidewalks, ways and other real property adjoining said Leased Premises and covering all Tenant’s obligations under this Lease and with limits at least as high as the amounts respectively stated below, or such higher limits in any case as may reasonably be required in case of increase in risk or as may be customarily carried in Massachusetts by prudent occupants of similar property, as determined by Landlord in its reasonable discretion: not less than commercial general liability insurance in the amount of $1,000,000 per occurrence, $2,000,000 general aggregate, $1,000,000 per accident combined single limit for automobile liability, $2,000,000 in excess liability coverage, and $1,000,000 for property damage.

(b) Workmen’s Compensation covering all Tenant’s employees, contractors and agents working on the Premises.

(c) Insurance insuring all of Tenant’s personal property, chattels, inventory, trade fixtures, furniture, furnishings, machinery, equipment, goods, supplies and stock of every kind and description stored, kept, installed or used in or upon the Leased Premises against damage, loss or destruction by fire, explosion, water damage or other casualty, in an amount at least equal to the replacement cost of such insured property.

(d) Such additional insurance (including, without limitation, rent loss insurance) as Landlord’s Mortgagee shall reasonably require provided that such insurance is in an amount, of the type, and customary for comparable properties.

 

18


6.2 Writing and Disposition of Insurance Policies . All insurance required under Section 6.1 above shall be written with companies reasonably satisfactory to Landlord and in forms customarily in use from time to time in the Greater Boston area. Tenant shall furnish the Landlord with duplicates of said policies, and said policies shall (i) name Landlord and Landlord’s Mortgagee as named insureds, as their respective interests may appear, and (ii) provide that the coverage thereunder may not lapse or be canceled without twenty (20) days prior written notice to Landlord, Landlord’s Mortgagee and Tenant.

6.3 Mutual Waiver of Subrogation . Landlord and Tenant each hereby releases the other, its officers, directors, employees and agents, from any and all liability or responsibility (to the other or anyone claiming through or under them by way of subrogation or otherwise) for any loss or damage to property covered by valid and collectible insurance, even if such loss or damage shall have been caused by the fault or negligence of the other party, or anyone for whom such party may be responsible. However, this release shall be applicable and in force and effect only with respect to loss or damage (a) actually recovered from an insurance company and (b) occurring during such time as the releaser’s insurance policies shall contain a clause or endorsement to the effect that any such release shall not adversely affect or impair said policies or prejudice the right of the releaser to recover thereunder. Landlord and Tenant each agrees that any fire and extended coverage insurance policies will include such a clause or endorsement as long as the same shall be obtainable without extra costs, or, if extra cost shall be charged therefor, so long as the other party pays such extra cost. If extra cost shall be chargeable therefor, each party shall advise the other party and of the amount of the extra cost, and the other party, at its election, may pay the same, but shall not be obligated to do so.

6.4 Blanket Policies . Nothing contained herein shall prevent Tenant from taking out insurance of the kind and in the amounts provided for herein under a blanket insurance policy or policies covering properties other than the Leased Premises, provided however, that any such policy or policies of blanket insurance (a) shall specify therein, or Tenant shall furnish Landlord with the written statement from the insurers under such policy or policies, specifying the amount of the total insurance allocated to the Leased Premises, which amounts shall not be less than the amounts required herein, and (b) amounts so specified shall be sufficient to prevent any of the insureds from being a co-insurer within the terms of the applicable policy or policies, and provided further, however, that any such policy or policies of blanket insurance shall, as to the Leased Premises, otherwise comply as to endorsements and coverage with the provisions herein.

6.5 Landlord’s Insurance Covenants . Landlord covenants and agrees that during the Lease Term it shall obtain the following insurance:

(a) All risk insurance against damage by fire or other casualty in an amount at least equal to the replacement costs of the Building as determined from time to time by Landlord or (at Landlord’s election or upon Tenant’s request) by appraisal made at the expense of Tenant by an accredited insurance appraiser approved by Landlord;

 

19


(b) Commercial general liability insurance covering liability for injury to persons and damage to property which may be claimed to have occurred upon the Property or the sidewalks, ways and other real property adjoining the Property caused by Landlord with limits at least as high as the following amounts: $1,000,000 per occurrence, $2,000,000 general aggregate;

(c) Workmen’s Compensation covering all Landlord’s employees and Landlord shall cause all contractors and agents working for Landlord on the Property to carry workmen’s compensation insurance covering their employees as may be required by law;

(d) Rent loss insurance with a limit at least equal to one (1) year’s worth of Rent due under this Lease; and

(e) Such additional insurance as Landlord’s Mortgagee shall reasonably require.

Tenant shall pay the Tenant’s Proportionate Share (57.94 percent) of the cost of such insurance as an Operating Expense. At the request of Tenant, Landlord will provide to Tenant copies of certificates or the relevant portions of such policies to evidence the fact that Landlord is maintaining the insurance required by this Section 6.5 .

ARTICLE 7— ADDITIONAL COVENANTS

Tenant covenants and agrees during the Lease Term and such further time as Tenant occupies the Leased Premises or any part thereof:

7.1 Performing Obligations . To perform fully, faithfully and punctually all of the obligations of Tenant set forth in this Lease; and to pay when due Rent and all charges, rates and other sums which by the terms of this Lease are to be paid by Tenant.

7.2 Use . To use the Leased Premises only for the Permitted Uses, and for no other purposes.

7.3 Maintenance and Repair—Tenant . At Tenant’s expense, and except for Landlord’s obligations set forth in Section 5.3 hereof, reasonable wear and tear and damage from fire or other casualty, to keep the Leased Premises, including all interior and exterior glass, clean, neat and in good order, repair and condition, and to keep the Leased Premises in as good condition, order and repair as the same are at the Term Commencement Date or thereafter may be put, reasonable wear and use and damage by fire or other casualty only excepted, it being understood that the foregoing exception for reasonable wear and use shall not relieve Tenant from the obligation to keep the Leased Premises in good order, repair and condition including, without limitation, all necessary and ordinary non-structural repairs, replacements and the like. Tenant also agrees to abide by reasonable rules and regulations that Landlord may adopt from time to time.

7.4 Compliance with Laws . At Tenant’s expense, to comply promptly with all present and future laws, ordinances, orders, rules, regulations and requirements of all federal, state and municipal governments, departments, commissions, boards and officials, foreseen and unforeseen, ordinary as well as extraordinary, which may be applicable to the Leased Premises

 

20


or to Tenant’s use, occupancy or presence in or at the Leased Premises or the Site, including all laws with respect to the handling, storage and disposal of any hereinafter defined Hazardous Materials, except that the Tenant may defer compliance so long as the validity of any such law, ordinance, order, rule, regulation or requirement shall be contested by Tenant in good faith and by appropriate legal proceedings, and:

(a) If by the terms of such law, ordinance, order, rule regulation or requirement, compliance therewith pending the prosecution of any such proceeding may legally be delayed without the incurrence of any lien, charge or liability of any kind against the Leased Premises or Site and without subjecting Tenant or Landlord to any liability, civil or criminal, for failure so to comply therewith, Tenant may delay compliance therewith until the final determination of such proceeding, or

(b) If any lien, charge or civil liability would be incurred by reason of any such delay, Tenant nevertheless may contest as aforesaid and delay as aforesaid, provided that such delay would not subject Landlord to criminal liability or fine, and Tenant (i) furnishes to Landlord security, reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, against any loss or injury by reason of such contest or delay, and (ii) prosecutes the contest with due diligence.

To the best of Landlord’s knowledge, as of the date of this Lease the Building is in compliance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations.

7.5 Payment for Tenant’s Work . To pay promptly when due the entire cost of any work at or on the Leased Premises undertaken by Tenant so that the Leased Premises shall at all times be free of liens for labor and materials; promptly to clear the record of any notice of any such lien; to procure all necessary permits and before undertaking such work; to do all of such work in a good and workmanlike manner, employing materials of good quality and complying with all governmental requirements; and to save Landlord harmless and indemnified from all injury, loss, claims or damage to any person or property occasioned by or growing out of such work.

7.6 Indemnity . To save Landlord harmless and indemnified from, and to defend Landlord against, all injury, loss, claims or damage (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) to any person or property while on the Leased Premises unless arising from any act, omission, fault, negligence or other misconduct of Landlord, or its agents, servants, employees, or contractors; to save Landlord harmless and indemnified from, and to defend Landlord against, all injury, loss, claims or damage (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) to any person or property anywhere occasioned by any act, omission, neglect or default of Tenant or Tenant’s agents, servants, employees, contractors, guests, invitees or licensees unless arising from any act, omission, fault, negligence or other misconduct of Landlord, or its agents, servants, employees, or contractors. Landlord shall save Tenant harmless and indemnified from, and defend Tenant against, all injury, loss, claims or damage (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) to any person while on the Leased Premises to the extent caused by the act, omission, fault, negligence or other misconduct of Landlord and not caused by any contributory act or omission of Tenant.

 

21


7.7 Personal Property at Tenant’s Risk . That all personal property, equipment, inventory and the like from time to time upon the Leased Premises shall be at the sole risk of Tenant; and that Landlord shall not be liable for any damage which may be caused to such property or the Leased Premises or to any person for any reason including, without limitation, the bursting or leaking of or condensation from any plumbing, cooling or heating pipe or fixture.

7.8 Payment of Cost of Enforcement . Each Party covenants to pay on demand the other Party’s expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred in enforcing any obligation under this Lease or in curing any default by Tenant under this Lease, provided that the Party claiming under this Section is successful in enforcing such obligation or has a right under this Lease to cure such default.

7.9 Yield Up . At the termination of this Lease, peaceably to yield up the Leased Premises clean and in good order, repair and condition, reasonable wear and tear and damage by fire or casualty excepted and remove all equipment, furniture and personal property; and at either Landlord’s or Tenant’s option, to remove any and all of Tenant’s trade fixtures, provided however , that Tenant shall restore any damage caused by such removal and provided further that if Tenant fails so to restore the Leased Premises, then Tenant shall pay all of Landlord’s costs to make such restoration.

7.10 Subordination . Within fifteen (15) days after written request by Landlord to Tenant, to execute and deliver all such instruments as may reasonably be requested to subordinate this Lease to any mortgages or deeds of trust securing notes or bonds executed by Landlord and to all advances made thereunder and to the interest thereon and all renewals, replacements and extensions thereof, provided that the mortgagee or trustee shall agree to recognize this Lease in the event of foreclosure and perform all of the covenants contained herein to be performed by Landlord, if Tenant is not in default beyond the expiration of any period allowed for the cure of such default. Any such mortgagee or trustee may at any time subordinate its mortgage or deed of trust to this Lease, without Tenant’s consent, by notice in writing to Tenant and thereupon this Lease shall be deemed prior to such mortgage or deed of trust without regard to their respective dates of execution, delivery and recording; and in that event such mortgagee or trustee shall have the same rights with respect to the Lease as though it had been executed and delivered (and notice thereof recorded) prior to the execution and delivery and recording of the mortgage or deed of trust. Landlord agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a recognition and non-disturbance agreement from the present mortgagee of record in a form reasonably satisfactory to Tenant.

7.11 Estoppel Certificates . From time to time, for delivery to a prospective purchaser or mortgagee of the Leased Premises or the Site or to any assignee of any mortgage of the Leased Premises or the Site or to the Massachusetts Development Finance Agency or to any other lender or prospective lender of the Tenant, within ten (10) days after written request by Landlord to Tenant or by Tenant to Landlord, the party receiving the request shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the other party a statement in writing certifying: (a) that this Lease is unamended (or, if there have been any amendments, stating the amendments); (b) that it is then in full force and effect and without any existing defaults, if that be the fact; (c) a description of the leased premises; (d) the term of the lease and any existing purchase or renewal options; (e) the rent and

 

22


additional rent due and the dates to which Rent and any other payments to Landlord have been paid; (f) the amounts of any security deposits paid pursuant to this lease; (g) any defenses, offsets and counterclaims which Tenant, at the time of the execution of said statement, believes that Tenant has with respect to Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent and to perform any other obligations under this Lease or that there are none, if that be the fact; and (h) such other data as may reasonably be requested. Any prospective purchaser or mortgagee of the Leased Premises, or portion thereof, or any assignee of any mortgagee of the Leased Premises, or portion thereof or the Massachusetts Development Finance Agency or any other lender or prospective lender of the Tenant, may rely upon such statement.

7.12 Nuisance . At all times during the Lease Term and such further time as the Tenant occupies the Leased Premises, not to injure, overload, deface or otherwise harm the Leased Premises; nor commit any nuisance; nor to do or suffer any waste to the Leased Premises; nor permit the emission of any objectionable noise or odor; nor make any use of the Leased Premises which is improper, or contrary to any law or ordinance or which will invalidate any insurance policy or other applicable legal requirement covering the Leased Premises or any portion thereof, including, without limitation, the handling, storage and disposal of any hazardous material.

7.13 Changes and Alterations . Except as otherwise explicitly set forth herein, Tenant shall have no authority, without the express written consent of Landlord to alter, remodel, reconstruct, demolish, add to, improve or otherwise change the Leased Premises, except that Tenant shall have such authority, without the consent of Landlord, to build substructures; add, remove, or modify internal wiring; erect or remove non-load bearing walls; add or remove internal doors; construct internal clean room(s); make repairs to the Leased Premises and do such other things as are appropriate to comply with the obligations imposed on Tenant under other provisions of this Lease.

Except as otherwise outlined herein, Tenant shall not construct or permit any alterations, installations, additions or improvements including any interior or exterior signs (“Alterations”) to the Leased Premises or the Building without having first submitted to Landlord plans and specifications therefor for Landlord’s approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed provided that:

(a) if the improvement involves a sign or will otherwise be visible from the exterior then the improvement must be compatible with the architectural and aesthetic qualities of the Leased Premises and the Site; and

(b) the improvement must be non-structural and have no effect on the plumbing, heating (and cooling), mechanical, electrical or other systems or services in the Leased Premises, and the improvement (except for signs) must be entirely within the Leased Premises; and

(c) the change, when completed will not materially adversely affect the value of the Leased Premises or the Site; and

 

23


(d) Tenant demonstrates to Landlord’s satisfaction that the improvement will be made in accordance with applicable legal requirements using good quality materials and good quality construction practices and will not result in any liens on the Leased Premises; and

(e) as soon as such work is completed, Tenant will have prepared and provide Landlord with “as-built” plans (in form acceptable to Landlord) showing all such work; and

(f) Tenant will comply with any rules or requirements reasonably promulgated by Landlord in connection with the doing of any work, and if requested by Landlord, Tenant will obtain and maintain Builder’s Risk insurance in connection with such work.

Tenant shall have the right to make minor alterations from time to time in the interior of the Leased Premises without obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent therefor, provided that all of such work conforms to all of the above requirements in all respects (except for the requirement in subsection (a) to obtain Landlord’s prior written consent and the requirement in subsection (e) to provide “as-built” plans to Landlord), and further provided that Tenant provides Landlord with a written description of such work (and such other data as Landlord may request) not later than 30 days after each such alteration is made.

7.14 Financial Statements . Within ten (10) days of Landlord’s request, Tenant shall furnish Landlord its most recent statement of income and balance sheet for the immediately preceding fiscal year certified by an independent certified public accountant and prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied. Nothing contained in this Section shall be construed to require the Tenant to create or commission the creation of a financial statement, but rather Tenant is obligated only to produce to Landlord (upon request) a copy of the most current existing financial statement.

7.15 Signage . Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall have the right to install signage in its lobby, on any Building directory, on the exterior of the Building, and on the pylon sign for the Building at the highest level and the largest allowed for sign panels of lessees or occupants of the Building, provided that Tenant obtains all necessary permits, complies with all applicable laws, complies with Section 7.13 of this Lease, and obtains the prior written consent of the Landlord (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed provided that Tenant delivers to Landlord reasonably detailed plans and specifications for the sign).

Tenant’s right to erect signage on the Route 9 side of the Property shall be an exclusive right. Landlord agrees that no other signage will be authorized or permitted on the Route 9 side of the Property. Tenant shall also have the right to erect signage on the Chestnut Street side of the Property. Landlord agrees that Tenant’s signage on the Chestnut Street side of the Property shall be the most prominent signage, both in terms of size and placement. Landlord may allow two other building tenants to erect signage on the Chestnut Street side of the Property, subject to Tenant’s approval of the size, placement, and appearance of said signage, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

24


ARTICLE 8— QUIET ENJOYMENT

Landlord covenants that Tenant on paying the Rent and performing Tenant’s obligations under this Lease shall peacefully and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Leased Premises throughout the Lease Term or until it is terminated as in this Lease provided without hindrance by Landlord or by anyone claiming by, through or under Landlord.

ARTICLE 8.1 – COMPLEMENTARY BUSINESSES

Landlord covenants that it shall not, during the Lease Term (or any extension thereto), lease any other space in the Building for a use that would materially interfere with the Tenant’s use of the Leased Premises for executive and general office use, research and development, manufacturing, and laboratory use. Landlord agrees further that, to the extent that Landlord leases other space in the Building, such other leased premises shall have separate utilities and separate heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems designed to avoid any cross-contamination between the Leased Premises and such other leased premises.

ARTICLE 9— DAMAGE AND EMINENT DOMAIN

9.1 Fire and Other Casualty . In the event that at any time during the term hereof (including any extended term) the Leased Premises are totally damaged or destroyed by fire or other casualty or substantially damaged so as to render them or a material portion thereof untenantable, then there shall be a just and proportionate abatement of the Rent payable hereunder until the Leased Premises are made suitable for Tenant’s occupancy, and the Lease Term shall be extended, without the necessity of further action by any party, for a period equal to the time during which Rent so abated. In the event of such substantial (or total) damage to the Leased Premises, Landlord shall proceed at its expense and with reasonable diligence to repair and restore the Leased Premises to substantially the same condition they were in immediately prior to such casualty. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Landlord in its sole discretion determines that timely restoration is not possible or practical or that there are or will be insufficient insurance proceeds available to Landlord to accomplish same, then Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease by written notice given to Tenant within ninety (90) days after the occurrence of such casualty.

If Landlord proceeds with the repair and restoration of the Leased Premises, in the event the Leased Premises have not been restored to a condition substantially suitable for their intended purpose within one hundred eighty (180) days following said casualty, then either Landlord or Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by giving notice thereof to the other party within thirty (30) days after the expiration of such period (as so extended) provided that such restoration is not completed within such period. This Lease shall cease and come to an end without further liability or obligation on the part of either party thirty (30) days after such giving of notice unless within such thirty-day period Landlord substantially completes such restoration. Such right of termination shall be Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy at law or in equity for Landlord’s failure so to complete such restoration, and time shall be of the essence with respect thereto.

 

25


9.2 Eminent Domain . Landlord reserves for itself all rights to any damages or awards with respect to the Leased Premises and the leasehold estate hereby created by reason of any exercise of the right of eminent domain, or by reason of anything lawfully done in pursuance of any public or other authority; and by way of confirmation Tenant grants and assigns to Landlord all Tenant’s rights to such damages so reserved, except as otherwise provided herein. Tenant covenants to execute and deliver any instruments confirming such assignment as Landlord may from time to time reasonably request. If all the Leased Premises are taken by eminent domain, this Lease shall terminate when Tenant is required to vacate the Leased Premises or such earlier date as the Tenant is required to begin the payments of rent to the taking authority. If a partial taking by eminent domain results in so much of the Leased Premises being taken as to render the Leased Premises or a material portion thereof unsuitable for Tenant’s continued use and occupancy as determined by either party in its reasonable discretion, either Landlord or Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease as of the date when the Tenant is required to vacate the portion of the Leased Premises so taken, by written notice to the other given not more than ninety (90) days after the date on which Tenant or Landlord, as the case may be, receives notice of the taking. For purposes of this paragraph, a “material portion” of the Leased Premises shall mean in excess of twenty-five percent (25%) of the total square footage of the Leased Premises. If a partial taking by eminent domain does not result in such portion of the Leased Premises as aforesaid being taken, then this Lease shall not be terminated or otherwise affected by any exercise of the right of eminent domain.

Whenever any portion of the Lease Premises shall be taken by any exercise of the right of eminent domain, and if this Lease shall not be terminated in accordance with the provisions of this Section 9.2 , Landlord shall, at its expense, proceeding with all reasonable dispatch, provided sufficient condemnation proceeds are available therefor (or, if not, provided Tenant provides additional funds needed above the amount of the condemnation proceeds available) do such work as may be required to restore the Leased Premises or what remains thereof (not including Tenant’s trade fixtures, business equipment and furniture) as nearly as may be to the condition they were in immediately prior to such taking, and Tenant shall at its expense, proceeding with all reasonable dispatch, do such work to its trade fixtures, business equipment and furniture, as may be required. A just proportion of the Rent payable hereunder, according to the nature and extent of the taking shall be abated from the time Tenant is required to vacate that portion of the Leased Premises taken. If the Premises have not been restored to a condition substantially suitable for their intended purpose within two hundred seventy (270) days following said taking, then either Landlord or Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by giving notice thereof to the other party within thirty (30) days after the expiration of such period provided that such restoration is not completed within such period. This Lease shall cease and come to an end without further liability or obligation on the part of either party thirty (30) days after such giving of notice unless, within such thirty-day period, Landlord substantially completes such restoration. Such right of termination shall be Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy at law or in equity for Landlord’s failure so to complete such restoration, and time shall be of the essence with respect thereto.

Landlord warrants and represents that it is unaware of any currently pending or potential governmental takings or planned takings of any of the Leased Premises.

 

26


ARTICLE 10— DEFAULTS BY TENANT AND REMEDIES

10.1 The Condition . This Lease is made on the condition that if any default by Tenant continues, in case of payment of Rent or other monetary payments due hereunder for more than seven (7) business days after written notice thereof to Tenant (provided, however, that Tenant shall be entitled to only two (2) such notices during each calendar year and if, subsequently in any such calendar year, Tenant does not make a payment of Rent within seven (7) business days of such payment being due, Landlord shall have all the rights set forth herein without the need of any notice), or in the case of a non-monetary default for more than thirty (30) days after written notice thereof to Tenant (provided, however, that if such default is susceptible of being cured but such cure cannot be accomplished with reasonable diligence within said period of time and if Tenant commences to cure such default promptly after receipt of notice thereof from Landlord and thereafter prosecutes the curing of such default with reasonable diligence, such period of time shall be extended for such additional time as may be necessary to cure such default with reasonable diligence, but not to exceed an additional thirty (30) days); or if Tenant becomes insolvent, makes any assignment for the benefit of creditors, commits any act of bankruptcy or files a petition under any bankruptcy or insolvency law; or if such a petition filed against Tenant is not dismissed within thirty (30) days; or if a receiver or similar officer becomes entitled to Tenant’s interest in this Lease and it is not returned to Tenant within thirty (30) days; or if Tenant’s interest in this Lease is taken on execution or other process of law in any action against Tenant; or if Tenant fails to obtain any insurance required to be maintained by Tenant pursuant to this Lease or any such insurance shall be cancelled or terminated or shall expire or shall be reduced or materially changed, except, in each case, as permitted in this Lease; of if Tenant shall fail to occupy or shall vacate the Leased Premises or shall fail to continuously operate its business at the Leased Premises for the Permitted Use set forth herein, whether or not Tenant is in monetary or other default under this Lease; or if Tenant shall fail to execute any instrument of subordination or attornment or any estoppel certificate within the time periods set forth in Sections 7.10 and 7.11 respectively following Landlord’s request for the same, then Landlord may immediately or at any time thereafter and without demand or further notice make entry and repossess the Leased Premises as of Landlord’s former estate, without prejudice to any other remedies, and thereupon this Lease shall terminate; and in case of such termination, or termination by legal proceedings for default, Landlord may remove all of Tenant’s property from the Leased Premises and store the same in any public warehouse or other suitable location all at the expense and risk of Tenant, and Tenant shall indemnify Landlord during the remaining period before this Lease would otherwise expire against all loss or damage suffered by reason of the termination, the loss or damage, if any, for each lease month to be paid at the end thereof, or as otherwise herein provided.

10.2 Reimbursement of Landlord’s Expenses . In the case of termination of this Lease pursuant to Section 10.1 , Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all reasonable expenses arising out of such termination, including without limitation, all costs incurred in preparing the Plans and performing Landlord’s Work, all costs incurred in collecting amounts due from Tenant under this Lease (including reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs of litigation and the like); all expenses incurred by Landlord in attempting to relet the Leased Premises or parts thereof (including

 

27


advertisements, brokerage commissions, Tenant’s allowances, lease inducements, costs of preparing space, and the like); and all Landlord’s other reasonable expenditures necessitated by the termination. The reimbursement from Tenant shall be due and payable immediately from time to time upon notice from Landlord that an expense has been incurred, without regard to whether the expense was incurred before or after the termination.

10.3 Damages . Notwithstanding any other provisions hereof, Landlord may elect by written notice to Tenant within four months following such termination to be indemnified for loss of Rent by a lump sum payment representing the then present value of the amount of Rent that would have been paid in accordance with this Lease for the remainder of the Lease Term minus the then present value of the aggregate fair market rent payable for the Leased Premises for the remainder of the Lease Term (if less than the Rent payable hereunder), estimated as of the date of the termination, and taking into account reasonable projections of vacancy and time required to relet the Leased Premises. For the purposes of this Section 10.3, the “remainder of the Lease Term” shall not include any Extension Terms available to Tenant under Section 20 of this Lease except to the extent that the extension option for any such Extension Term has already been exercised by Tenant in accordance with the provisions of Section 20. (For the purposes of calculating the Rent that would have been paid hereunder for the lump sum payment calculation described herein, the last full year’s Additional Rent under this Lease is to be deemed constant for each year thereafter. The Federal Reserve discount rate (or equivalent) shall be used in calculating present values.) Should the parties be unable to agree on a fair market rent, the matter shall be submitted, upon the demand of either party, to the Boston, Massachusetts office of the American Arbitration Association, with a request for arbitration in accordance with the rules of the Association by a single arbitrator who shall be an MAI appraiser with at least ten years experience as an appraiser of suburban commercial real estate in the Eastern Massachusetts area. The parties agree that a decision of the arbitrator shall be conclusive and binding upon them. Should Landlord fail to make the election provided for in this Section 10.3 , Tenant shall indemnify Landlord for the loss of Rent by a payment at the end of each month which would have been included in the Lease Term, representing the difference between the Rent that would have been paid in accordance with this Lease and the Rent actually derived from the Leased Premises by Landlord for such month (the amount of Rent deemed derived shall be the actual amount less any portion thereof attributable to Landlord’s reletting expenses described in Section 10.2 that have not been reimbursed by Tenant thereunder).

10.4 Mitigation . Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to relet the Leased Premises, which efforts shall be subject to the reasonable requirements of Landlord to lease to high quality tenants and to develop the Building and the Site in a harmonious manner with an appropriate mix of uses, tenants, floor areas and terms of tenancies, and the like. It is agreed that hiring a reputable leasing broker to lease the Premises. listing the premises at commercially reasonable rates, and cooperating in good faith with such broker shall satisfy the requirement that Landlord use commercially reasonable efforts to relet.

10.5 Claims in Bankruptcy . Nothing herein shall limit or prejudice the right of Landlord to prove and obtain in a proceeding for bankruptcy, insolvency, arrangement or reorganization, by reason of the termination, an amount equal to the maximum allowed by the statute of law in effect at the time when, and governing the proceedings in which, the damages are to be proved, whether or not the amount is greater to, equal to, or less than the amount of the loss or damage which Landlord has suffered.

 

28


10.6 Late Charge . If any payment of Basic Rent, Additional Rent, or other payment due from Tenant to Landlord is not paid when due, then Landlord may, at its option, without notice and in addition to all other remedies hereunder, impose a late charge on Tenant equal to 1.5% of the amount in question for each month (prorated for any partial month) during which said delinquency continues, provided that no late charge will be imposed for Basic Rent payments less than ten days late, up to one time in any calendar year. Such late charge shall constitute Additional Rent hereunder payable upon demand.

10.7 Landlord’s Right to Cure Defaults . Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to cure, at any time any default by Tenant under this Lease. In curing such defaults, Landlord may enter upon the Leased Premises upon prior notice to Tenant and take such action thereon as may be necessary to effect such cure. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an emergency threatening serious injury to persons or property, Landlord may cure such default without prior notice. All costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in curing a default, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, together with interest thereon at the rate of eighteen (18%) percent per annum from the day of payment by Landlord, shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord on demand. Landlord may use the Security Deposit to effectuate any such cure.

In the event an emergency threatening serious injury to persons or property occurs and Tenant has made reasonable efforts to notify Landlord, Tenant may cure such emergency on behalf of and at the expense of the Landlord (provided such actions are Landlord’s responsibilities hereunder) and do all necessary work and make all necessary payments in connection therewith. Landlord agrees to pay Tenant any reasonable amount so paid on Landlord’s behalf within thirty (30) days of receiving from Tenant such documentation as Landlord may reasonably request to substantiate the amount for which Tenant is seeking reimbursement.

10.8 Effect of Waivers of Default . No consent or waiver, express or implied, by Landlord to or of any covenant, condition or duty of Tenant shall be construed as a consent or waiver by Landlord to or of any other breach of the same or any other covenant, condition or duty.

ARTICLE 11— ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

11.1 Assignment of Lease by Tenant . Tenant shall not assign all or any portion of or interest in the Lease without the prior written consent of Landlord. It is agreed that in requesting such consent, Tenant shall provide such information regarding the proposed assignee and the proposed assignment as Landlord may reasonably request. Landlord’s consent to Tenant’s request shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, in each instance, except under circumstances where Tenant is in default beyond applicable grace periods of any covenant in this Lease, in which event such consent may be withheld in Landlord’s absolute discretion.

 

29


11.2. Subletting by Tenant . Tenant shall not sublet the Leased Premises or any portion thereof without Landlord’s prior written consent. It is agreed that in requesting such consent Tenant shall provide such information regarding the proposed sublease and the proposed sublease arrangement as Landlord may reasonably request. Landlord’s consent to Tenant’s request shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, in each instance, except under circumstances where Tenant is in default beyond applicable grace periods of any covenant in this Lease, in which event such consent may be withheld in Landlord’s absolute discretion. In the event that such sublease is approved, at Landlord’s request, Tenant shall construct a new demising wall separating such space from the remainder of the Leased Premises.

11.3 If Landlord consents to such assignment or subletting, it is understood and agreed that one-half of all profits realized by Tenant as a result of amounts collected by the Tenant from such assignee or subtenant shall be paid to Landlord by Tenant. For purposes of this Section 11.3, “profits” shall mean the amount by which all compensation received by Tenant as a result of such assignment or subletting, net of reasonable expenses actually incurred by Tenant in connection with such assignment or subletting, including leasing commissions amortized over the Term, in the case of an assignment, or over the term of the sublease, in the case of a subletting, exceeds (b) the Basic Rent and Additional Rent attributable to the entire Leased Premises, in the case of an assignment, or attributable to the portion of the Leased Premises so sublet, in the case of a subletting.

11.4 The consent by Landlord to any assignment, subletting or occupancy shall not be construed as a waiver or release of Tenant from any and all liability for the performance of all covenants and obligations to be performed by Tenant under this Lease, nor shall the collection or acceptance of rent from any assignee, transferee or subtenant constitute a waiver or release of Tenant from any of its liabilities or obligations under this Lease. Landlord’s consent to any assignment, subletting or occupancy shall not be construed as a consent with respect to any subsequent assignment, subletting or occupancy. For any period during which Tenant is in default with respect to the payment of Rent, Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord the rent due from any subtenant of Tenant and hereby authorizes each subtenant to pay said rent directly to Landlord.

11.5 Notwithstanding anything contained in Section 11.1 to the contrary, Tenant may assign this Lease to any parent, subsidiary or affiliate of Tenant or any corporation or other entity into which or with which Tenant is merged or consolidated provided that the assignee has (and will continue to have after the merger, acquisition or takeover as the case may be) a net worth computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied at least equal to or greater than the net worth of Tenant immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or transfer and, no less than sixty days prior to such assignment, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a statement of income and balance sheet of the proposed assignee for the immediately preceding fiscal year and the immediately preceding fiscal quarter certified by an independent certified public accountant and prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied evidencing such net worth.

 

30


ARTICLE 12— NOTICES

All notices, consents, approvals, or other communication required by the provisions of this Lease to be given to Landlord or Tenant shall be in writing and shall be deemed properly delivered and received when (i) personally delivered (ii) one business day after being placed in the possession of a nationally recognized overnight courier service (such as Federal Express), (iii) three business days after being deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, or (iv) sent by facsimile providing a transmission receipt (and provided the original notice shall be mailed by a nationally recognized overnight courier service), addressed to the Original Address of the party or to such other address as the party shall have last designated by notice. Notice shall be deemed received on the date of receipt if such notice is sent by overnight courier. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, any notice required under the provisions of Article 17 hereof may be addressed to and given by the respective Construction Representatives of Landlord and Tenant and delivered at the Property to the attention of such Construction Representatives.

ARTICLE 13— NOTICE OF LEASE

Each party hereto agrees, on the request of the other, to execute a notice of lease in recordable form and complying with applicable law. In no event shall such document set forth the rent or other charges payable by Tenant under this Lease; and any such document shall expressly state that it is executed pursuant to the provisions contained in this Lease, and is not intended to vary the terms and conditions of this Lease. At Landlord’s request, promptly upon expiration of or earlier termination of the Lease Term, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord a release of any document recorded in the real property records for the location of the Property evidencing this Lease, and Tenant hereby appoints Landlord Tenant’s attorney-in-fact, coupled with an interest, to execute any such document if Tenant fails to respond to Landlord’s request to do so within fifteen (15) days. The obligations of Tenant under this Article 13 shall survive the expiration or any earlier termination of this Lease.

ARTICLE 14— APPLICABLE LAW, SEVERABILITY, CONSTRUCTION

This Lease shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Massachusetts and, if any provisions of this Lease shall to any extent be invalid, the remainder of this Lease, and the application of such provisions in other circumstances, shall not be affected thereby. This Lease may be amended only by an instrument in writing executed by Landlord and Tenant. The titles of the several Articles and Sections contained herein are for convenience only and shall not be considered in construing this Lease.

ARTICLE 15— SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS, ETC.

15.1 It is understood and agreed that the covenants and agreements of the parties hereto shall run with the land and that no covenant or agreement of Landlord, expressed or implied, shall be binding upon Landlord except in respect of any breach or breaches thereof committed during Landlord’s seisin and ownership of the Leased Premises. If Landlord acts as a Trustee or Trustees of a trust in making this Lease only the estate for which Landlord acts shall be bound hereby, neither any such Trustee executing this Lease as Landlord nor any shareholder or beneficiary of such trust shall be personally liable for any of the covenants or agreements of Landlord expressed herein or implied hereunder or otherwise because of anything arising from or

 

31


connected with the use and occupation of the Leased Premises by Tenant. Reference in this Lease to “Landlord” or to “Tenant” and all expressions referring thereto, shall mean the person or persons, natural or corporate, named herein as Landlord or as Tenant, as the case may be, and the heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns of such person or persons, and those claiming by, through or under them or any of them, unless repugnant to the context. If Tenant is a partnership or a firm of several persons, natural or corporate, the obligations of each person executing this Lease as Tenant shall be joint and several. Any person who signs this Lease for Tenant or for Landlord in a representative capacity personally warrants and represents that he or she is duly authorized to do so.

15.2 It is further understood and agreed that Tenant shall look solely to the estate and property of the Landlord in the Leased Premises for the satisfaction of Tenant’s remedies for the collection of a judgment (or other judicial process) requiring the payment of money by the Landlord in the event of any default or breach by Landlord with respect to any of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be observed or performed by the Landlord and any other obligations of Landlord created by or under this Lease, and no other property or assets of the Landlord or of its partners, beneficiaries, co-tenants, shareholders or principals (as the case may be) shall be subject to levy, execution or other enforcement procedures for the satisfaction of Tenant’s remedies.

ARTICLE 16— LANDLORD’S ACCESS

Landlord and its authorized agents, employees, subcontractors and representatives shall have the right to enter the Leased Premises at any time during emergencies (Landlord agrees to use reasonable efforts to notify Tenant of any such emergency) and at all reasonable times with prior notice to Tenant for any of the following purposes: (a) to determine whether the Leased Premises are in good condition and whether Tenant is complying with its obligations under this Lease; (b) to do any necessary maintenance and to make such repairs, alterations, improvements or additions in or to the Leased Premises as Landlord has the right or obligation to perform under this Lease, as Landlord may be required to do or make by law, or as Landlord may from time to time deem necessary or desirable; (c) to exhibit the Leased Premises to prospective tenants during the last nine (9) months of the term of this Lease or during any period while Tenant is in default under this Lease; and (d) to show the Leased Premises to prospective lenders, brokers, agents, buyers or persons interested in an exchange, at any time during the term of this Lease; provided, however, in no event shall Landlord’s entry into the Leased Premises for any reason other than an emergency unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s use of the Leased Premises or disturb the normal operations of Tenant’s business

If, at any time during the last month of the Term of this Lease, Tenant shall have removed all of Tenant’s property from all or any portion(s) of the Leased Premises, Landlord may, with Tenant’s prior consent which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed (except that no consent shall be required if Tenant is in default under this Lease) immediately enter and alter, renovate and decorate the same, and such acts shall have no effect upon Tenant’s remaining obligations and covenants under this Lease.

 

32


ARTICLE 17— CONDITION OF PREMISES

17.1 Landlord’s Work . Landlord is delivering the Leased Premises to Tenant in “as is” condition except as set forth in this Article 17 . Landlord shall perform and complete the Landlord’s Work described in Exhibit C attached hereto (as the same may be modified in accordance with Section 17.2) . Landlord covenants and represents that the Landlord’s Work shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner and in compliance with all applicable laws. Landlord shall pay all the costs incurred by the Landlord in connection with the Landlord’s Work except that Tenant shall pay all costs incurred in connection with any change order requested by Tenant and agreed to by Landlord in accordance with Section 17.2 , and Tenant shall pay all costs for Tenant’s wiring and cabling of the Leased Premises.

17.2 Plans and Specifications . Landlord shall prepare plans and specifications for the Landlord’s Work (the “Plans”) and shall submit the Plans to Tenant for its approval, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed. If Tenant does not advise Landlord in writing of its disapproval of the Plans, and a detailed explanation of the reasons therefore, within seven (7) business days after Landlord’s delivery of the Plans to Tenant, the same shall be deemed approved by Tenant in all respects. If Tenant shall desire any changes to the Plans, Tenant shall so advise Landlord in writing and Landlord shall determine whether such changes can be made in a reasonable and feasible manner. If Landlord agrees to make such reasonable changes, Landlord shall revise the Plans and resubmit the same to Tenant for its reasonable approval. If Tenant does not advise Landlord in writing of its disapproval of the revised Plans, and a detailed explanation of the reasons therefor, within seven (7) business days after Landlord’s delivery of the revised Plans, the same shall be deemed approved by Tenant in all respects. Any and all costs of reviewing any requested changes, including without limitation architectural, engineering and consultants’ costs, shall be paid to Landlord upon demand, and any and all costs of making any changes to the Landlord’s Work which Tenant may request and which Landlord may agree to shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and, if Landlord so requests, shall be paid to Landlord upon demand and before execution of any change order.

17.3 Performance and Completion of Landlord’s Work . Upon issuance of all governmental permits and approvals required for Landlord’s Work, Landlord shall commence and diligently exercise all reasonable efforts to complete Landlord’s Work. Tenant’s Construction Representative shall visit the Site at weekly intervals, or such other intervals appropriate to the stage of construction, to monitor the progress of Landlord’s Work, to inspect Landlord’s Work and to determine if Landlord’s Work is being performed in a manner indicating that Landlord’s Work, when completed, will be in accordance with the Plans. Landlord’s Construction Representative shall provide Tenant’s Construction Representative with reasonable advance notice of all scheduled job meetings at the Site, which notice may be by telephone or email, and Tenant’s Construction Representative’s attendance at all such meetings shall be mandatory. Tenant’s Construction Representative shall provide written notice to Landlord’s Construction Representative specifically describing any on-site observations indicating defects or deficiencies in Landlord’s Work (a “Claim”) immediately upon discovery, which in any event shall be no later than 3 business days after performance of that portion of Landlord’s Work that is the subject of such Claim. Except for latent defects that could not be reasonably discovered by Tenant’s Construction Representative during the inspections described in this Section 17.3 and

 

33


de minimis “punch list” items as described below, if Tenant’s Construction Representative fails to provide written notice to Landlord’s Construction Representative of a Claim within such 3 business day period after performance of that portion of Landlord’s Work that is the subject of such Claim, such Claim shall be deemed irrevocably waived by Tenant. Landlord’s Construction Representative shall review Claims and take one or more of the following preliminary actions within 3 business days of receipt of a Claim: (1) request additional supporting data from Tenant’s Construction Representative, (2) submit a schedule to the parties indicating when Landlord’s Construction Representative expects to take action, (3) reject the Claim in whole or in part, stating reasons for rejection, (4) recommend approval of the Claim by Landlord or (5) suggest a compromise. If a Claim has been resolved, Landlord’s Construction Representative will prepare written documentation evidencing such resolution which shall be executed by both Landlord and Tenant. If a Claim has not been resolved, Tenant’s Construction Representative shall, within ten days after Landlord’s Construction Representative’s preliminary response, take one or more of the following actions: (1) submit additional supporting data requested by Landlord’s Construction Representative, (2) modify the initial Claim or (3) notify Landlord’s Construction Representative that the initial Claim stands, in which case if the parties are unable to resolve the Claim the dispute resolution procedure set forth in Section 17.6 below may be employed.

Landlord’s Work shall be deemed to have been substantially completed on the first day as of which (i) Landlord’s Work has been completed in accordance with Exhibit C hereto except for items of work (and, if applicable, adjustment of equipment and fixtures) which can be completed without causing undue interference with Tenant’s preparation for its occupancy of the Leased Premises (i.e. so called “punch list” items), Landlord’s architect has so certified and Tenant has been given notice thereof; and (ii) the Town of Shrewsbury has issued a temporary or final certificate of occupancy for the Building and a copy of such certificate has been delivered to Tenant. Such date is hereinafter called the “Substantial Completion Date.” Landlord’s Work shall be deemed to have been fully completed on the first day as of which Landlord’s Work, including Tenant’s Punch List (as hereinafter defined), has been fully completed, Landlord’s architect has so certified and Tenant has been given notice thereof, and the Town of Shrewsbury has issued a final certificate of occupancy. Such date is hereinafter called the “Final Completion Date.” All work required to convert a temporary certificate of occupancy to a final certificate of occupancy shall be completed within sixty (60) days of the issuance of the temporary certificate, or if such work is not susceptible of being completed within such sixty (60) day period, for example as in the case of work requiring delivery of long lead-time items or work that must be delayed due to winter or other weather conditions, within a commercially reasonable time after issuance of the temporary certificate.

Within ten (10) days following the Substantial Completion Date, Tenant shall inspect the Premises. Tenant shall have ten (10) days from the Substantial Completion Date to deliver to Landlord an itemized good faith punch list of work not done, not completed or in need of repair (“Tenant’s Punch List”). Any item not on Tenant’s Punch List which could reasonably have been discovered during Tenant’s Punch List inspection of the Premises shall be deemed irrevocably waived by Tenant. Landlord agrees that, upon receipt of Tenant’s Punch List, it shall diligently and in good faith, at its sole cost and expense and as expeditiously as practical (but in accordance with good construction practice) complete all appropriate Punch List repairs. With

 

34


regard to those latent defects which could not be reasonably discovered during the Punch List inspection (or could not have been discovered at any prior inspection performed by Tenant, Tenant’s Construction Representative, Tenant’s architect or any other consultant, employee or agent of Tenant) Tenant shall have one year from the Substantial Completion Date to request that such defects be corrected by Landlord at its expense. Any construction defect noted more than one year from the Substantial Completion Date shall be solely Tenant’s responsibility. Landlord shall assign to Tenant any and all warranties of Landlord’s Work which Landlord may receive from third parties to the extent that such warranties are assignable. Upon completion of those items not completed as of the Substantial Completion Date, including, without limitation, all appropriate items specified on Tenant’s Punch List, Landlord shall submit to Tenant a written notice of the final completion of Landlord’s Work. Tenant shall afford Landlord access to the Premises for the purpose of completing Tenant’s Punch List.

17.4 Landlord’s Performance . Tenant shall give Landlord notice, not later than ten (10) days after the Final Completion Date, of any respects in which Landlord has not performed Landlord’s Work fully, properly and in accordance with the terms of this Lease. Except as identified in any such notice from Tenant to Landlord, and except as otherwise set forth in Section 17.3 above, Tenant shall have no right to make any claim that Landlord has failed to perform any of Landlord’s Work fully, properly and in accordance with the terms of this Lease or to require Landlord to perform any further Landlord’s Work. Except for Landlord’s Work, the Leased Premises are being leased in their present condition, AS IS, WITHOUT REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY by Landlord. Tenant acknowledges that it has inspected the Premises and, except for Landlord’s Work, has found the same satisfactory.

17.5 Tenant’s Delay.

(a) A “Tenant Delay” shall mean an actual delay in the occurrence of the Substantial Completion Date or the Final Completion Date with respect to Landlord’s Work as the result of:

(1) any unreasonable delay by Tenant in approving the Plans;

(2) any request by Tenant that Landlord delay the commencement or completion of Landlord’s Work for any reason;

(3) any request by Tenant to change the Plans after initial approval thereof by Tenant, or the making of any changes to Landlord’s Work requested by Tenant and agreed to by Landlord after initial approval of the Plans by Tenant;

(4) any failure by Tenant to respond in writing within seven (7) business days after any written request by Landlord for clarification or interpretation of the Plans or for approval of changes in the Plans deemed necessary by Landlord; or

(5) any other act or omission of Tenant or its officers, agents, employees or contractors;

 

35


Notwithstanding the foregoing, no event shall be deemed to be a Tenant Delay until and unless Landlord has given Tenant written notice (the “ Tenant Delay Notice ”) advising Tenant (i) that a Tenant Delay is occurring, (ii) of the basis on which Landlord has determined that a Tenant Delay is occurring, and (iii) the actions which Landlord believes that Tenant must take to eliminate such Tenant Delay, and Tenant has failed to correct the Tenant Delay specified in the Tenant Delay Notice within forty-eight (48) hours following receipt thereof. No period of time prior to expiration of such 48-hour period shall be included in the period of time charged to Tenant pursuant to such Tenant Delay Notice if Tenant corrects the Tenant Delay specified in the Tenant Delay Notice within such 48-hour period.

(b) If a delay in the Substantial Completion Date or the Final Completion Date, or if any substantial portion of such delay, is the result of Force Majeure, and such Force Majeure delay would not have occurred but for a delay described in Section 17.5(a) , such Force Majeure delay shall be added to the delay described in Section 17.5(a) and shall constitute a Tenant Delay.

17.6 Arbitration . All disputes arising under this Article 17 including, without limitation, any dispute regarding the Term Commencement Date (a “Construction Dispute”), shall be resolved by the arbitration procedure set forth below. In the event of a Construction Dispute, Tenant agrees to perform all of its obligations and pay any amounts due, in each case as determined by Landlord, on or before the dates specified in this Lease, until such time as the Construction Dispute is resolved by arbitration in accordance with this Section 17.6 . At any time from the date hereof until the Substantial Completion Date (and during the period from the Substantial Completion Date until twelve (12) months thereafter with respect to latent defects as set forth in Section 17.3) (the “Arbitration Period”), either Landlord or Tenant may request any Construction Dispute be submitted to arbitration in accordance with this Section 17.6 by giving a Notice of Dispute (as defined below) to the other party. Failure of Landlord or Tenant to give a Notice of Dispute during the Arbitration Period shall be a waiver by Landlord or Tenant of any claim arising from such dispute. All Construction Disputes shall be submitted to arbitration within three (3) business days after either party receives, during the Arbitration Period, notice from the other that a dispute or disagreement exists and requesting that the dispute be submitted to arbitration (the “Notice of Dispute”).

The arbitrators shall be reputable contractors of office, laboratory and research and development buildings having at least ten (10) years’ experience in construction matters in the greater Boston, Massachusetts area, and who have not worked for or on behalf of Landlord or Tenant within the preceding five years. Landlord and Tenant shall each designate an arbitrator within ten (10) days after the receipt of the Notice of Dispute. If either party fails to do so on or before such date, time being of the essence, the arbitrator designated by the other party shall be the sole arbitrator. If each party timely designates an arbitrator, such arbitrators shall within ten (10) days select a third arbitrator. In the event that the parties are unable to agree, for any reason, on the choice of the third arbitrator within such ten (10) day period, Landlord shall request the American Arbitration Association for Worcester County, Massachusetts to designate a contractor as set forth above to act as the third arbitrator and such choice shall be deemed consented to by all parties.

 

36


The arbitrators shall conduct the arbitration under the expedited rules of the American Arbitration Association then obtaining. The arbitrators shall award costs (including professional fees) to the prevailing party. Further, the arbitrators shall determine whether delays attributable to the matter submitted to arbitration have delayed completion of Landlord’s Work and shall apportion or allocate any such delay to the responsible party or parties.

The determination of the arbitrators shall be conclusive and binding upon the parties and judgment upon any award may be entered in any court having jurisdiction over the subject matter of the controversy.

ARTICLE 18— WARRANTY REGARDING BROKERS

Tenant warrants and represents that Tenant has dealt with no broker in connection with the consummation of this Lease other than Broker, and, in the event of any brokerage claims against Landlord predicated upon prior dealings with Tenant, Tenant agrees to defend the same and indemnify Landlord against any such claim (except any claim by Broker). Landlord warrants and represents that Landlord has dealt with no Broker in connection with the consummation of this Lease other than Broker, and, in the event of any brokerage claims against Tenant predicated upon prior dealings with Landlord, Landlord agrees to defend the same and indemnify Tenant against any such claim Landlord shall pay the commission due the Broker identified in Section 1.1 of the Lease pursuant to a separate agreement entered into by Landlord with the Broker.

ARTICLE 19— HAZARDOUS MATERIALS

19.1 Tenant shall not (either with or without negligence) cause or permit the escape, disposal, release or threat of release of any biologically or chemically active or other Hazardous Materials (as said term is hereafter defined) on, in, upon or under the Leased Premises of the Site. Tenant shall not allow the generation, storage, use or disposal of such Hazardous Materials in any manner not sanctioned by law or by the highest standards prevailing in the industry for the generation, storage, use and disposal of such Hazardous Materials, nor allow to be brought into the Leased Premises or the Site any such Hazardous Materials except for use in the ordinary course of Tenant’s business, and then only after written notice is given to Landlord of the identity of such Hazardous Materials. Hazardous Materials shall include, without limitation, any material or substance which is (i) petroleum, (ii) asbestos, (iii) designated as a “hazardous substance” pursuant to Section 311 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, 33 U.S.C. §1251 et seq. (33 U.S.C. §1321) or listed pursuant to §307 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C. §1317), (iv) defined as a “hazardous waste” pursuant to Section 1004 of the Resource Conservation and Recover Act, 42 U.S.C. 6901 et seq. (42 U.S.C. §6903), (v) defined as a “hazardous substance” pursuant to Section 101 of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. §9601 et seq. (42 U.S.C. §9601), as amended, or (vi) defined as “oil” or a “hazardous waste”, a “hazardous substance”, a “hazardous material” or a “toxic material” under any other law, rule or regulation applicable to the Property, including, without limitation, Chapter 21E of the Massachusetts General Laws, as amended. If any lender or governmental agency shall ever require testing to ascertain whether or not there has been any release of Hazardous Materials, then the reasonable costs thereof shall be reimbursed by Tenant to Landlord upon demand as additional charges but only if such requirement applies to the Leased Premises or may be the result of the acts or omissions of Tenant. In addition, Tenant shall

 

37


execute affidavits, representations and the like, from time to time, at Landlord’s request concerning Tenant’s best knowledge and belief regarding the presence of Hazardous Materials in the Leased Premises or the Site. In all events, Tenant shall indemnify and save Landlord harmless from any release on threat of release on the presence or existence of Hazardous Materials in the Leased Premises occurring while Tenant is in possession, or elsewhere on the Site if caused by Tenant or persons acting under Tenant. The within covenants and indemnity shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Term of this Lease. Landlord expressly reserves the right to enter the Leased Premises to perform regular inspections.

19.2 Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Tenant shall not be responsible for the costs and expenses incurred in connection with the removal or remediation of Hazardous Material that is not in compliance with applicable law on the Term Commencement Date and which is located in, on or under the Building or the Property prior to the Term Commencement and was not brought on to the Property by Tenant.

19.3 Landlord warrants and represents that there are currently no Hazardous Materials in the Leased Premises.

ARTICLE 20— EXTENSION TERMS

Provided the Lease is then in full force and effect and further provided that Tenant is not then in default under any of the terms, covenants or conditions of the Lease on Tenant’s part to be observed or performed, Tenant shall have two (2) successive options to extend this Lease and the Lease Term for an extended term of five (5) years per option (the “Extension Terms”); each such option to be exercisable only by written notice given by Tenant to Landlord at least nine (9) months prior to the expiration of the Lease Term then in effect. If Tenant exercises such options in accordance with the provisions and limitations of this Article, this Lease and the Lease Term shall be extended for five (5) years (unless sooner terminated pursuant to the terms of this Lease) commencing on the date following the last day of the Lease Term in effect prior to such option being exercised, upon all of the then applicable terms, covenants and conditions contained in this Lease, including payment of Basic Rent in the amounts set forth in Section 1.1, it being understood that such Basic Rent shall be payable in equal monthly installments, in advance, just as in the case of the Original Lease Term.

Time is of the essence with respect to the exercise of the options contained herein. Tenant shall not have the right to give any notice exercising such options after the expiration of the applicable time limitation set forth herein, and any notice given after such time limitation purporting to exercise such option shall be void and of no force or effect.

ARTICLE 21— FORCE MAJEURE

In the event that Landlord or Tenant shall be delayed, hindered in or prevented from the performance of any act required hereunder by reason of Force Majeure, then performance of such act shall be excused for the period of the delay and the period for the performance of any such act shall be extended for a period equivalent to the period of such delay.

 

38


ARTICLE 22— HOLDOVER CLAUSE

In the event Tenant fails to vacate the Leased Premises by the end of the Lease Term or the extension term, Tenant hereby agrees to pay Landlord two hundred percent (200%) of the then applicable monthly installment of Rent. The “Holdover Rental Rate” shall be paid monthly in advance to Landlord. In determining the “Holdover Rental Rate” Landlord shall use two hundred percent (200%) percent of the Basic Rent and all Additional Rent payable for the last full calendar month under the Lease. In addition to the “Holdover Rental Rate”, Landlord shall be entitled to seek to recover full damages sustained as a result of said holdover.

ARTICLE 23—MISCELLANEOUS

23.1 This Lease may be executed in several counterparts, all of which constitute one and the same instrument.

23.2 If any provision of this Lease, or its application to any situation, shall be invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Lease, or the application thereof to situations other than as to which it is invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and every provision of this Lease shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

23.3 This Lease constitutes the entire agreement between the parties concerning the Leased Premises, and may be amended only by written agreement of the parties. No representations, inducements, promises or agreements, oral or otherwise, concerning the Leased Premises between Landlord and Tenant or any of their respective brokers, employees or agents, not embodied herein, shall be of any force or effect.

23.4 Time is of the essence of every provision of this Lease.

23.5 There are no third party beneficiaries of this Lease, either express or implied.

23.6 This Lease shall create only the relationship of landlord and tenant between Landlord and Tenant and no estate shall pass out of Landlord. Nothing herein is intended to be construed as creating a joint venture or partnership relationship between the parties hereto, or a relationship of principal and agent or employer and employee.

23.7 LANDLORD AND TENANT KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVE ALL RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY DISPUTE ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH THIS LEASE.

[End of page. Signature page follows.]

 

39


EXECUTED as an instrument under seal as of this              day of December, 2006.

 

LANDLORD:    TENANT:

The Taming Of The Shrewsbury, LLC,

O’Neill Partners, LLC and Chanski, LLC,

as tenants in common

   Valeritas, LLC
   By:                                                                                            
By: The Taming Of The Shrewsbury, LLC,    Name:                                                                                      

as TIC Manager

   Title:                                                                                        

 

  By:     _________________________________
            Vincent G. O’Neill, Manager

 

40


EXHIBIT A

FLOOR PLAN OF LEASED PREMISES

(see attached)

 

41


LOGO


EXHIBIT B

LEGAL DESCRIPTION OF SITE

That certain parcel of land situate in Shrewsbury in the County of Worcester and said Commonwealth, bounded and described as follows:

 

NORTHWESTERLY    by the southeasterly line of Boston-Worcester Turnpike, three hundred twenty-six and 61/100 (326.61) feet;
NORTHEASTERLY    by land and now or formerly of Carmine Zamarro, et al, seven hundred twenty-three and 36/100 (723.36) feet;
SOUTHEASTERLY    by land now or formerly of Raymond Fuller, three hundred seventy-nine and 22/100 (379.22) feet;
SOUTHWESTERLY    by the northeasterly line of Chestnut Street, three hundred ninety-two and 3/100 (392.03) feet;
NORTHWESTERLY    seventy-five (75) feet;
SOUTHWESTERLY    four hundred twenty-two and 70/100 (422.70) feet by land now or formerly of Richard N. Shaw, et al.

All of said boundaries are determined by the Court to be located as shown upon Plan No. 26130-A, which is filed with original Certificate of Title No. 5153, the same being compiled from a plan drawn by Schofield Brothers, Civil Engineers, dated September 1, 1955, and additional data on filed in the Land Registration Office, all as modified and approved by the Court.

 

43


EXHIBIT C

LANDLORD’S WORK

 

    All base building systems serving the Leased Premises shall be in good working order.

 

    Landscaping improvements shall include installation of an in-ground sprinkler system.

 

44


EXHIBIT D

TERM COMMENCEMENT DATE LETTER

                     , 2006

[Name of Contact]

[Name of Tenant]

[Address of Tenant]

 

RE: [Address of Premises]

Dear [Name of Contact]:

Reference is hereby made to that certain Lease, dated as of                      , 2006, between [Landlord], as Landlord and [Tenant], as Tenant, with respect to the above-referenced Premises. In accordance with the Lease, this is to confirm that the Term Commencement Date under the Lease occurred on                      .

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, kindly execute the enclosed duplicate of this letter, and return the same to us.

 

Very truly yours,
[Landlord]
By:                                                                       
Name:                                                                   
Title:                                                                     
Accepted and Agreed:
[Tenant]
By:                                                                       
Name:                                                                   
Title:                                                                     
Date:                                                                     

 

45


EXECUTED as an instrument under seal as of this 22 nd day of December, 2006.

 

LANDLORD:    TENANT:

The Taming Of The Shrewsbury, LLC,

O’Neill Partners, LLC and Chanski, LLC,

as tenants in common

   Valeritas, LLC

By: The Taming Of The Shrewsbury, LLC ,

as TIC Manager

  

By:  /s/ Robert R. Gonnelli                                    

Name: Robert R. Gonnelli                                

Title: President of CEO                          

 

  By:    /s/ Vincent G. O’Neill                    
    Vincent G. O’Neill, Manager


FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE

This First Amendment to Lease (“Amendment”) is made as of this 24 day of April, 2009 by and between The Taming Of The Shrewsbury, LLC, a Massachusetts limited liability company, O’Neill Partners, LLC, a Hawaii limited liability company, and Chanski, LLC, a Florida limited liability company, as tenants in common, as Landlord, and Valeritas, LLC, as Tenant.

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant are parties to that certain lease dated as of December 22, 2006 (the “Lease”) with respect to certain premises comprising of 46,350 rentable square footage (the “Leased Premises”) in the building located at 800 Boston Turnpike, Shrewsbury, Massachusetts (the “Building”); and

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant now desire to amend the Lease to reflect the additional space to be included in the Leased Premises and to otherwise modify the Lease as set forth in this Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged by the parties hereto, Landlord and Tenant hereby amend the Lease as follows:

1. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Lease.

2. Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby accepts the additional space consisting of a total of 26,458 rentable square feet in the Building, as shown on Exhibit A attached hereto (the “Additional Space”), 13,858 rentable square feet of which shall be incorporated into the Leased Premises effective as of June 1, 2009, and 12,600 rentable square feet of which shall be incorporated into the Leased Premises effective as of June 1, 2010.

3. Landlord shall deliver the Additional Space to Tenant upon completion of Landlord’s Additional Space Work (as defined below) and shall provide heat and all other services currently provided to the Leased Premises by Landlord to the Additional Space (but not cooling unless Tenant intends to include air conditioning as part of Landlord’s Additional Space Work), otherwise the Additional Space shall be delivered to Tenant in its “as-is” condition. For the purposes of this Section 3 of this Amendment, Landlord’s Additional Space Work shall include: (i) the erection of demising walls and /or connecting doors between the Leased Premises and the Additional Premises (or within the Additional Space) as directed by Tenant prior to June 1, 2009, and (ii) installation of new fixtures, to include new cabinetry, toilets, mirror, sink, faucet and tile floor, in the existing bathroom in the Additional Space (which improvements and fixtures shall be approved by Tenant in advance in Tenant’s reasonable discretion) and to deliver the bathroom in good order, repair and condition. Landlord’s Additional Space Work shall be governed by


Section 17 of the Lease as if it were a part of Landlord’s Work under the Lease (including, but not limited to, the preparation of plans, issuance of permits and completion of the work in a good and workmanlike manner); provided, however, the cost of Landlord’s Additional Space “Work shall be paid by Tenant in the following manner upon completion and receipt of evidence of documented reasonable actual costs incurred by Landlord: at Tenant’s option, (i) in a lump sum by Tenant to Landlord within 60 days after Tenant’s receipt of such evidence, or (ii) amortized over the Original Lease Term at an interest rate of 8% per year. If Tenant opts to amortize such costs, Landlord and Tenant shall enter into an amendment to the Lease to adjust the Basic Rent schedule for the Additional Space to include such amortized costs. If Landlord fails to complete Landlord’s Work prior to June 1, 2009, Tenant shall have the right, but not the responsibility, to complete Landlord’s Work without further consent or permission from Landlord, at Landlord’s expense, provided, however, that the cost of Landlord’s Additional Space Work shall be reimbursed by Tenant in the manner set forth above. Landlord shall be solely and exclusively responsible for all heating costs to heat the Additional Space incurred by Landlord or Tenant as a result of the lack of such walls and/or doors until completion of Landlord’s Additional Space Work. Tenant’s obligation to pay Basic Rent for the Additional Space shall commence and be conditioned upon the completion of Landlord’s Additional Space Work, which shall be determined by Tenant in Tenant’s commercially reasonable discretion.

4. Commencing on June 1, 2009 and continuing until May 31, 2010, Tenant shall pay to Landlord (i) Annual Basic Rent for 3,833 rentable square feet of the initial 13,858 rentable square feet of Additional Space in the amount of Twenty Thousand One Hundred Twenty-Three and 25/100 Dollars ($20,123.25) and (ii) Annual Basic Rent for the remaining 10,025 rentable square feet of the initial 13,858 rentable square feet of Additional Space in the amount of Forty Thousand One Hundred Dollars ($40,100.00), so that the aggregate Annual Basic Rent for the initial 13,858 rentable square feet of Additional Space as of June 1, 2009 shall be Sixty Thousand Two Hundred Twenty-Three and 25/100 Dollars ($60,223.25), payable in equal monthly installments of Five Thousand Eighteen and 60/100 Dollars ($5,018.60), which payments shall be in addition to the Monthly Basic Rent payable in accordance with the Basic Rent schedule set forth in Section 1.1 of the Lease

5. Commencing on June 1, 2010, the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord Basic Rent for the entire 26,458 rentable square feet of Additional Space in accordance with the schedule below, which payments shall be in addition to the Basic Rent payable in accordance with the Basic Rent schedule set forth in Section 1.1 of the Lease.


Basic Rent for Additional Space:

 

Period

   Annual Basic
Rent
     Monthly
Basic Rent
 

June 1, 2010 to May 31, 2011

   $ 138,904.50       $ 11,575.38   

June 1, 2011 to May 31, 2012

   $ 145,519.00       $ 12,126.58   

June 1, 2012 to May 31, 2013

   $ 152,133.50       $ 12,677.79   

June 1, 2013 to May 31, 2014

   $ 158,748.00       $ 13,229.00   

June 1, 2014 to May 31, 2015

   $ 165,362.50       $ 13,780.21   

June 1, 2015 to May 31, 2016

   $ 171,977.00       $ 14,331.42   

June 1, 2016 to May 31, 2017

   $ 178,591.50       $ 14,882.63   

June 1, 2017 to October 31, 2017

   $ 185,206.00       $ 15,433.83   

First Extension Term (if applicable)

     

November 1, 2017 to May 31, 2018

   $ 185,206.00       $ 15,433.83   

June 1, 2018 to May 31, 2019

   $ 191,820.50       $ 15,985.04   

June 1, 2019 to May 31, 2020

   $ 198,435.00       $ 16,536.25   

June 1, 2020 to May 31, 2021

   $ 205,049.50       $ 17,087.46   

June 1, 2021 to May 31, 2022

   $ 211,664.00       $ 17,638.67   

June 1, 2022 to October 31, 2022

   $ 218,278.50       $ 18,189.88   

Second Extension Term (if applicable)

     

November 1, 2022 to May 31, 2023

   $ 218,278.50       $ 18,189.88   

June 1, 2023 to May 31, 2024

   $ 224,893.00       $ 18,741.08   

June 1, 2024 to May 31, 2025

   $ 231,507.50       $ 19,292.29   

June 1, 2025 to May 31, 2026

   $ 238,122.00       $ 19,843.50   

June 1, 2026 to May 31, 2027

   $ 244,736.50       $ 20,394.71   

June 1, 2027 to October 31, 2027

   $ 251,351.00       $ 20,945.92   

6. The Right of First Refusal set forth in Section 1.1 of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“Tenant shall have a Right of First Refusal to lease any of the remaining 7,192 square feet of space in the Building on an “as-is” basis (provided the space is to be delivered to Tenant in broom clean condition and free and clear of all tenancies). If at any time during the Lease Term, Landlord intends to enter into a proposed lease (a “ Proposed Lease ”) for all or any portion of the remaining 7,192 square feet of space in the Building with anyone (a “ Proposed Tenant ”), Landlord shall first offer to Tenant the right to add to the Leased Premises the entire space set forth in the Proposed Lease upon the following terms and conditions:

A. Landlord shall notify Tenant of its intention to enter into such a Proposed Lease. Such notice shall be in writing (the “ Offer Notice ”) and shall provide Tenant with specific information concerning the amount of square footage of space which Landlord intends to lease, the term, as well as the specific location of such space (the “Offered Space”). In order to send the Offer Notice, Landlord does not need to have negotiated a lease with the Proposed Tenant but must have either a signed letter of intent or a signed term sheet from the Proposed Tenant.


B. If Tenant, within fourteen (14) days after receipt of Landlord’s Offer Notice, indicates in writing its unconditional agreement to exercise its rights under this Lease to lease the entire Offered Space (“ Tenant’s Notice ”) in its “as-is” condition (provided the space is to be delivered to Tenant in broom clean condition and free and clear of all tenancies), the Offered Space shall be included within the Leased Premises and leased to Tenant pursuant to the provisions of this Lease (including making the Offered Space term be coterminous with the Lease Term under the Lease), including, without limitation, the provisions relating to the rights and obligations of the parties with respect to alterations. However, (i) the Basic Rent payable under this Lease shall be increased by the amount of rent attributable to the Offered Space at the same rental rate per square foot NNN as the rental rate per square foot NNN reflected in the Basic Rent for Additional Space schedule set forth above in this Amendment, and (ii) Tenant shall pay Additional Rent for Impositions and Operating Expenses based on Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the Building as adjusted to reflect the increase in the rentable square footage of space in the Leased Premises. Landlord shall provide heat to the Offered Space and all other services currently provided to the Leased Premises by Landlord, otherwise the Offered Space shall be delivered to Tenant in its “as-is” condition (provided the space is to be delivered to Tenant in broom clean condition and free and clear of all tenancies) and except for any improvements or demising walls requested by Tenant, the cost of which shall be treated the same as Landlord’s Additional Space Work in Section 3 of this Amendment. Time shall be of the essence with respect to the giving of the Offer Notice and Tenant’s Notice. Tenant must accept the entire Offered Space and may not exercise its right with respect to less than the Offered Space.

The parties shall immediately execute an amendment to this Lease stating the addition of the Offered Space to the Leased Premises. If Tenant fails to provide Landlord with Tenant’s Notice within the fourteen (14) day period described above, Landlord thereafter shall have the right to lease the Offered Space to the Proposed Tenant on the same terms and conditions offered to Tenant (and if Landlord modifies those terms and conditions in any way, Landlord must first send Tenant a new Offer Notice and Tenant shall have all of the same rights set forth above for the first Offer Notice with respect to the new Offer Notice), provided, however, that in any case Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right to use the third loading dock serving the Building in common with any other tenant or tenants leasing all or any of the remaining 7,192 square feet of space in the Building. The provisions of this section shall be operative each time any lease for any portion of the remaining space in the Building shall expire and Landlord intends to enter into a Proposed Lease for such space with a Proposed Tenant.

7. The definition of “Leased Premises” set forth in Section 1.1 of the Lease is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety with the following:

“Leased Premises: As of June 1, 2009, 60,208 rentable square feet of space in the Building as shown on Exhibit A attached hereto; and as of June 1, 2010, 72,808 rentable square feet of space in the Building as shown on Exhibit A attached hereto.”


8. The definition of “Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the Building” set forth in Section 1.1 of the Lease is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety with the following:

“Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the Building: 75.26% as of June 1, 2009; and 91.01% as of June 1, 2010”

9. Exhibit A to the Lease is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety with the new Exhibit A attached hereto.

10. Except as specifically stated herein, the Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Leased Premises, including the Additional Space, shall otherwise continue upon all of the same terms and conditions set forth in the Lease.

11. Except as amended hereby, the Lease remains in full force and effect and is hereby ratified and affirmed.

12. Tenant warrants and represents that Tenant has dealt with no broker in connection with the consummation of this Amendment, and, in the event of any brokerage claims against Landlord predicated upon prior dealings with Tenant in connection with this Amendment, Tenant agrees to defend the same and indemnify Landlord against any such claim. Landlord warrants and represents that Landlord has dealt with no Broker in connection with the consummation of this Amendment other than Broker, and, in the event of any brokerage claims against Tenant predicated upon prior dealings with Landlord in connection with this Amendment, Landlord agrees to defend the same and indemnify Tenant against any such claim

13. The definition of Address of Tenant after Term Commencement Date (which should be the address used for all notices under the Lease) is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety with the following:

Valeritas, Inc.

9 Campus Drive, 2nd Floor East

Parsippany, NJ 07054

Attention: Ernie Toth, Chief Financial Officer

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD:     TENANT:
The Taming Of The Shrewsbury, LLC, O’Neill Partners, LLC and Chanski, LLC, as tenants in common     Valeritas, LLC
      By:   /s/ Geoffrey H Jenkins
By:   The Taming Of The Shrewsbury, LLC, as TIC Manager     Name:   Geoffrey H Jenkins
      Title:   EVP
By:          
  Vincent G. O’Neill, Manager      


EXHIBIT A

FLOOR PLAN OF LEASED PREMISES

(see attached)

Exhibit 10.23

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS NOTE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE OFFERED FOR SALE, SOLD, TRANSFERRED OR ASSIGNED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

THIS DEBT INSTRUMENT IS BEING ISSUED WITH “ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT” (“ OID ”) WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 1273(a) OF THE UNITED STATES INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “ CODE ”). THE HOLDER MAY OBTAIN THE “ISSUE PRICE”, THE AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT, THE “ISSUE DATE” AND THE YIELD TO MATURITY OF THIS DEBT INSTRUMENT BY SUBMITTING A REQUEST FOR SUCH INFORMATION TO: THE ISSUER, C/O WELSH, CARSON, ANDERSON & STOWE, 320 PARK AVENUE, SUITE 2500, NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10022.

 

No. 1    $5,000,000

VALERITAS, INC.

DUE September 8, 2021

THIS NOTE (this “ Note ”) is a duly authorized issue of notes of Valeritas, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Issuer ”), designated as its 10% Notes Due September 8, 2021 (the “ Maturity Date ”), in an aggregate principal amount of Five Million U.S. Dollars (U.S. $5,000,000) (the “ Note ”).

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the Issuer promises to pay to WCAS Capital Partners IV, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ CP IV ”), or a transferee thereof (together with CP IV’s successors and transferees, the “ Holder ”), the aggregate principal sum of Five Million U.S. Dollars (U.S. $5,000,000) on the Maturity Date and to pay interest (each, an “ Interest Payment ”) on the principal sum outstanding from time to time under this Note (the “ Outstanding Principal Amount ”). Interest on this Note will accrue at the rate per annum equal to 10% and will be due and payable in cash in arrears each June 30 and December 31 (each an “ Interest Payment Date ”), commencing with December 31, 2011. If the Issuer fails to pay any Outstanding Principal Amount and any interest thereon when due, at maturity, on redemption, upon acceleration or otherwise (the amount of such payment, a “ Payment Amount ”), then any portion of the Payment Amount shall bear interest, payable on demand, at a rate per annum equal to 12% (or, if less, the maximum interest rate then permitted by applicable law) from the due date thereof (whether at maturity, upon acceleration or otherwise) until paid in full in cash.

Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. If an Interest Payment Date is not a Business Day, then the Interest Payment otherwise payable on such Interest Payment Date shall be due and payable on the Business Day immediately following such Interest Payment Date. Interest Payments will be paid to the Person in whose name this Note is registered on the Notes Register on the Business Day prior to the applicable payment date. The Issuer shall maintain the Notes Register at its principal office in which it shall provide for the registration of Notes and of transfers and exchanges thereof.


This Note is subject to the following additional provisions:

ARTICLE 1

D EFINITIONS

For purposes of this Note, the following terms shall have the following meanings.

“Affiliate” shall mean, with respect to a Person, any other Person directly or indirectly Controlling, Controlled by, or under common Control with, such first Person. “Control” shall mean, with respect to a Person, possession by another Person, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such first Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. The words “Controlling” and “Controlled” have correlative meanings. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Person shall be deemed to be “controlled” by another Person if such other Person possesses, directly or indirectly, power to vote 10% or more of the securities having ordinary voting powers for the election of directors, managing general partners or equivalent governing body of such Person.

“Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which commercial banks in the City of New York are authorized or required by law to remain closed.

“Capitalized Lease Obligation” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person as lessee under a lease (or other similar arrangement) which at the time would be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet of such lessee in accordance with GAAP; and, for the purposes of this Note, the amount of such obligations at any time shall be the capitalized amount thereof at such time determined in accordance with GAAP.

“Cash Equivalents” shall mean investments in (i) certificates of deposit, time deposits, eurodollar time deposits and other interest bearing deposits or accounts (including, without limitation, money market accounts) with any United States commercial banks (including, without limitation, United States branches of foreign banks) having, or whose parent corporation has, a combined capital and surplus of at least $500,000,000, which mature within one (1) year from the date of investment, (ii) obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the United States government, any agency or instrumentality thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States government, which obligations mature within one (1) year from the date of investment, (iii) direct obligations issued by any United States state or political subdivision thereof, which mature within one (1) year from the date of investment and have a rating of at least A-2 from Standard & Poor’s Corporation or P-2 from Moody’s Investors Service on the date of investment or (iv) commercial paper which has a rating of at least A-1 from Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, a division of McGraw Hill, Inc., or any successor, or P-2 from Moody’s Investors Service, or any successor, on the date of investment.

 

2


“Change of Control” means (a) a merger or consolidation involving the Issuer or a sale, exchange, conveyance or other disposition of voting securities of the Issuer to a person or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), in a single transaction or series of related transactions, if, as a result of such merger, consolidation, sale, exchange conveyance or other disposition, the stockholders of Issuer immediately prior to such merger, consolidation, exchange, conveyance or other disposition (determined at the time of the first of such series of transactions) beneficially own (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) less than a majority of the voting power of the Issuer (or, if applicable, successor to the Issuer or acquiring entity (or parent thereof)) immediately after such merger, consolidation, sale, exchange, conveyance or other disposition or series of such transactions; (b) any person or “group” (within the meaning of Sections 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), other than the Permitted Holders is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, a majority of the total voting power of all of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of the Issuer entitled to vote for the election of directors of the Issuer; (c) a single transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which any person or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) acquires all or substantially all of the Issuer’s assets determined on a consolidated basis, including through the purchase of equity securities of one or more Subsidiaries of the Issuer (it being understood that a sale (or multiple related sales) of one or more Subsidiaries of the Issuer (whether by way or merger, consolidation, reorganization or sale of all or substantially all of the Subsidiaries’ assets or securities) which constitutes all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Issuer shall be deemed a sale of substantially all of the assets of the Issuer for purposes of this definition); and (d) any person or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), other than any of the Permitted Holders, shall succeed in having a majority of its or their nominees elected to the Board of Directors of the Issuer.

“Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

“Consolidated EBITDA” means, for any period, the sum of (a) Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer for such period, plus (b) an amount which, in the determination of Consolidated Net Income for such period, has been deducted for, without duplication, (i) total interest expense; (ii) the provision for taxes based on income or profits; (iii) the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense; (iv) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting, transaction and advisory fees paid or accrued during such period to the Sponsors in accordance with the Management Agreement; and (v) non-cash expenses related to goodwill, trademarks and other intangible asset impairment; and minus (c) to the extent added in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period, the sum of the following for such period (without duplication): (1) interest income for such period and (2) other non-cash income or gains.

“Consolidated Net Income” means, for any period, with respect to any Person and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, net income as determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that Consolidated Net Income for any such period shall exclude, without duplication,

(i) any net after-tax extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring gains, losses or charges;

(ii) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle(s) during such period;

 

3


(iii) any net after-tax gains or losses realized upon the disposition of assets outside the ordinary course of business (including any gain or loss realized upon the disposition of any Equity Interests of any Person) and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations;

(iv) equity-based awards and compensation expense, non-cash compensation charges, including any such charges arising from stock options, restricted stock grants or other equity-incentive programs;

(v) any net after-tax income or loss (less all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto) attributable to the early extinguishment of Indebtedness; and

(vi) effects of any adjustments in the inventory, property and equipment, software, goodwill, other intangible assets, in-process research and development, deferred revenue, debt line items and any other noncash charges resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to any consummated acquisition or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof.

“Consolidated Total Debt” means, as of any date of determination, (a) the aggregate stated balance sheet amount of Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on such date, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, minus (b) the aggregate amount of cash and Cash Equivalents (in each case, free and clear of all Liens) included in the consolidated balance sheet of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date; provided, that Consolidated Total Debt shall not include Indebtedness in respect of (i) any letter of credit, except to the extent of unreimbursed amounts under standby letters of credit or (ii) obligations under Swap Contracts.

“Default” shall mean any of the events specified in Section 11.01 , which after the giving of notice or the lapse of time set forth in Section 11.01 , or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

“Disposition” means with respect to any Property, any sale, lease, sale and leaseback, assignment (other than an assignment for security), conveyance, transfer or other disposition thereof, and the terms “Dispose” and “Disposed of” shall have correlative meanings.

“Disqualified Equity Interests” means, with respect to any Person, any Equity Interest of such Person which, by its terms, or by the terms of any security or other Equity Interests into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event or condition (a) matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely for Qualified Equity Interests), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise (except as a result of a change of control, Initial Public Offering or asset sale so long as any rights of the holders thereof upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, Initial Public Offering or asset sale event shall be subject to the occurrence of the Maturity Date), (b) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely for Qualified Equity Interests), in whole or in part, or (c) is or becomes convertible into or exchangeable for Indebtedness or any other Equity Interests that would constitute Disqualified Equity Interests, in each case, prior to the date that is ninety one (91) days after the Maturity Date.

 

4


“Equity Interests” means, with respect to any Person, shares of capital stock (or other ownership or profit interests in), limited liability company interests, membership interests or other equivalents of such Person, warrants, options or other rights for the purchase or other acquisition from such Person of shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in), limited liability company interests, membership interests or other equivalents such Person, securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock (or other ownership or profit interests in), limited liability company interests, membership interests or other equivalents of such Person or warrants, rights or options for the purchase or other acquisition from such Person of such shares (or such other interests), and other ownership or profit interests in such Person (including, without limitation, partnership, member or trust interests therein), whether voting or nonvoting, and whether or not such shares, warrants, options, rights or other interests are authorized or otherwise existing on any date of determination.

“Events of Default” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.01.

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect from time to time.

“Guaranty” or “Guaranteed,” as shall mean any agreement, undertaking or arrangement by which any Person guarantees or otherwise becomes or is contingently liable upon the Indebtedness of any other Person (other than by endorsements of instruments in the course of collection). The amount of any Guaranty hereunder shall (subject to any limitations set forth therein) be deemed to be an amount equal to the outstanding principal amount (or maximum principal amount, if larger) of the obligations in respect of which such Guaranty is made.

“Holder” has the meaning set forth on the first page of this Note.

“Indebtedness” of any Person means, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money or with respect to advances of any kind, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property acquired by such Person, (d) all obligations of such Person in respect of the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding accrued expenses and trade accounts payable incurred in the ordinary course of business), (e) all Indebtedness of others secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not the Indebtedness secured thereby has been assumed, (f) all Guarantees by such Person of Indebtedness of others, (g) all Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person, (h) the face amount of all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person as an account party in respect of letters of credit and letters of guaranty, (i) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person in respect of bankers’ acceptances, (j) all net obligations of such Person under interest rate protection, swap agreements and collar agreements (such obligations to be equal to the termination value of such agreement giving rise to such obligation that would be payable by such person at such time) and (k) Disqualified Equity Interests.

“Indemnitee” has the meaning set forth in Article 20.

 

5


“Initial Public Offering” shall mean the initial public offering of the common stock of the IPO Issuer.

“Interest Payment Date” has the meaning set forth on the first page of this Note.

“Interest Payment” has the meaning set forth on the first page of this Note.

“Investment” shall mean, with respect to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, any loan, advance or extension of credit (other than to customers in the ordinary course of business) by such Person to, or any Guaranty or other contingent liability with respect to the Equity Interests, indebtedness or other obligations of, or any contributions to the capital of, any other Person, or any ownership, purchase or other acquisition by such Person of any interest in any Equity Interests or other securities of such other Person. The amount of any Investment shall be the original principal or capital amount thereof, less all returns of principal or equity thereon and other cash returns thereof, less all liabilities expressly assumed by a Person (other than the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) in connection with the sale of such Investment and shall, if made by the transfer or exchange of property other than cash, be deemed to have been made in an original principal or capital amount equal to the fair market value of such property at the time of such Investment.

“IPO Issuer” shall mean the Issuer or any parent company of the Issuer.

“Issue Date” means September 8, 2011.

“Issuer” has the meaning set forth on the first page of this Note.

“Leverage Ratio” means as of the any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Debt as of such date to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for the four consecutive fiscal quarter period most recently ended for which financial statements described in Section 5.01(a) or (b) of the Issuer are available.

“Lien” shall mean, with respect to any property, any mortgage, lien, pledge, negative pledge or other agreement not to pledge, charge, security interest, title retention agreement, levy, execution, seizure, attachment, garnishment or other encumbrance of any kind in respect of such property, whether created by statute, contract, the common law or otherwise, and whether or not choate, vested or perfected.

“Management Agreement” shall mean that certain management agreement dated as of September 8, 2011 between the Sponsor and the Issuer, as the same may be amended, modified or replaced from time to time following the Issue Date.

“Mandatory Redemption Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(b).

“Material Adverse Effect” shall mean any material adverse effect upon any of the following: (a) the business, assets, properties, liabilities, financial condition, or results of operations of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, taken as a whole, or (b) upon the binding nature, validity, or enforceability of the Notes, or (c) the ability of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries to perform the payment obligations under the Notes.

 

6


“Maturity Date” has the meaning set forth on the first page of this Note.

“Net Proceeds (Asset Sales)” shall mean, with respect to any sale or other disposition of material assets (excluding any asset disposition permitted by Section 6.02 (other than clause (j) thereof)) by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, the positive difference between (a) the aggregate amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received (including proceeds of insurance paid with respect to lost or damaged assets, awards arising from condemnation of assets or taking by eminent domain and including by way of sale or discounting of a note, installment receivable or other receivable (but, in each case, only as and when received)), and (b) the sum of (i) all legal, title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other reasonable fees and expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, consultant fees’, investment banking fees, brokerage fees and commissions), incurred in connection with such event or the procurement of any such cash or Cash Equivalents and all federal, state, provincial, foreign and local taxes required to be paid or accrued as a liability as a consequence of such event, (ii) all payments made by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries on any Indebtedness which is secured by the assets subject to such asset sale or other disposition in accordance with the terms of any Lien upon or with respect to such assets or which must by the terms of such Lien, or in order to obtain a necessary consent to such asset sale or other disposition or by applicable law, be repaid out of the proceeds from such asset sale or other disposition, (iii) any reasonable reserves established in connection therewith, (iv) reasonable holdbacks and (v) indemnity obligations (fixed or contingent) relating thereto.

“Note” has the meaning set forth on the first page of this Note.

“Noteholders” means the registered Holders from time to time of the Notes.

“Notes Register” means the register maintained by the Issuer, which includes a list of the names and addresses of each Holder, as well as the Outstanding Principal Amount and interest amount owing to such Holder from time to time. The entries in the Notes Register shall be conclusive, and the Issuer may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Holder hereunder for all purposes of this Note. The Notes Register shall be available for inspection by any Holder, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

“Notes” has the meaning set forth on the first page of this Note.

“Optional Redemption Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(a).

“Optional Redemption Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(a).

“Outstanding Principal Amount” has the meaning set forth on the first page of this Note.

“Payment Amount” has the meaning set forth on the second page of this Note.

“Permitted Holders” shall mean each of (i) the Sponsor and (ii) limited partners of the Sponsor.

 

7


“Permitted Transferee” means a holder of the Note pursuant to a valid transfer or assignment in compliance with Article 15.

“Person” means any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, limited liability company, institution, public benefit corporation, other entity or government (whether federal, state, county, city, municipal, local, foreign, or otherwise, including any instrumentality, division, agency, body or department thereof).

“Property” means any right or interest in or to property of any kind whatsoever, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible, including, without limitation, Equity Interests.

“Qualified Equity Interests” means any Equity Interests that are not Disqualified Equity Interests.

“Redemption Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(b).

“Redemption Price” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(a).

“Required Noteholders” means, as of any date, the holders of more than 50% of the Notes.

“Restricted Payment” shall mean (a) any direct or indirect distribution or dividend to any Person on account of any Equity Interests of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than dividends payable solely in stock of or other Equity Interests in such Person and stock splits), including, without limitation, any direct or indirect distribution or dividend to any Person on account of any warrants or other rights or options to acquire Equity Interests of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, (b) any payment (including, without limitation, any sinking fund payment, prepayment or installment payment) on account of the purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of any Equity Interest in the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including, without limitation, any warrants or other rights or options to acquire shares of capital stock or other Equity Interests in the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, (c) any payment of principal of, or interest on, or payment into a sinking fund for the retirement of, or any defeasance of, subordinated debt of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (d) any management, consulting or similar fees, or any interest thereon, payable by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any of their respective Affiliates.

“Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Issuer which is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

“Senior Debt” means any Indebtedness of the Issuer or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred under the terms of the Notes, unless the instrument under which such Indebtedness is incurred expressly provides that it is on a parity with or subordinated in right of payment to the Notes; provided , however , that Senior Debt shall not include:

 

8


(A) accounts payable or any other obligations of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary to trade creditors created or assumed by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business in connection with the obtaining of materials or services (including guarantees thereof or instruments evidencing such liabilities);

(B) any liability for U.S. Federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary;

(C) any obligation of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary to any Subsidiary; or

(D) any obligations with respect to any Equity Interests of the Issuer.

“Sponsor” means each of Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe XI, L.P., CP IV and WCAS Management Corporation, and each of their respective Affiliates and related investment funds and the individual general partners of each of the foregoing partnerships.

“Subsidiary” shall mean, as applied to any Person, any corporation of which more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding stock having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of its board of directors, regardless of the existence at the time of a right of the holders of any class or classes of securities of such corporation to exercise such voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency, or any partnership or limited liability company of which more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding Equity Interests, is at the time owned directly or indirectly by such Person, or by one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or by such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person.

“Swap Contract” shall mean (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “Master Agreement”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.

“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means (a) any Subsidiary of the Issuer that at the time of determination shall be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Issuer in the manner provided herein and (b) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Issuer may designate any of its newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiaries after the date hereof to be an

 

9


Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or holds any Lien on any property of, the Issuer or any other Subsidiary of the Issuer that is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated; provided, however, that the Subsidiary to be so designated has total assets of $10,000 or less at the time of designation. The value of the total assets of the Subsidiary to be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be determined in good faith by the Issuer’s board of directors or similar governing body and certified to the Holder. The Issuer may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that immediately after giving effect to such designation no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or result therefrom.

ARTICLE 2

R EDEMPTION

Section 2.01 (a) Redemption at Option of the Issuer . At any time and from time to time after the Issue Date, the Issuer may deliver a written notice to the Holder (the “ Optional Redemption Notice ”), indicating that the Issuer has elected to redeem, and is requiring the Holder to submit for redemption, subject to Section 2.01(d), all or any portion of this Note for an amount in cash as set forth below (the “ Redemption Price ”). The Redemption Price with respect to any such date shall be equal to 100% of the Outstanding Principal Amount of this Note to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest on such Outstanding Principal Amount to the Redemption Date.

The Optional Redemption Notice shall be sent by facsimile and overnight courier to the Holder and shall indicate (w) the date fixed for redemption, which shall be not less than five (5) Business Days or more than 30 days after the effective date of the Optional Redemption Notice (the “ Optional Redemption Date ”), (x) the Outstanding Principal Amount of this Note to be redeemed, (y) the place or places where this Note is to be surrendered for payment of the Redemption Price and (z) that interest on the portion of this Note to be redeemed will cease to accrue on such Optional Redemption Date. An Optional Redemption Notice may not be conditional.

(b) Mandatory Redemption.

(i) Change of Control . The Issuer shall redeem concurrently with any Change of Control all of the Notes for an amount in cash equal to the Redemption Price.

(ii) Repayments Upon Sales of Assets . Subject to prior application in accordance with the terms of any documentation governing any Senior Debt, unless otherwise agreed by the Required Noteholders, on the fifth Business Day following the receipt of Net Proceeds (Asset Sales) in an aggregate amount greater than $15,000,000 for each fiscal year of the Issuer other than sale of inventory in the ordinary course of business, the Notes shall be repaid in an amount equal to such Net Proceeds (Asset Sales), together with any accrued interest on the portion of the Notes repaid; provided , however , that no such repayment shall be required if the Issuer notifies the Noteholders on or before the date such repayment would otherwise be required under this Section 2.01(b)(ii) that the Issuer or its Subsidiaries intend to use any or all of such Net Proceeds

 

10


(Asset Sales) to invest in capital assets or Investments in the business of the Issuer or its Subsidiaries within twelve (12) months of the date of such sale, lease, transfer or other disposition, in which case, the repayment of the Notes which is otherwise required under this Section 2.01(b)(ii) up to the amount of the Net Proceeds (Asset Sales) to be reinvested pursuant to this Section 2.01(b)(ii) need not be made, but if all or part of such Net Proceeds (Asset Sales) are not used within such twelve (12) month period (or committed to be reinvested and actually so reinvested within 90 days after such 12 month period), then the Notes shall be repaid by an amount equal to the Net Proceeds (Asset Sales) calculated based on the portion of Net Proceeds (Asset Sales) not invested pursuant to this Section 2.01(b)(ii) on the day immediately following such twelve (12) month period (or 90 day period thereafter to the extent so committed to be reinvested within such 12 month period). Such repayments shall be applied to the principal amount of the Notes, on a pro rata basis. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.01(b)(ii) , if at the time the Issuer would otherwise be required to required to repay the Notes pursuant to this Section 2.01(b)(ii) , the Issuer does not have access to the applicable Net Proceeds (Assets Sales) as a result of a restriction contained in any documentation governing any Senior Debt, then the Issuer shall have no obligation to repay the Notes pursuant to this Section 2.01(b)(ii) until such time as and to the extent such restriction no longer applies.

The date of any such consummation pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) above is referred to herein as a “ Mandatory Redemption Date ”, and any Optional Redemption Date or Mandatory Redemption Date is referred to herein as a “ Redemption Date ”.

(c) Procedures. If the Issuer has elected to exercise its redemption right pursuant to Section 2.01(a) , or in the case of a mandatory redemption event described in Section 2.01(b) , the Issuer shall pay to the Holder, in cash, on the Redemption Date, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated in writing by the Holder, an amount equal to the Redemption Price. In the event that less than the entire Outstanding Principal Amount of this Note is being redeemed, then the Issuer shall, at its own expense, issue and deliver to the Holder within five (5) Business Days after delivery to the Issuer of this Note, a replacement Note for the Outstanding Principal Amount of this Note not redeemed by the Issuer.

If the Issuer has elected to exercise its redemption right pursuant to Section 2.01(a) , or in the case of a mandatory redemption event described in Section 2.01(b) this Note (or portion hereof to be redeemed) shall, on the Redemption Date, become due and payable at the applicable Redemption Price and from and after such date (unless the Issuer shall default in the payment of the Redemption Price) this Note (or portion hereof that was redeemed) shall cease to bear interest. Upon surrender of this Note for redemption in accordance with said notice, this Note (or portion hereof to be redeemed) shall be paid by the Issuer at the Redemption Price.

(d) If the applicable Redemption Date is an Interest Payment Date, the Interest Payment becoming due on such date shall be payable to the Holder. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Issuer may only exercise its rights pursuant to Section 2.01(a) so as to redeem Notes from all Noteholders in proportion to the Outstanding Principal Amount of all Notes held by each such Noteholder on the applicable Redemption Date.

 

11


ARTICLE 3

N O R EISSUANCE OF N OTE

No Notes acquired by the Issuer by reason of redemption, purchase, conversion or otherwise shall be reissued, and all such Notes shall be retired. Except as contemplated by Section 2.01(c), no additional Notes shall be authorized or issued without the consent of the Required Noteholders.

ARTICLE 4

N O I MPAIRMENT

Except as otherwise approved in writing by the Required Noteholders, the Issuer shall not intentionally take any action which would impair the rights and privileges of this Note set forth herein or the Holder hereof.

ARTICLE 5

A FFIRMATIVE C OVENANTS

Section 5.01 Financial Statements and Reports. The Issuer shall furnish to the Holder the following financial information:

(a) Annual Financial Statements. Within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Issuer, the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the end of such fiscal year and the related audited consolidated statements of operations for such fiscal year and for the previous fiscal year, the related audited consolidated statements of cash flow and stockholders’ equity for such fiscal year and for the previous fiscal year, which shall be accompanied by an opinion of an independent certified public accountants of recognized United States standing.

(b) Quarterly Financial Statements. Within 45 days after the last day of each of the first three fiscal quarters of the Issuer, the consolidated balance sheet of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the end of such fiscal quarter, and the related consolidated statements of operations and the related consolidated statements of cash flows for such fiscal quarter, which shall set forth in comparative form such figures as of the end of and for such fiscal quarter from the prior fiscal year and shall be certified by the Issuer in a certificate executed on behalf of the Issuer by its chief financial officer to have been prepared in accordance with GAAP and to present fairly in all material respects the financial position of the Issuer on a consolidated basis with its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the end of such period and the results of operations for such period, and for the elapsed portion of the fiscal year ended with the last day of such period, subject only to normal year end and audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes and supplementary information.

(c) No Default. Concurrently with each delivery of financial statements pursuant to clauses (a) or (b) of this Section 5.01 a certificate executed on behalf of the Issuer by the chief financial officer certifying that no event has occurred and is continuing which constitutes a Default or Event of Default, or describing each such event and the remedial steps being taken by the Issuer.

 

12


(d) Other Information. Promptly, such additional financial and other information (x) concerning the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as the Holder may from time to time reasonably request or (y) delivered by the Issuer to its creditors under any documentation governing any Senior Debt.

Section 5.02 Notice of Material Events. The Issuer will give prompt notice to the Holder of (i) any event or condition that constitutes an Event of Default or Default, and (ii) of any litigation or proceeding affecting the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries, which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.03 Existence. The Issuer will and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to preserve and maintain its legal existence, except as otherwise permitted hereunder.

Section 5.04 Notice of Changes in Organizational Documents. If there is any change in the certificate of incorporation or by-laws of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, the Issuer will promptly notify the Holder thereof and deliver the revised copies thereof to the Holder.

Section 5.05 Compliance with Applicable Law. The Issuer will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, comply in all respects with the requirements of all applicable law, except where the failure to do so individually or in the aggregate could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.06 Maintenance of Properties. The Issuer will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, maintain or cause to be maintained in the ordinary course of business in good repair, working order and condition (reasonable wear and tear excepted) all material properties used in their respective businesses (whether owned or held under lease), other than obsolete equipment or unused assets.

Section 5.07 Accounting Methods and Financial Records . The Issuer will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, maintain a system of accounting established and administered in accordance with GAAP in all material respects, keep adequate records and books of account in which complete entries in all material respects will be made in accordance with GAAP in all material respects and reflecting all transactions required to be reflected by GAAP and keep accurate and complete records in all material respects of their respective material properties and assets.

Section 5.08 Insurance. The Issuer will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to maintain insurance including, but not limited to, business interruption coverage, personal property coverage, workmen’s compensation coverage and directors and officers coverage from responsible companies in such amounts and against such risks to the Issuer and each of its Subsidiaries as is prudent for similarly situated companies engaged in similarly situated industries and such types, with such limits and deductibles and containing such other terms and conditions as are prudent in the reasonable business judgment of the Issuer.

 

13


Section 5.09 Payment of Taxes. The Issuer will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, pay and discharge all taxes, including, without limitation, withholding taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies required to be paid by them or imposed upon them or their income or profits or upon any properties belonging to them, prior to the date on which penalties attach thereto; except that no such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim need be paid (x) which is being diligently contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves shall have been set aside in accordance with GAAP on the appropriate books, but only so long as such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim does not become a Lien or charge and no foreclosure, distraint, sale or similar proceedings shall have been commenced. The Issuer will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, timely file all income and material non-income information returns required by federal, state or local tax authorities before penalties attach thereto.

Section 5.10 Visits and Inspections. The Issuer will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, permit representatives of the Holder, upon reasonable prior written notice, to (i) visit and inspect the properties of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during business hours, (ii) inspect and make extracts from and copies of their respective books and records, and (iii) discuss with their respective principal officers their respective businesses, assets, liabilities, financial positions, results of operations and business prospects. The Issuer and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries will also permit representatives of the Holder to discuss with their respective accountants the Issuer’s and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ businesses, assets, liabilities, financial positions, results of operations and business prospects to the extent the Issuer is given the opportunity to be present.

ARTICLE 6

N EGATIVE C OVENANTS

So long as any amount payable under this Note remains unpaid, the Issuer covenants and agrees that the Issuer shall not and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to:

Section 6.01 Limitations on Indebtedness. Incur or assume any Indebtedness unless after giving pro forma effect to such incurrence on a pro forma basis, the Leverage Ratio would not be greater than 3 to 1.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries may incur the following Indebtedness:

(a) Indebtedness incurred pursuant to the Notes, including the accrual and/or capitalization of interest on this Note and any applicable fees, costs or expenses associated therewith;

(b) Indebtedness outstanding on the date hereof and listed on Schedule 6.01(b) and any refinancing, extension or replacement thereof;

 

14


(c) Indebtedness of Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to the Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary, so long as to the extent such Indebtedness is owing by Issuer, it is subordinated to the obligations hereunder;

(d) Guarantees of other Indebtedness permitted pursuant to this Section 6.01 ;

(e) Indebtedness in respect of Swap Contracts designed to hedge against the Issuer’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s exposure to interest rates, foreign exchange rates or commodities pricing risks incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

(f) Indebtedness to current or former officers, managers, consultants, directors and employees, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of Issuer permitted by Section 6.04 ;

(g) Indebtedness with respect to Capitalized Lease Obligations or with respect to purchase of equipment; or

(h) Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees, supporting obligations, bankers’ acceptances, performance bonds, surety bonds, statutory bonds, appeal bonds, warehouse receipts or similar instruments issued or created in the ordinary course of business, including in respect of workers compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers compensation claims.

Section 6.02 Disposition of Assets. At any time sell, lease, abandon, or otherwise dispose of any assets, other than:

(a) Dispositions of inventory in the ordinary course of business;

(b) (i) Dispositions of obsolete, surplus or worn out property in the ordinary course of business and Dispositions in the ordinary course of business of property no longer used or useful in the conduct of the business of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and (ii) Dispositions of property no longer used or useful in the conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries outside the ordinary course of business in an aggregate amount not to exceed $500,000 per annum;

(c) Dispositions of immaterial assets in the ordinary course of business;

(d) Dispositions of property to the extent that (x) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property or (y) the proceeds of such Disposition are promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement property;

(e) Dispositions of property to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(f) to the extent constituting Dispositions, the making of Investments permitted by Section 6.03 and Restricted Payments permitted by Section 6.04 ;

 

15


(g) Dispositions of cash and Cash Equivalents;

(h) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses (including the provision of software or the licensing of other intellectual property rights) and terminations thereof, and which do not materially interfere with the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

(i) transfers of property subject to casualty events or condemnation or eminent domain;

(j) Dispositions of property not otherwise permitted under this Section 6.02 in an aggregate amount in any year not to exceed 10.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended four quarter fiscal period at the time any Disposition is made pursuant to this clause (j);

(k) Dispositions or discounts without recourse of accounts receivable in connection with the compromise or collection thereof in the ordinary course of business;

(l) any swap of assets in exchange for services or other assets in the ordinary course of business of comparable or greater value or usefulness to the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries as a whole, as determined in good faith by the management of the Issuer;

(m) Dispositions of Investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to customary buy/sell arrangements between, the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;

(n) the unwinding of any Swap Contracts pursuant to its terms;

(o) sales of non-core assets acquired in connection with Investments; provided that the aggregate amount of such sales shall not exceed 25.0% of the fair market value of the acquired entity or business; and

(p) Disposition of the Equity Interests of an Unrestricted Subsidiary for fair market value as determined in good faith by the Issuer’s board of directors or similar governing body.

Section 6.03 Investments. Directly or indirectly make any Investment except that the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries may make:

(q) Investments to purchase Cash Equivalents;

(r) Investments in the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary;

(s) Investments in any Person (i) that will, upon the making of such Investment, become a Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) if as a result of such Investment such Person is merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys all or substantially all its Property to, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

16


(t) (i) intercompany loans and advances permitted pursuant to Section 6.01 ; and (ii) capital contributions or other Investments by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiary in the Issuer or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(u) loans or advances to officers, directors, consultants and employees of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (i) for reasonable and customary business-related travel, entertainment, relocation and analogous ordinary business purposes, (ii) in connection with such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of the Issuer and (iii) for any other purposes not described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii); provided that the aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time under clause (iii) above shall not exceed $500,000;

(v) Investments (i) consisting of advances to customers or extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising from the grant of trade credit in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction thereof from financially troubled account debtors and other credits to suppliers in the ordinary course of business;

(w) Investments consisting of Restricted Payments permitted by Section 6.04 and Guarantees of Indebtedness permitted pursuant to this Section 6.01 ;

(x) Investments existing or contemplated on the Issue Date and set forth on Schedule 6.03(h) and any modification, replacement, renewal, reinvestment or extension thereof; provided that the amount of any original Investment under this clause (h) is not increased except by the terms of such Investment as of the Issue Date or as otherwise permitted by Section 6.03 ;

(y) Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of UCC Article 3 endorsements for collection or deposit and UCC Article 4 customary trade arrangements with customers consistent with past practices;

(z) Investments (including debt obligations and Equity Interests) received in connection with permitted dispositions under Section 6.02 , the bankruptcy or reorganization of suppliers and customers or in settlement of delinquent obligations of, or other disputes with, customers and suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business or upon the foreclosure with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment;

(aa) other Investments, in an aggregate amount outstanding pursuant to this clause (k) at any time not to exceed $1,000,000 (net of any return in respect thereof, including dividends, interest, distributions, returns of principal, profits on sale, repayments, income and similar amounts);

(bb) advances of payroll payments to officers and employees and advances of fees and payments to directors and consultants, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

(cc) Investments to the extent that payment for such Investments is made solely with Equity Interests of the Issuer or proceeds thereof or capital contributions in respect thereof;

 

17


(dd) Investments of a Restricted Subsidiary acquired after the Issue Date or of a corporation merged or amalgamated or consolidated into the Issuer or merged, amalgamated or consolidated with a Restricted Subsidiary, after the Issue Date to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation, and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger or consolidation;

(ee) Guarantees by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of leases (other than capitalized leases) or of other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business; and

(ff) Investments in deposit accounts and securities accounts opened in the ordinary course of business.

Section 6.04 Restricted Payments . Directly or indirectly declare or make any Restricted Payment except that:

(gg) each Restricted Subsidiary may make Restricted Payments to the Issuer, and other Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer (and, in the case of a Restricted Payment by a non-wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary, to the Issuer and any other Restricted Subsidiary and to each other owner of Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary based on their relative ownership interests of the relevant class of Equity Interests);

(hh) the Issuer and each Restricted Subsidiary may declare and make dividend payments or other Restricted Payments payable solely in Equity Interests;

(ii) repurchases of Equity Interests in the Issuer (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants,

(jj) the Issuer may pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests of the Issuer, by any future, present or former employee, officer, director, manager or consultant of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries upon the death, disability, retirement or termination of employment of any such Person or pursuant to any employee, manager or director equity plan, employee, manager or director stock option plan or any other employee, manager or director benefit plan or any agreement (including any stock subscription or shareholder agreement) with any such employee, director, officer or consultant; provided that the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (d) shall not exceed an aggregate amount of $500,000 in any calendar year;

(kk) notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Issuer may make regularly scheduled payments of interest on any subordinated debt in accordance with its terms and the applicable subordination agreement;

(ll) the Issuer may make payments for the reimbursement of expenses of board members in connection with the performance of their duties as directors;

(mm) the Issuer may make consummate transactions expressly permitted pursuant to Section 6.03 and Section 6.05 ; and

 

18


(nn) the Issuer may make other Restricted Payments with the proceeds of, in each case to the extent not otherwise applied: (i) the net proceeds from the sale of (or capital contributions in respect of) Equity Interests of the Issuer and (ii) the net proceeds from the sale of the Equity Interests of (or dividend or distribution received from) an Unrestricted Subsidiary, provided that, the amount available to be applied for Restricted Payments pursuant to this clause (iii) shall be net of the aggregate amount of Investments made in Unrestricted Subsidiaries pursuant to Section 6.03(k) .

Section 6.05 Affiliate Transactions. At any time engage in any transaction with an Affiliate (other than the Issuer or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries), or make an assignment or other transfer of any of its properties or assets to any such Affiliate, in each case, on terms materially less advantageous to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary than would be the case if such transaction had been effected with a non-Affiliate, except:

(oo) as specifically provided herein (including the payment of any sums permitted under Section 6.04 hereof and transactions under Section 6.03) ;

(pp) as may be described on Schedule 2 attached hereto or any amendment or modification thereto or replacement thereof (so long as any such amendment, modification or replacement is not disadvantageous to the Noteholders in any material respect as compared to the applicable agreement in effect on the Issue Date);

(qq) for agreements and arrangements entered into with employees of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as part of normal compensation, incentive compensation and expense reimbursement;

(rr) the payment or performance of obligations under the Management Agreement;

(ss) the payment of reasonable and customary fees, bonuses, severance, retirement packages, paid to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(tt) the issuance of Equity Interests of the Issuer to the extent not otherwise restricted hereunder;

(uu) the payment of reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses relating to registration rights and indemnities provided to shareholders; and

(vv) other transactions to the extent that the amount of such transaction does not exceed $250,000 and the aggregate amount of all such transactions during any one fiscal year of the Issuer does not exceed $500,000.

Section 6.06 Limitation on Upstream Dividends and Loans by Subsidiaries. Except for (i) restrictions imposed by applicable law and (ii) restrictions imposed by the Notes and any documentation governing any Senior Debt, permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to enter into or agree, or otherwise become subject, to any agreement, contract or other arrangement with any Person pursuant to the terms of which (a) such Subsidiary is or would be prohibited or otherwise

 

19


restricted from declaring or paying any cash dividends or distributions on any class of its Equity Interests owned directly or indirectly by the Issuer or from making any other distribution on account of any class of any such Equity Interests owned directly or indirectly by the Issuer; or (b) such Restricted Subsidiary would be prohibited from making loans to the Issuer or repaying loans or advances to the Issuer; provided that the foregoing clauses shall not apply to contractual obligations which (i) are binding on a Restricted Subsidiary at the time such Restricted Subsidiary first becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, so long as such contractual obligations were not entered into solely in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, (ii) arise in connection with any Disposition permitted by Section 6.02 and relate solely to the assets or Person subject to such Disposition, or (iii) are customary restrictions in leases, subleases, licenses, sublicenses or asset sale agreements otherwise permitted hereby so long as such restrictions relate to the assets subject thereto.

ARTICLE 7

O BLIGATIONS A BSOLUTE

No provision of this Note shall alter or impair the obligation of the Issuer, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of, and interest on, this Note at the time, place and rate, and in the manner, herein prescribed.

ARTICLE 8

W AIVERS OF D EMAND , ETC .

The Issuer hereby expressly waives (to the extent permitted by applicable law) demand and presentment for payment, notice of nonpayment, protest, notice of protest, notice of dishonor, notice of acceleration or intent to accelerate, bringing of suit and diligence in taking any action to collect amounts called for hereunder and will be directly and primarily liable for the payment of all sums owing and to be owing hereon, regardless of and without any notice, diligence, act or omission as or with respect to the collection of any amount called for hereunder.

ARTICLE 9

R EPLACEMENT N OTES

In the event that the Holder notifies the Issuer that this Note has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a replacement Note identical in all respects to the original Note (except for registration number and Outstanding Principal Amount, if different than that shown on the original Note) shall be issued by the Issuer to the Holder; provided that the Holder executes and delivers to the Issuer an agreement reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer to indemnify the Issuer from any loss incurred by it in connection with such lost, stolen or destroyed Note.

 

20


ARTICLE 10

P AYMENT OF E XPENSES

The Issuer agrees to pay all reasonable expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, which may be incurred by the Holder in connection with any waiver or consent hereunder, any amendment hereof, any Event of Default or alleged Event of Default hereunder or in enforcing the provisions of this Note and/or collecting any amount due under this Note.

ARTICLE 11

D EFAULTS AND R EMEDIES

Section 11.01 Events of Default. If any one or more of the following events (each, an “ Event of Default ”) occurs and is continuing:

(a) any default by the Issuer in any payment of interest on this Note when the same becomes due and payable, and such default continuing for a period of 180 calendar days;

(b) any default by the Issuer in the payment of any principal on this Note when the same becomes due and payable at the Maturity Date, upon acceleration or otherwise;

(c) the Issuer shall default in the observance or performance of any other agreement contained in this Note (other than as provided in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 11.01), and such default shall continue un-remedied for a period of thirty (30) calendar days after the receipt of notice of such default shall have been given to the Issuer by the Required Noteholders;

(d) any representation or warranty made or deemed made by the Issuer herein or in any other document furnished by it at any time under or in connection with this Note shall prove to have been inaccurate in any material respect on or as of the date made or deemed made or furnished;

(e) there shall be entered and remain unstayed a decree or order for relief in respect of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries under Title 11 of the United States Code, as now constituted or hereafter amended, or any other applicable foreign, Federal or state bankruptcy law or other similar law, or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or similar official of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or of any substantial part of their respective properties, or ordering the winding-up or liquidation of the affairs of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or an involuntary petition shall be filed against the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and a temporary stay entered, and (i) such petition and stay shall not be diligently contested, or (ii) any such petition and stay shall continue undismissed for a period of sixty (60) consecutive days;

(f) the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall file a petition, answer or consent seeking relief under Title 11 of the United States Code, as now constituted or hereafter amended, or any other applicable foreign, Federal or state bankruptcy law or other similar law, or the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall consent to the institution of proceedings thereunder or to the filing of any such petition or to the appointment or taking of possession of a

 

21


receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or of any substantial part of their respective properties, or the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall take any action in furtherance of any such action;

(g) there is entered by any court or arbitration panel against the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries a final non-appealable monetary judgment, decree or award not covered by insurance or indemnification, for the payment of money which exceeds singly or in the aggregate with other such judgments, $5,000,000, and if, within sixty days after the entry, issue or levy thereof, such judgment, shall not have been paid or discharged or stayed pending appeal or removed to bond, or if, after the expiration of any such stay, such judgment, warrant or process shall not have been paid or discharged or removed to bond within 60 days thereafter;

(h) there shall occur (i) any payment default (after giving effect to all grace periods and notices) under any instrument, document or agreement relating to any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $5,000,000; (ii) any event or condition the occurrence of which would permit acceleration of such Indebtedness, or which, as a result of a failure to comply with the terms thereof, would make such Indebtedness otherwise due and payable, and which event or condition has not been cured within any applicable cure period or waived in writing prior to any declaration of an Event of Default or acceleration of the Loans hereunder; or (iii) an acceleration of any Senior Debt; or

(i) Any Note or any material provision thereof, shall at any time and for any reason (other than as expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder or the satisfaction in full of all the obligations under this Note) be declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be null and void, or a proceeding shall be commenced by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries seeking to establish the invalidity or unenforceability thereof (exclusive of questions of interpretation of any provision thereof or satisfaction of the Obligations), or the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall deny that it has any liability or obligation for the payment of principal or interest purported to be created under any Note (other than for payment of the Obligations); or

(j) Any Change of Control shall occur;

then, the Required Noteholders may, at their option, by notice to the Issuer, declare all the Notes to be forthwith due and payable, whereupon the principal of the Notes, together with accrued interest thereon, shall become forthwith due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or further notice of any kind, all of which are expressly waived by the Issuer; provided , however , that in any event described in Section 11.01(e) or (f), all the Notes, together with interest accrued thereon, shall automatically become due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Issuer.

Section 11.02 Acceleration. The Required Noteholders may rescind an acceleration and its consequences if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default have been cured or waived except nonpayment of principal or interest that has become due solely because of acceleration. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto. A delay or omission by the Required

 

22


Noteholders or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are, to the extent permitted by law, cumulative.

Section 11.03 Waiver of Past Defaults. Waiver of Past Defaults. The Required Noteholders may waive any past or existing Default and its consequences. When a Default is waived, it is deemed cured, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any consequent right. No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of the Required Noteholders or any Holder, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.

Section 11.04 Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws. The Issuer (to the extent it may lawfully do so) shall not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Note, and the Issuer (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and shall not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Holder, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

ARTICLE 12

S UBORDINATION

Section 12.01 Agreement to Subordinate. If requested by a holder of Senior Debt, the Holder agrees to subordinate the Indebtedness and other obligations evidenced by this Note pursuant to the terms and conditions of a subordination agreement reasonably satisfactory to the Holder.

ARTICLE 13

S AVINGS C LAUSE

In case any provision of this Note is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be excessive in scope or otherwise invalid or unenforceable, such provision shall be adjusted rather than voided, if possible, so that it is enforceable to the maximum extent possible, and the validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Note will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

23


ARTICLE 14

E NTIRE A GREEMENT ; A MENDMENTS

This Note constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement between the Issuer and the Holder with respect to the subject hereof. Neither this Note nor any term hereof may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated other than by a written instrument signed by the Issuer and the Required Noteholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (x) any amendment or waiver of any provision or term of this Note is proposed at any time after the dissolution of CP IV and/or the distribution of Notes to the members of CP IV and (y) such amendment or waiver would reduce the principal of, or rate of interest on, any Note or postpone the date fixed for any payment of principal and/or interest on any Note, such amendment or waiver shall require the written consent of a majority in interest of all Holders of Notes other than CP IV and its Affiliates (determined by reference to the aggregate principal amount of Notes held by such other Holders).

ARTICLE 15

T RANSFER ; A SSIGNMENT , ETC .

Prior to an Initial Public Offering this Note shall not be assignable by Holder except with prior consent of a Board Majority of the Minority (as such term is defined in the Issuer’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended), such consent not to be unreasonably withheld and after an Initial Public Offering there shall be no such restriction on assignment. Subject to the foregoing sentence, Holder may exchange any Note for Notes of different denominations, by surrendering such Note to the Issuer together with written instructions for the issuance of one or more new Notes specifying the respective principal amounts of each new Note. Subject to any restrictions under applicable law, with the prior written consent of the Required Noteholders, a Holder may transfer a Note to a new Holder, by surrendering such Note to the Issuer duly endorsed for transfer or accompanied by a duly executed instrument of transfer naming the new Holder, together with written instructions for the issuance of one or more new Notes specifying the respective principal amounts of each new Note and the name of each new Holder and each address therefor. In each case, the Issuer shall simultaneously deliver to such Holder or its designee such new Notes and shall mark the surrendered Notes as canceled. In lieu of the foregoing procedures, a Holder may, with the prior written consent of the Required Note Holders, assign a Note (in whole but not in part) to a new Holder by sending written notice to the Issuer of such assignment specifying the new Holder’s name and address; in such case, the Issuer shall promptly acknowledge such assignment in writing to both the old and new Holder. The Issuer shall not be required to recognize any subsequent Holder of a Note unless and until the Issuer has received reasonable assurance that all applicable transfer taxes have been paid.

ARTICLE 16

N O W AIVER

No failure on the part of the Holder to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right, remedy or power hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise by the Holder of any right, remedy or power hereunder preclude any other or future exercise of any other right, remedy or power. Each and every right, remedy or power hereby granted to the Holder or allowed it by law or other agreement shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any other, and may be exercised by the Holder from time to time.

 

24


ARTICLE 17

N OTICES

Unless otherwise provided herein, any notices, consents, waivers or other communications required or permitted to be given under the terms of this Note must be in writing and will be deemed to have been delivered: (i) upon receipt, when delivered personally, (ii) upon receipt, when sent by facsimile (provided confirmation of transmission is mechanically or electronically generated and kept on file by the sending party) or (iii) one Business Day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight delivery service, in each case properly addressed to the party to receive the same. The addresses and facsimile numbers for such communications shall be:

If to the Issuer:

Valeritas, Inc.

750 Route 202 South

Suite 100

Bridgewater NJ 08807

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

Telephone: 908-927-9920

Facsimile: 908-927-9927

With a copy to:

Morgan, Lewis & Bockius, LLP

502 Carnegie Center

Princeton NJ 08540

Telephone number: 609-919-6600

Facsimile number: 609-919-6701

Attention: Steven M. Cohen, Esquire

If to the Holder, to its address and facsimile number appearing in the Notes Register, or to such other address and/or facsimile number and/or to the attention of such other Person as the recipient party has specified by written notice given to each other party five (5) Business Days prior to the effectiveness of such change. Written confirmation of receipt (x) given by the recipient of such notice, consent, waiver or other communication, (y) mechanically or electronically generated by the sender’s facsimile machine containing the time, date, recipient facsimile number and an image of the first page of such transmission or (z) provided by a courier or overnight courier service shall be rebuttable evidence of personal service, receipt by facsimile or receipt from a nationally recognized overnight delivery service in accordance with clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above, respectively.

 

25


ARTICLE 18

H OME O FFICE P AYMENT ; M ISCELLANEOUS

The Issuer shall make all cash payments due on this Note in immediately available funds to a bank account of the Holder specified in writing by the Holder to the Issuer. Whenever the sense of this Note requires, words in the singular shall be deemed to include the plural and words in the plural shall be deemed to include the singular. Paragraph headings are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning of this document.

ARTICLE 19

C HOICE OF L AW AND V ENUE ; W AIVER OF J URY T RIAL

This Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of the State of New York. The Issuer hereby irrevocably consents to the exclusive jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York or any New York State court sitting in New York City (and of the appropriate appellate courts therefrom) in any suit, action or proceeding seeking to enforce any provision of, or based on any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with, this Note or the transactions contemplated hereby and irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding in any such court or that any such suit, action or proceeding which is brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Process in any such suit, action or proceeding may be served on any party anywhere in the world, whether within or without the jurisdiction of any such court. Without limiting the foregoing, each party agrees that service of process on such party as provided in this Article 19 shall be deemed effective service of process on such party. THE ISSUER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS NOTE.

ARTICLE 20

I NDEMNITY

The Issuer agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Noteholder and each of their respective Affiliates, employees, representatives, shareholders, officers, directors, trustees, agents and advisors (any of the foregoing shall be an “ Indemnitee ”) from and against any and all claims, liabilities, losses, damages, actions, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses (as such fees and expenses are incurred) and demands by any party, including the costs of investigating and defending such claims, whether or not the Issuer, any Subsidiary thereof or the Person seeking indemnification is the prevailing party arising out of (i) the Notes or otherwise under this agreement, or any transaction contemplated hereby or thereby, (ii) any claims against the Noteholders, or any of them, by any shareholder or other investor in or lender to the Issuer or any

 

26


Subsidiary thereof, by any brokers or finders or investment advisers or investment bankers retained by the Issuer or by any other third party, arising out of this Note; provided that no Indemnitee will be indemnified hereunder for its gross negligence or willful misconduct.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

27


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be duly executed by its officer thereunto duly authorized.

Dated: September 8, 2011

 

VALERITAS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Kristine Peterson

  Name: Kristine Peterson
  Title: CEO

 

ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED

as of the date first above written:

WCAS CAPITAL PARTNERS IV, L.P.
By:   WCAS CP IV Associates LLC,
  its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Jonathan Ratner

  Name: Jonathan Ratner
  Title: Managing Member

S IGNATURE P AGE TO P ROMISSORY N OTE

Exhibit 10.24

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Employment Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of February 18, 2016 (the “Effective Date”) by and between Valeritas, Inc. a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and John Timberlake (the “Executive”). The Company and the Executive are referred to each individually as a “party” and collectively as the “parties.”

RECITALS:

WHEREAS , the Company and the Executive previously executed an offer letter, dated April 22, 2009 (the “Original Agreement”); and

WHEREAS , the Executive and the Company desire to amend and restate the terms and conditions of the Original Agreement and to continue the Executive’s employment with the Company upon the amended and restated terms and conditions as set forth herein in this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual agreements herein set forth, the parties agree as follows:

1. Term . Subject to termination under Section 4, this Agreement shall be effective for the period beginning on the Effective Date and continuing until the third anniversary of the Effective Date. The term of this Agreement shall automatically renew for periods of one-year, unless either party gives written notice to the other party at least 30 days prior to the end of the then existing term or any one-year renewal period, that the term of the Agreement shall not be further extended. The period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the date on which the term of the Agreement terminates in accordance with this Section 1 or upon termination of employment in accordance with Section 4 is referred to hereinafter as the “Term.” Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as giving the Executive any right to be retained in the employ of the Company, and the Executive specifically acknowledges that the Executive shall be an employee-at-will of the Company, and thus subject to discharge at any time by the Company with or without Cause (as defined in Section 4) and without compensation of any nature except as provided in Section 5 below.

2. Duties . During the Term, the Executive shall serve as the President and Interim Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and shall perform the executive and administrative duties, functions and privileges incumbent with such position and such other duties as reasonably determined and assigned by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”), from time to time. The Executive shall devote substantially all of his time, attention and skill to such duties, except for paid vacation and other excused absence periods, and shall serve the Company faithfully and to the best of his ability, and shall use his best efforts to promote the success of the business of the Company. Upon appointment of a permanent Chief Executive Officer, the Executive’s position shall automatically return to President & Chief Commercial Officer of the Company and the Executive shall report to such permanent Chief Executive Officer. In no event shall the appointment of a permanent Chief Executive Officer and the Executive’s return to the position of President & Chief Commercial Officer trigger “Good Reason” (as defined in Section 4) for purposes of this Agreement. The Executive’s employment is subject to compliance with the Company’s policies, including any code of conduct, all as may be amended from time to time.

Timberlake - Confidential


Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 2 will prevent the Executive from engaging in additional activities in connection with personal investments and community affairs that are not materially inconsistent with the Executive’s duties under this Agreement and that do not violate Section 6.

3. Compensation .

a. Base Salary . During the Term, the Company shall pay to the Executive an annual base salary (“Base Salary”) of at least $392,141, less applicable and authorized deductions, subject to review annually for appropriate increases by the Board pursuant to the normal performance review policy for senior level executives. The Base Salary shall be payable in accordance with the Company’s payroll schedule.

b. Annual Bonus . For each calendar year during the Term, the Executive shall be eligible to earn an annual discretionary bonus (“Annual Bonus”) based upon the level of attainment of performance goals established by the Board. The target level of the Annual Bonus during the period he is serving as President and Interim Chief Executive Officer is 50% of the Executive’s Base Salary (the “Target Bonus”). Upon the Executive’s return to the position of President & Chief Commercial Officer, the Target Bonus shall be adjusted to 35% of Base Salary. If the Executive’s transition to President & Chief Commercial Officer occurs at any time during the course of the calendar year, the Target Bonus will be apportioned at the applicable level based on the number of full or partial months the Executive serves in the applicable role. The Executive’s actual Annual Bonus, if any, will be awarded in the Company’s discretion, and shall be paid in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Company’s Annual Bonus program. Except as provided in Section 5, in no event will the Executive be eligible to be awarded an Annual Bonus if the Executive is not actively employed by the Company on, or has given or received notice of termination or resignation prior to, the date on which bonuses for the applicable year are paid to similarly situated employees. In no event will any Annual Bonus be paid later than March 15 of the calendar year following the calendar year for which the Annual Bonus is earned. The Executive’s receipt of an Annual Bonus in one year does not guarantee receipt of any bonus in any subsequent year.

c. Equity Compensation . The Executive currently holds outstanding equity awards that remain subject to the terms of the applicable award agreement evidencing the equity award. The Executive will be eligible to receive equity awards pursuant to the terms of the Valeritas, Inc. 2014 Incentive Compensation Plan, or successor equity compensation plan, as each may be amended from time to time (the “Equity Plan”) as determined by the Company in its discretion. All determinations as to eligibility to receive equity awards, as well as the amount of any such equity grants made under the Equity Plan, shall be made in the Company’s sole discretion, subject to final approval by the Board or its designee. All equity awards shall be subject to the terms of the award agreement evidencing the equity award and the Equity Plan, or other equity plan pursuant to which the equity award was granted.

Timberlake - Confidential

 

2


d. Other Benefits . During the Term, the Executive shall be eligible to participate in such employee benefit plans, programs or arrangements as are generally made available from time to time to other Company senior executives, to the extent the Executive is eligible under the terms of the plans, programs or arrangements pursuant to which such benefits are provided. Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent the Company from amending or terminating any Company employee benefit plan, program or arrangement from time to time as the Company deems appropriate.

e. Paid Time Off . During the Term, the Executive shall accrue a minimum of four (4) weeks paid time off each year, subject to the terms of the Company’s paid time off policy as in effect from time to time.

4. Termination Events . This Agreement, the Executive’s employment and any and all rights of the Executive under this Agreement will terminate (except as otherwise provided in Section 5):

a. Upon the death of the Executive;

b. If the Company terminates the Executive due to the Disability (as hereinafter defined) of the Executive, immediately upon notice from the Company to the Executive;

c. For Cause (as hereinafter defined), immediately upon notice from the Company to the Executive, or such later time as such notice may specify;

d. If the Company terminates the Executive without Cause or the Executive resigns for Good Reason (as hereinafter defined); and

e. If the Executive resigns other than for Good Reason.

The Executive agrees to resign from all officer and director positions with the Company and its affiliates effective upon the Executive’s termination of employment.

For purposes of this Agreement, the Executive will be deemed to have a “Disability” if he is disabled within the meaning of such term under the Company’s long-term disability plan.

For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” shall mean the Executive’s (i) misappropriation of funds with respect to the Company or its affiliates, (ii) a material violation of this Agreement or of the employment policies of the Company or an affiliate, as in effect from time to time, (iii) a breach of any written confidentiality, nonsolicitation or noncompetition covenant with the Company or an affiliate, including but not limited to those set forth in this Agreement, (iv) conviction of a felony, or (v) misconduct that has a material adverse effect on the business, operations, assets, properties, or financial condition of the Company or an affiliate; provided , however, that to the extent the Board determines to terminate the Executive for Cause based on violation under clause (ii) or a breach under (iii), the Board shall provide the Executive with ten (10) days’ written notice prior to such a termination for Cause and the Executive shall have an opportunity to cure the applicable violation or breach, but only to the extent such violation or breach, as applicable, is capable of being cured, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion.

Timberlake - Confidential

 

3


For purposes of this Agreement, the Executive shall have “Good Reason” if he provides the Company with written notice of his intent to resign within sixty (60) days after the occurrence of any of the following without the Executive’s written consent: (i) a material diminution in the Executive’s duties, authority or responsibilities relative to the duties, authority or responsibilities in effect immediately prior to the change such that Executive no longer has the title of, or serves or functions as, Chief Executive Officer of the Company; (ii) the Company requires that the Executive’s principal office location be moved to a location more than fifty (50) miles from the Executive’s principal office location immediately before the change; (iii) a material diminution by the Company of the Executive’s Base Salary or Target Bonus; (iv) the Company fails to renew the Agreement, in accordance with Section 1; or (v) any material breach by the Company of this Agreement; provided, however, that the occurrence of an event described in clauses (i) through (v) of this definition shall not constitute Good Reason if such event is fully corrected in all material respects by the Company within thirty (30) days following the receipt of the Executive’s written notice of his intent to resign. If the Company fails to cure the event described in clauses (i) through (v) the Executive must actually resign within thirty (30) days following the expiration of the cure period.

5. Obligations Upon Termination .

a. By the Company or the Executive for any Reason . If the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company or the Executive for any reason, with or without Cause (as defined below), the Executive will have no further rights against the Company hereunder, except as set forth in subsection (b) or (c) below to the extent applicable, and except for the right to receive any unpaid Base Salary attributable to employment before the termination date and any other payments that have accrued or fully vested but which have not yet been paid prior to such termination. Other than the payments set forth in this subsection (a) and subsections (b) and (c) below, as applicable, the Executive will not be entitled to receive any other compensation for the calendar year during which the Executive’s termination of employment occurs or any subsequent calendar period.

b. By the Company without Cause or the Executive for Good Reason . If the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause (other than due to death or Disability), or the Executive resigns for Good Reason, and in either case the Executive executes and does not revoke a Release (as defined in subsection (e) below) (a “Qualifying Termination”), then the Executive will be eligible to receive the benefits set forth in either subsection (i) or (ii) below (but not both).

(i) Not in Connection with a Change in Control. If the Qualifying Termination occurs prior to the effective date of a Change in Control (as defined in the Equity Plan) and the Qualifying Termination is not a “Qualifying Pre-Closing Termination” (as defined in subsection (ii) below), or the Qualifying Termination occurs more than twelve (12) months after a Change in Control (in either case, a “Standard Qualifying Termination”), the Executive shall be entitled to:

Timberlake - Confidential

 

4


(1) continuation of the Executive’s Base Salary (at the salary rate then in effect) for twelve (12) months following the Executive’s employment termination date (the “Severance Period”), in accordance with the Company’s payroll schedule, commencing on the sixtieth (60th) day after the Executive’s effective date of termination, with the first such installment payment including any unpaid severance payments that would have been made on the normal payroll dates occurring during the first sixty (60) days following the date of termination;

(2) an Annual Bonus for the year in which the Executive’s Qualifying Termination occurs, subject to achievement of any performance targets or goals applicable to such Annual Bonus and otherwise to the extent that the Company, in its sole discretion, awards bonuses to its executives for the year in which the termination occurs, and any such Annual Bonus shall be pro-rated to reflect the Executive’s employment with the Company through the date of termination and shall be payable in a lump sum at the same time as other such annual bonuses are payable to active employees;

(3) any Annual Bonus earned but not yet paid for any completed full fiscal year immediately preceding the employment termination date; and

(4) provided that the Executive is eligible for and timely elects COBRA continuation coverage under the Company’s group health plan, the Company will reimburse the Executive for the monthly COBRA cost of continued coverage under such plan for the Executive, and, where applicable, his spouse and dependents, less the amount the Executive would have been required to pay for such coverage if the Executive were an active employee of the Company, for the Severance Period, or until the Executive becomes employed by another employer offering any such benefits (whichever is earlier), provided that the Company reserves the right to restructure the foregoing reimbursement arrangement in any manner necessary or appropriate to avoid fines, penalties or negative tax consequences to the Company or any affiliate or the Executive (including, without limitation, to avoid any penalty imposed under the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act or the guidance issued thereunder), as determined by the Company in its sole and absolute discretion. The Executive agrees to provide the Company with notice of eligibility under another health plan within two (2) weeks of such eligibility. The Executive shall submit appropriate evidence of each such expense within sixty (60) days after his receipt of the invoice or billing statement for such expense, and the Company shall provide the Executive with the requisite reimbursement on the next payroll date thereafter. The monthly reimbursements described in this clause (4) shall be paid in normal payroll installments, commencing on the sixtieth (60th) day after the Executive’s effective date of termination. The first such installment payment shall include any unpaid severance payments that would have been made on the normal payroll dates occurring during the first sixty (60) days following the date of termination. The COBRA health care continuation coverage period under section 4980B of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) shall run concurrently with the Severance Period.

Timberlake - Confidential

 

5


(ii) In Connection with a Change in Control . If the Qualifying Termination occurs either (A) within three months prior to the effective date of a Change in Control but during the “Pre-Closing Period” (as defined below) (a “Qualifying Pre-Closing Termination”), or (B) on the date of, or within twelve (12) months after, the effective date of a Change in Control (in either case, together with a Qualifying Pre-Closing Termination, a “CIC Qualifying Termination”), the Executive shall be entitled to the same payments and benefits set forth under Section 5(b)(i) above, except that (1) the Severance Period for purposes of Sections 5(b)(i)(1) and 5(b)(i)(4) shall extend for eighteen (18) months instead of twelve (12) months and (2) in lieu of the Annual Bonus set forth in Section 5(b)(i)(2), the Executive shall receive the Target Annual Bonus for the year in which the Executive’s Qualifying Termination occurs, pro-rated to reflect the Executive’s employment with the Company through the date of termination, which shall be payable to the Executive on the sixtieth (60th) day following the Executive’s employment termination date, provided that if the Change in Control occurs after a Qualifying Termination under Section 5(b)(i) above, but prior to payment of the Annual Bonus for the year in which the Executive’s termination of employment occurs, the pro-rated Target Annual Bonus described in this subsection (ii) shall be paid on the sixtieth (60th) day following the Change in Control. For the avoidance of doubt, if a Change in Control occurs after a Qualifying Termination under Section 5(b)(i) above, and after payment of the pro-rated Annual Bonus described in Section 5(b)(i)(2), the Executive shall not be eligible to receive any additional payments for any Annual Bonus, including the Target Annual Bonus described in this subsection (ii).

For purposes of this Agreement, the “Pre-Closing Period” means the period commencing with the Company’s execution of a definitive agreement for a Change in Control transaction and ending upon the earlier to occur of (A) the closing of the Change in Control contemplated by such definitive agreement and (B) the termination of such definitive agreement without the consummation of the contemplated Change in Control.

(iii) No Duplication of Benefits. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, under no circumstances shall the Executive be eligible to receive payments under both subsections (i) and (ii) of this Section 5(b).

c. Death or Disability . If the Company terminates the Executive’s employment on account of the Executive’s Disability (subject to the requirements of applicable law) or if the Executive dies while employed by the Company, the Company shall pay the Executive (or the Executive’s estate in the case of death) the Executive’s Base Salary (at the salary rate then in effect) for three (3) months following the Executive’s termination of employment, in accordance with the Company’s payroll schedule, commencing on the sixtieth (60th) day after the Executive’s effective date of termination, with the first such installment payment including any unpaid severance payments that would have been made on the normal payroll dates occurring during the first sixty (60) days following the date of termination. Except as provided in subsection (a) above, the Executive shall not be entitled to any other compensation for the calendar year during which the termination occurs or any subsequent calendar period.

Timberlake - Confidential

 

6


d. Employee Benefit Plans . The Executive’s accrual of or participation in plans providing for benefits will cease on the effective date of the Executive’s termination of employment and the Executive will be entitled to accrued benefits pursuant to such plans only as provided in such plans. The Executive will not receive, as part of his termination pay pursuant to this Section 5, any payment or other compensation for any vacation, holiday, sick leave or other leave unused on the effective date of termination of the Executive’s employment pursuant to this Agreement, except to the extent required to be paid by applicable law.

e. Release Requirement . The Company will be obligated to provide the severance benefits set forth in this Section 5 (except in the case of death) only if the Executive executes and does not revoke a complete release of any and all claims that the Executive may have against the Company and its affiliates, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A , with such changes as are required to comply with applicable law at the time of the Executive’s termination of employment or as reasonably determined by Company counsel to be necessary or appropriate (the “Release”). Such Release shall become effective upon the expiration of the revocation period contemplated thereby, as long as the Executive does not revoke the Release during such revocation period. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, if the Release is not effective as of the scheduled payment date for the Executive’s receipt of the payments and/or benefits set forth in this Section 5 (other than subsection (a)) (e.g., on the sixtieth (60th) day following the Executive’s termination date), the Executive will forfeit such payments and/or benefits.

f. Code section 280G . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, if any severance payment under this Section 5, either alone or together with any other payment which the Executive has received or has the right to receive from the Company (“Total Payments”), would otherwise exceed the amount (the “Safe Harbor Amount”) that could be received by the Executive without the imposition of an excise tax under section 4999 of the Code, then the Total Payments shall be reduced to the extent, and only to the extent, necessary to assure that their aggregate present value, as determined in accordance the applicable provisions of section 280G of the Code and the regulations thereunder, does not exceed the greater of the following dollar amounts: (i) the Safe Harbor Amount, or (ii) the greatest after-tax amount payable to the Executive after taking into account any excise tax imposed under section 4999 of the Code on the Total Payments. The Company shall pay all of the fees, including legal and accounting fees, associated with calculating the amounts set forth in this subsection (f).

6. Covenant Not to Compete; Non-Disclosure of Information; Invention Assignment; Return of Company Property .

a. Covenant Not to Compete/Not to Solicit . The Executive acknowledges and recognizes that the Company operates in a competitive field and that confidential information concerning its business operations is a substantial asset that was acquired through considerable time, money and effort. Accordingly, in consideration of the execution of this Agreement, the Executive agrees to the following:

Timberlake - Confidential

 

7


(i) During the Restricted Period (as defined below) and within the Restricted Area (as defined below), the Executive will not, individually or in conjunction with others, directly or indirectly, engage in any activities with a Competitive Business (as defined below), whether as an officer, director, proprietor, employer, partner, independent contractor, active investor, consultant, advisor or agent, except in connection with the Executive’s responsibilities as an employee of the Company.

(ii) During the Restricted Period, the Executive will not, directly or indirectly, compete with the Company by soliciting, inducing or influencing any Company Clients (as defined below) to discontinue or reduce the extent of such relationship with the Company.

(iii) During the Restricted Period, the Executive will not (1) directly or indirectly recruit, solicit or otherwise influence any employee or agent of the Company to discontinue such employment or agency relationship with the Company, or (2) employ or seek to employ, or cause or permit any Competitive Business to employ or seek to employ for any Competitive Business any person who is then (or was at any time within one (1) year prior to the date the Executive or the Competitive Business employs or seeks to employ such person) employed by the Company.

(iv) During the Restricted Period, the Executive will not interfere with, or disrupt or attempt to disrupt any relationship, contractual or otherwise, between the Company and any Company Clients, customer, employee or agent of the Company.

b. Non-Disclosure of Information . The Executive acknowledges that the Company’s trade secrets, private or secret processes, methods and ideas, as they exist from time to time, customer lists and other confidential information concerning the Company’s products, services, training methods, development, technical information, marketing activities and procedures, credit and financial data concerning the Company and/or the Company’s Clients (the “Proprietary Information”) are valuable, special and unique assets of the Company, access to and knowledge of which are essential to the performance of the Executive hereunder. In light of the highly competitive nature of the industry in which the Company’s business is conducted, the Executive agrees that all Proprietary Information, heretofore or in the future obtained by the Executive as a result of the Executive’s association with the Company shall be considered confidential.

In recognition of this fact, the Executive agrees that the Executive will not use or disclose any of such Proprietary Information for the Executive’s own purposes or for the benefit of any person or other entity or organization (except the Company) under any circumstances, except as set forth in Section 6.1 below, unless such Proprietary Information has been publicly disclosed generally or, unless upon written advice of legal counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company, the Executive is legally required to disclose such Proprietary Information. Documents (as defined below) prepared by the Executive or that come into the Executive’s possession during the Executive’s association with the Company that include Proprietary Information are and will remain the property of the Company, and when this Agreement terminates, such Documents shall be returned to the Company at the Company’s principal place of business, as provided in the Notice provision (Section 10.f) of this Agreement or destroyed.

Timberlake - Confidential

 

8


c. Documents . “Documents” shall mean all original written, recorded, or graphic matters whatsoever, and any and all copies thereof, including, but not limited to: papers; books; records; tangible things; correspondence; communications; telex messages; memoranda; work-papers; reports; affidavits; statements; summaries; analyses; evaluations; customer mailing lists; client records and information; agreements; agendas; advertisements; instructions; charges; manuals; brochures; publications; directories; industry lists; schedules; price lists; client lists; statistical records; training manuals; computer printouts; books of account, records and invoices reflecting business operations; all things similar to any of the foregoing however denominated. In all cases where originals are not available, the term “Documents” shall also mean identical copies of original documents or non-identical copies thereof.

d. Company’s Clients . The “Company’s Clients” shall be any person or entity for whom the Company has a contractual relationship, including, but not limited to, any person or entity which has entered into any contract for the distribution of any of the Company’s products within one (1) year immediately preceding the date Executive’s employment with the Company terminates.

e. Restricted Period . The “Restricted Period” shall be at all times during the Executive’s employment with the Company, and shall extend for twelve (12) months following the Executive’s termination of employment if such termination is a Standard Qualifying Termination, or for eighteen (18) months following the Executive’s termination of employment if such termination is a CIC Qualifying Termination, provided, however, that the Restricted Period shall be extended by any period of time during which the Executive is in breach of the covenants set forth in this Section 6. The periods of time during which the Executive is in violation of the covenants set forth in this Section 6 shall be in addition to the Restricted Period specified herein.

f. Restricted Area . The “Restricted Area” shall mean any geographic area in which the Company actively did business within the twelve (12) months preceding the Executive’s termination of employment or which the Company planned to conduct business during that same period.

g. Competitive Business . “Competitive Business” shall mean a company that is in any stage of research, development or commercialization of a patch, pump or other extended insulin release device or mechanism primarily targeted to diabetic patients. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following activities will not be prohibited “Competitive Business” activities: (i) a passive investment of up to five percent (5%) of the outstanding stock of a publicly held corporation regardless of whether such corporation engages in a Competitive Business; (ii) providing investment banking services on behalf of an investment banking firm regardless of whether or not such firm is providing services to an entity engaged in a Competitive Business; or (iii) the Executive commencing employment with any entity that engages in both Competitive Business activities and activities which are not Competitive Business activities so long as the Executive provides services to such entity with respect to non-Competitive Business activities and does not engage in Competitive Business activities.

Timberlake - Confidential

 

9


h. Covenants as Essential Elements of this Agreement . It is understood by and between the parties hereto that the foregoing covenants contained in Sections 6(a) and 6(b) are essential elements of this Agreement, and that but for the agreement by the Executive to comply with such covenants, the Company would not have agreed to enter into this Agreement. Such covenants by the Executive shall be construed to be agreements independent of any other provisions of this Agreement.

i. Company Includes . For purposes of this Agreement, the Company shall include the Company, and any parent and any direct and indirect subsidiaries and affiliates (as defined in Rule 501 under the Securities Act of 1933).

j. Invention Assignment . The Executive agrees that all inventions, including, but not limited to, improvements, and all know-how, processes, techniques, formulas, ideas, circuits, designs, trademarks, trade secrets and copyrightable works (collectively, “Inventions”) which result from work performed by the Executive on behalf of the Company or from access to Proprietary Information shall be the property solely of the Company. The Executive agrees, both during and after employment with the Company, to disclose promptly and in writing, to the Company, all Inventions that the Executive, either solely or jointly with others, make, author, discover, develop, conceive and/or reduce to practice derived from Proprietary Information. The Executive hereby assigns and agrees to assign to the Company or its designee, without further consideration, his entire right and interest in and to all Inventions, including all rights to obtain, register and enforce patents, copyrights, mask work rights and other intellectual property protection for Inventions. The Executive agrees to execute all documents reasonably necessary to perfect such intellectual property rights and the assignment of those rights to the Company or its designee. The Executive further agrees to assist the Company (at the Company’s expense), both during and after employment with the Company, in obtaining, protecting and/or enforcing patents, copyrights or other forms of Inventions.

k. Return of Company Property . Upon termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason whatsoever, voluntarily or involuntarily (and in all events within five (5) days of the Executive’s effective date of termination), and at any earlier time the Company requests, the Executive will deliver to the person designated by the Company all originals and copies of all documents and property of the Company in the Executive’s possession, under the Executive’s control or to which the Executive may have access. The Executive will not reproduce or appropriate for the Executive’s own use, or for the use of others, any property, Proprietary Information or Inventions, and shall remove from any personal computing or communications equipment all information relating to the Company.

l. Permitted Conduct . Nothing in this Agreement restricts or prohibits the Executive from initiating communications directly with, responding to any inquiries from, providing testimony before, providing confidential information to, reporting possible violations of law or regulation to, or from filing a claim or assisting with an investigation directly with a self-regulatory authority or a government agency or entity, including the U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (“EEOC”), the Department of Labor (“DOL”), the National Labor Relations Board (“NLRB”), the Department of Justice (“DOJ”), the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), the Congress, and any agency Inspector General

Timberlake - Confidential

 

10


(collectively, the “Regulators”), or from making other disclosures that are protected under the whistleblower provisions of state or federal law or regulation. The Executive does not need the prior authorization of the Company to engage in such communications with the Regulators, respond to such inquiries from the Regulators, provide confidential information or documents to the Regulators, or make any such reports or disclosures to the Regulators. The Executive is not required to notify the Company that the Executive has engaged in such communications with the Regulators.

7. Covenants to Survive this Agreement . The covenants of the Executive contained in Section 6(b) hereof shall survive the termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason and the expiration or termination of this Agreement or any part thereof without regard to the reason therefor. The covenants of the Executive contained in Section 6(a) hereof shall survive the termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason and the expiration or termination of this Agreement or any part thereof, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement. Both parties hereby expressly agree and contract that it is not the intention of either party to violate any public policy or any statutory or common law, and that if any sentence, paragraph, clause or combination of the same of Section 6 (including any provisions incorporated by reference) is in violation of the law of any state where applicable, such sentence, paragraph, clause, or combination of the same shall be void in the jurisdictions where it is unlawful, and the remainder of such paragraph and this Agreement shall remain binding on the parties hereto. It is the intention of both parties to make the covenants of Section 6 binding only to the extent that it may be lawfully done under existing applicable laws. In the event that any part of any covenant of Section 6 is determined by a court of law to be overly broad thereby making the covenant unenforceable, the parties hereto agree, and it is their desire, that such court shall substitute a reasonable, judicially enforceable limitation in place of the offensive part of the covenant and as so modified the covenant shall be as fully enforceable as set forth herein by the parties themselves in the modified form.

8. Injunctive Relief, an Additional Remedy . The Executive acknowledges that the injury that would be suffered by the Company as a result of breach of the provisions of Section 6 would be irreparable and that an award of monetary damages to the Company for such breach would be an inadequate remedy. Consequently, the Company will have the right in addition to any other rights it may have, to obtain injunctive relief to restrain any breach or threatened breach or otherwise to specifically enforce any provision of this Agreement and the Company will not be obligated to post bond or the security in seeking such relief. Without limiting the Company’s rights under this Section or any other remedies of the Company, if the Executive breaches any provisions of Section 6, and the Company obtains an injunction or final judgment that Executive has violated Section 6, the Company will have the right to cease making any payments otherwise to the Executive under this Agreement.

9. Withholding . Anything to the contrary notwithstanding, all payments required to be made by the Company hereunder to the Executive or the Executive’s estate or beneficiaries shall be subject to the withholding of such amounts, if any, relating to tax and other payroll deductions as the Company may reasonably determine it should withhold pursuant to any applicable law or regulation. In lieu of withholding such amounts, the Company may accept other arrangements pursuant to which it is satisfied that such tax and other payroll obligations will be satisfied in a manner complying with applicable law or regulation.

Timberlake - Confidential

 

11


10. Miscellaneous .

a. Executive Representations . The Executive hereby represents and warrants to the Company that he is not subject to, or a party to, any employment agreement, non-competition covenant, non-disclosure agreement or other agreement, covenant, understanding or restriction of any nature whatsoever which would prohibit the Executive from executing this Agreement and performing fully his duties and responsibilities hereunder, or which would in any manner, directly or indirectly, limit or affect the duties and responsibilities which may now or in the future be assigned to the Executive by the Company. Further, the Company expects the Executive not to, and the Executive hereby acknowledges that he shall not, use any proprietary or confidential information of any prior employer in the performance of his duties.

b. Governing Law . The validity, construction, interpretation and enforceability of this Agreement and the capacity of the parties shall be determined and governed by the laws of the State of New Jersey without regard to conflicts of law.

c. Jurisdiction and Service of Process . Any legal action or proceeding with respect to this Agreement shall be brought in the courts of the State of New Jersey or of the United States of America for the District of New Jersey. By execution and delivery of this Agreement, each of the parties hereto accepts for itself and in respect of its property, generally and unconditionally, the jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts. Each of the parties hereto irrevocably consents to the service of process of any of the aforesaid courts in any such action or proceeding by mailing copies thereof by certified mail, postage prepaid, to the party at its address set forth in subsection (f). THE PARTIES IRREVOCABLY WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY TO ALL CLAIMS HEREUNDER.

d. Assignment . This Agreement and any rights and benefits hereunder shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive’s legal representatives, heirs or legatees. This Agreement and any rights and benefits hereunder shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns. This Agreement is personal to each of the parties hereto, and neither party may assign or delegate any of the rights or obligations hereunder without first obtaining a written consent of the other party, except the Company may assign this Agreement without the Executive’s consent provided that the Company merges with, or transfers all or substantially all of the Company’s assets to, a transferee or surviving company that agrees to assume this Agreement in its entirety, without modification or amendment.

e. Collateral Agreements . This Agreement constitutes the entire Agreement between the parties respecting the employment of the Executive, and supersedes any and all prior agreements and understandings concerning the terms and conditions of the Executive’s employment by the Company, including the Original Agreement, and there are no representations, warranties or commitments relating to such employment, except as set forth or referred to herein, provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Employee Confidentiality and Inventions Agreement between the Executive and the Company shall remain in full force

Timberlake - Confidential

 

12


and effect. This Agreement may be amended only by an instrument in writing executed by the parties hereto. For the avoidance of doubt, this Agreement shall not supersede any award agreement between the Executive and the Company evidencing outstanding equity awards.

f. Notices . Any notice, request, demand or other communication hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given when personally delivered to an officer of the Company or to the Executive, as the case may be, or when delivered by national next-business day delivery service or certified mail at the following addresses:

If to the Company:

Valeritas, Inc.

750 Route 202 South, Suite 600

Bridgewater, NJ 08807

Attention: Human Resources

If to the Executive:

8 Old Barn Court

Newtown, PA 18940

g. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts. All executed counterparts shall constitute one Agreement notwithstanding that all signatories are not signatories to the original or the same counterpart.

h. Mitigation . The Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payments and/or benefits under this Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise. The payments and/or benefits to be provided pursuant to Section 5 shall not be reduced by any compensation or benefits payable or provided to the Executive as a result of employment by another employer after the date of termination or otherwise.

i. Waiver of Breach . No delay or omission by a party in exercising any right, remedy or power under this Agreement or existing at law or in equity shall be construed as a waiver thereof, and any such right, remedy or power may be exercised by such party from time to time and as often as may be deemed expedient or necessary by such party in its sole discretion.

j. Application of Section of 409A of the Internal Revenue Code .

(i) This Agreement is intended to comply with the requirements of section 409A of the Code and its corresponding regulations (“Section 409A”), and shall in all respects be administered in accordance with Section 409A. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, distributions may only be made under this Agreement upon an event and in a manner permitted by Section 409A or an applicable exemption. Severance benefits provided under this Agreement are intended to be exempt from Section 409A under the “separation pay exception” to the maximum extent applicable. Further, any payments that qualify for the “short-term deferral” exception or another exception under Section 409A shall be

Timberlake - Confidential

 

13


paid under the applicable exception. For purposes of Section 409A, all payments to be made upon a termination of employment under this Agreement may only be made upon the Executive’s “separation from service” (within the meaning of such term under Section 409A), each payment made under this Agreement shall be treated as a separate payment, and the right to a series of installment payments under this Agreement shall be treated as a right to a series of separate payments. In no event shall the Executive, directly or indirectly, designate the fiscal year of payment, except as permitted under Section 409A. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, in no event shall the timing of the Executive’s execution of the Release, directly or indirectly, result in the Executive designating the calendar year of payment, and if a payment that is subject to execution of the Release could be made in more than one taxable year, payment shall be made in the later taxable year. The Executive will be solely responsible for any tax imposed under Section 409A and in no event will the Company have any liability with respect to any tax, interest or other penalty imposed under Section 409A.

(ii) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if, at the time of the Executive’s termination of employment with the Company, the Company has securities which are publicly traded on an established securities market and the Executive is a “specified employee” (as such term is defined in Section 409A) and it is necessary to postpone the commencement of any payments or benefits otherwise payable under this Agreement as a result of such termination of employment to prevent any accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A, then the Company shall postpone the commencement of the payment of any such payments or benefits hereunder (without any reduction in such payments or benefits ultimately paid or provided to the Executive) that are not otherwise paid within the ‘short-term deferral exception’ under Treas. Reg. section 1.409A-1(b)(4), and the ‘separation pay exception’ under Treas. Reg. section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii), until the first payroll date that occurs after the date that is six months following the Executive’s “separation of service” (as such term is defined under Section 409A) with the Company. If any payments are postponed due to such requirements, such postponed amounts shall be paid in a lump sum to the Executive on the first payroll date that occurs after the date that is six (6) months following Executive’s separation of service with the Company. If the Executive dies during the postponement period prior to the payment of postponed amount, the amounts withheld on account of Section 409A shall be paid to the personal representative of the Executive’s estate within sixty (60) days after the date of the Executive’s death.

(iii) All reimbursements and in-kind benefits provided under this Agreement shall be made or provided in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A, including, where applicable, the requirement that (1) any reimbursement shall be for expenses incurred during the Executive’s lifetime (or during a shorter period of time specified in this Agreement), (2) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in kind benefits provided, during a calendar year may not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in kind benefits to be provided, in any other calendar year, (3) the reimbursement of an eligible expense shall be made on or before the last day of the calendar year following the year in which the expense is incurred and (4) the right to reimbursement or in kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

Timberlake - Confidential

 

14


[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

Timberlake - Confidential

 

15


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Agreement effective as of the day and year first written above,

 

COMPANY:
Valeritas, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Lüke Duster

Name: Lüke Duster
Its: Board of Director
EXECUTIVE:

/s/ John Timberlake

John Timberlake

SIGNATURE PAGE TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT OF

JOHN TIMBERLAKE

Timberlake - Confidential

 

16


EXHIBIT A

RELEASE AND WAIVER OF CLAIMS

In consideration of the benefits and mutual agreements set forth in the Employment Agreement, dated as February     , 2016 (the “Agreement”), between Valeritas, Inc. (the “Company”) and [                    ] (the “Executive”), to which this form is attached, the Executive, intending to be legally bound, agrees to the terms and conditions set forth in this Release and Waiver of Claims (the “Release and Waiver”).

1. In exchange for the consideration provided to the Executive by the Agreement that the Executive is not entitled to receive absent the Agreement, including but not limited to the applicable severance consideration set forth in Section 5 of the Agreement, and the other commitments of the Company in the Agreement and in Paragraph 3 of the Release and Waiver, the Executive and his or her heirs, representatives, agents and attorneys hereby generally and completely, subject to the provisions set forth below in Paragraph 2, releases the Company and any of its predecessors, successors, parents, affiliated or subsidiary companies, and its or their present or former officers, directors, agents, members of the Board of Directors, representatives or employees, and the various Company benefit plans, committees, trustees, fiduciaries, trusts and their respective successors and assigns, heirs, executors and personal or legal representatives (collectively referred to as the “Releasees”) from any and all claims or causes of action the Executive may have or claim to have against the Releasees including any claims arising out of or relating in any way to the Executive’s employment with the Company and/or the termination of such employment. In waiving and releasing any and all claims against the Releasees, whether or not now known to the Executive, the Executive understands that this means that if the Executive later discovers facts different from or in addition to those facts currently known by the Executive, or believed by the Executive to be true, the waivers and releases of this Release and Waiver will remain effective in all respects despite such different or additional facts and the Executive’s later discovery of such facts, even if the Executive would not have signed this Release and Waiver if the Executive had prior knowledge of such facts . The claims released include, but are not limited to:

(a) all claims for monetary damages arising under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 (as amended), Sections 1981 through 1988 of Title 42 of the United States Code (as amended), the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (as amended) (“ADEA”), the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act of 1990 (“OWBPA”), and the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (as amended);

(b) any and all other claims, including but not limited to claims brought under the Rehabilitation Act, the Executive Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (as amended), the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994, the National Labor Relations Act (as amended), the Federal Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act (as amended), the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993, the Occupational Safety and Health Act (as amended), the Equal Pay Act (as amended), the Labor Management Relations Act, New Jersey Law Against Discrimination, New Jersey Equal Pay Act, New Jersey Civil Rights Law, New Jersey Conscientious Employee Protection Act, New Jersey Family Leave Act, New Jersey Wage and Hour Law, New Jersey WARN Laws, and the New Jersey Constitution;

Timberlake - Confidential

 

17


(c) all claims arising under any Executive Order or derived from or based upon any state or federal regulations;

(d) all common law claims, including but not limited to any and all rights to discovery, claims for wrongful discharge, constructive discharge, violation of public policy, breach of an express or implied contract, breach of an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing, negligent or intentional infliction of emotional distress, defamation, conspiracy, tortious interference with contract or prospective economic advantage, promissory estoppel, equitable estoppel, fraud, misrepresentation, detrimental reliance, retaliation, and negligence;

(e) all claims for personal injury, including physical injury, mental anguish, emotional distress, pain and suffering, embarrassment, humiliation, damage to name or reputation, interest, liquidated damages, and punitive damages; and

(f) all claims for costs, interest, and attorneys’ fees.

2. Paragraph 1 shall not apply to any claims the Executive may have with respect to the Company’s severance obligations under Section 5 of the Agreement, any rights the Executive may have with respect to outstanding equity interests in the Company, rights to indemnification under the Company’s by-laws or otherwise, or any rights to recover under any director and officer liability insurance policy maintained by the Company for the benefit of the Executive in accordance with the terms of such director and officer liability insurance policy. In addition, Paragraph 1 shall in no event apply to any claims that, as a matter of applicable law, are not waivable, the Executive’s right to vested benefits under the written terms of the Company’s 401(k) Plan, claims for unemployment or workers’ compensation benefits, any medical claim incurred during the Executive’s employment that is payable under applicable medical plans or an employer-insured liability plan, or claims arising after the date on which the Executive signs the Release and Waiver. The Executive and the Company agree that nothing in this Release and Waiver restricts or prohibits the Executive from initiating communications directly with, responding to any inquiries from, providing testimony before, providing confidential information to, reporting possible violations of law or regulation to, or from filing a claim or assisting with an investigation directly with a self-regulatory authority or a government agency or entity, including the U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (“EEOC”), the Department of Labor (“DOL”), the National Labor Relations Board (“NLRB”), the Department of Justice (“DOJ”), the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), the Congress, and any agency Inspector General (collectively, the “Regulators”), or from making other disclosures that are protected under the whistleblower provisions of state or federal law or regulation. However, the Executive is waiving the Executive’s right to receive any individual monetary relief resulting from such claims, regardless of whether the Executive or another party has filed them, and in the event the Executive obtains such monetary relief the Company will be entitled to an offset for the payments made pursuant to Section 5 of the Agreement, except where such limitations are prohibited as a matter of law (e.g., under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, 18 U.S.C.A. §§ 1514A). The Executive does not need the prior authorization of the Company to engage in such communications with the Regulators, respond to such inquiries from the Regulators, provide confidential information or documents to the Regulators, or make any such reports or disclosures to the Regulators. The Executive is not required to notify the Company that the Executive has engaged in such communications with the Regulators.

Timberlake - Confidential

 

18


3. The Company, for and in consideration of the undertakings of the Executive set forth herein, and intending to be legally bound, do hereby remise, release and forever discharge the Executive of and from any and all actions and causes of actions, suits, debts, claims and demands whatsoever in law or in equity, which the Company ever had, now have, or which the Company may have, by reason of any matter, cause or thing whatsoever, from the beginning of the Executive’s employment with the Company and its affiliates up to and including the date of this Release and Waiver, arising from or relating to any and all acts, events and omissions relating to the Executive’s employment with the Company, the termination of his employment relationship with the Company and its affiliates, or his service or status as (one or more of) an agent, officer, director and/or employee of the Company and its affiliates, including, but not limited to, any claims, whether known or unknown, which have been asserted, could have been asserted or could be asserted now or in the future, including any claims under any federal, state or local laws (“Released Claims”). Without limiting the foregoing, and subject to the last sentence of this Paragraph 3, Released Claims will not include any claims arising from the willful misconduct, misrepresentation or fraud of the Executive, or any breach of any prior agreements between the Executive and the Company that impose non-competition, non-solicitation, confidentiality and/or nondisclosure obligations upon the Executive. The Company shall not initiate or cause to be initiated against the Executive any lawsuit, compliance review, administrative claim, investigation or proceedings of any kind which pertain in any manner to the Released Claims. Notwithstanding the provisions of Paragraph 1, the Executive shall continue to be indemnified and held harmless by the Company, from any liability, costs or obligations with respect to any and all actions and causes of actions, suits, debts, claims and demands whatsoever in law or in equity (including, without limitation, any reasonable attorney fees or other charges incurred in defending same) to the maximum extent permitted under the applicable state law of the state in which the Company is incorporated and any policies of insurance then in effect, limited only to the extent of any limit, from time to time, for current officers and directors of the Company.

4. The Executive agrees that the Executive will not apply for, nor otherwise seek or accept, employment or re-employment with the Company or any of its related or successor companies, and the Executive forever releases and discharges the Company and its related or successor companies from any obligation to consider the Executive for employment or reemployment in any capacity.

5. The Executive acknowledges that, subject to the provisions set forth in Paragraph 2, any prior agreements between the Executive and the Company that impose non-competition, non-solicitation, confidentiality and/or nondisclosure obligations upon the Executive shall remain in force and effect.

6. The Executive acknowledges that the Executive has received all amounts due from the Company through the Executive’s termination of employment, including but not limited to all wages earned and payment for all accrued but unused paid vacation time. No other amounts are due to the Executive from the Company except pursuant to Section 5 of the Agreement (to the extent applicable). The Executive also represents that there are no existing claims, charges, or complaints filed by the Executive against the Releasees in any federal, state or local court or administrative agency.

Timberlake - Confidential

 

19


7. The Executive acknowledges that the only consideration the Executive has received for signing this Release and Waiver is that set forth herein and in the Agreement. No other promise, inducement, threat, agreement or understanding of any kind or description has been made with or to the Executive to cause the Executive to enter into this Release and Waiver. The Executive further acknowledges that the consideration the Executive is receiving from the Company through this Release and Waiver and the Agreement is greater than any amount the Executive would otherwise be entitled to from the Company.

8. The Executive understands that the Executive has been given a period of twenty-one (21) calendar days to review and consider this Release and Waiver before signing it. The Executive also understands that the Executive is free to use as much of the twenty-one (21) day period as the Executive wishes or considers necessary before deciding to sign this Release and Waiver, provided, however, that the Executive may not sign this Release and Waiver before the Executive’s termination of employment. Changes to the Company’s offer contained in this Release and Waiver that are immaterial will not restart the twenty-one (21) day consideration period. [To be modified if termination occurs pursuant to a group termination program to reflect 45 day required consideration period and disclosures about the decisional unit, the eligibility factors for selection for termination, and the ages and job titles of employees who were and who were not selected for termination and offered consideration for signing a release.]

9. The Executive may revoke this Release and Waiver within seven (7) calendar days of signing it by delivering written notice of revocation to                      at                     . If the Executive has not revoked this Release and Waiver within that seven (7) day period, it becomes effective immediately on the eighth day after the Executive signs the Release and Waiver.

10. The Company hereby advises the Executive to consult with an attorney. The Executive agrees that the Executive has had the opportunity to review this Release and Waiver with an attorney, that the Company recommends that the Executive review this Release and Waiver with an attorney and that the Executive fully understands the terms and conditions of this Release and Waiver. The Executive further acknowledges that the Executive accepts the terms of this Release and Waiver and enters into it freely, voluntarily, and without duress or coercion.

11. Should any provision of this Release and Waiver be declared or determined by any Court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable (except for Paragraph 1), the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining parts, terms or provisions shall not be affected thereby and the illegal, unenforceable or invalid part, term or provisions shall be deemed not to be part of this Release and Waiver.

12. This Release and Waiver shall be governed by New Jersey law, and the Courts of New Jersey, either federal or state, shall have jurisdiction over, and be the proper venue for, any disputes arising out of this Release and Waiver.

Timberlake - Confidential

 

20


I ACKNOWLEDGE THAT I HAVE CAREFULLY READ THIS RELEASE AND WAIVER OF CLAIMS AND UNDERSTAND ALL OF ITS TERMS, INCLUDING THE FULL AND FINAL RELEASE AND WAIVER OF CLAIMS SET FORTH ABOVE. I FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGE THAT I HAVE VOLUNTARILY ENTERED INTO THIS RELEASE AND WAIVER OF CLAIMS, THAT I HAVE NOT RELIED UPON ANY REPRESENTATION OR STATEMENT, WRITTEN OR ORAL, NOT SET FORTH IN THIS RELEASE AND WAIVER OF CLAIMS AND THAT I HAVE BEEN GIVEN THE OPPORTUNITY AND BEEN ENCOURAGED TO HAVE THIS RELEASE AND WAIVER OF CLAIMS REVIEWED BY AN ATTORNEY.

 

 

  

 

Name: [                    ]    On behalf of Valeritas
Date:    Name:
   Title:
   Date:

Timberlake - Confidential

 

21

Exhibit 10.25

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Employment Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of March 23, 2015 (the “Effective Date”) by and between Valeritas, Inc. a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and Matthew Nguyen (the “Executive”). The Company and the Executive are referred to each individually as a “party” and collectively as the “parties.”

RECITALS:

WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive previously executed an offer letter, dated September 6, 2006 (the “Original Agreement”); and

WHEREAS, the Executive and the Company desire to amend and restate the terms and conditions of the Original Agreement and to continue the Executive’s employment with the Company upon the amended and restated terms and conditions as set forth herein in this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual agreements herein set forth, the parties agree as follows:

1. Term . Subject to termination under Section 4, this Agreement shall be effective for the period beginning on the Effective Date and continuing until the third anniversary of the Effective Date. The term of this Agreement shall automatically renew for periods of one-year, unless either party gives written notice to the other party at least 30 days prior to the end of the then existing term or any one-year renewal period, that the term of the Agreement shall not be further extended. The period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the date on which the term of the Agreement terminates in accordance with this Section 1 or upon termination of employment in accordance with Section 4 is referred to hereinafter as the “Term.” Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as giving the Executive any right to be retained in the employ of the Company, and the Executive specifically acknowledges that the Executive shall be an employee-at-will of the Company, and thus subject to discharge at any time by the Company with or without Cause (as defined in Section 4) and without compensation of any nature except as provided in Section 5 below.

2. Duties . During the Term, the Executive shall serve as the Vice President, Managed Care & Trade Relations of the Company, and shall perform the executive and administrative duties, functions and privileges incumbent with such position and such other duties as reasonably determined and assigned by the Chief Commercial Officer of the Company, from time to time. The Executive shall devote substantially all of his time, attention and skill to such duties, except for paid vacation and other excused absence periods, and shall serve the Company faithfully and to the best of his ability, and shall use his best efforts to promote the success of the business of the Company. The Executive’s employment is subject to compliance with the Company’s policies, including any code of conduct, all as may be amended from time to time.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 2 will prevent the Executive from engaging in additional activities in connection with personal investments and community affairs that are not materially inconsistent with the Executive’s duties under this Agreement and that do not violate Section 6.

Nguyen - Confidential


3. Compensation .

a. Base Salary . During the Term, the Company shall pay to the Executive an annual base salary (“Base Salary”) of at least $254,340 less applicable and authorized deductions, subject to review annually for appropriate increases by the Chief Executive Officer and the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) pursuant to the normal performance review policy for senior level executives. The Base Salary shall be payable in accordance with the Company’s payroll schedule.

b. Annual Bonus . For each calendar year during the Term, the Executive shall be eligible to earn an annual discretionary bonus (“Annual Bonus”) based upon the level of attainment of performance goals established by the Board. The target level of the Annual Bonus is 30% of the Executive’s Base Salary (the “Target Bonus”). The Executive’s actual Annual Bonus, if any, will be awarded in the Company’s discretion, and shall be paid in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Company’s Annual Bonus program. Except as provided in Section 5, in no event will the Executive be eligible to be awarded an Annual Bonus if the Executive is not actively employed by the Company on, or has given or received notice of termination or resignation prior to, the date on which bonuses for the applicable year are paid to similarly situated employees. In no event will any Annual Bonus be paid later than March 15 of the year following the year in which the performance goals applicable to the Annual Bonus are measured. The Executive’s receipt of an Annual Bonus in one year does not guarantee receipt of any bonus in any subsequent year.

c. Equity Compensation . The Executive currently holds outstanding equity awards that remain subject to the terms of the applicable award agreement evidencing the equity award. The Executive will be eligible to receive equity awards pursuant to the terms of the Valeritas, Inc. 2014 Incentive Compensation Plan, or successor equity compensation plan, as each may be amended from time to time (the “Equity Plan”) as determined by the Company in its discretion. All determinations as to eligibility to receive equity awards, as well as the amount of any such equity grants made under the Equity Plan, shall be made in the Company’s sole discretion, subject to final approval by the Board or its designee. All equity awards shall be subject to the terms of the award agreement evidencing the equity award and the Equity Plan, or other equity plan pursuant to which the equity award was granted.

d. Other Benefits . During the Term, the Executive shall be eligible to participate in such employee benefit plans, programs or arrangements as are generally made available from time to time to other Company senior executives, to the extent the Executive is eligible under the terms of the plans, programs or arrangements pursuant to which such benefits are provided. Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent the Company from amending or terminating any Company employee benefit plan, program or arrangement from time to time as the Company deems appropriate.

e. Paid Time Off . During the Term, the Executive shall accrue a minimum of four (4) weeks paid time off each year, subject to the terms of the Company’s paid time off policy as in effect from time to time.

Nguyen - Confidential

 

2


4. Termination Events . This Agreement, the Executive’s employment and any and all rights of the Executive under this Agreement will terminate (except as otherwise provided in Section 5):

a. Upon the death of the Executive;

b. If the Company terminates the Executive due to the Disability (as hereinafter defined) of the Executive, immediately upon notice from the Company to the Executive;

c. For Cause (as hereinafter defined), immediately upon notice from the Company to the Executive, or such later time as such notice may specify;

d. If the Company terminates the Executive without Cause or the Executive resigns for Good Reason (as hereinafter defined); and

e. If the Executive resigns other than for Good Reason.

The Executive agrees to resign from all officer and director positions with the Company and its affiliates effective upon the Executive’s termination of employment.

For purposes of this Agreement, the Executive will be deemed to have a “Disability” if he is disabled within the meaning of such term under the Company’s long-term disability plan.

For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” shall mean the Executive’s (i) misappropriation of funds with respect to the Company or its affiliates, (ii) a material violation of this Agreement or of the employment policies of the Company or an affiliate, as in effect from time to time, (iii) a breach of any written confidentiality, nonsolicitation or noncompetition covenant with the Company or an affiliate, including but not limited to those set forth in this Agreement, (iv) conviction of a felony, or (v) misconduct that has a material adverse effect on the business, operations, assets, properties, or financial condition of the Company or an affiliate.

For purposes of this Agreement, the Executive shall have “Good Reason” if he provides the Company with written notice of his intent to resign within sixty (60) days after the occurrence of any of the following without the Executive’s written consent: (i) the Company requires that the Executive’s principal office location be moved to a location more than fifty (50) miles from the Executive’s principal office location immediately before the change; (ii) a material diminution by the Company of the Executive’s Base Salary or Target Bonus; or (iii) any material breach by the Company of this Agreement; provided, however, that the occurrence of an event described in clauses (i) through (iii) of this definition shall not constitute Good Reason if such event is fully corrected in all material respects by the Company within thirty (30) days following the receipt of the Executive’s written notice of his intent to resign. If the Company fails to cure the event described in clauses (i) through (iii) the Executive must actually resign within thirty (30) days following the cure period.

Nguyen - Confidential

 

3


5. Obligations Upon Termination .

a. By the Company or the Executive for any Reason . If the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company or the Executive for any reason, with or without Cause (as defined below), the Executive will have no further rights against the Company hereunder, except as set forth in subsection (b) or (c) below to the extent applicable, and except for the right to receive any unpaid Base Salary attributable to employment before the termination date and any other payments that have accrued or fully vested but which have not yet been paid prior to such termination. Other than the payments set forth in this subsection (a) and subsections (b) and (c) below, as applicable, the Executive will not be entitled to receive any other compensation for the calendar year during which the Executive’s termination of employment occurs or any subsequent calendar period.

b. By the Company without Cause or the Executive for Good Reason . If the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause (other than due to death or Disability), or the Executive resigns for Good Reason, and in either case the Executive executes and does not revoke a Release (as defined in subsection (e) below) (a “Qualifying Termination”), then the Executive will be eligible to receive the benefits set forth in either subsection (i) or (ii) below (but not both).

(i) Not in Connection with a Change in Control. If the Qualifying Termination occurs prior to the effective date of a Change in Control (as defined in the Equity Plan) and the Qualifying Termination is not a “Qualifying Pre-Closing Termination” (as defined in subsection (ii) below), or the Qualifying Termination occurs more than twelve (12) months after a Change in Control (in either case, a “Standard Qualifying Termination”), the Executive shall be entitled to:

(1) continuation of the Executive’s Base Salary (at the salary rate then in effect) for six (6) months (the “Severance Period”), in accordance with the Company’s payroll schedule, commencing on the sixtieth (60th) day after the Executive’s effective date of termination, with the first such installment payment including any unpaid severance payments that would have been made on the normal payroll dates occurring during the first sixty (60) days following the date of termination;

(2) an Annual Bonus for the year in which the Executive’s Qualifying Termination occurs, subject to achievement of any performance targets or goals applicable to such Annual Bonus and otherwise to the extent that the Company, in its sole discretion, awards bonuses to its executives for the year in which the termination occurs, and any such Annual Bonus shall be pro-rated to reflect the Executive’s employment with the Company through the date of termination and shall be payable in a lump sum at the same time as other such annual bonuses are payable to active employees;

(3) any Annual Bonus earned but not yet paid for any completed full fiscal year immediately preceding the employment termination date; and

Nguyen - Confidential

 

4


(4) provided that the Executive is eligible for and timely elects COBRA continuation coverage under the Company’s group health plan, the Company will reimburse the Executive for the monthly COBRA cost of continued coverage under such plan for the Executive, and, where applicable, his spouse and dependents, less the amount the Executive would have been required to pay for such coverage if the Executive were an active employee of the Company, for the Severance Period, or until the Executive becomes employed by another employer offering any such benefits (whichever is earlier), provided that the Company reserves the right to restructure the foregoing reimbursement arrangement in any manner necessary or appropriate to avoid fines, penalties or negative tax consequences to the Company or any affiliate or the Executive (including, without limitation, to avoid any penalty imposed under the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act or the guidance issued thereunder), as determined by the Company in its sole and absolute discretion. The Executive agrees to provide the Company with notice of eligibility under another health plan within two (2) weeks of such eligibility. The Executive shall submit appropriate evidence of each such expense within sixty (60) days after his receipt of the invoice or billing statement for such expense, and the Company shall provide the Executive with the requisite reimbursement on the next payroll date thereafter. The monthly reimbursements described in this clause (4) shall be paid in normal payroll installments, commencing on the sixtieth (60th) day after the Executive’s effective date of termination. The first such installment payment shall include any unpaid severance payments that would have been made on the normal payroll dates occurring during the first sixty (60) days following the date of termination. The COBRA health care continuation coverage period under section 4980B of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) shall run concurrently with the Severance Period.

(ii) In Connection with a Change in Control. If the Qualifying Termination occurs either (A) within three months prior to the effective date of a Change in Control but during the “Pre-Closing Period” (as defined below) (a “Qualifying Pre-Closing Termination”), or (B) on the date of, or within twelve (12) months after, the effective date of a Change in Control (in either case, together with a Qualifying Pre-Closing Termination, a “CIC Qualifying Termination”), the Executive shall be entitled to the same payments and benefits set forth under Section 5(b)(i) above, except that (1) the Severance Period for purposes of Sections 5(b)(i)(1) and 5(b)(i)(4) shall extend for nine (9) months instead of six (6) months and (2) in lieu of the Annual Bonus set forth in Section 5(b)(i)(2), the Executive shall receive the Target Annual Bonus for the year in which the Executive’s Qualifying Termination occurs, pro-rated to reflect the Executive’s employment with the Company through the date of termination, which shall be payable to the Executive on the sixtieth (60th) day following the Executive’s termination date, provided that if the Change in Control occurs after a Qualifying Termination under Section 5(b)(i) above, but prior to payment of the Annual Bonus for the year in which the Executive’s termination of employment occurs, the pro-rated Target Annual Bonus described in this subsection (ii) shall be paid on the sixtieth (60th) day following the Change in Control. For the avoidance of doubt, if a Change in Control occurs after a Qualifying Termination under Section 5(b)(i) above, and after payment of the pro-rated Annual Bonus described in Section 5(b)(i)(2), the Executive shall not be eligible to receive any additional payments for any Annual Bonus, including the Target Annual Bonus described in this subsection (ii).

Nguyen - Confidential

 

5


For purposes of this Agreement, the “Pre-Closing Period” means the period commencing with the Company’s execution of a definitive agreement for a Change in Control transaction and ending upon the earlier to occur of (A) the closing of the Change in Control contemplated by such definitive agreement and (B) the termination of such definitive agreement without the consummation of the contemplated Change in Control.

(iii) No Duplication of Benefits. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, under no circumstances shall the Executive be eligible to receive payments under both subsections (i) and (ii) of this Section 5(b).

c. Death or Disability . If the Company terminates the Executive’s employment on account of the Executive’s Disability (subject to the requirements of applicable law) or if the Executive dies while employed by the Company, the Company shall pay the Executive (or the Executive’s estate in the case of death) the Executive’s Base Salary (at the salary rate then in effect) for three (3) months following the Executive’s termination of employment, in accordance with the Company’s payroll schedule, commencing on the sixtieth (60th) day after the Executive’s effective date of termination, with the first such installment payment including any unpaid severance payments that would have been made on the normal payroll dates occurring during the first sixty (60) days following the date of termination. Except as provided in subsection (a) above, the Executive shall not be entitled to any other compensation for the calendar year during which the termination occurs or any subsequent calendar period.

d. Employee Benefit Plans . The Executive’s accrual of or participation in plans providing for benefits will cease on the effective date of the Executive’s termination of employment and the Executive will be entitled to accrued benefits pursuant to such plans only as provided in such plans. The Executive will not receive, as part of his termination pay pursuant to this Section 5, any payment or other compensation for any vacation, holiday, sick leave or other leave unused on the effective date of termination of the Executive’s employment pursuant to this Agreement, except to the extent required to be paid by applicable law.

e. Release Requirement . The Company will be obligated to provide the severance benefits set forth in this Section 5 (except in the case of death) only if the Executive executes and does not revoke a complete release of any and all claims that the Executive may have against the Company and its affiliates, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A , with such changes as are required to comply with applicable law at the time of the Executive’s termination of employment or as reasonably determined by Company counsel to be necessary or appropriate (the “Release”). Such Release shall become effective upon the expiration of the revocation period contemplated thereby, as long as the Executive does not revoke the Release during such revocation period. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, if the Release is not effective as of the scheduled payment date for the Executive’s receipt of the payments and/or benefits set forth in this Section 5 (other than subsection (a)) (e.g., on the sixtieth (60th) day following the Executive’s termination date), the Executive will forfeit such payments and/or benefits.

Nguyen - Confidential

 

6


f. Code section 280G . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, if any severance payment under this Section 5, either alone or together with any other payment which the Executive has received or has the right to receive from the Company (“Total Payments”), would otherwise exceed the amount (the “Safe Harbor Amount”) that could be received by the Executive without the imposition of an excise tax under section 4999 of the Code, then the Total Payments shall be reduced to the extent, and only to the extent, necessary to assure that their aggregate present value, as determined in accordance the applicable provisions of section 280G of the Code and the regulations thereunder, does not exceed the greater of the following dollar amounts: (i) the Safe Harbor Amount, or (ii) the greatest after-tax amount payable to the Executive after taking into account any excise tax imposed under section 4999 of the Code on the Total Payments. The Company shall pay all of the fees, including legal and accounting fees, associated with calculating the amounts set forth in this subsection (f).

6. Covenant Not to Compete; Non-Disclosure of Information; Invention Assignment; Return of Company Property .

a. Covenant Not to Compete/Not to Solicit . The Executive acknowledges and recognizes that the Company operates in a competitive field and that confidential information concerning its business operations is a substantial asset that was acquired through considerable time, money and effort. Accordingly, in consideration of the execution of this Agreement, the Executive agrees to the following:

(i) During the Restricted Period (as defined below) and within the Restricted Area (as defined below), the Executive will not, individually or in conjunction with others, directly or indirectly, engage in any activities with a Competitive Business (as defined below), whether as an officer, director, proprietor, employer, partner, independent contractor, active investor, consultant, advisor or agent, except in connection with the Executive’s responsibilities as an employee of the Company.

(ii) During the Restricted Period, the Executive will not, directly or indirectly, compete with the Company by soliciting, inducing or influencing any Company Clients (as defined below) to discontinue or reduce the extent of such relationship with the Company.

(iii) During the Restricted Period, the Executive will not (1) directly or indirectly recruit, solicit or otherwise influence any employee or agent of the Company to discontinue such employment or agency relationship with the Company, or (2) employ or seek to employ, or cause or permit any Competitive Business to employ or seek to employ for any Competitive Business any person who is then (or was at any time within one (1) year prior to the date the Executive or the Competitive Business employs or seeks to employ such person) employed by the Company.

Nguyen - Confidential

 

7


(iv) During the Restricted Period, the Executive will not interfere with, or disrupt or attempt to disrupt any relationship, contractual or otherwise, between the Company and any Company Clients, customer, employee or agent of the Company.

b. Non-Disclosure of Information . The Executive acknowledges that the Company’s trade secrets, private or secret processes, methods and ideas, as they exist from time to time, customer lists and other confidential information concerning the Company’s products, services, training methods, development, technical information, marketing activities and procedures, credit and financial data concerning the Company and/or the Company’s Clients (the “Proprietary Information”) are valuable, special and unique assets of the Company, access to and knowledge of which are essential to the performance of the Executive hereunder. In light of the highly competitive nature of the industry in which the Company’s business is conducted, the Executive agrees that all Proprietary Information, heretofore or in the future obtained by the Executive as a result of the Executive’s association with the Company shall be considered confidential.

In recognition of this fact, the Executive agrees that the Executive will not use or disclose any of such Proprietary Information for the Executive’s own purposes or for the benefit of any person or other entity or organization (except the Company) under any circumstances unless such Proprietary Information has been publicly disclosed generally or, unless upon written advice of legal counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company, the Executive is legally required to disclose such Proprietary Information. Documents (as defined below) prepared by the Executive or that come into the Executive’s possession during the Executive’s association with the Company that include Proprietary Information are and will remain the property of the Company, and when this Agreement terminates, such Documents shall be returned to the Company at the Company’s principal place of business, as provided in the Notice provision (Section 10.f) of this Agreement or destroyed.

c. Documents . “Documents” shall mean all original written, recorded, or graphic matters whatsoever, and any and all copies thereof, including, but not limited to: papers; books; records; tangible things; correspondence; communications; telex messages; memoranda; work-papers; reports; affidavits; statements; summaries; analyses; evaluations; customer mailing lists; client records and information; agreements; agendas; advertisements; instructions; charges; manuals; brochures; publications; directories; industry lists; schedules; price lists; client lists; statistical records; training manuals; computer printouts; books of account, records and invoices reflecting business operations; all things similar to any of the foregoing however denominated. In all cases where originals are not available, the term “Documents” shall also mean identical copies of original documents or non-identical copies thereof.

d. Company’s Clients . The “Company’s Clients” shall be any person or entity for whom the Company has a contractual relationship, including, but not limited to, any person or entity which has entered into any contract for the distribution of any of the Company’s products within one (1) year immediately preceding the date Executive’s employment with the Company terminates.

Nguyen - Confidential

 

8


e. Restricted Period . The “Restricted Period” shall be at all times during the Executive’s employment with the Company, and shall extend for six (6) months following the Executive’s termination of employment if such termination is a Standard Qualifying Termination, or for nine (9) months following the Executive’s termination of employment if such termination is a CIC Qualifying Termination, provided, however, that the Restricted Period shall be extended by any period of time during which the Executive is in breach of the covenants set forth in this Section 6. The periods of time during which the Executive is in violation of the covenants set forth in this Section 6 shall be in addition to the Restricted Period specified herein.

f. Restricted Area . The “Restricted Area” shall mean any geographic area in which the Company actively did business within the twelve (12) months preceding the Executive’s termination of employment or which the Company planned to conduct business during that same period.

g. Competitive Business . “Competitive Business” shall mean a company that is in any stage of research, development or commercialization of a patch, pump or other extended insulin release device or mechanism primarily targeted to diabetic patients. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following activities will not be prohibited “Competitive Business” activities: (i) a passive investment of up to five percent (5%) of the outstanding stock of a publicly held corporation regardless of whether such corporation engages in a Competitive Business; (ii) providing investment banking services on behalf of an investment banking firm regardless of whether or not such firm is providing services to an entity engaged in a Competitive Business; or (iii) the Executive commencing employment with any entity that engages in both Competitive Business activities and activities which are not Competitive Business activities so long as the Executive provides services to such entity with respect to non-Competitive Business activities and does not engage in Competitive Business activities.

h. Covenants as Essential Elements of this Agreement . It is understood by and between the parties hereto that the foregoing covenants contained in Sections 6(a) and 6(b) are essential elements of this Agreement, and that but for the agreement by the Executive to comply with such covenants, the Company would not have agreed to enter into this Agreement. Such covenants by the Executive shall be construed to be agreements independent of any other provisions of this Agreement.

i. Company Includes . For purposes of this Agreement, the Company shall include the Company, and any parent and any direct and indirect subsidiaries and affiliates (as defined in Rule 501 under the Securities Act of 1933).

j. Invention Assignment . The Executive agrees that all inventions, including, but not limited to, improvements, and all know-how, processes, techniques, formulas, ideas, circuits, designs, trademarks, trade secrets and copyrightable works (collectively, “Inventions”) which result from work performed by the Executive on behalf of the Company or from access to Proprietary Information shall be the property solely of the Company. The Executive agrees, both during and after employment with the Company, to disclose promptly and in writing, to the Company, all Inventions that the Executive, either solely or jointly with others, make, author, discover, develop, conceive and/or reduce to practice derived from Proprietary Information. The Executive hereby assigns and agrees to assign to the Company or its designee, without further consideration, his entire right and interest in and to all Inventions, including all

Nguyen - Confidential

 

9


rights to obtain, register and enforce patents, copyrights, mask work rights and other intellectual property protection for Inventions. The Executive agrees to execute all documents reasonably necessary to perfect such intellectual property rights and the assignment of those rights to the Company or its designee. The Executive further agrees to assist the Company (at the Company’s expense), both during and after employment with the Company, in obtaining, protecting and/or enforcing patents, copyrights or other forms of Inventions.

k. Return of Company Property . Upon termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason whatsoever, voluntarily or involuntarily (and in all events within five (5) days of the Executive’s effective date of termination), and at any earlier time the Company requests, the Executive will deliver to the person designated by the Company all originals and copies of all documents and property of the Company in the Executive’s possession, under the Executive’s control or to which the Executive may have access. The Executive will not reproduce or appropriate for the Executive’s own use, or for the use of others, any property, Proprietary Information or Inventions, and shall remove from any personal computing or communications equipment all information relating to the Company.

1. Permitted Conduct . Nothing in this Agreement shall prohibit or restrict the Executive from: (i) making any disclosure of relevant, necessary and truthful information or documents in connection with any charge, action, investigation or proceeding relating to this Agreement, or as required by law or legal process; or (ii) participating, cooperating or providing truthful testimony in any charge, action, investigation or proceeding with, or providing information to, any self-regulatory organization, governmental agency or legislative body, or the Company’s Legal Department, and/or pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, provided that, to the extent permitted by law, upon receipt of any subpoena, court order or other legal process compelling the disclosure of any such information or documents, the Executive gives prompt written notice to the most senior Human Resources executive so as to permit the Company to protect its interests in confidentiality to the fullest extent possible.

7. Covenants to Survive this Agreement . The covenants of the Executive contained in Section 6(b) hereof shall survive the termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason and the expiration or termination of this Agreement or any part thereof without regard to the reason therefor. The covenants of the Executive contained in Section 6(a) hereof shall survive the termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason and the expiration or termination of this Agreement or any part thereof, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement. Both parties hereby expressly agree and contract that it is not the intention of either party to violate any public policy or any statutory or common law, and that if any sentence, paragraph, clause or combination of the same of Section 6 (including any provisions incorporated by reference) is in violation of the law of any state where applicable, such sentence, paragraph, clause, or combination of the same shall be void in the jurisdictions where it is unlawful, and the remainder of such paragraph and this Agreement shall remain binding on the parties hereto. It is the intention of both parties to make the covenants of Section 6 binding only to the extent that it may be lawfully done under existing applicable laws. In the event that any part of any covenant of Section 6 is determined by a court of law to be overly broad thereby making the covenant unenforceable, the parties hereto agree, and it is their desire, that such court shall substitute a reasonable, judicially enforceable limitation in place of the offensive part of the covenant and as so modified the covenant shall be as fully enforceable as set forth herein by the parties themselves in the modified form.

Nguyen - Confidential

 

10


8. Injunctive Relief, an Additional Remedy . The Executive acknowledges that the injury that would be suffered by the Company as a result of breach of the provisions of Section 6 would be irreparable and that an award of monetary damages to the Company for such breach would be an inadequate remedy. Consequently, the Company will have the right in addition to any other rights it may have, to obtain injunctive relief to restrain any breach or threatened breach or otherwise to specifically enforce any provision of this Agreement and the Company will not be obligated to post bond or the security in seeking such relief. Without limiting the Company’s rights under this Section or any other remedies of the Company, if the Executive breaches any provisions of Section 6, and the Company obtains an injunction or final judgment that Executive has violated Section 6, the Company will have the right to cease making any payments otherwise to the Executive under this Agreement.

9. Withholding . Anything to the contrary notwithstanding, all payments required to be made by the Company hereunder to the Executive or the Executive’s estate or beneficiaries shall be subject to the withholding of such amounts, if any, relating to tax and other payroll deductions as the Company may reasonably determine it should withhold pursuant to any applicable law or regulation. In lieu of withholding such amounts, the Company may accept other arrangements pursuant to which it is satisfied that such tax and other payroll obligations will be satisfied in a manner complying with applicable law or regulation.

10. Miscellaneous .

a. Executive Representations . The Executive hereby represents and warrants to the Company that he is not subject to, or a party to, any employment agreement, non-competition covenant, non-disclosure agreement or other agreement, covenant, understanding or restriction of any nature whatsoever which would prohibit the Executive from executing this Agreement and performing fully his duties and responsibilities hereunder, or which would in any manner, directly or indirectly, limit or affect the duties and responsibilities which may now or in the future be assigned to the Executive by the Company. Further, the Company expects the Executive not to, and the Executive hereby acknowledges that he shall not, use any proprietary or confidential information of any prior employer in the performance of his duties.

b. Governing Law . The validity, construction, interpretation and enforceability of this Agreement and the capacity of the parties shall be determined and governed by the laws of the State of New Jersey without regard to conflicts of law.

c. Jurisdiction and Service of Process . Any legal action or proceeding with respect to this Agreement shall be brought in the courts of the State of New Jersey or of the United States of America for the District of New Jersey. By execution and delivery of this Agreement, each of the parties hereto accepts for itself and in respect of its property, generally and unconditionally, the jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts. Each of the parties hereto irrevocably consents to the service of process of any of the aforesaid courts in any such action or proceeding by mailing copies thereof by certified mail, postage prepaid, to the party at its address set forth in subsection (f). THE PARTIES IRREVOCABLY WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY TO ALL CLAIMS HEREUNDER.

Nguyen - Confidential

 

11


d. Assignment . This Agreement and any rights and benefits hereunder shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive’s legal representatives, heirs or legatees. This Agreement and any rights and benefits hereunder shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns. This Agreement is personal to each of the parties hereto, and neither party may assign or delegate any of the rights or obligations hereunder without first obtaining a written consent of the other party, except the Company may assign this Agreement without the Executive’s consent provided that the Company merges with, or transfers all or substantially all of the Company’s assets to, a transferee or surviving company that agrees to assume this Agreement in its entirety, without modification or amendment.

e. Collateral Agreements . This Agreement constitutes the entire Agreement between the parties respecting the employment of the Executive, and supersedes any and all prior agreements and understandings concerning the terms and conditions of the Executive’s employment by the Company, including the Original Agreement, and there are no representations, warranties or commitments relating to such employment, except as set forth or referred to herein, provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Employee Confidentiality and Inventions Agreement between the Executive and the Company shall remain in full force and effect. This Agreement may be amended only by an instrument in writing executed by the parties hereto. For the avoidance of doubt, this Agreement shall not supersede any award agreement between the Executive and the Company evidencing outstanding equity awards.

f. Notices . Any notice, request, demand or other communication hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given when personally delivered to an officer of the Company or to the Executive, as the case may be, or when delivered by national next-business day delivery service or certified mail at the following addresses:

If to the Company:

Valeritas, Inc.

750 Route 202 South, Suite 600

Bridgewater, NJ 08807

Attention: Human Resources

If to the Executive:

27 Higgins Farm Road

Stockton, NJ 0855

g. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts. All executed counterparts shall constitute one Agreement notwithstanding that all signatories are not signatories to the original or the same counterpart.

Nguyen - Confidential

 

12


h. Mitigation . The Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payments and/or benefits under this Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise. The payments and/or benefits to be provided pursuant to Section 5 shall not be reduced by any compensation or benefits payable or provided to the Executive as a result of employment by another employer after the date of termination or otherwise.

i. Waiver of Breach . No delay or omission by a party in exercising any right, remedy or power under this Agreement or existing at law or in equity shall be construed as a waiver thereof, and any such right, remedy or power may be exercised by such party from time to time and as often as may be deemed expedient or necessary by such party in its sole discretion.

j. Application of Section of 409A of the Internal Revenue Code .

(i) This Agreement is intended to comply with the requirements of section 409A of the Code and its corresponding regulations (“Section 409A”), and shall in all respects be administered in accordance with Section 409A. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, distributions may only be made under this Agreement upon an event and in a manner permitted by Section 409A or an applicable exemption. Severance benefits provided under this Agreement are intended to be exempt from Section 409A under the “separation pay exception” to the maximum extent applicable. Further, any payments that qualify for the “short-term deferral” exception or another exception under Section 409A shall be paid under the applicable exception. For purposes of Section 409A, all payments to be made upon a termination of employment under this Agreement may only be made upon the Executive’s “separation from service” (within the meaning of such term under Section 409A), each payment made under this Agreement shall be treated as a separate payment, and the right to a series of installment payments under this Agreement shall be treated as a right to a series of separate payments. In no event shall the Executive, directly or indirectly, designate the fiscal year of payment, except as permitted under Section 409A. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, in no event shall the timing of the Executive’s execution of the Release, directly or indirectly, result in the Executive designating the calendar year of payment, and if a payment that is subject to execution of the Release could be made in more than one taxable year, payment shall be made in the later taxable year. The Executive will be solely responsible for any tax imposed under Section 409A and in no event will the Company have any liability with respect to any tax, interest or other penalty imposed under Section 409A.

(ii) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if, at the time of the Executive’s termination of employment with the Company, the Company has securities which are publicly traded on an established securities market and the Executive is a “specified employee” (as such term is defined in Section 409A) and it is necessary to postpone the commencement of any payments or benefits otherwise payable under this Agreement as a result of such termination of employment to prevent any accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A, then the Company shall postpone the commencement of the payment of any such payments or benefits hereunder (without any reduction in such payments or benefits ultimately paid or provided to the Executive) that are not otherwise paid within the ‘short-term deferral exception’ under Treas. Reg. section 1.409A-1(b)(4), and the ‘separation pay exception’ under

Nguyen - Confidential

 

13


Treas. Reg. section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii), until the first payroll date that occurs after the date that is six months following the Executive’s “separation of service” (as such term is defined under Section 409A) with the Company. If any payments are postponed due to such requirements, such postponed amounts shall be paid in a lump sum to the Executive on the first payroll date that occurs after the date that is six (6) months following Executive’s separation of service with the Company. If the Executive dies during the postponement period prior to the payment of postponed amount, the amounts withheld on account of Section 409A shall be paid to the personal representative of the Executive’s estate within sixty (60) days after the date of the Executive’s death.

(iii) All reimbursements and in-kind benefits provided under this Agreement shall be made or provided in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A, including, where applicable, the requirement that (1) any reimbursement shall be for expenses incurred during the Executive’s lifetime (or during a shorter period of time specified in this Agreement), (2) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in kind benefits provided, during a calendar year may not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in kind benefits to be provided, in any other calendar year, (3) the reimbursement of an eligible expense shall be made on or before the last day of the calendar year following the year in which the expense is incurred and (4) the right to reimbursement or in kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

Nguyen - Confidential

 

14


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement effective as of the day and year first written above,

 

COMPANY:
Valeritas, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Kristen Peterson

Name: Kristen Peterson
Its: Chief Executive Officer
EXECUTIVE:

/s/ Matthew Nguyen

Matthew Nguyen

SIGNATURE PAGE TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT OF

Matthew Nguyen

Nguyen - Confidential

 

15


EXHIBIT A

RELEASE AND WAIVER OF CLAIMS

In consideration of the benefits and mutual agreements set forth in the Employment Agreement, dated as February     , 2015 (the “Agreement”), between Valeritas, Inc. (the “Company”) and [            ] (the “Executive”), to which this form is attached, the Executive, intending to be legally bound, agrees to the terms and conditions set forth in this Release and Waiver of Claims (“Release and Waiver”).

1. In exchange for the consideration provided to the Executive by the Agreement that the Executive is not entitled to receive absent the Agreement, including but not limited to the applicable severance consideration set forth in Section 5 of the Agreement, and the other commitments of the Company in the Agreement, the Executive and his or her heirs, representatives, agents and attorneys hereby generally and completely, subject to the provisions set forth below in Paragraphs 2 and 3, releases the Company and any of its predecessors, successors, parents, affiliated or subsidiary companies, and its or their present or former officers, directors, agents, members of the Board of Directors, representatives or employees, and the various Company benefit plans, committees, trustees, fiduciaries, trusts and their respective successors and assigns, heirs, executors and personal or legal representatives (collectively referred to as the “Releasees”) from any and all claims or causes of action the Executive may have or claim to have against the Releasees including any claims arising out of or relating in any way to the Executive’s employment with the Company and/or the termination of such employment. In waiving and releasing any and all claims against the Releasees, whether or not now known to the Executive, the Executive understands that this means that if the Executive later discovers facts different from or in addition to those facts currently known by the Executive, or believed by the Executive to be true, the waivers and releases of this Release and Waiver will remain effective in all respects - despite such different or additional facts and the Executive’s later discovery of such facts, even if the Executive would not have signed this Release and Waiver if the Executive had prior knowledge of such facts. The claims released include, but are not limited to:

(a) all claims for monetary damages arising under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 (as amended), Sections 1981 through 1988 of Title 42 of the United States Code (as amended), the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (as amended) (“ADEA”), the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act of 1990 (“OWBPA”), and the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (as amended);

(b) any and all other claims, including but not limited to claims brought under the Rehabilitation Act, the Executive Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (as amended), the Fair Labor Standards Act (as amended), the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994, the National Labor Relations Act (as amended), the Federal Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act (as amended), the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993, the Occupational Safety and Health Act (as amended), the Equal Pay Act (as amended), the Labor Management Relations Act, New Jersey Law Against Discrimination, New

Nguyen - Confidential

 

16


Jersey Equal Pay Act, New Jersey Civil Rights Law, New Jersey Conscientious Employee Protection Act, New Jersey Family Leave Act, New Jersey Wage and Hour Law, New Jersey WARN Laws, and the New Jersey Constitution;

(c) all claims arising under any Executive Order or derived from or based upon any state or federal regulations;

(d) all common law claims, including but not limited to any and all rights to discovery, claims for wrongful discharge, constructive discharge, violation of public policy, breach of an express or implied contract, breach of an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing, negligent or intentional infliction of emotional distress, defamation, conspiracy, tortious interference with contract or prospective economic advantage, promissory estoppel, equitable estoppel, fraud, misrepresentation, detrimental reliance, retaliation, and negligence;

(e) all claims for any compensation including back wages, front pay, punitive damages, pay increases, bonuses or awards, fringe benefits, severance benefits, reinstatement, retroactive seniority, or any other form of economic loss;

(f) all claims for personal injury, including physical injury, mental anguish, emotional distress, pain and suffering, embarrassment, humiliation, damage to name or reputation, interest, liquidated damages, and punitive damages; and

(g) all claims for costs, interest, and attorneys’ fees.

2. The foregoing shall in no event apply to any claims that, as a matter of applicable law, are not waivable. The Executive and the Company agree that nothing in this Release and Waiver prevents or prohibits the Executive from: (i) making any disclosure of relevant and necessary information or documents in connection with any charge, action, investigation or proceeding relating to this Release and Waiver, or as required by law or legal process; (ii) participating, cooperating or testifying in any charge, action, investigation or proceeding with, or providing information to, any self-regulatory organization, governmental agency or legislative body, and/or pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act; (iii) filing, testifying, participating in or otherwise assisting in a proceeding relating to an alleged violation of any federal, state or municipal law relating to fraud, or any rule or regulation of the Securities and Exchange Commission or any self-regulatory organization; or (iv) challenging the knowing and voluntary nature of the release of ADEA claims pursuant to the OWBPA. To the extent permitted by law, upon receipt of any subpoena, court order or other legal process compelling the disclosure of any such information or documents, the Executive agrees to give prompt written notice to the Company so as to permit the Company to protect its interests in confidentiality to the fullest extent possible. To the fullest extent provided by law, the Executive acknowledges and agrees, however, the Executive is waiving any right to recover monetary damages in connection with any such charge, action, investigation or proceeding. To the extent the Executive receives any monetary relief in connection with any such charge, action, investigation or proceeding, the Company will be entitled to an offset for the benefits made pursuant to the Agreement, to the fullest extent provided by law.

Nguyen - Confidential

 

17


3. The Executive and the Company further agree that the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (“EEOC”) and comparable state or local agencies have the authority to carry out their statutory duties by investigating charges, issuing determinations and filing lawsuits in Federal or state court in their own name, or taking any action authorized by the EEOC or comparable state or local agencies. The Executive retains the right to participate in any such action and to seek any appropriate non-monetary relief. The Executive retains the right to communicate with the EEOC and comparable state or local agencies and such communication can be initiated by the Executive or in response to the government and such right is not limited by any non-disparagement claims. The Executive and the Company agree that communication with employees plays a critical role in the EEOC’s enforcement process because employees inform the agency of employer practices that might violate the law. For this reason, the right to communicate with the EEOC is a right that is protected by federal law and this Release and Waiver does not prohibit or interfere with those rights. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive agrees to waive his right to recover monetary damages in any charge, complaint or lawsuit filed by him or by anyone else on his behalf.

4. The Executive agrees that the Executive will not apply for, nor otherwise seek or accept, employment or re-employment with the Company or any of its related or successor companies, and the Executive forever releases and discharges the Company and its related or successor companies from any obligation to consider the Executive for employment or re-employment in any capacity.

5. The Executive acknowledges that, subject to the provisions set forth in Paragraphs 2 and 3, any prior agreements between the Executive and the Company that impose non-competition, non-solicitation, confidentiality and/or nondisclosure obligations upon the Executive shall remain in force and effect.

6. The Executive acknowledges that the Executive has received all amounts due from the Company through the Executive’s termination of employment, including but not limited to all wages earned and payment for all accrued but unused paid vacation time. No other amounts are due to the Executive from the Company except pursuant to Section 5 of the Agreement (to the extent applicable). The Executive also represents that there are no existing claims, charges, or complaints filed by the Executive against the Releasees in any federal, state or local court or administrative agency.

7. The Executive acknowledges that the only consideration the Executive has received for signing this Release and Waiver is that set forth herein and in the Agreement. No other promise, inducement, threat, agreement or understanding of any kind or description has been made with or to the Executive to cause the Executive to enter into this Release and Waiver. The Executive further acknowledges that the consideration the Executive is receiving from the Company through this Release and Waiver and the Agreement is greater than any amount the Executive would otherwise be entitled to from the Company.

8. The Executive understands that the Executive has been given a period of twenty-one (21) calendar days to review and consider this Release and Waiver before signing it. The Executive also understands that the Executive is free to use as much of the twenty-one (21) day period as the Executive wishes or considers necessary before deciding to sign this Release and

Nguyen - Confidential

 

18


Waiver, provided, however, that the Executive may not sign this Release and Waiver before the Executive’s termination of employment. Changes to the Company’s offer contained in this Release and Waiver that are immaterial will not restart the twenty-one (21) day consideration period.

9. The Executive may revoke this Release and Waiver within seven (7) calendar days of signing it by delivering written notice of revocation to             at            . If the Executive has not revoked this Release and Waiver within that seven (7) day period, it becomes effective immediately on the eighth day after the Executive signs the Release and Waiver.

10. The Executive agrees that the Executive has had the opportunity to review this Release and Waiver with an attorney, that the Company recommends that the Executive review this Release and Waiver with an attorney and that the Executive fully understands the terms and conditions of this Release and Waiver. The Executive further acknowledges that the Executive accepts the terms of this Release and Waiver and enters into it freely, voluntarily, and without duress or coercion.

11. Should any provision of this Release and Waiver be declared or determined by any Court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable (except for Paragraph 1), the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining parts, terms or provisions shall not be affected thereby and the illegal, unenforceable or invalid part, term or provisions shall be deemed not to be part of this Release and Waiver.

12. This Release and Waiver shall be governed by New Jersey law, and the Courts of New Jersey, either federal or state, shall have jurisdiction over, and be the proper venue for, any disputes arising out of this Release and Waiver.

Nguyen - Confidential

 

19


I ACKNOWLEDGE THAT I HAVE CAREFULLY READ THIS RELEASE AND WAIVER OF CLAIMS AND UNDERSTAND ALL OF ITS TERMS, INCLUDING THE FULL AND FINAL RELEASE AND WAIVER OF CLAIMS SET FORTH ABOVE. I FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGE THAT I HAVE VOLUNTARILY ENTERED INTO THIS RELEASE AND WAIVER OF CLAIMS, THAT I HAVE NOT RELIED UPON ANY REPRESENTATION OR STATEMENT, WRITTEN OR ORAL, NOT SET FORTH IN THIS RELEASE AND WAIVER OF CLAIMS AND THAT I HAVE BEEN GIVEN THE OPPORTUNITY AND BEEN ENCOURAGED TO HAVE THIS RELEASE AND WAIVER OF CLAIMS REVIEWED BY AN ATTORNEY.

 

 

    

 

Name: [                            ]      On behalf of Valeritas
Date:      Name:
     Title:
     Date:

Nguyen - Confidential

 

20

Exhibit 10.26

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Employment Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of March 4, 2015 (the “Effective Date”) by and between Valeritas, Inc. a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and Geoffrey Jenkins (the “Executive”). The Company and the Executive are referred to each individually as a “party” and collectively as the “parties.”

RECITALS:

WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive previously executed an offer letter, dated April 2, 2009 (the “Original Agreement”); and

WHEREAS, the Executive and the Company desire to amend and restate the terms and conditions of the Original Agreement and to continue the Executive’s employment with the Company upon the amended and restated terms and conditions as set forth herein in this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein set forth, the parties agree as follows:

1. Term . Subject to termination under Section 4, this Agreement shall be effective for the period beginning on the Effective Date and continuing until the third anniversary of the Effective Date. The term of this Agreement shall automatically renew for periods of one-year, unless either party gives written notice to the other party at least 30 days prior to the end of the then existing term or any one-year renewal period, that the term of the Agreement shall not be further extended. The period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the date on which the term of the Agreement terminates in accordance with this Section 1 or upon termination of employment in accordance with Section 4 is referred to hereinafter as the “Term.” Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as giving the Executive any right to be retained in the employ of the Company, and the Executive specifically acknowledges that the Executive shall be an employee-at-will of the Company, and thus subject to discharge at any time by the Company with or without Cause (as defined in Section 4) and without compensation of any nature except as provided in Section 5 below.

2. Duties . During the Term, the Executive shall serve as the Executive Vice President, Manufacturing Operations & R&D of the Company, and shall perform the executive and administrative duties, functions and privileges incumbent with such position and such other duties as reasonably determined and assigned by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, from time to time. The Executive shall devote substantially all of his time, attention and skill to such duties, except for paid vacation and other excused absence periods, and shall serve the Company faithfully and to the best of his ability, and shall use his best efforts to promote the success of the business of the Company. The Executive’s employment is subject to compliance with the Company’s policies, including any code of conduct, all as may be amended from time to time.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 2 will prevent the Executive from engaging in additional activities in connection with personal investments and community affairs that are not materially inconsistent with the Executive’s duties under this Agreement and that do not violate Section 6.

Confidential - Jenkins


3. Compensation .

a. Base Salary . During the Term, the Company shall pay to the Executive an annual base salary (“Base Salary”) of at least $358,829, less applicable and authorized deductions, subject to review annually for appropriate increases by the Chief Executive Officer and the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) pursuant to the normal performance review policy for senior level executives. The Base Salary shall be payable in accordance with the Company’s payroll schedule.

b. Annual Bonus . For each calendar year during the Term, the Executive shall be eligible to earn an annual discretionary bonus (“Annual Bonus”) based upon the level of attainment of performance goals established by the Board. The target level of the Annual Bonus is 35% of the Executive’s Base Salary (the “Target Bonus”). The Executive’s actual Annual Bonus, if any, will be awarded in the Company’s discretion, and shall be paid in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Company’s Annual Bonus program. Except as provided in Section 5, in no event will the Executive be eligible to be awarded an Annual Bonus if the Executive is not actively employed by the Company on, or has given or received notice of termination or resignation prior to, the date on which bonuses for the applicable year are paid to similarly situated employees. In no event will any Annual Bonus be paid later than March 15 of the year following the year in which the performance goals applicable to the Annual Bonus are measured. The Executive’s receipt of an Annual Bonus in one year does not guarantee receipt of any bonus in any subsequent year.

c. Equity Compensation . The Executive currently holds outstanding equity awards that remain subject to the terms of the applicable award agreement evidencing the equity award. The Executive will be eligible to receive equity awards pursuant to the terms of the Valeritas, Inc. 2014 Incentive Compensation Plan, or successor equity compensation plan, as each may be amended from time to time (the “Equity Plan”) as determined by the Company in its discretion. All determinations as to eligibility to receive equity awards, as well as the amount of any such equity grants made under the Equity Plan, shall be made in the Company’s sole discretion, subject to final approval by the Board or its designee. All equity awards shall be subject to the terms of the award agreement evidencing the equity award and the Equity Plan, or other equity plan pursuant to which the equity award was granted.

d. Other Benefits . During the Term, the Executive shall be eligible to participate in such employee benefit plans, programs or arrangements as are generally made available from time to time to other Company senior executives, to the extent the Executive is eligible under the terms of the plans, programs or arrangements pursuant to which such benefits are provided. Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent the Company from amending or terminating any Company employee benefit plan, program or arrangement from time to time as the Company deems appropriate.

e. Paid Time Off . During the Term, the Executive shall accrue a minimum of four (4) weeks paid time off each year, subject to the terms of the Company’s paid time off policy as in effect from time to time.

Confidential - Jenkins

 

2


4. Termination Events . This Agreement, the Executive’s employment and any and all rights of the Executive under this Agreement will terminate (except as otherwise provided in Section 5):

a. Upon the death of the Executive;

b. If the Company terminates the Executive due to the Disability (as hereinafter defined) of the Executive, immediately upon notice from the Company to the Executive;

c. For Cause (as hereinafter defined), immediately upon notice from the Company to the Executive, or such later time as such notice may specify;

d. If the Company terminates the Executive without Cause or the Executive resigns for Good Reason (as hereinafter defined); and

e. If the Executive resigns other than for Good Reason.

The Executive agrees to resign from all officer and director positions with the Company and its affiliates effective upon the Executive’s termination of employment.

For purposes of this Agreement, the Executive will be deemed to have a “Disability” if he is disabled within the meaning of such term under the Company’s long-term disability plan.

For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” shall mean the Executive’s (i) misappropriation of funds with respect to the Company or its affiliates, (ii) a material violation of this Agreement or of the employment policies of the Company or an affiliate, as in effect from time to time, (iii) a breach of any written confidentiality, nonsolicitation or noncompetition covenant with the Company or an affiliate, including but not limited to those set forth in this Agreement, (iv) conviction of a felony, or (v) misconduct that has a material adverse effect on the business, operations, assets, properties, or financial condition of the Company or an affiliate.

For purposes of this Agreement, the Executive shall have “Good Reason” if he provides the Company with written notice of his intent to resign within sixty (60) days after the occurrence of any of the following without the Executive’s written consent: (i) a material diminution in the Executive’s duties, authority or responsibilities relative to the duties, authority or responsibilities in effect immediately prior to the change such that Executive no longer has the title of, or serves or functions as, Executive Vice President, Manufacturing Operations & R&D of the Company; (ii) the Company requires that the Executive’s principal office location be moved to a location more than fifty (50) miles from the Executive’s principal office location immediately before the change; (iii) a material diminution by the Company of the Executive’s Base Salary or Target Bonus; or (iv) any material breach by the Company of this Agreement; provided, however, that the occurrence of an event described in clauses (i) through (iv) of this definition shall not constitute Good Reason if such event is fully corrected in all material respects by the Company within thirty (30) days following the receipt of the Executive’s written notice of his intent to resign. If the Company fails to cure the event described in clauses (i) through (iv) the Executive must actually resign within thirty (30) days following the cure period.

Confidential - Jenkins

 

3


5. Obligations Upon Termination .

a. By the Company or the Executive for any Reason . If the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company or the Executive for any reason, with or without Cause (as defined below), the Executive will have no further rights against the Company hereunder, except as set forth in subsection (b) or (c) below to the extent applicable, and except for the right to receive any unpaid Base Salary attributable to employment before the termination date and any other payments that have accrued or fully vested but which have not yet been paid prior to such termination. Other than the payments set forth in this subsection (a) and subsections (b) and (c) below, as applicable, the Executive will not be entitled to receive any other compensation for the calendar year during which the Executive’s termination of employment occurs or any subsequent calendar period.

b. By the Company without Cause or the Executive for Good Reason . If the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause (other than due to death or Disability), or the Executive resigns for Good Reason, and in either case the Executive executes and does not revoke a Release (as defined in subsection (e) below) (a “Qualifying Termination”), then the Executive will be eligible to receive the benefits set forth in either subsection (i) or (ii) below (but not both).

(i) Not in Connection with a Change in Control. If the Qualifying Termination occurs prior to the effective date of a Change in Control (as defined in the Equity Plan) and the Qualifying Termination is not a “Qualifying Pre-Closing Termination” (as defined in subsection (ii) below), or the Qualifying Termination occurs more than twelve (12) months after a Change in Control (in either case, a “Standard Qualifying Termination”), the Executive shall be entitled to:

(1) continuation of the Executive’s Base Salary (at the salary rate then in effect) for nine (9) months (the “Severance Period”), in accordance with the Company’s payroll schedule, commencing on the sixtieth (60th) day after the Executive’s effective date of termination, with the first such installment payment including any unpaid severance payments that would have been made on the normal payroll dates occurring during the first sixty (60) days following the date of termination;

(2) an Annual Bonus for the year in which the Executive’s Qualifying Termination occurs, subject to achievement of any performance targets or goals applicable to such Annual Bonus and otherwise to the extent that the Company, in its sole discretion, awards bonuses to its executives for the year in which the termination occurs, and any such Annual Bonus shall be pro-rated to reflect the Executive’s employment with the Company through the date of termination and shall be payable in a lump sum at the same time as other such annual bonuses are payable to active employees;

(3) any Annual Bonus earned but not yet paid for any completed full fiscal year immediately preceding the employment termination date; and

Confidential - Jenkins

 

4


(4) provided that the Executive is eligible for and timely elects COBRA continuation coverage under the Company’s group health plan, the Company will reimburse the Executive for the monthly COBRA cost of continued coverage under such plan for the Executive, and, where applicable, his spouse and dependents, less the amount the Executive would have been required to pay for such coverage if the Executive were an active employee of the Company, for the Severance Period, or until the Executive becomes employed by another employer offering any such benefits (whichever is earlier), provided that the Company reserves the right to restructure the foregoing reimbursement arrangement in any manner necessary or appropriate to avoid fines, penalties or negative tax consequences to the Company or any affiliate or the Executive (including, without limitation, to avoid any penalty imposed under the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act or the guidance issued thereunder), as determined by the Company in its sole and absolute discretion. The Executive agrees to provide the Company with notice of eligibility under another health plan within two (2) weeks of such eligibility. The Executive shall submit appropriate evidence of each such expense within sixty (60) days after his receipt of the invoice or billing statement for such expense, and the Company shall provide the Executive with the requisite reimbursement on the next payroll date thereafter. The monthly reimbursements described in this clause (4) shall be paid in normal payroll installments, commencing on the sixtieth (60th) day after the Executive’s effective date of termination. The first such installment payment shall include any unpaid severance payments that would have been made on the normal payroll dates occurring during the first sixty (60) days following the date of termination. The COBRA health care continuation coverage period under section 4980B of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) shall run concurrently with the Severance Period.

(ii) In Connection with a Change in Control. If the Qualifying Termination occurs either (A) within three months prior to the effective date of a Change in Control but during the “Pre-Closing Period” (as defined below) (a “Qualifying Pre-Closing Termination”), or (B) on the date of, or within twelve (12) months after, the effective date of a Change in Control (in either case, together with a Qualifying Pre-Closing Termination, a “CIC Qualifying Termination”), the Executive shall be entitled to the same payments and benefits set forth under Section 5(b)(i) above, except that (1) the Severance Period for purposes of Sections 5(b)(i)(1) and 5(b)(i)(4) shall extend for twelve (12) months instead of nine (9) months and (2) in lieu of the Annual Bonus set forth in Section 5(b)(i)(2), the Executive shall receive the Target Annual Bonus for the year in which the Executive’s Qualifying Termination occurs, pro-rated to reflect the Executive’s employment with the Company through the date of termination, which shall be payable to the Executive on the sixtieth (60th) day following the Executive’s termination date, provided that if the Change in Control occurs after a Qualifying Termination under Section 5(b)(i) above, but prior to payment of the Annual Bonus for the year in which the Executive’s termination of employment occurs, the pro-rated Target Annual Bonus described in this subsection (ii) shall be paid on the sixtieth (60th) day following the Change in Control. For the avoidance of doubt, if a Change in Control occurs after a Qualifying Termination under Section 5(b)(i) above, and after payment of the pro-rated Annual Bonus described in Section 5(b)(i)(2), the Executive shall not be eligible to receive any additional payments for any Annual Bonus, including the Target Annual Bonus described in this subsection (ii).

Confidential - Jenkins

 

5


For purposes of this Agreement, the “Pre-Closing Period” means the period commencing with the Company’s execution of a definitive agreement for a Change in Control transaction and ending upon the earlier to occur of (A) the closing of the Change in Control contemplated by such definitive agreement and (B) the termination of such definitive agreement without the consummation of the contemplated Change in Control.

(iii) No Duplication of Benefits. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, under no circumstances shall the Executive be eligible to receive payments under both subsections (i) and (ii) of this Section 5(b).

c. Death or Disability . If the Company terminates the Executive’s employment on account of the Executive’s Disability (subject to the requirements of applicable law) or if the Executive dies while employed by the Company, the Company shall pay the Executive (or the Executive’s estate in the case of death) the Executive’s Base Salary (at the salary rate then in effect) for three (3) months following the Executive’s termination of employment, in accordance with the Company’s payroll schedule, commencing on the sixtieth (60th) day after the Executive’s effective date of termination, with the first such installment payment including any unpaid severance payments that would have been made on the normal payroll dates occurring during the first sixty (60) days following the date of termination. Except as provided in subsection (a) above, the Executive shall not be entitled to any other compensation for the calendar year during which the termination occurs or any subsequent calendar period.

d. Employee Benefit Plans . The Executive’s accrual of or participation in plans providing for benefits will cease on the effective date of the Executive’s termination of employment and the Executive will be entitled to accrued benefits pursuant to such plans only as provided in such plans. The Executive will not receive, as part of his termination pay pursuant to this Section 5, any payment or other compensation for any vacation, holiday, sick leave or other leave unused on the effective date of termination of the Executive’s employment pursuant to this Agreement, except to the extent required to be paid by applicable law.

e. Release Requirement . The Company will be obligated to provide the severance benefits set forth in this Section 5 (except in the case of death) only if the Executive executes and does not revoke a complete release of any and all claims that the Executive may have against the Company and its affiliates, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A , with such changes as are required to comply with applicable law at the time of the Executive’s termination of employment or as reasonably determined by Company counsel to be necessary or appropriate (the “Release”). Such Release shall become effective upon the expiration of the revocation period contemplated thereby, as long as the Executive does not revoke the Release during such revocation period. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, if the Release is not effective as of the scheduled payment date for the Executive’s receipt of the payments and/or benefits set forth in this Section 5 (other than subsection (a)) (e.g., on the sixtieth (60th) day following the Executive’s termination date), the Executive will forfeit such payments and/or benefits.

Confidential - Jenkins

 

6


f. Code section 280G . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, if any severance payment under this Section 5, either alone or together with any other payment which the Executive has received or has the right to receive from the Company (“Total Payments”), would otherwise exceed the amount (the “Safe Harbor Amount”) that could be received by the Executive without the imposition of an excise tax under section 4999 of the Code, then the Total Payments shall be reduced to the extent, and only to the extent, necessary to assure that their aggregate present value, as determined in accordance the applicable provisions of section 280G of the Code and the regulations thereunder, does not exceed the greater of the following dollar amounts: (i) the Safe Harbor Amount, or (ii) the greatest after-tax amount payable to the Executive after taking into account any excise tax imposed under section 4999 of the Code on the Total Payments. The Company shall pay all of the fees, including legal and accounting fees, associated with calculating the amounts set forth in this subsection (f).

6. Covenant Not to Compete; Non-Disclosure of Information; Invention Assignment; Return of Company Property .

a. Covenant Not to Compete/Not to Solicit . The Executive acknowledges and recognizes that the Company operates in a competitive field and that confidential information concerning its business operations is a substantial asset that was acquired through considerable time, money and effort. Accordingly, in consideration of the execution of this Agreement, the Executive agrees to the following:

(i) During the Restricted Period (as defined below) and within the Restricted Area (as defined below), the Executive will not, individually or in conjunction with others, directly or indirectly, engage in any activities with a Competitive Business (as defined below), whether as an officer, director, proprietor, employer, partner, independent contractor, active investor, consultant, advisor or agent, except in connection with the Executive’s responsibilities as an employee of the Company.

(ii) During the Restricted Period, the Executive will not, directly or indirectly, compete with the Company by soliciting, inducing or influencing any Company Clients (as defined below) to discontinue or reduce the extent of such relationship with the Company.

(iii) During the Restricted Period, the Executive will not (1) directly or indirectly recruit, solicit or otherwise influence any employee or agent of the Company to discontinue such employment or agency relationship with the Company, or (2) employ or seek to employ, or cause or permit any Competitive Business to employ or seek to employ for any Competitive Business any person who is then (or was at any time within one (1) year prior to the date the Executive or the Competitive Business employs or seeks to employ such person) employed by the Company.

Confidential - Jenkins

 

7


(iv) During the Restricted Period, the Executive will not interfere with, or disrupt or attempt to disrupt any relationship, contractual or otherwise, between the Company and any Company Clients, customer, employee or agent of the Company.

b. Non-Disclosure of Information . The Executive acknowledges that the Company’s trade secrets, private or secret processes, methods and ideas, as they exist from time to time, customer lists and other confidential information concerning the Company’s products, services, training methods, development, technical information, marketing activities and procedures, credit and financial data concerning the Company and/or the Company’s Clients (the “Proprietary Information”) are valuable, special and unique assets of the Company, access to and knowledge of which are essential to the performance of the Executive hereunder. In light of the highly competitive nature of the industry in which the Company’s business is conducted, the Executive agrees that all Proprietary Information, heretofore or in the future obtained by the Executive as a result of the Executive’s association with the Company shall be considered confidential.

In recognition of this fact, the Executive agrees that the Executive will not use or disclose any of such Proprietary Information for the Executive’s own purposes or for the benefit of any person or other entity or organization (except the Company) under any circumstances unless such Proprietary Information has been publicly disclosed generally or, unless upon written advice of legal counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company, the Executive is legally required to disclose such Proprietary Information. Documents (as defined below) prepared by the Executive or that come into the Executive’s possession during the Executive’s association with the Company that include Proprietary Information are and will remain the property of the Company, and when this Agreement terminates, such Documents shall be returned to the Company at the Company’s principal place of business, as provided in the Notice provision (Section 10.f) of this Agreement or destroyed.

c. Documents . “Documents” shall mean all original written, recorded, or graphic matters whatsoever, and any and all copies thereof, including, but not limited to: papers; books; records; tangible things; correspondence; communications; telex messages; memoranda; work-papers; reports; affidavits; statements; summaries; analyses; evaluations; customer mailing lists; client records and information; agreements; agendas; advertisements; instructions; charges; manuals; brochures; publications; directories; industry lists; schedules; price lists; client lists; statistical records; training manuals; computer printouts; books of account, records and invoices reflecting business operations; all things similar to any of the foregoing however denominated. In all cases where originals are not available, the term “Documents” shall also mean identical copies of original documents or non-identical copies thereof.

d. Company’s Clients . The “Company’s Clients” shall be any person or entity for whom the Company has a contractual relationship, including, but not limited to, any person or entity which has entered into any contract for the distribution of any of the Company’s products within one (1) year immediately preceding the date Executive’s employment with the Company terminates.

Confidential - Jenkins

 

8


e. Restricted Period . The “Restricted Period” shall be at all times during the Executive’s employment with the Company, and shall extend for nine (9) months following the Executive’s termination of employment if such termination is a Standard Qualifying Termination, or for twelve (12) months following the Executive’s termination of employment if such termination is a CIC Qualifying Termination, provided, however, that the Restricted Period shall be extended by any period of time during which the Executive is in breach of the covenants set forth in this Section 6. The periods of time during which the Executive is in violation of the covenants set forth in this Section 6 shall be in addition to the Restricted Period specified herein.

f. Restricted Area . The “Restricted Area” shall mean any geographic area in which the Company actively did business within the twelve (12) months preceding the Executive’s termination of employment or which the Company planned to conduct business during that same period.

g. Competitive Business . “Competitive Business” shall mean a company that is in any stage of research, development or commercialization of a patch, pump or other extended insulin release device or mechanism primarily targeted to diabetic patients. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following activities will not be prohibited “Competitive Business” activities: (i) a passive investment of up to five percent (5%) of the outstanding stock of a publicly held corporation regardless of whether such corporation engages in a Competitive Business; (ii) providing investment banking services on behalf of an investment banking firm regardless of whether or not such firm is providing services to an entity engaged in a Competitive Business; or (iii) the Executive commencing employment with any entity that engages in both Competitive Business activities and activities which are not Competitive Business activities so long as the Executive provides services to such entity with respect to non-Competitive Business activities and does not engage in Competitive Business activities.

h. Covenants as Essential Elements of this Agreement . It is understood by and between the parties hereto that the foregoing covenants contained in Sections 6(a) and 6(b) are essential elements of this Agreement, and that but for the agreement by the Executive to comply with such covenants, the Company would not have agreed to enter into this Agreement. Such covenants by the Executive shall be construed to be agreements independent of any other provisions of this Agreement.

i. Company Includes . For purposes of this Agreement, the Company shall include the Company, and any parent and any direct and indirect subsidiaries and affiliates (as defined in Rule 501 under the Securities Act of 1933).

j. Invention Assignment . The Executive agrees that all inventions, including, but not limited to, improvements, and all know-how, processes, techniques, formulas, ideas, circuits, designs, trademarks, trade secrets and copyrightable works (collectively, “Inventions”) which result from work performed by the Executive on behalf of the Company or from access to Proprietary Information shall be the property solely of the Company. The Executive agrees, both during and after employment with the Company, to disclose promptly and in writing, to the Company, all Inventions that the Executive, either solely or jointly with others, make, author, discover, develop, conceive and/or reduce to practice derived from Proprietary Information. The Executive hereby assigns and agrees to assign to the Company or its designee, without further consideration, his entire right and interest in and to all Inventions, including all

Confidential - Jenkins

 

9


rights to obtain, register and enforce patents, copyrights, mask work rights and other intellectual property protection for Inventions. The Executive agrees to execute all documents reasonably necessary to perfect such intellectual property rights and the assignment of those rights to the Company or its designee. The Executive further agrees to assist the Company (at the Company’s expense), both during and after employment with the Company, in obtaining, protecting and/or enforcing patents, copyrights or other forms of Inventions.

k. Return of Company Property . Upon termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason whatsoever, voluntarily or involuntarily (and in all events within five (5) days of the Executive’s effective date of termination), and at any earlier time the Company requests, the Executive will deliver to the person designated by the Company all originals and copies of all documents and property of the Company in the Executive’s possession, under the Executive’s control or to which the Executive may have access. The Executive will not reproduce or appropriate for the Executive’s own use, or for the use of others, any property, Proprietary Information or Inventions, and shall remove from any personal computing or communications equipment all information relating to the Company.

l. Permitted Conduct . Nothing in this Agreement shall prohibit or restrict the Executive from: (i) making any disclosure of relevant, necessary and truthful information or documents in connection with any charge, action, investigation or proceeding relating to this Agreement, or as required by law or legal process; or (ii) participating, cooperating or providing truthful testimony in any charge, action, investigation or proceeding with, or providing information to, any self-regulatory organization, governmental agency or legislative body, or the Company’s Legal Department, and/or pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, provided that, to the extent permitted by law, upon receipt of any subpoena, court order or other legal process compelling the disclosure of any such information or documents, the Executive gives prompt written notice to the most senior Human Resources executive so as to permit the Company to protect its interests in confidentiality to the fullest extent possible.

7. Covenants to Survive this Agreement . The covenants of the Executive contained in Section 6(b) hereof shall survive the termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason and the expiration or termination of this Agreement or any part thereof without regard to the reason therefor. The covenants of the Executive contained in Section 6(a) hereof shall survive the termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason and the expiration or termination of this Agreement or any part thereof, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement. Both parties hereby expressly agree and contract that it is not the intention of either party to violate any public policy or any statutory or common law, and that if any sentence, paragraph, clause or combination of the same of Section 6 (including any provisions incorporated by reference) is in violation of the law of any state where applicable, such sentence, paragraph, clause, or combination of the same shall be void in the jurisdictions where it is unlawful, and the remainder of such paragraph and this Agreement shall remain binding on the parties hereto. It is the intention of both parties to make the covenants of Section 6 binding only to the extent that it may be lawfully done under existing applicable laws. In the event that any part of any covenant of Section 6 is determined by a court of law to be overly broad thereby making the covenant unenforceable, the parties hereto agree, and it is their desire, that such court shall substitute a reasonable, judicially enforceable limitation in place of the offensive part of the covenant and as so modified the covenant shall be as fully enforceable as set forth herein by the parties themselves in the modified form.

Confidential - Jenkins

 

10


8. Injunctive Relief, an Additional Remedy . The Executive acknowledges that the injury that would be suffered by the Company as a result of breach of the provisions of Section 6 would be irreparable and that an award of monetary damages to the Company for such breach would be an inadequate remedy. Consequently, the Company will have the right in addition to any other rights it may have, to obtain injunctive relief to restrain any breach or threatened breach or otherwise to specifically enforce any provision of this Agreement and the Company will not be obligated to post bond or the security in seeking such relief. Without limiting the Company’s rights under this Section or any other remedies of the Company, if the Executive breaches any provisions of Section 6, and the Company obtains an injunction or final judgment that Executive has violated Section 6, the Company will have the right to cease making any payments otherwise to the Executive under this Agreement.

9. Withholding . Anything to the contrary notwithstanding, all payments required to be made by the Company hereunder to the Executive or the Executive’s estate or beneficiaries shall be subject to the withholding of such amounts, if any, relating to tax and other payroll deductions as the Company may reasonably determine it should withhold pursuant to any applicable law or regulation. In lieu of withholding such amounts, the Company may accept other arrangements pursuant to which it is satisfied that such tax and other payroll obligations will be satisfied in a manner complying with applicable law or regulation.

10. Miscellaneous .

a. Executive Representations . The Executive hereby represents and warrants to the Company that he is not subject to, or a party to, any employment agreement, noncompetition covenant, non-disclosure agreement or other agreement, covenant, understanding or restriction of any nature whatsoever which would prohibit the Executive from executing this Agreement and performing fully his duties and responsibilities hereunder, or which would in any manner, directly or indirectly, limit or affect the duties and responsibilities which may now or in the future be assigned to the Executive by the Company. Further, the Company expects the Executive not to, and the Executive hereby acknowledges that he shall not, use any proprietary or confidential information of any prior employer in the performance of his duties.

b. Governing Law . The validity, construction, interpretation and enforceability of this Agreement and the capacity of the parties shall be determined and governed by the laws of the State of Massachusetts without regard to conflicts of law.

c. Jurisdiction and Service of Process . Any legal action or proceeding with respect to this Agreement shall be brought in the courts of the State of Massachusetts or of the United States of America for the District of Massachusetts. By execution and delivery of this Agreement, each of the parties hereto accepts for itself and in respect of its property, generally and unconditionally, the jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts. Each of the parties hereto irrevocably consents to the service of process of any of the aforesaid courts in any such action or proceeding by mailing copies thereof by certified mail, postage prepaid, to the party at its address set forth in subsection (f). THE PARTIES IRREVOCABLY WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY TO ALL CLAIMS HEREUNDER.

Confidential - Jenkins

 

11


d. Assignment . This Agreement and any rights and benefits hereunder shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive’s legal representatives, heirs or legatees. This Agreement and any rights and benefits hereunder shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns. This Agreement is personal to each of the parties hereto, and neither party may assign or delegate any of the rights or obligations hereunder without first obtaining a written consent of the other party, except the Company may assign this Agreement without the Executive’s consent provided that the Company merges with, or transfers all or substantially all of the Company’s assets to, a transferee or surviving company that agrees to assume this Agreement in its entirety, without modification or amendment.

e. Collateral Agreements . This Agreement constitutes the entire Agreement between the parties respecting the employment of the Executive, and supersedes any and all prior agreements and understandings concerning the terms and conditions of the Executive’s employment by the Company, including the Original Agreement, and there are no representations, warranties or commitments relating to such employment, except as set forth or referred to herein, provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Employee Confidentiality and Inventions Agreement between the Executive and the Company shall remain in full force and effect. This Agreement may be amended only by an instrument in writing executed by the parties hereto. For the avoidance of doubt, this Agreement shall not supersede any award agreement between the Executive and the Company evidencing outstanding equity awards.

f. Notices . Any notice, request, demand or other communication hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given when personally delivered to an officer of the Company or to the Executive, as the case may be, or when delivered by national next-business day delivery service or certified mail at the following addresses:

If to the Company:

Valeritas, Inc.

750 Route 202 South, Suite 600

Bridgewater, NJ 08807

Attention: Human Resources

If to the Executive:

1 Shawmut Street

South Dartmouth, MA 02748

g. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts. All executed counterparts shall constitute one Agreement notwithstanding that all signatories are not signatories to the original or the same counterpart.

Confidential - Jenkins

 

12


h. Mitigation . The Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payments and/or benefits under this Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise. The payments and/or benefits to be provided pursuant to Section 5 shall not be reduced by any compensation or benefits payable or provided to the Executive as a result of employment by another employer after the date of termination or otherwise.

i. Waiver of Breach . No delay or omission by a party in exercising any right, remedy or power under this Agreement or existing at law or in equity shall be construed as a waiver thereof, and any such right, remedy or power may be exercised by such party from time to time and as often as may be deemed expedient or necessary by such party in its sole discretion.

j. Application of Section of 409A of the Internal Revenue Code .

(i) This Agreement is intended to comply with the requirements of section 409A of the Code and its corresponding regulations (“Section 409A”), and shall in all respects be administered in accordance with Section 409A. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, distributions may only be made under this Agreement upon an event and in a manner permitted by Section 409A or an applicable exemption. Severance benefits provided under this Agreement are intended to be exempt from Section 409A under the “separation pay exception” to the maximum extent applicable. Further, any payments that qualify for the “short-term deferral” exception or another exception under Section 409A shall be paid under the applicable exception. For purposes of Section 409A, all payments to be made upon a termination of employment under this Agreement may only be made upon the Executive’s “separation from service” (within the meaning of such term under Section 409A), each payment made under this Agreement shall be treated as a separate payment, and the right to a series of installment payments under this Agreement shall be treated as a right to a series of separate payments. In no event shall the Executive, directly or indirectly, designate the fiscal year of payment, except as permitted under Section 409A. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, in no event shall the timing of the Executive’s execution of the Release, directly or indirectly, result in the Executive designating the calendar year of payment, and if a payment that is subject to execution of the Release could be made in more than one taxable year, payment shall be made in the later taxable year. The Executive will be solely responsible for any tax imposed under Section 409A and in no event will the Company have any liability with respect to any tax, interest or other penalty imposed under Section 409A.

(ii) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if, at the time of the Executive’s termination of employment with the Company, the Company has securities which are publicly traded on an established securities market and the Executive is a “specified employee” (as such term is defined in Section 409A) and it is necessary to postpone the commencement of any payments or benefits otherwise payable under this Agreement as a result of such termination of employment to prevent any accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A, then the Company shall postpone the commencement of the payment of any such payments or benefits hereunder (without any reduction in such payments or benefits ultimately paid or provided to the Executive) that are not otherwise paid within the ‘short-term deferral exception’ under Treas. Reg. section 1.409A-1(b)(4), and the ‘separation pay exception’ under

Confidential - Jenkins

 

13


Treas. Reg. section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii), until the first payroll date that occurs after the date that is six months following the Executive’s “separation of service” (as such term is defined under Section 409A) with the Company. If any payments are postponed due to such requirements, such postponed amounts shall be paid in a lump sum to the Executive on the first payroll date that occurs after the date that is six (6) months following Executive’s separation of service with the Company. If the Executive dies during the postponement period prior to the payment of postponed amount, the amounts withheld on account of Section 409A shall be paid to the personal representative of the Executive’s estate within sixty (60) days after the date of the Executive’s death.

(iii) All reimbursements and in-kind benefits provided under this Agreement shall be made or provided in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A, including, where applicable, the requirement that (1) any reimbursement shall be for expenses incurred during the Executive’s lifetime (or during a shorter period of time specified in this Agreement), (2) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in kind benefits provided, during a calendar year may not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in kind benefits to be provided, in any other calendar year, (3) the reimbursement of an eligible expense shall be made on or before the last day of the calendar year following the year in which the expense is incurred and (4) the right to reimbursement or in kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

Confidential - Jenkins

 

14


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement effective as of the day and year first written above,

 

COMPANY:
Valeritas, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Kristine Peterson

Name: Kristine Peterson
Its: Chief Executive Officer
EXECUTIVE:

/s/ Geoffrey Jenkins

Geoffrey Jenkins

SIGNATURE PAGE TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT OF

Geoffrey Jenkins

Confidential - Jenkins

 

15


EXHIBIT A

RELEASE AND WAIVER OF CLAIMS

In consideration of the benefits and mutual agreements set forth in the Employment Agreement, dated as February     , 2015 (the “Agreement”), between Valeritas, Inc. (the “Company”) and [                    ] (the “Executive”), to which this form is attached, the Executive, intending to be legally bound, agrees to the terms and conditions set forth in this Release and Waiver of Claims (“Release and Waiver”).

1. In exchange for the consideration provided to the Executive by the Agreement that the Executive is not entitled to receive absent the Agreement, including but not limited to the applicable severance consideration set forth in Section 5 of the Agreement, and the other commitments of the Company in the Agreement, the Executive and his or her heirs, representatives, agents and attorneys hereby generally and completely, subject to the provisions set forth below in Paragraphs 2 and 3, releases the Company and any of its predecessors, successors, parents, affiliated or subsidiary companies, and its or their present or former officers, directors, agents, members of the Board of Directors, representatives or employees, and the various Company benefit plans, committees, trustees, fiduciaries, trusts and their respective successors and assigns, heirs, executors and personal or legal representatives (collectively referred to as the “Releasees”) from any and all claims or causes of action the Executive may have or claim to have against the Releasees including any claims arising out of or relating in any way to the Executive’s employment with the Company and/or the termination of such employment. In waiving and releasing any and all claims against the Releasees, whether or not now known to the Executive, the Executive understands that this means that if the Executive later discovers facts different from or in addition to those facts currently known by the Executive, or believed by the Executive to be true, the waivers and releases of this Release and Waiver will remain effective in all respects - despite such different or additional facts and the Executive’s later discovery of such facts, even if the Executive would not have signed this Release and Waiver if the Executive had prior knowledge of such facts. The claims released include, but are not limited to:

(a) all claims for monetary damages arising under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 (as amended), Sections 1981 through 1988 of Title 42 of the United States Code (as amended), the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (as amended) (“ADEA”), the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act of 1990 (“OWBPA”), and the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (as amended);

(b) any and all other claims, including but not limited to claims brought under the Rehabilitation Act, the Executive Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (as amended), the Fair Labor Standards Act (as amended), the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994, the National Labor Relations Act (as amended), the Federal Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act (as amended), the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993, the Occupational Safety and Health Act (as amended), the Equal Pay Act (as amended), the Labor Management Relations Act, the Massachusetts Law Prohibiting Unlawful Discrimination (as amended), the Massachusetts Equal Pay Law (as amended), the Massachusetts Right to be Free from Sexual Harassment Law, the Massachusetts Age

Confidential - Jenkins

 

16


Discrimination Law, the Massachusetts Equal Rights Law, the Massachusetts Equal Rights for the Elderly and Disabled Law, the Massachusetts Civil Rights Law, the Massachusetts False Claims Act, the Massachusetts Family and Medical Leave Law, the Massachusetts WARN Laws, and the Massachusetts Wage Act.

(c) all claims arising under any Executive Order or derived from or based upon any state or federal regulations;

(d) all common law claims, including but not limited to any and all rights to discovery, claims for wrongful discharge, constructive discharge, violation of public policy, breach of an express or implied contract, breach of an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing, negligent or intentional infliction of emotional distress, defamation, conspiracy, tortious interference with contract or prospective economic advantage, promissory estoppel, equitable estoppel, fraud, misrepresentation, detrimental reliance, retaliation, and negligence;

(e) all claims for any compensation including back wages, front pay, punitive damages, pay increases, bonuses or awards, fringe benefits, severance benefits, reinstatement, retroactive seniority, or any other form of economic loss;

(f) all claims for personal injury, including physical injury, mental anguish, emotional distress, pain and suffering, embarrassment, humiliation, damage to name or reputation, interest, liquidated damages, and punitive damages; and

(g) all claims for costs, interest, and attorneys’ fees.

2. The foregoing shall in no event apply to any claims that, as a matter of applicable law, are not waivable. The Executive and the Company agree that nothing in this Release and Waiver prevents or prohibits the Executive from: (i) making any disclosure of relevant and necessary information or documents in connection with any charge, action, investigation or proceeding relating to this Release and Waiver, or as required by law or legal process; (ii) participating, cooperating or testifying in any charge, action, investigation or proceeding with, or providing information to, any self-regulatory organization, governmental agency or legislative body, and/or pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act; (iii) filing, testifying, participating in or otherwise assisting in a proceeding relating to an alleged violation of any federal, state or municipal law relating to fraud, or any rule or regulation of the Securities and Exchange Commission or any self-regulatory organization; or (iv) challenging the knowing and voluntary nature of the release of ADEA claims pursuant to the OWBPA. To the extent permitted by law, upon receipt of any subpoena, court order or other legal process compelling the disclosure of any such information or documents, the Executive agrees to give prompt written notice to the Company so as to permit the Company to protect its interests in confidentiality to the fullest extent possible. To the fullest extent provided by law, the Executive acknowledges and agrees, however, the Executive is waiving any right to recover monetary damages in connection with any such charge, action, investigation or proceeding. To the extent the Executive receives any monetary relief in connection with any such charge, action, investigation or proceeding, the Company will be entitled to an offset for the benefits made pursuant to the Agreement, to the fullest extent provided by law.

Confidential - Jenkins

 

17


3. The Executive and the Company further agree that the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (“EEOC”) and comparable state or local agencies have the authority to carry out their statutory duties by investigating charges, issuing determinations and filing lawsuits in Federal or state court in their own name, or taking any action authorized by the EEOC or comparable state or local agencies. The Executive retains the right to participate in any such action and to seek any appropriate non-monetary relief. The Executive retains the right to communicate with the EEOC and comparable state or local agencies and such communication can be initiated by the Executive or in response to the government and such right is not limited by any non-disparagement claims. The Executive and the Company agree that communication with employees plays a critical role in the EEOC’s enforcement process because employees inform the agency of employer practices that might violate the law. For this reason, the right to communicate with the EEOC is a right that is protected by federal law and this Release and Waiver does not prohibit or interfere with those rights. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive agrees to waive his right to recover monetary damages in any charge, complaint or lawsuit filed by him or by anyone else on his behalf.

4. The Executive agrees that the Executive will not apply for, nor otherwise seek or accept, employment or re-employment with the Company or any of its related or successor companies, and the Executive forever releases and discharges the Company and its related or successor companies from any obligation to consider the Executive for employment or reemployment in any capacity.

5. The Executive acknowledges that, subject to the provisions set forth in Paragraphs 2 and 3, any prior agreements between the Executive and the Company that impose noncompetition, non-solicitation, confidentiality and/or nondisclosure obligations upon the Executive shall remain in force and effect.

6. The Executive acknowledges that the Executive has received all amounts due from the Company through the Executive’s termination of employment, including but not limited to all wages earned and payment for all accrued but unused paid vacation time. No other amounts are due to the Executive from the Company except pursuant to Section 5 of the Agreement (to the extent applicable). The Executive also represents that there are no existing claims, charges, or complaints filed by the Executive against the Releasees in any federal, state or local court or administrative agency.

7. The Executive acknowledges that the only consideration the Executive has received for signing this Release and Waiver is that set forth herein and in the Agreement. No other promise, inducement, threat, agreement or understanding of any kind or description has been made with or to the Executive to cause the Executive to enter into this Release and Waiver. The Executive further acknowledges that the consideration the Executive is receiving from the Company through this Release and Waiver and the Agreement is greater than any amount the Executive would otherwise be entitled to from the Company.

8. The Executive understands that the Executive has been given a period of twenty-one (21) calendar days to review and consider this Release and Waiver before signing it. The Executive also understands that the Executive is free to use as much of the twenty-one (21) day period as the Executive wishes or considers necessary before deciding to sign this Release and

Confidential - Jenkins

 

18


Waiver, provided, however, that the Executive may not sign this Release and Waiver before the Executive’s termination of employment. Changes to the Company’s offer contained in this Release and Waiver that are immaterial will not restart the twenty-one (21) day consideration period.

9. The Executive may revoke this Release and Waiver within seven (7) calendar days of signing it by delivering written notice of revocation to                      at                     . If the Executive has not revoked this Release and Waiver within that seven (7) day period, it becomes effective immediately on the eighth day after the Executive signs the Release and Waiver.

10. The Executive agrees that the Executive has had the opportunity to review this Release and Waiver with an attorney, that the Company recommends that the Executive review this Release and Waiver with an attorney and that the Executive fully understands the terms and conditions of this Release and Waiver. The Executive further acknowledges that the Executive accepts the terms of this Release and Waiver and enters into it freely, voluntarily, and without duress or coercion.

11. Should any provision of this Release and Waiver be declared or determined by any Court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable (except for Paragraph 1), the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining parts, terms or provisions shall not be affected thereby and the illegal, unenforceable or invalid part, term or provisions shall be deemed not to be part of this Release and Waiver.

12. This Release and Waiver shall be governed by Massachusetts law, and the Courts of Massachusetts, either federal or state, shall have jurisdiction over, and be the proper venue for, any disputes arising out of this Release and Waiver.

Confidential - Jenkins

 

19


I ACKNOWLEDGE THAT I HAVE CAREFULLY READ THIS RELEASE AND WAIVER OF CLAIMS AND UNDERSTAND ALL OF ITS TERMS, INCLUDING THE FULL AND FINAL RELEASE AND WAIVER OF CLAIMS SET FORTH ABOVE. I FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGE THAT I HAVE VOLUNTARILY ENTERED INTO THIS RELEASE AND WAIVER OF CLAIMS, THAT I HAVE NOT RELIED UPON ANY REPRESENTATION OR STATEMENT, WRITTEN OR ORAL, NOT SET FORTH IN THIS RELEASE AND WAIVER OF CLAIMS AND THAT I HAVE BEEN GIVEN THE OPPORTUNITY AND BEEN ENCOURAGED TO HAVE THIS RELEASE AND WAIVER OF CLAIMS REVIEWED BY AN ATTORNEY.

 

 

  

 

Name: [                    ]    On behalf of Valeritas
Date:    Name:
   Title:
   Date:

Confidential - Jenkins

 

20

Exhibit 10.27

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Employment Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of February 19, 2016 (the “Effective Date”) by and between Valeritas, Inc. a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and Mark Conley (the “Executive”). The Company and the Executive are referred to each individually as a “party” and collectively as the “parties.”

RECITALS:

WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive previously executed a Change in Control Agreement, dated June 23, 2015 (the “Original Agreement”); and

WHEREAS, the Executive and the Company desire to amend and restate the terms and conditions of the Original Agreement and to continue the Executive’s employment with the Company upon the amended and restated terms and conditions as set forth herein in this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein set forth, the parties agree as follows:

1. Term . Subject to termination under Section 4, this Agreement shall be effective for the period beginning on the Effective Date and continuing until the third anniversary of the Effective Date. The term of this Agreement shall automatically renew for periods of one-year, unless either party gives written notice to the other party at least 30 days prior to the end of the then existing term or any one-year renewal period, that the term of the Agreement shall not be further extended. The period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the date on which the term of the Agreement terminates in accordance with this Section 1 or upon termination of employment in accordance with Section 4 is referred to hereinafter as the “Term.” Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as giving the Executive any right to be retained in the employ of the Company, and the Executive specifically acknowledges that the Executive shall be an employee-at-will of the Company, and thus subject to discharge at any time by the Company with or without Cause (as defined in Section 4) and without compensation of any nature except as provided in Section 5 below.

2. Duties . During the Term, the Executive shall serve as the Vice President, Corporate Controller and Treasurer of the Company, and shall perform the executive and administrative duties, functions and privileges incumbent with such position and such other duties as reasonably determined and assigned by the Chief Financial Officer and/or Chief Executive Officer of the Company, from time to time. The Executive shall devote substantially all of his time, attention and skill to such duties, except for paid vacation and other excused absence periods, and shall serve the Company faithfully and to the best of his ability, and shall use his best efforts to promote the success of the business of the Company. The Executive’s employment is subject to compliance with the Company’s policies, including any code of conduct, all as may be amended from time to time.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 2 will prevent the Executive from engaging in additional activities in connection with personal investments and community affairs that are not materially inconsistent with the Executive’s duties under this Agreement and that do not violate Section 6.

Conley - Confidential


3. Compensation .

a. Base Salary . During the Term, the Company shall pay to the Executive an annual base salary (“Base Salary”) of at least $225,000 less applicable and authorized deductions, subject to review annually for appropriate increases by the Chief Financial Officer and/or Chief Executive Officer and the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) pursuant to the normal performance review policy for senior level executives. The Base Salary shall be payable in accordance with the Company’s payroll schedule.

b. Annual Bonus . For each calendar year during the Term, the Executive shall be eligible to earn an annual discretionary bonus (“Annual Bonus”) based upon the level of attainment of performance goals established by the Board. The target level of the Annual Bonus is 30% of the Executive’s Base Salary (the “Target Bonus”). The Executive’s actual Annual Bonus, if any, will be awarded in the Company’s discretion, and shall be paid in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Company’s Annual Bonus program. Except as provided in Section 5, in no event will the Executive be eligible to be awarded an Annual Bonus if the Executive is not actively employed by the Company on, or has given or received notice of termination or resignation prior to, the date on which bonuses for the applicable year are paid to similarly situated employees. In no event will any Annual Bonus be paid later than March 15 of the year following the year in which the performance goals applicable to the Annual Bonus are measured. The Executive’s receipt of an Annual Bonus in one year does not guarantee receipt of any bonus in any subsequent year.

c. Equity Compensation . The Executive currently holds outstanding equity awards that remain subject to the terms of the applicable award agreement evidencing the equity award. The Executive will be eligible to receive equity awards pursuant to the terms of the Valeritas, Inc. 2014 Incentive Compensation Plan, or successor equity compensation plan, as each may be amended from time to time (the “Equity Plan”) as determined by the Company in its discretion. All determinations as to eligibility to receive equity awards, as well as the amount of any such equity grants made under the Equity Plan, shall be made in the Company’s sole discretion, subject to final approval by the Board or its designee. All equity awards shall be subject to the terms of the award agreement evidencing the equity award and the Equity Plan, or other equity plan pursuant to which the equity award was granted.

d. Other Benefits . During the Term, the Executive shall be eligible to participate in such employee benefit plans, programs or arrangements as are generally made available from time to time to other Company senior executives, to the extent the Executive is eligible under the terms of the plans, programs or arrangements pursuant to which such benefits are provided. Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent the Company from amending or terminating any Company employee benefit plan, program or arrangement from time to time as the Company deems appropriate.

e. Paid Time Off . During the Term, the Executive shall accrue a minimum of four (4) weeks paid time off each year, subject to the terms of the Company’s paid time off policy as in effect from time to time.

Conley - Confidential

 

2


4. Termination Events . This Agreement, the Executive’s employment and any and all rights of the Executive under this Agreement will terminate (except as otherwise provided in Section 5):

a. Upon the death of the Executive;

b. If the Company terminates the Executive due to the Disability (as hereinafter defined) of the Executive, immediately upon notice from the Company to the Executive;

c. For Cause (as hereinafter defined), immediately upon notice from the Company to the Executive, or such later time as such notice may specify;

d. If the Company terminates the Executive without Cause or the Executive resigns for Good Reason (as hereinafter defined); and

e. If the Executive resigns other than for Good Reason.

The Executive agrees to resign from all officer and director positions with the Company and its affiliates effective upon the Executive’s termination of employment.

For purposes of this Agreement, the Executive will be deemed to have a “Disability” if he is disabled within the meaning of such term under the Company’s long-term disability plan.

For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” shall mean the Executive’s (i) misappropriation of funds with respect to the Company or its affiliates, (ii) a material violation of this Agreement or of the employment policies of the Company or an affiliate, as in effect from time to time, (iii) a breach of any written confidentiality, nonsolicitation or noncompetition covenant with the Company or an affiliate, including but not limited to those set forth in this Agreement, (iv) conviction of a felony, or (v) misconduct that has a material adverse effect on the business, operations, assets, properties, or financial condition of the Company or an affiliate.

For purposes of this Agreement, the Executive shall have “Good Reason” if he provides the Company with written notice of his intent to resign within sixty (60) days after the occurrence of any of the following without the Executive’s written consent: (i) the Company requires that the Executive’s principal office location be moved to a location more than fifty (50) miles from the Executive’s principal office location immediately before the change; (ii) a material diminution by the Company of the Executive’s Base Salary or Target Bonus; or (iii) any material breach by the Company of this Agreement; provided, however, that the occurrence of an event described in clauses (i) through (iii) of this definition shall not constitute Good Reason if such event is fully corrected in all material respects by the Company within thirty (30) days following the receipt of the Executive’s written notice of his intent to resign. If the Company fails to cure the event described in clauses (i) through (iii) the Executive must actually resign within thirty (30) days following the cure period.

Conley - Confidential

 

3


5. Obligations Upon Termination .

a. By the Company or the Executive for any Reason . If the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company or the Executive for any reason, with or without Cause (as defined below), the Executive will have no further rights against the Company hereunder, except as set forth in subsection (b) or (c) below to the extent applicable, and except for the right to receive any unpaid Base Salary attributable to employment before the termination date and any other payments that have accrued or fully vested but which have not yet been paid prior to such termination. Other than the payments set forth in this subsection (a) and subsections (b) and (c) below, as applicable, the Executive will not be entitled to receive any other compensation for the calendar year during which the Executive’s termination of employment occurs or any subsequent calendar period.

b. By the Company without Cause or the Executive for Good Reason . If the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause (other than due to death or Disability), or the Executive resigns for Good Reason, and in either case the Executive executes and does not revoke a Release (as defined in subsection (e) below) (a “Qualifying Termination”), then the Executive will be eligible to receive the benefits set forth in either subsection (i) or (ii) below (but not both).

(i) Not in Connection with a Change in Control. If the Qualifying Termination occurs prior to the effective date of a Change in Control (as defined in the Equity Plan) and the Qualifying Termination is not a “Qualifying Pre-Closing Termination” (as defined in subsection (ii) below), or the Qualifying Termination occurs more than twelve (12) months after a Change in Control (in either case, a “Standard Qualifying Termination”), the Executive shall be entitled to:

(1) continuation of the Executive’s Base Salary (at the salary rate then in effect) for six (6) months (the “Severance Period”), in accordance with the Company’s payroll schedule, commencing on the sixtieth (60th) day after the Executive’s effective date of termination, with the first such installment payment including any unpaid severance payments that would have been made on the normal payroll dates occurring during the first sixty (60) days following the date of termination;

(2) an Annual Bonus for the year in which the Executive’s Qualifying Termination occurs, subject to achievement of any performance targets or goals applicable to such Annual Bonus and otherwise to the extent that the Company, in its sole discretion, awards bonuses to its executives for the year in which the termination occurs, and any such Annual Bonus shall be pro-rated to reflect the Executive’s employment with the Company through the date of termination and shall be payable in a lump sum at the same time as other such annual bonuses are payable to active employees;

(3) any Annual Bonus earned but not yet paid for any completed full fiscal year immediately preceding the employment termination date; and

Conley - Confidential

 

4


(4) provided that the Executive is eligible for and timely elects COBRA continuation coverage under the Company’s group health plan, the Company will reimburse the Executive for the monthly COBRA cost of continued coverage under such plan for the Executive, and, where applicable, his spouse and dependents, less the amount the Executive would have been required to pay for such coverage if the Executive were an active employee of the Company, for the Severance Period, or until the Executive becomes employed by another employer offering any such benefits (whichever is earlier), provided that the Company reserves the right to restructure the foregoing reimbursement arrangement in any manner necessary or appropriate to avoid fines, penalties or negative tax consequences to the Company or any affiliate or the Executive (including, without limitation, to avoid any penalty imposed under the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act or the guidance issued thereunder), as determined by the Company in its sole and absolute discretion. The Executive agrees to provide the Company with notice of eligibility under another health plan within two (2) weeks of such eligibility. The Executive shall submit appropriate evidence of each such expense within sixty (60) days after his receipt of the invoice or billing statement for such expense, and the Company shall provide the Executive with the requisite reimbursement on the next payroll date thereafter. The monthly reimbursements described in this clause (4) shall be paid in normal payroll installments, commencing on the sixtieth (60th) day after the Executive’s effective date of termination. The first such installment payment shall include any unpaid severance payments that would have been made on the normal payroll dates occurring during the first sixty (60) days following the date of termination. The COBRA health care continuation coverage period under section 4980B of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) shall run concurrently with the Severance Period.

(ii) In Connection with a Change in Control. If the Qualifying Termination occurs either (A) within three months prior to the effective date of a Change in Control but during the “Pre-Closing Period” (as defined below) (a “Qualifying Pre-Closing Termination”), or (B) on the date of, or within twelve (12) months after, the effective date of a Change in Control (in either case, together with a Qualifying Pre-Closing Termination, a “CIC Qualifying Termination”), the Executive shall be entitled to the same payments and benefits set forth under Section 5(b)(i) above, except that (1) the Severance Period for purposes of Sections 5(b)(i)(1) and 5(b)(i)(4) shall extend for nine (9) months instead of six (6) months and (2) in lieu of the Annual Bonus set forth in Section 5(b)(i)(2), the Executive shall receive the Target Annual Bonus for the year in which the Executive’s Qualifying Termination occurs, pro-rated to reflect the Executive’s employment with the Company through the date of termination, which shall be payable to the Executive on the sixtieth (60th) day following the Executive’s termination date, provided that if the Change in Control occurs after a Qualifying Termination under Section 5(b)(i) above, but prior to payment of the Annual Bonus for the year in which the Executive’s termination of employment occurs, the pro-rated Target Annual Bonus described in this subsection (ii) shall be paid on the sixtieth (60th) day following the Change in Control. For the avoidance of doubt, if a Change in Control occurs after a Qualifying Termination under Section 5(b)(i) above, and after payment of the pro-rated Annual Bonus described in Section 5(b)(i)(2), the Executive shall not be eligible to receive any additional payments for any Annual Bonus, including the Target Annual Bonus described in this subsection (ii).

Conley - Confidential

 

5


For purposes of this Agreement, the “Pre-Closing Period” means the period commencing with the Company’s execution of a definitive agreement for a Change in Control transaction and ending upon the earlier to occur of (A) the closing of the Change in Control contemplated by such definitive agreement and (B) the termination of such definitive agreement without the consummation of the contemplated Change in Control.

(iii) No Duplication of Benefits. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, under no circumstances shall the Executive be eligible to receive payments under both subsections (i) and (ii) of this Section 5(b).

c. Death or Disability . If the Company terminates the Executive’s employment on account of the Executive’s Disability (subject to the requirements of applicable law) or if the Executive dies while employed by the Company, the Company shall pay the Executive (or the Executive’s estate in the case of death) the Executive’s Base Salary (at the salary rate then in effect) for three (3) months following the Executive’s termination of employment, in accordance with the Company’s payroll schedule, commencing on the sixtieth (60th) day after the Executive’s effective date of termination, with the first such installment payment including any unpaid severance payments that would have been made on the normal payroll dates occurring during the first sixty (60) days following the date of termination. Except as provided in subsection (a) above, the Executive shall not be entitled to any other compensation for the calendar year during which the termination occurs or any subsequent calendar period.

d. Employee Benefit Plans . The Executive’s accrual of or participation in plans providing for benefits will cease on the effective date of the Executive’s termination of employment and the Executive will be entitled to accrued benefits pursuant to such plans only as provided in such plans. The Executive will not receive, as part of his termination pay pursuant to this Section 5, any payment or other compensation for any vacation, holiday, sick leave or other leave unused on the effective date of termination of the Executive’s employment pursuant to this Agreement, except to the extent required to be paid by applicable law.

e. Release Requirement . The Company will be obligated to provide the severance benefits set forth in this Section 5 (except in the case of death) only if the Executive executes and does not revoke a complete release of any and all claims that the Executive may have against the Company and its affiliates, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A , with such changes as are required to comply with applicable law at the time of the Executive’s termination of employment or as reasonably determined by Company counsel to be necessary or appropriate (the “Release”). Such Release shall become effective upon the expiration of the revocation period contemplated thereby, as long as the Executive does not revoke the Release during such revocation period. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, if the Release is not effective as of the scheduled payment date for the Executive’s receipt of the payments and/or benefits set forth in this Section 5 (other than subsection (a)) (e.g., on the sixtieth (60th) day following the Executive’s termination date), the Executive will forfeit such payments and/or benefits.

Conley - Confidential

 

6


f. Code section 280G . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, if any severance payment under this Section 5, either alone or together with any other payment which the Executive has received or has the right to receive from the Company (“Total Payments”), would otherwise exceed the amount (the “Safe Harbor Amount”) that could be received by the Executive without the imposition of an excise tax under section 4999 of the Code, then the Total Payments shall be reduced to the extent, and only to the extent, necessary to assure that their aggregate present value, as determined in accordance the applicable provisions of section 280G of the Code and the regulations thereunder, does not exceed the greater of the following dollar amounts: (i) the Safe Harbor Amount, or (ii) the greatest after-tax amount payable to the Executive after taking into account any excise tax imposed under section 4999 of the Code on the Total Payments. The Company shall pay all of the fees, including legal and accounting fees, associated with calculating the amounts set forth in this subsection (f).

6. Covenant Not to Compete; Non-Disclosure of Information; Invention Assignment; Return of Company Property .

a. Covenant Not to Compete/Not to Solicit . The Executive acknowledges and recognizes that the Company operates in a competitive field and that confidential information concerning its business operations is a substantial asset that was acquired through considerable time, money and effort. Accordingly, in consideration of the execution of this Agreement, the Executive agrees to the following:

(i) During the Restricted Period (as defined below) and within the Restricted Area (as defined below), the Executive will not, individually or in conjunction with others, directly or indirectly, engage in any activities with a Competitive Business (as defined below), whether as an officer, director, proprietor, employer, partner, independent contractor, active investor, consultant, advisor or agent, except in connection with the Executive’s responsibilities as an employee of the Company.

(ii) During the Restricted Period, the Executive will not, directly or indirectly, compete with the Company by soliciting, inducing or influencing any Company Clients (as defined below) to discontinue or reduce the extent of such relationship with the Company.

(iii) During the Restricted Period, the Executive will not (1) directly or indirectly recruit, solicit or otherwise influence any employee or agent of the Company to discontinue such employment or agency relationship with the Company, or (2) employ or seek to employ, or cause or permit any Competitive Business to employ or seek to employ for any Competitive Business any person who is then (or was at any time within one (1) year prior to the date the Executive or the Competitive Business employs or seeks to employ such person) employed by the Company.

Conley - Confidential

 

7


(iv) During the Restricted Period, the Executive will not interfere with, or disrupt or attempt to disrupt any relationship, contractual or otherwise, between the Company and any Company Clients, customer, employee or agent of the Company.

b. Non-Disclosure of Information . The Executive acknowledges that the Company’s trade secrets, private or secret processes, methods and ideas, as they exist from time to time, customer lists and other confidential information concerning the Company’s products, services, training methods, development, technical information, marketing activities and procedures, credit and financial data concerning the Company and/or the Company’s Clients (the “Proprietary Information”) are valuable, special and unique assets of the Company, access to and knowledge of which are essential to the performance of the Executive hereunder. In light of the highly competitive nature of the industry in which the Company’s business is conducted, the Executive agrees that all Proprietary Information, heretofore or in the future obtained by the Executive as a result of the Executive’s association with the Company shall be considered confidential.

In recognition of this fact, the Executive agrees that the Executive will not use or disclose any of such Proprietary Information for the Executive’s own purposes or for the benefit of any person or other entity or organization (except the Company) under any circumstances unless such Proprietary Information has been publicly disclosed generally or, unless upon written advice of legal counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company, the Executive is legally required to disclose such Proprietary Information. Documents (as defined below) prepared by the Executive or that come into the Executive’s possession during the Executive’s association with the Company that include Proprietary Information are and will remain the property of the Company, and when this Agreement terminates, such Documents shall be returned to the Company at the Company’s principal place of business, as provided in the Notice provision (Section 10.f) of this Agreement or destroyed.

c. Documents . “Documents” shall mean all original written, recorded, or graphic matters whatsoever, and any and all copies thereof, including, but not limited to: papers; books; records; tangible things; correspondence; communications; telex messages; memoranda; work-papers; reports; affidavits; statements; summaries; analyses; evaluations; customer mailing lists; client records and information; agreements; agendas; advertisements; instructions; charges; manuals; brochures; publications; directories; industry lists; schedules; price lists; client lists; statistical records; training manuals; computer printouts; books of account, records and invoices reflecting business operations; all things similar to any of the foregoing however denominated. In all cases where originals are not available, the term “Documents” shall also mean identical copies of original documents or non-identical copies thereof.

d. Company’s Clients . The “Company’s Clients” shall be any person or entity for whom the Company has a contractual relationship, including, but not limited to, any person or entity which has entered into any contract for the distribution of any of the Company’s products within one (1) year immediately preceding the date Executive’s employment with the Company terminates.

Conley - Confidential

 

8


e. Restricted Period . The “Restricted Period” shall be at all times during the Executive’s employment with the Company, and shall extend for six (6) months following the Executive’s termination of employment if such termination is a Standard Qualifying Termination, or for nine (9) months following the Executive’s termination of employment if such termination is a CIC Qualifying Termination, provided, however, that the Restricted Period shall be extended by any period of time during which the Executive is in breach of the covenants set forth in this Section 6. The periods of time during which the Executive is in violation of the covenants set forth in this Section 6 shall be in addition to the Restricted Period specified herein.

f. Restricted Area . The “Restricted Area” shall mean any geographic area in which the Company actively did business within the twelve (12) months preceding the Executive’s termination of employment or which the Company planned to conduct business during that same period.

g. Competitive Business . “Competitive Business” shall mean a company that is in any stage of research, development or commercialization of a patch, pump or other extended insulin release device or mechanism primarily targeted to diabetic patients. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following activities will not be prohibited “Competitive Business” activities: (i) a passive investment of up to five percent (5%) of the outstanding stock of a publicly held corporation regardless of whether such corporation engages in a Competitive Business; (ii) providing investment banking services on behalf of an investment banking firm regardless of whether or not such firm is providing services to an entity engaged in a Competitive Business; or (iii) the Executive commencing employment with any entity that engages in both Competitive Business activities and activities which are not Competitive Business activities so long as the Executive provides services to such entity with respect to non-Competitive Business activities and does not engage in Competitive Business activities.

h. Covenants as Essential Elements of this Agreement . It is understood by and between the parties hereto that the foregoing covenants contained in Sections 6(a) and 6(b) are essential elements of this Agreement, and that but for the agreement by the Executive to comply with such covenants, the Company would not have agreed to enter into this Agreement. Such covenants by the Executive shall be construed to be agreements independent of any other provisions of this Agreement.

i. Company Includes . For purposes of this Agreement, the Company shall include the Company, and any parent and any direct and indirect subsidiaries and affiliates (as defined in Rule 501 under the Securities Act of 1933).

j. Invention Assignment . The Executive agrees that all inventions, including, but not limited to, improvements, and all know-how, processes, techniques, formulas, ideas, circuits, designs, trademarks, trade secrets and copyrightable works (collectively, “Inventions”) which result from work performed by the Executive on behalf of the Company or from access to Proprietary Information shall be the property solely of the Company. The Executive agrees, both during and after employment with the Company, to disclose promptly and in writing, to the Company, all Inventions that the Executive, either solely or jointly with others, make, author, discover, develop, conceive and/or reduce to practice derived from Proprietary Information. The Executive hereby assigns and agrees to assign to the Company or its designee, without further consideration, his entire right and interest in and to all Inventions, including all

Conley - Confidential

 

9


rights to obtain, register and enforce patents, copyrights, mask work rights and other intellectual property protection for Inventions. The Executive agrees to execute all documents reasonably necessary to perfect such intellectual property rights and the assignment of those rights to the Company or its designee. The Executive further agrees to assist the Company (at the Company’s expense), both during and after employment with the Company, in obtaining, protecting and/or enforcing patents, copyrights or other forms of Inventions.

k. Return of Company Property . Upon termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason whatsoever, voluntarily or involuntarily (and in all events within five (5) days of the Executive’s effective date of termination), and at any earlier time the Company requests, the Executive will deliver to the person designated by the Company all originals and copies of all documents and property of the Company in the Executive’s possession, under the Executive’s control or to which the Executive may have access. The Executive will not reproduce or appropriate for the Executive’s own use, or for the use of others, any property, Proprietary Information or Inventions, and shall remove from any personal computing or communications equipment all information relating to the Company.

l. Permitted Conduct . Nothing in this Agreement shall prohibit or restrict the Executive from: (i) making any disclosure of relevant, necessary and truthful information or documents in connection with any charge, action, investigation or proceeding relating to this Agreement, or as required by law or legal process; or (ii) participating, cooperating or providing truthful testimony in any charge, action, investigation or proceeding with, or providing information to, any self-regulatory organization, governmental agency or legislative body, or the Company’s Legal Department, and/or pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, provided that, to the extent permitted by law, upon receipt of any subpoena, court order or other legal process compelling the disclosure of any such information or documents, the Executive gives prompt written notice to the most senior Human Resources executive so as to permit the Company to protect its interests in confidentiality to the fullest extent possible.

7. Covenants to Survive this Agreement . The covenants of the Executive contained in Section 6(b) hereof shall survive the termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason and the expiration or termination of this Agreement or any part thereof without regard to the reason therefor. The covenants of the Executive contained in Section 6(a) hereof shall survive the termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason and the expiration or termination of this Agreement or any part thereof, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement. Both parties hereby expressly agree and contract that it is not the intention of either party to violate any public policy or any statutory or common law, and that if any sentence, paragraph, clause or combination of the same of Section 6 (including any provisions incorporated by reference) is in violation of the law of any state where applicable, such sentence, paragraph, clause, or combination of the same shall be void in the jurisdictions where it is unlawful, and the remainder of such paragraph and this Agreement shall remain binding on the parties hereto. It is the intention of both parties to make the covenants of Section 6 binding only to the extent that it may be lawfully done under existing applicable laws. In the event that any part of any covenant of Section 6 is determined by a court of law to be overly broad thereby making the covenant unenforceable, the parties hereto agree, and it is their desire, that such court shall substitute a reasonable, judicially enforceable limitation in place of the offensive part of the covenant and as so modified the covenant shall be as fully enforceable as set forth herein by the parties themselves in the modified form.

Conley - Confidential

 

10


8. Injunctive Relief, an Additional Remedy . The Executive acknowledges that the injury that would be suffered by the Company as a result of breach of the provisions of Section 6 would be irreparable and that an award of monetary damages to the Company for such breach would be an inadequate remedy. Consequently, the Company will have the right in addition to any other rights it may have, to obtain injunctive relief to restrain any breach or threatened breach or otherwise to specifically enforce any provision of this Agreement and the Company will not be obligated to post bond or the security in seeking such relief. Without limiting the Company’s rights under this Section or any other remedies of the Company, if the Executive breaches any provisions of Section 6, and the Company obtains an injunction or final judgment that Executive has violated Section 6, the Company will have the right to cease making any payments otherwise to the Executive under this Agreement.

9. Withholding . Anything to the contrary notwithstanding, all payments required to be made by the Company hereunder to the Executive or the Executive’s estate or beneficiaries shall be subject to the withholding of such amounts, if any, relating to tax and other payroll deductions as the Company may reasonably determine it should withhold pursuant to any applicable law or regulation. In lieu of withholding such amounts, the Company may accept other arrangements pursuant to which it is satisfied that such tax and other payroll obligations will be satisfied in a manner complying with applicable law or regulation.

10. Miscellaneous .

a. Executive Representations . The Executive hereby represents and warrants to the Company that he is not subject to, or a party to, any employment agreement, noncompetition covenant, non-disclosure agreement or other agreement, covenant, understanding or restriction of any nature whatsoever which would prohibit the Executive from executing this Agreement and performing fully his duties and responsibilities hereunder, or which would in any manner, directly or indirectly, limit or affect the duties and responsibilities which may now or in the future be assigned to the Executive by the Company. Further, the Company expects the Executive not to, and the Executive hereby acknowledges that he shall not, use any proprietary or confidential information of any prior employer in the performance of his duties.

b. Governing Law . The validity, construction, interpretation and enforceability of this Agreement and the capacity of the parties shall be determined and governed by the laws of the State of Massachusetts without regard to conflicts of law.

c. Jurisdiction and Service of Process . Any legal action or proceeding with respect to this Agreement shall be brought in the courts of the State Massachusetts or of the United States of America for the District of Massachusetts. By execution and delivery of this Agreement, each of the parties hereto accepts for itself and in respect of its property, generally and unconditionally, the jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts. Each of the parties hereto irrevocably consents to the service of process of any of the aforesaid courts in any such action or proceeding by mailing copies thereof by certified mail, postage prepaid, to the party at its address set forth in subsection (f). THE PARTIES IRREVOCABLY WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY TO ALL CLAIMS HEREUNDER.

Conley - Confidential

 

11


d. Assignment . This Agreement and any rights and benefits hereunder shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive’s legal representatives, heirs or legatees. This Agreement and any rights and benefits hereunder shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns. This Agreement is personal to each of the parties hereto, and neither party may assign or delegate any of the rights or obligations hereunder without first obtaining a written consent of the other party, except the Company may assign this Agreement without the Executive’s consent provided that the Company merges with, or transfers all or substantially all of the Company’s assets to, a transferee or surviving company that agrees to assume this Agreement in its entirety, without modification or amendment.

e. Collateral Agreements . This Agreement constitutes the entire Agreement between the parties respecting the employment of the Executive, and supersedes any and all prior agreements and understandings concerning the terms and conditions of the Executive’s employment by the Company, including the Original Agreement, and there are no representations, warranties or commitments relating to such employment, except as set forth or referred to herein, provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Employee Confidentiality and Inventions Agreement between the Executive and the Company shall remain in full force and effect. This Agreement may be amended only by an instrument in writing executed by the parties hereto. For the avoidance of doubt, this Agreement shall not supersede any award agreement between the Executive and the Company evidencing outstanding equity awards.

f. Notices . Any notice, request, demand or other communication hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given when personally delivered to an officer of the Company or to the Executive, as the case may be, or when delivered by national next-business day delivery service or certified mail at the following addresses:

If to the Company:

Valeritas, Inc.

750 Route 202 South, Suite 600

Bridgewater, NJ 08807

Attention: Human Resources

If to the Executive:

52 Salem Street

Andover, MA 01810

g. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts. All executed counterparts shall constitute one Agreement notwithstanding that all signatories are not signatories to the original or the same counterpart.

Conley - Confidential

 

12


h. Mitigation . The Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payments and/or benefits under this Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise. The payments and/or benefits to be provided pursuant to Section 5 shall not be reduced by any compensation or benefits payable or provided to the Executive as a result of employment by another employer after the date of termination or otherwise.

i. Waiver of Breach . No delay or omission by a party in exercising any right, remedy or power under this Agreement or existing at law or in equity shall be construed as a waiver thereof, and any such right, remedy or power may be exercised by such party from time to time and as often as may be deemed expedient or necessary by such party in its sole discretion.

j. Application of Section of 409A of the Internal Revenue Code .

(i) This Agreement is intended to comply with the requirements of section 409A of the Code and its corresponding regulations (“Section 409A”), and shall in all respects be administered in accordance with Section 409A. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, distributions may only be made under this Agreement upon an event and in a manner permitted by Section 409A or an applicable exemption. Severance benefits provided under this Agreement are intended to be exempt from Section 409A under the “separation pay exception” to the maximum extent applicable. Further, any payments that qualify for the “short-term deferral” exception or another exception under Section 409A shall be paid under the applicable exception. For purposes of Section 409A, all payments to be made upon a termination of employment under this Agreement may only be made upon the Executive’s “separation from service” (within the meaning of such term under Section 409A), each payment made under this Agreement shall be treated as a separate payment, and the right to a series of installment payments under this Agreement shall be treated as a right to a series of separate payments. In no event shall the Executive, directly or indirectly, designate the fiscal year of payment, except as permitted under Section 409A. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, in no event shall the timing of the Executive’s execution of the Release, directly or indirectly, result in the Executive designating the calendar year of payment, and if a payment that is subject to execution of the Release could be made in more than one taxable year, payment shall be made in the later taxable year. The Executive will be solely responsible for any tax imposed under Section 409A and in no event will the Company have any liability with respect to any tax, interest or other penalty imposed under Section 409A.

(ii) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if, at the time of the Executive’s termination of employment with the Company, the Company has securities which are publicly traded on an established securities market and the Executive is a “specified employee” (as such term is defined in Section 409A) and it is necessary to postpone the commencement of any payments or benefits otherwise payable under this Agreement as a result of such termination of employment to prevent any accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A, then the Company shall postpone the commencement of the payment of any such payments or benefits hereunder (without any reduction in such payments or benefits ultimately paid or provided to the Executive) that are not otherwise paid within the ‘short-term deferral exception’ under Treas. Reg. section 1.409A-1(b)(4), and the ‘separation pay exception’ under

Conley - Confidential

 

13


Treas. Reg. section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii), until the first payroll date that occurs after the date that is six months following the Executive’s “separation of service” (as such term is defined under Section 409A) with the Company. If any payments are postponed due to such requirements, such postponed amounts shall be paid in a lump sum to the Executive on the first payroll date that occurs after the date that is six (6) months following Executive’s separation of service with the Company. If the Executive dies during the postponement period prior to the payment of postponed amount, the amounts withheld on account of Section 409A shall be paid to the personal representative of the Executive’s estate within sixty (60) days after the date of the Executive’s death.

(iii) All reimbursements and in-kind benefits provided under this Agreement shall be made or provided in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A, including, where applicable, the requirement that (1) any reimbursement shall be for expenses incurred during the Executive’s lifetime (or during a shorter period of time specified in this Agreement), (2) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in kind benefits provided, during a calendar year may not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in kind benefits to be provided, in any other calendar year, (3) the reimbursement of an eligible expense shall be made on or before the last day of the calendar year following the year in which the expense is incurred and (4) the right to reimbursement or in kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

Conley - Confidential

 

14


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement effective as of the day and year first written above,

 

COMPANY:

 

Valeritas, Inc.

 

By:  

/s/ John Timberlake

Name:   John Timberlake

 

Its: Interim Chief Executive Officer

 

EXECUTIVE:

 

/s/ Mark Conley

Mark Conley

SIGNATURE PAGE TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT OF

Mark Conley

Conley - Confidential

 

15


EXHIBIT A

RELEASE AND WAIVER OF CLAIMS

In consideration of the benefits and mutual agreements set forth in the Employment Agreement, dated as February     , 2015 (the “Agreement”), between Valeritas, Inc. (the “Company”) and [                     ] (the “Executive”), to which this form is attached, the Executive, intending to be legally bound, agrees to the terms and conditions set forth in this Release and Waiver of Claims (“Release and Waiver”).

1. In exchange for the consideration provided to the Executive by the Agreement that the Executive is not entitled to receive absent the Agreement, including but not limited to the applicable severance consideration set forth in Section 5 of the Agreement, and the other commitments of the Company in the Agreement, the Executive and his or her heirs, representatives, agents and attorneys hereby generally and completely, subject to the provisions set forth below in Paragraphs 2 and 3, releases the Company and any of its predecessors, successors, parents, affiliated or subsidiary companies, and its or their present or former officers, directors, agents, members of the Board of Directors, representatives or employees, and the various Company benefit plans, committees, trustees, fiduciaries, trusts and their respective successors and assigns, heirs, executors and personal or legal representatives (collectively referred to as the “Releasees”) from any and all claims or causes of action the Executive may have or claim to have against the Releasees including any claims arising out of or relating in any way to the Executive’s employment with the Company and/or the termination of such employment. In waiving and releasing any and all claims against the Releasees, whether or not now known to the Executive, the Executive understands that this means that if the Executive later discovers facts different from or in addition to those facts currently known by the Executive, or believed by the Executive to be true, the waivers and releases of this Release and Waiver will remain effective in all respects — despite such different or additional facts and the Executive’s later discovery of such facts, even if the Executive would not have signed this Release and Waiver if the Executive had prior knowledge of such facts. The claims released include, but are not limited to:

(a) all claims for monetary damages arising under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 (as amended), Sections 1981 through 1988 of Title 42 of the United States Code (as amended), the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (as amended) (“ADEA”), the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act of 1990 (“OWBPA”), and the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (as amended);

(b) any and all other claims, including but not limited to claims brought under the Rehabilitation Act, the Executive Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (as amended), the Fair Labor Standards Act (as amended), the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994, the National Labor Relations Act (as amended), the Federal Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act (as amended), the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993, the Occupational Safety and Health Act (as amended), the Equal Pay Act (as amended), the Labor Management Relations Act, the Massachusetts Law Prohibiting Unlawful

Conley - Confidential

 

16


Discrimination (as amended), the Massachusetts Equal Pay Law (as amended), the Massachusetts Right to be Free from Sexual Harassment Law, the Massachusetts Age Discrimination Law, the Massachusetts Equal Rights Law, the Massachusetts Equal Rights for the Elderly and Disabled Law, the Massachusetts Civil Rights Law, the Massachusetts False Claims Act, the Massachusetts Family and Medical Leave Law, the Massachusetts WARN Laws, and the Massachusetts Wage Act.

(c) all claims arising under any Executive Order or derived from or based upon any state or federal regulations;

(d) all common law claims, including but not limited to any and all rights to discovery, claims for wrongful discharge, constructive discharge, violation of public policy, breach of an express or implied contract, breach of an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing, negligent or intentional infliction of emotional distress, defamation, conspiracy, tortious interference with contract or prospective economic advantage, promissory estoppel, equitable estoppel, fraud, misrepresentation, detrimental reliance, retaliation, and negligence;

(e) all claims for any compensation including back wages, front pay, punitive damages, pay increases, bonuses or awards, fringe benefits, severance benefits, reinstatement, retroactive seniority, or any other form of economic loss;

(f) all claims for personal injury, including physical injury, mental anguish, emotional distress, pain and suffering, embarrassment, humiliation, damage to name or reputation, interest, liquidated damages, and punitive damages; and

(g) all claims for costs, interest, and attorneys’ fees.

2. The foregoing shall in no event apply to any claims that, as a matter of applicable law, are not waivable. The Executive and the Company agree that nothing in this Release and Waiver prevents or prohibits the Executive from: (i) making any disclosure of relevant and necessary information or documents in connection with any charge, action, investigation or proceeding relating to this Release and Waiver, or as required by law or legal process; (ii) participating, cooperating or testifying in any charge, action, investigation or proceeding with, or providing information to, any self-regulatory organization, governmental agency or legislative body, and/or pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act; (iii) filing, testifying, participating in or otherwise assisting in a proceeding relating to an alleged violation of any federal, state or municipal law relating to fraud, or any rule or regulation of the Securities and Exchange Commission or any self-regulatory organization; or (iv) challenging the knowing and voluntary nature of the release of ADEA claims pursuant to the OWBPA. To the extent permitted by law, upon receipt of any subpoena, court order or other legal process compelling the disclosure of any such information or documents, the Executive agrees to give prompt written notice to the Company so as to permit the Company to protect its interests in confidentiality to the fullest extent possible. To the fullest extent provided by law, the Executive acknowledges and agrees, however, the Executive is waiving any right to recover monetary damages in connection with any such charge, action, investigation or proceeding. To the extent the Executive receives any monetary relief in connection with any such charge, action, investigation or proceeding, the Company will be entitled to an offset for the benefits made pursuant to the Agreement, to the fullest extent provided by law.

Conley - Confidential

 

17


3. The Executive and the Company further agree that the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (“EEOC”) and comparable state or local agencies have the authority to carry out their statutory duties by investigating charges, issuing determinations and filing lawsuits in Federal or state court in their own name, or taking any action authorized by the EEOC or comparable state or local agencies. The Executive retains the right to participate in any such action and to seek any appropriate non-monetary relief. The Executive retains the right to communicate with the EEOC and comparable state or local agencies and such communication can be initiated by the Executive or in response to the government and such right is not limited by any non-disparagement claims. The Executive and the Company agree that communication with employees plays a critical role in the EEOC’s enforcement process because employees inform the agency of employer practices that might violate the law. For this reason, the right to communicate with the EEOC is a right that is protected by federal law and this Release and Waiver does not prohibit or interfere with those rights. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive agrees to waive his right to recover monetary damages in any charge, complaint or lawsuit filed by him or by anyone else on his behalf.

4. The Executive agrees that the Executive will not apply for, nor otherwise seek or accept, employment or re-employment with the Company or any of its related or successor companies, and the Executive forever releases and discharges the Company and its related or successor companies from any obligation to consider the Executive for employment or reemployment in any capacity.

5. The Executive acknowledges that, subject to the provisions set forth in Paragraphs 2 and 3, any prior agreements between the Executive and the Company that impose noncompetition, non-solicitation, confidentiality and/or nondisclosure obligations upon the Executive shall remain in force and effect.

6. The Executive acknowledges that the Executive has received all amounts due from the Company through the Executive’s termination of employment, including but not limited to all wages earned and payment for all accrued but unused paid vacation time. No other amounts are due to the Executive from the Company except pursuant to Section 5 of the Agreement (to the extent applicable). The Executive also represents that there are no existing claims, charges, or complaints filed by the Executive against the Releasees in any federal, state or local court or administrative agency.

7. The Executive acknowledges that the only consideration the Executive has received for signing this Release and Waiver is that set forth herein and in the Agreement. No other promise, inducement, threat, agreement or understanding of any kind or description has been made with or to the Executive to cause the Executive to enter into this Release and Waiver. The Executive further acknowledges that the consideration the Executive is receiving from the Company through this Release and Waiver and the Agreement is greater than any amount the Executive would otherwise be entitled to from the Company.

Conley - Confidential

 

18


8. The Executive understands that the Executive has been given a period of twenty-one (21) calendar days to review and consider this Release and Waiver before signing it. The Executive also understands that the Executive is free to use as much of the twenty-one (21) day period as the Executive wishes or considers necessary before deciding to sign this Release and Waiver, provided, however, that the Executive may not sign this Release and Waiver before the Executive’s termination of employment. Changes to the Company’s offer contained in this Release and Waiver that are immaterial will not restart the twenty-one (21) day consideration period.

9. The Executive may revoke this Release and Waiver within seven (7) calendar days of signing it by delivering written notice of revocation to                     at                     . If the Executive has not revoked this Release and Waiver within that seven (7) day period, it becomes effective immediately on the eighth day after the Executive signs the Release and Waiver.

10. The Executive agrees that the Executive has had the opportunity to review this Release and Waiver with an attorney, that the Company recommends that the Executive review this Release and Waiver with an attorney and that the Executive fully understands the terms and conditions of this Release and Waiver. The Executive further acknowledges that the Executive accepts the terms of this Release and Waiver and enters into it freely, voluntarily, and without duress or coercion.

11. Should any provision of this Release and Waiver be declared or determined by any Court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable (except for Paragraph 1), the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining parts, terms or provisions shall not be affected thereby and the illegal, unenforceable or invalid part, term or provisions shall be deemed not to be part of this Release and Waiver.

12. This Release and Waiver shall be governed by Massachusetts law, and the Courts of Massachusetts, either federal or state, shall have jurisdiction over, and be the proper venue for, any disputes arising out of this Release and Waiver.

Conley - Confidential

 

19


I ACKNOWLEDGE THAT I HAVE CAREFULLY READ THIS RELEASE AND WAIVER OF CLAIMS AND UNDERSTAND ALL OF ITS TERMS, INCLUDING THE FULL AND FINAL RELEASE AND WAIVER OF CLAIMS SET FORTH ABOVE, I FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGE THAT I HAVE VOLUNTARILY ENTERED INTO THIS RELEASE AND WAIVER OF CLAIMS, THAT I HAVE NOT RELIED UPON ANY REPRESENTATION OR STATEMENT, WRITTEN OR ORAL, NOT SET FORTH IN THIS RELEASE AND WAIVER OF CLAIMS AND THAT I HAVE BEEN GIVEN THE OPPORTUNITY AND BEEN ENCOURAGED TO HAVE THIS RELEASE AND WAIVER OF CLAIMS REVIEWED BY AN ATTORNEY.

 

 

  

 

  
Name: [                            ]    On behalf of Valeritas
Date:    Name:
   Title:
   Date:

Conley - Confidential

 

20

Exhibit 16.1

 

LOGO

May 9, 2016

United States Securities and Exchange Commission

Office of the Chief Accountant

100 F Street, N.E.

Washington, D.C. 20549

Re: Valeritas Holdings, Inc.

Ladies and Gentleman:

We have read the statements under item 4.01 in the Form 8-K dated May 9, 2016, of Valeritas Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and we agree with such statements therein as related to our firm. We have no basis to, and therefore, do not agree or disagree with the other statements made by the Company in the Form 8-K.

Sincerely,

 

LOGO

BF Borgers CPA PC

Certified Public Accountants

Lakewood, CO